--- old/src/java.desktop/macosx/classes/com/apple/eawt/Application.java 2015-10-04 22:51:41.141276958 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/macosx/classes/com/apple/eawt/Application.java 2015-10-04 22:51:40.937276967 +0400
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@
import sun.lwawt.macosx.CPlatformWindow;
/**
- * The Application
class allows you to integrate your Java application with the native Mac OS X environment.
+ * The {@code Application} class allows you to integrate your Java application with the native Mac OS X environment.
* You can provide your Mac OS X users a greatly enhanced experience by implementing a few basic handlers for standard system events.
*
* For example:
@@ -142,7 +142,7 @@
/**
* Installs a handler to show a custom About window for your application.
*
- * Setting the {@link AboutHandler} to null
reverts it to the default Cocoa About window.
+ * Setting the {@link AboutHandler} to {@code null} reverts it to the default Cocoa About window.
*
* @param aboutHandler the handler to respond to the {@link AboutHandler#handleAbout()} message
* @since Java for Mac OS X 10.6 Update 3
@@ -155,7 +155,7 @@
/**
* Installs a handler to create the Preferences menu item in your application's app menu.
*
- * Setting the {@link PreferencesHandler} to null
will remove the Preferences item from the app menu.
+ * Setting the {@link PreferencesHandler} to {@code null} will remove the Preferences item from the app menu.
*
* @param preferencesHandler
* @since Java for Mac OS X 10.6 Update 3
@@ -167,8 +167,8 @@
/**
* Installs the handler which is notified when the application is asked to open a list of files.
- * The {@link OpenFilesHandler#openFiles(AppEvent.OpenFilesEvent)} notifications are only sent if the Java app is a bundled application, with a CFBundleDocumentTypes
array present in it's Info.plist.
- * See the Info.plist Key Reference for more information about adding a CFBundleDocumentTypes
key to your app's Info.plist.
+ * The {@link OpenFilesHandler#openFiles(AppEvent.OpenFilesEvent)} notifications are only sent if the Java app is a bundled application, with a {@code CFBundleDocumentTypes} array present in it's Info.plist.
+ * See the Info.plist Key Reference for more information about adding a {@code CFBundleDocumentTypes} key to your app's Info.plist.
*
* @param openFileHandler
* @since Java for Mac OS X 10.6 Update 3
@@ -180,8 +180,8 @@
/**
* Installs the handler which is notified when the application is asked to print a list of files.
- * The {@link PrintFilesHandler#printFiles(AppEvent.PrintFilesEvent)} notifications are only sent if the Java app is a bundled application, with a CFBundleDocumentTypes
array present in it's Info.plist.
- * See the Info.plist Key Reference for more information about adding a CFBundleDocumentTypes
key to your app's Info.plist.
+ * The {@link PrintFilesHandler#printFiles(AppEvent.PrintFilesEvent)} notifications are only sent if the Java app is a bundled application, with a {@code CFBundleDocumentTypes} array present in it's Info.plist.
+ * See the Info.plist Key Reference for more information about adding a {@code CFBundleDocumentTypes} key to your app's Info.plist.
*
* @param printFileHandler
* @since Java for Mac OS X 10.6 Update 3
@@ -193,10 +193,10 @@
/**
* Installs the handler which is notified when the application is asked to open a URL.
- * The {@link OpenURIHandler#openURI(AppEvent.OpenURIEvent)} notifications are only sent if the Java app is a bundled application, with a CFBundleURLTypes
array present in it's Info.plist.
- * See the Info.plist Key Reference for more information about adding a CFBundleURLTypes
key to your app's Info.plist.
+ * The {@link OpenURIHandler#openURI(AppEvent.OpenURIEvent)} notifications are only sent if the Java app is a bundled application, with a {@code CFBundleURLTypes} array present in it's Info.plist.
+ * See the Info.plist Key Reference for more information about adding a {@code CFBundleURLTypes} key to your app's Info.plist.
*
- * Setting the handler to null
causes all {@link OpenURIHandler#openURI(AppEvent.OpenURIEvent)} requests to be enqueued until another handler is set.
+ * Setting the handler to {@code null} causes all {@link OpenURIHandler#openURI(AppEvent.OpenURIEvent)} requests to be enqueued until another handler is set.
*
* @param openURIHandler
* @since Java for Mac OS X 10.6 Update 3
@@ -209,7 +209,7 @@
/**
* Installs the handler which determines if the application should quit.
* The handler is passed a one-shot {@link QuitResponse} which can cancel or proceed with the quit.
- * Setting the handler to null
causes all quit requests to directly perform the default {@link QuitStrategy}.
+ * Setting the handler to {@code null} causes all quit requests to directly perform the default {@link QuitStrategy}.
*
* @param quitHandler the handler that is called when the application is asked to quit
* @since Java for Mac OS X 10.6 Update 3
@@ -432,11 +432,11 @@
/**
* Enables the Preferences item in the application menu. The ApplicationListener receives a callback for
- * selection of the Preferences item in the application menu only if this is set to true
.
+ * selection of the Preferences item in the application menu only if this is set to {@code true}.
*
* If a Preferences item isn't present, this method adds and enables it.
*
- * @param enable specifies whether the Preferences item in the application menu should be enabled (true
) or not (false
)
+ * @param enable specifies whether the Preferences item in the application menu should be enabled ({@code true}) or not ({@code false})
*
* @deprecated no replacement
* @since 1.4
@@ -449,12 +449,12 @@
/**
* Enables the About item in the application menu. The ApplicationListener receives a callback for
- * selection of the About item in the application menu only if this is set to true
. Because AWT supplies
- * a standard About window when an application may not, by default this is set to true
.
+ * selection of the About item in the application menu only if this is set to {@code true}. Because AWT supplies
+ * a standard About window when an application may not, by default this is set to {@code true}.
*
* If the About item isn't present, this method adds and enables it.
*
- * @param enable specifies whether the About item in the application menu should be enabled (true
) or not (false
)
+ * @param enable specifies whether the About item in the application menu should be enabled ({@code true}) or not ({@code false})
*
* @deprecated no replacement
* @since 1.4
@@ -553,7 +553,7 @@
}
/**
- * @deprecated Use java.awt.MouseInfo.getPointerInfo().getLocation()
.
+ * @deprecated Use {@code java.awt.MouseInfo.getPointerInfo().getLocation()}.
*
* @since 1.4
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/macosx/classes/com/apple/eawt/ApplicationAdapter.java 2015-10-04 22:51:41.693276933 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/macosx/classes/com/apple/eawt/ApplicationAdapter.java 2015-10-04 22:51:41.505276942 +0400
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
package com.apple.eawt;
/**
- * An abstract adapter class for receiving ApplicationEvents
.
+ * An abstract adapter class for receiving {@code ApplicationEvents}.
*
* ApplicationEvents are deprecated. Use individual app event listeners or handlers instead.
*
--- old/src/java.desktop/macosx/classes/com/apple/eawt/ApplicationEvent.java 2015-10-04 22:51:42.229276909 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/macosx/classes/com/apple/eawt/ApplicationEvent.java 2015-10-04 22:51:42.041276918 +0400
@@ -50,9 +50,9 @@
/**
* Determines whether an ApplicationListener has acted on a particular event.
- * An event is marked as having been handled with setHandled(true)
.
+ * An event is marked as having been handled with {@code setHandled(true)}.
*
- * @return true
if the event has been handled, otherwise false
+ * @return {@code true} if the event has been handled, otherwise {@code false}
*
* @since 1.4
* @deprecated
@@ -65,10 +65,10 @@
/**
* Marks the event as handled.
* After this method handles an ApplicationEvent, it may be useful to specify that it has been handled.
- * This is usually used in conjunction with getHandled()
.
- * Set to true
to designate that this event has been handled. By default it is false
.
+ * This is usually used in conjunction with {@code getHandled()}.
+ * Set to {@code true} to designate that this event has been handled. By default it is {@code false}.
*
- * @param state true
if the event has been handled, otherwise false
.
+ * @param state {@code true} if the event has been handled, otherwise {@code false}.
*
* @since 1.4
* @deprecated
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@
* For example, the Print and Open events refer to specific files.
* For these cases, this returns the appropriate file name.
*
- * @return the full path to the file associated with the event, if applicable, otherwise null
+ * @return the full path to the file associated with the event, if applicable, otherwise {@code null}
*
* @since 1.4
* @deprecated use {@link OpenFilesHandler} or {@link PrintFilesHandler} instead
--- old/src/java.desktop/macosx/classes/com/apple/eawt/ApplicationListener.java 2015-10-04 22:51:42.749276886 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/macosx/classes/com/apple/eawt/ApplicationListener.java 2015-10-04 22:51:42.561276894 +0400
@@ -53,9 +53,9 @@
@Deprecated
public interface ApplicationListener extends EventListener {
/**
- * Called when the user selects the About item in the application menu. If event
is not handled by
- * setting isHandled(true)
, a default About window consisting of the application's name and icon is
- * displayed. To display a custom About window, designate the event
as being handled and display the
+ * Called when the user selects the About item in the application menu. If {@code event} is not handled by
+ * setting {@code isHandled(true)}, a default About window consisting of the application's name and icon is
+ * displayed. To display a custom About window, designate the {@code event} as being handled and display the
* appropriate About window.
*
* @param event an ApplicationEvent initiated by the user choosing About in the application menu
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@
* Called when the Preference item in the application menu is selected. Native Mac OS X applications make their
* Preferences window available through the application menu. Java applications are automatically given an application
* menu in Mac OS X. By default, the Preferences item is disabled in that menu. If you are deploying an application
- * on Mac OS X, you should enable the preferences item with setEnabledPreferencesMenu(true)
in the
+ * on Mac OS X, you should enable the preferences item with {@code setEnabledPreferencesMenu(true)} in the
* Application object and then display your Preferences window in this handler.
*
* @param event triggered when the user selects Preferences from the application menu
@@ -130,8 +130,8 @@
* application menu, when the user types Command-Q, or when the user control clicks on your application icon in the
* Dock and chooses Quit. You can either accept or reject the request to quit. You might want to reject the request
* to quit if the user has unsaved work. Reject the request, move into your code to save changes, then quit your
- * application. To accept the request to quit, and terminate the application, set isHandled(true)
for the
- * event
. To reject the quit, set isHandled(false)
.
+ * application. To accept the request to quit, and terminate the application, set {@code isHandled(true)} for the
+ * {@code event}. To reject the quit, set {@code isHandled(false)}.
*
* @param event a Quit Application event
* @deprecated use {@link QuitHandler} and {@link QuitResponse}
--- old/src/java.desktop/macosx/classes/com/apple/eawt/OpenURIHandler.java 2015-10-04 22:51:43.273276862 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/macosx/classes/com/apple/eawt/OpenURIHandler.java 2015-10-04 22:51:43.085276871 +0400
@@ -29,8 +29,8 @@
/**
* An implementor is notified when the application is asked to open a URI.
- * The application only sends {@link com.apple.eawt.EAWTEvent.OpenURIEvent}s when it has been launched as a bundled Mac application, and it's Info.plist claims URL schemes in it's CFBundleURLTypes
entry.
- * See the Info.plist Key Reference for more information about adding a CFBundleURLTypes
key to your app's Info.plist.
+ * The application only sends {@link com.apple.eawt.EAWTEvent.OpenURIEvent}s when it has been launched as a bundled Mac application, and it's Info.plist claims URL schemes in it's {@code CFBundleURLTypes} entry.
+ * See the Info.plist Key Reference for more information about adding a {@code CFBundleURLTypes} key to your app's Info.plist.
*
* @see Application#setOpenURIHandler(OpenURIHandler)
*
--- old/src/java.desktop/macosx/classes/com/apple/eawt/QuitStrategy.java 2015-10-04 22:51:43.797276839 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/macosx/classes/com/apple/eawt/QuitStrategy.java 2015-10-04 22:51:43.601276848 +0400
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
*/
public enum QuitStrategy {
/**
- * Shuts down the application by calling System.exit(0)
. This is the default strategy.
+ * Shuts down the application by calling {@code System.exit(0)}. This is the default strategy.
*/
SYSTEM_EXIT_0,
--- old/src/java.desktop/macosx/classes/com/apple/eio/FileManager.java 2015-10-04 22:51:44.317276815 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/macosx/classes/com/apple/eio/FileManager.java 2015-10-04 22:51:44.129276824 +0400
@@ -32,19 +32,19 @@
* attributes. These attributes in turn are dependent on HFS and HFS+ file systems. As such, it is important to recognize
* their limitation when writing code that must function well across multiple platforms.
*
- * In addition to file name suffixes, Mac OS X can use Finder attributes like file type
and creator
codes to
- * identify and handle files. These codes are unique 4-byte identifiers. The file type
is a string that describes the
- * contents of a file. For example, the file type APPL
identifies the file as an application and therefore
- * executable. A file type of TEXT
means that the file contains raw text. Any application that can read raw
- * text can open a file of type TEXT
. Applications that use proprietary file types might assign their files a proprietary
- * file type
code.
+ * In addition to file name suffixes, Mac OS X can use Finder attributes like file {@code type} and {@code creator} codes to
+ * identify and handle files. These codes are unique 4-byte identifiers. The file {@code type} is a string that describes the
+ * contents of a file. For example, the file type {@code APPL} identifies the file as an application and therefore
+ * executable. A file type of {@code TEXT} means that the file contains raw text. Any application that can read raw
+ * text can open a file of type {@code TEXT}. Applications that use proprietary file types might assign their files a proprietary
+ * file {@code type} code.
*
- * To identify the application that can handle a document, the Finder can look at the creator
. For example, if a user
- * double-clicks on a document with the ttxt
creator
, it opens up in Text Edit, the application registered
- * with the ttxt
creator
code. Note that the creator
+ * To identify the application that can handle a document, the Finder can look at the {@code creator}. For example, if a user
+ * double-clicks on a document with the {@code ttxt creator}, it opens up in Text Edit, the application registered
+ * with the {@code ttxt creator} code. Note that the {@code creator}
* code can be set to any application, not necessarily the application that created it. For example, if you
- * use an editor to create an HTML document, you might want to assign a browser's creator
code for the file rather than
- * the HTML editor's creator
code. Double-clicking on the document then opens the appropriate browser rather than the
+ * use an editor to create an HTML document, you might want to assign a browser's {@code creator} code for the file rather than
+ * the HTML editor's {@code creator} code. Double-clicking on the document then opens the appropriate browser rather than the
*HTML editor.
*
* If you plan to publicly distribute your application, you must register its creator and any proprietary file types with the Apple
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@
}
/**
- * Sets the file type
and creator
codes for a file or folder.
+ * Sets the file {@code type} and {@code creator} codes for a file or folder.
*
* @since 1.4
*/
@@ -140,7 +140,7 @@
private static native void _setFileTypeAndCreator(String filename, int type, int creator) throws IOException;
/**
- * Sets the file type
code for a file or folder.
+ * Sets the file {@code type} code for a file or folder.
*
* @since 1.4
*/
@@ -154,7 +154,7 @@
private static native void _setFileType(String filename, int type) throws IOException;
/**
- * Sets the file creator
code for a file or folder.
+ * Sets the file {@code creator} code for a file or folder.
*
* @since 1.4
*/
@@ -168,7 +168,7 @@
private static native void _setFileCreator(String filename, int creator) throws IOException;
/**
- * Obtains the file type
code for a file or folder.
+ * Obtains the file {@code type} code for a file or folder.
*
* @since 1.4
*/
@@ -182,7 +182,7 @@
private static native int _getFileType(String filename) throws IOException;
/**
- * Obtains the file creator
code for a file or folder.
+ * Obtains the file {@code creator} code for a file or folder.
*
* @since 1.4
*/
@@ -200,11 +200,11 @@
* Locates a folder of a particular type. Mac OS X recognizes certain specific folders that have distinct purposes.
* For example, the user's desktop or temporary folder. These folders have corresponding codes. Given one of these codes,
* this method returns the path to that particular folder. Certain folders of a given type may appear in more than
- * one domain. For example, although there is only one root
folder, there are multiple pref
- * folders. If this method is called to find the pref
folder, it will return the first one it finds,
- * the user's preferences folder in ~/Library/Preferences
. To explicitly locate a folder in a certain
- * domain use findFolder(short domain, int folderType)
or findFolder(short domain, int folderType,
- * boolean createIfNeeded)
.
+ * one domain. For example, although there is only one {@code root} folder, there are multiple {@code pref}
+ * folders. If this method is called to find the {@code pref} folder, it will return the first one it finds,
+ * the user's preferences folder in {@code ~/Library/Preferences}. To explicitly locate a folder in a certain
+ * domain use {@code findFolder(short domain, int folderType)} or
+ * {@code findFolder(short domain, int folderType, boolean createIfNeeded)}.
*
* @return the path to the folder searched for
*
@@ -215,8 +215,8 @@
}
/**
- * Locates a folder of a particular type, within a given domain. Similar to findFolder(int folderType)
- * except that the domain to look in can be specified. Valid values for domain
include:
+ * Locates a folder of a particular type, within a given domain. Similar to {@code findFolder(int folderType)}
+ * except that the domain to look in can be specified. Valid values for {@code domain} include:
*
findFolder(int folderType)
and
- * findFolder(short domain, int folderType)
except that it can create the folder if it does not already exist.
+ * not exist. The behavior is similar to {@code findFolder(int folderType)} and
+ * {@code findFolder(short domain, int folderType)} except that it can create the folder if it does not already exist.
*
* @param createIfNeeded
- * set to true
, by setting to false
the behavior will be the
- * same as findFolder(short domain, int folderType, boolean createIfNeeded)
+ * set to {@code true}, by setting to {@code false} the behavior will be the
+ * same as {@code findFolder(short domain, int folderType, boolean createIfNeeded)}
* @return the path to the folder searched for
*
* @since 1.4
@@ -263,9 +263,9 @@
/**
- * Opens the path specified by a URL in the appropriate application for that URL. HTTP URL's (http://
)
- * open in the default browser as set in the Internet pane of System Preferences. File (file://
) and
- * FTP URL's (ftp://
) open in the Finder. Note that opening an FTP URL will prompt the user for where
+ * Opens the path specified by a URL in the appropriate application for that URL. HTTP URL's ({@code http://})
+ * open in the default browser as set in the Internet pane of System Preferences. File ({@code file://}) and
+ * FTP URL's ({@code ftp://}) open in the Finder. Note that opening an FTP URL will prompt the user for where
* they want to save the downloaded file(s).
*
* @param url
--- old/src/java.desktop/macosx/classes/com/apple/laf/AquaInternalFrameUI.java 2015-10-04 22:51:44.849276792 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/macosx/classes/com/apple/laf/AquaInternalFrameUI.java 2015-10-04 22:51:44.661276800 +0400
@@ -295,9 +295,9 @@
}
/**
- * Installs necessary mouse handlers on newPane
+ * Installs necessary mouse handlers on {@code newPane}
* and adds it to the frame.
- * Reverse process for the currentPane
.
+ * Reverse process for the {@code currentPane}.
*/
@Override
protected void replacePane(final JComponent currentPane, final JComponent newPane) {
--- old/src/java.desktop/macosx/classes/com/apple/laf/AquaLookAndFeel.java 2015-10-04 22:51:45.393276767 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/macosx/classes/com/apple/laf/AquaLookAndFeel.java 2015-10-04 22:51:45.205276776 +0400
@@ -82,9 +82,9 @@
}
/**
- * Returns true if the LookAndFeel
returned
- * RootPaneUI
instances support providing Window decorations
- * in a JRootPane
.
+ * Returns true if the {@code LookAndFeel} returned
+ * {@code RootPaneUI} instances support providing Window decorations
+ * in a {@code JRootPane}.
*
* The default implementation returns false, subclasses that support
* Window decorations should override this and return true.
@@ -174,20 +174,20 @@
}
/**
- * Returns an ActionMap
.
+ * Returns an {@code ActionMap}.
*
- * This ActionMap
contains Actions
that
+ * This {@code ActionMap} contains {@code Actions} that
* embody the ability to render an auditory cue. These auditory
* cues map onto user and system activities that may be useful
* for an end user to know about (such as a dialog box appearing).
*
- * At the appropriate time in a JComponent
UI's lifecycle,
+ * At the appropriate time in a {@code JComponent} UI's lifecycle,
* the ComponentUI is responsible for getting the appropriate
- * Action
out of the ActionMap
and passing
- * it on to playSound
.
+ * {@code Action} out of the {@code ActionMap} and passing
+ * it on to {@code playSound}.
*
- * The Actions
in this ActionMap
are
- * created by the createAudioAction
method.
+ * The {@code Actions} in this {@code ActionMap} are
+ * created by the {@code createAudioAction} method.
*
* @return an ActionMap containing Actions
* responsible for rendering auditory cues
--- old/src/java.desktop/macosx/classes/com/apple/laf/AquaOptionPaneUI.java 2015-10-04 22:51:45.925276743 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/macosx/classes/com/apple/laf/AquaOptionPaneUI.java 2015-10-04 22:51:45.737276752 +0400
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@
/**
* Creates and returns a Container containin the buttons. The buttons
- * are created by calling getButtons
.
+ * are created by calling {@code getButtons}.
*/
protected Container createButtonArea() {
final Container bottom = super.createButtonArea();
--- old/src/java.desktop/macosx/classes/com/apple/laf/AquaRootPaneUI.java 2015-10-04 22:51:46.457276719 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/macosx/classes/com/apple/laf/AquaRootPaneUI.java 2015-10-04 22:51:46.257276728 +0400
@@ -164,7 +164,7 @@
/**
* Invoked when a property changes on the root pane. If the event
- * indicates the defaultButton
has changed, this will
+ * indicates the {@code defaultButton} has changed, this will
* update the animation.
* If the enabled state changed, it will start or stop the animation
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/macosx/classes/com/apple/laf/AquaTabbedPaneCopyFromBasicUI.java 2015-10-04 22:51:46.981276696 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/macosx/classes/com/apple/laf/AquaTabbedPaneCopyFromBasicUI.java 2015-10-04 22:51:46.789276704 +0400
@@ -235,9 +235,9 @@
}
/**
- * Invoked by installUI
to create
+ * Invoked by {@code installUI} to create
* a layout manager object to manage
- * the JTabbedPane
.
+ * the {@code JTabbedPane}.
*
* @return a layout manager object
*
@@ -536,7 +536,7 @@
/**
* Sets the tab the mouse is over by location. This is a cover method
- * for setRolloverTab(tabForCoordinate(x, y, false))
.
+ * for {@code setRolloverTab(tabForCoordinate(x, y, false))}.
*/
private void setRolloverTab(final int x, final int y) {
// NOTE:
@@ -547,8 +547,8 @@
}
/**
- * Sets the tab the mouse is currently over to index
.
- * index
will be -1 if the mouse is no longer over any
+ * Sets the tab the mouse is currently over to {@code index}.
+ * {@code index} will be -1 if the mouse is no longer over any
* tab. No checking is done to ensure the passed in index identifies a
* valid tab.
*
@@ -676,7 +676,7 @@
/**
* Returns the amount the baseline is offset by. This is typically
- * the same as getTabLabelShiftY
.
+ * the same as {@code getTabLabelShiftY}.
*
* @return amount to offset the baseline by
* @since 1.6
@@ -765,10 +765,10 @@
/**
* Paints the tabs in the tab area.
* Invoked by paint().
- * The graphics parameter must be a valid Graphics
+ * The graphics parameter must be a valid {@code Graphics}
* object. Tab placement may be either:
- * JTabbedPane.TOP
, JTabbedPane.BOTTOM
,
- * JTabbedPane.LEFT
, or JTabbedPane.RIGHT
.
+ * {@code JTabbedPane.TOP}, {@code JTabbedPane.BOTTOM},
+ * {@code JTabbedPane.LEFT}, or {@code JTabbedPane.RIGHT}.
* The selected index must be a valid tabbed pane tab index (0 to
* tab count - 1, inclusive) or -1 if no tab is currently selected.
* The handling of invalid parameters is unspecified.
@@ -1406,7 +1406,7 @@
* designated Rectangle object (rather than instantiating and returning
* a new Rectangle each time). The tab index parameter must be a valid
* tabbed pane tab index (0 to tab count - 1, inclusive). The destination
- * rectangle parameter must be a valid Rectangle
instance.
+ * rectangle parameter must be a valid {@code Rectangle} instance.
* The handling of invalid parameters is unspecified.
*
* @param tabIndex the index of the tab
@@ -3717,7 +3717,7 @@
/**
* An ActionMap that populates its contents as necessary. The
- * contents are populated by invoking the loadActionMap
+ * contents are populated by invoking the {@code loadActionMap}
* method on the passed in Object.
*
* @version 1.6, 11/17/05
@@ -3726,14 +3726,14 @@
@SuppressWarnings("serial") // Superclass is not serializable across versions
static class LazyActionMap extends ActionMapUIResource {
/**
- * Object to invoke loadActionMap
on. This may be
+ * Object to invoke {@code loadActionMap} on. This may be
* a Class object.
*/
private transient Object _loader;
/**
* Installs an ActionMap that will be populated by invoking the
- * loadActionMap
method on the specified Class
+ * {@code loadActionMap} method on the specified Class
* when necessary.
*
* This should be used if the ActionMap can be shared.
@@ -3755,7 +3755,7 @@
/**
* Returns an ActionMap that will be populated by invoking the
- * loadActionMap
method on the specified Class
+ * {@code loadActionMap} method on the specified Class
* when necessary.
*
* This should be used if the ActionMap can be shared.
--- old/src/java.desktop/macosx/classes/com/apple/laf/AquaTreeUI.java 2015-10-04 22:51:47.541276671 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/macosx/classes/com/apple/laf/AquaTreeUI.java 2015-10-04 22:51:47.353276679 +0400
@@ -179,8 +179,8 @@
}
/**
- * Paints the expand (toggle) part of a row. The receiver should NOT modify clipBounds
, or
- * insets
.
+ * Paints the expand (toggle) part of a row. The receiver should NOT modify {@code clipBounds}, or
+ * {@code insets}.
*/
protected void paintExpandControl(final Graphics g, final Rectangle clipBounds, final Insets insets, final Rectangle bounds, final TreePath path, final int row, final boolean isExpanded, final boolean hasBeenExpanded, final boolean isLeaf) {
final Object value = path.getLastPathComponent();
--- old/src/java.desktop/macosx/classes/sun/font/NativeFont.java 2015-10-04 22:51:48.117276645 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/macosx/classes/sun/font/NativeFont.java 2015-10-04 22:51:47.877276656 +0400
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@
/**
* Verifies native font is accessible.
- * @throws FontFormatException - if the font can't be located.
+ * @throws FontFormatException if the font can't be located.
*/
public NativeFont(String platName, boolean isBitmapDelegate)
throws FontFormatException {
--- old/src/java.desktop/macosx/classes/sun/java2d/DataBufferNIOInt.java 2015-10-04 22:51:48.637276621 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/macosx/classes/sun/java2d/DataBufferNIOInt.java 2015-10-04 22:51:48.449276630 +0400
@@ -37,10 +37,10 @@
IntBuffer bankdata[];
/**
- * Constructs an integer-based DataBuffer
with a single bank
+ * Constructs an integer-based {@code DataBuffer} with a single bank
* and the specified size.
*
- * @param size The size of the DataBuffer
.
+ * @param size The size of the {@code DataBuffer}.
*/
public DataBufferNIOInt(int size) {
super(TYPE_INT,size);
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the default (first) IntBuffer in DataBuffer
.
+ * Returns the default (first) IntBuffer in {@code DataBuffer}.
*
* @return The first IntBuffer.
*/
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the default (first) int data array in DataBuffer
.
+ * Returns the default (first) int data array in {@code DataBuffer}.
*
* @return The first integer data array.
*/
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@
/**
* Sets the requested data array element in the specified bank
- * to the integer value i
.
+ * to the integer value {@code i}.
* @param bank The bank in which you want to set the data array element.
* @param i The data array element you want to set.
* @param val The integer value to which you want to set the specified data array element.
--- old/src/java.desktop/macosx/classes/sun/lwawt/macosx/CDesktopPeer.java 2015-10-04 22:51:49.157276598 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/macosx/classes/sun/lwawt/macosx/CDesktopPeer.java 2015-10-04 22:51:48.969276607 +0400
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
/**
- * Concrete implementation of the interface DesktopPeer
for MacOS X
+ * Concrete implementation of the interface {@code DesktopPeer} for MacOS X
*
* @see DesktopPeer
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/macosx/classes/sun/lwawt/macosx/CInputMethod.java 2015-10-04 22:51:49.677276575 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/macosx/classes/sun/lwawt/macosx/CInputMethod.java 2015-10-04 22:51:49.489276583 +0400
@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@
* method.
*
* @param context the input method context for this input method
- * @exception NullPointerException if context
is null
+ * @exception NullPointerException if {@code context} is null
*/
public void setInputMethodContext(InputMethodContext context) {
fIMContext = context;
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@
*
* @param lang locale to input
* @return whether the specified locale is supported
- * @exception NullPointerException if locale
is null
+ * @exception NullPointerException if {@code locale} is null
*/
public boolean setLocale(Locale lang) {
return setLocale(lang, false);
@@ -205,7 +205,7 @@
* are dispatched to the current input method for this component before
* they are dispatched to the component's methods or event listeners.
* The input method decides whether it needs to handle the event. If it
- * does, it also calls the event's consume
method; this
+ * does, it also calls the event's {@code consume} method; this
* causes the event to not get dispatched to the component's event
* processing methods or event listeners.
*
@@ -216,7 +216,7 @@
* This method is called by {@link java.awt.im.InputContext#dispatchEvent InputContext.dispatchEvent}.
*
* @param event the event being dispatched to the input method
- * @exception NullPointerException if event
is null
+ * @exception NullPointerException if {@code event} is null
*/
public void dispatchEvent(final AWTEvent event) {
// No-op for Mac OS X.
--- old/src/java.desktop/macosx/classes/sun/lwawt/macosx/CPrinterDevice.java 2015-10-04 22:51:50.209276551 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/macosx/classes/sun/lwawt/macosx/CPrinterDevice.java 2015-10-04 22:51:50.021276559 +0400
@@ -35,8 +35,8 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the type of this GraphicsDevice
.
- * @return the type of this GraphicsDevice
, which can
+ * Returns the type of this {@code GraphicsDevice}.
+ * @return the type of this {@code GraphicsDevice}, which can
* either be TYPE_RASTER_SCREEN, TYPE_PRINTER or TYPE_IMAGE_BUFFER.
* @see #TYPE_RASTER_SCREEN
* @see #TYPE_PRINTER
@@ -48,30 +48,30 @@
/**
* Returns the identification string associated with this
- * GraphicsDevice
.
- * @return a String
that is the identification
- * of this GraphicsDevice
.
+ * {@code GraphicsDevice}.
+ * @return a {@code String} that is the identification
+ * of this {@code GraphicsDevice}.
*/
public String getIDstring() {
return ("Printer");
}
/**
- * Returns all of the GraphicsConfiguration
- * objects associated with this GraphicsDevice
.
- * @return an array of GraphicsConfiguration
+ * Returns all of the {@code GraphicsConfiguration}
+ * objects associated with this {@code GraphicsDevice}.
+ * @return an array of {@code GraphicsConfiguration}
* objects that are associated with this
- * GraphicsDevice
.
+ * {@code GraphicsDevice}.
*/
public GraphicsConfiguration[] getConfigurations() {
return new GraphicsConfiguration[] { gc };
}
/**
- * Returns the default GraphicsConfiguration
- * associated with this GraphicsDevice
.
- * @return the default GraphicsConfiguration
- * of this GraphicsDevice
.
+ * Returns the default {@code GraphicsConfiguration}
+ * associated with this {@code GraphicsDevice}.
+ * @return the default {@code GraphicsConfiguration}
+ * of this {@code GraphicsDevice}.
*/
public GraphicsConfiguration getDefaultConfiguration() {
return gc;
--- old/src/java.desktop/macosx/classes/sun/lwawt/macosx/CPrinterGraphicsConfig.java 2015-10-04 22:51:50.729276528 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/macosx/classes/sun/lwawt/macosx/CPrinterGraphicsConfig.java 2015-10-04 22:51:50.541276536 +0400
@@ -49,9 +49,9 @@
/**
* Returns the {@link GraphicsDevice} associated with this
- * GraphicsConfiguration
.
- * @return a GraphicsDevice
object that is
- * associated with this GraphicsConfiguration
.
+ * {@code GraphicsConfiguration}.
+ * @return a {@code GraphicsDevice} object that is
+ * associated with this {@code GraphicsConfiguration}.
*/
public GraphicsDevice getDevice() {
return gd;
@@ -59,16 +59,16 @@
/**
* Returns a {@link BufferedImage} with a data layout and color model
- * compatible with this GraphicsConfiguration
. This
+ * compatible with this {@code GraphicsConfiguration}. This
* method has nothing to do with memory-mapping
- * a device. The returned BufferedImage
has
+ * a device. The returned {@code BufferedImage} has
* a layout and color model that is closest to this native device
* configuration and can therefore be optimally blitted to this
* device.
- * @param width the width of the returned BufferedImage
- * @param height the height of the returned BufferedImage
- * @return a BufferedImage
whose data layout and color
- * model is compatible with this GraphicsConfiguration
.
+ * @param width the width of the returned {@code BufferedImage}
+ * @param height the height of the returned {@code BufferedImage}
+ * @return a {@code BufferedImage} whose data layout and color
+ * model is compatible with this {@code GraphicsConfiguration}.
*/
public BufferedImage createCompatibleImage(int width, int height) {
return createCompatibleImage(width, height, Transparency.OPAQUE);
@@ -76,15 +76,15 @@
/**
* Returns a {@link VolatileImage} with a data layout and color model
- * compatible with this GraphicsConfiguration
.
- * The returned VolatileImage
+ * compatible with this {@code GraphicsConfiguration}.
+ * The returned {@code VolatileImage}
* may have data that is stored optimally for the underlying graphics
* device and may therefore benefit from platform-specific rendering
* acceleration.
- * @param width the width of the returned VolatileImage
- * @param height the height of the returned VolatileImage
- * @return a VolatileImage
whose data layout and color
- * model is compatible with this GraphicsConfiguration
.
+ * @param width the width of the returned {@code VolatileImage}
+ * @param height the height of the returned {@code VolatileImage}
+ * @return a {@code VolatileImage} whose data layout and color
+ * model is compatible with this {@code GraphicsConfiguration}.
* @see Component#createVolatileImage(int, int)
*/
public VolatileImage createCompatibleVolatileImage(int width, int height) {
@@ -97,18 +97,18 @@
}
/**
- * Returns a BufferedImage
that supports the specified
+ * Returns a {@code BufferedImage} that supports the specified
* transparency and has a data layout and color model
- * compatible with this GraphicsConfiguration
. This
+ * compatible with this {@code GraphicsConfiguration}. This
* method has nothing to do with memory-mapping
- * a device. The returned BufferedImage
has a layout and
+ * a device. The returned {@code BufferedImage} has a layout and
* color model that can be optimally blitted to a device
- * with this GraphicsConfiguration
.
- * @param width the width of the returned BufferedImage
- * @param height the height of the returned BufferedImage
+ * with this {@code GraphicsConfiguration}.
+ * @param width the width of the returned {@code BufferedImage}
+ * @param height the height of the returned {@code BufferedImage}
* @param transparency the specified transparency mode
- * @return a BufferedImage
whose data layout and color
- * model is compatible with this GraphicsConfiguration
+ * @return a {@code BufferedImage} whose data layout and color
+ * model is compatible with this {@code GraphicsConfiguration}
* and also supports the specified transparency.
* @see Transparency#OPAQUE
* @see Transparency#BITMASK
@@ -121,21 +121,21 @@
/**
* Returns the {@link ColorModel} associated with this
- * GraphicsConfiguration
.
- * @return a ColorModel
object that is associated with
- * this GraphicsConfiguration
.
+ * {@code GraphicsConfiguration}.
+ * @return a {@code ColorModel} object that is associated with
+ * this {@code GraphicsConfiguration}.
*/
public ColorModel getColorModel() {
return getColorModel(Transparency.OPAQUE);
}
/**
- * Returns the ColorModel
associated with this
- * GraphicsConfiguration
that supports the specified
+ * Returns the {@code ColorModel} associated with this
+ * {@code GraphicsConfiguration} that supports the specified
* transparency.
* @param transparency the specified transparency mode
- * @return a ColorModel
object that is associated with
- * this GraphicsConfiguration
and supports the
+ * @return a {@code ColorModel} object that is associated with
+ * this {@code GraphicsConfiguration} and supports the
* specified transparency.
*/
public ColorModel getColorModel(int transparency) {
@@ -144,22 +144,22 @@
/**
* Returns the default {@link AffineTransform} for this
- * GraphicsConfiguration
. This
- * AffineTransform
is typically the Identity transform
- * for most normal screens. The default AffineTransform
+ * {@code GraphicsConfiguration}. This
+ * {@code AffineTransform} is typically the Identity transform
+ * for most normal screens. The default {@code AffineTransform}
* maps coordinates onto the device such that 72 user space
* coordinate units measure approximately 1 inch in device
* space. The normalizing transform can be used to make
* this mapping more exact. Coordinates in the coordinate space
- * defined by the default AffineTransform
for screen and
+ * defined by the default {@code AffineTransform} for screen and
* printer devices have the origin in the upper left-hand corner of
* the target region of the device, with X coordinates
* increasing to the right and Y coordinates increasing downwards.
* For image buffers not associated with a device, such as those not
- * created by createCompatibleImage
,
- * this AffineTransform
is the Identity transform.
- * @return the default AffineTransform
for this
- * GraphicsConfiguration
.
+ * created by {@code createCompatibleImage},
+ * this {@code AffineTransform} is the Identity transform.
+ * @return the default {@code AffineTransform} for this
+ * {@code GraphicsConfiguration}.
*/
public AffineTransform getDefaultTransform() {
return new AffineTransform();
@@ -167,9 +167,9 @@
/**
*
- * Returns a AffineTransform
that can be concatenated
- * with the default AffineTransform
- * of a GraphicsConfiguration
so that 72 units in user
+ * Returns a {@code AffineTransform} that can be concatenated
+ * with the default {@code AffineTransform}
+ * of a {@code GraphicsConfiguration} so that 72 units in user
* space equals 1 inch in device space.
*
* For a particular {@link Graphics2D}, g, one
@@ -181,16 +181,16 @@
* g.setTransform(gc.getDefaultTransform());
* g.transform(gc.getNormalizingTransform());
*
- * Note that sometimes this AffineTransform
is identity,
+ * Note that sometimes this {@code AffineTransform} is identity,
* such as for printers or metafile output, and that this
- * AffineTransform
is only as accurate as the information
+ * {@code AffineTransform} is only as accurate as the information
* supplied by the underlying system. For image buffers not
* associated with a device, such as those not created by
- * createCompatibleImage
, this
- * AffineTransform
is the Identity transform
+ * {@code createCompatibleImage}, this
+ * {@code AffineTransform} is the Identity transform
* since there is no valid distance measurement.
- * @return an AffineTransform
to concatenate to the
- * default AffineTransform
so that 72 units in user
+ * @return an {@code AffineTransform} to concatenate to the
+ * default {@code AffineTransform} so that 72 units in user
* space is mapped to 1 inch in device space.
*/
public AffineTransform getNormalizingTransform() {
@@ -198,12 +198,12 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the bounds of the GraphicsConfiguration
+ * Returns the bounds of the {@code GraphicsConfiguration}
* in the device coordinates. In a multi-screen environment
* with a virtual device, the bounds can have negative X
* or Y origins.
* @return the bounds of the area covered by this
- * GraphicsConfiguration
.
+ * {@code GraphicsConfiguration}.
* @since 1.3
*/
public Rectangle getBounds() {
--- old/src/java.desktop/macosx/classes/sun/lwawt/macosx/CPrinterJob.java 2015-10-04 22:51:51.253276504 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/macosx/classes/sun/lwawt/macosx/CPrinterJob.java 2015-10-04 22:51:51.065276512 +0400
@@ -83,13 +83,13 @@
* to these native print services.
* To present the cross platform print dialog for all services,
* including native ones instead use
- * printDialog(PrintRequestAttributeSet)
.
+ * {@code printDialog(PrintRequestAttributeSet)}.
*
* PrinterJob implementations which can use PrintService's will update
* the PrintService for this PrinterJob to reflect the new service
* selected by the user.
- * @return true
if the user does not cancel the dialog;
- * false
otherwise.
+ * @return {@code true} if the user does not cancel the dialog;
+ * {@code false} otherwise.
* @exception HeadlessException if GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()
* returns true.
* @see java.awt.GraphicsEnvironment#isHeadless
@@ -117,19 +117,19 @@
/**
* Displays a dialog that allows modification of a
- * PageFormat
instance.
- * The page
argument is used to initialize controls
+ * {@code PageFormat} instance.
+ * The {@code page} argument is used to initialize controls
* in the page setup dialog.
* If the user cancels the dialog then this method returns the
- * original page
object unmodified.
+ * original {@code page} object unmodified.
* If the user okays the dialog then this method returns a new
- * PageFormat
object with the indicated changes.
- * In either case, the original page
object is
+ * {@code PageFormat} object with the indicated changes.
+ * In either case, the original {@code page} object is
* not modified.
- * @param page the default PageFormat
presented to the
+ * @param page the default {@code PageFormat} presented to the
* user for modification
- * @return the original page
object if the dialog
- * is cancelled; a new PageFormat
object
+ * @return the original {@code page} object if the dialog
+ * is cancelled; a new {@code PageFormat} object
* containing the format indicated by the user if the
* dialog is acknowledged.
* @exception HeadlessException if GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()
@@ -157,11 +157,11 @@
}
/**
- * Clones the PageFormat
argument and alters the
+ * Clones the {@code PageFormat} argument and alters the
* clone to describe a default page size and orientation.
- * @param page the PageFormat
to be cloned and altered
- * @return clone of page
, altered to describe a default
- * PageFormat
.
+ * @param page the {@code PageFormat} to be cloned and altered
+ * @return clone of {@code page}, altered to describe a default
+ * {@code PageFormat}.
*/
@Override
public PageFormat defaultPage(PageFormat page) {
--- old/src/java.desktop/macosx/classes/sun/lwawt/macosx/CRobot.java 2015-10-04 22:51:51.781276480 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/macosx/classes/sun/lwawt/macosx/CRobot.java 2015-10-04 22:51:51.593276489 +0400
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@
* Presses one or more mouse buttons.
*
* @param buttons the button mask (combination of
- * InputEvent.BUTTON1/2/3_MASK
)
+ * {@code InputEvent.BUTTON1/2/3_MASK})
*/
@Override
public void mousePress(int buttons) {
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@
* Releases one or more mouse buttons.
*
* @param buttons the button mask (combination of
- * InputEvent.BUTTON1/2/3_MASK
)
+ * {@code InputEvent.BUTTON1/2/3_MASK})
*/
@Override
public void mouseRelease(int buttons) {
@@ -133,14 +133,14 @@
* Presses a given key.
*
* Key codes that have more than one physical key associated with them
- * (e.g. KeyEvent.VK_SHIFT
could mean either the
+ * (e.g. {@code KeyEvent.VK_SHIFT} could mean either the
* left or right shift key) will map to the left key.
*
* Assumes that the
* peer implementations will throw an exception for other bogus
* values e.g. -1, 999999
*
- * @param keycode the key to press (e.g. KeyEvent.VK_A
)
+ * @param keycode the key to press (e.g. {@code KeyEvent.VK_A})
*/
@Override
public void keyPress(final int keycode) {
@@ -151,14 +151,14 @@
* Releases a given key.
*
* Key codes that have more than one physical key associated with them
- * (e.g. KeyEvent.VK_SHIFT
could mean either the
+ * (e.g. {@code KeyEvent.VK_SHIFT} could mean either the
* left or right shift key) will map to the left key.
*
* Assumes that the
* peer implementations will throw an exception for other bogus
* values e.g. -1, 999999
*
- * @param keycode the key to release (e.g. KeyEvent.VK_A
)
+ * @param keycode the key to release (e.g. {@code KeyEvent.VK_A})
*/
@Override
public void keyRelease(final int keycode) {
--- old/src/java.desktop/macosx/classes/sun/lwawt/macosx/LWCToolkit.java 2015-10-04 22:51:52.301276457 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/macosx/classes/sun/lwawt/macosx/LWCToolkit.java 2015-10-04 22:51:52.113276465 +0400
@@ -515,13 +515,13 @@
* key for menu shortcuts.
*
* Menu shortcuts, which are embodied in the
- * MenuShortcut
class, are handled by the
- * MenuBar
class.
+ * {@code MenuShortcut} class, are handled by the
+ * {@code MenuBar} class.
*
- * By default, this method returns Event.CTRL_MASK
.
+ * By default, this method returns {@code Event.CTRL_MASK}.
* Toolkit implementations should override this method if the
* Control key isn't the correct key for accelerators.
- * @return the modifier mask on the Event
class
+ * @return the modifier mask on the {@code Event} class
* that is used for menu shortcuts on this toolkit.
* @see java.awt.MenuBar
* @see java.awt.MenuShortcut
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/com/sun/imageio/plugins/bmp/BMPImageReader.java 2015-10-04 22:51:52.829276433 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/com/sun/imageio/plugins/bmp/BMPImageReader.java 2015-10-04 22:51:52.637276442 +0400
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@
/** This class is the Java Image IO plugin reader for BMP images.
* It may subsample the image, clip the image, select sub-bands,
* and shift the decoded image origin if the proper decoding parameter
- * are set in the provided ImageReadParam
.
+ * are set in the provided {@code ImageReadParam}.
*
* This class supports Microsoft Windows Bitmap Version 3-5,
* as well as OS/2 Bitmap Version 2.x (for single-image BMP file).
@@ -159,8 +159,8 @@
/** source and destination bands. */
private int[] sourceBands, destBands;
- /** Constructs BMPImageReader
from the provided
- * ImageReaderSpi
.
+ /** Constructs {@code BMPImageReader} from the provided
+ * {@code ImageReaderSpi}.
*/
public BMPImageReader(ImageReaderSpi originator) {
super(originator);
@@ -1670,8 +1670,8 @@
/** Decodes the jpeg/png image embedded in the bitmap using any jpeg
* ImageIO-style plugin.
*
- * @param bi The destination BufferedImage
.
- * @param bmpParam The ImageReadParam
for decoding this
+ * @param bi The destination {@code BufferedImage}.
+ * @param bmpParam The {@code ImageReadParam} for decoding this
* BMP image. The parameters for subregion, band selection and
* subsampling are used in decoding the jpeg image.
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/com/sun/imageio/plugins/bmp/BMPImageWriter.java 2015-10-04 22:51:53.369276409 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/com/sun/imageio/plugins/bmp/BMPImageWriter.java 2015-10-04 22:51:53.181276417 +0400
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@
* a BMP format.
*
* The encoding process may clip, subsample using the parameters
- * specified in the ImageWriteParam
.
+ * specified in the {@code ImageWriteParam}.
*
* @see javax.imageio.plugins.bmp.BMPImageWriteParam
*/
@@ -88,8 +88,8 @@
private short[] spixels;
private int[] ipixels;
- /** Constructs BMPImageWriter
based on the provided
- * ImageWriterSpi
.
+ /** Constructs {@code BMPImageWriter} based on the provided
+ * {@code ImageWriterSpi}.
*/
public BMPImageWriter(ImageWriterSpi originator) {
super(originator);
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/com/sun/imageio/plugins/common/BogusColorSpace.java 2015-10-04 22:51:53.901276385 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/com/sun/imageio/plugins/common/BogusColorSpace.java 2015-10-04 22:51:53.713276394 +0400
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
import java.awt.color.ColorSpace;
/**
- * A dummy ColorSpace
to enable ColorModel
+ * A dummy {@code ColorSpace} to enable {@code ColorModel}
* for image data which do not have an innate color representation.
*/
@SuppressWarnings("serial") // JDK-implementation class
@@ -37,8 +37,8 @@
* Return the type given the number of components.
*
* @param numComponents The number of components in the
- * ColorSpace
.
- * @exception IllegalArgumentException if numComponents
+ * {@code ColorSpace}.
+ * @exception IllegalArgumentException if {@code numComponents}
* is less than 1.
*/
private static int getType(int numComponents) {
@@ -62,11 +62,11 @@
}
/**
- * Constructs a bogus ColorSpace
.
+ * Constructs a bogus {@code ColorSpace}.
*
* @param numComponents The number of components in the
- * ColorSpace
.
- * @exception IllegalArgumentException if numComponents
+ * {@code ColorSpace}.
+ * @exception IllegalArgumentException if {@code numComponents}
* is less than 1.
*/
public BogusColorSpace(int numComponents) {
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/com/sun/imageio/plugins/common/I18NImpl.java 2015-10-04 22:51:54.421276362 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/com/sun/imageio/plugins/common/I18NImpl.java 2015-10-04 22:51:54.233276370 +0400
@@ -37,9 +37,9 @@
* the file from the jar as the package name is included automatically.
*
*
Extenders need only provide a static method
- * getString(String)
which calls the static method in this
+ * {@code getString(String)} which calls the static method in this
* class with the name of the invoking class and returns a
- * String
.
+ * {@code String}.
*/
public class I18NImpl {
/**
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/com/sun/imageio/plugins/common/ImageUtil.java 2015-10-04 22:51:55.041276334 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/com/sun/imageio/plugins/common/ImageUtil.java 2015-10-04 22:51:54.849276342 +0400
@@ -106,35 +106,35 @@
*/
/**
- * Creates a ColorModel
that may be used with the
- * specified SampleModel
. If a suitable
- * ColorModel
cannot be found, this method returns
- * null
.
- *
- *
Suitable ColorModel
s are guaranteed to exist
- * for all instances of ComponentSampleModel
.
- * For 1- and 3- banded SampleModel
s, the returned
- * ColorModel
will be opaque. For 2- and 4-banded
- * SampleModel
s, the output will use alpha transparency
+ * Creates a {@code ColorModel} that may be used with the
+ * specified {@code SampleModel}. If a suitable
+ * {@code ColorModel} cannot be found, this method returns
+ * {@code null}.
+ *
+ *
Suitable {@code ColorModel}s are guaranteed to exist
+ * for all instances of {@code ComponentSampleModel}.
+ * For 1- and 3- banded {@code SampleModel}s, the returned
+ * {@code ColorModel} will be opaque. For 2- and 4-banded
+ * {@code SampleModel}s, the output will use alpha transparency
* which is not premultiplied. 1- and 2-banded data will use a
- * grayscale ColorSpace
, and 3- and 4-banded data a sRGB
- * ColorSpace
. Data with 5 or more bands will have a
- * BogusColorSpace
.
An instance of DirectColorModel
will be created for
- * instances of SinglePixelPackedSampleModel
with no more
+ *
An instance of {@code DirectColorModel} will be created for + * instances of {@code SinglePixelPackedSampleModel} with no more * than 4 bands.
* - *An instance of IndexColorModel
will be created for
- * instances of MultiPixelPackedSampleModel
. The colormap
- * will be a grayscale ramp with 1 << numberOfBits
+ *
An instance of {@code IndexColorModel} will be created for
+ * instances of {@code MultiPixelPackedSampleModel}. The colormap
+ * will be a grayscale ramp with 1 << numberOfBits
* entries ranging from zero to at most 255.
ColorModel
that is suitable for
- * the supplied SampleModel
, or null
.
+ * @return An instance of {@code ColorModel} that is suitable for
+ * the supplied {@code SampleModel}, or {@code null}.
*
- * @throws IllegalArgumentException If sampleModel
is
- * null
.
+ * @throws IllegalArgumentException If {@code sampleModel} is
+ * {@code null}.
*/
public static final ColorModel createColorModel(SampleModel sampleModel) {
// Check the parameter.
@@ -242,19 +242,19 @@
}
/**
- * For the case of binary data (isBinary()
returns
- * true
), return the binary data as a packed byte array.
+ * For the case of binary data ({@code isBinary()} returns
+ * {@code true}), return the binary data as a packed byte array.
* The data will be packed as eight bits per byte with no bit offset,
* i.e., the first bit in each image line will be the left-most of the
* first byte of the line. The line stride in bytes will be
- * (int)((getWidth()+7)/8)
. The length of the returned
- * array will be the line stride multiplied by getHeight()
+ * {@code (int)((getWidth()+7)/8)}. The length of the returned
+ * array will be the line stride multiplied by {@code getHeight()}
*
* @return the binary data as a packed array of bytes with zero offset
- * of null
if the data are not binary.
- * @throws IllegalArgumentException if isBinary()
returns
- * false
with the SampleModel
of the
- * supplied Raster
as argument.
+ * of {@code null} if the data are not binary.
+ * @throws IllegalArgumentException if {@code isBinary()} returns
+ * {@code false} with the {@code SampleModel} of the
+ * supplied {@code Raster} as argument.
*/
public static byte[] getPackedBinaryData(Raster raster,
Rectangle rect) {
@@ -435,11 +435,11 @@
/**
* Returns the binary data unpacked into an array of bytes.
- * The line stride will be the width of the Raster
.
+ * The line stride will be the width of the {@code Raster}.
*
- * @throws IllegalArgumentException if isBinary()
returns
- * false
with the SampleModel
of the
- * supplied Raster
as argument.
+ * @throws IllegalArgumentException if {@code isBinary()} returns
+ * {@code false} with the {@code SampleModel} of the
+ * supplied {@code Raster} as argument.
*/
public static byte[] getUnpackedBinaryData(Raster raster,
Rectangle rect) {
@@ -515,13 +515,13 @@
}
/**
- * Sets the supplied Raster
's data from an array
+ * Sets the supplied {@code Raster}'s data from an array
* of packed binary data of the form returned by
- * getPackedBinaryData()
.
+ * {@code getPackedBinaryData()}.
*
- * @throws IllegalArgumentException if isBinary()
returns
- * false
with the SampleModel
of the
- * supplied Raster
as argument.
+ * @throws IllegalArgumentException if {@code isBinary()} returns
+ * {@code false} with the {@code SampleModel} of the
+ * supplied {@code Raster} as argument.
*/
public static void setPackedBinaryData(byte[] binaryDataArray,
WritableRaster raster,
@@ -761,16 +761,16 @@
}
/**
- * Copies data into the packed array of the Raster
+ * Copies data into the packed array of the {@code Raster}
* from an array of unpacked data of the form returned by
- * getUnpackedBinaryData()
.
+ * {@code getUnpackedBinaryData()}.
*
* If the data are binary, then the target bit will be set if
* and only if the corresponding byte is non-zero.
*
- * @throws IllegalArgumentException if These classes are designed to be used while the
- * corresponding
* The class is public so it can be instantiated by UIDefaults.ProxyLazyValue.
@@ -520,7 +520,7 @@
}
/**
- * @return the These classes are designed to be used while the
- * corresponding
* Invoked when the user attempts an invalid operation,
- * such as pasting into an uneditable
@@ -1948,7 +1948,7 @@
* @param component Component the error occurred in, may be
* null indicating the error condition is
* not directly associated with a
- *
* This Action contains the information and logic to render an
- * auditory cue. The
- * This These classes are designed to be used while the
- * corresponding An application opening a synthesizer explicitly with this call
* has to close the synthesizer by calling {@link #close}. This is
@@ -77,13 +77,13 @@
*
* Note that some synthesizers, once closed, cannot be reopened.
* Attempts to reopen such a synthesizer will always result in
- * a An application opening a synthesizer explicitly with this call
* has to close the synthesizer by calling {@link #close}. This is
@@ -107,13 +107,13 @@
*
* Note that some synthesizers, once closed, cannot be reopened.
* Attempts to reopen such a synthesizer will always result in
- * a
- * The
- * Note: Many methods in If there is a security manager, its If there is a security manager, its {@code checkPermission}
* method is called with the
- *
- * then a call to
- * The
* This method always returns immediately, whether or not the image
@@ -278,10 +278,10 @@
}
/**
- * Returns an
* This method always returns immediately, whether or not the image
* exists. When this applet attempts to draw the image on the screen,
@@ -290,7 +290,7 @@
*
* @param url an absolute URL giving the base location of the image.
* @param name the location of the image, relative to the
- *
* This method always returns immediately, whether or not the audio
* clip exists. When this applet attempts to play the audio clip, the
@@ -331,8 +331,8 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the
* This method always returns immediately, whether or not the audio
* clip exists. When this applet attempts to play the audio clip, the
@@ -341,7 +341,7 @@
* @param url an absolute URL giving the base location of the
* audio clip.
* @param name the location of the audio clip, relative to the
- *
* The implementation of this method provided by the
- *
* Each element of the array should be a set of three
- *
* The implementation of this method provided by the
- *
- * A subclass of
* The implementation of this method provided by the
- *
- * A subclass of
- * Note: some methods, such as
* The implementation of this method provided by the
- *
- * A subclass of
* The implementation of this method provided by the
- *
- * A subclass of
* The implementation of this method provided by the
- *
- *
* The "virtual key" constants defined in
- *
* The "virtual key" constants defined in
- *
- * This method obtains the keyChar from a
- * The following table lists all the possible
* This is a very useful mechanism for avoiding deadlocks. If
* a thread is executing in a critical section (i.e., it has entered
* one or more monitors), calling other synchronized code may
* cause deadlocks. To avoid the potential deadlocks, an
- *
- * For security reasons, it is often desirable to use an
* Calling this method does not fire an
- *
* This class extends the standard equations defined by Porter and
* Duff to include one additional factor.
- * An instance of the
- * The
* For performance reasons, it is preferable that
- *
* If integer math were being used and this value were being
* composited in
- *
- * The result is
- * In addition,
- * For compatibility with previous releases,
* Mixing both absolute and relative positioning constants can lead to
* unpredictable results. If
* you use both types, the relative constants will take precedence.
- * For example, if you add components using both the
* NOTE: Currently (in the Java 2 platform v1.2),
- *
* The components are laid out according to their
* preferred sizes and the constraints of the container's size.
- * The
* Here is an example of five buttons in an applet laid out using
- * the
* UNDEFINED, the
+ * When flip contents are {@code UNDEFINED}, the
* contents of the back buffer are undefined after flipping.
* @see #isPageFlipping
* @see #getFlipContents
@@ -170,7 +170,7 @@
new FlipContents(I_UNDEFINED);
/**
- * When flip contents are
*
* The gesture of clicking on a button with the mouse
- * is associated with one instance of
* When a button is pressed and released, AWT sends an instance
- * of
* If an application wants to perform some action based on
* a button being pressed and released, it should implement
- *
- * You can specify the Note that if the event parameter is Note that if the event parameter is {@code null}
* the behavior is unspecified and may result in an
* exception.
*
@@ -384,17 +384,17 @@
/**
* Processes action events occurring on this button
* by dispatching them to any registered
- *
* This method is not called unless action events are
* enabled for this button. Action events are enabled
* when one of the following occurs:
* Note that if the event parameter is Note that if the event parameter is {@code null}
* the behavior is unspecified and may result in an
* exception.
*
@@ -412,11 +412,11 @@
}
/**
- * Returns a string representing the state of this
- * An application must subclass the
- * Most applications that subclass
- * This method is called in response to a call to
* The ordering of cards is determined by the container's own internal
- * ordering of its component objects.
- * Each component in the
@@ -55,14 +55,14 @@
*
*
- * The button labeled
* Alternatively, several check boxes can be grouped together under
* the control of a single object, using the
- * Note that this method should be primarily used to
* initialize the state of the checkbox. Programmatically
* setting the state of the checkbox will not trigger
- * an
- * If the state of this check box is
- * You can specify the Note that if the event parameter is Note that if the event parameter is {@code null}
* the behavior is unspecified and may result in an
* exception.
*
@@ -552,17 +552,17 @@
/**
* Processes item events occurring on this check box by
* dispatching them to any registered
- *
* This method is not called unless item events are
* enabled for this component. Item events are enabled
* when one of the following occurs:
* Note that if the event parameter is Note that if the event parameter is {@code null}
* the behavior is unspecified and may result in an
* exception.
*
@@ -581,11 +581,11 @@
}
/**
- * Returns a string representing the state of this
* The following picture depicts a menu which contains an instance
- * of
*
*
- * The item labeled
* When a check box menu item is selected, AWT sends an item event to
- * the item. Since the event is an instance of Note that this method should be primarily used to
* initialize the state of the check box menu item.
* Programmatically setting the state of the check box
* menu item will not trigger
- * an
- * You can specify the
* Check box menu items currently support only item events.
- * Note that if the event parameter is Note that if the event parameter is {@code null}
* the behavior is unspecified and may result in an
* exception.
*
@@ -361,17 +361,17 @@
/**
* Processes item events occurring on this check box menu item by
- * dispatching them to any registered
* This method is not called unless item events are
* enabled for this menu item. Item events are enabled
* when one of the following occurs:
* Note that if the event parameter is Note that if the event parameter is {@code null}
* the behavior is unspecified and may result in an
* exception.
*
@@ -403,11 +403,11 @@
/**
* Returns a string representing the state of this
- *
* This class implements accessibility support for the
- *
* The following code example produces a pop-up menu:
@@ -54,17 +54,17 @@
*
*
- * In the picture,
* Some native platforms do not support arbitrary resizing of
- *
* By default, the first item added to the choice menu becomes the
* selected item, until a different selection is made by the user
- * by calling one of the
- * Adds an item to this
* If the item is the first one being added to the choice,
* then the item becomes selected. Otherwise, if the
@@ -266,7 +266,7 @@
* item in the choice becomes the selected item. If the
* selected item was no among those shifted, it remains
* the selected item.
- * @param item the non- Note that this method should be primarily used to
* initially select an item in this component.
* Programmatically calling this method will not trigger
- * an Note that this method should be primarily used to
* initially select an item in this component.
* Programmatically calling this method will not trigger
- * an Refer to AWT Threading Issues for details on AWT's threading model.
@@ -492,8 +492,8 @@
/**
* Removes the specified item listener so that it no longer receives
- * item events from this Refer to AWT Threading Issues for details on AWT's threading model.
@@ -515,7 +515,7 @@
* Returns an array of all the item listeners
* registered on this choice.
*
- * @return all of this choice's
- * You can specify the Note that if the event parameter is Note that if the event parameter is {@code null}
* the behavior is unspecified and may result in an
* exception.
*
@@ -607,19 +607,19 @@
}
/**
- * Processes item events occurring on this
* This method is not called unless item events are
* enabled for this component. Item events are enabled
* when one of the following occurs:
* Note that if the event parameter is Note that if the event parameter is {@code null}
* the behavior is unspecified and may result in an
* exception.
*
@@ -638,13 +638,13 @@
}
/**
- * Returns a string representing the state of this
* The default color space for the Java 2D(tm) API is sRGB, a proposed
@@ -210,11 +210,11 @@
int value;
/**
- * The color value in the default sRGB
* This method applies an arbitrary scale factor to each of the three RGB
- * components of this
* This method applies an arbitrary scale factor to each of the three RGB
- * components of this
- * The result is
* The argument is treated as the name of a system property to
* be obtained. The string value of this property is then interpreted
- * as an integer which is then converted to a
* If the specified property is not found or could not be parsed as
- * an integer then
* The first argument is treated as the name of a system property to
* be obtained. The string value of this property is then interpreted
- * as an integer which is then converted to a
* If the specified property is not found or cannot be parsed as
- * an integer then the
* The first argument is treated as the name of a system property to
* be obtained. The string value of this property is then interpreted
- * as an integer which is then converted to a
* If the specified property is not found or could not be parsed as
- * an integer then the integer value
- * The
- * The integer that is returned by
- * If the
- * The
- * The
* Because of possible rounding errors it is recommended
@@ -988,11 +988,11 @@
}
/**
- * Constructs a new component. Class
- * For
* Sometimes the exact mouse coordinates are not important, and the only thing
- * that matters is whether a specific Note: Disabling a lightweight component does not prevent it from
@@ -1484,7 +1484,7 @@
* in this container from receiving any input events. But disabling a
* lightweight container affects only this container.
*
- * @param b If
* This method changes layout-related information, and therefore,
* invalidates the component hierarchy.
*
- * @param b if
* Due to the asynchronous nature of native event handling, this
* method can return outdated values (for instance, after several calls
- * of
* This method changes layout-related information, and therefore,
@@ -2136,7 +2136,7 @@
* top-left corner in the parent's coordinate space
*
* @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
- * replaced by
* This method changes layout-related information, and therefore,
* invalidates the component hierarchy.
@@ -2168,12 +2168,12 @@
/**
* Returns the size of this component in the form of a
- *
* This method changes layout-related information, and therefore,
* invalidates the component hierarchy.
@@ -2220,7 +2220,7 @@
* @param width the new width of the component
* @param height the new height of the component
* @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
- * replaced by
* This method changes layout-related information, and therefore,
* invalidates the component hierarchy.
@@ -2255,7 +2255,7 @@
*
* @param d the new size of this component
* @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
- * replaced by
* This method changes layout-related information, and therefore,
* invalidates the component hierarchy.
*
* @param x the new x-coordinate of this component
* @param y the new y-coordinate of this component
- * @param width the new
* This method changes layout-related information, and therefore,
* invalidates the component hierarchy.
@@ -2468,8 +2468,8 @@
/**
* Returns the current x coordinate of the components origin.
* This method is preferable to writing
- *
- * This method will always return
* The default implementation returns -1. Subclasses that support
* baseline should override appropriately. If a value >= 0 is
* returned, then the component has a valid baseline for any
- * size >= the minimum size and
* The default implementation returns
- *
* The method may have no visual effect if the Java platform
* implementation and/or the native system do not support
* changing the mouse cursor shape.
* @param cursor One of the constants defined
- * by the
- * For performance reasons,
@@ -3288,21 +3288,21 @@
* Updates this component.
*
* If this component is not a lightweight component, the
- * AWT calls the
- * The
* The origin of the graphics context, its
- * (
* The origin of the graphics context, its
- * (
* If this component is a lightweight component, this method
- * causes a call to this component's
* Note: For more information on the paint mechanisms utilitized
@@ -3383,8 +3383,8 @@
/**
* Repaints the component. If this component is a lightweight
- * component, this results in a call to
* Note: For more information on the paint mechanisms utilitized
* by AWT and Swing, including information on how to write the most
@@ -3404,9 +3404,9 @@
* Repaints the specified rectangle of this component.
*
* If this component is a lightweight component, this method
- * causes a call to this component's
* Note: For more information on the paint mechanisms utilitized
* by AWT and Swing, including information on how to write the most
@@ -3426,12 +3426,12 @@
/**
* Repaints the specified rectangle of this component within
- *
* If this component is a lightweight component, this method causes
- * a call to this component's
* Note: For more information on the paint mechanisms utilitized
* by AWT and Swing, including information on how to write the most
@@ -3489,10 +3489,10 @@
* printed or should be printed differently than they are painted.
*
* The default implementation of this method calls the
- *
* The origin of the graphics context, its
- * (
* The origin of the graphics context, its
- * (
- * The
- * If the system property
* Also, if incremental drawing is in effect, the value of the
- * system property
- * The interpretation of the
* This method does not cause the image to begin loading. An
- * application must use the
* Information on the flags returned by this method can be found
- * with the discussion of the
* This method does not cause the image to begin loading. An
- * application must use the
- * The
* Information on the flags returned by this method can be found
- * with the discussion of the
* Each time this method
- * is called,
- * The Refer to AWT Threading Issues for details on AWT's threading model.
@@ -5309,7 +5309,7 @@
* receives component events from this component. This method performs
* no function, nor does it throw an exception, if the listener
* specified by the argument was not previously added to this component.
- * If listener Refer to AWT Threading Issues for details on AWT's threading model.
@@ -5331,7 +5331,7 @@
* Returns an array of all the component listeners
* registered on this component.
*
- * @return all Refer to AWT Threading Issues for details on AWT's threading model.
@@ -5377,7 +5377,7 @@
* receives focus events from this component. This method performs
* no function, nor does it throw an exception, if the listener
* specified by the argument was not previously added to this component.
- * If listener Refer to AWT Threading Issues for details on AWT's threading model.
@@ -5400,7 +5400,7 @@
* Returns an array of all the focus listeners
* registered on this component.
*
- * @return all of this component's Refer to AWT Threading Issues for details on AWT's threading model.
@@ -5454,7 +5454,7 @@
* receives hierarchy changed events from this component. This method
* performs no function, nor does it throw an exception, if the listener
* specified by the argument was not previously added to this component.
- * If listener Refer to AWT Threading Issues for details on AWT's threading model.
@@ -5491,7 +5491,7 @@
* Returns an array of all the hierarchy listeners
* registered on this component.
*
- * @return all of this component's Refer to AWT Threading Issues for details on AWT's threading model.
@@ -5547,7 +5547,7 @@
* receives hierarchy bounds events from this component. This method
* performs no function, nor does it throw an exception, if the listener
* specified by the argument was not previously added to this component.
- * If listener Refer to AWT Threading Issues for details on AWT's threading model.
@@ -5653,7 +5653,7 @@
* Returns an array of all the hierarchy bounds listeners
* registered on this component.
*
- * @return all of this component's Refer to AWT Threading Issues for details on AWT's threading model.
@@ -5732,7 +5732,7 @@
* Returns an array of all the key listeners
* registered on this component.
*
- * @return all of this component's Refer to AWT Threading Issues for details on AWT's threading model.
@@ -5778,7 +5778,7 @@
* receives mouse events from this component. This method performs
* no function, nor does it throw an exception, if the listener
* specified by the argument was not previously added to this component.
- * If listener Refer to AWT Threading Issues for details on AWT's threading model.
@@ -5801,7 +5801,7 @@
* Returns an array of all the mouse listeners
* registered on this component.
*
- * @return all of this component's Refer to AWT Threading Issues for details on AWT's threading model.
@@ -5847,7 +5847,7 @@
* receives mouse motion events from this component. This method performs
* no function, nor does it throw an exception, if the listener
* specified by the argument was not previously added to this component.
- * If listener Refer to AWT Threading Issues for details on AWT's threading model.
@@ -5870,7 +5870,7 @@
* Returns an array of all the mouse motion listeners
* registered on this component.
*
- * @return all of this component's
- * If l is Refer to AWT Threading Issues for details on AWT's threading model.
@@ -5943,7 +5943,7 @@
* Returns an array of all the mouse wheel listeners
* registered on this component.
*
- * @return all of this component's Refer to AWT Threading Issues for details on AWT's threading model.
@@ -5987,7 +5987,7 @@
* receives input method events from this component. This method performs
* no function, nor does it throw an exception, if the listener
* specified by the argument was not previously added to this component.
- * If listener Refer to AWT Threading Issues for details on AWT's threading model.
@@ -6010,7 +6010,7 @@
* Returns an array of all the input method listeners
* registered on this component.
*
- * @return all of this component's
- * You can specify the
* This method only needs to be invoked by subclasses of
- *
- * This implementation of Note that if the event parameter is Note that if the event parameter is {@code null}
* the behavior is unspecified and may result in an
* exception.
*
@@ -6403,17 +6403,17 @@
/**
* Processes component events occurring on this component by
* dispatching them to any registered
- *
* This method is not called unless component events are
* enabled for this component. Component events are enabled
* when one of the following occurs:
* Note that if the event parameter is Note that if the event parameter is {@code null}
* the behavior is unspecified and may result in an
* exception.
*
@@ -6448,33 +6448,33 @@
/**
* Processes focus events occurring on this component by
* dispatching them to any registered
- *
* This method is not called unless focus events are
* enabled for this component. Focus events are enabled
* when one of the following occurs:
*
- * If focus events are enabled for a
- * If focus events are enabled for a
+ * If focus events are enabled for a {@code Component}, calling
+ * the {@code Component}'s {@code dispatchEvent} method
+ * with a {@code FocusEvent} as the argument will result in a
+ * call to the {@code Component}'s {@code processFocusEvent}
+ * method regardless of the current {@code KeyboardFocusManager}.
*
- * Note that if the event parameter is Note that if the event parameter is {@code null}
* the behavior is unspecified and may result in an
* exception.
*
@@ -6505,39 +6505,39 @@
/**
* Processes key events occurring on this component by
* dispatching them to any registered
- *
* This method is not called unless key events are
* enabled for this component. Key events are enabled
* when one of the following occurs:
*
- * If key events are enabled for a
- * As of J2SE 1.4,
- * Calling a If the event parameter is If the event parameter is {@code null}
* the behavior is unspecified and may result in an
* exception.
*
@@ -6574,17 +6574,17 @@
/**
* Processes mouse events occurring on this component by
* dispatching them to any registered
- *
* This method is not called unless mouse events are
* enabled for this component. Mouse events are enabled
* when one of the following occurs:
* Note that if the event parameter is Note that if the event parameter is {@code null}
* the behavior is unspecified and may result in an
* exception.
*
@@ -6622,17 +6622,17 @@
/**
* Processes mouse motion events occurring on this component by
* dispatching them to any registered
- *
* This method is not called unless mouse motion events are
* enabled for this component. Mouse motion events are enabled
* when one of the following occurs:
* Note that if the event parameter is Note that if the event parameter is {@code null}
* the behavior is unspecified and may result in an
* exception.
*
@@ -6661,21 +6661,21 @@
/**
* Processes mouse wheel events occurring on this component by
* dispatching them to any registered
- *
* This method is not called unless mouse wheel events are
* enabled for this component. Mouse wheel events are enabled
* when one of the following occurs:
*
* For information on how mouse wheel events are dispatched, see
* the class description for {@link MouseWheelEvent}.
*
- * Note that if the event parameter is
* This method is not called unless input method events
* are enabled for this component. Input method events are enabled
* when one of the following occurs:
* Note that if the event parameter is Note that if the event parameter is {@code null}
* the behavior is unspecified and may result in an
* exception.
*
@@ -6744,17 +6744,17 @@
/**
* Processes hierarchy events occurring on this component by
* dispatching them to any registered
- *
* This method is not called unless hierarchy events
* are enabled for this component. Hierarchy events are enabled
* when one of the following occurs:
* Note that if the event parameter is Note that if the event parameter is {@code null}
* the behavior is unspecified and may result in an
* exception.
*
@@ -6780,17 +6780,17 @@
/**
* Processes hierarchy bounds events occurring on this component by
* dispatching them to any registered
- *
* This method is not called unless hierarchy bounds events
* are enabled for this component. Hierarchy bounds events are enabled
* when one of the following occurs:
* Note that if the event parameter is Note that if the event parameter is {@code null}
* the behavior is unspecified and may result in an
* exception.
*
@@ -6977,7 +6977,7 @@
}
/**
- * Makes this
* This method is called by the toolkit internally and should
* not be called directly by programs. Code overriding
- * this method should call
* If a Set of traversal keys has not been explicitly defined for this
* Component, then this Component's parent's Set is returned. If no Set
@@ -7443,15 +7443,15 @@
/**
* Returns whether the Set of focus traversal keys for the given focus
* traversal operation has been explicitly defined for this Component. If
- * this method returns
* This method cannot be used to set the focus owner to no Component at
- * all. Use
* Because the focus behavior of this method is platform-dependent,
* developers are strongly encouraged to use
- * Note: Not all focus transfers result from invoking this method. As
* such, a component may receive focus without this or any of the other
@@ -7554,9 +7554,9 @@
}
/**
- * Requests that this
- * This method returns a boolean value. If
* This method cannot be used to set the focus owner to no component at
- * all. Use
* Because the focus behavior of this method is platform-dependent,
* developers are strongly encouraged to use
- *
- * Every effort will be made to ensure that
- * This method returns a boolean value. If
* This method cannot be used to set the focus owner to no Component at
- * all. Use
* The focus behavior of this method can be implemented uniformly across
* platforms, and thus developers are strongly encouraged to use this
- * method over Note: Not all focus transfers result from invoking this method. As
* such, a component may receive focus without this or any of the other
* {@code requestFocus} methods of {@code Component} being invoked.
*
- * @return
- * This method returns a boolean value. If
* This method cannot be used to set the focus owner to no component at
- * all. Use
* The focus behavior of this method can be implemented uniformly across
* platforms, and thus developers are strongly encouraged to use this
- * method over
- * Every effort will be made to ensure that
- * If
- * If
- * If
* At construction time, a component's orientation is set to
- *
* To set the orientation of a single component, use this method.
* To set the orientation of an entire component
@@ -9012,8 +9012,8 @@
/**
* Retrieves the language-sensitive orientation that is to be used to order
- * the elements or text within this component.
* This method changes layout-related information, and therefore,
@@ -9036,7 +9036,7 @@
*
* @param orientation the new component orientation of this component and
* the components contained within it.
- * @exception NullPointerException if
* The method may have no visual effect if the Java platform
* implementation and/or the native system do not support
* changing the mouse cursor shape.
- * @param cursor the new
- * Instances of classes implementing
* Since this interface must expose the contents of pixels on the
* target device or image to potentially arbitrary code, the use of
* custom objects which implement this interface when rendering directly
- * to a screen device is governed by the
- * A
* This method is obsolete as of 1.1. Please use the
- * method
* This method changes layout-related information, and therefore,
* invalidates the component hierarchy. If the container has already been
@@ -471,11 +471,11 @@
*
* @param comp the component to be added
* @param index the position at which to insert the component,
- * or
* This property is guaranteed to apply only to lightweight
- * non-
* This method changes layout-related information, and therefore,
* invalidates the component hierarchy.
*
* Note: Not all platforms support changing the z-order of
* heavyweight components from one container into another without
- * the call to
* The constraints are
* defined by the particular layout manager being used. For
- * example, the
- * The
* If the current layout manager implements {@code LayoutManager2}, then
* {@link LayoutManager2#addLayoutComponent(Component,Object)} is invoked on
@@ -1061,7 +1061,7 @@
* usually include a call to the superclass's version of the method:
*
*
* This method changes layout-related information, and therefore,
@@ -1073,7 +1073,7 @@
* @param constraints an object expressing layout constraints
* for this component
* @param index the position in the container's list at which to
- * insert the component, where
* This method changes layout-related information, and therefore,
* invalidates the component hierarchy. If the container has already been
@@ -1263,7 +1263,7 @@
* Removes the specified component from this container.
* This method also notifies the layout manager to remove the
* component from this container's layout via the
- *
* This method changes layout-related information, and therefore,
* invalidates the component hierarchy. If the container has already been
@@ -1292,7 +1292,7 @@
* Removes all the components from this container.
* This method also notifies the layout manager to remove the
* components from this container's layout via the
- *
* This method changes layout-related information, and therefore,
* invalidates the component hierarchy. If the container has already been
@@ -1512,7 +1512,7 @@
/**
* Causes this container to lay out its components. Most programs
* should not call this method directly, but should invoke
- * the
- * You can specify the Note that if the event parameter is Note that if the event parameter is {@code null}
* the behavior is unspecified and may result in an
* exception.
*
@@ -2267,10 +2267,10 @@
* following occurs:
* Note that if the event parameter is Note that if the event parameter is {@code null}
* the behavior is unspecified and may result in an
* exception.
*
@@ -2365,11 +2365,11 @@
* controllable behaviors. This method searches for the top-most
* descendant of this container that contains the given coordinates
* and is accepted by the given filter. The search will be constrained to
- * lightweight descendants if the last argument is
* The immediate children of the container are printed with
- * an indentation of
* The immediate children of the container are printed with
- * an indentation of
* If a Set of traversal keys has not been explicitly defined for this
* Container, then this Container's parent's Set is returned. If no Set
@@ -3188,16 +3188,16 @@
/**
* Returns whether the Set of focus traversal keys for the given focus
* traversal operation has been explicitly defined for this Container. If
- * this method returns
* This method changes layout-related information, and therefore,
@@ -3557,7 +3557,7 @@
*
* @param o the new component orientation of this container and
* the components contained within it.
- * @exception NullPointerException if
* By default, ContainerOrderFocusTraversalPolicy implicitly transfers focus
* down-cycle. That is, during normal forward focus traversal, the Component
* traversed after a focus cycle root will be the focus-cycle-root's default
* Component to focus. This behavior can be disabled using the
- *
* By default, methods of this class will return a Component only if it is
* visible, displayable, enabled, and focusable. Subclasses can modify this
- * behavior by overriding the
* This policy takes into account focus traversal
@@ -193,7 +193,7 @@
* focus down-cycle. That is, during normal forward focus traversal, the
* Component traversed after a focus cycle root will be the focus-cycle-
* root's default Component to focus. This behavior can be disabled using
- * the
* If aContainer is focus
* traversal policy provider, the focus is always transferred down-cycle.
@@ -519,7 +519,7 @@
* Returns the default Component to focus. This Component will be the first
* to receive focus when traversing down into a new focus traversal cycle
* rooted at aContainer. The default implementation of this method
- * returns the same Component as
* If client code has explicitly set the focusability of a Component by either
- * overriding
- * In all cases, this method returns A
* Warning: To avoid deadlock, do not declare this method
* synchronized in a subclass.
*
* @exception EmptyStackException if no previous push was made
- * on this
* Since it is a modal dialog, when the application calls
- * its
* Note: Some platforms may not support
* showing the user-specified title in a file dialog.
@@ -192,7 +192,7 @@
* Creates a file dialog window with the specified title for loading
* a file. The files shown are those in the current directory.
* This is a convenience method for
- *
* Note: Some platforms may not support
* showing the user-specified title in a file dialog.
@@ -211,10 +211,10 @@
* Creates a file dialog window with the specified title for loading
* or saving a file.
*
- * If the value of
* Note: Some platforms may not support
@@ -226,7 +226,7 @@
* @param parent the owner of the dialog
* @param title the title of the dialog
* @param mode the mode of the dialog; either
- *
* Note: Some platforms may not support
* showing the user-specified title in a file dialog.
@@ -250,13 +250,13 @@
* displayed.
*
* @param parent the owner of the dialog
- * @exception java.lang.IllegalArgumentException if the
* Note: Some platforms may not support
* showing the user-specified title in a file dialog.
@@ -277,16 +277,16 @@
* displayed.
*
* @param parent the owner of the dialog
- * @param title the title of the dialog; a
- * If the value of
* Note: Some platforms may not support
@@ -311,20 +311,20 @@
* displayed.
*
* @param parent the owner of the dialog
- * @param title the title of the dialog; a
* Specifying "" as the directory is exactly equivalent to
- * specifying
* The value of the alignment argument must be one of
- *
* A glyph is a shape used to render a character or a sequence of
@@ -135,46 +135,46 @@
*
*
* There are three different names that you can get from a
- *
- * The
* The {@link GraphicsEnvironment#getAllFonts() getAllFonts} method
- * of the {@code Font} supports most
+ * {@code TextAttribute}s. This makes some operations, such as
* rendering underlined text, convenient since it is not
- * necessary to explicitly construct a The values of some The values of some {@code TextAttributes} are not
* serializable, and therefore attempting to serialize an instance of
- * Clients who create custom subclasses of Clients who create custom subclasses of {@code Paint} and
+ * {@code GraphicAttribute} can make them serializable and
* avoid this problem. Clients who use input method highlights can
* convert these to the platform-specific attributes for that
* highlight on the current platform and set them on the Font as
* a workaround.
*
- * The The {@code Map}-based constructor and
+ * {@code deriveFont} APIs ignore the FONT attribute, and it is
* not retained by the Font; the static {@link #getFont} method should
* be used if the FONT attribute might be present. See {@link
* java.awt.font.TextAttribute#FONT} for more information. Several attributes will cause additional rendering overhead
- * and potentially invoke layout. If a
* The font name can be a font face name or a font family name.
@@ -518,7 +518,7 @@
* name is specified, the face's style and the style argument are
* merged to locate the best matching font from the same family.
* For example if face name "Arial Bold" is specified with style
- *
* If no face for the requested style can be found, the font system
* may apply algorithmic styling to achieve the desired style.
- * For example, if
* Font name lookup is case insensitive, using the case folding
* rules of the US locale.
*
- * If the
- * If
- * To make the
- * To make the
* Typically, fonts will not be transformed. Clients generally
* should call {@link #isTransformed} first, and only call this
- * method if The family name of a font is font specific. Two fonts such as
* Helvetica Italic and Helvetica Bold have the same family name,
@@ -1172,10 +1172,10 @@
* available family names may be obtained by using the
* {@link GraphicsEnvironment#getAvailableFontFamilyNames()} method.
*
- * Use Use {@code getName} to get the logical name of the font.
+ * Use {@code getFontName} to get the font face name of the font.
+ * @return a {@code String} that is the family name of this
+ * {@code Font}.
*
* @see #getName
* @see #getFontName
@@ -1194,7 +1194,7 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the family name of this The family name of a font is font specific. Two fonts such as
@@ -1204,9 +1204,9 @@
* available family names may be obtained by using the
* {@link GraphicsEnvironment#getAvailableFontFamilyNames()} method.
*
- * Use Use {@code getFontName} to get the font face name of the font.
* @param l locale for which to get the family name
- * @return a
* A valid trailing decimal field is always interpreted as the pointsize.
@@ -1456,32 +1456,32 @@
* as valid fields with the default value for that field.
*
* Some font names may include the separator characters ' ' or '-'.
- * If
* The default size is 12 and the default style is PLAIN.
- * If
* The property value should be one of the forms accepted by
- * Note: This method cannot handle supplementary
* characters. To support all Unicode characters, including
* supplementary characters, use the {@link #canDisplay(int)}
- * method or Note: The returned bounds is in baseline-relative coordinates
* (see {@link java.awt.Font class notes}).
- * @param str the specified Note: The returned bounds is in baseline-relative coordinates
* (see {@link java.awt.Font class notes}).
- * @param str the specified Note: The returned bounds is in baseline-relative coordinates
* (see {@link java.awt.Font class notes}).
* @param chars an array of characters
* @param beginIndex the initial offset in the array of
* characters
* @param limit the end offset in the array of characters
- * @param frc the specified Note: The returned bounds is in baseline-relative coordinates
* (see {@link java.awt.Font class notes}).
- * @param ci the specified Note: The returned bounds is in baseline-relative coordinates
* (see {@link java.awt.Font class notes}).
- * @param frc the specified
* Layout requires bidi analysis, as performed by
- *
* All other values for the flags parameter are reserved.
*
- * @param frc the specified
@@ -76,11 +76,11 @@
* maximum ascent of any character in the array. The descent is the
* maximum descent of any character in the array. The advance width
* is the sum of the advance widths of each of the characters in the
- * character array. The advance of a Note that the advance of a Note that the advance of a {@code String} is not necessarily
* the sum of the advances of its characters measured in isolation
* because the width of a character can vary depending on its context.
* For example, in Arabic text, the shape of a character can change
@@ -125,10 +125,10 @@
private static final long serialVersionUID = 1681126225205050147L;
/**
- * Creates a new
- * Note that methods in this class which take a This method doesn't validate the specified character to be a
@@ -289,8 +289,8 @@
*
* @param codePoint the character (Unicode code point) to be measured
* @return the advance width of the specified character
- * in the Note: This method cannot handle Font
- * Note that the advance of a Note: The returned bounds is in baseline-relative coordinates
* (see {@link java.awt.FontMetrics class notes}).
- * @param str the specified Note: The returned bounds is in baseline-relative coordinates
* (see {@link java.awt.FontMetrics class notes}).
- * @param str the specified Note: The returned bounds is in baseline-relative coordinates
* (see {@link java.awt.FontMetrics class notes}).
* @param chars an array of characters
* @param beginIndex the initial offset of the array of
* characters
* @param limit the end offset of the array of characters
- * @param context the specified Note: The returned bounds is in baseline-relative coordinates
* (see {@link java.awt.FontMetrics class notes}).
- * @param ci the specified
* The size of the frame includes any area designated for the
* border. The dimensions of the border area may be obtained
- * using the
- * The default layout for a frame is
- * A frame may have its native decorations (i.e.
- * In a multi-screen environment, you can create a
* In a virtual device multi-screen environment in which the desktop
@@ -87,22 +87,22 @@
* shows (0,0) coords while a different physical screen shows (-80,-100) coords."
* style="float:center; margin: 7px 10px;">
*
- * In such an environment, when calling
* The following code sets the
- * location of the
* Frames are capable of generating the following types of
- * Note that if the state is not supported on a
* given platform, neither the state nor the return
@@ -780,11 +780,11 @@
* expanded and frame state is represented as a bitwise mask.
*
* For compatibility with old programs this method still returns
- *
- * If
* Note, the given maximized bounds are used as a hint for the native
* system, because the underlying platform may not support setting the
@@ -874,10 +874,10 @@
/**
* Gets maximized bounds for this frame.
- * Some fields may contain
* Note: To obtain a list of all ownerless windows, including
* ownerless {@code Dialog}s (introduced in release 1.6), use {@link
@@ -1164,7 +1164,7 @@
*/
/**
- *
- * A
* All coordinates that appear as arguments to the methods of this
- *
* All rendering operations modify only pixels which lie within the
* area bounded by the current clip, which is specified by a {@link Shape}
* in user space and is controlled by the program using the
- *
- * Since
* Beginning with Java 1.1, the background color
* of offscreen images may be system dependent. Applications should
- * use
* The oval covers an area that is
*
- * The resulting arc begins at
* The center of the arc is the center of the rectangle whose origin
* is (x, y) and whose size is specified by the
- *
* The resulting arc covers an area
*
- * The resulting arc begins at
* The center of the arc is the center of the rectangle whose origin
* is (x, y) and whose size is specified by the
- *
* The resulting arc covers an area
*
- * This method draws the polygon defined by
- * This method draws the polygon defined by
* The area inside the polygon is defined using an
* even-odd fill rule, also known as the alternating rule.
- * @param xPoints a an array of
* If the image has completely loaded and its pixels are
* no longer being changed, then
- *
* A scaled version of an image will not necessarily be
* available immediately just because an unscaled version of the
@@ -906,15 +906,15 @@
* the image may be cached separately and generated from the original
* data in a separate image production sequence.
* @param img the specified image to be drawn. This method does
- * nothing if
* If the image has completely loaded and its pixels are
* no longer being changed, then
- *
@@ -991,7 +991,7 @@
* the image may be cached separately and generated from the original
* data in a separate image production sequence.
* @param img the specified image to be drawn. This method does
- * nothing if
@@ -1035,7 +1035,7 @@
* mapped to the second destination coordinate. The subimage is
* scaled and flipped as needed to preserve those mappings.
* @param img the specified image to be drawn. This method does
- * nothing if
@@ -1094,7 +1094,7 @@
* mapped to the second destination coordinate. The subimage is
* scaled and flipped as needed to preserve those mappings.
* @param img the specified image to be drawn. This method does
- * nothing if
- * When a Java program runs, a large number of
* Graphics objects which are provided as arguments to the
- *
* Coordinates in device space usually refer to individual device pixels
* and are aligned on the infinitely thin gaps between these pixels.
- * Some
* Some of the operations performed by the rendering attribute objects
- * occur in the device space, but all
- * Every
- * When creating a
* The following two rules provide predictable rendering behavior whether
@@ -315,7 +315,7 @@
* covered. On the other hand, since coordinates are defined to be
* between pixels, a shape like a rectangle would have no half covered
* pixels, whether or not it is rendered using antialiasing.
- *
- * The
- * Rendering hints set on the If this If this {@code Graphics2D} context is drawing to a
+ * {@code Component} on the display screen and the
+ * {@code Composite} is a custom object rather than an
+ * instance of the {@code AlphaComposite} class, and if
+ * there is a security manager, its {@code checkPermission}
+ * method is called with an {@code AWTPermission("readDisplayPixels")}
* permission.
* @throws SecurityException
- * if a custom To add a coordinate transform, use the
- *
* In a virtual device multi-screen environment in which the desktop
* area could span multiple physical screen devices, the bounds of the
- *
* To determine if your environment is a virtual device
- * environment, call
- * You can also use
* For a particular {@link Graphics2D}, g, one
@@ -375,27 +375,27 @@
* g.setTransform(gc.getDefaultTransform());
* g.transform(gc.getNormalizingTransform());
*
- * In a multi-screen environment, the
* A particular program might use more than one
- *
* Exclusive mode implies:
*
@@ -341,10 +341,10 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the
* This method provides for the application the most precise control
- * over which
* If a font in this environment has multiple programmable variations,
* such as Multiple-Master fonts, only one instance of that font is
- * returned in the
* Typical usage would be for presentation to a user for selection of
* a particular family name. An application can then specify this name
@@ -295,7 +295,7 @@
* italic, giving the font system flexibility in choosing its own best
* match among multiple fonts in the same font family.
*
- * @return an array of
* Typical usage would be for presentation to a user for selection of
* a particular family name. An application can then specify this name
@@ -317,10 +317,10 @@
*
* @param l a {@link Locale} object that represents a
* particular geographical, political, or cultural region.
- * Specifying
* Reasons that this method might not register the font and therefore
- * return
* To get the usable bounds of a single display, use
- *
- * The default value is
- * The default value is
- * Use
- *
- * Use
- *
* The grid bag layout manager calculates the weight of a column to
- * be the maximum
- * The default value of this field is
* The grid bag layout manager calculates the weight of a row to be
- * the maximum
- * The default value of this field is
- * The following values are valid for
- * The default value is
- * The default value is
- * The default value is
* The default value is 0.
* @serial
@@ -537,14 +537,14 @@
int tempHeight;
/**
* The minimum width of the component. It is used to calculate
- *
- * Each component managed by a
@@ -52,8 +52,8 @@
* increasing downward.
*
* To use a grid bag layout effectively, you must customize one or more
- * of the
@@ -206,12 +206,12 @@
*
* This layout consists of three components:
*
- * Each of the ten components has the
- * If
* If the
* Most applications do not call this method directly.
*
* @param parent the container in which to do the layout
* @see java.awt.Container#getPreferredSize
- * @return the preferred size of the
* Most applications do not call this method directly.
* @param parent the container in which to do the layout
* @see java.awt.Container#doLayout
- * @return the minimum size of the
* Most applications do not call this method directly.
@@ -890,7 +890,7 @@
*/
/**
- * Fills in an instance of
* This method should only be used internally by
- *
* Individual property names are defined by the various image
* formats. If a property is not defined for a particular image, this
- * method returns the
* If the properties for this image are not yet known, this method
- * returns
- * The property name
*
- * If either
- * If an implementation of this method returns
- * If an implementation of this method returns
* This method does not actually set the focus to the specified Component.
* It merely stores the value to be subsequently returned by
- *
* If a SecurityManager is installed, the calling thread must be granted
@@ -729,9 +729,9 @@
*
* This method does not actually set the focus to the specified Component.
* It merely stores the value to be subsequently returned by
- *
* This method does not actually change the focused Window as far as the
* native windowing system is concerned. It merely stores the value to be
- * subsequently returned by
* This method does not actually change the active Window as far as the
* native windowing system is concerned. It merely stores the value to be
- * subsequently returned by
@@ -1714,7 +1714,7 @@
* Removes a KeyEventDispatcher which was previously added to this
* KeyboardFocusManager's dispatcher chain. This KeyboardFocusManager
* cannot itself be removed, unless it was explicitly re-registered via a
- * call to
* If a null dispatcher is specified, if the specified dispatcher is not
* in the dispatcher chain, or if this KeyboardFocusManager is specified
@@ -1744,7 +1744,7 @@
* Returns this KeyboardFocusManager's KeyEventDispatcher chain as a List.
* The List will not include this KeyboardFocusManager unless it was
* explicitly re-registered via a call to
- *
* If a null post-processor is specified, if the specified post-processor
@@ -1835,7 +1835,7 @@
/**
* Returns this KeyboardFocusManager's KeyEventPostProcessor chain as a
* List. The List will not include this KeyboardFocusManager unless it was
- * explicitly added via a call to
* This method is intended to be used only by KeyboardFocusManagers and
* KeyEventDispatchers. It is not for general client use.
@@ -1960,30 +1960,30 @@
}
/**
- * Typically this method will be called by
* Swing's painting architecture assumes the children of a
- *
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@
* cnt.add(lst);
*
- * where
* false. If the List does not allow multiple
+ * list is {@code false}. If the List does not allow multiple
* selections, selecting an item causes any other selected item
* to be deselected.
*
* Note that the list in the example shown was created with four visible
* rows. Once the list has been created, the number of visible rows
- * cannot be changed. A default
* Beginning with Java 1.1, the Abstract Window Toolkit
- * sends the
* When an item is selected or deselected by the user, AWT sends an instance
- * of
* If an application wants to perform some action based on an item
* in this list being selected or activated by the user, it should implement
- *
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@
/**
* This field will represent the number of visible rows in the
- * Note that this method should be primarily used to
* initially select an item in this component.
* Programmatically calling this method will not trigger
- * an Refer to AWT Threading Issues for details on AWT's threading model.
@@ -910,7 +910,7 @@
/**
* Removes the specified item listener so that it no longer
* receives item events from this list.
- * If listener Refer to AWT Threading Issues for details on AWT's threading model.
@@ -933,7 +933,7 @@
* Returns an array of all the item listeners
* registered on this list.
*
- * @return all of this list's
- * If listener Refer to AWT Threading Issues for details on AWT's threading model.
@@ -977,7 +977,7 @@
* Removes the specified action listener so that it no longer
* receives action events from this list. Action events
* occur when a user double-clicks on a list item.
- * If listener Refer to AWT Threading Issues for details on AWT's threading model.
@@ -1000,7 +1000,7 @@
* Returns an array of all the action listeners
* registered on this list.
*
- * @return all of this list's
- * You can specify the Note that if the event parameter is Note that if the event parameter is {@code null}
* the behavior is unspecified and may result in an
* exception.
*
@@ -1113,17 +1113,17 @@
/**
* Processes item events occurring on this list by
* dispatching them to any registered
- *
* This method is not called unless item events are
* enabled for this component. Item events are enabled
* when one of the following occurs:
* Note that if the event parameter is Note that if the event parameter is {@code null}
* the behavior is unspecified and may result in an
* exception.
*
@@ -1144,17 +1144,17 @@
/**
* Processes action events occurring on this component
* by dispatching them to any registered
- *
* This method is not called unless action events are
* enabled for this component. Action events are enabled
* when one of the following occurs:
* Note that if the event parameter is Note that if the event parameter is {@code null}
* the behavior is unspecified and may result in an
* exception.
*
@@ -1209,7 +1209,7 @@
*/
/**
- * The
* To use a media tracker, create an instance of
- *
- * Here is an example of using
* If there is an error while loading or scaling an image, then that
* image is considered to have finished loading. Use the
- *
- * If the value of the
* If there is an error while loading or scaling an image, that
* image is considered to have finished loading. Use the
- *
* If there is an error while loading or scaling an image, then that
* image is considered to have finished loading. Use the
- *
* If there is an error while loading or scaling an image, then
* that image is considered to have finished loading. Use the
- *
* Possible flags defined by the
- *
- * If the value of
* If there is an error while loading or scaling an image, then that
* image is considered to have finished loading. Use the
- *
- * If the value of the
* If there is an error while loading or scaling an image, then that
* image is considered to have finished loading. Use the
- *
* If there is an error while loading or scaling an image, then that
* image is considered to have finished loading. Use the
- *
* If there is an error while loading or scaling an image, then that
* image is considered to have finished loading. Use the
- *
* Possible flags defined by the
- *
- * If the value of
* A menu can optionally be a tear-off menu. A tear-off menu
@@ -45,10 +45,10 @@
* On platforms that do not support tear-off menus, the tear-off
* property is ignored.
*
- * Each item in a menu must belong to the
* This class implements accessibility support for the
- *
*
* This is what a menu bar might look like:
@@ -52,8 +52,8 @@
* (Keyboard shortcuts, which are optional, provide the user with
* an alternative to the mouse for invoking a menu item and the
* action that is associated with it.)
- * Each menu item can maintain an instance of
* This class implements accessibility support for the
- *
* Menu components receive and process AWT events, just as components do,
- * through the method
* Some platforms may not support setting of all font attributes
- * of a menu component; in such cases, calling Note that if the event parameter is Note that if the event parameter is {@code null}
* the behavior is unspecified and may result in an
* exception.
*
@@ -397,10 +397,10 @@
/**
* Returns a string representing the state of this
- *
* The method may have no visual effect if the Java platform
* implementation and/or the native system do not support
* changing the mouse cursor shape.
- * @param cursor the new Note that the index represents the i-th selected child, which
* is different from the i-th child.
*
@@ -987,7 +987,7 @@
* @return true if the current child of this object is selected;
* else false
* @param i the zero-based index of the child in this
- *
- * The default
* This picture of a menu bar shows five menu items:
@@ -45,24 +45,24 @@
* style="float:center; margin: 7px 10px;">
*
* When a menu item is selected, AWT sends an action event to
* the menu item. Since the event is an
- * instance of
- * Note that the subclass
* Since event types are automatically enabled when a listener for
* that type is added to the menu item, this method only needs
- * to be invoked by subclasses of
- * You can specify the
* Currently, menu items only support action events.
- * Note that if the event parameter is Note that if the event parameter is {@code null}
* the behavior is unspecified and may result in an
* exception.
*
@@ -654,16 +654,16 @@
/**
* Processes action events occurring on this menu item,
* by dispatching them to any registered
- * Note that if the event parameter is Note that if the event parameter is {@code null}
* the behavior is unspecified and may result in an
* exception.
*
@@ -681,11 +681,11 @@
}
/**
- * Returns a string representing the state of this
* This class implements accessibility support for the
- *
* Menu shortcuts are created using virtual keycodes, not characters.
* For example, a menu shortcut for Ctrl-a (assuming that Control is
* the accelerator key) would be created with code like the following:
*
- * or alternatively
*
- *
* Menu shortcuts may also be constructed for a wider set of keycodes
- * using the
*
- * Note that shortcuts created with a keycode or an extended keycode defined as a constant in
* The accelerator key is platform-dependent and may be obtained
@@ -128,8 +128,8 @@
/**
* Returns whether this MenuShortcut must be invoked using the SHIFT key.
- * @return
- * If there is a security manager, its
- * Instances of classes implementing
* The default layout manager for a panel is the
- *
* This method is included for completeness, to parallel the
- *
* If an operation that calculates the bounding box of this
- *
- * As the inheritance hierarchy implies, a
- * If this
- * A
* Note that the actual maximum value of the scroll bar is the
- *
* When the user changes the value of the scroll bar, the scroll bar
- * receives an instance of
* Any object that wishes to be notified of changes to the
* scroll bar's value should implement
- *
- * The
- * Note: We recommend using a
- * The
- * The
* The parameters supplied to this constructor are subject to the
@@ -395,7 +395,7 @@
* @param minimum the minimum value of the scroll bar
* @param maximum the maximum value of the scroll bar
* @exception IllegalArgumentException when an illegal value for
- * the
- * If the value supplied is less than the current
* Normally, a program should change a scroll bar's
- * value only by calling
* Calling this method does not fire an
- *
- * When
* Normally, a program should change a scroll bar's minimum
- * value only by calling
- * Note that setting the minimum value to
- * When
* Normally, a program should change a scroll bar's maximum
- * value only by calling
- * Note that setting the maximum value to
- * If the visible amount supplied is less than
* Normally, a program should change a scroll bar's
- * value only by calling
@@ -869,18 +869,18 @@
* of four scroll bar properties, assuring that the values of
* these properties are mutually consistent. It enforces the
* following constraints:
- *
* Calling this method does not fire an
- * Refer to AWT Threading Issues for details on AWT's threading model.
@@ -1001,8 +1001,8 @@
/**
* Removes the specified adjustment listener so that it no longer
- * receives instances of Refer to AWT Threading Issues for details on AWT's threading model.
@@ -1025,7 +1025,7 @@
* Returns an array of all the adjustment listeners
* registered on this scrollbar.
*
- * @return all of this scrollbar's
- * You can specify the Note that if the event parameter is Note that if the event parameter is {@code null}
* the behavior is unspecified and may result in an
* exception.
*
@@ -1116,17 +1116,17 @@
/**
* Processes adjustment events occurring on this
* scrollbar by dispatching them to any registered
- *
* This method is not called unless adjustment events are
* enabled for this component. Adjustment events are enabled
* when one of the following occurs:
* Note that if the event parameter is Note that if the event parameter is {@code null}
* the behavior is unspecified and may result in an
* exception.
*
@@ -1145,11 +1145,11 @@
}
/**
- * Returns a string representing the state of this
* Definition of insideness:
* A point is considered to lie inside a
- * The The {@code contains} and {@code intersects} methods
+ * consider the interior of a {@code Shape} to be the area it
* encloses as if it were filled. This means that these methods
* consider
* unclosed shapes to be implicitly closed for the purpose of
@@ -78,14 +78,14 @@
public interface Shape {
/**
* Returns an integer {@link Rectangle} that completely encloses the
- *
* {@code bounds.contains(x,y)} does not imply {@code shape.contains(x,y)}
*
@@ -159,8 +159,8 @@
*
* {@code bounds.contains(p)} does not imply {@code shape.contains(p)}
*
* The {@code Shape.intersects()} method allows a {@code Shape}
* implementation to conservatively return {@code true} when:
*
* The {@code Shape.contains()} method allows a {@code Shape}
* implementation to conservatively return {@code false} when:
*
- * Each call to this method returns a fresh
* It is recommended, but not guaranteed, that objects
- * implementing the
* Only SEG_MOVETO, SEG_LINETO, and SEG_CLOSE point types are
* returned by the iterator.
*
- * If an optional
* The amount of subdivision of the curved segments is controlled
- * by the
- * Each call to this method returns a fresh
* It is recommended, but not guaranteed, that objects
- * implementing the
* The pixel (0, 0) in the coordinate space of the graphics context
@@ -402,7 +402,7 @@
/**
* The instance reference for the singleton.
- * (
- * The methods of the
- * The objects of the classes implementing
* Note that the way in which these system colors are applied to GUI objects
* may vary slightly from platform to platform since GUI objects may be
* rendered differently on each platform.
*
- * System color values may also be available through the The The {@code SystemTray} may contain one or more {@link
* TrayIcon TrayIcons}, which are added to the tray using the {@link
* #add} method, and removed when no longer needed, using the
- * {@link #remove}. Every Java application has a single Every Java application has a single {@code SystemTray}
* instance that allows the app to interface with the system tray of
- * the desktop while the app is running. The The following code snippet demonstrates how to access
* and customize the system tray:
@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@
}
/**
- * Private Note: When implementing Note: When implementing {@code SystemTray} and
+ * {@code TrayIcon} it is strongly recommended that
* you assign different gestures to the popup menu and an action
* event. Overloading a gesture for both purposes is confusing
* and may prevent the user from accessing one or the other.
*
* @see #getSystemTray
- * @return All icons added by the application are automatically
- * removed from the All icons added by the application are automatically
- * removed from the If If {@code trayIcon} is {@code null} or was not
* added to the system tray, no exception is thrown and no action
* is performed.
*
- * @param trayIcon the The returned array is a copy of the actual array and may be
* modified in any way without affecting the system tray. To
- * remove a
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@
public class TextArea extends TextComponent {
/**
- * The number of rows in the
- * The Note that passing Note that passing {@code null} or inconsistent
* parameters is invalid and will result in unspecified
* behavior.
*
- * @param str the non- Note that passing Note that passing {@code null} or inconsistent
* parameters is invalid and will result in unspecified
* behavior.
*
- * @param str the non- Note that passing Note that passing {@code null} or inconsistent
* parameters is invalid and will result in unspecified
* behavior.
*
- * @param str the non-
- * The
* A text component embodies a string of text. The
- *
- * If the flag is set to
@@ -437,10 +437,10 @@
* start position, it is reset to the start position.
*
* @param selectionStart the zero-based index of the first
- character ( Refer to AWT Threading Issues for details on AWT's threading model.
@@ -568,7 +568,7 @@
/**
* Removes the specified text event listener so that it no longer
* receives text events from this text component
- * If Refer to AWT Threading Issues for details on AWT's threading model.
@@ -590,7 +590,7 @@
* Returns an array of all the text listeners
* registered on this text component.
*
- * @return all of this text component's
- * You can specify the Note that if the event parameter is Note that if the event parameter is {@code null}
* the behavior is unspecified and may result in an
* exception.
*
@@ -678,17 +678,17 @@
/**
* Processes text events occurring on this text component by
- * dispatching them to any registered
* NOTE: This method will not be called unless text events
* are enabled for this component. This happens when one of the
* following occurs:
* Note that if the event parameter is Note that if the event parameter is {@code null}
* the behavior is unspecified and may result in an
* exception.
*
@@ -709,11 +709,11 @@
/**
* Returns a string representing the state of this
- *
* For example, the following image depicts a frame with four
* text fields of varying widths. Two of these text fields
- * display the predefined text
*
@@ -59,27 +59,27 @@
*
* Every time the user types a key in the text field, one or
- * more key events are sent to the text field. A
- * The key event is passed to every
- * It is also possible to fire an
- * The
* A Java platform implementation may support only a limited,
@@ -252,7 +252,7 @@
* An echo character is useful for text fields where
* user input should not be echoed to the screen, as in
* the case of a text field for entering a password.
- * Setting
* A Java platform implementation may support only a limited,
@@ -277,7 +277,7 @@
* @param c the echo character for this text field
*
* @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
- * replaced by
- * You can specify the Note that if the event parameter is Note that if the event parameter is {@code null}
* the behavior is unspecified and may result in an
* exception.
*
@@ -607,17 +607,17 @@
/**
* Processes action events occurring on this text field by
* dispatching them to any registered
- *
* This method is not called unless action events are
* enabled for this component. Action events are enabled
* when one of the following occurs:
* Note that if the event parameter is Note that if the event parameter is {@code null}
* the behavior is unspecified and may result in an
* exception.
*
@@ -635,11 +635,11 @@
}
/**
- * Returns a string representing the state of this
* Many GUI events may be delivered to user
@@ -82,8 +82,8 @@
* limited to:
*
* Most applications should not call any of the methods in this
- * class directly. The methods defined by
- *
* This toolkit method is called by the
- *
* Since the mechanism required to facilitate this sharing of
- *
* This method first checks if there is a security manager installed.
* If so, the method calls the security manager's
- *
* Since the mechanism required to facilitate this sharing of
- *
* This method first checks if there is a security manager installed.
* If so, the method calls the security manager's
- *
* This method first checks if there is a security manager installed.
* If so, the method calls the security manager's
- *
* This method first checks if there is a security manager installed.
* If so, the method calls the security manager's
- *
* If the values of the width and height arguments are both
- *
@@ -730,23 +730,23 @@
* and an appropriately scaled screen representation of the image is
* generated.
*
- * This method is called by components
* Information on the flags returned by this method can be found
- * with the definition of the
* If the values of the width and height arguments are both
- *
* This method does not cause the image to begin loading.
- * An application must call
- * This method is called by the component's
* Information on the flags returned by this method can be found
- * with the definition of the
* Each actual implementation of this method should first check if there
* is a security manager installed. If there is, the method should call
- * the security manager's
* Each actual implementation of this method should first check if there
* is a security manager installed. If there is, the method should call
- * the security manager's
* In addition to any and all default formats text returned by the system
- * Clipboard's
* Each actual implementation of this method should first check if there
@@ -990,37 +990,37 @@
/**
* Gets the singleton instance of the system selection as a
- *
* An application is responsible for updating the system selection whenever
* the user selects text, using either the mouse or the keyboard.
* Typically, this is implemented by installing a
- *
- * Some platforms do not support a system selection
* Each actual implementation of this method should first check if there
* is a security manager installed. If there is, the method should call
* the security manager's {@link SecurityManager#checkPermission
* checkPermission} method to check {@code AWTPermission("accessClipboard")}.
*
- * @return the system selection as a
* Menu shortcuts, which are embodied in the
- *
- * By default, this method returns Note that supporting a given concept is a platform-
@@ -1280,11 +1280,11 @@
*
- * First, if there is a security manager, its
- *
* Note: event listener use is not recommended for normal
* application use, but are intended solely to support special
@@ -1761,7 +1761,7 @@
* @param eventMask the bitmask of event types to receive
* @throws SecurityException
* if a security manager exists and its
- *
- * First, if there is a security manager, its
* Note: event listener use is not recommended for normal
@@ -1830,7 +1830,7 @@
* @param listener the event listener.
* @throws SecurityException
* if a security manager exists and its
- * A A {@code TrayIcon} can generate various {@link MouseEvent
* MouseEvents} and supports adding corresponding listeners to receive
- * notification of these events. Note: When the Note: When the {@code MouseEvent} is
+ * dispatched to its registered listeners its {@code component}
+ * property will be set to {@code null}. (See {@link
* java.awt.event.ComponentEvent#getComponent}) The
- * Note: A well-behaved {@link TrayIcon} implementation
* will assign different gestures to showing a popup menu and
* selecting a tray icon.
*
- * A A {@code TrayIcon} can generate an {@link ActionEvent
* ActionEvent}. On some platforms, this occurs when the user selects
* the tray icon using either the mouse or keyboard.
*
@@ -71,7 +71,7 @@
* SecurityException.
*
* See the {@link SystemTray} class overview for an example on how
- * to use the Calling this method with the same image that is currently
* being used has no effect.
*
- * @throws NullPointerException if Note that this Note that this {@code popup} must not be added to any
* parent before or after it is set on the tray icon. If you add
- * it to some parent, the The {@code popup} can be set on one {@code TrayIcon} only.
@@ -295,7 +295,7 @@
*
* @throws IllegalArgumentException if the {@code popup} is already
* set for another {@code TrayIcon}
- * @param popup a If auto-size is If auto-size is {@code false}, and the image size
* doesn't match the tray icon space, the image is painted as-is
* inside that space — if larger than the allocated space, it will
* be cropped.
*
- * If auto-size is If auto-size is {@code true}, the image is stretched or shrunk to
* fit the tray icon space.
*
- * @param autosize Note: The {@code MouseEvent}'s coordinates (received
* from the {@code TrayIcon}) are relative to the screen, not the
* {@code TrayIcon}.
*
- * Note: The Note: The {@code MOUSE_ENTERED} and
+ * {@code MOUSE_EXITED} mouse events are not supported.
* Refer to AWT Threading Issues for details on AWT's threading model.
*
@@ -427,7 +427,7 @@
/**
* Removes the specified mouse listener. Calling this method with
- * Refer to AWT Threading Issues for details on AWT's threading model.
*
@@ -446,10 +446,10 @@
/**
* Returns an array of all the mouse listeners
- * registered on this Note: The {@code MouseEvent}'s coordinates (received
* from the {@code TrayIcon}) are relative to the screen, not the
* {@code TrayIcon}.
*
- * Note: The Note: The {@code MOUSE_DRAGGED} mouse event is not supported.
* Refer to AWT Threading Issues for details on AWT's threading model.
*
@@ -488,7 +488,7 @@
/**
* Removes the specified mouse-motion listener. Calling this method with
- * Refer to AWT Threading Issues for details on AWT's threading model.
*
@@ -507,10 +507,10 @@
/**
* Returns an array of all the mouse-motion listeners
- * registered on this Calling this method with a Calling this method with a {@code null} value has no
* effect.
* Refer to AWT Threading Issues for details on AWT's threading model.
@@ -574,7 +574,7 @@
/**
* Removes the specified action listener. Calling this method with
- * Refer to AWT Threading Issues for details on AWT's threading model.
*
@@ -594,10 +594,10 @@
/**
* Returns an array of all the action listeners
- * registered on this Either the caption or the text may be Either the caption or the text may be {@code null}, but an
+ * {@code NullPointerException} is thrown if both are
+ * {@code null}.
*
* When displayed, the caption or text strings may be truncated on
* some platforms; the number of characters that may be displayed is
@@ -645,12 +645,12 @@
* showing a message.
*
* @param caption the caption displayed above the text, usually in
- * bold; may be
- * The
- * The
* If the string is recognized as a constant name for
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/color/ICC_ProfileRGB.java 2015-10-04 22:53:11.061272920 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/color/ICC_ProfileRGB.java 2015-10-04 22:53:10.873272928 +0400
@@ -45,13 +45,13 @@
* that represents profiles which meet the following criteria:
*
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@
/**
- * Constructs an new
* This matrix can be used for color transforms in the forward
* direction of the profile--from the profile color space
* to the CIEXYZ PCS.
*
- * @return A 3x3
- * If a GUI control is both an active
* An autoscrolling gesture is initiated by the user by keeping the drag
- * cursor motionless with a border region of the
- * This value is read once by the
- * The appropriate
- * Once the
- * Once the
- * When a concrete
- * This method is used by a
* The initial interpretation of the user's gesture,
* and the subsequent starting of the drag operation
* are the responsibility of the implementing
- *
* When a drag gesture occurs, the
- *
* The startDrag() method invokes the
* createDragSourceContext() method to
* instantiate an appropriate
- *
* If the Drag and Drop System is
* unable to initiate a drag operation for
* some reason, the startDrag() method throws
- * a
- * To incorporate a new
- * If
- * If
- * If the system property
- * Extend this class to create a
* Create a listener object using the extended class and then register it with
- * a
- * The drop site is associated with the previous
- * Note that the
@@ -97,28 +97,28 @@
// used by updateCurrentCursor
/**
- * An
- * The
- * Target drop action is one of
* User drop action depends on the drop actions supported by the drag
@@ -52,18 +52,18 @@
* Shift -> ACTION_MOVE
*
* If the user selects a drop action, the user drop action is one of
- *
* If the user doesn't select a drop action, the set of
- *
- * The arguments
- * The arguments
- * If the
- * If the
- * The argument
- * The argument
- *
* In a multi-screen environment without a virtual device, the cursor location is
* specified in the coordinate system of the initiator
- *
* In a multi-screen environment with a virtual device, the location is specified
* in the corresponding virtual coordinate system. If the cursor location is
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@
private static final long serialVersionUID = -763287114604032641L;
/**
- * The
- * The drop site is associated with the previous
* The class that is interested in processing mouse motion events during
* a drag operation either implements this interface or extends the abstract
- *
* Create a listener object using that class and then register it with
- * a
* Each
- *
* The Component will receive drops only if it is enabled.
- * @param c The
* The Component will receive drops only if it is enabled.
- * @param c The
* The Component will receive drops only if it is enabled.
- * @param c The
* The Component will receive drops only if it is enabled.
- * @param c The
* The Component will receive drops only if it is enabled.
- * @param c The new
* This method itself does not throw any exception
* for null parameter but for exceptions thrown by
* the respective method of the listener.
*
- * @param dte the
- * Extend this class to create a
* Create a listener object using the extended class and then register it with
- * a
- * The operable part of the drop site for the
* During the drag, the data associated with the current drag operation can be
- * retrieved by calling
- * Note that
- * The
- * Source drop actions is a bitwise mask of
@@ -54,18 +54,18 @@
* Shift -> ACTION_MOVE
*
* If the user selects a drop action, the user drop action is one of
- *
* If the user doesn't select a drop action, the set of
- *
- * The
- * Source drop actions is a bitwise mask of
@@ -53,18 +53,18 @@
* Shift -> ACTION_MOVE
*
* If the user selects a drop action, the user drop action is one of
- *
* If the user doesn't select a drop action, the set of
- *
* Create a listener object by implementing the interface and then register it
- * with a
- * The operable part of the drop site for the
* During the drag, the data associated with the current drag operation can be
- * retrieved by calling
- * Note that
* This method is responsible for undertaking
* the transfer of the data associated with the
- * gesture. The
- * From this method, the
* Subsequent to acceptDrop(), but not before,
- *
* At the completion of a drop, an implementation
* of this method is required to signal the success/failure
* of the drop by passing an appropriate
- *
* Note: The data transfer should be completed before the call to the
- *
- * Note: To invoke an
- * The object that implements the
* This method throws an
- *
* This method throws an
- *
* This method throws an
- *
- * Note that if a This method throws an
- * This method throws an
- *
- * Extend this class to create a
* Create a listener object using your class and then register it with a
- * component using the component's
* This low-level event is generated by a component object (such as a
* List) when the component is moved, resized, rendered invisible, or made
- * visible again. The event is passed to every
* An unspecified behavior will be caused if the {@code id} parameter
* of any particular {@code ComponentEvent} instance is not
@@ -103,16 +103,16 @@
private static final long serialVersionUID = 8101406823902992965L;
/**
- * Constructs a This method throws an
- *
* Component events are provided for notification purposes ONLY;
* The AWT will automatically handle component moves and resizes
* internally so that GUI layout works properly regardless of
- * whether a program registers a
- * Extend this class to create a
* Create a listener object using the extended class and then register it with
- * a component using the component's
* This low-level event is generated by a container object (such as a
* Panel) when a component is added to it or removed from it.
- * The event is passed to every
* An unspecified behavior will be caused if the {@code id} parameter
* of any particular {@code ContainerEvent} instance is not
@@ -95,18 +95,18 @@
private static final long serialVersionUID = -4114942250539772041L;
/**
- * Constructs a This method throws an
- *
* Container events are provided for notification purposes ONLY;
* The AWT will automatically handle add and remove operations
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/event/FocusAdapter.java 2015-10-04 22:53:28.249272148 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/event/FocusAdapter.java 2015-10-04 22:53:28.061272156 +0400
@@ -30,17 +30,17 @@
* The methods in this class are empty. This class exists as
* convenience for creating listener objects.
*
- * Extend this class to create a
* Create a listener object using the extended class and then register it with
- * a component using the component's
* There are two levels of focus events: permanent and temporary. Permanent
@@ -114,30 +114,30 @@
private static final long serialVersionUID = 523753786457416396L;
/**
- * Constructs a This method throws an
- * This method throws an
- * This method throws an
- *
* Extend this class and override the method for the event of interest. (If
- * you implement the
* Create a listener object using your class and then register it with a
- * Component using the Component's
* Hierarchy events are provided for notification purposes ONLY;
* The AWT will automatically handle changes to the hierarchy internally so
* that GUI layout works properly regardless of whether a
- * program registers an
* An unspecified behavior will be caused if the {@code id} parameter
* of any particular {@code HierarchyEvent} instance is not
@@ -122,20 +122,20 @@
public static final int HIERARCHY_LAST = ANCESTOR_RESIZED;
/**
- * A change flag indicates that the This method throws an
- * This method throws an
- *
* Hierarchy events are provided for notification purposes ONLY;
* The AWT will automatically handle changes to the hierarchy internally so
* that GUI layout, displayability, and visibility work properly regardless
- * of whether a program registers a This method throws an
- *
* It is not recommended to compare the return value of this method
- * using
* Note that passing negative parameter is incorrect,
* and will cause the returning an unspecified string.
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/event/InputMethodEvent.java 2015-10-04 22:53:32.461271959 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/event/InputMethodEvent.java 2015-10-04 22:53:32.257271968 +0400
@@ -106,45 +106,45 @@
private transient TextHitInfo visiblePosition;
/**
- * Constructs an
* The offsets of caret and visiblePosition are relative to the current
- * composed text; that is, the composed text within Note that passing in an invalid Note that passing in an invalid {@code id} results in
* unspecified behavior. This method throws an
- *
* The offsets of caret and visiblePosition are relative to the current
- * composed text; that is, the composed text within Note that passing in an invalid Note that passing in an invalid {@code id} results in
* unspecified behavior. This method throws an
- *
- * The offsets of Note that passing in an invalid Note that passing in an invalid {@code id} results in
* unspecified behavior. This method throws an
- *
* The offset of the caret is relative to the current
* composed text; that is, the composed text within getText()
- * if this is an
* The offset of the visible position is relative to the current
* composed text; that is, the composed text within getText()
- * if this is an
- * The object that implements the This method throws an
- *
- * Extend this class to create a
* Create a listener object using the extended class and then register it with
- * a component using the component's
* This low-level event is generated by a component object (such as a text
* field) when a key is pressed, released, or typed.
- * The event is passed to every
* "Key typed" events are higher-level and generally do not depend on
* the platform or keyboard layout. They are generated when a Unicode character
@@ -974,7 +974,7 @@
/**
* A constant indicating that the keyLocation is indeterminate
* or not relevant.
- * This method throws an
- * This method throws an
- *
- *
* NOTE: use of this method is not recommended, because many AWT
* implementations do not recognize modifier changes. This is
- * especially true for
- * Note that
* The listener object created from that class is then registered with a
- * component using the component's
* The class that is interested in processing a mouse event
* either implements this interface (and all the methods it
- * contains) or extends the abstract
* The listener object created from that class is then registered with a
- * component using the component's
- * Extend this class to create a
* Create a listener object using the extended class and then register it with
- * a component using the component's
* The class that is interested in processing a mouse motion event
* either implements this interface (and all the methods it
- * contains) or extends the abstract
* The listener object created from that class is then registered with a
- * component using the component's
* Due to platform-dependent Drag&Drop implementations,
- *
- * A MouseWheelEvent object is passed to every
* Due to the mouse wheel's special relationship to scrolling Components,
* MouseWheelEvents are delivered somewhat differently than other MouseEvents.
@@ -77,11 +77,11 @@
* platform settings can be changed at any time by the user. MouseWheelEvents
* reflect the most recent settings.
*
- * The Absolute coordinates xAbs and yAbs are set to source's location on screen plus
* relative coordinates x and y. xAbs and yAbs are set to zero if the source is not showing.
- * Note that passing in an invalid Note that passing in an invalid {@code id} results in
* unspecified behavior. This method throws an
- * Note that passing in an invalid Note that passing in an invalid {@code id} results in
* unspecified behavior. This method throws an
- *
+ * {@code IllegalArgumentException} if {@code source}
+ * is {@code null}.
* Even if inconsistent values for relative and absolute coordinates are
* passed to the constructor, the MouseWheelEvent instance is still
* created and no exception is thrown.
*
- * @param source the Note that passing in an invalid Note that passing in an invalid {@code id} parameter results
* in unspecified behavior. This method throws an
- * Even if inconsistent values for relative and absolute coordinates
- * are passed to the constructor, a
* This method returns the number of units to scroll when scroll type is
* MouseWheelEvent.WHEEL_UNIT_SCROLL, and should only be called if
- *
* Direction of scroll, amount of wheel movement,
* and platform settings for wheel scrolling are all accounted for.
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/event/MouseWheelListener.java 2015-10-04 22:53:38.465271689 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/event/MouseWheelListener.java 2015-10-04 22:53:38.277271698 +0400
@@ -29,16 +29,16 @@
/**
* The listener interface for receiving mouse wheel events on a component.
- * (For clicks and other mouse events, use the
* The class that is interested in processing a mouse wheel event
* implements this interface (and all the methods it contains).
*
* The listener object created from that class is then registered with a
- * component using the component's
* For information on how mouse wheel events are dispatched, see
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/event/PaintEvent.java 2015-10-04 22:53:38.989271666 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/event/PaintEvent.java 2015-10-04 22:53:38.797271674 +0400
@@ -84,18 +84,18 @@
private static final long serialVersionUID = 1267492026433337593L;
/**
- * Constructs a This method throws an
- *
- * The object that implements the
@@ -74,17 +74,17 @@
private static final long serialVersionUID = 6269902291250941179L;
/**
- * Constructs a This method throws an
- *
- * Extend this class to create a
* Create a listener object using the extended class and then register it with
- * a Window using the window's
- * The event is passed to every
* An unspecified behavior will be caused if the {@code id} parameter
* of any particular {@code WindowEvent} instance is not
@@ -176,23 +176,23 @@
/**
- * Constructs a This method throws an
- * This method throws an
- * This method throws an
- * This method throws an
- *
* The class that is interested in processing a window state event
* either implements this interface (and all the methods it contains)
- * or extends the abstract
* The listener object created from that class is then registered with
- * a window using the
-* Typically, instances of
* To specify other hint values, use the constructor which
* specifies the rendering hint values as parameters :
* {@link #FontRenderContext(AffineTransform, Object, Object)}.
* @param tx the transform which is used to scale typographical points
- * to pixels in this
* Weight is the overall 'weight' of the glyph in the line. Generally it is
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@
* Limit determines the maximum or minimum amount by which the glyph can
* change. Left and right sides of the glyph can have different limits.
*
- * Each
* Glyphs are either STANDARD, LIGATURE, COMBINING, or COMPONENT.
*
- * Other metrics available through
- * Glyphs for a rotated font, or obtained from a
* The advance of a glyph is the distance from the glyph's origin to the
* origin of the next glyph along the baseline, which is either vertical
- * or horizontal. Note that, in a
@@ -88,13 +88,13 @@
* affected when rendering the glyph, because of rasterization and pixel
* adjustment effects.
*
- * Although instances of
* Example:
- * Querying a
- * The
- * Instances of
* In a text processing application that can cache intermediate
* representations of text, creation and subsequent caching of a
- *
- * A
- * For each glyph in the
- * Altering the data used to create the
* Methods are provided to adjust the positions of the glyphs
- * within the
* Methods are provided to transform individual glyphs within the
- *
* Methods are provided to return both the visual, logical, and pixel bounds
- * of the entire
* Methods are provided to return a {@link Shape} for the
- *
- * The
* Subclasses must ensure that their objects are immutable once they
- * are constructed. Mutating a
- *
* Segments of text are obtained by calling the method
- *
- *
- * The
* In general, if the text used to construct the
- *
@@ -255,21 +255,21 @@
private CharArrayIterator charIter;
/**
- * Constructs a
* Fonts can have different metrics for different ranges of
-* characters. The
- * Instances of
@@ -290,11 +290,11 @@
*
* For service formatted print data, the Java Print Service instance
* determines the print data format. The doc flavor's representation class
- * denotes an interface whose methods the
* A Java Print Service instance is allowed to support any other doc flavors
@@ -390,7 +390,7 @@
*
* Class DocFlavor in package javax.print.data is similar to class
* {@link java.awt.datatransfer.DataFlavor DataFlavor}. Class
- *
* Special rules applied:
*
* Note that some doc flavors may not be supported in combination
- * with all attributes. Use
* Note that some doc flavors may not be supported in combination
- * with all attributes. Use
* Some categories may not be supported in a particular context (ie
- * for a particular
* This is a convenience method to determine if the category
* would be a member of the result of
- *
* Some attributes may not be supported in a particular context (ie
- * for a particular
* Not all attributes have a default value. For example the
- * service will not have a defaultvalue for
- * If
- * If the
- *
* This method returns an Object because different printing attribute
@@ -321,7 +321,7 @@
* containing the legal values -- used, for example, by an attribute with
* a list of enumerated values. The type of the array is an array of the
* specified attribute category type as returned by its
- *
- * If
* Also if DocFlavor is not null it must be a flavor supported by this
* PrintService, else IllegalArgumentException will be thrown.
*
- *
* This is a convenience method to determine if the value
* would be a member of the result of
- *
- *
* If the return value is non-null, all attributes in the returned
@@ -428,7 +428,7 @@
* to select the attribute(s) to be identified as the cause of the
* conflict.
*
- * Use This method is useful to help locate a service that can print
- * a
* If the print data is a stream, or a print job requests data as a
- * stream, then
- * Note that a
- * Applications can use a
- * Whereas a
* Note: This method is intended to provide a default, nonlocalized
* string for the attribute's category. If two attribute objects return the
- * same category from the
- * Under the hood, a date-time attribute is stored as a value of class
* To construct a date-time attribute from separate values of the year, month,
- * day, hour, minute, and so on, use a
* You can convert an enumeration value to a string by calling {@link
* #toString() toString()}. The string is obtained from a table
@@ -97,8 +97,8 @@
* You can define a subclass of an enumeration class that extends it with
* additional enumeration values. The subclass's enumeration values' integer
* values need not be distinct from the superclass's enumeration values' integer
- * values; the
* If an attribute implements {@link DocAttribute DocAttribute}
* as well as PrintRequestAttribute, the client may include the
- * attribute in a
* You can also construct an instance of SetOfIntegerSyntax by giving it in
* "array form." Array form consists of an array of zero or more integer groups
* where each integer group is a length-1 or length-2 array of
- *
* In both string form and array form, each successive integer group gives a
* range of integers to be included in the set. The first integer in each group
@@ -68,7 +67,7 @@
* array form." This is the same as array form, except there are no null ranges;
* the members of the set are represented in as few ranges as possible (i.e.,
* overlapping ranges are coalesced); the ranges appear in ascending order; and
- * each range is always represented as a length-two array of
@@ -98,7 +97,7 @@
* constructed.
*
* @exception IllegalArgumentException
- * (Unchecked exception) Thrown if
- * For class Chromaticity, the category name is
* IPP Compatibility: The IPP boolean value is "true" for SUPPORTED and
* "false" for NOT_SUPPORTED. The category name returned by
- *
- * For class ColorSupported, the category name is
* IPP Compatibility: The category name returned by
- *
* For class Compression and any vendor-defined subclasses, the category
- * name is
* IPP Compatibility: The integer value gives the IPP integer value. The
- * category name returned by
- * For class Copies, the category name is
* For class CopiesSupported, the category
- * name is
* IPP Compatibility: The information needed to construct an IPP
* "date-time-at-completed" attribute can be obtained as described above. The
- * category name returned by
* For class DateTimeAtCompleted, the category name is
- *
* IPP Compatibility: The information needed to construct an IPP
* "date-time-at-creation" attribute can be obtained as described above. The
- * category name returned by
* For class DateTimeAtCreation, the category name is
- *
* IPP Compatibility: The information needed to construct an IPP
* "date-time-at-processing" attribute can be obtained as described above. The
- * category name returned by
* For class DateTimeAtProcessing, the category name is
- *
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@
* @param uri URI.
*
* @exception NullPointerException
- * (unchecked exception) Thrown if
- * For class Destination, the category name is
* For class DialogTypeSelection the category name is
- *
* IPP Compatibility: The string value gives the IPP name value. The
* locale gives the IPP natural language. The category name returned by
- *
- * For class DocumentName, the category name is
* IPP Compatibility: The IPP boolean value is "true" for FIDELITY_TRUE
* and "false" for FIDELITY_FALSE. The category name returned by
- *
* For class Fidelity the category name is
- *
* For class Finishings and any vendor-defined subclasses, the
- * category name is
- * For class JobHoldUntil, the category name is
* IPP Compatibility: The integer value gives the IPP integer value. The
- * category name returned by
* For class JobImpressions, the category name is
- *
* IPP Compatibility: The integer value gives the IPP integer value. The
- * category name returned by
* For class JobImpressionsCompleted, the category name is
- *
* For class JobImpressionsSupported, the category name is
- *
* IPP Compatibility: The integer value gives the IPP integer value. The
- * category name returned by
- * For class JobKOctets, the category name is
* IPP Compatibility: The integer value gives the IPP integer value. The
- * category name returned by
* For class JobKOctetsProcessed, the category name is
- *
* For class JobKOctetsSupported, the category name is
- *
* IPP Compatibility: The integer value gives the IPP integer value. The
- * category name returned by
* For class JobMediaSheets and any vendor-defined subclasses, the
- * category name is
* IPP Compatibility: The integer value gives the IPP integer value. The
- * category name returned by
* For class JobMediaSheetsCompleted, the category name is
- *
* For class JobMediaSheetsSupported, the
- * category name is
* IPP Compatibility: The string value gives the IPP name value. The
* locale gives the IPP natural language. The category name returned by
- *
* For class JobMessageFromOperator, the
- * category name is
* IPP Compatibility: The string value gives the IPP name value. The
* locale gives the IPP natural language. The category name returned by
- *
- * For class JobName, the category name is
* IPP Compatibility: The string value gives the IPP name value. The
* locale gives the IPP natural language. The category name returned by
- *
* For class JobOriginatingUserName, the
- * category name is
* IPP Compatibility: The integer value gives the IPP integer value. The
- * category name returned by
- * For class JobPriority, the category name is
* IPP Compatibility: The integer value gives the IPP integer value.
- * The category name returned by
* For class JobPrioritySupported, the
- * category name is
* IPP Compatibility: The category name returned by
- *
* For class JobSheets and any vendor-defined subclasses, the category
- * name is
* IPP Compatibility: The category name returned by
- *
* For class JobState and any vendor-defined subclasses, the category
- * name is
* IPP Compatibility: The category name returned by
- *
* For class JobStateReason and any vendor-defined subclasses, the
- * category name is
* IPP Compatibility: The category name returned by
- *
* For class Media and any vendor-defined subclasses, the category name is
- *
@@ -236,16 +236,16 @@
* To be equivalent, all of the following conditions must be true:
*
* For class MediaPrintableArea,
- * the category name is This is not an IPP V1.1 attribute.
*
* @return Attribute category name.
@@ -295,7 +295,7 @@
* Unit conversion factor, e.g. {@link #INCH INCH} or
* {@link #MM MM}.
* @param unitsName
- * Units name string, e.g.
* For class MediaSize and any vendor-defined subclasses, the category
- * name is
- * In the detailed explanations below, if "
* The standard MultipleDocumentHandling values are:
*
* Note: None of these values provide means to produce uncollated
@@ -150,8 +150,8 @@
* To specify that, see the {@link SheetCollate SheetCollate} attribute.
*
* IPP Compatibility: The category name returned by
- *
* For class MultipleDocumentHandling and any vendor-defined subclasses,
- * the category name is
* IPP Compatibility: The integer value gives the IPP integer value. The
- * category name returned by
* For class NumberOfDocuments, the
- * category name is
* IPP Compatibility: The integer value gives the IPP integer value.
- * The category name returned by
* For class NumberOfInterveningJobs, the
- * category name is
- * For class NumberUp, the category name is
* For class NumberUpSupported, the
- * category name is
- * For some document formats (such as
* IPP Compatibility: The category name returned by
- *
* For class OrientationRequested, the
- * category name is
* IPP Compatibility: The string value gives the IPP name value. The
* locale gives the IPP natural language. The category name returned by
- *
* For class OutputDeviceAssigned, the
- * category name is
* IPP Compatibility: The category name returned by
- *
* For class PDLOverrideSupported and any vendor-defined subclasses, the
- * category name is
* If a PageRanges attribute is not specified for a print job, all pages of
* the document will be printed. In other words, the default value for the
- * PageRanges attribute is always
* The effect of a PageRanges attribute on a multidoc print job (a job with
* multiple documents) depends on whether all the docs have the same page ranges
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@
* and IPP "page-ranges" attribute. See class {@link
* javax.print.attribute.SetOfIntegerSyntax SetOfIntegerSyntax} for an
* explanation of canonical array form. The category name returned by
- *
- * For class PageRanges, the category name is
* IPP Compatibility: The integer value gives the IPP integer value. The
- * category name returned by
* For class PagesPerMinute, the
- * category name is
* IPP Compatibility: The integer value gives the IPP integer value. The
- * category name returned by
* For class PagesPerMinuteColor, the
- * category name is
* For class PresentationDirection
- * the category name is
* IPP Compatibility: The category name returned by
- *
* For class PrintQuality and any vendor-defined subclasses, the category
- * name is
* IPP Compatibility: The string value gives the IPP name value. The
* locale gives the IPP natural language. The category name returned by
- *
- * For class PrinterInfo, the category name is
* IPP Compatibility: The IPP boolean value is "true" for ACCEPTING_JOBS
* and "false" for NOT_ACCEPTING_JOBS. The category name returned by
- *
* For class PrinterIsAcceptingJobs, the
- * category name is
* IPP Compatibility: The string value gives the IPP name value. The
* locale gives the IPP natural language. The category name returned by
- *
* For class PrinterLocation, the
- * category name is
* IPP Compatibility: The string value gives the IPP name value. The
* locale gives the IPP natural language. The category name returned by
- *
* For class PrinterMakeAndModel, the
- * category name is
* IPP Compatibility: The string value gives the IPP name value. The
* locale gives the IPP natural language. The category name returned by
- *
* For class PrinterMessageFromOperator,
- * the category name is
* IPP Compatibility: The string form returned by
- *
* For class PrinterMoreInfo, the
- * category name is
* IPP Compatibility: The string form returned by
- *
* For class PrinterMoreInfoManufacturer, the category name is
- *
* IPP Compatibility: The string value gives the IPP name value. The
* locale gives the IPP natural language. The category name returned by
- *
* For class PrinterName, the category
- * name is
* IPP Compatibility: The information needed to construct an IPP
- *
* For class PrinterResolution, the
- * category name is
* IPP Compatibility: The category name returned by
- *
- * For class PrinterState, the category name is
* IPP Compatibility:
* The string values returned by each individual {@link PrinterStateReason} and
- * associated {@link Severity} object's
* For class PrinterStateReason and any vendor-defined subclasses, the
- * category name is
* IPP Compatibility: This implements the
* IPP printer-uri attribute. The string form returned by
- *
* For class PrinterURI and any vendor-defined subclasses, the category
- * name is
* IPP Compatibility: The integer value gives the IPP integer value.
- * The category name returned by
* For class QueuedJobCount, the
- * category name is
* IPP Compatibility: The category name returned by
- *
* For class ReferenceUriSchemesSupported and any vendor-defined
* subclasses, the category name is
- *
* IPP Compatibility: The string value gives the IPP name value. The
* locale gives the IPP natural language. The category name returned by
- *
* For class RequestingUserName, the
- * category name is
* IPP Compatibility:
- *
- * For class Severit, the category name is
- * For class SheetCollate, the category name is
* IPP Compatibility: The category name returned by
- *
- * For class Sides, the category name is
* Warning:
* Serialized objects of this class will not be compatible with
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@
* appropriate for short term storage or RMI between applications running
* the same version of Swing. As of 1.4, support for long term storage
* of all JavaBeans™
- * has been added to the
- * A
* Buttons can be configured, and to some degree controlled, by
*
* Some look and feels might not render the disabled selected Icon, in
* which case they will ignore this.
*
- * @return the
- * Setting the
* This method uses three other methods to set
- * and help track the
* Refer to the table at
- * Swing Components Supporting
* Warning: If you subclass this do not create an anonymous
* inner class. If you do the lifetime of the button will be tied to
- * that of the
* Some look and feels might not support
- * the
* This function may cause the component's opaque property to change.
*
@@ -1503,9 +1503,9 @@
}
/**
- * Gets the
* A mnemonic must correspond to a single key on the keyboard
- * and should be specified using one of the
* Warning:
* Serialized objects of this class will not be compatible with
@@ -1978,7 +1978,7 @@
* appropriate for short term storage or RMI between applications running
* the same version of Swing. As of 1.4, support for long term storage
* of all JavaBeans™
- * has been added to the
- * Overriding
@@ -2400,7 +2400,7 @@
* appropriate for short term storage or RMI between applications running
* the same version of Swing. As of 1.4, support for long term storage
* of all JavaBeans™
- * has been added to the
* Warning:
* Serialized objects of this class will not be compatible with
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@
* appropriate for short term storage or RMI between applications running
* the same version of Swing. As of 1.4, support for long term storage
* of all JavaBeans™
- * has been added to the
- * You can specify the
- * In addition to the
* This interface can be added to an existing class or used to create an
- * adapter (typically, by subclassing
- * Note that
- * Many of Swing's components have an
* The following table describes the properties used by
- *
- *
- *
- * If the same
* This property differs from the others in that it is both read
* by the component and set by the component. For example,
- * if an
* Note: the value of this field is prefixed with 'Swing' to
- * avoid possible collisions with existing
* Note: the value of this field is prefixed with 'Swing' to
- * avoid possible collisions with existing
- * If the same
* Note: the value of this field is prefixed with 'Swing' to
- * avoid possible collisions with existing As with As with {@code InputMap} if you create a cycle, eg:
* In most instances, In most instances, {@code key} will be
+ * {@code action.getValue(NAME)}.
*
* @param key a key
* @param action a binding for {@code key}
@@ -114,8 +114,8 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the binding for
* This is a convenience method that ActionMap/InputMap and
* AbstractAction use to avoid having the same code in each class.
@@ -251,7 +251,7 @@
}
/*
- * Returns a clone of the
* When a BoundedRange model is used with a scrollbar the value
* specifies the origin of the scrollbar knob (aka the "thumb" or
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/Box.java 2015-10-04 22:56:28.785264040 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/Box.java 2015-10-04 22:56:28.593264049 +0400
@@ -41,23 +41,23 @@
* even non-Box containers.
*
*
- * The
- * If you are implementing a
*
* To use glue,
- * call
- * A
* Initially, all buttons in the group are unselected.
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@
* appropriate for short term storage or RMI between applications running
* the same version of Swing. As of 1.4, support for long term storage
* of all JavaBeans™
- * has been added to the
* In simple terms, pressing and releasing the mouse over a regular
- * button triggers the button and causes and
*
* Having this interface enables complex components (the client of the
- * editor) such as
*
* To use this interface, a developer creating a new editor can have the
* new component implement the interface. Or the developer can
* choose a wrapper based approach and provide a companion object which
- * implements the
* The selected item may not necessarily be managed by the underlying
- *
- * At most, one
- * You can specify the
* Warning:
* Serialized objects of this class will not be compatible with
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@
* appropriate for short term storage or RMI between applications running
* the same version of Swing. As of 1.4, support for long term storage
* of all JavaBeans™
- * has been added to the
- * You can specify the This class provides a policy for the various JInternalFrame methods,
* it is not meant to be called directly rather the various JInternalFrame
@@ -83,8 +83,8 @@
/**
* Removes the frame, and, if necessary, the
- *
* Please see
*
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/DefaultListCellRenderer.java 2015-10-04 22:56:36.189263708 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/DefaultListCellRenderer.java 2015-10-04 22:56:35.997263716 +0400
@@ -42,13 +42,13 @@
*
* Implementation Note:
* This class overrides
- *
* Warning:
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@
* appropriate for short term storage or RMI between applications running
* the same version of Swing. As of 1.4, support for long term storage
* of all JavaBeans™
- * has been added to the
- * This method is identical to
- * Throws an
- * Throws an
- * Throws an
- * Throws an
- * Throws an
- * Throws an
- * Throws an
- * Throws an
- * You can specify the
- * This method can be used in the
- * Sorting is done based on the current
- * Sorting of each column is done by way of a
- * If you specify a
- * In addition to sorting,
* By default, rows are in unsorted order (the same as the model) and
- * every column is sortable. The default
* If the underlying model structure changes (the
- *
* If the underlying model structure changes (the
- *
- *
- *
* The maximum number of sort keys is enforced by
- *
- *
* This method triggers a sort.
*
@@ -561,7 +561,7 @@
/**
* Sorts and filters the rows in the view based on the sort keys
* of the columns currently being sorted and the filter, if any,
- * associated with this sorter. An empty
- *
- * You can specify the
* Please see
*
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@
* specification is incompatible with the 1.4 focus APIs.
* The current FocusManager is no longer a property of the UI.
* Client code must query for the current FocusManager using
- *
- * If a
@@ -591,7 +591,7 @@
* appropriate for short term storage or RMI between applications running
* the same version of Swing. As of 1.4, support for long term storage
* of all JavaBeans™
- * has been added to the
* The following example has two text fields, with the first one expecting
* the string "pass" to be entered by the user. If that string is entered in
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@
* of the argument's input.
*
* @param input the JComponent to verify
- * @return
- * The
- * Please see the
* Warning: Swing is not thread safe. For more
* information see java.beans package.
+ * has been added to the {@code java.beans} package.
* Please see {@link java.beans.XMLEncoder}.
*
* @see javax.swing.RootPaneContainer
@@ -107,9 +107,9 @@
protected JRootPane rootPane;
/**
- * If true then calls to
* This constructor sets the component's locale property to the value
- * returned by
* Buttons can be configured, and to some degree controlled, by
*
@@ -306,7 +306,7 @@
* appropriate for short term storage or RMI between applications running
* the same version of Swing. As of 1.4, support for long term storage
* of all JavaBeans™
- * has been added to the
* Buttons can be configured, and to some degree controlled, by
*
@@ -334,7 +334,7 @@
* appropriate for short term storage or RMI between applications running
* the same version of Swing. As of 1.4, support for long term storage
* of all JavaBeans™
- * has been added to the
- * Either
* Menu items can be configured, and to some degree controlled, by
*
@@ -293,7 +293,7 @@
* appropriate for short term storage or RMI between applications running
* the same version of Swing. As of 1.4, support for long term storage
* of all JavaBeans™
- * has been added to the
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@
* appropriate for short term storage or RMI between applications running
* the same version of Swing. As of 1.4, support for long term storage
* of all JavaBeans™
- * has been added to the
*
@@ -366,14 +366,14 @@
* Some look and feels might not support automatic drag and drop;
* they will ignore this property. You can work around such
* look and feels by modifying the component
- * to directly call the
@@ -169,13 +169,13 @@
private boolean selectingItem = false;
/**
- * Creates a
* See the article Mixing Heavy and Light Components
* This method fires a property changed event.
*
- * @param aFlag if
* To display the selected item,
- *
- * If
* If this constitutes a change in the selected item,
- *
- *
* If the combo box is editable, then this value may not have been added
- * to the combo box with
* Warning:
@@ -729,7 +729,7 @@
/**
* Inserts an item into the item list at a given index.
- * This method works only if the
- *
- * The
* For all standard look and feels shipped with Java, the popup list
- * portion of combo box is implemented as a
* This method is public but should not be called by anything other than
@@ -972,7 +972,7 @@
}
/**
- * Notifies
* This method is public but should not be called by anything other than
@@ -993,7 +993,7 @@
}
/**
- * Notifies
* This method is public but should not be called by anything other than
@@ -1041,33 +1041,33 @@
private PropertyChangeListener actionPropertyChangeListener;
/**
- * Sets the
- * Setting the
* This method uses three other methods to set
- * and help track the
* Warning: If you subclass this do not create an anonymous
* inner class. If you do the lifetime of the combobox will be tied to
- * that of the
* Refer to the table at
- * Swing Components Supporting
* Warning:
@@ -1647,7 +1647,7 @@
* appropriate for short term storage or RMI between applications running
* the same version of Swing. As of 1.4, support for long term storage
* of all JavaBeans™
- * has been added to the
- * The
- *
@@ -160,7 +160,7 @@
* appropriate for short term storage or RMI between applications running
* the same version of Swing. As of 1.4, support for long term storage
* of all JavaBeans™
- * has been added to the
- * The default value for this is false, but some
* This is a bound property.
@@ -502,15 +502,15 @@
}
/**
- * Sets the
- * If
@@ -535,14 +535,14 @@
}
/**
- * Returns
- * Additionally
* If you override this in a subclass you should not make permanent
- * changes to the passed in
- * The passed in
* If you override this in a subclass you should not make permanent
- * changes to the passed in
* This method actually delegates the work of painting to three
- * protected methods:
* Alternatively, or for components that delegate painting to other objects,
* you can query during painting whether or not the component is in the
- * midst of a print operation. The
* This method sets the component's state such that the double buffer
* will not be used: painting will be done directly on the passed in
- *
* You can detect changes in the value of this property by listening for
* property change events on this component with name
- *
* Note: This method provides complimentary functionality to that provided
* by other high level Swing printing APIs. However, it deals strictly with
@@ -1287,7 +1287,7 @@
* full component, and the return value of this method can change multiple
* times during that operation. It is even possible for the component to be
* painted to the screen while the printing process is ongoing. In such a
- * case, the return value of this method is
- * Changes this
- * Overrides the default
- * Returns the
* Please see
*
@@ -1437,7 +1437,7 @@
* for more information.
*
* @param requestFocusEnabled indicates whether you want this
- *
* Please see
*
@@ -1455,8 +1455,8 @@
* a section in The Java Tutorial,
* for more information.
*
- * @return
* This method is intended for use by focus implementations. Client code
* should not use this method; instead, it should use
- *
* Although technically you can set the border on any object
- * that inherits from
* This is a bound property.
*
@@ -1814,7 +1814,7 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the border of this component or
* Register a new keyboard action.
- *
- * The
- * The
* If an action has already been registered for the receiving
* container, with the same charCode and the same modifiers,
- *
* Unregisters a keyboard action.
- * This will remove the binding from the
- * For Java 2 platform v1.3, a
- * This method calls into the
- * This method calls into the
- * Requests focus on this
* It is up to the look and feel to honor this property, some may
* choose to ignore it.
*
- * @param bg the desired background
- * The
- * The
* Moves and resizes this component.
*
@@ -4261,15 +4261,15 @@
/**
* Stores the bounds of this component into "return value"
- *
- * The default value of this property is false for
*
- * You can specify the
- * Calls
* This method will automatically be called on this component
* when a property value changes such that size, location, or
* internal layout of this component has been affected. This automatic
* updating differs from the AWT because programs generally no
- * longer need to invoke
* As each component is read in we keep track of the current set of
* root components here, in the roots vector. Note that there's only one
- *
- * This class is normally used as the parent of
* For further documentation and examples see
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@
* appropriate for short term storage or RMI between applications running
* the same version of Swing. As of 1.4, support for long term storage
* of all JavaBeans™
- * has been added to the
@@ -619,7 +619,7 @@
* appropriate for short term storage or RMI between applications running
* the same version of Swing. As of 1.4, support for long term storage
* of all JavaBeans™
- * has been added to the
* This component uses implementations of the
- *
* By default, the following types of content are known:
@@ -62,14 +62,14 @@
*
@@ -78,27 +78,27 @@
*
* Some kinds of content may provide hyperlink support by generating
- * hyperlink events. The HTML
* There are multiple ways to get a character set mapping to happen
- * with
* This may load either synchronously or asynchronously
- * depending upon the document returned by the
* If the document is loaded synchronously, it will be
* filled in with the stream prior to being installed into
- * the editor with a call to
* If the document is loaded asynchronously, the document
* will be installed into the editor immediately using a
- * call to
* This method is expected to have the side effect of
* establishing the content type, and therefore setting the
- * appropriate
* If this the stream was an http connection, redirects
* will be followed and the resulting URL will be set as
- * the
* If there is a charset definition specified as a parameter
* of the content type specification, it will be used when
- * loading input streams using the associated
* NOTE: This has the side effect of changing the model,
- * because the
@@ -1081,7 +1081,7 @@
* be reimplemented to use the Java Activation
* Framework, for example.
*
- * @param type the non-
- * Once a prototype
* This is implemented to remove the contents of the current document,
* and replace them by parsing the given string using the current
- *
* By default this is not enabled; to enable
* it set the client {@link #putClientProperty property} with this name
- * to
* The default varies based on the look and feel;
* to enable it set the client {@link #putClientProperty property} with
- * this name to
@@ -1651,7 +1651,7 @@
* appropriate for short term storage or RMI between applications running
* the same version of Swing. As of 1.4, support for long term storage
* of all JavaBeans™
- * has been added to the
* Warning:
* Serialized objects of this class will not be compatible with
@@ -1706,7 +1706,7 @@
* appropriate for short term storage or RMI between applications running
* the same version of Swing. As of 1.4, support for long term storage
* of all JavaBeans™
- * has been added to the
*
@@ -434,7 +434,7 @@
* most look and feels begin a drag-and-drop operation
* whenever the user presses the mouse button over an item
* and then moves the mouse a few pixels.
- * Setting this property to
*
- * The
- * Once a
- * Value Description
- *
- * Alternatively, you could invoke
- *
- *
- *
- * If an
- * Warning: As the
* Warning: Swing is not thread safe. For more
* information see java.beans package.
+ * has been added to the {@code java.beans} package.
* Please see {@link java.beans.XMLEncoder}.
*
* @since 1.4
@@ -184,8 +184,8 @@
/**
* Constant identifying that when focus is lost,
- *
- * This will throw an
* The default value of this property is
- *
- * If you have not explicitly set an
* This is a JavaBeans bound property.
*
- * @param tf
* You should not normally invoke this, instead set the
- *
* This is a JavaBeans bound property.
*
@@ -469,7 +469,7 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the
* The default value of this property is null.
*
@@ -504,9 +504,9 @@
/**
* Returns the last valid value. Based on the editing policy of
- * the
* Not all formatters will allow the component to get into an invalid
* state, and thus this may never be invoked.
@@ -559,7 +559,7 @@
/**
* Returns true if the current value being edited is valid. The value of
- * this is managed by the current
- * An
* Subclasses must override the conversion methods
- *
- * Subclasses that allow the
* Subclasses will typically only need to override this if they
* wish to install additional listeners on the
- *
- * If there is a
* While this is a public method, this is typically only useful
- * for subclassers of
- * The
- * Unlike a
* For more information on content panes
* and other features that root panes provide,
* see Using Top-Level Containers in The Java Tutorial.
*
- * In a multi-screen environment, you can create a
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@
* appropriate for short term storage or RMI between applications running
* the same version of Swing. As of 1.4, support for long term storage
* of all JavaBeans™
- * has been added to the
* This constructor sets the component's locale property to the value
- * returned by
* This constructor sets the component's locale property to the value
- * returned by
* This constructor sets the component's locale property to the value
- * returned by
* This constructor sets the component's locale property to the value
- * returned by
- * The value is set to
@@ -364,9 +364,9 @@
* @see #getDefaultCloseOperation
* @see WindowConstants
* @throws SecurityException
- * if
- * Swing's painting architecture requires an opaque
* You can get the same effect on a single JFrame by doing the following:
@@ -817,7 +817,7 @@
/**
- * Returns true if newly created
*
* Generally,
- * you add
- * The isBinary()
returns
- * false
with the SampleModel
of the
- * supplied Raster
as argument.
+ * @throws IllegalArgumentException if {@code isBinary()} returns
+ * {@code false} with the {@code SampleModel} of the
+ * supplied {@code Raster} as argument.
*/
public static void setUnpackedBinaryData(byte[] bdata,
WritableRaster raster,
@@ -1031,7 +1031,7 @@
* @param g The green channel color indices.
* @param b The blue channel color indices.
* @return If all the indices have 256 entries, and are identical mappings,
- * return true
; otherwise, return false
.
+ * return {@code true}; otherwise, return {@code false}.
*/
public static boolean isIndicesForGrayscale(byte[] r, byte[] g, byte[] b) {
if (r.length != g.length || r.length != b.length)
@@ -1052,7 +1052,7 @@
return true;
}
- /** Converts the provided object to String
*/
+ /** Converts the provided object to {@code String} */
public static String convertObjectToString(Object obj) {
if (obj == null)
return "";
@@ -1083,10 +1083,10 @@
}
- /** Checks that the provided ImageWriter
can encode
- * the provided ImageTypeSpecifier
or not. If not, an
- * IIOException
will be thrown.
- * @param writer The provided ImageWriter
.
+ /** Checks that the provided {@code ImageWriter} can encode
+ * the provided {@code ImageTypeSpecifier} or not. If not, an
+ * {@code IIOException} will be thrown.
+ * @param writer The provided {@code ImageWriter}.
* @param type The image to be tested.
* @throws IIOException If the writer cannot encoded the provided image.
*/
@@ -1101,12 +1101,12 @@
}
}
- /** Checks that the provided ImageWriter
can encode
- * the provided ColorModel
and SampleModel
.
- * If not, an IIOException
will be thrown.
- * @param writer The provided ImageWriter
.
- * @param colorModel The provided ColorModel
.
- * @param sampleModel The provided SampleModel
.
+ /** Checks that the provided {@code ImageWriter} can encode
+ * the provided {@code ColorModel} and {@code SampleModel}.
+ * If not, an {@code IIOException} will be thrown.
+ * @param writer The provided {@code ImageWriter}.
+ * @param colorModel The provided {@code ColorModel}.
+ * @param sampleModel The provided {@code SampleModel}.
* @throws IIOException If the writer cannot encoded the provided image.
*/
public static final void canEncodeImage(ImageWriter writer,
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/com/sun/imageio/plugins/common/LZWStringTable.java 2015-10-04 22:51:55.577276310 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/com/sun/imageio/plugins/common/LZWStringTable.java 2015-10-04 22:51:55.389276318 +0400
@@ -31,9 +31,9 @@
* General purpose LZW String Table.
* Extracted from GIFEncoder by Adam Doppelt
* Comments added by Robin Luiten
- * expandCode
added by Robin Luiten
+ * {@code expandCode} added by Robin Luiten
* The strLen table to give quick access to the lenght of an expanded
- * code for use by the expandCode
method added by Robin.
+ * code for use by the {@code expandCode} method added by Robin.
**/
public class LZWStringTable {
/** codesize + Reserved Codes */
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/com/sun/imageio/plugins/common/PaletteBuilder.java 2015-10-04 22:51:56.097276286 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/com/sun/imageio/plugins/common/PaletteBuilder.java 2015-10-04 22:51:55.909276295 +0400
@@ -70,19 +70,19 @@
/**
* Creates an image representing given image
- * src
using IndexColorModel
.
+ * {@code src} using {@code IndexColorModel}.
*
* Lossless conversion is not always possible (e.g. if number
* of colors in the given image exceeds maximum palette size).
* Result image then is an approximation constructed by octree
* quantization method.
*
- * @exception IllegalArgumentException if src
is
- * null
.
+ * @exception IllegalArgumentException if {@code src} is
+ * {@code null}.
*
* @exception UnsupportedOperationException if implemented method
- * is unable to create approximation of src
- * and canCreatePalette
returns false
.
+ * is unable to create approximation of {@code src}
+ * and {@code canCreatePalette} returns {@code false}.
*
* @see createIndexColorModel
*
@@ -97,15 +97,15 @@
/**
* Creates an palette representing colors from given image
- * img
. If number of colors in the given image exceeds
+ * {@code img}. If number of colors in the given image exceeds
* maximum palette size closest colors would be merged.
*
- * @exception IllegalArgumentException if img
is
- * null
.
+ * @exception IllegalArgumentException if {@code img} is
+ * {@code null}.
*
* @exception UnsupportedOperationException if implemented method
- * is unable to create approximation of img
- * and canCreatePalette
returns false
.
+ * is unable to create approximation of {@code img}
+ * and {@code canCreatePalette} returns {@code false}.
*
* @see createIndexedImage
*
@@ -119,17 +119,17 @@
}
/**
- * Returns true
if PaletteBuilder is able to create
+ * Returns {@code true} if PaletteBuilder is able to create
* palette for given image type.
*
- * @param type an instance of ImageTypeSpecifier
to be
+ * @param type an instance of {@code ImageTypeSpecifier} to be
* indexed.
*
- * @return true
if the PaletteBuilder
+ * @return {@code true} if the {@code PaletteBuilder}
* is likely to be able to create palette for this image type.
*
- * @exception IllegalArgumentException if type
- * is null
.
+ * @exception IllegalArgumentException if {@code type}
+ * is {@code null}.
*/
public static boolean canCreatePalette(ImageTypeSpecifier type) {
if (type == null) {
@@ -139,17 +139,17 @@
}
/**
- * Returns true
if PaletteBuilder is able to create
+ * Returns {@code true} if PaletteBuilder is able to create
* palette for given rendered image.
*
- * @param image an instance of RenderedImage
to be
+ * @param image an instance of {@code RenderedImage} to be
* indexed.
*
- * @return true
if the PaletteBuilder
+ * @return {@code true} if the {@code PaletteBuilder}
* is likely to be able to create palette for this image type.
*
- * @exception IllegalArgumentException if image
- * is null
.
+ * @exception IllegalArgumentException if {@code image}
+ * is {@code null}.
*/
public static boolean canCreatePalette(RenderedImage image) {
if (image == null) {
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/com/sun/imageio/plugins/common/ReaderUtil.java 2015-10-04 22:51:56.625276263 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/com/sun/imageio/plugins/common/ReaderUtil.java 2015-10-04 22:51:56.437276271 +0400
@@ -134,25 +134,25 @@
* pixels that will be written during a particular decoding pass.
* The intent is to simplify the work done by readers in combining
* the source region, source subsampling, and destination offset
- * information obtained from the ImageReadParam
with
+ * information obtained from the {@code ImageReadParam} with
* the offsets and periods of a progressive or interlaced decoding
* pass.
*
- * @param sourceRegion a Rectangle
containing the
+ * @param sourceRegion a {@code Rectangle} containing the
* source region being read, offset by the source subsampling
* offsets, and clipped against the source bounds, as returned by
- * the getSourceRegion
method.
- * @param destinationOffset a Point
containing the
+ * the {@code getSourceRegion} method.
+ * @param destinationOffset a {@code Point} containing the
* coordinates of the upper-left pixel to be written in the
* destination.
* @param dstMinX the smallest X coordinate (inclusive) of the
- * destination Raster
.
+ * destination {@code Raster}.
* @param dstMinY the smallest Y coordinate (inclusive) of the
- * destination Raster
.
+ * destination {@code Raster}.
* @param dstMaxX the largest X coordinate (inclusive) of the destination
- * Raster
.
+ * {@code Raster}.
* @param dstMaxY the largest Y coordinate (inclusive) of the destination
- * Raster
.
+ * {@code Raster}.
* @param sourceXSubsampling the X subsampling factor.
* @param sourceYSubsampling the Y subsampling factor.
* @param passXStart the smallest source X coordinate (inclusive)
@@ -168,7 +168,7 @@
* @param passPeriodY the Y period (vertical spacing between
* pixels) of the current progressive pass.
*
- * @return an array of 6 int
s containing the
+ * @return an array of 6 {@code int}s containing the
* destination min X, min Y, width, height, X period and Y period
* of the region that will be updated.
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/com/sun/imageio/plugins/gif/GIFImageReader.java 2015-10-04 22:51:57.165276238 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/com/sun/imageio/plugins/gif/GIFImageReader.java 2015-10-04 22:51:56.973276247 +0400
@@ -1017,7 +1017,7 @@
/**
* Remove all settings including global settings such as
- * Locale
s and listeners, as well as stream settings.
+ * {@code Locale}s and listeners, as well as stream settings.
*/
public void reset() {
super.reset();
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/com/sun/imageio/plugins/gif/GIFImageWriter.java 2015-10-04 22:51:57.697276215 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/com/sun/imageio/plugins/gif/GIFImageWriter.java 2015-10-04 22:51:57.509276223 +0400
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@
GIFWritableImageMetadata.NATIVE_FORMAT_NAME;
/**
- * The output
case to an ImageOutputStream
.
+ * The {@code output} case to an {@code ImageOutputStream}.
*/
private ImageOutputStream stream = null;
@@ -272,7 +272,7 @@
}
/**
- * Merges inData
into outData
. The supplied
+ * Merges {@code inData} into {@code outData}. The supplied
* metadata format name is attempted first and failing that the standard
* metadata format name is attempted.
*/
@@ -554,8 +554,8 @@
*
* @param writeHeader Whether to write the header.
* @param writeTrailer Whether to write the trailer.
- * @param sm The stream metadata or null
if
- * writeHeader
is false
.
+ * @param sm The stream metadata or {@code null} if
+ * {@code writeHeader} is {@code false}.
* @param iioimage The image and image metadata.
* @param p The write parameters.
*
@@ -564,10 +564,10 @@
* greater than 8.
* @throws IllegalArgumentException if the color component size is
* greater than 8.
- * @throws IllegalArgumentException if writeHeader
is
- * true
and sm
is null
.
- * @throws IllegalArgumentException if writeHeader
is
- * false
and a sequence is not being written.
+ * @throws IllegalArgumentException if {@code writeHeader} is
+ * {@code true} and {@code sm} is {@code null}.
+ * @throws IllegalArgumentException if {@code writeHeader} is
+ * {@code false} and a sequence is not being written.
*/
private void write(boolean writeHeader,
boolean writeTrailer,
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/com/sun/imageio/plugins/gif/GIFMetadata.java 2015-10-04 22:51:58.233276191 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/com/sun/imageio/plugins/gif/GIFMetadata.java 2015-10-04 22:51:58.041276199 +0400
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
/**
* Class which adds utility DOM element attribute access methods to
- * IIOMetadata
for subclass use.
+ * {@code IIOMetadata} for subclass use.
*/
abstract class GIFMetadata extends IIOMetadata {
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/com/sun/imageio/plugins/jpeg/COMMarkerSegment.java 2015-10-04 22:51:58.757276167 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/com/sun/imageio/plugins/jpeg/COMMarkerSegment.java 2015-10-04 22:51:58.569276175 +0400
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@
* comment data as it is read from the stream. If the marker segment is
* constructed from a String, then local default encoding is assumed
* when creating the byte array. If the marker segment is created from
- * an IIOMetadataNode
, the user object, if present is
+ * an {@code IIOMetadataNode}, the user object, if present is
* assumed to be a byte array containing the comment data. If there is
* no user object then the comment attribute is used to create the
* byte array, again assuming the default local encoding.
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@
/**
* Constructs a marker segment from the given buffer, which contains
- * data from an ImageInputStream
. This is used when
+ * data from an {@code ImageInputStream}. This is used when
* reading metadata from a stream.
*/
COMMarkerSegment(JPEGBuffer buffer) throws IOException {
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@
/**
* Constructs a marker segment from a native tree node. If the node
- * is an IIOMetadataNode
and contains a user object,
+ * is an {@code IIOMetadataNode} and contains a user object,
* that object is used rather than the string attribute. If the
* string attribute is used, the default encoding is used.
*/
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@
}
/**
- * Returns an IIOMetadataNode
containing the data array
+ * Returns an {@code IIOMetadataNode} containing the data array
* as a user object and a string encoded using ISO-8895-1, as an
* attribute.
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/com/sun/imageio/plugins/jpeg/JFIFMarkerSegment.java 2015-10-04 22:51:59.281276143 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/com/sun/imageio/plugins/jpeg/JFIFMarkerSegment.java 2015-10-04 22:51:59.089276152 +0400
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@
private final boolean debug = false;
/**
- * Set to true
when reading the chunks of an
+ * Set to {@code true} when reading the chunks of an
* ICC profile. All chunks are consolidated to create a single
* "segment" containing all the chunks. This flag is a state
* variable identifying whether to construct a new segment or
@@ -594,10 +594,10 @@
/**
* Writes out a default JFIF marker segment to the given
- * output stream. If thumbnails
is not null
,
+ * output stream. If {@code thumbnails} is not {@code null},
* writes out the set of thumbnail images as JFXX marker segments, or
* incorporated into the JFIF segment if appropriate.
- * If iccProfile
is not null
,
+ * If {@code iccProfile} is not {@code null},
* writes out the profile after the JFIF segment using as many APP2
* marker segments as necessary.
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/com/sun/imageio/plugins/jpeg/JPEG.java 2015-10-04 22:51:59.813276120 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/com/sun/imageio/plugins/jpeg/JPEG.java 2015-10-04 22:51:59.625276128 +0400
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
/**
* A class containing JPEG-related constants, definitions, and
* static methods. This class and its constants must be public so that
- * JPEGImageWriteParam
can see it.
+ * {@code JPEGImageWriteParam} can see it.
*/
public class JPEG {
@@ -234,10 +234,10 @@
public static final float DEFAULT_QUALITY = 0.75F;
/**
- * Returns true
if the given ColorSpace
+ * Returns {@code true} if the given {@code ColorSpace}
* object is an instance of ICC_ColorSpace but is not one of the
- * standard ColorSpaces
returned by
- * ColorSpace.getInstance()
.
+ * standard {@code ColorSpaces} returned by
+ * {@code ColorSpace.getInstance()}.
*/
static boolean isNonStandardICC(ColorSpace cs) {
boolean retval = false;
@@ -255,8 +255,8 @@
/**
- * Returns true
if the given imageType can be used
- * in a JFIF file. If input
is true, then the
+ * Returns {@code true} if the given imageType can be used
+ * in a JFIF file. If {@code input} is true, then the
* image type is considered before colorspace conversion.
*/
static boolean isJFIFcompliant(ImageTypeSpecifier imageType,
@@ -295,7 +295,7 @@
/**
* Given an image type, return the Adobe transform corresponding to
* that type, or ADOBE_IMPOSSIBLE if the image type is incompatible
- * with an Adobe marker segment. If input
is true, then
+ * with an Adobe marker segment. If {@code input} is true, then
* the image type is considered before colorspace conversion.
*/
static int transformForType(ImageTypeSpecifier imageType, boolean input) {
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/com/sun/imageio/plugins/jpeg/JPEGBuffer.java 2015-10-04 22:52:00.341276096 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/com/sun/imageio/plugins/jpeg/JPEGBuffer.java 2015-10-04 22:52:00.153276104 +0400
@@ -75,12 +75,12 @@
}
/**
- * Ensures that there are at least count
bytes available
+ * Ensures that there are at least {@code count} bytes available
* in the buffer, loading more data and moving any remaining
* bytes to the front. A count of 0 means to just fill the buffer.
* If the count is larger than the buffer size, just fills the buffer.
* If the end of the stream is encountered before a non-0 count can
- * be satisfied, an IIOException
is thrown with the
+ * be satisfied, an {@code IIOException} is thrown with the
* message "Image Format Error".
*/
void loadBuf(int count) throws IOException {
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@
* the buffer and then reading directly from the stream
* if necessary. The buffer is left in an appropriate
* state. If the end of the stream is encountered, an
- * IIOException
is thrown with the
+ * {@code IIOException} is thrown with the
* message "Image Format Error".
*/
void readData(byte [] data) throws IOException {
@@ -149,9 +149,9 @@
}
/**
- * Skips count
bytes, leaving the buffer
+ * Skips {@code count} bytes, leaving the buffer
* in an appropriate state. If the end of the stream is
- * encountered, an IIOException
is thrown with the
+ * encountered, an {@code IIOException} is thrown with the
* message "Image Format Error".
*/
void skipData(int count) throws IOException {
@@ -195,8 +195,8 @@
* the buffer as necessary. The buffer position is left
* pointing to the first non-0xff byte after a run of
* 0xff bytes. If the end of the stream is encountered,
- * an EOI marker is inserted into the buffer and true
- * is returned. Otherwise returns false
.
+ * an EOI marker is inserted into the buffer and {@code true}
+ * is returned. Otherwise returns {@code false}.
*/
boolean scanForFF(JPEGImageReader reader) throws IOException {
boolean retval = false;
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/com/sun/imageio/plugins/jpeg/JPEGImageReader.java 2015-10-04 22:52:00.865276072 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/com/sun/imageio/plugins/jpeg/JPEGImageReader.java 2015-10-04 22:52:00.677276081 +0400
@@ -544,7 +544,7 @@
}
/**
- * Returns true
if there is an image beyond
+ * Returns {@code true} if there is an image beyond
* the current stream position. Does not disturb the
* stream position.
*/
@@ -614,13 +614,13 @@
/**
* Read in the header information starting from the current
- * stream position, returning true
if the
+ * stream position, returning {@code true} if the
* header was a tables-only image. After this call, the
* native IJG decompression struct will contain the image
* information required by most query calls below
* (e.g. getWidth, getHeight, etc.), if the header was not
* a tables-only image.
- * If reset is true
, the state of the IJG
+ * If reset is {@code true}, the state of the IJG
* object is reset so that it can read a header again.
* This happens automatically if the header was a tables-only
* image.
@@ -867,7 +867,7 @@
* Checks the implied color conversion between the stream and
* the target image, altering the IJG output color space if necessary.
* If a java color conversion is required, then this sets up
- * convert
.
+ * {@code convert}.
* If bands are being rearranged at all (either source or destination
* bands are specified in the param), then the default color
* conversions are assumed to be correct.
@@ -1394,7 +1394,7 @@
}
/**
- * Returns true
if the read was aborted.
+ * Returns {@code true} if the read was aborted.
*/
private native boolean readImage(long structPointer,
byte [] buffer,
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/com/sun/imageio/plugins/jpeg/JPEGImageWriter.java 2015-10-04 22:52:01.401276048 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/com/sun/imageio/plugins/jpeg/JPEGImageWriter.java 2015-10-04 22:52:01.213276057 +0400
@@ -1130,10 +1130,10 @@
/*
* from jpeg_metadata.html:
* If no stream metadata is supplied to
- * ImageWriter.prepareWriteSequence
, then no
+ * {@code ImageWriter.prepareWriteSequence}, then no
* tables-only image is written. If stream metadata containing
* no tables is supplied to
- * ImageWriter.prepareWriteSequence
, then a tables-only
+ * {@code ImageWriter.prepareWriteSequence}, then a tables-only
* image containing default visually lossless tables is written.
*/
if (streamMetadata != null) {
@@ -1699,7 +1699,7 @@
private native void setDest(long structPointer);
/**
- * Returns true
if the write was aborted.
+ * Returns {@code true} if the write was aborted.
*/
private native boolean writeImage(long structPointer,
byte [] data,
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/com/sun/imageio/plugins/jpeg/JPEGMetadata.java 2015-10-04 22:52:01.945276024 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/com/sun/imageio/plugins/jpeg/JPEGMetadata.java 2015-10-04 22:52:01.753276032 +0400
@@ -66,17 +66,17 @@
private static final boolean debug = false;
/**
- * A copy of markerSequence
, created the first time the
- * markerSequence
is modified. This is used by reset
+ * A copy of {@code markerSequence}, created the first time the
+ * {@code markerSequence} is modified. This is used by reset
* to restore the original state.
*/
private Listtrue
when reading a thumbnail stored as
+ * Set to {@code true} when reading a thumbnail stored as
* JPEG. This is used to enforce the prohibition of JFIF thumbnails
* containing any JFIF marker segments, and to ensure generation of
- * a correct native subtree during getAsTree
.
+ * a correct native subtree during {@code getAsTree}.
*/
private boolean inThumb = false;
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@
/////// Package-access variables
/**
- * All data is a list of MarkerSegment
objects.
+ * All data is a list of {@code MarkerSegment} objects.
* When accessing the list, use the tag to identify the particular
* subclass. Any JFIF marker segment must be the first element
* of the list if it is present, and any JFXX or APP2ICC marker
@@ -132,17 +132,17 @@
}
/*
- * Constructs a JPEGMetadata
object by reading the
- * contents of an ImageInputStream
. Has package-only
+ * Constructs a {@code JPEGMetadata} object by reading the
+ * contents of an {@code ImageInputStream}. Has package-only
* access.
*
* @param isStream A boolean indicating whether this object will be
* stream or image metadata.
* @param isThumb A boolean indicating whether this metadata object
* is for an image or for a thumbnail stored as JPEG.
- * @param iis An ImageInputStream
from which to read
+ * @param iis An {@code ImageInputStream} from which to read
* the metadata.
- * @param reader The JPEGImageReader
calling this
+ * @param reader The {@code JPEGImageReader} calling this
* constructor, to which warnings should be sent.
*/
JPEGMetadata(boolean isStream,
@@ -365,7 +365,7 @@
}
/**
- * Constructs a default stream JPEGMetadata
object appropriate
+ * Constructs a default stream {@code JPEGMetadata} object appropriate
* for the given write parameters.
*/
JPEGMetadata(ImageWriteParam param, JPEGImageWriter writer) {
@@ -398,7 +398,7 @@
}
/**
- * Constructs a default image JPEGMetadata
object appropriate
+ * Constructs a default image {@code JPEGMetadata} object appropriate
* for the given image type and write parameters.
*/
JPEGMetadata(ImageTypeSpecifier imageType,
@@ -2248,7 +2248,7 @@
/**
* Check that this metadata object is in a consistent state and
- * return true
if it is or false
+ * return {@code true} if it is or {@code false}
* otherwise. All the constructors and modifiers should call
* this method at the end to guarantee that the data is always
* consistent, as the writer relies on this.
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/com/sun/imageio/plugins/jpeg/JPEGMetadataFormat.java 2015-10-04 22:52:02.493275999 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/com/sun/imageio/plugins/jpeg/JPEGMetadataFormat.java 2015-10-04 22:52:02.305276008 +0400
@@ -133,12 +133,12 @@
}
/**
- * Returns true
if the named element occurs in the
+ * Returns {@code true} if the named element occurs in the
* subtree of the format starting with the node named by
- * subtreeName
, including the node
- * itself. subtreeName
may be any node in
+ * {@code subtreeName}, including the node
+ * itself. {@code subtreeName} may be any node in
* the format. If it is not, an
- * IllegalArgumentException
is thrown.
+ * {@code IllegalArgumentException} is thrown.
*/
protected boolean isInSubtree(String elementName,
String subtreeName) {
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/com/sun/imageio/plugins/jpeg/MarkerSegment.java 2015-10-04 22:52:03.013275976 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/com/sun/imageio/plugins/jpeg/MarkerSegment.java 2015-10-04 22:52:02.825275984 +0400
@@ -51,8 +51,8 @@
boolean unknown = false; // Set to true if the tag is not recognized
/**
- * Constructor for creating MarkerSegment
s by reading
- * from an ImageInputStream
.
+ * Constructor for creating {@code MarkerSegment}s by reading
+ * from an {@code ImageInputStream}.
*/
MarkerSegment(JPEGBuffer buffer) throws IOException {
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/com/sun/imageio/plugins/png/PNGMetadata.java 2015-10-04 22:52:03.541275952 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/com/sun/imageio/plugins/png/PNGMetadata.java 2015-10-04 22:52:03.349275961 +0400
@@ -254,7 +254,7 @@
/**
* Sets the IHDR_bitDepth and IHDR_colorType variables.
- * The numBands
parameter is necessary since
+ * The {@code numBands} parameter is necessary since
* we may only be writing a subset of the image bands.
*/
public void initialize(ImageTypeSpecifier imageType, int numBands) {
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/com/sun/imageio/plugins/wbmp/WBMPImageReader.java 2015-10-04 22:52:04.081275928 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/com/sun/imageio/plugins/wbmp/WBMPImageReader.java 2015-10-04 22:52:03.889275937 +0400
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@
/** This class is the Java Image IO plugin reader for WBMP images.
* It may subsample the image, clip the image,
* and shift the decoded image origin if the proper decoding parameter
- * are set in the provided WBMPImageReadParam
.
+ * are set in the provided {@code WBMPImageReadParam}.
*/
public class WBMPImageReader extends ImageReader {
/** The input stream where reads from */
@@ -69,8 +69,8 @@
private WBMPMetadata metadata;
- /** Constructs WBMPImageReader
from the provided
- * ImageReaderSpi
.
+ /** Constructs {@code WBMPImageReader} from the provided
+ * {@code ImageReaderSpi}.
*/
public WBMPImageReader(ImageReaderSpi originator) {
super(originator);
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/com/sun/imageio/plugins/wbmp/WBMPImageWriter.java 2015-10-04 22:52:04.601275905 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/com/sun/imageio/plugins/wbmp/WBMPImageWriter.java 2015-10-04 22:52:04.413275913 +0400
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@
* a WBMP format.
*
* The encoding process may clip, subsample using the parameters
- * specified in the ImageWriteParam
.
+ * specified in the {@code ImageWriteParam}.
*
* @see com.sun.media.imageio.plugins.WBMPImageWriteParam
*/
@@ -92,8 +92,8 @@
return multiBytes;
}
- /** Constructs WBMPImageWriter
based on the provided
- * ImageWriterSpi
.
+ /** Constructs {@code WBMPImageWriter} based on the provided
+ * {@code ImageWriterSpi}.
*/
public WBMPImageWriter(ImageWriterSpi originator) {
super(originator);
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/com/sun/java/swing/plaf/gtk/GTKColorChooserPanel.java 2015-10-04 22:52:05.157275880 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/com/sun/java/swing/plaf/gtk/GTKColorChooserPanel.java 2015-10-04 22:52:04.937275889 +0400
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the mnemonic to use with getDisplayName
.
+ * Returns the mnemonic to use with {@code getDisplayName}.
*/
public int getMnemonic() {
String m = (String)UIManager.get("GTKColorChooserPanel.mnemonic");
@@ -878,8 +878,8 @@
}
/**
- * Adjusts the saturation and brightness. x
and
- * y
give the location to adjust to and are relative
+ * Adjusts the saturation and brightness. {@code x} and
+ * {@code y} give the location to adjust to and are relative
* to the origin of the wheel/triangle.
*
* @param x X coordinate on the triangle to adjust to
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/com/sun/java/swing/plaf/gtk/GTKLookAndFeel.java 2015-10-04 22:52:05.689275856 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/com/sun/java/swing/plaf/gtk/GTKLookAndFeel.java 2015-10-04 22:52:05.497275864 +0400
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@
private Font fallbackFont;
/**
- * If true, GTKLookAndFeel is inside the initialize
+ * If true, GTKLookAndFeel is inside the {@code initialize}
* method.
*/
private boolean inInitialize;
@@ -1671,11 +1671,11 @@
/**
* Returns whether or not the UIs should update their
- * SynthStyles
from the SynthStyleFactory
+ * {@code SynthStyles} from the {@code SynthStyleFactory}
* when the ancestor of the Component changes.
*
* @return whether or not the UIs should update their
- * SynthStyles
from the SynthStyleFactory
+ * {@code SynthStyles} from the {@code SynthStyleFactory}
* when the ancestor changed.
*/
public boolean shouldUpdateStyleOnAncestorChanged() {
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/com/sun/java/swing/plaf/gtk/GTKStyle.java 2015-10-04 22:52:06.229275831 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/com/sun/java/swing/plaf/gtk/GTKStyle.java 2015-10-04 22:52:06.041275840 +0400
@@ -132,8 +132,8 @@
}
/**
- * Returns a SynthPainter
that will route the appropriate
- * calls to a GTKEngine
.
+ * Returns a {@code SynthPainter} that will route the appropriate
+ * calls to a {@code GTKEngine}.
*
* @param state SynthContext identifying requestor
* @return SynthPainter
@@ -305,7 +305,7 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the Insets. If insets
is non-null the resulting
+ * Returns the Insets. If {@code insets} is non-null the resulting
* insets will be placed in it, otherwise a new Insets object will be
* created and returned.
*
@@ -616,7 +616,7 @@
* @param key Key identifying class specific value
* @param defaultValue Returned if there is no value for the specified
* type
- * @return Value, or defaultValue if key
is not defined
+ * @return Value, or defaultValue if {@code key} is not defined
*/
private static int getClassSpecificIntValue(WidgetType wt, String key,
int defaultValue)
@@ -648,7 +648,7 @@
* @param key Key identifying class specific value
* @param defaultValue Returned if there is no value for the specified
* type
- * @return Value, or defaultValue if key
is not defined
+ * @return Value, or defaultValue if {@code key} is not defined
*/
int getClassSpecificIntValue(SynthContext context, String key,
int defaultValue)
@@ -668,7 +668,7 @@
* @param key Key identifying class specific value
* @param defaultValue Returned if there is no value for the specified
* type
- * @return Value, or defaultValue if key
is not defined
+ * @return Value, or defaultValue if {@code key} is not defined
*/
Insets getClassSpecificInsetsValue(SynthContext context, String key,
Insets defaultValue)
@@ -688,7 +688,7 @@
* @param key Key identifying class specific value
* @param defaultValue Returned if there is no value for the specified
* type
- * @return Value, or defaultValue if key
is not defined
+ * @return Value, or defaultValue if {@code key} is not defined
*/
boolean getClassSpecificBoolValue(SynthContext context, String key,
boolean defaultValue)
@@ -1068,7 +1068,7 @@
}
/**
- * GTKLazyValue is a slimmed down version of ProxyLaxyValue
.
+ * GTKLazyValue is a slimmed down version of {@code ProxyLaxyValue}.
* The code is duplicate so that it can get at the package private
* classes in gtk.
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/com/sun/java/swing/plaf/gtk/GTKStyleFactory.java 2015-10-04 22:52:06.765275807 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/com/sun/java/swing/plaf/gtk/GTKStyleFactory.java 2015-10-04 22:52:06.573275816 +0400
@@ -52,8 +52,8 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the GTKStyle
to use based on the
- * Region
id
+ * Returns the {@code GTKStyle} to use based on the
+ * {@code Region} id
*
* @param c this parameter isn't used, may be null.
* @param id of the region to get the style.
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/com/sun/java/swing/plaf/motif/MotifOptionPaneUI.java 2015-10-04 22:52:07.285275784 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/com/sun/java/swing/plaf/motif/MotifOptionPaneUI.java 2015-10-04 22:52:07.097275792 +0400
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@
/**
* Creates and returns a Container containin the buttons. The buttons
- * are created by calling getButtons
.
+ * are created by calling {@code getButtons}.
*/
protected Container createButtonArea() {
Container b = super.createButtonArea();
@@ -97,8 +97,8 @@
/**
* Creates and adds a JLabel representing the icon returned from
- * getIcon
to top
. This is messaged from
- * createMessageArea
+ * {@code getIcon} to {@code top}. This is messaged from
+ * {@code createMessageArea}
*/
protected void addIcon(Container top) {
/* Create the icon. */
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/com/sun/java/swing/plaf/motif/MotifSplitPaneDivider.java 2015-10-04 22:52:07.797275761 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/com/sun/java/swing/plaf/motif/MotifSplitPaneDivider.java 2015-10-04 22:52:07.617275769 +0400
@@ -222,7 +222,7 @@
}
/**
- * Returns true if the point at x
, y
+ * Returns true if the point at {@code x}, {@code y}
* is inside the thumb.
*/
private boolean isInThumb(int x, int y) {
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/com/sun/java/swing/plaf/windows/DesktopProperty.java 2015-10-04 22:52:08.893275712 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/com/sun/java/swing/plaf/windows/DesktopProperty.java 2015-10-04 22:52:08.437275732 +0400
@@ -32,10 +32,10 @@
/**
* Wrapper for a value from the desktop. The value is lazily looked up, and
- * can be accessed using the UIManager.ActiveValue
method
- * createValue
. If the underlying desktop property changes this
+ * can be accessed using the {@code UIManager.ActiveValue} method
+ * {@code createValue}. If the underlying desktop property changes this
* will force the UIs to update all known Frames. You can invoke
- * invalidate
to force the value to be fetched again.
+ * {@code invalidate} to force the value to be fetched again.
*
*/
// NOTE: Don't rely on this class staying in this location. It is likely
@@ -191,7 +191,7 @@
/**
* Invalides the current value so that the next invocation of
- * createValue
will ask for the property again.
+ * {@code createValue} will ask for the property again.
*/
public void invalidate() {
value = null;
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/com/sun/java/swing/plaf/windows/TMSchema.java 2015-10-04 22:52:09.413275688 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/com/sun/java/swing/plaf/windows/TMSchema.java 2015-10-04 22:52:09.225275697 +0400
@@ -25,14 +25,14 @@
/*
* LookAndFeel
class has been installed
+ * corresponding {@code LookAndFeel} class has been installed
* (UIManager.setLookAndFeel(new XXXLookAndFeel())
).
- * Using them while a different LookAndFeel
is installed
+ * Using them while a different {@code LookAndFeel} is installed
* may produce unexpected results, including exceptions.
- * Additionally, changing the LookAndFeel
- * maintained by the UIManager
without updating the
- * corresponding ComponentUI
of any
- * JComponent
s may also produce unexpected results,
+ * Additionally, changing the {@code LookAndFeel}
+ * maintained by the {@code UIManager} without updating the
+ * corresponding {@code ComponentUI} of any
+ * {@code JComponent}s may also produce unexpected results,
* such as the wrong colors showing up, and is generally not
* encouraged.
*
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/com/sun/java/swing/plaf/windows/WindowsComboBoxUI.java 2015-10-04 22:52:09.929275665 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/com/sun/java/swing/plaf/windows/WindowsComboBoxUI.java 2015-10-04 22:52:09.753275673 +0400
@@ -374,9 +374,9 @@
/**
* Creates the default editor that will be used in editable combo boxes.
* A default editor will be used only if an editor has not been
- * explicitly set with setEditor
.
+ * explicitly set with {@code setEditor}.
*
- * @return a ComboBoxEditor
used for the combo box
+ * @return a {@code ComboBoxEditor} used for the combo box
* @see javax.swing.JComboBox#setEditor
*/
protected ComboBoxEditor createEditor() {
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/com/sun/java/swing/plaf/windows/WindowsFileChooserUI.java 2015-10-04 22:52:10.445275642 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/com/sun/java/swing/plaf/windows/WindowsFileChooserUI.java 2015-10-04 22:52:10.265275650 +0400
@@ -589,8 +589,8 @@
/**
* Creates a selection listener for the list of files and directories.
*
- * @param fc a JFileChooser
- * @return a ListSelectionListener
+ * @param fc a {@code JFileChooser}
+ * @return a {@code ListSelectionListener}
*/
public ListSelectionListener createListSelectionListener(JFileChooser fc) {
return super.createListSelectionListener(fc);
@@ -631,14 +631,14 @@
/**
* Returns the preferred size of the specified
- * JFileChooser
.
+ * {@code JFileChooser}.
* The preferred size is at least as large,
* in both height and width,
* as the preferred size recommended
* by the file chooser's layout manager.
*
- * @param c a JFileChooser
- * @return a Dimension
specifying the preferred
+ * @param c a {@code JFileChooser}
+ * @return a {@code Dimension} specifying the preferred
* width and height of the file chooser
*/
@Override
@@ -654,10 +654,10 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the minimum size of the JFileChooser
.
+ * Returns the minimum size of the {@code JFileChooser}.
*
- * @param c a JFileChooser
- * @return a Dimension
specifying the minimum
+ * @param c a {@code JFileChooser}
+ * @return a {@code Dimension} specifying the minimum
* width and height of the file chooser
*/
@Override
@@ -666,10 +666,10 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the maximum size of the JFileChooser
.
+ * Returns the maximum size of the {@code JFileChooser}.
*
- * @param c a JFileChooser
- * @return a Dimension
specifying the maximum
+ * @param c a {@code JFileChooser}
+ * @return a {@code Dimension} specifying the maximum
* width and height of the file chooser
*/
@Override
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/com/sun/java/swing/plaf/windows/WindowsInternalFrameTitlePane.java 2015-10-04 22:52:10.969275619 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/com/sun/java/swing/plaf/windows/WindowsInternalFrameTitlePane.java 2015-10-04 22:52:10.789275627 +0400
@@ -489,7 +489,7 @@
/**
* A versatile Icon implementation which can take an array of Icon
- * instances (typically ImageIcon
s) and choose one that gives the best
+ * instances (typically {@code ImageIcon}s) and choose one that gives the best
* quality for a given Graphics2D scale factor when painting.
* Icon
closest to the requested size
+ * @return the {@code Icon} closest to the requested size
*/
protected Icon getBestIcon(int size) {
if (icons != null && icons.length > 0) {
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/com/sun/java/swing/plaf/windows/WindowsLookAndFeel.java 2015-10-04 22:52:11.485275595 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/com/sun/java/swing/plaf/windows/WindowsLookAndFeel.java 2015-10-04 22:52:11.305275603 +0400
@@ -25,14 +25,14 @@
/*
* LookAndFeel
class has been installed
+ * corresponding {@code LookAndFeel} class has been installed
* (UIManager.setLookAndFeel(new XXXLookAndFeel())
).
- * Using them while a different LookAndFeel
is installed
+ * Using them while a different {@code LookAndFeel} is installed
* may produce unexpected results, including exceptions.
- * Additionally, changing the LookAndFeel
- * maintained by the UIManager
without updating the
- * corresponding ComponentUI
of any
- * JComponent
s may also produce unexpected results,
+ * Additionally, changing the {@code LookAndFeel}
+ * maintained by the {@code UIManager} without updating the
+ * corresponding {@code ComponentUI} of any
+ * {@code JComponent}s may also produce unexpected results,
* such as the wrong colors showing up, and is generally not
* encouraged.
*
@@ -1934,7 +1934,7 @@
/**
* JTextField
+ * such as pasting into an uneditable {@code JTextField}
* that has focus.
* Component
.
+ * {@code Component}.
*
* @see javax.swing.LookAndFeel#provideErrorFeedback
*/
@@ -1971,18 +1971,18 @@
// ********* Auditory Cue support methods and objects *********
/**
- * Returns an Action
.
+ * Returns an {@code Action}.
* Object
that is passed to this
+ * auditory cue. The {@code Object} that is passed to this
* method contains the information needed to render the auditory
- * cue. Normally, this Object
is a String
- * that points to a Toolkit
desktopProperty
.
- * This desktopProperty
is resolved by AWT and the
+ * cue. Normally, this {@code Object} is a {@code String}
+ * that points to a {@code Toolkit desktopProperty}.
+ * This {@code desktopProperty} is resolved by AWT and the
* Windows OS.
* Action
's actionPerformed
method
- * is fired by the playSound
method.
+ * This {@code Action}'s {@code actionPerformed} method
+ * is fired by the {@code playSound} method.
*
* @return an Action which knows how to render the auditory
* cue for one particular system or user activity
@@ -2018,8 +2018,8 @@
* Pass the name String to the super constructor. This is used
* later to identify the Action and decide whether to play it or
* not. Store the resource String. It is used to get the audio
- * resource. In this case, the resource is a Runnable
- * supplied by Toolkit
. This Runnable
is
+ * resource. In this case, the resource is a {@code Runnable}
+ * supplied by {@code Toolkit}. This {@code Runnable} is
* effectively a pointer down into the Win32 OS that knows how to
* play the right sound.
*
@@ -2050,7 +2050,7 @@
}
/**
- * Gets an Icon
from the native libraries if available,
+ * Gets an {@code Icon} from the native libraries if available,
* otherwise gets it from an image resource file.
*/
private static class LazyWindowsIcon implements UIDefaults.LazyValue {
@@ -2077,7 +2077,7 @@
/**
- * Gets an Icon
from the native libraries if available.
+ * Gets an {@code Icon} from the native libraries if available.
* A desktop property is used to trigger reloading the icon when needed.
*/
private class ActiveWindowsIcon implements UIDefaults.ActiveValue {
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/com/sun/java/swing/plaf/windows/WindowsPopupMenuUI.java 2015-10-04 22:52:12.029275571 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/com/sun/java/swing/plaf/windows/WindowsPopupMenuUI.java 2015-10-04 22:52:11.849275579 +0400
@@ -78,8 +78,8 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the Popup
that will be responsible for
- * displaying the JPopupMenu
.
+ * Returns the {@code Popup} that will be responsible for
+ * displaying the {@code JPopupMenu}.
*
* @param popupMenu JPopupMenu requesting Popup
* @param x Screen x location Popup is to be shown at
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/com/sun/java/swing/plaf/windows/WindowsScrollBarUI.java 2015-10-04 22:52:12.541275548 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/com/sun/java/swing/plaf/windows/WindowsScrollBarUI.java 2015-10-04 22:52:12.361275556 +0400
@@ -471,7 +471,7 @@
}
/**
- * Actually renders the grid into the Graphics g
.
+ * Actually renders the grid into the Graphics {@code g}.
*/
private void paintGrid(Graphics g, Color fg, Color bg) {
Rectangle clipRect = g.getClipBounds();
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/com/sun/java/swing/plaf/windows/WindowsTreeUI.java 2015-10-04 22:52:13.081275524 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/com/sun/java/swing/plaf/windows/WindowsTreeUI.java 2015-10-04 22:52:12.889275532 +0400
@@ -203,8 +203,8 @@
/**
* Configures the renderer based on the passed in components.
* The value is set from messaging the tree with
- * convertValueToText
, which ultimately invokes
- * toString
on value
.
+ * {@code convertValueToText}, which ultimately invokes
+ * {@code toString} on {@code value}.
* The foreground color is set based on the selection and the icon
* is set based on on leaf and expanded.
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/com/sun/java/swing/plaf/windows/XPStyle.java 2015-10-04 22:52:13.605275500 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/com/sun/java/swing/plaf/windows/XPStyle.java 2015-10-04 22:52:13.413275509 +0400
@@ -25,14 +25,14 @@
/*
* LookAndFeel
class has been installed
+ * corresponding {@code LookAndFeel} class has been installed
* (UIManager.setLookAndFeel(new XXXLookAndFeel())
).
- * Using them while a different LookAndFeel
is installed
+ * Using them while a different {@code LookAndFeel} is installed
* may produce unexpected results, including exceptions.
- * Additionally, changing the LookAndFeel
- * maintained by the UIManager
without updating the
- * corresponding ComponentUI
of any
- * JComponent
s may also produce unexpected results,
+ * Additionally, changing the {@code LookAndFeel}
+ * maintained by the {@code UIManager} without updating the
+ * corresponding {@code ComponentUI} of any
+ * {@code JComponent}s may also produce unexpected results,
* such as the wrong colors showing up, and is generally not
* encouraged.
*
@@ -123,12 +123,12 @@
return (xp != null && xp.isSkinDefined(null, Part.CP_DROPDOWNBUTTONRIGHT));
}
- /** Get a named String
value from the current style
+ /** Get a named {@code String} value from the current style
*
- * @param part a Part
- * @param state a String
- * @param attributeKey a String
- * @return a String
or null if key is not found
+ * @param part a {@code Part}
+ * @param state a {@code String}
+ * @param attributeKey a {@code String}
+ * @return a {@code String} or null if key is not found
* in the current style
*
* This is currently only used by WindowsInternalFrameTitlePane for painting
@@ -158,10 +158,10 @@
- /** Get a named int
value from the current style
+ /** Get a named {@code int} value from the current style
*
- * @param part a Part
- * @return an int
or null if key is not found
+ * @param part a {@code Part}
+ * @return an {@code int} or null if key is not found
* in the current style
*/
int getInt(Component c, Part part, State state, Prop prop, int fallback) {
@@ -170,10 +170,10 @@
prop.getValue());
}
- /** Get a named Dimension
value from the current style
+ /** Get a named {@code Dimension} value from the current style
*
- * @param key a String
- * @return a Dimension
or null if key is not found
+ * @param key a {@code String}
+ * @return a {@code Dimension} or null if key is not found
* in the current style
*
* This is currently only used by WindowsProgressBarUI and the value
@@ -186,11 +186,11 @@
return (d != null) ? d : new Dimension();
}
- /** Get a named Point
(e.g. a location or an offset) value
+ /** Get a named {@code Point} (e.g. a location or an offset) value
* from the current style
*
- * @param key a String
- * @return a Point
or null if key is not found
+ * @param key a {@code String}
+ * @return a {@code Point} or null if key is not found
* in the current style
*
* This is currently only used by WindowsInternalFrameTitlePane for painting
@@ -203,10 +203,10 @@
return (d != null) ? new Point(d.width, d.height) : new Point();
}
- /** Get a named Insets
value from the current style
+ /** Get a named {@code Insets} value from the current style
*
- * @param key a String
- * @return an Insets
object or null if key is not found
+ * @param key a {@code String}
+ * @return an {@code Insets} object or null if key is not found
* in the current style
*
* This is currently only used to create borders and by
@@ -221,10 +221,10 @@
}
- /** Get a named Color
value from the current style
+ /** Get a named {@code Color} value from the current style
*
- * @param part a Part
- * @return a Color
or null if key is not found
+ * @param part a {@code Part}
+ * @return a {@code Color} or null if key is not found
* in the current style
*/
synchronized Color getColor(Skin skin, Prop prop, Color fallback) {
@@ -249,10 +249,10 @@
- /** Get a named Border
value from the current style
+ /** Get a named {@code Border} value from the current style
*
- * @param part a Part
- * @return a Border
or null if key is not found
+ * @param part a {@code Part}
+ * @return a {@code Border} or null if key is not found
* in the current style or if the style for the particular
* part is not defined as "borderfill".
*/
@@ -446,11 +446,11 @@
}
- /** Get a Skin
object from the current style
+ /** Get a {@code Skin} object from the current style
* for a named part (component type)
*
- * @param part a Part
- * @return a Skin
object
+ * @param part a {@code Part}
+ * @return a {@code Skin} object
*/
synchronized Skin getSkin(Component c, Part part) {
assert isSkinDefined(c, part) : "part " + part + " is not defined";
@@ -564,7 +564,7 @@
/** Paint a skin in an area defined by a rectangle.
*
* @param g the graphics context to use for painting
- * @param r a Rectangle
defining the area to fill,
+ * @param r a {@code Rectangle} defining the area to fill,
* may cause the image to be stretched or tiled
* @param state which state to paint
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/com/sun/media/sound/AudioSynthesizer.java 2015-10-04 22:52:14.153275476 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/com/sun/media/sound/AudioSynthesizer.java 2015-10-04 22:52:13.961275484 +0400
@@ -32,9 +32,9 @@
import javax.sound.sampled.SourceDataLine;
/**
- * AudioSynthesizer
is a Synthesizer
- * which renders it's output audio into SourceDataLine
- * or AudioInputStream
.
+ * {@code AudioSynthesizer} is a {@code Synthesizer}
+ * which renders it's output audio into {@code SourceDataLine}
+ * or {@code AudioInputStream}.
*
* @see MidiSystem#getSynthesizer
* @see Synthesizer
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@
* Gets information about the possible properties for the synthesizer.
*
* @param info a proposed list of tag/value pairs that will be sent on open.
- * @return an array of AudioSynthesizerPropertyInfo
objects
+ * @return an array of {@code AudioSynthesizerPropertyInfo} objects
* describing possible properties. This array may be an empty array if
* no properties are required.
*/
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@
/**
* Opens the synthesizer and starts rendering audio into
- * SourceDataLine
.
+ * {@code SourceDataLine}.
*
* MidiUnavailableException
.
+ * a {@code MidiUnavailableException}.
*
- * @param line which AudioSynthesizer
writes output audio into.
- * If line
is null, then line from system default mixer is used.
- * @param info a Map
object containing
+ * @param line which {@code AudioSynthesizer} writes output audio into.
+ * If {@code line} is null, then line from system default mixer is used.
+ * @param info a {@code Mapinfo
is null then default settings are used.
+ * If {@code info} is null then default settings are used.
*
* @throws MidiUnavailableException thrown if the synthesizer cannot be
* opened due to resource restrictions.
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@
/**
* Opens the synthesizer and renders audio into returned
- * AudioInputStream
.
+ * {@code AudioInputStream}.
*
* MidiUnavailableException
*
* @param dm The new display mode of this graphics device.
- * @exception IllegalArgumentException if the .
+ * a {@code MidiUnavailableException}.
*
- * @param targetFormat specifies the
described by this
- * AudioFormat
- * used in returned AudioInputStream
.
- * @param info a Map
object containing
+ * @param targetFormat specifies the {@code AudioFormat}
+ * used in returned {@code AudioInputStream}.
+ * @param info a {@code Mapinfo
is null then default settings are used.
+ * If {@code info} is null then default settings are used.
*
* @throws MidiUnavailableException thrown if the synthesizer cannot be
* opened due to resource restrictions.
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/com/sun/media/sound/AudioSynthesizerPropertyInfo.java 2015-10-04 22:52:14.673275452 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/com/sun/media/sound/AudioSynthesizerPropertyInfo.java 2015-10-04 22:52:14.485275461 +0400
@@ -25,16 +25,16 @@
package com.sun.media.sound;
/**
- * Information about property used in opening AudioSynthesizer
.
+ * Information about property used in opening {@code AudioSynthesizer}.
*
* @author Karl Helgason
*/
public final class AudioSynthesizerPropertyInfo {
/**
- * Constructs a AudioSynthesizerPropertyInfo
object with a given
- * name and value. The description
and choices
- * are initialized by null
values.
+ * Constructs a {@code AudioSynthesizerPropertyInfo} object with a given
+ * name and value. The {@code description} and {@code choices}
+ * are initialized by {@code null} values.
*
* @param name the name of the property
* @param value the current value or class used for values.
@@ -60,18 +60,18 @@
*/
public String description = null;
/**
- * The value
field specifies the current value of
+ * The {@code value} field specifies the current value of
* the property.
*/
public Object value = null;
/**
- * The valueClass
field specifies class
- * used in value
field.
+ * The {@code valueClass} field specifies class
+ * used in {@code value} field.
*/
public Class> valueClass = null;
/**
* An array of possible values if the value for the field
- * AudioSynthesizerPropertyInfo.value
may be selected
+ * {@code AudioSynthesizerPropertyInfo.value} may be selected
* from a particular set of values; otherwise null.
*/
public Object[] choices = null;
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/com/sun/media/sound/SoftControl.java 2015-10-04 22:52:15.193275429 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/com/sun/media/sound/SoftControl.java 2015-10-04 22:52:15.005275437 +0400
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
package com.sun.media.sound;
/**
- * SoftControl
are the basic controls
+ * {@code SoftControl} are the basic controls
* used for control-rate processing.
*
* @author Karl Helgason
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/applet/Applet.java 2015-10-04 22:52:15.765275403 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/applet/Applet.java 2015-10-04 22:52:15.573275412 +0400
@@ -38,9 +38,9 @@
* An applet is a small program that is intended not to be run on
* its own, but rather to be embedded inside another application.
* Applet
class must be the superclass of any
+ * The {@code Applet} class must be the superclass of any
* applet that is to be embedded in a Web page or viewed by the Java
- * Applet Viewer. The Applet
class provides a standard
+ * Applet Viewer. The {@code Applet} class provides a standard
* interface between applets and their environment.
*
* @author Arthur van Hoff
@@ -52,10 +52,10 @@
/**
* Constructs a new Applet.
* java.applet.Applet
+ * Note: Many methods in {@code java.applet.Applet}
* may be invoked by the applet only after the applet is
* fully constructed; applet should avoid calling methods
- * in java.applet.Applet
in the constructor.
+ * in {@code java.applet.Applet} in the constructor.
*
* @exception HeadlessException if GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()
* returns true.
@@ -88,8 +88,8 @@
* Read an applet from an object input stream.
* @param s an object input stream.
* @exception HeadlessException if
- * GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()
returns
- * true
+ * {@code GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()} returns
+ * {@code true}
* @serial
* @see java.awt.GraphicsEnvironment#isHeadless
* @since 1.4
@@ -104,9 +104,9 @@
/**
* Sets this applet's stub. This is done automatically by the system.
- * checkPermission
+ * AWTPermission("setAppletStub")
+ * {@code AWTPermission("setAppletStub")}
* permission if a stub has already been set.
* @param stub the new stub.
* @exception SecurityException if the caller cannot set the stub
@@ -123,11 +123,11 @@
/**
* Determines if this applet is active. An applet is marked active
- * just before its start
method is called. It becomes
- * inactive just before its stop
method is called.
+ * just before its {@code start} method is called. It becomes
+ * inactive just before its {@code stop} method is called.
*
- * @return true
if the applet is active;
- * false
otherwise.
+ * @return {@code true} if the applet is active;
+ * {@code false} otherwise.
* @see java.applet.Applet#start()
* @see java.applet.Applet#stop()
*/
@@ -179,14 +179,14 @@
* </applet>
*
* getParameter("Color")
returns the
- * value "blue"
.
+ * then a call to {@code getParameter("Color")} returns the
+ * value {@code "blue"}.
* name
argument is case insensitive.
+ * The {@code name} argument is case insensitive.
*
* @param name a parameter name.
* @return the value of the named parameter,
- * or null
if not set.
+ * or {@code null} if not set.
*/
public String getParameter(String name) {
return stub.getParameter(name);
@@ -260,8 +260,8 @@
}
/**
- * Returns an Image
object that can then be painted on
- * the screen. The url
that is passed as an argument
+ * Returns an {@code Image} object that can then be painted on
+ * the screen. The {@code url} that is passed as an argument
* must specify an absolute URL.
* Image
object that can then be painted on
- * the screen. The url
argument must specify an absolute
- * URL. The name
argument is a specifier that is
- * relative to the url
argument.
+ * Returns an {@code Image} object that can then be painted on
+ * the screen. The {@code url} argument must specify an absolute
+ * URL. The {@code name} argument is a specifier that is
+ * relative to the {@code url} argument.
* url
argument.
+ * {@code url} argument.
* @return the image at the specified URL.
* @see java.awt.Image
*/
@@ -315,8 +315,8 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the AudioClip
object specified by the
- * URL
argument.
+ * Returns the {@code AudioClip} object specified by the
+ * {@code URL} argument.
* AudioClip
object specified by the
- * URL
and name
arguments.
+ * Returns the {@code AudioClip} object specified by the
+ * {@code URL} and {@code name} arguments.
* url
argument.
+ * {@code url} argument.
* @return the audio clip at the specified URL.
* @see java.applet.AudioClip
*/
@@ -355,11 +355,11 @@
/**
* Returns information about this applet. An applet should override
- * this method to return a String
containing information
+ * this method to return a {@code String} containing information
* about the author, version, and copyright of the applet.
* Applet
class returns null
.
+ * {@code Applet} class returns {@code null}.
*
* @return a string containing information about the author, version, and
* copyright of the applet.
@@ -388,10 +388,10 @@
/**
* Returns information about the parameters that are understood by
* this applet. An applet should override this method to return an
- * array of Strings
describing these parameters.
+ * array of {@code Strings} describing these parameters.
* Strings
containing the name, the type, and a
+ * {@code Strings} containing the name, the type, and a
* description. For example:
*
*
* String pinfo[][] = {
@@ -402,7 +402,7 @@
*
Applet
class returns null
.
+ * {@code Applet} class returns {@code null}.
*
* @return an array describing the parameters this applet looks for.
*/
@@ -430,7 +430,7 @@
* @param url an absolute URL giving the base location of the
* audio clip.
* @param name the location of the audio clip, relative to the
- * url
argument.
+ * {@code url} argument.
*/
public void play(URL url, String name) {
AudioClip clip = getAudioClip(url, name);
@@ -442,16 +442,16 @@
/**
* Called by the browser or applet viewer to inform
* this applet that it has been loaded into the system. It is always
- * called before the first time that the start
method is
+ * called before the first time that the {@code start} method is
* called.
* Applet
should override this method if
+ * A subclass of {@code Applet} should override this method if
* it has initialization to perform. For example, an applet with
- * threads would use the init
method to create the
- * threads and the destroy
method to kill them.
+ * threads would use the {@code init} method to create the
+ * threads and the {@code destroy} method to kill them.
* Applet
class does nothing.
+ * {@code Applet} class does nothing.
*
* @see java.applet.Applet#destroy()
* @see java.applet.Applet#start()
@@ -463,25 +463,25 @@
/**
* Called by the browser or applet viewer to inform
* this applet that it should start its execution. It is called after
- * the init
method and each time the applet is revisited
+ * the {@code init} method and each time the applet is revisited
* in a Web page.
* Applet
should override this method if
+ * A subclass of {@code Applet} should override this method if
* it has any operation that it wants to perform each time the Web
* page containing it is visited. For example, an applet with
- * animation might want to use the start
method to
- * resume animation, and the stop
method to suspend the
+ * animation might want to use the {@code start} method to
+ * resume animation, and the {@code stop} method to suspend the
* animation.
* getLocationOnScreen
, can only
+ * Note: some methods, such as {@code getLocationOnScreen}, can only
* provide meaningful results if the applet is showing. Because
- * isShowing
returns false
when the applet's
- * start
is first called, methods requiring
- * isShowing
to return true
should be called from
- * a ComponentListener
.
+ * {@code isShowing} returns {@code false} when the applet's
+ * {@code start} is first called, methods requiring
+ * {@code isShowing} to return {@code true} should be called from
+ * a {@code ComponentListener}.
* Applet
class does nothing.
+ * {@code Applet} class does nothing.
*
* @see java.applet.Applet#destroy()
* @see java.applet.Applet#init()
@@ -498,15 +498,15 @@
* the Web page that contains this applet has been replaced by
* another page, and also just before the applet is to be destroyed.
* Applet
should override this method if
+ * A subclass of {@code Applet} should override this method if
* it has any operation that it wants to perform each time the Web
* page containing it is no longer visible. For example, an applet
- * with animation might want to use the start
method to
- * resume animation, and the stop
method to suspend the
+ * with animation might want to use the {@code start} method to
+ * resume animation, and the {@code stop} method to suspend the
* animation.
* Applet
class does nothing.
+ * {@code Applet} class does nothing.
*
* @see java.applet.Applet#destroy()
* @see java.applet.Applet#init()
@@ -517,17 +517,17 @@
/**
* Called by the browser or applet viewer to inform
* this applet that it is being reclaimed and that it should destroy
- * any resources that it has allocated. The stop
method
- * will always be called before destroy
.
+ * any resources that it has allocated. The {@code stop} method
+ * will always be called before {@code destroy}.
* Applet
should override this method if
+ * A subclass of {@code Applet} should override this method if
* it has any operation that it wants to perform before it is
* destroyed. For example, an applet with threads would use the
- * init
method to create the threads and the
- * destroy
method to kill them.
+ * {@code init} method to create the threads and the
+ * {@code destroy} method to kill them.
* Applet
class does nothing.
+ * {@code Applet} class does nothing.
*
* @see java.applet.Applet#init()
* @see java.applet.Applet#start()
@@ -561,7 +561,7 @@
/**
* This class implements accessibility support for the
- * Applet
class. It provides an implementation of the
+ * {@code Applet} class. It provides an implementation of the
* Java Accessibility API appropriate to applet user-interface elements.
* @since 1.3
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/applet/AudioClip.java 2015-10-04 22:52:16.293275379 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/applet/AudioClip.java 2015-10-04 22:52:16.105275388 +0400
@@ -26,8 +26,8 @@
package java.applet;
/**
- * The AudioClip
interface is a simple abstraction for
- * playing a sound clip. Multiple AudioClip
items can be
+ * The {@code AudioClip} interface is a simple abstraction for
+ * playing a sound clip. Multiple {@code AudioClip} items can be
* playing at the same time, and the resulting sound is mixed
* together to produce a composite.
*
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/AWTError.java 2015-10-04 22:52:16.813275356 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/AWTError.java 2015-10-04 22:52:16.625275365 +0400
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
private static final long serialVersionUID = -1819846354050686206L;
/**
- * Constructs an instance of AWTError
with the specified
+ * Constructs an instance of {@code AWTError} with the specified
* detail message.
* @param msg the detail message.
* @since 1.0
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/AWTEvent.java 2015-10-04 22:52:17.337275333 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/AWTEvent.java 2015-10-04 22:52:17.149275341 +0400
@@ -410,11 +410,11 @@
}
/**
- * Returns a string representing the state of this Event
.
+ * Returns a string representing the state of this {@code Event}.
* This method is intended to be used only for debugging purposes, and the
* content and format of the returned string may vary between
* implementations. The returned string may be empty but may not be
- * null
.
+ * {@code null}.
*
* @return a string representation of this event
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/AWTEventMulticaster.java 2015-10-04 22:52:17.861275309 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/AWTEventMulticaster.java 2015-10-04 22:52:17.673275317 +0400
@@ -122,9 +122,9 @@
/**
* Creates an event multicaster instance which chains listener-a
- * with listener-b. Input parameters a
and b
- * should not be null
, though implementations may vary in
- * choosing whether or not to throw NullPointerException
+ * with listener-b. Input parameters {@code a} and {@code b}
+ * should not be {@code null}, though implementations may vary in
+ * choosing whether or not to throw {@code NullPointerException}
* in that case.
* @param a listener-a
* @param b listener-b
@@ -1078,30 +1078,30 @@
/**
* Returns an array of all the objects chained as
* FooListener
s by the specified
- * java.util.EventListener
.
+ * {@code java.util.EventListener}.
* FooListener
s are chained by the
- * AWTEventMulticaster
using the
+ * {@code AWTEventMulticaster} using the
* addFooListener
method.
- * If a null
listener is specified, this method returns an
+ * If a {@code null} listener is specified, this method returns an
* empty array. If the specified listener is not an instance of
- * AWTEventMulticaster
, this method returns an array which
+ * {@code AWTEventMulticaster}, this method returns an array which
* contains only the specified listener. If no such listeners are chained,
* this method returns an empty array.
*
* @param java.util.EventListener
+ * @param l the specified {@code java.util.EventListener}
* @param listenerType the type of listeners requested; this parameter
* should specify an interface that descends from
- * java.util.EventListener
+ * {@code java.util.EventListener}
* @return an array of all objects chained as
* FooListener
s by the specified multicast
* listener, or an empty array if no such listeners have been
* chained by the specified multicast listener
* @exception NullPointerException if the specified
* {@code listenertype} parameter is {@code null}
- * @exception ClassCastException if listenerType
+ * @exception ClassCastException if {@code listenerType}
* doesn't specify a class or interface that implements
- * java.util.EventListener
+ * {@code java.util.EventListener}
*
* @since 1.4
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/AWTException.java 2015-10-04 22:52:18.397275285 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/AWTException.java 2015-10-04 22:52:18.205275294 +0400
@@ -38,9 +38,9 @@
private static final long serialVersionUID = -1900414231151323879L;
/**
- * Constructs an instance of AWTException
with the
+ * Constructs an instance of {@code AWTException} with the
* specified detail message. A detail message is an
- * instance of String
that describes this particular
+ * instance of {@code String} that describes this particular
* exception.
* @param msg the detail message
* @since 1.0
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/AWTKeyStroke.java 2015-10-04 22:52:18.937275261 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/AWTKeyStroke.java 2015-10-04 22:52:18.745275269 +0400
@@ -37,22 +37,22 @@
import sun.swing.SwingAccessor;
/**
- * An AWTKeyStroke
represents a key action on the
- * keyboard, or equivalent input device. AWTKeyStroke
s
+ * An {@code AWTKeyStroke} represents a key action on the
+ * keyboard, or equivalent input device. {@code AWTKeyStroke}s
* can correspond to only a press or release of a
- * particular key, just as KEY_PRESSED
and
- * KEY_RELEASED
KeyEvent
s do;
+ * particular key, just as {@code KEY_PRESSED} and
+ * {@code KEY_RELEASED KeyEvent}s do;
* alternately, they can correspond to typing a specific Java character, just
- * as KEY_TYPED
KeyEvent
s do.
- * In all cases, AWTKeyStroke
s can specify modifiers
+ * as {@code KEY_TYPED KeyEvent}s do.
+ * In all cases, {@code AWTKeyStroke}s can specify modifiers
* (alt, shift, control, meta, altGraph, or a combination thereof) which must be present
* during the action for an exact match.
* AWTKeyStrokes
are immutable, and are intended
+ * {@code AWTKeyStrokes} are immutable, and are intended
* to be unique. Client code should never create an
- * AWTKeyStroke
on its own, but should instead use
- * a variant of getAWTKeyStroke
. Client use of these factory
- * methods allows the AWTKeyStroke
implementation
+ * {@code AWTKeyStroke} on its own, but should instead use
+ * a variant of {@code getAWTKeyStroke}. Client use of these factory
+ * methods allows the {@code AWTKeyStroke} implementation
* to cache and share instances efficiently.
*
* @see #getAWTKeyStroke
@@ -88,17 +88,17 @@
}
/**
- * Constructs an AWTKeyStroke
with default values.
+ * Constructs an {@code AWTKeyStroke} with default values.
* The default values used are:
*
*
*
- *
* Property Default Value
*
* Key Char
- *
+ * KeyEvent.CHAR_UNDEFINED
{@code KeyEvent.CHAR_UNDEFINED}
*
*
* Key Code
- *
+ * KeyEvent.VK_UNDEFINED
{@code KeyEvent.VK_UNDEFINED}
*
*
* Modifiers
@@ -106,12 +106,12 @@
*
*
* On key release?
- *
+ * false
{@code false}
* AWTKeyStroke
s should not be constructed
- * by client code. Use a variant of getAWTKeyStroke
+ * {@code AWTKeyStroke}s should not be constructed
+ * by client code. Use a variant of {@code getAWTKeyStroke}
* instead.
*
* @see #getAWTKeyStroke
@@ -120,17 +120,17 @@
}
/**
- * Constructs an AWTKeyStroke
with the specified
- * values. AWTKeyStroke
s should not be constructed
- * by client code. Use a variant of getAWTKeyStroke
+ * Constructs an {@code AWTKeyStroke} with the specified
+ * values. {@code AWTKeyStroke}s should not be constructed
+ * by client code. Use a variant of {@code getAWTKeyStroke}
* instead.
*
* @param keyChar the character value for a keyboard key
- * @param keyCode the key code for this AWTKeyStroke
+ * @param keyCode the key code for this {@code AWTKeyStroke}
* @param modifiers a bitwise-ored combination of any modifiers
- * @param onKeyRelease true
if this
- * AWTKeyStroke
corresponds
- * to a key release; false
otherwise
+ * @param onKeyRelease {@code true} if this
+ * {@code AWTKeyStroke} corresponds
+ * to a key release; {@code false} otherwise
* @see #getAWTKeyStroke
*/
protected AWTKeyStroke(char keyChar, int keyCode, int modifiers,
@@ -185,12 +185,12 @@
}
/**
- * Returns a shared instance of an AWTKeyStroke
- * that represents a KEY_TYPED
event for the
+ * Returns a shared instance of an {@code AWTKeyStroke}
+ * that represents a {@code KEY_TYPED} event for the
* specified character.
*
* @param keyChar the character value for a keyboard key
- * @return an AWTKeyStroke
object for that key
+ * @return an {@code AWTKeyStroke} object for that key
*/
public static AWTKeyStroke getAWTKeyStroke(char keyChar) {
return getCachedStroke(keyChar, KeyEvent.VK_UNDEFINED, 0, false);
@@ -202,7 +202,7 @@
* specified Character object and a set of modifiers. Note
* that the first parameter is of type Character rather than
* char. This is to avoid inadvertent clashes with
- * calls to getAWTKeyStroke(int keyCode, int modifiers)
.
+ * calls to {@code getAWTKeyStroke(int keyCode, int modifiers)}.
*
* The modifiers consist of any combination of following:
*
AWTKeyStroke
object for that key
- * @throws IllegalArgumentException if keyChar
is
- * null
+ * @return an {@code AWTKeyStroke} object for that key
+ * @throws IllegalArgumentException if {@code keyChar} is
+ * {@code null}
*
* @see java.awt.event.InputEvent
*/
@@ -243,19 +243,19 @@
}
/**
- * Returns a shared instance of an AWTKeyStroke
,
+ * Returns a shared instance of an {@code AWTKeyStroke},
* given a numeric key code and a set of modifiers, specifying
* whether the key is activated when it is pressed or released.
* java.awt.event.KeyEvent
can be
+ * {@code java.awt.event.KeyEvent} can be
* used to specify the key code. For example:
- *
* Alternatively, the key code may be obtained by calling
- * java.awt.event.KeyEvent.VK_ENTER
- * java.awt.event.KeyEvent.VK_TAB
- * java.awt.event.KeyEvent.VK_SPACE
+ * java.awt.event.KeyEvent.getExtendedKeyCodeForChar
.
+ * {@code java.awt.event.KeyEvent.getExtendedKeyCodeForChar}.
*
* The modifiers consist of any combination of:
*
true
if the AWTKeyStroke
- * should represent a key release; false
otherwise
+ * @param onKeyRelease {@code true} if the {@code AWTKeyStroke}
+ * should represent a key release; {@code false} otherwise
* @return an AWTKeyStroke object for that key
*
* @see java.awt.event.KeyEvent
@@ -293,16 +293,16 @@
}
/**
- * Returns a shared instance of an AWTKeyStroke
,
+ * Returns a shared instance of an {@code AWTKeyStroke},
* given a numeric key code and a set of modifiers. The returned
- * AWTKeyStroke
will correspond to a key press.
+ * {@code AWTKeyStroke} will correspond to a key press.
* java.awt.event.KeyEvent
can be
+ * {@code java.awt.event.KeyEvent} can be
* used to specify the key code. For example:
- *
* The modifiers consist of any combination of:java.awt.event.KeyEvent.VK_ENTER
- * java.awt.event.KeyEvent.VK_TAB
- * java.awt.event.KeyEvent.VK_SPACE
+ *
*
AWTKeyStroke
object for that key
+ * @return an {@code AWTKeyStroke} object for that key
*
* @see java.awt.event.KeyEvent
* @see java.awt.event.InputEvent
@@ -337,18 +337,18 @@
}
/**
- * Returns an AWTKeyStroke
which represents the
- * stroke which generated a given KeyEvent
.
+ * Returns an {@code AWTKeyStroke} which represents the
+ * stroke which generated a given {@code KeyEvent}.
* KeyTyped
- * event, and the keyCode from a KeyPressed
or
- * KeyReleased
event. The KeyEvent
modifiers are
- * obtained for all three types of KeyEvent
.
- *
- * @param anEvent the KeyEvent
from which to
- * obtain the AWTKeyStroke
- * @throws NullPointerException if anEvent
is null
- * @return the AWTKeyStroke
that precipitated the event
+ * This method obtains the keyChar from a {@code KeyTyped}
+ * event, and the keyCode from a {@code KeyPressed} or
+ * {@code KeyReleased} event. The {@code KeyEvent} modifiers are
+ * obtained for all three types of {@code KeyEvent}.
+ *
+ * @param anEvent the {@code KeyEvent} from which to
+ * obtain the {@code AWTKeyStroke}
+ * @throws NullPointerException if {@code anEvent} is null
+ * @return the {@code AWTKeyStroke} that precipitated the event
*/
public static AWTKeyStroke getAWTKeyStrokeForEvent(KeyEvent anEvent) {
int id = anEvent.getID();
@@ -371,7 +371,7 @@
}
/**
- * Parses a string and returns an AWTKeyStroke
.
+ * Parses a string and returns an {@code AWTKeyStroke}.
* The string must have the following syntax:
*
* <modifiers>* (<typedID> | <pressedReleasedID>)
@@ -393,8 +393,8 @@
*
*
* @param s a String formatted as described above
- * @return an AWTKeyStroke
object for that String
- * @throws IllegalArgumentException if s
is null
,
+ * @return an {@code AWTKeyStroke} object for that String
+ * @throws IllegalArgumentException if {@code s} is {@code null},
* or is formatted incorrectly
*/
public static AWTKeyStroke getAWTKeyStroke(String s) {
@@ -500,8 +500,8 @@
}
/**
* Returns the integer constant for the KeyEvent.VK field named
- * key
. This will throw an
- * IllegalArgumentException
if key
is
+ * {@code key}. This will throw an
+ * {@code IllegalArgumentException} if {@code key} is
* not a valid constant.
*/
private static int getVKValue(String key) {
@@ -527,7 +527,7 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the character for this AWTKeyStroke
.
+ * Returns the character for this {@code AWTKeyStroke}.
*
* @return a char value
* @see #getAWTKeyStroke(char)
@@ -538,7 +538,7 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the numeric key code for this AWTKeyStroke
.
+ * Returns the numeric key code for this {@code AWTKeyStroke}.
*
* @return an int containing the key code value
* @see #getAWTKeyStroke(int,int)
@@ -549,7 +549,7 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the modifier keys for this AWTKeyStroke
.
+ * Returns the modifier keys for this {@code AWTKeyStroke}.
*
* @return an int containing the modifiers
* @see #getAWTKeyStroke(int,int)
@@ -559,10 +559,10 @@
}
/**
- * Returns whether this AWTKeyStroke
represents a key release.
+ * Returns whether this {@code AWTKeyStroke} represents a key release.
*
- * @return true
if this AWTKeyStroke
- * represents a key release; false
otherwise
+ * @return {@code true} if this {@code AWTKeyStroke}
+ * represents a key release; {@code false} otherwise
* @see #getAWTKeyStroke(int,int,boolean)
*/
public final boolean isOnKeyRelease() {
@@ -570,12 +570,12 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the type of KeyEvent
which corresponds to
- * this AWTKeyStroke
.
+ * Returns the type of {@code KeyEvent} which corresponds to
+ * this {@code AWTKeyStroke}.
*
- * @return KeyEvent.KEY_PRESSED
,
- * KeyEvent.KEY_TYPED
,
- * or KeyEvent.KEY_RELEASED
+ * @return {@code KeyEvent.KEY_PRESSED},
+ * {@code KeyEvent.KEY_TYPED},
+ * or {@code KeyEvent.KEY_RELEASED}
* @see java.awt.event.KeyEvent
*/
public final int getKeyEventType() {
@@ -617,8 +617,8 @@
/**
* Returns a string that displays and identifies this object's properties.
- * The String
returned by this method can be passed
- * as a parameter to getAWTKeyStroke(String)
to produce
+ * The {@code String} returned by this method can be passed
+ * as a parameter to {@code getAWTKeyStroke(String)} to produce
* a key stroke equal to this key stroke.
*
* @return a String representation of this object
@@ -695,8 +695,8 @@
}
/**
- * Returns a cached instance of AWTKeyStroke
(or a subclass of
- * AWTKeyStroke
) which is equal to this instance.
+ * Returns a cached instance of {@code AWTKeyStroke} (or a subclass of
+ * {@code AWTKeyStroke}) which is equal to this instance.
*
* @return a cached instance which is equal to this instance
* @throws java.io.ObjectStreamException if a serialization problem occurs
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/AWTPermission.java 2015-10-04 22:52:19.473275237 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/AWTPermission.java 2015-10-04 22:52:19.285275245 +0400
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
/**
* This class is for AWT permissions.
- * An AWTPermission
contains a target name but
+ * An {@code AWTPermission} contains a target name but
* no actions list; you either have the named permission
* or you don't.
*
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@
* Also, an asterisk could be used to represent all AWT permissions.
*
* AWTPermission
+ * The following table lists all the possible {@code AWTPermission}
* target names, and for each provides a description of what the
* permission allows and a discussion of the risks of granting code
* the permission.
@@ -125,12 +125,12 @@
*
*
*
*
* replaceKeyboardFocusManager
- * Sets the KeyboardFocusManager
for
+ * Sets the {@code KeyboardFocusManager} for
* a particular thread.
- * When SecurityManager
is installed, the invoking
+ * When {@code SecurityManager} is installed, the invoking
* thread must be granted this permission in order to replace
- * the current KeyboardFocusManager
. If permission
- * is not granted, a SecurityException
will be thrown.
+ * the current {@code KeyboardFocusManager}. If permission
+ * is not granted, a {@code SecurityException} will be thrown.
*
@@ -201,15 +201,15 @@
private static final long serialVersionUID = 8890392402588814465L;
/**
- * Creates a new
*
*
- * @param event an instance of AWTPermission
with the specified name.
- * The name is the symbolic name of the AWTPermission
,
+ * Creates a new {@code AWTPermission} with the specified name.
+ * The name is the symbolic name of the {@code AWTPermission},
* such as "topLevelWindow", "systemClipboard", etc. An asterisk
* may be used to indicate all AWT permissions.
*
* @param name the name of the AWTPermission
*
- * @throws NullPointerException if name
is null
.
- * @throws IllegalArgumentException if name
is empty.
+ * @throws NullPointerException if {@code name} is {@code null}.
+ * @throws IllegalArgumentException if {@code name} is empty.
*/
public AWTPermission(String name)
@@ -218,15 +218,15 @@
}
/**
- * Creates a new AWTPermission
object with the specified name.
- * The name is the symbolic name of the AWTPermission
, and the
- * actions string is currently unused and should be null
.
+ * Creates a new {@code AWTPermission} object with the specified name.
+ * The name is the symbolic name of the {@code AWTPermission}, and the
+ * actions string is currently unused and should be {@code null}.
*
- * @param name the name of the AWTPermission
- * @param actions should be null
+ * @param name the name of the {@code AWTPermission}
+ * @param actions should be {@code null}
*
- * @throws NullPointerException if name
is null
.
- * @throws IllegalArgumentException if name
is empty.
+ * @throws NullPointerException if {@code name} is {@code null}.
+ * @throws IllegalArgumentException if {@code name} is empty.
*/
public AWTPermission(String name, String actions)
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/ActiveEvent.java 2015-10-04 22:52:20.001275213 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/ActiveEvent.java 2015-10-04 22:52:19.813275221 +0400
@@ -28,19 +28,19 @@
/**
* An interface for events that know how to dispatch themselves.
* By implementing this interface an event can be placed upon the event
- * queue and its dispatch()
method will be called when the event
- * is dispatched, using the EventDispatchThread
.
+ * queue and its {@code dispatch()} method will be called when the event
+ * is dispatched, using the {@code EventDispatchThread}.
* ActiveEvent
can be created to run the second section of
+ * {@code ActiveEvent} can be created to run the second section of
* code at later time. If there is contention on the monitor,
* the second thread will simply block until the first thread
* has finished its work and exited its monitors.
* ActiveEvent
+ * For security reasons, it is often desirable to use an {@code ActiveEvent}
* to avoid calling untrusted code from a critical thread. For
* instance, peer implementations can use this facility to avoid
* making calls into user code from a system thread. Doing so avoids
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/Adjustable.java 2015-10-04 22:52:20.525275189 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/Adjustable.java 2015-10-04 22:52:20.337275198 +0400
@@ -39,25 +39,25 @@
public interface Adjustable {
/**
- * Indicates that the Adjustable
has horizontal orientation.
+ * Indicates that the {@code Adjustable} has horizontal orientation.
*/
@Native public static final int HORIZONTAL = 0;
/**
- * Indicates that the Adjustable
has vertical orientation.
+ * Indicates that the {@code Adjustable} has vertical orientation.
*/
@Native public static final int VERTICAL = 1;
/**
- * Indicates that the Adjustable
has no orientation.
+ * Indicates that the {@code Adjustable} has no orientation.
*/
@Native public static final int NO_ORIENTATION = 2;
/**
* Gets the orientation of the adjustable object.
* @return the orientation of the adjustable object;
- * either HORIZONTAL
, VERTICAL
,
- * or NO_ORIENTATION
+ * either {@code HORIZONTAL}, {@code VERTICAL},
+ * or {@code NO_ORIENTATION}
*/
int getOrientation();
@@ -124,15 +124,15 @@
/**
* Sets the current value of the adjustable object. If
- * the value supplied is less than minimum
- * or greater than maximum
- visibleAmount
,
+ * the value supplied is less than {@code minimum}
+ * or greater than {@code maximum} - {@code visibleAmount},
* then one of those values is substituted, as appropriate.
* AdjustmentEvent
.
+ * {@code AdjustmentEvent}.
*
- * @param v the current value, between minimum
- * and maximum
- visibleAmount
+ * @param v the current value, between {@code minimum}
+ * and {@code maximum} - {@code visibleAmount}
*/
void setValue(int v);
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/AlphaComposite.java 2015-10-04 22:52:21.053275166 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/AlphaComposite.java 2015-10-04 22:52:20.861275174 +0400
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
import sun.java2d.SunCompositeContext;
/**
- * The AlphaComposite
class implements basic alpha
+ * The {@code AlphaComposite} class implements basic alpha
* compositing rules for combining source and destination colors
* to achieve blending and transparency effects with graphics and
* images.
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
* AlphaComposite
class can contain
+ * An instance of the {@code AlphaComposite} class can contain
* an alpha value that is used to modify the opacity or coverage of
* every source pixel before it is used in the blending equations.
*
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@
* It is important to note that the equations defined by the Porter
* and Duff paper are all defined to operate on color components
* that are premultiplied by their corresponding alpha components.
- * Since the ColorModel
and Raster
classes
+ * Since the {@code ColorModel} and {@code Raster} classes
* allow the storage of pixel data in either premultiplied or
* non-premultiplied form, all input data must be normalized into
* premultiplied form before applying the equations and all results
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@
* that specify visual effects.
* For example,
* the description for
- * SRC_OVER
+ * {@code SRC_OVER}
* specifies that Fs = 1 and Fd = (1-As).
* Once a set of equations for determining the blending factors is
* known they can then be applied to each pixel to produce a result
@@ -128,12 +128,12 @@
* Preparing Inputs
*
* AlphaComposite
class defines an additional alpha
+ * The {@code AlphaComposite} class defines an additional alpha
* value that is applied to the source alpha.
* This value is applied as if an implicit SRC_IN rule were first
* applied to the source pixel against a pixel with the indicated
* alpha by multiplying both the raw source alpha and the raw
- * source colors by the alpha in the AlphaComposite
.
+ * source colors by the alpha in the {@code AlphaComposite}.
* This leads to the following equation for producing the alpha
* used in the Porter and Duff blending equation:
*
@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@
* As = Asr * Aac
*
* All of the raw source color components need to be multiplied
- * by the alpha in the AlphaComposite
instance.
+ * by the alpha in the {@code AlphaComposite} instance.
* Additionally, if the source was not in premultiplied form
* then the color components also need to be multiplied by the
* source alpha.
@@ -196,11 +196,11 @@
*
* Raster
objects passed to the compose
+ * {@code Raster} objects passed to the {@code compose}
* method of a {@link CompositeContext} object created by the
- * AlphaComposite
class have premultiplied data.
- * If either the source Raster
- * or the destination Raster
+ * {@code AlphaComposite} class have premultiplied data.
+ * If either the source {@code Raster}
+ * or the destination {@code Raster}
* is not premultiplied, however,
* appropriate conversions are performed before and after the compositing
* operation.
@@ -210,7 +210,7 @@
*
*
- * @return BufferedImage
class, do not store alpha values
+ * in the {@code BufferedImage} class, do not store alpha values
* for their pixels. Such sources supply an alpha of 1.0 for
* all of their pixels.
*
@@ -237,7 +237,7 @@
* that does not separately store
* color components is not a
* good candidate for any type of translucent blending.
- * For example, BufferedImage.TYPE_BYTE_INDEXED
+ * For example, {@code BufferedImage.TYPE_BYTE_INDEXED}
* should not be used as a destination for a blending operation
* because every operation
* can introduce large errors, due to
@@ -277,7 +277,7 @@
* SRC
+ * {@code SRC}
* mode with no extra alpha, then the math would
* indicate that the results were (in integer format):
*
@@ -510,21 +510,21 @@
@Native public static final int XOR = 12;
/**
- * AlphaComposite
object that implements the opaque CLEAR rule
+ * {@code AlphaComposite} object that implements the opaque CLEAR rule
* with an alpha of 1.0f.
* @see #CLEAR
*/
public static final AlphaComposite Clear = new AlphaComposite(CLEAR);
/**
- * AlphaComposite
object that implements the opaque SRC rule
+ * {@code AlphaComposite} object that implements the opaque SRC rule
* with an alpha of 1.0f.
* @see #SRC
*/
public static final AlphaComposite Src = new AlphaComposite(SRC);
/**
- * AlphaComposite
object that implements the opaque DST rule
+ * {@code AlphaComposite} object that implements the opaque DST rule
* with an alpha of 1.0f.
* @see #DST
* @since 1.4
@@ -532,49 +532,49 @@
public static final AlphaComposite Dst = new AlphaComposite(DST);
/**
- * AlphaComposite
object that implements the opaque SRC_OVER rule
+ * {@code AlphaComposite} object that implements the opaque SRC_OVER rule
* with an alpha of 1.0f.
* @see #SRC_OVER
*/
public static final AlphaComposite SrcOver = new AlphaComposite(SRC_OVER);
/**
- * AlphaComposite
object that implements the opaque DST_OVER rule
+ * {@code AlphaComposite} object that implements the opaque DST_OVER rule
* with an alpha of 1.0f.
* @see #DST_OVER
*/
public static final AlphaComposite DstOver = new AlphaComposite(DST_OVER);
/**
- * AlphaComposite
object that implements the opaque SRC_IN rule
+ * {@code AlphaComposite} object that implements the opaque SRC_IN rule
* with an alpha of 1.0f.
* @see #SRC_IN
*/
public static final AlphaComposite SrcIn = new AlphaComposite(SRC_IN);
/**
- * AlphaComposite
object that implements the opaque DST_IN rule
+ * {@code AlphaComposite} object that implements the opaque DST_IN rule
* with an alpha of 1.0f.
* @see #DST_IN
*/
public static final AlphaComposite DstIn = new AlphaComposite(DST_IN);
/**
- * AlphaComposite
object that implements the opaque SRC_OUT rule
+ * {@code AlphaComposite} object that implements the opaque SRC_OUT rule
* with an alpha of 1.0f.
* @see #SRC_OUT
*/
public static final AlphaComposite SrcOut = new AlphaComposite(SRC_OUT);
/**
- * AlphaComposite
object that implements the opaque DST_OUT rule
+ * {@code AlphaComposite} object that implements the opaque DST_OUT rule
* with an alpha of 1.0f.
* @see #DST_OUT
*/
public static final AlphaComposite DstOut = new AlphaComposite(DST_OUT);
/**
- * AlphaComposite
object that implements the opaque SRC_ATOP rule
+ * {@code AlphaComposite} object that implements the opaque SRC_ATOP rule
* with an alpha of 1.0f.
* @see #SRC_ATOP
* @since 1.4
@@ -582,7 +582,7 @@
public static final AlphaComposite SrcAtop = new AlphaComposite(SRC_ATOP);
/**
- * AlphaComposite
object that implements the opaque DST_ATOP rule
+ * {@code AlphaComposite} object that implements the opaque DST_ATOP rule
* with an alpha of 1.0f.
* @see #DST_ATOP
* @since 1.4
@@ -590,7 +590,7 @@
public static final AlphaComposite DstAtop = new AlphaComposite(DST_ATOP);
/**
- * AlphaComposite
object that implements the opaque XOR rule
+ * {@code AlphaComposite} object that implements the opaque XOR rule
* with an alpha of 1.0f.
* @see #XOR
* @since 1.4
@@ -620,11 +620,11 @@
}
/**
- * Creates an AlphaComposite
object with the specified rule.
+ * Creates an {@code AlphaComposite} object with the specified rule.
*
* @param rule the compositing rule
* @return the {@code AlphaComposite} object created
- * @throws IllegalArgumentException if rule
is not one of
+ * @throws IllegalArgumentException if {@code rule} is not one of
* the following: {@link #CLEAR}, {@link #SRC}, {@link #DST},
* {@link #SRC_OVER}, {@link #DST_OVER}, {@link #SRC_IN},
* {@link #DST_IN}, {@link #SRC_OUT}, {@link #DST_OUT},
@@ -662,19 +662,19 @@
}
/**
- * Creates an AlphaComposite
object with the specified rule and
+ * Creates an {@code AlphaComposite} object with the specified rule and
* the constant alpha to multiply with the alpha of the source.
* The source is multiplied with the specified alpha before being composited
* with the destination.
*
* @param rule the compositing rule
* @param alpha the constant alpha to be multiplied with the alpha of
- * the source. alpha
must be a floating point number in the
+ * the source. {@code alpha} must be a floating point number in the
* inclusive range [0.0, 1.0].
* @return the {@code AlphaComposite} object created
* @throws IllegalArgumentException if
- * alpha
is less than 0.0 or greater than 1.0, or if
- * rule
is not one of
+ * {@code alpha} is less than 0.0 or greater than 1.0, or if
+ * {@code rule} is not one of
* the following: {@link #CLEAR}, {@link #SRC}, {@link #DST},
* {@link #SRC_OVER}, {@link #DST_OVER}, {@link #SRC_IN},
* {@link #DST_IN}, {@link #SRC_OUT}, {@link #DST_OUT},
@@ -692,8 +692,8 @@
* The context contains state that is used in performing
* the compositing operation.
* @param srcColorModel the {@link ColorModel} of the source
- * @param dstColorModel the ColorModel
of the destination
- * @return the CompositeContext
object to be used to perform
+ * @param dstColorModel the {@code ColorModel} of the destination
+ * @return the {@code CompositeContext} object to be used to perform
* compositing operations.
*/
public CompositeContext createContext(ColorModel srcColorModel,
@@ -703,32 +703,32 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the alpha value of this AlphaComposite
. If this
- * AlphaComposite
does not have an alpha value, 1.0 is returned.
- * @return the alpha value of this AlphaComposite
.
+ * Returns the alpha value of this {@code AlphaComposite}. If this
+ * {@code AlphaComposite} does not have an alpha value, 1.0 is returned.
+ * @return the alpha value of this {@code AlphaComposite}.
*/
public float getAlpha() {
return extraAlpha;
}
/**
- * Returns the compositing rule of this AlphaComposite
.
- * @return the compositing rule of this AlphaComposite
.
+ * Returns the compositing rule of this {@code AlphaComposite}.
+ * @return the compositing rule of this {@code AlphaComposite}.
*/
public int getRule() {
return rule;
}
/**
- * Returns a similar AlphaComposite
object that uses
+ * Returns a similar {@code AlphaComposite} object that uses
* the specified compositing rule.
* If this object already uses the specified compositing rule,
* this object is returned.
- * @return an AlphaComposite
object derived from
+ * @return an {@code AlphaComposite} object derived from
* this object that uses the specified compositing rule.
* @param rule the compositing rule
* @throws IllegalArgumentException if
- * rule
is not one of
+ * {@code rule} is not one of
* the following: {@link #CLEAR}, {@link #SRC}, {@link #DST},
* {@link #SRC_OVER}, {@link #DST_OVER}, {@link #SRC_IN},
* {@link #DST_IN}, {@link #SRC_OUT}, {@link #DST_OUT},
@@ -742,17 +742,17 @@
}
/**
- * Returns a similar AlphaComposite
object that uses
+ * Returns a similar {@code AlphaComposite} object that uses
* the specified alpha value.
* If this object already has the specified alpha value,
* this object is returned.
- * @return an AlphaComposite
object derived from
+ * @return an {@code AlphaComposite} object derived from
* this object that uses the specified alpha value.
* @param alpha the constant alpha to be multiplied with the alpha of
- * the source. alpha
must be a floating point number in the
+ * the source. {@code alpha} must be a floating point number in the
* inclusive range [0.0, 1.0].
* @throws IllegalArgumentException if
- * alpha
is less than 0.0 or greater than 1.0
+ * {@code alpha} is less than 0.0 or greater than 1.0
* @since 1.6
*/
public AlphaComposite derive(float alpha) {
@@ -771,16 +771,16 @@
/**
* Determines whether the specified object is equal to this
- * AlphaComposite
.
+ * {@code AlphaComposite}.
* true
if and only if
- * the argument is not null
and is an
- * AlphaComposite
object that has the same
+ * The result is {@code true} if and only if
+ * the argument is not {@code null} and is an
+ * {@code AlphaComposite} object that has the same
* compositing rule and alpha value as this object.
*
- * @param obj the Object
to test for equality
- * @return true
if obj
equals this
- * AlphaComposite
; false
otherwise.
+ * @param obj the {@code Object} to test for equality
+ * @return {@code true} if {@code obj} equals this
+ * {@code AlphaComposite}; {@code false} otherwise.
*/
public boolean equals(Object obj) {
if (!(obj instanceof AlphaComposite)) {
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/BorderLayout.java 2015-10-04 22:52:21.593275141 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/BorderLayout.java 2015-10-04 22:52:21.401275150 +0400
@@ -33,8 +33,8 @@
* north, south, east, west, and center.
* Each region may contain no more than one component, and
* is identified by a corresponding constant:
- * NORTH
, SOUTH
, EAST
,
- * WEST
, and CENTER
. When adding a
+ * {@code NORTH}, {@code SOUTH}, {@code EAST},
+ * {@code WEST}, and {@code CENTER}. When adding a
* component to a container with a border layout, use one of these
* five constants, for example:
*
@@ -42,55 +42,55 @@
* p.setLayout(new BorderLayout());
* p.add(new Button("Okay"), BorderLayout.SOUTH);
*
- * As a convenience, BorderLayout
interprets the
+ * As a convenience, {@code BorderLayout} interprets the
* absence of a string specification the same as the constant
- * CENTER
:
+ * {@code CENTER}:
*
* Panel p2 = new Panel();
* p2.setLayout(new BorderLayout());
* p2.add(new TextArea()); // Same as p.add(new TextArea(), BorderLayout.CENTER);
*
* BorderLayout
supports the relative
- * positioning constants, PAGE_START
, PAGE_END
,
- * LINE_START
, and LINE_END
.
- * In a container whose ComponentOrientation
is set to
- * ComponentOrientation.LEFT_TO_RIGHT
, these constants map to
- * NORTH
, SOUTH
, WEST
, and
- * EAST
, respectively.
+ * In addition, {@code BorderLayout} supports the relative
+ * positioning constants, {@code PAGE_START}, {@code PAGE_END},
+ * {@code LINE_START}, and {@code LINE_END}.
+ * In a container whose {@code ComponentOrientation} is set to
+ * {@code ComponentOrientation.LEFT_TO_RIGHT}, these constants map to
+ * {@code NORTH}, {@code SOUTH}, {@code WEST}, and
+ * {@code EAST}, respectively.
* BorderLayout
- * also includes the relative positioning constants BEFORE_FIRST_LINE
,
- * AFTER_LAST_LINE
, BEFORE_LINE_BEGINS
and
- * AFTER_LINE_ENDS
. These are equivalent to
- * PAGE_START
, PAGE_END
, LINE_START
- * and LINE_END
respectively. For
+ * For compatibility with previous releases, {@code BorderLayout}
+ * also includes the relative positioning constants {@code BEFORE_FIRST_LINE},
+ * {@code AFTER_LAST_LINE}, {@code BEFORE_LINE_BEGINS} and
+ * {@code AFTER_LINE_ENDS}. These are equivalent to
+ * {@code PAGE_START}, {@code PAGE_END}, {@code LINE_START}
+ * and {@code LINE_END} respectively. For
* consistency with the relative positioning constants used by other
* components, the latter constants are preferred.
* NORTH
- * and PAGE_START
constants in a container whose
- * orientation is LEFT_TO_RIGHT
, only the
- * PAGE_START
will be laid out.
+ * For example, if you add components using both the {@code NORTH}
+ * and {@code PAGE_START} constants in a container whose
+ * orientation is {@code LEFT_TO_RIGHT}, only the
+ * {@code PAGE_START} will be laid out.
* BorderLayout
does not support vertical
- * orientations. The isVertical
setting on the container's
- * ComponentOrientation
is not respected.
+ * {@code BorderLayout} does not support vertical
+ * orientations. The {@code isVertical} setting on the container's
+ * {@code ComponentOrientation} is not respected.
* NORTH
and SOUTH
components may
- * be stretched horizontally; the EAST
and
- * WEST
components may be stretched vertically;
- * the CENTER
component may stretch both horizontally
+ * The {@code NORTH} and {@code SOUTH} components may
+ * be stretched horizontally; the {@code EAST} and
+ * {@code WEST} components may be stretched vertically;
+ * the {@code CENTER} component may stretch both horizontally
* and vertically to fill any space left over.
* BorderLayout
layout manager:
+ * the {@code BorderLayout} layout manager:
* BACKGROUND
, the
+ * When flip contents are {@code BACKGROUND}, the
* contents of the back buffer are cleared with the background color after
* flipping.
* @see #isPageFlipping
@@ -183,7 +183,7 @@
new FlipContents(I_BACKGROUND);
/**
- * When flip contents are PRIOR
, the
+ * When flip contents are {@code PRIOR}, the
* contents of the back buffer are the prior contents of the front buffer
* (a true page flip).
* @see #isPageFlipping
@@ -196,7 +196,7 @@
new FlipContents(I_PRIOR);
/**
- * When flip contents are COPIED
, the
+ * When flip contents are {@code COPIED}, the
* contents of the back buffer are copied to the front buffer when
* flipping.
* @see #isPageFlipping
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/Button.java 2015-10-04 22:52:22.653275094 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/Button.java 2015-10-04 22:52:22.465275102 +0400
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
/**
* This class creates a labeled button. The application can cause
* some action to happen when the button is pushed. This image
- * depicts three views of a "Quit
" button as it appears
+ * depicts three views of a "{@code Quit}" button as it appears
* under the Solaris operating system:
* ActionEvent
,
+ * is associated with one instance of {@code ActionEvent},
* which is sent out when the mouse is both pressed and released
* over the button. If an application is interested in knowing
* when the button has been pressed but not released, as a separate
- * gesture, it can specialize processMouseEvent
,
+ * gesture, it can specialize {@code processMouseEvent},
* or it can register itself as a listener for mouse events by
- * calling addMouseListener
. Both of these methods are
- * defined by Component
, the abstract superclass of
+ * calling {@code addMouseListener}. Both of these methods are
+ * defined by {@code Component}, the abstract superclass of
* all components.
* ActionEvent
to the button, by calling
- * processEvent
on the button. The button's
- * processEvent
method receives all events
+ * of {@code ActionEvent} to the button, by calling
+ * {@code processEvent} on the button. The button's
+ * {@code processEvent} method receives all events
* for the button; it passes an action event along by
- * calling its own processActionEvent
method.
+ * calling its own {@code processActionEvent} method.
* The latter method passes the action event on to any action
* listeners that have registered an interest in action
* events generated by this button.
* ActionListener
and register the new listener
+ * {@code ActionListener} and register the new listener
* to receive events from this button, by calling the button's
- * addActionListener
method. The application can
+ * {@code addActionListener} method. The application can
* make use of the button's action command as a messaging protocol.
*
* @author Sami Shaio
@@ -143,7 +143,7 @@
* Constructs a button with the specified label.
*
* @param label a string label for the button, or
- * null
for no label
+ * {@code null} for no label
* @exception HeadlessException if GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()
* returns true
* @see java.awt.GraphicsEnvironment#isHeadless
@@ -181,7 +181,7 @@
/**
* Gets the label of this button.
*
- * @return the button's label, or null
+ * @return the button's label, or {@code null}
* if the button has no label.
* @see java.awt.Button#setLabel
*/
@@ -192,7 +192,7 @@
/**
* Sets the button's label to be the specified string.
*
- * @param label the new label, or null
+ * @param label the new label, or {@code null}
* if the button has no label.
* @see java.awt.Button#getLabel
*/
@@ -224,7 +224,7 @@
*
* @param command a string used to set the button's
* action command.
- * If the string is null
then the action command
+ * If the string is {@code null} then the action command
* is set to match the label of the button.
* @see java.awt.event.ActionEvent
* @since 1.1
@@ -235,7 +235,7 @@
/**
* Returns the command name of the action event fired by this button.
- * If the command name is null
(default) then this method
+ * If the command name is {@code null} (default) then this method
* returns the label of the button.
*
* @return the action command name (or label) for this button
@@ -291,7 +291,7 @@
* Returns an array of all the action listeners
* registered on this button.
*
- * @return all of this button's ActionListener
s
+ * @return all of this button's {@code ActionListener}s
* or an empty array if no action
* listeners are currently registered
*
@@ -307,16 +307,16 @@
/**
* Returns an array of all the objects currently registered
* as FooListener
s
- * upon this Button
.
+ * upon this {@code Button}.
* FooListener
s are registered using the
* addFooListener
method.
*
* listenerType
argument
+ * You can specify the {@code listenerType} argument
* with a class literal, such as
* FooListener.class
.
* For example, you can query a
- * Button
b
+ * {@code Button b}
* for its action listeners with the following code:
*
* ActionListener[] als = (ActionListener[])(b.getListeners(ActionListener.class));
@@ -325,14 +325,14 @@
*
* @param listenerType the type of listeners requested; this parameter
* should specify an interface that descends from
- * java.util.EventListener
+ * {@code java.util.EventListener}
* @return an array of all objects registered as
* FooListener
s on this button,
* or an empty array if no such
* listeners have been added
- * @exception ClassCastException if listenerType
+ * @exception ClassCastException if {@code listenerType}
* doesn't specify a class or interface that implements
- * java.util.EventListener
+ * {@code java.util.EventListener}
*
* @see #getActionListeners
* @since 1.3
@@ -361,10 +361,10 @@
/**
* Processes events on this button. If an event is
- * an instance of ActionEvent
, this method invokes
- * the processActionEvent
method. Otherwise,
- * it invokes processEvent
on the superclass.
- * null
+ * an instance of {@code ActionEvent}, this method invokes
+ * the {@code processActionEvent} method. Otherwise,
+ * it invokes {@code processEvent} on the superclass.
+ * ActionListener
objects.
+ * {@code ActionListener} objects.
*
- *
- * ActionListener
object is registered
- * via addActionListener
.
- * enableEvents
.
+ * null
+ * Button
.
+ * Returns a string representing the state of this {@code Button}.
* This method is intended to be used only for debugging purposes, and the
* content and format of the returned string may vary between
* implementations. The returned string may be empty but may not be
- * null
.
+ * {@code null}.
*
* @return the parameter string of this button
*/
@@ -436,19 +436,19 @@
/**
* Writes default serializable fields to stream. Writes
- * a list of serializable ActionListeners
+ * a list of serializable {@code ActionListeners}
* as optional data. The non-serializable
- * ActionListeners
are detected and
+ * {@code ActionListeners} are detected and
* no attempt is made to serialize them.
*
- * @serialData null
terminated sequence of 0 or
- * more pairs: the pair consists of a String
- * and an Object
; the String
+ * @serialData {@code null} terminated sequence of 0 or
+ * more pairs: the pair consists of a {@code String}
+ * and an {@code Object}; the {@code String}
* indicates the type of object and is one of the following:
- * actionListenerK
indicating an
- * ActionListener
object
+ * {@code actionListenerK} indicating an
+ * {@code ActionListener} object
*
- * @param s the ObjectOutputStream
to write
+ * @param s the {@code ObjectOutputStream} to write
* @see AWTEventMulticaster#save(ObjectOutputStream, String, EventListener)
* @see java.awt.Component#actionListenerK
* @see #readObject(ObjectInputStream)
@@ -463,15 +463,15 @@
}
/**
- * Reads the ObjectInputStream
and if
- * it isn't null
adds a listener to
+ * Reads the {@code ObjectInputStream} and if
+ * it isn't {@code null} adds a listener to
* receive action events fired by the button.
* Unrecognized keys or values will be ignored.
*
- * @param s the ObjectInputStream
to read
+ * @param s the {@code ObjectInputStream} to read
* @exception HeadlessException if
- * GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless
returns
- * true
+ * {@code GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless} returns
+ * {@code true}
* @serial
* @see #removeActionListener(ActionListener)
* @see #addActionListener(ActionListener)
@@ -502,15 +502,15 @@
////////////////
/**
- * Gets the AccessibleContext
associated with
- * this Button
. For buttons, the
- * AccessibleContext
takes the form of an
- * AccessibleAWTButton
.
- * A new AccessibleAWTButton
instance is
+ * Gets the {@code AccessibleContext} associated with
+ * this {@code Button}. For buttons, the
+ * {@code AccessibleContext} takes the form of an
+ * {@code AccessibleAWTButton}.
+ * A new {@code AccessibleAWTButton} instance is
* created if necessary.
*
- * @return an AccessibleAWTButton
that serves as the
- * AccessibleContext
of this Button
+ * @return an {@code AccessibleAWTButton} that serves as the
+ * {@code AccessibleContext} of this {@code Button}
* @beaninfo
* expert: true
* description: The AccessibleContext associated with this Button.
@@ -525,7 +525,7 @@
/**
* This class implements accessibility support for the
- * Button
class. It provides an implementation of the
+ * {@code Button} class. It provides an implementation of the
* Java Accessibility API appropriate to button user-interface elements.
* @since 1.3
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/Canvas.java 2015-10-04 22:52:23.193275070 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/Canvas.java 2015-10-04 22:52:23.001275078 +0400
@@ -29,13 +29,13 @@
import javax.accessibility.*;
/**
- * A Canvas
component represents a blank rectangular
+ * A {@code Canvas} component represents a blank rectangular
* area of the screen onto which the application can draw or from
* which the application can trap input events from the user.
* Canvas
class in
+ * An application must subclass the {@code Canvas} class in
* order to get useful functionality such as creating a custom
- * component. The paint
method must be overridden
+ * component. The {@code paint} method must be overridden
* in order to perform custom graphics on the canvas.
*
* @author Sami Shaio
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@
/**
* Paints this canvas.
* Canvas
should
+ * Most applications that subclass {@code Canvas} should
* override this method in order to perform some useful operation
* (typically, custom painting of the canvas).
* The default operation is simply to clear the canvas.
@@ -126,10 +126,10 @@
/**
* Updates this canvas.
* repaint
.
+ * This method is called in response to a call to {@code repaint}.
* The canvas is first cleared by filling it with the background
* color, and then completely redrawn by calling this canvas's
- * paint
method.
+ * {@code paint} method.
* Note: applications that override this method should either call
* super.update(g) or incorporate the functionality described
* above into their own code.
@@ -151,7 +151,7 @@
* Creates a new strategy for multi-buffering on this component.
* Multi-buffering is useful for rendering performance. This method
* attempts to create the best strategy available with the number of
- * buffers supplied. It will always create a BufferStrategy
+ * buffers supplied. It will always create a {@code BufferStrategy}
* with that number of buffers.
* A page-flipping strategy is attempted first, then a blitting strategy
* using accelerated buffers. Finally, an unaccelerated blitting
@@ -180,13 +180,13 @@
* is called, the existing buffer strategy for this component is discarded.
* @param numBuffers number of buffers to create
* @param caps the required capabilities for creating the buffer strategy;
- * cannot be null
+ * cannot be {@code null}
* @exception AWTException if the capabilities supplied could not be
* supported or met; this may happen, for example, if there is not enough
* accelerated memory currently available, or if page flipping is specified
* but not possible.
* @exception IllegalArgumentException if numBuffers is less than 1, or if
- * caps is null
+ * caps is {@code null}
* @see #getBufferStrategy
* @since 1.4
*/
@@ -196,8 +196,8 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the BufferStrategy
used by this component. This
- * method will return null if a BufferStrategy
has not yet
+ * Returns the {@code BufferStrategy} used by this component. This
+ * method will return null if a {@code BufferStrategy} has not yet
* been created or has been disposed.
*
* @return the buffer strategy used by this component
@@ -232,7 +232,7 @@
/**
* This class implements accessibility support for the
- * Canvas
class. It provides an implementation of the
+ * {@code Canvas} class. It provides an implementation of the
* Java Accessibility API appropriate to canvas user-interface elements.
* @since 1.3
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/CardLayout.java 2015-10-04 22:52:23.717275046 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/CardLayout.java 2015-10-04 22:52:23.529275054 +0400
@@ -36,15 +36,15 @@
import java.io.IOException;
/**
- * A CardLayout
object is a layout manager for a
+ * A {@code CardLayout} object is a layout manager for a
* container. It treats each component in the container as a card.
* Only one card is visible at a time, and the container acts as
* a stack of cards. The first component added to a
- * CardLayout
object is the visible component when the
+ * {@code CardLayout} object is the visible component when the
* container is first displayed.
* CardLayout
+ * ordering of its component objects. {@code CardLayout}
* defines a set of methods that allow an application to flip
* through these cards sequentially, or to show a specified card.
* The {@link CardLayout#addLayoutComponent}
@@ -188,10 +188,10 @@
/**
* Adds the specified component to this card layout's internal
- * table of names. The object specified by constraints
+ * table of names. The object specified by {@code constraints}
* must be a string. The card layout stores this string as a key-value
* pair that can be used for random access to a particular card.
- * By calling the show
method, an application can
+ * By calling the {@code show} method, an application can
* display the component with the specified name.
* @param comp the component to be added.
* @param constraints a tag that identifies a particular
@@ -214,7 +214,7 @@
/**
* @deprecated replaced by
- * addLayoutComponent(Component, Object)
.
+ * {@code addLayoutComponent(Component, Object)}.
*/
@Deprecated
public void addLayoutComponent(String name, Component comp) {
@@ -365,7 +365,7 @@
/**
* Lays out the specified container using this card layout.
* parent
container is reshaped
+ * Each component in the {@code parent} container is reshaped
* to be the size of the container, minus space for surrounding
* insets, horizontal gaps, and vertical gaps.
*
@@ -515,7 +515,7 @@
/**
* Flips to the component that was added to this layout with the
- * specified name
, using addLayoutComponent
.
+ * specified {@code name}, using {@code addLayoutComponent}.
* If no such component exists, then nothing happens.
* @param parent the parent container in which to do the layout
* @param name the component name
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/Checkbox.java 2015-10-04 22:52:24.249275022 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/Checkbox.java 2015-10-04 22:52:24.057275031 +0400
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
/**
* A check box is a graphical component that can be in either an
- * "on" (true
) or "off" (false
) state.
+ * "on" ({@code true}) or "off" ({@code false}) state.
* Clicking on a check box changes its state from
* "on" to "off," or from "off" to "on."
* one
is in the "on" state, and the
+ * The button labeled {@code one} is in the "on" state, and the
* other two are in the "off" state. In this example, which uses the
- * GridLayout
class, the states of the three check
+ * {@code GridLayout} class, the states of the three check
* boxes are set independently.
* CheckboxGroup
class.
+ * {@code CheckboxGroup} class.
* In a check box group, at most one button can be in the "on"
* state at any given time. Clicking on a check box to turn it on
* forces any other check box in the same group that is on
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@
String label;
/**
- * The state of the Checkbox
.
+ * The state of the {@code Checkbox}.
* @serial
* @see #getState()
* @see #setState(boolean)
@@ -150,10 +150,10 @@
* any check box group.
*
* @param label a string label for this check box,
- * or null
for no label.
+ * or {@code null} for no label.
* @exception HeadlessException if
- * GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless
- * returns true
+ * {@code GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless}
+ * returns {@code true}
* @see java.awt.GraphicsEnvironment#isHeadless
*/
public Checkbox(String label) throws HeadlessException {
@@ -166,11 +166,11 @@
* This check box is not part of any check box group.
*
* @param label a string label for this check box,
- * or null
for no label
+ * or {@code null} for no label
* @param state the initial state of this check box
* @exception HeadlessException if
- * GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless
- * returns true
+ * {@code GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless}
+ * returns {@code true}
* @see java.awt.GraphicsEnvironment#isHeadless
*/
public Checkbox(String label, boolean state) throws HeadlessException {
@@ -182,13 +182,13 @@
* specified state, and in the specified check box group.
*
* @param label a string label for this check box,
- * or null
for no label.
+ * or {@code null} for no label.
* @param state the initial state of this check box.
* @param group a check box group for this check box,
- * or null
for no group.
+ * or {@code null} for no group.
* @exception HeadlessException if
- * GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless
- * returns true
+ * {@code GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless}
+ * returns {@code true}
* @see java.awt.GraphicsEnvironment#isHeadless
* @since 1.1
*/
@@ -208,13 +208,13 @@
* check box group, and set to the specified state.
*
* @param label a string label for this check box,
- * or null
for no label.
+ * or {@code null} for no label.
* @param group a check box group for this check box,
- * or null
for no group.
+ * or {@code null} for no group.
* @param state the initial state of this check box.
* @exception HeadlessException if
- * GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless
- * returns true
+ * {@code GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless}
+ * returns {@code true}
* @see java.awt.GraphicsEnvironment#isHeadless
* @since 1.1
*/
@@ -225,7 +225,7 @@
/**
* Constructs a name for this component. Called by
- * getName
when the name is null
.
+ * {@code getName} when the name is {@code null}.
*
* @return a name for this component
*/
@@ -252,7 +252,7 @@
/**
* Gets the label of this check box.
*
- * @return the label of this check box, or null
+ * @return the label of this check box, or {@code null}
* if this check box has no label.
* @see #setLabel(String)
*/
@@ -264,7 +264,7 @@
* Sets this check box's label to be the string argument.
*
* @param label a string to set as the new label, or
- * null
for no label.
+ * {@code null} for no label.
* @see #getLabel
*/
public void setLabel(String label) {
@@ -290,8 +290,8 @@
/**
* Determines whether this check box is in the "on" or "off" state.
- * The boolean value true
indicates the "on" state,
- * and false
indicates the "off" state.
+ * The boolean value {@code true} indicates the "on" state,
+ * and {@code false} indicates the "off" state.
*
* @return the state of this check box, as a boolean value
* @see #setState
@@ -302,14 +302,14 @@
/**
* Sets the state of this check box to the specified state.
- * The boolean value true
indicates the "on" state,
- * and false
indicates the "off" state.
+ * The boolean value {@code true} indicates the "on" state,
+ * and {@code false} indicates the "off" state.
*
* ItemEvent
. The only way to trigger an
- * ItemEvent
is by user interaction.
+ * an {@code ItemEvent}. The only way to trigger an
+ * {@code ItemEvent} is by user interaction.
*
* @param state the boolean state of the check box
* @see #getState
@@ -343,7 +343,7 @@
/**
* Determines this check box's group.
- * @return this check box's group, or null
+ * @return this check box's group, or {@code null}
* if the check box is not part of a check box group.
* @see #setCheckboxGroup(CheckboxGroup)
*/
@@ -356,14 +356,14 @@
* If this check box is already in a different check box group,
* it is first taken out of that group.
* true
and the new
+ * If the state of this check box is {@code true} and the new
* group already has a check box selected, this check box's state
- * is changed to false
. If the state of this check
- * box is true
and the new group has no check box
+ * is changed to {@code false}. If the state of this check
+ * box is {@code true} and the new group has no check box
* selected, this check box becomes the selected checkbox for
- * the new group and its state is true
.
+ * the new group and its state is {@code true}.
*
- * @param g the new check box group, or null
+ * @param g the new check box group, or {@code null}
* to remove this check box from any check box group
* @see #getCheckboxGroup
*/
@@ -458,7 +458,7 @@
* Returns an array of all the item listeners
* registered on this checkbox.
*
- * @return all of this checkbox's ItemListener
s
+ * @return all of this checkbox's {@code ItemListener}s
* or an empty array if no item
* listeners are currently registered
*
@@ -475,16 +475,16 @@
/**
* Returns an array of all the objects currently registered
* as FooListener
s
- * upon this Checkbox
.
+ * upon this {@code Checkbox}.
* FooListener
s are registered using the
* addFooListener
method.
*
* listenerType
argument
+ * You can specify the {@code listenerType} argument
* with a class literal, such as
* FooListener.class
.
* For example, you can query a
- * Checkbox
c
+ * {@code Checkbox c}
* for its item listeners with the following code:
*
* ItemListener[] ils = (ItemListener[])(c.getListeners(ItemListener.class));
@@ -493,14 +493,14 @@
*
* @param listenerType the type of listeners requested; this parameter
* should specify an interface that descends from
- * java.util.EventListener
+ * {@code java.util.EventListener}
* @return an array of all objects registered as
* FooListener
s on this checkbox,
* or an empty array if no such
* listeners have been added
- * @exception ClassCastException if listenerType
+ * @exception ClassCastException if {@code listenerType}
* doesn't specify a class or interface that implements
- * java.util.EventListener
+ * {@code java.util.EventListener}
*
* @see #getItemListeners
* @since 1.3
@@ -529,10 +529,10 @@
/**
* Processes events on this check box.
- * If the event is an instance of ItemEvent
,
- * this method invokes the processItemEvent
method.
- * Otherwise, it calls its superclass's processEvent
method.
- * null
+ * If the event is an instance of {@code ItemEvent},
+ * this method invokes the {@code processItemEvent} method.
+ * Otherwise, it calls its superclass's {@code processEvent} method.
+ * ItemListener
objects.
+ * {@code ItemListener} objects.
*
- *
- * ItemListener
object is registered
- * via addItemListener
.
- * enableEvents
.
+ * null
+ * Checkbox
.
+ * Returns a string representing the state of this {@code Checkbox}.
* This method is intended to be used only for debugging purposes, and the
* content and format of the returned string may vary between
* implementations. The returned string may be empty but may not be
- * null
.
+ * {@code null}.
*
* @return the parameter string of this check box
*/
@@ -610,18 +610,18 @@
/**
* Writes default serializable fields to stream. Writes
- * a list of serializable ItemListeners
+ * a list of serializable {@code ItemListeners}
* as optional data. The non-serializable
- * ItemListeners
are detected and
+ * {@code ItemListeners} are detected and
* no attempt is made to serialize them.
*
- * @param s the ObjectOutputStream
to write
- * @serialData null
terminated sequence of 0
- * or more pairs; the pair consists of a String
- * and an Object
; the String
indicates
+ * @param s the {@code ObjectOutputStream} to write
+ * @serialData {@code null} terminated sequence of 0
+ * or more pairs; the pair consists of a {@code String}
+ * and an {@code Object}; the {@code String} indicates
* the type of object and is one of the following:
- * itemListenerK
indicating an
- * ItemListener
object
+ * {@code itemListenerK} indicating an
+ * {@code ItemListener} object
*
* @see AWTEventMulticaster#save(ObjectOutputStream, String, EventListener)
* @see java.awt.Component#itemListenerK
@@ -637,15 +637,15 @@
}
/**
- * Reads the ObjectInputStream
and if it
- * isn't null
adds a listener to receive
- * item events fired by the Checkbox
.
+ * Reads the {@code ObjectInputStream} and if it
+ * isn't {@code null} adds a listener to receive
+ * item events fired by the {@code Checkbox}.
* Unrecognized keys or values will be ignored.
*
- * @param s the ObjectInputStream
to read
+ * @param s the {@code ObjectInputStream} to read
* @exception HeadlessException if
- * GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless
returns
- * true
+ * {@code GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless} returns
+ * {@code true}
* @serial
* @see #removeItemListener(ItemListener)
* @see #addItemListener(ItemListener)
@@ -700,7 +700,7 @@
/**
* This class implements accessibility support for the
- * Checkbox
class. It provides an implementation of the
+ * {@code Checkbox} class. It provides an implementation of the
* Java Accessibility API appropriate to checkbox user-interface elements.
* @since 1.3
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/CheckboxMenuItem.java 2015-10-04 22:52:24.785274998 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/CheckboxMenuItem.java 2015-10-04 22:52:24.597275007 +0400
@@ -40,20 +40,20 @@
* "on" to "off" or from "off" to "on."
* CheckBoxMenuItem
:
+ * of {@code CheckBoxMenuItem}:
* Check
shows a check box menu item
+ * The item labeled {@code Check} shows a check box menu item
* in its "off" state.
* ItemEvent
,
- * the processEvent
method examines the event and passes
- * it along to processItemEvent
. The latter method redirects
- * the event to any ItemListener
objects that have
+ * the item. Since the event is an instance of {@code ItemEvent},
+ * the {@code processEvent} method examines the event and passes
+ * it along to {@code processItemEvent}. The latter method redirects
+ * the event to any {@code ItemListener} objects that have
* registered an interest in item events generated by this menu item.
*
* @author Sami Shaio
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@
* The item's state is initially set to "off."
* @param label a string label for the check box menu item,
- * or null
for an unlabeled menu item.
+ * or {@code null} for an unlabeled menu item.
* @exception HeadlessException if GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()
* returns true
* @see java.awt.GraphicsEnvironment#isHeadless
@@ -125,10 +125,10 @@
/**
* Create a check box menu item with the specified label and state.
* @param label a string label for the check box menu item,
- * or null
for an unlabeled menu item.
+ * or {@code null} for an unlabeled menu item.
* @param state the initial state of the menu item, where
- * true
indicates "on" and
- * false
indicates "off."
+ * {@code true} indicates "on" and
+ * {@code false} indicates "off."
* @exception HeadlessException if GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()
* returns true
* @see java.awt.GraphicsEnvironment#isHeadless
@@ -170,8 +170,8 @@
* is "on" or "off."
*
* @return the state of this check box menu item, where
- * true
indicates "on" and
- * false
indicates "off"
+ * {@code true} indicates "on" and
+ * {@code false} indicates "off"
* @see #setState
*/
public boolean getState() {
@@ -180,18 +180,18 @@
/**
* Sets this check box menu item to the specified state.
- * The boolean value true
indicates "on" while
- * false
indicates "off."
+ * The boolean value {@code true} indicates "on" while
+ * {@code false} indicates "off."
*
* ItemEvent
. The only way to trigger an
- * ItemEvent
is by user interaction.
+ * an {@code ItemEvent}. The only way to trigger an
+ * {@code ItemEvent} is by user interaction.
*
- * @param b true
if the check box
- * menu item is on, otherwise false
+ * @param b {@code true} if the check box
+ * menu item is on, otherwise {@code false}
* @see #getState
*/
public synchronized void setState(boolean b) {
@@ -265,7 +265,7 @@
* Returns an array of all the item listeners
* registered on this checkbox menuitem.
*
- * @return all of this checkbox menuitem's ItemListener
s
+ * @return all of this checkbox menuitem's {@code ItemListener}s
* or an empty array if no item
* listeners are currently registered
*
@@ -282,16 +282,16 @@
/**
* Returns an array of all the objects currently registered
* as FooListener
s
- * upon this CheckboxMenuItem
.
+ * upon this {@code CheckboxMenuItem}.
* FooListener
s are registered using the
* addFooListener
method.
*
* listenerType
argument
+ * You can specify the {@code listenerType} argument
* with a class literal, such as
* FooListener.class
.
* For example, you can query a
- * CheckboxMenuItem
c
+ * {@code CheckboxMenuItem c}
* for its item listeners with the following code:
*
* ItemListener[] ils = (ItemListener[])(c.getListeners(ItemListener.class));
@@ -300,14 +300,14 @@
*
* @param listenerType the type of listeners requested; this parameter
* should specify an interface that descends from
- * java.util.EventListener
+ * {@code java.util.EventListener}
* @return an array of all objects registered as
* FooListener
s on this checkbox menuitem,
* or an empty array if no such
* listeners have been added
- * @exception ClassCastException if listenerType
+ * @exception ClassCastException if {@code listenerType}
* doesn't specify a class or interface that implements
- * java.util.EventListener
+ * {@code java.util.EventListener}
*
* @see #getItemListeners
* @since 1.3
@@ -336,13 +336,13 @@
/**
* Processes events on this check box menu item.
- * If the event is an instance of ItemEvent
,
- * this method invokes the processItemEvent
method.
+ * If the event is an instance of {@code ItemEvent},
+ * this method invokes the {@code processItemEvent} method.
* If the event is not an item event,
- * it invokes processEvent
on the superclass.
+ * it invokes {@code processEvent} on the superclass.
* null
+ * ItemListener
objects.
+ * dispatching them to any registered {@code ItemListener} objects.
*
- *
- * ItemListener
object is registered
- * via addItemListener
.
- * enableEvents
.
+ * null
+ * CheckBoxMenuItem
. This
+ * {@code CheckBoxMenuItem}. This
* method is intended to be used only for debugging purposes, and the
* content and format of the returned string may vary between
* implementations. The returned string may be empty but may not be
- * null
.
+ * {@code null}.
*
* @return the parameter string of this check box menu item
*/
@@ -426,18 +426,18 @@
/**
* Writes default serializable fields to stream. Writes
- * a list of serializable ItemListeners
+ * a list of serializable {@code ItemListeners}
* as optional data. The non-serializable
- * ItemListeners
are detected and
+ * {@code ItemListeners} are detected and
* no attempt is made to serialize them.
*
- * @param s the ObjectOutputStream
to write
- * @serialData null
terminated sequence of
- * 0 or more pairs; the pair consists of a String
- * and an Object
; the String
indicates
+ * @param s the {@code ObjectOutputStream} to write
+ * @serialData {@code null} terminated sequence of
+ * 0 or more pairs; the pair consists of a {@code String}
+ * and an {@code Object}; the {@code String} indicates
* the type of object and is one of the following:
- * itemListenerK
indicating an
- * ItemListener
object
+ * {@code itemListenerK} indicating an
+ * {@code ItemListener} object
*
* @see AWTEventMulticaster#save(ObjectOutputStream, String, EventListener)
* @see java.awt.Component#itemListenerK
@@ -453,12 +453,12 @@
}
/*
- * Reads the ObjectInputStream
and if it
- * isn't null
adds a listener to receive
- * item events fired by the Checkbox
menu item.
+ * Reads the {@code ObjectInputStream} and if it
+ * isn't {@code null} adds a listener to receive
+ * item events fired by the {@code Checkbox} menu item.
* Unrecognized keys or values will be ignored.
*
- * @param s the ObjectInputStream
to read
+ * @param s the {@code ObjectInputStream} to read
* @serial
* @see removeActionListener()
* @see addActionListener()
@@ -515,7 +515,7 @@
* subclassed by menu component developers.
* CheckboxMenuItem
class. It provides an implementation
+ * {@code CheckboxMenuItem} class. It provides an implementation
* of the Java Accessibility API appropriate to checkbox menu item
* user-interface elements.
* @since 1.3
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/Choice.java 2015-10-04 22:52:25.333274973 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/Choice.java 2015-10-04 22:52:25.129274983 +0400
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
/**
- * The Choice
class presents a pop-up menu of choices.
+ * The {@code Choice} class presents a pop-up menu of choices.
* The current choice is displayed as the title of the menu.
* "Green"
is the current choice.
+ * In the picture, {@code "Green"} is the current choice.
* Pushing the mouse button down on the object causes a menu to
* appear with the current choice highlighted.
* Choice
components and the behavior of
- * setSize()/getSize()
is bound by
+ * {@code Choice} components and the behavior of
+ * {@code setSize()/getSize()} is bound by
* such limitations.
- * Native GUI Choice
components' size are often bound by such
+ * Native GUI {@code Choice} components' size are often bound by such
* attributes as font size and length of items contained within
- * the Choice
.
+ * the {@code Choice}.
*
* @author Sami Shaio
* @author Arthur van Hoff
@@ -72,8 +72,8 @@
*/
public class Choice extends Component implements ItemSelectable, Accessible {
/**
- * The items for the Choice
.
- * This can be a null
value.
+ * The items for the {@code Choice}.
+ * This can be a {@code null} value.
* @serial
* @see #add(String)
* @see #addItem(String)
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@
VectorChoice
+ * The index of the current choice for this {@code Choice}
* or -1 if nothing is selected.
* @serial
* @see #getSelectedItem()
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@
* select
methods.
+ * by calling one of the {@code select} methods.
* @exception HeadlessException if GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()
* returns true
* @see java.awt.GraphicsEnvironment#isHeadless
@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@
/**
* Constructs a name for this component. Called by
- * getName
when the name is null
.
+ * {@code getName} when the name is {@code null}.
*/
String constructComponentName() {
synchronized (Choice.class) {
@@ -140,9 +140,9 @@
}
/**
- * Creates the Choice
's peer. This peer allows us
+ * Creates the {@code Choice}'s peer. This peer allows us
* to change the look
- * of the Choice
without changing its functionality.
+ * of the {@code Choice} without changing its functionality.
* @see java.awt.Component#getToolkit()
*/
public void addNotify() {
@@ -154,9 +154,9 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the number of items in this Choice
menu.
+ * Returns the number of items in this {@code Choice} menu.
*
- * @return the number of items in this Choice
menu
+ * @return the number of items in this {@code Choice} menu
* @see #getItem
* @since 1.1
*/
@@ -169,7 +169,7 @@
*
* @return the number of items in this {@code Choice} menu
* @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
- * replaced by getItemCount()
.
+ * replaced by {@code getItemCount()}.
*/
@Deprecated
public int countItems() {
@@ -178,7 +178,7 @@
/**
* Gets the string at the specified index in this
- * Choice
menu.
+ * {@code Choice} menu.
*
* @param index the index at which to begin
* @return the item at the specified index
@@ -197,10 +197,10 @@
}
/**
- * Adds an item to this Choice
menu.
+ * Adds an item to this {@code Choice} menu.
* @param item the item to be added
* @exception NullPointerException if the item's value is
- * null
+ * {@code null}
* @since 1.1
*/
public void add(String item) {
@@ -209,12 +209,12 @@
/**
* Obsolete as of Java 2 platform v1.1. Please use the
- * add
method instead.
+ * {@code add} method instead.
* Choice
menu.
+ * Adds an item to this {@code Choice} menu.
* @param item the item to be added
* @exception NullPointerException if the item's value is equal to
- * null
+ * {@code null}
*/
public void addItem(String item) {
synchronized (this) {
@@ -226,14 +226,14 @@
}
/**
- * Inserts an item to this Choice
,
- * but does not invalidate the Choice
.
+ * Inserts an item to this {@code Choice},
+ * but does not invalidate the {@code Choice}.
* Client methods must provide their own synchronization before
* invoking this method.
* @param item the item to be added
* @param index the new item position
* @exception NullPointerException if the item's value is equal to
- * null
+ * {@code null}
*/
private void insertNoInvalidate(String item, int index) {
if (item == null) {
@@ -255,10 +255,10 @@
/**
* Inserts the item into this choice at the specified position.
* Existing items at an index greater than or equal to
- * index
are shifted up by one to accommodate
- * the new item. If index
is greater than or
+ * {@code index} are shifted up by one to accommodate
+ * the new item. If {@code index} is greater than or
* equal to the number of items in this choice,
- * item
is added to the end of this choice.
+ * {@code item} is added to the end of this choice.
* null
item to be inserted
+ * @param item the non-{@code null} item to be inserted
* @param index the position at which the item should be inserted
* @exception IllegalArgumentException if index is less than 0
*/
@@ -286,14 +286,14 @@
}
/**
- * Removes the first occurrence of item
- * from the Choice
menu. If the item
+ * Removes the first occurrence of {@code item}
+ * from the {@code Choice} menu. If the item
* being removed is the currently selected item,
* then the first item in the choice becomes the
* selected item. Otherwise, the currently selected
* item remains selected (and the selected index is
* updated accordingly).
- * @param item the item to remove from this Choice
menu
+ * @param item the item to remove from this {@code Choice} menu
* @exception IllegalArgumentException if the item doesn't
* exist in the choice menu
* @since 1.1
@@ -336,8 +336,8 @@
}
/**
- * Removes an item from the Choice
at the
- * specified position, but does not invalidate the Choice
.
+ * Removes an item from the {@code Choice} at the
+ * specified position, but does not invalidate the {@code Choice}.
* Client methods must provide their
* own synchronization before invoking this method.
* @param position the position of the item
@@ -389,7 +389,7 @@
/**
* Returns an array (length 1) containing the currently selected
- * item. If this choice has no items, returns null
.
+ * item. If this choice has no items, returns {@code null}.
* @see ItemSelectable
*/
public synchronized Object[] getSelectedObjects() {
@@ -414,14 +414,14 @@
}
/**
- * Sets the selected item in this Choice
menu to be the
+ * Sets the selected item in this {@code Choice} menu to be the
* item at the specified position.
*
* ItemEvent
. The only way to trigger an
- * ItemEvent
is by user interaction.
+ * an {@code ItemEvent}. The only way to trigger an
+ * {@code ItemEvent} is by user interaction.
*
* @param pos the position of the selected item
* @exception IllegalArgumentException if the specified
@@ -444,7 +444,7 @@
}
/**
- * Sets the selected item in this Choice
menu
+ * Sets the selected item in this {@code Choice} menu
* to be the item whose name is equal to the specified string.
* If more than one item matches (is equal to) the specified string,
* the one with the smallest index is selected.
@@ -452,8 +452,8 @@
* ItemEvent
. The only way to trigger an
- * ItemEvent
is by user interaction.
+ * an {@code ItemEvent}. The only way to trigger an
+ * {@code ItemEvent} is by user interaction.
*
* @param str the specified string
* @see #getSelectedItem
@@ -468,9 +468,9 @@
/**
* Adds the specified item listener to receive item events from
- * this Choice
menu. Item events are sent in response
- * to user input, but not in response to calls to select
.
- * If l is null
, no exception is thrown and no action
+ * this {@code Choice} menu. Item events are sent in response
+ * to user input, but not in response to calls to {@code select}.
+ * If l is {@code null}, no exception is thrown and no action
* is performed.
* Choice
menu.
- * If l is null
, no exception is thrown and no
+ * item events from this {@code Choice} menu.
+ * If l is {@code null}, no exception is thrown and no
* action is performed.
* ItemListener
s
+ * @return all of this choice's {@code ItemListener}s
* or an empty array if no item
* listeners are currently registered
*
@@ -532,16 +532,16 @@
/**
* Returns an array of all the objects currently registered
* as FooListener
s
- * upon this Choice
.
+ * upon this {@code Choice}.
* FooListener
s are registered using the
* addFooListener
method.
*
* listenerType
argument
+ * You can specify the {@code listenerType} argument
* with a class literal, such as
* FooListener.class
.
* For example, you can query a
- * Choice
c
+ * {@code Choice c}
* for its item listeners with the following code:
*
* ItemListener[] ils = (ItemListener[])(c.getListeners(ItemListener.class));
@@ -550,14 +550,14 @@
*
* @param listenerType the type of listeners requested; this parameter
* should specify an interface that descends from
- * java.util.EventListener
+ * {@code java.util.EventListener}
* @return an array of all objects registered as
* FooListener
s on this choice,
* or an empty array if no such
* listeners have been added
- * @exception ClassCastException if listenerType
+ * @exception ClassCastException if {@code listenerType}
* doesn't specify a class or interface that implements
- * java.util.EventListener
+ * {@code java.util.EventListener}
*
* @see #getItemListeners
* @since 1.3
@@ -586,10 +586,10 @@
/**
* Processes events on this choice. If the event is an
- * instance of ItemEvent
, it invokes the
- * processItemEvent
method. Otherwise, it calls its
- * superclass's processEvent
method.
- * null
+ * instance of {@code ItemEvent}, it invokes the
+ * {@code processItemEvent} method. Otherwise, it calls its
+ * superclass's {@code processEvent} method.
+ * Choice
+ * Processes item events occurring on this {@code Choice}
* menu by dispatching them to any registered
- * ItemListener
objects.
+ * {@code ItemListener} objects.
*
- *
- * ItemListener
object is registered
- * via addItemListener
.
- * enableEvents
.
+ * null
+ * Choice
+ * Returns a string representing the state of this {@code Choice}
* menu. This method is intended to be used only for debugging purposes,
* and the content and format of the returned string may vary between
* implementations. The returned string may be empty but may not be
- * null
.
+ * {@code null}.
*
- * @return the parameter string of this Choice
menu
+ * @return the parameter string of this {@code Choice} menu
*/
protected String paramString() {
return super.paramString() + ",current=" + getSelectedItem();
@@ -662,18 +662,18 @@
/**
* Writes default serializable fields to stream. Writes
- * a list of serializable ItemListeners
+ * a list of serializable {@code ItemListeners}
* as optional data. The non-serializable
- * ItemListeners
are detected and
+ * {@code ItemListeners} are detected and
* no attempt is made to serialize them.
*
- * @param s the ObjectOutputStream
to write
- * @serialData null
terminated sequence of 0
- * or more pairs; the pair consists of a String
- * and an Object
; the String
indicates
+ * @param s the {@code ObjectOutputStream} to write
+ * @serialData {@code null} terminated sequence of 0
+ * or more pairs; the pair consists of a {@code String}
+ * and an {@code Object}; the {@code String} indicates
* the type of object and is one of the following:
- * itemListenerK
indicating an
- * ItemListener
object
+ * {@code itemListenerK} indicating an
+ * {@code ItemListener} object
*
* @see AWTEventMulticaster#save(ObjectOutputStream, String, EventListener)
* @see java.awt.Component#itemListenerK
@@ -689,15 +689,15 @@
}
/**
- * Reads the ObjectInputStream
and if it
- * isn't null
adds a listener to receive
- * item events fired by the Choice
item.
+ * Reads the {@code ObjectInputStream} and if it
+ * isn't {@code null} adds a listener to receive
+ * item events fired by the {@code Choice} item.
* Unrecognized keys or values will be ignored.
*
- * @param s the ObjectInputStream
to read
+ * @param s the {@code ObjectInputStream} to read
* @exception HeadlessException if
- * GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless
returns
- * true
+ * {@code GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless} returns
+ * {@code true}
* @serial
* @see #removeItemListener(ItemListener)
* @see #addItemListener(ItemListener)
@@ -733,14 +733,14 @@
/**
- * Gets the AccessibleContext
associated with this
- * Choice
. For Choice
components,
- * the AccessibleContext
takes the form of an
- * AccessibleAWTChoice
. A new AccessibleAWTChoice
+ * Gets the {@code AccessibleContext} associated with this
+ * {@code Choice}. For {@code Choice} components,
+ * the {@code AccessibleContext} takes the form of an
+ * {@code AccessibleAWTChoice}. A new {@code AccessibleAWTChoice}
* instance is created if necessary.
*
- * @return an AccessibleAWTChoice
that serves as the
- * AccessibleContext
of this Choice
+ * @return an {@code AccessibleAWTChoice} that serves as the
+ * {@code AccessibleContext} of this {@code Choice}
* @since 1.3
*/
public AccessibleContext getAccessibleContext() {
@@ -752,7 +752,7 @@
/**
* This class implements accessibility support for the
- * Choice
class. It provides an implementation of the
+ * {@code Choice} class. It provides an implementation of the
* Java Accessibility API appropriate to choice user-interface elements.
* @since 1.3
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/Color.java 2015-10-04 22:52:25.869274949 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/Color.java 2015-10-04 22:52:25.681274958 +0400
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
import java.awt.color.ColorSpace;
/**
- * The Color
class is used to encapsulate colors in the default
+ * The {@code Color} class is used to encapsulate colors in the default
* sRGB color space or colors in arbitrary color spaces identified by a
* {@link ColorSpace}. Every color has an implicit alpha value of 1.0 or
* an explicit one provided in the constructor. The alpha value
@@ -41,8 +41,8 @@
* An alpha value of 1.0 or 255 means that the color is completely
* opaque and an alpha value of 0 or 0.0 means that the color is
* completely transparent.
- * When constructing a Color
with an explicit alpha or
- * getting the color/alpha components of a Color
, the color
+ * When constructing a {@code Color} with an explicit alpha or
+ * getting the color/alpha components of a {@code Color}, the color
* components are never premultiplied by the alpha component.
* ColorSpace
as
- * float
components (no alpha).
- * If null
after object construction, this must be an
+ * The color value in the default sRGB {@code ColorSpace} as
+ * {@code float} components (no alpha).
+ * If {@code null} after object construction, this must be an
* sRGB color constructed with 8-bit precision, so compute from the
- * int
color value.
+ * {@code int} color value.
* @serial
* @see #getRGBColorComponents
* @see #getRGBComponents
@@ -222,11 +222,11 @@
private float frgbvalue[] = null;
/**
- * The color value in the native ColorSpace
as
- * float
components (no alpha).
- * If null
after object construction, this must be an
+ * The color value in the native {@code ColorSpace} as
+ * {@code float} components (no alpha).
+ * If {@code null} after object construction, this must be an
* sRGB color constructed with 8-bit precision, so compute from the
- * int
color value.
+ * {@code int} color value.
* @serial
* @see #getRGBColorComponents
* @see #getRGBComponents
@@ -234,9 +234,9 @@
private float fvalue[] = null;
/**
- * The alpha value as a float
component.
- * If frgbvalue
is null
, this is not valid
- * data, so compute from the int
color value.
+ * The alpha value as a {@code float} component.
+ * If {@code frgbvalue} is {@code null}, this is not valid
+ * data, so compute from the {@code int} color value.
* @serial
* @see #getRGBComponents
* @see #getComponents
@@ -244,7 +244,7 @@
private float falpha = 0.0f;
/**
- * The ColorSpace
. If null
, then it's
+ * The {@code ColorSpace}. If {@code null}, then it's
* default is sRGB.
* @serial
* @see #getColor
@@ -313,9 +313,9 @@
}
/**
- * Checks the color float
components supplied for
+ * Checks the color {@code float} components supplied for
* validity.
- * Throws an IllegalArgumentException
if the value is out
+ * Throws an {@code IllegalArgumentException} if the value is out
* of range.
* @param r the Red component
* @param g the Green component
@@ -354,8 +354,8 @@
* available for a given output device.
* Alpha is defaulted to 255.
*
- * @throws IllegalArgumentException if r
, g
- * or b
are outside of the range
+ * @throws IllegalArgumentException if {@code r}, {@code g}
+ * or {@code b} are outside of the range
* 0 to 255, inclusive
* @param r the red component
* @param g the green component
@@ -373,8 +373,8 @@
* Creates an sRGB color with the specified red, green, blue, and alpha
* values in the range (0 - 255).
*
- * @throws IllegalArgumentException if r
, g
,
- * b
or a
are outside of the range
+ * @throws IllegalArgumentException if {@code r}, {@code g},
+ * {@code b} or {@code a} are outside of the range
* 0 to 255, inclusive
* @param r the red component
* @param g the green component
@@ -418,12 +418,12 @@
* Creates an sRGB color with the specified combined RGBA value consisting
* of the alpha component in bits 24-31, the red component in bits 16-23,
* the green component in bits 8-15, and the blue component in bits 0-7.
- * If the hasalpha
argument is false
, alpha
+ * If the {@code hasalpha} argument is {@code false}, alpha
* is defaulted to 255.
*
* @param rgba the combined RGBA components
- * @param hasalpha true
if the alpha bits are valid;
- * false
otherwise
+ * @param hasalpha {@code true} if the alpha bits are valid;
+ * {@code false} otherwise
* @see java.awt.image.ColorModel#getRGBdefault
* @see #getRed
* @see #getGreen
@@ -446,8 +446,8 @@
* match given the color space available for a particular output
* device.
*
- * @throws IllegalArgumentException if r
, g
- * or b
are outside of the range
+ * @throws IllegalArgumentException if {@code r}, {@code g}
+ * or {@code b} are outside of the range
* 0.0 to 1.0, inclusive
* @param r the red component
* @param g the green component
@@ -473,8 +473,8 @@
* alpha values in the range (0.0 - 1.0). The actual color
* used in rendering depends on finding the best match given the
* color space available for a particular output device.
- * @throws IllegalArgumentException if r
, g
- * b
or a
are outside of the range
+ * @throws IllegalArgumentException if {@code r}, {@code g}
+ * {@code b} or {@code a} are outside of the range
* 0.0 to 1.0, inclusive
* @param r the red component
* @param g the green component
@@ -497,19 +497,19 @@
}
/**
- * Creates a color in the specified ColorSpace
- * with the color components specified in the float
+ * Creates a color in the specified {@code ColorSpace}
+ * with the color components specified in the {@code float}
* array and the specified alpha. The number of components is
- * determined by the type of the ColorSpace
. For
+ * determined by the type of the {@code ColorSpace}. For
* example, RGB requires 3 components, but CMYK requires 4
* components.
- * @param cspace the ColorSpace
to be used to
+ * @param cspace the {@code ColorSpace} to be used to
* interpret the components
* @param components an arbitrary number of color components
- * that is compatible with the ColorSpace
+ * that is compatible with the {@code ColorSpace}
* @param alpha alpha value
* @throws IllegalArgumentException if any of the values in the
- * components
array or alpha
is
+ * {@code components} array or {@code alpha} is
* outside of the range 0.0 to 1.0
* @see #getComponents
* @see #getColorComponents
@@ -592,7 +592,7 @@
* (Bits 24-31 are alpha, 16-23 are red, 8-15 are green, 0-7 are
* blue).
* @return the RGB value of the color in the default sRGB
- * ColorModel
.
+ * {@code ColorModel}.
* @see java.awt.image.ColorModel#getRGBdefault
* @see #getRed
* @see #getGreen
@@ -606,19 +606,19 @@
private static final double FACTOR = 0.7;
/**
- * Creates a new Color
that is a brighter version of this
- * Color
.
+ * Creates a new {@code Color} that is a brighter version of this
+ * {@code Color}.
* Color
to create a brighter version
- * of this Color
.
+ * components of this {@code Color} to create a brighter version
+ * of this {@code Color}.
* The {@code alpha} value is preserved.
- * Although brighter
and
- * darker
are inverse operations, the results of a
+ * Although {@code brighter} and
+ * {@code darker} are inverse operations, the results of a
* series of invocations of these two methods might be inconsistent
* because of rounding errors.
- * @return a new Color
object that is
- * a brighter version of this Color
+ * @return a new {@code Color} object that is
+ * a brighter version of this {@code Color}
* with the same {@code alpha} value.
* @see java.awt.Color#darker
* @since 1.0
@@ -649,19 +649,19 @@
}
/**
- * Creates a new Color
that is a darker version of this
- * Color
.
+ * Creates a new {@code Color} that is a darker version of this
+ * {@code Color}.
* Color
to create a darker version of
- * this Color
.
+ * components of this {@code Color} to create a darker version of
+ * this {@code Color}.
* The {@code alpha} value is preserved.
- * Although brighter
and
- * darker
are inverse operations, the results of a series
+ * Although {@code brighter} and
+ * {@code darker} are inverse operations, the results of a series
* of invocations of these two methods might be inconsistent because
* of rounding errors.
- * @return a new Color
object that is
- * a darker version of this Color
+ * @return a new {@code Color} object that is
+ * a darker version of this {@code Color}
* with the same {@code alpha} value.
* @see java.awt.Color#brighter
* @since 1.0
@@ -674,7 +674,7 @@
}
/**
- * Computes the hash code for this Color
.
+ * Computes the hash code for this {@code Color}.
* @return a hash code value for this object.
* @since 1.0
*/
@@ -684,15 +684,15 @@
/**
* Determines whether another object is equal to this
- * Color
.
+ * {@code Color}.
* true
if and only if the argument is not
- * null
and is a Color
object that has the same
+ * The result is {@code true} if and only if the argument is not
+ * {@code null} and is a {@code Color} object that has the same
* red, green, blue, and alpha values as this object.
* @param obj the object to test for equality with this
- * Color
- * @return true
if the objects are the same;
- * false
otherwise.
+ * {@code Color}
+ * @return {@code true} if the objects are the same;
+ * {@code false} otherwise.
* @since 1.0
*/
public boolean equals(Object obj) {
@@ -700,25 +700,25 @@
}
/**
- * Returns a string representation of this Color
. This
+ * Returns a string representation of this {@code Color}. This
* method is intended to be used only for debugging purposes. The
* content and format of the returned string might vary between
* implementations. The returned string might be empty but cannot
- * be null
.
+ * be {@code null}.
*
- * @return a string representation of this Color
.
+ * @return a string representation of this {@code Color}.
*/
public String toString() {
return getClass().getName() + "[r=" + getRed() + ",g=" + getGreen() + ",b=" + getBlue() + "]";
}
/**
- * Converts a String
to an integer and returns the
- * specified opaque Color
. This method handles string
+ * Converts a {@code String} to an integer and returns the
+ * specified opaque {@code Color}. This method handles string
* formats that are used to represent octal and hexadecimal numbers.
- * @param nm a String
that represents
+ * @param nm a {@code String} that represents
* an opaque color as a 24-bit integer
- * @return the new Color
object.
+ * @return the new {@code Color} object.
* @see java.lang.Integer#decode
* @exception NumberFormatException if the specified string cannot
* be interpreted as a decimal,
@@ -736,13 +736,13 @@
* Color
+ * as an integer which is then converted to a {@code Color}
* object.
* null
is returned.
+ * an integer then {@code null} is returned.
* @param nm the name of the color property
- * @return the Color
converted from the system
+ * @return the {@code Color} converted from the system
* property.
* @see java.lang.System#getProperty(java.lang.String)
* @see java.lang.Integer#getInteger(java.lang.String)
@@ -758,16 +758,16 @@
* Color
+ * as an integer which is then converted to a {@code Color}
* object.
* Color
specified by the second
+ * an integer then the {@code Color} specified by the second
* argument is returned instead.
* @param nm the name of the color property
- * @param v the default Color
- * @return the Color
converted from the system
- * property, or the specified Color
.
+ * @param v the default {@code Color}
+ * @return the {@code Color} converted from the system
+ * property, or the specified {@code Color}.
* @see java.lang.System#getProperty(java.lang.String)
* @see java.lang.Integer#getInteger(java.lang.String)
* @see java.awt.Color#Color(int)
@@ -787,16 +787,16 @@
* Color
+ * as an integer which is then converted to a {@code Color}
* object.
* v
is used instead,
- * and is converted to a Color
object.
+ * an integer then the integer value {@code v} is used instead,
+ * and is converted to a {@code Color} object.
* @param nm the name of the color property
* @param v the default color value, as an integer
- * @return the Color
converted from the system
- * property or the Color
converted from
+ * @return the {@code Color} converted from the system
+ * property or the {@code Color} converted from
* the specified integer.
* @see java.lang.System#getProperty(java.lang.String)
* @see java.lang.Integer#getInteger(java.lang.String)
@@ -813,19 +813,19 @@
* Converts the components of a color, as specified by the HSB
* model, to an equivalent set of values for the default RGB model.
* saturation
and brightness
components
+ * The {@code saturation} and {@code brightness} components
* should be floating-point values between zero and one
- * (numbers in the range 0.0-1.0). The hue
component
+ * (numbers in the range 0.0-1.0). The {@code hue} component
* can be any floating-point number. The floor of this number is
* subtracted from it to create a fraction between 0 and 1. This
* fractional number is then multiplied by 360 to produce the hue
* angle in the HSB color model.
* HSBtoRGB
encodes the
+ * The integer that is returned by {@code HSBtoRGB} encodes the
* value of a color in bits 0-23 of an integer value that is the same
* format used by the method {@link #getRGB() getRGB}.
* This integer can be supplied as an argument to the
- * Color
constructor that takes a single integer argument.
+ * {@code Color} constructor that takes a single integer argument.
* @param hue the hue component of the color
* @param saturation the saturation of the color
* @param brightness the brightness of the color
@@ -887,15 +887,15 @@
* model, to an equivalent set of values for hue, saturation, and
* brightness that are the three components of the HSB model.
* hsbvals
argument is null
, then a
+ * If the {@code hsbvals} argument is {@code null}, then a
* new array is allocated to return the result. Otherwise, the method
- * returns the array hsbvals
, with the values put into
+ * returns the array {@code hsbvals}, with the values put into
* that array.
* @param r the red component of the color
* @param g the green component of the color
* @param b the blue component of the color
* @param hsbvals the array used to return the
- * three HSB values, or null
+ * three HSB values, or {@code null}
* @return an array of three elements containing the hue, saturation,
* and brightness (in that order), of the color with
* the indicated red, green, and blue components.
@@ -942,12 +942,12 @@
}
/**
- * Creates a Color
object based on the specified values
+ * Creates a {@code Color} object based on the specified values
* for the HSB color model.
* s
and b
components should be
+ * The {@code s} and {@code b} components should be
* floating-point values between zero and one
- * (numbers in the range 0.0-1.0). The h
component
+ * (numbers in the range 0.0-1.0). The {@code h} component
* can be any floating-point number. The floor of this number is
* subtracted from it to create a fraction between 0 and 1. This
* fractional number is then multiplied by 360 to produce the hue
@@ -955,7 +955,7 @@
* @param h the hue component
* @param s the saturation of the color
* @param b the brightness of the color
- * @return a Color
object with the specified hue,
+ * @return a {@code Color} object with the specified hue,
* saturation, and brightness.
* @since 1.0
*/
@@ -964,16 +964,16 @@
}
/**
- * Returns a float
array containing the color and alpha
- * components of the Color
, as represented in the default
+ * Returns a {@code float} array containing the color and alpha
+ * components of the {@code Color}, as represented in the default
* sRGB color space.
- * If compArray
is null
, an array of length
+ * If {@code compArray} is {@code null}, an array of length
* 4 is created for the return value. Otherwise,
- * compArray
must have length 4 or greater,
+ * {@code compArray} must have length 4 or greater,
* and it is filled in with the components and returned.
* @param compArray an array that this method fills with
* color and alpha components and returns
- * @return the RGBA components in a float
array.
+ * @return the RGBA components in a {@code float} array.
*/
public float[] getRGBComponents(float[] compArray) {
float[] f;
@@ -997,15 +997,15 @@
}
/**
- * Returns a float
array containing only the color
- * components of the Color
, in the default sRGB color
- * space. If compArray
is null
, an array of
+ * Returns a {@code float} array containing only the color
+ * components of the {@code Color}, in the default sRGB color
+ * space. If {@code compArray} is {@code null}, an array of
* length 3 is created for the return value. Otherwise,
- * compArray
must have length 3 or greater, and it is
+ * {@code compArray} must have length 3 or greater, and it is
* filled in with the components and returned.
* @param compArray an array that this method fills with color
* components and returns
- * @return the RGB components in a float
array.
+ * @return the RGB components in a {@code float} array.
*/
public float[] getRGBColorComponents(float[] compArray) {
float[] f;
@@ -1027,19 +1027,19 @@
}
/**
- * Returns a float
array containing the color and alpha
- * components of the Color
, in the
- * ColorSpace
of the Color
.
- * If compArray
is null
, an array with
+ * Returns a {@code float} array containing the color and alpha
+ * components of the {@code Color}, in the
+ * {@code ColorSpace} of the {@code Color}.
+ * If {@code compArray} is {@code null}, an array with
* length equal to the number of components in the associated
- * ColorSpace
plus one is created for
- * the return value. Otherwise, compArray
must have at
+ * {@code ColorSpace} plus one is created for
+ * the return value. Otherwise, {@code compArray} must have at
* least this length and it is filled in with the components and
* returned.
* @param compArray an array that this method fills with the color and
- * alpha components of this Color
in its
- * ColorSpace
and returns
- * @return the color and alpha components in a float
+ * alpha components of this {@code Color} in its
+ * {@code ColorSpace} and returns
+ * @return the color and alpha components in a {@code float}
* array.
*/
public float[] getComponents(float[] compArray) {
@@ -1060,19 +1060,19 @@
}
/**
- * Returns a float
array containing only the color
- * components of the Color
, in the
- * ColorSpace
of the Color
.
- * If compArray
is null
, an array with
+ * Returns a {@code float} array containing only the color
+ * components of the {@code Color}, in the
+ * {@code ColorSpace} of the {@code Color}.
+ * If {@code compArray} is {@code null}, an array with
* length equal to the number of components in the associated
- * ColorSpace
is created for
- * the return value. Otherwise, compArray
must have at
+ * {@code ColorSpace} is created for
+ * the return value. Otherwise, {@code compArray} must have at
* least this length and it is filled in with the components and
* returned.
* @param compArray an array that this method fills with the color
- * components of this Color
in its
- * ColorSpace
and returns
- * @return the color components in a float
array.
+ * components of this {@code Color} in its
+ * {@code ColorSpace} and returns
+ * @return the color components in a {@code float} array.
*/
public float[] getColorComponents(float[] compArray) {
if (fvalue == null)
@@ -1091,19 +1091,19 @@
}
/**
- * Returns a float
array containing the color and alpha
- * components of the Color
, in the
- * ColorSpace
specified by the cspace
- * parameter. If compArray
is null
, an
+ * Returns a {@code float} array containing the color and alpha
+ * components of the {@code Color}, in the
+ * {@code ColorSpace} specified by the {@code cspace}
+ * parameter. If {@code compArray} is {@code null}, an
* array with length equal to the number of components in
- * cspace
plus one is created for the return value.
- * Otherwise, compArray
must have at least this
+ * {@code cspace} plus one is created for the return value.
+ * Otherwise, {@code compArray} must have at least this
* length, and it is filled in with the components and returned.
- * @param cspace a specified ColorSpace
+ * @param cspace a specified {@code ColorSpace}
* @param compArray an array that this method fills with the
- * color and alpha components of this Color
in
- * the specified ColorSpace
and returns
- * @return the color and alpha components in a float
+ * color and alpha components of this {@code Color} in
+ * the specified {@code ColorSpace} and returns
+ * @return the color and alpha components in a {@code float}
* array.
*/
public float[] getComponents(ColorSpace cspace, float[] compArray) {
@@ -1136,19 +1136,19 @@
}
/**
- * Returns a float
array containing only the color
- * components of the Color
in the
- * ColorSpace
specified by the cspace
- * parameter. If compArray
is null
, an array
+ * Returns a {@code float} array containing only the color
+ * components of the {@code Color} in the
+ * {@code ColorSpace} specified by the {@code cspace}
+ * parameter. If {@code compArray} is {@code null}, an array
* with length equal to the number of components in
- * cspace
is created for the return value. Otherwise,
- * compArray
must have at least this length, and it is
+ * {@code cspace} is created for the return value. Otherwise,
+ * {@code compArray} must have at least this length, and it is
* filled in with the components and returned.
- * @param cspace a specified ColorSpace
+ * @param cspace a specified {@code ColorSpace}
* @param compArray an array that this method fills with the color
- * components of this Color
in the specified
- * ColorSpace
- * @return the color components in a float
array.
+ * components of this {@code Color} in the specified
+ * {@code ColorSpace}
+ * @return the color components in a {@code float} array.
*/
public float[] getColorComponents(ColorSpace cspace, float[] compArray) {
if (cs == null) {
@@ -1175,8 +1175,8 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the ColorSpace
of this Color
.
- * @return this Color
object's ColorSpace
.
+ * Returns the {@code ColorSpace} of this {@code Color}.
+ * @return this {@code Color} object's {@code ColorSpace}.
*/
public ColorSpace getColorSpace() {
if (cs == null) {
@@ -1221,9 +1221,9 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the transparency mode for this Color
. This is
- * required to implement the Paint
interface.
- * @return this Color
object's transparency mode.
+ * Returns the transparency mode for this {@code Color}. This is
+ * required to implement the {@code Paint} interface.
+ * @return this {@code Color} object's transparency mode.
* @see Paint
* @see Transparency
* @see #createContext
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/ColorPaintContext.java 2015-10-04 22:52:26.421274925 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/ColorPaintContext.java 2015-10-04 22:52:26.229274933 +0400
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@
* (Bits 24-31 are alpha, 16-23 are red, 8-15 are green, 0-7 are
* blue).
* @return the RGB value of the color in the default sRGB
- * ColorModel
.
+ * {@code ColorModel}.
* @see java.awt.image.ColorModel#getRGBdefault
* @see #getRed
* @see #getGreen
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/Component.java 2015-10-04 22:52:26.961274900 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/Component.java 2015-10-04 22:52:26.753274910 +0400
@@ -89,9 +89,9 @@
* that can be displayed on the screen and that can interact with the
* user. Examples of components are the buttons, checkboxes, and scrollbars
* of a typical graphical user interface. Component
class is the abstract superclass of
+ * The {@code Component} class is the abstract superclass of
* the nonmenu-related Abstract Window Toolkit components. Class
- * Component
can also be extended directly to create a
+ * {@code Component} can also be extended directly to create a
* lightweight component. A lightweight component is a component that is
* not associated with a native window. On the contrary, a heavyweight
* component is associated with a native window. The {@link #isLightweight()}
@@ -107,10 +107,10 @@
*
* Serialization
* It is important to note that only AWT listeners which conform
- * to the Serializable
protocol will be saved when
+ * to the {@code Serializable} protocol will be saved when
* the object is stored. If an AWT object has listeners that
* aren't marked serializable, they will be dropped at
- * writeObject
time. Developers will need, as always,
+ * {@code writeObject} time. Developers will need, as always,
* to consider the implications of making an object serializable.
* One situation to watch out for is this:
*
@@ -136,12 +136,12 @@
* }
* }
*
- * In this example, serializing aButton
by itself
- * will cause MyApp
and everything it refers to
+ * In this example, serializing {@code aButton} by itself
+ * will cause {@code MyApp} and everything it refers to
* to be serialized as well. The problem is that the listener
* is serializable by coincidence, not by design. To separate
- * the decisions about MyApp
and the
- * ActionListener
being serializable one can use a
+ * the decisions about {@code MyApp} and the
+ * {@code ActionListener} being serializable one can use a
* nested class, as in the following example:
*
* import java.awt.*;
@@ -194,7 +194,7 @@
/**
* The peer of the component. The peer implements the component's
- * behavior. The peer is set when the
Component
is
+ * behavior. The peer is set when the {@code Component} is
* added to a container that also is a peer.
* @see #addNotify
* @see #removeNotify
@@ -202,14 +202,14 @@
transient volatile ComponentPeer peer;
/**
- * The parent of the object. It may be null
+ * The parent of the object. It may be {@code null}
* for top-level components.
* @see #getParent
*/
transient Container parent;
/**
- * The AppContext
of the component. Applets/Plugin may
+ * The {@code AppContext} of the component. Applets/Plugin may
* change the AppContext.
*/
transient AppContext appContext;
@@ -248,7 +248,7 @@
/**
* The foreground color for this component.
- * foreground
can be null
.
+ * {@code foreground} can be {@code null}.
*
* @serial
* @see #getForeground
@@ -258,7 +258,7 @@
/**
* The background color for this component.
- * background
can be null
.
+ * {@code background} can be {@code null}.
*
* @serial
* @see #getBackground
@@ -268,7 +268,7 @@
/**
* The font used by this component.
- * The font
can be null
.
+ * The {@code font} can be {@code null}.
*
* @serial
* @see #getFont
@@ -278,13 +278,13 @@
/**
* The font which the peer is currently using.
- * (null
if no peer exists.)
+ * ({@code null} if no peer exists.)
*/
Font peerFont;
/**
* The cursor displayed when pointer is over this component.
- * This value can be null
.
+ * This value can be {@code null}.
*
* @serial
* @see #getCursor
@@ -302,10 +302,10 @@
Locale locale;
/**
- * A reference to a GraphicsConfiguration
object
+ * A reference to a {@code GraphicsConfiguration} object
* used to describe the characteristics of a graphics
* destination.
- * This value can be null
.
+ * This value can be {@code null}.
*
* @since 1.3
* @serial
@@ -315,7 +315,7 @@
private transient GraphicsConfiguration graphicsConfig = null;
/**
- * A reference to a BufferStrategy
object
+ * A reference to a {@code BufferStrategy} object
* used to manipulate the buffers on this component.
*
* @since 1.4
@@ -367,7 +367,7 @@
private volatile boolean valid = false;
/**
- * The DropTarget
associated with this component.
+ * The {@code DropTarget} associated with this component.
*
* @since 1.2
* @serial
@@ -384,7 +384,7 @@
/**
* A component's name.
- * This field can be null
.
+ * This field can be {@code null}.
*
* @serial
* @see #getName
@@ -394,7 +394,7 @@
/**
* A bool to determine whether the name has
- * been set explicitly. nameExplicitlySet
will
+ * been set explicitly. {@code nameExplicitlySet} will
* be false if the name has not been set and
* true if it has.
*
@@ -523,7 +523,7 @@
= ComponentOrientation.UNKNOWN;
/**
- * newEventsOnly
will be true if the event is
+ * {@code newEventsOnly} will be true if the event is
* one of the event types enabled for the component.
* It will then allow for normal processing to
* continue. If it is false the event is passed
@@ -565,13 +565,13 @@
static final String windowFocusListenerK = "windowFocusL";
/**
- * The eventMask
is ONLY set by subclasses via
- * enableEvents
.
+ * The {@code eventMask} is ONLY set by subclasses via
+ * {@code enableEvents}.
* The mask should NOT be set when listeners are registered
* so that we can distinguish the difference between when
* listeners request events and subclasses request them.
* One bit is used to indicate whether input methods are
- * enabled; this bit is set by enableInputMethods
and is
+ * enabled; this bit is set by {@code enableInputMethods} and is
* on by default.
*
* @serial
@@ -604,15 +604,15 @@
}
/**
- * Ease-of-use constant for getAlignmentY()
.
+ * Ease-of-use constant for {@code getAlignmentY()}.
* Specifies an alignment to the top of the component.
* @see #getAlignmentY
*/
public static final float TOP_ALIGNMENT = 0.0f;
/**
- * Ease-of-use constant for getAlignmentY
and
- * getAlignmentX
. Specifies an alignment to
+ * Ease-of-use constant for {@code getAlignmentY} and
+ * {@code getAlignmentX}. Specifies an alignment to
* the center of the component
* @see #getAlignmentX
* @see #getAlignmentY
@@ -620,21 +620,21 @@
public static final float CENTER_ALIGNMENT = 0.5f;
/**
- * Ease-of-use constant for getAlignmentY
.
+ * Ease-of-use constant for {@code getAlignmentY}.
* Specifies an alignment to the bottom of the component.
* @see #getAlignmentY
*/
public static final float BOTTOM_ALIGNMENT = 1.0f;
/**
- * Ease-of-use constant for getAlignmentX
.
+ * Ease-of-use constant for {@code getAlignmentX}.
* Specifies an alignment to the left side of the component.
* @see #getAlignmentX
*/
public static final float LEFT_ALIGNMENT = 0.0f;
/**
- * Ease-of-use constant for getAlignmentX
.
+ * Ease-of-use constant for {@code getAlignmentX}.
* Specifies an alignment to the right side of the component.
* @see #getAlignmentX
*/
@@ -646,8 +646,8 @@
private static final long serialVersionUID = -7644114512714619750L;
/**
- * If any PropertyChangeListeners
have been registered,
- * the changeSupport
field describes them.
+ * If any {@code PropertyChangeListeners} have been registered,
+ * the {@code changeSupport} field describes them.
*
* @serial
* @since 1.2
@@ -705,8 +705,8 @@
* size; not a developer specified minimum size). For sizes
* smaller than the minimum size the baseline may change in a way
* other than the baseline resize behavior indicates. Similarly,
- * as the size approaches Integer.MAX_VALUE
and/or
- * Short.MAX_VALUE
the baseline may change in a way
+ * as the size approaches {@code Integer.MAX_VALUE} and/or
+ * {@code Short.MAX_VALUE} the baseline may change in a way
* other than the baseline resize behavior indicates.
*
* @see #getBaselineResizeBehavior
@@ -716,11 +716,11 @@
public enum BaselineResizeBehavior {
/**
* Indicates the baseline remains fixed relative to the
- * y-origin. That is, getBaseline
returns
+ * y-origin. That is, {@code getBaseline} returns
* the same value regardless of the height or width. For example, a
- * JLabel
containing non-empty text with a
- * vertical alignment of TOP
should have a
- * baseline type of CONSTANT_ASCENT
.
+ * {@code JLabel} containing non-empty text with a
+ * vertical alignment of {@code TOP} should have a
+ * baseline type of {@code CONSTANT_ASCENT}.
*/
CONSTANT_ASCENT,
@@ -728,18 +728,18 @@
* Indicates the baseline remains fixed relative to the height
* and does not change as the width is varied. That is, for
* any height H the difference between H and
- * getBaseline(w, H)
is the same. For example, a
- * JLabel
containing non-empty text with a
- * vertical alignment of BOTTOM
should have a
- * baseline type of CONSTANT_DESCENT
.
+ * {@code getBaseline(w, H)} is the same. For example, a
+ * {@code JLabel} containing non-empty text with a
+ * vertical alignment of {@code BOTTOM} should have a
+ * baseline type of {@code CONSTANT_DESCENT}.
*/
CONSTANT_DESCENT,
/**
* Indicates the baseline remains a fixed distance from
* the center of the component. That is, for any height H the
- * difference between getBaseline(w, H)
and
- * H / 2
is the same (plus or minus one depending upon
+ * difference between {@code getBaseline(w, H)} and
+ * {@code H / 2} is the same (plus or minus one depending upon
* rounding error).
* Component
can be
+ * Constructs a new component. Class {@code Component} can be
* extended directly to create a lightweight component that does not
* utilize an opaque native window. A lightweight component must be
* hosted by a native container somewhere higher up in the component
- * tree (for example, by a Frame
object).
+ * tree (for example, by a {@code Frame} object).
*/
protected Component() {
appContext = AppContext.getAppContext();
@@ -1004,8 +1004,8 @@
}
/**
- * Constructs a name for this component. Called by getName
- * when the name is null
.
+ * Constructs a name for this component. Called by {@code getName}
+ * when the name is {@code null}.
*/
String constructComponentName() {
return null; // For strict compliance with prior platform versions, a Component
@@ -1071,8 +1071,8 @@
}
/**
- * Associate a DropTarget
with this component.
- * The Component
will receive drops only if it
+ * Associate a {@code DropTarget} with this component.
+ * The {@code Component} will receive drops only if it
* is enabled.
*
* @see #isEnabled
@@ -1119,8 +1119,8 @@
}
/**
- * Gets the DropTarget
associated with this
- * Component
.
+ * Gets the {@code DropTarget} associated with this
+ * {@code Component}.
*
* @return the drop target
*/
@@ -1128,18 +1128,18 @@
public synchronized DropTarget getDropTarget() { return dropTarget; }
/**
- * Gets the GraphicsConfiguration
associated with this
- * Component
.
- * If the Component
has not been assigned a specific
- * GraphicsConfiguration
,
- * the GraphicsConfiguration
of the
- * Component
object's top-level container is
+ * Gets the {@code GraphicsConfiguration} associated with this
+ * {@code Component}.
+ * If the {@code Component} has not been assigned a specific
+ * {@code GraphicsConfiguration},
+ * the {@code GraphicsConfiguration} of the
+ * {@code Component} object's top-level container is
* returned.
- * If the Component
has been created, but not yet added
- * to a Container
, this method returns null
.
+ * If the {@code Component} has been created, but not yet added
+ * to a {@code Container}, this method returns {@code null}.
*
- * @return the GraphicsConfiguration
used by this
- * Component
or null
+ * @return the {@code GraphicsConfiguration} used by this
+ * {@code Component} or {@code null}
* @since 1.3
*/
public GraphicsConfiguration getGraphicsConfiguration() {
@@ -1178,8 +1178,8 @@
}
/**
- * Checks that this component's GraphicsDevice
- * idString
matches the string argument.
+ * Checks that this component's {@code GraphicsDevice}
+ * {@code idString} matches the string argument.
*/
void checkGD(String stringID) {
if (graphicsConfig != null) {
@@ -1245,7 +1245,7 @@
* In order to account for peers' size requirements, components are invalidated
* before they are first shown on the screen. By the time the parent container
* is fully realized, all its components will be valid.
- * @return true
if the component is valid, false
+ * @return {@code true} if the component is valid, {@code false}
* otherwise
* @see #validate
* @see #invalidate
@@ -1270,8 +1270,8 @@
* is made undisplayable. A containment hierarchy is made
* undisplayable when its ancestor window is disposed.
*
- * @return true
if the component is displayable,
- * false
otherwise
+ * @return {@code true} if the component is displayable,
+ * {@code false} otherwise
* @see Container#add(Component)
* @see Window#pack
* @see Window#show
@@ -1287,9 +1287,9 @@
* Determines whether this component should be visible when its
* parent is visible. Components are
* initially visible, with the exception of top level components such
- * as Frame
objects.
- * @return true
if the component is visible,
- * false
otherwise
+ * as {@code Frame} objects.
+ * @return {@code true} if the component is visible,
+ * {@code false} otherwise
* @see #setVisible
* @since 1.0
*/
@@ -1303,9 +1303,9 @@
/**
* Determines whether this component will be displayed on the screen.
- * @return true
if the component and all of its ancestors
+ * @return {@code true} if the component and all of its ancestors
* until a toplevel window or null parent are visible,
- * false
otherwise
+ * {@code false} otherwise
*/
boolean isRecursivelyVisible() {
return visible && (parent == null || parent.isRecursivelyVisible());
@@ -1370,30 +1370,30 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the position of the mouse pointer in this Component
's
- * coordinate space if the Component
is directly under the mouse
- * pointer, otherwise returns null
.
- * If the Component
is not showing on the screen, this method
- * returns null
even if the mouse pointer is above the area
- * where the Component
would be displayed.
- * If the Component
is partially or fully obscured by other
- * Component
s or native windows, this method returns a non-null
+ * Returns the position of the mouse pointer in this {@code Component}'s
+ * coordinate space if the {@code Component} is directly under the mouse
+ * pointer, otherwise returns {@code null}.
+ * If the {@code Component} is not showing on the screen, this method
+ * returns {@code null} even if the mouse pointer is above the area
+ * where the {@code Component} would be displayed.
+ * If the {@code Component} is partially or fully obscured by other
+ * {@code Component}s or native windows, this method returns a non-null
* value only if the mouse pointer is located above the unobscured part of the
- * Component
.
+ * {@code Component}.
* Container
s it returns a non-null value if the mouse is
- * above the Container
itself or above any of its descendants.
+ * For {@code Container}s it returns a non-null value if the mouse is
+ * above the {@code Container} itself or above any of its descendants.
* Use {@link Container#getMousePosition(boolean)} if you need to exclude children.
* Component
is under the mouse
- * pointer. If the return value of this method is null
, mouse
- * pointer is not directly above the Component
.
+ * that matters is whether a specific {@code Component} is under the mouse
+ * pointer. If the return value of this method is {@code null}, mouse
+ * pointer is not directly above the {@code Component}.
*
* @exception HeadlessException if GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless() returns true
* @see #isShowing
* @see Container#getMousePosition
- * @return mouse coordinates relative to this Component
, or null
+ * @return mouse coordinates relative to this {@code Component}, or null
* @since 1.5
*/
public Point getMousePosition() throws HeadlessException {
@@ -1438,8 +1438,8 @@
* true
if the component is showing,
- * false
otherwise
+ * @return {@code true} if the component is showing,
+ * {@code false} otherwise
* @see #setVisible
* @since 1.0
*/
@@ -1455,9 +1455,9 @@
* Determines whether this component is enabled. An enabled component
* can respond to user input and generate events. Components are
* enabled initially by default. A component may be enabled or disabled by
- * calling its setEnabled
method.
- * @return true
if the component is enabled,
- * false
otherwise
+ * calling its {@code setEnabled} method.
+ * @return {@code true} if the component is enabled,
+ * {@code false} otherwise
* @see #setEnabled
* @since 1.0
*/
@@ -1475,7 +1475,7 @@
/**
* Enables or disables this component, depending on the value of the
- * parameter b
. An enabled component can respond to user
+ * parameter {@code b}. An enabled component can respond to user
* input and generate events. Components are enabled initially by default.
*
* true
, this component is
+ * @param b If {@code true}, this component is
* enabled; otherwise this component is disabled
* @see #isEnabled
* @see #isLightweight
@@ -1496,7 +1496,7 @@
/**
* @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
- * replaced by setEnabled(boolean)
.
+ * replaced by {@code setEnabled(boolean)}.
*/
@Deprecated
public void enable() {
@@ -1526,7 +1526,7 @@
* otherwise {@code false}
*
* @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
- * replaced by setEnabled(boolean)
.
+ * replaced by {@code setEnabled(boolean)}.
*/
@Deprecated
public void enable(boolean b) {
@@ -1539,7 +1539,7 @@
/**
* @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
- * replaced by setEnabled(boolean)
.
+ * replaced by {@code setEnabled(boolean)}.
*/
@Deprecated
public void disable() {
@@ -1629,12 +1629,12 @@
/**
* Shows or hides this component depending on the value of parameter
- * b
.
+ * {@code b}.
* true
, shows this component;
+ * @param b if {@code true}, shows this component;
* otherwise, hides this component
* @see #isVisible
* @see #invalidate
@@ -1646,7 +1646,7 @@
/**
* @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
- * replaced by setVisible(boolean)
.
+ * replaced by {@code setVisible(boolean)}.
*/
@Deprecated
public void show() {
@@ -1689,7 +1689,7 @@
* otherwise {@code false}
*
* @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
- * replaced by setVisible(boolean)
.
+ * replaced by {@code setVisible(boolean)}.
*/
@Deprecated
public void show(boolean b) {
@@ -1714,7 +1714,7 @@
/**
* @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
- * replaced by setVisible(boolean)
.
+ * replaced by {@code setVisible(boolean)}.
*/
@Deprecated
public void hide() {
@@ -1779,7 +1779,7 @@
/**
* Sets the foreground color of this component.
* @param c the color to become this component's
- * foreground color; if this parameter is null
+ * foreground color; if this parameter is {@code null}
* then this component will inherit
* the foreground color of its parent
* @see #getForeground
@@ -1802,11 +1802,11 @@
/**
* Returns whether the foreground color has been explicitly set for this
- * Component. If this method returns false
, this Component is
+ * Component. If this method returns {@code false}, this Component is
* inheriting its foreground color from an ancestor.
*
- * @return true
if the foreground color has been explicitly
- * set for this Component; false
otherwise.
+ * @return {@code true} if the foreground color has been explicitly
+ * set for this Component; {@code false} otherwise.
* @since 1.4
*/
public boolean isForegroundSet() {
@@ -1839,7 +1839,7 @@
* may differ between operating systems.
*
* @param c the color to become this component's color;
- * if this parameter is null
, then this
+ * if this parameter is {@code null}, then this
* component will inherit the background color of its parent
* @see #getBackground
* @since 1.0
@@ -1863,11 +1863,11 @@
/**
* Returns whether the background color has been explicitly set for this
- * Component. If this method returns false
, this Component is
+ * Component. If this method returns {@code false}, this Component is
* inheriting its background color from an ancestor.
*
- * @return true
if the background color has been explicitly
- * set for this Component; false
otherwise.
+ * @return {@code true} if the background color has been explicitly
+ * set for this Component; {@code false} otherwise.
* @since 1.4
*/
public boolean isBackgroundSet() {
@@ -1906,7 +1906,7 @@
* invalidates the component hierarchy.
*
* @param f the font to become this component's font;
- * if this parameter is null
then this
+ * if this parameter is {@code null} then this
* component will inherit the font of its parent
* @see #getFont
* @see #invalidate
@@ -1943,11 +1943,11 @@
/**
* Returns whether the font has been explicitly set for this Component. If
- * this method returns false
, this Component is inheriting its
+ * this method returns {@code false}, this Component is inheriting its
* font from an ancestor.
*
- * @return true
if the font has been explicitly set for this
- * Component; false
otherwise.
+ * @return {@code true} if the font has been explicitly set for this
+ * Component; {@code false} otherwise.
* @since 1.4
*/
public boolean isFontSet() {
@@ -1959,7 +1959,7 @@
* @return this component's locale; if this component does not
* have a locale, the locale of its parent is returned
* @see #setLocale
- * @exception IllegalComponentStateException if the Component
+ * @exception IllegalComponentStateException if the {@code Component}
* does not have its own locale and has not yet been added to
* a containment hierarchy such that the locale can be determined
* from the containing parent
@@ -2003,7 +2003,7 @@
}
/**
- * Gets the instance of ColorModel
used to display
+ * Gets the instance of {@code ColorModel} used to display
* the component on the output device.
* @return the color model used by this component
* @see java.awt.image.ColorModel
@@ -2028,13 +2028,13 @@
* setLocation()
in rapid succession). For this
+ * of {@code setLocation()} in rapid succession). For this
* reason, the recommended method of obtaining a component's position is
- * within java.awt.event.ComponentListener.componentMoved()
,
+ * within {@code java.awt.event.ComponentListener.componentMoved()},
* which is called after the operating system has finished moving the
* component.
* Point
representing
+ * @return an instance of {@code Point} representing
* the top-left corner of the component's bounds in
* the coordinate space of the component's parent
* @see #setLocation
@@ -2049,7 +2049,7 @@
* Gets the location of this component in the form of a point
* specifying the component's top-left corner in the screen's
* coordinate space.
- * @return an instance of Point
representing
+ * @return an instance of {@code Point} representing
* the top-left corner of the component's bounds in the
* coordinate space of the screen
* @throws IllegalComponentStateException if the
@@ -2095,7 +2095,7 @@
*
* @return the location of this component's top left corner
* @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
- * replaced by getLocation()
.
+ * replaced by {@code getLocation()}.
*/
@Deprecated
public Point location() {
@@ -2108,7 +2108,7 @@
/**
* Moves this component to a new location. The top-left corner of
- * the new location is specified by the x
and y
+ * the new location is specified by the {@code x} and {@code y}
* parameters in the coordinate space of this component's parent.
* setLocation(int, int)
.
+ * replaced by {@code setLocation(int, int)}.
*/
@Deprecated
public void move(int x, int y) {
@@ -2148,8 +2148,8 @@
/**
* Moves this component to a new location. The top-left corner of
- * the new location is specified by point p
. Point
- * p
is given in the parent's coordinate space.
+ * the new location is specified by point {@code p}. Point
+ * {@code p} is given in the parent's coordinate space.
* Dimension
object. The height
- * field of the Dimension
object contains
- * this component's height, and the width
- * field of the Dimension
object contains
+ * {@code Dimension} object. The {@code height}
+ * field of the {@code Dimension} object contains
+ * this component's height, and the {@code width}
+ * field of the {@code Dimension} object contains
* this component's width.
- * @return a Dimension
object that indicates the
+ * @return a {@code Dimension} object that indicates the
* size of this component
* @see #setSize
* @since 1.1
@@ -2189,7 +2189,7 @@
* @return the {@code Dimension} object that indicates the
* size of this component
* @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
- * replaced by getSize()
.
+ * replaced by {@code getSize()}.
*/
@Deprecated
public Dimension size() {
@@ -2197,8 +2197,8 @@
}
/**
- * Resizes this component so that it has width width
- * and height height
.
+ * Resizes this component so that it has width {@code width}
+ * and height {@code height}.
* setSize(int, int)
.
+ * replaced by {@code setSize(int, int)}.
*/
@Deprecated
public void resize(int width, int height) {
@@ -2231,8 +2231,8 @@
}
/**
- * Resizes this component so that it has width d.width
- * and height d.height
.
+ * Resizes this component so that it has width {@code d.width}
+ * and height {@code d.height}.
* setSize(Dimension)
.
+ * replaced by {@code setSize(Dimension)}.
*/
@Deprecated
public void resize(Dimension d) {
@@ -2264,7 +2264,7 @@
/**
* Gets the bounds of this component in the form of a
- * Rectangle
object. The bounds specify this
+ * {@code Rectangle} object. The bounds specify this
* component's width, height, and location relative to
* its parent.
* @return a rectangle indicating this component's bounds
@@ -2281,7 +2281,7 @@
*
* @return the bounding rectangle for this component
* @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
- * replaced by getBounds()
.
+ * replaced by {@code getBounds()}.
*/
@Deprecated
public Rectangle bounds() {
@@ -2290,16 +2290,16 @@
/**
* Moves and resizes this component. The new location of the top-left
- * corner is specified by x
and y
, and the
- * new size is specified by width
and height
.
+ * corner is specified by {@code x} and {@code y}, and the
+ * new size is specified by {@code width} and {@code height}.
* width
of this component
- * @param height the new height
of this
+ * @param width the new {@code width} of this component
+ * @param height the new {@code height} of this
* component
* @see #getBounds
* @see #setLocation(int, int)
@@ -2322,7 +2322,7 @@
* @param height the height of the rectangle
*
* @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
- * replaced by setBounds(int, int, int, int)
.
+ * replaced by {@code setBounds(int, int, int, int)}.
*/
@Deprecated
public void reshape(int x, int y, int width, int height) {
@@ -2442,10 +2442,10 @@
/**
* Moves and resizes this component to conform to the new
- * bounding rectangle r
. This component's new
- * position is specified by r.x
and r.y
,
- * and its new size is specified by r.width
and
- * r.height
+ * bounding rectangle {@code r}. This component's new
+ * position is specified by {@code r.x} and {@code r.y},
+ * and its new size is specified by {@code r.width} and
+ * {@code r.height}
* component.getBounds().x
,
- * or component.getLocation().x
because it doesn't
+ * {@code component.getBounds().x},
+ * or {@code component.getLocation().x} because it doesn't
* cause any heap allocations.
*
* @return the current x coordinate of the components origin
@@ -2483,8 +2483,8 @@
/**
* Returns the current y coordinate of the components origin.
* This method is preferable to writing
- * component.getBounds().y
,
- * or component.getLocation().y
because it
+ * {@code component.getBounds().y},
+ * or {@code component.getLocation().y} because it
* doesn't cause any heap allocations.
*
* @return the current y coordinate of the components origin
@@ -2498,8 +2498,8 @@
/**
* Returns the current width of this component.
* This method is preferable to writing
- * component.getBounds().width
,
- * or component.getSize().width
because it
+ * {@code component.getBounds().width},
+ * or {@code component.getSize().width} because it
* doesn't cause any heap allocations.
*
* @return the current width of this component
@@ -2513,8 +2513,8 @@
/**
* Returns the current height of this component.
* This method is preferable to writing
- * component.getBounds().height
,
- * or component.getSize().height
because it
+ * {@code component.getBounds().height},
+ * or {@code component.getSize().height} because it
* doesn't cause any heap allocations.
*
* @return the current height of this component
@@ -2526,10 +2526,10 @@
/**
* Stores the bounds of this component into "return value" rv and
- * return rv. If rv is null
a new
- * Rectangle
is allocated.
- * This version of getBounds
is useful if the caller
- * wants to avoid allocating a new Rectangle
object
+ * return rv. If rv is {@code null} a new
+ * {@code Rectangle} is allocated.
+ * This version of {@code getBounds} is useful if the caller
+ * wants to avoid allocating a new {@code Rectangle} object
* on the heap.
*
* @param rv the return value, modified to the components bounds
@@ -2547,10 +2547,10 @@
/**
* Stores the width/height of this component into "return value" rv
- * and return rv. If rv is null
a new
- * Dimension
object is allocated. This version of
- * getSize
is useful if the caller wants to avoid
- * allocating a new Dimension
object on the heap.
+ * and return rv. If rv is {@code null} a new
+ * {@code Dimension} object is allocated. This version of
+ * {@code getSize} is useful if the caller wants to avoid
+ * allocating a new {@code Dimension} object on the heap.
*
* @param rv the return value, modified to the components size
* @return rv
@@ -2567,10 +2567,10 @@
/**
* Stores the x,y origin of this component into "return value" rv
- * and return rv. If rv is null
a new
- * Point
is allocated.
- * This version of getLocation
is useful if the
- * caller wants to avoid allocating a new Point
+ * and return rv. If rv is {@code null} a new
+ * {@code Point} is allocated.
+ * This version of {@code getLocation} is useful if the
+ * caller wants to avoid allocating a new {@code Point}
* object on the heap.
*
* @param rv the return value, modified to the components location
@@ -2615,12 +2615,12 @@
/**
* A lightweight component doesn't have a native toolkit peer.
- * Subclasses of Component
and Container
,
- * other than the ones defined in this package like Button
- * or Scrollbar
, are lightweight.
+ * Subclasses of {@code Component} and {@code Container},
+ * other than the ones defined in this package like {@code Button}
+ * or {@code Scrollbar}, are lightweight.
* All of the Swing components are lightweights.
* false
if this component
+ * This method will always return {@code false} if this component
* is not displayable because it is impossible to determine the
* weight of an undisplayable component.
*
@@ -2636,8 +2636,8 @@
/**
* Sets the preferred size of this component to a constant
- * value. Subsequent calls to getPreferredSize
will always
- * return this value. Setting the preferred size to null
+ * value. Subsequent calls to {@code getPreferredSize} will always
+ * return this value. Setting the preferred size to {@code null}
* restores the default behavior.
*
* @param preferredSize The new preferred size, or null
@@ -2664,9 +2664,9 @@
/**
* Returns true if the preferred size has been set to a
- * non-null
value otherwise returns false.
+ * non-{@code null} value otherwise returns false.
*
- * @return true if setPreferredSize
has been invoked
+ * @return true if {@code setPreferredSize} has been invoked
* with a non-null value.
* @since 1.5
*/
@@ -2691,7 +2691,7 @@
*
* @return the component's preferred size
* @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
- * replaced by getPreferredSize()
.
+ * replaced by {@code getPreferredSize()}.
*/
@Deprecated
public Dimension preferredSize() {
@@ -2712,8 +2712,8 @@
/**
* Sets the minimum size of this component to a constant
- * value. Subsequent calls to getMinimumSize
will always
- * return this value. Setting the minimum size to null
+ * value. Subsequent calls to {@code getMinimumSize} will always
+ * return this value. Setting the minimum size to {@code null}
* restores the default behavior.
*
* @param minimumSize the new minimum size of this component
@@ -2738,10 +2738,10 @@
}
/**
- * Returns whether or not setMinimumSize
has been
+ * Returns whether or not {@code setMinimumSize} has been
* invoked with a non-null value.
*
- * @return true if setMinimumSize
has been invoked with a
+ * @return true if {@code setMinimumSize} has been invoked with a
* non-null value.
* @since 1.5
*/
@@ -2764,7 +2764,7 @@
*
* @return the minimum size of this component
* @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
- * replaced by getMinimumSize()
.
+ * replaced by {@code getMinimumSize()}.
*/
@Deprecated
public Dimension minimumSize() {
@@ -2785,11 +2785,11 @@
/**
* Sets the maximum size of this component to a constant
- * value. Subsequent calls to getMaximumSize
will always
- * return this value. Setting the maximum size to null
+ * value. Subsequent calls to {@code getMaximumSize} will always
+ * return this value. Setting the maximum size to {@code null}
* restores the default behavior.
*
- * @param maximumSize a Dimension
containing the
+ * @param maximumSize a {@code Dimension} containing the
* desired maximum allowable size
* @see #getMaximumSize
* @see #isMaximumSizeSet
@@ -2812,10 +2812,10 @@
}
/**
- * Returns true if the maximum size has been set to a non-null
+ * Returns true if the maximum size has been set to a non-{@code null}
* value otherwise returns false.
*
- * @return true if maximumSize
is non-null
,
+ * @return true if {@code maximumSize} is non-{@code null},
* false otherwise
* @since 1.5
*/
@@ -2866,16 +2866,16 @@
/**
* Returns the baseline. The baseline is measured from the top of
* the component. This method is primarily meant for
- * LayoutManager
s to align components along their
+ * {@code LayoutManager}s to align components along their
* baseline. A return value less than 0 indicates this component
* does not have a reasonable baseline and that
- * LayoutManager
s should not align this component on
+ * {@code LayoutManager}s should not align this component on
* its baseline.
* getBaselineResizeBehavior
+ * size >= the minimum size and {@code getBaselineResizeBehavior}
* can be used to determine how the baseline changes with size.
*
* @param width the width to get the baseline for
@@ -2901,15 +2901,15 @@
* layout managers and GUI builders.
* BaselineResizeBehavior.OTHER
. Subclasses that have a
+ * {@code BaselineResizeBehavior.OTHER}. Subclasses that have a
* baseline should override appropriately. Subclasses should
- * never return null
; if the baseline can not be
- * calculated return BaselineResizeBehavior.OTHER
. Callers
+ * never return {@code null}; if the baseline can not be
+ * calculated return {@code BaselineResizeBehavior.OTHER}. Callers
* should first ask for the baseline using
- * getBaseline
and if a value >= 0 is returned use
+ * {@code getBaseline} and if a value >= 0 is returned use
* this method. It is acceptable for this method to return a
- * value other than BaselineResizeBehavior.OTHER
even if
- * getBaseline
returns a value less than 0.
+ * value other than {@code BaselineResizeBehavior.OTHER} even if
+ * {@code getBaseline} returns a value less than 0.
*
* @return an enum indicating how the baseline changes as the component
* size changes
@@ -2933,7 +2933,7 @@
/**
* @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
- * replaced by doLayout()
.
+ * replaced by {@code doLayout()}.
*/
@Deprecated
public void layout() {
@@ -3082,9 +3082,9 @@
/**
* Creates a graphics context for this component. This method will
- * return null
if this component is currently not
+ * return {@code null} if this component is currently not
* displayable.
- * @return a graphics context for this component, or null
+ * @return a graphics context for this component, or {@code null}
* if it has none
* @see #paint
* @since 1.0
@@ -3146,7 +3146,7 @@
* {@link Font Font} class.
* @param font the font for which font metrics is to be
* obtained
- * @return the font metrics for font
+ * @return the font metrics for {@code font}
* @see #getFont
* @see java.awt.peer.ComponentPeer#getFontMetrics(Font)
* @see Toolkit#getFontMetrics(Font)
@@ -3169,19 +3169,19 @@
/**
* Sets the cursor image to the specified cursor. This cursor
- * image is displayed when the contains
method for
+ * image is displayed when the {@code contains} method for
* this component returns true for the current cursor location, and
* this Component is visible, displayable, and enabled. Setting the
- * cursor of a Container
causes that cursor to be displayed
+ * cursor of a {@code Container} causes that cursor to be displayed
* within all of the container's subcomponents, except for those
- * that have a non-null
cursor.
+ * that have a non-{@code null} cursor.
* Cursor
class;
- * if this parameter is null
+ * by the {@code Cursor} class;
+ * if this parameter is {@code null}
* then this component will inherit
* the cursor of its parent
* @see #isEnabled
@@ -3221,7 +3221,7 @@
* Gets the cursor set in the component. If the component does
* not have a cursor set, the cursor of its parent is returned.
* If no cursor is set in the entire hierarchy,
- * Cursor.DEFAULT_CURSOR
is returned.
+ * {@code Cursor.DEFAULT_CURSOR} is returned.
*
* @return the cursor for this component
* @see #setCursor
@@ -3246,11 +3246,11 @@
/**
* Returns whether the cursor has been explicitly set for this Component.
- * If this method returns false
, this Component is inheriting
+ * If this method returns {@code false}, this Component is inheriting
* its cursor from an ancestor.
*
- * @return true
if the cursor has been explicitly set for this
- * Component; false
otherwise.
+ * @return {@code true} if the cursor has been explicitly set for this
+ * Component; {@code false} otherwise.
* @since 1.4
*/
public boolean isCursorSet() {
@@ -3263,12 +3263,12 @@
* This method is called when the contents of the component should
* be painted; such as when the component is first being shown or
* is damaged and in need of repair. The clip rectangle in the
- * Graphics
parameter is set to the area
+ * {@code Graphics} parameter is set to the area
* which needs to be painted.
- * Subclasses of Component
that override this
- * method need not call super.paint(g)
.
+ * Subclasses of {@code Component} that override this
+ * method need not call {@code super.paint(g)}.
* Component
s with zero width
+ * For performance reasons, {@code Component}s with zero width
* or height aren't considered to need painting when they are first shown,
* and also aren't considered to need repair.
* update
method in response to
- * a call to repaint
. You can assume that
+ * AWT calls the {@code update} method in response to
+ * a call to {@code repaint}. You can assume that
* the background is not cleared.
* update
method of Component
- * calls this component's paint
method to redraw
+ * The {@code update} method of {@code Component}
+ * calls this component's {@code paint} method to redraw
* this component. This method is commonly overridden by subclasses
* which need to do additional work in response to a call to
- * repaint
.
+ * {@code repaint}.
* Subclasses of Component that override this method should either
- * call super.update(g)
, or call paint(g)
- * directly from their update
method.
+ * call {@code super.update(g)}, or call {@code paint(g)}
+ * directly from their {@code update} method.
* 0
, 0
) coordinate point, is the
+ * ({@code 0}, {@code 0}) coordinate point, is the
* top-left corner of this component. The clipping region of the
* graphics context is the bounding rectangle of this component.
*
@@ -3325,7 +3325,7 @@
* Paints this component and all of its subcomponents.
* 0
, 0
) coordinate point, is the
+ * ({@code 0}, {@code 0}) coordinate point, is the
* top-left corner of this component. The clipping region of the
* graphics context is the bounding rectangle of this component.
*
@@ -3363,9 +3363,9 @@
* Repaints this component.
* paint
+ * causes a call to this component's {@code paint}
* method as soon as possible. Otherwise, this method causes
- * a call to this component's update
method as soon
+ * a call to this component's {@code update} method as soon
* as possible.
* paint
- * within tm
milliseconds.
+ * component, this results in a call to {@code paint}
+ * within {@code tm} milliseconds.
* paint
method
+ * causes a call to this component's {@code paint} method
* as soon as possible. Otherwise, this method causes a call to
- * this component's update
method as soon as possible.
+ * this component's {@code update} method as soon as possible.
* tm
milliseconds.
+ * {@code tm} milliseconds.
* paint
method.
+ * a call to this component's {@code paint} method.
* Otherwise, this method causes a call to this component's
- * update
method.
+ * {@code update} method.
* paint
method.
+ * {@code paint} method.
* 0
, 0
) coordinate point, is the
+ * ({@code 0}, {@code 0}) coordinate point, is the
* top-left corner of this component. The clipping region of the
* graphics context is the bounding rectangle of this component.
* @param g the graphics context to use for printing
@@ -3507,7 +3507,7 @@
* Prints this component and all of its subcomponents.
* 0
, 0
) coordinate point, is the
+ * ({@code 0}, {@code 0}) coordinate point, is the
* top-left corner of this component. The clipping region of the
* graphics context is the bounding rectangle of this component.
* @param g the graphics context to use for printing
@@ -3550,41 +3550,41 @@
/**
* Repaints the component when the image has changed.
- * This imageUpdate
method of an ImageObserver
+ * This {@code imageUpdate} method of an {@code ImageObserver}
* is called when more information about an
* image which had been previously requested using an asynchronous
- * routine such as the drawImage
method of
- * Graphics
becomes available.
- * See the definition of imageUpdate
for
+ * routine such as the {@code drawImage} method of
+ * {@code Graphics} becomes available.
+ * See the definition of {@code imageUpdate} for
* more information on this method and its arguments.
* imageUpdate
method of Component
+ * The {@code imageUpdate} method of {@code Component}
* incrementally draws an image on the component as more of the bits
* of the image are available.
* awt.image.incrementaldraw
- * is missing or has the value true
, the image is
+ * If the system property {@code awt.image.incrementaldraw}
+ * is missing or has the value {@code true}, the image is
* incrementally drawn. If the system property has any other value,
* then the image is not drawn until it has been completely loaded.
* awt.image.redrawrate
is interpreted
+ * system property {@code awt.image.redrawrate} is interpreted
* as an integer to give the maximum redraw rate, in milliseconds. If
* the system property is missing or cannot be interpreted as an
* integer, the redraw rate is once every 100ms.
* x
, y
,
- * width
, and height
arguments depends on
- * the value of the infoflags
argument.
+ * The interpretation of the {@code x}, {@code y},
+ * {@code width}, and {@code height} arguments depends on
+ * the value of the {@code infoflags} argument.
*
* @param img the image being observed
- * @param infoflags see imageUpdate
for more information
+ * @param infoflags see {@code imageUpdate} for more information
* @param x the x coordinate
* @param y the y coordinate
* @param w the width
* @param h the height
- * @return false
if the infoflags indicate that the
- * image is completely loaded; true
otherwise.
+ * @return {@code false} if the infoflags indicate that the
+ * image is completely loaded; {@code true} otherwise.
*
* @see java.awt.image.ImageObserver
* @see Graphics#drawImage(Image, int, int, Color, java.awt.image.ImageObserver)
@@ -3633,10 +3633,10 @@
* @param width the specified width
* @param height the specified height
* @return an off-screen drawable image, which can be used for double
- * buffering. The return value may be null
if the
+ * buffering. The return value may be {@code null} if the
* component is not displayable. This will always happen if
- * GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()
returns
- * true
.
+ * {@code GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()} returns
+ * {@code true}.
* @see #isDisplayable
* @see GraphicsEnvironment#isHeadless
* @since 1.0
@@ -3657,10 +3657,10 @@
* @param width the specified width.
* @param height the specified height.
* @return an off-screen drawable image, which can be used for double
- * buffering. The return value may be null
if the
+ * buffering. The return value may be {@code null} if the
* component is not displayable. This will always happen if
- * GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()
returns
- * true
.
+ * {@code GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()} returns
+ * {@code true}.
* @see java.awt.image.VolatileImage
* @see #isDisplayable
* @see GraphicsEnvironment#isHeadless
@@ -3683,7 +3683,7 @@
* Creates a volatile off-screen drawable image, with the given capabilities.
* The contents of this image may be lost at any time due
* to operating system issues, so the image must be managed
- * via the VolatileImage
interface.
+ * via the {@code VolatileImage} interface.
* @param width the specified width.
* @param height the specified height.
* @param caps the image capabilities
@@ -3704,12 +3704,12 @@
* Prepares an image for rendering on this component. The image
* data is downloaded asynchronously in another thread and the
* appropriate screen representation of the image is generated.
- * @param image the Image
for which to
+ * @param image the {@code Image} for which to
* prepare a screen representation
- * @param observer the ImageObserver
object
+ * @param observer the {@code ImageObserver} object
* to be notified as the image is being prepared
- * @return true
if the image has already been fully
- * prepared; false
otherwise
+ * @return {@code true} if the image has already been fully
+ * prepared; {@code false} otherwise
* @since 1.0
*/
public boolean prepareImage(Image image, ImageObserver observer) {
@@ -3723,14 +3723,14 @@
* The image data is downloaded asynchronously in another thread,
* and an appropriately scaled screen representation of the image is
* generated.
- * @param image the instance of Image
+ * @param image the instance of {@code Image}
* for which to prepare a screen representation
* @param width the width of the desired screen representation
* @param height the height of the desired screen representation
- * @param observer the ImageObserver
object
+ * @param observer the {@code ImageObserver} object
* to be notified as the image is being prepared
- * @return true
if the image has already been fully
- * prepared; false
otherwise
+ * @return {@code true} if the image has already been fully
+ * prepared; {@code false} otherwise
* @see java.awt.image.ImageObserver
* @since 1.0
*/
@@ -3753,17 +3753,17 @@
* of the specified image.
* prepareImage
method
+ * application must use the {@code prepareImage} method
* to force the loading of an image.
* ImageObserver
interface.
- * @param image the Image
object whose status
+ * with the discussion of the {@code ImageObserver} interface.
+ * @param image the {@code Image} object whose status
* is being checked
- * @param observer the ImageObserver
+ * @param observer the {@code ImageObserver}
* object to be notified as the image is being prepared
* @return the bitwise inclusive OR of
- * ImageObserver
flags indicating what
+ * {@code ImageObserver} flags indicating what
* information about the image is currently available
* @see #prepareImage(Image, int, int, java.awt.image.ImageObserver)
* @see Toolkit#checkImage(Image, int, int, java.awt.image.ImageObserver)
@@ -3779,27 +3779,27 @@
* of the specified image.
* prepareImage
method
+ * application must use the {@code prepareImage} method
* to force the loading of an image.
* checkImage
method of Component
- * calls its peer's checkImage
method to calculate
+ * The {@code checkImage} method of {@code Component}
+ * calls its peer's {@code checkImage} method to calculate
* the flags. If this component does not yet have a peer, the
- * component's toolkit's checkImage
method is called
+ * component's toolkit's {@code checkImage} method is called
* instead.
* ImageObserver
interface.
- * @param image the Image
object whose status
+ * with the discussion of the {@code ImageObserver} interface.
+ * @param image the {@code Image} object whose status
* is being checked
* @param width the width of the scaled version
* whose status is to be checked
* @param height the height of the scaled version
* whose status is to be checked
- * @param observer the ImageObserver
object
+ * @param observer the {@code ImageObserver} object
* to be notified as the image is being prepared
* @return the bitwise inclusive OR of
- * ImageObserver
flags indicating what
+ * {@code ImageObserver} flags indicating what
* information about the image is currently available
* @see #prepareImage(Image, int, int, java.awt.image.ImageObserver)
* @see Toolkit#checkImage(Image, int, int, java.awt.image.ImageObserver)
@@ -3824,7 +3824,7 @@
* Creates a new strategy for multi-buffering on this component.
* Multi-buffering is useful for rendering performance. This method
* attempts to create the best strategy available with the number of
- * buffers supplied. It will always create a BufferStrategy
+ * buffers supplied. It will always create a {@code BufferStrategy}
* with that number of buffers.
* A page-flipping strategy is attempted first, then a blitting strategy
* using accelerated buffers. Finally, an unaccelerated blitting
@@ -3885,17 +3885,17 @@
* buffer capabilities).
* dispose
will be invoked on the existing
- * BufferStrategy
.
+ * is called, {@code dispose} will be invoked on the existing
+ * {@code BufferStrategy}.
* @param numBuffers number of buffers to create
* @param caps the required capabilities for creating the buffer strategy;
- * cannot be null
+ * cannot be {@code null}
* @exception AWTException if the capabilities supplied could not be
* supported or met; this may happen, for example, if there is not enough
* accelerated memory currently available, or if page flipping is specified
* but not possible.
* @exception IllegalArgumentException if numBuffers is less than 1, or if
- * caps is null
+ * caps is {@code null}
* @see Window#getBufferStrategy()
* @see Canvas#getBufferStrategy()
* @since 1.4
@@ -3980,7 +3980,7 @@
/**
* Inner class for flipping buffers on a component. That component must
- * be a Canvas
or Window
or Applet
.
+ * be a {@code Canvas} or {@code Window} or {@code Applet}.
* @see Canvas
* @see Window
* @see Applet
@@ -4031,8 +4031,8 @@
/**
* Creates a new flipping buffer strategy for this component.
- * The component must be a Canvas
or Window
or
- * Applet
.
+ * The component must be a {@code Canvas} or {@code Window} or
+ * {@code Applet}.
* @see Canvas
* @see Window
* @see Applet
@@ -4069,14 +4069,14 @@
* @param numBuffers number of buffers to create; must be greater than
* one
* @param caps the capabilities of the buffers.
- * BufferCapabilities.isPageFlipping
must be
- * true
.
+ * {@code BufferCapabilities.isPageFlipping} must be
+ * {@code true}.
* @exception AWTException if the capabilities supplied could not be
* supported or met
* @exception IllegalStateException if the component has no peer
* @exception IllegalArgumentException if numBuffers is less than two,
- * or if BufferCapabilities.isPageFlipping
is not
- * true
.
+ * or if {@code BufferCapabilities.isPageFlipping} is not
+ * {@code true}.
* @see java.awt.BufferCapabilities#isPageFlipping()
*/
protected void createBuffers(int numBuffers, BufferCapabilities caps)
@@ -4157,7 +4157,7 @@
* either by copying or by moving the video pointer.
* @param flipAction an integer value describing the flipping action
* for the contents of the back buffer. This should be one of the
- * values of the BufferCapabilities.FlipContents
+ * values of the {@code BufferCapabilities.FlipContents}
* property.
* @exception IllegalStateException if the buffers have not yet
* been created
@@ -4271,7 +4271,7 @@
/**
* @return whether the drawing buffer was lost since the last call to
- * getDrawGraphics
+ * {@code getDrawGraphics}
*/
public boolean contentsLost() {
if (drawVBuffer == null) {
@@ -4558,7 +4558,7 @@
/**
* @return whether the drawing buffer was lost since the last call to
- * getDrawGraphics
+ * {@code getDrawGraphics}
*/
public boolean contentsLost() {
if (backBuffers == null) {
@@ -4637,7 +4637,7 @@
/**
* Inner class for flipping buffers on a component. That component must
- * be a Canvas
or Window
.
+ * be a {@code Canvas} or {@code Window}.
* @see Canvas
* @see Window
* @see java.awt.image.BufferStrategy
@@ -4705,7 +4705,7 @@
/**
* Checks whether this component "contains" the specified point,
- * where x
and y
are defined to be
+ * where {@code x} and {@code y} are defined to be
* relative to the coordinate system of this component.
*
* @param x the x coordinate of the point
@@ -4758,15 +4758,15 @@
* inside a subcomponent that itself has subcomponents, it does not
* go looking down the subcomponent tree.
* locate
method of Component
simply
+ * The {@code locate} method of {@code Component} simply
* returns the component itself if the (x, y)
- * coordinate location is inside its bounding box, and null
+ * coordinate location is inside its bounding box, and {@code null}
* otherwise.
* @param x the x coordinate
* @param y the y coordinate
* @return the component or subcomponent that contains the
* (x, y) location;
- * null
if the location
+ * {@code null} if the location
* is outside this component
* @see #contains(int, int)
* @since 1.0
@@ -4806,7 +4806,7 @@
/**
* @param e the event to deliver
* @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
- * replaced by dispatchEvent(AWTEvent e)
.
+ * replaced by {@code dispatchEvent(AWTEvent e)}.
*/
@Deprecated
public void deliverEvent(Event e) {
@@ -4815,8 +4815,8 @@
/**
* Dispatches an event to this component or one of its sub components.
- * Calls processEvent
before returning for 1.1-style
- * events which have been enabled for the Component
.
+ * Calls {@code processEvent} before returning for 1.1-style
+ * events which have been enabled for the {@code Component}.
* @param e the event
*/
public final void dispatchEvent(AWTEvent e) {
@@ -5284,7 +5284,7 @@
/**
* Adds the specified component listener to receive component events from
* this component.
- * If listener l
is null
,
+ * If listener {@code l} is {@code null},
* no exception is thrown and no action is performed.
* l
is null
,
+ * If listener {@code l} is {@code null},
* no exception is thrown and no action is performed.
* ComponentListener
s of this component
+ * @return all {@code ComponentListener}s of this component
* or an empty array if no component
* listeners are currently registered
*
@@ -5346,7 +5346,7 @@
/**
* Adds the specified focus listener to receive focus events from
* this component when this component gains input focus.
- * If listener l
is null
,
+ * If listener {@code l} is {@code null},
* no exception is thrown and no action is performed.
* l
is null
,
+ * If listener {@code l} is {@code null},
* no exception is thrown and no action is performed.
* FocusListener
s
+ * @return all of this component's {@code FocusListener}s
* or an empty array if no component
* listeners are currently registered
*
@@ -5416,7 +5416,7 @@
* Adds the specified hierarchy listener to receive hierarchy changed
* events from this component when the hierarchy to which this container
* belongs changes.
- * If listener l
is null
,
+ * If listener {@code l} is {@code null},
* no exception is thrown and no action is performed.
* l
is null
,
+ * If listener {@code l} is {@code null},
* no exception is thrown and no action is performed.
* HierarchyListener
s
+ * @return all of this component's {@code HierarchyListener}s
* or an empty array if no hierarchy
* listeners are currently registered
*
@@ -5507,7 +5507,7 @@
* Adds the specified hierarchy bounds listener to receive hierarchy
* bounds events from this component when the hierarchy to which this
* container belongs changes.
- * If listener l
is null
,
+ * If listener {@code l} is {@code null},
* no exception is thrown and no action is performed.
* l
is null
,
+ * If listener {@code l} is {@code null},
* no exception is thrown and no action is performed.
* HierarchyBoundsListener
s
+ * @return all of this component's {@code HierarchyBoundsListener}s
* or an empty array if no hierarchy bounds
* listeners are currently registered
*
@@ -5709,7 +5709,7 @@
* receives key events from this component. This method performs
* no function, nor does it throw an exception, if the listener
* specified by the argument was not previously added to this component.
- * If listener l
is null
,
+ * If listener {@code l} is {@code null},
* no exception is thrown and no action is performed.
* KeyListener
s
+ * @return all of this component's {@code KeyListener}s
* or an empty array if no key
* listeners are currently registered
*
@@ -5747,7 +5747,7 @@
/**
* Adds the specified mouse listener to receive mouse events from
* this component.
- * If listener l
is null
,
+ * If listener {@code l} is {@code null},
* no exception is thrown and no action is performed.
* l
is null
,
+ * If listener {@code l} is {@code null},
* no exception is thrown and no action is performed.
* MouseListener
s
+ * @return all of this component's {@code MouseListener}s
* or an empty array if no mouse
* listeners are currently registered
*
@@ -5816,7 +5816,7 @@
/**
* Adds the specified mouse motion listener to receive mouse motion
* events from this component.
- * If listener l
is null
,
+ * If listener {@code l} is {@code null},
* no exception is thrown and no action is performed.
* l
is null
,
+ * If listener {@code l} is {@code null},
* no exception is thrown and no action is performed.
* MouseMotionListener
s
+ * @return all of this component's {@code MouseMotionListener}s
* or an empty array if no mouse motion
* listeners are currently registered
*
@@ -5890,7 +5890,7 @@
* For information on how mouse wheel events are dispatched, see
* the class description for {@link MouseWheelEvent}.
* null
, no exception is thrown and no
+ * If l is {@code null}, no exception is thrown and no
* action is performed.
* MouseWheelListener
s
+ * @return all of this component's {@code MouseWheelListener}s
* or an empty array if no mouse wheel
* listeners are currently registered
*
@@ -5959,9 +5959,9 @@
* Adds the specified input method listener to receive
* input method events from this component. A component will
* only receive input method events from input methods
- * if it also overrides getInputMethodRequests
to return an
- * InputMethodRequests
instance.
- * If listener l
is null
,
+ * if it also overrides {@code getInputMethodRequests} to return an
+ * {@code InputMethodRequests} instance.
+ * If listener {@code l} is {@code null},
* no exception is thrown and no action is performed.
* l
is null
,
+ * If listener {@code l} is {@code null},
* no exception is thrown and no action is performed.
* InputMethodListener
s
+ * @return all of this component's {@code InputMethodListener}s
* or an empty array if no input method
* listeners are currently registered
*
@@ -6025,16 +6025,16 @@
/**
* Returns an array of all the objects currently registered
* as FooListener
s
- * upon this Component
.
+ * upon this {@code Component}.
* FooListener
s are registered using the
* addFooListener
method.
*
* listenerType
argument
+ * You can specify the {@code listenerType} argument
* with a class literal, such as
* FooListener.class
.
* For example, you can query a
- * Component
c
+ * {@code Component c}
* for its mouse listeners with the following code:
*
* MouseListener[] mls = (MouseListener[])(c.getListeners(MouseListener.class));
@@ -6044,13 +6044,13 @@
* @param java.util.EventListener
+ * {@code java.util.EventListener}
* @return an array of all objects registered as
* FooListener
s on this component,
* or an empty array if no such listeners have been added
- * @exception ClassCastException if listenerType
+ * @exception ClassCastException if {@code listenerType}
* doesn't specify a class or interface that implements
- * java.util.EventListener
+ * {@code java.util.EventListener}
* @throws NullPointerException if {@code listenerType} is {@code null}
* @see #getComponentListeners
* @see #getFocusListeners
@@ -6096,11 +6096,11 @@
* Gets the input method request handler which supports
* requests from input methods for this component. A component
* that supports on-the-spot text input must override this
- * method to return an InputMethodRequests
instance.
+ * method to return an {@code InputMethodRequests} instance.
* At the same time, it also has to handle input method events.
*
* @return the input method request handler for this component,
- * null
by default
+ * {@code null} by default
* @see #addInputMethodListener
* @since 1.2
*/
@@ -6116,7 +6116,7 @@
* override this to return a private input context.
*
* @return the input context used by this component;
- * null
if no context can be determined
+ * {@code null} if no context can be determined
* @since 1.2
*/
public InputContext getInputContext() {
@@ -6136,8 +6136,8 @@
* that event type is added to the component.
* Component
which desire to have the specified event
- * types delivered to processEvent
regardless of whether
+ * {@code Component} which desire to have the specified event
+ * types delivered to {@code processEvent} regardless of whether
* or not a listener is registered.
* @param eventsToEnable the event mask defining the event types
* @see #processEvent
@@ -6309,28 +6309,28 @@
/**
* Potentially coalesce an event being posted with an existing
- * event. This method is called by EventQueue.postEvent
+ * event. This method is called by {@code EventQueue.postEvent}
* if an event with the same ID as the event to be posted is found in
* the queue (both events must have this component as their source).
* This method either returns a coalesced event which replaces
* the existing event (and the new event is then discarded), or
- * null
to indicate that no combining should be done
+ * {@code null} to indicate that no combining should be done
* (add the second event to the end of the queue). Either event
* parameter may be modified and returned, as the other one is discarded
- * unless null
is returned.
+ * unless {@code null} is returned.
* coalesceEvents
coalesces
+ * This implementation of {@code coalesceEvents} coalesces
* two event types: mouse move (and drag) events,
* and paint (and update) events.
* For mouse move events the last event is always returned, causing
* intermediate moves to be discarded. For paint events, the new
- * event is coalesced into a complex RepaintArea
in the peer.
- * The new AWTEvent
is always returned.
+ * event is coalesced into a complex {@code RepaintArea} in the peer.
+ * The new {@code AWTEvent} is always returned.
*
- * @param existingEvent the event already on the EventQueue
+ * @param existingEvent the event already on the {@code EventQueue}
* @param newEvent the event being posted to the
- * EventQueue
- * @return a coalesced event, or null
indicating that no
+ * {@code EventQueue}
+ * @return a coalesced event, or {@code null} indicating that no
* coalescing was done
*/
protected AWTEvent coalesceEvents(AWTEvent existingEvent,
@@ -6343,7 +6343,7 @@
* method calls the appropriate
* process<event type>Event
* method for the given class of event.
- * null
+ * ComponentListener
objects.
+ * {@code ComponentListener} objects.
*
- *
- * ComponentListener
object is registered
- * via addComponentListener
.
- * enableEvents
.
+ * null
+ * FocusListener
objects.
+ * {@code FocusListener} objects.
*
- *
* FocusListener
object is registered
- * via addFocusListener
.
- * enableEvents
.
+ * Component
,
- * the current KeyboardFocusManager
determines
+ * If focus events are enabled for a {@code Component},
+ * the current {@code KeyboardFocusManager} determines
* whether or not a focus event should be dispatched to
- * registered FocusListener
objects. If the
- * events are to be dispatched, the KeyboardFocusManager
- * calls the Component
's dispatchEvent
- * method, which results in a call to the Component
's
- * processFocusEvent
method.
- * Component
, calling
- * the Component
's dispatchEvent
method
- * with a FocusEvent
as the argument will result in a
- * call to the Component
's processFocusEvent
- * method regardless of the current KeyboardFocusManager
.
+ * registered {@code FocusListener} objects. If the
+ * events are to be dispatched, the {@code KeyboardFocusManager}
+ * calls the {@code Component}'s {@code dispatchEvent}
+ * method, which results in a call to the {@code Component}'s
+ * {@code processFocusEvent} method.
+ * null
+ * KeyListener
objects.
+ * {@code KeyListener} objects.
*
- *
*
* KeyListener
object is registered
- * via addKeyListener
.
- * enableEvents
.
+ * Component
,
- * the current KeyboardFocusManager
determines
+ * If key events are enabled for a {@code Component},
+ * the current {@code KeyboardFocusManager} determines
* whether or not a key event should be dispatched to
- * registered KeyListener
objects. The
- * DefaultKeyboardFocusManager
will not dispatch
- * key events to a Component
that is not the focus
+ * registered {@code KeyListener} objects. The
+ * {@code DefaultKeyboardFocusManager} will not dispatch
+ * key events to a {@code Component} that is not the focus
* owner or is not showing.
* KeyEvent
s are redirected to
+ * As of J2SE 1.4, {@code KeyEvent}s are redirected to
* the focus owner. Please see the
* Focus Specification
* for further information.
* Component
's dispatchEvent
- * method with a KeyEvent
as the argument will
- * result in a call to the Component
's
- * processKeyEvent
method regardless of the
- * current KeyboardFocusManager
as long as the
+ * Calling a {@code Component}'s {@code dispatchEvent}
+ * method with a {@code KeyEvent} as the argument will
+ * result in a call to the {@code Component}'s
+ * {@code processKeyEvent} method regardless of the
+ * current {@code KeyboardFocusManager} as long as the
* component is showing, focused, and enabled, and key events
* are enabled on it.
- * null
+ * MouseListener
objects.
+ * {@code MouseListener} objects.
*
- *
- * MouseListener
object is registered
- * via addMouseListener
.
- * enableEvents
.
+ * null
+ * MouseMotionListener
objects.
+ * {@code MouseMotionListener} objects.
*
- *
- * MouseMotionListener
object is registered
- * via addMouseMotionListener
.
- * enableEvents
.
+ * null
+ * MouseWheelListener
objects.
+ * {@code MouseWheelListener} objects.
*
- *
* MouseWheelListener
object is registered
- * via addMouseWheelListener
.
- * enableEvents
.
+ * null
+ * Note that if the event parameter is {@code null}
* the behavior is unspecified and may result in an
* exception.
*
@@ -6705,17 +6705,17 @@
/**
* Processes input method events occurring on this component by
* dispatching them to any registered
- * InputMethodListener
objects.
+ * {@code InputMethodListener} objects.
*
- *
- * InputMethodListener
object is registered
- * via addInputMethodListener
.
- * enableEvents
.
+ * null
+ * HierarchyListener
objects.
+ * {@code HierarchyListener} objects.
*
- *
- * HierarchyListener
object is registered
- * via addHierarchyListener
.
- * enableEvents
.
+ * null
+ * HierarchyBoundsListener
objects.
+ * {@code HierarchyBoundsListener} objects.
*
- *
- * HierarchyBoundsListener
object is registered
- * via addHierarchyBoundsListener
.
- * enableEvents
.
+ * null
+ * Component
displayable by connecting it to a
+ * Makes this {@code Component} displayable by connecting it to a
* native screen resource.
* This method is called internally by the toolkit and should
* not be called directly by programs.
@@ -7081,12 +7081,12 @@
}
/**
- * Makes this Component
undisplayable by destroying it native
+ * Makes this {@code Component} undisplayable by destroying it native
* screen resource.
* super.removeNotify
as
+ * this method should call {@code super.removeNotify} as
* the first line of the overriding method.
*
* @see #isDisplayable
@@ -7198,14 +7198,14 @@
}
/**
- * Returns whether this Component
can become the focus
+ * Returns whether this {@code Component} can become the focus
* owner.
*
- * @return true
if this Component
is
- * focusable; false
otherwise
+ * @return {@code true} if this {@code Component} is
+ * focusable; {@code false} otherwise
* @see #setFocusable
* @since 1.1
- * @deprecated As of 1.4, replaced by isFocusable()
.
+ * @deprecated As of 1.4, replaced by {@code isFocusable()}.
*/
@Deprecated
public boolean isFocusTraversable() {
@@ -7218,8 +7218,8 @@
/**
* Returns whether this Component can be focused.
*
- * @return true
if this Component is focusable;
- * false
otherwise.
+ * @return {@code true} if this Component is focusable;
+ * {@code false} otherwise.
* @see #setFocusable
* @since 1.4
*/
@@ -7343,7 +7343,7 @@
/**
* Returns the Set of focus traversal keys for a given traversal operation
* for this Component. (See
- * setFocusTraversalKeys
for a full description of each key.)
+ * {@code setFocusTraversalKeys} for a full description of each key.)
* false
, this Component is inheriting the
+ * this method returns {@code false}, this Component is inheriting the
* Set from an ancestor, or from the current KeyboardFocusManager.
*
* @param id one of KeyboardFocusManager.FORWARD_TRAVERSAL_KEYS,
* KeyboardFocusManager.BACKWARD_TRAVERSAL_KEYS, or
* KeyboardFocusManager.UP_CYCLE_TRAVERSAL_KEYS
- * @return true
if the Set of focus traversal keys for the
+ * @return {@code true} if the Set of focus traversal keys for the
* given focus traversal operation has been explicitly defined for
- * this Component; false
otherwise.
+ * this Component; {@code false} otherwise.
* @throws IllegalArgumentException if id is not one of
* KeyboardFocusManager.FORWARD_TRAVERSAL_KEYS,
* KeyboardFocusManager.BACKWARD_TRAVERSAL_KEYS, or
@@ -7526,12 +7526,12 @@
* Window is later focused by the user.
* KeyboardFocusManager.clearGlobalFocusOwner()
+ * all. Use {@code KeyboardFocusManager.clearGlobalFocusOwner()}
* instead.
* requestFocusInWindow
when possible.
+ * {@code requestFocusInWindow} when possible.
*
* Component
get the input focus,
- * and that this Component
's top-level ancestor
- * become the focused Window
. This component must be
+ * Requests that this {@code Component} get the input focus,
+ * and that this {@code Component}'s top-level ancestor
+ * become the focused {@code Window}. This component must be
* displayable, focusable, visible and all of its ancestors (with
* the exception of the top-level Window) must be visible for the
* request to be granted. Every effort will be made to honor the
@@ -7568,29 +7568,29 @@
* will be remembered and will be granted when the window is later
* focused by the user.
* false
is returned,
- * the request is guaranteed to fail. If true
is
+ * This method returns a boolean value. If {@code false} is returned,
+ * the request is guaranteed to fail. If {@code true} is
* returned, the request will succeed unless it is vetoed, or an
* extraordinary event, such as disposal of the component's peer, occurs
* before the request can be granted by the native windowing system. Again,
- * while a return value of true
indicates that the request is
+ * while a return value of {@code true} indicates that the request is
* likely to succeed, developers must never assume that this component is
* the focus owner until this component receives a FOCUS_GAINED event.
* KeyboardFocusManager.clearGlobalFocusOwner
+ * all. Use {@code KeyboardFocusManager.clearGlobalFocusOwner}
* instead.
* requestFocusInWindow
when possible.
+ * {@code requestFocusInWindow} when possible.
* FocusEvent
s
+ * Every effort will be made to ensure that {@code FocusEvent}s
* generated as a
* result of this request will have the specified temporary value. However,
* because specifying an arbitrary temporary state may not be implementable
* on all native windowing systems, correct behavior for this method can be
- * guaranteed only for lightweight Component
s.
+ * guaranteed only for lightweight {@code Component}s.
* This method is not intended
* for general use, but exists instead as a hook for lightweight component
* libraries, such as Swing.
@@ -7603,8 +7603,8 @@
* such as when the window loses the focus; for
* more information on temporary focus changes see the
*Focus Specification
- * @return false
if the focus change request is guaranteed to
- * fail; true
if it is likely to succeed
+ * @return {@code false} if the focus change request is guaranteed to
+ * fail; {@code true} if it is likely to succeed
* @see java.awt.event.FocusEvent
* @see #addFocusListener
* @see #isFocusable
@@ -7630,31 +7630,31 @@
* assume that this Component is the focus owner until this
* Component receives a FOCUS_GAINED event.
* false
is returned,
- * the request is guaranteed to fail. If true
is
+ * This method returns a boolean value. If {@code false} is returned,
+ * the request is guaranteed to fail. If {@code true} is
* returned, the request will succeed unless it is vetoed, or an
* extraordinary event, such as disposal of the Component's peer, occurs
* before the request can be granted by the native windowing system. Again,
- * while a return value of true
indicates that the request is
+ * while a return value of {@code true} indicates that the request is
* likely to succeed, developers must never assume that this Component is
* the focus owner until this Component receives a FOCUS_GAINED event.
* KeyboardFocusManager.clearGlobalFocusOwner()
+ * all. Use {@code KeyboardFocusManager.clearGlobalFocusOwner()}
* instead.
* requestFocus
when possible. Code which relies
- * on requestFocus
may exhibit different focus behavior on
+ * method over {@code requestFocus} when possible. Code which relies
+ * on {@code requestFocus} may exhibit different focus behavior on
* different platforms.
*
* false
if the focus change request is guaranteed to
- * fail; true
if it is likely to succeed
+ * @return {@code false} if the focus change request is guaranteed to
+ * fail; {@code true} if it is likely to succeed
* @see #requestFocus
* @see java.awt.event.FocusEvent
* @see #addFocusListener
@@ -7672,9 +7672,9 @@
}
/**
- * Requests that this Component
get the input focus,
- * if this Component
's top-level ancestor is already
- * the focused Window
. This component must be
+ * Requests that this {@code Component} get the input focus,
+ * if this {@code Component}'s top-level ancestor is already
+ * the focused {@code Window}. This component must be
* displayable, focusable, visible and all of its ancestors (with
* the exception of the top-level Window) must be visible for the
* request to be granted. Every effort will be made to honor the
@@ -7682,26 +7682,26 @@
* so. Developers must never assume that this component is the
* focus owner until this component receives a FOCUS_GAINED event.
* false
is returned,
- * the request is guaranteed to fail. If true
is
+ * This method returns a boolean value. If {@code false} is returned,
+ * the request is guaranteed to fail. If {@code true} is
* returned, the request will succeed unless it is vetoed, or an
* extraordinary event, such as disposal of the component's peer, occurs
* before the request can be granted by the native windowing system. Again,
- * while a return value of true
indicates that the request is
+ * while a return value of {@code true} indicates that the request is
* likely to succeed, developers must never assume that this component is
* the focus owner until this component receives a FOCUS_GAINED event.
* KeyboardFocusManager.clearGlobalFocusOwner
+ * all. Use {@code KeyboardFocusManager.clearGlobalFocusOwner}
* instead.
* requestFocus
when possible. Code which relies
- * on requestFocus
may exhibit different focus behavior on
+ * method over {@code requestFocus} when possible. Code which relies
+ * on {@code requestFocus} may exhibit different focus behavior on
* different platforms.
* FocusEvent
s
+ * Every effort will be made to ensure that {@code FocusEvent}s
* generated as a
* result of this request will have the specified temporary value. However,
* because specifying an arbitrary temporary state may not be implementable
@@ -7718,8 +7718,8 @@
* such as when the window loses the focus; for
* more information on temporary focus changes see the
*Focus Specification
- * @return false
if the focus change request is guaranteed to
- * fail; true
if it is likely to succeed
+ * @return {@code false} if the focus change request is guaranteed to
+ * fail; {@code true} if it is likely to succeed
* @see #requestFocus
* @see java.awt.event.FocusEvent
* @see #addFocusListener
@@ -7954,8 +7954,8 @@
* belongs to only a single focus traversal cycle.
*
* @param container the Container to be tested
- * @return true
if the specified Container is a focus-cycle-
- * root of this Component; false
otherwise
+ * @return {@code true} if the specified Container is a focus-cycle-
+ * root of this Component; {@code false} otherwise
* @see Container#isFocusCycleRoot()
* @since 1.4
*/
@@ -8136,12 +8136,12 @@
}
/**
- * Returns true
if this Component
is the
+ * Returns {@code true} if this {@code Component} is the
* focus owner. This method is obsolete, and has been replaced by
- * isFocusOwner()
.
+ * {@code isFocusOwner()}.
*
- * @return true
if this Component
is the
- * focus owner; false
otherwise
+ * @return {@code true} if this {@code Component} is the
+ * focus owner; {@code false} otherwise
* @since 1.2
*/
public boolean hasFocus() {
@@ -8150,11 +8150,11 @@
}
/**
- * Returns true
if this Component
is the
+ * Returns {@code true} if this {@code Component} is the
* focus owner.
*
- * @return true
if this Component
is the
- * focus owner; false
otherwise
+ * @return {@code true} if this {@code Component} is the
+ * focus owner; {@code false} otherwise
* @since 1.4
*/
public boolean isFocusOwner() {
@@ -8233,7 +8233,7 @@
* method is intended to be used only for debugging purposes, and the
* content and format of the returned string may vary between
* implementations. The returned string may be empty but may not be
- * null
.
+ * {@code null}.
*
* @return a string representation of this component's state
* @since 1.0
@@ -8258,7 +8258,7 @@
/**
* Prints a listing of this component to the standard system output
- * stream System.out
.
+ * stream {@code System.out}.
* @see java.lang.System#out
* @since 1.0
*/
@@ -8353,10 +8353,10 @@
* Component
is inheriting a bound property, then no
+ * Note that if this {@code Component} is inheriting a bound property, then no
* event will be fired in response to a change in the inherited property.
* listener
is null
,
+ * If {@code listener} is {@code null},
* no exception is thrown and no action is performed.
*
* @param listener the property change listener to be added
@@ -8405,7 +8405,7 @@
* Returns an array of all the property change listeners
* registered on this component.
*
- * @return all of this component's PropertyChangeListener
s
+ * @return all of this component's {@code PropertyChangeListener}s
* or an empty array if no property change
* listeners are currently registered
*
@@ -8442,10 +8442,10 @@
* Component
is inheriting a bound property, then no
+ * Note that if this {@code Component} is inheriting a bound property, then no
* event will be fired in response to a change in the inherited property.
* propertyName
or listener
is null
,
+ * If {@code propertyName} or {@code listener} is {@code null},
* no exception is thrown and no action is taken.
*
* @param propertyName one of the property names listed above
@@ -8470,12 +8470,12 @@
}
/**
- * Removes a PropertyChangeListener
from the listener
+ * Removes a {@code PropertyChangeListener} from the listener
* list for a specific property. This method should be used to remove
- * PropertyChangeListener
s
+ * {@code PropertyChangeListener}s
* that were registered for a specific bound property.
* propertyName
or listener
is null
,
+ * If {@code propertyName} or {@code listener} is {@code null},
* no exception is thrown and no action is taken.
*
* @param propertyName a valid property name
@@ -8501,9 +8501,9 @@
* with the named property.
*
* @param propertyName the property name
- * @return all of the PropertyChangeListener
s associated with
+ * @return all of the {@code PropertyChangeListener}s associated with
* the named property; if no such listeners have been added or
- * if propertyName
is null
, an empty
+ * if {@code propertyName} is {@code null}, an empty
* array is returned
*
* @see #addPropertyChangeListener(java.lang.String, java.beans.PropertyChangeListener)
@@ -8704,7 +8704,7 @@
/**
* This hack is for Swing serialization. It will invoke
- * the Swing package private method compWriteObjectNotify
.
+ * the Swing package private method {@code compWriteObjectNotify}.
*/
private void doSwingSerialization() {
Package swingPackage = Package.getPackage("javax.swing");
@@ -8758,31 +8758,31 @@
* The non-serializable listeners are detected and
* no attempt is made to serialize them.
*
- * @param s the ObjectOutputStream
to write
- * @serialData null
terminated sequence of
- * 0 or more pairs; the pair consists of a String
- * and an Object
; the String
indicates
+ * @param s the {@code ObjectOutputStream} to write
+ * @serialData {@code null} terminated sequence of
+ * 0 or more pairs; the pair consists of a {@code String}
+ * and an {@code Object}; the {@code String} indicates
* the type of object and is one of the following (as of 1.4):
- * componentListenerK
indicating an
- * ComponentListener
object;
- * focusListenerK
indicating an
- * FocusListener
object;
- * keyListenerK
indicating an
- * KeyListener
object;
- * mouseListenerK
indicating an
- * MouseListener
object;
- * mouseMotionListenerK
indicating an
- * MouseMotionListener
object;
- * inputMethodListenerK
indicating an
- * InputMethodListener
object;
- * hierarchyListenerK
indicating an
- * HierarchyListener
object;
- * hierarchyBoundsListenerK
indicating an
- * HierarchyBoundsListener
object;
- * mouseWheelListenerK
indicating an
- * MouseWheelListener
object
- * @serialData an optional ComponentOrientation
- * (after inputMethodListener
, as of 1.2)
+ * {@code componentListenerK} indicating an
+ * {@code ComponentListener} object;
+ * {@code focusListenerK} indicating an
+ * {@code FocusListener} object;
+ * {@code keyListenerK} indicating an
+ * {@code KeyListener} object;
+ * {@code mouseListenerK} indicating an
+ * {@code MouseListener} object;
+ * {@code mouseMotionListenerK} indicating an
+ * {@code MouseMotionListener} object;
+ * {@code inputMethodListenerK} indicating an
+ * {@code InputMethodListener} object;
+ * {@code hierarchyListenerK} indicating an
+ * {@code HierarchyListener} object;
+ * {@code hierarchyBoundsListenerK} indicating an
+ * {@code HierarchyBoundsListener} object;
+ * {@code mouseWheelListenerK} indicating an
+ * {@code MouseWheelListener} object
+ * @serialData an optional {@code ComponentOrientation}
+ * (after {@code inputMethodListener}, as of 1.2)
*
* @see AWTEventMulticaster#save(java.io.ObjectOutputStream, java.lang.String, java.util.EventListener)
* @see #componentListenerK
@@ -8824,12 +8824,12 @@
}
/**
- * Reads the ObjectInputStream
and if it isn't
- * null
adds a listener to receive a variety
+ * Reads the {@code ObjectInputStream} and if it isn't
+ * {@code null} adds a listener to receive a variety
* of events fired by the component.
* Unrecognized keys or values will be ignored.
*
- * @param s the ObjectInputStream
to read
+ * @param s the {@code ObjectInputStream} to read
* @see #writeObject(ObjectOutputStream)
*/
private void readObject(ObjectInputStream s)
@@ -8971,15 +8971,15 @@
/**
* Sets the language-sensitive orientation that is to be used to order
* the elements or text within this component. Language-sensitive
- * LayoutManager
and Component
+ * {@code LayoutManager} and {@code Component}
* subclasses will use this property to
* determine how to lay out and draw components.
* ComponentOrientation.UNKNOWN
,
+ * {@code ComponentOrientation.UNKNOWN},
* indicating that it has not been specified
* explicitly. The UNKNOWN orientation behaves the same as
- * ComponentOrientation.LEFT_TO_RIGHT
.
+ * {@code ComponentOrientation.LEFT_TO_RIGHT}.
* LayoutManager
- * and Component
+ * the elements or text within this component. {@code LayoutManager}
+ * and {@code Component}
* subclasses that wish to respect orientation should call this method to
* get the component's orientation before performing layout or drawing.
*
@@ -9027,7 +9027,7 @@
}
/**
- * Sets the ComponentOrientation
property of this component
+ * Sets the {@code ComponentOrientation} property of this component
* and all components contained within it.
* orientation
is null.
+ * @exception NullPointerException if {@code orientation} is null.
* @see #setComponentOrientation
* @see #getComponentOrientation
* @see #invalidate
@@ -9104,7 +9104,7 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the Window
ancestor of the component.
+ * Returns the {@code Window} ancestor of the component.
* @return Window ancestor of the component or component by itself if it is Window;
* null, if component is not a part of window hierarchy
*/
@@ -9131,16 +9131,16 @@
protected AccessibleContext accessibleContext = null;
/**
- * Gets the AccessibleContext
associated
- * with this Component
.
+ * Gets the {@code AccessibleContext} associated
+ * with this {@code Component}.
* The method implemented by this base
- * class returns null. Classes that extend Component
+ * class returns null. Classes that extend {@code Component}
* should implement this method to return the
- * AccessibleContext
associated with the subclass.
+ * {@code AccessibleContext} associated with the subclass.
*
*
- * @return the AccessibleContext
of this
- * Component
+ * @return the {@code AccessibleContext} of this
+ * {@code Component}
* @since 1.3
*/
public AccessibleContext getAccessibleContext() {
@@ -9241,7 +9241,7 @@
/**
- * Adds a PropertyChangeListener
to the listener list.
+ * Adds a {@code PropertyChangeListener} to the listener list.
*
* @param listener the property change listener to be added
*/
@@ -9278,7 +9278,7 @@
//
/**
* Gets the accessible name of this object. This should almost never
- * return java.awt.Component.getName()
,
+ * return {@code java.awt.Component.getName()},
* as that generally isn't a localized name,
* and doesn't have meaning for the user. If the
* object is fundamentally a text object (e.g. a menu item), the
@@ -9287,7 +9287,7 @@
* appropriate String to return.
*
* @return the localized name of the object -- can be
- * null
if this
+ * {@code null} if this
* object does not have a name
* @see javax.accessibility.AccessibleContext#setAccessibleName
*/
@@ -9307,7 +9307,7 @@
* text document" instead).
*
* @return the localized description of the object -- can be
- * null
if this object does not have a description
+ * {@code null} if this object does not have a description
* @see javax.accessibility.AccessibleContext#setAccessibleDescription
*/
public String getAccessibleDescription() {
@@ -9317,7 +9317,7 @@
/**
* Gets the role of this object.
*
- * @return an instance of AccessibleRole
+ * @return an instance of {@code AccessibleRole}
* describing the role of the object
* @see javax.accessibility.AccessibleRole
*/
@@ -9328,7 +9328,7 @@
/**
* Gets the state of this object.
*
- * @return an instance of AccessibleStateSet
+ * @return an instance of {@code AccessibleStateSet}
* containing the current state set of the object
* @see javax.accessibility.AccessibleState
*/
@@ -9337,13 +9337,13 @@
}
/**
- * Gets the Accessible
parent of this object.
- * If the parent of this object implements Accessible
,
- * this method should simply return getParent
.
+ * Gets the {@code Accessible} parent of this object.
+ * If the parent of this object implements {@code Accessible},
+ * this method should simply return {@code getParent}.
*
- * @return the Accessible
parent of this
- * object -- can be null
if this
- * object does not have an Accessible
parent
+ * @return the {@code Accessible} parent of this
+ * object -- can be {@code null} if this
+ * object does not have an {@code Accessible} parent
*/
public Accessible getAccessibleParent() {
if (accessibleParent != null) {
@@ -9370,7 +9370,7 @@
/**
* Returns the number of accessible children in the object. If all
- * of the children of this object implement Accessible
,
+ * of the children of this object implement {@code Accessible},
* then this method should return the number of children of this object.
*
* @return the number of accessible children in the object
@@ -9380,10 +9380,10 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the nth Accessible
child of the object.
+ * Returns the nth {@code Accessible} child of the object.
*
* @param i zero-based index of child
- * @return the nth Accessible
child of the object
+ * @return the nth {@code Accessible} child of the object
*/
public Accessible getAccessibleChild(int i) {
return null; // Components don't have children
@@ -9399,9 +9399,9 @@
}
/**
- * Gets the AccessibleComponent
associated
+ * Gets the {@code AccessibleComponent} associated
* with this object if one exists.
- * Otherwise return null
.
+ * Otherwise return {@code null}.
*
* @return the component
*/
@@ -9416,7 +9416,7 @@
* Gets the background color of this object.
*
* @return the background color, if supported, of the object;
- * otherwise, null
+ * otherwise, {@code null}
*/
public Color getBackground() {
return Component.this.getBackground();
@@ -9424,9 +9424,9 @@
/**
* Sets the background color of this object.
- * (For transparency, see isOpaque
.)
+ * (For transparency, see {@code isOpaque}.)
*
- * @param c the new Color
for the background
+ * @param c the new {@code Color} for the background
* @see Component#isOpaque
*/
public void setBackground(Color c) {
@@ -9437,7 +9437,7 @@
* Gets the foreground color of this object.
*
* @return the foreground color, if supported, of the object;
- * otherwise, null
+ * otherwise, {@code null}
*/
public Color getForeground() {
return Component.this.getForeground();
@@ -9446,59 +9446,59 @@
/**
* Sets the foreground color of this object.
*
- * @param c the new Color
for the foreground
+ * @param c the new {@code Color} for the foreground
*/
public void setForeground(Color c) {
Component.this.setForeground(c);
}
/**
- * Gets the Cursor
of this object.
+ * Gets the {@code Cursor} of this object.
*
- * @return the Cursor
, if supported,
- * of the object; otherwise, null
+ * @return the {@code Cursor}, if supported,
+ * of the object; otherwise, {@code null}
*/
public Cursor getCursor() {
return Component.this.getCursor();
}
/**
- * Sets the Cursor
of this object.
+ * Sets the {@code Cursor} of this object.
* Cursor
for the object
+ * @param cursor the new {@code Cursor} for the object
*/
public void setCursor(Cursor cursor) {
Component.this.setCursor(cursor);
}
/**
- * Gets the Font
of this object.
+ * Gets the {@code Font} of this object.
*
- * @return the Font
, if supported,
- * for the object; otherwise, null
+ * @return the {@code Font}, if supported,
+ * for the object; otherwise, {@code null}
*/
public Font getFont() {
return Component.this.getFont();
}
/**
- * Sets the Font
of this object.
+ * Sets the {@code Font} of this object.
*
- * @param f the new Font
for the object
+ * @param f the new {@code Font} for the object
*/
public void setFont(Font f) {
Component.this.setFont(f);
}
/**
- * Gets the FontMetrics
of this object.
+ * Gets the {@code FontMetrics} of this object.
*
- * @param f the Font
- * @return the FontMetrics
, if supported,
- * the object; otherwise, null
+ * @param f the {@code Font}
+ * @return the {@code FontMetrics}, if supported,
+ * the object; otherwise, {@code null}
* @see #getFont
*/
public FontMetrics getFontMetrics(Font f) {
@@ -9546,7 +9546,7 @@
* object intends to be visible; however, it may not in fact be
* showing on the screen because one of the objects that this object
* is contained by is not visible. To determine if an object is
- * showing on the screen, use isShowing
.
+ * showing on the screen, use {@code isShowing}.
*
* @return true if object is visible; otherwise, false
*/
@@ -9595,9 +9595,9 @@
* where the point's x and y coordinates are defined to be relative to
* the coordinate system of the object.
*
- * @param p the Point
relative to the
+ * @param p the {@code Point} relative to the
* coordinate system of the object
- * @return true if object contains Point
; otherwise false
+ * @return true if object contains {@code Point}; otherwise false
*/
public boolean contains(Point p) {
return Component.this.contains(p);
@@ -9607,7 +9607,7 @@
* Returns the location of the object on the screen.
*
* @return location of object on screen -- can be
- * null
if this object is not on the screen
+ * {@code null} if this object is not on the screen
*/
public Point getLocationOnScreen() {
synchronized (Component.this.getTreeLock()) {
@@ -9626,7 +9626,7 @@
*
* @return an instance of Point representing the top-left corner of
* the object's bounds in the coordinate space of the screen;
- * null
if this object or its parent are not on the screen
+ * {@code null} if this object or its parent are not on the screen
*/
public Point getLocation() {
return Component.this.getLocation();
@@ -9646,7 +9646,7 @@
* relative to its parent.
*
* @return a rectangle indicating this component's bounds;
- * null
if this object is not on the screen
+ * {@code null} if this object is not on the screen
*/
public Rectangle getBounds() {
return Component.this.getBounds();
@@ -9654,7 +9654,7 @@
/**
* Sets the bounds of this object in the form of a
- * Rectangle
object.
+ * {@code Rectangle} object.
* The bounds specify this object's width, height, and location
* relative to its parent.
*
@@ -9666,13 +9666,13 @@
/**
* Returns the size of this object in the form of a
- * Dimension
object. The height field of the
- * Dimension
object contains this object's
- * height, and the width field of the Dimension
+ * {@code Dimension} object. The height field of the
+ * {@code Dimension} object contains this object's
+ * height, and the width field of the {@code Dimension}
* object contains this object's width.
*
- * @return a Dimension
object that indicates
- * the size of this component; null
if
+ * @return a {@code Dimension} object that indicates
+ * the size of this component; {@code null} if
* this object is not on the screen
*/
public Dimension getSize() {
@@ -9689,16 +9689,16 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the Accessible
child,
+ * Returns the {@code Accessible} child,
* if one exists, contained at the local
- * coordinate Point
. Otherwise returns
- * null
.
+ * coordinate {@code Point}. Otherwise returns
+ * {@code null}.
*
* @param p the point defining the top-left corner of
- * the Accessible
, given in the
+ * the {@code Accessible}, given in the
* coordinate space of the object's parent
- * @return the Accessible
, if it exists,
- * at the specified location; else null
+ * @return the {@code Accessible}, if it exists,
+ * at the specified location; else {@code null}
*/
public Accessible getAccessibleAt(Point p) {
return null; // Components don't have children
@@ -9772,7 +9772,7 @@
/**
* Gets the current state set of this object.
*
- * @return an instance of AccessibleStateSet
+ * @return an instance of {@code AccessibleStateSet}
* containing the current state set of the object
* @see AccessibleState
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/ComponentOrientation.java 2015-10-04 22:52:27.977274855 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/ComponentOrientation.java 2015-10-04 22:52:27.789274863 +0400
@@ -72,8 +72,8 @@
* isLeftToRight()
and
- * isHorizontal()
methods to
+ * should use the {@code isLeftToRight()} and
+ * {@code isHorizontal()} methods to
* determine their behavior. They should not include switch-like
* code that keys off of the constants, such as:
*
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/Composite.java 2015-10-04 22:52:28.501274831 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/Composite.java 2015-10-04 22:52:28.313274840 +0400
@@ -28,39 +28,39 @@
import java.awt.image.ColorModel;
/**
- * The
Composite
interface, along with
+ * The {@code Composite} interface, along with
* {@link CompositeContext}, defines the methods to compose a draw
* primitive with the underlying graphics area.
- * After the Composite
is set in the
+ * After the {@code Composite} is set in the
* {@link Graphics2D} context, it combines a shape, text, or an image
* being rendered with the colors that have already been rendered
* according to pre-defined rules. The classes
* implementing this interface provide the rules and a method to create
* the context for a particular operation.
- * CompositeContext
is an environment used by the
- * compositing operation, which is created by the Graphics2D
- * prior to the start of the operation. CompositeContext
+ * {@code CompositeContext} is an environment used by the
+ * compositing operation, which is created by the {@code Graphics2D}
+ * prior to the start of the operation. {@code CompositeContext}
* contains private information and resources needed for a compositing
- * operation. When the CompositeContext
is no longer needed,
- * the Graphics2D
object disposes of it in order to reclaim
+ * operation. When the {@code CompositeContext} is no longer needed,
+ * the {@code Graphics2D} object disposes of it in order to reclaim
* resources allocated for the operation.
* Composite
must be
- * immutable because the Graphics2D
does not clone
+ * Instances of classes implementing {@code Composite} must be
+ * immutable because the {@code Graphics2D} does not clone
* these objects when they are set as an attribute with the
- * setComposite
method or when the Graphics2D
+ * {@code setComposite} method or when the {@code Graphics2D}
* object is cloned. This is to avoid undefined rendering behavior of
- * Graphics2D
, resulting from the modification of
- * the Composite
object after it has been set in the
- * Graphics2D
context.
+ * {@code Graphics2D}, resulting from the modification of
+ * the {@code Composite} object after it has been set in the
+ * {@code Graphics2D} context.
* readDisplayPixels
+ * to a screen device is governed by the {@code readDisplayPixels}
* {@link AWTPermission}. The permission check will occur when such
- * a custom object is passed to the setComposite
method
- * of a Graphics2D
retrieved from a {@link Component}.
+ * a custom object is passed to the {@code setComposite} method
+ * of a {@code Graphics2D} retrieved from a {@link Component}.
* @see AlphaComposite
* @see CompositeContext
* @see Graphics2D#setComposite
@@ -71,12 +71,12 @@
* Creates a context containing state that is used to perform
* the compositing operation. In a multi-threaded environment,
* several contexts can exist simultaneously for a single
- * Composite
object.
+ * {@code Composite} object.
* @param srcColorModel the {@link ColorModel} of the source
- * @param dstColorModel the ColorModel
of the destination
+ * @param dstColorModel the {@code ColorModel} of the destination
* @param hints the hint that the context object uses to choose between
* rendering alternatives
- * @return the CompositeContext
object used to perform the
+ * @return the {@code CompositeContext} object used to perform the
* compositing operation.
*/
public CompositeContext createContext(ColorModel srcColorModel,
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/CompositeContext.java 2015-10-04 22:52:29.025274808 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/CompositeContext.java 2015-10-04 22:52:28.833274816 +0400
@@ -29,9 +29,9 @@
import java.awt.image.WritableRaster;
/**
- * The CompositeContext
interface defines the encapsulated
+ * The {@code CompositeContext} interface defines the encapsulated
* and optimized environment for a compositing operation.
- * CompositeContext
objects maintain state for
+ * {@code CompositeContext} objects maintain state for
* compositing operations. In a multi-threaded environment, several
* contexts can exist simultaneously for a single {@link Composite}
* object.
@@ -49,14 +49,14 @@
* places the result in the destination
* {@link WritableRaster}. Note that the destination
* can be the same object as either the first or second
- * source. Note that dstIn
and
- * dstOut
must be compatible with the
- * dstColorModel
passed to the
+ * source. Note that {@code dstIn} and
+ * {@code dstOut} must be compatible with the
+ * {@code dstColorModel} passed to the
* {@link Composite#createContext(java.awt.image.ColorModel, java.awt.image.ColorModel, java.awt.RenderingHints) createContext}
- * method of the Composite
interface.
+ * method of the {@code Composite} interface.
* @param src the first source for the compositing operation
* @param dstIn the second source for the compositing operation
- * @param dstOut the WritableRaster
into which the
+ * @param dstOut the {@code WritableRaster} into which the
* result of the operation is stored
* @see Composite
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/Container.java 2015-10-04 22:52:29.545274784 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/Container.java 2015-10-04 22:52:29.353274793 +0400
@@ -183,7 +183,7 @@
/**
* A constant which toggles one of the controllable behaviors
- * of getMouseEventTarget
. It is used to specify whether
+ * of {@code getMouseEventTarget}. It is used to specify whether
* the method can return the Container on which it is originally called
* in case if none of its children are the current mouse event targets.
*
@@ -193,7 +193,7 @@
/**
* A constant which toggles one of the controllable behaviors
- * of getMouseEventTarget
. It is used to specify whether
+ * of {@code getMouseEventTarget}. It is used to specify whether
* the method should search only lightweight components.
*
* @see #getMouseEventTarget(int, int, boolean)
@@ -384,7 +384,7 @@
* Determines the insets of this container, which indicate the size
* of the container's border.
* Frame
object, for example, has a top inset that
+ * A {@code Frame} object, for example, has a top inset that
* corresponds to the height of the frame's title bar.
* @return the insets of this container.
* @see Insets
@@ -399,7 +399,7 @@
* Returns the insets for this container.
*
* @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
- * replaced by getInsets()
.
+ * replaced by {@code getInsets()}.
* @return the insets for this container
*/
@Deprecated
@@ -439,7 +439,7 @@
* This is a convenience method for {@link #addImpl}.
* add(Component, Object)
instead.
+ * method {@code add(Component, Object)} instead.
* -1
to append the component to the end
+ * or {@code -1} to append the component to the end
* @exception NullPointerException if {@code comp} is {@code null}
* @exception IllegalArgumentException if {@code index} is invalid (see
* {@link #addImpl} for details)
- * @return the component comp
+ * @return the component {@code comp}
* @see #addImpl
* @see #remove
* @see #invalidate
@@ -532,7 +532,7 @@
if (comp.parent == this) {
if (index == component.size()) {
throw new IllegalArgumentException("illegal component position " +
- index + " should be less then " + component.size());
+ index + " should be less than " + component.size());
}
}
checkAddToSelf(comp);
@@ -734,40 +734,40 @@
* If the component is a child of some other container, it is
* removed from that container before being added to this container.
* The important difference between this method and
- * java.awt.Container.add(Component, int)
is that this method
- * doesn't call removeNotify
on the component while
+ * {@code java.awt.Container.add(Component, int)} is that this method
+ * doesn't call {@code removeNotify} on the component while
* removing it from its previous container unless necessary and when
* allowed by the underlying native windowing system. This way, if the
* component has the keyboard focus, it maintains the focus when
* moved to the new position.
* Container
components.
+ * non-{@code Container} components.
* removeNotify
. There is no way to detect
+ * the call to {@code removeNotify}. There is no way to detect
* whether a platform supports this, so developers shouldn't make
* any assumptions.
*
* @param comp the component to be moved
* @param index the position in the container's list to
- * insert the component, where getComponentCount()
+ * insert the component, where {@code getComponentCount()}
* appends to the end
- * @exception NullPointerException if comp
is
- * null
- * @exception IllegalArgumentException if comp
is one of the
+ * @exception NullPointerException if {@code comp} is
+ * {@code null}
+ * @exception IllegalArgumentException if {@code comp} is one of the
* container's parents
- * @exception IllegalArgumentException if index
is not in
- * the range [0, getComponentCount()]
for moving
+ * @exception IllegalArgumentException if {@code index} is not in
+ * the range {@code [0, getComponentCount()]} for moving
* between containers, or not in the range
- * [0, getComponentCount()-1]
for moving inside
+ * {@code [0, getComponentCount()-1]} for moving inside
* a container
* @exception IllegalArgumentException if adding a container to itself
- * @exception IllegalArgumentException if adding a Window
+ * @exception IllegalArgumentException if adding a {@code Window}
* to a container
* @see #getComponentZOrder(java.awt.Component)
* @see #invalidate
@@ -949,7 +949,7 @@
*
* @param comp the component being queried
* @return the z-order index of the component; otherwise
- * returns -1 if the component is null
+ * returns -1 if the component is {@code null}
* or doesn't belong to the container
* @see #setComponentZOrder(java.awt.Component, int)
* @since 1.5
@@ -1010,7 +1010,7 @@
* @param comp the component to be added
* @param constraints an object expressing layout constraints for this
* @param index the position in the container's list at which to insert
- * the component; -1
means insert at the end
+ * the component; {@code -1} means insert at the end
* component
* @exception NullPointerException if {@code comp} is {@code null}
* @exception IllegalArgumentException if {@code index} is invalid (see
@@ -1030,20 +1030,20 @@
* Adds the specified component to this container at the specified
* index. This method also notifies the layout manager to add
* the component to this container's layout using the specified
- * constraints object via the addLayoutComponent
+ * constraints object via the {@code addLayoutComponent}
* method.
* BorderLayout
class defines five
- * constraints: BorderLayout.NORTH
,
- * BorderLayout.SOUTH
, BorderLayout.EAST
,
- * BorderLayout.WEST
, and BorderLayout.CENTER
.
+ * example, the {@code BorderLayout} class defines five
+ * constraints: {@code BorderLayout.NORTH},
+ * {@code BorderLayout.SOUTH}, {@code BorderLayout.EAST},
+ * {@code BorderLayout.WEST}, and {@code BorderLayout.CENTER}.
* GridBagLayout
class requires a
- * GridBagConstraints
object. Failure to pass
+ * The {@code GridBagLayout} class requires a
+ * {@code GridBagConstraints} object. Failure to pass
* the correct type of constraints object results in an
- * IllegalArgumentException
.
+ * {@code IllegalArgumentException}.
*
- *
* super.addImpl(comp, constraints, index)
+ * {@code super.addImpl(comp, constraints, index)}
* -1
+ * insert the component, where {@code -1}
* means append to the end
* @exception IllegalArgumentException if {@code index} is invalid;
* if {@code comp} is a child of this container, the valid
@@ -1196,11 +1196,11 @@
}
/**
- * Removes the component, specified by index
,
+ * Removes the component, specified by {@code index},
* from this container.
* This method also notifies the layout manager to remove the
* component from this container's layout via the
- * removeLayoutComponent
method.
+ * {@code removeLayoutComponent} method.
* removeLayoutComponent
method.
+ * {@code removeLayoutComponent} method.
* removeLayoutComponent
method.
+ * {@code removeLayoutComponent} method.
* validate
method instead.
+ * the {@code validate} method instead.
* @see LayoutManager#layoutContainer
* @see #setLayout
* @see #validate
@@ -1524,7 +1524,7 @@
/**
* @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
- * replaced by doLayout()
.
+ * replaced by {@code doLayout()}.
*/
@Deprecated
public void layout() {
@@ -1703,7 +1703,7 @@
* Recursively descends the container tree and recomputes the
* layout for any subtrees marked as needing it (those marked as
* invalid). Synchronization should be provided by the method
- * that calls this one: validate
.
+ * that calls this one: {@code validate}.
*
* @see #doLayout
* @see #validate
@@ -1791,7 +1791,7 @@
* this method is invoked, rather the {@code LayoutManager} will only
* be queried after the {@code Container} becomes invalid.
*
- * @return an instance of Dimension
that represents
+ * @return an instance of {@code Dimension} that represents
* the preferred size of this container.
* @see #getMinimumSize
* @see #getMaximumSize
@@ -1805,7 +1805,7 @@
/**
* @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
- * replaced by getPreferredSize()
.
+ * replaced by {@code getPreferredSize()}.
*/
@Deprecated
public Dimension preferredSize() {
@@ -1842,7 +1842,7 @@
* this method is invoked, rather the {@code LayoutManager} will only
* be queried after the {@code Container} becomes invalid.
*
- * @return an instance of Dimension
that represents
+ * @return an instance of {@code Dimension} that represents
* the minimum size of this container.
* @see #getPreferredSize
* @see #getMaximumSize
@@ -1857,7 +1857,7 @@
/**
* @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
- * replaced by getMinimumSize()
.
+ * replaced by {@code getMinimumSize()}.
*/
@Deprecated
public Dimension minimumSize() {
@@ -1895,7 +1895,7 @@
* this method is invoked, rather the {@code LayoutManager2} will only
* be queried after the {@code Container} becomes invalid.
*
- * @return an instance of Dimension
that represents
+ * @return an instance of {@code Dimension} that represents
* the maximum size of this container.
* @see #getPreferredSize
* @see #getMinimumSize
@@ -2169,7 +2169,7 @@
* Returns an array of all the container listeners
* registered on this container.
*
- * @return all of this container's ContainerListener
s
+ * @return all of this container's {@code ContainerListener}s
* or an empty array if no container
* listeners are currently registered
*
@@ -2184,16 +2184,16 @@
/**
* Returns an array of all the objects currently registered
* as FooListener
s
- * upon this Container
.
+ * upon this {@code Container}.
* FooListener
s are registered using the
* addFooListener
method.
*
* listenerType
argument
+ * You can specify the {@code listenerType} argument
* with a class literal, such as
* FooListener.class
.
* For example, you can query a
- * Container
c
+ * {@code Container c}
* for its container listeners with the following code:
*
* ContainerListener[] cls = (ContainerListener[])(c.getListeners(ContainerListener.class));
@@ -2202,13 +2202,13 @@
*
* @param listenerType the type of listeners requested; this parameter
* should specify an interface that descends from
- * java.util.EventListener
+ * {@code java.util.EventListener}
* @return an array of all objects registered as
* FooListener
s on this container,
* or an empty array if no such listeners have been added
- * @exception ClassCastException if listenerType
+ * @exception ClassCastException if {@code listenerType}
* doesn't specify a class or interface that implements
- * java.util.EventListener
+ * {@code java.util.EventListener}
* @exception NullPointerException if {@code listenerType} is {@code null}
*
* @see #getContainerListeners
@@ -2242,10 +2242,10 @@
/**
* Processes events on this container. If the event is a
- * ContainerEvent
, it invokes the
- * processContainerEvent
method, else it invokes
- * its superclass's processEvent
.
- * null
+ * {@code ContainerEvent}, it invokes the
+ * {@code processContainerEvent} method, else it invokes
+ * its superclass's {@code processEvent}.
+ *
*
- * addContainerListener
- * enableEvents
+ * {@code addContainerListener}
+ * null
+ * false
.
+ * lightweight descendants if the last argument is {@code false}.
*
* @param filter EventTargetFilter instance to determine whether the
* given component is a valid target for this event.
- * @param searchHeavyweights if false
, the method
+ * @param searchHeavyweights if {@code false}, the method
* will bypass heavyweight components during the search.
*/
private Component getMouseEventTarget(int x, int y, boolean includeSelf,
@@ -2399,17 +2399,17 @@
* descendants of only lightweight children or only heavyweight children
* of this container depending on searchHeavyweightChildren. The search will
* be constrained to only lightweight descendants of the searched children
- * of this container if searchHeavyweightDescendants is false
.
+ * of this container if searchHeavyweightDescendants is {@code false}.
*
* @param filter EventTargetFilter instance to determine whether the
* selected component is a valid target for this event.
- * @param searchHeavyweightChildren if true
, the method
+ * @param searchHeavyweightChildren if {@code true}, the method
* will bypass immediate lightweight children during the search.
- * If false
, the methods will bypass immediate
+ * If {@code false}, the methods will bypass immediate
* heavyweight children during the search.
- * @param searchHeavyweightDescendants if false
, the method
+ * @param searchHeavyweightDescendants if {@code false}, the method
* will bypass heavyweight descendants which are not immediate
- * children during the search. If true
, the method
+ * children during the search. If {@code true}, the method
* will traverse both lightweight and heavyweight descendants during
* the search.
*/
@@ -2525,7 +2525,7 @@
/**
* @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
- * replaced by dispatchEvent(AWTEvent e)
+ * replaced by {@code dispatchEvent(AWTEvent e)}
*/
@Deprecated
public void deliverEvent(Event e) {
@@ -2562,7 +2562,7 @@
/**
* @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
- * replaced by getComponentAt(int, int)
.
+ * replaced by {@code getComponentAt(int, int)}.
*/
@Deprecated
public Component locate(int x, int y) {
@@ -2593,7 +2593,7 @@
* Gets the component that contains the specified point.
* @param p the point.
* @return returns the component that contains the point,
- * or null
if the component does
+ * or {@code null} if the component does
* not contain the point.
* @see Component#contains
* @since 1.1
@@ -2603,22 +2603,22 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the position of the mouse pointer in this Container
's
- * coordinate space if the Container
is under the mouse pointer,
- * otherwise returns null
.
+ * Returns the position of the mouse pointer in this {@code Container}'s
+ * coordinate space if the {@code Container} is under the mouse pointer,
+ * otherwise returns {@code null}.
* This method is similar to {@link Component#getMousePosition()} with the exception
- * that it can take the Container
's children into account.
- * If allowChildren
is false
, this method will return
- * a non-null value only if the mouse pointer is above the Container
+ * that it can take the {@code Container}'s children into account.
+ * If {@code allowChildren} is {@code false}, this method will return
+ * a non-null value only if the mouse pointer is above the {@code Container}
* directly, not above the part obscured by children.
- * If allowChildren
is true
, this method returns
- * a non-null value if the mouse pointer is above Container
or any
+ * If {@code allowChildren} is {@code true}, this method returns
+ * a non-null value if the mouse pointer is above {@code Container} or any
* of its descendants.
*
* @exception HeadlessException if GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless() returns true
* @param allowChildren true if children should be taken into account
* @see Component#getMousePosition
- * @return mouse coordinates relative to this Component
, or null
+ * @return mouse coordinates relative to this {@code Component}, or null
* @since 1.5
*/
public Point getMousePosition(boolean allowChildren) throws HeadlessException {
@@ -2848,8 +2848,8 @@
* Checks if the component is contained in the component hierarchy of
* this container.
* @param c the component
- * @return true
if it is an ancestor;
- * false
otherwise.
+ * @return {@code true} if it is an ancestor;
+ * {@code false} otherwise.
* @since 1.1
*/
public boolean isAncestorOf(Component c) {
@@ -2983,11 +2983,11 @@
/* End of JOptionPane support code */
/**
- * Returns a string representing the state of this Container
.
+ * Returns a string representing the state of this {@code Container}.
* This method is intended to be used only for debugging purposes, and the
* content and format of the returned string may vary between
* implementations. The returned string may be empty but may not be
- * null
.
+ * {@code null}.
*
* @return the parameter string of this container
*/
@@ -3005,8 +3005,8 @@
* stream. The listing starts at the specified indentation.
* indent+1
. The children
- * of those children are printed at indent+2
+ * an indentation of {@code indent+1}. The children
+ * of those children are printed at {@code indent+2}
* and so on.
*
* @param out a print stream
@@ -3032,8 +3032,8 @@
* to the specified print writer.
* indent+1
. The children
- * of those children are printed at indent+2
+ * an indentation of {@code indent+1}. The children
+ * of those children are printed at {@code indent+2}
* and so on.
*
* @param out a print writer
@@ -3149,7 +3149,7 @@
/**
* Returns the Set of focus traversal keys for a given traversal operation
* for this Container. (See
- * setFocusTraversalKeys
for a full description of each key.)
+ * {@code setFocusTraversalKeys} for a full description of each key.)
* false
, this Container is inheriting the
+ * this method returns {@code false}, this Container is inheriting the
* Set from an ancestor, or from the current KeyboardFocusManager.
*
* @param id one of KeyboardFocusManager.FORWARD_TRAVERSAL_KEYS,
* KeyboardFocusManager.BACKWARD_TRAVERSAL_KEYS,
* KeyboardFocusManager.UP_CYCLE_TRAVERSAL_KEYS, or
* KeyboardFocusManager.DOWN_CYCLE_TRAVERSAL_KEYS
- * @return true
if the Set of focus traversal keys for the
+ * @return {@code true} if the Set of focus traversal keys for the
* given focus traversal operation has been explicitly defined for
- * this Component; false
otherwise.
+ * this Component; {@code false} otherwise.
* @throws IllegalArgumentException if id is not one of
* KeyboardFocusManager.FORWARD_TRAVERSAL_KEYS,
* KeyboardFocusManager.BACKWARD_TRAVERSAL_KEYS,
@@ -3220,12 +3220,12 @@
* root belongs to only a single focus traversal cycle. Containers which
* are focus cycle roots belong to two cycles: one rooted at the Container
* itself, and one rooted at the Container's nearest focus-cycle-root
- * ancestor. This method will return true
for both such
+ * ancestor. This method will return {@code true} for both such
* Containers in this case.
*
* @param container the Container to be tested
- * @return true
if the specified Container is a focus-cycle-
- * root of this Container; false
otherwise
+ * @return {@code true} if the specified Container is a focus-cycle-
+ * root of this Container; {@code false} otherwise
* @see #isFocusCycleRoot()
* @since 1.4
*/
@@ -3394,11 +3394,11 @@
/**
* Returns whether the focus traversal policy has been explicitly set for
- * this Container. If this method returns false
, this
+ * this Container. If this method returns {@code false}, this
* Container will inherit its focus traversal policy from an ancestor.
*
- * @return true
if the focus traversal policy has been
- * explicitly set for this Container; false
otherwise.
+ * @return {@code true} if the focus traversal policy has been
+ * explicitly set for this Container; {@code false} otherwise.
* @since 1.4
*/
public boolean isFocusTraversalPolicySet() {
@@ -3464,7 +3464,7 @@
/**
* Sets whether this container will be used to provide focus
* traversal policy. Container with this property as
- * true
will be used to acquire focus traversal policy
+ * {@code true} will be used to acquire focus traversal policy
* instead of closest focus cycle root ancestor.
* @param provider indicates whether this container will be used to
* provide focus traversal policy
@@ -3486,7 +3486,7 @@
/**
* Returns whether this container provides focus traversal
- * policy. If this property is set to true
then when
+ * policy. If this property is set to {@code true} then when
* keyboard focus manager searches container hierarchy for focus
* traversal policy and encounters this container before any other
* container with this property as true or focus cycle roots then
@@ -3496,8 +3496,8 @@
* @see #getFocusTraversalPolicy
* @see #setFocusCycleRoot
* @see #setFocusTraversalPolicyProvider
- * @return true
if this container provides focus traversal
- * policy, false
otherwise
+ * @return {@code true} if this container provides focus traversal
+ * policy, {@code false} otherwise
* @since 1.5
* @beaninfo
* bound: true
@@ -3549,7 +3549,7 @@
}
/**
- * Sets the ComponentOrientation
property of this container
+ * Sets the {@code ComponentOrientation} property of this container
* and all components contained within it.
* orientation
is null.
+ * @exception NullPointerException if {@code orientation} is null.
* @see Component#setComponentOrientation
* @see Component#getComponentOrientation
* @see #invalidate
@@ -3660,26 +3660,26 @@
private int containerSerializedDataVersion = 1;
/**
- * Serializes this Container
to the specified
- * ObjectOutputStream
.
+ * Serializes this {@code Container} to the specified
+ * {@code ObjectOutputStream}.
*
*
null
is written.ObjectOutputStream
to write
- * @serialData null
terminated sequence of 0 or more pairs;
- * the pair consists of a String
and Object
;
- * the String
indicates the type of object and
+ * @param s the {@code ObjectOutputStream} to write
+ * @serialData {@code null} terminated sequence of 0 or more pairs;
+ * the pair consists of a {@code String} and {@code Object};
+ * the {@code String} indicates the type of object and
* is one of the following:
- * containerListenerK
indicating an
- * ContainerListener
object;
- * the Container
's FocusTraversalPolicy
,
- * or null
+ * {@code containerListenerK} indicating an
+ * {@code ContainerListener} object;
+ * the {@code Container}'s {@code FocusTraversalPolicy},
+ * or {@code null}
*
* @see AWTEventMulticaster#save(java.io.ObjectOutputStream, java.lang.String, java.util.EventListener)
* @see Container#containerListenerK
@@ -3708,8 +3708,8 @@
}
/**
- * Deserializes this Container
from the specified
- * ObjectInputStream
.
+ * Deserializes this {@code Container} from the specified
+ * {@code ObjectInputStream}.
*
*
*
- * @param s the ObjectInputStream
to read
+ * @param s the {@code ObjectInputStream} to read
* @serial
* @see #addContainerListener
* @see #writeObject(ObjectOutputStream)
@@ -3806,7 +3806,7 @@
/**
* Returns the number of accessible children in the object. If all
- * of the children of this object implement Accessible
,
+ * of the children of this object implement {@code Accessible},
* then this method should return the number of children of this object.
*
* @return the number of accessible children in the object
@@ -3816,24 +3816,24 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the nth Accessible
child of the object.
+ * Returns the nth {@code Accessible} child of the object.
*
* @param i zero-based index of child
- * @return the nth Accessible
child of the object
+ * @return the nth {@code Accessible} child of the object
*/
public Accessible getAccessibleChild(int i) {
return Container.this.getAccessibleChild(i);
}
/**
- * Returns the Accessible
child, if one exists,
- * contained at the local coordinate Point
.
+ * Returns the {@code Accessible} child, if one exists,
+ * contained at the local coordinate {@code Point}.
*
* @param p the point defining the top-left corner of the
- * Accessible
, given in the coordinate space
+ * {@code Accessible}, given in the coordinate space
* of the object's parent
- * @return the Accessible
, if it exists,
- * at the specified location; else null
+ * @return the {@code Accessible}, if it exists,
+ * at the specified location; else {@code null}
*/
public Accessible getAccessibleAt(Point p) {
return Container.this.getAccessibleAt(p);
@@ -3852,7 +3852,7 @@
protected ContainerListener accessibleContainerHandler = null;
/**
- * Fire PropertyChange
listener, if one is registered,
+ * Fire {@code PropertyChange} listener, if one is registered,
* when children are added or removed.
* @since 1.3
*/
@@ -3908,15 +3908,15 @@
} // inner class AccessibleAWTContainer
/**
- * Returns the Accessible
child contained at the local
- * coordinate Point
, if one exists. Otherwise
- * returns null
.
+ * Returns the {@code Accessible} child contained at the local
+ * coordinate {@code Point}, if one exists. Otherwise
+ * returns {@code null}.
*
* @param p the point defining the top-left corner of the
- * Accessible
, given in the coordinate space
+ * {@code Accessible}, given in the coordinate space
* of the object's parent
- * @return the Accessible
at the specified location,
- * if it exists; otherwise null
+ * @return the {@code Accessible} at the specified location,
+ * if it exists; otherwise {@code null}
*/
Accessible getAccessibleAt(Point p) {
synchronized (getTreeLock()) {
@@ -3972,7 +3972,7 @@
/**
* Returns the number of accessible children in the object. If all
- * of the children of this object implement Accessible
,
+ * of the children of this object implement {@code Accessible},
* then this method should return the number of children of this object.
*
* @return the number of accessible children in the object
@@ -3991,10 +3991,10 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the nth Accessible
child of the object.
+ * Returns the nth {@code Accessible} child of the object.
*
* @param i zero-based index of child
- * @return the nth Accessible
child of the object
+ * @return the nth {@code Accessible} child of the object
*/
Accessible getAccessibleChild(int i) {
synchronized (getTreeLock()) {
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/ContainerOrderFocusTraversalPolicy.java 2015-10-04 22:52:30.165274756 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/ContainerOrderFocusTraversalPolicy.java 2015-10-04 22:52:29.977274765 +0400
@@ -33,18 +33,18 @@
* of child Components in a Container. From a particular focus cycle root, the
* policy makes a pre-order traversal of the Component hierarchy, and traverses
* a Container's children according to the ordering of the array returned by
- * Container.getComponents()
. Portions of the hierarchy that are
+ * {@code Container.getComponents()}. Portions of the hierarchy that are
* not visible and displayable will not be searched.
* setImplicitDownCycleTraversal
method.
+ * {@code setImplicitDownCycleTraversal} method.
* accept
method.
+ * behavior by overriding the {@code accept} method.
* setImplicitDownCycleTraversal
method.
+ * the {@code setImplicitDownCycleTraversal} method.
* getFirstComponent
.
+ * returns the same Component as {@code getFirstComponent}.
*
* @param aContainer the focus cycle root or focus traversal policy provider whose default
* Component is to be returned
@@ -534,12 +534,12 @@
/**
* Sets whether this ContainerOrderFocusTraversalPolicy transfers focus
- * down-cycle implicitly. If true
, during normal forward focus
+ * down-cycle implicitly. If {@code true}, during normal forward focus
* traversal, the Component traversed after a focus cycle root will be the
- * focus-cycle-root's default Component to focus. If false
,
+ * focus-cycle-root's default Component to focus. If {@code false},
* the next Component in the focus traversal cycle rooted at the specified
* focus cycle root will be traversed instead. The default value for this
- * property is true
.
+ * property is {@code true}.
*
* @param implicitDownCycleTraversal whether this
* ContainerOrderFocusTraversalPolicy transfers focus down-cycle
@@ -553,9 +553,9 @@
/**
* Returns whether this ContainerOrderFocusTraversalPolicy transfers focus
- * down-cycle implicitly. If true
, during normal forward focus
+ * down-cycle implicitly. If {@code true}, during normal forward focus
* traversal, the Component traversed after a focus cycle root will be the
- * focus-cycle-root's default Component to focus. If false
,
+ * focus-cycle-root's default Component to focus. If {@code false},
* the next Component in the focus traversal cycle rooted at the specified
* focus cycle root will be traversed instead.
*
@@ -575,8 +575,8 @@
*
* @param aComponent the Component whose fitness as a focus owner is to
* be tested
- * @return true
if aComponent is visible, displayable,
- * enabled, and focusable; false
otherwise
+ * @return {@code true} if aComponent is visible, displayable,
+ * enabled, and focusable; {@code false} otherwise
*/
protected boolean accept(Component aComponent) {
if (!aComponent.canBeFocusOwner()) {
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/Cursor.java 2015-10-04 22:52:30.697274733 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/Cursor.java 2015-10-04 22:52:30.509274741 +0400
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@
/**
* The chosen cursor type initially set to
- * the DEFAULT_CURSOR
.
+ * the {@code DEFAULT_CURSOR}.
*
* @serial
* @see #getType()
@@ -283,7 +283,7 @@
* @param name a string describing the desired system-specific custom cursor
* @return the system specific custom cursor named
* @exception HeadlessException if
- * GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless
returns true
+ * {@code GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless} returns true
* @exception AWTException in case of erroneous retrieving of the cursor
*/
public static Cursor getSystemCustomCursor(final String name)
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/DefaultFocusTraversalPolicy.java 2015-10-04 22:52:31.221274709 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/DefaultFocusTraversalPolicy.java 2015-10-04 22:52:31.033274718 +0400
@@ -32,13 +32,13 @@
* of child Components in a Container. From a particular focus cycle root, the
* policy makes a pre-order traversal of the Component hierarchy, and traverses
* a Container's children according to the ordering of the array returned by
- * Container.getComponents()
. Portions of the hierarchy that are
+ * {@code Container.getComponents()}. Portions of the hierarchy that are
* not visible and displayable will not be searched.
* Component.isFocusTraversable()
or
- * Component.isFocusable()
, or by calling
- * Component.setFocusable()
, then a DefaultFocusTraversalPolicy
+ * overriding {@code Component.isFocusTraversable()} or
+ * {@code Component.isFocusable()}, or by calling
+ * {@code Component.setFocusable()}, then a DefaultFocusTraversalPolicy
* behaves exactly like a ContainerOrderFocusTraversalPolicy. If, however, the
* Component is relying on default focusability, then a
* DefaultFocusTraversalPolicy will reject all Components with non-focusable
@@ -80,9 +80,9 @@
* focus owner. The Component must be visible, displayable, and enabled
* to be accepted. If client code has explicitly set the focusability
* of the Component by either overriding
- * Component.isFocusTraversable()
or
- * Component.isFocusable()
, or by calling
- * Component.setFocusable()
, then the Component will be
+ * {@code Component.isFocusTraversable()} or
+ * {@code Component.isFocusable()}, or by calling
+ * {@code Component.setFocusable()}, then the Component will be
* accepted if and only if it is focusable. If, however, the Component is
* relying on default focusability, then all Canvases, Labels, Panels,
* Scrollbars, ScrollPanes, Windows, and lightweight Components will be
@@ -90,8 +90,8 @@
*
* @param aComponent the Component whose fitness as a focus owner is to
* be tested
- * @return true
if aComponent meets the above requirements;
- * false
otherwise
+ * @return {@code true} if aComponent meets the above requirements;
+ * {@code false} otherwise
*/
protected boolean accept(Component aComponent) {
if (!(aComponent.isVisible() && aComponent.isDisplayable() &&
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/DefaultKeyboardFocusManager.java 2015-10-04 22:52:31.761274685 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/DefaultKeyboardFocusManager.java 2015-10-04 22:52:31.553274694 +0400
@@ -309,12 +309,12 @@
* related to focus, and all KeyEvents. These events are dispatched based
* on the KeyboardFocusManager's notion of the focus owner and the focused
* and active Windows, sometimes overriding the source of the specified
- * AWTEvent. If this method returns false
, then the AWT event
+ * AWTEvent. If this method returns {@code false}, then the AWT event
* dispatcher will attempt to dispatch the event itself.
*
* @param e the AWTEvent to be dispatched
- * @return true
if this method dispatched the event;
- * false
otherwise
+ * @return {@code true} if this method dispatched the event;
+ * {@code false} otherwise
*/
public boolean dispatchEvent(AWTEvent e) {
if (focusLog.isLoggable(PlatformLogger.Level.FINE) && (e instanceof WindowEvent || e instanceof FocusEvent)) {
@@ -778,7 +778,7 @@
}
/**
- * Called by dispatchEvent
if no other
+ * Called by {@code dispatchEvent} if no other
* KeyEventDispatcher in the dispatcher chain dispatched the KeyEvent, or
* if no other KeyEventDispatchers are registered. If the event has not
* been consumed, its target is enabled, and the focus owner is not null,
@@ -787,13 +787,13 @@
* KeyEventPostProcessors. After all this operations are finished,
* the event is passed to peers for processing.
* true
, since
+ * In all cases, this method returns {@code true}, since
* DefaultKeyboardFocusManager is designed so that neither
- * dispatchEvent
, nor the AWT event dispatcher, should take
+ * {@code dispatchEvent}, nor the AWT event dispatcher, should take
* further action on the event in any situation.
*
* @param e the KeyEvent to be dispatched
- * @return true
+ * @return {@code true}
* @see Component#dispatchEvent
*/
public boolean dispatchKeyEvent(KeyEvent e) {
@@ -841,13 +841,13 @@
}
/**
- * This method will be called by dispatchKeyEvent
. It will
+ * This method will be called by {@code dispatchKeyEvent}. It will
* handle any unconsumed KeyEvents that map to an AWT
- * MenuShortcut
by consuming the event and activating the
+ * {@code MenuShortcut} by consuming the event and activating the
* shortcut.
*
* @param e the KeyEvent to post-process
- * @return true
+ * @return {@code true}
* @see #dispatchKeyEvent
* @see MenuShortcut
*/
@@ -998,7 +998,7 @@
}
/**
- * Returns true if there are some marker associated with component comp
+ * Returns true if there are some marker associated with component {@code comp}
* in a markers' queue
* @since 1.5
*/
@@ -1201,7 +1201,7 @@
* the focus owner. KeyEvents with timestamps later than the specified
* timestamp will be enqueued until the specified Component receives a
* FOCUS_GAINED event, or the AWT cancels the delay request by invoking
- * dequeueKeyEvents
or discardKeyEvents
.
+ * {@code dequeueKeyEvents} or {@code discardKeyEvents}.
*
* @param after timestamp of current event, or the current, system time if
* the current event has no timestamp, or the AWT cannot determine
@@ -1241,15 +1241,15 @@
/**
* Releases for normal dispatching to the current focus owner all
* KeyEvents which were enqueued because of a call to
- * enqueueKeyEvents
with the same timestamp and Component.
+ * {@code enqueueKeyEvents} with the same timestamp and Component.
* If the given timestamp is less than zero, the outstanding enqueue
* request for the given Component with the oldest timestamp (if
* any) should be cancelled.
*
* @param after the timestamp specified in the call to
- * enqueueKeyEvents
, or any value < 0
+ * {@code enqueueKeyEvents}, or any value < 0
* @param untilFocused the Component specified in the call to
- * enqueueKeyEvents
+ * {@code enqueueKeyEvents}
* @see #enqueueKeyEvents
* @see #discardKeyEvents
*/
@@ -1292,11 +1292,11 @@
/**
* Discards all KeyEvents which were enqueued because of one or more calls
- * to enqueueKeyEvents
with the specified Component, or one of
+ * to {@code enqueueKeyEvents} with the specified Component, or one of
* its descendants.
*
* @param comp the Component specified in one or more calls to
- * enqueueKeyEvents
, or a parent of such a Component
+ * {@code enqueueKeyEvents}, or a parent of such a Component
* @see #enqueueKeyEvents
* @see #dequeueKeyEvents
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/Desktop.java 2015-10-04 22:52:32.297274661 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/Desktop.java 2015-10-04 22:52:32.109274669 +0400
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the Desktop
instance of the current
+ * Returns the {@code Desktop} instance of the current
* browser context. On some platforms the Desktop API may not be
* supported; use the {@link #isDesktopSupported} method to
* determine if the current desktop is supported.
@@ -162,8 +162,8 @@
* If it's supported, use {@link #getDesktop()} to retrieve an
* instance.
*
- * @return true
if this class is supported on the
- * current platform; false
otherwise
+ * @return {@code true} if this class is supported on the
+ * current platform; {@code false} otherwise
* @see #getDesktop()
*/
public static boolean isDesktopSupported(){
@@ -186,8 +186,8 @@
* action method will throw an {@link IOException}.
*
* @param action the specified {@link Action}
- * @return true
if the specified action is supported on
- * the current platform; false
otherwise
+ * @return {@code true} if the specified action is supported on
+ * the current platform; {@code false} otherwise
* @see Desktop.Action
*/
public boolean isSupported(Action action) {
@@ -230,8 +230,8 @@
/**
- * Calls to the security manager's checkPermission
method with
- * an AWTPermission("showWindowWithoutWarningBanner")
+ * Calls to the security manager's {@code checkPermission} method with
+ * an {@code AWTPermission("showWindowWithoutWarningBanner")}
* permission.
*/
private void checkAWTPermission(){
@@ -259,7 +259,7 @@
* @throws SecurityException if a security manager exists and its
* {@link java.lang.SecurityManager#checkRead(java.lang.String)}
* method denies read access to the file, or it denies the
- * AWTPermission("showWindowWithoutWarningBanner")
+ * {@code AWTPermission("showWindowWithoutWarningBanner")}
* permission, or the calling thread is not allowed to create a
* subprocess
* @see java.awt.AWTPermission
@@ -290,7 +290,7 @@
* method denies read access to the file, or {@link
* java.lang.SecurityManager#checkWrite(java.lang.String)} method
* denies write access to the file, or it denies the
- * AWTPermission("showWindowWithoutWarningBanner")
+ * {@code AWTPermission("showWindowWithoutWarningBanner")}
* permission, or the calling thread is not allowed to create a
* subprocess
* @see java.awt.AWTPermission
@@ -361,7 +361,7 @@
* failed to be launched
* @throws SecurityException if a security manager exists and it
* denies the
- * AWTPermission("showWindowWithoutWarningBanner")
+ * {@code AWTPermission("showWindowWithoutWarningBanner")}
* permission, or the calling thread is not allowed to create a
* subprocess; and not invoked from within an applet or Java Web Started
* application
@@ -415,7 +415,7 @@
* found, or it fails to be launched
* @throws SecurityException if a security manager exists and it
* denies the
- * AWTPermission("showWindowWithoutWarningBanner")
+ * {@code AWTPermission("showWindowWithoutWarningBanner")}
* permission, or the calling thread is not allowed to create a
* subprocess
* @see java.awt.AWTPermission
@@ -438,7 +438,7 @@
* client, filling the message fields specified by a {@code
* mailto:} URI.
*
- * mailto:
URI can specify message fields
+ * java.awt.AWTEvent
,
+ * @param event an instance of {@code java.awt.AWTEvent},
* or a subclass of it
- * @throws NullPointerException if event
is null
+ * @throws NullPointerException if {@code event} is {@code null}
* @since 1.2
*/
protected void dispatchEvent(final AWTEvent event) {
@@ -777,23 +777,23 @@
/**
* Returns the timestamp of the most recent event that had a timestamp, and
- * that was dispatched from the EventQueue
associated with the
+ * that was dispatched from the {@code EventQueue} associated with the
* calling thread. If an event with a timestamp is currently being
* dispatched, its timestamp will be returned. If no events have yet
* been dispatched, the EventQueue's initialization time will be
* returned instead.In the current version of
- * the JDK, only InputEvent
s,
- * ActionEvent
s, and InvocationEvent
s have
+ * the JDK, only {@code InputEvent}s,
+ * {@code ActionEvent}s, and {@code InvocationEvent}s have
* timestamps; however, future versions of the JDK may add timestamps to
* additional event types. Note that this method should only be invoked
* from an application's {@link #isDispatchThread event dispatching thread}.
* If this method is
* invoked from another thread, the current system time (as reported by
- * System.currentTimeMillis()
) will be returned instead.
+ * {@code System.currentTimeMillis()}) will be returned instead.
*
- * @return the timestamp of the last InputEvent
,
- * ActionEvent
, or InvocationEvent
to be
- * dispatched, or System.currentTimeMillis()
if this
+ * @return the timestamp of the last {@code InputEvent},
+ * {@code ActionEvent}, or {@code InvocationEvent} to be
+ * dispatched, or {@code System.currentTimeMillis()} if this
* method is invoked on a thread other than an event dispatching
* thread
* @see java.awt.event.InputEvent#getWhen
@@ -831,7 +831,7 @@
/**
* Returns the event currently being dispatched by the
- * EventQueue
associated with the calling thread. This is
+ * {@code EventQueue} associated with the calling thread. This is
* useful if a method needs access to the event, but was not designed to
* receive a reference to it as an argument. Note that this method should
* only be invoked from an application's event dispatching thread. If this
@@ -856,14 +856,14 @@
}
/**
- * Replaces the existing EventQueue
with the specified one.
- * Any pending events are transferred to the new EventQueue
+ * Replaces the existing {@code EventQueue} with the specified one.
+ * Any pending events are transferred to the new {@code EventQueue}
* for processing by it.
*
- * @param newEventQueue an EventQueue
+ * @param newEventQueue an {@code EventQueue}
* (or subclass thereof) instance to be use
* @see java.awt.EventQueue#pop
- * @throws NullPointerException if newEventQueue
is null
+ * @throws NullPointerException if {@code newEventQueue} is {@code null}
* @since 1.2
*/
public void push(EventQueue newEventQueue) {
@@ -921,15 +921,15 @@
}
/**
- * Stops dispatching events using this EventQueue
.
+ * Stops dispatching events using this {@code EventQueue}.
* Any pending events are transferred to the previous
- * EventQueue
for processing.
+ * {@code EventQueue} for processing.
* EventQueue
+ * on this {@code EventQueue}
* @see java.awt.EventQueue#push
* @since 1.2
*/
@@ -1122,10 +1122,10 @@
}
/*
- * Gets the EventDispatchThread
for this
- * EventQueue
.
+ * Gets the {@code EventDispatchThread} for this
+ * {@code EventQueue}.
* @return the event dispatch thread associated with this event queue
- * or null
if this event queue doesn't have a
+ * or {@code null} if this event queue doesn't have a
* working thread associated with it
* @see java.awt.EventQueue#initDispatchThread
* @see java.awt.EventQueue#detachDispatchThread
@@ -1141,15 +1141,15 @@
/*
* Removes any pending events for the specified source object.
- * If removeAllEvents parameter is true
then all
+ * If removeAllEvents parameter is {@code true} then all
* events for the specified source object are removed, if it
- * is false
then SequencedEvent
, SentEvent
,
- * FocusEvent
, WindowEvent
, KeyEvent
,
- * and InputMethodEvent
are kept in the queue, but all other
+ * is {@code false} then {@code SequencedEvent}, {@code SentEvent},
+ * {@code FocusEvent}, {@code WindowEvent}, {@code KeyEvent},
+ * and {@code InputMethodEvent} are kept in the queue, but all other
* events are removed.
*
* This method is normally called by the source's
- * removeNotify
method.
+ * {@code removeNotify} method.
*/
final void removeSourceEvents(Object source, boolean removeAllEvents) {
SunToolkit.flushPendingEvents(appContext);
@@ -1249,12 +1249,12 @@
}
/**
- * Causes runnable
to have its run
+ * Causes {@code runnable} to have its {@code run}
* method called in the {@link #isDispatchThread dispatch thread} of
* {@link Toolkit#getSystemEventQueue the system EventQueue}.
* This will happen after all pending events are processed.
*
- * @param runnable the Runnable
whose run
+ * @param runnable the {@code Runnable} whose {@code run}
* method should be executed
* asynchronously in the
* {@link #isDispatchThread event dispatch thread}
@@ -1270,7 +1270,7 @@
}
/**
- * Causes runnable
to have its run
+ * Causes {@code runnable} to have its {@code run}
* method called in the {@link #isDispatchThread dispatch thread} of
* {@link Toolkit#getSystemEventQueue the system EventQueue}.
* This will happen after all pending events are processed.
@@ -1278,7 +1278,7 @@
* will throw an Error if called from the
* {@link #isDispatchThread event dispatcher thread}.
*
- * @param runnable the Runnable
whose run
+ * @param runnable the {@code Runnable} whose {@code run}
* method should be executed
* synchronously in the
* {@link #isDispatchThread event dispatch thread}
@@ -1286,7 +1286,7 @@
* @exception InterruptedException if any thread has
* interrupted this thread
* @exception InvocationTargetException if an throwable is thrown
- * when running runnable
+ * when running {@code runnable}
* @see #invokeLater
* @see Toolkit#getSystemEventQueue
* @see #isDispatchThread
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/FileDialog.java 2015-10-04 22:52:36.057274492 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/FileDialog.java 2015-10-04 22:52:35.865274501 +0400
@@ -32,11 +32,11 @@
import sun.awt.AWTAccessor;
/**
- * The FileDialog
class displays a dialog window
+ * The {@code FileDialog} class displays a dialog window
* from which the user can select a file.
* show
method to display the dialog,
+ * its {@code show} method to display the dialog,
* it blocks the rest of the application until the user has
* chosen a file.
*
@@ -61,10 +61,10 @@
public static final int SAVE = 1;
/*
- * There are two FileDialog
modes: LOAD
and
- * SAVE
.
+ * There are two {@code FileDialog} modes: {@code LOAD} and
+ * {@code SAVE}.
* This integer will represent one or the other.
- * If the mode is not specified it will default to LOAD
.
+ * If the mode is not specified it will default to {@code LOAD}.
*
* @serial
* @see getMode()
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@
/*
* The string specifying the directory to display
- * in the file dialog. This variable may be null
.
+ * in the file dialog. This variable may be {@code null}.
*
* @serial
* @see getDirectory()
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@
/*
* The string specifying the initial value of the
* filename text field in the file dialog.
- * This variable may be null
.
+ * This variable may be {@code null}.
*
* @serial
* @see getFile()
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@
* The filter used as the file dialog's filename filter.
* The file dialog will only be displaying files whose
* names are accepted by this filter.
- * This variable may be null
.
+ * This variable may be {@code null}.
*
* @serial
* @see #getFilenameFilter()
@@ -173,7 +173,7 @@
/**
* Creates a file dialog for loading a file. The title of the
* file dialog is initially empty. This is a convenience method for
- * FileDialog(parent, "", LOAD)
.
+ * {@code FileDialog(parent, "", LOAD)}.
* FileDialog(parent, title, LOAD)
.
+ * {@code FileDialog(parent, title, LOAD)}.
* mode
is LOAD
, then the
+ * If the value of {@code mode} is {@code LOAD}, then the
* file dialog is finding a file to read, and the files shown are those
* in the current directory. If the value of
- * mode
is SAVE
, the file dialog is finding
+ * {@code mode} is {@code SAVE}, the file dialog is finding
* a place to write a file.
* FileDialog.LOAD
or FileDialog.SAVE
+ * {@code FileDialog.LOAD} or {@code FileDialog.SAVE}
* @exception IllegalArgumentException if an illegal file
* dialog mode is supplied
* @see java.awt.FileDialog#LOAD
@@ -241,7 +241,7 @@
/**
* Creates a file dialog for loading a file. The title of the
* file dialog is initially empty. This is a convenience method for
- * FileDialog(parent, "", LOAD)
.
+ * {@code FileDialog(parent, "", LOAD)}.
* parent
's
- * GraphicsConfiguration
+ * @exception java.lang.IllegalArgumentException if the {@code parent}'s
+ * {@code GraphicsConfiguration}
* is not from a screen device;
- * @exception java.lang.IllegalArgumentException if parent
- * is null
; this exception is always thrown when
- * GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless
- * returns true
+ * @exception java.lang.IllegalArgumentException if {@code parent}
+ * is {@code null}; this exception is always thrown when
+ * {@code GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless}
+ * returns {@code true}
* @see java.awt.GraphicsEnvironment#isHeadless
* @since 1.5
*/
@@ -268,7 +268,7 @@
* Creates a file dialog window with the specified title for loading
* a file. The files shown are those in the current directory.
* This is a convenience method for
- * FileDialog(parent, title, LOAD)
.
+ * {@code FileDialog(parent, title, LOAD)}.
* null
value
+ * @param title the title of the dialog; a {@code null} value
* will be accepted without causing a
- * NullPointerException
to be thrown
- * @exception java.lang.IllegalArgumentException if the parent
's
- * GraphicsConfiguration
+ * {@code NullPointerException} to be thrown
+ * @exception java.lang.IllegalArgumentException if the {@code parent}'s
+ * {@code GraphicsConfiguration}
* is not from a screen device;
- * @exception java.lang.IllegalArgumentException if parent
- * is null
; this exception is always thrown when
- * GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless
- * returns true
+ * @exception java.lang.IllegalArgumentException if {@code parent}
+ * is {@code null}; this exception is always thrown when
+ * {@code GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless}
+ * returns {@code true}
* @see java.awt.GraphicsEnvironment#isHeadless
* @since 1.5
*/
@@ -298,10 +298,10 @@
* Creates a file dialog window with the specified title for loading
* or saving a file.
* mode
is LOAD
, then the
+ * If the value of {@code mode} is {@code LOAD}, then the
* file dialog is finding a file to read, and the files shown are those
* in the current directory. If the value of
- * mode
is SAVE
, the file dialog is finding
+ * {@code mode} is {@code SAVE}, the file dialog is finding
* a place to write a file.
* null
value
+ * @param title the title of the dialog; a {@code null} value
* will be accepted without causing a
- * NullPointerException
to be thrown
+ * {@code NullPointerException} to be thrown
* @param mode the mode of the dialog; either
- * FileDialog.LOAD
or FileDialog.SAVE
+ * {@code FileDialog.LOAD} or {@code FileDialog.SAVE}
* @exception java.lang.IllegalArgumentException if an illegal
* file dialog mode is supplied;
- * @exception java.lang.IllegalArgumentException if the parent
's
- * GraphicsConfiguration
+ * @exception java.lang.IllegalArgumentException if the {@code parent}'s
+ * {@code GraphicsConfiguration}
* is not from a screen device;
- * @exception java.lang.IllegalArgumentException if parent
- * is null
; this exception is always thrown when
- * GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless
- * returns true
+ * @exception java.lang.IllegalArgumentException if {@code parent}
+ * is {@code null}; this exception is always thrown when
+ * {@code GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless}
+ * returns {@code true}
* @see java.awt.GraphicsEnvironment#isHeadless
* @see java.awt.FileDialog#LOAD
* @see java.awt.FileDialog#SAVE
@@ -353,8 +353,8 @@
/**
- * Constructs a name for this component. Called by getName()
- * when the name is null
.
+ * Constructs a name for this component. Called by {@code getName()}
+ * when the name is {@code null}.
*/
String constructComponentName() {
synchronized (FileDialog.class) {
@@ -382,8 +382,8 @@
* or for saving to a file.
*
* @return the mode of this file dialog window, either
- * FileDialog.LOAD
or
- * FileDialog.SAVE
+ * {@code FileDialog.LOAD} or
+ * {@code FileDialog.SAVE}
* @see java.awt.FileDialog#LOAD
* @see java.awt.FileDialog#SAVE
* @see java.awt.FileDialog#setMode
@@ -393,13 +393,13 @@
}
/**
- * Sets the mode of the file dialog. If mode
is not
- * a legal value, an exception will be thrown and mode
+ * Sets the mode of the file dialog. If {@code mode} is not
+ * a legal value, an exception will be thrown and {@code mode}
* will not be set.
*
* @param mode the mode for this file dialog, either
- * FileDialog.LOAD
or
- * FileDialog.SAVE
+ * {@code FileDialog.LOAD} or
+ * {@code FileDialog.SAVE}
* @see java.awt.FileDialog#LOAD
* @see java.awt.FileDialog#SAVE
* @see java.awt.FileDialog#getMode
@@ -421,8 +421,8 @@
/**
* Gets the directory of this file dialog.
*
- * @return the (potentially null
or invalid)
- * directory of this FileDialog
+ * @return the (potentially {@code null} or invalid)
+ * directory of this {@code FileDialog}
* @see java.awt.FileDialog#setDirectory
*/
public String getDirectory() {
@@ -431,14 +431,14 @@
/**
* Sets the directory of this file dialog window to be the
- * specified directory. Specifying a null
or an
+ * specified directory. Specifying a {@code null} or an
* invalid directory implies an implementation-defined default.
* This default will not be realized, however, until the user
- * has selected a file. Until this point, getDirectory()
+ * has selected a file. Until this point, {@code getDirectory()}
* will return the value passed into this method.
* null
as the directory.
+ * specifying {@code null} as the directory.
*
* @param dir the specified directory
* @see java.awt.FileDialog#getDirectory
@@ -453,10 +453,10 @@
/**
* Gets the selected file of this file dialog. If the user
- * selected CANCEL
, the returned file is null
.
+ * selected {@code CANCEL}, the returned file is {@code null}.
*
* @return the currently selected file of this file dialog window,
- * or null
if none is selected
+ * or {@code null} if none is selected
* @see java.awt.FileDialog#setFile
*/
public String getFile() {
@@ -592,12 +592,12 @@
}
/**
- * Reads the ObjectInputStream
and performs
+ * Reads the {@code ObjectInputStream} and performs
* a backwards compatibility check by converting
- * either a dir
or a file
- * equal to an empty string to null
.
+ * either a {@code dir} or a {@code file}
+ * equal to an empty string to {@code null}.
*
- * @param s the ObjectInputStream
to read
+ * @param s the {@code ObjectInputStream} to read
*/
private void readObject(ObjectInputStream s)
throws ClassNotFoundException, IOException
@@ -614,11 +614,11 @@
}
/**
- * Returns a string representing the state of this FileDialog
+ * Returns a string representing the state of this {@code FileDialog}
* window. This method is intended to be used only for debugging purposes,
* and the content and format of the returned string may vary between
* implementations. The returned string may be empty but may not be
- * null
.
+ * {@code null}.
*
* @return the parameter string of this file dialog window
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/FlowLayout.java 2015-10-04 22:52:36.597274468 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/FlowLayout.java 2015-10-04 22:52:36.409274476 +0400
@@ -30,16 +30,16 @@
/**
* A flow layout arranges components in a directional flow, much
* like lines of text in a paragraph. The flow direction is
- * determined by the container's componentOrientation
+ * determined by the container's {@code componentOrientation}
* property and may be one of two values:
*
- *
* Flow layouts are typically used
* to arrange buttons in a panel. It arranges buttons
* horizontally until no more buttons fit on the same line.
- * The line alignment is determined by the ComponentOrientation.LEFT_TO_RIGHT
- * ComponentOrientation.RIGHT_TO_LEFT
+ * align
+ * The line alignment is determined by the {@code align}
* property. The possible values are:
*
*
align
is the property that determines
+ * {@code align} is the property that determines
* how each row distributes empty space.
* It can be one of the following values:
*
- *
*
* @serial
@@ -141,16 +141,16 @@
int align; // This is for 1.1 serialization compatibility
/**
- * LEFT
- * RIGHT
- * CENTER
+ * newAlign
is the property that determines
+ * {@code newAlign} is the property that determines
* how each row distributes empty space for the Java 2 platform,
* v1.2 and greater.
* It can be one of the following three values:
*
- *
*
* @serial
@@ -165,7 +165,7 @@
* components with gaps. The horizontal gap will
* specify the space between components and between
* the components and the borders of the
- * LEFT
- * RIGHT
- * CENTER
- * LEADING
- * TRAILING
+ * Container
.
+ * {@code Container}.
*
* @serial
* @see #getHgap()
@@ -177,7 +177,7 @@
* The flow layout manager allows a separation of
* components with gaps. The vertical gap will
* specify the space between rows and between the
- * the rows and the borders of the Container
.
+ * the rows and the borders of the {@code Container}.
*
* @serial
* @see #getHgap()
@@ -196,7 +196,7 @@
private static final long serialVersionUID = -7262534875583282631L;
/**
- * Constructs a new FlowLayout
with a centered alignment and a
+ * Constructs a new {@code FlowLayout} with a centered alignment and a
* default 5-unit horizontal and vertical gap.
*/
public FlowLayout() {
@@ -204,12 +204,12 @@
}
/**
- * Constructs a new FlowLayout
with the specified
+ * Constructs a new {@code FlowLayout} with the specified
* alignment and a default 5-unit horizontal and vertical gap.
* The value of the alignment argument must be one of
- * FlowLayout.LEFT
, FlowLayout.RIGHT
,
- * FlowLayout.CENTER
, FlowLayout.LEADING
,
- * or FlowLayout.TRAILING
.
+ * {@code FlowLayout.LEFT}, {@code FlowLayout.RIGHT},
+ * {@code FlowLayout.CENTER}, {@code FlowLayout.LEADING},
+ * or {@code FlowLayout.TRAILING}.
* @param align the alignment value
*/
public FlowLayout(int align) {
@@ -221,16 +221,16 @@
* and the indicated horizontal and vertical gaps.
* FlowLayout.LEFT
, FlowLayout.RIGHT
,
- * FlowLayout.CENTER
, FlowLayout.LEADING
,
- * or FlowLayout.TRAILING
.
+ * {@code FlowLayout.LEFT}, {@code FlowLayout.RIGHT},
+ * {@code FlowLayout.CENTER}, {@code FlowLayout.LEADING},
+ * or {@code FlowLayout.TRAILING}.
* @param align the alignment value
* @param hgap the horizontal gap between components
* and between the components and the
- * borders of the Container
+ * borders of the {@code Container}
* @param vgap the vertical gap between components
* and between the components and the
- * borders of the Container
+ * borders of the {@code Container}
*/
public FlowLayout(int align, int hgap, int vgap) {
this.hgap = hgap;
@@ -240,10 +240,10 @@
/**
* Gets the alignment for this layout.
- * Possible values are FlowLayout.LEFT
,
- * FlowLayout.RIGHT
, FlowLayout.CENTER
,
- * FlowLayout.LEADING
,
- * or FlowLayout.TRAILING
.
+ * Possible values are {@code FlowLayout.LEFT},
+ * {@code FlowLayout.RIGHT}, {@code FlowLayout.CENTER},
+ * {@code FlowLayout.LEADING},
+ * or {@code FlowLayout.TRAILING}.
* @return the alignment value for this layout
* @see java.awt.FlowLayout#setAlignment
* @since 1.1
@@ -256,11 +256,11 @@
* Sets the alignment for this layout.
* Possible values are
*
- *
* @param align one of the alignment values shown above
* @see #getAlignment()
@@ -289,11 +289,11 @@
/**
* Gets the horizontal gap between components
* and between the components and the borders
- * of the FlowLayout.LEFT
- * FlowLayout.RIGHT
- * FlowLayout.CENTER
- * FlowLayout.LEADING
- * FlowLayout.TRAILING
+ * Container
+ * of the {@code Container}
*
* @return the horizontal gap between components
* and between the components and the borders
- * of the Container
+ * of the {@code Container}
* @see java.awt.FlowLayout#setHgap
* @since 1.1
*/
@@ -304,11 +304,11 @@
/**
* Sets the horizontal gap between components and
* between the components and the borders of the
- * Container
.
+ * {@code Container}.
*
* @param hgap the horizontal gap between components
* and between the components and the borders
- * of the Container
+ * of the {@code Container}
* @see java.awt.FlowLayout#getHgap
* @since 1.1
*/
@@ -319,11 +319,11 @@
/**
* Gets the vertical gap between components and
* between the components and the borders of the
- * Container
.
+ * {@code Container}.
*
* @return the vertical gap between components
* and between the components and the borders
- * of the Container
+ * of the {@code Container}
* @see java.awt.FlowLayout#setVgap
* @since 1.1
*/
@@ -333,11 +333,11 @@
/**
* Sets the vertical gap between components and between
- * the components and the borders of the Container
.
+ * the components and the borders of the {@code Container}.
*
* @param vgap the vertical gap between components
* and between the components and the borders
- * of the Container
+ * of the {@code Container}
* @see java.awt.FlowLayout#getVgap
* @since 1.1
*/
@@ -578,7 +578,7 @@
* visible component take
* its preferred size by reshaping the components in the
* target container in order to satisfy the alignment of
- * this FlowLayout
object.
+ * this {@code FlowLayout} object.
*
* @param target the specified component being laid out
* @see Container
@@ -648,10 +648,10 @@
//
private static final int currentSerialVersion = 1;
/**
- * This represent the currentSerialVersion
- * which is bein used. It will be one of two values :
- * 0
versions before Java 2 platform v1.2..
- * 1
versions after Java 2 platform v1.2..
+ * This represent the {@code currentSerialVersion}
+ * which is bein used. It will be one of two values:
+ * {@code 0} versions before Java 2 platform v1.2,
+ * {@code 1} versions after Java 2 platform v1.2.
*
* @serial
* @since 1.2
@@ -676,7 +676,7 @@
}
/**
- * Returns a string representation of this FlowLayout
+ * Returns a string representation of this {@code FlowLayout}
* object and its values.
* @return a string representation of this layout
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/FocusTraversalPolicy.java 2015-10-04 22:52:37.129274444 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/FocusTraversalPolicy.java 2015-10-04 22:52:36.941274452 +0400
@@ -147,7 +147,7 @@
/**
* Returns the Component that should receive the focus when a Window is
* made visible for the first time. Once the Window has been made visible
- * by a call to show()
or setVisible(true)
, the
+ * by a call to {@code show()} or {@code setVisible(true)}, the
* initial Component will not be used again. Instead, if the Window loses
* and subsequently regains focus, or is made invisible or undisplayable
* and subsequently made visible and displayable, the Window's most
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/Font.java 2015-10-04 22:52:37.717274417 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/Font.java 2015-10-04 22:52:37.509274427 +0400
@@ -65,17 +65,17 @@
import static sun.font.EAttribute.*;
/**
- * The Font
class represents fonts, which are used to
+ * The {@code Font} class represents fonts, which are used to
* render text in a visible way.
* A font provides the information needed to map sequences of
* characters to sequences of glyphs
- * and to render sequences of glyphs on Graphics
and
- * Component
objects.
+ * and to render sequences of glyphs on {@code Graphics} and
+ * {@code Component} objects.
*
* Characters and Glyphs
*
* A character is a symbol that represents an item such as a letter,
- * a digit, or punctuation in an abstract way. For example, 'g'
,
+ * a digit, or punctuation in an abstract way. For example, {@code 'g'},
* LATIN SMALL LETTER G, is a character.
* Font Faces and Names
*
- * A Font
+ * A {@code Font}
* can have many faces, such as heavy, medium, oblique, gothic and
* regular. All of these faces have similar typographic design.
* Font
object. The logical font name is simply the
+ * {@code Font} object. The logical font name is simply the
* name that was used to construct the font.
* The font face name, or just font name for
* short, is the name of a particular font face, like Helvetica Bold. The
* family name is the name of the font family that determines the
* typographic design across several faces, like Helvetica.
* Font
class represents an instance of a font face from
+ * The {@code Font} class represents an instance of a font face from
* a collection of font faces that are present in the system resources
* of the host system. As examples, Arial Bold and Courier Bold Italic
- * are font faces. There can be several Font
objects
+ * are font faces. There can be several {@code Font} objects
* associated with a font face, each differing in size, style, transform
* and font features.
* GraphicsEnvironment
class returns an
+ * of the {@code GraphicsEnvironment} class returns an
* array of all font faces available in the system. These font faces are
- * returned as Font
objects with a size of 1, identity
+ * returned as {@code Font} objects with a size of 1, identity
* transform and default font features. These
- * base fonts can then be used to derive new Font
objects
+ * base fonts can then be used to derive new {@code Font} objects
* with varying sizes, styles, transforms and font features via the
- * deriveFont
methods in this class.
+ * {@code deriveFont} methods in this class.
*
* Font and TextAttribute
*
- * Font
supports most
- * TextAttribute
s. This makes some operations, such as
+ * TextLayout
object.
+ * necessary to explicitly construct a {@code TextLayout} object.
* Attributes can be set on a Font by constructing or deriving it
- * using a Map
of TextAttribute
values.
+ * using a {@code Map} of {@code TextAttribute} values.
*
- * TextAttributes
are not
+ * Font
that has such values will not serialize them.
+ * {@code Font} that has such values will not serialize them.
* This means a Font deserialized from such a stream will not compare
* equal to the original Font that contained the non-serializable
* attributes. This should very rarely pose a problem
@@ -182,34 +182,34 @@
* circumstances and are unlikely to be serialized.
*
*
- *
*
- * FOREGROUND
and BACKGROUND
use
- * Paint
values. The subclass Color
is
- * serializable, while GradientPaint
and
- * TexturePaint
are not.CHAR_REPLACEMENT
uses
- * GraphicAttribute
values. The subclasses
- * ShapeGraphicAttribute
and
- * ImageGraphicAttribute
are not serializable.INPUT_METHOD_HIGHLIGHT
uses
- * InputMethodHighlight
values, which are
+ * Paint
and
- * GraphicAttribute
can make them serializable and
+ * Map
-based constructor and
- * deriveFont
APIs ignore the FONT attribute, and it is
+ * Font
has such
+ * and potentially invoke layout. If a {@code Font} has such
* attributes, the {@link #hasLayoutAttributes()}
method
* will return true.Font
, as passed to the
+ * The logical name of this {@code Font}, as passed to the
* constructor.
* @since 1.0
*
@@ -380,7 +380,7 @@
protected String name;
/**
- * The style of this Font
, as passed to the constructor.
+ * The style of this {@code Font}, as passed to the constructor.
* This style can be PLAIN, BOLD, ITALIC, or BOLD+ITALIC.
* @since 1.0
*
@@ -390,7 +390,7 @@
protected int style;
/**
- * The point size of this Font
, rounded to integer.
+ * The point size of this {@code Font}, rounded to integer.
* @since 1.0
*
* @serial
@@ -399,7 +399,7 @@
protected int size;
/**
- * The point size of this Font
in float
.
+ * The point size of this {@code Font} in {@code float}.
*
* @serial
* @see #getSize()
@@ -508,7 +508,7 @@
}
/**
- * Creates a new Font
from the specified name, style and
+ * Creates a new {@code Font} from the specified name, style and
* point size.
* Font.ITALIC
, the font system looks for a face in the
+ * {@code Font.ITALIC}, the font system looks for a face in the
* "Arial" family that is bold and italic, and may associate the font
* instance with the physical font face "Arial Bold Italic".
* The style argument is merged with the specified face's style, not
@@ -529,14 +529,14 @@
* ITALIC
is requested, but no italic
+ * For example, if {@code ITALIC} is requested, but no italic
* face is available, glyphs from the plain face may be algorithmically
* obliqued (slanted).
* name
parameter represents something other than a
+ * If the {@code name} parameter represents something other than a
* logical font, i.e. is interpreted as a physical font face or family, and
* this cannot be mapped by the implementation to a physical font or a
* compatible alternative, then the font system will map the Font
@@ -677,28 +677,28 @@
}
/**
- * Creates a new Font
with the specified attributes.
+ * Creates a new {@code Font} with the specified attributes.
* Only keys defined in {@link java.awt.font.TextAttribute TextAttribute}
* are recognized. In addition the FONT attribute is
* not recognized by this constructor
* (see {@link #getAvailableAttributes}). Only attributes that have
- * values of valid types will affect the new Font
.
+ * values of valid types will affect the new {@code Font}.
* attributes
is null
, a new
- * Font
is initialized with default values.
+ * If {@code attributes} is {@code null}, a new
+ * {@code Font} is initialized with default values.
* @see java.awt.font.TextAttribute
* @param attributes the attributes to assign to the new
- * Font
, or null
+ * {@code Font}, or {@code null}
*/
public Font(Map extends Attribute, ?> attributes) {
initFromValues(AttributeValues.fromMap(attributes, RECOGNIZED_MASK));
}
/**
- * Creates a new Font
from the specified font
.
+ * Creates a new {@code Font} from the specified {@code font}.
* This constructor is intended for use by subclasses.
- * @param font from which to create this Font
.
- * @throws NullPointerException if font
is null
+ * @param font from which to create this {@code Font}.
+ * @throws NullPointerException if {@code font} is null
* @since 1.6
*/
protected Font(Font font) {
@@ -765,18 +765,18 @@
}
/**
- * Returns a Font
appropriate to the attributes.
- * If attributes
contains a FONT
attribute
- * with a valid Font
as its value, it will be
+ * Returns a {@code Font} appropriate to the attributes.
+ * If {@code attributes} contains a {@code FONT} attribute
+ * with a valid {@code Font} as its value, it will be
* merged with any remaining attributes. See
* {@link java.awt.font.TextAttribute#FONT} for more
* information.
*
* @param attributes the attributes to assign to the new
- * Font
- * @return a new Font
created with the specified
+ * {@code Font}
+ * @return a new {@code Font} created with the specified
* attributes
- * @throws NullPointerException if attributes
is null.
+ * @throws NullPointerException if {@code attributes} is null.
* @since 1.2
* @see java.awt.font.TextAttribute
*/
@@ -842,29 +842,29 @@
}
/**
- * Returns a new Font
using the specified font type
- * and input data. The new Font
is
+ * Returns a new {@code Font} using the specified font type
+ * and input data. The new {@code Font} is
* created with a point size of 1 and style {@link #PLAIN PLAIN}.
- * This base font can then be used with the deriveFont
- * methods in this class to derive new Font
objects with
+ * This base font can then be used with the {@code deriveFont}
+ * methods in this class to derive new {@code Font} objects with
* varying sizes, styles, transforms and font features. This
* method does not close the {@link InputStream}.
* Font
available to Font constructors the
- * returned Font
must be registered in the
- * GraphicsEnvironment
by calling
+ * To make the {@code Font} available to Font constructors the
+ * returned {@code Font} must be registered in the
+ * {@code GraphicsEnvironment} by calling
* {@link GraphicsEnvironment#registerFont(Font) registerFont(Font)}.
- * @param fontFormat the type of the Font
, which is
+ * @param fontFormat the type of the {@code Font}, which is
* {@link #TRUETYPE_FONT TRUETYPE_FONT} if a TrueType resource is specified.
* or {@link #TYPE1_FONT TYPE1_FONT} if a Type 1 resource is specified.
- * @param fontStream an InputStream
object representing the
+ * @param fontStream an {@code InputStream} object representing the
* input data for the font.
- * @return a new Font
created with the specified font type.
- * @throws IllegalArgumentException if fontFormat
is not
- * TRUETYPE_FONT
orTYPE1_FONT
.
- * @throws FontFormatException if the fontStream
data does
+ * @return a new {@code Font} created with the specified font type.
+ * @throws IllegalArgumentException if {@code fontFormat} is not
+ * {@code TRUETYPE_FONT} or {@code TYPE1_FONT}.
+ * @throws FontFormatException if the {@code fontStream} data does
* not contain the required font tables for the specified format.
- * @throws IOException if the fontStream
+ * @throws IOException if the {@code fontStream}
* cannot be completely read.
* @see GraphicsEnvironment#registerFont(Font)
* @since 1.3
@@ -1001,33 +1001,33 @@
}
/**
- * Returns a new Font
using the specified font type
- * and the specified font file. The new Font
is
+ * Returns a new {@code Font} using the specified font type
+ * and the specified font file. The new {@code Font} is
* created with a point size of 1 and style {@link #PLAIN PLAIN}.
- * This base font can then be used with the deriveFont
- * methods in this class to derive new Font
objects with
+ * This base font can then be used with the {@code deriveFont}
+ * methods in this class to derive new {@code Font} objects with
* varying sizes, styles, transforms and font features.
- * @param fontFormat the type of the Font
, which is
+ * @param fontFormat the type of the {@code Font}, which is
* {@link #TRUETYPE_FONT TRUETYPE_FONT} if a TrueType resource is
* specified or {@link #TYPE1_FONT TYPE1_FONT} if a Type 1 resource is
* specified.
* So long as the returned font, or its derived fonts are referenced
- * the implementation may continue to access fontFile
+ * the implementation may continue to access {@code fontFile}
* to retrieve font data. Thus the results are undefined if the file
* is changed, or becomes inaccessible.
* Font
available to Font constructors the
- * returned Font
must be registered in the
- * GraphicsEnvironment
by calling
+ * To make the {@code Font} available to Font constructors the
+ * returned {@code Font} must be registered in the
+ * {@code GraphicsEnvironment} by calling
* {@link GraphicsEnvironment#registerFont(Font) registerFont(Font)}.
- * @param fontFile a File
object representing the
+ * @param fontFile a {@code File} object representing the
* input data for the font.
- * @return a new Font
created with the specified font type.
- * @throws IllegalArgumentException if fontFormat
is not
- * TRUETYPE_FONT
orTYPE1_FONT
.
- * @throws NullPointerException if fontFile
is null.
- * @throws IOException if the fontFile
cannot be read.
- * @throws FontFormatException if fontFile
does
+ * @return a new {@code Font} created with the specified font type.
+ * @throws IllegalArgumentException if {@code fontFormat} is not
+ * {@code TRUETYPE_FONT} or {@code TYPE1_FONT}.
+ * @throws NullPointerException if {@code fontFile} is null.
+ * @throws IOException if the {@code fontFile} cannot be read.
+ * @throws FontFormatException if {@code fontFile} does
* not contain the required font tables for the specified format.
* @throws SecurityException if the executing code does not have
* permission to read from the file.
@@ -1057,17 +1057,17 @@
/**
* Returns a copy of the transform associated with this
- * Font
. This transform is not necessarily the one
+ * {@code Font}. This transform is not necessarily the one
* used to construct the font. If the font has algorithmic
* superscripting or width adjustment, this will be incorporated
- * into the returned AffineTransform
.
+ * into the returned {@code AffineTransform}.
* isTransformed
returns true.
+ * method if {@code isTransformed} returns true.
*
* @return an {@link AffineTransform} object representing the
- * transform attribute of this Font
object.
+ * transform attribute of this {@code Font} object.
*/
public AffineTransform getTransform() {
/* The most common case is the identity transform. Most callers
@@ -1163,7 +1163,7 @@
};
/**
- * Returns the family name of this Font
.
+ * Returns the family name of this {@code Font}.
*
* getName
to get the logical name of the font.
- * Use getFontName
to get the font face name of the font.
- * @return a String
that is the family name of this
- * Font
.
+ * Font
, localized for
+ * Returns the family name of this {@code Font}, localized for
* the specified locale.
*
* getFontName
to get the font face name of the font.
+ * String
representing the family name of the
+ * @return a {@code String} representing the family name of the
* font, localized for the specified locale.
* @see #getFontName
* @see java.util.Locale
@@ -1220,11 +1220,11 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the postscript name of this Font
.
- * Use getFamily
to get the family name of the font.
- * Use getFontName
to get the font face name of the font.
- * @return a String
representing the postscript name of
- * this Font
.
+ * Returns the postscript name of this {@code Font}.
+ * Use {@code getFamily} to get the family name of the font.
+ * Use {@code getFontName} to get the font face name of the font.
+ * @return a {@code String} representing the postscript name of
+ * this {@code Font}.
* @since 1.2
*/
public String getPSName() {
@@ -1232,11 +1232,11 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the logical name of this Font
.
- * Use getFamily
to get the family name of the font.
- * Use getFontName
to get the font face name of the font.
- * @return a String
representing the logical name of
- * this Font
.
+ * Returns the logical name of this {@code Font}.
+ * Use {@code getFamily} to get the family name of the font.
+ * Use {@code getFontName} to get the font face name of the font.
+ * @return a {@code String} representing the logical name of
+ * this {@code Font}.
* @see #getFamily
* @see #getFontName
* @since 1.0
@@ -1246,12 +1246,12 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the font face name of this Font
. For example,
+ * Returns the font face name of this {@code Font}. For example,
* Helvetica Bold could be returned as a font face name.
- * Use getFamily
to get the family name of the font.
- * Use getName
to get the logical name of the font.
- * @return a String
representing the font face name of
- * this Font
.
+ * Use {@code getFamily} to get the family name of the font.
+ * Use {@code getName} to get the logical name of the font.
+ * @return a {@code String} representing the font face name of
+ * this {@code Font}.
* @see #getFamily
* @see #getName
* @since 1.2
@@ -1261,12 +1261,12 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the font face name of the Font
, localized
+ * Returns the font face name of the {@code Font}, localized
* for the specified locale. For example, Helvetica Fett could be
* returned as the font face name.
- * Use getFamily
to get the family name of the font.
+ * Use {@code getFamily} to get the family name of the font.
* @param l a locale for which to get the font face name
- * @return a String
representing the font face name,
+ * @return a {@code String} representing the font face name,
* localized for the specified locale.
* @see #getFamily
* @see java.util.Locale
@@ -1279,9 +1279,9 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the style of this Font
. The style can be
+ * Returns the style of this {@code Font}. The style can be
* PLAIN, BOLD, ITALIC, or BOLD+ITALIC.
- * @return the style of this Font
+ * @return the style of this {@code Font}
* @see #isPlain
* @see #isBold
* @see #isItalic
@@ -1292,7 +1292,7 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the point size of this Font
, rounded to
+ * Returns the point size of this {@code Font}, rounded to
* an integer.
* Most users are familiar with the idea of using point size to
* specify the size of glyphs in a font. This point size defines a
@@ -1306,7 +1306,7 @@
* device space coordinates 72 user
* space units equal 1 inch in device space. In this case one point
* is 1/72 of an inch.
- * @return the point size of this Font
in 1/72 of an
+ * @return the point size of this {@code Font} in 1/72 of an
* inch units.
* @see #getSize2D
* @see GraphicsConfiguration#getDefaultTransform
@@ -1318,10 +1318,10 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the point size of this Font
in
- * float
value.
- * @return the point size of this Font
as a
- * float
value.
+ * Returns the point size of this {@code Font} in
+ * {@code float} value.
+ * @return the point size of this {@code Font} as a
+ * {@code float} value.
* @see #getSize
* @since 1.2
*/
@@ -1330,11 +1330,11 @@
}
/**
- * Indicates whether or not this Font
object's style is
+ * Indicates whether or not this {@code Font} object's style is
* PLAIN.
- * @return true
if this Font
has a
+ * @return {@code true} if this {@code Font} has a
* PLAIN style;
- * false
otherwise.
+ * {@code false} otherwise.
* @see java.awt.Font#getStyle
* @since 1.0
*/
@@ -1343,11 +1343,11 @@
}
/**
- * Indicates whether or not this Font
object's style is
+ * Indicates whether or not this {@code Font} object's style is
* BOLD.
- * @return true
if this Font
object's
+ * @return {@code true} if this {@code Font} object's
* style is BOLD;
- * false
otherwise.
+ * {@code false} otherwise.
* @see java.awt.Font#getStyle
* @since 1.0
*/
@@ -1356,11 +1356,11 @@
}
/**
- * Indicates whether or not this Font
object's style is
+ * Indicates whether or not this {@code Font} object's style is
* ITALIC.
- * @return true
if this Font
object's
+ * @return {@code true} if this {@code Font} object's
* style is ITALIC;
- * false
otherwise.
+ * {@code false} otherwise.
* @see java.awt.Font#getStyle
* @since 1.0
*/
@@ -1369,12 +1369,12 @@
}
/**
- * Indicates whether or not this Font
object has a
+ * Indicates whether or not this {@code Font} object has a
* transform that affects its size in addition to the Size
* attribute.
- * @return true
if this Font
object
+ * @return {@code true} if this {@code Font} object
* has a non-identity AffineTransform attribute.
- * false
otherwise.
+ * {@code false} otherwise.
* @see java.awt.Font#getTransform
* @since 1.4
*/
@@ -1393,16 +1393,16 @@
}
/**
- * Returns a Font
object from the system properties list.
- * nm
is treated as the name of a system property to be
- * obtained. The String
value of this property is then
- * interpreted as a Font
object according to the
- * specification of Font.decode(String)
+ * Returns a {@code Font} object from the system properties list.
+ * {@code nm} is treated as the name of a system property to be
+ * obtained. The {@code String} value of this property is then
+ * interpreted as a {@code Font} object according to the
+ * specification of {@code Font.decode(String)}
* If the specified property is not found, or the executing code does
* not have permission to read the property, null is returned instead.
*
* @param nm the property name
- * @return a Font
object that the property name
+ * @return a {@code Font} object that the property name
* describes, or null if no such property exists.
* @throws NullPointerException if nm is null.
* @since 1.2
@@ -1413,10 +1413,10 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the Font
that the str
+ * Returns the {@code Font} that the {@code str}
* argument describes.
* To ensure that this method returns the desired Font,
- * format the str
parameter in
+ * format the {@code str} parameter in
* one of these ways
*
*
@@ -1431,14 +1431,14 @@
*
* in which style is one of the four
* case-insensitive strings:
- * "PLAIN"
, "BOLD"
, "BOLDITALIC"
, or
- * "ITALIC"
, and pointsize is a positive decimal integer
+ * {@code "PLAIN"}, {@code "BOLD"}, {@code "BOLDITALIC"}, or
+ * {@code "ITALIC"}, and pointsize is a positive decimal integer
* representation of the point size.
* For example, if you want a font that is Arial, bold, with
* a point size of 18, you would call this method with:
* "Arial-BOLD-18".
* This is equivalent to calling the Font constructor :
- * new Font("Arial", Font.BOLD, 18);
+ * {@code new Font("Arial", Font.BOLD, 18);}
* and the values are interpreted as specified by that constructor.
* str
is not formed with 3 components, e.g. such that
- * style
or pointsize
fields are not present in
- * str
, and fontname
also contains a
+ * If {@code str} is not formed with 3 components, e.g. such that
+ * {@code style} or {@code pointsize} fields are not present in
+ * {@code str}, and {@code fontname} also contains a
* character determined to be the separator character
* then these characters where they appear as intended to be part of
- * fontname
may instead be interpreted as separators
+ * {@code fontname} may instead be interpreted as separators
* so the font name may not be properly recognised.
*
* str
does not specify a valid size, the returned
- * Font
has a size of 12. If str
does not
+ * If {@code str} does not specify a valid size, the returned
+ * {@code Font} has a size of 12. If {@code str} does not
* specify a valid style, the returned Font has a style of PLAIN.
* If you do not specify a valid font name in
- * the str
argument, this method will return
+ * the {@code str} argument, this method will return
* a font with the family name "Dialog".
* To determine what font family names are available on
* your system, use the
* {@link GraphicsEnvironment#getAvailableFontFamilyNames()} method.
- * If str
is null
, a new Font
+ * If {@code str} is {@code null}, a new {@code Font}
* is returned with the family name "Dialog", a size of 12 and a
* PLAIN style.
- * @param str the name of the font, or null
- * @return the Font
object that str
- * describes, or a new default Font
if
- * str
is null
.
+ * @param str the name of the font, or {@code null}
+ * @return the {@code Font} object that {@code str}
+ * describes, or a new default {@code Font} if
+ * {@code str} is {@code null}.
* @see #getFamily
* @since 1.1
*/
@@ -1559,22 +1559,22 @@
}
/**
- * Gets the specified Font
from the system properties
- * list. As in the getProperty
method of
- * System
, the first
+ * Gets the specified {@code Font} from the system properties
+ * list. As in the {@code getProperty} method of
+ * {@code System}, the first
* argument is treated as the name of a system property to be
- * obtained. The String
value of this property is then
- * interpreted as a Font
object.
+ * obtained. The {@code String} value of this property is then
+ * interpreted as a {@code Font} object.
* Font.decode(String)
+ * {@code Font.decode(String)}
* If the specified property is not found, or the executing code does not
- * have permission to read the property, the font
+ * have permission to read the property, the {@code font}
* argument is returned instead.
* @param nm the case-insensitive property name
- * @param font a default Font
to return if property
- * nm
is not defined
- * @return the Font
value of the property.
+ * @param font a default {@code Font} to return if property
+ * {@code nm} is not defined
+ * @return the {@code Font} value of the property.
* @throws NullPointerException if nm is null.
* @see #decode(String)
*/
@@ -1592,8 +1592,8 @@
transient int hash;
/**
- * Returns a hashcode for this Font
.
- * @return a hashcode value for this Font
.
+ * Returns a hashcode for this {@code Font}.
+ * @return a hashcode value for this {@code Font}.
* @since 1.0
*/
public int hashCode() {
@@ -1614,13 +1614,13 @@
}
/**
- * Compares this Font
object to the specified
- * Object
.
- * @param obj the Object
to compare
- * @return true
if the objects are the same
- * or if the argument is a Font
object
+ * Compares this {@code Font} object to the specified
+ * {@code Object}.
+ * @param obj the {@code Object} to compare
+ * @return {@code true} if the objects are the same
+ * or if the argument is a {@code Font} object
* describing the same font as this object;
- * false
otherwise.
+ * {@code false} otherwise.
* @since 1.0
*/
public boolean equals(Object obj) {
@@ -1662,10 +1662,10 @@
}
/**
- * Converts this Font
object to a String
+ * Converts this {@code Font} object to a {@code String}
* representation.
- * @return a String
representation of this
- * Font
object.
+ * @return a {@code String} representation of this
+ * {@code Font} object.
* @since 1.0
*/
// NOTE: This method may be called by privileged threads.
@@ -1684,17 +1684,17 @@
} // toString()
- /** Serialization support. A readObject
+ /** Serialization support. A {@code readObject}
* method is necessary because the constructor creates
* the font's peer, and we can't serialize the peer.
* Similarly the computed font "family" may be different
- * at readObject
time than at
- * writeObject
time. An integer version is
+ * at {@code readObject} time than at
+ * {@code writeObject} time. An integer version is
* written so that future versions of this class will be
* able to recognize serialized output from this one.
*/
/**
- * The Font
Serializable Data Form.
+ * The {@code Font} Serializable Data Form.
*
* @serial
*/
@@ -1703,7 +1703,7 @@
/**
* Writes default serializable fields to a stream.
*
- * @param s the ObjectOutputStream
to write
+ * @param s the {@code ObjectOutputStream} to write
* @see AWTEventMulticaster#save(ObjectOutputStream, String, EventListener)
* @see #readObject(java.io.ObjectInputStream)
*/
@@ -1724,10 +1724,10 @@
}
/**
- * Reads the ObjectInputStream
.
+ * Reads the {@code ObjectInputStream}.
* Unrecognized keys or values will be ignored.
*
- * @param s the ObjectInputStream
to read
+ * @param s the {@code ObjectInputStream} to read
* @serial
* @see #writeObject(java.io.ObjectOutputStream)
*/
@@ -1764,10 +1764,10 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the number of glyphs in this Font
. Glyph codes
- * for this Font
range from 0 to
- * getNumGlyphs()
- 1.
- * @return the number of glyphs in this Font
.
+ * Returns the number of glyphs in this {@code Font}. Glyph codes
+ * for this {@code Font} range from 0 to
+ * {@code getNumGlyphs()} - 1.
+ * @return the number of glyphs in this {@code Font}.
* @since 1.2
*/
public int getNumGlyphs() {
@@ -1775,9 +1775,9 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the glyphCode which is used when this Font
+ * Returns the glyphCode which is used when this {@code Font}
* does not have a glyph for a specified unicode code point.
- * @return the glyphCode of this Font
.
+ * @return the glyphCode of this {@code Font}.
* @since 1.2
*/
public int getMissingGlyphCode() {
@@ -1806,9 +1806,9 @@
/**
* Returns a map of font attributes available in this
- * Font
. Attributes include things like ligatures and
+ * {@code Font}. Attributes include things like ligatures and
* glyph substitution.
- * @return the attributes map of this Font
.
+ * @return the attributes map of this {@code Font}.
*/
public MapFont
. These attributes can be used to derive other
+ * {@code Font}. These attributes can be used to derive other
* fonts.
* @return an array containing the keys of all the attributes
- * supported by this Font
.
+ * supported by this {@code Font}.
* @since 1.2
*/
public Attribute[] getAvailableAttributes() {
@@ -1854,11 +1854,11 @@
}
/**
- * Creates a new Font
object by replicating this
- * Font
object and applying a new style and size.
- * @param style the style for the new Font
- * @param size the size for the new Font
- * @return a new Font
object.
+ * Creates a new {@code Font} object by replicating this
+ * {@code Font} object and applying a new style and size.
+ * @param style the style for the new {@code Font}
+ * @param size the size for the new {@code Font}
+ * @return a new {@code Font} object.
* @since 1.2
*/
public Font deriveFont(int style, float size){
@@ -1873,14 +1873,14 @@
}
/**
- * Creates a new Font
object by replicating this
- * Font
object and applying a new style and transform.
- * @param style the style for the new Font
- * @param trans the AffineTransform
associated with the
- * new Font
- * @return a new Font
object.
- * @throws IllegalArgumentException if trans
is
- * null
+ * Creates a new {@code Font} object by replicating this
+ * {@code Font} object and applying a new style and transform.
+ * @param style the style for the new {@code Font}
+ * @param trans the {@code AffineTransform} associated with the
+ * new {@code Font}
+ * @return a new {@code Font} object.
+ * @throws IllegalArgumentException if {@code trans} is
+ * {@code null}
* @since 1.2
*/
public Font deriveFont(int style, AffineTransform trans){
@@ -1892,10 +1892,10 @@
}
/**
- * Creates a new Font
object by replicating the current
- * Font
object and applying a new size to it.
- * @param size the size for the new Font
.
- * @return a new Font
object.
+ * Creates a new {@code Font} object by replicating the current
+ * {@code Font} object and applying a new size to it.
+ * @param size the size for the new {@code Font}.
+ * @return a new {@code Font} object.
* @since 1.2
*/
public Font deriveFont(float size){
@@ -1908,13 +1908,13 @@
}
/**
- * Creates a new Font
object by replicating the current
- * Font
object and applying a new transform to it.
- * @param trans the AffineTransform
associated with the
- * new Font
- * @return a new Font
object.
- * @throws IllegalArgumentException if trans
is
- * null
+ * Creates a new {@code Font} object by replicating the current
+ * {@code Font} object and applying a new transform to it.
+ * @param trans the {@code AffineTransform} associated with the
+ * new {@code Font}
+ * @return a new {@code Font} object.
+ * @throws IllegalArgumentException if {@code trans} is
+ * {@code null}
* @since 1.2
*/
public Font deriveFont(AffineTransform trans){
@@ -1924,10 +1924,10 @@
}
/**
- * Creates a new Font
object by replicating the current
- * Font
object and applying a new style to it.
- * @param style the style for the new Font
- * @return a new Font
object.
+ * Creates a new {@code Font} object by replicating the current
+ * {@code Font} object and applying a new style to it.
+ * @param style the style for the new {@code Font}
+ * @return a new {@code Font} object.
* @since 1.2
*/
public Font deriveFont(int style){
@@ -1941,13 +1941,13 @@
}
/**
- * Creates a new Font
object by replicating the current
- * Font
object and applying a new set of font attributes
+ * Creates a new {@code Font} object by replicating the current
+ * {@code Font} object and applying a new set of font attributes
* to it.
*
* @param attributes a map of attributes enabled for the new
- * Font
- * @return a new Font
object.
+ * {@code Font}
+ * @return a new {@code Font} object.
* @since 1.2
*/
public Font deriveFont(Map extends Attribute, ?> attributes) {
@@ -1961,18 +1961,18 @@
}
/**
- * Checks if this Font
has a glyph for the specified
+ * Checks if this {@code Font} has a glyph for the specified
* character.
*
* canDisplayUpTo
methods.
+ * method or {@code canDisplayUpTo} methods.
*
* @param c the character for which a glyph is needed
- * @return true
if this Font
has a glyph for this
- * character; false
otherwise.
+ * @return {@code true} if this {@code Font} has a glyph for this
+ * character; {@code false} otherwise.
* @since 1.2
*/
public boolean canDisplay(char c){
@@ -1980,13 +1980,13 @@
}
/**
- * Checks if this Font
has a glyph for the specified
+ * Checks if this {@code Font} has a glyph for the specified
* character.
*
* @param codePoint the character (Unicode code point) for which a glyph
* is needed.
- * @return true
if this Font
has a glyph for the
- * character; false
otherwise.
+ * @return {@code true} if this {@code Font} has a glyph for the
+ * character; {@code false} otherwise.
* @throws IllegalArgumentException if the code point is not a valid Unicode
* code point.
* @see Character#isValidCodePoint(int)
@@ -2001,20 +2001,20 @@
}
/**
- * Indicates whether or not this Font
can display a
- * specified String
. For strings with Unicode encoding,
+ * Indicates whether or not this {@code Font} can display a
+ * specified {@code String}. For strings with Unicode encoding,
* it is important to know if a particular font can display the
- * string. This method returns an offset into the String
- * str
which is the first character this
- * Font
cannot display without using the missing glyph
- * code. If the Font
can display all characters, -1 is
+ * string. This method returns an offset into the {@code String}
+ * {@code str} which is the first character this
+ * {@code Font} cannot display without using the missing glyph
+ * code. If the {@code Font} can display all characters, -1 is
* returned.
- * @param str a String
object
- * @return an offset into str
that points
- * to the first character in str
that this
- * Font
cannot display; or -1
if
- * this Font
can display all characters in
- * str
.
+ * @param str a {@code String} object
+ * @return an offset into {@code str} that points
+ * to the first character in {@code str} that this
+ * {@code Font} cannot display; or {@code -1} if
+ * this {@code Font} can display all characters in
+ * {@code str}.
* @since 1.2
*/
public int canDisplayUpTo(String str) {
@@ -2037,22 +2037,22 @@
}
/**
- * Indicates whether or not this Font
can display
- * the characters in the specified text
- * starting at start
and ending at
- * limit
. This method is a convenience overload.
- * @param text the specified array of char
values
+ * Indicates whether or not this {@code Font} can display
+ * the characters in the specified {@code text}
+ * starting at {@code start} and ending at
+ * {@code limit}. This method is a convenience overload.
+ * @param text the specified array of {@code char} values
* @param start the specified starting offset (in
- * char
s) into the specified array of
- * char
values
+ * {@code char}s) into the specified array of
+ * {@code char} values
* @param limit the specified ending offset (in
- * char
s) into the specified array of
- * char
values
- * @return an offset into text
that points
- * to the first character in text
that this
- * Font
cannot display; or -1
if
- * this Font
can display all characters in
- * text
.
+ * {@code char}s) into the specified array of
+ * {@code char} values
+ * @return an offset into {@code text} that points
+ * to the first character in {@code text} that this
+ * {@code Font} cannot display; or {@code -1} if
+ * this {@code Font} can display all characters in
+ * {@code text}.
* @since 1.2
*/
public int canDisplayUpTo(char[] text, int start, int limit) {
@@ -2074,20 +2074,20 @@
}
/**
- * Indicates whether or not this Font
can display the
- * text specified by the iter
starting at
- * start
and ending at limit
.
+ * Indicates whether or not this {@code Font} can display the
+ * text specified by the {@code iter} starting at
+ * {@code start} and ending at {@code limit}.
*
* @param iter a {@link CharacterIterator} object
* @param start the specified starting offset into the specified
- * CharacterIterator
.
+ * {@code CharacterIterator}.
* @param limit the specified ending offset into the specified
- * CharacterIterator
.
- * @return an offset into iter
that points
- * to the first character in iter
that this
- * Font
cannot display; or -1
if
- * this Font
can display all characters in
- * iter
.
+ * {@code CharacterIterator}.
+ * @return an offset into {@code iter} that points
+ * to the first character in {@code iter} that this
+ * {@code Font} cannot display; or {@code -1} if
+ * this {@code Font} can display all characters in
+ * {@code iter}.
* @since 1.2
*/
public int canDisplayUpTo(CharacterIterator iter, int start, int limit) {
@@ -2114,11 +2114,11 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the italic angle of this Font
. The italic angle
+ * Returns the italic angle of this {@code Font}. The italic angle
* is the inverse slope of the caret which best matches the posture of this
- * Font
.
+ * {@code Font}.
* @see TextAttribute#POSTURE
- * @return the angle of the ITALIC style of this Font
.
+ * @return the angle of the ITALIC style of this {@code Font}.
*/
public float getItalicAngle() {
return getItalicAngle(null);
@@ -2145,15 +2145,15 @@
}
/**
- * Checks whether or not this Font
has uniform
- * line metrics. A logical Font
might be a
+ * Checks whether or not this {@code Font} has uniform
+ * line metrics. A logical {@code Font} might be a
* composite font, which means that it is composed of different
* physical fonts to cover different code ranges. Each of these
- * fonts might have different LineMetrics
. If the
- * logical Font
is a single
+ * fonts might have different {@code LineMetrics}. If the
+ * logical {@code Font} is a single
* font then the metrics would be uniform.
- * @return true
if this Font
has
- * uniform line metrics; false
otherwise.
+ * @return {@code true} if this {@code Font} has
+ * uniform line metrics; {@code false} otherwise.
*/
public boolean hasUniformLineMetrics() {
return false; // REMIND always safe, but prevents caller optimize
@@ -2235,11 +2235,11 @@
/**
* Returns a {@link LineMetrics} object created with the specified
- * String
and {@link FontRenderContext}.
- * @param str the specified String
- * @param frc the specified FontRenderContext
- * @return a LineMetrics
object created with the
- * specified String
and {@link FontRenderContext}.
+ * {@code String} and {@link FontRenderContext}.
+ * @param str the specified {@code String}
+ * @param frc the specified {@code FontRenderContext}
+ * @return a {@code LineMetrics} object created with the
+ * specified {@code String} and {@link FontRenderContext}.
*/
public LineMetrics getLineMetrics( String str, FontRenderContext frc) {
FontLineMetrics flm = defaultLineMetrics(frc);
@@ -2248,13 +2248,13 @@
}
/**
- * Returns a LineMetrics
object created with the
+ * Returns a {@code LineMetrics} object created with the
* specified arguments.
- * @param str the specified String
- * @param beginIndex the initial offset of str
- * @param limit the end offset of str
- * @param frc the specified FontRenderContext
- * @return a LineMetrics
object created with the
+ * @param str the specified {@code String}
+ * @param beginIndex the initial offset of {@code str}
+ * @param limit the end offset of {@code str}
+ * @param frc the specified {@code FontRenderContext}
+ * @return a {@code LineMetrics} object created with the
* specified arguments.
*/
public LineMetrics getLineMetrics( String str,
@@ -2267,13 +2267,13 @@
}
/**
- * Returns a LineMetrics
object created with the
+ * Returns a {@code LineMetrics} object created with the
* specified arguments.
* @param chars an array of characters
- * @param beginIndex the initial offset of chars
- * @param limit the end offset of chars
- * @param frc the specified FontRenderContext
- * @return a LineMetrics
object created with the
+ * @param beginIndex the initial offset of {@code chars}
+ * @param limit the end offset of {@code chars}
+ * @param frc the specified {@code FontRenderContext}
+ * @return a {@code LineMetrics} object created with the
* specified arguments.
*/
public LineMetrics getLineMetrics(char [] chars,
@@ -2286,13 +2286,13 @@
}
/**
- * Returns a LineMetrics
object created with the
+ * Returns a {@code LineMetrics} object created with the
* specified arguments.
- * @param ci the specified CharacterIterator
- * @param beginIndex the initial offset in ci
- * @param limit the end offset of ci
- * @param frc the specified FontRenderContext
- * @return a LineMetrics
object created with the
+ * @param ci the specified {@code CharacterIterator}
+ * @param beginIndex the initial offset in {@code ci}
+ * @param limit the end offset of {@code ci}
+ * @param frc the specified {@code FontRenderContext}
+ * @return a {@code LineMetrics} object created with the
* specified arguments.
*/
public LineMetrics getLineMetrics(CharacterIterator ci,
@@ -2305,22 +2305,22 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the logical bounds of the specified String
in
- * the specified FontRenderContext
. The logical bounds
+ * Returns the logical bounds of the specified {@code String} in
+ * the specified {@code FontRenderContext}. The logical bounds
* contains the origin, ascent, advance, and height, which includes
* the leading. The logical bounds does not always enclose all the
* text. For example, in some languages and in some fonts, accent
* marks can be positioned above the ascent or below the descent.
* To obtain a visual bounding box, which encloses all the text,
* use the {@link TextLayout#getBounds() getBounds} method of
- * TextLayout
.
+ * {@code TextLayout}.
* String
- * @param frc the specified FontRenderContext
+ * @param str the specified {@code String}
+ * @param frc the specified {@code FontRenderContext}
* @return a {@link Rectangle2D} that is the bounding box of the
- * specified String
in the specified
- * FontRenderContext
.
+ * specified {@code String} in the specified
+ * {@code FontRenderContext}.
* @see FontRenderContext
* @see Font#createGlyphVector
* @since 1.2
@@ -2331,28 +2331,28 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the logical bounds of the specified String
in
- * the specified FontRenderContext
. The logical bounds
+ * Returns the logical bounds of the specified {@code String} in
+ * the specified {@code FontRenderContext}. The logical bounds
* contains the origin, ascent, advance, and height, which includes
* the leading. The logical bounds does not always enclose all the
* text. For example, in some languages and in some fonts, accent
* marks can be positioned above the ascent or below the descent.
* To obtain a visual bounding box, which encloses all the text,
* use the {@link TextLayout#getBounds() getBounds} method of
- * TextLayout
.
+ * {@code TextLayout}.
* String
- * @param beginIndex the initial offset of str
- * @param limit the end offset of str
- * @param frc the specified FontRenderContext
- * @return a Rectangle2D
that is the bounding box of the
- * specified String
in the specified
- * FontRenderContext
.
- * @throws IndexOutOfBoundsException if beginIndex
is
- * less than zero, or limit
is greater than the
- * length of str
, or beginIndex
- * is greater than limit
.
+ * @param str the specified {@code String}
+ * @param beginIndex the initial offset of {@code str}
+ * @param limit the end offset of {@code str}
+ * @param frc the specified {@code FontRenderContext}
+ * @return a {@code Rectangle2D} that is the bounding box of the
+ * specified {@code String} in the specified
+ * {@code FontRenderContext}.
+ * @throws IndexOutOfBoundsException if {@code beginIndex} is
+ * less than zero, or {@code limit} is greater than the
+ * length of {@code str}, or {@code beginIndex}
+ * is greater than {@code limit}.
* @see FontRenderContext
* @see Font#createGlyphVector
* @since 1.2
@@ -2366,28 +2366,28 @@
/**
* Returns the logical bounds of the specified array of characters
- * in the specified FontRenderContext
. The logical
+ * in the specified {@code FontRenderContext}. The logical
* bounds contains the origin, ascent, advance, and height, which
* includes the leading. The logical bounds does not always enclose
* all the text. For example, in some languages and in some fonts,
* accent marks can be positioned above the ascent or below the
* descent. To obtain a visual bounding box, which encloses all the
* text, use the {@link TextLayout#getBounds() getBounds} method of
- * TextLayout
.
+ * {@code TextLayout}.
* FontRenderContext
- * @return a Rectangle2D
that is the bounding box of the
+ * @param frc the specified {@code FontRenderContext}
+ * @return a {@code Rectangle2D} that is the bounding box of the
* specified array of characters in the specified
- * FontRenderContext
.
- * @throws IndexOutOfBoundsException if beginIndex
is
- * less than zero, or limit
is greater than the
- * length of chars
, or beginIndex
- * is greater than limit
.
+ * {@code FontRenderContext}.
+ * @throws IndexOutOfBoundsException if {@code beginIndex} is
+ * less than zero, or {@code limit} is greater than the
+ * length of {@code chars}, or {@code beginIndex}
+ * is greater than {@code limit}.
* @see FontRenderContext
* @see Font#createGlyphVector
* @since 1.2
@@ -2433,31 +2433,31 @@
/**
* Returns the logical bounds of the characters indexed in the
* specified {@link CharacterIterator} in the
- * specified FontRenderContext
. The logical bounds
+ * specified {@code FontRenderContext}. The logical bounds
* contains the origin, ascent, advance, and height, which includes
* the leading. The logical bounds does not always enclose all the
* text. For example, in some languages and in some fonts, accent
* marks can be positioned above the ascent or below the descent.
* To obtain a visual bounding box, which encloses all the text,
* use the {@link TextLayout#getBounds() getBounds} method of
- * TextLayout
.
+ * {@code TextLayout}.
* CharacterIterator
- * @param beginIndex the initial offset in ci
- * @param limit the end offset in ci
- * @param frc the specified FontRenderContext
- * @return a Rectangle2D
that is the bounding box of the
- * characters indexed in the specified CharacterIterator
- * in the specified FontRenderContext
.
+ * @param ci the specified {@code CharacterIterator}
+ * @param beginIndex the initial offset in {@code ci}
+ * @param limit the end offset in {@code ci}
+ * @param frc the specified {@code FontRenderContext}
+ * @return a {@code Rectangle2D} that is the bounding box of the
+ * characters indexed in the specified {@code CharacterIterator}
+ * in the specified {@code FontRenderContext}.
* @see FontRenderContext
* @see Font#createGlyphVector
* @since 1.2
- * @throws IndexOutOfBoundsException if beginIndex
is
- * less than the start index of ci
, or
- * limit
is greater than the end index of
- * ci
, or beginIndex
is greater
- * than limit
+ * @throws IndexOutOfBoundsException if {@code beginIndex} is
+ * less than the start index of {@code ci}, or
+ * {@code limit} is greater than the end index of
+ * {@code ci}, or {@code beginIndex} is greater
+ * than {@code limit}
*/
public Rectangle2D getStringBounds(CharacterIterator ci,
int beginIndex, int limit,
@@ -2489,11 +2489,11 @@
/**
* Returns the bounds for the character with the maximum
- * bounds as defined in the specified FontRenderContext
.
+ * bounds as defined in the specified {@code FontRenderContext}.
* FontRenderContext
- * @return a Rectangle2D
that is the bounding box
+ * @param frc the specified {@code FontRenderContext}
+ * @return a {@code Rectangle2D} that is the bounding box
* for the character with the maximum bounds.
*/
public Rectangle2D getMaxCharBounds(FontRenderContext frc) {
@@ -2509,16 +2509,16 @@
/**
* Creates a {@link java.awt.font.GlyphVector GlyphVector} by
* mapping characters to glyphs one-to-one based on the
- * Unicode cmap in this Font
. This method does no other
+ * Unicode cmap in this {@code Font}. This method does no other
* processing besides the mapping of glyphs to characters. This
* means that this method is not useful for some scripts, such
* as Arabic, Hebrew, Thai, and Indic, that require reordering,
* shaping, or ligature substitution.
- * @param frc the specified FontRenderContext
- * @param str the specified String
- * @return a new GlyphVector
created with the
- * specified String
and the specified
- * FontRenderContext
.
+ * @param frc the specified {@code FontRenderContext}
+ * @param str the specified {@code String}
+ * @return a new {@code GlyphVector} created with the
+ * specified {@code String} and the specified
+ * {@code FontRenderContext}.
*/
public GlyphVector createGlyphVector(FontRenderContext frc, String str)
{
@@ -2528,16 +2528,16 @@
/**
* Creates a {@link java.awt.font.GlyphVector GlyphVector} by
* mapping characters to glyphs one-to-one based on the
- * Unicode cmap in this Font
. This method does no other
+ * Unicode cmap in this {@code Font}. This method does no other
* processing besides the mapping of glyphs to characters. This
* means that this method is not useful for some scripts, such
* as Arabic, Hebrew, Thai, and Indic, that require reordering,
* shaping, or ligature substitution.
- * @param frc the specified FontRenderContext
+ * @param frc the specified {@code FontRenderContext}
* @param chars the specified array of characters
- * @return a new GlyphVector
created with the
+ * @return a new {@code GlyphVector} created with the
* specified array of characters and the specified
- * FontRenderContext
.
+ * {@code FontRenderContext}.
*/
public GlyphVector createGlyphVector(FontRenderContext frc, char[] chars)
{
@@ -2547,16 +2547,16 @@
/**
* Creates a {@link java.awt.font.GlyphVector GlyphVector} by
* mapping the specified characters to glyphs one-to-one based on the
- * Unicode cmap in this Font
. This method does no other
+ * Unicode cmap in this {@code Font}. This method does no other
* processing besides the mapping of glyphs to characters. This
* means that this method is not useful for some scripts, such
* as Arabic, Hebrew, Thai, and Indic, that require reordering,
* shaping, or ligature substitution.
- * @param frc the specified FontRenderContext
- * @param ci the specified CharacterIterator
- * @return a new GlyphVector
created with the
- * specified CharacterIterator
and the specified
- * FontRenderContext
.
+ * @param frc the specified {@code FontRenderContext}
+ * @param ci the specified {@code CharacterIterator}
+ * @return a new {@code GlyphVector} created with the
+ * specified {@code CharacterIterator} and the specified
+ * {@code FontRenderContext}.
*/
public GlyphVector createGlyphVector( FontRenderContext frc,
CharacterIterator ci)
@@ -2567,16 +2567,16 @@
/**
* Creates a {@link java.awt.font.GlyphVector GlyphVector} by
* mapping characters to glyphs one-to-one based on the
- * Unicode cmap in this Font
. This method does no other
+ * Unicode cmap in this {@code Font}. This method does no other
* processing besides the mapping of glyphs to characters. This
* means that this method is not useful for some scripts, such
* as Arabic, Hebrew, Thai, and Indic, that require reordering,
* shaping, or ligature substitution.
- * @param frc the specified FontRenderContext
+ * @param frc the specified {@code FontRenderContext}
* @param glyphCodes the specified integer array
- * @return a new GlyphVector
created with the
+ * @return a new {@code GlyphVector} created with the
* specified integer array and the specified
- * FontRenderContext
.
+ * {@code FontRenderContext}.
*/
public GlyphVector createGlyphVector( FontRenderContext frc,
int [] glyphCodes)
@@ -2585,13 +2585,13 @@
}
/**
- * Returns a new GlyphVector
object, performing full
+ * Returns a new {@code GlyphVector} object, performing full
* layout of the text if possible. Full layout is required for
* complex text, such as Arabic or Hindi. Support for different
* scripts depends on the font and implementation.
* Bidi
, and should only be performed on text that
+ * {@code Bidi}, and should only be performed on text that
* has a uniform direction. The direction is indicated in the
* flags parameter,by using LAYOUT_RIGHT_TO_LEFT to indicate a
* right-to-left (Arabic and Hebrew) run direction, or
@@ -2609,12 +2609,12 @@
* FontRenderContext
+ * @param frc the specified {@code FontRenderContext}
* @param text the text to layout
- * @param start the start of the text to use for the GlyphVector
- * @param limit the limit of the text to use for the GlyphVector
+ * @param start the start of the text to use for the {@code GlyphVector}
+ * @param limit the limit of the text to use for the {@code GlyphVector}
* @param flags control flags as described above
- * @return a new GlyphVector
representing the text between
+ * @return a new {@code GlyphVector} representing the text between
* start and limit, with glyphs chosen and positioned so as to best represent
* the text
* @throws ArrayIndexOutOfBoundsException if start or limit is
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/FontFormatException.java 2015-10-04 22:52:38.341274389 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/FontFormatException.java 2015-10-04 22:52:38.129274399 +0400
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
package java.awt;
/**
- * Thrown by method createFont in the Font
class to indicate
+ * Thrown by method createFont in the {@code Font} class to indicate
* that the specified font is bad.
*
* @author Parry Kejriwal
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
/**
* Report a FontFormatException for the reason specified.
- * @param reason a String
message indicating why
+ * @param reason a {@code String} message indicating why
* the font is not accepted.
*/
public FontFormatException(String reason) {
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/FontMetrics.java 2015-10-04 22:52:38.861274366 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/FontMetrics.java 2015-10-04 22:52:38.673274374 +0400
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
import java.text.CharacterIterator;
/**
- * The FontMetrics
class defines a font metrics object, which
+ * The {@code FontMetrics} class defines a font metrics object, which
* encapsulates information about the rendering of a particular font on a
* particular screen.
* String
is the
- * distance along the baseline of the String
. This
+ * character array. The advance of a {@code String} is the
+ * distance along the baseline of the {@code String}. This
* distance is the width that should be used for centering or
- * right-aligning the String
.
- * String
is not necessarily
+ * right-aligning the {@code String}.
+ * FontMetrics
object for finding out
- * height and width information about the specified Font
- * and specific character glyphs in that Font
.
- * @param font the Font
+ * Creates a new {@code FontMetrics} object for finding out
+ * height and width information about the specified {@code Font}
+ * and specific character glyphs in that {@code Font}.
+ * @param font the {@code Font}
* @see java.awt.Font
*/
protected FontMetrics(Font font) {
@@ -136,25 +136,25 @@
}
/**
- * Gets the Font
described by this
- * FontMetrics
object.
- * @return the Font
described by this
- * FontMetrics
object.
+ * Gets the {@code Font} described by this
+ * {@code FontMetrics} object.
+ * @return the {@code Font} described by this
+ * {@code FontMetrics} object.
*/
public Font getFont() {
return font;
}
/**
- * Gets the FontRenderContext
used by this
- * FontMetrics
object to measure text.
+ * Gets the {@code FontRenderContext} used by this
+ * {@code FontMetrics} object to measure text.
* Graphics
- * parameter measure text using the FontRenderContext
- * of that Graphics
object, and not this
- * FontRenderContext
- * @return the FontRenderContext
used by this
- * FontMetrics
object.
+ * Note that methods in this class which take a {@code Graphics}
+ * parameter measure text using the {@code FontRenderContext}
+ * of that {@code Graphics} object, and not this
+ * {@code FontRenderContext}
+ * @return the {@code FontRenderContext} used by this
+ * {@code FontMetrics} object.
* @since 1.6
*/
public FontRenderContext getFontRenderContext() {
@@ -163,12 +163,12 @@
/**
* Determines the standard leading of the
- * Font
described by this FontMetrics
+ * {@code Font} described by this {@code FontMetrics}
* object. The standard leading, or
* interline spacing, is the logical amount of space to be reserved
* between the descent of one line of text and the ascent of the next
* line. The height metric is calculated to include this extra space.
- * @return the standard leading of the Font
.
+ * @return the standard leading of the {@code Font}.
* @see #getHeight()
* @see #getAscent()
* @see #getDescent()
@@ -178,12 +178,12 @@
}
/**
- * Determines the font ascent of the Font
- * described by this FontMetrics
object. The font ascent
+ * Determines the font ascent of the {@code Font}
+ * described by this {@code FontMetrics} object. The font ascent
* is the distance from the font's baseline to the top of most
- * alphanumeric characters. Some characters in the Font
+ * alphanumeric characters. Some characters in the {@code Font}
* might extend above the font ascent line.
- * @return the font ascent of the Font
.
+ * @return the font ascent of the {@code Font}.
* @see #getMaxAscent()
*/
public int getAscent() {
@@ -191,14 +191,14 @@
}
/**
- * Determines the font descent of the Font
+ * Determines the font descent of the {@code Font}
* described by this
- * FontMetrics
object. The font descent is the distance
+ * {@code FontMetrics} object. The font descent is the distance
* from the font's baseline to the bottom of most alphanumeric
* characters with descenders. Some characters in the
- * Font
might extend
+ * {@code Font} might extend
* below the font descent line.
- * @return the font descent of the Font
.
+ * @return the font descent of the {@code Font}.
* @see #getMaxDescent()
*/
public int getDescent() {
@@ -223,11 +223,11 @@
}
/**
- * Determines the maximum ascent of the Font
- * described by this FontMetrics
object. No character
+ * Determines the maximum ascent of the {@code Font}
+ * described by this {@code FontMetrics} object. No character
* extends further above the font's baseline than this height.
* @return the maximum ascent of any character in the
- * Font
.
+ * {@code Font}.
* @see #getAscent()
*/
public int getMaxAscent() {
@@ -235,11 +235,11 @@
}
/**
- * Determines the maximum descent of the Font
- * described by this FontMetrics
object. No character
+ * Determines the maximum descent of the {@code Font}
+ * described by this {@code FontMetrics} object. No character
* extends further below the font's baseline than this height.
* @return the maximum descent of any character in the
- * Font
.
+ * {@code Font}.
* @see #getDescent()
*/
public int getMaxDescent() {
@@ -249,10 +249,10 @@
/**
* For backward compatibility only.
* @return the maximum descent of any character in the
- * Font
.
+ * {@code Font}.
* @see #getMaxDescent()
* @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1.1,
- * replaced by getMaxDescent()
.
+ * replaced by {@code getMaxDescent()}.
*/
@Deprecated
public int getMaxDecent() {
@@ -261,12 +261,12 @@
/**
* Gets the maximum advance width of any character in this
- * Font
. The advance is the
+ * {@code Font}. The advance is the
* distance from the leftmost point to the rightmost point on the
- * string's baseline. The advance of a String
is
+ * string's baseline. The advance of a {@code String} is
* not necessarily the sum of the advances of its characters.
* @return the maximum advance width of any character
- * in the Font
, or -1
if the
+ * in the {@code Font}, or {@code -1} if the
* maximum advance width is not known.
*/
public int getMaxAdvance() {
@@ -275,10 +275,10 @@
/**
* Returns the advance width of the specified character in this
- * Font
. The advance is the
+ * {@code Font}. The advance is the
* distance from the leftmost point to the rightmost point on the
* character's baseline. Note that the advance of a
- * String
is not necessarily the sum of the advances
+ * {@code String} is not necessarily the sum of the advances
* of its characters.
*
* Font
described by this
- * FontMetrics
object.
+ * in the {@code Font} described by this
+ * {@code FontMetrics} object.
* @see #charsWidth(char[], int, int)
* @see #stringWidth(String)
*/
@@ -310,10 +310,10 @@
/**
* Returns the advance width of the specified character in this
- * Font
. The advance is the
+ * {@code Font}. The advance is the
* distance from the leftmost point to the rightmost point on the
* character's baseline. Note that the advance of a
- * String
is not necessarily the sum of the advances
+ * {@code String} is not necessarily the sum of the advances
* of its characters.
*
* FontMetrics
object.
+ * in the {@code Font} described by this
+ * {@code FontMetrics} object.
* @see #charsWidth(char[], int, int)
* @see #stringWidth(String)
*/
@@ -338,16 +338,16 @@
/**
* Returns the total advance width for showing the specified
- * String
in this Font
. The advance
+ * {@code String} in this {@code Font}. The advance
* is the distance from the leftmost point to the rightmost point
* on the string's baseline.
* String
is
+ * Note that the advance of a {@code String} is
* not necessarily the sum of the advances of its characters.
- * @param str the String
to be measured
- * @return the advance width of the specified String
- * in the Font
described by this
- * FontMetrics
.
+ * @param str the {@code String} to be measured
+ * @return the advance width of the specified {@code String}
+ * in the {@code Font} described by this
+ * {@code FontMetrics}.
* @throws NullPointerException if str is null.
* @see #bytesWidth(byte[], int, int)
* @see #charsWidth(char[], int, int)
@@ -362,22 +362,22 @@
/**
* Returns the total advance width for showing the specified array
- * of characters in this Font
. The advance is the
+ * of characters in this {@code Font}. The advance is the
* distance from the leftmost point to the rightmost point on the
- * string's baseline. The advance of a String
+ * string's baseline. The advance of a {@code String}
* is not necessarily the sum of the advances of its characters.
- * This is equivalent to measuring a String
of the
+ * This is equivalent to measuring a {@code String} of the
* characters in the specified range.
* @param data the array of characters to be measured
* @param off the start offset of the characters in the array
* @param len the number of characters to be measured from the array
* @return the advance width of the subarray of the specified
- * char
array in the font described by
- * this FontMetrics
object.
- * @throws NullPointerException if data
is null.
- * @throws IndexOutOfBoundsException if the off
- * and len
arguments index characters outside
- * the bounds of the data
array.
+ * {@code char} array in the font described by
+ * this {@code FontMetrics} object.
+ * @throws NullPointerException if {@code data} is null.
+ * @throws IndexOutOfBoundsException if the {@code off}
+ * and {@code len} arguments index characters outside
+ * the bounds of the {@code data} array.
* @see #charWidth(int)
* @see #charWidth(char)
* @see #bytesWidth(byte[], int, int)
@@ -389,23 +389,23 @@
/**
* Returns the total advance width for showing the specified array
- * of bytes in this Font
. The advance is the
+ * of bytes in this {@code Font}. The advance is the
* distance from the leftmost point to the rightmost point on the
- * string's baseline. The advance of a String
+ * string's baseline. The advance of a {@code String}
* is not necessarily the sum of the advances of its characters.
- * This is equivalent to measuring a String
of the
+ * This is equivalent to measuring a {@code String} of the
* characters in the specified range.
* @param data the array of bytes to be measured
* @param off the start offset of the bytes in the array
* @param len the number of bytes to be measured from the array
* @return the advance width of the subarray of the specified
- * byte
array in the Font
+ * {@code byte} array in the {@code Font}
* described by
- * this FontMetrics
object.
- * @throws NullPointerException if data
is null.
- * @throws IndexOutOfBoundsException if the off
- * and len
arguments index bytes outside
- * the bounds of the data
array.
+ * this {@code FontMetrics} object.
+ * @throws NullPointerException if {@code data} is null.
+ * @throws IndexOutOfBoundsException if the {@code off}
+ * and {@code len} arguments index bytes outside
+ * the bounds of the {@code data} array.
* @see #charsWidth(char[], int, int)
* @see #stringWidth(String)
*/
@@ -416,14 +416,14 @@
/**
* Gets the advance widths of the first 256 characters in the
- * Font
. The advance is the
+ * {@code Font}. The advance is the
* distance from the leftmost point to the rightmost point on the
* character's baseline. Note that the advance of a
- * String
is not necessarily the sum of the advances
+ * {@code String} is not necessarily the sum of the advances
* of its characters.
* @return an array storing the advance widths of the
- * characters in the Font
- * described by this FontMetrics
object.
+ * characters in the {@code Font}
+ * described by this {@code FontMetrics} object.
*/
public int[] getWidths() {
int widths[] = new int[256];
@@ -434,15 +434,15 @@
}
/**
- * Checks to see if the Font
has uniform line metrics. A
+ * Checks to see if the {@code Font} has uniform line metrics. A
* composite font may consist of several different fonts to cover
* various character sets. In such cases, the
- * FontLineMetrics
objects are not uniform.
+ * {@code FontLineMetrics} objects are not uniform.
* Different fonts may have a different ascent, descent, metrics and
* so on. This information is sometimes necessary for line
* measuring and line breaking.
- * @return true
if the font has uniform line metrics;
- * false
otherwise.
+ * @return {@code true} if the font has uniform line metrics;
+ * {@code false} otherwise.
* @see java.awt.Font#hasUniformLineMetrics()
*/
public boolean hasUniformLineMetrics() {
@@ -451,11 +451,11 @@
/**
* Returns the {@link LineMetrics} object for the specified
- * String
in the specified {@link Graphics} context.
- * @param str the specified String
- * @param context the specified Graphics
context
- * @return a LineMetrics
object created with the
- * specified String
and Graphics
context.
+ * {@code String} in the specified {@link Graphics} context.
+ * @param str the specified {@code String}
+ * @param context the specified {@code Graphics} context
+ * @return a {@code LineMetrics} object created with the
+ * specified {@code String} and {@code Graphics} context.
* @see java.awt.Font#getLineMetrics(String, FontRenderContext)
*/
public LineMetrics getLineMetrics( String str, Graphics context) {
@@ -464,13 +464,13 @@
/**
* Returns the {@link LineMetrics} object for the specified
- * String
in the specified {@link Graphics} context.
- * @param str the specified String
- * @param beginIndex the initial offset of str
- * @param limit the end offset of str
- * @param context the specified Graphics
context
- * @return a LineMetrics
object created with the
- * specified String
and Graphics
context.
+ * {@code String} in the specified {@link Graphics} context.
+ * @param str the specified {@code String}
+ * @param beginIndex the initial offset of {@code str}
+ * @param limit the end offset of {@code str}
+ * @param context the specified {@code Graphics} context
+ * @return a {@code LineMetrics} object created with the
+ * specified {@code String} and {@code Graphics} context.
* @see java.awt.Font#getLineMetrics(String, int, int, FontRenderContext)
*/
public LineMetrics getLineMetrics( String str,
@@ -483,11 +483,11 @@
* Returns the {@link LineMetrics} object for the specified
* character array in the specified {@link Graphics} context.
* @param chars the specified character array
- * @param beginIndex the initial offset of chars
- * @param limit the end offset of chars
- * @param context the specified Graphics
context
- * @return a LineMetrics
object created with the
- * specified character array and Graphics
context.
+ * @param beginIndex the initial offset of {@code chars}
+ * @param limit the end offset of {@code chars}
+ * @param context the specified {@code Graphics} context
+ * @return a {@code LineMetrics} object created with the
+ * specified character array and {@code Graphics} context.
* @see java.awt.Font#getLineMetrics(char[], int, int, FontRenderContext)
*/
public LineMetrics getLineMetrics(char [] chars,
@@ -501,11 +501,11 @@
* Returns the {@link LineMetrics} object for the specified
* {@link CharacterIterator} in the specified {@link Graphics}
* context.
- * @param ci the specified CharacterIterator
- * @param beginIndex the initial offset in ci
- * @param limit the end index of ci
- * @param context the specified Graphics
context
- * @return a LineMetrics
object created with the
+ * @param ci the specified {@code CharacterIterator}
+ * @param beginIndex the initial offset in {@code ci}
+ * @param limit the end index of {@code ci}
+ * @param context the specified {@code Graphics} context
+ * @return a {@code LineMetrics} object created with the
* specified arguments.
* @see java.awt.Font#getLineMetrics(CharacterIterator, int, int, FontRenderContext)
*/
@@ -516,16 +516,16 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the bounds of the specified String
in the
- * specified Graphics
context. The bounds is used
- * to layout the String
.
+ * Returns the bounds of the specified {@code String} in the
+ * specified {@code Graphics} context. The bounds is used
+ * to layout the {@code String}.
* String
- * @param context the specified Graphics
context
+ * @param str the specified {@code String}
+ * @param context the specified {@code Graphics} context
* @return a {@link Rectangle2D} that is the bounding box of the
- * specified String
in the specified
- * Graphics
context.
+ * specified {@code String} in the specified
+ * {@code Graphics} context.
* @see java.awt.Font#getStringBounds(String, FontRenderContext)
*/
public Rectangle2D getStringBounds( String str, Graphics context) {
@@ -533,18 +533,18 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the bounds of the specified String
in the
- * specified Graphics
context. The bounds is used
- * to layout the String
.
+ * Returns the bounds of the specified {@code String} in the
+ * specified {@code Graphics} context. The bounds is used
+ * to layout the {@code String}.
* String
- * @param beginIndex the offset of the beginning of str
- * @param limit the end offset of str
- * @param context the specified Graphics
context
- * @return a Rectangle2D
that is the bounding box of the
- * specified String
in the specified
- * Graphics
context.
+ * @param str the specified {@code String}
+ * @param beginIndex the offset of the beginning of {@code str}
+ * @param limit the end offset of {@code str}
+ * @param context the specified {@code Graphics} context
+ * @return a {@code Rectangle2D} that is the bounding box of the
+ * specified {@code String} in the specified
+ * {@code Graphics} context.
* @see java.awt.Font#getStringBounds(String, int, int, FontRenderContext)
*/
public Rectangle2D getStringBounds( String str,
@@ -556,20 +556,20 @@
/**
* Returns the bounds of the specified array of characters
- * in the specified Graphics
context.
- * The bounds is used to layout the String
+ * in the specified {@code Graphics} context.
+ * The bounds is used to layout the {@code String}
* created with the specified array of characters,
- * beginIndex
and limit
.
+ * {@code beginIndex} and {@code limit}.
* Graphics
context
- * @return a Rectangle2D
that is the bounding box of the
+ * @param context the specified {@code Graphics} context
+ * @return a {@code Rectangle2D} that is the bounding box of the
* specified character array in the specified
- * Graphics
context.
+ * {@code Graphics} context.
* @see java.awt.Font#getStringBounds(char[], int, int, FontRenderContext)
*/
public Rectangle2D getStringBounds( char [] chars,
@@ -581,17 +581,17 @@
/**
* Returns the bounds of the characters indexed in the specified
- * CharacterIterator
in the
- * specified Graphics
context.
+ * {@code CharacterIterator} in the
+ * specified {@code Graphics} context.
* CharacterIterator
- * @param beginIndex the initial offset in ci
- * @param limit the end index of ci
- * @param context the specified Graphics
context
- * @return a Rectangle2D
that is the bounding box of the
- * characters indexed in the specified CharacterIterator
- * in the specified Graphics
context.
+ * @param ci the specified {@code CharacterIterator}
+ * @param beginIndex the initial offset in {@code ci}
+ * @param limit the end index of {@code ci}
+ * @param context the specified {@code Graphics} context
+ * @return a {@code Rectangle2D} that is the bounding box of the
+ * characters indexed in the specified {@code CharacterIterator}
+ * in the specified {@code Graphics} context.
* @see java.awt.Font#getStringBounds(CharacterIterator, int, int, FontRenderContext)
*/
public Rectangle2D getStringBounds(CharacterIterator ci,
@@ -603,9 +603,9 @@
/**
* Returns the bounds for the character with the maximum bounds
- * in the specified Graphics
context.
- * @param context the specified Graphics
context
- * @return a Rectangle2D
that is the
+ * in the specified {@code Graphics} context.
+ * @param context the specified {@code Graphics} context
+ * @return a {@code Rectangle2D} that is the
* bounding box for the character with the maximum bounds.
* @see java.awt.Font#getMaxCharBounds(FontRenderContext)
*/
@@ -622,10 +622,10 @@
/**
- * Returns a representation of this FontMetrics
- * object's values as a String
.
- * @return a String
representation of this
- * FontMetrics
object.
+ * Returns a representation of this {@code FontMetrics}
+ * object's values as a {@code String}.
+ * @return a {@code String} representation of this
+ * {@code FontMetrics} object.
*/
public String toString() {
return getClass().getName() +
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/Frame.java 2015-10-04 22:52:39.397274342 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/Frame.java 2015-10-04 22:52:39.209274350 +0400
@@ -43,35 +43,35 @@
import sun.awt.SunToolkit;
/**
- * A Frame
is a top-level window with a title and a border.
+ * A {@code Frame} is a top-level window with a title and a border.
* getInsets
method, however, since
+ * using the {@code getInsets} method, however, since
* these dimensions are platform-dependent, a valid insets
* value cannot be obtained until the frame is made displayable
- * by either calling pack
or show
.
+ * by either calling {@code pack} or {@code show}.
* Since the border area is included in the overall size of the
* frame, the border effectively obscures a portion of the frame,
* constraining the area available for rendering and/or displaying
* subcomponents to the rectangle which has an upper-left corner
- * location of (insets.left, insets.top)
, and has a size of
- * width - (insets.left + insets.right)
by
- * height - (insets.top + insets.bottom)
.
+ * location of {@code (insets.left, insets.top)}, and has a size of
+ * {@code width - (insets.left + insets.right)} by
+ * {@code height - (insets.top + insets.bottom)}.
* BorderLayout
.
+ * The default layout for a frame is {@code BorderLayout}.
* Frame
- * and Titlebar
) turned off
- * with setUndecorated
. This can only be done while the frame
+ * A frame may have its native decorations (i.e. {@code Frame}
+ * and {@code Titlebar}) turned off
+ * with {@code setUndecorated}. This can only be done while the frame
* is not {@link Component#isDisplayable() displayable}.
* Frame
- * on a different screen device by constructing the Frame
+ * In a multi-screen environment, you can create a {@code Frame}
+ * on a different screen device by constructing the {@code Frame}
* with {@link #Frame(GraphicsConfiguration)} or
* {@link #Frame(String title, GraphicsConfiguration)}. The
- * GraphicsConfiguration
object is one of the
- * GraphicsConfiguration
objects of the target screen
+ * {@code GraphicsConfiguration} object is one of the
+ * {@code GraphicsConfiguration} objects of the target screen
* device.
* setLocation
,
+ * In such an environment, when calling {@code setLocation},
* you must pass a virtual coordinate to this method. Similarly,
- * calling getLocationOnScreen
on a Frame
- * returns virtual device coordinates. Call the getBounds
- * method of a GraphicsConfiguration
to find its origin in
+ * calling {@code getLocationOnScreen} on a {@code Frame}
+ * returns virtual device coordinates. Call the {@code getBounds}
+ * method of a {@code GraphicsConfiguration} to find its origin in
* the virtual coordinate system.
* Frame
at (10, 10) relative
+ * location of the {@code Frame} at (10, 10) relative
* to the origin of the physical screen of the corresponding
- * GraphicsConfiguration
. If the bounds of the
- * GraphicsConfiguration
is not taken into account, the
- * Frame
location would be set at (10, 10) relative to the
+ * {@code GraphicsConfiguration}. If the bounds of the
+ * {@code GraphicsConfiguration} is not taken into account, the
+ * {@code Frame} location would be set at (10, 10) relative to the
* virtual-coordinate system and would appear on the primary physical
* screen, which might be different from the physical screen of the
- * specified GraphicsConfiguration
.
+ * specified {@code GraphicsConfiguration}.
*
*
* Frame f = new Frame(GraphicsConfiguration gc);
@@ -112,21 +112,21 @@
*
*
WindowEvent
s:
+ * {@code WindowEvent}s:
*
- *
*
* @author Sami Shaio
@@ -141,86 +141,86 @@
*/
/**
- * @deprecated replaced by WINDOW_OPENED
- * WINDOW_CLOSING
:
+ *
If the program doesn't
* explicitly hide or dispose the window while processing
* this event, the window close operation is canceled.
- * WINDOW_CLOSED
- * WINDOW_ICONIFIED
- * WINDOW_DEICONIFIED
- * WINDOW_ACTIVATED
- * WINDOW_DEACTIVATED
- * WINDOW_GAINED_FOCUS
- * WINDOW_LOST_FOCUS
- * WINDOW_STATE_CHANGED
+ * Cursor.DEFAULT_CURSOR
.
+ * @deprecated replaced by {@code Cursor.DEFAULT_CURSOR}.
*/
@Deprecated
public static final int DEFAULT_CURSOR = Cursor.DEFAULT_CURSOR;
/**
- * @deprecated replaced by Cursor.CROSSHAIR_CURSOR
.
+ * @deprecated replaced by {@code Cursor.CROSSHAIR_CURSOR}.
*/
@Deprecated
public static final int CROSSHAIR_CURSOR = Cursor.CROSSHAIR_CURSOR;
/**
- * @deprecated replaced by Cursor.TEXT_CURSOR
.
+ * @deprecated replaced by {@code Cursor.TEXT_CURSOR}.
*/
@Deprecated
public static final int TEXT_CURSOR = Cursor.TEXT_CURSOR;
/**
- * @deprecated replaced by Cursor.WAIT_CURSOR
.
+ * @deprecated replaced by {@code Cursor.WAIT_CURSOR}.
*/
@Deprecated
public static final int WAIT_CURSOR = Cursor.WAIT_CURSOR;
/**
- * @deprecated replaced by Cursor.SW_RESIZE_CURSOR
.
+ * @deprecated replaced by {@code Cursor.SW_RESIZE_CURSOR}.
*/
@Deprecated
public static final int SW_RESIZE_CURSOR = Cursor.SW_RESIZE_CURSOR;
/**
- * @deprecated replaced by Cursor.SE_RESIZE_CURSOR
.
+ * @deprecated replaced by {@code Cursor.SE_RESIZE_CURSOR}.
*/
@Deprecated
public static final int SE_RESIZE_CURSOR = Cursor.SE_RESIZE_CURSOR;
/**
- * @deprecated replaced by Cursor.NW_RESIZE_CURSOR
.
+ * @deprecated replaced by {@code Cursor.NW_RESIZE_CURSOR}.
*/
@Deprecated
public static final int NW_RESIZE_CURSOR = Cursor.NW_RESIZE_CURSOR;
/**
- * @deprecated replaced by Cursor.NE_RESIZE_CURSOR
.
+ * @deprecated replaced by {@code Cursor.NE_RESIZE_CURSOR}.
*/
@Deprecated
public static final int NE_RESIZE_CURSOR = Cursor.NE_RESIZE_CURSOR;
/**
- * @deprecated replaced by Cursor.N_RESIZE_CURSOR
.
+ * @deprecated replaced by {@code Cursor.N_RESIZE_CURSOR}.
*/
@Deprecated
public static final int N_RESIZE_CURSOR = Cursor.N_RESIZE_CURSOR;
/**
- * @deprecated replaced by Cursor.S_RESIZE_CURSOR
.
+ * @deprecated replaced by {@code Cursor.S_RESIZE_CURSOR}.
*/
@Deprecated
public static final int S_RESIZE_CURSOR = Cursor.S_RESIZE_CURSOR;
/**
- * @deprecated replaced by Cursor.W_RESIZE_CURSOR
.
+ * @deprecated replaced by {@code Cursor.W_RESIZE_CURSOR}.
*/
@Deprecated
public static final int W_RESIZE_CURSOR = Cursor.W_RESIZE_CURSOR;
/**
- * @deprecated replaced by Cursor.E_RESIZE_CURSOR
.
+ * @deprecated replaced by {@code Cursor.E_RESIZE_CURSOR}.
*/
@Deprecated
public static final int E_RESIZE_CURSOR = Cursor.E_RESIZE_CURSOR;
/**
- * @deprecated replaced by Cursor.HAND_CURSOR
.
+ * @deprecated replaced by {@code Cursor.HAND_CURSOR}.
*/
@Deprecated
public static final int HAND_CURSOR = Cursor.HAND_CURSOR;
/**
- * @deprecated replaced by Cursor.MOVE_CURSOR
.
+ * @deprecated replaced by {@code Cursor.MOVE_CURSOR}.
*/
@Deprecated
public static final int MOVE_CURSOR = Cursor.MOVE_CURSOR;
@@ -293,8 +293,8 @@
/**
* This is the title of the frame. It can be changed
- * at any time. title
can be null and if
- * this is the case the title
= "".
+ * at any time. {@code title} can be null and if
+ * this is the case the {@code title} = "".
*
* @serial
* @see #getTitle
@@ -303,7 +303,7 @@
String title = "Untitled";
/**
- * The frames menubar. If menuBar
= null
+ * The frames menubar. If {@code menuBar} = null
* the frame will not have a menubar.
*
* @serial
@@ -315,7 +315,7 @@
/**
* This field indicates whether the frame is resizable.
* This property can be changed at any time.
- * resizable
will be true if the frame is
+ * {@code resizable} will be true if the frame is
* resizable, otherwise it will be false.
*
* @serial
@@ -326,7 +326,7 @@
/**
* This field indicates whether the frame is undecorated.
* This property can only be changed while the frame is not displayable.
- * undecorated
will be true if the frame is
+ * {@code undecorated} will be true if the frame is
* undecorated, otherwise it will be false.
*
* @serial
@@ -338,7 +338,7 @@
boolean undecorated = false;
/**
- * mbManagement
is only used by the Motif implementation.
+ * {@code mbManagement} is only used by the Motif implementation.
*
* @serial
*/
@@ -374,11 +374,11 @@
}
/**
- * Constructs a new instance of Frame
that is
- * initially invisible. The title of the Frame
+ * Constructs a new instance of {@code Frame} that is
+ * initially invisible. The title of the {@code Frame}
* is empty.
* @exception HeadlessException when
- * GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()
returns true
+ * {@code GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()} returns {@code true}
* @see java.awt.GraphicsEnvironment#isHeadless()
* @see Component#setSize
* @see Component#setVisible(boolean)
@@ -391,14 +391,14 @@
* Constructs a new, initially invisible {@code Frame} with the
* specified {@code GraphicsConfiguration}.
*
- * @param gc the GraphicsConfiguration
- * of the target screen device. If gc
- * is null
, the system default
- * GraphicsConfiguration
is assumed.
+ * @param gc the {@code GraphicsConfiguration}
+ * of the target screen device. If {@code gc}
+ * is {@code null}, the system default
+ * {@code GraphicsConfiguration} is assumed.
* @exception IllegalArgumentException if
- * gc
is not from a screen device.
+ * {@code gc} is not from a screen device.
* @exception HeadlessException when
- * GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()
returns true
+ * {@code GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()} returns {@code true}
* @see java.awt.GraphicsEnvironment#isHeadless()
* @since 1.3
*/
@@ -407,13 +407,13 @@
}
/**
- * Constructs a new, initially invisible Frame
object
+ * Constructs a new, initially invisible {@code Frame} object
* with the specified title.
* @param title the title to be displayed in the frame's border.
- * A null
value
+ * A {@code null} value
* is treated as an empty string, "".
* @exception HeadlessException when
- * GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()
returns true
+ * {@code GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()} returns {@code true}
* @see java.awt.GraphicsEnvironment#isHeadless()
* @see java.awt.Component#setSize
* @see java.awt.Component#setVisible(boolean)
@@ -424,20 +424,20 @@
}
/**
- * Constructs a new, initially invisible Frame
object
+ * Constructs a new, initially invisible {@code Frame} object
* with the specified title and a
- * GraphicsConfiguration
.
+ * {@code GraphicsConfiguration}.
* @param title the title to be displayed in the frame's border.
- * A null
value
+ * A {@code null} value
* is treated as an empty string, "".
- * @param gc the GraphicsConfiguration
- * of the target screen device. If gc
is
- * null
, the system default
- * GraphicsConfiguration
is assumed.
- * @exception IllegalArgumentException if gc
+ * @param gc the {@code GraphicsConfiguration}
+ * of the target screen device. If {@code gc} is
+ * {@code null}, the system default
+ * {@code GraphicsConfiguration} is assumed.
+ * @exception IllegalArgumentException if {@code gc}
* is not from a screen device.
* @exception HeadlessException when
- * GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()
returns true
+ * {@code GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()} returns {@code true}
* @see java.awt.GraphicsEnvironment#isHeadless()
* @see java.awt.Component#setSize
* @see java.awt.Component#setVisible(boolean)
@@ -504,7 +504,7 @@
/**
* Sets the title for this frame to the specified string.
* @param title the title to be displayed in the frame's border.
- * A null
value
+ * A {@code null} value
* is treated as an empty string, "".
* @see #getTitle
*/
@@ -534,7 +534,7 @@
* If a list of several images was specified as a Window's icon,
* this method will return the first item of the list.
*
- * @return the icon image for this frame, or null
+ * @return the icon image for this frame, or {@code null}
* if this frame doesn't have an icon image.
* @see #setIconImage(Image)
* @see Window#getIconImages()
@@ -559,7 +559,7 @@
/**
* Gets the menu bar for this frame.
- * @return the menu bar for this frame, or null
+ * @return the menu bar for this frame, or {@code null}
* if this frame doesn't have a menu bar.
* @see #setMenuBar(MenuBar)
*/
@@ -570,7 +570,7 @@
/**
* Sets the menu bar for this frame to the specified menu bar.
* @param mb the menu bar being set.
- * If this parameter is null
then any
+ * If this parameter is {@code null} then any
* existing menu bar on this frame is removed.
* @see #getMenuBar
*/
@@ -603,8 +603,8 @@
/**
* Indicates whether this frame is resizable by the user.
* By default, all frames are initially resizable.
- * @return true
if the user can resize this frame;
- * false
otherwise.
+ * @return {@code true} if the user can resize this frame;
+ * {@code false} otherwise.
* @see java.awt.Frame#setResizable(boolean)
*/
public boolean isResizable() {
@@ -613,8 +613,8 @@
/**
* Sets whether this frame is resizable by the user.
- * @param resizable true
if this frame is resizable;
- * false
otherwise.
+ * @param resizable {@code true} if this frame is resizable;
+ * {@code false} otherwise.
* @see java.awt.Frame#isResizable
*/
public void setResizable(boolean resizable) {
@@ -683,8 +683,8 @@
* java.awt.event.WindowEvent#WINDOW_STATE_CHANGED}
* events is not guaranteed in this case also.
*
- * @param state either Frame.NORMAL
or
- * Frame.ICONIFIED
.
+ * @param state either {@code Frame.NORMAL} or
+ * {@code Frame.ICONIFIED}.
* @see #setExtendedState(int)
* @see java.awt.Window#addWindowStateListener
*/
@@ -702,14 +702,14 @@
* Sets the state of this frame. The state is
* represented as a bitwise mask.
*
- *
* NORMAL
+ *
Indicates that no state bits are set.
- * ICONIFIED
- * MAXIMIZED_HORIZ
- * MAXIMIZED_VERT
- * MAXIMIZED_BOTH
- *
Concatenates MAXIMIZED_HORIZ
- * and MAXIMIZED_VERT
.
+ *
Concatenates {@code MAXIMIZED_HORIZ}
+ * and {@code MAXIMIZED_VERT}.
* Frame.NORMAL
and Frame.ICONIFIED
but
+ * {@code Frame.NORMAL} and {@code Frame.ICONIFIED} but
* it only reports the iconic state of the frame, other aspects of
* frame state are not reported by this method.
*
- * @return Frame.NORMAL
or Frame.ICONIFIED
.
+ * @return {@code Frame.NORMAL} or {@code Frame.ICONIFIED}.
* @see #setState(int)
* @see #getExtendedState
*/
@@ -797,14 +797,14 @@
* Gets the state of this frame. The state is
* represented as a bitwise mask.
*
- *
*
* @return a bitwise mask of frame state constants
@@ -846,11 +846,11 @@
* defaults bounds. This method allows some or all of those
* system supplied values to be overridden.
* NORMAL
+ *
Indicates that no state bits are set.
- * ICONIFIED
- * MAXIMIZED_HORIZ
- * MAXIMIZED_VERT
- * MAXIMIZED_BOTH
- *
Concatenates MAXIMIZED_HORIZ
- * and MAXIMIZED_VERT
.
+ *
Concatenates {@code MAXIMIZED_HORIZ}
+ * and {@code MAXIMIZED_VERT}.
* bounds
is null
, accept bounds
- * supplied by the system. If non-null
you can
+ * If {@code bounds} is {@code null}, accept bounds
+ * supplied by the system. If non-{@code null} you can
* override some of the system supplied values while accepting
* others by setting those fields you want to accept from system
- * to Integer.MAX_VALUE
.
+ * to {@code Integer.MAX_VALUE}.
* Integer.MAX_VALUE
to indicate
+ * Some fields may contain {@code Integer.MAX_VALUE} to indicate
* that system supplied values for this field must be used.
*
- * @return maximized bounds for this frame; may be null
+ * @return maximized bounds for this frame; may be {@code null}
* @see #setMaximizedBounds(Rectangle)
* @since 1.4
*/
@@ -943,8 +943,8 @@
/**
* Indicates whether this frame is undecorated.
* By default, all frames are initially decorated.
- * @return true
if frame is undecorated;
- * false
otherwise.
+ * @return {@code true} if frame is undecorated;
+ * {@code false} otherwise.
* @see java.awt.Frame#setUndecorated(boolean)
* @since 1.4
*/
@@ -994,7 +994,7 @@
/**
* Removes the specified menu bar from this frame.
* @param m the menu component to remove.
- * If m
is null
, then
+ * If {@code m} is {@code null}, then
* no action is taken
*/
public void remove(MenuComponent m) {
@@ -1053,11 +1053,11 @@
}
/**
- * Returns a string representing the state of this Frame
.
+ * Returns a string representing the state of this {@code Frame}.
* This method is intended to be used only for debugging purposes, and the
* content and format of the returned string may vary between
* implementations. The returned string may be empty but may not be
- * null
.
+ * {@code null}.
*
* @return the parameter string of this frame
*/
@@ -1095,7 +1095,7 @@
*
* @param cursorType the cursor type
* @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
- * replaced by Component.setCursor(Cursor)
.
+ * replaced by {@code Component.setCursor(Cursor)}.
*/
@Deprecated
public void setCursor(int cursorType) {
@@ -1107,7 +1107,7 @@
/**
* @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
- * replaced by Component.getCursor()
.
+ * replaced by {@code Component.getCursor()}.
* @return the cursor type for this frame
*/
@Deprecated
@@ -1124,7 +1124,7 @@
* as a shared, hidden frame which is used by Swing. Applications
* should not assume the existence of these frames, nor should an
* application assume anything about these frames such as component
- * positions, LayoutManager
s or serialization.
+ * positions, {@code LayoutManager}s or serialization.
* Frame
's Serialized Data Version.
+ * {@code Frame}'s Serialized Data Version.
*
* @serial
*/
@@ -1172,11 +1172,11 @@
/**
* Writes default serializable fields to stream. Writes
- * an optional serializable icon Image
, which is
+ * an optional serializable icon {@code Image}, which is
* available as of 1.4.
*
- * @param s the ObjectOutputStream
to write
- * @serialData an optional icon Image
+ * @param s the {@code ObjectOutputStream} to write
+ * @serialData an optional icon {@code Image}
* @see java.awt.Image
* @see #getIconImage
* @see #setIconImage(Image)
@@ -1197,21 +1197,21 @@
}
/**
- * Reads the ObjectInputStream
. Tries
- * to read an icon Image
, which is optional
- * data available as of 1.4. If an icon Image
+ * Reads the {@code ObjectInputStream}. Tries
+ * to read an icon {@code Image}, which is optional
+ * data available as of 1.4. If an icon {@code Image}
* is not available, but anything other than an EOF
- * is detected, an OptionalDataException
+ * is detected, an {@code OptionalDataException}
* will be thrown.
* Unrecognized keys or values will be ignored.
*
- * @param s the ObjectInputStream
to read
- * @exception java.io.OptionalDataException if an icon Image
+ * @param s the {@code ObjectInputStream} to read
+ * @exception java.io.OptionalDataException if an icon {@code Image}
* is not available, but anything other than an EOF
* is detected
* @exception HeadlessException if
- * GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless
returns
- * true
+ * {@code GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless} returns
+ * {@code true}
* @see java.awt.GraphicsEnvironment#isHeadless()
* @see java.awt.Image
* @see #getIconImage
@@ -1285,7 +1285,7 @@
/**
* This class implements accessibility support for the
- * Frame
class. It provides an implementation of the
+ * {@code Frame} class. It provides an implementation of the
* Java Accessibility API appropriate to frame user-interface elements.
* @since 1.3
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/GradientPaint.java 2015-10-04 22:52:39.945274317 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/GradientPaint.java 2015-10-04 22:52:39.757274326 +0400
@@ -32,11 +32,11 @@
import java.beans.ConstructorProperties;
/**
- * The GradientPaint
class provides a way to fill
+ * The {@code GradientPaint} class provides a way to fill
* a {@link Shape} with a linear color gradient pattern.
- * If {@link Point} P1 with {@link Color} C1 and Point
P2 with
- * Color
C2 are specified in user space, the
- * Color
on the P1, P2 connecting line is proportionally
+ * If {@link Point} P1 with {@link Color} C1 and {@code Point} P2 with
+ * {@code Color} C2 are specified in user space, the
+ * {@code Color} on the P1, P2 connecting line is proportionally
* changed from C1 to C2. Any point P not on the extended P1, P2
* connecting line has the color of the point P' that is the perpendicular
* projection of P on the extended P1, P2 connecting line.
@@ -48,8 +48,8 @@
* connecting line cycle back and forth between the colors C1 and C2.
* Color
C1 while points on the P2 side
- * have the constant Color
C2.
+ * have the constant {@code Color} C1 while points on the P2 side
+ * have the constant {@code Color} C2.
*
*
* @see Paint
@@ -65,19 +65,19 @@
boolean cyclic;
/**
- * Constructs a simple acyclic GradientPaint
object.
+ * Constructs a simple acyclic {@code GradientPaint} object.
* @param x1 x coordinate of the first specified
- * Point
in user space
+ * {@code Point} in user space
* @param y1 y coordinate of the first specified
- * Point
in user space
- * @param color1 Color
at the first specified
- * Point
+ * {@code Point} in user space
+ * @param color1 {@code Color} at the first specified
+ * {@code Point}
* @param x2 x coordinate of the second specified
- * Point
in user space
+ * {@code Point} in user space
* @param y2 y coordinate of the second specified
- * Point
in user space
- * @param color2 Color
at the second specified
- * Point
+ * {@code Point} in user space
+ * @param color2 {@code Color} at the second specified
+ * {@code Point}
* @throws NullPointerException if either one of colors is null
*/
public GradientPaint(float x1,
@@ -97,13 +97,13 @@
}
/**
- * Constructs a simple acyclic GradientPaint
object.
- * @param pt1 the first specified Point
in user space
- * @param color1 Color
at the first specified
- * Point
- * @param pt2 the second specified Point
in user space
- * @param color2 Color
at the second specified
- * Point
+ * Constructs a simple acyclic {@code GradientPaint} object.
+ * @param pt1 the first specified {@code Point} in user space
+ * @param color1 {@code Color} at the first specified
+ * {@code Point}
+ * @param pt2 the second specified {@code Point} in user space
+ * @param color2 {@code Color} at the second specified
+ * {@code Point}
* @throws NullPointerException if either one of colors or points
* is null
*/
@@ -123,22 +123,22 @@
}
/**
- * Constructs either a cyclic or acyclic GradientPaint
- * object depending on the boolean
parameter.
+ * Constructs either a cyclic or acyclic {@code GradientPaint}
+ * object depending on the {@code boolean} parameter.
* @param x1 x coordinate of the first specified
- * Point
in user space
+ * {@code Point} in user space
* @param y1 y coordinate of the first specified
- * Point
in user space
- * @param color1 Color
at the first specified
- * Point
+ * {@code Point} in user space
+ * @param color1 {@code Color} at the first specified
+ * {@code Point}
* @param x2 x coordinate of the second specified
- * Point
in user space
+ * {@code Point} in user space
* @param y2 y coordinate of the second specified
- * Point
in user space
- * @param color2 Color
at the second specified
- * Point
- * @param cyclic true
if the gradient pattern should cycle
- * repeatedly between the two colors; false
otherwise
+ * {@code Point} in user space
+ * @param color2 {@code Color} at the second specified
+ * {@code Point}
+ * @param cyclic {@code true} if the gradient pattern should cycle
+ * repeatedly between the two colors; {@code false} otherwise
*/
public GradientPaint(float x1,
float y1,
@@ -152,18 +152,18 @@
}
/**
- * Constructs either a cyclic or acyclic GradientPaint
- * object depending on the boolean
parameter.
- * @param pt1 the first specified Point
+ * Constructs either a cyclic or acyclic {@code GradientPaint}
+ * object depending on the {@code boolean} parameter.
+ * @param pt1 the first specified {@code Point}
* in user space
- * @param color1 Color
at the first specified
- * Point
- * @param pt2 the second specified Point
+ * @param color1 {@code Color} at the first specified
+ * {@code Point}
+ * @param pt2 the second specified {@code Point}
* in user space
- * @param color2 Color
at the second specified
- * Point
- * @param cyclic true
if the gradient pattern should cycle
- * repeatedly between the two colors; false
otherwise
+ * @param color2 {@code Color} at the second specified
+ * {@code Point}
+ * @param cyclic {@code true} if the gradient pattern should cycle
+ * repeatedly between the two colors; {@code false} otherwise
* @throws NullPointerException if either one of colors or points
* is null
*/
@@ -181,7 +181,7 @@
* Returns a copy of the point P1 that anchors the first color.
* @return a {@link Point2D} object that is a copy of the point
* that anchors the first color of this
- * GradientPaint
.
+ * {@code GradientPaint}.
*/
public Point2D getPoint1() {
return new Point2D.Float(p1.x, p1.y);
@@ -189,7 +189,7 @@
/**
* Returns the color C1 anchored by the point P1.
- * @return a Color
object that is the color
+ * @return a {@code Color} object that is the color
* anchored by P1.
*/
public Color getColor1() {
@@ -200,7 +200,7 @@
* Returns a copy of the point P2 which anchors the second color.
* @return a {@link Point2D} object that is a copy of the point
* that anchors the second color of this
- * GradientPaint
.
+ * {@code GradientPaint}.
*/
public Point2D getPoint2() {
return new Point2D.Float(p2.x, p2.y);
@@ -208,7 +208,7 @@
/**
* Returns the color C2 anchored by the point P2.
- * @return a Color
object that is the color
+ * @return a {@code Color} object that is the color
* anchored by P2.
*/
public Color getColor2() {
@@ -216,10 +216,10 @@
}
/**
- * Returns true
if the gradient cycles repeatedly
+ * Returns {@code true} if the gradient cycles repeatedly
* between the two colors C1 and C2.
- * @return true
if the gradient cycles repeatedly
- * between the two colors; false
otherwise.
+ * @return {@code true} if the gradient cycles repeatedly
+ * between the two colors; {@code false} otherwise.
*/
public boolean isCyclic() {
return cyclic;
@@ -264,8 +264,8 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the transparency mode for this GradientPaint
.
- * @return an integer value representing this GradientPaint
+ * Returns the transparency mode for this {@code GradientPaint}.
+ * @return an integer value representing this {@code GradientPaint}
* object's transparency mode.
* @see Transparency
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/Graphics.java 2015-10-04 22:52:40.469274294 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/Graphics.java 2015-10-04 22:52:40.277274302 +0400
@@ -31,17 +31,17 @@
import java.text.AttributedCharacterIterator;
/**
- * The Graphics
class is the abstract base class for
+ * The {@code Graphics} class is the abstract base class for
* all graphics contexts that allow an application to draw onto
* components that are realized on various devices, as well as
* onto off-screen images.
* Graphics
object encapsulates state information needed
+ * A {@code Graphics} object encapsulates state information needed
* for the basic rendering operations that Java supports. This
* state information includes the following properties:
*
*
- *
Component
object on which to draw.
+ * Graphics
object are considered relative to the
- * translation origin of this Graphics
object prior to
+ * {@code Graphics} object are considered relative to the
+ * translation origin of this {@code Graphics} object prior to
* the invocation of the method.
* Graphics
object. This user clip
+ * {@code Graphics} object. This user clip
* is transformed into device space and combined with the
* device clip, which is defined by the visibility of windows and
* device extents. The combination of the user clip and device clip
* defines the composite clip, which determines the final clipping
* region. The user clip cannot be modified by the rendering
* system to reflect the resulting composite clip. The user clip can only
- * be changed through the setClip
or clipRect
+ * be changed through the {@code setClip} or {@code clipRect}
* methods.
* All drawing or writing is done in the current color,
* using the current paint mode, and in the current font.
@@ -104,14 +104,14 @@
public abstract class Graphics {
/**
- * Constructs a new Graphics
object.
+ * Constructs a new {@code Graphics} object.
* This constructor is the default constructor for a graphics
* context.
* Graphics
is an abstract class, applications
+ * Since {@code Graphics} is an abstract class, applications
* cannot call this constructor directly. Graphics contexts are
* obtained from other graphics contexts or are created by calling
- * getGraphics
on a component.
+ * {@code getGraphics} on a component.
* @see java.awt.Graphics#create()
* @see java.awt.Component#getGraphics
*/
@@ -119,36 +119,36 @@
}
/**
- * Creates a new Graphics
object that is
- * a copy of this Graphics
object.
+ * Creates a new {@code Graphics} object that is
+ * a copy of this {@code Graphics} object.
* @return a new graphics context that is a copy of
* this graphics context.
*/
public abstract Graphics create();
/**
- * Creates a new Graphics
object based on this
- * Graphics
object, but with a new translation and clip area.
- * The new Graphics
object has its origin
+ * Creates a new {@code Graphics} object based on this
+ * {@code Graphics} object, but with a new translation and clip area.
+ * The new {@code Graphics} object has its origin
* translated to the specified point (x, y).
* Its clip area is determined by the intersection of the original
* clip area with the specified rectangle. The arguments are all
* interpreted in the coordinate system of the original
- * Graphics
object. The new graphics context is
+ * {@code Graphics} object. The new graphics context is
* identical to the original, except in two respects:
*
*
*
*
@@ -273,12 +273,12 @@
* This method refers to the user clip, which is independent of the
* clipping associated with device bounds and window visibility.
* If no clip has previously been set, or if the clip has been
- * cleared using 0
, 0
) in the
+ * That is to say, the point ({@code 0}, {@code 0}) in the
* new graphics context is the same as (x, y) in
* the original graphics context.
* 0
, 0
), and its size
- * is specified by the width
and height
+ * rectangle is at ({@code 0}, {@code 0}), and its size
+ * is specified by the {@code width} and {@code height}
* arguments.
* setClip(null)
, this method returns
- * null
.
+ * cleared using {@code setClip(null)}, this method returns
+ * {@code null}.
* The coordinates in the rectangle are relative to the coordinate
* system origin of this graphics context.
* @return the bounding rectangle of the current clipping area,
- * or null
if no clip is set.
+ * or {@code null} if no clip is set.
* @see java.awt.Graphics#getClip
* @see java.awt.Graphics#clipRect
* @see java.awt.Graphics#setClip(int, int, int, int)
@@ -292,7 +292,7 @@
* The resulting clipping area is the intersection of the current
* clipping area and the specified rectangle. If there is no
* current clipping area, either because the clip has never been
- * set, or the clip has been cleared using setClip(null)
,
+ * set, or the clip has been cleared using {@code setClip(null)},
* the specified rectangle becomes the new clip.
* This method sets the user clip, which is independent of the
* clipping associated with device bounds and window visibility.
@@ -330,10 +330,10 @@
* This method returns the user clip, which is independent of the
* clipping associated with device bounds and window visibility.
* If no clip has previously been set, or if the clip has been
- * cleared using setClip(null)
, this method returns
- * null
.
- * @return a Shape
object representing the
- * current clipping area, or null
if
+ * cleared using {@code setClip(null)}, this method returns
+ * {@code null}.
+ * @return a {@code Shape} object representing the
+ * current clipping area, or {@code null} if
* no clip is set.
* @see java.awt.Graphics#getClipBounds
* @see java.awt.Graphics#clipRect
@@ -345,15 +345,15 @@
/**
* Sets the current clipping area to an arbitrary clip shape.
- * Not all objects that implement the Shape
+ * Not all objects that implement the {@code Shape}
* interface can be used to set the clip. The only
- * Shape
objects that are guaranteed to be
- * supported are Shape
objects that are
- * obtained via the getClip
method and via
- * Rectangle
objects. This method sets the
+ * {@code Shape} objects that are guaranteed to be
+ * supported are {@code Shape} objects that are
+ * obtained via the {@code getClip} method and via
+ * {@code Rectangle} objects. This method sets the
* user clip, which is independent of the clipping associated
* with device bounds and window visibility.
- * @param clip the Shape
to use to set the clip
+ * @param clip the {@code Shape} to use to set the clip
* @see java.awt.Graphics#getClip()
* @see java.awt.Graphics#clipRect
* @see java.awt.Graphics#setClip(int, int, int, int)
@@ -363,16 +363,16 @@
/**
* Copies an area of the component by a distance specified by
- * dx
and dy
. From the point specified
- * by x
and y
, this method
+ * {@code dx} and {@code dy}. From the point specified
+ * by {@code x} and {@code y}, this method
* copies downwards and to the right. To copy an area of the
* component to the left or upwards, specify a negative value for
- * dx
or dy
.
+ * {@code dx} or {@code dy}.
* If a portion of the source rectangle lies outside the bounds
* of the component, or is obscured by another window or component,
- * copyArea
will be unable to copy the associated
+ * {@code copyArea} will be unable to copy the associated
* pixels. The area that is omitted can be refreshed by calling
- * the component's paint
method.
+ * the component's {@code paint} method.
* @param x the x coordinate of the source rectangle.
* @param y the y coordinate of the source rectangle.
* @param width the width of the source rectangle.
@@ -397,12 +397,12 @@
/**
* Fills the specified rectangle.
* The left and right edges of the rectangle are at
- * x
and x + width - 1
.
+ * {@code x} and x + width - 1
.
* The top and bottom edges are at
- * y
and y + height - 1
.
+ * {@code y} and y + height - 1
.
* The resulting rectangle covers an area
- * width
pixels wide by
- * height
pixels tall.
+ * {@code width} pixels wide by
+ * {@code height} pixels tall.
* The rectangle is filled using the graphics context's current color.
* @param x the x coordinate
* of the rectangle to be filled.
@@ -418,9 +418,9 @@
/**
* Draws the outline of the specified rectangle.
* The left and right edges of the rectangle are at
- * x
and x + width
.
+ * {@code x} and x + width
.
* The top and bottom edges are at
- * y
and y + height
.
+ * {@code y} and y + height
.
* The rectangle is drawn using the graphics context's current color.
* @param x the x coordinate
* of the rectangle to be drawn.
@@ -453,7 +453,7 @@
* setColor
followed by fillRect
to
+ * use {@code setColor} followed by {@code fillRect} to
* ensure that an offscreen image is cleared to a specific color.
* @param x the x coordinate of the rectangle to clear.
* @param y the y coordinate of the rectangle to clear.
@@ -470,9 +470,9 @@
/**
* Draws an outlined round-cornered rectangle using this graphics
* context's current color. The left and right edges of the rectangle
- * are at x
and x + width
,
+ * are at {@code x} and x + width
,
* respectively. The top and bottom edges of the rectangle are at
- * y
and y + height
.
+ * {@code y} and y + height
.
* @param x the x coordinate of the rectangle to be drawn.
* @param y the y coordinate of the rectangle to be drawn.
* @param width the width of the rectangle to be drawn.
@@ -489,9 +489,9 @@
/**
* Fills the specified rounded corner rectangle with the current color.
* The left and right edges of the rectangle
- * are at x
and x + width - 1
,
+ * are at {@code x} and x + width - 1
,
* respectively. The top and bottom edges of the rectangle are at
- * y
and y + height - 1
.
+ * {@code y} and y + height - 1
.
* @param x the x coordinate of the rectangle to be filled.
* @param y the y coordinate of the rectangle to be filled.
* @param width the width of the rectangle to be filled.
@@ -576,8 +576,8 @@
/**
* Draws the outline of an oval.
* The result is a circle or ellipse that fits within the
- * rectangle specified by the x
, y
,
- * width
, and height
arguments.
+ * rectangle specified by the {@code x}, {@code y},
+ * {@code width}, and {@code height} arguments.
* width + 1
pixels wide
@@ -609,8 +609,8 @@
* Draws the outline of a circular or elliptical arc
* covering the specified rectangle.
* startAngle
and extends
- * for arcAngle
degrees, using the current color.
+ * The resulting arc begins at {@code startAngle} and extends
+ * for {@code arcAngle} degrees, using the current color.
* Angles are interpreted such that 0 degrees
* is at the 3 o'clock position.
* A positive value indicates a counter-clockwise rotation
@@ -618,7 +618,7 @@
* width
and height
arguments.
+ * {@code width} and {@code height} arguments.
* width + 1
pixels wide
@@ -648,8 +648,8 @@
/**
* Fills a circular or elliptical arc covering the specified rectangle.
* startAngle
and extends
- * for arcAngle
degrees.
+ * The resulting arc begins at {@code startAngle} and extends
+ * for {@code arcAngle} degrees.
* Angles are interpreted such that 0 degrees
* is at the 3 o'clock position.
* A positive value indicates a counter-clockwise rotation
@@ -657,7 +657,7 @@
* width
and height
arguments.
+ * {@code width} and {@code height} arguments.
* width + 1
pixels wide
@@ -704,16 +704,16 @@
* arrays of x and y coordinates.
* Each pair of (x, y) coordinates defines a point.
* nPoint
line
+ * This method draws the polygon defined by {@code nPoint} line
* segments, where the first nPoint - 1
* line segments are line segments from
* (xPoints[i - 1], yPoints[i - 1])
* to (xPoints[i], yPoints[i])
, for
- * 1 ≤ i ≤ nPoints
.
+ * 1 ≤ i ≤ {@code nPoints}.
* The figure is automatically closed by drawing a line connecting
* the final point to the first point, if those points are different.
- * @param xPoints a an array of x
coordinates.
- * @param yPoints a an array of y
coordinates.
+ * @param xPoints a an array of {@code x} coordinates.
+ * @param yPoints a an array of {@code y} coordinates.
* @param nPoints a the total number of points.
* @see java.awt.Graphics#fillPolygon
* @see java.awt.Graphics#drawPolyline
@@ -723,7 +723,7 @@
/**
* Draws the outline of a polygon defined by the specified
- * Polygon
object.
+ * {@code Polygon} object.
* @param p the polygon to draw.
* @see java.awt.Graphics#fillPolygon
* @see java.awt.Graphics#drawPolyline
@@ -736,19 +736,19 @@
* Fills a closed polygon defined by
* arrays of x and y coordinates.
* nPoint
line
+ * This method draws the polygon defined by {@code nPoint} line
* segments, where the first nPoint - 1
* line segments are line segments from
* (xPoints[i - 1], yPoints[i - 1])
* to (xPoints[i], yPoints[i])
, for
- * 1 ≤ i ≤ nPoints
.
+ * 1 ≤ i ≤ {@code nPoints}.
* The figure is automatically closed by drawing a line connecting
* the final point to the first point, if those points are different.
* x
coordinates.
- * @param yPoints a an array of y
coordinates.
+ * @param xPoints a an array of {@code x} coordinates.
+ * @param yPoints a an array of {@code y} coordinates.
* @param nPoints a the total number of points.
* @see java.awt.Graphics#drawPolygon(int[], int[], int)
*/
@@ -776,7 +776,7 @@
* @param str the string to be drawn.
* @param x the x coordinate.
* @param y the y coordinate.
- * @throws NullPointerException if str
is null
.
+ * @throws NullPointerException if {@code str} is {@code null}.
* @see java.awt.Graphics#drawBytes
* @see java.awt.Graphics#drawChars
*/
@@ -792,8 +792,8 @@
* @param iterator the iterator whose text is to be drawn
* @param x the x coordinate.
* @param y the y coordinate.
- * @throws NullPointerException if iterator
is
- * null
.
+ * @throws NullPointerException if {@code iterator} is
+ * {@code null}.
* @see java.awt.Graphics#drawBytes
* @see java.awt.Graphics#drawChars
*/
@@ -810,11 +810,11 @@
* @param length the number of characters to be drawn
* @param x the x coordinate of the baseline of the text
* @param y the y coordinate of the baseline of the text
- * @throws NullPointerException if data
is null
.
- * @throws IndexOutOfBoundsException if offset
or
- * length
is less than zero, or
- * offset+length
is greater than the length of the
- * data
array.
+ * @throws NullPointerException if {@code data} is {@code null}.
+ * @throws IndexOutOfBoundsException if {@code offset} or
+ * {@code length} is less than zero, or
+ * {@code offset+length} is greater than the length of the
+ * {@code data} array.
* @see java.awt.Graphics#drawBytes
* @see java.awt.Graphics#drawString
*/
@@ -836,10 +836,10 @@
* @param length the number of bytes that are drawn
* @param x the x coordinate of the baseline of the text
* @param y the y coordinate of the baseline of the text
- * @throws NullPointerException if data
is null
.
- * @throws IndexOutOfBoundsException if offset
or
- * length
is less than zero, or offset+length
- * is greater than the length of the data
array.
+ * @throws NullPointerException if {@code data} is {@code null}.
+ * @throws IndexOutOfBoundsException if {@code offset} or
+ * {@code length} is less than zero, or {@code offset+length}
+ * is greater than the length of the {@code data} array.
* @see java.awt.Graphics#drawChars
* @see java.awt.Graphics#drawString
*/
@@ -861,21 +861,21 @@
* drawImage
returns true
.
- * Otherwise, drawImage
returns false
+ * {@code drawImage} returns {@code true}.
+ * Otherwise, {@code drawImage} returns {@code false}
* and as more of
* the image becomes available
* or it is time to draw another frame of animation,
* the process that loads the image notifies
* the specified image observer.
* @param img the specified image to be drawn. This method does
- * nothing if img
is null.
+ * nothing if {@code img} is null.
* @param x the x coordinate.
* @param y the y coordinate.
* @param observer object to be notified as more of
* the image is converted.
- * @return false
if the image pixels are still changing;
- * true
otherwise.
+ * @return {@code false} if the image pixels are still changing;
+ * {@code true} otherwise.
* @see java.awt.Image
* @see java.awt.image.ImageObserver
* @see java.awt.image.ImageObserver#imageUpdate(java.awt.Image, int, int, int, int, int)
@@ -896,9 +896,9 @@
* entire image has not yet been scaled, dithered, and converted
* for the current output device.
* If the current output representation is not yet complete, then
- * drawImage
returns false
. As more of
+ * {@code drawImage} returns {@code false}. As more of
* the image becomes available, the process that loads the image notifies
- * the image observer by calling its imageUpdate
method.
+ * the image observer by calling its {@code imageUpdate} method.
* img
is null.
+ * nothing if {@code img} is null.
* @param x the x coordinate.
* @param y the y coordinate.
* @param width the width of the rectangle.
* @param height the height of the rectangle.
* @param observer object to be notified as more of
* the image is converted.
- * @return false
if the image pixels are still changing;
- * true
otherwise.
+ * @return {@code false} if the image pixels are still changing;
+ * {@code true} otherwise.
* @see java.awt.Image
* @see java.awt.image.ImageObserver
* @see java.awt.image.ImageObserver#imageUpdate(java.awt.Image, int, int, int, int, int)
@@ -940,23 +940,23 @@
* drawImage
returns true
.
- * Otherwise, drawImage
returns false
+ * {@code drawImage} returns {@code true}.
+ * Otherwise, {@code drawImage} returns {@code false}
* and as more of
* the image becomes available
* or it is time to draw another frame of animation,
* the process that loads the image notifies
* the specified image observer.
* @param img the specified image to be drawn. This method does
- * nothing if img
is null.
+ * nothing if {@code img} is null.
* @param x the x coordinate.
* @param y the y coordinate.
* @param bgcolor the background color to paint under the
* non-opaque portions of the image.
* @param observer object to be notified as more of
* the image is converted.
- * @return false
if the image pixels are still changing;
- * true
otherwise.
+ * @return {@code false} if the image pixels are still changing;
+ * {@code true} otherwise.
* @see java.awt.Image
* @see java.awt.image.ImageObserver
* @see java.awt.image.ImageObserver#imageUpdate(java.awt.Image, int, int, int, int, int)
@@ -981,7 +981,7 @@
* entire image has not yet been scaled, dithered, and converted
* for the current output device.
* If the current output representation is not yet complete then
- * drawImage
returns false
. As more of
+ * {@code drawImage} returns {@code false}. As more of
* the image becomes available, the process that loads the image notifies
* the specified image observer.
* img
is null.
+ * nothing if {@code img} is null.
* @param x the x coordinate.
* @param y the y coordinate.
* @param width the width of the rectangle.
@@ -1000,8 +1000,8 @@
* non-opaque portions of the image.
* @param observer object to be notified as more of
* the image is converted.
- * @return false
if the image pixels are still changing;
- * true
otherwise.
+ * @return {@code false} if the image pixels are still changing;
+ * {@code true} otherwise.
* @see java.awt.Image
* @see java.awt.image.ImageObserver
* @see java.awt.image.ImageObserver#imageUpdate(java.awt.Image, int, int, int, int, int)
@@ -1021,7 +1021,7 @@
* image area to be drawn has not yet been scaled, dithered, and converted
* for the current output device.
* If the current output representation is not yet complete then
- * drawImage
returns false
. As more of
+ * {@code drawImage} returns {@code false}. As more of
* the image becomes available, the process that loads the image notifies
* the specified image observer.
* img
is null.
+ * nothing if {@code img} is null.
* @param dx1 the x coordinate of the first corner of the
* destination rectangle.
* @param dy1 the y coordinate of the first corner of the
@@ -1054,8 +1054,8 @@
* source rectangle.
* @param observer object to be notified as more of the image is
* scaled and converted.
- * @return false
if the image pixels are still changing;
- * true
otherwise.
+ * @return {@code false} if the image pixels are still changing;
+ * {@code true} otherwise.
* @see java.awt.Image
* @see java.awt.image.ImageObserver
* @see java.awt.image.ImageObserver#imageUpdate(java.awt.Image, int, int, int, int, int)
@@ -1080,7 +1080,7 @@
* image area to be drawn has not yet been scaled, dithered, and converted
* for the current output device.
* If the current output representation is not yet complete then
- * drawImage
returns false
. As more of
+ * {@code drawImage} returns {@code false}. As more of
* the image becomes available, the process that loads the image notifies
* the specified image observer.
* img
is null.
+ * nothing if {@code img} is null.
* @param dx1 the x coordinate of the first corner of the
* destination rectangle.
* @param dy1 the y coordinate of the first corner of the
@@ -1115,8 +1115,8 @@
* non-opaque portions of the image.
* @param observer object to be notified as more of the image is
* scaled and converted.
- * @return false
if the image pixels are still changing;
- * true
otherwise.
+ * @return {@code false} if the image pixels are still changing;
+ * {@code true} otherwise.
* @see java.awt.Image
* @see java.awt.image.ImageObserver
* @see java.awt.image.ImageObserver#imageUpdate(java.awt.Image, int, int, int, int, int)
@@ -1131,10 +1131,10 @@
/**
* Disposes of this graphics context and releases
* any system resources that it is using.
- * A Graphics
object cannot be used after
- * dispose
has been called.
+ * A {@code Graphics} object cannot be used after
+ * {@code dispose} has been called.
* Graphics
+ * When a Java program runs, a large number of {@code Graphics}
* objects can be created within a short time frame.
* Although the finalization process of the garbage collector
* also disposes of the same system resources, it is preferable
@@ -1143,12 +1143,12 @@
* may not run to completion for a long period of time.
* paint
and update
methods
+ * {@code paint} and {@code update} methods
* of components are automatically released by the system when
* those methods return. For efficiency, programmers should
- * call dispose
when finished using
- * a Graphics
object only if it was created
- * directly from a component or another Graphics
object.
+ * call {@code dispose} when finished using
+ * a {@code Graphics} object only if it was created
+ * directly from a component or another {@code Graphics} object.
* @see java.awt.Graphics#finalize
* @see java.awt.Component#paint
* @see java.awt.Component#update
@@ -1166,8 +1166,8 @@
}
/**
- * Returns a String
object representing this
- * Graphics
object's value.
+ * Returns a {@code String} object representing this
+ * {@code Graphics} object's value.
* @return a string representation of this graphics context.
*/
public String toString() {
@@ -1177,9 +1177,9 @@
/**
* Returns the bounding rectangle of the current clipping area.
* @return the bounding rectangle of the current clipping area
- * or null
if no clip is set.
+ * or {@code null} if no clip is set.
* @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
- * replaced by getClipBounds()
.
+ * replaced by {@code getClipBounds()}.
*/
@Deprecated
public Rectangle getClipRect() {
@@ -1208,8 +1208,8 @@
* @param y the y coordinate of the rectangle to test against the clip
* @param width the width of the rectangle to test against the clip
* @param height the height of the rectangle to test against the clip
- * @return true
if the specified rectangle intersects
- * the bounds of the current clip; false
+ * @return {@code true} if the specified rectangle intersects
+ * the bounds of the current clip; {@code false}
* otherwise.
*/
public boolean hitClip(int x, int y, int width, int height) {
@@ -1232,8 +1232,8 @@
* This method refers to the user clip, which is independent of the
* clipping associated with device bounds and window visibility.
* If no clip has previously been set, or if the clip has been
- * cleared using setClip(null)
, this method returns the
- * specified Rectangle
.
+ * cleared using {@code setClip(null)}, this method returns the
+ * specified {@code Rectangle}.
* @param r the rectangle where the current clipping area is
* copied to. Any current values in this rectangle are
* overwritten.
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/Graphics2D.java 2015-10-04 22:52:41.021274269 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/Graphics2D.java 2015-10-04 22:52:40.833274277 +0400
@@ -39,47 +39,47 @@
import java.util.Map;
/**
- * This Graphics2D
class extends the
+ * This {@code Graphics2D} class extends the
* {@link Graphics} class to provide more sophisticated
* control over geometry, coordinate transformations, color management,
* and text layout. This is the fundamental class for rendering
* 2-dimensional shapes, text and images on the Java(tm) platform.
*
* Coordinate Spaces
- * All coordinates passed to a Graphics2D
object are specified
+ * All coordinates passed to a {@code Graphics2D} object are specified
* in a device-independent coordinate system called User Space, which is
- * used by applications. The Graphics2D
object contains
+ * used by applications. The {@code Graphics2D} object contains
* an {@link AffineTransform} object as part of its rendering state
* that defines how to convert coordinates from user space to
* device-dependent coordinates in Device Space.
* Graphics2D
objects can be used to capture rendering
+ * Some {@code Graphics2D} objects can be used to capture rendering
* operations for storage into a graphics metafile for playback on a
* concrete device of unknown physical resolution at a later time. Since
* the resolution might not be known when the rendering operations are
- * captured, the Graphics2D
Transform
is set up
+ * captured, the {@code Graphics2D Transform} is set up
* to transform user coordinates to a virtual device space that
* approximates the expected resolution of the target device. Further
* transformations might need to be applied at playback time if the
* estimate is incorrect.
* Graphics2D
methods take
+ * occur in the device space, but all {@code Graphics2D} methods take
* user space coordinates.
* Graphics2D
object is associated with a target that
+ * Every {@code Graphics2D} object is associated with a target that
* defines where rendering takes place. A
* {@link GraphicsConfiguration} object defines the characteristics
* of the rendering target, such as pixel format and resolution.
* The same rendering target is used throughout the life of a
- * Graphics2D
object.
+ * {@code Graphics2D} object.
* Graphics2D
object, the
- * GraphicsConfiguration
+ * When creating a {@code Graphics2D} object, the
+ * {@code GraphicsConfiguration}
* specifies the default transform for
- * the target of the Graphics2D
(a
+ * the target of the {@code Graphics2D} (a
* {@link Component} or {@link Image}). This default transform maps the
* user space coordinate system to screen and printer device coordinates
* such that the origin maps to the upper left hand corner of the
@@ -90,11 +90,11 @@
* The scaling of the default transform is set to approximately 72 user
* space coordinates per square inch for high resolution devices, such as
* printers. For image buffers, the default transform is the
- * Identity
transform.
+ * {@code Identity} transform.
*
* Rendering Process
* The Rendering Process can be broken down into four phases that are
- * controlled by the Graphics2D
rendering attributes.
+ * controlled by the {@code Graphics2D} rendering attributes.
* The renderer can optimize many of these steps, either by caching the
* results for future calls, by collapsing multiple virtual steps into
* a single operation, or by recognizing various attributes as common
@@ -106,13 +106,13 @@
* Clip
.
- * The Clip
is specified by a {@link Shape} in user
+ * Constrain the rendering operation to the current {@code Clip}.
+ * The {@code Clip} is specified by a {@link Shape} in user
* space and is controlled by the program using the various clip
- * manipulation methods of Graphics
and
- * Graphics2D
. This user clip
+ * manipulation methods of {@code Graphics} and
+ * {@code Graphics2D}. This user clip
* is transformed into device space by the current
- * Transform
and combined with the
+ * {@code Transform} and combined with the
* device clip, which is defined by the visibility of windows and
* device extents. The combination of the user clip and device clip
* defines the composite clip, which determines the final clipping
@@ -122,40 +122,40 @@
* Determine what colors to render.
* Graphics2D
context.
+ * {@link Composite} attribute in the {@code Graphics2D} context.
*
*
* The three types of rendering operations, along with details of each
* of their particular rendering processes are:
*
*
*
* Shape
operations
+ * {@code Shape} operations
*
*
@@ -164,12 +164,12 @@
* draw(Shape)
operation, then
+ * If the operation is a {@code draw(Shape)} operation, then
* the {@link Stroke#createStrokedShape(Shape) createStrokedShape}
* method on the current {@link Stroke} attribute in the
- * Graphics2D
context is used to construct a new
- * Shape
object that contains the outline of the specified
- * Shape
.
- * Shape
is transformed from user space to device space
- * using the current Transform
- * in the Graphics2D
context.
+ * {@code Graphics2D} context is used to construct a new
+ * {@code Shape} object that contains the outline of the specified
+ * {@code Shape}.
+ * Shape
is extracted using the
+ * The outline of the {@code Shape} is extracted using the
* {@link Shape#getPathIterator(AffineTransform) getPathIterator} method of
- * Shape
, which returns a
+ * {@code Shape}, which returns a
* {@link java.awt.geom.PathIterator PathIterator}
- * object that iterates along the boundary of the Shape
.
+ * object that iterates along the boundary of the {@code Shape}.
* Graphics2D
object cannot handle the curved segments
- * that the PathIterator
object returns then it can call the
+ * If the {@code Graphics2D} object cannot handle the curved segments
+ * that the {@code PathIterator} object returns then it can call the
* alternate
* {@link Shape#getPathIterator(AffineTransform, double) getPathIterator}
- * method of Shape
, which flattens the Shape
.
+ * method of {@code Shape}, which flattens the {@code Shape}.
* Graphics2D
context
+ * The current {@link Paint} in the {@code Graphics2D} context
* is queried for a {@link PaintContext}, which specifies the
* colors to render in device space.
*
*
* String
:
+ * to render the indicated {@code String}:
*
*
* String
, then the current
- * Font
in the Graphics2D
context is asked to
- * convert the Unicode characters in the String
into a set of
+ * If the argument is a {@code String}, then the current
+ * {@code Font} in the {@code Graphics2D} context is asked to
+ * convert the Unicode characters in the {@code String} into a set of
* glyphs for presentation with whatever basic layout and shaping
* algorithms the font implements.
* TextLayout
+ * using its embedded font attributes. The {@code TextLayout}
* implements more sophisticated glyph layout algorithms that
* perform Unicode bi-directional layout adjustments automatically
* for multiple fonts of differing writing directions.
* GlyphVector
object already contains the appropriate
+ * {@code GlyphVector} object already contains the appropriate
* font-specific glyph codes with explicit coordinates for the position of
* each glyph.
* Font
is queried to obtain outlines for the
+ * The current {@code Font} is queried to obtain outlines for the
* indicated glyphs. These outlines are treated as shapes in user space
* relative to the position of each glyph that was determined in step 1.
* Shape
operations.
+ * under {@code Shape} operations.
* Paint
is queried for a
- * PaintContext
, which specifies
+ * The current {@code Paint} is queried for a
+ * {@code PaintContext}, which specifies
* the colors to render in device space.
* Image
Operations
+ * {@code Image} Operations
*
*
* Image
.
+ * {@code Image}.
* This bounding box is specified in Image Space, which is the
- * Image
object's local coordinate system.
+ * {@code Image} object's local coordinate system.
* AffineTransform
is passed to
+ * If an {@code AffineTransform} is passed to
* {@link #drawImage(java.awt.Image, java.awt.geom.AffineTransform, java.awt.image.ImageObserver) drawImage(Image, AffineTransform, ImageObserver)},
- * the AffineTransform
is used to transform the bounding
- * box from image space to user space. If no AffineTransform
+ * the {@code AffineTransform} is used to transform the bounding
+ * box from image space to user space. If no {@code AffineTransform}
* is supplied, the bounding box is treated as if it is already in user space.
* Image
is transformed from user
- * space into device space using the current Transform
.
+ * The bounding box of the source {@code Image} is transformed from user
+ * space into device space using the current {@code Transform}.
* Note that the result of transforming the bounding box does not
* necessarily result in a rectangular region in device space.
* Image
object determines what colors to render,
+ * The {@code Image} object determines what colors to render,
* sampled according to the source to destination
- * coordinate mapping specified by the current Transform
and the
+ * coordinate mapping specified by the current {@code Transform} and the
* optional image transform.
* Default Rendering Attributes
- * The default values for the Graphics2D
rendering attributes are:
+ * The default values for the {@code Graphics2D} rendering attributes are:
*
- *
*
* Paint
- * Component
.
- * Font
- * Font
of the Component
.
- * Stroke
+ * Transform
+ * GraphicsConfiguration
of the Component
.
- * Composite
+ * for the {@code GraphicsConfiguration} of the {@code Component}.
+ * Clip
- * Clip
, the output is clipped to the
- * Component
.
+ * Rendering Compatibility Issues
@@ -291,14 +291,14 @@
* Java 2D API maintains compatibility with JDK 1.1 rendering
* behavior, such that legacy operations and existing renderer
* behavior is unchanged under Java 2D API. Legacy
- * methods that map onto general draw
and
- * fill
methods are defined, which clearly indicates
- * how Graphics2D
extends Graphics
based
- * on settings of Stroke
and Transform
+ * methods that map onto general {@code draw} and
+ * {@code fill} methods are defined, which clearly indicates
+ * how {@code Graphics2D} extends {@code Graphics} based
+ * on settings of {@code Stroke} and {@code Transform}
* attributes and rendering hints. The definition
* performs identically under default attribute settings.
- * For example, the default Stroke
is a
- * BasicStroke
with a width of 1 and no dashing and the
+ * For example, the default {@code Stroke} is a
+ * {@code BasicStroke} with a width of 1 and no dashing and the
* default Transform for screen drawing is an Identity transform.
* BasicStroke
+ *
*
- * The fill
operations, including fillRect
,
- * fillRoundRect
, fillOval
,
- * fillArc
, fillPolygon
, and
- * clearRect
, {@link #fill(Shape) fill} can now be called
- * with the desired Shape
. For example, when filling a
+ * For {@code fill} operations, including {@code fillRect},
+ * {@code fillRoundRect}, {@code fillOval},
+ * {@code fillArc}, {@code fillPolygon}, and
+ * {@code clearRect}, {@link #fill(Shape) fill} can now be called
+ * with the desired {@code Shape}. For example, when filling a
* rectangle:
*
* fill(new Rectangle(x, y, w, h));
@@ -353,11 +353,11 @@
* is called.
*
*
drawLine
,
- * drawRect
, drawRoundRect
,
- * drawOval
, drawArc
, drawPolyline
,
- * and drawPolygon
, {@link #draw(Shape) draw} can now be
- * called with the desired Shape
. For example, when drawing a
+ * Similarly, for draw operations, including {@code drawLine},
+ * {@code drawRect}, {@code drawRoundRect},
+ * {@code drawOval}, {@code drawArc}, {@code drawPolyline},
+ * and {@code drawPolygon}, {@link #draw(Shape) draw} can now be
+ * called with the desired {@code Shape}. For example, when drawing a
* rectangle:
*
* draw(new Rectangle(x, y, w, h));
@@ -365,36 +365,36 @@
* is called.
*
*
draw3DRect
and fill3DRect
methods were
- * implemented in terms of the drawLine
and
- * fillRect
methods in the Graphics
class which
- * would predicate their behavior upon the current Stroke
- * and Paint
objects in a Graphics2D
context.
+ * The {@code draw3DRect} and {@code fill3DRect} methods were
+ * implemented in terms of the {@code drawLine} and
+ * {@code fillRect} methods in the {@code Graphics} class which
+ * would predicate their behavior upon the current {@code Stroke}
+ * and {@code Paint} objects in a {@code Graphics2D} context.
* This class overrides those implementations with versions that use
- * the current Color
exclusively, overriding the current
- * Paint
and which uses fillRect
to describe
+ * the current {@code Color} exclusively, overriding the current
+ * {@code Paint} and which uses {@code fillRect} to describe
* the exact same behavior as the preexisting methods regardless of the
- * setting of the current Stroke
.
+ * setting of the current {@code Stroke}.
* Graphics
class defines only the setColor
+ * The {@code Graphics} class defines only the {@code setColor}
* method to control the color to be painted. Since the Java 2D API extends
- * the Color
object to implement the new Paint
+ * the {@code Color} object to implement the new {@code Paint}
* interface, the existing
- * setColor
method is now a convenience method for setting the
- * current Paint
attribute to a Color
object.
- * setColor(c)
is equivalent to setPaint(c)
.
+ * {@code setColor} method is now a convenience method for setting the
+ * current {@code Paint} attribute to a {@code Color} object.
+ * {@code setColor(c)} is equivalent to {@code setPaint(c)}.
* Graphics
class defines two methods for controlling
+ * The {@code Graphics} class defines two methods for controlling
* how colors are applied to the destination.
*
*
setPaintMode
method is implemented as a convenience
- * method to set the default Composite
, equivalent to
- * setComposite(new AlphaComposite.SrcOver)
.
- * setXORMode(Color xorcolor)
method is implemented
- * as a convenience method to set a special Composite
object that
- * ignores the Alpha
components of source colors and sets the
+ * The {@code setPaintMode} method is implemented as a convenience
+ * method to set the default {@code Composite}, equivalent to
+ * {@code setComposite(new AlphaComposite.SrcOver)}.
+ *
* dstpixel = (PixelOf(srccolor) ^ PixelOf(xorcolor) ^ dstpixel);
@@ -407,13 +407,13 @@
public abstract class Graphics2D extends Graphics {
/**
- * Constructs a new
Graphics2D
object. Since
- * Graphics2D
is an abstract class, and since it must be
+ * Constructs a new {@code Graphics2D} object. Since
+ * {@code Graphics2D} is an abstract class, and since it must be
* customized by subclasses for different output devices,
- * Graphics2D
objects cannot be created directly.
- * Instead, Graphics2D
objects must be obtained from another
- * Graphics2D
object, created by a
- * Component
, or obtained from images such as
+ * {@code Graphics2D} objects cannot be created directly.
+ * Instead, {@code Graphics2D} objects must be obtained from another
+ * {@code Graphics2D} object, created by a
+ * {@code Component}, or obtained from images such as
* {@link BufferedImage} objects.
* @see java.awt.Component#getGraphics
* @see java.awt.Graphics#create
@@ -431,8 +431,8 @@
* The resulting rectangle covers an area that is
* width + 1
pixels wide
* by height + 1
pixels tall. This method
- * uses the current Color
exclusively and ignores
- * the current Paint
.
+ * uses the current {@code Color} exclusively and ignores
+ * the current {@code Paint}.
* @param x the x coordinate of the rectangle to be drawn.
* @param y the y coordinate of the rectangle to be drawn.
* @param width the width of the rectangle to be drawn.
@@ -467,9 +467,9 @@
* The edges of the rectangle are highlighted so that it appears
* as if the edges were beveled and lit from the upper left corner.
* The colors used for the highlighting effect and for filling are
- * determined from the current Color
. This method uses
- * the current Color
exclusively and ignores the current
- * Paint
.
+ * determined from the current {@code Color}. This method uses
+ * the current {@code Color} exclusively and ignores the current
+ * {@code Paint}.
* @param x the x coordinate of the rectangle to be filled.
* @param y the y coordinate of the rectangle to be filled.
* @param width the width of the rectangle to be filled.
@@ -506,12 +506,12 @@
}
/**
- * Strokes the outline of a Shape
using the settings of the
- * current Graphics2D
context. The rendering attributes
- * applied include the Clip
, Transform
,
- * Paint
, Composite
and
- * Stroke
attributes.
- * @param s the Shape
to be rendered
+ * Strokes the outline of a {@code Shape} using the settings of the
+ * current {@code Graphics2D} context. The rendering attributes
+ * applied include the {@code Clip}, {@code Transform},
+ * {@code Paint}, {@code Composite} and
+ * {@code Stroke} attributes.
+ * @param s the {@code Shape} to be rendered
* @see #setStroke
* @see #setPaint
* @see java.awt.Graphics#setColor
@@ -527,22 +527,22 @@
* Renders an image, applying a transform from image space into user space
* before drawing.
* The transformation from user space into device space is done with
- * the current Transform
in the Graphics2D
.
+ * the current {@code Transform} in the {@code Graphics2D}.
* The specified transformation is applied to the image before the
- * transform attribute in the Graphics2D
context is applied.
- * The rendering attributes applied include the Clip
,
- * Transform
, and Composite
attributes.
+ * transform attribute in the {@code Graphics2D} context is applied.
+ * The rendering attributes applied include the {@code Clip},
+ * {@code Transform}, and {@code Composite} attributes.
* Note that no rendering is done if the specified transform is
* noninvertible.
* @param img the specified image to be rendered.
- * This method does nothing if img
is null.
+ * This method does nothing if {@code img} is null.
* @param xform the transformation from image space into user space
* @param obs the {@link ImageObserver}
- * to be notified as more of the Image
+ * to be notified as more of the {@code Image}
* is converted
- * @return true
if the Image
is
+ * @return {@code true} if the {@code Image} is
* fully loaded and completely rendered, or if it's null;
- * false
if the Image
is still being loaded.
+ * {@code false} if the {@code Image} is still being loaded.
* @see #transform
* @see #setTransform
* @see #setComposite
@@ -554,19 +554,19 @@
ImageObserver obs);
/**
- * Renders a BufferedImage
that is
+ * Renders a {@code BufferedImage} that is
* filtered with a
* {@link BufferedImageOp}.
- * The rendering attributes applied include the Clip
,
- * Transform
- * and Composite
attributes. This is equivalent to:
+ * The rendering attributes applied include the {@code Clip},
+ * {@code Transform}
+ * and {@code Composite} attributes. This is equivalent to:
*
* img1 = op.filter(img, null);
* drawImage(img1, new AffineTransform(1f,0f,0f,1f,x,y), null);
*
* @param op the filter to be applied to the image before rendering
- * @param img the specified BufferedImage
to be rendered.
- * This method does nothing if img
is null.
+ * @param img the specified {@code BufferedImage} to be rendered.
+ * This method does nothing if {@code img} is null.
* @param x the x coordinate of the location in user space where
* the upper left corner of the image is rendered
* @param y the y coordinate of the location in user space where
@@ -588,15 +588,15 @@
* applying a transform from image
* space into user space before drawing.
* The transformation from user space into device space is done with
- * the current Transform
in the Graphics2D
.
+ * the current {@code Transform} in the {@code Graphics2D}.
* The specified transformation is applied to the image before the
- * transform attribute in the Graphics2D
context is applied.
- * The rendering attributes applied include the Clip
,
- * Transform
, and Composite
attributes. Note
+ * transform attribute in the {@code Graphics2D} context is applied.
+ * The rendering attributes applied include the {@code Clip},
+ * {@code Transform}, and {@code Composite} attributes. Note
* that no rendering is done if the specified transform is
* noninvertible.
* @param img the image to be rendered. This method does
- * nothing if img
is null.
+ * nothing if {@code img} is null.
* @param xform the transformation from image space into user space
* @see #transform
* @see #setTransform
@@ -612,24 +612,24 @@
* {@link RenderableImage},
* applying a transform from image space into user space before drawing.
* The transformation from user space into device space is done with
- * the current Transform
in the Graphics2D
.
+ * the current {@code Transform} in the {@code Graphics2D}.
* The specified transformation is applied to the image before the
- * transform attribute in the Graphics2D
context is applied.
- * The rendering attributes applied include the Clip
,
- * Transform
, and Composite
attributes. Note
+ * transform attribute in the {@code Graphics2D} context is applied.
+ * The rendering attributes applied include the {@code Clip},
+ * {@code Transform}, and {@code Composite} attributes. Note
* that no rendering is done if the specified transform is
* noninvertible.
*Graphics2D
object might
- * be used in rendering the RenderableImage
.
+ * Rendering hints set on the {@code Graphics2D} object might
+ * be used in rendering the {@code RenderableImage}.
* If explicit control is required over specific hints recognized by a
- * specific RenderableImage
, or if knowledge of which hints
- * are used is required, then a RenderedImage
should be
- * obtained directly from the RenderableImage
+ * specific {@code RenderableImage}, or if knowledge of which hints
+ * are used is required, then a {@code RenderedImage} should be
+ * obtained directly from the {@code RenderableImage}
* and rendered using
*{@link #drawRenderedImage(RenderedImage, AffineTransform) drawRenderedImage}.
* @param img the image to be rendered. This method does
- * nothing if img
is null.
+ * nothing if {@code img} is null.
* @param xform the transformation from image space into user space
* @see #transform
* @see #setTransform
@@ -642,24 +642,24 @@
AffineTransform xform);
/**
- * Renders the text of the specified String
, using the
- * current text attribute state in the Graphics2D
context.
+ * Renders the text of the specified {@code String}, using the
+ * current text attribute state in the {@code Graphics2D} context.
* The baseline of the
* first character is at position (x, y) in
* the User Space.
- * The rendering attributes applied include the Clip
,
- * Transform
, Paint
, Font
and
- * Composite
attributes. For characters in script
+ * The rendering attributes applied include the {@code Clip},
+ * {@code Transform}, {@code Paint}, {@code Font} and
+ * {@code Composite} attributes. For characters in script
* systems such as Hebrew and Arabic, the glyphs can be rendered from
* right to left, in which case the coordinate supplied is the
* location of the leftmost character on the baseline.
* @param str the string to be rendered
* @param x the x coordinate of the location where the
- * String
should be rendered
+ * {@code String} should be rendered
* @param y the y coordinate of the location where the
- * String
should be rendered
- * @throws NullPointerException if str
is
- * null
+ * {@code String} should be rendered
+ * @throws NullPointerException if {@code str} is
+ * {@code null}
* @see java.awt.Graphics#drawBytes
* @see java.awt.Graphics#drawChars
* @since 1.0
@@ -667,23 +667,23 @@
public abstract void drawString(String str, int x, int y);
/**
- * Renders the text specified by the specified String
,
- * using the current text attribute state in the Graphics2D
context.
+ * Renders the text specified by the specified {@code String},
+ * using the current text attribute state in the {@code Graphics2D} context.
* The baseline of the first character is at position
* (x, y) in the User Space.
- * The rendering attributes applied include the Clip
,
- * Transform
, Paint
, Font
and
- * Composite
attributes. For characters in script systems
+ * The rendering attributes applied include the {@code Clip},
+ * {@code Transform}, {@code Paint}, {@code Font} and
+ * {@code Composite} attributes. For characters in script systems
* such as Hebrew and Arabic, the glyphs can be rendered from right to
* left, in which case the coordinate supplied is the location of the
* leftmost character on the baseline.
- * @param str the String
to be rendered
+ * @param str the {@code String} to be rendered
* @param x the x coordinate of the location where the
- * String
should be rendered
+ * {@code String} should be rendered
* @param y the y coordinate of the location where the
- * String
should be rendered
- * @throws NullPointerException if str
is
- * null
+ * {@code String} should be rendered
+ * @throws NullPointerException if {@code str} is
+ * {@code null}
* @see #setPaint
* @see java.awt.Graphics#setColor
* @see java.awt.Graphics#setFont
@@ -708,8 +708,8 @@
* rendered
* @param y the y coordinate where the iterator's text is to be
* rendered
- * @throws NullPointerException if iterator
is
- * null
+ * @throws NullPointerException if {@code iterator} is
+ * {@code null}
* @see #setPaint
* @see java.awt.Graphics#setColor
* @see #setTransform
@@ -734,8 +734,8 @@
* rendered
* @param y the y coordinate where the iterator's text is to be
* rendered
- * @throws NullPointerException if iterator
is
- * null
+ * @throws NullPointerException if {@code iterator} is
+ * {@code null}
* @see #setPaint
* @see java.awt.Graphics#setColor
* @see #setTransform
@@ -748,20 +748,20 @@
/**
* Renders the text of the specified
* {@link GlyphVector} using
- * the Graphics2D
context's rendering attributes.
- * The rendering attributes applied include the Clip
,
- * Transform
, Paint
, and
- * Composite
attributes. The GlyphVector
+ * the {@code Graphics2D} context's rendering attributes.
+ * The rendering attributes applied include the {@code Clip},
+ * {@code Transform}, {@code Paint}, and
+ * {@code Composite} attributes. The {@code GlyphVector}
* specifies individual glyphs from a {@link Font}.
- * The GlyphVector
can also contain the glyph positions.
+ * The {@code GlyphVector} can also contain the glyph positions.
* This is the fastest way to render a set of characters to the
* screen.
- * @param g the GlyphVector
to be rendered
+ * @param g the {@code GlyphVector} to be rendered
* @param x the x position in User Space where the glyphs should
* be rendered
* @param y the y position in User Space where the glyphs should
* be rendered
- * @throws NullPointerException if g
is null
.
+ * @throws NullPointerException if {@code g} is {@code null}.
*
* @see java.awt.Font#createGlyphVector
* @see java.awt.font.GlyphVector
@@ -774,11 +774,11 @@
public abstract void drawGlyphVector(GlyphVector g, float x, float y);
/**
- * Fills the interior of a Shape
using the settings of the
- * Graphics2D
context. The rendering attributes applied
- * include the Clip
, Transform
,
- * Paint
, and Composite
.
- * @param s the Shape
to be filled
+ * Fills the interior of a {@code Shape} using the settings of the
+ * {@code Graphics2D} context. The rendering attributes applied
+ * include the {@code Clip}, {@code Transform},
+ * {@code Paint}, and {@code Composite}.
+ * @param s the {@code Shape} to be filled
* @see #setPaint
* @see java.awt.Graphics#setColor
* @see #transform
@@ -790,25 +790,25 @@
public abstract void fill(Shape s);
/**
- * Checks whether or not the specified Shape
intersects
+ * Checks whether or not the specified {@code Shape} intersects
* the specified {@link Rectangle}, which is in device
- * space. If onStroke
is false, this method checks
- * whether or not the interior of the specified Shape
- * intersects the specified Rectangle
. If
- * onStroke
is true
, this method checks
- * whether or not the Stroke
of the specified
- * Shape
outline intersects the specified
- * Rectangle
.
+ * space. If {@code onStroke} is false, this method checks
+ * whether or not the interior of the specified {@code Shape}
+ * intersects the specified {@code Rectangle}. If
+ * {@code onStroke} is {@code true}, this method checks
+ * whether or not the {@code Stroke} of the specified
+ * {@code Shape} outline intersects the specified
+ * {@code Rectangle}.
* The rendering attributes taken into account include the
- * Clip
, Transform
, and Stroke
+ * {@code Clip}, {@code Transform}, and {@code Stroke}
* attributes.
* @param rect the area in device space to check for a hit
- * @param s the Shape
to check for a hit
+ * @param s the {@code Shape} to check for a hit
* @param onStroke flag used to choose between testing the
- * stroked or the filled shape. If the flag is true
, the
- * Stroke
outline is tested. If the flag is
- * false
, the filled Shape
is tested.
- * @return true
if there is a hit; false
+ * stroked or the filled shape. If the flag is {@code true}, the
+ * {@code Stroke} outline is tested. If the flag is
+ * {@code false}, the filled {@code Shape} is tested.
+ * @return {@code true} if there is a hit; {@code false}
* otherwise.
* @see #setStroke
* @see #fill
@@ -824,31 +824,31 @@
/**
* Returns the device configuration associated with this
- * Graphics2D
.
- * @return the device configuration of this Graphics2D
.
+ * {@code Graphics2D}.
+ * @return the device configuration of this {@code Graphics2D}.
*/
public abstract GraphicsConfiguration getDeviceConfiguration();
/**
- * Sets the Composite
for the Graphics2D
context.
- * The Composite
is used in all drawing methods such as
- * drawImage
, drawString
, draw
,
- * and fill
. It specifies how new pixels are to be combined
+ * Sets the {@code Composite} for the {@code Graphics2D} context.
+ * The {@code Composite} is used in all drawing methods such as
+ * {@code drawImage}, {@code drawString}, {@code draw},
+ * and {@code fill}. It specifies how new pixels are to be combined
* with the existing pixels on the graphics device during the rendering
* process.
- * Graphics2D
context is drawing to a
- * Component
on the display screen and the
- * Composite
is a custom object rather than an
- * instance of the AlphaComposite
class, and if
- * there is a security manager, its checkPermission
- * method is called with an AWTPermission("readDisplayPixels")
+ * Composite
object is being
+ * if a custom {@code Composite} object is being
* used to render to the screen and a security manager
- * is set and its checkPermission
method
+ * is set and its {@code checkPermission} method
* does not allow the operation.
- * @param comp the Composite
object to be used for rendering
+ * @param comp the {@code Composite} object to be used for rendering
* @see java.awt.Graphics#setXORMode
* @see java.awt.Graphics#setPaintMode
* @see #getComposite
@@ -859,13 +859,13 @@
public abstract void setComposite(Composite comp);
/**
- * Sets the Paint
attribute for the
- * Graphics2D
context. Calling this method
- * with a null
Paint
object does
- * not have any effect on the current Paint
attribute
- * of this Graphics2D
.
- * @param paint the Paint
object to be used to generate
- * color during the rendering process, or null
+ * Sets the {@code Paint} attribute for the
+ * {@code Graphics2D} context. Calling this method
+ * with a {@code null Paint} object does
+ * not have any effect on the current {@code Paint} attribute
+ * of this {@code Graphics2D}.
+ * @param paint the {@code Paint} object to be used to generate
+ * color during the rendering process, or {@code null}
* @see java.awt.Graphics#setColor
* @see #getPaint
* @see GradientPaint
@@ -874,9 +874,9 @@
public abstract void setPaint( Paint paint );
/**
- * Sets the Stroke
for the Graphics2D
context.
- * @param s the Stroke
object to be used to stroke a
- * Shape
during the rendering process
+ * Sets the {@code Stroke} for the {@code Graphics2D} context.
+ * @param s the {@code Stroke} object to be used to stroke a
+ * {@code Shape} during the rendering process
* @see BasicStroke
* @see #getStroke
*/
@@ -886,7 +886,7 @@
* Sets the value of a single preference for the rendering algorithms.
* Hint categories include controls for rendering quality and overall
* time/quality trade-off in the rendering process. Refer to the
- * RenderingHints
class for definitions of some common
+ * {@code RenderingHints} class for definitions of some common
* keys and values.
* @param hintKey the key of the hint to be set.
* @param hintValue the value indicating preferences for the specified
@@ -900,12 +900,12 @@
* Returns the value of a single preference for the rendering algorithms.
* Hint categories include controls for rendering quality and overall
* time/quality trade-off in the rendering process. Refer to the
- * RenderingHints
class for definitions of some common
+ * {@code RenderingHints} class for definitions of some common
* keys and values.
* @param hintKey the key corresponding to the hint to get.
* @return an object representing the value for the specified hint key.
* Some of the keys and their associated values are defined in the
- * RenderingHints
class.
+ * {@code RenderingHints} class.
* @see RenderingHints
* @see #setRenderingHint(RenderingHints.Key, Object)
*/
@@ -913,13 +913,13 @@
/**
* Replaces the values of all preferences for the rendering
- * algorithms with the specified hints
.
+ * algorithms with the specified {@code hints}.
* The existing values for all rendering hints are discarded and
* the new set of known hints and values are initialized from the
* specified {@link Map} object.
* Hint categories include controls for rendering quality and
* overall time/quality trade-off in the rendering process.
- * Refer to the RenderingHints
class for definitions of
+ * Refer to the {@code RenderingHints} class for definitions of
* some common keys and values.
* @param hints the rendering hints to be set
* @see #getRenderingHints
@@ -931,12 +931,12 @@
* Sets the values of an arbitrary number of preferences for the
* rendering algorithms.
* Only values for the rendering hints that are present in the
- * specified Map
object are modified.
+ * specified {@code Map} object are modified.
* All other preferences not present in the specified
* object are left unmodified.
* Hint categories include controls for rendering quality and
* overall time/quality trade-off in the rendering process.
- * Refer to the RenderingHints
class for definitions of
+ * Refer to the {@code RenderingHints} class for definitions of
* some common keys and values.
* @param hints the rendering hints to be set
* @see RenderingHints
@@ -949,9 +949,9 @@
* trade-off in the rendering process.
* Returns all of the hint key/value pairs that were ever specified in
* one operation. Refer to the
- * RenderingHints
class for definitions of some common
+ * {@code RenderingHints} class for definitions of some common
* keys and values.
- * @return a reference to an instance of RenderingHints
+ * @return a reference to an instance of {@code RenderingHints}
* that contains the current preferences.
* @see RenderingHints
* @see #setRenderingHints(Map)
@@ -959,11 +959,11 @@
public abstract RenderingHints getRenderingHints();
/**
- * Translates the origin of the Graphics2D
context to the
+ * Translates the origin of the {@code Graphics2D} context to the
* point (x, y) in the current coordinate system.
- * Modifies the Graphics2D
context so that its new origin
+ * Modifies the {@code Graphics2D} context so that its new origin
* corresponds to the point (x, y) in the
- * Graphics2D
context's former coordinate system. All
+ * {@code Graphics2D} context's former coordinate system. All
* coordinates used in subsequent rendering operations on this graphics
* context are relative to this new origin.
* @param x the specified x coordinate
@@ -974,12 +974,12 @@
/**
* Concatenates the current
- * Graphics2D
Transform
+ * {@code Graphics2D Transform}
* with a translation transform.
* Subsequent rendering is translated by the specified
* distance relative to the previous position.
* This is equivalent to calling transform(T), where T is an
- * AffineTransform
represented by the following matrix:
+ * {@code AffineTransform} represented by the following matrix:
*
* [ 1 0 tx ]
* [ 0 1 ty ]
@@ -991,12 +991,12 @@
public abstract void translate(double tx, double ty);
/**
- * Concatenates the current
Graphics2D
- * Transform
with a rotation transform.
+ * Concatenates the current {@code Graphics2D}
+ * {@code Transform} with a rotation transform.
* Subsequent rendering is rotated by the specified radians relative
* to the previous origin.
- * This is equivalent to calling transform(R)
, where R is an
- * AffineTransform
represented by the following matrix:
+ * This is equivalent to calling {@code transform(R)}, where R is an
+ * {@code AffineTransform} represented by the following matrix:
*
* [ cos(theta) -sin(theta) 0 ]
* [ sin(theta) cos(theta) 0 ]
@@ -1009,8 +1009,8 @@
public abstract void rotate(double theta);
/**
- * Concatenates the current
Graphics2D
- * Transform
with a translated rotation
+ * Concatenates the current {@code Graphics2D}
+ * {@code Transform} with a translated rotation
* transform. Subsequent rendering is transformed by a transform
* which is constructed by translating to the specified location,
* rotating by the specified radians, and translating back by the same
@@ -1030,12 +1030,12 @@
public abstract void rotate(double theta, double x, double y);
/**
- * Concatenates the current Graphics2D
- * Transform
with a scaling transformation
+ * Concatenates the current {@code Graphics2D}
+ * {@code Transform} with a scaling transformation
* Subsequent rendering is resized according to the specified scaling
* factors relative to the previous scaling.
- * This is equivalent to calling transform(S)
, where S is an
- * AffineTransform
represented by the following matrix:
+ * This is equivalent to calling {@code transform(S)}, where S is an
+ * {@code AffineTransform} represented by the following matrix:
*
* [ sx 0 0 ]
* [ 0 sy 0 ]
@@ -1051,12 +1051,12 @@
public abstract void scale(double sx, double sy);
/**
- * Concatenates the current
Graphics2D
- * Transform
with a shearing transform.
+ * Concatenates the current {@code Graphics2D}
+ * {@code Transform} with a shearing transform.
* Subsequent renderings are sheared by the specified
* multiplier relative to the previous position.
- * This is equivalent to calling transform(SH)
, where SH
- * is an AffineTransform
represented by the following
+ * This is equivalent to calling {@code transform(SH)}, where SH
+ * is an {@code AffineTransform} represented by the following
* matrix:
*
* [ 1 shx 0 ]
@@ -1071,37 +1071,37 @@
public abstract void shear(double shx, double shy);
/**
- * Composes an
- * Note that sometimes this AffineTransform
object with the
- * Transform
in this Graphics2D
according
+ * Composes an {@code AffineTransform} object with the
+ * {@code Transform} in this {@code Graphics2D} according
* to the rule last-specified-first-applied. If the current
- * Transform
is Cx, the result of composition
- * with Tx is a new Transform
Cx'. Cx' becomes the
- * current Transform
for this Graphics2D
.
- * Transforming a point p by the updated Transform
Cx' is
+ * {@code Transform} is Cx, the result of composition
+ * with Tx is a new {@code Transform} Cx'. Cx' becomes the
+ * current {@code Transform} for this {@code Graphics2D}.
+ * Transforming a point p by the updated {@code Transform} Cx' is
* equivalent to first transforming p by Tx and then transforming
- * the result by the original Transform
Cx. In other
+ * the result by the original {@code Transform} Cx. In other
* words, Cx'(p) = Cx(Tx(p)). A copy of the Tx is made, if necessary,
* so further modifications to Tx do not affect rendering.
- * @param Tx the AffineTransform
object to be composed with
- * the current Transform
+ * @param Tx the {@code AffineTransform} object to be composed with
+ * the current {@code Transform}
* @see #setTransform
* @see AffineTransform
*/
public abstract void transform(AffineTransform Tx);
/**
- * Overwrites the Transform in the Graphics2D
context.
+ * Overwrites the Transform in the {@code Graphics2D} context.
* WARNING: This method should never be used to apply a new
* coordinate transform on top of an existing transform because the
- * Graphics2D
might already have a transform that is
+ * {@code Graphics2D} might already have a transform that is
* needed for other purposes, such as rendering Swing
* components or applying a scaling transformation to adjust for the
* resolution of a printer.
* transform
, rotate
, scale
,
- * or shear
methods. The setTransform
+ * {@code transform}, {@code rotate}, {@code scale},
+ * or {@code shear} methods. The {@code setTransform}
* method is intended only for restoring the original
- * Graphics2D
transform after rendering, as shown in this
+ * {@code Graphics2D} transform after rendering, as shown in this
* example:
*
* // Get the current transform
@@ -1114,8 +1114,8 @@
* g2d.setTransform(saveAT);
*
*
- * @param Tx the AffineTransform
that was retrieved
- * from the getTransform
method
+ * @param Tx the {@code AffineTransform} that was retrieved
+ * from the {@code getTransform} method
* @see #transform
* @see #getTransform
* @see AffineTransform
@@ -1123,19 +1123,19 @@
public abstract void setTransform(AffineTransform Tx);
/**
- * Returns a copy of the current Transform
in the
- * Graphics2D
context.
- * @return the current AffineTransform
in the
- * Graphics2D
context.
+ * Returns a copy of the current {@code Transform} in the
+ * {@code Graphics2D} context.
+ * @return the current {@code AffineTransform} in the
+ * {@code Graphics2D} context.
* @see #transform
* @see #setTransform
*/
public abstract AffineTransform getTransform();
/**
- * Returns the current Paint
of the
- * Graphics2D
context.
- * @return the current Graphics2D
Paint
,
+ * Returns the current {@code Paint} of the
+ * {@code Graphics2D} context.
+ * @return the current {@code Graphics2D Paint},
* which defines a color or pattern.
* @see #setPaint
* @see java.awt.Graphics#setColor
@@ -1143,27 +1143,27 @@
public abstract Paint getPaint();
/**
- * Returns the current Composite
in the
- * Graphics2D
context.
- * @return the current Graphics2D
Composite
,
+ * Returns the current {@code Composite} in the
+ * {@code Graphics2D} context.
+ * @return the current {@code Graphics2D Composite},
* which defines a compositing style.
* @see #setComposite
*/
public abstract Composite getComposite();
/**
- * Sets the background color for the Graphics2D
context.
+ * Sets the background color for the {@code Graphics2D} context.
* The background color is used for clearing a region.
- * When a Graphics2D
is constructed for a
- * Component
, the background color is
- * inherited from the Component
. Setting the background color
- * in the Graphics2D
context only affects the subsequent
- * clearRect
calls and not the background color of the
- * Component
. To change the background
- * of the Component
, use appropriate methods of
- * the Component
.
+ * When a {@code Graphics2D} is constructed for a
+ * {@code Component}, the background color is
+ * inherited from the {@code Component}. Setting the background color
+ * in the {@code Graphics2D} context only affects the subsequent
+ * {@code clearRect} calls and not the background color of the
+ * {@code Component}. To change the background
+ * of the {@code Component}, use appropriate methods of
+ * the {@code Component}.
* @param color the background color that is used in
- * subsequent calls to clearRect
+ * subsequent calls to {@code clearRect}
* @see #getBackground
* @see java.awt.Graphics#clearRect
*/
@@ -1171,52 +1171,52 @@
/**
* Returns the background color used for clearing a region.
- * @return the current Graphics2D
Color
,
+ * @return the current {@code Graphics2D Color},
* which defines the background color.
* @see #setBackground
*/
public abstract Color getBackground();
/**
- * Returns the current Stroke
in the
- * Graphics2D
context.
- * @return the current Graphics2D
Stroke
,
+ * Returns the current {@code Stroke} in the
+ * {@code Graphics2D} context.
+ * @return the current {@code Graphics2D Stroke},
* which defines the line style.
* @see #setStroke
*/
public abstract Stroke getStroke();
/**
- * Intersects the current Clip
with the interior of the
- * specified Shape
and sets the Clip
to the
- * resulting intersection. The specified Shape
is
- * transformed with the current Graphics2D
- * Transform
before being intersected with the current
- * Clip
. This method is used to make the current
- * Clip
smaller.
- * To make the Clip
larger, use setClip
.
+ * Intersects the current {@code Clip} with the interior of the
+ * specified {@code Shape} and sets the {@code Clip} to the
+ * resulting intersection. The specified {@code Shape} is
+ * transformed with the current {@code Graphics2D}
+ * {@code Transform} before being intersected with the current
+ * {@code Clip}. This method is used to make the current
+ * {@code Clip} smaller.
+ * To make the {@code Clip} larger, use {@code setClip}.
* The user clip modified by this method is independent of the
* clipping associated with device bounds and visibility. If no clip has
* previously been set, or if the clip has been cleared using
- * {@link Graphics#setClip(Shape) setClip} with a null
- * argument, the specified Shape
becomes the new
+ * {@link Graphics#setClip(Shape) setClip} with a {@code null}
+ * argument, the specified {@code Shape} becomes the new
* user clip.
- * @param s the Shape
to be intersected with the current
- * Clip
. If s
is null
,
- * this method clears the current Clip
.
+ * @param s the {@code Shape} to be intersected with the current
+ * {@code Clip}. If {@code s} is {@code null},
+ * this method clears the current {@code Clip}.
*/
public abstract void clip(Shape s);
/**
- * Get the rendering context of the Font
within this
- * Graphics2D
context.
+ * Get the rendering context of the {@code Font} within this
+ * {@code Graphics2D} context.
* The {@link FontRenderContext}
* encapsulates application hints such as anti-aliasing and
* fractional metrics, as well as target device specific information
* such as dots-per-inch. This information should be provided by the
* application when using objects that perform typographical
- * formatting, such as Font
and
- * TextLayout
. This information should also be provided
+ * formatting, such as {@code Font} and
+ * {@code TextLayout}. This information should also be provided
* by applications that perform their own layout and need accurate
* measurements of various characteristics of glyphs such as advance
* and line height when various rendering hints have been applied to
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/GraphicsConfigTemplate.java 2015-10-04 22:52:41.581274244 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/GraphicsConfigTemplate.java 2015-10-04 22:52:41.393274252 +0400
@@ -28,14 +28,14 @@
import java.io.*;
/**
- * The GraphicsConfigTemplate
class is used to obtain a valid
+ * The {@code GraphicsConfigTemplate} class is used to obtain a valid
* {@link GraphicsConfiguration}. A user instantiates one of these
* objects and then sets all non-default attributes as desired. The
* {@link GraphicsDevice#getBestConfiguration} method found in the
* {@link GraphicsDevice} class is then called with this
- * GraphicsConfigTemplate
. A valid
- * GraphicsConfiguration
is returned that meets or exceeds
- * what was requested in the GraphicsConfigTemplate
.
+ * {@code GraphicsConfigTemplate}. A valid
+ * {@code GraphicsConfiguration} is returned that meets or exceeds
+ * what was requested in the {@code GraphicsConfigTemplate}.
* @see GraphicsDevice
* @see GraphicsConfiguration
*
@@ -56,15 +56,15 @@
/**
* Value used for "Enum" (Integer) type. States that this
- * feature is required for the GraphicsConfiguration
+ * feature is required for the {@code GraphicsConfiguration}
* object. If this feature is not available, do not select the
- * GraphicsConfiguration
object.
+ * {@code GraphicsConfiguration} object.
*/
public static final int REQUIRED = 1;
/**
* Value used for "Enum" (Integer) type. States that this
- * feature is desired for the GraphicsConfiguration
+ * feature is desired for the {@code GraphicsConfiguration}
* object. A selection with this feature is preferred over a
* selection that does not include this feature, although both
* selections can be considered valid matches.
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@
/**
* Value used for "Enum" (Integer) type. States that this
* feature is not necessary for the selection of the
- * GraphicsConfiguration
object. A selection
+ * {@code GraphicsConfiguration} object. A selection
* without this feature is preferred over a selection that
* includes this feature since it is not used.
*/
@@ -82,10 +82,10 @@
/**
* Returns the "best" configuration possible that passes the
- * criteria defined in the GraphicsConfigTemplate
.
- * @param gc the array of GraphicsConfiguration
+ * criteria defined in the {@code GraphicsConfigTemplate}.
+ * @param gc the array of {@code GraphicsConfiguration}
* objects to choose from.
- * @return a GraphicsConfiguration
object that is
+ * @return a {@code GraphicsConfiguration} object that is
* the best configuration possible.
* @see GraphicsConfiguration
*/
@@ -93,15 +93,15 @@
getBestConfiguration(GraphicsConfiguration[] gc);
/**
- * Returns a boolean
indicating whether or
- * not the specified GraphicsConfiguration
can be
+ * Returns a {@code boolean} indicating whether or
+ * not the specified {@code GraphicsConfiguration} can be
* used to create a drawing surface that supports the indicated
* features.
- * @param gc the GraphicsConfiguration
object to test
- * @return true
if this
- * GraphicsConfiguration
object can be used to create
+ * @param gc the {@code GraphicsConfiguration} object to test
+ * @return {@code true} if this
+ * {@code GraphicsConfiguration} object can be used to create
* surfaces that support the indicated features;
- * false
if the GraphicsConfiguration
can
+ * {@code false} if the {@code GraphicsConfiguration} can
* not be used to create a drawing surface usable by this Java(tm)
* API.
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/GraphicsConfiguration.java 2015-10-04 22:52:42.105274220 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/GraphicsConfiguration.java 2015-10-04 22:52:41.917274229 +0400
@@ -34,23 +34,23 @@
import sun.awt.image.SunVolatileImage;
/**
- * The GraphicsConfiguration
class describes the
+ * The {@code GraphicsConfiguration} class describes the
* characteristics of a graphics destination such as a printer or monitor.
- * There can be many GraphicsConfiguration
objects associated
+ * There can be many {@code GraphicsConfiguration} objects associated
* with a single graphics device, representing different drawing modes or
* capabilities. The corresponding native structure will vary from platform
* to platform. For example, on X11 windowing systems,
- * each visual is a different GraphicsConfiguration
.
- * On Microsoft Windows, GraphicsConfiguration
s represent
+ * each visual is a different {@code GraphicsConfiguration}.
+ * On Microsoft Windows, {@code GraphicsConfiguration}s represent
* PixelFormats available in the current resolution and color depth.
* GraphicsConfiguration
objects are relative to the
+ * {@code GraphicsConfiguration} objects are relative to the
* virtual coordinate system. When setting the location of a
* component, use {@link #getBounds() getBounds} to get the bounds of
- * the desired GraphicsConfiguration
and offset the location
- * with the coordinates of the GraphicsConfiguration
,
+ * the desired {@code GraphicsConfiguration} and offset the location
+ * with the coordinates of the {@code GraphicsConfiguration},
* as the following code sample illustrates:
* getBounds
on all of the
- * GraphicsConfiguration
objects in your system. If
+ * environment, call {@code getBounds} on all of the
+ * {@code GraphicsConfiguration} objects in your system. If
* any of the origins of the returned bounds is not (0, 0),
* your environment is a virtual device environment.
*
* getBounds
to determine the bounds
- * of the virtual device. To do this, first call getBounds
on all
- * of the GraphicsConfiguration
objects in your
+ * You can also use {@code getBounds} to determine the bounds
+ * of the virtual device. To do this, first call {@code getBounds} on all
+ * of the {@code GraphicsConfiguration} objects in your
* system. Then calculate the union of all of the bounds returned
- * from the calls to getBounds
. The union is the
+ * from the calls to {@code getBounds}. The union is the
* bounds of the virtual device. The following code sample
* calculates the bounds of the virtual device.
*
@@ -125,24 +125,24 @@
/**
* Returns the {@link GraphicsDevice} associated with this
- * GraphicsConfiguration
.
- * @return a GraphicsDevice
object that is
- * associated with this GraphicsConfiguration
.
+ * {@code GraphicsConfiguration}.
+ * @return a {@code GraphicsDevice} object that is
+ * associated with this {@code GraphicsConfiguration}.
*/
public abstract GraphicsDevice getDevice();
/**
* Returns a {@link BufferedImage} with a data layout and color model
- * compatible with this GraphicsConfiguration
. This
+ * compatible with this {@code GraphicsConfiguration}. This
* method has nothing to do with memory-mapping
- * a device. The returned BufferedImage
has
+ * a device. The returned {@code BufferedImage} has
* a layout and color model that is closest to this native device
* configuration and can therefore be optimally blitted to this
* device.
- * @param width the width of the returned BufferedImage
- * @param height the height of the returned BufferedImage
- * @return a BufferedImage
whose data layout and color
- * model is compatible with this GraphicsConfiguration
.
+ * @param width the width of the returned {@code BufferedImage}
+ * @param height the height of the returned {@code BufferedImage}
+ * @return a {@code BufferedImage} whose data layout and color
+ * model is compatible with this {@code GraphicsConfiguration}.
*/
public BufferedImage createCompatibleImage(int width, int height) {
ColorModel model = getColorModel();
@@ -153,18 +153,18 @@
}
/**
- * Returns a BufferedImage
that supports the specified
+ * Returns a {@code BufferedImage} that supports the specified
* transparency and has a data layout and color model
- * compatible with this GraphicsConfiguration
. This
+ * compatible with this {@code GraphicsConfiguration}. This
* method has nothing to do with memory-mapping
- * a device. The returned BufferedImage
has a layout and
+ * a device. The returned {@code BufferedImage} has a layout and
* color model that can be optimally blitted to a device
- * with this GraphicsConfiguration
.
- * @param width the width of the returned BufferedImage
- * @param height the height of the returned BufferedImage
+ * with this {@code GraphicsConfiguration}.
+ * @param width the width of the returned {@code BufferedImage}
+ * @param height the height of the returned {@code BufferedImage}
* @param transparency the specified transparency mode
- * @return a BufferedImage
whose data layout and color
- * model is compatible with this GraphicsConfiguration
+ * @return a {@code BufferedImage} whose data layout and color
+ * model is compatible with this {@code GraphicsConfiguration}
* and also supports the specified transparency.
* @throws IllegalArgumentException if the transparency is not a valid value
* @see Transparency#OPAQUE
@@ -190,15 +190,15 @@
/**
* Returns a {@link VolatileImage} with a data layout and color model
- * compatible with this GraphicsConfiguration
.
- * The returned VolatileImage
+ * compatible with this {@code GraphicsConfiguration}.
+ * The returned {@code VolatileImage}
* may have data that is stored optimally for the underlying graphics
* device and may therefore benefit from platform-specific rendering
* acceleration.
- * @param width the width of the returned VolatileImage
- * @param height the height of the returned VolatileImage
- * @return a VolatileImage
whose data layout and color
- * model is compatible with this GraphicsConfiguration
.
+ * @param width the width of the returned {@code VolatileImage}
+ * @param height the height of the returned {@code VolatileImage}
+ * @return a {@code VolatileImage} whose data layout and color
+ * model is compatible with this {@code GraphicsConfiguration}.
* @see Component#createVolatileImage(int, int)
* @since 1.4
*/
@@ -216,16 +216,16 @@
/**
* Returns a {@link VolatileImage} with a data layout and color model
- * compatible with this GraphicsConfiguration
.
- * The returned VolatileImage
+ * compatible with this {@code GraphicsConfiguration}.
+ * The returned {@code VolatileImage}
* may have data that is stored optimally for the underlying graphics
* device and may therefore benefit from platform-specific rendering
* acceleration.
- * @param width the width of the returned VolatileImage
- * @param height the height of the returned VolatileImage
+ * @param width the width of the returned {@code VolatileImage}
+ * @param height the height of the returned {@code VolatileImage}
* @param transparency the specified transparency mode
- * @return a VolatileImage
whose data layout and color
- * model is compatible with this GraphicsConfiguration
.
+ * @return a {@code VolatileImage} whose data layout and color
+ * model is compatible with this {@code GraphicsConfiguration}.
* @throws IllegalArgumentException if the transparency is not a valid value
* @see Transparency#OPAQUE
* @see Transparency#BITMASK
@@ -248,20 +248,20 @@
/**
* Returns a {@link VolatileImage} with a data layout and color model
- * compatible with this GraphicsConfiguration
, using
+ * compatible with this {@code GraphicsConfiguration}, using
* the specified image capabilities.
- * If the caps
parameter is null, it is effectively ignored
+ * If the {@code caps} parameter is null, it is effectively ignored
* and this method will create a VolatileImage without regard to
- * ImageCapabilities
constraints.
+ * {@code ImageCapabilities} constraints.
*
- * The returned VolatileImage
has
+ * The returned {@code VolatileImage} has
* a layout and color model that is closest to this native device
* configuration and can therefore be optimally blitted to this
* device.
- * @return a VolatileImage
whose data layout and color
- * model is compatible with this GraphicsConfiguration
.
- * @param width the width of the returned VolatileImage
- * @param height the height of the returned VolatileImage
+ * @return a {@code VolatileImage} whose data layout and color
+ * model is compatible with this {@code GraphicsConfiguration}.
+ * @param width the width of the returned {@code VolatileImage}
+ * @param height the height of the returned {@code VolatileImage}
* @param caps the image capabilities
* @exception AWTException if the supplied image capabilities could not
* be met by this graphics configuration
@@ -276,22 +276,22 @@
/**
* Returns a {@link VolatileImage} with a data layout and color model
- * compatible with this GraphicsConfiguration
, using
+ * compatible with this {@code GraphicsConfiguration}, using
* the specified image capabilities and transparency value.
- * If the caps
parameter is null, it is effectively ignored
+ * If the {@code caps} parameter is null, it is effectively ignored
* and this method will create a VolatileImage without regard to
- * ImageCapabilities
constraints.
+ * {@code ImageCapabilities} constraints.
*
- * The returned VolatileImage
has
+ * The returned {@code VolatileImage} has
* a layout and color model that is closest to this native device
* configuration and can therefore be optimally blitted to this
* device.
- * @param width the width of the returned VolatileImage
- * @param height the height of the returned VolatileImage
+ * @param width the width of the returned {@code VolatileImage}
+ * @param height the height of the returned {@code VolatileImage}
* @param caps the image capabilities
* @param transparency the specified transparency mode
- * @return a VolatileImage
whose data layout and color
- * model is compatible with this GraphicsConfiguration
.
+ * @return a {@code VolatileImage} whose data layout and color
+ * model is compatible with this {@code GraphicsConfiguration}.
* @see Transparency#OPAQUE
* @see Transparency#BITMASK
* @see Transparency#TRANSLUCENT
@@ -317,19 +317,19 @@
/**
* Returns the {@link ColorModel} associated with this
- * GraphicsConfiguration
.
- * @return a ColorModel
object that is associated with
- * this GraphicsConfiguration
.
+ * {@code GraphicsConfiguration}.
+ * @return a {@code ColorModel} object that is associated with
+ * this {@code GraphicsConfiguration}.
*/
public abstract ColorModel getColorModel();
/**
- * Returns the ColorModel
associated with this
- * GraphicsConfiguration
that supports the specified
+ * Returns the {@code ColorModel} associated with this
+ * {@code GraphicsConfiguration} that supports the specified
* transparency.
* @param transparency the specified transparency mode
- * @return a ColorModel
object that is associated with
- * this GraphicsConfiguration
and supports the
+ * @return a {@code ColorModel} object that is associated with
+ * this {@code GraphicsConfiguration} and supports the
* specified transparency or null if the transparency is not a valid
* value.
* @see Transparency#OPAQUE
@@ -340,30 +340,30 @@
/**
* Returns the default {@link AffineTransform} for this
- * GraphicsConfiguration
. This
- * AffineTransform
is typically the Identity transform
- * for most normal screens. The default AffineTransform
+ * {@code GraphicsConfiguration}. This
+ * {@code AffineTransform} is typically the Identity transform
+ * for most normal screens. The default {@code AffineTransform}
* maps coordinates onto the device such that 72 user space
* coordinate units measure approximately 1 inch in device
* space. The normalizing transform can be used to make
* this mapping more exact. Coordinates in the coordinate space
- * defined by the default AffineTransform
for screen and
+ * defined by the default {@code AffineTransform} for screen and
* printer devices have the origin in the upper left-hand corner of
* the target region of the device, with X coordinates
* increasing to the right and Y coordinates increasing downwards.
* For image buffers not associated with a device, such as those not
- * created by createCompatibleImage
,
- * this AffineTransform
is the Identity transform.
- * @return the default AffineTransform
for this
- * GraphicsConfiguration
.
+ * created by {@code createCompatibleImage},
+ * this {@code AffineTransform} is the Identity transform.
+ * @return the default {@code AffineTransform} for this
+ * {@code GraphicsConfiguration}.
*/
public abstract AffineTransform getDefaultTransform();
/**
*
- * Returns a AffineTransform
that can be concatenated
- * with the default AffineTransform
- * of a GraphicsConfiguration
so that 72 units in user
+ * Returns a {@code AffineTransform} that can be concatenated
+ * with the default {@code AffineTransform}
+ * of a {@code GraphicsConfiguration} so that 72 units in user
* space equals 1 inch in device space.
* AffineTransform
is identity,
+ * Note that sometimes this {@code AffineTransform} is identity,
* such as for printers or metafile output, and that this
- * AffineTransform
is only as accurate as the information
+ * {@code AffineTransform} is only as accurate as the information
* supplied by the underlying system. For image buffers not
* associated with a device, such as those not created by
- * createCompatibleImage
, this
- * AffineTransform
is the Identity transform
+ * {@code createCompatibleImage}, this
+ * {@code AffineTransform} is the Identity transform
* since there is no valid distance measurement.
- * @return an AffineTransform
to concatenate to the
- * default AffineTransform
so that 72 units in user
+ * @return an {@code AffineTransform} to concatenate to the
+ * default {@code AffineTransform} so that 72 units in user
* space is mapped to 1 inch in device space.
*/
public abstract AffineTransform getNormalizingTransform();
/**
- * Returns the bounds of the GraphicsConfiguration
+ * Returns the bounds of the {@code GraphicsConfiguration}
* in the device coordinates. In a multi-screen environment
* with a virtual device, the bounds can have negative X
* or Y origins.
* @return the bounds of the area covered by this
- * GraphicsConfiguration
.
+ * {@code GraphicsConfiguration}.
* @since 1.3
*/
public abstract Rectangle getBounds();
@@ -408,7 +408,7 @@
/**
* Returns the buffering capabilities of this
- * GraphicsConfiguration
.
+ * {@code GraphicsConfiguration}.
* @return the buffering capabilities of this graphics
* configuration object
* @since 1.4
@@ -423,7 +423,7 @@
/**
* Returns the image capabilities of this
- * GraphicsConfiguration
.
+ * {@code GraphicsConfiguration}.
* @return the image capabilities of this graphics
* configuration object
* @since 1.4
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/GraphicsDevice.java 2015-10-04 22:52:42.637274196 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/GraphicsDevice.java 2015-10-04 22:52:42.449274205 +0400
@@ -33,19 +33,19 @@
import sun.awt.SunToolkit;
/**
- * The GraphicsDevice
class describes the graphics devices
+ * The {@code GraphicsDevice} class describes the graphics devices
* that might be available in a particular graphics environment. These
* include screen and printer devices. Note that there can be many screens
* and many printers in an instance of {@link GraphicsEnvironment}. Each
* graphics device has one or more {@link GraphicsConfiguration} objects
* associated with it. These objects specify the different configurations
- * in which the GraphicsDevice
can be used.
+ * in which the {@code GraphicsDevice} can be used.
* GraphicsConfiguration
+ * In a multi-screen environment, the {@code GraphicsConfiguration}
* objects can be used to render components on multiple screens. The
- * following code sample demonstrates how to create a JFrame
- * object for each GraphicsConfiguration
on each screen
- * device in the GraphicsEnvironment
:
+ * following code sample demonstrates how to create a {@code JFrame}
+ * object for each {@code GraphicsConfiguration} on each screen
+ * device in the {@code GraphicsEnvironment}:
* {@code
* GraphicsEnvironment ge = GraphicsEnvironment.
* getLocalGraphicsEnvironment();
@@ -142,8 +142,8 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the type of this
GraphicsDevice
.
- * @return the type of this GraphicsDevice
, which can
+ * Returns the type of this {@code GraphicsDevice}.
+ * @return the type of this {@code GraphicsDevice}, which can
* either be TYPE_RASTER_SCREEN, TYPE_PRINTER or TYPE_IMAGE_BUFFER.
* @see #TYPE_RASTER_SCREEN
* @see #TYPE_PRINTER
@@ -153,52 +153,52 @@
/**
* Returns the identification string associated with this
- * GraphicsDevice
.
+ * {@code GraphicsDevice}.
* GraphicsDevice
in a GraphicsEnvironment
.
- * This method returns a String
identifying a
- * particular GraphicsDevice
in the local
- * GraphicsEnvironment
. Although there is
- * no public method to set this String
, a programmer can
- * use the String
for debugging purposes. Vendors of
+ * {@code GraphicsDevice} in a {@code GraphicsEnvironment}.
+ * This method returns a {@code String} identifying a
+ * particular {@code GraphicsDevice} in the local
+ * {@code GraphicsEnvironment}. Although there is
+ * no public method to set this {@code String}, a programmer can
+ * use the {@code String} for debugging purposes. Vendors of
* the Java™ Runtime Environment can
- * format the return value of the String
. To determine
- * how to interpret the value of the String
, contact the
+ * format the return value of the {@code String}. To determine
+ * how to interpret the value of the {@code String}, contact the
* vendor of your Java Runtime. To find out who the vendor is, from
* your program, call the
* {@link System#getProperty(String) getProperty} method of the
* System class with "java.vendor".
- * @return a String
that is the identification
- * of this GraphicsDevice
.
+ * @return a {@code String} that is the identification
+ * of this {@code GraphicsDevice}.
*/
public abstract String getIDstring();
/**
- * Returns all of the GraphicsConfiguration
- * objects associated with this GraphicsDevice
.
- * @return an array of GraphicsConfiguration
+ * Returns all of the {@code GraphicsConfiguration}
+ * objects associated with this {@code GraphicsDevice}.
+ * @return an array of {@code GraphicsConfiguration}
* objects that are associated with this
- * GraphicsDevice
.
+ * {@code GraphicsDevice}.
*/
public abstract GraphicsConfiguration[] getConfigurations();
/**
- * Returns the default GraphicsConfiguration
- * associated with this GraphicsDevice
.
- * @return the default GraphicsConfiguration
- * of this GraphicsDevice
.
+ * Returns the default {@code GraphicsConfiguration}
+ * associated with this {@code GraphicsDevice}.
+ * @return the default {@code GraphicsConfiguration}
+ * of this {@code GraphicsDevice}.
*/
public abstract GraphicsConfiguration getDefaultConfiguration();
/**
* Returns the "best" configuration possible that passes the
* criteria defined in the {@link GraphicsConfigTemplate}.
- * @param gct the GraphicsConfigTemplate
object
- * used to obtain a valid GraphicsConfiguration
- * @return a GraphicsConfiguration
that passes
+ * @param gct the {@code GraphicsConfigTemplate} object
+ * used to obtain a valid {@code GraphicsConfiguration}
+ * @return a {@code GraphicsConfiguration} that passes
* the criteria defined in the specified
- * GraphicsConfigTemplate
.
+ * {@code GraphicsConfigTemplate}.
* @see GraphicsConfigTemplate
*/
public GraphicsConfiguration
@@ -208,12 +208,12 @@
}
/**
- * Returns true
if this GraphicsDevice
+ * Returns {@code true} if this {@code GraphicsDevice}
* supports full-screen exclusive mode.
* If a SecurityManager is installed, its
- * checkPermission
method will be called
- * with AWTPermission("fullScreenExclusive")
.
- * isFullScreenSupported
returns true only if
+ * {@code checkPermission} method will be called
+ * with {@code AWTPermission("fullScreenExclusive")}.
+ * {@code isFullScreenSupported} returns true only if
* that permission is granted.
* @return whether full-screen exclusive mode is available for
* this graphics device
@@ -227,8 +227,8 @@
/**
* Enter full-screen mode, or return to windowed mode. The entered
* full-screen mode may be either exclusive or simulated. Exclusive
- * mode is only available if isFullScreenSupported
- * returns true
.
+ * mode is only available if {@code isFullScreenSupported}
+ * returns {@code true}.
*
@@ -239,7 +239,7 @@
* will cause the existing full-screen window to
* return to windowed mode.
*
* Component.enableInputMethods(false)
to make a component
+ * {@code Component.enableInputMethods(false)} to make a component
* a non-client of the input method framework.
* Window
object representing the
+ * Returns the {@code Window} object representing the
* full-screen window if the device is in full-screen mode.
*
- * @return the full-screen window, or null
if the device is
+ * @return the full-screen window, or {@code null} if the device is
* not in full-screen mode.
* @see #setFullScreenWindow(Window)
* @since 1.4
@@ -362,7 +362,7 @@
}
/**
- * Returns true
if this GraphicsDevice
+ * Returns {@code true} if this {@code GraphicsDevice}
* supports low-level display changes.
* On some platforms low-level display changes may only be allowed in
* full-screen exclusive mode (i.e., if {@link #isFullScreenSupported()}
@@ -420,11 +420,11 @@
* DisplayMode
- * supplied is null
, or is not available in the array returned
- * by getDisplayModes
+ * @exception IllegalArgumentException if the {@code DisplayMode}
+ * supplied is {@code null}, or is not available in the array returned
+ * by {@code getDisplayModes}
* @exception UnsupportedOperationException if
- * isDisplayChangeSupported
returns false
+ * {@code isDisplayChangeSupported} returns {@code false}
* @see #getDisplayMode
* @see #getDisplayModes
* @see #isDisplayChangeSupported
@@ -436,7 +436,7 @@
/**
* Returns the current display mode of this
- * GraphicsDevice
.
+ * {@code GraphicsDevice}.
* The returned display mode is allowed to have a refresh rate
* {@link DisplayMode#REFRESH_RATE_UNKNOWN} if it is indeterminate.
* Likewise, the returned display mode is allowed to have a bit depth
@@ -455,7 +455,7 @@
/**
* Returns all display modes available for this
- * GraphicsDevice
.
+ * {@code GraphicsDevice}.
* The returned display modes are allowed to have a refresh rate
* {@link DisplayMode#REFRESH_RATE_UNKNOWN} if it is indeterminate.
* Likewise, the returned display modes are allowed to have a bit depth
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/GraphicsEnvironment.java 2015-10-04 22:52:43.165274173 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/GraphicsEnvironment.java 2015-10-04 22:52:42.977274181 +0400
@@ -39,16 +39,16 @@
/**
*
- * The GraphicsEnvironment
class describes the collection
+ * The {@code GraphicsEnvironment} class describes the collection
* of {@link GraphicsDevice} objects and {@link java.awt.Font} objects
* available to a Java(tm) application on a particular platform.
- * The resources in this GraphicsEnvironment
might be local
- * or on a remote machine. GraphicsDevice
objects can be
+ * The resources in this {@code GraphicsEnvironment} might be local
+ * or on a remote machine. {@code GraphicsDevice} objects can be
* screens, printers or image buffers and are the destination of
- * {@link Graphics2D} drawing methods. Each GraphicsDevice
+ * {@link Graphics2D} drawing methods. Each {@code GraphicsDevice}
* has a number of {@link GraphicsConfiguration} objects associated with
* it. These objects specify the different configurations in which the
- * GraphicsDevice
can be used.
+ * {@code GraphicsDevice} can be used.
* @see GraphicsDevice
* @see GraphicsConfiguration
*/
@@ -74,8 +74,8 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the local GraphicsEnvironment
.
- * @return the local GraphicsEnvironment
+ * Returns the local {@code GraphicsEnvironment}.
+ * @return the local {@code GraphicsEnvironment}
*/
public static synchronized GraphicsEnvironment getLocalGraphicsEnvironment() {
if (localEnv == null) {
@@ -132,8 +132,8 @@
* a HeadlessException is thrown from areas of the Toolkit
* and GraphicsEnvironment that are dependent on a display,
* keyboard, or mouse.
- * @return true
if this environment cannot support
- * a display, keyboard, and mouse; false
+ * @return {@code true} if this environment cannot support
+ * a display, keyboard, and mouse; {@code false}
* otherwise
* @see java.awt.HeadlessException
* @since 1.4
@@ -209,11 +209,11 @@
/**
* Returns whether or not a display, keyboard, and mouse can be
* supported in this graphics environment. If this returns true,
- * HeadlessException
will be thrown from areas of the
+ * {@code HeadlessException} will be thrown from areas of the
* graphics environment that are dependent on a display, keyboard, or
* mouse.
- * @return true
if a display, keyboard, and mouse
- * can be supported in this environment; false
+ * @return {@code true} if a display, keyboard, and mouse
+ * can be supported in this environment; {@code false}
* otherwise
* @see java.awt.HeadlessException
* @see #isHeadless
@@ -226,9 +226,9 @@
}
/**
- * Returns an array of all of the screen GraphicsDevice
+ * Returns an array of all of the screen {@code GraphicsDevice}
* objects.
- * @return an array containing all the GraphicsDevice
+ * @return an array containing all the {@code GraphicsDevice}
* objects that represent screen devices
* @exception HeadlessException if isHeadless() returns true
* @see #isHeadless()
@@ -237,8 +237,8 @@
throws HeadlessException;
/**
- * Returns the default screen GraphicsDevice
.
- * @return the GraphicsDevice
that represents the
+ * Returns the default screen {@code GraphicsDevice}.
+ * @return the {@code GraphicsDevice} that represents the
* default screen device
* @exception HeadlessException if isHeadless() returns true
* @see #isHeadless()
@@ -247,35 +247,35 @@
throws HeadlessException;
/**
- * Returns a Graphics2D
object for rendering into the
+ * Returns a {@code Graphics2D} object for rendering into the
* specified {@link BufferedImage}.
- * @param img the specified BufferedImage
- * @return a Graphics2D
to be used for rendering into
- * the specified BufferedImage
- * @throws NullPointerException if img
is null
+ * @param img the specified {@code BufferedImage}
+ * @return a {@code Graphics2D} to be used for rendering into
+ * the specified {@code BufferedImage}
+ * @throws NullPointerException if {@code img} is null
*/
public abstract Graphics2D createGraphics(BufferedImage img);
/**
* Returns an array containing a one-point size instance of all fonts
- * available in this GraphicsEnvironment
. Typical usage
+ * available in this {@code GraphicsEnvironment}. Typical usage
* would be to allow a user to select a particular font. Then, the
* application can size the font and set various font attributes by
- * calling the deriveFont
method on the chosen instance.
+ * calling the {@code deriveFont} method on the chosen instance.
* Font
instance is used to render text.
- * If a font in this GraphicsEnvironment
has multiple
+ * over which {@code Font} instance is used to render text.
+ * If a font in this {@code GraphicsEnvironment} has multiple
* programmable variations, only one
- * instance of that Font
is returned in the array, and
+ * instance of that {@code Font} is returned in the array, and
* other variations must be derived by the application.
* Font
array. The other variations
+ * returned in the {@code Font} array. The other variations
* must be derived by the application.
*
- * @return an array of Font
objects
+ * @return an array of {@code Font} objects
* @see #getAvailableFontFamilyNames
* @see java.awt.Font
* @see java.awt.Font#deriveFont
@@ -286,8 +286,8 @@
/**
* Returns an array containing the names of all font families in this
- * GraphicsEnvironment
localized for the default locale,
- * as returned by Locale.getDefault()
.
+ * {@code GraphicsEnvironment} localized for the default locale,
+ * as returned by {@code Locale.getDefault()}.
* String
containing font family names
+ * @return an array of {@code String} containing font family names
* localized for the default locale, or a suitable alternative
* name if no name exists for this locale.
* @see #getAllFonts
@@ -307,7 +307,7 @@
/**
* Returns an array containing the names of all font families in this
- * GraphicsEnvironment
localized for the specified locale.
+ * {@code GraphicsEnvironment} localized for the specified locale.
* null
is equivalent to
- * specifying Locale.getDefault()
.
- * @return an array of String
containing font family names
- * localized for the specified Locale
, or a
+ * Specifying {@code null} is equivalent to
+ * specifying {@code Locale.getDefault()}.
+ * @return an array of {@code String} containing font family names
+ * localized for the specified {@code Locale}, or a
* suitable alternative name if no name exists for the specified locale.
* @see #getAllFonts
* @see java.awt.Font
@@ -330,24 +330,24 @@
public abstract String[] getAvailableFontFamilyNames(Locale l);
/**
- * Registers a created Font
in this
- * GraphicsEnvironment
.
+ * Registers a created {@code Font} in this
+ * {@code GraphicsEnvironment}.
* A created font is one that was returned from calling
* {@link Font#createFont}, or derived from a created font by
* calling {@link Font#deriveFont}.
* After calling this method for such a font, it is available to
- * be used in constructing new Font
s by name or family name,
+ * be used in constructing new {@code Font}s by name or family name,
* and is enumerated by {@link #getAvailableFontFamilyNames} and
* {@link #getAllFonts} within the execution context of this
* application or applet. This means applets cannot register fonts in
* a way that they are visible to other applets.
* false
are:
+ * return {@code false} are:
*
- *
*
* @param font the font to be registered
- * @return true if the Font
.
- * Font
already
- * in this GraphicsEnvironment
. For example if the name
+ * font
is successfully
- * registered in this GraphicsEnvironment
.
- * @throws NullPointerException if font
is null
+ * @return true if the {@code font} is successfully
+ * registered in this {@code GraphicsEnvironment}.
+ * @throws NullPointerException if {@code font} is null
* @since 1.6
*/
public boolean registerFont(Font font) {
@@ -444,8 +444,8 @@
* entire display area.
* GraphicsConfiguration.getBounds()
and
- * Toolkit.getScreenInsets()
.
+ * {@code GraphicsConfiguration.getBounds()} and
+ * {@code Toolkit.getScreenInsets()}.
* @return the maximum bounds for centered Windows
*
* @exception HeadlessException if isHeadless() returns true
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/GridBagConstraints.java 2015-10-04 22:52:44.221274125 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/GridBagConstraints.java 2015-10-04 22:52:43.961274137 +0400
@@ -25,9 +25,9 @@
package java.awt;
/**
- * The GridBagConstraints
class specifies constraints
+ * The {@code GridBagConstraints} class specifies constraints
* for components that are laid out using the
- * GridBagLayout
class.
+ * {@code GridBagLayout} class.
*
* @author Doug Stein
* @author Bill Spitzak (orignial NeWS & OLIT implementation)
@@ -38,9 +38,9 @@
/**
* Specifies that this component is the next-to-last component in its
- * column or row (gridwidth
, gridheight
),
+ * column or row ({@code gridwidth}, {@code gridheight}),
* or that this component be placed next to the previously added
- * component (gridx
, gridy
).
+ * component ({@code gridx}, {@code gridy}).
* @see java.awt.GridBagConstraints#gridwidth
* @see java.awt.GridBagConstraints#gridheight
* @see java.awt.GridBagConstraints#gridx
@@ -194,7 +194,7 @@
public static final int LAST_LINE_END = 26;
/**
- * Possible value for the anchor
field. Specifies
+ * Possible value for the {@code anchor} field. Specifies
* that the component should be horizontally centered and
* vertically aligned along the baseline of the prevailing row.
* If the component does not have a baseline it will be vertically
@@ -205,7 +205,7 @@
public static final int BASELINE = 0x100;
/**
- * Possible value for the anchor
field. Specifies
+ * Possible value for the {@code anchor} field. Specifies
* that the component should be horizontally placed along the
* leading edge. For components with a left-to-right orientation,
* the leading edge is the left edge. Vertically the component is
@@ -218,7 +218,7 @@
public static final int BASELINE_LEADING = 0x200;
/**
- * Possible value for the anchor
field. Specifies
+ * Possible value for the {@code anchor} field. Specifies
* that the component should be horizontally placed along the
* trailing edge. For components with a left-to-right
* orientation, the trailing edge is the right edge. Vertically
@@ -231,7 +231,7 @@
public static final int BASELINE_TRAILING = 0x300;
/**
- * Possible value for the anchor
field. Specifies
+ * Possible value for the {@code anchor} field. Specifies
* that the component should be horizontally centered. Vertically
* the component is positioned so that its bottom edge touches
* the baseline of the starting row. If the starting row does not
@@ -242,7 +242,7 @@
public static final int ABOVE_BASELINE = 0x400;
/**
- * Possible value for the anchor
field. Specifies
+ * Possible value for the {@code anchor} field. Specifies
* that the component should be horizontally placed along the
* leading edge. For components with a left-to-right orientation,
* the leading edge is the left edge. Vertically the component is
@@ -255,7 +255,7 @@
public static final int ABOVE_BASELINE_LEADING = 0x500;
/**
- * Possible value for the anchor
field. Specifies
+ * Possible value for the {@code anchor} field. Specifies
* that the component should be horizontally placed along the
* trailing edge. For components with a left-to-right
* orientation, the trailing edge is the right edge. Vertically
@@ -268,7 +268,7 @@
public static final int ABOVE_BASELINE_TRAILING = 0x600;
/**
- * Possible value for the anchor
field. Specifies
+ * Possible value for the {@code anchor} field. Specifies
* that the component should be horizontally centered. Vertically
* the component is positioned so that its top edge touches the
* baseline of the starting row. If the starting row does not
@@ -279,7 +279,7 @@
public static final int BELOW_BASELINE = 0x700;
/**
- * Possible value for the anchor
field. Specifies
+ * Possible value for the {@code anchor} field. Specifies
* that the component should be horizontally placed along the
* leading edge. For components with a left-to-right orientation,
* the leading edge is the left edge. Vertically the component is
@@ -292,7 +292,7 @@
public static final int BELOW_BASELINE_LEADING = 0x800;
/**
- * Possible value for the anchor
field. Specifies
+ * Possible value for the {@code anchor} field. Specifies
* that the component should be horizontally placed along the
* trailing edge. For components with a left-to-right
* orientation, the trailing edge is the right edge. Vertically
@@ -306,17 +306,17 @@
/**
* Specifies the cell containing the leading edge of the component's
- * display area, where the first cell in a row has gridx=0
.
+ * display area, where the first cell in a row has {@code gridx=0}.
* The leading edge of a component's display area is its left edge for
* a horizontal, left-to-right container and its right edge for a
* horizontal, right-to-left container.
* The value
- * RELATIVE
specifies that the component be placed
+ * {@code RELATIVE} specifies that the component be placed
* immediately following the component that was added to the container
* just before this component was added.
* RELATIVE
.
- * gridx
should be a non-negative value.
+ * The default value is {@code RELATIVE}.
+ * {@code gridx} should be a non-negative value.
* @serial
* @see #clone()
* @see java.awt.GridBagConstraints#gridy
@@ -326,13 +326,13 @@
/**
* Specifies the cell at the top of the component's display area,
- * where the topmost cell has gridy=0
. The value
- * RELATIVE
specifies that the component be placed just
+ * where the topmost cell has {@code gridy=0}. The value
+ * {@code RELATIVE} specifies that the component be placed just
* below the component that was added to the container just before
* this component was added.
* RELATIVE
.
- * gridy
should be a non-negative value.
+ * The default value is {@code RELATIVE}.
+ * {@code gridy} should be a non-negative value.
* @serial
* @see #clone()
* @see java.awt.GridBagConstraints#gridx
@@ -343,14 +343,14 @@
* Specifies the number of cells in a row for the component's
* display area.
* REMAINDER
to specify that the component's
- * display area will be from gridx
to the last
+ * Use {@code REMAINDER} to specify that the component's
+ * display area will be from {@code gridx} to the last
* cell in the row.
- * Use RELATIVE
to specify that the component's
- * display area will be from gridx
to the next
+ * Use {@code RELATIVE} to specify that the component's
+ * display area will be from {@code gridx} to the next
* to the last one in its row.
* gridwidth
should be non-negative and the default
+ * {@code gridwidth} should be non-negative and the default
* value is 1.
* @serial
* @see #clone()
@@ -362,14 +362,14 @@
* Specifies the number of cells in a column for the component's
* display area.
* REMAINDER
to specify that the component's
- * display area will be from gridy
to the last
+ * Use {@code REMAINDER} to specify that the component's
+ * display area will be from {@code gridy} to the last
* cell in the column.
- * Use RELATIVE
to specify that the component's
- * display area will be from gridy
to the next
+ * Use {@code RELATIVE} to specify that the component's
+ * display area will be from {@code gridy} to the next
* to the last one in its column.
* gridheight
should be a non-negative value and the
+ * {@code gridheight} should be a non-negative value and the
* default value is 1.
* @serial
* @see #clone()
@@ -381,7 +381,7 @@
* Specifies how to distribute extra horizontal space.
* weightx
of all the components in a
+ * be the maximum {@code weightx} of all the components in a
* column. If the resulting layout is smaller horizontally than the area
* it needs to fill, the extra space is distributed to each column in
* proportion to its weight. A column that has a weight of zero receives
@@ -390,8 +390,8 @@
* If all the weights are zero, all the extra space appears between
* the grids of the cell and the left and right edges.
* 0
.
- * weightx
should be a non-negative value.
+ * The default value of this field is {@code 0}.
+ * {@code weightx} should be a non-negative value.
* @serial
* @see #clone()
* @see java.awt.GridBagConstraints#weighty
@@ -402,7 +402,7 @@
* Specifies how to distribute extra vertical space.
* weighty
of all the components in a row.
+ * the maximum {@code weighty} of all the components in a row.
* If the resulting layout is smaller vertically than the area it
* needs to fill, the extra space is distributed to each row in
* proportion to its weight. A row that has a weight of zero receives no
@@ -411,8 +411,8 @@
* If all the weights are zero, all the extra space appears between
* the grids of the cell and the top and bottom edges.
* 0
.
- * weighty
should be a non-negative value.
+ * The default value of this field is {@code 0}.
+ * {@code weighty} should be a non-negative value.
* @serial
* @see #clone()
* @see java.awt.GridBagConstraints#weightx
@@ -429,22 +429,22 @@
* orientation property, baseline relative values are interpreted
* relative to the baseline and absolute values are not. The
* absolute values are:
- * CENTER
, NORTH
, NORTHEAST
,
- * EAST
, SOUTHEAST
, SOUTH
,
- * SOUTHWEST
, WEST
, and NORTHWEST
.
- * The orientation relative values are: PAGE_START
,
- * PAGE_END
,
- * LINE_START
, LINE_END
,
- * FIRST_LINE_START
, FIRST_LINE_END
,
- * LAST_LINE_START
and LAST_LINE_END
. The
+ * {@code CENTER}, {@code NORTH}, {@code NORTHEAST},
+ * {@code EAST}, {@code SOUTHEAST}, {@code SOUTH},
+ * {@code SOUTHWEST}, {@code WEST}, and {@code NORTHWEST}.
+ * The orientation relative values are: {@code PAGE_START},
+ * {@code PAGE_END},
+ * {@code LINE_START}, {@code LINE_END},
+ * {@code FIRST_LINE_START}, {@code FIRST_LINE_END},
+ * {@code LAST_LINE_START} and {@code LAST_LINE_END}. The
* baseline relative values are:
- * BASELINE
, BASELINE_LEADING
,
- * BASELINE_TRAILING
,
- * ABOVE_BASELINE
, ABOVE_BASELINE_LEADING
,
- * ABOVE_BASELINE_TRAILING
,
- * BELOW_BASELINE
, BELOW_BASELINE_LEADING
,
- * and BELOW_BASELINE_TRAILING
.
- * The default value is CENTER
.
+ * {@code BASELINE}, {@code BASELINE_LEADING},
+ * {@code BASELINE_TRAILING},
+ * {@code ABOVE_BASELINE}, {@code ABOVE_BASELINE_LEADING},
+ * {@code ABOVE_BASELINE_TRAILING},
+ * {@code BELOW_BASELINE}, {@code BELOW_BASELINE_LEADING},
+ * and {@code BELOW_BASELINE_TRAILING}.
+ * The default value is {@code CENTER}.
* @serial
* @see #clone()
* @see java.awt.ComponentOrientation
@@ -456,23 +456,23 @@
* than the component's requested size. It determines whether to
* resize the component, and if so, how.
* fill
:
+ * The following values are valid for {@code fill}:
*
*
*
* NONE
: Do not resize the component.
+ * {@code NONE}: Do not resize the component.
* HORIZONTAL
: Make the component wide enough to fill
+ * {@code HORIZONTAL}: Make the component wide enough to fill
* its display area horizontally, but do not change its height.
* VERTICAL
: Make the component tall enough to fill its
+ * {@code VERTICAL}: Make the component tall enough to fill its
* display area vertically, but do not change its width.
* BOTH
: Make the component fill its display area
+ * {@code BOTH}: Make the component fill its display area
* entirely.
* NONE
.
+ * The default value is {@code NONE}.
* @serial
* @see #clone()
*/
@@ -483,7 +483,7 @@
* minimum amount of space between the component and the edges of its
* display area.
* new Insets(0, 0, 0, 0)
.
+ * The default value is {@code new Insets(0, 0, 0, 0)}.
* @serial
* @see #clone()
*/
@@ -493,9 +493,9 @@
* This field specifies the internal padding of the component, how much
* space to add to the minimum width of the component. The width of
* the component is at least its minimum width plus
- * ipadx
pixels.
+ * {@code ipadx} pixels.
* 0
.
+ * The default value is {@code 0}.
* @serial
* @see #clone()
* @see java.awt.GridBagConstraints#ipady
@@ -506,7 +506,7 @@
* This field specifies the internal padding, that is, how much
* space to add to the minimum height of the component. The height of
* the component is at least its minimum height plus
- * ipady
pixels.
+ * {@code ipady} pixels.
* ipady
, where the default will be 0.
+ * {@code ipady}, where the default will be 0.
* @serial
* @see #ipady
*/
int minWidth;
/**
* The minimum height of the component. It is used to calculate
- * ipadx
, where the default will be 0.
+ * {@code ipadx}, where the default will be 0.
* @serial
* @see #ipadx
*/
@@ -571,7 +571,7 @@
private static final long serialVersionUID = -1000070633030801713L;
/**
- * Creates a GridBagConstraint
object with
+ * Creates a {@code GridBagConstraint} object with
* all of its fields set to their default value.
*/
public GridBagConstraints () {
@@ -591,7 +591,7 @@
}
/**
- * Creates a GridBagConstraints
object with
+ * Creates a {@code GridBagConstraints} object with
* all of its fields set to the passed-in arguments.
*
* Note: Because the use of this constructor hinders readability
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/GridBagLayout.java 2015-10-04 22:52:44.773274100 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/GridBagLayout.java 2015-10-04 22:52:44.581274109 +0400
@@ -28,18 +28,18 @@
import java.util.Arrays;
/**
- * The GridBagLayout
class is a flexible layout
+ * The {@code GridBagLayout} class is a flexible layout
* manager that aligns components vertically, horizontally or along their
* baseline without requiring that the components be of the same size.
- * Each GridBagLayout
object maintains a dynamic,
+ * Each {@code GridBagLayout} object maintains a dynamic,
* rectangular grid of cells, with each component occupying
* one or more cells, called its display area.
* GridBagLayout
is associated with
+ * Each component managed by a {@code GridBagLayout} is associated with
* an instance of {@link GridBagConstraints}. The constraints object
* specifies where a component's display area should be located on the grid
* and how the component should be positioned within its display area. In
- * addition to its constraints object, the GridBagLayout
also
+ * addition to its constraints object, the {@code GridBagLayout} also
* considers each component's minimum and preferred sizes in order to
* determine a component's size.
* GridBagConstraints
objects that are associated
- * with its components. You customize a GridBagConstraints
+ * of the {@code GridBagConstraints} objects that are associated
+ * with its components. You customize a {@code GridBagConstraints}
* object by setting one or more of its instance variables:
*
*
@@ -65,51 +65,51 @@
*
* gridy = 0
. For horizontal left-to-right layout,
* a component's leading corner is its upper left. For horizontal
* right-to-left layout, a component's leading corner is its upper right.
- * Use GridBagConstraints.RELATIVE
(the default value)
+ * Use {@code GridBagConstraints.RELATIVE} (the default value)
* to specify that the component be placed immediately following
- * (along the x axis for gridx
or the y axis for
- * gridy
) the component that was added to the container
+ * (along the x axis for {@code gridx} or the y axis for
+ * {@code gridy}) the component that was added to the container
* just before this component was added.
* gridwidth
)
- * or column (for gridheight
)
+ * GridBagConstraints.REMAINDER
to specify
- * that the component's display area will be from gridx
- * to the last cell in the row (for gridwidth
)
- * or from gridy
to the last cell in the column
- * (for gridheight
).
- *
- * Use GridBagConstraints.RELATIVE
to specify
- * that the component's display area will be from gridx
- * to the next to the last cell in its row (for gridwidth
- * or from gridy
to the next to the last cell in its
- * column (for gridheight
).
+ * Use {@code GridBagConstraints.REMAINDER} to specify
+ * that the component's display area will be from {@code gridx}
+ * to the last cell in the row (for {@code gridwidth})
+ * or from {@code gridy} to the last cell in the column
+ * (for {@code gridheight}).
+ *
+ * Use {@code GridBagConstraints.RELATIVE} to specify
+ * that the component's display area will be from {@code gridx}
+ * to the next to the last cell in its row (for {@code gridwidth}
+ * or from {@code gridy} to the next to the last cell in its
+ * column (for {@code gridheight}).
*
* GridBagConstraints.NONE
(the default),
- * GridBagConstraints.HORIZONTAL
+ * {@code GridBagConstraints.NONE} (the default),
+ * {@code GridBagConstraints.HORIZONTAL}
* (make the component wide enough to fill its display area
* horizontally, but don't change its height),
- * GridBagConstraints.VERTICAL
+ * {@code GridBagConstraints.VERTICAL}
* (make the component tall enough to fill its display area
* vertically, but don't change its width), and
- * GridBagConstraints.BOTH
+ * {@code GridBagConstraints.BOTH}
* (make the component fill its display area entirely).
* ipadx
pixels. Similarly, the height of
+ * plus {@code ipadx} pixels. Similarly, the height of
* the component will be at least the minimum height plus
- * ipady
pixels.
+ * {@code ipady} pixels.
* ComponentOrientation
property while absolute values
+ * {@code ComponentOrientation} property while absolute values
* are not. Baseline relative values are calculated relative to the
* baseline. Valid values are:
*
@@ -132,40 +132,40 @@
*
*
@@ -175,10 +175,10 @@
*
*
*
- *
* GridBagConstraints.NORTH
GridBagConstraints.SOUTH
GridBagConstraints.WEST
GridBagConstraints.EAST
GridBagConstraints.NORTHWEST
GridBagConstraints.NORTHEAST
GridBagConstraints.SOUTHWEST
GridBagConstraints.SOUTHEAST
GridBagConstraints.CENTER
(the default)
*
*
- *
* GridBagConstraints.PAGE_START
GridBagConstraints.PAGE_END
GridBagConstraints.LINE_START
GridBagConstraints.LINE_END
GridBagConstraints.FIRST_LINE_START
GridBagConstraints.FIRST_LINE_END
GridBagConstraints.LAST_LINE_START
GridBagConstraints.LAST_LINE_END
*
*
- *
* GridBagConstraints.BASELINE
GridBagConstraints.BASELINE_LEADING
GridBagConstraints.BASELINE_TRAILING
GridBagConstraints.ABOVE_BASELINE
GridBagConstraints.ABOVE_BASELINE_LEADING
GridBagConstraints.ABOVE_BASELINE_TRAILING
GridBagConstraints.BELOW_BASELINE
GridBagConstraints.BELOW_BASELINE_LEADING
GridBagConstraints.BELOW_BASELINE_TRAILING
weightx
) and column (weighty
),
+ * in a row ({@code weightx}) and column ({@code weighty}),
* all the components clump together in the center of their container.
* This is because when the weight is zero (the default),
- * the GridBagLayout
object puts any extra space
+ * the {@code GridBagLayout} object puts any extra space
* between its grid of cells and the edges of the container.
*
* Because the second button and the panel share the same prevailing row,
* they are both aligned along their baseline.
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@
* value. How components change is dictated by how the baseline of the
* prevailing row changes. The baseline is anchored to the
* bottom of the display area if any components with the same prevailing row
- * have a baseline-resize behavior of CONSTANT_DESCENT
and has
- * an anchor of BASELINE
. As the baseline-resize behavior
- * is CONSTANT_DESCENT
the prevailing row for the panel is
+ * has a baseline-resize behavior of {@code CONSTANT_DESCENT} and has
+ * an anchor of {@code BASELINE}. As the baseline-resize behavior
+ * is {@code CONSTANT_DESCENT} the prevailing row for the panel is
* row 1.
* CENTER_OFFSET
and an anchor of BASELINE
.
+ * {@code CENTER_OFFSET} and an anchor of {@code BASELINE}.
* CONSTANT_DESCENT
,
+ * have a baseline-resize behavior of {@code CONSTANT_DESCENT},
* otherwise the baseline is anchored to the top of the display area.
* The following rules dictate the resize behavior:
*
@@ -233,12 +233,12 @@
* only grow as high as the difference between the display height and the
* baseline.
*
* If you position a component along the baseline, but the
@@ -266,9 +266,9 @@
*
*
* OTHER
are only resized if
+ * baseline-resize behavior of {@code OTHER} are only resized if
* the baseline at the resized size fits within the display area. If
* the baseline is such that it does not fit within the display area
* the component is not resized.
* OTHER
+ * baseline-resize behavior of {@code OTHER}
* can only grow as tall as {@code display height - baseline + baseline of component}.
* fill
field
- * of its associated GridBagConstraints
object
- * set to GridBagConstraints.BOTH
.
+ * Each of the ten components has the {@code fill} field
+ * of its associated {@code GridBagConstraints} object
+ * set to {@code GridBagConstraints.BOTH}.
* In addition, the components have the following non-default constraints:
*
*
@@ -387,8 +387,8 @@
/**
* This hashtable maintains the association between
* a component and its gridbag constraints.
- * The Keys in
comptable
are the components and the
- * values are the instances of GridBagConstraints
.
+ * The Keys in {@code comptable} are the components and the
+ * values are the instances of {@code GridBagConstraints}.
*
* @serial
* @see java.awt.GridBagConstraints
@@ -400,7 +400,7 @@
* containing the default values, so if a component
* does not have gridbag constraints associated with
* it, then the component will be assigned a
- * copy of the defaultConstraints
.
+ * copy of the {@code defaultConstraints}.
*
* @serial
* @see #getConstraints(Component)
@@ -414,7 +414,7 @@
* for the gridbag. The information in this field
* is based on the most recent validation of the
* gridbag.
- * If layoutInfo
is null
+ * If {@code layoutInfo} is {@code null}
* this indicates that there are no components in
* the gridbag or if there are components, they have
* not yet been validated.
@@ -426,7 +426,7 @@
/**
* This field holds the overrides to the column minimum
- * width. If this field is non-null
the values are
+ * width. If this field is non-{@code null} the values are
* applied to the gridbag after all of the minimum columns
* widths have been calculated.
* If columnWidths has more elements than the number of
@@ -440,12 +440,12 @@
/**
* This field holds the overrides to the row minimum
- * heights. If this field is non-null
the values are
+ * heights. If this field is non-{@code null} the values are
* applied to the gridbag after all of the minimum row
* heights have been calculated.
- * If rowHeights
has more elements than the number of
+ * If {@code rowHeights} has more elements than the number of
* rows, rows are added to the gridbag to match
- * the number of elements in rowHeights
.
+ * the number of elements in {@code rowHeights}.
*
* @serial
* @see #getLayoutDimensions()
@@ -454,12 +454,12 @@
/**
* This field holds the overrides to the column weights.
- * If this field is non-null
the values are
+ * If this field is non-{@code null} the values are
* applied to the gridbag after all of the columns
* weights have been calculated.
- * If columnWeights[i]
> weight for column i, then
- * column i is assigned the weight in columnWeights[i]
.
- * If columnWeights
has more elements than the number
+ * If {@code columnWeights[i] >} weight for column i, then
+ * column i is assigned the weight in {@code columnWeights[i]}.
+ * If {@code columnWeights} has more elements than the number
* of columns, the excess elements are ignored - they do
* not cause more columns to be created.
*
@@ -469,12 +469,12 @@
/**
* This field holds the overrides to the row weights.
- * If this field is non-null
the values are
+ * If this field is non-{@code null} the values are
* applied to the gridbag after all of the rows
* weights have been calculated.
- * If rowWeights[i]
> weight for row i, then
- * row i is assigned the weight in rowWeights[i]
.
- * If rowWeights
has more elements than the number
+ * If {@code rowWeights[i] > } weight for row i, then
+ * row i is assigned the weight in {@code rowWeights[i]}.
+ * If {@code rowWeights} has more elements than the number
* of rows, the excess elements are ignored - they do
* not cause more rows to be created.
*
@@ -484,7 +484,7 @@
/**
* The component being positioned. This is set before calling into
- * adjustForGravity
.
+ * {@code adjustForGravity}.
*/
private Component componentAdjusting;
@@ -507,7 +507,7 @@
/**
* Gets the constraints for the specified component. A copy of
- * the actual GridBagConstraints
object is returned.
+ * the actual {@code GridBagConstraints} object is returned.
* @param comp the component to be queried
* @return the constraint for the specified component in this
* grid bag layout; a copy of the actual constraint
@@ -525,12 +525,12 @@
/**
* Retrieves the constraints for the specified component.
* The return value is not a copy, but is the actual
- * GridBagConstraints
object used by the layout mechanism.
+ * {@code GridBagConstraints} object used by the layout mechanism.
* comp
is not in the GridBagLayout
,
- * a set of default GridBagConstraints
are returned.
- * A comp
value of null
is invalid
- * and returns null
.
+ * If {@code comp} is not in the {@code GridBagLayout},
+ * a set of default {@code GridBagConstraints} are returned.
+ * A {@code comp} value of {@code null} is invalid
+ * and returns {@code null}.
*
* @param comp the component to be queried
* @return the constraints for the specified component
@@ -556,7 +556,7 @@
* Determines the origin of the layout area, in the graphics coordinate
* space of the target container. This value represents the pixel
* coordinates of the top-left corner of the layout area regardless of
- * the ComponentOrientation
value of the container. This
+ * the {@code ComponentOrientation} value of the container. This
* is distinct from the grid origin given by the cell coordinates (0,0).
* Most applications do not call this method directly.
* @return the graphics origin of the cell in the top-left
@@ -631,16 +631,16 @@
* (x, y)
point lies
* outside the grid, the following rules are used.
- * The column index is returned as zero if x
lies to the
+ * The column index is returned as zero if {@code x} lies to the
* left of the layout for a left-to-right container or to the right of
* the layout for a right-to-left container. The column index is returned
- * as the number of columns if x
lies
+ * as the number of columns if {@code x} lies
* to the right of the layout in a left-to-right container or to the left
* in a right-to-left container.
- * The row index is returned as zero if y
lies above the
- * layout, and as the number of rows if y
lies
+ * The row index is returned as zero if {@code y} lies above the
+ * layout, and as the number of rows if {@code y} lies
* below the layout. The orientation of a container is determined by its
- * ComponentOrientation
property.
+ * {@code ComponentOrientation} property.
* @param x the x coordinate of a point
* @param y the y coordinate of a point
* @return an ordered pair of indexes that indicate which cell
@@ -692,14 +692,14 @@
/**
* Adds the specified component to the layout, using the specified
- * constraints
object. Note that constraints
+ * {@code constraints} object. Note that constraints
* are mutable and are, therefore, cloned when cached.
*
* @param comp the component to be added
* @param constraints an object that determines how
* the component is added to the layout
- * @exception IllegalArgumentException if constraints
- * is not a GridBagConstraint
+ * @exception IllegalArgumentException if {@code constraints}
+ * is not a {@code GridBagConstraint}
*/
public void addLayoutComponent(Component comp, Object constraints) {
if (constraints instanceof GridBagConstraints) {
@@ -722,14 +722,14 @@
}
/**
- * Determines the preferred size of the parent
+ * Determines the preferred size of the {@code parent}
* container using this grid bag layout.
* parent
+ * @return the preferred size of the {@code parent}
* container
*/
public Dimension preferredLayoutSize(Container parent) {
@@ -738,13 +738,13 @@
}
/**
- * Determines the minimum size of the parent
container
+ * Determines the minimum size of the {@code parent} container
* using this grid bag layout.
* parent
container
+ * @return the minimum size of the {@code parent} container
*/
public Dimension minimumLayoutSize(Container parent) {
GridBagLayoutInfo info = getLayoutInfo(parent, MINSIZE);
@@ -771,7 +771,7 @@
* where 0 represents alignment along the origin, 1 is aligned
* the furthest away from the origin, 0.5 is centered, etc.
*
- * @return the value 0.5f
to indicate centered
+ * @return the value {@code 0.5f} to indicate centered
*/
public float getLayoutAlignmentX(Container parent) {
return 0.5f;
@@ -784,7 +784,7 @@
* where 0 represents alignment along the origin, 1 is aligned
* the furthest away from the origin, 0.5 is centered, etc.
*
- * @return the value 0.5f
to indicate centered
+ * @return the value {@code 0.5f} to indicate centered
*/
public float getLayoutAlignmentY(Container parent) {
return 0.5f;
@@ -800,7 +800,7 @@
/**
* Lays out the specified container using this grid bag layout.
* This method reshapes components in the specified container in
- * order to satisfy the constraints of this GridBagLayout
+ * order to satisfy the constraints of this {@code GridBagLayout}
* object.
* GridBagLayoutInfo
for the
+ * Fills in an instance of {@code GridBagLayoutInfo} for the
* current set of managed children. This requires three passes through the
* set of children:
*
@@ -904,12 +904,12 @@
* first encountered (so subsequent loops don't need to ask again).
* GridBagLayout
.
+ * {@code GridBagLayout}.
*
* @param parent the layout container
- * @param sizeflag either PREFERREDSIZE
or
- * MINSIZE
- * @return the GridBagLayoutInfo
for the set of children
+ * @param sizeflag either {@code PREFERREDSIZE} or
+ * {@code MINSIZE}
+ * @return the {@code GridBagLayoutInfo} for the set of children
* @since 1.4
*/
protected GridBagLayoutInfo getLayoutInfo(Container parent, int sizeflag) {
@@ -1605,10 +1605,10 @@
* Adjusts the x, y, width, and height fields to the correct
* values depending on the constraint geometry and pads.
* This method should only be used internally by
- * GridBagLayout
.
+ * {@code GridBagLayout}.
*
* @param constraints the constraints to be applied
- * @param r the Rectangle
to be adjusted
+ * @param r the {@code Rectangle} to be adjusted
* @since 1.4
*/
protected void adjustForGravity(GridBagConstraints constraints,
@@ -1624,7 +1624,7 @@
* compatibility only; new code should call {@link
* #adjustForGravity(java.awt.GridBagConstraints, java.awt.Rectangle)
* adjustForGravity} instead.
- * This method is the same as adjustForGravity
+ * This method is the same as {@code adjustForGravity}
*
* @param constraints the constraints to be applied
* @param r the {@code Rectangle} to be adjusted
@@ -1987,13 +1987,13 @@
/**
* Figures out the minimum size of the
- * master based on the information from getLayoutInfo
.
+ * master based on the information from {@code getLayoutInfo}.
* This method should only be used internally by
- * GridBagLayout
.
+ * {@code GridBagLayout}.
*
* @param parent the layout container
* @param info the layout info for this parent
- * @return a Dimension
object containing the
+ * @return a {@code Dimension} object containing the
* minimum size
* @since 1.4
*/
@@ -2005,11 +2005,11 @@
* This method is obsolete and supplied for backwards
* compatibility only; new code should call {@link
* #getMinSize(java.awt.Container, GridBagLayoutInfo) getMinSize} instead.
- * This method is the same as getMinSize
+ * This method is the same as {@code getMinSize}
*
* @param parent the layout container
* @param info the layout info for this parent
- * @return a Dimension
object containing the
+ * @return a {@code Dimension} object containing the
* minimum size
*/
protected Dimension GetMinSize(Container parent, GridBagLayoutInfo info) {
@@ -2035,7 +2035,7 @@
/**
* Lays out the grid.
* This method should only be used internally by
- * GridBagLayout
.
+ * {@code GridBagLayout}.
*
* @param parent the layout container
* @since 1.4
@@ -2048,7 +2048,7 @@
* This method is obsolete and supplied for backwards
* compatibility only; new code should call {@link
* #arrangeGrid(Container) arrangeGrid} instead.
- * This method is the same as arrangeGrid
+ * This method is the same as {@code arrangeGrid}
*
* @param parent the layout container
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/Image.java 2015-10-04 22:52:45.333274075 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/Image.java 2015-10-04 22:52:45.145274084 +0400
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
/**
- * The abstract class Image
is the superclass of all
+ * The abstract class {@code Image} is the superclass of all
* classes that represent graphical images. The image must be
* obtained in a platform-specific manner.
*
@@ -57,17 +57,17 @@
* Priority for accelerating this image. Subclasses are free to
* set different default priorities and applications are free to
* set the priority for specific images via the
- * setAccelerationPriority(float)
method.
+ * {@code setAccelerationPriority(float)} method.
* @since 1.5
*/
protected float accelerationPriority = .5f;
/**
* Determines the width of the image. If the width is not yet known,
- * this method returns -1
and the specified
- * ImageObserver
object is notified later.
+ * this method returns {@code -1} and the specified
+ * {@code ImageObserver} object is notified later.
* @param observer an object waiting for the image to be loaded.
- * @return the width of this image, or -1
+ * @return the width of this image, or {@code -1}
* if the width is not yet known.
* @see java.awt.Image#getHeight
* @see java.awt.image.ImageObserver
@@ -76,10 +76,10 @@
/**
* Determines the height of the image. If the height is not yet known,
- * this method returns -1
and the specified
- * ImageObserver
object is notified later.
+ * this method returns {@code -1} and the specified
+ * {@code ImageObserver} object is notified later.
* @param observer an object waiting for the image to be loaded.
- * @return the height of this image, or -1
+ * @return the height of this image, or {@code -1}
* if the height is not yet known.
* @see java.awt.Image#getWidth
* @see java.awt.image.ImageObserver
@@ -112,13 +112,13 @@
* UndefinedProperty
object.
+ * method returns the {@code UndefinedProperty} object.
* null
, and the ImageObserver
+ * returns {@code null}, and the {@code ImageObserver}
* object is notified later.
* "comment"
should be used to store
+ * The property name {@code "comment"} should be used to store
* an optional comment which can be presented to the application as a
* description of the image, its source, or its author.
* @param name a property name.
@@ -131,25 +131,25 @@
public abstract Object getProperty(String name, ImageObserver observer);
/**
- * The UndefinedProperty
object should be returned whenever a
+ * The {@code UndefinedProperty} object should be returned whenever a
* property which was not defined for a particular image is fetched.
*/
public static final Object UndefinedProperty = new Object();
/**
* Creates a scaled version of this image.
- * A new Image
object is returned which will render
- * the image at the specified width
and
- * height
by default. The new Image
object
+ * A new {@code Image} object is returned which will render
+ * the image at the specified {@code width} and
+ * {@code height} by default. The new {@code Image} object
* may be loaded asynchronously even if the original source image
* has already been loaded completely.
*
* width
- * or height
is a negative number then a value is
+ * If either {@code width}
+ * or {@code height} is a negative number then a value is
* substituted to maintain the aspect ratio of the original image
- * dimensions. If both width
and height
+ * dimensions. If both {@code width} and {@code height}
* are negative, then the original image dimensions are used.
*
* @param width the width to which to scale the image.
@@ -157,8 +157,8 @@
* @param hints flags to indicate the type of algorithm to use
* for image resampling.
* @return a scaled version of the image.
- * @exception IllegalArgumentException if width
- * or height
is zero.
+ * @exception IllegalArgumentException if {@code width}
+ * or {@code height} is zero.
* @see java.awt.Image#SCALE_DEFAULT
* @see java.awt.Image#SCALE_FAST
* @see java.awt.Image#SCALE_SMOOTH
@@ -200,8 +200,8 @@
/**
* Use the image scaling algorithm embodied in the
- * ReplicateScaleFilter
class.
- * The Image
object is free to substitute a different filter
+ * {@code ReplicateScaleFilter} class.
+ * The {@code Image} object is free to substitute a different filter
* that performs the same algorithm yet integrates more efficiently
* into the imaging infrastructure supplied by the toolkit.
* @see java.awt.image.ReplicateScaleFilter
@@ -274,11 +274,11 @@
* size on the given GraphicsConfiguration, so although the object
* may be acceleratable in general, it
* does not have that capability on this GraphicsConfiguration.
- * @param gc a GraphicsConfiguration
object. A value of null
+ * @param gc a {@code GraphicsConfiguration} object. A value of null
* for this parameter will result in getting the image capabilities
- * for the default GraphicsConfiguration
.
- * @return an ImageCapabilities
object that contains
- * the capabilities of this Image
on the specified
+ * for the default {@code GraphicsConfiguration}.
+ * @return an {@code ImageCapabilities} object that contains
+ * the capabilities of this {@code Image} on the specified
* GraphicsConfiguration.
* @see java.awt.image.VolatileImage#getCapabilities()
* VolatileImage.getCapabilities()
@@ -313,7 +313,7 @@
* means that this Image should never be accelerated. Other values
* are used simply to determine acceleration priority relative to other
* Images.
- * @throws IllegalArgumentException if priority
is less
+ * @throws IllegalArgumentException if {@code priority} is less
* than zero or greater than 1.
* @since 1.5
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/ImageCapabilities.java 2015-10-04 22:52:45.861274052 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/ImageCapabilities.java 2015-10-04 22:52:45.673274060 +0400
@@ -43,8 +43,8 @@
}
/**
- * Returns true
if the object whose capabilities are
- * encapsulated in this ImageCapabilities
can be or is
+ * Returns {@code true} if the object whose capabilities are
+ * encapsulated in this {@code ImageCapabilities} can be or is
* accelerated.
* @return whether or not an image can be, or is, accelerated. There are
* various platform-specific ways to accelerate an image, including
@@ -56,8 +56,8 @@
}
/**
- * Returns true
if the VolatileImage
- * described by this ImageCapabilities
can lose
+ * Returns {@code true} if the {@code VolatileImage}
+ * described by this {@code ImageCapabilities} can lose
* its surfaces.
* @return whether or not a volatile image is subject to losing its surfaces
* at the whim of the operating system.
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/Insets.java 2015-10-04 22:52:46.381274028 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/Insets.java 2015-10-04 22:52:46.189274037 +0400
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
package java.awt;
/**
- * An Insets
object is a representation of the borders
+ * An {@code Insets} object is a representation of the borders
* of a container. It specifies the space that a container must leave
* at each of its edges. The space can be a border, a blank space, or
* a title.
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@
}
/**
- * Creates and initializes a new Insets
object with the
+ * Creates and initializes a new {@code Insets} object with the
* specified top, left, bottom, and right insets.
* @param top the inset from the top.
* @param left the inset from the left.
@@ -125,11 +125,11 @@
/**
* Checks whether two insets objects are equal. Two instances
- * of Insets
are equal if the four integer values
- * of the fields top
, left
,
- * bottom
, and right
are all equal.
- * @return true
if the two insets are equal;
- * otherwise false
.
+ * of {@code Insets} are equal if the four integer values
+ * of the fields {@code top}, {@code left},
+ * {@code bottom}, and {@code right} are all equal.
+ * @return {@code true} if the two insets are equal;
+ * otherwise {@code false}.
* @since 1.1
*/
public boolean equals(Object obj) {
@@ -156,13 +156,13 @@
}
/**
- * Returns a string representation of this Insets
object.
+ * Returns a string representation of this {@code Insets} object.
* This method is intended to be used only for debugging purposes, and
* the content and format of the returned string may vary between
* implementations. The returned string may be empty but may not be
- * null
.
+ * {@code null}.
*
- * @return a string representation of this Insets
object.
+ * @return a string representation of this {@code Insets} object.
*/
public String toString() {
return getClass().getName() + "[top=" + top + ",left=" + left + ",bottom=" + bottom + ",right=" + right + "]";
@@ -170,7 +170,7 @@
/**
* Create a copy of this object.
- * @return a copy of this Insets
object.
+ * @return a copy of this {@code Insets} object.
*/
public Object clone() {
try {
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/ItemSelectable.java 2015-10-04 22:52:46.901274005 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/ItemSelectable.java 2015-10-04 22:52:46.713274013 +0400
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
public interface ItemSelectable {
/**
- * Returns the selected items or null
if no
+ * Returns the selected items or {@code null} if no
* items are selected.
*
* @return the list of selected objects, or {@code null}
@@ -47,8 +47,8 @@
/**
* Adds a listener to receive item events when the state of an item is
* changed by the user. Item events are not sent when an item's
- * state is set programmatically. If l
is
- * null
, no exception is thrown and no action is performed.
+ * state is set programmatically. If {@code l} is
+ * {@code null}, no exception is thrown and no action is performed.
*
* @param l the listener to receive events
* @see ItemEvent
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@
/**
* Removes an item listener.
- * If l
is null
,
+ * If {@code l} is {@code null},
* no exception is thrown and no action is performed.
*
* @param l the listener being removed
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/JobAttributes.java 2015-10-04 22:52:47.421273982 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/JobAttributes.java 2015-10-04 22:52:47.233273990 +0400
@@ -72,19 +72,19 @@
};
/**
- * The DefaultSelectionType
instance to use for
+ * The {@code DefaultSelectionType} instance to use for
* specifying that all pages of the job should be printed.
*/
public static final DefaultSelectionType ALL =
new DefaultSelectionType(I_ALL);
/**
- * The DefaultSelectionType
instance to use for
+ * The {@code DefaultSelectionType} instance to use for
* specifying that a range of pages of the job should be printed.
*/
public static final DefaultSelectionType RANGE =
new DefaultSelectionType(I_RANGE);
/**
- * The DefaultSelectionType
instance to use for
+ * The {@code DefaultSelectionType} instance to use for
* specifying that the current selection should be printed.
*/
public static final DefaultSelectionType SELECTION =
@@ -108,13 +108,13 @@
};
/**
- * The DestinationType
instance to use for
+ * The {@code DestinationType} instance to use for
* specifying print to file.
*/
public static final DestinationType FILE =
new DestinationType(I_FILE);
/**
- * The DestinationType
instance to use for
+ * The {@code DestinationType} instance to use for
* specifying print to printer.
*/
public static final DestinationType PRINTER =
@@ -139,17 +139,17 @@
};
/**
- * The DialogType
instance to use for
+ * The {@code DialogType} instance to use for
* specifying the cross-platform, pure Java print dialog.
*/
public static final DialogType COMMON = new DialogType(I_COMMON);
/**
- * The DialogType
instance to use for
+ * The {@code DialogType} instance to use for
* specifying the platform's native print dialog.
*/
public static final DialogType NATIVE = new DialogType(I_NATIVE);
/**
- * The DialogType
instance to use for
+ * The {@code DialogType} instance to use for
* specifying no print dialog.
*/
public static final DialogType NONE = new DialogType(I_NONE);
@@ -176,7 +176,7 @@
};
/**
- * The MultipleDocumentHandlingType
instance to use for specifying
+ * The {@code MultipleDocumentHandlingType} instance to use for specifying
* that the job should be divided into separate, collated copies.
*/
public static final MultipleDocumentHandlingType
@@ -184,7 +184,7 @@
new MultipleDocumentHandlingType(
I_SEPARATE_DOCUMENTS_COLLATED_COPIES);
/**
- * The MultipleDocumentHandlingType
instance to use for specifying
+ * The {@code MultipleDocumentHandlingType} instance to use for specifying
* that the job should be divided into separate, uncollated copies.
*/
public static final MultipleDocumentHandlingType
@@ -212,13 +212,13 @@
};
/**
- * The SidesType
instance to use for specifying that
+ * The {@code SidesType} instance to use for specifying that
* consecutive job pages should be printed upon the same side of
* consecutive media sheets.
*/
public static final SidesType ONE_SIDED = new SidesType(I_ONE_SIDED);
/**
- * The SidesType
instance to use for specifying that
+ * The {@code SidesType} instance to use for specifying that
* consecutive job pages should be printed upon front and back sides
* of consecutive media sheets, such that the orientation of each pair
* of pages on the medium would be correct for the reader as if for
@@ -227,7 +227,7 @@
public static final SidesType TWO_SIDED_LONG_EDGE =
new SidesType(I_TWO_SIDED_LONG_EDGE);
/**
- * The SidesType
instance to use for specifying that
+ * The {@code SidesType} instance to use for specifying that
* consecutive job pages should be printed upon front and back sides
* of consecutive media sheets, such that the orientation of each pair
* of pages on the medium would be correct for the reader as if for
@@ -258,16 +258,16 @@
private int toPage;
/**
- * Constructs a JobAttributes
instance with default
+ * Constructs a {@code JobAttributes} instance with default
* values for every attribute. The dialog defaults to
- * DialogType.NATIVE
. Min page defaults to
- * 1
. Max page defaults to Integer.MAX_VALUE
.
- * Destination defaults to DestinationType.PRINTER
.
- * Selection defaults to DefaultSelectionType.ALL
.
- * Number of copies defaults to 1
. Multiple document handling defaults
- * to MultipleDocumentHandlingType.SEPARATE_DOCUMENTS_UNCOLLATED_COPIES
.
- * Sides defaults to SidesType.ONE_SIDED
. File name defaults
- * to null
.
+ * {@code DialogType.NATIVE}. Min page defaults to
+ * {@code 1}. Max page defaults to {@code Integer.MAX_VALUE}.
+ * Destination defaults to {@code DestinationType.PRINTER}.
+ * Selection defaults to {@code DefaultSelectionType.ALL}.
+ * Number of copies defaults to {@code 1}. Multiple document handling defaults
+ * to {@code MultipleDocumentHandlingType.SEPARATE_DOCUMENTS_UNCOLLATED_COPIES}.
+ * Sides defaults to {@code SidesType.ONE_SIDED}. File name defaults
+ * to {@code null}.
*/
public JobAttributes() {
setCopiesToDefault();
@@ -281,36 +281,36 @@
}
/**
- * Constructs a JobAttributes
instance which is a copy
- * of the supplied JobAttributes
.
+ * Constructs a {@code JobAttributes} instance which is a copy
+ * of the supplied {@code JobAttributes}.
*
- * @param obj the JobAttributes
to copy
+ * @param obj the {@code JobAttributes} to copy
*/
public JobAttributes(JobAttributes obj) {
set(obj);
}
/**
- * Constructs a JobAttributes
instance with the
+ * Constructs a {@code JobAttributes} instance with the
* specified values for every attribute.
*
* @param copies an integer greater than 0
- * @param defaultSelection DefaultSelectionType.ALL
,
- * DefaultSelectionType.RANGE
, or
- * DefaultSelectionType.SELECTION
- * @param destination DestinationType.FILE
or
- * DestinationType.PRINTER
- * @param dialog DialogType.COMMON
,
- * DialogType.NATIVE
, or
- * DialogType.NONE
- * @param fileName the possibly null
file name
+ * @param defaultSelection {@code DefaultSelectionType.ALL},
+ * {@code DefaultSelectionType.RANGE}, or
+ * {@code DefaultSelectionType.SELECTION}
+ * @param destination {@code DestinationType.FILE} or
+ * {@code DestinationType.PRINTER}
+ * @param dialog {@code DialogType.COMMON},
+ * {@code DialogType.NATIVE}, or
+ * {@code DialogType.NONE}
+ * @param fileName the possibly {@code null} file name
* @param maxPage an integer greater than zero and greater than or equal
* to minPage
* @param minPage an integer greater than zero and less than or equal
* to maxPage
* @param multipleDocumentHandling
- * MultipleDocumentHandlingType.SEPARATE_DOCUMENTS_COLLATED_COPIES
or
- * MultipleDocumentHandlingType.SEPARATE_DOCUMENTS_UNCOLLATED_COPIES
+ * {@code MultipleDocumentHandlingType.SEPARATE_DOCUMENTS_COLLATED_COPIES} or
+ * {@code MultipleDocumentHandlingType.SEPARATE_DOCUMENTS_UNCOLLATED_COPIES}
* @param pageRanges an array of integer arrays of two elements; an array
* is interpreted as a range spanning all pages including and
* between the specified pages; ranges must be in ascending
@@ -322,13 +322,13 @@
* new int[] { 15, 19 } }),
*
* specifies pages 1, 2, 3, 5, 15, 16, 17, 18, and 19. Note that
- * (new int[][] { new int[] { 1, 1 }, new int[] { 1, 2 } }
),
+ * ({@code new int[][] { new int[] { 1, 1 }, new int[] { 1, 2 } }}),
* is an invalid set of page ranges because the two ranges
* overlap
- * @param printer the possibly null
printer name
- * @param sides SidesType.ONE_SIDED
,
- * SidesType.TWO_SIDED_LONG_EDGE
, or
- * SidesType.TWO_SIDED_SHORT_EDGE
+ * @param printer the possibly {@code null} printer name
+ * @param sides {@code SidesType.ONE_SIDED},
+ * {@code SidesType.TWO_SIDED_LONG_EDGE}, or
+ * {@code SidesType.TWO_SIDED_SHORT_EDGE}
* @throws IllegalArgumentException if one or more of the above
* conditions is violated
*/
@@ -351,10 +351,10 @@
}
/**
- * Creates and returns a copy of this JobAttributes
.
+ * Creates and returns a copy of this {@code JobAttributes}.
*
* @return the newly created copy; it is safe to cast this Object into
- * a JobAttributes
+ * a {@code JobAttributes}
*/
public Object clone() {
try {
@@ -366,10 +366,10 @@
}
/**
- * Sets all of the attributes of this JobAttributes
to
+ * Sets all of the attributes of this {@code JobAttributes} to
* the same values as the attributes of obj.
*
- * @param obj the JobAttributes
to copy
+ * @param obj the {@code JobAttributes} to copy
*/
public void set(JobAttributes obj) {
copies = obj.copies;
@@ -404,10 +404,10 @@
/**
* Specifies the number of copies the application should render for jobs
* using these attributes. Not specifying this attribute is equivalent to
- * specifying 1
.
+ * specifying {@code 1}.
*
* @param copies an integer greater than 0
- * @throws IllegalArgumentException if copies
is less than
+ * @throws IllegalArgumentException if {@code copies} is less than
* or equal to 0
*/
public void setCopies(int copies) {
@@ -429,7 +429,7 @@
/**
* Specifies whether, for jobs using these attributes, the application
* should print all pages, the range specified by the return value of
- * getPageRanges
, or the current selection. This attribute
+ * {@code getPageRanges}, or the current selection. This attribute
* is updated to the value chosen by the user.
*
* @return DefaultSelectionType.ALL, DefaultSelectionType.RANGE, or
@@ -442,12 +442,12 @@
/**
* Specifies whether, for jobs using these attributes, the application
* should print all pages, the range specified by the return value of
- * getPageRanges
, or the current selection. Not specifying
+ * {@code getPageRanges}, or the current selection. Not specifying
* this attribute is equivalent to specifying DefaultSelectionType.ALL.
*
* @param defaultSelection DefaultSelectionType.ALL,
* DefaultSelectionType.RANGE, or DefaultSelectionType.SELECTION.
- * @throws IllegalArgumentException if defaultSelection is null
+ * @throws IllegalArgumentException if defaultSelection is {@code null}
*/
public void setDefaultSelection(DefaultSelectionType defaultSelection) {
if (defaultSelection == null) {
@@ -495,8 +495,8 @@
* This attribute cannot be modified by, and is not subject to any
* limitations of, the implementation or the target printer.
*
- * @return DialogType.COMMON
, DialogType.NATIVE
, or
- * DialogType.NONE
+ * @return {@code DialogType.COMMON}, {@code DialogType.NATIVE}, or
+ * {@code DialogType.NONE}
*/
public DialogType getDialog() {
return dialog;
@@ -529,7 +529,7 @@
* Specifies the file name for the output file for jobs using these
* attributes. This attribute is updated to the value chosen by the user.
*
- * @return the possibly null
file name
+ * @return the possibly {@code null} file name
*/
public String getFileName() {
return fileName;
@@ -549,9 +549,9 @@
* Returns, for jobs using these attributes, the first page to be
* printed, if a range of pages is to be printed. This attribute is
* updated to the value chosen by the user. An application should ignore
- * this attribute on output, unless the return value of the
- * getDefaultSelection
method is DefaultSelectionType.RANGE. An
- * application should honor the return value of getPageRanges
+ * this attribute on output, unless the return value of the
+ * {@code getDefaultSelection} method is DefaultSelectionType.RANGE. An
+ * application should honor the return value of {@code getPageRanges}
* over the return value of this method, if possible.
*
* @return an integer greater than zero and less than or equal to
@@ -612,7 +612,7 @@
/**
* Specifies the maximum value the user can specify as the last page to
* be printed for jobs using these attributes. Not specifying this
- * attribute is equivalent to specifying Integer.MAX_VALUE
.
+ * attribute is equivalent to specifying {@code Integer.MAX_VALUE}.
*
* @param maxPage an integer greater than zero and greater than or equal
* to minPage
@@ -643,7 +643,7 @@
/**
* Specifies the minimum value the user can specify as the first page to
* be printed for jobs using these attributes. Not specifying this
- * attribute is equivalent to specifying 1
.
+ * attribute is equivalent to specifying {@code 1}.
*
* @param minPage an integer greater than zero and less than or equal
* to maxPage.
@@ -706,7 +706,7 @@
* printed, if a range of pages is to be printed. All range numbers are
* inclusive. This attribute is updated to the value chosen by the user.
* An application should ignore this attribute on output, unless the
- * return value of the getDefaultSelection
method is
+ * return value of the {@code getDefaultSelection} method is
* DefaultSelectionType.RANGE.
*
* @return an array of integer arrays of 2 elements. An array
@@ -888,9 +888,9 @@
* Returns, for jobs using these attributes, the last page (inclusive)
* to be printed, if a range of pages is to be printed. This attribute is
* updated to the value chosen by the user. An application should ignore
- * this attribute on output, unless the return value of the
- * getDefaultSelection
method is DefaultSelectionType.RANGE. An
- * application should honor the return value of getPageRanges
+ * this attribute on output, unless the return value of the
+ * {@code getDefaultSelection} method is DefaultSelectionType.RANGE. An
+ * application should honor the return value of {@code getPageRanges}
* over the return value of this method, if possible.
*
* @return an integer greater than zero and greater than or equal
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/KeyEventDispatcher.java 2015-10-04 22:52:47.957273957 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/KeyEventDispatcher.java 2015-10-04 22:52:47.769273966 +0400
@@ -62,28 +62,28 @@
* used to deliver KeyEvents to Components other than the focus owner. This
* can be useful when navigating children of non-focusable Windows in an
* accessible environment, for example. Note that if a KeyEventDispatcher
- * dispatches the KeyEvent itself, it must use redispatchEvent
+ * dispatches the KeyEvent itself, it must use {@code redispatchEvent}
* to prevent the current KeyboardFocusManager from recursively requesting
* that this KeyEventDispatcher dispatch the event again.
* false
, then
+ * If an implementation of this method returns {@code false}, then
* the KeyEvent is passed to the next KeyEventDispatcher in the chain,
* ending with the current KeyboardFocusManager. If an implementation
- * returns true
, the KeyEvent is assumed to have been
+ * returns {@code true}, the KeyEvent is assumed to have been
* dispatched (although this need not be the case), and the current
* KeyboardFocusManager will take no further action with regard to the
* KeyEvent. In such a case,
- * KeyboardFocusManager.dispatchEvent
should return
- * true
as well. If an implementation consumes the KeyEvent,
- * but returns false
, the consumed event will still be passed
+ * {@code KeyboardFocusManager.dispatchEvent} should return
+ * {@code true} as well. If an implementation consumes the KeyEvent,
+ * but returns {@code false}, the consumed event will still be passed
* to the next KeyEventDispatcher in the chain. It is important for
* developers to check whether the KeyEvent has been consumed before
* dispatching it to a target. By default, the current KeyboardFocusManager
* will not dispatch a consumed KeyEvent.
*
* @param e the KeyEvent to dispatch
- * @return true
if the KeyboardFocusManager should take no
- * further action with regard to the KeyEvent; false
+ * @return {@code true} if the KeyboardFocusManager should take no
+ * further action with regard to the KeyEvent; {@code false}
* otherwise
* @see KeyboardFocusManager#redispatchEvent
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/KeyEventPostProcessor.java 2015-10-04 22:52:48.477273934 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/KeyEventPostProcessor.java 2015-10-04 22:52:48.289273943 +0400
@@ -68,17 +68,17 @@
* will be used to implement features which require global KeyEvent
* post-handling, such as menu shortcuts. Note that if a
* KeyEventPostProcessor wishes to dispatch the KeyEvent, it must use
- * redispatchEvent
to prevent the AWT from recursively
+ * {@code redispatchEvent} to prevent the AWT from recursively
* requesting that this KeyEventPostProcessor perform post-processing
* of the event again.
* false
, then the
+ * If an implementation of this method returns {@code false}, then the
* KeyEvent is passed to the next KeyEventPostProcessor in the chain,
* ending with the current KeyboardFocusManager. If an implementation
- * returns true
, the KeyEvent is assumed to have been fully
+ * returns {@code true}, the KeyEvent is assumed to have been fully
* handled (although this need not be the case), and the AWT will take no
* further action with regard to the KeyEvent. If an implementation
- * consumes the KeyEvent but returns false
, the consumed
+ * consumes the KeyEvent but returns {@code false}, the consumed
* event will still be passed to the next KeyEventPostProcessor in the
* chain. It is important for developers to check whether the KeyEvent has
* been consumed before performing any post-processing of the KeyEvent. By
@@ -86,8 +86,8 @@
* processing in response to a consumed KeyEvent.
*
* @param e the KeyEvent to post-process
- * @return true
if the AWT should take no further action with
- * regard to the KeyEvent; false
otherwise
+ * @return {@code true} if the AWT should take no further action with
+ * regard to the KeyEvent; {@code false} otherwise
* @see KeyboardFocusManager#redispatchEvent
*/
boolean postProcessKeyEvent(KeyEvent e);
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/KeyboardFocusManager.java 2015-10-04 22:52:48.997273911 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/KeyboardFocusManager.java 2015-10-04 22:52:48.805273919 +0400
@@ -373,7 +373,7 @@
/**
* This KeyboardFocusManager's KeyEventDispatcher chain. The List does not
* include this KeyboardFocusManager unless it was explicitly re-registered
- * via a call to addKeyEventDispatcher
. If no other
+ * via a call to {@code addKeyEventDispatcher}. If no other
* KeyEventDispatchers are registered, this field may be null or refer to
* a List of length 0.
*/
@@ -382,7 +382,7 @@
/**
* This KeyboardFocusManager's KeyEventPostProcessor chain. The List does
* not include this KeyboardFocusManager unless it was explicitly
- * re-registered via a call to addKeyEventPostProcessor
.
+ * re-registered via a call to {@code addKeyEventPostProcessor}.
* If no other KeyEventPostProcessors are registered, this field may be
* null or refer to a List of length 0.
*/
@@ -514,8 +514,8 @@
* getFocusOwner()
. Use Component.requestFocus()
- * or Component.requestFocusInWindow()
to change the focus
+ * {@code getFocusOwner()}. Use {@code Component.requestFocus()}
+ * or {@code Component.requestFocusInWindow()} to change the focus
* owner, subject to platform limitations.
*
* @param focusOwner the focus owner
@@ -605,7 +605,7 @@
* FOCUS_LOST event. After this operation completes, the native windowing
* system will discard all user-generated KeyEvents until the user selects
* a new Component to receive focus, or a Component is given focus
- * explicitly via a call to requestFocus()
. This operation
+ * explicitly via a call to {@code requestFocus()}. This operation
* does not change the focused or active Windows.
* getPermanentFocusOwner()
. Use
- * Component.requestFocus()
or
- * Component.requestFocusInWindow()
to change the focus owner,
+ * {@code getPermanentFocusOwner()}. Use
+ * {@code Component.requestFocus()} or
+ * {@code Component.requestFocusInWindow()} to change the focus owner,
* subject to platform limitations.
*
* @param permanentFocusOwner the permanent focus owner
@@ -832,9 +832,9 @@
* getFocusedWindow()
. Use
- * Component.requestFocus()
or
- * Component.requestFocusInWindow()
to change the focused
+ * subsequently returned by {@code getFocusedWindow()}. Use
+ * {@code Component.requestFocus()} or
+ * {@code Component.requestFocusInWindow()} to change the focused
* Window, subject to platform limitations.
*
* @param focusedWindow the focused Window
@@ -938,9 +938,9 @@
* getActiveWindow()
. Use
- * Component.requestFocus()
or
- * Component.requestFocusInWindow()
to change the active
+ * subsequently returned by {@code getActiveWindow()}. Use
+ * {@code Component.requestFocus()} or
+ * {@code Component.requestFocusInWindow()} to change the active
* Window, subject to platform limitations.
*
* @param activeWindow the active Window
@@ -1168,16 +1168,16 @@
* have no such Set of their own explicitly defined. This Set will also be
* inherited, recursively, by any child Component of those Windows that has
* no such Set of its own explicitly defined. (See
- * setDefaultFocusTraversalKeys
for a full description of each
+ * {@code setDefaultFocusTraversalKeys} for a full description of each
* operation.)
*
* @param id one of KeyboardFocusManager.FORWARD_TRAVERSAL_KEYS,
* KeyboardFocusManager.BACKWARD_TRAVERSAL_KEYS,
* KeyboardFocusManager.UP_CYCLE_TRAVERSAL_KEYS, or
* KeyboardFocusManager.DOWN_CYCLE_TRAVERSAL_KEYS
- * @return the Set
of AWTKeyStroke
s
- * for the specified operation; the Set
- * will be unmodifiable, and may be empty; null
+ * @return the {@code Set} of {@code AWTKeyStroke}s
+ * for the specified operation; the {@code Set}
+ * will be unmodifiable, and may be empty; {@code null}
* will never be returned
* @see #setDefaultFocusTraversalKeys
* @see Component#setFocusTraversalKeys
@@ -1369,7 +1369,7 @@
* registered on this keyboard focus manager.
*
* @return all of this keyboard focus manager's
- * PropertyChangeListener
s
+ * {@code PropertyChangeListener}s
* or an empty array if no property change
* listeners are currently registered
*
@@ -1456,11 +1456,11 @@
}
/**
- * Returns an array of all the PropertyChangeListener
s
+ * Returns an array of all the {@code PropertyChangeListener}s
* associated with the named property.
*
* @param propertyName the property name
- * @return all of the PropertyChangeListener
s associated with
+ * @return all of the {@code PropertyChangeListener}s associated with
* the named property or an empty array if no such listeners have
* been added.
*
@@ -1552,7 +1552,7 @@
* registered on this keyboard focus manager.
*
* @return all of this keyboard focus manager's
- * VetoableChangeListener
s
+ * {@code VetoableChangeListener}s
* or an empty array if no vetoable change
* listeners are currently registered
*
@@ -1626,11 +1626,11 @@
}
/**
- * Returns an array of all the VetoableChangeListener
s
+ * Returns an array of all the {@code VetoableChangeListener}s
* associated with the named property.
*
* @param propertyName the property name
- * @return all of the VetoableChangeListener
s associated with
+ * @return all of the {@code VetoableChangeListener}s associated with
* the named property or an empty array if no such listeners have
* been added.
*
@@ -1659,8 +1659,8 @@
* @param oldValue the property's previous value
* @param newValue the property's new value
* @throws java.beans.PropertyVetoException if a
- * VetoableChangeListener
threw
- * PropertyVetoException
+ * {@code VetoableChangeListener} threw
+ * {@code PropertyVetoException}
*/
protected void fireVetoableChange(String propertyName, Object oldValue,
Object newValue)
@@ -1683,8 +1683,8 @@
* KeyEventDispatcher dispatch KeyEvents generated by the user before
* finally dispatching the KeyEvent itself. KeyEventDispatchers will be
* notified in the order in which they were added. Notifications will halt
- * as soon as one KeyEventDispatcher returns true
from its
- * dispatchKeyEvent
method. There is no limit to the total
+ * as soon as one KeyEventDispatcher returns {@code true} from its
+ * {@code dispatchKeyEvent} method. There is no limit to the total
* number of KeyEventDispatchers which can be added, nor to the number of
* times which a particular KeyEventDispatcher instance can be added.
* addKeyEventDispatcher
.
+ * call to {@code addKeyEventDispatcher}.
* addKeyEventDispatcher
. If no other KeyEventDispatchers are
+ * {@code addKeyEventDispatcher}. If no other KeyEventDispatchers are
* registered, implementations are free to return null or a List of length
* 0. Client code should not assume one behavior over another, nor should
* it assume that the behavior, once established, will not change.
@@ -1770,8 +1770,8 @@
* of the KeyEvent's final resolution. KeyEventPostProcessors
* will be notified in the order in which they were added; the current
* KeyboardFocusManager will be notified last. Notifications will halt
- * as soon as one KeyEventPostProcessor returns true
from its
- * postProcessKeyEvent
method. There is no limit to the
+ * as soon as one KeyEventPostProcessor returns {@code true} from its
+ * {@code postProcessKeyEvent} method. There is no limit to the
* total number of KeyEventPostProcessors that can be added, nor to the
* number of times that a particular KeyEventPostProcessor instance can be
* added.
@@ -1804,7 +1804,7 @@
* Removes a previously added KeyEventPostProcessor from this
* KeyboardFocusManager's post-processor chain. This KeyboardFocusManager
* cannot itself be entirely removed from the chain. Only additional
- * references added via addKeyEventPostProcessor
can be
+ * references added via {@code addKeyEventPostProcessor} can be
* removed.
* addKeyEventPostProcessor
. If
+ * explicitly added via a call to {@code addKeyEventPostProcessor}. If
* no KeyEventPostProcessors are registered, implementations are free to
* return null or a List of length 0. Client code should not assume one
* behavior over another, nor should it assume that the behavior, once
@@ -1924,14 +1924,14 @@
* These events should be dispatched based on the KeyboardFocusManager's
* notion of the focus owner and the focused and active Windows, sometimes
* overriding the source of the specified AWTEvent. Dispatching must be
- * done using redispatchEvent
to prevent the AWT event
+ * done using {@code redispatchEvent} to prevent the AWT event
* dispatcher from recursively requesting that the KeyboardFocusManager
- * dispatch the event again. If this method returns false
,
+ * dispatch the event again. If this method returns {@code false},
* then the AWT event dispatcher will attempt to dispatch the event itself.
*
* @param e the AWTEvent to be dispatched
- * @return true
if this method dispatched the event;
- * false
otherwise
+ * @return {@code true} if this method dispatched the event;
+ * {@code false} otherwise
* @see #redispatchEvent
* @see #dispatchKeyEvent
*/
@@ -1941,9 +1941,9 @@
* Redispatches an AWTEvent in such a way that the AWT event dispatcher
* will not recursively request that the KeyboardFocusManager, or any
* installed KeyEventDispatchers, dispatch the event again. Client
- * implementations of dispatchEvent
and client-defined
- * KeyEventDispatchers must call redispatchEvent(target, e)
- * instead of target.dispatchEvent(e)
to dispatch an event.
+ * implementations of {@code dispatchEvent} and client-defined
+ * KeyEventDispatchers must call {@code redispatchEvent(target, e)}
+ * instead of {@code target.dispatchEvent(e)} to dispatch an event.
* dispatchEvent
if no
+ * Typically this method will be called by {@code dispatchEvent} if no
* other KeyEventDispatcher in the dispatcher chain dispatched the
* KeyEvent, or if no other KeyEventDispatchers are registered. If an
- * implementation of this method returns false
,
- * dispatchEvent
may try to dispatch the KeyEvent itself, or
- * may simply return false
. If true
is returned,
- * dispatchEvent
should return true
as well.
+ * implementation of this method returns {@code false},
+ * {@code dispatchEvent} may try to dispatch the KeyEvent itself, or
+ * may simply return {@code false}. If {@code true} is returned,
+ * {@code dispatchEvent} should return {@code true} as well.
*
* @param e the KeyEvent which the current KeyboardFocusManager has
* requested that this KeyEventDispatcher dispatch
- * @return true
if the KeyEvent was dispatched;
- * false
otherwise
+ * @return {@code true} if the KeyEvent was dispatched;
+ * {@code false} otherwise
* @see #dispatchEvent
*/
public abstract boolean dispatchKeyEvent(KeyEvent e);
/**
- * This method will be called by dispatchKeyEvent
.
+ * This method will be called by {@code dispatchKeyEvent}.
* By default, this method will handle any unconsumed KeyEvents that
- * map to an AWT MenuShortcut
by consuming the event
+ * map to an AWT {@code MenuShortcut} by consuming the event
* and activating the shortcut.
*
* @param e the KeyEvent to post-process
- * @return true
to indicate that no other
+ * @return {@code true} to indicate that no other
* KeyEventPostProcessor will be notified of the KeyEvent.
* @see #dispatchKeyEvent
* @see MenuShortcut
@@ -2015,8 +2015,8 @@
* the KeyboardFocusManager to delay dispatching of KeyEvents with
* timestamps later than the specified time stamp until the specified
* Component receives a FOCUS_GAINED event, or the AWT cancels the delay
- * request by invoking dequeueKeyEvents
or
- * discardKeyEvents
.
+ * request by invoking {@code dequeueKeyEvents} or
+ * {@code discardKeyEvents}.
*
* @param after timestamp of current event, or the current, system time if
* the current event has no timestamp, or the AWT cannot determine
@@ -2032,16 +2032,16 @@
/**
* Called by the AWT to notify the KeyboardFocusManager that it should
* cancel delayed dispatching of KeyEvents. All KeyEvents which were
- * enqueued because of a call to enqueueKeyEvents
with the
+ * enqueued because of a call to {@code enqueueKeyEvents} with the
* same timestamp and Component should be released for normal dispatching
* to the current focus owner. If the given timestamp is less than zero,
* the outstanding enqueue request for the given Component with the
* oldest timestamp (if any) should be cancelled.
*
* @param after the timestamp specified in the call to
- * enqueueKeyEvents
, or any value < 0
+ * {@code enqueueKeyEvents}, or any value < 0
* @param untilFocused the Component specified in the call to
- * enqueueKeyEvents
+ * {@code enqueueKeyEvents}
* @see #enqueueKeyEvents
* @see #discardKeyEvents
*/
@@ -2051,11 +2051,11 @@
/**
* Called by the AWT to notify the KeyboardFocusManager that it should
* cancel delayed dispatching of KeyEvents. All KeyEvents which were
- * enqueued because of one or more calls to enqueueKeyEvents
+ * enqueued because of one or more calls to {@code enqueueKeyEvents}
* with the same Component should be discarded.
*
* @param comp the Component specified in one or more calls to
- * enqueueKeyEvents
+ * {@code enqueueKeyEvents}
* @see #enqueueKeyEvents
* @see #dequeueKeyEvents
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/Label.java 2015-10-04 22:52:49.561273885 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/Label.java 2015-10-04 22:52:49.373273894 +0400
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
import javax.accessibility.*;
/**
- * A Label
object is a component for placing text in a
+ * A {@code Label} object is a component for placing text in a
* container. A label displays a single line of read-only text.
* The text can be changed by the application, but a user cannot edit it
* directly.
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@
/**
* Constructs an empty label.
- * The text of the label is the empty string ""
.
+ * The text of the label is the empty string {@code ""}.
* @exception HeadlessException if GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()
* returns true.
* @see java.awt.GraphicsEnvironment#isHeadless
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@
* Constructs a new label with the specified string of text,
* left justified.
* @param text the string that the label presents.
- * A null
value
+ * A {@code null} value
* will be accepted without causing a NullPointerException
* to be thrown.
* @exception HeadlessException if GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()
@@ -134,10 +134,10 @@
/**
* Constructs a new label that presents the specified string of
* text with the specified alignment.
- * Possible values for alignment
are Label.LEFT
,
- * Label.RIGHT
, and Label.CENTER
.
+ * Possible values for {@code alignment} are {@code Label.LEFT},
+ * {@code Label.RIGHT}, and {@code Label.CENTER}.
* @param text the string that the label presents.
- * A null
value
+ * A {@code null} value
* will be accepted without causing a NullPointerException
* to be thrown.
* @param alignment the alignment value.
@@ -154,8 +154,8 @@
/**
* Read a label from an object input stream.
* @exception HeadlessException if
- * GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()
returns
- * true
+ * {@code GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()} returns
+ * {@code true}
* @serial
* @since 1.4
* @see java.awt.GraphicsEnvironment#isHeadless
@@ -168,7 +168,7 @@
/**
* Construct a name for this component. Called by getName() when the
- * name is null
.
+ * name is {@code null}.
*/
String constructComponentName() {
synchronized (Label.class) {
@@ -191,8 +191,8 @@
/**
* Gets the current alignment of this label. Possible values are
- * Label.LEFT
, Label.RIGHT
, and
- * Label.CENTER
.
+ * {@code Label.LEFT}, {@code Label.RIGHT}, and
+ * {@code Label.CENTER}.
* @return the alignment of this label
* @see java.awt.Label#setAlignment
*/
@@ -202,11 +202,11 @@
/**
* Sets the alignment for this label to the specified alignment.
- * Possible values are Label.LEFT
,
- * Label.RIGHT
, and Label.CENTER
.
+ * Possible values are {@code Label.LEFT},
+ * {@code Label.RIGHT}, and {@code Label.CENTER}.
* @param alignment the alignment to be set.
* @exception IllegalArgumentException if an improper value for
- * alignment
is given.
+ * {@code alignment} is given.
* @see java.awt.Label#getAlignment
*/
public synchronized void setAlignment(int alignment) {
@@ -226,8 +226,8 @@
/**
* Gets the text of this label.
- * @return the text of this label, or null
if
- * the text has been set to null
.
+ * @return the text of this label, or {@code null} if
+ * the text has been set to {@code null}.
* @see java.awt.Label#setText
*/
public String getText() {
@@ -237,9 +237,9 @@
/**
* Sets the text for this label to the specified text.
* @param text the text that this label displays. If
- * text
is null
, it is
+ * {@code text} is {@code null}, it is
* treated for display purposes like an empty
- * string ""
.
+ * string {@code ""}.
* @see java.awt.Label#getText
*/
public void setText(String text) {
@@ -263,11 +263,11 @@
}
/**
- * Returns a string representing the state of this Label
.
+ * Returns a string representing the state of this {@code Label}.
* This method is intended to be used only for debugging purposes, and the
* content and format of the returned string may vary between
* implementations. The returned string may be empty but may not be
- * null
.
+ * {@code null}.
*
* @return the parameter string of this label
*/
@@ -311,7 +311,7 @@
/**
* This class implements accessibility support for the
- * Label
class. It provides an implementation of the
+ * {@code Label} class. It provides an implementation of the
* Java Accessibility API appropriate to label user-interface elements.
* @since 1.3
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/LayoutManager.java 2015-10-04 22:52:50.089273862 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/LayoutManager.java 2015-10-04 22:52:49.897273870 +0400
@@ -26,13 +26,13 @@
/**
* Defines the interface for classes that know how to lay out
- * Container
s.
+ * {@code Container}s.
* JComponent
do not overlap. If a
- * JComponent
's LayoutManager
allows
- * children to overlap, the JComponent
must override
- * isOptimizedDrawingEnabled
to return false.
+ * {@code JComponent} do not overlap. If a
+ * {@code JComponent}'s {@code LayoutManager} allows
+ * children to overlap, the {@code JComponent} must override
+ * {@code isOptimizedDrawingEnabled} to return false.
*
* @see Container
* @see javax.swing.JComponent#isOptimizedDrawingEnabled
@@ -43,9 +43,9 @@
public interface LayoutManager {
/**
* If the layout manager uses a per-component string,
- * adds the component comp
to the layout,
+ * adds the component {@code comp} to the layout,
* associating it
- * with the string specified by name
.
+ * with the string specified by {@code name}.
*
* @param name the string to be associated with the component
* @param comp the component to be added
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/LinearGradientPaintContext.java 2015-10-04 22:52:50.629273837 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/LinearGradientPaintContext.java 2015-10-04 22:52:50.437273846 +0400
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@
* @param paint the {@code LinearGradientPaint} from which this context
* is created
* @param cm {@code ColorModel} that receives
- * the Paint
data. This is used only as a hint.
+ * the {@code Paint} data. This is used only as a hint.
* @param deviceBounds the device space bounding box of the
* graphics primitive being rendered
* @param userBounds the user space bounding box of the
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/List.java 2015-10-04 22:52:51.149273814 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/List.java 2015-10-04 22:52:50.961273823 +0400
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
/**
- * The List
component presents the user with a
+ * The {@code List} component presents the user with a
* scrolling list of text items. The list can be set up so that
* the user can choose either one item or multiple items.
*
* cnt
is a container, produces the following
+ * where {@code cnt} is a container, produces the following
* scrolling list:
* List
is created with
- * four rows, so that lst = new List()
is equivalent to
- * list = new List(4, false)
.
+ * cannot be changed. A default {@code List} is created with
+ * four rows, so that {@code lst = new List()} is equivalent to
+ * {@code list = new List(4, false)}.
* List
object all mouse, keyboard, and focus events
+ * sends the {@code List} object all mouse, keyboard, and focus events
* that occur over it. (The old AWT event model is being maintained
* only for backwards compatibility, and its use is discouraged.)
* ItemEvent
to the list.
+ * of {@code ItemEvent} to the list.
* When the user double-clicks on an item in a scrolling list,
- * AWT sends an instance of ActionEvent
to the
+ * AWT sends an instance of {@code ActionEvent} to the
* list following the item event. AWT also generates an action event
* when the user presses the return key while an item in the
* list is selected.
* ItemListener
or ActionListener
+ * {@code ItemListener} or {@code ActionListener}
* as appropriate and register the new listener to receive
* events from this list.
* List
Component. It is specified only once, and
+ * {@code List} Component. It is specified only once, and
* that is when the list component is actually
* created. It will never change.
*
@@ -129,11 +129,11 @@
int rows = 0;
/**
- * multipleMode
is a variable that will
- * be set to true
if a list component is to be set to
+ * {@code multipleMode} is a variable that will
+ * be set to {@code true} if a list component is to be set to
* multiple selection mode, that is where the user can
* select more than one item in a list at one time.
- * multipleMode
will be set to false if the
+ * {@code multipleMode} will be set to false if the
* list component is set to single selection, that is where
* the user can only select one item on the list at any
* one time.
@@ -145,7 +145,7 @@
boolean multipleMode = false;
/**
- * selected
is an array that will contain
+ * {@code selected} is an array that will contain
* the indices of items that have been selected.
*
* @serial
@@ -178,7 +178,7 @@
* Creates a new scrolling list.
* By default, there are four visible lines and multiple selections are
* not allowed. Note that this is a convenience method for
- * List(0, false)
. Also note that the number of visible
+ * {@code List(0, false)}. Also note that the number of visible
* lines in the list cannot be changed after it has been created.
* @exception HeadlessException if GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()
* returns true.
@@ -192,7 +192,7 @@
* Creates a new scrolling list initialized with the specified
* number of visible lines. By default, multiple selections are
* not allowed. Note that this is a convenience method for
- * List(rows, false)
. Also note that the number
+ * {@code List(rows, false)}. Also note that the number
* of visible rows in the list cannot be changed after it has
* been created.
* @param rows the number of items to show.
@@ -217,12 +217,12 @@
* the list will be created with a default of four rows.
* Also note that the number of visible rows in the list cannot
* be changed after it has been created.
- * If the value of multipleMode
is
- * true
, then the user can select multiple items from
- * the list. If it is false
, only one item at a time
+ * If the value of {@code multipleMode} is
+ * {@code true}, then the user can select multiple items from
+ * the list. If it is {@code false}, only one item at a time
* can be selected.
* @param rows the number of items to show.
- * @param multipleMode if true
,
+ * @param multipleMode if {@code true},
* then multiple selections are allowed;
* otherwise, only one item can be selected at a time.
* @exception HeadlessException if GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()
@@ -237,7 +237,7 @@
/**
* Construct a name for this component. Called by
- * getName
when the name is null
.
+ * {@code getName} when the name is {@code null}.
*/
String constructComponentName() {
synchronized (List.class) {
@@ -286,7 +286,7 @@
*
* @return the number of items in the list
* @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
- * replaced by getItemCount()
.
+ * replaced by {@code getItemCount()}.
*/
@Deprecated
public int countItems() {
@@ -339,7 +339,7 @@
* Adds the specified item to the end of the list.
*
* @param item the item to be added
- * @deprecated replaced by add(String)
.
+ * @deprecated replaced by {@code add(String)}.
*/
@Deprecated
public void addItem(String item) {
@@ -354,8 +354,8 @@
* the number of items in the list, then the item is added
* to the end of the list.
* @param item the item to be added;
- * if this parameter is null
then the item is
- * treated as an empty string, ""
+ * if this parameter is {@code null} then the item is
+ * treated as an empty string, {@code ""}
* @param index the position at which to add the item
* @since 1.1
*/
@@ -369,7 +369,7 @@
*
* @param item the item to be added
* @param index the position at which to add the item
- * @deprecated replaced by add(String, int)
.
+ * @deprecated replaced by {@code add(String, int)}.
*/
@Deprecated
public synchronized void addItem(String item, int index) {
@@ -398,7 +398,7 @@
* with the new string.
* @param newValue a new string to replace an existing item
* @param index the position of the item to replace
- * @exception ArrayIndexOutOfBoundsException if index
+ * @exception ArrayIndexOutOfBoundsException if {@code index}
* is out of range
*/
public synchronized void replaceItem(String newValue, int index) {
@@ -418,7 +418,7 @@
/**
* @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
- * replaced by removeAll()
.
+ * replaced by {@code removeAll()}.
*/
@Deprecated
public synchronized void clear() {
@@ -458,8 +458,8 @@
* @see #add(String, int)
* @since 1.1
* @exception ArrayIndexOutOfBoundsException
- * if the position
is less than 0 or
- * greater than getItemCount()-1
+ * if the {@code position} is less than 0 or
+ * greater than {@code getItemCount()-1}
*/
public void remove(int position) {
delItem(position);
@@ -469,8 +469,8 @@
* Removes the item at the specified position.
*
* @param position the index of the item to delete
- * @deprecated replaced by remove(String)
- * and remove(int)
.
+ * @deprecated replaced by {@code remove(String)}
+ * and {@code remove(int)}.
*/
@Deprecated
public void delItem(int position) {
@@ -482,7 +482,7 @@
*
* @return the index of the selected item;
* if no item is selected, or if multiple items are
- * selected, -1
is returned.
+ * selected, {@code -1} is returned.
* @see #select
* @see #deselect
* @see #isIndexSelected
@@ -514,7 +514,7 @@
*
* @return the selected item on the list;
* if no item is selected, or if multiple items are
- * selected, null
is returned.
+ * selected, {@code null} is returned.
* @see #select
* @see #deselect
* @see #isIndexSelected
@@ -544,7 +544,7 @@
/**
* Gets the selected items on this scrolling list in an array of Objects.
- * @return an array of Object
s representing the
+ * @return an array of {@code Object}s representing the
* selected items on this scrolling list;
* if no item is selected, a zero-length array is returned.
* @see #getSelectedItems
@@ -563,8 +563,8 @@
* ItemEvent
. The only way to trigger an
- * ItemEvent
is by user interaction.
+ * an {@code ItemEvent}. The only way to trigger an
+ * {@code ItemEvent} is by user interaction.
*
* @param index the position of the item to select
* @see #getSelectedItem
@@ -649,8 +649,8 @@
* Determines if the specified item in this scrolling list is
* selected.
* @param index the item to be checked
- * @return true
if the specified item has been
- * selected; false
otherwise
+ * @return {@code true} if the specified item has been
+ * selected; {@code false} otherwise
* @see #select
* @see #deselect
* @since 1.1
@@ -665,7 +665,7 @@
* @param index specifies the item to be checked
* @return {@code true} if the item is selected; otherwise {@code false}
* @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
- * replaced by isIndexSelected(int)
.
+ * replaced by {@code isIndexSelected(int)}.
*/
@Deprecated
public boolean isSelected(int index) {
@@ -680,7 +680,7 @@
/**
* Gets the number of visible lines in this list. Note that
- * once the List
has been created, this number
+ * once the {@code List} has been created, this number
* will never change.
* @return the number of visible lines in this scrolling list
*/
@@ -691,8 +691,8 @@
/**
* Determines whether this list allows multiple selections.
*
- * @return true
if this list allows multiple
- * selections; otherwise, false
+ * @return {@code true} if this list allows multiple
+ * selections; otherwise, {@code false}
* @see #setMultipleMode
* @since 1.1
*/
@@ -706,7 +706,7 @@
* @return {@code true} if this list allows multiple
* selections; otherwise {@code false}
* @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
- * replaced by isMultipleMode()
.
+ * replaced by {@code isMultipleMode()}.
*/
@Deprecated
public boolean allowsMultipleSelections() {
@@ -721,7 +721,7 @@
* If a selected item has the location cursor, only that
* item will remain selected. If no selected item has the
* location cursor, all items will be deselected.
- * @param b if true
then multiple selections
+ * @param b if {@code true} then multiple selections
* are allowed; otherwise, only one item from
* the list can be selected at once
* @see #isMultipleMode
@@ -736,7 +736,7 @@
*
* @param b {@code true} to enable multiple mode, {@code false} otherwise
* @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
- * replaced by setMultipleMode(boolean)
.
+ * replaced by {@code setMultipleMode(boolean)}.
*/
@Deprecated
public synchronized void setMultipleSelections(boolean b) {
@@ -751,7 +751,7 @@
/**
* Gets the index of the item that was last made visible by
- * the method makeVisible
.
+ * the method {@code makeVisible}.
* @return the index of the item that was last made visible
* @see #makeVisible
*/
@@ -792,7 +792,7 @@
* @param rows the number of rows
* @return the preferred dimensions for displaying this list
* @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
- * replaced by getPreferredSize(int)
.
+ * replaced by {@code getPreferredSize(int)}.
*/
@Deprecated
public Dimension preferredSize(int rows) {
@@ -816,7 +816,7 @@
/**
* @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
- * replaced by getPreferredSize()
.
+ * replaced by {@code getPreferredSize()}.
*/
@Deprecated
public Dimension preferredSize() {
@@ -847,7 +847,7 @@
* @param rows the number of rows in the list
* @return the minimum dimensions for displaying this list
* @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
- * replaced by getMinimumSize(int)
.
+ * replaced by {@code getMinimumSize(int)}.
*/
@Deprecated
public Dimension minimumSize(int rows) {
@@ -872,7 +872,7 @@
/**
* @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
- * replaced by getMinimumSize()
.
+ * replaced by {@code getMinimumSize()}.
*/
@Deprecated
public Dimension minimumSize() {
@@ -884,8 +884,8 @@
/**
* Adds the specified item listener to receive item events from
* this list. Item events are sent in response to user input, but not
- * in response to calls to select
or deselect
.
- * If listener l
is null
,
+ * in response to calls to {@code select} or {@code deselect}.
+ * If listener {@code l} is {@code null},
* no exception is thrown and no action is performed.
* l
is null
,
+ * If listener {@code l} is {@code null},
* no exception is thrown and no action is performed.
* ItemListener
s
+ * @return all of this list's {@code ItemListener}s
* or an empty array if no item
* listeners are currently registered
*
@@ -953,7 +953,7 @@
* on a list item or types Enter when the list has the keyboard
* focus.
* l
is null
,
+ * If listener {@code l} is {@code null},
* no exception is thrown and no action is performed.
* l
is null
,
+ * If listener {@code l} is {@code null},
* no exception is thrown and no action is performed.
* ActionListener
s
+ * @return all of this list's {@code ActionListener}s
* or an empty array if no action
* listeners are currently registered
*
@@ -1017,16 +1017,16 @@
/**
* Returns an array of all the objects currently registered
* as FooListener
s
- * upon this List
.
+ * upon this {@code List}.
* FooListener
s are registered using the
* addFooListener
method.
*
* listenerType
argument
+ * You can specify the {@code listenerType} argument
* with a class literal, such as
* FooListener.class
.
* For example, you can query a
- * List
l
+ * {@code List l}
* for its item listeners with the following code:
*
* ItemListener[] ils = (ItemListener[])(l.getListeners(ItemListener.class));
@@ -1035,14 +1035,14 @@
*
* @param listenerType the type of listeners requested; this parameter
* should specify an interface that descends from
- * java.util.EventListener
+ * {@code java.util.EventListener}
* @return an array of all objects registered as
* FooListener
s on this list,
* or an empty array if no such
* listeners have been added
- * @exception ClassCastException if listenerType
+ * @exception ClassCastException if {@code listenerType}
* doesn't specify a class or interface that implements
- * java.util.EventListener
+ * {@code java.util.EventListener}
*
* @see #getItemListeners
* @since 1.3
@@ -1082,13 +1082,13 @@
/**
* Processes events on this scrolling list. If an event is
- * an instance of ItemEvent
, it invokes the
- * processItemEvent
method. Else, if the
- * event is an instance of ActionEvent
,
- * it invokes processActionEvent
.
+ * an instance of {@code ItemEvent}, it invokes the
+ * {@code processItemEvent} method. Else, if the
+ * event is an instance of {@code ActionEvent},
+ * it invokes {@code processActionEvent}.
* If the event is not an item event or an action event,
- * it invokes processEvent
on the superclass.
- * null
+ * it invokes {@code processEvent} on the superclass.
+ * ItemListener
objects.
+ * {@code ItemListener} objects.
*
- *
- * ItemListener
object is registered
- * via addItemListener
.
- * enableEvents
.
+ * null
+ * ActionListener
objects.
+ * {@code ActionListener} objects.
*
- *
- * ActionListener
object is registered
- * via addActionListener
.
- * enableEvents
.
+ * null
+ * List
component's
+ * The {@code List} component's
* Serialized Data Version.
*
* @serial
@@ -1218,22 +1218,22 @@
/**
* Writes default serializable fields to stream. Writes
- * a list of serializable ItemListeners
- * and ActionListeners
as optional data.
+ * a list of serializable {@code ItemListeners}
+ * and {@code ActionListeners} as optional data.
* The non-serializable listeners are detected and
* no attempt is made to serialize them.
*
- * @serialData null
terminated sequence of 0
- * or more pairs; the pair consists of a String
- * and an Object
; the String
+ * @serialData {@code null} terminated sequence of 0
+ * or more pairs; the pair consists of a {@code String}
+ * and an {@code Object}; the {@code String}
* indicates the type of object and is one of the
* following:
- * itemListenerK
indicating an
- * ItemListener
object;
- * actionListenerK
indicating an
- * ActionListener
object
+ * {@code itemListenerK} indicating an
+ * {@code ItemListener} object;
+ * {@code actionListenerK} indicating an
+ * {@code ActionListener} object
*
- * @param s the ObjectOutputStream
to write
+ * @param s the {@code ObjectOutputStream} to write
* @see AWTEventMulticaster#save(ObjectOutputStream, String, EventListener)
* @see java.awt.Component#itemListenerK
* @see java.awt.Component#actionListenerK
@@ -1256,17 +1256,17 @@
}
/**
- * Reads the ObjectInputStream
and if it
- * isn't null
adds a listener to receive
+ * Reads the {@code ObjectInputStream} and if it
+ * isn't {@code null} adds a listener to receive
* both item events and action events (as specified
* by the key stored in the stream) fired by the
- * List
.
+ * {@code List}.
* Unrecognized keys or values will be ignored.
*
- * @param s the ObjectInputStream
to write
+ * @param s the {@code ObjectInputStream} to write
* @exception HeadlessException if
- * GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless
returns
- * true
+ * {@code GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless} returns
+ * {@code true}
* @see #removeItemListener(ItemListener)
* @see #addItemListener(ItemListener)
* @see java.awt.GraphicsEnvironment#isHeadless
@@ -1300,13 +1300,13 @@
/**
- * Gets the AccessibleContext
associated with this
- * List
. For lists, the AccessibleContext
- * takes the form of an AccessibleAWTList
.
- * A new AccessibleAWTList
instance is created, if necessary.
+ * Gets the {@code AccessibleContext} associated with this
+ * {@code List}. For lists, the {@code AccessibleContext}
+ * takes the form of an {@code AccessibleAWTList}.
+ * A new {@code AccessibleAWTList} instance is created, if necessary.
*
- * @return an AccessibleAWTList
that serves as the
- * AccessibleContext
of this List
+ * @return an {@code AccessibleAWTList} that serves as the
+ * {@code AccessibleContext} of this {@code List}
* @since 1.3
*/
public AccessibleContext getAccessibleContext() {
@@ -1318,7 +1318,7 @@
/**
* This class implements accessibility support for the
- * List
class. It provides an implementation of the
+ * {@code List} class. It provides an implementation of the
* Java Accessibility API appropriate to list user-interface elements.
* @since 1.3
*/
@@ -1930,13 +1930,13 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the Accessible
child, if one exists,
- * contained at the local coordinate Point
.
+ * Returns the {@code Accessible} child, if one exists,
+ * contained at the local coordinate {@code Point}.
*
* @param p the point relative to the coordinate system of this
* object
- * @return the Accessible
, if it exists,
- * at the specified location; otherwise null
+ * @return the {@code Accessible}, if it exists,
+ * at the specified location; otherwise {@code null}
*/
public Accessible getAccessibleAt(Point p) {
return null; // object cannot have children!
@@ -1945,8 +1945,8 @@
/**
* Returns whether this object can accept focus or not. Objects
* that can accept focus will also have the
- * AccessibleState.FOCUSABLE
state set in their
- * AccessibleStateSet
.
+ * {@code AccessibleState.FOCUSABLE} state set in their
+ * {@code AccessibleStateSet}.
*
* @return true if object can accept focus; otherwise false
* @see AccessibleContext#getAccessibleStateSet
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/MediaTracker.java 2015-10-04 22:52:51.709273789 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/MediaTracker.java 2015-10-04 22:52:51.517273798 +0400
@@ -31,13 +31,13 @@
import sun.awt.image.MultiResolutionToolkitImage;
/**
- * The MediaTracker
class is a utility class to track
+ * The {@code MediaTracker} class is a utility class to track
* the status of a number of media objects. Media objects could
* include audio clips as well as images, though currently only
* images are supported.
* MediaTracker
and call its addImage
+ * {@code MediaTracker} and call its {@code addImage}
* method for each image to be tracked. In addition, each image can
* be assigned a unique identifier. This identifier controls the
* priority order in which the images are fetched. It can also be used
@@ -52,20 +52,20 @@
* due to the multi-part nature of animated image
* loading and painting,
* but it is supported.
- * MediaTracker
treats an animated image
+ * {@code MediaTracker} treats an animated image
* as completely loaded
* when the first frame is completely loaded.
- * At that point, the MediaTracker
+ * At that point, the {@code MediaTracker}
* signals any waiters
* that the image is completely loaded.
- * If no ImageObserver
s are observing the image
+ * If no {@code ImageObserver}s are observing the image
* when the first frame has finished loading,
* the image might flush itself
* to conserve resources
* (see {@link Image#flush()}).
*
* MediaTracker
:
+ * Here is an example of using {@code MediaTracker}:
*
* {@code
* import java.applet.Applet;
@@ -169,7 +169,7 @@
public class MediaTracker implements java.io.Serializable {
/**
- * A given
Component
that will be
+ * A given {@code Component} that will be
* tracked by a media tracker where the image will
* eventually be drawn.
*
@@ -178,8 +178,8 @@
*/
Component target;
/**
- * The head of the list of Images
that is being
- * tracked by the MediaTracker
.
+ * The head of the list of {@code Images} that is being
+ * tracked by the {@code MediaTracker}.
*
* @serial
* @see #addImage(Image, int)
@@ -277,11 +277,11 @@
* isErrorAny
or isErrorID
methods to
+ * {@code isErrorAny} or {@code isErrorID} methods to
* check for errors.
- * @return true
if all images have finished loading,
+ * @return {@code true} if all images have finished loading,
* have been aborted, or have encountered
- * an error; false
otherwise
+ * an error; {@code false} otherwise
* @see java.awt.MediaTracker#checkAll(boolean)
* @see java.awt.MediaTracker#checkID
* @see java.awt.MediaTracker#isErrorAny
@@ -295,19 +295,19 @@
* Checks to see if all images being tracked by this media tracker
* have finished loading.
* load
flag is true
,
+ * If the value of the {@code load} flag is {@code true},
* then this method starts loading any images that are not yet
* being loaded.
* isErrorAny
and isErrorID
methods to
+ * {@code isErrorAny} and {@code isErrorID} methods to
* check for errors.
- * @param load if true
, start loading any
+ * @param load if {@code true}, start loading any
* images that are not yet being loaded
- * @return true
if all images have finished loading,
+ * @return {@code true} if all images have finished loading,
* have been aborted, or have encountered
- * an error; false
otherwise
+ * an error; {@code false} otherwise
* @see java.awt.MediaTracker#checkID
* @see java.awt.MediaTracker#checkAll()
* @see java.awt.MediaTracker#isErrorAny()
@@ -331,9 +331,9 @@
/**
* Checks the error status of all of the images.
- * @return true
if any of the images tracked
+ * @return {@code true} if any of the images tracked
* by this media tracker had an error during
- * loading; false
otherwise
+ * loading; {@code false} otherwise
* @see java.awt.MediaTracker#isErrorID
* @see java.awt.MediaTracker#getErrorsAny
*/
@@ -352,7 +352,7 @@
* Returns a list of all media that have encountered an error.
* @return an array of media objects tracked by this
* media tracker that have encountered
- * an error, or null
if
+ * an error, or {@code null} if
* there are none with errors
* @see java.awt.MediaTracker#isErrorAny
* @see java.awt.MediaTracker#getErrorsID
@@ -388,7 +388,7 @@
* isErrorAny
or isErrorID
methods to
+ * {@code isErrorAny} or {@code isErrorID} methods to
* check for errors.
* @see java.awt.MediaTracker#waitForID(int)
* @see java.awt.MediaTracker#waitForAll(long)
@@ -405,16 +405,16 @@
* Starts loading all images tracked by this media tracker. This
* method waits until all the images being tracked have finished
* loading, or until the length of time specified in milliseconds
- * by the ms
argument has passed.
+ * by the {@code ms} argument has passed.
* isErrorAny
or isErrorID
methods to
+ * {@code isErrorAny} or {@code isErrorID} methods to
* check for errors.
* @param ms the number of milliseconds to wait
* for the loading to complete
- * @return true
if all images were successfully
- * loaded; false
otherwise
+ * @return {@code true} if all images were successfully
+ * loaded; {@code false} otherwise
* @see java.awt.MediaTracker#waitForID(int)
* @see java.awt.MediaTracker#waitForAll(long)
* @see java.awt.MediaTracker#isErrorAny
@@ -451,15 +451,15 @@
* status of all media that are tracked by this media tracker.
* MediaTracker
class are LOADING
,
- * ABORTED
, ERRORED
, and
- * COMPLETE
. An image that hasn't started
+ * {@code MediaTracker} class are {@code LOADING},
+ * {@code ABORTED}, {@code ERRORED}, and
+ * {@code COMPLETE}. An image that hasn't started
* loading has zero as its status.
* load
is true
, then
+ * If the value of {@code load} is {@code true}, then
* this method starts loading any images that are not yet being loaded.
*
- * @param load if true
, start loading
+ * @param load if {@code true}, start loading
* any images that are not yet being loaded
* @return the bitwise inclusive OR of the status of
* all of the media being tracked
@@ -492,12 +492,12 @@
* isErrorAny
or isErrorID
methods to
+ * {@code isErrorAny} or {@code isErrorID} methods to
* check for errors.
* @param id the identifier of the images to check
- * @return true
if all images have finished loading,
+ * @return {@code true} if all images have finished loading,
* have been aborted, or have encountered
- * an error; false
otherwise
+ * an error; {@code false} otherwise
* @see java.awt.MediaTracker#checkID(int, boolean)
* @see java.awt.MediaTracker#checkAll()
* @see java.awt.MediaTracker#isErrorAny()
@@ -511,20 +511,20 @@
* Checks to see if all images tracked by this media tracker that
* are tagged with the specified identifier have finished loading.
* load
flag is true
,
+ * If the value of the {@code load} flag is {@code true},
* then this method starts loading any images that are not yet
* being loaded.
* isErrorAny
or isErrorID
methods to
+ * {@code isErrorAny} or {@code isErrorID} methods to
* check for errors.
* @param id the identifier of the images to check
- * @param load if true
, start loading any
+ * @param load if {@code true}, start loading any
* images that are not yet being loaded
- * @return true
if all images have finished loading,
+ * @return {@code true} if all images have finished loading,
* have been aborted, or have encountered
- * an error; false
otherwise
+ * an error; {@code false} otherwise
* @see java.awt.MediaTracker#checkID(int, boolean)
* @see java.awt.MediaTracker#checkAll()
* @see java.awt.MediaTracker#isErrorAny()
@@ -553,9 +553,9 @@
* Checks the error status of all of the images tracked by this
* media tracker with the specified identifier.
* @param id the identifier of the images to check
- * @return true
if any of the images with the
+ * @return {@code true} if any of the images with the
* specified identifier had an error during
- * loading; false
otherwise
+ * loading; {@code false} otherwise
* @see java.awt.MediaTracker#isErrorAny
* @see java.awt.MediaTracker#getErrorsID
*/
@@ -579,7 +579,7 @@
* @return an array of media objects tracked by this media
* tracker with the specified identifier
* that have encountered an error, or
- * null
if there are none with errors
+ * {@code null} if there are none with errors
* @see java.awt.MediaTracker#isErrorID
* @see java.awt.MediaTracker#isErrorAny
* @see java.awt.MediaTracker#getErrorsAny
@@ -619,7 +619,7 @@
* isErrorAny
and isErrorID
methods to
+ * {@code isErrorAny} and {@code isErrorID} methods to
* check for errors.
* @param id the identifier of the images to check
* @see java.awt.MediaTracker#waitForAll
@@ -636,13 +636,13 @@
* Starts loading all images tracked by this media tracker with the
* specified identifier. This method waits until all the images with
* the specified identifier have finished loading, or until the
- * length of time specified in milliseconds by the ms
+ * length of time specified in milliseconds by the {@code ms}
* argument has passed.
* statusID
, isErrorID
, and
- * isErrorAny
methods to check for errors.
+ * {@code statusID}, {@code isErrorID}, and
+ * {@code isErrorAny} methods to check for errors.
* @param id the identifier of the images to check
* @param ms the length of time, in milliseconds, to wait
* for the loading to complete
@@ -686,15 +686,15 @@
* tracked by this media tracker.
* MediaTracker
class are LOADING
,
- * ABORTED
, ERRORED
, and
- * COMPLETE
. An image that hasn't started
+ * {@code MediaTracker} class are {@code LOADING},
+ * {@code ABORTED}, {@code ERRORED}, and
+ * {@code COMPLETE}. An image that hasn't started
* loading has zero as its status.
* load
is true
, then
+ * If the value of {@code load} is {@code true}, then
* this method starts loading any images that are not yet being loaded.
* @param id the identifier of the images to check
- * @param load if true
, start loading
+ * @param load if {@code true}, start loading
* any images that are not yet being loaded
* @return the bitwise inclusive OR of the status of
* all of the media with the specified
@@ -761,7 +761,7 @@
/**
* Removes the specified image from the specified tracking
* ID of this media tracker.
- * All instances of Image
being tracked
+ * All instances of {@code Image} being tracked
* under the specified ID are removed regardless of scale.
* @param image the image to be removed
* @param id the tracking ID from which to remove the image
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/Menu.java 2015-10-04 22:52:52.241273765 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/Menu.java 2015-10-04 22:52:52.053273774 +0400
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
import sun.awt.AWTAccessor;
/**
- * A Menu
object is a pull-down menu component
+ * A {@code Menu} object is a pull-down menu component
* that is deployed from a menu bar.
* MenuItem
- * class. It can be an instance of MenuItem
, a submenu
- * (an instance of Menu
), or a check box (an instance of
- * CheckboxMenuItem
).
+ * Each item in a menu must belong to the {@code MenuItem}
+ * class. It can be an instance of {@code MenuItem}, a submenu
+ * (an instance of {@code Menu}), or a check box (an instance of
+ * {@code CheckboxMenuItem}).
*
* @author Sami Shaio
* @see java.awt.MenuItem
@@ -83,8 +83,8 @@
/**
* This field indicates whether the menu has the
* tear of property or not. It will be set to
- * true
if the menu has the tear off
- * property and it will be set to false
+ * {@code true} if the menu has the tear off
+ * property and it will be set to {@code false}
* if it does not.
* A torn off menu can be deleted by a user when
* it is no longer needed.
@@ -95,10 +95,10 @@
boolean tearOff;
/**
- * This field will be set to true
+ * This field will be set to {@code true}
* if the Menu in question is actually a help
- * menu. Otherwise it will be set to
- * false
.
+ * menu. Otherwise it will be set to
+ * {@code false}.
*
* @serial
*/
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@
* support tear-off menus, this value is silently ignored.
* @param label the menu's label in the menu bar, or in
* another menu of which this menu is a submenu.
- * @param tearOff if true
, the menu
+ * @param tearOff if {@code true}, the menu
* is a tear-off menu.
* @exception HeadlessException if GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()
* returns true.
@@ -204,8 +204,8 @@
* Tear-off functionality may not be supported by all
* implementations of AWT. If a particular implementation doesn't
* support tear-off menus, this value is silently ignored.
- * @return true
if this is a tear-off menu;
- * false
otherwise.
+ * @return {@code true} if this is a tear-off menu;
+ * {@code false} otherwise.
*/
public boolean isTearOff() {
return tearOff;
@@ -225,7 +225,7 @@
*
* @return the number of items in this menu
* @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
- * replaced by getItemCount()
.
+ * replaced by {@code getItemCount()}.
*/
@Deprecated
public int countItems() {
@@ -304,7 +304,7 @@
* @see java.awt.Menu#add(java.lang.String)
* @see java.awt.Menu#add(java.awt.MenuItem)
* @exception IllegalArgumentException if the value of
- * index
is less than zero
+ * {@code index} is less than zero
* @since 1.1
*/
@@ -340,7 +340,7 @@
/**
* Inserts a menu item with the specified label into this menu
* at the specified position. This is a convenience method for
- * insert(menuItem, index)
.
+ * {@code insert(menuItem, index)}.
*
* @param label the text on the item
* @param index the position at which the menu item
@@ -348,7 +348,7 @@
* @see java.awt.Menu#add(java.lang.String)
* @see java.awt.Menu#add(java.awt.MenuItem)
* @exception IllegalArgumentException if the value of
- * index
is less than zero
+ * {@code index} is less than zero
* @since 1.1
*/
@@ -369,7 +369,7 @@
* @param index the position at which the
* menu separator should be inserted.
* @exception IllegalArgumentException if the value of
- * index
is less than 0.
+ * {@code index} is less than 0.
* @see java.awt.Menu#addSeparator
* @since 1.1
*/
@@ -423,7 +423,7 @@
/**
* Removes the specified menu item from this menu.
* @param item the item to be removed from the menu.
- * If item
is null
+ * If {@code item} is {@code null}
* or is not in this menu, this method does
* nothing.
*/
@@ -519,7 +519,7 @@
/**
* Writes default serializable fields to stream.
*
- * @param s the ObjectOutputStream
to write
+ * @param s the {@code ObjectOutputStream} to write
* @see AWTEventMulticaster#save(ObjectOutputStream, String, EventListener)
* @see #readObject(ObjectInputStream)
*/
@@ -530,13 +530,13 @@
}
/**
- * Reads the ObjectInputStream
.
+ * Reads the {@code ObjectInputStream}.
* Unrecognized keys or values will be ignored.
*
- * @param s the ObjectInputStream
to read
+ * @param s the {@code ObjectInputStream} to read
* @exception HeadlessException if
- * GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless
returns
- * true
+ * {@code GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless} returns
+ * {@code true}
* @see java.awt.GraphicsEnvironment#isHeadless
* @see #writeObject(ObjectOutputStream)
*/
@@ -552,11 +552,11 @@
}
/**
- * Returns a string representing the state of this Menu
.
+ * Returns a string representing the state of this {@code Menu}.
* This method is intended to be used only for debugging purposes, and the
* content and format of the returned string may vary between
* implementations. The returned string may be empty but may not be
- * null
.
+ * {@code null}.
*
* @return the parameter string of this menu
*/
@@ -606,7 +606,7 @@
* subclassed by menu component developers.
* Menu
class. It provides an implementation of the
+ * {@code Menu} class. It provides an implementation of the
* Java Accessibility API appropriate to menu user-interface elements.
* @since 1.3
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/MenuBar.java 2015-10-04 22:52:52.765273742 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/MenuBar.java 2015-10-04 22:52:52.577273750 +0400
@@ -34,10 +34,10 @@
import javax.accessibility.*;
/**
- * The MenuBar
class encapsulates the platform's
+ * The {@code MenuBar} class encapsulates the platform's
* concept of a menu bar bound to a frame. In order to associate
- * the menu bar with a Frame
object, call the
- * frame's setMenuBar
method.
+ * the menu bar with a {@code Frame} object, call the
+ * frame's {@code setMenuBar} method.
* MenuShortcut
.
- * The MenuBar
class defines several methods,
+ * Each menu item can maintain an instance of {@code MenuShortcut}.
+ * The {@code MenuBar} class defines several methods,
* {@link MenuBar#shortcuts} and
* {@link MenuBar#getShortcutMenuItem}
* that retrieve information about the shortcuts a given
@@ -289,7 +289,7 @@
*
* @return the number of menus on the menu bar.
* @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
- * replaced by getMenuCount()
.
+ * replaced by {@code getMenuCount()}.
*/
@Deprecated
public int countMenus() {
@@ -342,9 +342,9 @@
}
/**
- * Gets the instance of MenuItem
associated
- * with the specified MenuShortcut
object,
- * or null
if none of the menu items being managed
+ * Gets the instance of {@code MenuItem} associated
+ * with the specified {@code MenuShortcut} object,
+ * or {@code null} if none of the menu items being managed
* by this menu bar is associated with the specified menu
* shortcut.
* @param s the specified menu shortcut.
@@ -420,7 +420,7 @@
/**
* Writes default serializable fields to stream.
*
- * @param s the ObjectOutputStream
to write
+ * @param s the {@code ObjectOutputStream} to write
* @see AWTEventMulticaster#save(ObjectOutputStream, String, EventListener)
* @see #readObject(java.io.ObjectInputStream)
*/
@@ -432,13 +432,13 @@
}
/**
- * Reads the ObjectInputStream
.
+ * Reads the {@code ObjectInputStream}.
* Unrecognized keys or values will be ignored.
*
- * @param s the ObjectInputStream
to read
+ * @param s the {@code ObjectInputStream} to read
* @exception HeadlessException if
- * GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless
returns
- * true
+ * {@code GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless} returns
+ * {@code true}
* @see java.awt.GraphicsEnvironment#isHeadless
* @see #writeObject(java.io.ObjectOutputStream)
*/
@@ -494,7 +494,7 @@
* subclassed by menu component developers.
* MenuBar
class. It provides an implementation of the
+ * {@code MenuBar} class. It provides an implementation of the
* Java Accessibility API appropriate to menu bar user-interface elements.
* @since 1.3
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/MenuComponent.java 2015-10-04 22:52:53.293273718 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/MenuComponent.java 2015-10-04 22:52:53.105273726 +0400
@@ -38,13 +38,13 @@
import java.security.AccessController;
/**
- * The abstract class MenuComponent
is the superclass
+ * The abstract class {@code MenuComponent} is the superclass
* of all menu-related components. In this respect, the class
- * MenuComponent
is analogous to the abstract superclass
- * Component
for AWT components.
+ * {@code MenuComponent} is analogous to the abstract superclass
+ * {@code Component} for AWT components.
* processEvent
.
+ * through the method {@code processEvent}.
*
* @author Arthur van Hoff
* @since 1.0
@@ -63,15 +63,15 @@
transient MenuContainer parent;
/**
- * The AppContext
of the MenuComponent
.
+ * The {@code AppContext} of the {@code MenuComponent}.
* This is set in the constructor and never changes.
*/
transient AppContext appContext;
/**
* The menu component's font. This value can be
- * null
at which point a default will be used.
- * This defaults to null
.
+ * {@code null} at which point a default will be used.
+ * This defaults to {@code null}.
*
* @serial
* @see #setFont(Font)
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@
volatile Font font;
/**
- * The menu component's name, which defaults to null
.
+ * The menu component's name, which defaults to {@code null}.
* @serial
* @see #getName()
* @see #setName(String)
@@ -89,15 +89,15 @@
/**
* A variable to indicate whether a name is explicitly set.
- * If true
the name will be set explicitly.
- * This defaults to false
.
+ * If {@code true} the name will be set explicitly.
+ * This defaults to {@code false}.
* @serial
* @see #setName(String)
*/
private boolean nameExplicitlySet = false;
/**
- * Defaults to false
.
+ * Defaults to {@code false}.
* @serial
* @see #dispatchEvent(AWTEvent)
*/
@@ -164,10 +164,10 @@
}
/**
- * Creates a MenuComponent
.
+ * Creates a {@code MenuComponent}.
* @exception HeadlessException if
- * GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless
- * returns true
+ * {@code GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless}
+ * returns {@code true}
* @see java.awt.GraphicsEnvironment#isHeadless
*/
public MenuComponent() throws HeadlessException {
@@ -176,9 +176,9 @@
}
/**
- * Constructs a name for this MenuComponent
.
- * Called by getName
when the name is null
.
- * @return a name for this MenuComponent
+ * Constructs a name for this {@code MenuComponent}.
+ * Called by {@code getName} when the name is {@code null}.
+ * @return a name for this {@code MenuComponent}
*/
String constructComponentName() {
return null; // For strict compliance with prior platform versions, a MenuComponent
@@ -226,7 +226,7 @@
/**
* Returns the parent container for this menu component.
* @return the menu component containing this menu component,
- * or null
if this menu component
+ * or {@code null} if this menu component
* is the outermost component, the menu bar itself
*/
public MenuContainer getParent() {
@@ -243,7 +243,7 @@
/**
* Gets the font used for this menu component.
* @return the font used in this menu component, if there is one;
- * null
otherwise
+ * {@code null} otherwise
* @see java.awt.MenuComponent#setFont
*/
public Font getFont() {
@@ -290,7 +290,7 @@
* component, unless those subcomponents specify a different font.
* setFont
+ * of a menu component; in such cases, calling {@code setFont}
* will have no effect on the unsupported font attributes of this
* menu component. Unless subcomponents of this menu component
* specify a different font, this font will be used by those
@@ -385,7 +385,7 @@
}
/**
* Processes events occurring on this menu component.
- * null
+ * MenuComponent
. This method is intended to be used
+ * {@code MenuComponent}. This method is intended to be used
* only for debugging purposes, and the content and format of the
* returned string may vary between implementations. The returned
- * string may be empty but may not be null
.
+ * string may be empty but may not be {@code null}.
*
* @return the parameter string of this menu component
*/
@@ -430,10 +430,10 @@
/**
* Reads the menu component from an object input stream.
*
- * @param s the ObjectInputStream
to read
+ * @param s the {@code ObjectInputStream} to read
* @exception HeadlessException if
- * GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless
returns
- * true
+ * {@code GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless} returns
+ * {@code true}
* @serial
* @see java.awt.GraphicsEnvironment#isHeadless
*/
@@ -466,16 +466,16 @@
AccessibleContext accessibleContext = null;
/**
- * Gets the AccessibleContext
associated with
- * this MenuComponent
.
+ * Gets the {@code AccessibleContext} associated with
+ * this {@code MenuComponent}.
*
- * The method implemented by this base class returns null
.
- * Classes that extend MenuComponent
+ * The method implemented by this base class returns {@code null}.
+ * Classes that extend {@code MenuComponent}
* should implement this method to return the
- * AccessibleContext
associated with the subclass.
+ * {@code AccessibleContext} associated with the subclass.
*
- * @return the AccessibleContext
of this
- * MenuComponent
+ * @return the {@code AccessibleContext} of this
+ * {@code MenuComponent}
* @since 1.3
*/
public AccessibleContext getAccessibleContext() {
@@ -483,7 +483,7 @@
}
/**
- * Inner class of MenuComponent
used to provide
+ * Inner class of {@code MenuComponent} used to provide
* default support for accessibility. This class is not meant
* to be used directly by application developers, but is instead
* meant only to be subclassed by menu component developers.
@@ -512,11 +512,11 @@
//
/**
- * Gets the AccessibleSelection
associated with this
- * object which allows its Accessible
children to be selected.
+ * Gets the {@code AccessibleSelection} associated with this
+ * object which allows its {@code Accessible} children to be selected.
*
- * @return AccessibleSelection
if supported by object;
- * else return null
+ * @return {@code AccessibleSelection} if supported by object;
+ * else return {@code null}
* @see AccessibleSelection
*/
public AccessibleSelection getAccessibleSelection() {
@@ -525,14 +525,14 @@
/**
* Gets the accessible name of this object. This should almost never
- * return java.awt.MenuComponent.getName
, as that
+ * return {@code java.awt.MenuComponent.getName}, as that
* generally isn't a localized name, and doesn't have meaning for the
* user. If the object is fundamentally a text object (e.g. a menu item), the
* accessible name should be the text of the object (e.g. "save").
* If the object has a tooltip, the tooltip text may also be an
* appropriate String to return.
*
- * @return the localized name of the object -- can be null
+ * @return the localized name of the object -- can be {@code null}
* if this object does not have a name
* @see AccessibleContext#setAccessibleName
*/
@@ -552,7 +552,7 @@
* text document" instead).
*
* @return the localized description of the object -- can be
- * null
if this object does not have a description
+ * {@code null} if this object does not have a description
* @see AccessibleContext#setAccessibleDescription
*/
public String getAccessibleDescription() {
@@ -562,7 +562,7 @@
/**
* Gets the role of this object.
*
- * @return an instance of AccessibleRole
+ * @return an instance of {@code AccessibleRole}
* describing the role of the object
* @see AccessibleRole
*/
@@ -573,7 +573,7 @@
/**
* Gets the state of this object.
*
- * @return an instance of AccessibleStateSet
+ * @return an instance of {@code AccessibleStateSet}
* containing the current state set of the object
* @see AccessibleState
*/
@@ -582,13 +582,13 @@
}
/**
- * Gets the Accessible
parent of this object.
- * If the parent of this object implements Accessible
,
- * this method should simply return getParent
.
- *
- * @return the Accessible
parent of this object -- can
- * be null
if this object does not have an
- * Accessible
parent
+ * Gets the {@code Accessible} parent of this object.
+ * If the parent of this object implements {@code Accessible},
+ * this method should simply return {@code getParent}.
+ *
+ * @return the {@code Accessible} parent of this object -- can
+ * be {@code null} if this object does not have an
+ * {@code Accessible} parent
*/
public Accessible getAccessibleParent() {
if (accessibleParent != null) {
@@ -615,7 +615,7 @@
/**
* Returns the number of accessible children in the object. If all
- * of the children of this object implement Accessible
,
+ * of the children of this object implement {@code Accessible},
* then this method should return the number of children of this object.
*
* @return the number of accessible children in the object
@@ -625,7 +625,7 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the nth Accessible
child of the object.
+ * Returns the nth {@code Accessible} child of the object.
*
* @param i zero-based index of child
* @return the nth Accessible child of the object
@@ -648,8 +648,8 @@
}
/**
- * Gets the AccessibleComponent
associated with
- * this object if one exists. Otherwise return null
.
+ * Gets the {@code AccessibleComponent} associated with
+ * this object if one exists. Otherwise return {@code null}.
*
* @return the component
*/
@@ -664,7 +664,7 @@
* Gets the background color of this object.
*
* @return the background color, if supported, of the object;
- * otherwise, null
+ * otherwise, {@code null}
*/
public Color getBackground() {
return null; // Not supported for MenuComponents
@@ -672,9 +672,9 @@
/**
* Sets the background color of this object.
- * (For transparency, see isOpaque
.)
+ * (For transparency, see {@code isOpaque}.)
*
- * @param c the new Color
for the background
+ * @param c the new {@code Color} for the background
* @see Component#isOpaque
*/
public void setBackground(Color c) {
@@ -685,7 +685,7 @@
* Gets the foreground color of this object.
*
* @return the foreground color, if supported, of the object;
- * otherwise, null
+ * otherwise, {@code null}
*/
public Color getForeground() {
return null; // Not supported for MenuComponents
@@ -694,59 +694,59 @@
/**
* Sets the foreground color of this object.
*
- * @param c the new Color
for the foreground
+ * @param c the new {@code Color} for the foreground
*/
public void setForeground(Color c) {
// Not supported for MenuComponents
}
/**
- * Gets the Cursor
of this object.
+ * Gets the {@code Cursor} of this object.
*
- * @return the Cursor
, if supported, of the object;
- * otherwise, null
+ * @return the {@code Cursor}, if supported, of the object;
+ * otherwise, {@code null}
*/
public Cursor getCursor() {
return null; // Not supported for MenuComponents
}
/**
- * Sets the Cursor
of this object.
+ * Sets the {@code Cursor} of this object.
* Cursor
for the object
+ * @param cursor the new {@code Cursor} for the object
*/
public void setCursor(Cursor cursor) {
// Not supported for MenuComponents
}
/**
- * Gets the Font
of this object.
+ * Gets the {@code Font} of this object.
*
- * @return the Font
,if supported, for the object;
- * otherwise, null
+ * @return the {@code Font},if supported, for the object;
+ * otherwise, {@code null}
*/
public Font getFont() {
return MenuComponent.this.getFont();
}
/**
- * Sets the Font
of this object.
+ * Sets the {@code Font} of this object.
*
- * @param f the new Font
for the object
+ * @param f the new {@code Font} for the object
*/
public void setFont(Font f) {
MenuComponent.this.setFont(f);
}
/**
- * Gets the FontMetrics
of this object.
+ * Gets the {@code FontMetrics} of this object.
*
- * @param f the Font
+ * @param f the {@code Font}
* @return the FontMetrics, if supported, the object;
- * otherwise, null
+ * otherwise, {@code null}
* @see #getFont
*/
public FontMetrics getFontMetrics(Font f) {
@@ -776,7 +776,7 @@
* object intends to be visible; however, it may not in fact be
* showing on the screen because one of the objects that this object
* is contained by is not visible. To determine if an object is
- * showing on the screen, use isShowing
.
+ * showing on the screen, use {@code isShowing}.
*
* @return true if object is visible; otherwise, false
*/
@@ -811,9 +811,9 @@
* where the point's x and y coordinates are defined to be relative to
* the coordinate system of the object.
*
- * @param p the Point
relative to the coordinate
+ * @param p the {@code Point} relative to the coordinate
* system of the object
- * @return true if object contains Point
; otherwise false
+ * @return true if object contains {@code Point}; otherwise false
*/
public boolean contains(Point p) {
return false; // Not supported for MenuComponents
@@ -822,7 +822,7 @@
/**
* Returns the location of the object on the screen.
*
- * @return location of object on screen -- can be null
+ * @return location of object on screen -- can be {@code null}
* if this object is not on the screen
*/
public Point getLocationOnScreen() {
@@ -834,9 +834,9 @@
* of a point specifying the object's top-left corner in the screen's
* coordinate space.
*
- * @return an instance of Point
representing the
+ * @return an instance of {@code Point} representing the
* top-left corner of the object's bounds in the coordinate
- * space of the screen; null
if
+ * space of the screen; {@code null} if
* this object or its parent are not on the screen
*/
public Point getLocation() {
@@ -852,12 +852,12 @@
/**
* Gets the bounds of this object in the form of a
- * Rectangle
object.
+ * {@code Rectangle} object.
* The bounds specify this object's width, height, and location
* relative to its parent.
*
* @return a rectangle indicating this component's bounds;
- * null
if this object is not on the screen
+ * {@code null} if this object is not on the screen
*/
public Rectangle getBounds() {
return null; // Not supported for MenuComponents
@@ -865,7 +865,7 @@
/**
* Sets the bounds of this object in the form of a
- * Rectangle
object.
+ * {@code Rectangle} object.
* The bounds specify this object's width, height, and location
* relative to its parent.
*
@@ -877,13 +877,13 @@
/**
* Returns the size of this object in the form of a
- * Dimension
object. The height field of
- * the Dimension
object contains this object's
- * height, and the width field of the Dimension
+ * {@code Dimension} object. The height field of
+ * the {@code Dimension} object contains this object's
+ * height, and the width field of the {@code Dimension}
* object contains this object's width.
*
- * @return a Dimension
object that indicates the
- * size of this component; null
+ * @return a {@code Dimension} object that indicates the
+ * size of this component; {@code null}
* if this object is not on the screen
*/
public Dimension getSize() {
@@ -893,7 +893,7 @@
/**
* Resizes this object.
*
- * @param d - the Dimension
specifying the
+ * @param d - the {@code Dimension} specifying the
* new size of the object
*/
public void setSize(Dimension d) {
@@ -901,16 +901,16 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the Accessible
child, if one exists,
- * contained at the local coordinate Point
.
- * If there is no Accessible
child, null
+ * Returns the {@code Accessible} child, if one exists,
+ * contained at the local coordinate {@code Point}.
+ * If there is no {@code Accessible} child, {@code null}
* is returned.
*
* @param p the point defining the top-left corner of the
- * Accessible
, given in the coordinate space
+ * {@code Accessible}, given in the coordinate space
* of the object's parent
- * @return the Accessible
, if it exists,
- * at the specified location; else null
+ * @return the {@code Accessible}, if it exists,
+ * at the specified location; else {@code null}
*/
public Accessible getAccessibleAt(Point p) {
return null; // MenuComponents don't have children
@@ -956,7 +956,7 @@
//
/**
- * Returns the number of Accessible
children currently selected.
+ * Returns the number of {@code Accessible} children currently selected.
* If no children are selected, the return value will be 0.
*
* @return the number of items currently selected
@@ -966,10 +966,10 @@
}
/**
- * Returns an Accessible
representing the specified
+ * Returns an {@code Accessible} representing the specified
* selected child in the object. If there isn't a selection, or there are
* fewer children selected than the integer passed in, the return
- * value will be null
.
+ * value will be {@code null}.
* Accessible
object
+ * {@code Accessible} object
* @see AccessibleContext#getAccessibleChild
*/
public boolean isAccessibleChildSelected(int i) {
@@ -995,7 +995,7 @@
}
/**
- * Adds the specified Accessible
child of the object
+ * Adds the specified {@code Accessible} child of the object
* to the object's selection. If the object supports multiple selections,
* the specified child is added to any existing selection, otherwise
* it replaces any existing selection in the object. If the
@@ -1068,7 +1068,7 @@
/**
* Gets the state of this object.
*
- * @return an instance of AccessibleStateSet
+ * @return an instance of {@code AccessibleStateSet}
* containing the current state set of the object
* @see AccessibleState
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/MenuItem.java 2015-10-04 22:52:53.837273693 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/MenuItem.java 2015-10-04 22:52:53.645273702 +0400
@@ -35,9 +35,9 @@
/**
* All items in a menu must belong to the class
- * MenuItem
, or one of its subclasses.
+ * {@code MenuItem}, or one of its subclasses.
* MenuItem
object embodies
+ * The default {@code MenuItem} object embodies
* a simple labeled menu item.
*
* The first two items are simple menu items, labeled
- * "Basic"
and "Simple"
.
+ * {@code "Basic"} and {@code "Simple"}.
* Following these two items is a separator, which is itself
- * a menu item, created with the label "-"
.
- * Next is an instance of CheckboxMenuItem
- * labeled "Check"
. The final menu item is a
+ * a menu item, created with the label {@code "-"}.
+ * Next is an instance of {@code CheckboxMenuItem}
+ * labeled {@code "Check"}. The final menu item is a
* submenu labeled "More Examples"
,
- * and this submenu is an instance of Menu
.
+ * and this submenu is an instance of {@code Menu}.
* ActionEvent
, the processEvent
+ * instance of {@code ActionEvent}, the {@code processEvent}
* method examines the event and passes it along to
- * processActionEvent
. The latter method redirects the
- * event to any ActionListener
objects that have
+ * {@code processActionEvent}. The latter method redirects the
+ * event to any {@code ActionListener} objects that have
* registered an interest in action events generated by this
* menu item.
* Menu
overrides this behavior and
+ * Note that the subclass {@code Menu} overrides this behavior and
* does not send any event to the frame until one of its subitems is
* selected.
*
@@ -103,8 +103,8 @@
/**
* A value to indicate whether a menu item is enabled
- * or not. If it is enabled, enabled
will
- * be set to true. Else enabled
will
+ * or not. If it is enabled, {@code enabled} will
+ * be set to true. Else {@code enabled} will
* be set to false.
*
* @serial
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@
boolean enabled = true;
/**
- * label
is the label of a menu item.
+ * {@code label} is the label of a menu item.
* It can be any string.
*
* @serial
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@
/**
* This field indicates the command tha has been issued
* by a particular menu item.
- * By default the actionCommand
+ * By default the {@code actionCommand}
* is the label of the menu item, unless it has been
* set using setActionCommand.
*
@@ -204,7 +204,7 @@
* a separator between menu items. By default, all menu
* items except for separators are enabled.
* @param label the label for this menu item.
- * @param s the instance of MenuShortcut
+ * @param s the instance of {@code MenuShortcut}
* associated with this menu item.
* @exception HeadlessException if GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()
* returns true.
@@ -239,7 +239,7 @@
/**
* Gets the label for this menu item.
- * @return the label of this menu item, or null
+ * @return the label of this menu item, or {@code null}
if this menu item has no label.
* @see java.awt.MenuItem#setLabel
* @since 1.0
@@ -250,7 +250,7 @@
/**
* Sets the label for this menu item to the specified label.
- * @param label the new label, or null
for no label.
+ * @param label the new label, or {@code null} for no label.
* @see java.awt.MenuItem#getLabel
* @since 1.0
*/
@@ -276,8 +276,8 @@
/**
* Sets whether or not this menu item can be chosen.
- * @param b if true
, enables this menu item;
- * if false
, disables it.
+ * @param b if {@code true}, enables this menu item;
+ * if {@code false}, disables it.
* @see java.awt.MenuItem#isEnabled
* @since 1.1
*/
@@ -287,7 +287,7 @@
/**
* @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
- * replaced by setEnabled(boolean)
.
+ * replaced by {@code setEnabled(boolean)}.
*/
@Deprecated
public synchronized void enable() {
@@ -304,7 +304,7 @@
* @param b if {@code true}, enables this menu item;
* otherwise disables
* @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
- * replaced by setEnabled(boolean)
.
+ * replaced by {@code setEnabled(boolean)}.
*/
@Deprecated
public void enable(boolean b) {
@@ -317,7 +317,7 @@
/**
* @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
- * replaced by setEnabled(boolean)
.
+ * replaced by {@code setEnabled(boolean)}.
*/
@Deprecated
public synchronized void disable() {
@@ -329,10 +329,10 @@
}
/**
- * Get the MenuShortcut
object associated with this
+ * Get the {@code MenuShortcut} object associated with this
* menu item,
* @return the menu shortcut associated with this menu item,
- * or null
if none has been specified.
+ * or {@code null} if none has been specified.
* @see java.awt.MenuItem#setShortcut
* @since 1.1
*/
@@ -341,7 +341,7 @@
}
/**
- * Set the MenuShortcut
object associated with this
+ * Set the {@code MenuShortcut} object associated with this
* menu item. If a menu shortcut is already associated with
* this menu item, it is replaced.
* @param s the menu shortcut to associate
@@ -358,7 +358,7 @@
}
/**
- * Delete any MenuShortcut
object associated
+ * Delete any {@code MenuShortcut} object associated
* with this menu item.
* @since 1.1
*/
@@ -454,8 +454,8 @@
* MenuItem
which desire to
- * have the specified event types delivered to processEvent
+ * to be invoked by subclasses of {@code MenuItem} which desire to
+ * have the specified event types delivered to {@code processEvent}
* regardless of whether a listener is registered.
*
* @param eventsToEnable the event mask defining the event types
@@ -562,7 +562,7 @@
* Returns an array of all the action listeners
* registered on this menu item.
*
- * @return all of this menu item's ActionListener
s
+ * @return all of this menu item's {@code ActionListener}s
* or an empty array if no action
* listeners are currently registered
*
@@ -579,16 +579,16 @@
/**
* Returns an array of all the objects currently registered
* as FooListener
s
- * upon this MenuItem
.
+ * upon this {@code MenuItem}.
* FooListener
s are registered using the
* addFooListener
method.
*
* listenerType
argument
+ * You can specify the {@code listenerType} argument
* with a class literal, such as
* FooListener.class
.
* For example, you can query a
- * MenuItem
m
+ * {@code MenuItem m}
* for its action listeners with the following code:
*
* ActionListener[] als = (ActionListener[])(m.getListeners(ActionListener.class));
@@ -598,14 +598,14 @@
* @param java.util.EventListener
+ * {@code java.util.EventListener}
* @return an array of all objects registered as
* FooListener
s on this menu item,
* or an empty array if no such
* listeners have been added
- * @exception ClassCastException if listenerType
+ * @exception ClassCastException if {@code listenerType}
* doesn't specify a class or interface that implements
- * java.util.EventListener
+ * {@code java.util.EventListener}
*
* @see #getActionListeners
* @since 1.3
@@ -620,12 +620,12 @@
/**
* Processes events on this menu item. If the event is an
- * instance of ActionEvent
, it invokes
- * processActionEvent
, another method
- * defined by MenuItem
.
+ * instance of {@code ActionEvent}, it invokes
+ * {@code processActionEvent}, another method
+ * defined by {@code MenuItem}.
* null
+ * ActionListener
objects.
+ * {@code ActionListener} objects.
* This method is not called unless action events are
* enabled for this component. Action events are enabled
* when one of the following occurs:
*
- *
- * ActionListener
object is registered
- * via addActionListener
.
- * enableEvents
.
+ * null
+ * MenuItem
.
+ * Returns a string representing the state of this {@code MenuItem}.
* This method is intended to be used only for debugging purposes, and the
* content and format of the returned string may vary between
* implementations. The returned string may be empty but may not be
- * null
.
+ * {@code null}.
*
* @return the parameter string of this menu item
*/
@@ -710,17 +710,17 @@
/**
* Writes default serializable fields to stream. Writes
- * a list of serializable ActionListeners
+ * a list of serializable {@code ActionListeners}
* as optional data. The non-serializable listeners are
* detected and no attempt is made to serialize them.
*
- * @param s the ObjectOutputStream
to write
- * @serialData null
terminated sequence of 0
- * or more pairs; the pair consists of a String
- * and an Object
; the String
+ * @param s the {@code ObjectOutputStream} to write
+ * @serialData {@code null} terminated sequence of 0
+ * or more pairs; the pair consists of a {@code String}
+ * and an {@code Object}; the {@code String}
* indicates the type of object and is one of the following:
- * actionListenerK
indicating an
- * ActionListener
object
+ * {@code actionListenerK} indicating an
+ * {@code ActionListener} object
*
* @see AWTEventMulticaster#save(ObjectOutputStream, String, EventListener)
* @see #readObject(ObjectInputStream)
@@ -735,15 +735,15 @@
}
/**
- * Reads the ObjectInputStream
and if it
- * isn't null
adds a listener to receive
- * action events fired by the Menu
Item.
+ * Reads the {@code ObjectInputStream} and if it
+ * isn't {@code null} adds a listener to receive
+ * action events fired by the {@code Menu} Item.
* Unrecognized keys or values will be ignored.
*
- * @param s the ObjectInputStream
to read
+ * @param s the {@code ObjectInputStream} to read
* @exception HeadlessException if
- * GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless
returns
- * true
+ * {@code GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless} returns
+ * {@code true}
* @see #removeActionListener(ActionListener)
* @see #addActionListener(ActionListener)
* @see #writeObject(ObjectOutputStream)
@@ -800,7 +800,7 @@
* subclassed by menu component developers.
* MenuItem
class. It provides an implementation of the
+ * {@code MenuItem} class. It provides an implementation of the
* Java Accessibility API appropriate to menu item user-interface elements.
* @since 1.3
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/MenuShortcut.java 2015-10-04 22:52:54.393273668 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/MenuShortcut.java 2015-10-04 22:52:54.185273678 +0400
@@ -27,27 +27,27 @@
import java.awt.event.KeyEvent;
/**
- * The MenuShortcut
class represents a keyboard accelerator
+ * The {@code MenuShortcut} class represents a keyboard accelerator
* for a MenuItem.
* MenuShortcut ms = new MenuShortcut(KeyEvent.VK_A, false);
+ * {@code MenuShortcut ms = new MenuShortcut(KeyEvent.VK_A, false);}
* MenuShortcut ms = new MenuShortcut(KeyEvent.getExtendedKeyCodeForChar('A'), false);
+ * {@code MenuShortcut ms = new MenuShortcut(KeyEvent.getExtendedKeyCodeForChar('A'), false);}
* java.awt.event.KeyEvent.getExtendedKeyCodeForChar
call.
+ * using the {@code java.awt.event.KeyEvent.getExtendedKeyCodeForChar} call.
* For example, a menu shortcut for "Ctrl+cyrillic ef" is created by
* MenuShortcut ms = new MenuShortcut(KeyEvent.getExtendedKeyCodeForChar('\u0444'), false);
* KeyEvent
+ * Note that shortcuts created with a keycode or an extended keycode defined as a constant in {@code KeyEvent}
* work regardless of the current keyboard layout. However, a shortcut made of
- * an extended keycode not listed in KeyEvent
+ * an extended keycode not listed in {@code KeyEvent}
* only work if the current keyboard layout produces a corresponding letter.
* true
if this MenuShortcut must be invoked using the
- * SHIFT key, false
otherwise.
+ * @return {@code true} if this MenuShortcut must be invoked using the
+ * SHIFT key, {@code false} otherwise.
* @since 1.1
*/
public boolean usesShiftModifier() {
@@ -141,8 +141,8 @@
* equality is defined to mean that both MenuShortcuts use the same key
* and both either use or don't use the SHIFT key.
* @param s the MenuShortcut to compare with this.
- * @return true
if this MenuShortcut is the same as another,
- * false
otherwise.
+ * @return {@code true} if this MenuShortcut is the same as another,
+ * {@code false} otherwise.
* @since 1.1
*/
public boolean equals(MenuShortcut s) {
@@ -155,8 +155,8 @@
* equality is defined to mean that both MenuShortcuts use the same key
* and both either use or don't use the SHIFT key.
* @param obj the Object to compare with this.
- * @return true
if this MenuShortcut is the same as another,
- * false
otherwise.
+ * @return {@code true} if this MenuShortcut is the same as another,
+ * {@code false} otherwise.
* @since 1.2
*/
public boolean equals(Object obj) {
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/MouseInfo.java 2015-10-04 22:52:54.917273645 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/MouseInfo.java 2015-10-04 22:52:54.729273653 +0400
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
import sun.awt.ComponentFactory;
/**
- * MouseInfo
provides methods for getting information about the mouse,
+ * {@code MouseInfo} provides methods for getting information about the mouse,
* such as mouse pointer location and the number of mouse buttons.
*
* @author Roman Poborchiy
@@ -45,26 +45,26 @@
}
/**
- * Returns a PointerInfo
instance that represents the current
+ * Returns a {@code PointerInfo} instance that represents the current
* location of the mouse pointer.
- * The GraphicsDevice
stored in this PointerInfo
+ * The {@code GraphicsDevice} stored in this {@code PointerInfo}
* contains the mouse pointer. The coordinate system used for the mouse position
- * depends on whether or not the GraphicsDevice
is part of a virtual
+ * depends on whether or not the {@code GraphicsDevice} is part of a virtual
* screen device.
* For virtual screen devices, the coordinates are given in the virtual
* coordinate system, otherwise they are returned in the coordinate system
- * of the GraphicsDevice
. See {@link GraphicsConfiguration}
+ * of the {@code GraphicsDevice}. See {@link GraphicsConfiguration}
* for more information about the virtual screen devices.
- * On systems without a mouse, returns null
.
+ * On systems without a mouse, returns {@code null}.
* checkPermission
method
- * is called with an AWTPermission("watchMousePointer")
- * permission before creating and returning a PointerInfo
- * object. This may result in a SecurityException
.
+ * If there is a security manager, its {@code checkPermission} method
+ * is called with an {@code AWTPermission("watchMousePointer")}
+ * permission before creating and returning a {@code PointerInfo}
+ * object. This may result in a {@code SecurityException}.
*
* @exception HeadlessException if GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless() returns true
* @exception SecurityException if a security manager exists and its
- * checkPermission
method doesn't allow the operation
+ * {@code checkPermission} method doesn't allow the operation
* @see GraphicsConfiguration
* @see SecurityManager#checkPermission
* @see java.awt.AWTPermission
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@
/**
* Returns the number of buttons on the mouse.
- * On systems without a mouse, returns -1
.
+ * On systems without a mouse, returns {@code -1}.
* The number of buttons is obtained from the AWT Toolkit
* by requesting the {@code "awt.mouse.numButtons"} desktop property
* which is set by the underlying native platform.
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/PageAttributes.java 2015-10-04 22:52:55.437273622 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/PageAttributes.java 2015-10-04 22:52:55.249273630 +0400
@@ -942,7 +942,7 @@
* @param printerResolution an integer array of 3 elements. The first
* element must be greater than 0. The second element must be
* must be greater than 0. The third element must be either
- * 3
or 4
.
+ * {@code 3} or {@code 4}.
* @throws IllegalArgumentException if one or more of the above
* conditions is violated.
*/
@@ -1095,14 +1095,14 @@
/**
* Specifies the print orientation for pages using these attributes.
- * Specifying 3
denotes portrait. Specifying 4
+ * Specifying {@code 3} denotes portrait. Specifying {@code 4}
* denotes landscape. Specifying any other value will generate an
* IllegalArgumentException. Not specifying the property is equivalent
* to calling setOrientationRequested(OrientationRequestedType.PORTRAIT).
*
- * @param orientationRequested 3
or 4
+ * @param orientationRequested {@code 3} or {@code 4}
* @throws IllegalArgumentException if orientationRequested is not
- * 3
or 4
+ * {@code 3} or {@code 4}
*/
public void setOrientationRequested(int orientationRequested) {
switch (orientationRequested) {
@@ -1189,15 +1189,15 @@
/**
* Specifies the print quality for pages using these attributes.
- * Specifying 3
denotes draft. Specifying 4
- * denotes normal. Specifying 5
denotes high. Specifying
+ * Specifying {@code 3} denotes draft. Specifying {@code 4}
+ * denotes normal. Specifying {@code 5} denotes high. Specifying
* any other value will generate an IllegalArgumentException. Not
* specifying the property is equivalent to calling
* setPrintQuality(PrintQualityType.NORMAL).
*
- * @param printQuality 3
, 4
, or 5
- * @throws IllegalArgumentException if printQuality is not 3
- *
, 4
, or 5
+ * @param printQuality {@code 3}, {@code 4}, or {@code 5}
+ * @throws IllegalArgumentException if printQuality is not
+ * {@code 3}, {@code 4}, or {@code 5}
*/
public void setPrintQuality(int printQuality) {
switch (printQuality) {
@@ -1231,13 +1231,13 @@
* (typically the horizontal resolution). Index 1 of the array specifies
* the feed direction resolution (typically the vertical resolution).
* Index 2 of the array specifies whether the resolutions are in dots per
- * inch or dots per centimeter. 3
denotes dots per inch.
- * 4
denotes dots per centimeter.
+ * inch or dots per centimeter. {@code 3} denotes dots per inch.
+ * {@code 4} denotes dots per centimeter.
*
* @return an integer array of 3 elements. The first
* element must be greater than 0. The second element must be
* must be greater than 0. The third element must be either
- * 3
or 4
.
+ * {@code 3} or {@code 4}.
*/
public int[] getPrinterResolution() {
// Return a copy because otherwise client code could circumvent the
@@ -1258,7 +1258,7 @@
* resolution). Index 1 of the array specifies the feed direction
* resolution (typically the vertical resolution). Index 2 of the array
* specifies whether the resolutions are in dots per inch or dots per
- * centimeter. 3
denotes dots per inch. 4
+ * centimeter. {@code 3} denotes dots per inch. {@code 4}
* denotes dots per centimeter. Note that the 1.1 printing implementation
* (Toolkit.getPrintJob) requires that the feed and cross feed resolutions
* be the same. Not specifying the property is equivalent to calling
@@ -1267,7 +1267,7 @@
* @param printerResolution an integer array of 3 elements. The first
* element must be greater than 0. The second element must be
* must be greater than 0. The third element must be either
- * 3
or 4
.
+ * {@code 3} or {@code 4}.
* @throws IllegalArgumentException if one or more of the above
* conditions is violated.
*/
@@ -1295,7 +1295,7 @@
* inch for pages using these attributes. The same value is used for both
* resolutions. The actual resolutions will be determined by the
* limitations of the implementation and the target printer. Not
- * specifying the property is equivalent to specifying 72
.
+ * specifying the property is equivalent to specifying {@code 72}.
*
* @param printerResolution an integer greater than 0.
* @throws IllegalArgumentException if printerResolution is less than or
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/Paint.java 2015-10-04 22:52:55.977273597 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/Paint.java 2015-10-04 22:52:55.789273606 +0400
@@ -30,16 +30,16 @@
import java.awt.geom.Rectangle2D;
/**
- * This Paint
interface defines how color patterns
+ * This {@code Paint} interface defines how color patterns
* can be generated for {@link Graphics2D} operations. A class
- * implementing the Paint
interface is added to the
- * Graphics2D
context in order to define the color
- * pattern used by the draw
and fill
methods.
+ * implementing the {@code Paint} interface is added to the
+ * {@code Graphics2D} context in order to define the color
+ * pattern used by the {@code draw} and {@code fill} methods.
* Paint
must be
- * read-only because the Graphics2D
does not clone
+ * Instances of classes implementing {@code Paint} must be
+ * read-only because the {@code Graphics2D} does not clone
* these objects when they are set as an attribute with the
- * setPaint
method or when the Graphics2D
+ * {@code setPaint} method or when the {@code Graphics2D}
* object is itself cloned.
* @see PaintContext
* @see Color
@@ -74,22 +74,22 @@
* of the graphics primitive being rendered.
* Implementations of the {@code Paint} interface
* are allowed to throw {@code NullPointerException}
- * for a {@code null} {@code deviceBounds}.
+ * for a {@code null deviceBounds}.
* @param userBounds the user space bounding box
* of the graphics primitive being rendered.
* Implementations of the {@code Paint} interface
* are allowed to throw {@code NullPointerException}
- * for a {@code null} {@code userBounds}.
+ * for a {@code null userBounds}.
* @param xform the {@link AffineTransform} from user
* space into device space.
* Implementations of the {@code Paint} interface
* are allowed to throw {@code NullPointerException}
- * for a {@code null} {@code xform}.
+ * for a {@code null xform}.
* @param hints the set of hints that the context object can use to
* choose between rendering alternatives.
* Implementations of the {@code Paint} interface
* are allowed to throw {@code NullPointerException}
- * for a {@code null} {@code hints}.
+ * for a {@code null hints}.
* @return the {@code PaintContext} for
* generating color patterns.
* @see PaintContext
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/PaintContext.java 2015-10-04 22:52:56.501273574 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/PaintContext.java 2015-10-04 22:52:56.309273582 +0400
@@ -29,13 +29,13 @@
import java.awt.image.ColorModel;
/**
- * The PaintContext
interface defines the encapsulated
+ * The {@code PaintContext} interface defines the encapsulated
* and optimized environment to generate color patterns in device
* space for fill or stroke operations on a
- * {@link Graphics2D}. The PaintContext
provides
- * the necessary colors for Graphics2D
operations in the
+ * {@link Graphics2D}. The {@code PaintContext} provides
+ * the necessary colors for {@code Graphics2D} operations in the
* form of a {@link Raster} associated with a {@link ColorModel}.
- * The PaintContext
maintains state for a particular paint
+ * The {@code PaintContext} maintains state for a particular paint
* operation. In a multi-threaded environment, several
* contexts can exist simultaneously for a single {@link Paint} object.
* @see Paint
@@ -48,20 +48,20 @@
public void dispose();
/**
- * Returns the ColorModel
of the output. Note that
- * this ColorModel
might be different from the hint
+ * Returns the {@code ColorModel} of the output. Note that
+ * this {@code ColorModel} might be different from the hint
* specified in the
* {@link Paint#createContext(ColorModel, Rectangle, Rectangle2D,
AffineTransform, RenderingHints) createContext} method of
- * Paint
. Not all PaintContext
objects are
+ * {@code Paint}. Not all {@code PaintContext} objects are
* capable of generating color patterns in an arbitrary
- * ColorModel
.
- * @return the ColorModel
of the output.
+ * {@code ColorModel}.
+ * @return the {@code ColorModel} of the output.
*/
ColorModel getColorModel();
/**
- * Returns a Raster
containing the colors generated for
+ * Returns a {@code Raster} containing the colors generated for
* the graphics operation.
* @param x the x coordinate of the area in device space
* for which colors are generated.
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@
* for which colors are generated.
* @param w the width of the area in device space
* @param h the height of the area in device space
- * @return a Raster
representing the specified
+ * @return a {@code Raster} representing the specified
* rectangular area and containing the colors generated for
* the graphics operation.
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/Panel.java 2015-10-04 22:52:57.021273550 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/Panel.java 2015-10-04 22:52:56.833273559 +0400
@@ -27,12 +27,12 @@
import javax.accessibility.*;
/**
- * Panel
is the simplest container class. A panel
+ * {@code Panel} is the simplest container class. A panel
* provides space in which an application can attach any other
* component, including other panels.
* FlowLayout
layout manager.
+ * {@code FlowLayout} layout manager.
*
* @author Sami Shaio
* @see java.awt.FlowLayout
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@
/**
* Creates a new panel using the default layout manager.
* The default layout manager for all panels is the
- * FlowLayout
class.
+ * {@code FlowLayout} class.
*/
public Panel() {
this(new FlowLayout());
@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@
/**
* This class implements accessibility support for the
- * Panel
class. It provides an implementation of the
+ * {@code Panel} class. It provides an implementation of the
* Java Accessibility API appropriate to panel user-interface elements.
* @since 1.3
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/Point.java 2015-10-04 22:52:57.545273527 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/Point.java 2015-10-04 22:52:57.353273536 +0400
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
*/
public class Point extends Point2D implements java.io.Serializable {
/**
- * The X coordinate of this Point
.
+ * The X coordinate of this {@code Point}.
* If no X coordinate is set it will default to 0.
*
* @serial
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@
public int x;
/**
- * The Y coordinate of this Point
.
+ * The Y coordinate of this {@code Point}.
* If no Y coordinate is set it will default to 0.
*
* @serial
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@
/**
* Constructs and initializes a point with the same location as
- * the specified Point
object.
+ * the specified {@code Point} object.
* @param p a point
* @since 1.1
*/
@@ -85,8 +85,8 @@
/**
* Constructs and initializes a point at the specified
* {@code (x,y)} location in the coordinate space.
- * @param x the X coordinate of the newly constructed Point
- * @param y the Y coordinate of the newly constructed Point
+ * @param x the X coordinate of the newly constructed {@code Point}
+ * @param y the Y coordinate of the newly constructed {@code Point}
* @since 1.0
*/
public Point(int x, int y) {
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@
/**
* Returns the location of this point.
* This method is included for completeness, to parallel the
- * getLocation
method of Component
.
+ * {@code getLocation} method of {@code Component}.
* @return a copy of this point, at the same location
* @see java.awt.Component#getLocation
* @see java.awt.Point#setLocation(java.awt.Point)
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@
/**
* Sets the location of the point to the specified location.
* This method is included for completeness, to parallel the
- * setLocation
method of Component
.
+ * {@code setLocation} method of {@code Component}.
* @param p a point, the new location for this point
* @see java.awt.Component#setLocation(java.awt.Point)
* @see java.awt.Point#getLocation
@@ -142,7 +142,7 @@
* Changes the point to have the specified location.
* setLocation
method of Component
.
+ * {@code setLocation} method of {@code Component}.
* Its behavior is identical with move(int, int)
.
* @param x the X coordinate of the new location
* @param y the Y coordinate of the new location
@@ -158,10 +158,10 @@
/**
* Sets the location of this point to the specified double coordinates.
* The double values will be rounded to integer values.
- * Any number smaller than Integer.MIN_VALUE
- * will be reset to MIN_VALUE
, and any number
- * larger than Integer.MAX_VALUE
will be
- * reset to MAX_VALUE
.
+ * Any number smaller than {@code Integer.MIN_VALUE}
+ * will be reset to {@code MIN_VALUE}, and any number
+ * larger than {@code Integer.MAX_VALUE} will be
+ * reset to {@code MAX_VALUE}.
*
* @param x the X coordinate of the new location
* @param y the Y coordinate of the new location
@@ -203,13 +203,13 @@
/**
* Determines whether or not two points are equal. Two instances of
- * Point2D
are equal if the values of their
- * x
and y
member fields, representing
+ * {@code Point2D} are equal if the values of their
+ * {@code x} and {@code y} member fields, representing
* their position in the coordinate space, are the same.
- * @param obj an object to be compared with this Point2D
- * @return true
if the object to be compared is
- * an instance of Point2D
and has
- * the same values; false
otherwise.
+ * @param obj an object to be compared with this {@code Point2D}
+ * @return {@code true} if the object to be compared is
+ * an instance of {@code Point2D} and has
+ * the same values; {@code false} otherwise.
*/
public boolean equals(Object obj) {
if (obj instanceof Point) {
@@ -224,7 +224,7 @@
* in the {@code (x,y)} coordinate space. This method is
* intended to be used only for debugging purposes, and the content
* and format of the returned string may vary between implementations.
- * The returned string may be empty but may not be null
.
+ * The returned string may be empty but may not be {@code null}.
*
* @return a string representation of this point
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/Polygon.java 2015-10-04 22:52:58.069273503 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/Polygon.java 2015-10-04 22:52:57.881273512 +0400
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
import java.util.Arrays;
/**
- * The Polygon
class encapsulates a description of a
+ * The {@code Polygon} class encapsulates a description of a
* closed, two-dimensional region within a coordinate space. This
* region is bounded by an arbitrary number of line segments, each of
* which is one side of the polygon. Internally, a polygon
@@ -41,12 +41,12 @@
* polygon, and two successive pairs are the endpoints of a
* line that is a side of the polygon. The first and final
* pairs of {@code (x,y)} points are joined by a line segment
- * that closes the polygon. This Polygon
is defined with
+ * that closes the polygon. This {@code Polygon} is defined with
* an even-odd winding rule. See
* {@link java.awt.geom.PathIterator#WIND_EVEN_ODD WIND_EVEN_ODD}
* for a definition of the even-odd winding rule.
* This class's hit-testing methods, which include the
- * contains
, intersects
and inside
+ * {@code contains}, {@code intersects} and {@code inside}
* methods, use the insideness definition described in the
* {@link Shape} class comments.
*
@@ -58,8 +58,8 @@
public class Polygon implements Shape, java.io.Serializable {
/**
- * The total number of points. The value of npoints
- * represents the number of valid points in this Polygon
+ * The total number of points. The value of {@code npoints}
+ * represents the number of valid points in this {@code Polygon}
* and might be less than the number of elements in
* {@link #xpoints xpoints} or {@link #ypoints ypoints}.
* This value can be NULL.
@@ -73,10 +73,10 @@
/**
* The array of X coordinates. The number of elements in
* this array might be more than the number of X coordinates
- * in this Polygon
. The extra elements allow new points
- * to be added to this Polygon
without re-creating this
+ * in this {@code Polygon}. The extra elements allow new points
+ * to be added to this {@code Polygon} without re-creating this
* array. The value of {@link #npoints npoints} is equal to the
- * number of valid points in this Polygon
.
+ * number of valid points in this {@code Polygon}.
*
* @serial
* @see #addPoint(int, int)
@@ -87,10 +87,10 @@
/**
* The array of Y coordinates. The number of elements in
* this array might be more than the number of Y coordinates
- * in this Polygon
. The extra elements allow new points
- * to be added to this Polygon
without re-creating this
- * array. The value of npoints
is equal to the
- * number of valid points in this Polygon
.
+ * in this {@code Polygon}. The extra elements allow new points
+ * to be added to this {@code Polygon} without re-creating this
+ * array. The value of {@code npoints} is equal to the
+ * number of valid points in this {@code Polygon}.
*
* @serial
* @see #addPoint(int, int)
@@ -129,19 +129,19 @@
}
/**
- * Constructs and initializes a Polygon
from the specified
+ * Constructs and initializes a {@code Polygon} from the specified
* parameters.
* @param xpoints an array of X coordinates
* @param ypoints an array of Y coordinates
* @param npoints the total number of points in the
- * Polygon
+ * {@code Polygon}
* @exception NegativeArraySizeException if the value of
- * npoints
is negative.
- * @exception IndexOutOfBoundsException if npoints
is
- * greater than the length of xpoints
- * or the length of ypoints
.
- * @exception NullPointerException if xpoints
or
- * ypoints
is null
.
+ * {@code npoints} is negative.
+ * @exception IndexOutOfBoundsException if {@code npoints} is
+ * greater than the length of {@code xpoints}
+ * or the length of {@code ypoints}.
+ * @exception NullPointerException if {@code xpoints} or
+ * {@code ypoints} is {@code null}.
* @since 1.0
*/
public Polygon(int xpoints[], int ypoints[], int npoints) {
@@ -164,7 +164,7 @@
}
/**
- * Resets this Polygon
object to an empty polygon.
+ * Resets this {@code Polygon} object to an empty polygon.
* The coordinate arrays and the data in them are left untouched
* but the number of points is reset to zero to mark the old
* vertex data as invalid and to start accumulating new vertex
@@ -172,7 +172,7 @@
* All internally-cached data relating to the old vertices
* are discarded.
* Note that since the coordinate arrays from before the reset
- * are reused, creating a new empty Polygon
might
+ * are reused, creating a new empty {@code Polygon} might
* be more memory efficient than resetting the current one if
* the number of vertices in the new polygon data is significantly
* smaller than the number of vertices in the data from before the
@@ -187,11 +187,11 @@
/**
* Invalidates or flushes any internally-cached data that depends
- * on the vertex coordinates of this Polygon
.
+ * on the vertex coordinates of this {@code Polygon}.
* This method should be called after any direct manipulation
- * of the coordinates in the xpoints
or
- * ypoints
arrays to avoid inconsistent results
- * from methods such as getBounds
or contains
+ * of the coordinates in the {@code xpoints} or
+ * {@code ypoints} arrays to avoid inconsistent results
+ * from methods such as {@code getBounds} or {@code contains}
* that might cache data from earlier computations relating to
* the vertex coordinates.
* @see java.awt.Polygon#getBounds
@@ -202,9 +202,9 @@
}
/**
- * Translates the vertices of the Polygon
by
- * deltaX
along the x axis and by
- * deltaY
along the y axis.
+ * Translates the vertices of the {@code Polygon} by
+ * {@code deltaX} along the x axis and by
+ * {@code deltaY} along the y axis.
* @param deltaX the amount to translate along the X axis
* @param deltaY the amount to translate along the Y axis
* @since 1.1
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@
/*
* Calculates the bounding box of the points passed to the constructor.
- * Sets bounds
to the result.
+ * Sets {@code bounds} to the result.
* @param xpoints[] array of x coordinates
* @param ypoints[] array of y coordinates
* @param npoints the total number of points
@@ -270,11 +270,11 @@
}
/**
- * Appends the specified coordinates to this Polygon
.
+ * Appends the specified coordinates to this {@code Polygon}.
* Polygon
has already been performed, such as
- * getBounds
or contains
, then this
+ * {@code Polygon} has already been performed, such as
+ * {@code getBounds} or {@code contains}, then this
* method updates the bounding box.
* @param x the specified X coordinate
* @param y the specified Y coordinate
@@ -305,12 +305,12 @@
}
/**
- * Gets the bounding box of this Polygon
.
+ * Gets the bounding box of this {@code Polygon}.
* The bounding box is the smallest {@link Rectangle} whose
* sides are parallel to the x and y axes of the
- * coordinate space, and can completely contain the Polygon
.
- * @return a Rectangle
that defines the bounds of this
- * Polygon
.
+ * coordinate space, and can completely contain the {@code Polygon}.
+ * @return a {@code Rectangle} that defines the bounds of this
+ * {@code Polygon}.
* @since 1.1
*/
public Rectangle getBounds() {
@@ -318,10 +318,10 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the bounds of this Polygon
.
- * @return the bounds of this Polygon
.
+ * Returns the bounds of this {@code Polygon}.
+ * @return the bounds of this {@code Polygon}.
* @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
- * replaced by getBounds()
.
+ * replaced by {@code getBounds()}.
* @since 1.0
*/
@Deprecated
@@ -337,10 +337,10 @@
/**
* Determines whether the specified {@link Point} is inside this
- * Polygon
.
- * @param p the specified Point
to be tested
- * @return true
if the Polygon
contains the
- * Point
; false
otherwise.
+ * {@code Polygon}.
+ * @param p the specified {@code Point} to be tested
+ * @return {@code true} if the {@code Polygon} contains the
+ * {@code Point}; {@code false} otherwise.
* @see #contains(double, double)
* @since 1.0
*/
@@ -350,7 +350,7 @@
/**
* Determines whether the specified coordinates are inside this
- * Polygon
.
+ * {@code Polygon}.
*
* @param x the specified X coordinate to be tested
* @param y the specified Y coordinate to be tested
@@ -366,7 +366,7 @@
/**
* Determines whether the specified coordinates are contained in this
- * Polygon
.
+ * {@code Polygon}.
* @param x the specified X coordinate to be tested
* @param y the specified Y coordinate to be tested
* @return {@code true} if this {@code Polygon} contains
@@ -374,7 +374,7 @@
* {@code false} otherwise.
* @see #contains(double, double)
* @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
- * replaced by contains(int, int)
.
+ * replaced by {@code contains(int, int)}.
* @since 1.0
*/
@Deprecated
@@ -531,15 +531,15 @@
/**
* Returns an iterator object that iterates along the boundary of this
- * Polygon
and provides access to the geometry
- * of the outline of this Polygon
. An optional
+ * {@code Polygon} and provides access to the geometry
+ * of the outline of this {@code Polygon}. An optional
* {@link AffineTransform} can be specified so that the coordinates
* returned in the iteration are transformed accordingly.
- * @param at an optional AffineTransform
to be applied to the
+ * @param at an optional {@code AffineTransform} to be applied to the
* coordinates as they are returned in the iteration, or
- * null
if untransformed coordinates are desired
+ * {@code null} if untransformed coordinates are desired
* @return a {@link PathIterator} object that provides access to the
- * geometry of this Polygon
.
+ * geometry of this {@code Polygon}.
* @since 1.2
*/
public PathIterator getPathIterator(AffineTransform at) {
@@ -548,23 +548,23 @@
/**
* Returns an iterator object that iterates along the boundary of
- * the Shape
and provides access to the geometry of the
- * outline of the Shape
. Only SEG_MOVETO, SEG_LINETO, and
+ * the {@code Shape} and provides access to the geometry of the
+ * outline of the {@code Shape}. Only SEG_MOVETO, SEG_LINETO, and
* SEG_CLOSE point types are returned by the iterator.
- * Since polygons are already flat, the flatness
parameter
- * is ignored. An optional AffineTransform
can be specified
+ * Since polygons are already flat, the {@code flatness} parameter
+ * is ignored. An optional {@code AffineTransform} can be specified
* in which case the coordinates returned in the iteration are transformed
* accordingly.
- * @param at an optional AffineTransform
to be applied to the
+ * @param at an optional {@code AffineTransform} to be applied to the
* coordinates as they are returned in the iteration, or
- * null
if untransformed coordinates are desired
+ * {@code null} if untransformed coordinates are desired
* @param flatness the maximum amount that the control points
* for a given curve can vary from collinear before a subdivided
* curve is replaced by a straight line connecting the
* endpoints. Since polygons are already flat the
- * flatness
parameter is ignored.
- * @return a PathIterator
object that provides access to the
- * Shape
object's geometry.
+ * {@code flatness} parameter is ignored.
+ * @return a {@code PathIterator} object that provides access to the
+ * {@code Shape} object's geometry.
* @since 1.2
*/
public PathIterator getPathIterator(AffineTransform at, double flatness) {
@@ -597,8 +597,8 @@
/**
* Tests if there are more points to read.
- * @return true
if there are more points to read;
- * false
otherwise.
+ * @return {@code true} if there are more points to read;
+ * {@code false} otherwise.
*/
public boolean isDone() {
return index > poly.npoints;
@@ -618,12 +618,12 @@
* the iteration.
* The return value is the path segment type:
* SEG_MOVETO, SEG_LINETO, or SEG_CLOSE.
- * A float
array of length 2 must be passed in and
+ * A {@code float} array of length 2 must be passed in and
* can be used to store the coordinates of the point(s).
- * Each point is stored as a pair of float
x, y
+ * Each point is stored as a pair of {@code float} x, y
* coordinates. SEG_MOVETO and SEG_LINETO types return one
* point, and SEG_CLOSE does not return any points.
- * @param coords a float
array that specifies the
+ * @param coords a {@code float} array that specifies the
* coordinates of the point(s)
* @return an integer representing the type and coordinates of the
* current path segment.
@@ -648,13 +648,13 @@
* the iteration.
* The return value is the path segment type:
* SEG_MOVETO, SEG_LINETO, or SEG_CLOSE.
- * A double
array of length 2 must be passed in and
+ * A {@code double} array of length 2 must be passed in and
* can be used to store the coordinates of the point(s).
- * Each point is stored as a pair of double
x, y
+ * Each point is stored as a pair of {@code double} x, y
* coordinates.
* SEG_MOVETO and SEG_LINETO types return one point,
* and SEG_CLOSE does not return any points.
- * @param coords a double
array that specifies the
+ * @param coords a {@code double} array that specifies the
* coordinates of the point(s)
* @return an integer representing the type and coordinates of the
* current path segment.
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/PopupMenu.java 2015-10-04 22:52:58.605273479 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/PopupMenu.java 2015-10-04 22:52:58.413273488 +0400
@@ -35,11 +35,11 @@
* A class that implements a menu which can be dynamically popped up
* at a specified position within a component.
* PopupMenu
- * can be used anywhere a Menu
can be used.
- * However, if you use a PopupMenu
like a Menu
- * (e.g., you add it to a MenuBar
), then you cannot
- * call show
on that PopupMenu
.
+ * As the inheritance hierarchy implies, a {@code PopupMenu}
+ * can be used anywhere a {@code Menu} can be used.
+ * However, if you use a {@code PopupMenu} like a {@code Menu}
+ * (e.g., you add it to a {@code MenuBar}), then you cannot
+ * call {@code show} on that {@code PopupMenu}.
*
* @author Amy Fowler
*/
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@
/**
* Creates a new popup menu with the specified name.
*
- * @param label a non-null
string specifying
+ * @param label a non-{@code null} string specifying
* the popup menu's label
* @exception HeadlessException if GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()
* returns true.
@@ -98,8 +98,8 @@
}
/**
- * Constructs a name for this MenuComponent
.
- * Called by getName
when the name is null
.
+ * Constructs a name for this {@code MenuComponent}.
+ * Called by {@code getName} when the name is {@code null}.
*/
String constructComponentName() {
synchronized (PopupMenu.class) {
@@ -139,16 +139,16 @@
* hierarchy of the popup menu's parent. Both the origin and the parent
* must be showing on the screen for this method to be valid.
* PopupMenu
is being used as a Menu
- * (i.e., it has a non-Component
parent),
- * then you cannot call this method on the PopupMenu
.
+ * If this {@code PopupMenu} is being used as a {@code Menu}
+ * (i.e., it has a non-{@code Component} parent),
+ * then you cannot call this method on the {@code PopupMenu}.
*
* @param origin the component which defines the coordinate space
* @param x the x coordinate position to popup the menu
* @param y the y coordinate position to popup the menu
- * @exception NullPointerException if the parent is null
- * @exception IllegalArgumentException if this PopupMenu
- * has a non-Component
parent
+ * @exception NullPointerException if the parent is {@code null}
+ * @exception IllegalArgumentException if this {@code PopupMenu}
+ * has a non-{@code Component} parent
* @exception IllegalArgumentException if the origin is not in the
* parent's hierarchy
* @exception RuntimeException if the parent is not showing on screen
@@ -196,11 +196,11 @@
////////////////
/**
- * Gets the AccessibleContext
associated with this
- * PopupMenu
.
+ * Gets the {@code AccessibleContext} associated with this
+ * {@code PopupMenu}.
*
- * @return the AccessibleContext
of this
- * PopupMenu
+ * @return the {@code AccessibleContext} of this
+ * {@code PopupMenu}
* @since 1.3
*/
public AccessibleContext getAccessibleContext() {
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/Rectangle.java 2015-10-04 22:52:59.129273456 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/Rectangle.java 2015-10-04 22:52:58.937273464 +0400
@@ -29,14 +29,14 @@
import java.beans.Transient;
/**
- * A Rectangle
specifies an area in a coordinate space that is
- * enclosed by the Rectangle
object's upper-left point
+ * A {@code Rectangle} specifies an area in a coordinate space that is
+ * enclosed by the {@code Rectangle} object's upper-left point
* {@code (x,y)}
* in the coordinate space, its width, and its height.
* Rectangle
object's width
and
- * height
are public
fields. The constructors
- * that create a Rectangle
, and the methods that can modify
+ * A {@code Rectangle} object's {@code width} and
+ * {@code height} are {@code public} fields. The constructors
+ * that create a {@code Rectangle}, and the methods that can modify
* one, do not prevent setting a negative value for width or height.
*
* maximum
minus the visible amount
.
- * In the previous example, because the maximum
is
- * 300 and the visible amount
is 60, the actual maximum
+ * {@code maximum} minus the {@code visible amount}.
+ * In the previous example, because the {@code maximum} is
+ * 300 and the {@code visible amount} is 60, the actual maximum
* value is 240. The range of the scrollbar track is 0 - 300.
* The left side of the bubble indicates the value of the
* scroll bar.
@@ -89,39 +89,39 @@
* increment and block decrement areas.
* AdjustmentEvent
.
+ * receives an instance of {@code AdjustmentEvent}.
* The scroll bar processes this event, passing it along to
* any registered listeners.
* AdjustmentListener
, an interface defined in
- * the package java.awt.event
.
+ * {@code AdjustmentListener}, an interface defined in
+ * the package {@code java.awt.event}.
* Listeners can be added and removed dynamically by calling
- * the methods addAdjustmentListener
and
- * removeAdjustmentListener
.
+ * the methods {@code addAdjustmentListener} and
+ * {@code removeAdjustmentListener}.
* AdjustmentEvent
class defines five types
+ * The {@code AdjustmentEvent} class defines five types
* of adjustment event, listed here:
*
*
- *
AdjustmentEvent.TRACK
is sent out when the
+ * AdjustmentEvent.UNIT_INCREMENT
is sent out
+ * AdjustmentEvent.UNIT_DECREMENT
is sent out
+ * AdjustmentEvent.BLOCK_INCREMENT
is sent out
+ * AdjustmentEvent.BLOCK_DECREMENT
is sent out
+ *
- *
* AdjustmentEvent.TRACK
replaces
- * Event.SCROLL_ABSOLUTE
- * AdjustmentEvent.UNIT_INCREMENT
replaces
- * Event.SCROLL_LINE_UP
- * AdjustmentEvent.UNIT_DECREMENT
replaces
- * Event.SCROLL_LINE_DOWN
- * AdjustmentEvent.BLOCK_INCREMENT
replaces
- * Event.SCROLL_PAGE_UP
- * AdjustmentEvent.BLOCK_DECREMENT
replaces
- * Event.SCROLL_PAGE_DOWN
+ * Scrollbar
+ * Note: We recommend using a {@code Scrollbar}
* for value selection only. If you want to implement
* a scrollable component inside a container, we recommend you use
* a {@link ScrollPane ScrollPane}. If you use a
- * Scrollbar
for this purpose, you are likely to
+ * {@code Scrollbar} for this purpose, you are likely to
* encounter issues with painting, key handling, sizing and
* positioning.
*
@@ -176,10 +176,10 @@
public static final int VERTICAL = 1;
/**
- * The value of the Scrollbar
.
- * This property must be greater than or equal to minimum
+ * The value of the {@code Scrollbar}.
+ * This property must be greater than or equal to {@code minimum}
* and less than or equal to
- * maximum - visibleAmount
+ * {@code maximum - visibleAmount}
*
* @serial
* @see #getValue
@@ -188,8 +188,8 @@
int value;
/**
- * The maximum value of the Scrollbar
.
- * This value must be greater than the minimum
+ * The maximum value of the {@code Scrollbar}.
+ * This value must be greater than the {@code minimum}
* value.
*
* @serial
@@ -199,8 +199,8 @@
int maximum;
/**
- * The minimum value of the Scrollbar
.
- * This value must be less than the maximum
+ * The minimum value of the {@code Scrollbar}.
+ * This value must be less than the {@code maximum}
* value.
*
* @serial
@@ -210,7 +210,7 @@
int minimum;
/**
- * The size of the Scrollbar
's bubble.
+ * The size of the {@code Scrollbar}'s bubble.
* When a scroll bar is used to select a range of values,
* the visibleAmount represents the size of this range.
* Depending on platform, this may be visually indicated
@@ -223,11 +223,11 @@
int visibleAmount;
/**
- * The Scrollbar
's orientation--being either horizontal
+ * The {@code Scrollbar}'s orientation--being either horizontal
* or vertical.
* This value should be specified when the scrollbar is created.
- * orientation can be either : VERTICAL
or
- * HORIZONTAL
only.
+ * orientation can be either : {@code VERTICAL} or
+ * {@code HORIZONTAL} only.
*
* @serial
* @see #getOrientation
@@ -258,7 +258,7 @@
int pageIncrement = 10;
/**
- * The adjusting status of the Scrollbar
.
+ * The adjusting status of the {@code Scrollbar}.
* True if the value is in the process of changing as a result of
* actions being taken by the user.
*
@@ -306,7 +306,7 @@
* orientation
* indicates whether the scroll bar is vertical
*
- *
or horizontal
+ * Scrollbar.VERTICAL
{@code Scrollbar.VERTICAL}
*
*
*
*value
@@ -360,14 +360,14 @@
/**
* Constructs a new scroll bar with the specified orientation.
* orientation
argument must take one of the two
- * values Scrollbar.HORIZONTAL
,
- * or Scrollbar.VERTICAL
,
+ * The {@code orientation} argument must take one of the two
+ * values {@code Scrollbar.HORIZONTAL},
+ * or {@code Scrollbar.VERTICAL},
* indicating a horizontal or vertical scroll bar, respectively.
*
* @param orientation indicates the orientation of the scroll bar
* @exception IllegalArgumentException when an illegal value for
- * the orientation
argument is supplied
+ * the {@code orientation} argument is supplied
* @exception HeadlessException if GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()
* returns true.
* @see java.awt.GraphicsEnvironment#isHeadless
@@ -380,9 +380,9 @@
* Constructs a new scroll bar with the specified orientation,
* initial value, visible amount, and minimum and maximum values.
* orientation
argument must take one of the two
- * values Scrollbar.HORIZONTAL
,
- * or Scrollbar.VERTICAL
,
+ * The {@code orientation} argument must take one of the two
+ * values {@code Scrollbar.HORIZONTAL},
+ * or {@code Scrollbar.VERTICAL},
* indicating a horizontal or vertical scroll bar, respectively.
* orientation
argument is supplied
+ * the {@code orientation} argument is supplied
* @exception HeadlessException if GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()
* returns true.
* @see #setValues
@@ -416,8 +416,8 @@
}
/**
- * Constructs a name for this component. Called by getName
- * when the name is null
.
+ * Constructs a name for this component. Called by {@code getName}
+ * when the name is {@code null}.
*/
String constructComponentName() {
synchronized (Scrollbar.class) {
@@ -426,8 +426,8 @@
}
/**
- * Creates the Scrollbar
's peer. The peer allows you to modify
- * the appearance of the Scrollbar
without changing any of its
+ * Creates the {@code Scrollbar}'s peer. The peer allows you to modify
+ * the appearance of the {@code Scrollbar} without changing any of its
* functionality.
*/
public void addNotify() {
@@ -442,8 +442,8 @@
* Returns the orientation of this scroll bar.
*
* @return the orientation of this scroll bar, either
- * Scrollbar.HORIZONTAL
or
- * Scrollbar.VERTICAL
+ * {@code Scrollbar.HORIZONTAL} or
+ * {@code Scrollbar.VERTICAL}
* @see java.awt.Scrollbar#setOrientation
*/
public int getOrientation() {
@@ -454,11 +454,11 @@
* Sets the orientation for this scroll bar.
*
* @param orientation the orientation of this scroll bar, either
- * Scrollbar.HORIZONTAL
or
- * Scrollbar.VERTICAL
+ * {@code Scrollbar.HORIZONTAL} or
+ * {@code Scrollbar.VERTICAL}
* @see java.awt.Scrollbar#getOrientation
* @exception IllegalArgumentException if the value supplied
- * for orientation
is not a
+ * for {@code orientation} is not a
* legal value
* @since 1.1
*/
@@ -506,20 +506,20 @@
/**
* Sets the value of this scroll bar to the specified value.
* minimum
- * or greater than the current maximum - visibleAmount
,
- * then either minimum
or maximum - visibleAmount
+ * If the value supplied is less than the current {@code minimum}
+ * or greater than the current {@code maximum - visibleAmount},
+ * then either {@code minimum} or {@code maximum - visibleAmount}
* is substituted, as appropriate.
* setValues
.
- * The setValues
method simultaneously
+ * value only by calling {@code setValues}.
+ * The {@code setValues} method simultaneously
* and synchronously sets the minimum, maximum, visible amount,
* and value properties of a scroll bar, so that they are
* mutually consistent.
* AdjustmentEvent
.
+ * {@code AdjustmentEvent}.
*
* @param newValue the new value of the scroll bar
* @see java.awt.Scrollbar#setValues
@@ -547,21 +547,21 @@
/**
* Sets the minimum value of this scroll bar.
* setMinimum
is called, the minimum value
+ * When {@code setMinimum} is called, the minimum value
* is changed, and other values (including the maximum, the
* visible amount, and the current scroll bar value)
* are changed to be consistent with the new minimum.
* setValues
.
- * The setValues
method simultaneously
+ * value only by calling {@code setValues}.
+ * The {@code setValues} method simultaneously
* and synchronously sets the minimum, maximum, visible amount,
* and value properties of a scroll bar, so that they are
* mutually consistent.
* Integer.MAX_VALUE
+ * Note that setting the minimum value to {@code Integer.MAX_VALUE}
* will result in the new minimum value being set to
- * Integer.MAX_VALUE - 1
.
+ * {@code Integer.MAX_VALUE - 1}.
*
* @param newMinimum the new minimum value for this scroll bar
* @see java.awt.Scrollbar#setValues
@@ -591,21 +591,21 @@
/**
* Sets the maximum value of this scroll bar.
* setMaximum
is called, the maximum value
+ * When {@code setMaximum} is called, the maximum value
* is changed, and other values (including the minimum, the
* visible amount, and the current scroll bar value)
* are changed to be consistent with the new maximum.
* setValues
.
- * The setValues
method simultaneously
+ * value only by calling {@code setValues}.
+ * The {@code setValues} method simultaneously
* and synchronously sets the minimum, maximum, visible amount,
* and value properties of a scroll bar, so that they are
* mutually consistent.
* Integer.MIN_VALUE
+ * Note that setting the maximum value to {@code Integer.MIN_VALUE}
* will result in the new maximum value being set to
- * Integer.MIN_VALUE + 1
.
+ * {@code Integer.MIN_VALUE + 1}.
*
* @param newMaximum the new maximum value
* for this scroll bar
@@ -645,7 +645,7 @@
* moveable (e.g. when it takes up the entire length of the
* scroll bar's track, or when the scroll bar is disabled).
* Whether the bubble is displayed or not will not affect
- * the value returned by getVisibleAmount
.
+ * the value returned by {@code getVisibleAmount}.
*
* @return the visible amount of this scroll bar
* @see java.awt.Scrollbar#setVisibleAmount
@@ -660,7 +660,7 @@
*
* @return the visible amount of this scroll bar
* @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
- * replaced by getVisibleAmount()
.
+ * replaced by {@code getVisibleAmount()}.
*/
@Deprecated
public int getVisible() {
@@ -683,16 +683,16 @@
* moveable (e.g. when it takes up the entire length of the
* scroll bar's track, or when the scroll bar is disabled).
* Whether the bubble is displayed or not will not affect
- * the value returned by getVisibleAmount
.
+ * the value returned by {@code getVisibleAmount}.
* one
- * or greater than the current maximum - minimum
,
- * then either one
or maximum - minimum
+ * If the visible amount supplied is less than {@code one}
+ * or greater than the current {@code maximum - minimum},
+ * then either {@code one} or {@code maximum - minimum}
* is substituted, as appropriate.
* setValues
.
- * The setValues
method simultaneously
+ * value only by calling {@code setValues}.
+ * The {@code setValues} method simultaneously
* and synchronously sets the minimum, maximum, visible amount,
* and value properties of a scroll bar, so that they are
* mutually consistent.
@@ -737,7 +737,7 @@
* @param v the increment value
*
* @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
- * replaced by setUnitIncrement(int)
.
+ * replaced by {@code setUnitIncrement(int)}.
*/
@Deprecated
public synchronized void setLineIncrement(int v) {
@@ -779,7 +779,7 @@
*
* @return the unit increment for this scrollbar
* @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
- * replaced by getUnitIncrement()
.
+ * replaced by {@code getUnitIncrement()}.
*/
@Deprecated
public int getLineIncrement() {
@@ -811,7 +811,7 @@
*
* @param v the block increment
* @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
- * replaced by setBlockIncrement()
.
+ * replaced by {@code setBlockIncrement()}.
*/
@Deprecated
public synchronized void setPageIncrement(int v) {
@@ -851,7 +851,7 @@
* @return the block increment of this scroll bar
*
* @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
- * replaced by getBlockIncrement()
.
+ * replaced by {@code getBlockIncrement()}.
*/
@Deprecated
public int getPageIncrement() {
@@ -860,8 +860,8 @@
/**
* Sets the values of four properties for this scroll bar:
- * value
, visibleAmount
,
- * minimum
, and maximum
.
+ * {@code value}, {@code visibleAmount},
+ * {@code minimum}, and {@code maximum}.
* If the values supplied for these properties are inconsistent
* or incorrect, they will be changed to ensure consistency.
* maximum
must be greater than minimum
,
- * maximum - minimum
must not be greater
- * than Integer.MAX_VALUE
,
- * visibleAmount
must be greater than zero.
- * visibleAmount
must not be greater than
- * maximum - minimum
,
- * value
must not be less than minimum
,
- * and value
must not be greater than
- * maximum - visibleAmount
+ * {@code maximum} must be greater than {@code minimum},
+ * {@code maximum - minimum} must not be greater
+ * than {@code Integer.MAX_VALUE},
+ * {@code visibleAmount} must be greater than zero.
+ * {@code visibleAmount} must not be greater than
+ * {@code maximum - minimum},
+ * {@code value} must not be less than {@code minimum},
+ * and {@code value} must not be greater than
+ * {@code maximum - visibleAmount}
* AdjustmentEvent
.
+ * {@code AdjustmentEvent}.
*
* @param value is the position in the current window
* @param visible is the visible amount of the scroll bar
@@ -943,7 +943,7 @@
* Returns true if the value is in the process of changing as a
* result of actions being taken by the user.
*
- * @return the value of the valueIsAdjusting
property
+ * @return the value of the {@code valueIsAdjusting} property
* @see #setValueIsAdjusting
* @since 1.4
*/
@@ -952,7 +952,7 @@
}
/**
- * Sets the valueIsAdjusting
property.
+ * Sets the {@code valueIsAdjusting} property.
*
* @param b new adjustment-in-progress status
* @see #getValueIsAdjusting
@@ -978,8 +978,8 @@
/**
* Adds the specified adjustment listener to receive instances of
- * AdjustmentEvent
from this scroll bar.
- * If l is null
, no exception is thrown and no
+ * {@code AdjustmentEvent} from this scroll bar.
+ * If l is {@code null}, no exception is thrown and no
* action is performed.
* AdjustmentEvent
from this scroll bar.
- * If l is null
, no exception is thrown and no action
+ * receives instances of {@code AdjustmentEvent} from this scroll bar.
+ * If l is {@code null}, no exception is thrown and no action
* is performed.
* AdjustmentListener
s
+ * @return all of this scrollbar's {@code AdjustmentListener}s
* or an empty array if no adjustment
* listeners are currently registered
* @see #addAdjustmentListener
@@ -1041,15 +1041,15 @@
/**
* Returns an array of all the objects currently registered
* as FooListener
s
- * upon this Scrollbar
.
+ * upon this {@code Scrollbar}.
* FooListener
s are registered using the
* addFooListener
method.
* listenerType
argument
+ * You can specify the {@code listenerType} argument
* with a class literal, such as
* FooListener.class
.
* For example, you can query a
- * Scrollbar
c
+ * {@code Scrollbar c}
* for its mouse listeners with the following code:
*
* MouseListener[] mls = (MouseListener[])(c.getListeners(MouseListener.class));
@@ -1058,13 +1058,13 @@
*
* @param listenerType the type of listeners requested; this parameter
* should specify an interface that descends from
- * java.util.EventListener
+ * {@code java.util.EventListener}
* @return an array of all objects registered as
* FooListener
s on this component,
* or an empty array if no such listeners have been added
- * @exception ClassCastException if listenerType
+ * @exception ClassCastException if {@code listenerType}
* doesn't specify a class or interface that implements
- * java.util.EventListener
+ * {@code java.util.EventListener}
*
* @since 1.3
*/
@@ -1092,11 +1092,11 @@
/**
* Processes events on this scroll bar. If the event is an
- * instance of AdjustmentEvent
, it invokes the
- * processAdjustmentEvent
method.
+ * instance of {@code AdjustmentEvent}, it invokes the
+ * {@code processAdjustmentEvent} method.
* Otherwise, it invokes its superclass's
- * processEvent
method.
- * null
+ * {@code processEvent} method.
+ * AdjustmentListener
objects.
+ * {@code AdjustmentListener} objects.
*
- *
- * AdjustmentListener
object is registered
- * via addAdjustmentListener
.
- * enableEvents
.
+ * null
+ * Scrollbar
.
+ * Returns a string representing the state of this {@code Scrollbar}.
* This method is intended to be used only for debugging purposes, and the
* content and format of the returned string may vary between
* implementations. The returned string may be empty but may not be
- * null
.
+ * {@code null}.
*
* @return the parameter string of this scroll bar
*/
@@ -1176,17 +1176,17 @@
/**
* Writes default serializable fields to stream. Writes
- * a list of serializable AdjustmentListeners
+ * a list of serializable {@code AdjustmentListeners}
* as optional data. The non-serializable listeners are
* detected and no attempt is made to serialize them.
*
- * @param s the ObjectOutputStream
to write
- * @serialData null
terminated sequence of 0
- * or more pairs; the pair consists of a String
- * and an Object
; the String
indicates
+ * @param s the {@code ObjectOutputStream} to write
+ * @serialData {@code null} terminated sequence of 0
+ * or more pairs; the pair consists of a {@code String}
+ * and an {@code Object}; the {@code String} indicates
* the type of object and is one of the following:
- * adjustmentListenerK
indicating an
- * AdjustmentListener
object
+ * {@code adjustmentListenerK} indicating an
+ * {@code AdjustmentListener} object
*
* @see AWTEventMulticaster#save(ObjectOutputStream, String, EventListener)
* @see java.awt.Component#adjustmentListenerK
@@ -1202,16 +1202,16 @@
}
/**
- * Reads the ObjectInputStream
and if
- * it isn't null
adds a listener to
+ * Reads the {@code ObjectInputStream} and if
+ * it isn't {@code null} adds a listener to
* receive adjustment events fired by the
- * Scrollbar
.
+ * {@code Scrollbar}.
* Unrecognized keys or values will be ignored.
*
- * @param s the ObjectInputStream
to read
+ * @param s the {@code ObjectInputStream} to read
* @exception HeadlessException if
- * GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless
returns
- * true
+ * {@code GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless} returns
+ * {@code true}
* @see java.awt.GraphicsEnvironment#isHeadless
* @see #writeObject(ObjectOutputStream)
*/
@@ -1239,14 +1239,14 @@
////////////////
/**
- * Gets the AccessibleContext
associated with this
- * Scrollbar
. For scrollbars, the
- * AccessibleContext
takes the form of an
- * AccessibleAWTScrollBar
. A new
- * AccessibleAWTScrollBar
instance is created if necessary.
+ * Gets the {@code AccessibleContext} associated with this
+ * {@code Scrollbar}. For scrollbars, the
+ * {@code AccessibleContext} takes the form of an
+ * {@code AccessibleAWTScrollBar}. A new
+ * {@code AccessibleAWTScrollBar} instance is created if necessary.
*
- * @return an AccessibleAWTScrollBar
that serves as the
- * AccessibleContext
of this ScrollBar
+ * @return an {@code AccessibleAWTScrollBar} that serves as the
+ * {@code AccessibleContext} of this {@code ScrollBar}
* @since 1.3
*/
public AccessibleContext getAccessibleContext() {
@@ -1258,7 +1258,7 @@
/**
* This class implements accessibility support for the
- * Scrollbar
class. It provides an implementation of
+ * {@code Scrollbar} class. It provides an implementation of
* the Java Accessibility API appropriate to scrollbar
* user-interface elements.
* @since 1.3
@@ -1274,7 +1274,7 @@
/**
* Get the state set of this object.
*
- * @return an instance of AccessibleState
+ * @return an instance of {@code AccessibleState}
* containing the current state of the object
* @see AccessibleState
*/
@@ -1294,7 +1294,7 @@
/**
* Get the role of this object.
*
- * @return an instance of AccessibleRole
+ * @return an instance of {@code AccessibleRole}
* describing the role of the object
*/
public AccessibleRole getAccessibleRole() {
@@ -1302,11 +1302,11 @@
}
/**
- * Get the AccessibleValue
associated with this
+ * Get the {@code AccessibleValue} associated with this
* object. In the implementation of the Java Accessibility
* API for this class, return this object, which is
* responsible for implementing the
- * AccessibleValue
interface on behalf of itself.
+ * {@code AccessibleValue} interface on behalf of itself.
*
* @return this object
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/Shape.java 2015-10-04 22:53:02.409273308 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/Shape.java 2015-10-04 22:53:02.221273317 +0400
@@ -31,36 +31,36 @@
import java.awt.geom.Rectangle2D;
/**
- * The Shape
interface provides definitions for objects
- * that represent some form of geometric shape. The Shape
+ * The {@code Shape} interface provides definitions for objects
+ * that represent some form of geometric shape. The {@code Shape}
* is described by a {@link PathIterator} object, which can express the
- * outline of the Shape
as well as a rule for determining
+ * outline of the {@code Shape} as well as a rule for determining
* how the outline divides the 2D plane into interior and exterior
- * points. Each Shape
object provides callbacks to get the
+ * points. Each {@code Shape} object provides callbacks to get the
* bounding box of the geometry, determine whether points or
* rectangles lie partly or entirely within the interior
- * of the Shape
, and retrieve a PathIterator
- * object that describes the trajectory path of the Shape
+ * of the {@code Shape}, and retrieve a {@code PathIterator}
+ * object that describes the trajectory path of the {@code Shape}
* outline.
* Shape
if and only if:
+ * {@code Shape} if and only if:
*
*
- * Shape
boundary or
+ * inside the {@code Shape} boundary or
* Shape
boundary and the
+ * it lies exactly on the {@code Shape} boundary and the
* space immediately adjacent to the
- * point in the increasing X
direction is
+ * point in the increasing {@code X} direction is
* entirely inside the boundary or
* Y
direction is inside the boundary.
+ * increasing {@code Y} direction is inside the boundary.
* contains
and intersects
methods
- * consider the interior of a Shape
to be the area it
+ * Shape
. Note that there is no guarantee that the
- * returned Rectangle
is the smallest bounding box that
- * encloses the Shape
, only that the Shape
- * lies entirely within the indicated Rectangle
. The
- * returned Rectangle
might also fail to completely
- * enclose the Shape
if the Shape
overflows
+ * {@code Shape}. Note that there is no guarantee that the
+ * returned {@code Rectangle} is the smallest bounding box that
+ * encloses the {@code Shape}, only that the {@code Shape}
+ * lies entirely within the indicated {@code Rectangle}. The
+ * returned {@code Rectangle} might also fail to completely
+ * enclose the {@code Shape} if the {@code Shape} overflows
* the limited range of the integer data type. The
- * getBounds2D
method generally returns a
+ * {@code getBounds2D} method generally returns a
* tighter bounding box due to its greater flexibility in
* representation.
*
@@ -114,8 +114,8 @@
* Rectangle
that completely encloses
- * the Shape
.
+ * @return an integer {@code Rectangle} that completely encloses
+ * the {@code Shape}.
* @see #getBounds2D
* @since 1.2
*/
@@ -123,15 +123,15 @@
/**
* Returns a high precision and more accurate bounding box of
- * the Shape
than the getBounds
method.
+ * the {@code Shape} than the {@code getBounds} method.
* Note that there is no guarantee that the returned
* {@link Rectangle2D} is the smallest bounding box that encloses
- * the Shape
, only that the Shape
lies
- * entirely within the indicated Rectangle2D
. The
+ * the {@code Shape}, only that the {@code Shape} lies
+ * entirely within the indicated {@code Rectangle2D}. The
* bounding box returned by this method is usually tighter than that
- * returned by the getBounds
method and never fails due
+ * returned by the {@code getBounds} method and never fails due
* to overflow problems since the return value can be an instance of
- * the Rectangle2D
that uses double precision values to
+ * the {@code Rectangle2D} that uses double precision values to
* store the dimensions.
*
* Rectangle2D
that is a
- * high-precision bounding box of the Shape
.
+ * @return an instance of {@code Rectangle2D} that is a
+ * high-precision bounding box of the {@code Shape}.
* @see #getBounds
* @since 1.2
*/
@@ -168,13 +168,13 @@
/**
* Tests if the specified coordinates are inside the boundary of the
- * Shape
, as described by the
+ * {@code Shape}, as described by the
*
* definition of insideness.
* @param x the specified X coordinate to be tested
* @param y the specified Y coordinate to be tested
- * @return true
if the specified coordinates are inside
- * the Shape
boundary; false
+ * @return {@code true} if the specified coordinates are inside
+ * the {@code Shape} boundary; {@code false}
* otherwise.
* @since 1.2
*/
@@ -182,30 +182,30 @@
/**
* Tests if a specified {@link Point2D} is inside the boundary
- * of the Shape
, as described by the
+ * of the {@code Shape}, as described by the
*
* definition of insideness.
- * @param p the specified Point2D
to be tested
- * @return true
if the specified Point2D
is
- * inside the boundary of the Shape
;
- * false
otherwise.
+ * @param p the specified {@code Point2D} to be tested
+ * @return {@code true} if the specified {@code Point2D} is
+ * inside the boundary of the {@code Shape};
+ * {@code false} otherwise.
* @since 1.2
*/
public boolean contains(Point2D p);
/**
- * Tests if the interior of the Shape
intersects the
+ * Tests if the interior of the {@code Shape} intersects the
* interior of a specified rectangular area.
- * The rectangular area is considered to intersect the Shape
+ * The rectangular area is considered to intersect the {@code Shape}
* if any point is contained in both the interior of the
- * Shape
and the specified rectangular area.
+ * {@code Shape} and the specified rectangular area.
*
*
*
- * @param dsde the Shape
intersect, but
+ * {@code Shape} intersect, but
* true
if the interior of the Shape
and
+ * @return {@code true} if the interior of the {@code Shape} and
* the interior of the rectangular area intersect, or are
* both highly likely to intersect and intersection calculations
- * would be too expensive to perform; false
otherwise.
+ * would be too expensive to perform; {@code false} otherwise.
* @see java.awt.geom.Area
* @since 1.2
*/
public boolean intersects(double x, double y, double w, double h);
/**
- * Tests if the interior of the Shape
intersects the
- * interior of a specified Rectangle2D
.
+ * Tests if the interior of the {@code Shape} intersects the
+ * interior of a specified {@code Rectangle2D}.
* The {@code Shape.intersects()} method allows a {@code Shape}
* implementation to conservatively return {@code true} when:
*
*
*
* @param state one of named frame state constants.
- * @return Rectangle2D
and the
- * Shape
intersect, but
+ * there is a high probability that the {@code Rectangle2D} and the
+ * {@code Shape} intersect, but
* Rectangle2D
- * @return true
if the interior of the Shape
and
- * the interior of the specified Rectangle2D
+ * @param r the specified {@code Rectangle2D}
+ * @return {@code true} if the interior of the {@code Shape} and
+ * the interior of the specified {@code Rectangle2D}
* intersect, or are both highly likely to intersect and intersection
- * calculations would be too expensive to perform; false
+ * calculations would be too expensive to perform; {@code false}
* otherwise.
* @see #intersects(double, double, double, double)
* @since 1.2
@@ -266,20 +266,20 @@
public boolean intersects(Rectangle2D r);
/**
- * Tests if the interior of the Shape
entirely contains
+ * Tests if the interior of the {@code Shape} entirely contains
* the specified rectangular area. All coordinates that lie inside
- * the rectangular area must lie within the Shape
for the
+ * the rectangular area must lie within the {@code Shape} for the
* entire rectangular area to be considered contained within the
- * Shape
.
+ * {@code Shape}.
*
*
* This means that for some {@code Shapes} this method might
@@ -296,11 +296,11 @@
* of the specified rectangular area
* @param w the width of the specified rectangular area
* @param h the height of the specified rectangular area
- * @return intersect
method returns true
and
+ * the {@code intersect} method returns {@code true} and
* Shape
entirely contains the rectangular area are
+ * {@code Shape} entirely contains the rectangular area are
* prohibitively expensive.
* true
if the interior of the Shape
+ * @return {@code true} if the interior of the {@code Shape}
* entirely contains the specified rectangular area;
- * false
otherwise or, if the Shape
+ * {@code false} otherwise or, if the {@code Shape}
* contains the rectangular area and the
- * intersects
method returns true
+ * {@code intersects} method returns {@code true}
* and the containment calculations would be too expensive to
* perform.
* @see java.awt.geom.Area
@@ -310,16 +310,16 @@
public boolean contains(double x, double y, double w, double h);
/**
- * Tests if the interior of the Shape
entirely contains the
- * specified Rectangle2D
.
+ * Tests if the interior of the {@code Shape} entirely contains the
+ * specified {@code Rectangle2D}.
* The {@code Shape.contains()} method allows a {@code Shape}
* implementation to conservatively return {@code false} when:
*
*
* This means that for some {@code Shapes} this method might
@@ -330,12 +330,12 @@
* {@code Shape} objects and therefore can be used if a more precise
* answer is required.
*
- * @param r The specified intersect
method returns true
and
+ * the {@code intersect} method returns {@code true} and
* Shape
entirely contains the Rectangle2D
+ * {@code Shape} entirely contains the {@code Rectangle2D}
* are prohibitively expensive.
* Rectangle2D
- * @return true
if the interior of the Shape
- * entirely contains the Rectangle2D
;
- * false
otherwise or, if the Shape
- * contains the Rectangle2D
and the
- * intersects
method returns true
+ * @param r The specified {@code Rectangle2D}
+ * @return {@code true} if the interior of the {@code Shape}
+ * entirely contains the {@code Rectangle2D};
+ * {@code false} otherwise or, if the {@code Shape}
+ * contains the {@code Rectangle2D} and the
+ * {@code intersects} method returns {@code true}
* and the containment calculations would be too expensive to
* perform.
* @see #contains(double, double, double, double)
@@ -345,44 +345,44 @@
/**
* Returns an iterator object that iterates along the
- * Shape
boundary and provides access to the geometry of the
- * Shape
outline. If an optional {@link AffineTransform}
+ * {@code Shape} boundary and provides access to the geometry of the
+ * {@code Shape} outline. If an optional {@link AffineTransform}
* is specified, the coordinates returned in the iteration are
* transformed accordingly.
* PathIterator
- * object that traverses the geometry of the Shape
object
- * independently from any other PathIterator
objects in use
+ * Each call to this method returns a fresh {@code PathIterator}
+ * object that traverses the geometry of the {@code Shape} object
+ * independently from any other {@code PathIterator} objects in use
* at the same time.
* Shape
interface isolate iterations
+ * implementing the {@code Shape} interface isolate iterations
* that are in process from any changes that might occur to the original
* object's geometry during such iterations.
*
- * @param at an optional AffineTransform
to be applied to the
+ * @param at an optional {@code AffineTransform} to be applied to the
* coordinates as they are returned in the iteration, or
- * null
if untransformed coordinates are desired
- * @return a new PathIterator
object, which independently
- * traverses the geometry of the Shape
.
+ * {@code null} if untransformed coordinates are desired
+ * @return a new {@code PathIterator} object, which independently
+ * traverses the geometry of the {@code Shape}.
* @since 1.2
*/
public PathIterator getPathIterator(AffineTransform at);
/**
- * Returns an iterator object that iterates along the Shape
+ * Returns an iterator object that iterates along the {@code Shape}
* boundary and provides access to a flattened view of the
- * Shape
outline geometry.
+ * {@code Shape} outline geometry.
* AffineTransform
is specified,
+ * If an optional {@code AffineTransform} is specified,
* the coordinates returned in the iteration are transformed
* accordingly.
* flatness
parameter, which specifies the
+ * by the {@code flatness} parameter, which specifies the
* maximum distance that any point on the unflattened transformed
* curve can deviate from the returned flattened path segments.
* Note that a limit on the accuracy of the flattened path might be
@@ -390,24 +390,24 @@
* treated as larger values. This limit, if there is one, is
* defined by the particular implementation that is used.
* PathIterator
- * object that traverses the Shape
object geometry
- * independently from any other PathIterator
objects in use at
+ * Each call to this method returns a fresh {@code PathIterator}
+ * object that traverses the {@code Shape} object geometry
+ * independently from any other {@code PathIterator} objects in use at
* the same time.
* Shape
interface isolate iterations
+ * implementing the {@code Shape} interface isolate iterations
* that are in process from any changes that might occur to the original
* object's geometry during such iterations.
*
- * @param at an optional AffineTransform
to be applied to the
+ * @param at an optional {@code AffineTransform} to be applied to the
* coordinates as they are returned in the iteration, or
- * null
if untransformed coordinates are desired
+ * {@code null} if untransformed coordinates are desired
* @param flatness the maximum distance that the line segments used to
* approximate the curved segments are allowed to deviate
* from any point on the original curve
- * @return a new PathIterator
that independently traverses
- * a flattened view of the geometry of the Shape
.
+ * @return a new {@code PathIterator} that independently traverses
+ * a flattened view of the geometry of the {@code Shape}.
* @since 1.2
*/
public PathIterator getPathIterator(AffineTransform at, double flatness);
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/SplashScreen.java 2015-10-04 22:53:02.941273285 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/SplashScreen.java 2015-10-04 22:53:02.753273293 +0400
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@
* Place the image in the jar archive and specify the path in the option.
* The path should not have a leading slash.
*
- * For example, in the manifest.mf
file:
+ * For example, in the {@code manifest.mf} file:
*
* Manifest-Version: 1.0
* Main-Class: Test
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@
* can exist, and it may be obtained by using the {@link #getSplashScreen()}
* static method. In case the splash screen has not been created at
* application startup via the command line or manifest file option,
- * the
getSplashScreen
method returns null
.
+ * the {@code getSplashScreen} method returns {@code null}.
*
* @author Oleg Semenov
* @since 1.6
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@
* supported by the current toolkit
* @throws HeadlessException if {@code GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()}
* returns true
- * @return the {@link SplashScreen} instance, or null
if there is
+ * @return the {@link SplashScreen} instance, or {@code null} if there is
* none or it has already been closed
*/
public static SplashScreen getSplashScreen() {
@@ -142,9 +142,9 @@
* The splash screen window is resized according to the size of
* the image and is centered on the screen.
*
- * @param imageURL the non-null
URL for the new
+ * @param imageURL the non-{@code null} URL for the new
* splash screen image
- * @throws NullPointerException if {@code imageURL} is null
+ * @throws NullPointerException if {@code imageURL} is {@code null}
* @throws IOException if there was an error while loading the image
* @throws IllegalStateException if the splash screen has already been
* closed
@@ -282,7 +282,7 @@
* displayed over the main image using alpha blending. Also note that drawing
* on the overlay image does not necessarily update the contents of splash
* screen window. You should call {@code update()} on the
- * SplashScreen
when you want the splash screen to be
+ * {@code SplashScreen} when you want the splash screen to be
* updated immediately.
* null
if no instance exists yet.)
+ * ({@code null} if no instance exists yet.)
*
* @see #getSplashScreen
* @see #close
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/Stroke.java 2015-10-04 22:53:03.465273261 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/Stroke.java 2015-10-04 22:53:03.277273269 +0400
@@ -26,43 +26,43 @@
package java.awt;
/**
- * The Stroke
interface allows a
+ * The {@code Stroke} interface allows a
* {@link Graphics2D} object to obtain a {@link Shape} that is the
* decorated outline, or stylistic representation of the outline,
- * of the specified Shape
.
- * Stroking a Shape
is like tracing its outline with a
+ * of the specified {@code Shape}.
+ * Stroking a {@code Shape} is like tracing its outline with a
* marking pen of the appropriate size and shape.
* The area where the pen would place ink is the area enclosed by the
- * outline Shape
.
+ * outline {@code Shape}.
* Graphics2D
interface that use the
- * outline Shape
returned by a Stroke
object
- * include draw
and any other methods that are
+ * The methods of the {@code Graphics2D} interface that use the
+ * outline {@code Shape} returned by a {@code Stroke} object
+ * include {@code draw} and any other methods that are
* implemented in terms of that method, such as
- * drawLine
, drawRect
,
- * drawRoundRect
, drawOval
,
- * drawArc
, drawPolyline
,
- * and drawPolygon
.
+ * {@code drawLine}, {@code drawRect},
+ * {@code drawRoundRect}, {@code drawOval},
+ * {@code drawArc}, {@code drawPolyline},
+ * and {@code drawPolygon}.
* Stroke
- * must be read-only because Graphics2D
does not
+ * The objects of the classes implementing {@code Stroke}
+ * must be read-only because {@code Graphics2D} does not
* clone these objects either when they are set as an attribute
- * with the setStroke
method or when the
- * Graphics2D
object is itself cloned.
- * If a Stroke
object is modified after it is set in
- * the Graphics2D
context then the behavior
+ * with the {@code setStroke} method or when the
+ * {@code Graphics2D} object is itself cloned.
+ * If a {@code Stroke} object is modified after it is set in
+ * the {@code Graphics2D} context then the behavior
* of subsequent rendering would be undefined.
* @see BasicStroke
* @see Graphics2D#setStroke
*/
public interface Stroke {
/**
- * Returns an outline Shape
which encloses the area that
- * should be painted when the Shape
is stroked according
+ * Returns an outline {@code Shape} which encloses the area that
+ * should be painted when the {@code Shape} is stroked according
* to the rules defined by the
- * object implementing the Stroke
interface.
- * @param p a Shape
to be stroked
- * @return the stroked outline Shape
.
+ * object implementing the {@code Stroke} interface.
+ * @param p a {@code Shape} to be stroked
+ * @return the stroked outline {@code Shape}.
*/
Shape createStrokedShape (Shape p);
}
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/SystemColor.java 2015-10-04 22:53:03.989273237 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/SystemColor.java 2015-10-04 22:53:03.797273246 +0400
@@ -36,15 +36,15 @@
* update of the system colors (when the user changes the colors)
* the actual RGB values of these symbolic colors will also change
* dynamically. In order to compare the "current" RGB value of a
- * SystemColor
object with a non-symbolic Color object,
- * getRGB
should be used rather than equals
.
+ * {@code SystemColor} object with a non-symbolic Color object,
+ * {@code getRGB} should be used rather than {@code equals}.
* getDesktopProperty
- * method on java.awt.Toolkit
.
+ * System color values may also be available through the {@code getDesktopProperty}
+ * method on {@code java.awt.Toolkit}.
*
* @see Toolkit#getDesktopProperty
*
@@ -380,28 +380,28 @@
/**
* The color rendered for light areas of 3D control objects, such as pushbuttons.
- * This color is typically derived from the control
background color
+ * This color is typically derived from the {@code control} background color
* to provide a 3D effect.
*/
public static final SystemColor controlHighlight = new SystemColor((byte)CONTROL_HIGHLIGHT);
/**
* The color rendered for highlight areas of 3D control objects, such as pushbuttons.
- * This color is typically derived from the control
background color
+ * This color is typically derived from the {@code control} background color
* to provide a 3D effect.
*/
public static final SystemColor controlLtHighlight = new SystemColor((byte)CONTROL_LT_HIGHLIGHT);
/**
* The color rendered for shadow areas of 3D control objects, such as pushbuttons.
- * This color is typically derived from the control
background color
+ * This color is typically derived from the {@code control} background color
* to provide a 3D effect.
*/
public static final SystemColor controlShadow = new SystemColor((byte)CONTROL_SHADOW);
/**
* The color rendered for dark shadow areas on 3D control objects, such as pushbuttons.
- * This color is typically derived from the control
background color
+ * This color is typically derived from the {@code control} background color
* to provide a 3D effect.
*/
public static final SystemColor controlDkShadow = new SystemColor((byte)CONTROL_DK_SHADOW);
@@ -487,13 +487,13 @@
}
/**
- * Returns a string representation of this Color
's values.
+ * Returns a string representation of this {@code Color}'s values.
* This method is intended to be used only for debugging purposes,
* and the content and format of the returned string may vary between
* implementations.
- * The returned string may be empty but may not be null
.
+ * The returned string may be empty but may not be {@code null}.
*
- * @return a string representation of this Color
+ * @return a string representation of this {@code Color}
*/
public String toString() {
return getClass().getName() + "[i=" + (index) + "]";
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/SystemTray.java 2015-10-04 22:53:04.513273214 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/SystemTray.java 2015-10-04 22:53:04.325273222 +0400
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
import sun.awt.AWTPermissions;
/**
- * The SystemTray
class represents the system tray for a
+ * The {@code SystemTray} class represents the system tray for a
* desktop. On Microsoft Windows it is referred to as the "Taskbar
* Status Area", on Gnome it is referred to as the "Notification
* Area", on KDE it is referred to as the "System Tray". The system
@@ -47,19 +47,19 @@
* throws {@link UnsupportedOperationException}. To detect whether the
* system tray is supported, use {@link SystemTray#isSupported}.
*
- * SystemTray
may contain one or more {@link
+ * TrayIcon
consists of an
+ * {@link #remove}. {@code TrayIcon} consists of an
* image, a popup menu and a set of associated listeners. Please see
* the {@link TrayIcon} class for details.
*
- * SystemTray
+ * SystemTray
+ * the desktop while the app is running. The {@code SystemTray}
* instance can be obtained from the {@link #getSystemTray} method.
* An application may not create its own instance of
- * SystemTray
.
+ * {@code SystemTray}.
*
* SystemTray
constructor.
+ * Private {@code SystemTray} constructor.
*
*/
private SystemTray() {
@@ -149,7 +149,7 @@
}
/**
- * Gets the SystemTray
instance that represents the
+ * Gets the {@code SystemTray} instance that represents the
* desktop's tray area. This always returns the same instance per
* application. On some platforms the system tray may not be
* supported. You may use the {@link #isSupported} method to
@@ -160,12 +160,12 @@
* {@code SystemTray} instance. Otherwise this method will throw a
* SecurityException.
*
- * @return the SystemTray
instance that represents
+ * @return the {@code SystemTray} instance that represents
* the desktop's tray area
* @throws UnsupportedOperationException if the system tray isn't
* supported by the current platform
* @throws HeadlessException if
- * GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()
returns true
+ * {@code GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()} returns {@code true}
* @throws SecurityException if {@code accessSystemTray} permission
* is not granted
* @see #add(TrayIcon)
@@ -203,15 +203,15 @@
* both the action listener and the popup menu. See the {@link
* SystemTray example} for an example of how to do this.
*
- * SystemTray
and
- * TrayIcon
it is strongly recommended that
+ * false
if no system tray access is supported; this
- * method returns true
if the minimal system tray access is
+ * @return {@code false} if no system tray access is supported; this
+ * method returns {@code true} if the minimal system tray access is
* supported but does not guarantee that all system tray
* functionality is supported for the current platform
*/
@@ -231,20 +231,20 @@
}
/**
- * Adds a TrayIcon
to the SystemTray
.
+ * Adds a {@code TrayIcon} to the {@code SystemTray}.
* The tray icon becomes visible in the system tray once it is
* added. The order in which icons are displayed in a tray is not
* specified - it is platform and implementation-dependent.
*
* SystemTray
upon application exit
+ * removed from the {@code SystemTray} upon application exit
* and also when the desktop system tray becomes unavailable.
*
- * @param trayIcon the TrayIcon
to be added
- * @throws NullPointerException if trayIcon
is
- * null
+ * @param trayIcon the {@code TrayIcon} to be added
+ * @throws NullPointerException if {@code trayIcon} is
+ * {@code null}
* @throws IllegalArgumentException if the same instance of
- * a TrayIcon
is added more than once
+ * a {@code TrayIcon} is added more than once
* @throws AWTException if the desktop system tray is missing
* @see #remove(TrayIcon)
* @see #getSystemTray
@@ -284,18 +284,18 @@
}
/**
- * Removes the specified TrayIcon
from the
- * SystemTray
.
+ * Removes the specified {@code TrayIcon} from the
+ * {@code SystemTray}.
*
* SystemTray
upon application exit
+ * removed from the {@code SystemTray} upon application exit
* and also when the desktop system tray becomes unavailable.
*
- * trayIcon
is null
or was not
+ * TrayIcon
to be removed
+ * @param trayIcon the {@code TrayIcon} to be removed
* @see #add(TrayIcon)
* @see TrayIcon
*/
@@ -328,8 +328,8 @@
*
* TrayIcon
from the
- * SystemTray
, use the {@link
+ * remove a {@code TrayIcon} from the
+ * {@code SystemTray}, use the {@link
* #remove(TrayIcon)} method.
*
* @return an array of all tray icons added to this tray, or an
@@ -351,7 +351,7 @@
* occupy in the system tray. Developers may use this methods to
* acquire the preferred size for the image property of a tray icon
* before it is created. For convenience, there is a similar
- * method {@link TrayIcon#getSize} in the TrayIcon
class.
+ * method {@link TrayIcon#getSize} in the {@code TrayIcon} class.
*
* @return the default size of a tray icon, in pixels
* @see TrayIcon#setImageAutoSize(boolean)
@@ -383,7 +383,7 @@
*
*
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/TextArea.java 2015-10-04 22:53:05.041273190 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/TextArea.java 2015-10-04 22:53:04.853273199 +0400
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
import javax.accessibility.AccessibleStateSet;
/**
- * A {@code systemTray}
* This property contains {@code SystemTray} instance when the system tray
- * is available or
* null
otherwise.
This property is changed
+ * is available or {@code null} otherwise.
This property is changed
* when the system tray becomes available or unavailable on the desktop.
* The property is accessed by the {@link #getSystemTray} method.TextArea
object is a multi-line region
+ * A {@code TextArea} object is a multi-line region
* that displays text. It can be set to allow editing or
* to be read-only.
* TextArea
.
+ * The number of rows in the {@code TextArea}.
* This parameter will determine the text area's height.
* Guaranteed to be non-negative.
*
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@
int rows;
/**
- * The number of columns in the TextArea
.
+ * The number of columns in the {@code TextArea}.
* A column is an approximate average character
* width that is platform-dependent.
* This parameter will determine the text area's width.
@@ -109,10 +109,10 @@
/**
* Determines which scrollbars are created for the
* text area. It can be one of four values :
- * SCROLLBARS_BOTH
= both scrollbars.
- * SCROLLBARS_HORIZONTAL_ONLY
= Horizontal bar only.
- * SCROLLBARS_VERTICAL_ONLY
= Vertical bar only.
- * SCROLLBARS_NONE
= No scrollbars.
+ * {@code SCROLLBARS_BOTH} = both scrollbars.
+ * {@code SCROLLBARS_HORIZONTAL_ONLY} = Horizontal bar only.
+ * {@code SCROLLBARS_VERTICAL_ONLY} = Vertical bar only.
+ * {@code SCROLLBARS_NONE} = No scrollbars.
*
* @serial
* @see #getScrollbarVisibility()
@@ -155,7 +155,7 @@
* {@link #SCROLLBARS_BOTH}, so both vertical and horizontal
* scrollbars will be visible for this text area.
* @exception HeadlessException if
- * GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless
returns true
+ * {@code GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless} returns true
* @see java.awt.GraphicsEnvironment#isHeadless()
*/
public TextArea() throws HeadlessException {
@@ -168,10 +168,10 @@
* {@link #SCROLLBARS_BOTH}, so both vertical and horizontal
* scrollbars will be visible for this text area.
* @param text the text to be displayed; if
- * text
is null
, the empty
- * string ""
will be displayed
+ * {@code text} is {@code null}, the empty
+ * string {@code ""} will be displayed
* @exception HeadlessException if
- * GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless
returns true
+ * {@code GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless} returns true
* @see java.awt.GraphicsEnvironment#isHeadless()
*/
public TextArea(String text) throws HeadlessException {
@@ -189,7 +189,7 @@
* @param rows the number of rows
* @param columns the number of columns
* @exception HeadlessException if
- * GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless
returns true
+ * {@code GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless} returns true
* @see java.awt.GraphicsEnvironment#isHeadless()
*/
public TextArea(int rows, int columns) throws HeadlessException {
@@ -205,12 +205,12 @@
* vertical and horizontal scrollbars will be visible for this
* text area.
* @param text the text to be displayed; if
- * text
is null
, the empty
- * string ""
will be displayed
+ * {@code text} is {@code null}, the empty
+ * string {@code ""} will be displayed
* @param rows the number of rows
* @param columns the number of columns
* @exception HeadlessException if
- * GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless
returns true
+ * {@code GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless} returns true
* @see java.awt.GraphicsEnvironment#isHeadless()
*/
public TextArea(String text, int rows, int columns)
@@ -221,36 +221,36 @@
/**
* Constructs a new text area with the specified text,
* and with the rows, columns, and scroll bar visibility
- * as specified. All TextArea
constructors defer to
+ * as specified. All {@code TextArea} constructors defer to
* this one.
* TextArea
class defines several constants
+ * The {@code TextArea} class defines several constants
* that can be supplied as values for the
- * scrollbars
argument:
+ * {@code scrollbars} argument:
*
- *
* Any other value for the
- * SCROLLBARS_BOTH
,
- * SCROLLBARS_VERTICAL_ONLY
,
- * SCROLLBARS_HORIZONTAL_ONLY
,
- * SCROLLBARS_NONE
.
+ * scrollbars
argument is invalid and will result in
+ * {@code scrollbars} argument is invalid and will result in
* this text area being created with scrollbar visibility equal to
* the default value of {@link #SCROLLBARS_BOTH}.
* @param text the text to be displayed; if
- * text
is null
, the empty
- * string ""
will be displayed
+ * {@code text} is {@code null}, the empty
+ * string {@code ""} will be displayed
* @param rows the number of rows; if
- * rows
is less than 0
,
- * rows
is set to 0
+ * {@code rows} is less than {@code 0},
+ * {@code rows} is set to {@code 0}
* @param columns the number of columns; if
- * columns
is less than 0
,
- * columns
is set to 0
+ * {@code columns} is less than {@code 0},
+ * {@code columns} is set to {@code 0}
* @param scrollbars a constant that determines what
* scrollbars are created to view the text area
* @since 1.1
* @exception HeadlessException if
- * GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless
returns true
+ * {@code GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless} returns true
* @see java.awt.GraphicsEnvironment#isHeadless()
*/
public TextArea(String text, int rows, int columns, int scrollbars)
@@ -273,8 +273,8 @@
}
/**
- * Construct a name for this component. Called by getName
- * when the name is null
.
+ * Construct a name for this component. Called by {@code getName}
+ * when the name is {@code null}.
*/
String constructComponentName() {
synchronized (TextArea.class) {
@@ -283,8 +283,8 @@
}
/**
- * Creates the TextArea
's peer. The peer allows us to modify
- * the appearance of the TextArea
without changing any of its
+ * Creates the {@code TextArea}'s peer. The peer allows us to modify
+ * the appearance of the {@code TextArea} without changing any of its
* functionality.
*/
public void addNotify() {
@@ -298,11 +298,11 @@
/**
* Inserts the specified text at the specified position
* in this text area.
- * null
or inconsistent
+ * null
text to insert
+ * @param str the non-{@code null} text to insert
* @param pos the position at which to insert
* @see java.awt.TextComponent#setText
* @see java.awt.TextArea#replaceRange
@@ -320,7 +320,7 @@
* @param str the non-{@code null} text to insert
* @param pos the position at which to insert
* @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
- * replaced by insert(String, int)
.
+ * replaced by {@code insert(String, int)}.
*/
@Deprecated
public synchronized void insertText(String str, int pos) {
@@ -333,11 +333,11 @@
/**
* Appends the given text to the text area's current text.
- * null
or inconsistent
+ * null
text to append
+ * @param str the non-{@code null} text to append
* @see java.awt.TextArea#insert
* @since 1.1
*/
@@ -350,7 +350,7 @@
*
* @param str the text to append
* @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
- * replaced by append(String)
.
+ * replaced by {@code append(String)}.
*/
@Deprecated
public synchronized void appendText(String str) {
@@ -365,11 +365,11 @@
* same as the end position).
* The text position is zero-based. The inserted substring may be
* of a different length than the text it replaces.
- * null
or inconsistent
+ * null
text to use as
+ * @param str the non-{@code null} text to use as
* the replacement
* @param start the start position
* @param end the end position
@@ -391,7 +391,7 @@
* @param start the start position
* @param end the end position
* @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
- * replaced by replaceRange(String, int, int)
.
+ * replaced by {@code replaceRange(String, int, int)}.
*/
@Deprecated
public synchronized void replaceText(String str, int start, int end) {
@@ -419,8 +419,8 @@
* @see #getRows()
* @see #setColumns(int)
* @exception IllegalArgumentException if the value
- * supplied for rows
- * is less than 0
+ * supplied for {@code rows}
+ * is less than {@code 0}
* @since 1.1
*/
public void setRows(int rows) {
@@ -450,8 +450,8 @@
* @see #getColumns()
* @see #setRows(int)
* @exception IllegalArgumentException if the value
- * supplied for columns
- * is less than 0
+ * supplied for {@code columns}
+ * is less than {@code 0}
* @since 1.1
*/
public void setColumns(int columns) {
@@ -469,9 +469,9 @@
* Returns an enumerated value that indicates which scroll bars
* the text area uses.
* TextArea
class defines four integer constants
+ * The {@code TextArea} class defines four integer constants
* that are used to specify which scroll bars are available.
- * TextArea
has one constructor that gives the
+ * {@code TextArea} has one constructor that gives the
* application discretion over scroll bars.
*
* @return an integer that indicates which scroll bars are used
@@ -510,7 +510,7 @@
* @param columns the number of columns
* @return the preferred dimensions needed for the text area
* @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
- * replaced by getPreferredSize(int, int)
.
+ * replaced by {@code getPreferredSize(int, int)}.
*/
@Deprecated
public Dimension preferredSize(int rows, int columns) {
@@ -534,7 +534,7 @@
/**
* @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
- * replaced by getPreferredSize()
.
+ * replaced by {@code getPreferredSize()}.
*/
@Deprecated
public Dimension preferredSize() {
@@ -568,7 +568,7 @@
* @param columns the number of columns
* @return the minimum size for the text area
* @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
- * replaced by getMinimumSize(int, int)
.
+ * replaced by {@code getMinimumSize(int, int)}.
*/
@Deprecated
public Dimension minimumSize(int rows, int columns) {
@@ -592,7 +592,7 @@
/**
* @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
- * replaced by getMinimumSize()
.
+ * replaced by {@code getMinimumSize()}.
*/
@Deprecated
public Dimension minimumSize() {
@@ -604,11 +604,11 @@
}
/**
- * Returns a string representing the state of this TextArea
.
+ * Returns a string representing the state of this {@code TextArea}.
* This method is intended to be used only for debugging purposes, and the
* content and format of the returned string may vary between
* implementations. The returned string may be empty but may not be
- * null
.
+ * {@code null}.
*
* @return the parameter string of this text area
*/
@@ -650,8 +650,8 @@
/**
* Read the ObjectInputStream.
* @exception HeadlessException if
- * GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()
returns
- * true
+ * {@code GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()} returns
+ * {@code true}
* @see java.awt.GraphicsEnvironment#isHeadless
*/
private void readObject(ObjectInputStream s)
@@ -689,14 +689,14 @@
/**
- * Returns the AccessibleContext
associated with
- * this TextArea
. For text areas, the
- * AccessibleContext
takes the form of an
- * AccessibleAWTTextArea
.
- * A new AccessibleAWTTextArea
instance is created if necessary.
+ * Returns the {@code AccessibleContext} associated with
+ * this {@code TextArea}. For text areas, the
+ * {@code AccessibleContext} takes the form of an
+ * {@code AccessibleAWTTextArea}.
+ * A new {@code AccessibleAWTTextArea} instance is created if necessary.
*
- * @return an AccessibleAWTTextArea
that serves as the
- * AccessibleContext
of this TextArea
+ * @return an {@code AccessibleAWTTextArea} that serves as the
+ * {@code AccessibleContext} of this {@code TextArea}
* @since 1.3
*/
public AccessibleContext getAccessibleContext() {
@@ -708,7 +708,7 @@
/**
* This class implements accessibility support for the
- * TextArea
class. It provides an implementation of the
+ * {@code TextArea} class. It provides an implementation of the
* Java Accessibility API appropriate to text area user-interface elements.
* @since 1.3
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/TextComponent.java 2015-10-04 22:53:05.577273166 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/TextComponent.java 2015-10-04 22:53:05.389273175 +0400
@@ -38,11 +38,11 @@
import sun.awt.InputMethodSupport;
/**
- * The TextComponent
class is the superclass of
+ * The {@code TextComponent} class is the superclass of
* any component that allows the editing of some text.
* TextComponent
class defines a set of methods
+ * {@code TextComponent} class defines a set of methods
* that determine whether or not this text is editable. If the
* component is editable, it defines another set of methods
* that supports a text insertion caret.
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@
/**
* The value of the text.
- * A null
value is the same as "".
+ * A {@code null} value is the same as "".
*
* @serial
* @see #setText(String)
@@ -71,9 +71,9 @@
/**
* A boolean indicating whether or not this
- * TextComponent
is editable.
- * It will be true
if the text component
- * is editable and false
if not.
+ * {@code TextComponent} is editable.
+ * It will be {@code true} if the text component
+ * is editable and {@code false} if not.
*
* @serial
* @see #isEditable()
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@
/**
* The selection refers to the selected text, and the
- * selectionStart
is the start position
+ * {@code selectionStart} is the start position
* of the selected text.
*
* @serial
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@
/**
* The selection refers to the selected text, and the
- * selectionEnd
+ * {@code selectionEnd}
* is the end position of the selected text.
*
* @serial
@@ -120,12 +120,12 @@
/**
* Constructs a new text component initialized with the
* specified text. Sets the value of the cursor to
- * Cursor.TEXT_CURSOR
.
+ * {@code Cursor.TEXT_CURSOR}.
* @param text the text to be displayed; if
- * text
is null
, the empty
- * string ""
will be displayed
+ * {@code text} is {@code null}, the empty
+ * string {@code ""} will be displayed
* @exception HeadlessException if
- * GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless
+ * {@code GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless}
* returns true
* @see java.awt.GraphicsEnvironment#isHeadless
* @see java.awt.Cursor
@@ -203,9 +203,9 @@
}
/**
- * Removes the TextComponent
's peer.
+ * Removes the {@code TextComponent}'s peer.
* The peer allows us to modify the appearance of the
- * TextComponent
without changing its
+ * {@code TextComponent} without changing its
* functionality.
*/
public void removeNotify() {
@@ -224,7 +224,7 @@
* Sets the text that is presented by this
* text component to be the specified text.
* @param t the new text;
- * if this parameter is null
then
+ * if this parameter is {@code null} then
* the text is set to the empty string ""
* @see java.awt.TextComponent#getText
*/
@@ -245,7 +245,7 @@
* Returns the text that is presented by this text component.
* By default, this is an empty string.
*
- * @return the value of this TextComponent
+ * @return the value of this {@code TextComponent}
* @see java.awt.TextComponent#setText
*/
public synchronized String getText() {
@@ -268,8 +268,8 @@
/**
* Indicates whether or not this text component is editable.
- * @return true
if this text component is
- * editable; false
otherwise.
+ * @return {@code true} if this text component is
+ * editable; {@code false} otherwise.
* @see java.awt.TextComponent#setEditable
* @since 1.0
*/
@@ -281,8 +281,8 @@
* Sets the flag that determines whether or not this
* text component is editable.
* true
, this text component
- * becomes user editable. If the flag is set to false
,
+ * If the flag is set to {@code true}, this text component
+ * becomes user editable. If the flag is set to {@code false},
* the user cannot change the text of this text component.
* By default, non-editable text components have a background color
* of SystemColor.control. This default can be overridden by
@@ -361,7 +361,7 @@
* to be at or before the current selection end. It also
* cannot be set to less than zero, the beginning of the
* component's text.
- * If the caller supplies a value for selectionStart
+ * If the caller supplies a value for {@code selectionStart}
* that is out of bounds, the method enforces these constraints
* silently, and without failure.
* @param selectionStart the start position of the
@@ -397,7 +397,7 @@
* the specified position. The new end point is constrained
* to be at or after the current selection start. It also
* cannot be set beyond the end of the component's text.
- * If the caller supplies a value for selectionEnd
+ * If the caller supplies a value for {@code selectionEnd}
* that is out of bounds, the method enforces these constraints
* silently, and without failure.
* @param selectionEnd the end position of the
@@ -423,8 +423,8 @@
* equal to the length of the text component's text. The
* character positions are indexed starting with zero.
* The length of the selection is
- * endPosition
- startPosition
, so the
- * character at endPosition
is not selected.
+ * {@code endPosition} - {@code startPosition}, so the
+ * character at {@code endPosition} is not selected.
* If the start and end positions of the selected text are equal,
* all text is deselected.
* char
value) to be selected
+ * character ({@code char} value) to be selected
* @param selectionEnd the zero-based end position of the
- text to be selected; the character (char
value) at
- selectionEnd
is not selected
+ * text to be selected; the character ({@code char} value) at
+ * {@code selectionEnd} is not selected
* @see java.awt.TextComponent#setSelectionStart
* @see java.awt.TextComponent#setSelectionEnd
* @see java.awt.TextComponent#selectAll
@@ -489,13 +489,13 @@
* and the last character of the text, inclusive.
* If the passed-in value is greater than this range,
* the value is set to the last character (or 0 if
- * the TextComponent
contains no text)
+ * the {@code TextComponent} contains no text)
* and no error is returned. If the passed-in value is
- * less than 0, an IllegalArgumentException
+ * less than 0, an {@code IllegalArgumentException}
* is thrown.
*
* @param position the position of the text insertion caret
- * @exception IllegalArgumentException if position
+ * @exception IllegalArgumentException if {@code position}
* is less than zero
* @since 1.1
*/
@@ -547,7 +547,7 @@
/**
* Adds the specified text event listener to receive text events
* from this text component.
- * If l
is null
, no exception is
+ * If {@code l} is {@code null}, no exception is
* thrown and no action is performed.
* l
is null
, no exception is
+ * If {@code l} is {@code null}, no exception is
* thrown and no action is performed.
* TextListener
s
+ * @return all of this text component's {@code TextListener}s
* or an empty array if no text
* listeners are currently registered
*
@@ -606,16 +606,16 @@
/**
* Returns an array of all the objects currently registered
* as FooListener
s
- * upon this TextComponent
.
+ * upon this {@code TextComponent}.
* FooListener
s are registered using the
* addFooListener
method.
*
* listenerType
argument
+ * You can specify the {@code listenerType} argument
* with a class literal, such as
* FooListener.class
.
* For example, you can query a
- * TextComponent
t
+ * {@code TextComponent t}
* for its text listeners with the following code:
*
* TextListener[] tls = (TextListener[])(t.getListeners(TextListener.class));
@@ -624,14 +624,14 @@
*
* @param listenerType the type of listeners requested; this parameter
* should specify an interface that descends from
- * java.util.EventListener
+ * {@code java.util.EventListener}
* @return an array of all objects registered as
* FooListener
s on this text component,
* or an empty array if no such
* listeners have been added
- * @exception ClassCastException if listenerType
+ * @exception ClassCastException if {@code listenerType}
* doesn't specify a class or interface that implements
- * java.util.EventListener
+ * {@code java.util.EventListener}
*
* @see #getTextListeners
* @since 1.3
@@ -660,9 +660,9 @@
/**
* Processes events on this text component. If the event is a
- * TextEvent
, it invokes the processTextEvent
- * method else it invokes its superclass's processEvent
.
- * null
+ * {@code TextEvent}, it invokes the {@code processTextEvent}
+ * method else it invokes its superclass's {@code processEvent}.
+ * TextListener
objects.
+ * dispatching them to any registered {@code TextListener} objects.
*
- *
- * TextListener
object is registered
- * via addTextListener
- * enableEvents
+ * null
+ * TextComponent
. This
+ * {@code TextComponent}. This
* method is intended to be used only for debugging purposes, and the
* content and format of the returned string may vary between
* implementations. The returned string may be empty but may not be
- * null
.
+ * {@code null}.
*
* @return the parameter string of this text component
*/
@@ -789,8 +789,8 @@
* ignored.
*
* @exception HeadlessException if
- * GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()
returns
- * true
+ * {@code GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()} returns
+ * {@code true}
* @see #removeTextListener
* @see #addTextListener
* @see java.awt.GraphicsEnvironment#isHeadless
@@ -844,7 +844,7 @@
/**
* This class implements accessibility support for the
- * TextComponent
class. It provides an implementation of the
+ * {@code TextComponent} class. It provides an implementation of the
* Java Accessibility API appropriate to text component user-interface
* elements.
* @since 1.3
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/TextField.java 2015-10-04 22:53:06.133273141 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/TextField.java 2015-10-04 22:53:05.929273150 +0400
@@ -34,12 +34,12 @@
/**
- * A TextField
object is a text component
+ * A {@code TextField} object is a text component
* that allows for the editing of a single line of text.
* "Hello"
.
+ * display the predefined text {@code "Hello"}.
*
* KeyEvent
+ * more key events are sent to the text field. A {@code KeyEvent}
* may be one of three types: keyPressed, keyReleased, or keyTyped.
* The properties of a key event indicate which of these types
* it is, as well as additional information about the event,
* such as what modifiers are applied to the key event and the
* time at which the event occurred.
* KeyListener
- * or KeyAdapter
object which registered to receive such
- * events using the component's addKeyListener
method.
- * (KeyAdapter
objects implement the
- * KeyListener
interface.)
+ * The key event is passed to every {@code KeyListener}
+ * or {@code KeyAdapter} object which registered to receive such
+ * events using the component's {@code addKeyListener} method.
+ * ({@code KeyAdapter} objects implement the
+ * {@code KeyListener} interface.)
* ActionEvent
.
+ * It is also possible to fire an {@code ActionEvent}.
* If action events are enabled for the text field, they may
- * be fired by pressing the Return
key.
+ * be fired by pressing the {@code Return} key.
* TextField
class's processEvent
+ * The {@code TextField} class's {@code processEvent}
* method examines the action event and passes it along to
- * processActionEvent
. The latter method redirects the
- * event to any ActionListener
objects that have
+ * {@code processActionEvent}. The latter method redirects the
+ * event to any {@code ActionListener} objects that have
* registered to receive action events generated by this
* text field.
*
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@
* The echo character, which is used when
* the user wishes to disguise the characters
* typed into the text field.
- * The disguises are removed if echoChar = 0
.
+ * The disguises are removed if echoChar = {@code 0}.
*
* @serial
* @see #getEchoChar()
@@ -157,8 +157,8 @@
/**
* Constructs a new text field initialized with the specified text.
* @param text the text to be displayed. If
- * text
is null
, the empty
- * string ""
will be displayed.
+ * {@code text} is {@code null}, the empty
+ * string {@code ""} will be displayed.
* @exception HeadlessException if GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()
* returns true.
* @see java.awt.GraphicsEnvironment#isHeadless
@@ -172,8 +172,8 @@
* of columns. A column is an approximate average character
* width that is platform-dependent.
* @param columns the number of columns. If
- * columns
is less than 0
,
- * columns
is set to 0
.
+ * {@code columns} is less than {@code 0},
+ * {@code columns} is set to {@code 0}.
* @exception HeadlessException if GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()
* returns true.
* @see java.awt.GraphicsEnvironment#isHeadless
@@ -188,11 +188,11 @@
* number of columns. A column is an approximate average character
* width that is platform-dependent.
* @param text the text to be displayed. If
- * text
is null
, the empty
- * string ""
will be displayed.
+ * {@code text} is {@code null}, the empty
+ * string {@code ""} will be displayed.
* @param columns the number of columns. If
- * columns
is less than 0
,
- * columns
is set to 0
.
+ * {@code columns} is less than {@code 0},
+ * {@code columns} is set to {@code 0}.
* @exception HeadlessException if GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()
* returns true.
* @see java.awt.GraphicsEnvironment#isHeadless
@@ -230,7 +230,7 @@
* An echo character is useful for text fields where
* user input should not be echoed to the screen, as in
* the case of a text field for entering a password.
- * If echoChar
= 0
, user
+ * If {@code echoChar} = {@code 0}, user
* input is echoed to the screen unchanged.
* echoChar
= 0
allows
+ * Setting {@code echoChar} = {@code 0} allows
* user input to be echoed to the screen again.
* setEchoChar(char)
.
+ * replaced by {@code setEchoChar(char)}.
*/
@Deprecated
public synchronized void setEchoCharacter(char c) {
@@ -310,9 +310,9 @@
* An echo character is useful for text fields where
* user input should not be echoed to the screen, as in
* the case of a text field for entering a password.
- * @return true
if this text field has
+ * @return {@code true} if this text field has
* a character set for echoing;
- * false
otherwise.
+ * {@code false} otherwise.
* @see java.awt.TextField#setEchoChar
* @see java.awt.TextField#getEchoChar
*/
@@ -337,8 +337,8 @@
* @param columns the number of columns.
* @see java.awt.TextField#getColumns
* @exception IllegalArgumentException if the value
- * supplied for columns
- * is less than 0
.
+ * supplied for {@code columns}
+ * is less than {@code 0}.
* @since 1.1
*/
public void setColumns(int columns) {
@@ -379,7 +379,7 @@
* @return the preferred size for the text field
*
* @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
- * replaced by getPreferredSize(int)
.
+ * replaced by {@code getPreferredSize(int)}.
*/
@Deprecated
public Dimension preferredSize(int columns) {
@@ -403,7 +403,7 @@
/**
* @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
- * replaced by getPreferredSize()
.
+ * replaced by {@code getPreferredSize()}.
*/
@Deprecated
public Dimension preferredSize() {
@@ -433,7 +433,7 @@
* @param columns the number of columns
* @return the minimum size for this text field
* @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
- * replaced by getMinimumSize(int)
.
+ * replaced by {@code getMinimumSize(int)}.
*/
@Deprecated
public Dimension minimumSize(int columns) {
@@ -457,7 +457,7 @@
/**
* @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
- * replaced by getMinimumSize()
.
+ * replaced by {@code getMinimumSize()}.
*/
@Deprecated
public Dimension minimumSize() {
@@ -513,7 +513,7 @@
* Returns an array of all the action listeners
* registered on this textfield.
*
- * @return all of this textfield's ActionListener
s
+ * @return all of this textfield's {@code ActionListener}s
* or an empty array if no action
* listeners are currently registered
*
@@ -529,16 +529,16 @@
/**
* Returns an array of all the objects currently registered
* as FooListener
s
- * upon this TextField
.
+ * upon this {@code TextField}.
* FooListener
s are registered using the
* addFooListener
method.
*
* listenerType
argument
+ * You can specify the {@code listenerType} argument
* with a class literal, such as
* FooListener.class
.
* For example, you can query a
- * TextField
t
+ * {@code TextField t}
* for its action listeners with the following code:
*
* ActionListener[] als = (ActionListener[])(t.getListeners(ActionListener.class));
@@ -547,14 +547,14 @@
*
* @param listenerType the type of listeners requested; this parameter
* should specify an interface that descends from
- * java.util.EventListener
+ * {@code java.util.EventListener}
* @return an array of all objects registered as
* FooListener
s on this textfield,
* or an empty array if no such
* listeners have been added
- * @exception ClassCastException if listenerType
+ * @exception ClassCastException if {@code listenerType}
* doesn't specify a class or interface that implements
- * java.util.EventListener
+ * {@code java.util.EventListener}
*
* @see #getActionListeners
* @since 1.3
@@ -583,11 +583,11 @@
/**
* Processes events on this text field. If the event
- * is an instance of ActionEvent
,
- * it invokes the processActionEvent
- * method. Otherwise, it invokes processEvent
+ * is an instance of {@code ActionEvent},
+ * it invokes the {@code processActionEvent}
+ * method. Otherwise, it invokes {@code processEvent}
* on the superclass.
- * null
+ * ActionListener
objects.
+ * {@code ActionListener} objects.
*
- *
- * ActionListener
object is registered
- * via addActionListener
.
- * enableEvents
.
+ * null
+ * TextField
.
+ * Returns a string representing the state of this {@code TextField}.
* This method is intended to be used only for debugging purposes, and the
* content and format of the returned string may vary between
* implementations. The returned string may be empty but may not be
- * null
.
+ * {@code null}.
*
* @return the parameter string of this text field
*/
@@ -693,8 +693,8 @@
* ignored.
*
* @exception HeadlessException if
- * GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()
returns
- * true
+ * {@code GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()} returns
+ * {@code true}
* @see #removeActionListener(ActionListener)
* @see #addActionListener(ActionListener)
* @see java.awt.GraphicsEnvironment#isHeadless
@@ -749,7 +749,7 @@
/**
* This class implements accessibility support for the
- * TextField
class. It provides an implementation of the
+ * {@code TextField} class. It provides an implementation of the
* Java Accessibility API appropriate to text field user-interface elements.
* @since 1.3
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/TexturePaint.java 2015-10-04 22:53:06.665273117 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/TexturePaint.java 2015-10-04 22:53:06.473273126 +0400
@@ -31,18 +31,18 @@
import java.awt.image.ColorModel;
/**
- * The TexturePaint
class provides a way to fill a
+ * The {@code TexturePaint} class provides a way to fill a
* {@link Shape} with a texture that is specified as
- * a {@link BufferedImage}. The size of the BufferedImage
- * object should be small because the BufferedImage
data
- * is copied by the TexturePaint
object.
+ * a {@link BufferedImage}. The size of the {@code BufferedImage}
+ * object should be small because the {@code BufferedImage} data
+ * is copied by the {@code TexturePaint} object.
* At construction time, the texture is anchored to the upper
* left corner of a {@link Rectangle2D} that is
* specified in user space. Texture is computed for
* locations in the device space by conceptually replicating the
- * specified Rectangle2D
infinitely in all directions
- * in user space and mapping the BufferedImage
to each
- * replicated Rectangle2D
.
+ * specified {@code Rectangle2D} infinitely in all directions
+ * in user space and mapping the {@code BufferedImage} to each
+ * replicated {@code Rectangle2D}.
* @see Paint
* @see Graphics2D#setPaint
* @version 1.48, 06/05/07
@@ -57,10 +57,10 @@
double sy;
/**
- * Constructs a TexturePaint
object.
- * @param txtr the BufferedImage
object with the texture
+ * Constructs a {@code TexturePaint} object.
+ * @param txtr the {@code BufferedImage} object with the texture
* used for painting
- * @param anchor the Rectangle2D
in user space used to
+ * @param anchor the {@code Rectangle2D} in user space used to
* anchor and replicate the texture
*/
public TexturePaint(BufferedImage txtr,
@@ -73,9 +73,9 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the BufferedImage
texture used to
+ * Returns the {@code BufferedImage} texture used to
* fill the shapes.
- * @return a BufferedImage
.
+ * @return a {@code BufferedImage}.
*/
public BufferedImage getImage() {
return bufImg;
@@ -84,8 +84,8 @@
/**
* Returns a copy of the anchor rectangle which positions and
* sizes the textured image.
- * @return the Rectangle2D
used to anchor and
- * size this TexturePaint
.
+ * @return the {@code Rectangle2D} used to anchor and
+ * size this {@code TexturePaint}.
*/
public Rectangle2D getAnchorRect() {
return new Rectangle2D.Double(tx, ty,
@@ -139,8 +139,8 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the transparency mode for this TexturePaint
.
- * @return the transparency mode for this TexturePaint
+ * Returns the transparency mode for this {@code TexturePaint}.
+ * @return the transparency mode for this {@code TexturePaint}
* as an integer value.
* @see Transparency
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/Toolkit.java 2015-10-04 22:53:07.201273093 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/Toolkit.java 2015-10-04 22:53:06.997273102 +0400
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@
/**
* This class is the abstract superclass of all actual
* implementations of the Abstract Window Toolkit. Subclasses of
- * the Toolkit
class are used to bind the various components
+ * the {@code Toolkit} class are used to bind the various components
* to particular native toolkit implementations.
*
*
*
For example, calling ScrollPane.setScrollPosition
- * and then getScrollPosition
may return an incorrect
+ *
For example, calling {@code ScrollPane.setScrollPosition}
+ * and then {@code getScrollPosition} may return an incorrect
* value if the original request has not yet been processed.
*
*
Calling setVisible(true)
on a Window
,
- * Frame
or Dialog
may occur
+ *
Calling {@code setVisible(true)} on a {@code Window},
+ * {@code Frame} or {@code Dialog} may occur
* asynchronously.
*
*
Calls to setSize
, setBounds
or
- * setLocation
on a Window
,
- * Frame
or Dialog
are forwarded
+ *
Calls to {@code setSize}, {@code setBounds} or
+ * {@code setLocation} on a {@code Window},
+ * {@code Frame} or {@code Dialog} are forwarded
* to the underlying window management system and may be
* ignored or modified. See {@link java.awt.Window} for
* more information.
* Toolkit
are
+ * class directly. The methods defined by {@code Toolkit} are
* the "glue" that joins the platform-independent classes in the
- * java.awt
package with their counterparts in
- * java.awt.peer
. Some methods defined by
- * Toolkit
query the native operating system directly.
+ * {@code java.awt} package with their counterparts in
+ * {@code java.awt.peer}. Some methods defined by
+ * {@code Toolkit} query the native operating system directly.
*
* @author Sami Shaio
* @author Arthur van Hoff
@@ -247,8 +247,8 @@
/**
* Gets the size of the screen. On systems with multiple displays, the
* primary display is used. Multi-screen aware display dimensions are
- * available from GraphicsConfiguration
and
- * GraphicsDevice
.
+ * available from {@code GraphicsConfiguration} and
+ * {@code GraphicsDevice}.
* @return the size of this toolkit's screen, in pixels.
* @exception HeadlessException if GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()
* returns true
@@ -271,7 +271,7 @@
/**
* Gets the insets of the screen.
- * @param gc a GraphicsConfiguration
+ * @param gc a {@code GraphicsConfiguration}
* @return the insets of this toolkit's screen, in pixels.
* @exception HeadlessException if GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()
* returns true
@@ -291,14 +291,14 @@
/**
* Determines the color model of this toolkit's screen.
* ColorModel
is an abstract class that
+ * {@code ColorModel} is an abstract class that
* encapsulates the ability to translate between the
* pixel values of an image and its red, green, blue,
* and alpha components.
* getColorModel
method
- * of the Component
class.
+ * {@code getColorModel} method
+ * of the {@code Component} class.
* @return the color model of this toolkit's screen.
* @exception HeadlessException if GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()
* returns true
@@ -332,8 +332,8 @@
* Gets the screen device metrics for rendering of the font.
* @param font a font
* @return the screen metrics of the specified font in this toolkit
- * @deprecated As of JDK version 1.2, replaced by the Font
- * method getLineMetrics
.
+ * @deprecated As of JDK version 1.2, replaced by the {@code Font}
+ * method {@code getLineMetrics}.
* @see java.awt.font.LineMetrics
* @see java.awt.Font#getLineMetrics
* @see java.awt.GraphicsEnvironment#getScreenDevices
@@ -606,22 +606,22 @@
* with the same filename to the same returned Image.
* Image
objects may continue to hold onto images
+ * {@code Image} objects may continue to hold onto images
* that are no longer in use for an indefinite period of time,
* developers are encouraged to implement their own caching of
* images by using the {@link #createImage(java.lang.String) createImage}
* variant wherever available.
* If the image data contained in the specified file changes,
- * the Image
object returned from this method may
+ * the {@code Image} object returned from this method may
* still contain stale information which was loaded from the
* file after a prior call.
* Previously loaded image data can be manually discarded by
* calling the {@link Image#flush flush} method on the
- * returned Image
.
+ * returned {@code Image}.
* checkRead
method with the file specified to ensure
+ * {@code checkRead} method with the file specified to ensure
* that the access to the image is allowed.
* @param filename the name of a file containing pixel data
* in a recognized file format.
@@ -641,27 +641,27 @@
* with the same URL to the same returned Image.
* Image
objects may continue to hold onto images
+ * {@code Image} objects may continue to hold onto images
* that are no longer in use for an indefinite period of time,
* developers are encouraged to implement their own caching of
* images by using the {@link #createImage(java.net.URL) createImage}
* variant wherever available.
* If the image data stored at the specified URL changes,
- * the Image
object returned from this method may
+ * the {@code Image} object returned from this method may
* still contain stale information which was fetched from the
* URL after a prior call.
* Previously loaded image data can be manually discarded by
* calling the {@link Image#flush flush} method on the
- * returned Image
.
+ * returned {@code Image}.
* checkPermission
method with the
+ * {@code checkPermission} method with the
* url.openConnection().getPermission() permission to ensure
* that the access to the image is allowed. For compatibility
* with pre-1.2 security managers, if the access is denied with
- * FilePermission
or SocketPermission
,
- * the method throws the SecurityException
+ * {@code FilePermission} or {@code SocketPermission},
+ * the method throws the {@code SecurityException}
* if the corresponding 1.1-style SecurityManager.checkXXX method
* also denies permission.
* @param url the URL to use in fetching the pixel data.
@@ -681,7 +681,7 @@
* checkRead
method with the specified file to ensure
+ * {@code checkRead} method with the specified file to ensure
* that the image creation is allowed.
* @param filename the name of a file containing pixel data
* in a recognized file format.
@@ -700,12 +700,12 @@
* checkPermission
method with the
+ * {@code checkPermission} method with the
* url.openConnection().getPermission() permission to ensure
* that the image creation is allowed. For compatibility
* with pre-1.2 security managers, if the access is denied with
- * FilePermission
or SocketPermission
,
- * the method throws SecurityException
+ * {@code FilePermission} or {@code SocketPermission},
+ * the method throws {@code SecurityException}
* if the corresponding 1.1-style SecurityManager.checkXXX method
* also denies permission.
* @param url the URL to use in fetching the pixel data.
@@ -722,7 +722,7 @@
* Prepares an image for rendering.
* -1
, this method prepares the image for rendering
+ * {@code -1}, this method prepares the image for rendering
* on the default screen; otherwise, this method prepares an image
* for rendering on the default screen at the specified width and height.
* prepareImage
+ * This method is called by components {@code prepareImage}
* methods.
* ImageObserver
interface.
+ * with the definition of the {@code ImageObserver} interface.
* @param image the image for which to prepare a
* screen representation.
* @param width the width of the desired screen
- * representation, or -1
.
+ * representation, or {@code -1}.
* @param height the height of the desired screen
- * representation, or -1
.
- * @param observer the ImageObserver
+ * representation, or {@code -1}.
+ * @param observer the {@code ImageObserver}
* object to be notified as the
* image is being prepared.
- * @return true
if the image has already been
- * fully prepared; false
otherwise.
+ * @return {@code true} if the image has already been
+ * fully prepared; {@code false} otherwise.
* @see java.awt.Component#prepareImage(java.awt.Image,
* java.awt.image.ImageObserver)
* @see java.awt.Component#prepareImage(java.awt.Image,
@@ -761,30 +761,30 @@
* being prepared for display.
* -1
, this method returns the construction status of
+ * {@code -1}, this method returns the construction status of
* a screen representation of the specified image in this toolkit.
* Otherwise, this method returns the construction status of a
* scaled representation of the image at the specified width
* and height.
* prepareImage
to force
+ * An application must call {@code prepareImage} to force
* the loading of an image.
* checkImage
+ * This method is called by the component's {@code checkImage}
* methods.
* ImageObserver
interface.
+ * with the definition of the {@code ImageObserver} interface.
* @param image the image whose status is being checked.
* @param width the width of the scaled version whose status is
- * being checked, or -1
.
+ * being checked, or {@code -1}.
* @param height the height of the scaled version whose status
- * is being checked, or -1
.
- * @param observer the ImageObserver
object to be
+ * is being checked, or {@code -1}.
+ * @param observer the {@code ImageObserver} object to be
* notified as the image is being prepared.
* @return the bitwise inclusive OR of the
- * ImageObserver
flags for the
+ * {@code ImageObserver} flags for the
* image data that is currently available.
* @see java.awt.Toolkit#prepareImage(java.awt.Image,
* int, int, java.awt.image.ImageObserver)
@@ -840,17 +840,17 @@
int imagelength);
/**
- * Gets a PrintJob
object which is the result of initiating
+ * Gets a {@code PrintJob} object which is the result of initiating
* a print operation on the toolkit's platform.
* checkPrintJobAccess
method to
+ * the security manager's {@code checkPrintJobAccess} method to
* ensure initiation of a print operation is allowed. If the default
- * implementation of checkPrintJobAccess
is used (that is,
+ * implementation of {@code checkPrintJobAccess} is used (that is,
* that method is not overriden), then this results in a call to the
- * security manager's checkPermission
method with a
- * RuntimePermission("queuePrintJob")
permission.
+ * security manager's {@code checkPermission} method with a
+ * {@code RuntimePermission("queuePrintJob")} permission.
*
* @param frame the parent of the print dialog. May not be null.
* @param jobtitle the title of the PrintJob. A null title is equivalent
@@ -862,7 +862,7 @@
* takes JobAttributes and PageAttributes objects. This object
* may be updated to reflect the user's job choices on exit. May
* be null.
- * @return a PrintJob
object, or null
if the
+ * @return a {@code PrintJob} object, or {@code null} if the
* user cancelled the print job.
* @throws NullPointerException if frame is null
* @throws SecurityException if this thread is not allowed to initiate a
@@ -876,17 +876,17 @@
Properties props);
/**
- * Gets a PrintJob
object which is the result of initiating
+ * Gets a {@code PrintJob} object which is the result of initiating
* a print operation on the toolkit's platform.
* checkPrintJobAccess
method to
+ * the security manager's {@code checkPrintJobAccess} method to
* ensure initiation of a print operation is allowed. If the default
- * implementation of checkPrintJobAccess
is used (that is,
+ * implementation of {@code checkPrintJobAccess} is used (that is,
* that method is not overriden), then this results in a call to the
- * security manager's checkPermission
method with a
- * RuntimePermission("queuePrintJob")
permission.
+ * security manager's {@code checkPermission} method with a
+ * {@code RuntimePermission("queuePrintJob")} permission.
*
* @param frame the parent of the print dialog. May not be null.
* @param jobtitle the title of the PrintJob. A null title is equivalent
@@ -900,7 +900,7 @@
* job. The attributes will be updated to reflect the user's
* choices as outlined in the PageAttributes documentation. May be
* null.
- * @return a PrintJob
object, or null
if the
+ * @return a {@code PrintJob} object, or {@code null} if the
* user cancelled the print job.
* @throws NullPointerException if frame is null
* @throws IllegalArgumentException if pageAttributes specifies differing
@@ -952,20 +952,20 @@
* applications which use native clipboard facilities.
* getTransferData()
method is available in the
+ * Clipboard's {@code getTransferData()} method is available in the
* following flavors:
*
*
- * As with java.awt.datatransfer.StringSelection
, if the
- * requested flavor is DataFlavor.plainTextFlavor
, or an
+ * As with {@code java.awt.datatransfer.StringSelection}, if the
+ * requested flavor is {@code DataFlavor.plainTextFlavor}, or an
* equivalent flavor, a Reader is returned. Note: The behavior of
- * the system Clipboard's getTransferData()
method for
- * DataFlavor.plainTextFlavor
, and equivalent DataFlavors, is
- * inconsistent with the definition of DataFlavor.plainTextFlavor
- *
. Because of this, support for
- * DataFlavor.plainTextFlavor
, and equivalent flavors, is
+ * the system Clipboard's {@code getTransferData()} method for
+ * {@code DataFlavor.plainTextFlavor}, and equivalent DataFlavors, is
+ * inconsistent with the definition of {@code DataFlavor.plainTextFlavor}.
+ * Because of this, support for
+ * {@code DataFlavor.plainTextFlavor}, and equivalent flavors, is
* deprecated.
* Clipboard
object. This allows an application to read and
+ * {@code Clipboard} object. This allows an application to read and
* modify the current, system-wide selection.
* FocusListener
on all Component
s which support
- * text selection, and, between FOCUS_GAINED
and
- * FOCUS_LOST
events delivered to that Component
,
- * updating the system selection Clipboard
when the selection
- * changes inside the Component
. Properly updating the system
+ * {@code FocusListener} on all {@code Component}s which support
+ * text selection, and, between {@code FOCUS_GAINED} and
+ * {@code FOCUS_LOST} events delivered to that {@code Component},
+ * updating the system selection {@code Clipboard} when the selection
+ * changes inside the {@code Component}. Properly updating the system
* selection ensures that a Java application will interact correctly with
* native applications and other Java applications running simultaneously
- * on the system. Note that java.awt.TextComponent
and
- * javax.swing.text.JTextComponent
already adhere to this
+ * on the system. Note that {@code java.awt.TextComponent} and
+ * {@code javax.swing.text.JTextComponent} already adhere to this
* policy. When using these classes, and their subclasses, developers need
* not write any additional code.
* Clipboard
.
- * On those platforms, this method will return null
. In such a
+ * Some platforms do not support a system selection {@code Clipboard}.
+ * On those platforms, this method will return {@code null}. In such a
* case, an application is absolved from its responsibility to update the
- * system selection Clipboard
as described above.
+ * system selection {@code Clipboard} as described above.
* Clipboard
, or
- * null
if the native platform does not support a
- * system selection Clipboard
+ * @return the system selection as a {@code Clipboard}, or
+ * {@code null} if the native platform does not support a
+ * system selection {@code Clipboard}
* @exception HeadlessException if GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()
* returns true
*
@@ -1050,13 +1050,13 @@
* key for menu shortcuts.
* MenuShortcut
class, are handled by the
- * MenuBar
class.
+ * {@code MenuShortcut} class, are handled by the
+ * {@code MenuBar} class.
* Event.CTRL_MASK
.
+ * By default, this method returns {@code Event.CTRL_MASK}.
* Toolkit implementations should override this method if the
* Control key isn't the correct key for accelerators.
- * @return the modifier mask on the Event
class
+ * @return the modifier mask on the {@code Event} class
* that is used for menu shortcuts on this toolkit.
* @exception HeadlessException if GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()
* returns true
@@ -1083,7 +1083,7 @@
* @param keyCode the key code
* @return {@code true} if the given key is currently in its "on" state;
* otherwise {@code false}
- * @exception java.lang.IllegalArgumentException if keyCode
+ * @exception java.lang.IllegalArgumentException if {@code keyCode}
* is not one of the valid key codes
* @exception java.lang.UnsupportedOperationException if the host system doesn't
* allow getting the state of this key programmatically, or if the keyboard
@@ -1119,7 +1119,7 @@
*
* @param keyCode the key code
* @param on the state of the key
- * @exception java.lang.IllegalArgumentException if keyCode
+ * @exception java.lang.IllegalArgumentException if {@code keyCode}
* is not one of the valid key codes
* @exception java.lang.UnsupportedOperationException if the host system doesn't
* allow setting the state of this key programmatically, or if the keyboard
@@ -1163,7 +1163,7 @@
* @param cursor the image to display when the cursor is activated
* @param hotSpot the X and Y of the large cursor's hot spot; the
* hotSpot values must be less than the Dimension returned by
- * getBestCursorSize
+ * {@code getBestCursorSize}
* @param name a localized description of the cursor, for Java Accessibility use
* @exception IndexOutOfBoundsException if the hotSpot values are outside
* the bounds of the cursor
@@ -1252,10 +1252,10 @@
/**
* Returns whether Toolkit supports this state for
- * Frame
s. This method tells whether the UI
+ * {@code Frame}s. This method tells whether the UI
* concept of, say, maximization or iconification is
* supported. It will always return false for "compound" states
- * like Frame.ICONIFIED|Frame.MAXIMIZED_VERT
.
+ * like {@code Frame.ICONIFIED|Frame.MAXIMIZED_VERT}.
* In other words, the rule of thumb is that only queries with a
* single frame state constant as an argument are meaningful.
* true
is this frame state is supported by
- * this Toolkit implementation, false
otherwise.
+ * @return {@code true} is this frame state is supported by
+ * this Toolkit implementation, {@code false} otherwise.
* @exception HeadlessException
- * if GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()
- * returns true
.
+ * if {@code GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()}
+ * returns {@code true}.
* @see java.awt.Window#addWindowStateListener
* @since 1.4
*/
@@ -1431,7 +1431,7 @@
* {@link SecurityManager#checkPermission checkPermission} method
* is called to check {@code AWTPermission("accessEventQueue")}.
*
- * @return the EventQueue
object
+ * @return the {@code EventQueue} object
* @throws SecurityException
* if a security manager is set and it denies access to
* the {@code EventQueue}
@@ -1446,10 +1446,10 @@
}
/**
- * Gets the application's or applet's EventQueue
+ * Gets the application's or applet's {@code EventQueue}
* instance, without checking access. For security reasons,
- * this can only be called from a Toolkit
subclass.
- * @return the EventQueue
object
+ * this can only be called from a {@code Toolkit} subclass.
+ * @return the {@code EventQueue} object
*/
protected abstract EventQueue getSystemEventQueueImpl();
@@ -1664,8 +1664,8 @@
* Returns whether the always-on-top mode is supported by this toolkit.
* To detect whether the always-on-top mode is supported for a
* particular Window, use {@link Window#isAlwaysOnTopSupported}.
- * @return true
, if current toolkit supports the always-on-top mode,
- * otherwise returns false
+ * @return {@code true}, if current toolkit supports the always-on-top mode,
+ * otherwise returns {@code false}
* @see Window#isAlwaysOnTopSupported
* @see Window#setAlwaysOnTop(boolean)
* @since 1.6
@@ -1677,12 +1677,12 @@
/**
* Returns whether the given modality type is supported by this toolkit. If
* a dialog with unsupported modality type is created, then
- * Dialog.ModalityType.MODELESS
is used instead.
+ * {@code Dialog.ModalityType.MODELESS} is used instead.
*
* @param modalityType modality type to be checked for support by this toolkit
*
- * @return true
, if current toolkit supports given modality
- * type, false
otherwise
+ * @return {@code true}, if current toolkit supports given modality
+ * type, {@code false} otherwise
*
* @see java.awt.Dialog.ModalityType
* @see java.awt.Dialog#getModalityType
@@ -1695,12 +1695,12 @@
/**
* Returns whether the given modal exclusion type is supported by this
* toolkit. If an unsupported modal exclusion type property is set on a window,
- * then Dialog.ModalExclusionType.NO_EXCLUDE
is used instead.
+ * then {@code Dialog.ModalExclusionType.NO_EXCLUDE} is used instead.
*
* @param modalExclusionType modal exclusion type to be checked for support by this toolkit
*
- * @return true
, if current toolkit supports given modal exclusion
- * type, false
otherwise
+ * @return {@code true}, if current toolkit supports given modal exclusion
+ * type, {@code false} otherwise
*
* @see java.awt.Dialog.ModalExclusionType
* @see java.awt.Window#getModalExclusionType
@@ -1739,16 +1739,16 @@
/**
* Adds an AWTEventListener to receive all AWTEvents dispatched
- * system-wide that conform to the given eventMask
.
+ * system-wide that conform to the given {@code eventMask}.
* checkPermission
+ * First, if there is a security manager, its {@code checkPermission}
* method is called with an
- * AWTPermission("listenToAllAWTEvents")
permission.
+ * {@code AWTPermission("listenToAllAWTEvents")} permission.
* This may result in a SecurityException.
* eventMask
is a bitmask of event types to receive.
+ * {@code eventMask} is a bitmask of event types to receive.
* It is constructed by bitwise OR-ing together the event masks
- * defined in AWTEvent
.
+ * defined in {@code AWTEvent}.
* checkPermission
method doesn't allow the operation.
+ * {@code checkPermission} method doesn't allow the operation.
* @see #removeAWTEventListener
* @see #getAWTEventListeners
* @see SecurityManager#checkPermission
@@ -1815,9 +1815,9 @@
/**
* Removes an AWTEventListener from receiving dispatched AWTEvents.
* checkPermission
+ * First, if there is a security manager, its {@code checkPermission}
* method is called with an
- * AWTPermission("listenToAllAWTEvents")
permission.
+ * {@code AWTPermission("listenToAllAWTEvents")} permission.
* This may result in a SecurityException.
* checkPermission
method doesn't allow the operation.
+ * {@code checkPermission} method doesn't allow the operation.
* @see #addAWTEventListener
* @see #getAWTEventListeners
* @see SecurityManager#checkPermission
@@ -1884,23 +1884,23 @@
return calls[ci];
}
/**
- * Returns an array of all the AWTEventListener
s
+ * Returns an array of all the {@code AWTEventListener}s
* registered on this toolkit.
* If there is a security manager, its {@code checkPermission}
* method is called with an
* {@code AWTPermission("listenToAllAWTEvents")} permission.
* This may result in a SecurityException.
* Listeners can be returned
- * within AWTEventListenerProxy
objects, which also contain
+ * within {@code AWTEventListenerProxy} objects, which also contain
* the event mask for the given listener.
* Note that listener objects
* added multiple times appear only once in the returned array.
*
- * @return all of the AWTEventListener
s or an empty
+ * @return all of the {@code AWTEventListener}s or an empty
* array if no listeners are currently registered
* @throws SecurityException
* if a security manager exists and its
- * checkPermission
method doesn't allow the operation.
+ * {@code checkPermission} method doesn't allow the operation.
* @see #addAWTEventListener
* @see #removeAWTEventListener
* @see SecurityManager#checkPermission
@@ -1932,7 +1932,7 @@
}
/**
- * Returns an array of all the AWTEventListener
s
+ * Returns an array of all the {@code AWTEventListener}s
* registered on this toolkit which listen to all of the event
* types specified in the {@code eventMask} argument.
* If there is a security manager, its {@code checkPermission}
@@ -1940,19 +1940,19 @@
* {@code AWTPermission("listenToAllAWTEvents")} permission.
* This may result in a SecurityException.
* Listeners can be returned
- * within AWTEventListenerProxy
objects, which also contain
+ * within {@code AWTEventListenerProxy} objects, which also contain
* the event mask for the given listener.
* Note that listener objects
* added multiple times appear only once in the returned array.
*
* @param eventMask the bitmask of event types to listen for
- * @return all of the AWTEventListener
s registered
+ * @return all of the {@code AWTEventListener}s registered
* on this toolkit for the specified
* event types, or an empty array if no such listeners
* are currently registered
* @throws SecurityException
* if a security manager exists and its
- * checkPermission
method doesn't allow the operation.
+ * {@code checkPermission} method doesn't allow the operation.
* @see #addAWTEventListener
* @see #removeAWTEventListener
* @see SecurityManager#checkPermission
@@ -2167,9 +2167,9 @@
* The style field of the input method highlight is ignored. The map
* returned is unmodifiable.
* @param highlight input method highlight
- * @return style attribute map, or null
+ * @return style attribute map, or {@code null}
* @exception HeadlessException if
- * GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless
returns true
+ * {@code GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless} returns true
* @see java.awt.GraphicsEnvironment#isHeadless
* @since 1.3
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/Transparency.java 2015-10-04 22:53:07.769273068 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/Transparency.java 2015-10-04 22:53:07.581273076 +0400
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
import java.lang.annotation.Native;
/**
- * The Transparency
interface defines the common transparency
+ * The {@code Transparency} interface defines the common transparency
* modes for implementing classes.
*/
public interface Transparency {
@@ -53,8 +53,8 @@
@Native public static final int TRANSLUCENT = 3;
/**
- * Returns the type of this Transparency
.
- * @return the field type of this Transparency
, which is
+ * Returns the type of this {@code Transparency}.
+ * @return the field type of this {@code Transparency}, which is
* either OPAQUE, BITMASK or TRANSLUCENT.
*/
public int getTransparency();
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/TrayIcon.java 2015-10-04 22:53:08.293273044 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/TrayIcon.java 2015-10-04 22:53:08.101273053 +0400
@@ -36,32 +36,32 @@
import java.security.AccessController;
/**
- * A TrayIcon
object represents a tray icon that can be
+ * A {@code TrayIcon} object represents a tray icon that can be
* added to the {@link SystemTray system tray}. A
- * TrayIcon
can have a tooltip (text), an image, a popup
+ * {@code TrayIcon} can have a tooltip (text), an image, a popup
* menu, and a set of listeners associated with it.
*
- * TrayIcon
can generate various {@link MouseEvent
+ * TrayIcon
processes some
+ * notification of these events. {@code TrayIcon} processes some
* of the events by itself. For example, by default, when the
- * right-mouse click is performed on the TrayIcon
it
+ * right-mouse click is performed on the {@code TrayIcon} it
* displays the specified popup menu. When the mouse hovers
- * over the TrayIcon
the tooltip is displayed.
+ * over the {@code TrayIcon} the tooltip is displayed.
*
- * MouseEvent
is
- * dispatched to its registered listeners its component
- * property will be set to null
. (See {@link
+ * source
property will be set to this
- * TrayIcon
. (See {@link
+ * {@code source} property will be set to this
+ * {@code TrayIcon}. (See {@link
* java.util.EventObject#getSource})
*
* TrayIcon
can generate an {@link ActionEvent
+ * TrayIcon
API.
+ * to use the {@code TrayIcon} API.
*
* @since 1.6
* @see SystemTray#add
@@ -147,11 +147,11 @@
}
/**
- * Creates a TrayIcon
with the specified image.
+ * Creates a {@code TrayIcon} with the specified image.
*
- * @param image the Image
to be used
- * @throws IllegalArgumentException if image
is
- * null
+ * @param image the {@code Image} to be used
+ * @throws IllegalArgumentException if {@code image} is
+ * {@code null}
* @throws UnsupportedOperationException if the system tray isn't
* supported by the current platform
* @throws HeadlessException if
@@ -173,14 +173,14 @@
}
/**
- * Creates a TrayIcon
with the specified image and
+ * Creates a {@code TrayIcon} with the specified image and
* tooltip text.
*
- * @param image the Image
to be used
+ * @param image the {@code Image} to be used
* @param tooltip the string to be used as tooltip text; if the
- * value is null
no tooltip is shown
- * @throws IllegalArgumentException if image
is
- * null
+ * value is {@code null} no tooltip is shown
+ * @throws IllegalArgumentException if {@code image} is
+ * {@code null}
* @throws UnsupportedOperationException if the system tray isn't
* supported by the current platform
* @throws HeadlessException if
@@ -199,15 +199,15 @@
}
/**
- * Creates a TrayIcon
with the specified image,
+ * Creates a {@code TrayIcon} with the specified image,
* tooltip and popup menu.
*
- * @param image the Image
to be used
+ * @param image the {@code Image} to be used
* @param tooltip the string to be used as tooltip text; if the
- * value is null
no tooltip is shown
+ * value is {@code null} no tooltip is shown
* @param popup the menu to be used for the tray icon's popup
- * menu; if the value is null
no popup menu is shown
- * @throws IllegalArgumentException if image
is null
+ * menu; if the value is {@code null} no popup menu is shown
+ * @throws IllegalArgumentException if {@code image} is {@code null}
* @throws UnsupportedOperationException if the system tray isn't
* supported by the current platform
* @throws HeadlessException if
@@ -229,7 +229,7 @@
}
/**
- * Sets the image for this TrayIcon
. The previous
+ * Sets the image for this {@code TrayIcon}. The previous
* tray icon image is discarded without calling the {@link
* java.awt.Image#flush} method — you will need to call it
* manually.
@@ -243,8 +243,8 @@
* image
is null
- * @param image the non-null Image
to be used
+ * @throws NullPointerException if {@code image} is {@code null}
+ * @param image the non-null {@code Image} to be used
* @see #getImage
* @see Image
* @see SystemTray#add(TrayIcon)
@@ -263,7 +263,7 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the current image used for this TrayIcon
.
+ * Returns the current image used for this {@code TrayIcon}.
*
* @return the image
* @see #setImage(Image)
@@ -274,13 +274,13 @@
}
/**
- * Sets the popup menu for this TrayIcon
. If
- * popup
is null
, no popup menu will be
- * associated with this TrayIcon
.
+ * Sets the popup menu for this {@code TrayIcon}. If
+ * {@code popup} is {@code null}, no popup menu will be
+ * associated with this {@code TrayIcon}.
*
- * popup
must not be added to any
+ * popup
may be removed from
+ * it to some parent, the {@code popup} may be removed from
* that parent.
*
* PopupMenu
or null
to
+ * @param popup a {@code PopupMenu} or {@code null} to
* remove any popup menu
* @see #getPopupMenu
*/
@@ -318,9 +318,9 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the popup menu associated with this TrayIcon
.
+ * Returns the popup menu associated with this {@code TrayIcon}.
*
- * @return the popup menu or null
if none exists
+ * @return the popup menu or {@code null} if none exists
* @see #setPopupMenu(PopupMenu)
*/
public PopupMenu getPopupMenu() {
@@ -328,16 +328,16 @@
}
/**
- * Sets the tooltip string for this TrayIcon
. The
+ * Sets the tooltip string for this {@code TrayIcon}. The
* tooltip is displayed automatically when the mouse hovers over
- * the icon. Setting the tooltip to null
removes any
+ * the icon. Setting the tooltip to {@code null} removes any
* tooltip text.
*
* When displayed, the tooltip string may be truncated on some platforms;
* the number of characters that may be displayed is platform-dependent.
*
* @param tooltip the string for the tooltip; if the value is
- * null
no tooltip is shown
+ * {@code null} no tooltip is shown
* @see #getToolTip
*/
public void setToolTip(String tooltip) {
@@ -351,9 +351,9 @@
/**
* Returns the tooltip string associated with this
- * TrayIcon
.
+ * {@code TrayIcon}.
*
- * @return the tooltip string or null
if none exists
+ * @return the tooltip string or {@code null} if none exists
* @see #setToolTip(String)
*/
public String getToolTip() {
@@ -364,18 +364,18 @@
* Sets the auto-size property. Auto-size determines whether the
* tray image is automatically sized to fit the space allocated
* for the image on the tray. By default, the auto-size property
- * is set to false
.
+ * is set to {@code false}.
*
- * false
, and the image size
+ * true
, the image is stretched or shrunk to
+ * true
to auto-size the image,
- * false
otherwise
+ * @param autosize {@code true} to auto-size the image,
+ * {@code false} otherwise
* @see #isImageAutoSize
*/
public void setImageAutoSize(boolean autosize) {
@@ -390,8 +390,8 @@
/**
* Returns the value of the auto-size property.
*
- * @return true
if the image will be auto-sized,
- * false
otherwise
+ * @return {@code true} if the image will be auto-sized,
+ * {@code false} otherwise
* @see #setImageAutoSize(boolean)
*/
public boolean isImageAutoSize() {
@@ -400,15 +400,15 @@
/**
* Adds the specified mouse listener to receive mouse events from
- * this TrayIcon
. Calling this method with a
- * null
value has no effect.
+ * this {@code TrayIcon}. Calling this method with a
+ * {@code null} value has no effect.
*
* MOUSE_ENTERED
and
- * MOUSE_EXITED
mouse events are not supported.
+ * null
or an invalid value has no effect.
+ * {@code null} or an invalid value has no effect.
* TrayIcon
.
+ * registered on this {@code TrayIcon}.
*
- * @return all of the MouseListeners
registered on
- * this TrayIcon
or an empty array if no mouse
+ * @return all of the {@code MouseListeners} registered on
+ * this {@code TrayIcon} or an empty array if no mouse
* listeners are currently registered
*
* @see #addMouseListener(MouseListener)
@@ -462,14 +462,14 @@
/**
* Adds the specified mouse listener to receive mouse-motion
- * events from this TrayIcon
. Calling this method
- * with a null
value has no effect.
+ * events from this {@code TrayIcon}. Calling this method
+ * with a {@code null} value has no effect.
*
* MOUSE_DRAGGED
mouse event is not supported.
+ * null
or an invalid value has no effect.
+ * {@code null} or an invalid value has no effect.
* TrayIcon
.
+ * registered on this {@code TrayIcon}.
*
- * @return all of the MouseInputListeners
registered on
- * this TrayIcon
or an empty array if no mouse
+ * @return all of the {@code MouseInputListeners} registered on
+ * this {@code TrayIcon} or an empty array if no mouse
* listeners are currently registered
*
* @see #addMouseMotionListener(MouseMotionListener)
@@ -524,7 +524,7 @@
/**
* Returns the command name of the action event fired by this tray icon.
*
- * @return the action command name, or null
if none exists
+ * @return the action command name, or {@code null} if none exists
* @see #addActionListener(ActionListener)
* @see #setActionCommand(String)
*/
@@ -535,7 +535,7 @@
/**
* Sets the command name for the action event fired by this tray
* icon. By default, this action command is set to
- * null
.
+ * {@code null}.
*
* @param command a string used to set the tray icon's
* action command.
@@ -549,12 +549,12 @@
/**
* Adds the specified action listener to receive
- * ActionEvent
s from this TrayIcon
.
+ * {@code ActionEvent}s from this {@code TrayIcon}.
* Action events usually occur when a user selects the tray icon,
* using either the mouse or keyboard. The conditions in which
* action events are generated are platform-dependent.
*
- * null
value has no
+ * null
or an invalid value has no effect.
+ * {@code null} or an invalid value has no effect.
* TrayIcon
.
+ * registered on this {@code TrayIcon}.
*
- * @return all of the ActionListeners
registered on
- * this TrayIcon
or an empty array if no action
+ * @return all of the {@code ActionListeners} registered on
+ * this {@code TrayIcon} or an empty array if no action
* listeners are currently registered
*
* @see #addActionListener(ActionListener)
@@ -633,9 +633,9 @@
* disappear after a time or if the user clicks on it. Clicking
* on the message may trigger an {@code ActionEvent}.
*
- * null
, but an
- * NullPointerException
is thrown if both are
- * null
.
+ * null
+ * bold; may be {@code null}
* @param text the text displayed for the particular message; may be
- * null
+ * {@code null}
* @param messageType an enum indicating the message type
- * @throws NullPointerException if both caption
- * and text
are null
+ * @throws NullPointerException if both {@code caption}
+ * and {@code text} are {@code null}
*/
public void displayMessage(String caption, String text, MessageType messageType) {
if (caption == null && text == null) {
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/Window.java 2015-10-04 22:53:08.849273019 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/Window.java 2015-10-04 22:53:08.657273028 +0400
@@ -1930,7 +1930,7 @@
* with a class literal, such as
* FooListener.class
.
* For example, you can query a
- * {@code Window} {@code w}
+ * {@code Window w}
* for its window listeners with the following code:
*
* WindowListener[] wls = (WindowListener[])(w.getListeners(WindowListener.class));
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/color/ColorSpace.java 2015-10-04 22:53:09.429272993 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/color/ColorSpace.java 2015-10-04 22:53:09.229273002 +0400
@@ -268,7 +268,7 @@
/**
* Constructs a ColorSpace object given a color space type
* and the number of components.
- * @param type one of the ColorSpace
type constants
+ * @param type one of the {@code ColorSpace} type constants
* @param numcomponents the number of components in the color space
*/
protected ColorSpace (int type, int numcomponents) {
@@ -283,7 +283,7 @@
* @param colorspace a specific color space identified by one of
* the predefined class constants (e.g. CS_sRGB, CS_LINEAR_RGB,
* CS_CIEXYZ, CS_GRAY, or CS_PYCC)
- * @return the requested ColorSpace
object
+ * @return the requested {@code ColorSpace} object
*/
// NOTE: This method may be called by privileged threads.
// DO NOT INVOKE CLIENT CODE ON THIS THREAD!
@@ -366,8 +366,8 @@
/**
* Returns true if the ColorSpace is CS_sRGB.
- * @return true
if this is a CS_sRGB
color
- * space, false
if it is not
+ * @return {@code true} if this is a {@code CS_sRGB} color
+ * space, {@code false} if it is not
*/
public boolean isCS_sRGB () {
/* REMIND - make sure we know sRGBspace exists already */
@@ -381,10 +381,10 @@
* This method transforms color values using algorithms designed
* to produce the best perceptual match between input and output
* colors. In order to do colorimetric conversion of color values,
- * you should use the toCIEXYZ
+ * you should use the {@code toCIEXYZ}
* method of this color space to first convert from the input
* color space to the CS_CIEXYZ color space, and then use the
- * fromCIEXYZ
method of the CS_sRGB color space to
+ * {@code fromCIEXYZ} method of the CS_sRGB color space to
* convert from CS_CIEXYZ to the output color space.
* See {@link #toCIEXYZ(float[]) toCIEXYZ} and
* {@link #fromCIEXYZ(float[]) fromCIEXYZ} for further information.
@@ -405,10 +405,10 @@
* This method transforms color values using algorithms designed
* to produce the best perceptual match between input and output
* colors. In order to do colorimetric conversion of color values,
- * you should use the toCIEXYZ
+ * you should use the {@code toCIEXYZ}
* method of the CS_sRGB color space to first convert from the input
* color space to the CS_CIEXYZ color space, and then use the
- * fromCIEXYZ
method of this color space to
+ * {@code fromCIEXYZ} method of this color space to
* convert from CS_CIEXYZ to the output color space.
* See {@link #toCIEXYZ(float[]) toCIEXYZ} and
* {@link #fromCIEXYZ(float[]) fromCIEXYZ} for further information.
@@ -438,7 +438,7 @@
* A further transformation is necessary to compute the XYZ values
* that would be measured using current CIE recommended practices.
* See the {@link ICC_ColorSpace#toCIEXYZ(float[]) toCIEXYZ} method of
- * ICC_ColorSpace
for further information.
+ * {@code ICC_ColorSpace} for further information.
*
* @param colorvalue a float array with length of at least the number
* of components in this ColorSpace
@@ -466,7 +466,7 @@
* current CIE recommended practices, they must be converted to D50
* relative values before being passed to this method.
* See the {@link ICC_ColorSpace#fromCIEXYZ(float[]) fromCIEXYZ} method of
- * ICC_ColorSpace
for further information.
+ * {@code ICC_ColorSpace} for further information.
*
* @param colorvalue a float array with length of at least 3
* @return a float array with length equal to the number of
@@ -486,7 +486,7 @@
* primaries.
*
* @return the type constant that represents the type of this
- * ColorSpace
+ * {@code ColorSpace}
*/
public int getType() {
return type;
@@ -494,7 +494,7 @@
/**
* Returns the number of components of this ColorSpace.
- * @return The number of components in this ColorSpace
.
+ * @return The number of components in this {@code ColorSpace}.
*/
public int getNumComponents() {
return numComponents;
@@ -505,7 +505,7 @@
*
* @param idx the component index
* @return the name of the component at the specified index
- * @throws IllegalArgumentException if idx
is
+ * @throws IllegalArgumentException if {@code idx} is
* less than 0 or greater than numComponents - 1
*/
public String getName (int idx) {
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/color/ICC_ColorSpace.java 2015-10-04 22:53:09.957272969 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/color/ICC_ColorSpace.java 2015-10-04 22:53:09.769272978 +0400
@@ -142,10 +142,10 @@
* This method transforms color values using algorithms designed
* to produce the best perceptual match between input and output
* colors. In order to do colorimetric conversion of color values,
- * you should use the toCIEXYZ
+ * you should use the {@code toCIEXYZ}
* method of this color space to first convert from the input
* color space to the CS_CIEXYZ color space, and then use the
- * fromCIEXYZ
method of the CS_sRGB color space to
+ * {@code fromCIEXYZ} method of the CS_sRGB color space to
* convert from CS_CIEXYZ to the output color space.
* See {@link #toCIEXYZ(float[]) toCIEXYZ} and
* {@link #fromCIEXYZ(float[]) fromCIEXYZ} for further information.
@@ -194,10 +194,10 @@
* This method transforms color values using algorithms designed
* to produce the best perceptual match between input and output
* colors. In order to do colorimetric conversion of color values,
- * you should use the toCIEXYZ
+ * you should use the {@code toCIEXYZ}
* method of the CS_sRGB color space to first convert from the input
* color space to the CS_CIEXYZ color space, and then use the
- * fromCIEXYZ
method of this color space to
+ * {@code fromCIEXYZ} method of this color space to
* convert from CS_CIEXYZ to the output color space.
* See {@link #toCIEXYZ(float[]) toCIEXYZ} and
* {@link #fromCIEXYZ(float[]) fromCIEXYZ} for further information.
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/color/ICC_Profile.java 2015-10-04 22:53:10.501272945 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/color/ICC_Profile.java 2015-10-04 22:53:10.309272954 +0400
@@ -766,8 +766,8 @@
* a byte array. Throws an IllegalArgumentException if the data
* does not correspond to a valid ICC Profile.
* @param data the specified ICC Profile data
- * @return an ICC_Profile
object corresponding to
- * the data in the specified data
array.
+ * @return an {@code ICC_Profile} object corresponding to
+ * the data in the specified {@code data} array.
*/
public static ICC_Profile getInstance(byte[] data) {
ICC_Profile thisProfile;
@@ -821,11 +821,11 @@
*
* @param cspace the type of color space to create a profile for.
* The specified type is one of the color
- * space constants defined in the ColorSpace
class.
+ * space constants defined in the {@code ColorSpace} class.
*
- * @return an ICC_Profile
object corresponding to
- * the specified ColorSpace
type.
- * @exception IllegalArgumentException If cspace
is not
+ * @return an {@code ICC_Profile} object corresponding to
+ * the specified {@code ColorSpace} type.
+ * @exception IllegalArgumentException If {@code cspace} is not
* one of the predefined color space types.
*/
public static ICC_Profile getInstance (int cspace) {
@@ -956,7 +956,7 @@
* Profile data.
* @param fileName The file that contains the data for the profile.
*
- * @return an ICC_Profile
object corresponding to
+ * @return an {@code ICC_Profile} object corresponding to
* the data in the specified file.
* @exception IOException If the specified file cannot be opened or
* an I/O error occurs while reading the file.
@@ -997,8 +997,8 @@
* error occurs while reading the stream.
* @param s The input stream from which to read the profile data.
*
- * @return an ICC_Profile
object corresponding to the
- * data in the specified InputStream
.
+ * @return an {@code ICC_Profile} object corresponding to the
+ * data in the specified {@code InputStream}.
*
* @exception IOException If an I/O error occurs while reading the stream.
*
@@ -1213,7 +1213,7 @@
* characteristics of the space, e.g. the chromaticities of the
* primaries.
* @return One of the color space type constants defined in the
- * ColorSpace
class.
+ * {@code ColorSpace} class.
*/
public int getColorSpaceType() {
if (deferralInfo != null) {
@@ -1245,7 +1245,7 @@
* color space defined in the ICC specification. For a device
* link profile, this could be any of the color space type constants.
* @return One of the color space type constants defined in the
- * ColorSpace
class.
+ * {@code ColorSpace} class.
*/
public int getPCSType() {
if (ProfileDeferralMgr.deferring) {
@@ -1342,7 +1342,7 @@
* want to get.
*
* @return A byte array that contains the tagged data element. Returns
- * null
if the specified tag doesn't exist.
+ * {@code null} if the specified tag doesn't exist.
* @see #setData(int, byte[])
*/
public byte[] getData(int tagSignature) {
@@ -1929,7 +1929,7 @@
/**
* Version of the format of additional serialized data in the
- * stream. Version 1
corresponds to Java 2
+ * stream. Version {@code 1} corresponds to Java 2
* Platform, v1.3.
* @since 1.3
* @serial
@@ -1943,17 +1943,17 @@
*
* @param s stream used for serialization.
* @throws IOException
- * thrown by ObjectInputStream
.
+ * thrown by {@code ObjectInputStream}.
* @serialData
- * The String
is the name of one of
+ * The {@code String} is the name of one of
* CS_*
constants defined in the
* {@link ColorSpace} class if the profile object is a profile
* for a predefined color space (for example
- * "CS_sRGB"
). The string is null
+ * {@code "CS_sRGB"}). The string is {@code null}
* otherwise.
* byte[]
array is the profile data for the
- * profile. For predefined color spaces null
is
+ * The {@code byte[]} array is the profile data for the
+ * profile. For predefined color spaces {@code null} is
* written instead of the profile data. If in the future
* versions of Java API new predefined color spaces will be
* added, future versions of this class may choose to write
@@ -2003,19 +2003,19 @@
*
* @param s stream used for deserialization.
* @throws IOException
- * thrown by ObjectInputStream
.
+ * thrown by {@code ObjectInputStream}.
* @throws ClassNotFoundException
- * thrown by ObjectInputStream
.
+ * thrown by {@code ObjectInputStream}.
* @serialData
- * The String
is the name of one of
+ * The {@code String} is the name of one of
* CS_*
constants defined in the
* {@link ColorSpace} class if the profile object is a profile
* for a predefined color space (for example
- * "CS_sRGB"
). The string is null
+ * {@code "CS_sRGB"}). The string is {@code null}
* otherwise.
* byte[]
array is the profile data for the
- * profile. It will usually be null
for the
+ * The {@code byte[]} array is the profile data for the
+ * profile. It will usually be {@code null} for the
* predefined profiles.
*
*
- * The redColorantTag
,
- * greenColorantTag
, blueColorantTag
,
- * redTRCTag
, greenTRCTag
,
- * blueTRCTag
, and mediaWhitePointTag
tags.ICC_Profile
getInstance
method will
- * return an ICC_ProfileRGB
object when these conditions are met.
+ * The {@code ICC_Profile getInstance} method will
+ * return an {@code ICC_ProfileRGB} object when these conditions are met.
* Three-component, matrix-based input profiles and RGB display profiles are
* examples of this type of profile.
* ICC_ProfileRGB
from a CMM ID.
+ * Constructs an new {@code ICC_ProfileRGB} from a CMM ID.
*
* @param p The CMM ID for the profile.
*
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@
}
/**
- * Constructs a new ICC_ProfileRGB
from a
+ * Constructs a new {@code ICC_ProfileRGB} from a
* ProfileDeferralInfo object.
*
* @param pdi
@@ -131,10 +131,10 @@
/**
* Returns an array that contains the components of the profile's
- * mediaWhitePointTag
.
+ * {@code mediaWhitePointTag}.
*
- * @return A 3-element float
array containing the x, y,
- * and z components of the profile's mediaWhitePointTag
.
+ * @return A 3-element {@code float} array containing the x, y,
+ * and z components of the profile's {@code mediaWhitePointTag}.
*/
public float[] getMediaWhitePoint() {
return super.getMediaWhitePoint();
@@ -142,17 +142,17 @@
/**
- * Returns a 3x3 float
matrix constructed from the
- * X, Y, and Z components of the profile's redColorantTag
,
- * greenColorantTag
, and blueColorantTag
.
+ * Returns a 3x3 {@code float} matrix constructed from the
+ * X, Y, and Z components of the profile's {@code redColorantTag},
+ * {@code greenColorantTag}, and {@code blueColorantTag}.
* float
array that contains the x, y, and z
- * components of the profile's redColorantTag
,
- * greenColorantTag
, and blueColorantTag
.
+ * @return A 3x3 {@code float} array that contains the x, y, and z
+ * components of the profile's {@code redColorantTag},
+ * {@code greenColorantTag}, and {@code blueColorantTag}.
*/
public float[][] getMatrix() {
float[][] theMatrix = new float[3][3];
@@ -191,7 +191,7 @@
* linearComponent = deviceComponent
*
*
- * @param component The ICC_ProfileRGB
constant that
+ * @param component The {@code ICC_ProfileRGB} constant that
* represents the component whose TRC you want to retrieve
* @return the gamma value as a float.
* @exception ProfileDataException if the profile does not specify
@@ -225,8 +225,8 @@
/**
* Returns the TRC for a particular component as an array.
- * Component must be REDCOMPONENT
,
- * GREENCOMPONENT
, or BLUECOMPONENT
.
+ * Component must be {@code REDCOMPONENT},
+ * {@code GREENCOMPONENT}, or {@code BLUECOMPONENT}.
* Otherwise the returned array
* represents a lookup table where the input component value
* is conceptually in the range [0.0, 1.0]. Value 0.0 maps
@@ -236,18 +236,18 @@
* array. Output values also map linearly to the range [0.0, 1.0].
* Value 0.0 is represented by an array value of 0x0000 and
* value 1.0 by 0xFFFF. In other words, the values are really unsigned
- * short
values even though they are returned in a
- * short
array.
+ * {@code short} values even though they are returned in a
+ * {@code short} array.
*
* If the profile has specified the corresponding TRC
* as linear (gamma = 1.0) or as a simple gamma value, this method
* throws an exception. In this case, the {@link #getGamma(int)}
* method should be used to get the gamma value.
*
- * @param component The ICC_ProfileRGB
constant that
+ * @param component The {@code ICC_ProfileRGB} constant that
* represents the component whose TRC you want to retrieve:
- * REDCOMPONENT
, GREENCOMPONENT
, or
- * BLUECOMPONENT
.
+ * {@code REDCOMPONENT}, {@code GREENCOMPONENT}, or
+ * {@code BLUECOMPONENT}.
*
* @return a short array representing the TRC.
* @exception ProfileDataException if the profile does not specify
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/dnd/Autoscroll.java 2015-10-04 22:53:11.585272896 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/dnd/Autoscroll.java 2015-10-04 22:53:11.397272905 +0400
@@ -37,17 +37,17 @@
* and institute a scroll operation in order to make obscured region(s)
* visible to the user. This feature is known as autoscrolling.
* DropTarget
+ * If a GUI control is both an active {@code DropTarget}
* and is also scrollable, it
* can receive notifications of autoscrolling gestures by the user from
* the DnD system by implementing this interface.
* Component
,
+ * cursor motionless with a border region of the {@code Component},
* referred to as
* the "autoscrolling region", for a predefined period of time, this will
- * result in repeated scroll requests to the Component
- * until the drag Cursor
resumes its motion.
+ * result in repeated scroll requests to the {@code Component}
+ * until the drag {@code Cursor} resumes its motion.
*
* @since 1.2
*/
@@ -55,13 +55,13 @@
public interface Autoscroll {
/**
- * This method returns the Insets
describing
+ * This method returns the {@code Insets} describing
* the autoscrolling region or border relative
* to the geometry of the implementing Component.
* DropTarget
- * upon entry of the drag Cursor
- * into the associated Component
.
+ * This value is read once by the {@code DropTarget}
+ * upon entry of the drag {@code Cursor}
+ * into the associated {@code Component}.
*
* @return the Insets
*/
@@ -69,9 +69,9 @@
public Insets getAutoscrollInsets();
/**
- * notify the Component
to autoscroll
+ * notify the {@code Component} to autoscroll
*
- * @param cursorLocn A Point
indicating the
+ * @param cursorLocn A {@code Point} indicating the
* location of the cursor that triggered this operation.
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/dnd/DnDConstants.java 2015-10-04 22:53:12.105272873 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/dnd/DnDConstants.java 2015-10-04 22:53:11.917272881 +0400
@@ -37,28 +37,28 @@
private DnDConstants() {} // define null private constructor.
/**
- * An int
representing no action.
+ * An {@code int} representing no action.
*/
@Native public static final int ACTION_NONE = 0x0;
/**
- * An int
representing a "copy" action.
+ * An {@code int} representing a "copy" action.
*/
@Native public static final int ACTION_COPY = 0x1;
/**
- * An int
representing a "move" action.
+ * An {@code int} representing a "move" action.
*/
@Native public static final int ACTION_MOVE = 0x2;
/**
- * An int
representing a "copy" or
- * "move" action.
+ * An {@code int} representing a "copy" or
+ * "move" action.
*/
@Native public static final int ACTION_COPY_OR_MOVE = ACTION_COPY | ACTION_MOVE;
/**
- * An int
representing a "link" action.
+ * An {@code int} representing a "link" action.
*
* The link verb is found in many, if not all native DnD platforms, and the
* actual interpretation of LINK semantics is both platform
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@
@Native public static final int ACTION_LINK = 0x40000000;
/**
- * An int
representing a "reference"
+ * An {@code int} representing a "reference"
* action (synonym for ACTION_LINK).
*/
@Native public static final int ACTION_REFERENCE = ACTION_LINK;
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/dnd/DnDEventMulticaster.java 2015-10-04 22:53:12.645272849 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/dnd/DnDEventMulticaster.java 2015-10-04 22:53:12.457272857 +0400
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
/**
- * A class extends AWTEventMulticaster
to implement efficient and
+ * A class extends {@code AWTEventMulticaster} to implement efficient and
* thread-safe multi-cast event dispatching for the drag-and-drop events defined
* in the java.awt.dnd package.
*
@@ -44,9 +44,9 @@
/**
* Creates an event multicaster instance which chains listener-a
- * with listener-b. Input parameters a
and b
- * should not be null
, though implementations may vary in
- * choosing whether or not to throw NullPointerException
+ * with listener-b. Input parameters {@code a} and {@code b}
+ * should not be {@code null}, though implementations may vary in
+ * choosing whether or not to throw {@code NullPointerException}
* in that case.
*
* @param a listener-a
@@ -57,10 +57,10 @@
}
/**
- * Handles the DragSourceDragEvent
by invoking
- * dragEnter
on listener-a and listener-b.
+ * Handles the {@code DragSourceDragEvent} by invoking
+ * {@code dragEnter} on listener-a and listener-b.
*
- * @param dsde the DragSourceDragEvent
+ * @param dsde the {@code DragSourceDragEvent}
*/
public void dragEnter(DragSourceDragEvent dsde) {
((DragSourceListener)a).dragEnter(dsde);
@@ -68,10 +68,10 @@
}
/**
- * Handles the DragSourceDragEvent
by invoking
- * dragOver
on listener-a and listener-b.
+ * Handles the {@code DragSourceDragEvent} by invoking
+ * {@code dragOver} on listener-a and listener-b.
*
- * @param dsde the DragSourceDragEvent
+ * @param dsde the {@code DragSourceDragEvent}
*/
public void dragOver(DragSourceDragEvent dsde) {
((DragSourceListener)a).dragOver(dsde);
@@ -79,10 +79,10 @@
}
/**
- * Handles the DragSourceDragEvent
by invoking
- * dropActionChanged
on listener-a and listener-b.
+ * Handles the {@code DragSourceDragEvent} by invoking
+ * {@code dropActionChanged} on listener-a and listener-b.
*
- * @param dsde the DragSourceDragEvent
+ * @param dsde the {@code DragSourceDragEvent}
*/
public void dropActionChanged(DragSourceDragEvent dsde) {
((DragSourceListener)a).dropActionChanged(dsde);
@@ -90,10 +90,10 @@
}
/**
- * Handles the DragSourceEvent
by invoking
- * dragExit
on listener-a and listener-b.
+ * Handles the {@code DragSourceEvent} by invoking
+ * {@code dragExit} on listener-a and listener-b.
*
- * @param dse the DragSourceEvent
+ * @param dse the {@code DragSourceEvent}
*/
public void dragExit(DragSourceEvent dse) {
((DragSourceListener)a).dragExit(dse);
@@ -101,10 +101,10 @@
}
/**
- * Handles the DragSourceDropEvent
by invoking
- * dragDropEnd
on listener-a and listener-b.
+ * Handles the {@code DragSourceDropEvent} by invoking
+ * {@code dragDropEnd} on listener-a and listener-b.
*
- * @param dsde the DragSourceDropEvent
+ * @param dsde the {@code DragSourceDropEvent}
*/
public void dragDropEnd(DragSourceDropEvent dsde) {
((DragSourceListener)a).dragDropEnd(dsde);
@@ -112,10 +112,10 @@
}
/**
- * Handles the DragSourceDragEvent
by invoking
- * dragMouseMoved
on listener-a and listener-b.
+ * Handles the {@code DragSourceDragEvent} by invoking
+ * {@code dragMouseMoved} on listener-a and listener-b.
*
- * @param dsde the DragSourceDragEvent
+ * @param dsde the {@code DragSourceDragEvent}
*/
public void dragMouseMoved(DragSourceDragEvent dsde) {
((DragSourceMotionListener)a).dragMouseMoved(dsde);
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/dnd/DragGestureEvent.java 2015-10-04 22:53:13.173272825 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/dnd/DragGestureEvent.java 2015-10-04 22:53:12.981272834 +0400
@@ -49,12 +49,12 @@
/**
- * A DragGestureEvent
is passed
- * to DragGestureListener
's
+ * A {@code DragGestureEvent} is passed
+ * to {@code DragGestureListener}'s
* dragGestureRecognized() method
- * when a particular DragGestureRecognizer
detects that a
+ * when a particular {@code DragGestureRecognizer} detects that a
* platform dependent drag initiating gesture has occurred
- * on the Component
that it is tracking.
+ * on the {@code Component} that it is tracking.
*
* The {@code action} field of any {@code DragGestureEvent} instance should take one of the following
* values:
@@ -76,19 +76,19 @@
private static final long serialVersionUID = 9080172649166731306L;
/**
- * Constructs a DragGestureEvent
object given by the
- * DragGestureRecognizer
instance firing this event,
+ * Constructs a {@code DragGestureEvent} object given by the
+ * {@code DragGestureRecognizer} instance firing this event,
* an {@code act} parameter representing
* the user's preferred action, an {@code ori} parameter
* indicating the origin of the drag, and a {@code List} of
* events that comprise the gesture({@code evs} parameter).
*
- * @param dgr The DragGestureRecognizer
firing this event
+ * @param dgr The {@code DragGestureRecognizer} firing this event
* @param act The user's preferred action.
* For information on allowable values, see
* the class description for {@link DragGestureEvent}
* @param ori The origin of the drag
- * @param evs The List
of events that comprise the gesture
+ * @param evs The {@code List} of events that comprise the gesture
*
* @throws IllegalArgumentException if any parameter equals {@code null}
* @throws IllegalArgumentException if the act parameter does not comply with
@@ -123,9 +123,9 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the source as a DragGestureRecognizer
.
+ * Returns the source as a {@code DragGestureRecognizer}.
*
- * @return the source as a DragGestureRecognizer
+ * @return the source as a {@code DragGestureRecognizer}
*/
public DragGestureRecognizer getSourceAsDragGestureRecognizer() {
@@ -133,8 +133,8 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the Component
associated
- * with this DragGestureEvent
.
+ * Returns the {@code Component} associated
+ * with this {@code DragGestureEvent}.
*
* @return the Component
*/
@@ -142,16 +142,16 @@
public Component getComponent() { return component; }
/**
- * Returns the DragSource
.
+ * Returns the {@code DragSource}.
*
- * @return the DragSource
+ * @return the {@code DragSource}
*/
public DragSource getDragSource() { return dragSource; }
/**
- * Returns a Point
in the coordinates
- * of the Component
over which the drag originated.
+ * Returns a {@code Point} in the coordinates
+ * of the {@code Component} over which the drag originated.
*
* @return the Point where the drag originated in Component coords.
*/
@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@
}
/**
- * Returns an Iterator
for the events
+ * Returns an {@code Iterator} for the events
* comprising the gesture.
*
* @return an Iterator for the events comprising the gesture
@@ -170,7 +170,7 @@
public IteratorObject
array of the
+ * Returns an {@code Object} array of the
* events comprising the drag gesture.
*
* @return an array of the events comprising the gesture
@@ -181,7 +181,7 @@
/**
* Returns an array of the events comprising the drag gesture.
*
- * @param array the array of EventObject
sub(types)
+ * @param array the array of {@code EventObject} sub(types)
*
* @return an array of the events comprising the gesture
*/
@@ -189,7 +189,7 @@
public Object[] toArray(Object[] array) { return events.toArray(array); }
/**
- * Returns an int
representing the
+ * Returns an {@code int} representing the
* action selected by the user.
*
* @return the action selected by the user
@@ -208,22 +208,22 @@
}
/**
- * Starts the drag operation given the Cursor
for this drag
- * operation and the Transferable
representing the source data
+ * Starts the drag operation given the {@code Cursor} for this drag
+ * operation and the {@code Transferable} representing the source data
* for this drag operation.
*
- * If a null
Cursor
is specified no exception will
+ * If a {@code null Cursor} is specified no exception will
* be thrown and default drag cursors will be used instead.
*
- * If a null
Transferable
is specified
- * NullPointerException
will be thrown.
+ * If a {@code null Transferable} is specified
+ * {@code NullPointerException} will be thrown.
* @param dragCursor The initial {@code Cursor} for this drag operation
* or {@code null} for the default cursor handling;
* see
* DragSourceContext
* for more details on the cursor handling mechanism
* during drag and drop
- * @param transferable The Transferable
representing the source
+ * @param transferable The {@code Transferable} representing the source
* data for this drag operation.
*
* @throws InvalidDnDOperationException if the Drag and Drop
@@ -239,9 +239,9 @@
}
/**
- * Starts the drag given the initial Cursor
to display,
- * the Transferable
object,
- * and the DragSourceListener
to use.
+ * Starts the drag given the initial {@code Cursor} to display,
+ * the {@code Transferable} object,
+ * and the {@code DragSourceListener} to use.
*
* @param dragCursor The initial {@code Cursor} for this drag operation
* or {@code null} for the default cursor handling;
@@ -264,11 +264,11 @@
}
/**
- * Start the drag given the initial Cursor
to display,
- * a drag Image
, the offset of
- * the Image
,
- * the Transferable
object, and
- * the DragSourceListener
to use.
+ * Start the drag given the initial {@code Cursor} to display,
+ * a drag {@code Image}, the offset of
+ * the {@code Image},
+ * the {@code Transferable} object, and
+ * the {@code DragSourceListener} to use.
*
* @param dragCursor The initial {@code Cursor} for this drag operation
* or {@code null} for the default cursor handling;
@@ -293,16 +293,16 @@
}
/**
- * Serializes this DragGestureEvent
. Performs default
- * serialization and then writes out this object's List
of
- * gesture events if and only if the List
can be serialized.
- * If not, null
is written instead. In this case, a
- * DragGestureEvent
created from the resulting deserialized
- * stream will contain an empty List
of gesture events.
+ * Serializes this {@code DragGestureEvent}. Performs default
+ * serialization and then writes out this object's {@code List} of
+ * gesture events if and only if the {@code List} can be serialized.
+ * If not, {@code null} is written instead. In this case, a
+ * {@code DragGestureEvent} created from the resulting deserialized
+ * stream will contain an empty {@code List} of gesture events.
*
* @serialData The default serializable fields, in alphabetical order,
- * followed by either a List
instance, or
- * null
.
+ * followed by either a {@code List} instance, or
+ * {@code null}.
* @since 1.4
*/
private void writeObject(ObjectOutputStream s) throws IOException {
@@ -312,16 +312,16 @@
}
/**
- * Deserializes this DragGestureEvent
. This method first
- * performs default deserialization for all non-transient
+ * Deserializes this {@code DragGestureEvent}. This method first
+ * performs default deserialization for all non-{@code transient}
* fields. An attempt is then made to deserialize this object's
- * List
of gesture events as well. This is first attempted
- * by deserializing the field events
, because, in releases
- * prior to 1.4, a non-transient
field of this name stored the
- * List
of gesture events. If this fails, the next object in
- * the stream is used instead. If the resulting List
is
- * null
, this object's List
of gesture events
- * is set to an empty List
.
+ * {@code List} of gesture events as well. This is first attempted
+ * by deserializing the field {@code events}, because, in releases
+ * prior to 1.4, a non-{@code transient} field of this name stored the
+ * {@code List} of gesture events. If this fails, the next object in
+ * the stream is used instead. If the resulting {@code List} is
+ * {@code null}, this object's {@code List} of gesture events
+ * is set to an empty {@code List}.
*
* @since 1.4
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/dnd/DragGestureListener.java 2015-10-04 22:53:13.701272801 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/dnd/DragGestureListener.java 2015-10-04 22:53:13.509272810 +0400
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@
*
* @see java.awt.dnd.DragGestureRecognizer
* @see java.awt.dnd.DragGestureEvent
- * @param dge the DragGestureEvent
describing
+ * @param dge the {@code DragGestureEvent} describing
* the gesture that has just occurred
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/dnd/DragGestureRecognizer.java 2015-10-04 22:53:14.237272777 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/dnd/DragGestureRecognizer.java 2015-10-04 22:53:14.049272786 +0400
@@ -40,41 +40,41 @@
import java.io.Serializable;
/**
- * The DragGestureRecognizer
is an
+ * The {@code DragGestureRecognizer} is an
* abstract base class for the specification
* of a platform-dependent listener that can be associated with a particular
- * Component
in order to
+ * {@code Component} in order to
* identify platform-dependent drag initiating gestures.
* DragGestureRecognizer
+ * The appropriate {@code DragGestureRecognizer}
* subclass instance is obtained from the
* {@link DragSource} associated with
- * a particular Component
, or from the Toolkit
object via its
+ * a particular {@code Component}, or from the {@code Toolkit} object via its
* {@link java.awt.Toolkit#createDragGestureRecognizer createDragGestureRecognizer()}
* method.
* DragGestureRecognizer
- * is associated with a particular Component
+ * Once the {@code DragGestureRecognizer}
+ * is associated with a particular {@code Component}
* it will register the appropriate listener interfaces on that
- * Component
- * in order to track the input events delivered to the Component
.
+ * {@code Component}
+ * in order to track the input events delivered to the {@code Component}.
* DragGestureRecognizer
identifies a sequence of events
- * on the Component
as a drag initiating gesture, it will notify
- * its unicast DragGestureListener
by
+ * Once the {@code DragGestureRecognizer} identifies a sequence of events
+ * on the {@code Component} as a drag initiating gesture, it will notify
+ * its unicast {@code DragGestureListener} by
* invoking its
* {@link java.awt.dnd.DragGestureListener#dragGestureRecognized gestureRecognized()}
* method.
* DragGestureRecognizer
+ * When a concrete {@code DragGestureRecognizer}
* instance detects a drag initiating
- * gesture on the Component
it is associated with,
+ * gesture on the {@code Component} it is associated with,
* it fires a {@link DragGestureEvent} to
- * the DragGestureListener
registered on
- * its unicast event source for DragGestureListener
- * events. This DragGestureListener
is responsible
+ * the {@code DragGestureListener} registered on
+ * its unicast event source for {@code DragGestureListener}
+ * events. This {@code DragGestureListener} is responsible
* for causing the associated
- * DragSource
to start the Drag and Drop operation (if
+ * {@code DragSource} to start the Drag and Drop operation (if
* appropriate).
*
* @author Laurence P. G. Cable
@@ -88,36 +88,36 @@
private static final long serialVersionUID = 8996673345831063337L;
/**
- * Construct a new DragGestureRecognizer
- * given the DragSource
to be used
- * in this Drag and Drop operation, the Component
- * this DragGestureRecognizer
should "observe"
+ * Construct a new {@code DragGestureRecognizer}
+ * given the {@code DragSource} to be used
+ * in this Drag and Drop operation, the {@code Component}
+ * this {@code DragGestureRecognizer} should "observe"
* for drag initiating gestures, the action(s) supported
* for this Drag and Drop operation, and the
- * DragGestureListener
to notify
+ * {@code DragGestureListener} to notify
* once a drag initiating gesture has been detected.
*
- * @param ds the DragSource
this
- * DragGestureRecognizer
+ * @param ds the {@code DragSource} this
+ * {@code DragGestureRecognizer}
* will use to process the Drag and Drop operation
*
- * @param c the Component
- * this DragGestureRecognizer
+ * @param c the {@code Component}
+ * this {@code DragGestureRecognizer}
* should "observe" the event stream to,
* in order to detect a drag initiating gesture.
- * If this value is null
, the
- * DragGestureRecognizer
- * is not associated with any Component
.
+ * If this value is {@code null}, the
+ * {@code DragGestureRecognizer}
+ * is not associated with any {@code Component}.
*
* @param sa the set (logical OR) of the
- * DnDConstants
+ * {@code DnDConstants}
* that this Drag and Drop operation will support
*
- * @param dgl the DragGestureRecognizer
+ * @param dgl the {@code DragGestureRecognizer}
* to notify when a drag gesture is detected
*
* @throws IllegalArgumentException
- * if ds is null
.
+ * if ds is {@code null}.
*/
protected DragGestureRecognizer(DragSource ds, Component c, int sa, DragGestureListener dgl) {
@@ -137,30 +137,30 @@
}
/**
- * Construct a new DragGestureRecognizer
- * given the DragSource
to be used in this
+ * Construct a new {@code DragGestureRecognizer}
+ * given the {@code DragSource} to be used in this
* Drag and Drop
- * operation, the Component
this
- * DragGestureRecognizer
should "observe"
+ * operation, the {@code Component} this
+ * {@code DragGestureRecognizer} should "observe"
* for drag initiating gestures, and the action(s)
* supported for this Drag and Drop operation.
*
- * @param ds the DragSource
this
- * DragGestureRecognizer
will use to
+ * @param ds the {@code DragSource} this
+ * {@code DragGestureRecognizer} will use to
* process the Drag and Drop operation
*
- * @param c the Component
this
- * DragGestureRecognizer
should "observe" the event
+ * @param c the {@code Component} this
+ * {@code DragGestureRecognizer} should "observe" the event
* stream to, in order to detect a drag initiating gesture.
- * If this value is null
, the
- * DragGestureRecognizer
- * is not associated with any Component
.
+ * If this value is {@code null}, the
+ * {@code DragGestureRecognizer}
+ * is not associated with any {@code Component}.
*
- * @param sa the set (logical OR) of the DnDConstants
+ * @param sa the set (logical OR) of the {@code DnDConstants}
* that this Drag and Drop operation will support
*
* @throws IllegalArgumentException
- * if ds is null
.
+ * if ds is {@code null}.
*/
protected DragGestureRecognizer(DragSource ds, Component c, int sa) {
@@ -168,27 +168,27 @@
}
/**
- * Construct a new DragGestureRecognizer
- * given the DragSource
to be used
+ * Construct a new {@code DragGestureRecognizer}
+ * given the {@code DragSource} to be used
* in this Drag and Drop operation, and
- * the Component
this
- * DragGestureRecognizer
+ * the {@code Component} this
+ * {@code DragGestureRecognizer}
* should "observe" for drag initiating gestures.
*
- * @param ds the DragSource
this
- * DragGestureRecognizer
+ * @param ds the {@code DragSource} this
+ * {@code DragGestureRecognizer}
* will use to process the Drag and Drop operation
*
- * @param c the Component
- * this DragGestureRecognizer
+ * @param c the {@code Component}
+ * this {@code DragGestureRecognizer}
* should "observe" the event stream to,
* in order to detect a drag initiating gesture.
- * If this value is null
,
- * the DragGestureRecognizer
- * is not associated with any Component
.
+ * If this value is {@code null},
+ * the {@code DragGestureRecognizer}
+ * is not associated with any {@code Component}.
*
* @throws IllegalArgumentException
- * if ds is null
.
+ * if ds is {@code null}.
*/
protected DragGestureRecognizer(DragSource ds, Component c) {
@@ -196,16 +196,16 @@
}
/**
- * Construct a new DragGestureRecognizer
- * given the DragSource
to be used in this
+ * Construct a new {@code DragGestureRecognizer}
+ * given the {@code DragSource} to be used in this
* Drag and Drop operation.
*
- * @param ds the DragSource
this
- * DragGestureRecognizer
will
+ * @param ds the {@code DragSource} this
+ * {@code DragGestureRecognizer} will
* use to process the Drag and Drop operation
*
* @throws IllegalArgumentException
- * if ds is null
.
+ * if ds is {@code null}.
*/
protected DragGestureRecognizer(DragSource ds) {
@@ -229,8 +229,8 @@
protected abstract void unregisterListeners();
/**
- * This method returns the DragSource
- * this DragGestureRecognizer
+ * This method returns the {@code DragSource}
+ * this {@code DragGestureRecognizer}
* will use in order to process the Drag and Drop
* operation.
*
@@ -240,9 +240,9 @@
public DragSource getDragSource() { return dragSource; }
/**
- * This method returns the Component
+ * This method returns the {@code Component}
* that is to be "observed" by the
- * DragGestureRecognizer
+ * {@code DragGestureRecognizer}
* for drag initiating gestures.
*
* @return The Component this DragGestureRecognizer
@@ -257,7 +257,7 @@
* registerListeners() and unregisterListeners() are called as a side
* effect as appropriate.
*
- * @param c The Component
or null
+ * @param c The {@code Component} or {@code null}
*/
public synchronized void setComponent(Component c) {
@@ -309,13 +309,13 @@
public void resetRecognizer() { events.clear(); }
/**
- * Register a new DragGestureListener
.
+ * Register a new {@code DragGestureListener}.
*
- * @param dgl the DragGestureListener
to register
- * with this DragGestureRecognizer
.
+ * @param dgl the {@code DragGestureListener} to register
+ * with this {@code DragGestureRecognizer}.
*
* @throws java.util.TooManyListenersException if a
- * DragGestureListener
has already been added.
+ * {@code DragGestureListener} has already been added.
*/
public synchronized void addDragGestureListener(DragGestureListener dgl) throws TooManyListenersException {
@@ -331,11 +331,11 @@
/**
* unregister the current DragGestureListener
*
- * @param dgl the DragGestureListener
to unregister
- * from this DragGestureRecognizer
+ * @param dgl the {@code DragGestureListener} to unregister
+ * from this {@code DragGestureRecognizer}
*
* @throws IllegalArgumentException if
- * dgl is not (equal to) the currently registered DragGestureListener
.
+ * dgl is not (equal to) the currently registered {@code DragGestureListener}.
*/
public synchronized void removeDragGestureListener(DragGestureListener dgl) {
@@ -370,16 +370,16 @@
* all Events that are recognized as part of the series of Events that go
* to comprise a Drag and Drop initiating gesture via this API.
* DragGestureRecognizer
- * implementation to add an InputEvent
+ * This method is used by a {@code DragGestureRecognizer}
+ * implementation to add an {@code InputEvent}
* subclass (that it believes is one in a series
* of events that comprise a Drag and Drop operation)
* to the array of events that this
- * DragGestureRecognizer
maintains internally.
+ * {@code DragGestureRecognizer} maintains internally.
*
- * @param awtie the InputEvent
- * to add to this DragGestureRecognizer
's
- * internal array of events. Note that null
+ * @param awtie the {@code InputEvent}
+ * to add to this {@code DragGestureRecognizer}'s
+ * internal array of events. Note that {@code null}
* is not a valid value, and will be ignored.
*/
@@ -388,14 +388,14 @@
}
/**
- * Serializes this DragGestureRecognizer
. This method first
+ * Serializes this {@code DragGestureRecognizer}. This method first
* performs default serialization. Then, this object's
- * DragGestureListener
is written out if and only if it can be
- * serialized. If not, null
is written instead.
+ * {@code DragGestureListener} is written out if and only if it can be
+ * serialized. If not, {@code null} is written instead.
*
* @serialData The default serializable fields, in alphabetical order,
- * followed by either a DragGestureListener
, or
- * null
.
+ * followed by either a {@code DragGestureListener}, or
+ * {@code null}.
* @since 1.4
*/
private void writeObject(ObjectOutputStream s) throws IOException {
@@ -406,9 +406,9 @@
}
/**
- * Deserializes this DragGestureRecognizer
. This method first
- * performs default deserialization for all non-transient
- * fields. This object's DragGestureListener
is then
+ * Deserializes this {@code DragGestureRecognizer}. This method first
+ * performs default deserialization for all non-{@code transient}
+ * fields. This object's {@code DragGestureListener} is then
* deserialized as well by using the next object in the stream.
*
* @since 1.4
@@ -437,30 +437,30 @@
*/
/**
- * The DragSource
+ * The {@code DragSource}
* associated with this
- * DragGestureRecognizer
.
+ * {@code DragGestureRecognizer}.
*
* @serial
*/
protected DragSource dragSource;
/**
- * The Component
- * associated with this DragGestureRecognizer
.
+ * The {@code Component}
+ * associated with this {@code DragGestureRecognizer}.
*
* @serial
*/
protected Component component;
/**
- * The DragGestureListener
- * associated with this DragGestureRecognizer
.
+ * The {@code DragGestureListener}
+ * associated with this {@code DragGestureRecognizer}.
*/
protected transient DragGestureListener dragGestureListener;
/**
- * An int
representing
+ * An {@code int} representing
* the type(s) of action(s) used
* in this Drag and Drop operation.
*
@@ -470,7 +470,7 @@
/**
* The list of events (in order) that
- * the DragGestureRecognizer
+ * the {@code DragGestureRecognizer}
* "recognized" as a "gesture" that triggers a drag.
*
* @serial
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/dnd/DragSource.java 2015-10-04 22:53:14.773272753 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/dnd/DragSource.java 2015-10-04 22:53:14.581272762 +0400
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@
/**
- * The DragSource
is the entity responsible
+ * The {@code DragSource} is the entity responsible
* for the initiation of the Drag
* and Drop operation, and may be used in a number of scenarios:
*
@@ -57,49 +57,49 @@
*
*
- * Once the Component
, or application specific
- * object associated with a Component
+ * {@code Component}, or application specific
+ * object associated with a {@code Component}
* instance in the GUI. [implementation dependent]
* DragSource
is
- * obtained, a DragGestureRecognizer
should
- * also be obtained to associate the DragSource
+ * Once the {@code DragSource} is
+ * obtained, a {@code DragGestureRecognizer} should
+ * also be obtained to associate the {@code DragSource}
* with a particular
- * Component
.
+ * {@code Component}.
* Component
, which is usually
- * implemented by a DragGestureRecognizer
.
+ * {@code Component}, which is usually
+ * implemented by a {@code DragGestureRecognizer}.
*DragSource
's
+ * {@code DragSource}'s
* startDrag() method shall be
* invoked in order to cause processing
* of the user's navigational
* gestures and delivery of Drag and Drop
* protocol notifications. A
- * DragSource
shall only
+ * {@code DragSource} shall only
* permit a single Drag and Drop operation to be
* current at any one time, and shall
* reject any further startDrag() requests
- * by throwing an IllegalDnDOperationException
+ * by throwing an {@code IllegalDnDOperationException}
* until such time as the extant operation is complete.
* DragSourceContext
- * and associate the DragSourceContextPeer
+ * {@code DragSourceContext}
+ * and associate the {@code DragSourceContextPeer}
* with that.
* java.awt.dnd.InvalidDnDOperationException
+ * a {@code java.awt.dnd.InvalidDnDOperationException}
* to signal such a condition. Typically this
* exception is thrown when the underlying platform
* system is either not in a state to
@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@
* until the operation is complete.
* The operation(s) are constant for the
* duration of the operation with respect to the
- * DragSource
.
+ * {@code DragSource}.
*
* @since 1.2
*/
@@ -140,9 +140,9 @@
/**
- * The default Cursor
to use with a copy operation indicating
- * that a drop is currently allowed. null
if
- * GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()
returns true
.
+ * The default {@code Cursor} to use with a copy operation indicating
+ * that a drop is currently allowed. {@code null} if
+ * {@code GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()} returns {@code true}.
*
* @see java.awt.GraphicsEnvironment#isHeadless
*/
@@ -150,9 +150,9 @@
load("DnD.Cursor.CopyDrop");
/**
- * The default Cursor
to use with a move operation indicating
- * that a drop is currently allowed. null
if
- * GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()
returns true
.
+ * The default {@code Cursor} to use with a move operation indicating
+ * that a drop is currently allowed. {@code null} if
+ * {@code GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()} returns {@code true}.
*
* @see java.awt.GraphicsEnvironment#isHeadless
*/
@@ -160,9 +160,9 @@
load("DnD.Cursor.MoveDrop");
/**
- * The default Cursor
to use with a link operation indicating
- * that a drop is currently allowed. null
if
- * GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()
returns true
.
+ * The default {@code Cursor} to use with a link operation indicating
+ * that a drop is currently allowed. {@code null} if
+ * {@code GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()} returns {@code true}.
*
* @see java.awt.GraphicsEnvironment#isHeadless
*/
@@ -170,9 +170,9 @@
load("DnD.Cursor.LinkDrop");
/**
- * The default Cursor
to use with a copy operation indicating
- * that a drop is currently not allowed. null
if
- * GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()
returns true
.
+ * The default {@code Cursor} to use with a copy operation indicating
+ * that a drop is currently not allowed. {@code null} if
+ * {@code GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()} returns {@code true}.
*
* @see java.awt.GraphicsEnvironment#isHeadless
*/
@@ -180,9 +180,9 @@
load("DnD.Cursor.CopyNoDrop");
/**
- * The default Cursor
to use with a move operation indicating
- * that a drop is currently not allowed. null
if
- * GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()
returns true
.
+ * The default {@code Cursor} to use with a move operation indicating
+ * that a drop is currently not allowed. {@code null} if
+ * {@code GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()} returns {@code true}.
*
* @see java.awt.GraphicsEnvironment#isHeadless
*/
@@ -190,9 +190,9 @@
load("DnD.Cursor.MoveNoDrop");
/**
- * The default Cursor
to use with a link operation indicating
- * that a drop is currently not allowed. null
if
- * GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()
returns true
.
+ * The default {@code Cursor} to use with a link operation indicating
+ * that a drop is currently not allowed. {@code null} if
+ * {@code GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()} returns {@code true}.
*
* @see java.awt.GraphicsEnvironment#isHeadless
*/
@@ -209,7 +209,7 @@
static final String dragSourceMotionListenerK = "dragSourceMotionL";
/**
- * Gets the DragSource
object associated with
+ * Gets the {@code DragSource} object associated with
* the underlying platform.
*
* @return the platform DragSource
@@ -228,7 +228,7 @@
/**
* Reports
* whether or not drag
- * Image
support
+ * {@code Image} support
* is available on the underlying platform.
*
* @return if the Drag Image support is available on this platform
@@ -249,7 +249,7 @@
}
/**
- * Creates a new DragSource
.
+ * Creates a new {@code DragSource}.
*
* @exception HeadlessException if GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()
* returns true
@@ -262,28 +262,28 @@
}
/**
- * Start a drag, given the DragGestureEvent
+ * Start a drag, given the {@code DragGestureEvent}
* that initiated the drag, the initial
- * Cursor
to use,
- * the Image
to drag,
- * the offset of the Image
origin
- * from the hotspot of the Cursor
at
+ * {@code Cursor} to use,
+ * the {@code Image} to drag,
+ * the offset of the {@code Image} origin
+ * from the hotspot of the {@code Cursor} at
* the instant of the trigger,
- * the Transferable
subject data
- * of the drag, the DragSourceListener
,
- * and the FlavorMap
.
+ * the {@code Transferable} subject data
+ * of the drag, the {@code DragSourceListener},
+ * and the {@code FlavorMap}.
*
- * @param trigger the DragGestureEvent
that initiated the drag
+ * @param trigger the {@code DragGestureEvent} that initiated the drag
* @param dragCursor the initial {@code Cursor} for this drag operation
* or {@code null} for the default cursor handling;
* see DragSourceContext
* for more details on the cursor handling mechanism during drag and drop
* @param dragImage the image to drag or {@code null}
- * @param imageOffset the offset of the Image
origin from the hotspot
- * of the Cursor
at the instant of the trigger
+ * @param imageOffset the offset of the {@code Image} origin from the hotspot
+ * of the {@code Cursor} at the instant of the trigger
* @param transferable the subject data of the drag
- * @param dsl the DragSourceListener
- * @param flavorMap the FlavorMap
to use, or null
+ * @param dsl the {@code DragSourceListener}
+ * @param flavorMap the {@code FlavorMap} to use, or {@code null}
*
* @throws java.awt.dnd.InvalidDnDOperationException
* if the Drag and Drop
@@ -322,22 +322,22 @@
}
/**
- * Start a drag, given the DragGestureEvent
+ * Start a drag, given the {@code DragGestureEvent}
* that initiated the drag, the initial
- * Cursor
to use,
- * the Transferable
subject data
- * of the drag, the DragSourceListener
,
- * and the FlavorMap
.
+ * {@code Cursor} to use,
+ * the {@code Transferable} subject data
+ * of the drag, the {@code DragSourceListener},
+ * and the {@code FlavorMap}.
*
- * @param trigger the DragGestureEvent
that
+ * @param trigger the {@code DragGestureEvent} that
* initiated the drag
* @param dragCursor the initial {@code Cursor} for this drag operation
* or {@code null} for the default cursor handling;
* see DragSourceContext
* for more details on the cursor handling mechanism during drag and drop
* @param transferable the subject data of the drag
- * @param dsl the DragSourceListener
- * @param flavorMap the FlavorMap
to use or null
+ * @param dsl the {@code DragSourceListener}
+ * @param flavorMap the {@code FlavorMap} to use or {@code null}
*
* @throws java.awt.dnd.InvalidDnDOperationException
* if the Drag and Drop
@@ -355,26 +355,26 @@
}
/**
- * Start a drag, given the DragGestureEvent
- * that initiated the drag, the initial Cursor
+ * Start a drag, given the {@code DragGestureEvent}
+ * that initiated the drag, the initial {@code Cursor}
* to use,
- * the Image
to drag,
- * the offset of the Image
origin
- * from the hotspot of the Cursor
+ * the {@code Image} to drag,
+ * the offset of the {@code Image} origin
+ * from the hotspot of the {@code Cursor}
* at the instant of the trigger,
* the subject data of the drag, and
- * the DragSourceListener
.
+ * the {@code DragSourceListener}.
*
- * @param trigger the DragGestureEvent
that initiated the drag
+ * @param trigger the {@code DragGestureEvent} that initiated the drag
* @param dragCursor the initial {@code Cursor} for this drag operation
* or {@code null} for the default cursor handling;
* see DragSourceContext
* for more details on the cursor handling mechanism during drag and drop
- * @param dragImage the Image
to drag or null
- * @param dragOffset the offset of the Image
origin from the hotspot
- * of the Cursor
at the instant of the trigger
+ * @param dragImage the {@code Image} to drag or {@code null}
+ * @param dragOffset the offset of the {@code Image} origin from the hotspot
+ * of the {@code Cursor} at the instant of the trigger
* @param transferable the subject data of the drag
- * @param dsl the DragSourceListener
+ * @param dsl the {@code DragSourceListener}
*
* @throws java.awt.dnd.InvalidDnDOperationException
* if the Drag and Drop
@@ -393,20 +393,20 @@
}
/**
- * Start a drag, given the DragGestureEvent
+ * Start a drag, given the {@code DragGestureEvent}
* that initiated the drag, the initial
- * Cursor
to
+ * {@code Cursor} to
* use,
- * the Transferable
subject data
- * of the drag, and the DragSourceListener
.
+ * the {@code Transferable} subject data
+ * of the drag, and the {@code DragSourceListener}.
*
- * @param trigger the DragGestureEvent
that initiated the drag
+ * @param trigger the {@code DragGestureEvent} that initiated the drag
* @param dragCursor the initial {@code Cursor} for this drag operation
* or {@code null} for the default cursor handling;
* see DragSourceContext class
* for more details on the cursor handling mechanism during drag and drop
* @param transferable the subject data of the drag
- * @param dsl the DragSourceListener
+ * @param dsl the {@code DragSourceListener}
*
* @throws java.awt.dnd.InvalidDnDOperationException
* if the Drag and Drop
@@ -426,46 +426,46 @@
* Creates the {@code DragSourceContext} to handle the current drag
* operation.
* DragSourceContext
- * subclass, subclass DragSource
and
+ * To incorporate a new {@code DragSourceContext}
+ * subclass, subclass {@code DragSource} and
* override this method.
* dragImage
is null
, no image is used
+ * If {@code dragImage} is {@code null}, no image is used
* to represent the drag over feedback for this drag operation, but
- * NullPointerException
is not thrown.
+ * {@code NullPointerException} is not thrown.
* dsl
is null
, no drag source listener
- * is registered with the created DragSourceContext
,
- * but NullPointerException
is not thrown.
+ * If {@code dsl} is {@code null}, no drag source listener
+ * is registered with the created {@code DragSourceContext},
+ * but {@code NullPointerException} is not thrown.
*
- * @param dgl The DragGestureEvent
that triggered the
+ * @param dgl The {@code DragGestureEvent} that triggered the
* drag
* @param dragCursor The initial {@code Cursor} for this drag operation
* or {@code null} for the default cursor handling;
* see DragSourceContext class
* for more details on the cursor handling mechanism during drag and drop
- * @param dragImage The Image
to drag or null
- * @param imageOffset The offset of the Image
origin from the
+ * @param dragImage The {@code Image} to drag or {@code null}
+ * @param imageOffset The offset of the {@code Image} origin from the
* hotspot of the cursor at the instant of the trigger
* @param t The subject data of the drag
- * @param dsl The DragSourceListener
+ * @param dsl The {@code DragSourceListener}
*
- * @return the DragSourceContext
+ * @return the {@code DragSourceContext}
*
- * @throws NullPointerException if dscp
is null
- * @throws NullPointerException if dgl
is null
- * @throws NullPointerException if dragImage
is not
- * null
and imageOffset
is null
- * @throws NullPointerException if t
is null
- * @throws IllegalArgumentException if the Component
- * associated with the trigger event is null
.
- * @throws IllegalArgumentException if the DragSource
for the
- * trigger event is null
.
+ * @throws NullPointerException if {@code dscp} is {@code null}
+ * @throws NullPointerException if {@code dgl} is {@code null}
+ * @throws NullPointerException if {@code dragImage} is not
+ * {@code null} and {@code imageOffset} is {@code null}
+ * @throws NullPointerException if {@code t} is {@code null}
+ * @throws IllegalArgumentException if the {@code Component}
+ * associated with the trigger event is {@code null}.
+ * @throws IllegalArgumentException if the {@code DragSource} for the
+ * trigger event is {@code null}.
* @throws IllegalArgumentException if the drag action for the
- * trigger event is DnDConstants.ACTION_NONE
.
+ * trigger event is {@code DnDConstants.ACTION_NONE}.
* @throws IllegalArgumentException if the source actions for the
- * DragGestureRecognizer
associated with the trigger
- * event are equal to DnDConstants.ACTION_NONE
.
+ * {@code DragGestureRecognizer} associated with the trigger
+ * event are equal to {@code DnDConstants.ACTION_NONE}.
*/
protected DragSourceContext createDragSourceContext(DragGestureEvent dgl,
@@ -479,33 +479,33 @@
/**
* This method returns the
- * FlavorMap
for this DragSource
.
+ * {@code FlavorMap} for this {@code DragSource}.
*
- * @return the FlavorMap
for this DragSource
+ * @return the {@code FlavorMap} for this {@code DragSource}
*/
public FlavorMap getFlavorMap() { return flavorMap; }
/**
- * Creates a new DragGestureRecognizer
+ * Creates a new {@code DragGestureRecognizer}
* that implements the specified
* abstract subclass of
- * DragGestureRecognizer
, and
- * sets the specified Component
- * and DragGestureListener
on
+ * {@code DragGestureRecognizer}, and
+ * sets the specified {@code Component}
+ * and {@code DragGestureListener} on
* the newly created object.
*
* @param Component
target
- * @param dgl the DragGestureListener
to notify
+ * @param c the {@code Component} target
+ * @param dgl the {@code DragGestureListener} to notify
*
- * @return the new DragGestureRecognizer
or null
- * if the Toolkit.createDragGestureRecognizer
method
+ * @return the new {@code DragGestureRecognizer} or {@code null}
+ * if the {@code Toolkit.createDragGestureRecognizer} method
* has no implementation available for
- * the requested DragGestureRecognizer
- * subclass and returns null
+ * the requested {@code DragGestureRecognizer}
+ * subclass and returns {@code null}
*/
public DragGestureRecognizer
+ * Creates a new {@code DragGestureRecognizer}
* that implements the default
- * abstract subclass of DragGestureRecognizer
- * for this DragSource
,
- * and sets the specified Component
- * and DragGestureListener
on the
+ * abstract subclass of {@code DragGestureRecognizer}
+ * for this {@code DragSource},
+ * and sets the specified {@code Component}
+ * and {@code DragGestureListener} on the
* newly created object.
*
- * For this DragSource
- * the default is MouseDragGestureRecognizer
.
+ * For this {@code DragSource}
+ * the default is {@code MouseDragGestureRecognizer}.
*
- * @param c the Component
target for the recognizer
+ * @param c the {@code Component} target for the recognizer
* @param actions the permitted source actions
- * @param dgl the DragGestureListener
to notify
+ * @param dgl the {@code DragGestureListener} to notify
*
- * @return the new DragGestureRecognizer
or null
- * if the Toolkit.createDragGestureRecognizer
method
+ * @return the new {@code DragGestureRecognizer} or {@code null}
+ * if the {@code Toolkit.createDragGestureRecognizer} method
* has no implementation available for
- * the requested DragGestureRecognizer
- * subclass and returns null
+ * the requested {@code DragGestureRecognizer}
+ * subclass and returns {@code null}
*/
public DragGestureRecognizer createDefaultDragGestureRecognizer(Component c, int actions, DragGestureListener dgl) {
@@ -545,13 +545,13 @@
}
/**
- * Adds the specified DragSourceListener
to this
- * DragSource
to receive drag source events during drag
- * operations initiated with this DragSource
.
- * If a null
listener is specified, no action is taken and no
+ * Adds the specified {@code DragSourceListener} to this
+ * {@code DragSource} to receive drag source events during drag
+ * operations initiated with this {@code DragSource}.
+ * If a {@code null} listener is specified, no action is taken and no
* exception is thrown.
*
- * @param dsl the DragSourceListener
to add
+ * @param dsl the {@code DragSourceListener} to add
*
* @see #removeDragSourceListener
* @see #getDragSourceListeners
@@ -566,15 +566,15 @@
}
/**
- * Removes the specified DragSourceListener
from this
- * DragSource
.
- * If a null
listener is specified, no action is taken and no
+ * Removes the specified {@code DragSourceListener} from this
+ * {@code DragSource}.
+ * If a {@code null} listener is specified, no action is taken and no
* exception is thrown.
* If the listener specified by the argument was not previously added to
- * this DragSource
, no action is taken and no exception
+ * this {@code DragSource}, no action is taken and no exception
* is thrown.
*
- * @param dsl the DragSourceListener
to remove
+ * @param dsl the {@code DragSourceListener} to remove
*
* @see #addDragSourceListener
* @see #getDragSourceListeners
@@ -589,11 +589,11 @@
}
/**
- * Gets all the DragSourceListener
s
- * registered with this DragSource
.
+ * Gets all the {@code DragSourceListener}s
+ * registered with this {@code DragSource}.
*
- * @return all of this DragSource
's
- * DragSourceListener
s or an empty array if no
+ * @return all of this {@code DragSource}'s
+ * {@code DragSourceListener}s or an empty array if no
* such listeners are currently registered
*
* @see #addDragSourceListener
@@ -605,13 +605,13 @@
}
/**
- * Adds the specified DragSourceMotionListener
to this
- * DragSource
to receive drag motion events during drag
- * operations initiated with this DragSource
.
- * If a null
listener is specified, no action is taken and no
+ * Adds the specified {@code DragSourceMotionListener} to this
+ * {@code DragSource} to receive drag motion events during drag
+ * operations initiated with this {@code DragSource}.
+ * If a {@code null} listener is specified, no action is taken and no
* exception is thrown.
*
- * @param dsml the DragSourceMotionListener
to add
+ * @param dsml the {@code DragSourceMotionListener} to add
*
* @see #removeDragSourceMotionListener
* @see #getDragSourceMotionListeners
@@ -626,15 +626,15 @@
}
/**
- * Removes the specified DragSourceMotionListener
from this
- * DragSource
.
- * If a null
listener is specified, no action is taken and no
+ * Removes the specified {@code DragSourceMotionListener} from this
+ * {@code DragSource}.
+ * If a {@code null} listener is specified, no action is taken and no
* exception is thrown.
* If the listener specified by the argument was not previously added to
- * this DragSource
, no action is taken and no exception
+ * this {@code DragSource}, no action is taken and no exception
* is thrown.
*
- * @param dsml the DragSourceMotionListener
to remove
+ * @param dsml the {@code DragSourceMotionListener} to remove
*
* @see #addDragSourceMotionListener
* @see #getDragSourceMotionListeners
@@ -649,11 +649,11 @@
}
/**
- * Gets all of the DragSourceMotionListener
s
- * registered with this DragSource
.
+ * Gets all of the {@code DragSourceMotionListener}s
+ * registered with this {@code DragSource}.
*
- * @return all of this DragSource
's
- * DragSourceMotionListener
s or an empty array if no
+ * @return all of this {@code DragSource}'s
+ * {@code DragSourceMotionListener}s or an empty array if no
* such listeners are currently registered
*
* @see #addDragSourceMotionListener
@@ -666,21 +666,21 @@
/**
* Gets all the objects currently registered as
- * FooListener
s upon this DragSource
.
+ * FooListener
s upon this {@code DragSource}.
* FooListener
s are registered using the
* addFooListener
method.
*
* @param java.util.EventListener
+ * {@code java.util.EventListener}
* @return an array of all objects registered as
* FooListener
s on this
- * DragSource
, or an empty array if no such listeners
+ * {@code DragSource}, or an empty array if no such listeners
* have been added
- * @exception ClassCastException if listenerType
+ * @exception ClassCastException if {@code listenerType}
* doesn't specify a class or interface that implements
- * java.util.EventListener
+ * {@code java.util.EventListener}
*
* @see #getDragSourceListeners
* @see #getDragSourceMotionListeners
@@ -697,12 +697,12 @@
}
/**
- * This method calls dragEnter
on the
- * DragSourceListener
s registered with this
- * DragSource
, and passes them the specified
- * DragSourceDragEvent
.
+ * This method calls {@code dragEnter} on the
+ * {@code DragSourceListener}s registered with this
+ * {@code DragSource}, and passes them the specified
+ * {@code DragSourceDragEvent}.
*
- * @param dsde the DragSourceDragEvent
+ * @param dsde the {@code DragSourceDragEvent}
*/
void processDragEnter(DragSourceDragEvent dsde) {
DragSourceListener dsl = listener;
@@ -712,12 +712,12 @@
}
/**
- * This method calls dragOver
on the
- * DragSourceListener
s registered with this
- * DragSource
, and passes them the specified
- * DragSourceDragEvent
.
+ * This method calls {@code dragOver} on the
+ * {@code DragSourceListener}s registered with this
+ * {@code DragSource}, and passes them the specified
+ * {@code DragSourceDragEvent}.
*
- * @param dsde the DragSourceDragEvent
+ * @param dsde the {@code DragSourceDragEvent}
*/
void processDragOver(DragSourceDragEvent dsde) {
DragSourceListener dsl = listener;
@@ -727,12 +727,12 @@
}
/**
- * This method calls dropActionChanged
on the
- * DragSourceListener
s registered with this
- * DragSource
, and passes them the specified
- * DragSourceDragEvent
.
+ * This method calls {@code dropActionChanged} on the
+ * {@code DragSourceListener}s registered with this
+ * {@code DragSource}, and passes them the specified
+ * {@code DragSourceDragEvent}.
*
- * @param dsde the DragSourceDragEvent
+ * @param dsde the {@code DragSourceDragEvent}
*/
void processDropActionChanged(DragSourceDragEvent dsde) {
DragSourceListener dsl = listener;
@@ -742,12 +742,12 @@
}
/**
- * This method calls dragExit
on the
- * DragSourceListener
s registered with this
- * DragSource
, and passes them the specified
- * DragSourceEvent
.
+ * This method calls {@code dragExit} on the
+ * {@code DragSourceListener}s registered with this
+ * {@code DragSource}, and passes them the specified
+ * {@code DragSourceEvent}.
*
- * @param dse the DragSourceEvent
+ * @param dse the {@code DragSourceEvent}
*/
void processDragExit(DragSourceEvent dse) {
DragSourceListener dsl = listener;
@@ -757,12 +757,12 @@
}
/**
- * This method calls dragDropEnd
on the
- * DragSourceListener
s registered with this
- * DragSource
, and passes them the specified
- * DragSourceDropEvent
.
+ * This method calls {@code dragDropEnd} on the
+ * {@code DragSourceListener}s registered with this
+ * {@code DragSource}, and passes them the specified
+ * {@code DragSourceDropEvent}.
*
- * @param dsde the DragSourceEvent
+ * @param dsde the {@code DragSourceEvent}
*/
void processDragDropEnd(DragSourceDropEvent dsde) {
DragSourceListener dsl = listener;
@@ -772,12 +772,12 @@
}
/**
- * This method calls dragMouseMoved
on the
- * DragSourceMotionListener
s registered with this
- * DragSource
, and passes them the specified
- * DragSourceDragEvent
.
+ * This method calls {@code dragMouseMoved} on the
+ * {@code DragSourceMotionListener}s registered with this
+ * {@code DragSource}, and passes them the specified
+ * {@code DragSourceDragEvent}.
*
- * @param dsde the DragSourceEvent
+ * @param dsde the {@code DragSourceEvent}
*/
void processDragMouseMoved(DragSourceDragEvent dsde) {
DragSourceMotionListener dsml = motionListener;
@@ -787,33 +787,33 @@
}
/**
- * Serializes this DragSource
. This method first performs
+ * Serializes this {@code DragSource}. This method first performs
* default serialization. Next, it writes out this object's
- * FlavorMap
if and only if it can be serialized. If not,
- * null
is written instead. Next, it writes out
- * Serializable
listeners registered with this
- * object. Listeners are written in a null
-terminated sequence
- * of 0 or more pairs. The pair consists of a String
and an
- * Object
; the String
indicates the type of the
- * Object
and is one of the following:
+ * {@code FlavorMap} if and only if it can be serialized. If not,
+ * {@code null} is written instead. Next, it writes out
+ * {@code Serializable} listeners registered with this
+ * object. Listeners are written in a {@code null}-terminated sequence
+ * of 0 or more pairs. The pair consists of a {@code String} and an
+ * {@code Object}; the {@code String} indicates the type of the
+ * {@code Object} and is one of the following:
*
- *
*
- * @serialData Either a dragSourceListenerK
indicating a
- * DragSourceListener
object;
- * dragSourceMotionListenerK
indicating a
- * DragSourceMotionListener
object.
+ * FlavorMap
instance, or
- * null
, followed by a null
-terminated
+ * @serialData Either a {@code FlavorMap} instance, or
+ * {@code null}, followed by a {@code null}-terminated
* sequence of 0 or more pairs; the pair consists of a
- * String
and an Object
; the
- * String
indicates the type of the Object
+ * {@code String} and an {@code Object}; the
+ * {@code String} indicates the type of the {@code Object}
* and is one of the following:
*
- *
.
* @since 1.4
*/
@@ -828,24 +828,24 @@
}
/**
- * Deserializes this dragSourceListenerK
indicating a
- * DragSourceListener
object;
- * dragSourceMotionListenerK
indicating a
- * DragSourceMotionListener
object.
+ * DragSource
. This method first performs
- * default deserialization. Next, this object's FlavorMap
is
+ * Deserializes this {@code DragSource}. This method first performs
+ * default deserialization. Next, this object's {@code FlavorMap} is
* deserialized by using the next object in the stream.
- * If the resulting FlavorMap
is null
, this
- * object's FlavorMap
is set to the default FlavorMap for
- * this thread's ClassLoader
.
+ * If the resulting {@code FlavorMap} is {@code null}, this
+ * object's {@code FlavorMap} is set to the default FlavorMap for
+ * this thread's {@code ClassLoader}.
* Next, this object's listeners are deserialized by reading a
- * null
-terminated sequence of 0 or more key/value pairs
+ * {@code null}-terminated sequence of 0 or more key/value pairs
* from the stream:
*
- *
*
@@ -884,13 +884,13 @@
* Returns the drag gesture motion threshold. The drag gesture motion threshold
* defines the recommended behavior for {@link MouseDragGestureRecognizer}s.
* String
equal to
- * dragSourceListenerK
, a DragSourceListener
is
+ * DragSource
.
- * String
equal to
- * dragSourceMotionListenerK
, a
- * DragSourceMotionListener
is deserialized using the
- * corresponding value object and added to this DragSource
.
+ * {@code DragSource}.
+ * awt.dnd.drag.threshold
is set to
+ * If the system property {@code awt.dnd.drag.threshold} is set to
* a positive integer, this method returns the value of the system property;
* otherwise if a pertinent desktop property is available and supported by
* the implementation of the Java platform, this method returns the value of
* that property; otherwise this method returns some default value.
* The pertinent desktop property can be queried using
- * java.awt.Toolkit.getDesktopProperty("DnD.gestureMotionThreshold")
.
+ * {@code java.awt.Toolkit.getDesktopProperty("DnD.gestureMotionThreshold")}.
*
* @return the drag gesture motion threshold
* @see MouseDragGestureRecognizer
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/dnd/DragSourceAdapter.java 2015-10-04 22:53:15.325272728 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/dnd/DragSourceAdapter.java 2015-10-04 22:53:15.133272737 +0400
@@ -30,22 +30,22 @@
* this class are empty. This class exists only as a convenience for creating
* listener objects.
* DragSourceEvent
listener
+ * Extend this class to create a {@code DragSourceEvent} listener
* and override the methods for the events of interest. (If you implement the
- * DragSourceListener
interface, you have to define all of
+ * {@code DragSourceListener} interface, you have to define all of
* the methods in it. This abstract class defines null methods for them
* all, so you only have to define methods for events you care about.)
* DragSource
. When the drag enters, moves over, or exits
+ * a {@code DragSource}. When the drag enters, moves over, or exits
* a drop site, when the drop action changes, and when the drag ends, the
* relevant method in the listener object is invoked, and the
- * DragSourceEvent
is passed to it.
+ * {@code DragSourceEvent} is passed to it.
* dragEnter()
- * invocation if the latest invocation of dragEnter()
on this
+ * The drop site is associated with the previous {@code dragEnter()}
+ * invocation if the latest invocation of {@code dragEnter()} on this
* adapter corresponds to that drop site and is not followed by a
- * dragExit()
invocation on this adapter.
+ * {@code dragExit()} invocation on this adapter.
*
* @see DragSourceEvent
* @see DragSourceListener
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@
* DragSourceDragEvent
+ * @param dsde the {@code DragSourceDragEvent}
*/
public void dragEnter(DragSourceDragEvent dsde) {}
@@ -82,14 +82,14 @@
* DragSourceDragEvent
+ * @param dsde the {@code DragSourceDragEvent}
*/
public void dragOver(DragSourceDragEvent dsde) {}
/**
* Called whenever the mouse is moved during a drag operation.
*
- * @param dsde the DragSourceDragEvent
+ * @param dsde the {@code DragSourceDragEvent}
*/
public void dragMouseMoved(DragSourceDragEvent dsde) {}
@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@
* Such devices are typically the mouse buttons or keyboard
* modifiers that the user is interacting with.
*
- * @param dsde the DragSourceDragEvent
+ * @param dsde the {@code DragSourceDragEvent}
*/
public void dropActionChanged(DragSourceDragEvent dsde) {}
@@ -122,21 +122,21 @@
* has rejected the drag.
*
*
- * @param dse the DragSourceEvent
+ * @param dse the {@code DragSourceEvent}
*/
public void dragExit(DragSourceEvent dse) {}
/**
* This method is invoked to signify that the Drag and Drop
* operation is complete. The getDropSuccess() method of
- * the DragSourceDropEvent
can be used to
+ * the {@code DragSourceDropEvent} can be used to
* determine the termination state. The getDropAction() method
* returns the operation that the drop site selected
* to apply to the Drop operation. Once this method is complete, the
- * current DragSourceContext
and
+ * current {@code DragSourceContext} and
* associated resources become invalid.
*
- * @param dsde the DragSourceDropEvent
+ * @param dsde the {@code DragSourceDropEvent}
*/
public void dragDropEnd(DragSourceDropEvent dsde) {}
}
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/dnd/DragSourceContext.java 2015-10-04 22:53:15.853272705 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/dnd/DragSourceContext.java 2015-10-04 22:53:15.661272713 +0400
@@ -46,22 +46,22 @@
import sun.awt.ComponentFactory;
/**
- * The DragSourceContext
class is responsible for managing the
+ * The {@code DragSourceContext} class is responsible for managing the
* initiator side of the Drag and Drop protocol. In particular, it is responsible
* for managing drag event notifications to the
* {@linkplain DragSourceListener DragSourceListeners}
* and {@linkplain DragSourceMotionListener DragSourceMotionListeners}, and providing the
* {@link Transferable} representing the source data for the drag operation.
* DragSourceContext
itself
- * implements the DragSourceListener
and
- * DragSourceMotionListener
interfaces.
+ * Note that the {@code DragSourceContext} itself
+ * implements the {@code DragSourceListener} and
+ * {@code DragSourceMotionListener} interfaces.
* This is to allow the platform peer
* (the {@link DragSourceContextPeer} instance)
* created by the {@link DragSource} to notify
- * the DragSourceContext
of
+ * the {@code DragSourceContext} of
* state changes in the ongoing operation. This allows the
- * DragSourceContext
object to interpose
+ * {@code DragSourceContext} object to interpose
* itself between the platform and the
* listeners provided by the initiator of the drag operation.
* int
used by updateCurrentCursor()
- * indicating that the Cursor
should change
- * to the default (no drop) Cursor
.
+ * An {@code int} used by updateCurrentCursor()
+ * indicating that the {@code Cursor} should change
+ * to the default (no drop) {@code Cursor}.
*/
protected static final int DEFAULT = 0;
/**
- * An int
used by updateCurrentCursor()
- * indicating that the Cursor
- * has entered a DropTarget
.
+ * An {@code int} used by updateCurrentCursor()
+ * indicating that the {@code Cursor}
+ * has entered a {@code DropTarget}.
*/
protected static final int ENTER = 1;
/**
- * An int
used by updateCurrentCursor()
- * indicating that the Cursor
is
- * over a DropTarget
.
+ * An {@code int} used by updateCurrentCursor()
+ * indicating that the {@code Cursor} is
+ * over a {@code DropTarget}.
*/
protected static final int OVER = 2;
/**
- * An int
used by updateCurrentCursor()
+ * An {@code int} used by updateCurrentCursor()
* indicating that the user operation has changed.
*/
@@ -129,35 +129,35 @@
}
/**
- * Called from DragSource
, this constructor creates a new
- * DragSourceContext
given the
- * DragSourceContextPeer
for this Drag, the
- * DragGestureEvent
that triggered the Drag, the initial
- * Cursor
to use for the Drag, an (optional)
- * Image
to display while the Drag is taking place, the offset
- * of the Image
origin from the hotspot at the instant of the
- * triggering event, the Transferable
subject data, and the
- * DragSourceListener
to use during the Drag and Drop
+ * Called from {@code DragSource}, this constructor creates a new
+ * {@code DragSourceContext} given the
+ * {@code DragSourceContextPeer} for this Drag, the
+ * {@code DragGestureEvent} that triggered the Drag, the initial
+ * {@code Cursor} to use for the Drag, an (optional)
+ * {@code Image} to display while the Drag is taking place, the offset
+ * of the {@code Image} origin from the hotspot at the instant of the
+ * triggering event, the {@code Transferable} subject data, and the
+ * {@code DragSourceListener} to use during the Drag and Drop
* operation.
*
- * If DragSourceContextPeer
is null
- * NullPointerException
is thrown.
+ * If {@code DragSourceContextPeer} is {@code null}
+ * {@code NullPointerException} is thrown.
*
- * If DragGestureEvent
is null
- * NullPointerException
is thrown.
+ * If {@code DragGestureEvent} is {@code null}
+ * {@code NullPointerException} is thrown.
*
- * If Cursor
is null
no exception is thrown and
+ * If {@code Cursor} is {@code null} no exception is thrown and
* the default drag cursor behavior is activated for this drag operation.
*
- * If Image
is null
no exception is thrown.
+ * If {@code Image} is {@code null} no exception is thrown.
*
- * If Image
is not null
and the offset is
- * null
NullPointerException
is thrown.
+ * If {@code Image} is not {@code null} and the offset is
+ * {@code null NullPointerException} is thrown.
*
- * If Transferable
is null
- * NullPointerException
is thrown.
+ * If {@code Transferable} is {@code null}
+ * {@code NullPointerException} is thrown.
*
- * If DragSourceListener
is null
no exception
+ * If {@code DragSourceListener} is {@code null} no exception
* is thrown.
*
* @param trigger the triggering event
@@ -165,21 +165,21 @@
* or {@code null} for the default cursor handling;
* see class level documentation
* for more details on the cursor handling mechanism during drag and drop
- * @param dragImage the Image
to drag (or null
)
+ * @param dragImage the {@code Image} to drag (or {@code null})
* @param offset the offset of the image origin from the hotspot at the
* instant of the triggering event
- * @param t the Transferable
- * @param dsl the DragSourceListener
+ * @param t the {@code Transferable}
+ * @param dsl the {@code DragSourceListener}
*
- * @throws IllegalArgumentException if the Component
associated
- * with the trigger event is null
.
- * @throws IllegalArgumentException if the DragSource
for the
- * trigger event is null
.
+ * @throws IllegalArgumentException if the {@code Component} associated
+ * with the trigger event is {@code null}.
+ * @throws IllegalArgumentException if the {@code DragSource} for the
+ * trigger event is {@code null}.
* @throws IllegalArgumentException if the drag action for the
- * trigger event is DnDConstants.ACTION_NONE
.
+ * trigger event is {@code DnDConstants.ACTION_NONE}.
* @throws IllegalArgumentException if the source actions for the
- * DragGestureRecognizer
associated with the trigger
- * event are equal to DnDConstants.ACTION_NONE
.
+ * {@code DragGestureRecognizer} associated with the trigger
+ * event are equal to {@code DnDConstants.ACTION_NONE}.
* @throws NullPointerException if dscp, trigger, or t are null, or
* if dragImage is non-null and offset is null
*/
@@ -240,26 +240,26 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the DragSource
- * that instantiated this DragSourceContext
.
+ * Returns the {@code DragSource}
+ * that instantiated this {@code DragSourceContext}.
*
- * @return the DragSource
that
- * instantiated this DragSourceContext
+ * @return the {@code DragSource} that
+ * instantiated this {@code DragSourceContext}
*/
public DragSource getDragSource() { return trigger.getDragSource(); }
/**
- * Returns the Component
associated with this
- * DragSourceContext
.
+ * Returns the {@code Component} associated with this
+ * {@code DragSourceContext}.
*
- * @return the Component
that started the drag
+ * @return the {@code Component} that started the drag
*/
public Component getComponent() { return trigger.getComponent(); }
/**
- * Returns the DragGestureEvent
+ * Returns the {@code DragGestureEvent}
* that initially triggered the drag.
*
* @return the Event that triggered the drag
@@ -268,9 +268,9 @@
public DragGestureEvent getTrigger() { return trigger; }
/**
- * Returns a bitwise mask of DnDConstants
that
+ * Returns a bitwise mask of {@code DnDConstants} that
* represent the set of drop actions supported by the drag source for the
- * drag operation associated with this DragSourceContext
.
+ * drag operation associated with this {@code DragSourceContext}.
*
* @return the drop actions supported by the drag source
*/
@@ -280,8 +280,8 @@
/**
* Sets the cursor for this drag operation to the specified
- * Cursor
. If the specified Cursor
- * is null
, the default drag cursor behavior is
+ * {@code Cursor}. If the specified {@code Cursor}
+ * is {@code null}, the default drag cursor behavior is
* activated for this drag operation, otherwise it is deactivated.
*
* @param c the initial {@code Cursor} for this drag operation,
@@ -298,25 +298,25 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the current drag Cursor
.
+ * Returns the current drag {@code Cursor}.
*
- * @return the current drag Cursor
+ * @return the current drag {@code Cursor}
*/
public Cursor getCursor() { return cursor; }
/**
- * Add a DragSourceListener
to this
- * DragSourceContext
if one has not already been added.
- * If a DragSourceListener
already exists,
- * this method throws a TooManyListenersException
.
+ * Add a {@code DragSourceListener} to this
+ * {@code DragSourceContext} if one has not already been added.
+ * If a {@code DragSourceListener} already exists,
+ * this method throws a {@code TooManyListenersException}.
*
- * @param dsl the DragSourceListener
to add.
- * Note that while null
is not prohibited,
+ * @param dsl the {@code DragSourceListener} to add.
+ * Note that while {@code null} is not prohibited,
* it is not acceptable as a parameter.
*
* @throws TooManyListenersException if
- * a DragSourceListener
has already been added
+ * a {@code DragSourceListener} has already been added
*/
public synchronized void addDragSourceListener(DragSourceListener dsl) throws TooManyListenersException {
@@ -331,11 +331,11 @@
}
/**
- * Removes the specified DragSourceListener
- * from this DragSourceContext
.
+ * Removes the specified {@code DragSourceListener}
+ * from this {@code DragSourceContext}.
*
- * @param dsl the DragSourceListener
to remove;
- * note that while null
is not prohibited,
+ * @param dsl the {@code DragSourceListener} to remove;
+ * note that while {@code null} is not prohibited,
* it is not acceptable as a parameter
*/
@@ -347,8 +347,8 @@
}
/**
- * Notifies the peer that the Transferable
's
- * DataFlavor
s have changed.
+ * Notifies the peer that the {@code Transferable}'s
+ * {@code DataFlavor}s have changed.
*/
public void transferablesFlavorsChanged() {
@@ -356,13 +356,13 @@
}
/**
- * Calls dragEnter
on the
- * DragSourceListener
s registered with this
- * DragSourceContext
and with the associated
- * DragSource
, and passes them the specified
- * DragSourceDragEvent
.
+ * Calls {@code dragEnter} on the
+ * {@code DragSourceListener}s registered with this
+ * {@code DragSourceContext} and with the associated
+ * {@code DragSource}, and passes them the specified
+ * {@code DragSourceDragEvent}.
*
- * @param dsde the DragSourceDragEvent
+ * @param dsde the {@code DragSourceDragEvent}
*/
public void dragEnter(DragSourceDragEvent dsde) {
DragSourceListener dsl = listener;
@@ -375,13 +375,13 @@
}
/**
- * Calls dragOver
on the
- * DragSourceListener
s registered with this
- * DragSourceContext
and with the associated
- * DragSource
, and passes them the specified
- * DragSourceDragEvent
.
+ * Calls {@code dragOver} on the
+ * {@code DragSourceListener}s registered with this
+ * {@code DragSourceContext} and with the associated
+ * {@code DragSource}, and passes them the specified
+ * {@code DragSourceDragEvent}.
*
- * @param dsde the DragSourceDragEvent
+ * @param dsde the {@code DragSourceDragEvent}
*/
public void dragOver(DragSourceDragEvent dsde) {
DragSourceListener dsl = listener;
@@ -394,13 +394,13 @@
}
/**
- * Calls dragExit
on the
- * DragSourceListener
s registered with this
- * DragSourceContext
and with the associated
- * DragSource
, and passes them the specified
- * DragSourceEvent
.
+ * Calls {@code dragExit} on the
+ * {@code DragSourceListener}s registered with this
+ * {@code DragSourceContext} and with the associated
+ * {@code DragSource}, and passes them the specified
+ * {@code DragSourceEvent}.
*
- * @param dse the DragSourceEvent
+ * @param dse the {@code DragSourceEvent}
*/
public void dragExit(DragSourceEvent dse) {
DragSourceListener dsl = listener;
@@ -413,13 +413,13 @@
}
/**
- * Calls dropActionChanged
on the
- * DragSourceListener
s registered with this
- * DragSourceContext
and with the associated
- * DragSource
, and passes them the specified
- * DragSourceDragEvent
.
+ * Calls {@code dropActionChanged} on the
+ * {@code DragSourceListener}s registered with this
+ * {@code DragSourceContext} and with the associated
+ * {@code DragSource}, and passes them the specified
+ * {@code DragSourceDragEvent}.
*
- * @param dsde the DragSourceDragEvent
+ * @param dsde the {@code DragSourceDragEvent}
*/
public void dropActionChanged(DragSourceDragEvent dsde) {
DragSourceListener dsl = listener;
@@ -432,13 +432,13 @@
}
/**
- * Calls dragDropEnd
on the
- * DragSourceListener
s registered with this
- * DragSourceContext
and with the associated
- * DragSource
, and passes them the specified
- * DragSourceDropEvent
.
+ * Calls {@code dragDropEnd} on the
+ * {@code DragSourceListener}s registered with this
+ * {@code DragSourceContext} and with the associated
+ * {@code DragSource}, and passes them the specified
+ * {@code DragSourceDropEvent}.
*
- * @param dsde the DragSourceDropEvent
+ * @param dsde the {@code DragSourceDropEvent}
*/
public void dragDropEnd(DragSourceDropEvent dsde) {
DragSourceListener dsl = listener;
@@ -449,13 +449,13 @@
}
/**
- * Calls dragMouseMoved
on the
- * DragSourceMotionListener
s registered with the
- * DragSource
associated with this
- * DragSourceContext
, and them passes the specified
- * DragSourceDragEvent
.
+ * Calls {@code dragMouseMoved} on the
+ * {@code DragSourceMotionListener}s registered with the
+ * {@code DragSource} associated with this
+ * {@code DragSourceContext}, and them passes the specified
+ * {@code DragSourceDragEvent}.
*
- * @param dsde the DragSourceDragEvent
+ * @param dsde the {@code DragSourceDragEvent}
* @since 1.4
*/
public void dragMouseMoved(DragSourceDragEvent dsde) {
@@ -463,10 +463,10 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the Transferable
associated with
- * this DragSourceContext
.
+ * Returns the {@code Transferable} associated with
+ * this {@code DragSourceContext}.
*
- * @return the Transferable
+ * @return the {@code Transferable}
*/
public Transferable getTransferable() { return transferable; }
@@ -478,9 +478,9 @@
*
* @param sourceAct the actions supported by the drag source
* @param targetAct the drop target action
- * @param status one of the fields DEFAULT
,
- * ENTER
, OVER
,
- * CHANGED
+ * @param status one of the fields {@code DEFAULT},
+ * {@code ENTER}, {@code OVER},
+ * {@code CHANGED}
*/
@SuppressWarnings("fallthrough")
protected synchronized void updateCurrentCursor(int sourceAct, int targetAct, int status) {
@@ -532,21 +532,21 @@
}
/**
- * Serializes this DragSourceContext
. This method first
+ * Serializes this {@code DragSourceContext}. This method first
* performs default serialization. Next, this object's
- * Transferable
is written out if and only if it can be
- * serialized. If not, null
is written instead. In this case,
- * a DragSourceContext
created from the resulting deserialized
- * stream will contain a dummy Transferable
which supports no
- * DataFlavor
s. Finally, this object's
- * DragSourceListener
is written out if and only if it can be
- * serialized. If not, null
is written instead.
+ * {@code Transferable} is written out if and only if it can be
+ * serialized. If not, {@code null} is written instead. In this case,
+ * a {@code DragSourceContext} created from the resulting deserialized
+ * stream will contain a dummy {@code Transferable} which supports no
+ * {@code DataFlavor}s. Finally, this object's
+ * {@code DragSourceListener} is written out if and only if it can be
+ * serialized. If not, {@code null} is written instead.
*
* @serialData The default serializable fields, in alphabetical order,
- * followed by either a Transferable
instance, or
- * null
, followed by either a
- * DragSourceListener
instance, or
- * null
.
+ * followed by either a {@code Transferable} instance, or
+ * {@code null}, followed by either a
+ * {@code DragSourceListener} instance, or
+ * {@code null}.
* @since 1.4
*/
private void writeObject(ObjectOutputStream s) throws IOException {
@@ -559,14 +559,14 @@
}
/**
- * Deserializes this DragSourceContext
. This method first
- * performs default deserialization for all non-transient
- * fields. This object's Transferable
and
- * DragSourceListener
are then deserialized as well by using
+ * Deserializes this {@code DragSourceContext}. This method first
+ * performs default deserialization for all non-{@code transient}
+ * fields. This object's {@code Transferable} and
+ * {@code DragSourceListener} are then deserialized as well by using
* the next two objects in the stream. If the resulting
- * Transferable
is null
, this object's
- * Transferable
is set to a dummy Transferable
- * which supports no DataFlavor
s.
+ * {@code Transferable} is {@code null}, this object's
+ * {@code Transferable} is set to a dummy {@code Transferable}
+ * which supports no {@code DataFlavor}s.
*
* @since 1.4
*/
@@ -654,7 +654,7 @@
private transient DragSourceListener listener;
/**
- * true
if the custom drag cursor is used instead of the
+ * {@code true} if the custom drag cursor is used instead of the
* default one.
*
* @serial
@@ -662,9 +662,9 @@
private boolean useCustomCursor;
/**
- * A bitwise mask of DnDConstants
that represents the set of
+ * A bitwise mask of {@code DnDConstants} that represents the set of
* drop actions supported by the drag source for the drag operation associated
- * with this DragSourceContext.
+ * with this {@code DragSourceContext.}
*
* @serial
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/dnd/DragSourceDragEvent.java 2015-10-04 22:53:16.389272681 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/dnd/DragSourceDragEvent.java 2015-10-04 22:53:16.201272689 +0400
@@ -28,19 +28,19 @@
import java.awt.event.InputEvent;
/**
- * The DragSourceDragEvent
is
- * delivered from the DragSourceContextPeer
,
- * via the DragSourceContext
, to the DragSourceListener
- * registered with that DragSourceContext
and with its associated
- * DragSource
.
+ * The {@code DragSourceDragEvent} is
+ * delivered from the {@code DragSourceContextPeer},
+ * via the {@code DragSourceContext}, to the {@code DragSourceListener}
+ * registered with that {@code DragSourceContext} and with its associated
+ * {@code DragSource}.
* DragSourceDragEvent
reports the target drop action
+ * The {@code DragSourceDragEvent} reports the target drop action
* and the user drop action that reflect the current state of
* the drag operation.
* DnDConstants
that represents
+ * Target drop action is one of {@code DnDConstants} that represents
* the drop action selected by the current drop target if this drop action is
- * supported by the drag source or DnDConstants.ACTION_NONE
if this
+ * supported by the drag source or {@code DnDConstants.ACTION_NONE} if this
* drop action is not supported by the drag source.
* DnDConstants
that represents the selected drop action if this
+ * {@code DnDConstants} that represents the selected drop action if this
* drop action is supported by the drag source or
- * DnDConstants.ACTION_NONE
if this drop action is not supported
+ * {@code DnDConstants.ACTION_NONE} if this drop action is not supported
* by the drag source.
* DnDConstants
that represents the set of drop actions supported
- * by the drag source is searched for DnDConstants.ACTION_MOVE
,
- * then for DnDConstants.ACTION_COPY
, then for
- * DnDConstants.ACTION_LINK
and the user drop action is the
+ * {@code DnDConstants} that represents the set of drop actions supported
+ * by the drag source is searched for {@code DnDConstants.ACTION_MOVE},
+ * then for {@code DnDConstants.ACTION_COPY}, then for
+ * {@code DnDConstants.ACTION_LINK} and the user drop action is the
* first constant found. If no constant is found the user drop action
- * is DnDConstants.ACTION_NONE
.
+ * is {@code DnDConstants.ACTION_NONE}.
*
* @since 1.2
*
@@ -74,25 +74,25 @@
private static final long serialVersionUID = 481346297933902471L;
/**
- * Constructs a DragSourceDragEvent
.
+ * Constructs a {@code DragSourceDragEvent}.
* This class is typically
- * instantiated by the DragSourceContextPeer
+ * instantiated by the {@code DragSourceContextPeer}
* rather than directly
* by client code.
- * The coordinates for this DragSourceDragEvent
- * are not specified, so getLocation
will return
- * null
for this event.
+ * The coordinates for this {@code DragSourceDragEvent}
+ * are not specified, so {@code getLocation} will return
+ * {@code null} for this event.
* dropAction
and action
should
- * be one of DnDConstants
that represents a single action.
- * The argument modifiers
should be either a bitwise mask
- * of old java.awt.event.InputEvent.*_MASK
constants or a
- * bitwise mask of extended java.awt.event.InputEvent.*_DOWN_MASK
+ * The arguments {@code dropAction} and {@code action} should
+ * be one of {@code DnDConstants} that represents a single action.
+ * The argument {@code modifiers} should be either a bitwise mask
+ * of old {@code java.awt.event.InputEvent.*_MASK} constants or a
+ * bitwise mask of extended {@code java.awt.event.InputEvent.*_DOWN_MASK}
* constants.
- * This constructor does not throw any exception for invalid dropAction
,
- * action
and modifiers
.
+ * This constructor does not throw any exception for invalid {@code dropAction},
+ * {@code action} and {@code modifiers}.
*
- * @param dsc the DragSourceContext
that is to manage
+ * @param dsc the {@code DragSourceContext} that is to manage
* notifications for this event.
* @param dropAction the user drop action.
* @param action the target drop action.
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@
* in one event. Use of the extended modifiers is
* preferred.
*
- * @throws IllegalArgumentException if dsc
is null
.
+ * @throws IllegalArgumentException if {@code dsc} is {@code null}.
*
* @see java.awt.event.InputEvent
* @see DragSourceEvent#getLocation
@@ -128,20 +128,20 @@
}
/**
- * Constructs a DragSourceDragEvent
given the specified
- * DragSourceContext
, user drop action, target drop action,
+ * Constructs a {@code DragSourceDragEvent} given the specified
+ * {@code DragSourceContext}, user drop action, target drop action,
* modifiers and coordinates.
* dropAction
and action
should
- * be one of DnDConstants
that represents a single action.
- * The argument modifiers
should be either a bitwise mask
- * of old java.awt.event.InputEvent.*_MASK
constants or a
- * bitwise mask of extended java.awt.event.InputEvent.*_DOWN_MASK
+ * The arguments {@code dropAction} and {@code action} should
+ * be one of {@code DnDConstants} that represents a single action.
+ * The argument {@code modifiers} should be either a bitwise mask
+ * of old {@code java.awt.event.InputEvent.*_MASK} constants or a
+ * bitwise mask of extended {@code java.awt.event.InputEvent.*_DOWN_MASK}
* constants.
- * This constructor does not throw any exception for invalid dropAction
,
- * action
and modifiers
.
+ * This constructor does not throw any exception for invalid {@code dropAction},
+ * {@code action} and {@code modifiers}.
*
- * @param dsc the DragSourceContext
associated with this
+ * @param dsc the {@code DragSourceContext} associated with this
* event.
* @param dropAction the user drop action.
* @param action the target drop action.
@@ -154,7 +154,7 @@
* @param x the horizontal coordinate for the cursor location
* @param y the vertical coordinate for the cursor location
*
- * @throws IllegalArgumentException if dsc
is null
.
+ * @throws IllegalArgumentException if {@code dsc} is {@code null}.
*
* @see java.awt.event.InputEvent
* @since 1.4
@@ -192,12 +192,12 @@
((InputEvent.ALT_GRAPH_DOWN_MASK << 1) - 1) & ~JDK_1_3_MODIFIERS;
/**
- * This method returns an int
representing
+ * This method returns an {@code int} representing
* the current state of the input device modifiers
* associated with the user's gesture. Typically these
* would be mouse buttons or keyboard modifiers.
* modifiers
passed to the constructor
+ * If the {@code modifiers} passed to the constructor
* are invalid, this method returns them unchanged.
*
* @return the current state of the input device modifiers
@@ -208,12 +208,12 @@
}
/**
- * This method returns an int
representing
+ * This method returns an {@code int} representing
* the current state of the input device extended modifiers
* associated with the user's gesture.
* See {@link InputEvent#getModifiersEx}
* modifiers
passed to the constructor
+ * If the {@code modifiers} passed to the constructor
* are invalid, this method returns them unchanged.
*
* @return the current state of the input device extended modifiers
@@ -270,7 +270,7 @@
private int gestureModifiers = 0;
/**
- * Indicates whether the gestureModifiers
are invalid.
+ * Indicates whether the {@code gestureModifiers} are invalid.
*
* @serial
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/dnd/DragSourceDropEvent.java 2015-10-04 22:53:16.917272657 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/dnd/DragSourceDropEvent.java 2015-10-04 22:53:16.729272665 +0400
@@ -26,12 +26,12 @@
package java.awt.dnd;
/**
- * The DragSourceDropEvent
is delivered
- * from the DragSourceContextPeer
,
- * via the DragSourceContext
, to the dragDropEnd
- * method of DragSourceListener
s registered with that
- * DragSourceContext
and with its associated
- * DragSource
.
+ * The {@code DragSourceDropEvent} is delivered
+ * from the {@code DragSourceContextPeer},
+ * via the {@code DragSourceContext}, to the {@code dragDropEnd}
+ * method of {@code DragSourceListener}s registered with that
+ * {@code DragSourceContext} and with its associated
+ * {@code DragSource}.
* It contains sufficient information for the
* originator of the operation
* to provide appropriate feedback to the end user
@@ -45,24 +45,24 @@
private static final long serialVersionUID = -5571321229470821891L;
/**
- * Construct a DragSourceDropEvent
for a drop,
+ * Construct a {@code DragSourceDropEvent} for a drop,
* given the
- * DragSourceContext
, the drop action,
- * and a boolean
indicating if the drop was successful.
- * The coordinates for this DragSourceDropEvent
- * are not specified, so getLocation
will return
- * null
for this event.
+ * {@code DragSourceContext}, the drop action,
+ * and a {@code boolean} indicating if the drop was successful.
+ * The coordinates for this {@code DragSourceDropEvent}
+ * are not specified, so {@code getLocation} will return
+ * {@code null} for this event.
* action
should be one of DnDConstants
+ * The argument {@code action} should be one of {@code DnDConstants}
* that represents a single action.
- * This constructor does not throw any exception for invalid action
.
+ * This constructor does not throw any exception for invalid {@code action}.
*
- * @param dsc the DragSourceContext
- * associated with this DragSourceDropEvent
+ * @param dsc the {@code DragSourceContext}
+ * associated with this {@code DragSourceDropEvent}
* @param action the drop action
* @param success a boolean indicating if the drop was successful
*
- * @throws IllegalArgumentException if dsc
is null
.
+ * @throws IllegalArgumentException if {@code dsc} is {@code null}.
*
* @see DragSourceEvent#getLocation
*/
@@ -75,22 +75,22 @@
}
/**
- * Construct a DragSourceDropEvent
for a drop, given the
- * DragSourceContext
, the drop action, a boolean
+ * Construct a {@code DragSourceDropEvent} for a drop, given the
+ * {@code DragSourceContext}, the drop action, a {@code boolean}
* indicating if the drop was successful, and coordinates.
* action
should be one of DnDConstants
+ * The argument {@code action} should be one of {@code DnDConstants}
* that represents a single action.
- * This constructor does not throw any exception for invalid action
.
+ * This constructor does not throw any exception for invalid {@code action}.
*
- * @param dsc the DragSourceContext
- * associated with this DragSourceDropEvent
+ * @param dsc the {@code DragSourceContext}
+ * associated with this {@code DragSourceDropEvent}
* @param action the drop action
* @param success a boolean indicating if the drop was successful
* @param x the horizontal coordinate for the cursor location
* @param y the vertical coordinate for the cursor location
*
- * @throws IllegalArgumentException if dsc
is null
.
+ * @throws IllegalArgumentException if {@code dsc} is {@code null}.
*
* @since 1.4
*/
@@ -103,15 +103,15 @@
}
/**
- * Construct a DragSourceDropEvent
+ * Construct a {@code DragSourceDropEvent}
* for a drag that does not result in a drop.
- * The coordinates for this DragSourceDropEvent
- * are not specified, so getLocation
will return
- * null
for this event.
+ * The coordinates for this {@code DragSourceDropEvent}
+ * are not specified, so {@code getLocation} will return
+ * {@code null} for this event.
*
- * @param dsc the DragSourceContext
+ * @param dsc the {@code DragSourceContext}
*
- * @throws IllegalArgumentException if dsc
is null
.
+ * @throws IllegalArgumentException if {@code dsc} is {@code null}.
*
* @see DragSourceEvent#getLocation
*/
@@ -123,12 +123,12 @@
}
/**
- * This method returns a boolean
indicating
+ * This method returns a {@code boolean} indicating
* if the drop was successful.
*
- * @return true
if the drop target accepted the drop and
+ * @return {@code true} if the drop target accepted the drop and
* successfully performed a drop action;
- * false
if the drop target rejected the drop or
+ * {@code false} if the drop target rejected the drop or
* if the drop target accepted the drop, but failed to perform
* a drop action.
*/
@@ -136,13 +136,13 @@
public boolean getDropSuccess() { return dropSuccess; }
/**
- * This method returns an int
representing
+ * This method returns an {@code int} representing
* the action performed by the target on the subject of the drop.
*
* @return the action performed by the target on the subject of the drop
* if the drop target accepted the drop and the target drop action
* is supported by the drag source; otherwise,
- * DnDConstants.ACTION_NONE
.
+ * {@code DnDConstants.ACTION_NONE}.
*/
public int getDropAction() { return dropAction; }
@@ -152,7 +152,7 @@
*/
/**
- * true
if the drop was successful.
+ * {@code true} if the drop was successful.
*
* @serial
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/dnd/DragSourceEvent.java 2015-10-04 22:53:17.481272632 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/dnd/DragSourceEvent.java 2015-10-04 22:53:17.289272640 +0400
@@ -31,23 +31,23 @@
/**
* This class is the base class for
- * DragSourceDragEvent
and
- * DragSourceDropEvent
.
+ * {@code DragSourceDragEvent} and
+ * {@code DragSourceDropEvent}.
* DragSourceEvent
s are generated whenever the drag enters, moves
+ * {@code DragSourceEvent}s are generated whenever the drag enters, moves
* over, or exits a drop site, when the drop action changes, and when the drag
- * ends. The location for the generated DragSourceEvent
specifies
+ * ends. The location for the generated {@code DragSourceEvent} specifies
* the mouse cursor location in screen coordinates at the moment this event
* occurred.
* GraphicsConfiguration
. The initiator
- * GraphicsConfiguration
is the GraphicsConfiguration
- * of the Component
on which the drag gesture for the current drag
+ * {@code GraphicsConfiguration}. The initiator
+ * {@code GraphicsConfiguration} is the {@code GraphicsConfiguration}
+ * of the {@code Component} on which the drag gesture for the current drag
* operation was recognized. If the cursor location is outside the bounds of
- * the initiator GraphicsConfiguration
, the reported coordinates are
- * clipped to fit within the bounds of that GraphicsConfiguration
.
+ * the initiator {@code GraphicsConfiguration}, the reported coordinates are
+ * clipped to fit within the bounds of that {@code GraphicsConfiguration}.
* boolean
indicating whether the cursor location
+ * The {@code boolean} indicating whether the cursor location
* is specified for this event.
*
* @serial
@@ -88,15 +88,15 @@
private final int y;
/**
- * Construct a DragSourceEvent
- * given a specified DragSourceContext
.
- * The coordinates for this DragSourceEvent
- * are not specified, so getLocation
will return
- * null
for this event.
+ * Construct a {@code DragSourceEvent}
+ * given a specified {@code DragSourceContext}.
+ * The coordinates for this {@code DragSourceEvent}
+ * are not specified, so {@code getLocation} will return
+ * {@code null} for this event.
*
- * @param dsc the DragSourceContext
+ * @param dsc the {@code DragSourceContext}
*
- * @throws IllegalArgumentException if dsc
is null
.
+ * @throws IllegalArgumentException if {@code dsc} is {@code null}.
*
* @see #getLocation
*/
@@ -109,15 +109,15 @@
}
/**
- * Construct a DragSourceEvent
given a specified
- * DragSourceContext
, and coordinates of the cursor
+ * Construct a {@code DragSourceEvent} given a specified
+ * {@code DragSourceContext}, and coordinates of the cursor
* location.
*
- * @param dsc the DragSourceContext
+ * @param dsc the {@code DragSourceContext}
* @param x the horizontal coordinate for the cursor location
* @param y the vertical coordinate for the cursor location
*
- * @throws IllegalArgumentException if dsc
is null
.
+ * @throws IllegalArgumentException if {@code dsc} is {@code null}.
*
* @since 1.4
*/
@@ -129,10 +129,10 @@
}
/**
- * This method returns the DragSourceContext
that
+ * This method returns the {@code DragSourceContext} that
* originated the event.
*
- * @return the DragSourceContext
that originated the event
+ * @return the {@code DragSourceContext} that originated the event
*/
public DragSourceContext getDragSourceContext() {
@@ -140,13 +140,13 @@
}
/**
- * This method returns a Point
indicating the cursor
+ * This method returns a {@code Point} indicating the cursor
* location in screen coordinates at the moment this event occurred, or
- * null
if the cursor location is not specified for this
+ * {@code null} if the cursor location is not specified for this
* event.
*
- * @return the Point
indicating the cursor location
- * or null
if the cursor location is not specified
+ * @return the {@code Point} indicating the cursor location
+ * or {@code null} if the cursor location is not specified
* @since 1.4
*/
public Point getLocation() {
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/dnd/DragSourceListener.java 2015-10-04 22:53:18.005272608 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/dnd/DragSourceListener.java 2015-10-04 22:53:17.817272616 +0400
@@ -28,19 +28,19 @@
import java.util.EventListener;
/**
- * The DragSourceListener
defines the
+ * The {@code DragSourceListener} defines the
* event interface for originators of
* Drag and Drop operations to track the state of the user's gesture, and to
* provide appropriate "drag over"
* feedback to the user throughout the
* Drag and Drop operation.
* dragEnter()
- * invocation if the latest invocation of dragEnter()
on this
+ * The drop site is associated with the previous {@code dragEnter()}
+ * invocation if the latest invocation of {@code dragEnter()} on this
* listener:
*
*
*
* @since 1.2
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
* dragExit()
invocation on this listener.
+ * DragSourceDragEvent
+ * @param dsde the {@code DragSourceDragEvent}
*/
void dragEnter(DragSourceDragEvent dsde);
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@
* DragSourceDragEvent
+ * @param dsde the {@code DragSourceDragEvent}
*/
void dragOver(DragSourceDragEvent dsde);
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@
* Such devices are typically the mouse buttons or keyboard
* modifiers that the user is interacting with.
*
- * @param dsde the DragSourceDragEvent
+ * @param dsde the {@code DragSourceDragEvent}
*/
void dropActionChanged(DragSourceDragEvent dsde);
@@ -106,21 +106,21 @@
* has rejected the drag.
*
*
- * @param dse the DragSourceEvent
+ * @param dse the {@code DragSourceEvent}
*/
void dragExit(DragSourceEvent dse);
/**
* This method is invoked to signify that the Drag and Drop
* operation is complete. The getDropSuccess() method of
- * the DragSourceDropEvent
can be used to
+ * the {@code DragSourceDropEvent} can be used to
* determine the termination state. The getDropAction() method
* returns the operation that the drop site selected
* to apply to the Drop operation. Once this method is complete, the
- * current DragSourceContext
and
+ * current {@code DragSourceContext} and
* associated resources become invalid.
*
- * @param dsde the DragSourceDropEvent
+ * @param dsde the {@code DragSourceDropEvent}
*/
void dragDropEnd(DragSourceDropEvent dsde);
}
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/dnd/DragSourceMotionListener.java 2015-10-04 22:53:18.529272585 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/dnd/DragSourceMotionListener.java 2015-10-04 22:53:18.341272593 +0400
@@ -33,14 +33,14 @@
* DragSourceAdapter
class (overriding only the methods of
+ * {@code DragSourceAdapter} class (overriding only the methods of
* interest).
* DragSource
. Whenever the mouse moves during a drag
- * operation initiated with this DragSource
, that object's
- * dragMouseMoved
method is invoked, and the
- * DragSourceDragEvent
is passed to it.
+ * a {@code DragSource}. Whenever the mouse moves during a drag
+ * operation initiated with this {@code DragSource}, that object's
+ * {@code dragMouseMoved} method is invoked, and the
+ * {@code DragSourceDragEvent} is passed to it.
*
* @see DragSourceDragEvent
* @see DragSource
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@
/**
* Called whenever the mouse is moved during a drag operation.
*
- * @param dsde the DragSourceDragEvent
+ * @param dsde the {@code DragSourceDragEvent}
*/
void dragMouseMoved(DragSourceDragEvent dsde);
}
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/dnd/DropTarget.java 2015-10-04 22:53:19.309272549 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/dnd/DropTarget.java 2015-10-04 22:53:19.121272558 +0400
@@ -54,15 +54,15 @@
/**
- * The DropTarget
is associated
- * with a Component
when that Component
+ * The {@code DropTarget} is associated
+ * with a {@code Component} when that {@code Component}
* wishes
* to accept drops during Drag and Drop operations.
* DropTarget
is associated with a FlavorMap
.
- * The default FlavorMap
hereafter designates the
- * FlavorMap
returned by SystemFlavorMap.getDefaultFlavorMap()
.
+ * {@code DropTarget} is associated with a {@code FlavorMap}.
+ * The default {@code FlavorMap} hereafter designates the
+ * {@code FlavorMap} returned by {@code SystemFlavorMap.getDefaultFlavorMap()}.
*
* @since 1.2
*/
@@ -72,20 +72,20 @@
private static final long serialVersionUID = -6283860791671019047L;
/**
- * Creates a new DropTarget given the Component
- * to associate itself with, an int
representing
+ * Creates a new DropTarget given the {@code Component}
+ * to associate itself with, an {@code int} representing
* the default acceptable action(s) to
- * support, a DropTargetListener
- * to handle event processing, a boolean
indicating
- * if the DropTarget
is currently accepting drops, and
- * a FlavorMap
to use (or null for the default FlavorMap
).
+ * support, a {@code DropTargetListener}
+ * to handle event processing, a {@code boolean} indicating
+ * if the {@code DropTarget} is currently accepting drops, and
+ * a {@code FlavorMap} to use (or null for the default {@code FlavorMap}).
* Component
with which this DropTarget
is associated
- * @param ops The default acceptable actions for this DropTarget
- * @param dtl The DropTargetListener
for this DropTarget
- * @param act Is the DropTarget
accepting drops.
- * @param fm The FlavorMap
to use, or null for the default FlavorMap
+ * @param c The {@code Component} with which this {@code DropTarget} is associated
+ * @param ops The default acceptable actions for this {@code DropTarget}
+ * @param dtl The {@code DropTargetListener} for this {@code DropTarget}
+ * @param act Is the {@code DropTarget} accepting drops.
+ * @param fm The {@code FlavorMap} to use, or null for the default {@code FlavorMap}
* @exception HeadlessException if GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()
* returns true
* @see java.awt.GraphicsEnvironment#isHeadless
@@ -121,18 +121,18 @@
}
/**
- * Creates a DropTarget
given the Component
- * to associate itself with, an int
representing
+ * Creates a {@code DropTarget} given the {@code Component}
+ * to associate itself with, an {@code int} representing
* the default acceptable action(s)
- * to support, a DropTargetListener
- * to handle event processing, and a boolean
indicating
- * if the DropTarget
is currently accepting drops.
+ * to support, a {@code DropTargetListener}
+ * to handle event processing, and a {@code boolean} indicating
+ * if the {@code DropTarget} is currently accepting drops.
* Component
with which this DropTarget
is associated
- * @param ops The default acceptable actions for this DropTarget
- * @param dtl The DropTargetListener
for this DropTarget
- * @param act Is the DropTarget
accepting drops.
+ * @param c The {@code Component} with which this {@code DropTarget} is associated
+ * @param ops The default acceptable actions for this {@code DropTarget}
+ * @param dtl The {@code DropTargetListener} for this {@code DropTarget}
+ * @param act Is the {@code DropTarget} accepting drops.
* @exception HeadlessException if GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()
* returns true
* @see java.awt.GraphicsEnvironment#isHeadless
@@ -145,7 +145,7 @@
}
/**
- * Creates a DropTarget
.
+ * Creates a {@code DropTarget}.
* @exception HeadlessException if GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()
* returns true
* @see java.awt.GraphicsEnvironment#isHeadless
@@ -155,13 +155,13 @@
}
/**
- * Creates a DropTarget
given the Component
- * to associate itself with, and the DropTargetListener
+ * Creates a {@code DropTarget} given the {@code Component}
+ * to associate itself with, and the {@code DropTargetListener}
* to handle event processing.
* Component
with which this DropTarget
is associated
- * @param dtl The DropTargetListener
for this DropTarget
+ * @param c The {@code Component} with which this {@code DropTarget} is associated
+ * @param dtl The {@code DropTargetListener} for this {@code DropTarget}
* @exception HeadlessException if GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()
* returns true
* @see java.awt.GraphicsEnvironment#isHeadless
@@ -173,15 +173,15 @@
}
/**
- * Creates a DropTarget
given the Component
- * to associate itself with, an int
representing
+ * Creates a {@code DropTarget} given the {@code Component}
+ * to associate itself with, an {@code int} representing
* the default acceptable action(s) to support, and a
- * DropTargetListener
to handle event processing.
+ * {@code DropTargetListener} to handle event processing.
* Component
with which this DropTarget
is associated
- * @param ops The default acceptable actions for this DropTarget
- * @param dtl The DropTargetListener
for this DropTarget
+ * @param c The {@code Component} with which this {@code DropTarget} is associated
+ * @param ops The default acceptable actions for this {@code DropTarget}
+ * @param dtl The {@code DropTargetListener} for this {@code DropTarget}
* @exception HeadlessException if GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()
* returns true
* @see java.awt.GraphicsEnvironment#isHeadless
@@ -195,11 +195,11 @@
/**
* Note: this interface is required to permit the safe association
* of a DropTarget with a Component in one of two ways, either:
- * component.setDropTarget(droptarget);
- * or droptarget.setComponent(component);
+ * {@code component.setDropTarget(droptarget);}
+ * or {@code droptarget.setComponent(component);}
* Component
this DropTarget
+ * @param c The new {@code Component} this {@code DropTarget}
* is to be associated with.
*/
@@ -229,10 +229,10 @@
}
/**
- * Gets the Component
associated
- * with this DropTarget
.
+ * Gets the {@code Component} associated
+ * with this {@code DropTarget}.
*
- * @return the current Component
+ * @return the current {@code Component}
*/
public synchronized Component getComponent() {
@@ -240,7 +240,7 @@
}
/**
- * Sets the default acceptable actions for this DropTarget
+ * Sets the default acceptable actions for this {@code DropTarget}
*
* @param ops the default actions
* @see java.awt.dnd.DnDConstants
@@ -259,8 +259,8 @@
}
/**
- * Gets an int
representing the
- * current action(s) supported by this DropTarget
.
+ * Gets an {@code int} representing the
+ * current action(s) supported by this {@code DropTarget}.
*
* @return the current default actions
*/
@@ -270,10 +270,10 @@
}
/**
- * Sets the DropTarget active if true
,
- * inactive if false
.
+ * Sets the DropTarget active if {@code true},
+ * inactive if {@code false}.
*
- * @param isActive sets the DropTarget
(in)active.
+ * @param isActive sets the {@code DropTarget} (in)active.
*/
public synchronized void setActive(boolean isActive) {
@@ -286,10 +286,10 @@
/**
* Reports whether or not
- * this DropTarget
+ * this {@code DropTarget}
* is currently active (ready to accept drops).
*
- * @return true
if active, false
if not
+ * @return {@code true} if active, {@code false} if not
*/
public boolean isActive() {
@@ -297,13 +297,13 @@
}
/**
- * Adds a new DropTargetListener
(UNICAST SOURCE).
+ * Adds a new {@code DropTargetListener} (UNICAST SOURCE).
*
- * @param dtl The new DropTargetListener
+ * @param dtl The new {@code DropTargetListener}
*
* @throws TooManyListenersException if a
- * DropTargetListener
is already added to this
- * DropTarget
.
+ * {@code DropTargetListener} is already added to this
+ * {@code DropTarget}.
*/
public synchronized void addDropTargetListener(DropTargetListener dtl) throws TooManyListenersException {
@@ -318,7 +318,7 @@
}
/**
- * Removes the current DropTargetListener
(UNICAST SOURCE).
+ * Removes the current {@code DropTargetListener} (UNICAST SOURCE).
*
* @param dtl the DropTargetListener to deregister.
*/
@@ -333,16 +333,16 @@
}
/**
- * Calls dragEnter
on the registered
- * DropTargetListener
and passes it
- * the specified DropTargetDragEvent
.
- * Has no effect if this DropTarget
+ * Calls {@code dragEnter} on the registered
+ * {@code DropTargetListener} and passes it
+ * the specified {@code DropTargetDragEvent}.
+ * Has no effect if this {@code DropTarget}
* is not active.
*
- * @param dtde the DropTargetDragEvent
+ * @param dtde the {@code DropTargetDragEvent}
*
- * @throws NullPointerException if this DropTarget
- * is active and dtde
is null
+ * @throws NullPointerException if this {@code DropTarget}
+ * is active and {@code dtde} is {@code null}
*
* @see #isActive
*/
@@ -360,16 +360,16 @@
}
/**
- * Calls dragOver
on the registered
- * DropTargetListener
and passes it
- * the specified DropTargetDragEvent
.
- * Has no effect if this DropTarget
+ * Calls {@code dragOver} on the registered
+ * {@code DropTargetListener} and passes it
+ * the specified {@code DropTargetDragEvent}.
+ * Has no effect if this {@code DropTarget}
* is not active.
*
- * @param dtde the DropTargetDragEvent
+ * @param dtde the {@code DropTargetDragEvent}
*
- * @throws NullPointerException if this DropTarget
- * is active and dtde
is null
+ * @throws NullPointerException if this {@code DropTarget}
+ * is active and {@code dtde} is {@code null}
*
* @see #isActive
*/
@@ -382,16 +382,16 @@
}
/**
- * Calls dropActionChanged
on the registered
- * DropTargetListener
and passes it
- * the specified DropTargetDragEvent
.
- * Has no effect if this DropTarget
+ * Calls {@code dropActionChanged} on the registered
+ * {@code DropTargetListener} and passes it
+ * the specified {@code DropTargetDragEvent}.
+ * Has no effect if this {@code DropTarget}
* is not active.
*
- * @param dtde the DropTargetDragEvent
+ * @param dtde the {@code DropTargetDragEvent}
*
- * @throws NullPointerException if this DropTarget
- * is active and dtde
is null
+ * @throws NullPointerException if this {@code DropTarget}
+ * is active and {@code dtde} is {@code null}
*
* @see #isActive
*/
@@ -404,17 +404,17 @@
}
/**
- * Calls dragExit
on the registered
- * DropTargetListener
and passes it
- * the specified DropTargetEvent
.
- * Has no effect if this DropTarget
+ * Calls {@code dragExit} on the registered
+ * {@code DropTargetListener} and passes it
+ * the specified {@code DropTargetEvent}.
+ * Has no effect if this {@code DropTarget}
* is not active.
* DropTargetEvent
+ * @param dte the {@code DropTargetEvent}
*
* @see #isActive
*/
@@ -429,17 +429,17 @@
}
/**
- * Calls drop
on the registered
- * DropTargetListener
and passes it
- * the specified DropTargetDropEvent
- * if this DropTarget
is active.
+ * Calls {@code drop} on the registered
+ * {@code DropTargetListener} and passes it
+ * the specified {@code DropTargetDropEvent}
+ * if this {@code DropTarget} is active.
*
- * @param dtde the DropTargetDropEvent
+ * @param dtde the {@code DropTargetDropEvent}
*
- * @throws NullPointerException if dtde
is null
+ * @throws NullPointerException if {@code dtde} is null
* and at least one of the following is true: this
- * DropTarget
is not active, or there is
- * no a DropTargetListener
registered.
+ * {@code DropTarget} is not active, or there is
+ * no a {@code DropTargetListener} registered.
*
* @see #isActive
*/
@@ -456,11 +456,11 @@
}
/**
- * Gets the FlavorMap
- * associated with this DropTarget
.
- * If no FlavorMap
has been set for this
- * DropTarget
, it is associated with the default
- * FlavorMap
.
+ * Gets the {@code FlavorMap}
+ * associated with this {@code DropTarget}.
+ * If no {@code FlavorMap} has been set for this
+ * {@code DropTarget}, it is associated with the default
+ * {@code FlavorMap}.
*
* @return the FlavorMap for this DropTarget
*/
@@ -468,10 +468,10 @@
public FlavorMap getFlavorMap() { return flavorMap; }
/**
- * Sets the FlavorMap
associated
- * with this DropTarget
.
+ * Sets the {@code FlavorMap} associated
+ * with this {@code DropTarget}.
*
- * @param fm the new FlavorMap
, or null to
+ * @param fm the new {@code FlavorMap}, or null to
* associate the default FlavorMap with this DropTarget.
*/
@@ -544,10 +544,10 @@
}
/**
- * Gets the DropTargetContext
associated
- * with this DropTarget
.
+ * Gets the {@code DropTargetContext} associated
+ * with this {@code DropTarget}.
*
- * @return the DropTargetContext
associated with this DropTarget
.
+ * @return the {@code DropTargetContext} associated with this {@code DropTarget}.
*/
public DropTargetContext getDropTargetContext() {
@@ -571,14 +571,14 @@
}
/**
- * Serializes this DropTarget
. Performs default serialization,
- * and then writes out this object's DropTargetListener
if and
- * only if it can be serialized. If not, null
is written
+ * Serializes this {@code DropTarget}. Performs default serialization,
+ * and then writes out this object's {@code DropTargetListener} if and
+ * only if it can be serialized. If not, {@code null} is written
* instead.
*
* @serialData The default serializable fields, in alphabetical order,
- * followed by either a DropTargetListener
- * instance, or null
.
+ * followed by either a {@code DropTargetListener}
+ * instance, or {@code null}.
* @since 1.4
*/
private void writeObject(ObjectOutputStream s) throws IOException {
@@ -589,13 +589,13 @@
}
/**
- * Deserializes this DropTarget
. This method first performs
- * default deserialization for all non-transient
fields. An
+ * Deserializes this {@code DropTarget}. This method first performs
+ * default deserialization for all non-{@code transient} fields. An
* attempt is then made to deserialize this object's
- * DropTargetListener
as well. This is first attempted by
- * deserializing the field dtListener
, because, in releases
- * prior to 1.4, a non-transient
field of this name stored the
- * DropTargetListener
. If this fails, the next object in the
+ * {@code DropTargetListener} as well. This is first attempted by
+ * deserializing the field {@code dtListener}, because, in releases
+ * prior to 1.4, a non-{@code transient} field of this name stored the
+ * {@code DropTargetListener}. If this fails, the next object in the
* stream is used instead.
*
* @since 1.4
@@ -639,8 +639,8 @@
/**
* construct a DropTargetAutoScroller
*
- * @param c the Component
- * @param p the Point
+ * @param c the {@code Component}
+ * @param p the {@code Point}
*/
protected DropTargetAutoScroller(Component c, Point p) {
@@ -709,7 +709,7 @@
/**
* cause autoscroll to occur
*
- * @param newLocn the Point
+ * @param newLocn the {@code Point}
*/
protected synchronized void updateLocation(Point newLocn) {
@@ -733,7 +733,7 @@
/**
* cause autoscroll to occur
*
- * @param e the ActionEvent
+ * @param e the {@code ActionEvent}
*/
public synchronized void actionPerformed(ActionEvent e) {
@@ -766,8 +766,8 @@
/**
* create an embedded autoscroller
*
- * @param c the Component
- * @param p the Point
+ * @param c the {@code Component}
+ * @param p the {@code Point}
* @return an embedded autoscroller
*/
@@ -778,7 +778,7 @@
/**
* initialize autoscrolling
*
- * @param p the Point
+ * @param p the {@code Point}
*/
protected void initializeAutoscrolling(Point p) {
@@ -790,7 +790,7 @@
/**
* update autoscrolling with current cursor location
*
- * @param dragCursorLocn the Point
+ * @param dragCursorLocn the {@code Point}
*/
protected void updateAutoscroll(Point dragCursorLocn) {
@@ -843,7 +843,7 @@
int actions = DnDConstants.ACTION_COPY_OR_MOVE;
/**
- * true
if the DropTarget is accepting Drag & Drop operations.
+ * {@code true} if the DropTarget is accepting Drag & Drop operations.
*
* @serial
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/dnd/DropTargetAdapter.java 2015-10-04 22:53:19.853272525 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/dnd/DropTargetAdapter.java 2015-10-04 22:53:19.661272534 +0400
@@ -30,39 +30,39 @@
* this class are empty. This class exists only as a convenience for creating
* listener objects.
* DropTargetEvent
listener
+ * Extend this class to create a {@code DropTargetEvent} listener
* and override the methods for the events of interest. (If you implement the
- * DropTargetListener
interface, you have to define all of
+ * {@code DropTargetListener} interface, you have to define all of
* the methods in it. This abstract class defines a null implementation for
- * every method except drop(DropTargetDropEvent)
, so you only have
+ * every method except {@code drop(DropTargetDropEvent)}, so you only have
* to define methods for events you care about.) You must provide an
- * implementation for at least drop(DropTargetDropEvent)
. This
+ * implementation for at least {@code drop(DropTargetDropEvent)}. This
* method cannot have a null implementation because its specification requires
* that you either accept or reject the drop, and, if accepted, indicate
* whether the drop was successful.
* DropTarget
. When the drag enters, moves over, or exits
- * the operable part of the drop site for that DropTarget
, when
+ * a {@code DropTarget}. When the drag enters, moves over, or exits
+ * the operable part of the drop site for that {@code DropTarget}, when
* the drop action changes, and when the drop occurs, the relevant method in
- * the listener object is invoked, and the DropTargetEvent
is
+ * the listener object is invoked, and the {@code DropTargetEvent} is
* passed to it.
* DropTarget
is
- * the part of the associated Component
's geometry that is not
+ * The operable part of the drop site for the {@code DropTarget} is
+ * the part of the associated {@code Component}'s geometry that is not
* obscured by an overlapping top-level window or by another
- * Component
higher in the Z-order that has an associated active
- * DropTarget
.
+ * {@code Component} higher in the Z-order that has an associated active
+ * {@code DropTarget}.
* getTransferable()
on
- * DropTargetDragEvent
instances passed to the listener's
+ * retrieved by calling {@code getTransferable()} on
+ * {@code DropTargetDragEvent} instances passed to the listener's
* methods.
* getTransferable()
on the
- * DropTargetDragEvent
instance should only be called within the
+ * Note that {@code getTransferable()} on the
+ * {@code DropTargetDragEvent} instance should only be called within the
* respective listener's method and all the necessary data should be retrieved
- * from the returned Transferable
before that method returns.
+ * from the returned {@code Transferable} before that method returns.
*
* @see DropTargetEvent
* @see DropTargetListener
@@ -74,19 +74,19 @@
/**
* Called while a drag operation is ongoing, when the mouse pointer enters
- * the operable part of the drop site for the DropTarget
+ * the operable part of the drop site for the {@code DropTarget}
* registered with this listener.
*
- * @param dtde the DropTargetDragEvent
+ * @param dtde the {@code DropTargetDragEvent}
*/
public void dragEnter(DropTargetDragEvent dtde) {}
/**
* Called when a drag operation is ongoing, while the mouse pointer is still
- * over the operable part of the drop site for the DropTarget
+ * over the operable part of the drop site for the {@code DropTarget}
* registered with this listener.
*
- * @param dtde the DropTargetDragEvent
+ * @param dtde the {@code DropTargetDragEvent}
*/
public void dragOver(DropTargetDragEvent dtde) {}
@@ -94,16 +94,16 @@
* Called if the user has modified
* the current drop gesture.
*
- * @param dtde the DropTargetDragEvent
+ * @param dtde the {@code DropTargetDragEvent}
*/
public void dropActionChanged(DropTargetDragEvent dtde) {}
/**
* Called while a drag operation is ongoing, when the mouse pointer has
* exited the operable part of the drop site for the
- * DropTarget
registered with this listener.
+ * {@code DropTarget} registered with this listener.
*
- * @param dte the DropTargetEvent
+ * @param dte the {@code DropTargetEvent}
*/
public void dragExit(DropTargetEvent dte) {}
}
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/dnd/DropTargetDragEvent.java 2015-10-04 22:53:20.373272502 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/dnd/DropTargetDragEvent.java 2015-10-04 22:53:20.185272510 +0400
@@ -33,15 +33,15 @@
import java.util.List;
/**
- * The DropTargetDragEvent
is delivered to a
- * DropTargetListener
via its
+ * The {@code DropTargetDragEvent} is delivered to a
+ * {@code DropTargetListener} via its
* dragEnter() and dragOver() methods.
* DropTargetDragEvent
reports the source drop actions
+ * The {@code DropTargetDragEvent} reports the source drop actions
* and the user drop action that reflect the current state of
* the drag operation.
* DnDConstants
+ * Source drop actions is a bitwise mask of {@code DnDConstants}
* that represents the set of drop actions supported by the drag source for
* this drag operation.
* DnDConstants
that represents the selected drop action if this
+ * {@code DnDConstants} that represents the selected drop action if this
* drop action is supported by the drag source or
- * DnDConstants.ACTION_NONE
if this drop action is not supported
+ * {@code DnDConstants.ACTION_NONE} if this drop action is not supported
* by the drag source.
* DnDConstants
that represents the set of drop actions supported
- * by the drag source is searched for DnDConstants.ACTION_MOVE
,
- * then for DnDConstants.ACTION_COPY
, then for
- * DnDConstants.ACTION_LINK
and the user drop action is the
+ * {@code DnDConstants} that represents the set of drop actions supported
+ * by the drag source is searched for {@code DnDConstants.ACTION_MOVE},
+ * then for {@code DnDConstants.ACTION_COPY}, then for
+ * {@code DnDConstants.ACTION_LINK} and the user drop action is the
* first constant found. If no constant is found the user drop action
- * is DnDConstants.ACTION_NONE
.
+ * is {@code DnDConstants.ACTION_NONE}.
*
* @since 1.2
*/
@@ -75,10 +75,10 @@
private static final long serialVersionUID = -8422265619058953682L;
/**
- * Construct a DropTargetDragEvent
given the
- * DropTargetContext
for this operation,
- * the location of the "Drag" Cursor
's hotspot
- * in the Component
's coordinates, the
+ * Construct a {@code DropTargetDragEvent} given the
+ * {@code DropTargetContext} for this operation,
+ * the location of the "Drag" {@code Cursor}'s hotspot
+ * in the {@code Component}'s coordinates, the
* user drop action, and the source drop actions.
*
* @param dtc The DropTargetContext for this operation
@@ -89,10 +89,10 @@
*
* @throws NullPointerException if cursorLocn is null
* @throws IllegalArgumentException if dropAction is not one of
- * DnDConstants
.
+ * {@code DnDConstants}.
* @throws IllegalArgumentException if srcActions is not
- * a bitwise mask of DnDConstants
.
- * @throws IllegalArgumentException if dtc is null
.
+ * a bitwise mask of {@code DnDConstants}.
+ * @throws IllegalArgumentException if dtc is {@code null}.
*/
public DropTargetDragEvent(DropTargetContext dtc, Point cursorLocn, int dropAction, int srcActions) {
@@ -114,13 +114,13 @@
}
/**
- * This method returns a Point
- * indicating the Cursor
's current
- * location within the Component'
s
+ * This method returns a {@code Point}
+ * indicating the {@code Cursor}'s current
+ * location within the {@code Component'}s
* coordinates.
*
* @return the current cursor location in
- * Component
's coords.
+ * {@code Component}'s coords.
*/
public Point getLocation() {
@@ -129,8 +129,8 @@
/**
- * This method returns the current DataFlavor
s from the
- * DropTargetContext
.
+ * This method returns the current {@code DataFlavor}s from the
+ * {@code DropTargetContext}.
*
* @return current DataFlavors from the DropTargetContext
*/
@@ -140,10 +140,10 @@
}
/**
- * This method returns the current DataFlavor
s
- * as a java.util.List
+ * This method returns the current {@code DataFlavor}s
+ * as a {@code java.util.List}
*
- * @return a java.util.List
of the Current DataFlavor
s
+ * @return a {@code java.util.List} of the Current {@code DataFlavor}s
*/
public Listboolean
indicating
- * if the specified DataFlavor
is supported.
+ * This method returns a {@code boolean} indicating
+ * if the specified {@code DataFlavor} is supported.
*
- * @param df the DataFlavor
to test
+ * @param df the {@code DataFlavor} to test
*
* @return if a particular DataFlavor is supported
*/
@@ -195,11 +195,11 @@
* Accepts the drag.
*
* This method should be called from a
- * DropTargetListeners
dragEnter
,
- * dragOver
, and dropActionChanged
+ * {@code DropTargetListeners dragEnter},
+ * {@code dragOver}, and {@code dropActionChanged}
* methods if the implementation wishes to accept an operation
* from the srcActions other than the one selected by
- * the user as represented by the dropAction
.
+ * the user as represented by the {@code dropAction}.
*
* @param dragOperation the operation accepted by the target
*/
@@ -209,7 +209,7 @@
/**
* Rejects the drag as a result of examining either the
- * dropAction
or the available DataFlavor
+ * {@code dropAction} or the available {@code DataFlavor}
* types.
*/
public void rejectDrag() {
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/dnd/DropTargetDropEvent.java 2015-10-04 22:53:20.905272478 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/dnd/DropTargetDropEvent.java 2015-10-04 22:53:20.713272486 +0400
@@ -33,14 +33,14 @@
import java.util.List;
/**
- * The DropTargetDropEvent
is delivered
- * via the DropTargetListener
drop() method.
+ * The {@code DropTargetDropEvent} is delivered
+ * via the {@code DropTargetListener} drop() method.
* DropTargetDropEvent
reports the source drop actions
+ * The {@code DropTargetDropEvent} reports the source drop actions
* and the user drop action that reflect the current state of the
* drag-and-drop operation.
* DnDConstants
+ * Source drop actions is a bitwise mask of {@code DnDConstants}
* that represents the set of drop actions supported by the drag source for
* this drag-and-drop operation.
* DnDConstants
that represents the selected drop action if this
+ * {@code DnDConstants} that represents the selected drop action if this
* drop action is supported by the drag source or
- * DnDConstants.ACTION_NONE
if this drop action is not supported
+ * {@code DnDConstants.ACTION_NONE} if this drop action is not supported
* by the drag source.
* DnDConstants
that represents the set of drop actions supported
- * by the drag source is searched for DnDConstants.ACTION_MOVE
,
- * then for DnDConstants.ACTION_COPY
, then for
- * DnDConstants.ACTION_LINK
and the user drop action is the
+ * {@code DnDConstants} that represents the set of drop actions supported
+ * by the drag source is searched for {@code DnDConstants.ACTION_MOVE},
+ * then for {@code DnDConstants.ACTION_COPY}, then for
+ * {@code DnDConstants.ACTION_LINK} and the user drop action is the
* first constant found. If no constant is found the user drop action
- * is DnDConstants.ACTION_NONE
.
+ * is {@code DnDConstants.ACTION_NONE}.
*
* @since 1.2
*/
@@ -74,31 +74,31 @@
private static final long serialVersionUID = -1721911170440459322L;
/**
- * Construct a DropTargetDropEvent
given
- * the DropTargetContext
for this operation,
- * the location of the drag Cursor
's
- * hotspot in the Component
's coordinates,
+ * Construct a {@code DropTargetDropEvent} given
+ * the {@code DropTargetContext} for this operation,
+ * the location of the drag {@code Cursor}'s
+ * hotspot in the {@code Component}'s coordinates,
* the currently
* selected user drop action, and the current set of
* actions supported by the source.
* By default, this constructor
* assumes that the target is not in the same virtual machine as
* the source; that is, {@link #isLocalTransfer()} will
- * return false
.
+ * return {@code false}.
*
- * @param dtc The DropTargetContext
for this operation
+ * @param dtc The {@code DropTargetContext} for this operation
* @param cursorLocn The location of the "Drag" Cursor's
- * hotspot in Component
coordinates
+ * hotspot in {@code Component} coordinates
* @param dropAction the user drop action.
* @param srcActions the source drop actions.
*
* @throws NullPointerException
- * if cursorLocn is null
+ * if cursorLocn is {@code null}
* @throws IllegalArgumentException
- * if dropAction is not one of DnDConstants
.
+ * if dropAction is not one of {@code DnDConstants}.
* @throws IllegalArgumentException
- * if srcActions is not a bitwise mask of DnDConstants
.
- * @throws IllegalArgumentException if dtc is null
.
+ * if srcActions is not a bitwise mask of {@code DnDConstants}.
+ * @throws IllegalArgumentException if dtc is {@code null}.
*/
public DropTargetDropEvent(DropTargetContext dtc, Point cursorLocn, int dropAction, int srcActions) {
@@ -120,13 +120,13 @@
}
/**
- * Construct a DropTargetEvent
given the
- * DropTargetContext
for this operation,
- * the location of the drag Cursor
's hotspot
- * in the Component
's
+ * Construct a {@code DropTargetEvent} given the
+ * {@code DropTargetContext} for this operation,
+ * the location of the drag {@code Cursor}'s hotspot
+ * in the {@code Component}'s
* coordinates, the currently selected user drop action,
* the current set of actions supported by the source,
- * and a boolean
indicating if the source is in the same JVM
+ * and a {@code boolean} indicating if the source is in the same JVM
* as the target.
*
* @param dtc The DropTargetContext for this operation
@@ -137,11 +137,11 @@
* @param isLocal True if the source is in the same JVM as the target
*
* @throws NullPointerException
- * if cursorLocn is null
+ * if cursorLocn is {@code null}
* @throws IllegalArgumentException
- * if dropAction is not one of DnDConstants
.
- * @throws IllegalArgumentException if srcActions is not a bitwise mask of DnDConstants
.
- * @throws IllegalArgumentException if dtc is null
.
+ * if dropAction is not one of {@code DnDConstants}.
+ * @throws IllegalArgumentException if srcActions is not a bitwise mask of {@code DnDConstants}.
+ * @throws IllegalArgumentException if dtc is {@code null}.
*/
public DropTargetDropEvent(DropTargetContext dtc, Point cursorLocn, int dropAction, int srcActions, boolean isLocal) {
@@ -151,11 +151,11 @@
}
/**
- * This method returns a Point
- * indicating the Cursor
's current
- * location in the Component
's coordinates.
+ * This method returns a {@code Point}
+ * indicating the {@code Cursor}'s current
+ * location in the {@code Component}'s coordinates.
*
- * @return the current Cursor
location in Component's coords.
+ * @return the current {@code Cursor} location in Component's coords.
*/
public Point getLocation() {
@@ -175,7 +175,7 @@
/**
* This method returns the currently available
- * DataFlavor
s as a java.util.List
.
+ * {@code DataFlavor}s as a {@code java.util.List}.
*
* @return the currently available DataFlavors as a java.util.List
*/
@@ -185,11 +185,11 @@
}
/**
- * This method returns a boolean
indicating if the
- * specified DataFlavor
is available
+ * This method returns a {@code boolean} indicating if the
+ * specified {@code DataFlavor} is available
* from the source.
*
- * @param df the DataFlavor
to test
+ * @param df the {@code DataFlavor} to test
*
* @return if the DataFlavor specified is available from the source
*/
@@ -213,10 +213,10 @@
public int getDropAction() { return dropAction; }
/**
- * This method returns the Transferable
object
+ * This method returns the {@code Transferable} object
* associated with the drop.
*
- * @return the Transferable
associated with the drop
+ * @return the {@code Transferable} associated with the drop
*/
public Transferable getTransferable() {
@@ -242,10 +242,10 @@
}
/**
- * This method notifies the DragSource
+ * This method notifies the {@code DragSource}
* that the drop transfer(s) are completed.
*
- * @param success a boolean
indicating that the drop transfer(s) are completed.
+ * @param success a {@code boolean} indicating that the drop transfer(s) are completed.
*/
public void dropComplete(boolean success) {
@@ -253,7 +253,7 @@
}
/**
- * This method returns an int
indicating if
+ * This method returns an {@code int} indicating if
* the source is in the same JVM as the target.
*
* @return if the Source is in the same JVM
@@ -291,7 +291,7 @@
private int dropAction = DnDConstants.ACTION_NONE;
/**
- * true
if the source is in the same JVM as the target.
+ * {@code true} if the source is in the same JVM as the target.
*
* @serial
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/dnd/DropTargetEvent.java 2015-10-04 22:53:21.433272454 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/dnd/DropTargetEvent.java 2015-10-04 22:53:21.241272463 +0400
@@ -29,12 +29,12 @@
import java.awt.dnd.DropTargetContext;
/**
- * The DropTargetEvent
is the base
- * class for both the DropTargetDragEvent
- * and the DropTargetDropEvent
.
+ * The {@code DropTargetEvent} is the base
+ * class for both the {@code DropTargetDragEvent}
+ * and the {@code DropTargetDropEvent}.
* It encapsulates the current state of the Drag and
* Drop operations, in particular the current
- * DropTargetContext
.
+ * {@code DropTargetContext}.
*
* @since 1.2
*
@@ -45,10 +45,10 @@
private static final long serialVersionUID = 2821229066521922993L;
/**
- * Construct a DropTargetEvent
object with
- * the specified DropTargetContext
.
+ * Construct a {@code DropTargetEvent} object with
+ * the specified {@code DropTargetContext}.
*
- * @param dtc The DropTargetContext
+ * @param dtc The {@code DropTargetContext}
* @throws NullPointerException if {@code dtc} equals {@code null}.
* @see #getSource()
* @see #getDropTargetContext()
@@ -61,10 +61,10 @@
}
/**
- * This method returns the DropTargetContext
- * associated with this DropTargetEvent
.
+ * This method returns the {@code DropTargetContext}
+ * associated with this {@code DropTargetEvent}.
*
- * @return the DropTargetContext
+ * @return the {@code DropTargetContext}
*/
public DropTargetContext getDropTargetContext() {
@@ -72,8 +72,8 @@
}
/**
- * The DropTargetContext
associated with this
- * DropTargetEvent
.
+ * The {@code DropTargetContext} associated with this
+ * {@code DropTargetEvent}.
*
* @serial
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/dnd/DropTargetListener.java 2015-10-04 22:53:21.957272431 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/dnd/DropTargetListener.java 2015-10-04 22:53:21.769272439 +0400
@@ -31,37 +31,37 @@
import java.awt.dnd.DropTargetDropEvent;
/**
- * The DropTargetListener
interface
+ * The {@code DropTargetListener} interface
* is the callback interface used by the
- * DropTarget
class to provide
+ * {@code DropTarget} class to provide
* notification of DnD operations that involve
- * the subject DropTarget
. Methods of
+ * the subject {@code DropTarget}. Methods of
* this interface may be implemented to provide
* "drag under" visual feedback to the user throughout
* the Drag and Drop operation.
* DropTarget
. When the drag enters, moves over, or exits
- * the operable part of the drop site for that DropTarget
, when
+ * with a {@code DropTarget}. When the drag enters, moves over, or exits
+ * the operable part of the drop site for that {@code DropTarget}, when
* the drop action changes, and when the drop occurs, the relevant method in
- * the listener object is invoked, and the DropTargetEvent
is
+ * the listener object is invoked, and the {@code DropTargetEvent} is
* passed to it.
* DropTarget
is
- * the part of the associated Component
's geometry that is not
+ * The operable part of the drop site for the {@code DropTarget} is
+ * the part of the associated {@code Component}'s geometry that is not
* obscured by an overlapping top-level window or by another
- * Component
higher in the Z-order that has an associated active
- * DropTarget
.
+ * {@code Component} higher in the Z-order that has an associated active
+ * {@code DropTarget}.
* getTransferable()
on
- * DropTargetDragEvent
instances passed to the listener's
+ * retrieved by calling {@code getTransferable()} on
+ * {@code DropTargetDragEvent} instances passed to the listener's
* methods.
* getTransferable()
on the
- * DropTargetDragEvent
instance should only be called within the
+ * Note that {@code getTransferable()} on the
+ * {@code DropTargetDragEvent} instance should only be called within the
* respective listener's method and all the necessary data should be retrieved
- * from the returned Transferable
before that method returns.
+ * from the returned {@code Transferable} before that method returns.
*
* @since 1.2
*/
@@ -70,20 +70,20 @@
/**
* Called while a drag operation is ongoing, when the mouse pointer enters
- * the operable part of the drop site for the DropTarget
+ * the operable part of the drop site for the {@code DropTarget}
* registered with this listener.
*
- * @param dtde the DropTargetDragEvent
+ * @param dtde the {@code DropTargetDragEvent}
*/
void dragEnter(DropTargetDragEvent dtde);
/**
* Called when a drag operation is ongoing, while the mouse pointer is still
- * over the operable part of the drop site for the DropTarget
+ * over the operable part of the drop site for the {@code DropTarget}
* registered with this listener.
*
- * @param dtde the DropTargetDragEvent
+ * @param dtde the {@code DropTargetDragEvent}
*/
void dragOver(DropTargetDragEvent dtde);
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@
* Called if the user has modified
* the current drop gesture.
*
- * @param dtde the DropTargetDragEvent
+ * @param dtde the {@code DropTargetDragEvent}
*/
void dropActionChanged(DropTargetDragEvent dtde);
@@ -100,52 +100,52 @@
/**
* Called while a drag operation is ongoing, when the mouse pointer has
* exited the operable part of the drop site for the
- * DropTarget
registered with this listener.
+ * {@code DropTarget} registered with this listener.
*
- * @param dte the DropTargetEvent
+ * @param dte the {@code DropTargetEvent}
*/
void dragExit(DropTargetEvent dte);
/**
* Called when the drag operation has terminated with a drop on
- * the operable part of the drop site for the DropTarget
+ * the operable part of the drop site for the {@code DropTarget}
* registered with this listener.
* DropTargetDropEvent
- * provides a means to obtain a Transferable
+ * gesture. The {@code DropTargetDropEvent}
+ * provides a means to obtain a {@code Transferable}
* object that represents the data object(s) to
* be transferred.DropTargetListener
+ * From this method, the {@code DropTargetListener}
* shall accept or reject the drop via the
* acceptDrop(int dropAction) or rejectDrop() methods of the
- * DropTargetDropEvent
parameter.
+ * {@code DropTargetDropEvent} parameter.
* DropTargetDropEvent
's getTransferable()
+ * {@code DropTargetDropEvent}'s getTransferable()
* method may be invoked, and data transfer may be
- * performed via the returned Transferable
's
+ * performed via the returned {@code Transferable}'s
* getTransferData() method.
* boolean
to the DropTargetDropEvent
's
+ * {@code boolean} to the {@code DropTargetDropEvent}'s
* dropComplete(boolean success) method.
* DropTargetDropEvent
's dropComplete(boolean success) method.
+ * {@code DropTargetDropEvent}'s dropComplete(boolean success) method.
* After that, a call to the getTransferData() method of the
- * Transferable
returned by
- * DropTargetDropEvent.getTransferable()
is guaranteed to
+ * {@code Transferable} returned by
+ * {@code DropTargetDropEvent.getTransferable()} is guaranteed to
* succeed only if the data transfer is local; that is, only if
- * DropTargetDropEvent.isLocalTransfer()
returns
- * true
. Otherwise, the behavior of the call is
+ * {@code DropTargetDropEvent.isLocalTransfer()} returns
+ * {@code true}. Otherwise, the behavior of the call is
* implementation-dependent.
*
- * @param dtde the DropTargetDropEvent
+ * @param dtde the {@code DropTargetDropEvent}
*/
void drop(DropTargetDropEvent dtde);
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/dnd/MouseDragGestureRecognizer.java 2015-10-04 22:53:22.485272407 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/dnd/MouseDragGestureRecognizer.java 2015-10-04 22:53:22.297272415 +0400
@@ -32,8 +32,8 @@
import java.awt.event.MouseMotionListener;
/**
- * This abstract subclass of DragGestureRecognizer
- * defines a DragGestureRecognizer
+ * This abstract subclass of {@code DragGestureRecognizer}
+ * defines a {@code DragGestureRecognizer}
* for mouse-based gestures.
*
* Each platform implements its own concrete subclass of this class,
@@ -67,12 +67,12 @@
private static final long serialVersionUID = 6220099344182281120L;
/**
- * Construct a new MouseDragGestureRecognizer
- * given the DragSource
for the
- * Component
c, the Component
+ * Construct a new {@code MouseDragGestureRecognizer}
+ * given the {@code DragSource} for the
+ * {@code Component} c, the {@code Component}
* to observe, the action(s)
* permitted for this drag operation, and
- * the DragGestureListener
to
+ * the {@code DragGestureListener} to
* notify when a drag gesture is detected.
*
* @param ds The DragSource for the Component c
@@ -87,10 +87,10 @@
}
/**
- * Construct a new MouseDragGestureRecognizer
- * given the DragSource
for
- * the Component
c,
- * the Component
to observe, and the action(s)
+ * Construct a new {@code MouseDragGestureRecognizer}
+ * given the {@code DragSource} for
+ * the {@code Component} c,
+ * the {@code Component} to observe, and the action(s)
* permitted for this drag operation.
*
* @param ds The DragSource for the Component c
@@ -103,10 +103,10 @@
}
/**
- * Construct a new MouseDragGestureRecognizer
- * given the DragSource
for the
- * Component
c, and the
- * Component
to observe.
+ * Construct a new {@code MouseDragGestureRecognizer}
+ * given the {@code DragSource} for the
+ * {@code Component} c, and the
+ * {@code Component} to observe.
*
* @param ds The DragSource for the Component c
* @param c The Component to observe
@@ -117,8 +117,8 @@
}
/**
- * Construct a new MouseDragGestureRecognizer
- * given the DragSource
for the Component
.
+ * Construct a new {@code MouseDragGestureRecognizer}
+ * given the {@code DragSource} for the {@code Component}.
*
* @param ds The DragSource for the Component
*/
@@ -151,16 +151,16 @@
/**
* Invoked when the mouse has been clicked on a component.
*
- * @param e the MouseEvent
+ * @param e the {@code MouseEvent}
*/
public void mouseClicked(MouseEvent e) { }
/**
* Invoked when a mouse button has been
- * pressed on a Component
.
+ * pressed on a {@code Component}.
*
- * @param e the MouseEvent
+ * @param e the {@code MouseEvent}
*/
public void mousePressed(MouseEvent e) { }
@@ -168,7 +168,7 @@
/**
* Invoked when a mouse button has been released on a component.
*
- * @param e the MouseEvent
+ * @param e the {@code MouseEvent}
*/
public void mouseReleased(MouseEvent e) { }
@@ -176,7 +176,7 @@
/**
* Invoked when the mouse enters a component.
*
- * @param e the MouseEvent
+ * @param e the {@code MouseEvent}
*/
public void mouseEntered(MouseEvent e) { }
@@ -184,7 +184,7 @@
/**
* Invoked when the mouse exits a component.
*
- * @param e the MouseEvent
+ * @param e the {@code MouseEvent}
*/
public void mouseExited(MouseEvent e) { }
@@ -192,7 +192,7 @@
/**
* Invoked when a mouse button is pressed on a component.
*
- * @param e the MouseEvent
+ * @param e the {@code MouseEvent}
*/
public void mouseDragged(MouseEvent e) { }
@@ -201,7 +201,7 @@
* Invoked when the mouse button has been moved on a component
* (with no buttons no down).
*
- * @param e the MouseEvent
+ * @param e the {@code MouseEvent}
*/
public void mouseMoved(MouseEvent e) { }
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/event/AWTEventListener.java 2015-10-04 22:53:23.009272383 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/event/AWTEventListener.java 2015-10-04 22:53:22.821272392 +0400
@@ -41,9 +41,9 @@
* The class that is interested in monitoring AWT events
* implements this interface, and the object created with that
* class is registered with the Toolkit, using the Toolkit's
- * addAWTEventListener
method. When an event is
+ * {@code addAWTEventListener} method. When an event is
* dispatched anywhere in the AWT, that object's
- * eventDispatched
method is invoked.
+ * {@code eventDispatched} method is invoked.
*
* @see java.awt.AWTEvent
* @see java.awt.Toolkit#addAWTEventListener
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/event/ActionEvent.java 2015-10-04 22:53:23.533272360 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/event/ActionEvent.java 2015-10-04 22:53:23.345272368 +0400
@@ -32,17 +32,17 @@
/**
* A semantic event which indicates that a component-defined action occurred.
* This high-level event is generated by a component (such as a
- * Button
) when
+ * {@code Button}) when
* the component-specific action occurs (such as being pressed).
- * The event is passed to every ActionListener
object
+ * The event is passed to every {@code ActionListener} object
* that registered to receive such events using the component's
- * addActionListener
method.
+ * {@code addActionListener} method.
* ActionEvent
on a
- * Button
using the keyboard, use the Space bar.
+ * Note: To invoke an {@code ActionEvent} on a
+ * {@code Button} using the keyboard, use the Space bar.
* ActionListener
interface
- * gets this ActionEvent
when the event occurs. The listener
+ * The object that implements the {@code ActionListener} interface
+ * gets this {@code ActionEvent} when the event occurs. The listener
* is therefore spared the details of processing individual mouse movements
* and mouse clicks, and can instead process a "meaningful" (semantic)
* event like "button pressed".
@@ -137,12 +137,12 @@
private static final long serialVersionUID = -7671078796273832149L;
/**
- * Constructs an ActionEvent
object.
+ * Constructs an {@code ActionEvent} object.
* IllegalArgumentException
if source
- * is null
.
- * A null
command
string is legal,
+ * {@code IllegalArgumentException} if {@code source}
+ * is {@code null}.
+ * A {@code null command} string is legal,
* but not recommended.
*
* @param source The object that originated the event
@@ -151,7 +151,7 @@
* the class description for {@link ActionEvent}
* @param command A string that may specify a command (possibly one
* of several) associated with the event
- * @throws IllegalArgumentException if source
is null
+ * @throws IllegalArgumentException if {@code source} is null
* @see #getSource()
* @see #getID()
* @see #getActionCommand()
@@ -161,12 +161,12 @@
}
/**
- * Constructs an ActionEvent
object with modifier keys.
+ * Constructs an {@code ActionEvent} object with modifier keys.
* IllegalArgumentException
if source
- * is null
.
- * A null
command
string is legal,
+ * {@code IllegalArgumentException} if {@code source}
+ * is {@code null}.
+ * A {@code null command} string is legal,
* but not recommended.
*
* @param source The object that originated the event
@@ -179,7 +179,7 @@
* (shift, ctrl, alt, meta).
* Passing negative parameter is not recommended.
* Zero value means that no modifiers were passed
- * @throws IllegalArgumentException if source
is null
+ * @throws IllegalArgumentException if {@code source} is null
* @see #getSource()
* @see #getID()
* @see #getActionCommand()
@@ -190,13 +190,13 @@
}
/**
- * Constructs an ActionEvent
object with the specified
+ * Constructs an {@code ActionEvent} object with the specified
* modifier keys and timestamp.
* IllegalArgumentException
if source
- * is null
.
- * A null
command
string is legal,
+ * {@code IllegalArgumentException} if {@code source}
+ * is {@code null}.
+ * A {@code null command} string is legal,
* but not recommended.
*
* @param source The object that originated the event
@@ -212,7 +212,7 @@
* @param when A long that gives the time the event occurred.
* Passing negative or zero value
* is not recommended
- * @throws IllegalArgumentException if source
is null
+ * @throws IllegalArgumentException if {@code source} is null
* @see #getSource()
* @see #getID()
* @see #getActionCommand()
@@ -237,9 +237,9 @@
* and the event would be the same in each case, but the command string
* would identify the intended action.
* null
command string was passed
- * to the constructor for this ActionEvent
, this
- * this method returns null
.
+ * Note that if a {@code null} command string was passed
+ * to the constructor for this {@code ActionEvent}, this
+ * this method returns {@code null}.
*
* @return the string identifying the command for this event
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/event/ActionListener.java 2015-10-04 22:53:24.061272336 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/event/ActionListener.java 2015-10-04 22:53:23.873272345 +0400
@@ -32,8 +32,8 @@
* The class that is interested in processing an action event
* implements this interface, and the object created with that
* class is registered with a component, using the component's
- * addActionListener
method. When the action event
- * occurs, that object's actionPerformed
method is
+ * {@code addActionListener} method. When the action event
+ * occurs, that object's {@code actionPerformed} method is
* invoked.
*
* @see ActionEvent
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/event/AdjustmentEvent.java 2015-10-04 22:53:24.585272313 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/event/AdjustmentEvent.java 2015-10-04 22:53:24.397272321 +0400
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@
Adjustable adjustable;
/**
- * value
will contain the new value of the
+ * {@code value} will contain the new value of the
* adjustable object. This value will always be in a
* range associated adjustable object.
*
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@
int value;
/**
- * The adjustmentType
describes how the adjustable
+ * The {@code adjustmentType} describes how the adjustable
* object value has changed.
* This value can be increased/decreased by a block or unit amount
* where the block is associated with page increments/decrements,
@@ -130,7 +130,7 @@
/**
- * The isAdjusting
is true if the event is one
+ * The {@code isAdjusting} is true if the event is one
* of the series of multiple adjustment events.
*
* @since 1.4
@@ -147,14 +147,14 @@
/**
- * Constructs an AdjustmentEvent
object with the
- * specified Adjustable
source, event type,
+ * Constructs an {@code AdjustmentEvent} object with the
+ * specified {@code Adjustable} source, event type,
* adjustment type, and value.
* IllegalArgumentException
if source
- * is null
.
+ * {@code IllegalArgumentException} if {@code source}
+ * is {@code null}.
*
- * @param source The Adjustable
object where the
+ * @param source The {@code Adjustable} object where the
* event originated
* @param id An integer indicating the type of event.
* For information on allowable values, see
@@ -163,7 +163,7 @@
* For information on allowable values, see
* the class description for {@link AdjustmentEvent}
* @param value The current value of the adjustment
- * @throws IllegalArgumentException if source
is null
+ * @throws IllegalArgumentException if {@code source} is null
* @see #getSource()
* @see #getID()
* @see #getAdjustmentType()
@@ -174,13 +174,13 @@
}
/**
- * Constructs an AdjustmentEvent
object with the
+ * Constructs an {@code AdjustmentEvent} object with the
* specified Adjustable source, event type, adjustment type, and value.
* IllegalArgumentException
if source
- * is null
.
+ * {@code IllegalArgumentException} if {@code source}
+ * is {@code null}.
*
- * @param source The Adjustable
object where the
+ * @param source The {@code Adjustable} object where the
* event originated
* @param id An integer indicating the type of event.
* For information on allowable values, see
@@ -189,10 +189,10 @@
* For information on allowable values, see
* the class description for {@link AdjustmentEvent}
* @param value The current value of the adjustment
- * @param isAdjusting A boolean that equals true
if the event is one
+ * @param isAdjusting A boolean that equals {@code true} if the event is one
* of a series of multiple adjusting events,
- * otherwise false
- * @throws IllegalArgumentException if source
is null
+ * otherwise {@code false}
+ * @throws IllegalArgumentException if {@code source} is null
* @since 1.4
* @see #getSource()
* @see #getID()
@@ -209,9 +209,9 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the Adjustable
object where this event originated.
+ * Returns the {@code Adjustable} object where this event originated.
*
- * @return the Adjustable
object where this event originated
+ * @return the {@code Adjustable} object where this event originated
*/
public Adjustable getAdjustable() {
return adjustable;
@@ -243,11 +243,11 @@
}
/**
- * Returns true
if this is one of multiple
+ * Returns {@code true} if this is one of multiple
* adjustment events.
*
- * @return true
if this is one of multiple
- * adjustment events, otherwise returns false
+ * @return {@code true} if this is one of multiple
+ * adjustment events, otherwise returns {@code false}
* @since 1.4
*/
public boolean getValueIsAdjusting() {
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/event/ComponentAdapter.java 2015-10-04 22:53:25.109272289 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/event/ComponentAdapter.java 2015-10-04 22:53:24.921272297 +0400
@@ -30,17 +30,17 @@
* The methods in this class are empty. This class exists as
* convenience for creating listener objects.
* ComponentEvent
listener
+ * Extend this class to create a {@code ComponentEvent} listener
* and override the methods for the events of interest. (If you implement the
- * ComponentListener
interface, you have to define all of
+ * {@code ComponentListener} interface, you have to define all of
* the methods in it. This abstract class defines null methods for them
* all, so you can only have to define methods for events you care about.)
* addComponentListener
+ * component using the component's {@code addComponentListener}
* method. When the component's size, location, or visibility
* changes, the relevant method in the listener object is invoked,
- * and the ComponentEvent
is passed to it.
+ * and the {@code ComponentEvent} is passed to it.
*
* @see ComponentEvent
* @see ComponentListener
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/event/ComponentEvent.java 2015-10-04 22:53:25.629272266 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/event/ComponentEvent.java 2015-10-04 22:53:25.441272274 +0400
@@ -47,12 +47,12 @@
* ComponentListener
- * or ComponentAdapter
object which registered to receive such
- * events using the component's addComponentListener
method.
- * (ComponentAdapter
objects implement the
- * ComponentListener
interface.) Each such listener object
- * gets this ComponentEvent
when the event occurs.
+ * visible again. The event is passed to every {@code ComponentListener}
+ * or {@code ComponentAdapter} object which registered to receive such
+ * events using the component's {@code addComponentListener} method.
+ * ({@code ComponentAdapter} objects implement the
+ * {@code ComponentListener} interface.) Each such listener object
+ * gets this {@code ComponentEvent} when the event occurs.
* ComponentEvent
object.
+ * Constructs a {@code ComponentEvent} object.
* IllegalArgumentException
if source
- * is null
.
+ * {@code IllegalArgumentException} if {@code source}
+ * is {@code null}.
*
- * @param source The Component
that originated the event
+ * @param source The {@code Component} that originated the event
* @param id An integer indicating the type of event.
* For information on allowable values, see
* the class description for {@link ComponentEvent}
- * @throws IllegalArgumentException if source
is null
+ * @throws IllegalArgumentException if {@code source} is null
* @see #getComponent()
* @see #getID()
*/
@@ -123,9 +123,9 @@
/**
* Returns the originator of the event.
*
- * @return the Component
object that originated
- * the event, or null
if the object is not a
- * Component
.
+ * @return the {@code Component} object that originated
+ * the event, or {@code null} if the object is not a
+ * {@code Component}.
*/
public Component getComponent() {
return (source instanceof Component) ? (Component)source : null;
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/event/ComponentListener.java 2015-10-04 22:53:26.157272242 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/event/ComponentListener.java 2015-10-04 22:53:25.969272250 +0400
@@ -31,18 +31,18 @@
* The listener interface for receiving component events.
* The class that is interested in processing a component event
* either implements this interface (and all the methods it
- * contains) or extends the abstract ComponentAdapter
class
+ * contains) or extends the abstract {@code ComponentAdapter} class
* (overriding only the methods of interest).
* The listener object created from that class is then registered with a
- * component using the component's addComponentListener
+ * component using the component's {@code addComponentListener}
* method. When the component's size, location, or visibility
* changes, the relevant method in the listener object is invoked,
- * and the ComponentEvent
is passed to it.
+ * and the {@code ComponentEvent} is passed to it.
* ComponentListener
or not.
+ * whether a program registers a {@code ComponentListener} or not.
*
* @see ComponentAdapter
* @see ComponentEvent
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/event/ContainerAdapter.java 2015-10-04 22:53:26.681272218 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/event/ContainerAdapter.java 2015-10-04 22:53:26.493272227 +0400
@@ -30,17 +30,17 @@
* The methods in this class are empty. This class exists as
* convenience for creating listener objects.
* ContainerEvent
listener
+ * Extend this class to create a {@code ContainerEvent} listener
* and override the methods for the events of interest. (If you implement the
- * ContainerListener
interface, you have to define all of
+ * {@code ContainerListener} interface, you have to define all of
* the methods in it. This abstract class defines null methods for them
* all, so you can only have to define methods for events you care about.)
* addContainerListener
+ * a component using the component's {@code addContainerListener}
* method. When the container's contents change because a component has
* been added or removed, the relevant method in the listener object is invoked,
- * and the ContainerEvent
is passed to it.
+ * and the {@code ContainerEvent} is passed to it.
*
* @see ContainerEvent
* @see ContainerListener
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/event/ContainerEvent.java 2015-10-04 22:53:27.205272195 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/event/ContainerEvent.java 2015-10-04 22:53:27.013272204 +0400
@@ -39,12 +39,12 @@
* ContainerListener
- * or ContainerAdapter
object which registered to receive such
- * events using the component's addContainerListener
method.
- * (ContainerAdapter
objects implement the
- * ContainerListener
interface.) Each such listener object
- * gets this ContainerEvent
when the event occurs.
+ * The event is passed to every {@code ContainerListener}
+ * or {@code ContainerAdapter} object which registered to receive such
+ * events using the component's {@code addContainerListener} method.
+ * ({@code ContainerAdapter} objects implement the
+ * {@code ContainerListener} interface.) Each such listener object
+ * gets this {@code ContainerEvent} when the event occurs.
* ContainerEvent
object.
+ * Constructs a {@code ContainerEvent} object.
* IllegalArgumentException
if source
- * is null
.
+ * {@code IllegalArgumentException} if {@code source}
+ * is {@code null}.
*
- * @param source The Component
object (container)
+ * @param source The {@code Component} object (container)
* that originated the event
* @param id An integer indicating the type of event.
* For information on allowable values, see
* the class description for {@link ContainerEvent}
* @param child the component that was added or removed
- * @throws IllegalArgumentException if source
is null
+ * @throws IllegalArgumentException if {@code source} is null
* @see #getContainer()
* @see #getID()
* @see #getChild()
@@ -119,9 +119,9 @@
/**
* Returns the originator of the event.
*
- * @return the Container
object that originated
- * the event, or null
if the object is not a
- * Container
.
+ * @return the {@code Container} object that originated
+ * the event, or {@code null} if the object is not a
+ * {@code Container}.
*/
public Container getContainer() {
return (source instanceof Container) ? (Container)source : null;
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/event/ContainerListener.java 2015-10-04 22:53:27.725272172 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/event/ContainerListener.java 2015-10-04 22:53:27.537272180 +0400
@@ -31,13 +31,13 @@
* The listener interface for receiving container events.
* The class that is interested in processing a container event
* either implements this interface (and all the methods it
- * contains) or extends the abstract ContainerAdapter
class
+ * contains) or extends the abstract {@code ContainerAdapter} class
* (overriding only the methods of interest).
* The listener object created from that class is then registered with a
- * component using the component's addContainerListener
+ * component using the component's {@code addContainerListener}
* method. When the container's contents change because a component
* has been added or removed, the relevant method in the listener object
- * is invoked, and the ContainerEvent
is passed to it.
+ * is invoked, and the {@code ContainerEvent} is passed to it.
* FocusEvent
listener
+ * Extend this class to create a {@code FocusEvent} listener
* and override the methods for the events of interest. (If you implement the
- * FocusListener
interface, you have to define all of
+ * {@code FocusListener} interface, you have to define all of
* the methods in it. This abstract class defines null methods for them
* all, so you can only have to define methods for events you care about.)
* addFocusListener
+ * a component using the component's {@code addFocusListener}
* method. When the component gains or loses the keyboard focus,
* the relevant method in the listener object is invoked,
- * and the FocusEvent
is passed to it.
+ * and the {@code FocusEvent} is passed to it.
*
* @see FocusEvent
* @see FocusListener
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/event/FocusEvent.java 2015-10-04 22:53:28.773272124 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/event/FocusEvent.java 2015-10-04 22:53:28.585272133 +0400
@@ -32,11 +32,11 @@
/**
* A low-level event which indicates that a Component has gained or lost the
* input focus. This low-level event is generated by a Component (such as a
- * TextField). The event is passed to every FocusListener
or
- * FocusAdapter
object which registered to receive such events
- * using the Component's addFocusListener
method. (
- * FocusAdapter
objects implement the FocusListener
- * interface.) Each such listener object gets this FocusEvent
when
+ * TextField). The event is passed to every {@code FocusListener} or
+ * {@code FocusAdapter} object which registered to receive such events
+ * using the Component's {@code addFocusListener} method.
+ * ({@code FocusAdapter} objects implement the {@code FocusListener}
+ * interface.) Each such listener object gets this {@code FocusEvent} when
* the event occurs.
* FocusEvent
object with the
- * specified temporary state and opposite Component
.
- * The opposite Component
is the other
- * Component
involved in this focus change.
- * For a FOCUS_GAINED
event, this is the
- * Component
that lost focus. For a
- * FOCUS_LOST
event, this is the Component
+ * Constructs a {@code FocusEvent} object with the
+ * specified temporary state and opposite {@code Component}.
+ * The opposite {@code Component} is the other
+ * {@code Component} involved in this focus change.
+ * For a {@code FOCUS_GAINED} event, this is the
+ * {@code Component} that lost focus. For a
+ * {@code FOCUS_LOST} event, this is the {@code Component}
* that gained focus. If this focus change occurs with a native
* application, with a Java application in a different VM,
- * or with no other Component
, then the opposite
- * Component
is null
.
+ * or with no other {@code Component}, then the opposite
+ * {@code Component} is {@code null}.
* IllegalArgumentException
if source
- * is null
.
+ * {@code IllegalArgumentException} if {@code source}
+ * is {@code null}.
*
- * @param source The Component
that originated the event
+ * @param source The {@code Component} that originated the event
* @param id An integer indicating the type of event.
* For information on allowable values, see
* the class description for {@link FocusEvent}
- * @param temporary Equals true
if the focus change is temporary;
- * false
otherwise
+ * @param temporary Equals {@code true} if the focus change is temporary;
+ * {@code false} otherwise
* @param opposite The other Component involved in the focus change,
- * or null
- * @throws IllegalArgumentException if source
equals {@code null}
+ * or {@code null}
+ * @throws IllegalArgumentException if {@code source} equals {@code null}
* @see #getSource()
* @see #getID()
* @see #isTemporary()
@@ -152,19 +152,19 @@
}
/**
- * Constructs a FocusEvent
object and identifies
+ * Constructs a {@code FocusEvent} object and identifies
* whether or not the change is temporary.
* IllegalArgumentException
if source
- * is null
.
+ * {@code IllegalArgumentException} if {@code source}
+ * is {@code null}.
*
- * @param source The Component
that originated the event
+ * @param source The {@code Component} that originated the event
* @param id An integer indicating the type of event.
* For information on allowable values, see
* the class description for {@link FocusEvent}
- * @param temporary Equals true
if the focus change is temporary;
- * false
otherwise
- * @throws IllegalArgumentException if source
equals {@code null}
+ * @param temporary Equals {@code true} if the focus change is temporary;
+ * {@code false} otherwise
+ * @throws IllegalArgumentException if {@code source} equals {@code null}
* @see #getSource()
* @see #getID()
* @see #isTemporary()
@@ -174,17 +174,17 @@
}
/**
- * Constructs a FocusEvent
object and identifies it
+ * Constructs a {@code FocusEvent} object and identifies it
* as a permanent change in focus.
* IllegalArgumentException
if source
- * is null
.
+ * {@code IllegalArgumentException} if {@code source}
+ * is {@code null}.
*
- * @param source The Component
that originated the event
+ * @param source The {@code Component} that originated the event
* @param id An integer indicating the type of event.
* For information on allowable values, see
* the class description for {@link FocusEvent}
- * @throws IllegalArgumentException if source
equals {@code null}
+ * @throws IllegalArgumentException if {@code source} equals {@code null}
* @see #getSource()
* @see #getID()
*/
@@ -195,8 +195,8 @@
/**
* Identifies the focus change event as temporary or permanent.
*
- * @return true
if the focus change is temporary;
- * false
otherwise
+ * @return {@code true} if the focus change is temporary;
+ * {@code false} otherwise
*/
public boolean isTemporary() {
return temporary;
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/event/FocusListener.java 2015-10-04 22:53:29.301272101 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/event/FocusListener.java 2015-10-04 22:53:29.109272109 +0400
@@ -32,13 +32,13 @@
* a component.
* The class that is interested in processing a focus event
* either implements this interface (and all the methods it
- * contains) or extends the abstract FocusAdapter
class
+ * contains) or extends the abstract {@code FocusAdapter} class
* (overriding only the methods of interest).
* The listener object created from that class is then registered with a
- * component using the component's addFocusListener
+ * component using the component's {@code addFocusListener}
* method. When the component gains or loses the keyboard focus,
* the relevant method in the listener object
- * is invoked, and the FocusEvent
is passed to it.
+ * is invoked, and the {@code FocusEvent} is passed to it.
*
* @see FocusAdapter
* @see FocusEvent
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/event/HierarchyBoundsAdapter.java 2015-10-04 22:53:29.821272077 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/event/HierarchyBoundsAdapter.java 2015-10-04 22:53:29.633272086 +0400
@@ -31,16 +31,16 @@
* convenience for creating listener objects.
* HierarchyBoundsListener
interface, you have
+ * you implement the {@code HierarchyBoundsListener} interface, you have
* to define both methods in it. This abstract class defines null methods for
* them both, so you only have to define the method for the event you care
* about.)
* addHierarchyBoundsListener
+ * Component using the Component's {@code addHierarchyBoundsListener}
* method. When the hierarchy to which the Component belongs changes by
* resize or movement of an ancestor, the relevant method in the listener
- * object is invoked, and the HierarchyEvent
is passed to it.
+ * object is invoked, and the {@code HierarchyEvent} is passed to it.
*
* @author David Mendenhall
* @see HierarchyBoundsListener
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/event/HierarchyBoundsListener.java 2015-10-04 22:53:30.345272054 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/event/HierarchyBoundsListener.java 2015-10-04 22:53:30.157272062 +0400
@@ -31,18 +31,18 @@
* The listener interface for receiving ancestor moved and resized events.
* The class that is interested in processing these events either implements
* this interface (and all the methods it contains) or extends the abstract
- * HierarchyBoundsAdapter
class (overriding only the method of
+ * {@code HierarchyBoundsAdapter} class (overriding only the method of
* interest).
* The listener object created from that class is then registered with a
- * Component using the Component's addHierarchyBoundsListener
+ * Component using the Component's {@code addHierarchyBoundsListener}
* method. When the hierarchy to which the Component belongs changes by
* the resizing or movement of an ancestor, the relevant method in the listener
- * object is invoked, and the HierarchyEvent
is passed to it.
+ * object is invoked, and the {@code HierarchyEvent} is passed to it.
* HierarchyBoundsListener
or not.
+ * program registers an {@code HierarchyBoundsListener} or not.
*
* @author David Mendenhall
* @see HierarchyBoundsAdapter
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/event/HierarchyEvent.java 2015-10-04 22:53:30.869272030 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/event/HierarchyEvent.java 2015-10-04 22:53:30.677272039 +0400
@@ -30,8 +30,8 @@
import java.awt.Container;
/**
- * An event which indicates a change to the Component
- * hierarchy to which Component
belongs.
+ * An event which indicates a change to the {@code Component}
+ * hierarchy to which {@code Component} belongs.
*
*
- * @throws IllegalArgumentException if {@code button} is less then zero
+ * @throws IllegalArgumentException if {@code button} is less than zero
* @throws IllegalArgumentException if {@code source} is null
- * @throws IllegalArgumentException if {@code button} is greater then BUTTON3 and the support for extended mouse buttons is
+ * @throws IllegalArgumentException if {@code button} is greater than BUTTON3 and the support for extended mouse buttons is
* {@link Toolkit#areExtraMouseButtonsEnabled() disabled} by Java
- * @throws IllegalArgumentException if {@code button} is greater then the
+ * @throws IllegalArgumentException if {@code button} is greater than the
* {@link java.awt.MouseInfo#getNumberOfButtons() current number of buttons} and the support
* for extended mouse buttons is {@link Toolkit#areExtraMouseButtonsEnabled() enabled}
* by Java
@@ -703,9 +703,9 @@
*
* @throws IllegalArgumentException if {@code button} is less then zero
* @throws IllegalArgumentException if {@code source} is null
- * @throws IllegalArgumentException if {@code button} is greater then BUTTON3 and the support for extended mouse buttons is
+ * @throws IllegalArgumentException if {@code button} is greater than BUTTON3 and the support for extended mouse buttons is
* {@link Toolkit#areExtraMouseButtonsEnabled() disabled} by Java
- * @throws IllegalArgumentException if {@code button} is greater then the
+ * @throws IllegalArgumentException if {@code button} is greater than the
* {@link java.awt.MouseInfo#getNumberOfButtons() current number of buttons} and the support
* for extended mouse buttons is {@link Toolkit#areExtraMouseButtonsEnabled() enabled}
* by Java
@@ -865,7 +865,7 @@
*
@@ -57,18 +57,18 @@
* This event is generated by a Container object (such as a Panel) when the
* Container is added, removed, moved, or resized, and passed down the
* hierarchy. It is also generated by a Component object when that object's
- *
addNotify
, removeNotify
, show
, or
- * hide
method is called. The {@code ANCESTOR_MOVED} and
+ * {@code addNotify}, {@code removeNotify}, {@code show}, or
+ * {@code hide} method is called. The {@code ANCESTOR_MOVED} and
* {@code ANCESTOR_RESIZED}
- * events are dispatched to every HierarchyBoundsListener
or
- * HierarchyBoundsAdapter
object which registered to receive
- * such events using the Component's addHierarchyBoundsListener
- * method. (HierarchyBoundsAdapter
objects implement the
- * HierarchyBoundsListener
interface.) The {@code HIERARCHY_CHANGED} events are
- * dispatched to every HierarchyListener
object which registered
- * to receive such events using the Component's addHierarchyListener
- *
method. Each such listener object gets this HierarchyEvent
- *
when the event occurs.
+ * events are dispatched to every {@code HierarchyBoundsListener} or
+ * {@code HierarchyBoundsAdapter} object which registered to receive
+ * such events using the Component's {@code addHierarchyBoundsListener}
+ * method. ({@code HierarchyBoundsAdapter} objects implement the
+ * {@code HierarchyBoundsListener} interface.) The {@code HIERARCHY_CHANGED} events are
+ * dispatched to every {@code HierarchyListener} object which registered
+ * to receive such events using the Component's {@code addHierarchyListener}
+ * method. Each such listener object gets this {@code HierarchyEvent}
+ * when the event occurs.
* HIERARCHY_CHANGED
event
+ * A change flag indicates that the {@code HIERARCHY_CHANGED} event
* was generated by a reparenting operation.
*/
public static final int PARENT_CHANGED = 0x1;
/**
- * A change flag indicates that the HIERARCHY_CHANGED
event
+ * A change flag indicates that the {@code HIERARCHY_CHANGED} event
* was generated due to the changing of the hierarchy displayability.
* To discern the
* current displayability of the hierarchy, call the
- * Component.isDisplayable
method. Displayability changes occur
+ * {@code Component.isDisplayable} method. Displayability changes occur
* in response to explicit or implicit calls of the
- * Component.addNotify
and
- * Component.removeNotify
methods.
+ * {@code Component.addNotify} and
+ * {@code Component.removeNotify} methods.
*
* @see java.awt.Component#isDisplayable()
* @see java.awt.Component#addNotify()
@@ -144,15 +144,15 @@
public static final int DISPLAYABILITY_CHANGED = 0x2;
/**
- * A change flag indicates that the HIERARCHY_CHANGED
event
+ * A change flag indicates that the {@code HIERARCHY_CHANGED} event
* was generated due to the changing of the hierarchy showing state.
* To discern the
* current showing state of the hierarchy, call the
- * Component.isShowing
method. Showing state changes occur
+ * {@code Component.isShowing} method. Showing state changes occur
* when either the displayability or visibility of the
* hierarchy occurs. Visibility changes occur in response to explicit
- * or implicit calls of the Component.show
and
- * Component.hide
methods.
+ * or implicit calls of the {@code Component.show} and
+ * {@code Component.hide} methods.
*
* @see java.awt.Component#isShowing()
* @see java.awt.Component#addNotify()
@@ -167,24 +167,24 @@
long changeFlags;
/**
- * Constructs an HierarchyEvent
object to identify a
- * change in the Component
hierarchy.
+ * Constructs an {@code HierarchyEvent} object to identify a
+ * change in the {@code Component} hierarchy.
* IllegalArgumentException
if source
- * is null
.
+ * {@code IllegalArgumentException} if {@code source}
+ * is {@code null}.
*
- * @param source The Component
object that
+ * @param source The {@code Component} object that
* originated the event
* @param id An integer indicating the type of event.
* For information on allowable values, see
* the class description for {@link HierarchyEvent}
- * @param changed The Component
at the top of
+ * @param changed The {@code Component} at the top of
* the hierarchy which was changed
- * @param changedParent The parent of the changed
component.
+ * @param changedParent The parent of the {@code changed} component.
* This
* may be the parent before or after the
* change, depending on the type of change
- * @throws IllegalArgumentException if source
is {@code null}
+ * @throws IllegalArgumentException if {@code source} is {@code null}
* @see #getSource()
* @see #getID()
* @see #getChanged()
@@ -198,29 +198,29 @@
}
/**
- * Constructs an HierarchyEvent
object to identify
- * a change in the Component
hierarchy.
+ * Constructs an {@code HierarchyEvent} object to identify
+ * a change in the {@code Component} hierarchy.
* IllegalArgumentException
if source
- * is null
.
+ * {@code IllegalArgumentException} if {@code source}
+ * is {@code null}.
*
- * @param source The Component
object that
+ * @param source The {@code Component} object that
* originated the event
* @param id An integer indicating the type of event.
* For information on allowable values, see
* the class description for {@link HierarchyEvent}
- * @param changed The Component
at the top
+ * @param changed The {@code Component} at the top
* of the hierarchy which was changed
- * @param changedParent The parent of the changed
component.
+ * @param changedParent The parent of the {@code changed} component.
* This
* may be the parent before or after the
* change, depending on the type of change
* @param changeFlags A bitmask which indicates the type(s) of
- * the HIERARCHY_CHANGED
events
+ * the {@code HIERARCHY_CHANGED} events
* represented in this event object.
* For information on allowable values, see
* the class description for {@link HierarchyEvent}
- * @throws IllegalArgumentException if source
is null
+ * @throws IllegalArgumentException if {@code source} is null
* @see #getSource()
* @see #getID()
* @see #getChanged()
@@ -238,9 +238,9 @@
/**
* Returns the originator of the event.
*
- * @return the Component
object that originated
- * the event, or null
if the object is not a
- * Component
.
+ * @return the {@code Component} object that originated
+ * the event, or {@code null} if the object is not a
+ * {@code Component}.
*/
public Component getComponent() {
return (source instanceof Component) ? (Component)source : null;
@@ -257,13 +257,13 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the parent of the Component returned by
- * getChanged()
. For a HIERARCHY_CHANGED event where the
- * change was of type PARENT_CHANGED via a call to
- * Container.add
, the parent returned is the parent
+ * Returns the parent of the Component returned by
+ * {@code getChanged()}. For a HIERARCHY_CHANGED event where the
+ * change was of type PARENT_CHANGED via a call to
+ * {@code Container.add}, the parent returned is the parent
* after the add operation. For a HIERARCHY_CHANGED event where
- * the change was of type PARENT_CHANGED via a call to
- * Container.remove
, the parent returned is the parent
+ * the change was of type PARENT_CHANGED via a call to
+ * {@code Container.remove}, the parent returned is the parent
* before the remove operation. For all other events and types,
* the parent returned is the parent during the operation.
*
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/event/HierarchyListener.java 2015-10-04 22:53:31.397272007 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/event/HierarchyListener.java 2015-10-04 22:53:31.209272015 +0400
@@ -32,15 +32,15 @@
* The class that is interested in processing a hierarchy changed event
* should implement this interface.
* The listener object created from that class is then registered with a
- * Component using the Component's addHierarchyListener
+ * Component using the Component's {@code addHierarchyListener}
* method. When the hierarchy to which the Component belongs changes, the
- * hierarchyChanged
method in the listener object is invoked,
- * and the HierarchyEvent
is passed to it.
+ * {@code hierarchyChanged} method in the listener object is invoked,
+ * and the {@code HierarchyEvent} is passed to it.
* HierarchyListener
or not.
+ * of whether a program registers a {@code HierarchyListener} or not.
*
* @author David Mendenhall
* @see HierarchyEvent
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@
public interface HierarchyListener extends EventListener {
/**
* Called when the hierarchy has been changed. To discern the actual
- * type of change, call HierarchyEvent.getChangeFlags()
.
+ * type of change, call {@code HierarchyEvent.getChangeFlags()}.
*
* @param e the event to be processed
* @see HierarchyEvent#getChangeFlags()
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/event/InputEvent.java 2015-10-04 22:53:31.921271983 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/event/InputEvent.java 2015-10-04 22:53:31.729271992 +0400
@@ -315,8 +315,8 @@
* Constructs an InputEvent object with the specified source component,
* modifiers, and type.
* IllegalArgumentException
if source
- * is null
.
+ * {@code IllegalArgumentException} if {@code source}
+ * is {@code null}.
*
* @param source the object where the event originated
* @param id the integer that identifies the event type.
@@ -336,7 +336,7 @@
* Passing negative parameter
* is not recommended.
* Zero value means that no modifiers were passed
- * @throws IllegalArgumentException if source
is null
+ * @throws IllegalArgumentException if {@code source} is null
* @see #getSource()
* @see #getID()
* @see #getWhen()
@@ -442,16 +442,16 @@
* button 2, and then releases them in the same order,
* the following sequence of events is generated:
*
- *
* MOUSE_PRESSED
: BUTTON1_DOWN_MASK
- * MOUSE_PRESSED
: BUTTON1_DOWN_MASK | BUTTON2_DOWN_MASK
- * MOUSE_RELEASED
: BUTTON2_DOWN_MASK
- * MOUSE_CLICKED
: BUTTON2_DOWN_MASK
- * MOUSE_RELEASED
:
- * MOUSE_CLICKED
:
+ * {@code MOUSE_PRESSED}: {@code BUTTON1_DOWN_MASK}
+ * {@code MOUSE_PRESSED}: {@code BUTTON1_DOWN_MASK | BUTTON2_DOWN_MASK}
+ * {@code MOUSE_RELEASED}: {@code BUTTON2_DOWN_MASK}
+ * {@code MOUSE_CLICKED}: {@code BUTTON2_DOWN_MASK}
+ * {@code MOUSE_RELEASED}:
+ * {@code MOUSE_CLICKED}:
* ==
because new modifiers can be added in the future.
+ * using {@code ==} because new modifiers can be added in the future.
* For example, the appropriate way to check that SHIFT and BUTTON1 are
* down, but CTRL is up is demonstrated by the following code:
*
@@ -494,7 +494,7 @@
* Returns a String describing the extended modifier keys and
* mouse buttons, such as "Shift", "Button1", or "Ctrl+Shift".
* These strings can be localized by changing the
- *
awt.properties
file.
+ * {@code awt.properties} file.
* InputMethodEvent
with the specified
+ * Constructs an {@code InputMethodEvent} with the specified
* source component, type, time, text, caret, and visiblePosition.
* text
- * if this is an INPUT_METHOD_TEXT_CHANGED
event,
- * the composed text within the text
of the
- * preceding INPUT_METHOD_TEXT_CHANGED
event otherwise.
- * id
results in
+ * composed text; that is, the composed text within {@code text}
+ * if this is an {@code INPUT_METHOD_TEXT_CHANGED} event,
+ * the composed text within the {@code text} of the
+ * preceding {@code INPUT_METHOD_TEXT_CHANGED} event otherwise.
+ * IllegalArgumentException
if source
- * is null
.
+ * {@code IllegalArgumentException} if {@code source}
+ * is {@code null}.
*
* @param source the object where the event originated
* @param id the event type
* @param when a long integer that specifies the time the event occurred
* @param text the combined committed and composed text,
- * committed text first; must be null
- * when the event type is CARET_POSITION_CHANGED
;
- * may be null
for
- * INPUT_METHOD_TEXT_CHANGED
if there's no
+ * committed text first; must be {@code null}
+ * when the event type is {@code CARET_POSITION_CHANGED};
+ * may be {@code null} for
+ * {@code INPUT_METHOD_TEXT_CHANGED} if there's no
* committed or composed text
* @param committedCharacterCount the number of committed
* characters in the text
* @param caret the caret (a.k.a. insertion point);
- * null
if there's no caret within current
+ * {@code null} if there's no caret within current
* composed text
* @param visiblePosition the position that's most important
- * to be visible; null
if there's no
+ * to be visible; {@code null} if there's no
* recommendation for a visible position within current
* composed text
- * @throws IllegalArgumentException if id
is not
+ * @throws IllegalArgumentException if {@code id} is not
* in the range
- * INPUT_METHOD_FIRST
..INPUT_METHOD_LAST
;
- * or if id is CARET_POSITION_CHANGED
and
- * text
is not null
;
- * or if committedCharacterCount
is not in the range
- * 0
..(text.getEndIndex() - text.getBeginIndex())
- * @throws IllegalArgumentException if source
is null
+ * {@code INPUT_METHOD_FIRST}..{@code INPUT_METHOD_LAST};
+ * or if id is {@code CARET_POSITION_CHANGED} and
+ * {@code text} is not {@code null};
+ * or if {@code committedCharacterCount} is not in the range
+ * {@code 0}..{@code (text.getEndIndex() - text.getBeginIndex())}
+ * @throws IllegalArgumentException if {@code source} is null
*
* @since 1.4
*/
@@ -177,46 +177,46 @@
}
/**
- * Constructs an InputMethodEvent
with the specified
+ * Constructs an {@code InputMethodEvent} with the specified
* source component, type, text, caret, and visiblePosition.
* text
- * if this is an INPUT_METHOD_TEXT_CHANGED
event,
- * the composed text within the text
of the
- * preceding INPUT_METHOD_TEXT_CHANGED
event otherwise.
+ * composed text; that is, the composed text within {@code text}
+ * if this is an {@code INPUT_METHOD_TEXT_CHANGED} event,
+ * the composed text within the {@code text} of the
+ * preceding {@code INPUT_METHOD_TEXT_CHANGED} event otherwise.
* The time stamp for this event is initialized by invoking
* {@link java.awt.EventQueue#getMostRecentEventTime()}.
- * id
results in
+ * IllegalArgumentException
if source
- * is null
.
+ * {@code IllegalArgumentException} if {@code source}
+ * is {@code null}.
*
* @param source the object where the event originated
* @param id the event type
* @param text the combined committed and composed text,
- * committed text first; must be null
- * when the event type is CARET_POSITION_CHANGED
;
- * may be null
for
- * INPUT_METHOD_TEXT_CHANGED
if there's no
+ * committed text first; must be {@code null}
+ * when the event type is {@code CARET_POSITION_CHANGED};
+ * may be {@code null} for
+ * {@code INPUT_METHOD_TEXT_CHANGED} if there's no
* committed or composed text
* @param committedCharacterCount the number of committed
* characters in the text
* @param caret the caret (a.k.a. insertion point);
- * null
if there's no caret within current
+ * {@code null} if there's no caret within current
* composed text
* @param visiblePosition the position that's most important
- * to be visible; null
if there's no
+ * to be visible; {@code null} if there's no
* recommendation for a visible position within current
* composed text
- * @throws IllegalArgumentException if id
is not
+ * @throws IllegalArgumentException if {@code id} is not
* in the range
- * INPUT_METHOD_FIRST
..INPUT_METHOD_LAST
;
- * or if id is CARET_POSITION_CHANGED
and
- * text
is not null
;
- * or if committedCharacterCount
is not in the range
- * 0
..(text.getEndIndex() - text.getBeginIndex())
- * @throws IllegalArgumentException if source
is null
+ * {@code INPUT_METHOD_FIRST}..{@code INPUT_METHOD_LAST};
+ * or if id is {@code CARET_POSITION_CHANGED} and
+ * {@code text} is not {@code null};
+ * or if {@code committedCharacterCount} is not in the range
+ * {@code 0}..{@code (text.getEndIndex() - text.getBeginIndex())}
+ * @throws IllegalArgumentException if {@code source} is null
*/
public InputMethodEvent(Component source, int id,
AttributedCharacterIterator text, int committedCharacterCount,
@@ -228,39 +228,39 @@
}
/**
- * Constructs an InputMethodEvent
with the
+ * Constructs an {@code InputMethodEvent} with the
* specified source component, type, caret, and visiblePosition.
- * The text is set to null
,
- * committedCharacterCount
to 0.
+ * The text is set to {@code null},
+ * {@code committedCharacterCount} to 0.
* caret
and visiblePosition
+ * The offsets of {@code caret} and {@code visiblePosition}
* are relative to the current composed text; that is,
- * the composed text within the text
of the
- * preceding INPUT_METHOD_TEXT_CHANGED
event if the
- * event being constructed as a CARET_POSITION_CHANGED
event.
- * For an INPUT_METHOD_TEXT_CHANGED
event without text,
- * caret
and visiblePosition
must be
- * null
.
+ * the composed text within the {@code text} of the
+ * preceding {@code INPUT_METHOD_TEXT_CHANGED} event if the
+ * event being constructed as a {@code CARET_POSITION_CHANGED} event.
+ * For an {@code INPUT_METHOD_TEXT_CHANGED} event without text,
+ * {@code caret} and {@code visiblePosition} must be
+ * {@code null}.
* The time stamp for this event is initialized by invoking
* {@link java.awt.EventQueue#getMostRecentEventTime()}.
- * id
results in
+ * IllegalArgumentException
if source
- * is null
.
+ * {@code IllegalArgumentException} if {@code source}
+ * is {@code null}.
*
* @param source the object where the event originated
* @param id the event type
* @param caret the caret (a.k.a. insertion point);
- * null
if there's no caret within current
+ * {@code null} if there's no caret within current
* composed text
* @param visiblePosition the position that's most important
- * to be visible; null
if there's no
+ * to be visible; {@code null} if there's no
* recommendation for a visible position within current
* composed text
- * @throws IllegalArgumentException if id
is not
+ * @throws IllegalArgumentException if {@code id} is not
* in the range
- * INPUT_METHOD_FIRST
..INPUT_METHOD_LAST
- * @throws IllegalArgumentException if source
is null
+ * {@code INPUT_METHOD_FIRST}..{@code INPUT_METHOD_LAST}
+ * @throws IllegalArgumentException if {@code source} is null
*/
public InputMethodEvent(Component source, int id, TextHitInfo caret,
TextHitInfo visiblePosition) {
@@ -271,7 +271,7 @@
/**
* Gets the combined committed and composed text.
- * Characters from index 0 to index getCommittedCharacterCount() - 1
are committed
+ * Characters from index 0 to index {@code getCommittedCharacterCount() - 1} are committed
* text, the remaining characters are composed text.
*
* @return the text.
@@ -295,9 +295,9 @@
* INPUT_METHOD_TEXT_CHANGED
event,
+ * if this is an {@code INPUT_METHOD_TEXT_CHANGED} event,
* the composed text within getText() of the
- * preceding INPUT_METHOD_TEXT_CHANGED
event otherwise.
+ * preceding {@code INPUT_METHOD_TEXT_CHANGED} event otherwise.
*
* @return the caret (a.k.a. insertion point).
* Null if there's no caret within current composed text.
@@ -311,9 +311,9 @@
* INPUT_METHOD_TEXT_CHANGED
event,
+ * if this is an {@code INPUT_METHOD_TEXT_CHANGED} event,
* the composed text within getText() of the
- * preceding INPUT_METHOD_TEXT_CHANGED
event otherwise.
+ * preceding {@code INPUT_METHOD_TEXT_CHANGED} event otherwise.
*
* @return the position that's most important to be visible.
* Null if there's no recommendation for a visible position within current composed text.
@@ -411,7 +411,7 @@
}
/**
- * Initializes the when
field if it is not present in the
+ * Initializes the {@code when} field if it is not present in the
* object input stream. In that case, the field will be initialized by
* invoking {@link java.awt.EventQueue#getMostRecentEventTime()}.
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/event/ItemEvent.java 2015-10-04 22:53:32.993271935 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/event/ItemEvent.java 2015-10-04 22:53:32.801271944 +0400
@@ -32,12 +32,12 @@
* A semantic event which indicates that an item was selected or deselected.
* This high-level event is generated by an ItemSelectable object (such as a
* List) when an item is selected or deselected by the user.
- * The event is passed to every ItemListener
object which
+ * The event is passed to every {@code ItemListener} object which
* registered to receive such events using the component's
- * addItemListener
method.
+ * {@code addItemListener} method.
* ItemListener
interface gets
- * this ItemEvent
when the event occurs. The listener is
+ * The object that implements the {@code ItemListener} interface gets
+ * this {@code ItemEvent} when the event occurs. The listener is
* spared the details of processing individual mouse movements and mouse
* clicks, and can instead process a "meaningful" (semantic) event like
* "item selected" or "item deselected".
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@
Object item;
/**
- * stateChange
indicates whether the item
+ * {@code stateChange} indicates whether the {@code item}
* was selected or deselected.
*
* @serial
@@ -112,12 +112,12 @@
private static final long serialVersionUID = -608708132447206933L;
/**
- * Constructs an ItemEvent
object.
+ * Constructs an {@code ItemEvent} object.
* IllegalArgumentException
if source
- * is null
.
+ * {@code IllegalArgumentException} if {@code source}
+ * is {@code null}.
*
- * @param source The ItemSelectable
object
+ * @param source The {@code ItemSelectable} object
* that originated the event
* @param id The integer that identifies the event type.
* For information on allowable values, see
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@
* selected or deselected.
* For information on allowable values, see
* the class description for {@link ItemEvent}
- * @throws IllegalArgumentException if source
is null
+ * @throws IllegalArgumentException if {@code source} is null
* @see #getItemSelectable()
* @see #getID()
* @see #getStateChange()
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/event/ItemListener.java 2015-10-04 22:53:33.517271911 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/event/ItemListener.java 2015-10-04 22:53:33.325271920 +0400
@@ -32,9 +32,9 @@
* The class that is interested in processing an item event
* implements this interface. The object created with that
* class is then registered with a component using the
- * component's addItemListener
method. When an
+ * component's {@code addItemListener} method. When an
* item-selection event occurs, the listener object's
- * itemStateChanged
method is invoked.
+ * {@code itemStateChanged} method is invoked.
*
* @author Amy Fowler
*
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/event/KeyAdapter.java 2015-10-04 22:53:34.041271888 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/event/KeyAdapter.java 2015-10-04 22:53:33.849271897 +0400
@@ -30,17 +30,17 @@
* The methods in this class are empty. This class exists as
* convenience for creating listener objects.
* KeyEvent
listener
+ * Extend this class to create a {@code KeyEvent} listener
* and override the methods for the events of interest. (If you implement the
- * KeyListener
interface, you have to define all of
+ * {@code KeyListener} interface, you have to define all of
* the methods in it. This abstract class defines null methods for them
* all, so you can only have to define methods for events you care about.)
* addKeyListener
+ * a component using the component's {@code addKeyListener}
* method. When a key is pressed, released, or typed,
* the relevant method in the listener object is invoked,
- * and the KeyEvent
is passed to it.
+ * and the {@code KeyEvent} is passed to it.
*
* @author Carl Quinn
*
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/event/KeyEvent.java 2015-10-04 22:53:34.565271864 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/event/KeyEvent.java 2015-10-04 22:53:34.373271873 +0400
@@ -37,12 +37,12 @@
* KeyListener
- * or KeyAdapter
object which registered to receive such
- * events using the component's addKeyListener
method.
- * (KeyAdapter
objects implement the
- * KeyListener
interface.) Each such listener object
- * gets this KeyEvent
when the event occurs.
+ * The event is passed to every {@code KeyListener}
+ * or {@code KeyAdapter} object which registered to receive such
+ * events using the component's {@code addKeyListener} method.
+ * ({@code KeyAdapter} objects implement the
+ * {@code KeyListener} interface.) Each such listener object
+ * gets this {@code KeyEvent} when the event occurs.
* KEY_TYPED
events do not have a keyLocation; this value
+ * {@code KEY_TYPED} events do not have a keyLocation; this value
* is used instead.
* @since 1.4
*/
@@ -1028,7 +1028,7 @@
int keyCode;
/**
- * keyChar
is a valid unicode character
+ * {@code keyChar} is a valid unicode character
* that is fired by a key or a key combination on
* a keyboard.
*
@@ -1045,9 +1045,9 @@
* right shift keys. Additionally, some keys occur on the numeric
* keypad. This variable is used to distinguish such keys.
*
- * The only legal values are KEY_LOCATION_UNKNOWN
,
- * KEY_LOCATION_STANDARD
, KEY_LOCATION_LEFT
,
- * KEY_LOCATION_RIGHT
, and KEY_LOCATION_NUMPAD
.
+ * The only legal values are {@code KEY_LOCATION_UNKNOWN},
+ * {@code KEY_LOCATION_STANDARD}, {@code KEY_LOCATION_LEFT},
+ * {@code KEY_LOCATION_RIGHT}, and {@code KEY_LOCATION_NUMPAD}.
*
* @serial
* @see #getKeyLocation()
@@ -1115,12 +1115,12 @@
}
/**
- * Constructs a KeyEvent
object.
+ * Constructs a {@code KeyEvent} object.
* IllegalArgumentException
if source
- * is null
.
+ * {@code IllegalArgumentException} if {@code source}
+ * is {@code null}.
*
- * @param source The Component
that originated the event
+ * @param source The {@code Component} that originated the event
* @param id An integer indicating the type of event.
* For information on allowable values, see
* the class description for {@link KeyEvent}
@@ -1142,19 +1142,19 @@
* CHAR_UNDEFINED (for key-pressed and key-released
* events which do not map to a valid Unicode character)
* @param keyLocation Identifies the key location. The only legal
- * values are KEY_LOCATION_UNKNOWN
,
- * KEY_LOCATION_STANDARD
, KEY_LOCATION_LEFT
,
- * KEY_LOCATION_RIGHT
, and KEY_LOCATION_NUMPAD
.
+ * values are {@code KEY_LOCATION_UNKNOWN},
+ * {@code KEY_LOCATION_STANDARD}, {@code KEY_LOCATION_LEFT},
+ * {@code KEY_LOCATION_RIGHT}, and {@code KEY_LOCATION_NUMPAD}.
* @throws IllegalArgumentException
- * if id
is KEY_TYPED
and
- * keyChar
is CHAR_UNDEFINED
;
- * or if id
is KEY_TYPED
and
- * keyCode
is not VK_UNDEFINED
;
- * or if id
is KEY_TYPED
and
- * keyLocation
is not KEY_LOCATION_UNKNOWN
;
- * or if keyLocation
is not one of the legal
+ * if {@code id} is {@code KEY_TYPED} and
+ * {@code keyChar} is {@code CHAR_UNDEFINED};
+ * or if {@code id} is {@code KEY_TYPED} and
+ * {@code keyCode} is not {@code VK_UNDEFINED};
+ * or if {@code id} is {@code KEY_TYPED} and
+ * {@code keyLocation} is not {@code KEY_LOCATION_UNKNOWN};
+ * or if {@code keyLocation} is not one of the legal
* values enumerated above.
- * @throws IllegalArgumentException if source
is null
+ * @throws IllegalArgumentException if {@code source} is null
* @see #getSource()
* @see #getID()
* @see #getWhen()
@@ -1196,12 +1196,12 @@
}
/**
- * Constructs a KeyEvent
object.
+ * Constructs a {@code KeyEvent} object.
* IllegalArgumentException
if source
- * is null
.
+ * {@code IllegalArgumentException} if {@code source}
+ * is {@code null}.
*
- * @param source The Component
that originated the event
+ * @param source The {@code Component} that originated the event
* @param id An integer indicating the type of event.
* For information on allowable values, see
* the class description for {@link KeyEvent}
@@ -1222,12 +1222,12 @@
* @param keyChar The Unicode character generated by this event, or
* CHAR_UNDEFINED (for key-pressed and key-released
* events which do not map to a valid Unicode character)
- * @throws IllegalArgumentException if id
is
- * KEY_TYPED
and keyChar
is
- * CHAR_UNDEFINED
; or if id
is
- * KEY_TYPED
and keyCode
is not
- * VK_UNDEFINED
- * @throws IllegalArgumentException if source
is null
+ * @throws IllegalArgumentException if {@code id} is
+ * {@code KEY_TYPED} and {@code keyChar} is
+ * {@code CHAR_UNDEFINED}; or if {@code id} is
+ * {@code KEY_TYPED} and {@code keyCode} is not
+ * {@code VK_UNDEFINED}
+ * @throws IllegalArgumentException if {@code source} is null
* @see #getSource()
* @see #getID()
* @see #getWhen()
@@ -1243,7 +1243,7 @@
/**
* @deprecated as of JDK1.1; use {@link #KeyEvent(Component, int, long, int, int, char)} instead
- * @param source The Component
that originated the event
+ * @param source The {@code Component} that originated the event
* @param id An integer indicating the type of event.
* For information on allowable values, see
* the class description for {@link KeyEvent}
@@ -1272,8 +1272,8 @@
* Returns the integer keyCode associated with the key in this event.
*
* @return the integer code for an actual key on the keyboard.
- * (For KEY_TYPED
events, the keyCode is
- * VK_UNDEFINED
.)
+ * (For {@code KEY_TYPED} events, the keyCode is
+ * {@code VK_UNDEFINED}.)
*/
public int getKeyCode() {
return keyCode;
@@ -1290,17 +1290,17 @@
/**
* Returns the character associated with the key in this event.
- * For example, the KEY_TYPED
event for shift + "a"
+ * For example, the {@code KEY_TYPED} event for shift + "a"
* returns the value for "A".
* KEY_PRESSED
and KEY_RELEASED
events
+ * {@code KEY_PRESSED} and {@code KEY_RELEASED} events
* are not intended for reporting of character input. Therefore,
* the values returned by this method are guaranteed to be
- * meaningful only for KEY_TYPED
events.
+ * meaningful only for {@code KEY_TYPED} events.
*
* @return the Unicode character defined for this key event.
* If no valid Unicode character exists for this key event,
- * CHAR_UNDEFINED
is returned.
+ * {@code CHAR_UNDEFINED} is returned.
*/
public char getKeyChar() {
return keyChar;
@@ -1322,7 +1322,7 @@
* KEY_TYPED
events where the shift
+ * especially true for {@code KEY_TYPED} events where the shift
* modifier is changed.
*
* @param modifiers an integer combination of the modifier constants.
@@ -1347,8 +1347,8 @@
* keypad. This provides a way of distinguishing such keys.
*
* @return the location of the key that was pressed or released.
- * Always returns KEY_LOCATION_UNKNOWN
for
- * KEY_TYPED
events.
+ * Always returns {@code KEY_LOCATION_UNKNOWN} for
+ * {@code KEY_TYPED} events.
* @since 1.4
*/
public int getKeyLocation() {
@@ -1541,15 +1541,15 @@
}
/**
- * Returns a String
describing the modifier key(s),
+ * Returns a {@code String} describing the modifier key(s),
* such as "Shift", or "Ctrl+Shift". These strings can be
- * localized by changing the awt.properties
file.
+ * localized by changing the {@code awt.properties} file.
* InputEvent.ALT_MASK
and
- * InputEvent.BUTTON2_MASK
have the same value,
+ * Note that {@code InputEvent.ALT_MASK} and
+ * {@code InputEvent.BUTTON2_MASK} have the same value,
* so the string "Alt" is returned for both modifiers. Likewise,
- * InputEvent.META_MASK
and
- * InputEvent.BUTTON3_MASK
have the same value,
+ * {@code InputEvent.META_MASK} and
+ * {@code InputEvent.BUTTON3_MASK} have the same value,
* so the string "Meta" is returned for both modifiers.
*
* @param modifiers the modifier mask to be processed
@@ -1595,8 +1595,8 @@
* Typically an action key does not fire a unicode character and is
* not a modifier key.
*
- * @return true
if the key is an "action" key,
- * false
otherwise
+ * @return {@code true} if the key is an "action" key,
+ * {@code false} otherwise
*/
public boolean isActionKey() {
switch (keyCode) {
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/event/KeyListener.java 2015-10-04 22:53:35.113271840 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/event/KeyListener.java 2015-10-04 22:53:34.921271848 +0400
@@ -31,14 +31,14 @@
* The listener interface for receiving keyboard events (keystrokes).
* The class that is interested in processing a keyboard event
* either implements this interface (and all the methods it
- * contains) or extends the abstract KeyAdapter
class
+ * contains) or extends the abstract {@code KeyAdapter} class
* (overriding only the methods of interest).
* addKeyListener
+ * component using the component's {@code addKeyListener}
* method. A keyboard event is generated when a key is pressed, released,
* or typed. The relevant method in the listener
- * object is then invoked, and the KeyEvent
is passed to it.
+ * object is then invoked, and the {@code KeyEvent} is passed to it.
*
* @author Carl Quinn
*
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/event/MouseEvent.java 2015-10-04 22:53:35.729271812 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/event/MouseEvent.java 2015-10-04 22:53:35.537271821 +0400
@@ -526,11 +526,11 @@
* {@link java.awt.MouseInfo#getNumberOfButtons() MouseInfo.getNumberOfButtons()}
* if the mouse has more than three buttons.
*
*
MouseMotionListener
.)
+ * {@code MouseMotionListener}.)
* MouseAdapter
class
+ * contains) or extends the abstract {@code MouseAdapter} class
* (overriding only the methods of interest).
* addMouseListener
+ * component using the component's {@code addMouseListener}
* method. A mouse event is generated when the mouse is pressed, released
* clicked (pressed and released). A mouse event is also generated when
* the mouse cursor enters or leaves a component. When a mouse event
* occurs, the relevant method in the listener object is invoked, and
- * the MouseEvent
is passed to it.
+ * the {@code MouseEvent} is passed to it.
*
* @author Carl Quinn
*
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/event/MouseMotionAdapter.java 2015-10-04 22:53:36.885271760 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/event/MouseMotionAdapter.java 2015-10-04 22:53:36.693271769 +0400
@@ -34,16 +34,16 @@
* (Many such events will be generated in a normal program.
* To track clicks and other mouse events, use the MouseAdapter.)
* MouseEvent
listener
+ * Extend this class to create a {@code MouseEvent} listener
* and override the methods for the events of interest. (If you implement the
- * MouseMotionListener
interface, you have to define all of
+ * {@code MouseMotionListener} interface, you have to define all of
* the methods in it. This abstract class defines null methods for them
* all, so you can only have to define methods for events you care about.)
* addMouseMotionListener
+ * a component using the component's {@code addMouseMotionListener}
* method. When the mouse is moved or dragged, the relevant method in the
- * listener object is invoked and the MouseEvent
is passed to it.
+ * listener object is invoked and the {@code MouseEvent} is passed to it.
*
* @author Amy Fowler
*
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/event/MouseMotionListener.java 2015-10-04 22:53:37.409271737 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/event/MouseMotionListener.java 2015-10-04 22:53:37.221271745 +0400
@@ -29,19 +29,19 @@
/**
* The listener interface for receiving mouse motion events on a component.
- * (For clicks and other mouse events, use the MouseListener
.)
+ * (For clicks and other mouse events, use the {@code MouseListener}.)
* MouseMotionAdapter
class
+ * contains) or extends the abstract {@code MouseMotionAdapter} class
* (overriding only the methods of interest).
* addMouseMotionListener
+ * component using the component's {@code addMouseMotionListener}
* method. A mouse motion event is generated when the mouse is moved
* or dragged. (Many such events will be generated). When a mouse motion event
* occurs, the relevant method in the listener object is invoked, and
- * the MouseEvent
is passed to it.
+ * the {@code MouseEvent} is passed to it.
*
* @author Amy Fowler
*
@@ -55,13 +55,13 @@
/**
* Invoked when a mouse button is pressed on a component and then
- * dragged. MOUSE_DRAGGED
events will continue to be
+ * dragged. {@code MOUSE_DRAGGED} events will continue to be
* delivered to the component where the drag originated until the
* mouse button is released (regardless of whether the mouse position
* is within the bounds of the component).
* MOUSE_DRAGGED
events may not be delivered during a native
+ * {@code MOUSE_DRAGGED} events may not be delivered during a native
* Drag&Drop operation.
* @param e the event to be processed
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/event/MouseWheelEvent.java 2015-10-04 22:53:37.933271713 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/event/MouseWheelEvent.java 2015-10-04 22:53:37.745271722 +0400
@@ -36,10 +36,10 @@
* This wheel can be rotated towards or away from the user. Mouse wheels are
* most often used for scrolling, though other uses are possible.
* MouseWheelListener
+ * A MouseWheelEvent object is passed to every {@code MouseWheelListener}
* object which registered to receive the "interesting" mouse events using the
- * component's addMouseWheelListener
method. Each such listener
- * object gets a MouseEvent
containing the mouse event.
+ * component's {@code addMouseWheelListener} method. Each such listener
+ * object gets a {@code MouseEvent} containing the mouse event.
* MouseWheelEvent
class includes methods for
+ * The {@code MouseWheelEvent} class includes methods for
* getting the number of "clicks" by which the mouse wheel is rotated.
* The {@link #getWheelRotation} method returns the integer number
* of "clicks" corresponding to the number of notches by which the wheel was
- * rotated. In addition to this method, the MouseWheelEvent
+ * rotated. In addition to this method, the {@code MouseWheelEvent}
* class provides the {@link #getPreciseWheelRotation} method which returns
* a double number of "clicks" in case a partial rotation occurred.
* The {@link #getPreciseWheelRotation} method is useful if a mouse supports
@@ -160,17 +160,17 @@
private static final long serialVersionUID = 6459879390515399677L;
/**
- * Constructs a MouseWheelEvent
object with the
+ * Constructs a {@code MouseWheelEvent} object with the
* specified source component, type, modifiers, coordinates,
* scroll type, scroll amount, and wheel rotation.
* id
results in
+ * IllegalArgumentException
if source
- * is null
.
+ * {@code IllegalArgumentException} if {@code source}
+ * is {@code null}.
*
- * @param source the Component
that originated
+ * @param source the {@code Component} that originated
* the event
* @param id the integer that identifies the event
* @param when a long that gives the time the event occurred
@@ -183,14 +183,14 @@
* popup-menu
* @param scrollType the type of scrolling which should take place in
* response to this event; valid values are
- * WHEEL_UNIT_SCROLL
and
- * WHEEL_BLOCK_SCROLL
- * @param scrollAmount for scrollType WHEEL_UNIT_SCROLL
,
+ * {@code WHEEL_UNIT_SCROLL} and
+ * {@code WHEEL_BLOCK_SCROLL}
+ * @param scrollAmount for scrollType {@code WHEEL_UNIT_SCROLL},
* the number of units to be scrolled
* @param wheelRotation the integer number of "clicks" by which the mouse
* wheel was rotated
*
- * @throws IllegalArgumentException if source
is null
+ * @throws IllegalArgumentException if {@code source} is null
* @see MouseEvent#MouseEvent(java.awt.Component, int, long, int, int, int, int, boolean)
* @see MouseEvent#MouseEvent(java.awt.Component, int, long, int, int, int, int, int, int, boolean, int)
*/
@@ -203,18 +203,18 @@
}
/**
- * Constructs a MouseWheelEvent
object with the
+ * Constructs a {@code MouseWheelEvent} object with the
* specified source component, type, modifiers, coordinates,
* absolute coordinates, scroll type, scroll amount, and wheel rotation.
- * id
results in
+ * IllegalArgumentException
if source
- * is null
.Component
that originated
+ * @param source the {@code Component} that originated
* the event
* @param id the integer that identifies the event
* @param when a long that gives the time the event occurred
@@ -229,14 +229,14 @@
* popup-menu
* @param scrollType the type of scrolling which should take place in
* response to this event; valid values are
- * WHEEL_UNIT_SCROLL
and
- * WHEEL_BLOCK_SCROLL
- * @param scrollAmount for scrollType WHEEL_UNIT_SCROLL
,
+ * {@code WHEEL_UNIT_SCROLL} and
+ * {@code WHEEL_BLOCK_SCROLL}
+ * @param scrollAmount for scrollType {@code WHEEL_UNIT_SCROLL},
* the number of units to be scrolled
* @param wheelRotation the integer number of "clicks" by which the mouse
* wheel was rotated
*
- * @throws IllegalArgumentException if source
is null
+ * @throws IllegalArgumentException if {@code source} is null
* @see MouseEvent#MouseEvent(java.awt.Component, int, long, int, int, int, int, boolean)
* @see MouseEvent#MouseEvent(java.awt.Component, int, long, int, int, int, int, int, int, boolean, int)
* @since 1.6
@@ -252,45 +252,45 @@
/**
- * Constructs a MouseWheelEvent
object with the specified
+ * Constructs a {@code MouseWheelEvent} object with the specified
* source component, type, modifiers, coordinates, absolute coordinates,
* scroll type, scroll amount, and wheel rotation.
- * id
parameter results
+ * IllegalArgumentException
if source
equals
- * null
.
+ * {@code IllegalArgumentException} if {@code source} equals
+ * {@code null}.
* MouseWheelEvent
instance
+ * are passed to the constructor, a {@code MouseWheelEvent} instance
* is still created and no exception is thrown.
*
- * @param source the Component
that originated the event
+ * @param source the {@code Component} that originated the event
* @param id the integer value that identifies the event
* @param when a long value that gives the time when the event occurred
* @param modifiers the modifier keys down during event
* (shift, ctrl, alt, meta)
- * @param x the horizontal x
coordinate for the
+ * @param x the horizontal {@code x} coordinate for the
* mouse location
- * @param y the vertical y
coordinate for the
+ * @param y the vertical {@code y} coordinate for the
* mouse location
- * @param xAbs the absolute horizontal x
coordinate for
+ * @param xAbs the absolute horizontal {@code x} coordinate for
* the mouse location
- * @param yAbs the absolute vertical y
coordinate for
+ * @param yAbs the absolute vertical {@code y} coordinate for
* the mouse location
* @param clickCount the number of mouse clicks associated with the event
- * @param popupTrigger a boolean value, true
if this event is a trigger
+ * @param popupTrigger a boolean value, {@code true} if this event is a trigger
* for a popup-menu
* @param scrollType the type of scrolling which should take place in
* response to this event; valid values are
- * WHEEL_UNIT_SCROLL
and
- * WHEEL_BLOCK_SCROLL
- * @param scrollAmount for scrollType WHEEL_UNIT_SCROLL
,
+ * {@code WHEEL_UNIT_SCROLL} and
+ * {@code WHEEL_BLOCK_SCROLL}
+ * @param scrollAmount for scrollType {@code WHEEL_UNIT_SCROLL},
* the number of units to be scrolled
* @param wheelRotation the integer number of "clicks" by which the mouse wheel
* was rotated
* @param preciseWheelRotation the double number of "clicks" by which the mouse wheel
* was rotated
*
- * @throws IllegalArgumentException if source
is null
+ * @throws IllegalArgumentException if {@code source} is null
* @see MouseEvent#MouseEvent(java.awt.Component, int, long, int, int, int, int, boolean)
* @see MouseEvent#MouseEvent(java.awt.Component, int, long, int, int, int, int, int, int, boolean, int)
* @since 1.7
@@ -332,12 +332,12 @@
/**
* Returns the number of units that should be scrolled per
* click of mouse wheel rotation.
- * Only valid if getScrollType
returns
- * MouseWheelEvent.WHEEL_UNIT_SCROLL
+ * Only valid if {@code getScrollType} returns
+ * {@code MouseWheelEvent.WHEEL_UNIT_SCROLL}
*
* @return number of units to scroll, or an undefined value if
- * getScrollType
returns
- * MouseWheelEvent.WHEEL_BLOCK_SCROLL
+ * {@code getScrollType} returns
+ * {@code MouseWheelEvent.WHEEL_BLOCK_SCROLL}
* @see #getScrollType
*/
public int getScrollAmount() {
@@ -377,12 +377,12 @@
* This is a convenience method to aid in the implementation of
* the common-case MouseWheelListener - to scroll a ScrollPane or
* JScrollPane by an amount which conforms to the platform settings.
- * (Note, however, that ScrollPane
and
- * JScrollPane
already have this functionality built in.)
+ * (Note, however, that {@code ScrollPane} and
+ * {@code JScrollPane} already have this functionality built in.)
* getScrollType
returns MouseWheelEvent.WHEEL_UNIT_SCROLL.
+ * {@code getScrollType} returns MouseWheelEvent.WHEEL_UNIT_SCROLL.
* MouseListener
.
- * For mouse movement and drags, use the MouseMotionListener
.)
+ * (For clicks and other mouse events, use the {@code MouseListener}.
+ * For mouse movement and drags, use the {@code MouseMotionListener}.)
* addMouseWheelListener
+ * component using the component's {@code addMouseWheelListener}
* method. A mouse wheel event is generated when the mouse wheel is rotated.
- * When a mouse wheel event occurs, that object's mouseWheelMoved
+ * When a mouse wheel event occurs, that object's {@code mouseWheelMoved}
* method is invoked.
* PaintEvent
object with the specified
+ * Constructs a {@code PaintEvent} object with the specified
* source component and type.
* IllegalArgumentException
if source
- * is null
.
+ * {@code IllegalArgumentException} if {@code source}
+ * is {@code null}.
*
* @param source The object where the event originated
* @param id The integer that identifies the event type.
* For information on allowable values, see
* the class description for {@link PaintEvent}
* @param updateRect The rectangle area which needs to be repainted
- * @throws IllegalArgumentException if source
is null
+ * @throws IllegalArgumentException if {@code source} is null
* @see #getSource()
* @see #getID()
* @see #getUpdateRect()
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/event/TextEvent.java 2015-10-04 22:53:39.513271642 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/event/TextEvent.java 2015-10-04 22:53:39.325271651 +0400
@@ -31,11 +31,11 @@
* A semantic event which indicates that an object's text changed.
* This high-level event is generated by an object (such as a TextComponent)
* when its text changes. The event is passed to
- * every TextListener
object which registered to receive such
- * events using the component's addTextListener
method.
+ * every {@code TextListener} object which registered to receive such
+ * events using the component's {@code addTextListener} method.
* TextListener
interface gets
- * this TextEvent
when the event occurs. The listener is
+ * The object that implements the {@code TextListener} interface gets
+ * this {@code TextEvent} when the event occurs. The listener is
* spared the details of processing individual mouse movements and key strokes
* Instead, it can process a "meaningful" (semantic) event like "text changed".
* TextEvent
object.
+ * Constructs a {@code TextEvent} object.
* IllegalArgumentException
if source
- * is null
.
+ * {@code IllegalArgumentException} if {@code source}
+ * is {@code null}.
*
- * @param source The (TextComponent
) object that
+ * @param source The ({@code TextComponent}) object that
* originated the event
* @param id An integer that identifies the event type.
* For information on allowable values, see
* the class description for {@link TextEvent}
- * @throws IllegalArgumentException if source
is null
+ * @throws IllegalArgumentException if {@code source} is null
* @see #getSource()
* @see #getID()
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/event/TextListener.java 2015-10-04 22:53:40.037271619 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/event/TextListener.java 2015-10-04 22:53:39.849271627 +0400
@@ -33,9 +33,9 @@
* The class that is interested in processing a text event
* implements this interface. The object created with that
* class is then registered with a component using the
- * component's addTextListener
method. When the
+ * component's {@code addTextListener} method. When the
* component's text changes, the listener object's
- * textValueChanged
method is invoked.
+ * {@code textValueChanged} method is invoked.
*
* @author Georges Saab
*
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/event/WindowAdapter.java 2015-10-04 22:53:40.561271595 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/event/WindowAdapter.java 2015-10-04 22:53:40.373271604 +0400
@@ -30,18 +30,18 @@
* The methods in this class are empty. This class exists as
* convenience for creating listener objects.
* WindowEvent
listener
+ * Extend this class to create a {@code WindowEvent} listener
* and override the methods for the events of interest. (If you implement the
- * WindowListener
interface, you have to define all of
+ * {@code WindowListener} interface, you have to define all of
* the methods in it. This abstract class defines null methods for them
* all, so you can only have to define methods for events you care about.)
* addWindowListener
+ * a Window using the window's {@code addWindowListener}
* method. When the window's status changes by virtue of being opened,
* closed, activated or deactivated, iconified or deiconified,
* the relevant method in the listener
- * object is invoked, and the WindowEvent
is passed to it.
+ * object is invoked, and the {@code WindowEvent} is passed to it.
*
* @see WindowEvent
* @see WindowListener
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/event/WindowEvent.java 2015-10-04 22:53:41.113271570 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/event/WindowEvent.java 2015-10-04 22:53:40.897271580 +0400
@@ -36,12 +36,12 @@
* activated, deactivated, iconified, or deiconified, or when focus is
* transferred into or out of the Window.
* WindowListener
- * or WindowAdapter
object which registered to receive such
- * events using the window's addWindowListener
method.
- * (WindowAdapter
objects implement the
- * WindowListener
interface.) Each such listener object
- * gets this WindowEvent
when the event occurs.
+ * The event is passed to every {@code WindowListener}
+ * or {@code WindowAdapter} object which registered to receive such
+ * events using the window's {@code addWindowListener} method.
+ * ({@code WindowAdapter} objects implement the
+ * {@code WindowListener} interface.) Each such listener object
+ * gets this {@code WindowEvent} when the event occurs.
* WindowEvent
object.
+ * Constructs a {@code WindowEvent} object.
* IllegalArgumentException
if source
- * is null
.
+ * {@code IllegalArgumentException} if {@code source}
+ * is {@code null}.
*
- * @param source The Window
object
+ * @param source The {@code Window} object
* that originated the event
* @param id An integer indicating the type of event.
* For information on allowable values, see
* the class description for {@link WindowEvent}
* @param opposite The other window involved in the focus or activation
- * change, or null
+ * change, or {@code null}
* @param oldState Previous state of the window for window state change event.
* See {@code #getOldState()} for allowable values
* @param newState New state of the window for window state change event.
* See {@code #getNewState()} for allowable values
- * @throws IllegalArgumentException if source
is null
+ * @throws IllegalArgumentException if {@code source} is null
* @see #getWindow()
* @see #getID()
* @see #getOppositeWindow()
@@ -210,24 +210,24 @@
}
/**
- * Constructs a WindowEvent
object with the
- * specified opposite Window
. The opposite
- * Window
is the other Window
+ * Constructs a {@code WindowEvent} object with the
+ * specified opposite {@code Window}. The opposite
+ * {@code Window} is the other {@code Window}
* involved in this focus or activation change.
- * For a WINDOW_ACTIVATED
or
- * WINDOW_GAINED_FOCUS
event, this is the
- * Window
that lost activation or focus.
- * For a WINDOW_DEACTIVATED
or
- * WINDOW_LOST_FOCUS
event, this is the
- * Window
that gained activation or focus.
+ * For a {@code WINDOW_ACTIVATED} or
+ * {@code WINDOW_GAINED_FOCUS} event, this is the
+ * {@code Window} that lost activation or focus.
+ * For a {@code WINDOW_DEACTIVATED} or
+ * {@code WINDOW_LOST_FOCUS} event, this is the
+ * {@code Window} that gained activation or focus.
* If this focus change occurs with a native application, with a
* Java application in a different VM, or with no other
- * Window
, then the opposite Window is null
.
+ * {@code Window}, then the opposite Window is {@code null}.
* IllegalArgumentException
if source
- * is null
.
+ * {@code IllegalArgumentException} if {@code source}
+ * is {@code null}.
*
- * @param source The Window
object that
+ * @param source The {@code Window} object that
* originated the event
* @param id An integer indicating the type of event.
* For information on allowable values, see
@@ -237,11 +237,11 @@
* {@code WINDOW_ACTIVATED},{@code WINDOW_DEACTIVATED},
* {@code WINDOW_GAINED_FOCUS}, or {@code WINDOW_LOST_FOCUS}.
* {@code WindowEvent} types,
- * because the opposite Window
of other event types
+ * because the opposite {@code Window} of other event types
* will always be {@code null}.
- * @param opposite The other Window
involved in the
- * focus or activation change, or null
- * @throws IllegalArgumentException if source
is null
+ * @param opposite The other {@code Window} involved in the
+ * focus or activation change, or {@code null}
+ * @throws IllegalArgumentException if {@code source} is null
* @see #getWindow()
* @see #getID()
* @see #getOppositeWindow()
@@ -252,13 +252,13 @@
}
/**
- * Constructs a WindowEvent
object with the specified
+ * Constructs a {@code WindowEvent} object with the specified
* previous and new window states.
* IllegalArgumentException
if source
- * is null
.
+ * {@code IllegalArgumentException} if {@code source}
+ * is {@code null}.
*
- * @param source The Window
object
+ * @param source The {@code Window} object
* that originated the event
* @param id An integer indicating the type of event.
* For information on allowable values, see
@@ -273,7 +273,7 @@
* See {@code #getOldState()} for allowable values
* @param newState An integer representing the new window state.
* See {@code #getNewState()} for allowable values
- * @throws IllegalArgumentException if source
is null
+ * @throws IllegalArgumentException if {@code source} is null
* @see #getWindow()
* @see #getID()
* @see #getOldState()
@@ -285,16 +285,16 @@
}
/**
- * Constructs a WindowEvent
object.
+ * Constructs a {@code WindowEvent} object.
* IllegalArgumentException
if source
- * is null
.
+ * {@code IllegalArgumentException} if {@code source}
+ * is {@code null}.
*
- * @param source The Window
object that originated the event
+ * @param source The {@code Window} object that originated the event
* @param id An integer indicating the type of event.
* For information on allowable values, see
* the class description for {@link WindowEvent}.
- * @throws IllegalArgumentException if source
is null
+ * @throws IllegalArgumentException if {@code source} is null
* @see #getWindow()
* @see #getID()
*/
@@ -336,18 +336,18 @@
}
/**
- * For WINDOW_STATE_CHANGED
events returns the
+ * For {@code WINDOW_STATE_CHANGED} events returns the
* previous state of the window. The state is
* represented as a bitwise mask.
*
- *
*
* @return a bitwise mask of the previous window state
@@ -359,18 +359,18 @@
}
/**
- * For NORMAL
+ *
Indicates that no state bits are set.
- * ICONIFIED
- * MAXIMIZED_HORIZ
- * MAXIMIZED_VERT
- * MAXIMIZED_BOTH
- *
Concatenates MAXIMIZED_HORIZ
- * and MAXIMIZED_VERT
.
+ *
Concatenates {@code MAXIMIZED_HORIZ}
+ * and {@code MAXIMIZED_VERT}.
* WINDOW_STATE_CHANGED
events returns the
+ * For {@code WINDOW_STATE_CHANGED} events returns the
* new state of the window. The state is
* represented as a bitwise mask.
*
- *
*
* @return a bitwise mask of the new window state
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/event/WindowFocusListener.java 2015-10-04 22:53:41.637271547 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/event/WindowFocusListener.java 2015-10-04 22:53:41.449271555 +0400
@@ -28,20 +28,20 @@
import java.util.EventListener;
/**
- * The listener interface for receiving NORMAL
+ *
Indicates that no state bits are set.
- * ICONIFIED
- * MAXIMIZED_HORIZ
- * MAXIMIZED_VERT
- * MAXIMIZED_BOTH
- *
Concatenates MAXIMIZED_HORIZ
- * and MAXIMIZED_VERT
.
+ *
Concatenates {@code MAXIMIZED_HORIZ}
+ * and {@code MAXIMIZED_VERT}.
* WindowEvents
, including
- * WINDOW_GAINED_FOCUS
and WINDOW_LOST_FOCUS
events.
- * The class that is interested in processing a WindowEvent
+ * The listener interface for receiving {@code WindowEvents}, including
+ * {@code WINDOW_GAINED_FOCUS} and {@code WINDOW_LOST_FOCUS} events.
+ * The class that is interested in processing a {@code WindowEvent}
* either implements this interface (and
* all the methods it contains) or extends the abstract
- * WindowAdapter
class (overriding only the methods of interest).
+ * {@code WindowAdapter} class (overriding only the methods of interest).
* The listener object created from that class is then registered with a
- * Window
- * using the Window
's addWindowFocusListener
method.
- * When the Window
's
+ * {@code Window}
+ * using the {@code Window}'s {@code addWindowFocusListener} method.
+ * When the {@code Window}'s
* status changes by virtue of it being opened, closed, activated, deactivated,
* iconified, or deiconified, or by focus being transferred into or out of the
- * Window
, the relevant method in the listener object is invoked,
- * and the WindowEvent
is passed to it.
+ * {@code Window}, the relevant method in the listener object is invoked,
+ * and the {@code WindowEvent} is passed to it.
*
* @author David Mendenhall
*
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/event/WindowListener.java 2015-10-04 22:53:42.157271523 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/event/WindowListener.java 2015-10-04 22:53:41.969271532 +0400
@@ -31,14 +31,14 @@
* The listener interface for receiving window events.
* The class that is interested in processing a window event
* either implements this interface (and all the methods it
- * contains) or extends the abstract WindowAdapter
class
+ * contains) or extends the abstract {@code WindowAdapter} class
* (overriding only the methods of interest).
* The listener object created from that class is then registered with a
- * Window using the window's addWindowListener
+ * Window using the window's {@code addWindowListener}
* method. When the window's status changes by virtue of being opened,
* closed, activated or deactivated, iconified or deiconified,
* the relevant method in the listener object is invoked, and the
- * WindowEvent
is passed to it.
+ * {@code WindowEvent} is passed to it.
*
* @author Carl Quinn
*
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/event/WindowStateListener.java 2015-10-04 22:53:42.681271500 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/event/WindowStateListener.java 2015-10-04 22:53:42.489271508 +0400
@@ -32,15 +32,15 @@
* WindowAdapter
class
+ * or extends the abstract {@code WindowAdapter} class
* (overriding only the methods of interest).
* Window
's
- * addWindowStateListener
method. When the window's
+ * a window using the {@code Window}'s
+ * {@code addWindowStateListener} method. When the window's
* state changes by virtue of being iconified, maximized etc., the
- * windowStateChanged
method in the listener object is
- * invoked, and the WindowEvent
is passed to it.
+ * {@code windowStateChanged} method in the listener object is
+ * invoked, and the {@code WindowEvent} is passed to it.
*
* @see java.awt.event.WindowAdapter
* @see java.awt.event.WindowEvent
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/font/FontRenderContext.java 2015-10-04 22:53:43.249271474 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/font/FontRenderContext.java 2015-10-04 22:53:43.061271483 +0400
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
import java.awt.geom.AffineTransform;
/**
-* The FontRenderContext
class is a container for the
+* The {@code FontRenderContext} class is a container for the
* information needed to correctly measure text. The measurement of text
* can vary because of rules that map outlines to pixels, and rendering
* hints provided by an application.
@@ -52,9 +52,9 @@
* affect the size of a character because of rounding to pixel
* boundaries.
* FontRenderContext
are
+* Typically, instances of {@code FontRenderContext} are
* obtained from a {@link java.awt.Graphics2D Graphics2D} object. A
-* FontRenderContext
which is directly constructed will
+* {@code FontRenderContext} which is directly constructed will
* most likely not represent any actual graphics device, and may lead
* to unexpected or incorrect results.
* @see java.awt.RenderingHints#KEY_TEXT_ANTIALIASING
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@
private transient boolean defaulting;
/**
- * Constructs a new FontRenderContext
+ * Constructs a new {@code FontRenderContext}
* object.
*
*/
@@ -81,19 +81,19 @@
}
/**
- * Constructs a FontRenderContext
object from an
- * optional {@link AffineTransform} and two boolean
+ * Constructs a {@code FontRenderContext} object from an
+ * optional {@link AffineTransform} and two {@code boolean}
* values that determine if the newly constructed object has
* anti-aliasing or fractional metrics.
- * In each case the boolean values true
and false
- * correspond to the rendering hint values ON
and
- * OFF
respectively.
+ * In each case the boolean values {@code true} and {@code false}
+ * correspond to the rendering hint values {@code ON} and
+ * {@code OFF} respectively.
* FontRenderContext
. If null, an
+ * to pixels in this {@code FontRenderContext}. If null, an
* identity transform is used.
* @param isAntiAliased determines if the newly constructed object
* has anti-aliasing.
@@ -119,16 +119,16 @@
}
/**
- * Constructs a FontRenderContext
object from an
- * optional {@link AffineTransform} and two Object
+ * Constructs a {@code FontRenderContext} object from an
+ * optional {@link AffineTransform} and two {@code Object}
* values that determine if the newly constructed object has
* anti-aliasing or fractional metrics.
* @param tx the transform which is used to scale typographical points
- * to pixels in this FontRenderContext
. If null, an
+ * to pixels in this {@code FontRenderContext}. If null, an
* identity transform is used.
* @param aaHint - one of the text antialiasing rendering hint values
* defined in {@link java.awt.RenderingHints java.awt.RenderingHints}.
- * Any other value will throw IllegalArgumentException
.
+ * Any other value will throw {@code IllegalArgumentException}.
* {@link java.awt.RenderingHints#VALUE_TEXT_ANTIALIAS_DEFAULT VALUE_TEXT_ANTIALIAS_DEFAULT}
* may be specified, in which case the mode used is implementation
* dependent.
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@
* {@link java.awt.RenderingHints#VALUE_FRACTIONALMETRICS_DEFAULT VALUE_FRACTIONALMETRICS_DEFAULT}
* may be specified, in which case the mode used is implementation
* dependent.
- * Any other value will throw IllegalArgumentException
+ * Any other value will throw {@code IllegalArgumentException}
* @throws IllegalArgumentException if the hints are not one of the
* legal values.
* @since 1.6
@@ -167,11 +167,11 @@
}
/**
- * Indicates whether or not this FontRenderContext
object
+ * Indicates whether or not this {@code FontRenderContext} object
* measures text in a transformed render context.
- * @return true
if this FontRenderContext
+ * @return {@code true} if this {@code FontRenderContext}
* object has a non-identity AffineTransform attribute.
- * false
otherwise.
+ * {@code false} otherwise.
* @see java.awt.font.FontRenderContext#getTransform
* @since 1.6
*/
@@ -185,7 +185,7 @@
/**
* Returns the integer type of the affine transform for this
- * FontRenderContext
as specified by
+ * {@code FontRenderContext} as specified by
* {@link java.awt.geom.AffineTransform#getType()}
* @return the type of the transform.
* @see AffineTransform
@@ -205,9 +205,9 @@
/**
* Gets the transform that is used to scale typographical points
- * to pixels in this FontRenderContext
.
- * @return the AffineTransform
of this
- * FontRenderContext
.
+ * to pixels in this {@code FontRenderContext}.
+ * @return the {@code AffineTransform} of this
+ * {@code FontRenderContext}.
* @see AffineTransform
*/
public AffineTransform getTransform() {
@@ -216,11 +216,11 @@
/**
* Returns a boolean which indicates whether or not some form of
- * antialiasing is specified by this FontRenderContext
.
+ * antialiasing is specified by this {@code FontRenderContext}.
* Call {@link #getAntiAliasingHint() getAntiAliasingHint()}
* for the specific rendering hint value.
- * @return true
, if text is anti-aliased in this
- * FontRenderContext
; false
otherwise.
+ * @return {@code true}, if text is anti-aliased in this
+ * {@code FontRenderContext}; {@code false} otherwise.
* @see java.awt.RenderingHints#KEY_TEXT_ANTIALIASING
* @see #FontRenderContext(AffineTransform,boolean,boolean)
* @see #FontRenderContext(AffineTransform,Object,Object)
@@ -232,12 +232,12 @@
/**
* Returns a boolean which whether text fractional metrics mode
- * is used in this FontRenderContext
.
+ * is used in this {@code FontRenderContext}.
* Call {@link #getFractionalMetricsHint() getFractionalMetricsHint()}
* to obtain the corresponding rendering hint value.
- * @return true
, if layout should be performed with
- * fractional metrics; false
otherwise.
- * in this FontRenderContext
.
+ * @return {@code true}, if layout should be performed with
+ * fractional metrics; {@code false} otherwise.
+ * in this {@code FontRenderContext}.
* @see java.awt.RenderingHints#KEY_FRACTIONALMETRICS
* @see #FontRenderContext(AffineTransform,boolean,boolean)
* @see #FontRenderContext(AffineTransform,Object,Object)
@@ -249,11 +249,11 @@
/**
* Return the text anti-aliasing rendering mode hint used in this
- * FontRenderContext
.
+ * {@code FontRenderContext}.
* This will be one of the text antialiasing rendering hint values
* defined in {@link java.awt.RenderingHints java.awt.RenderingHints}.
* @return text anti-aliasing rendering mode hint used in this
- * FontRenderContext
.
+ * {@code FontRenderContext}.
* @since 1.6
*/
public Object getAntiAliasingHint() {
@@ -269,11 +269,11 @@
/**
* Return the text fractional metrics rendering mode hint used in this
- * FontRenderContext
.
+ * {@code FontRenderContext}.
* This will be one of the text fractional metrics rendering hint values
* defined in {@link java.awt.RenderingHints java.awt.RenderingHints}.
* @return the text fractional metrics rendering mode hint used in this
- * FontRenderContext
.
+ * {@code FontRenderContext}.
* @since 1.6
*/
public Object getFractionalMetricsHint() {
@@ -291,8 +291,8 @@
* Return true if obj is an instance of FontRenderContext and has the same
* transform, antialiasing, and fractional metrics values as this.
* @param obj the object to test for equality
- * @return true
if the specified object is equal to
- * this FontRenderContext
; false
+ * @return {@code true} if the specified object is equal to
+ * this {@code FontRenderContext}; {@code false}
* otherwise.
*/
public boolean equals(Object obj) {
@@ -307,9 +307,9 @@
/**
* Return true if rhs has the same transform, antialiasing,
* and fractional metrics values as this.
- * @param rhs the FontRenderContext
to test for equality
- * @return true
if rhs
is equal to
- * this FontRenderContext
; false
+ * @param rhs the {@code FontRenderContext} to test for equality
+ * @return {@code true} if {@code rhs} is equal to
+ * this {@code FontRenderContext}; {@code false}
* otherwise.
* @since 1.4
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/font/GlyphJustificationInfo.java 2015-10-04 22:53:43.781271450 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/font/GlyphJustificationInfo.java 2015-10-04 22:53:43.589271459 +0400
@@ -40,12 +40,12 @@
package java.awt.font;
/**
- * The GlyphJustificationInfo
class represents information
+ * The {@code GlyphJustificationInfo} class represents information
* about the justification properties of a glyph. A glyph is the visual
* representation of one or more characters. Many different glyphs can
* be used to represent a single character or combination of characters.
* The four justification properties represented by
- * GlyphJustificationInfo
are weight, priority, absorb and
+ * {@code GlyphJustificationInfo} are weight, priority, absorb and
* limit.
* GlyphJustificationInfo
represents two sets of
+ * Each {@code GlyphJustificationInfo} represents two sets of
* metrics, which are growing and shrinking. Growing
* metrics are used when the glyphs on a line are to be
* spread apart to fit a larger width. Shrinking metrics are used when
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@
* Constructs information about the justification properties of a
* glyph.
* @param weight the weight of this glyph when allocating space. Must be non-negative.
- * @param growAbsorb if true
this glyph absorbs
+ * @param growAbsorb if {@code true} this glyph absorbs
* all extra space at this priority and lower priority levels when it
* grows
* @param growPriority the priority level of this glyph when it
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@
* glyph can grow. Must be non-negative.
* @param growRightLimit the maximum amount by which the right side of this
* glyph can grow. Must be non-negative.
- * @param shrinkAbsorb if true
, this glyph absorbs all
+ * @param shrinkAbsorb if {@code true}, this glyph absorbs all
* remaining shrinkage at this and lower priority levels when it
* shrinks
* @param shrinkPriority the priority level of this glyph when
@@ -172,7 +172,7 @@
public final int growPriority;
/**
- * If true
, this glyph absorbs all extra
+ * If {@code true}, this glyph absorbs all extra
* space at this and lower priority levels when it grows.
*/
public final boolean growAbsorb;
@@ -193,7 +193,7 @@
public final int shrinkPriority;
/**
- * If true
,this glyph absorbs all remaining shrinkage at
+ * If {@code true},this glyph absorbs all remaining shrinkage at
* this and lower priority levels as it shrinks.
*/
public final boolean shrinkAbsorb;
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/font/GlyphMetrics.java 2015-10-04 22:53:44.305271427 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/font/GlyphMetrics.java 2015-10-04 22:53:44.117271435 +0400
@@ -43,12 +43,12 @@
import java.awt.geom.Rectangle2D;
/**
- * The GlyphMetrics
class represents information for a
+ * The {@code GlyphMetrics} class represents information for a
* single glyph. A glyph is the visual representation of one or more
* characters. Many different glyphs can be used to represent a single
- * character or combination of characters. GlyphMetrics
+ * character or combination of characters. {@code GlyphMetrics}
* instances are produced by {@link java.awt.Font Font} and are applicable
- * to a specific glyph in a particular Font
.
+ * to a specific glyph in a particular {@code Font}.
*
@@ -61,18 +61,18 @@
* as accent marks. Carets do not appear before COMBINING glyphs.
*
* GlyphMetrics
are the
+ * Other metrics available through {@code GlyphMetrics} are the
* components of the advance, the visual bounds, and the left and right
* side bearings.
* GlyphVector
+ * Glyphs for a rotated font, or obtained from a {@code GlyphVector}
* which has applied a rotation to the glyph, can have advances that
* contain both X and Y components. Usually the advance only has one
* component.
* GlyphVector
,
+ * or horizontal. Note that, in a {@code GlyphVector},
* the distance from a glyph to its following glyph might not be the
* glyph's advance, because of kerning or other positioning adjustments.
* GlyphMetrics
can be directly
+ * Although instances of {@code GlyphMetrics} can be directly
* constructed, they are almost always obtained from a
- * GlyphVector
. Once constructed, GlyphMetrics
+ * {@code GlyphVector}. Once constructed, {@code GlyphMetrics}
* objects are immutable.
* Font
for glyph information
+ * Querying a {@code Font} for glyph information
*
* Font font = ...;
* int glyphIndex = ...;
@@ -171,7 +171,7 @@
public static final byte WHITESPACE = 4;
/**
- * Constructs a
GlyphMetrics
object.
+ * Constructs a {@code GlyphMetrics} object.
* @param advance the advance width of the glyph
* @param bounds the black box bounds of the glyph
* @param glyphType the type of the glyph
@@ -186,7 +186,7 @@
}
/**
- * Constructs a GlyphMetrics
object.
+ * Constructs a {@code GlyphMetrics} object.
* @param horizontal if true, metrics are for a horizontal baseline,
* otherwise they are for a vertical baseline
* @param advanceX the X-component of the glyph's advance
@@ -278,45 +278,45 @@
}
/**
- * Returns true
if this is a standard glyph.
- * @return true
if this is a standard glyph;
- * false
otherwise.
+ * Returns {@code true} if this is a standard glyph.
+ * @return {@code true} if this is a standard glyph;
+ * {@code false} otherwise.
*/
public boolean isStandard() {
return (glyphType & 0x3) == STANDARD;
}
/**
- * Returns true
if this is a ligature glyph.
- * @return true
if this is a ligature glyph;
- * false
otherwise.
+ * Returns {@code true} if this is a ligature glyph.
+ * @return {@code true} if this is a ligature glyph;
+ * {@code false} otherwise.
*/
public boolean isLigature() {
return (glyphType & 0x3) == LIGATURE;
}
/**
- * Returns true
if this is a combining glyph.
- * @return true
if this is a combining glyph;
- * false
otherwise.
+ * Returns {@code true} if this is a combining glyph.
+ * @return {@code true} if this is a combining glyph;
+ * {@code false} otherwise.
*/
public boolean isCombining() {
return (glyphType & 0x3) == COMBINING;
}
/**
- * Returns true
if this is a component glyph.
- * @return true
if this is a component glyph;
- * false
otherwise.
+ * Returns {@code true} if this is a component glyph.
+ * @return {@code true} if this is a component glyph;
+ * {@code false} otherwise.
*/
public boolean isComponent() {
return (glyphType & 0x3) == COMPONENT;
}
/**
- * Returns true
if this is a whitespace glyph.
- * @return true
if this is a whitespace glyph;
- * false
otherwise.
+ * Returns {@code true} if this is a whitespace glyph.
+ * @return {@code true} if this is a whitespace glyph;
+ * {@code false} otherwise.
*/
public boolean isWhitespace() {
return (glyphType & 0x4) == WHITESPACE;
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/font/GlyphVector.java 2015-10-04 22:53:44.837271403 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/font/GlyphVector.java 2015-10-04 22:53:44.645271412 +0400
@@ -41,65 +41,65 @@
import java.awt.font.GlyphJustificationInfo;
/**
- * A GlyphVector
object is a collection of glyphs
+ * A {@code GlyphVector} object is a collection of glyphs
* containing geometric information for the placement of each glyph
* in a transformed coordinate space which corresponds to the
- * device on which the GlyphVector
is ultimately
+ * device on which the {@code GlyphVector} is ultimately
* displayed.
* GlyphVector
does not attempt any interpretation of
+ * The {@code GlyphVector} does not attempt any interpretation of
* the sequence of glyphs it contains. Relationships between adjacent
* glyphs in sequence are solely used to determine the placement of
* the glyphs in the visual coordinate space.
* GlyphVector
are created by a {@link Font}.
+ * Instances of {@code GlyphVector} are created by a {@link Font}.
* GlyphVector
for use during rendering is the fastest
+ * {@code GlyphVector} for use during rendering is the fastest
* method to present the visual representation of characters to a user.
* GlyphVector
is associated with exactly one
- * Font
, and can provide data useful only in relation to
- * this Font
. In addition, metrics obtained from a
- * GlyphVector
are not generally geometrically scalable
+ * A {@code GlyphVector} is associated with exactly one
+ * {@code Font}, and can provide data useful only in relation to
+ * this {@code Font}. In addition, metrics obtained from a
+ * {@code GlyphVector} are not generally geometrically scalable
* since the pixelization and spacing are dependent on grid-fitting
- * algorithms within a Font
. To facilitate accurate
- * measurement of a GlyphVector
and its component
+ * algorithms within a {@code Font}. To facilitate accurate
+ * measurement of a {@code GlyphVector} and its component
* glyphs, you must specify a scaling transform, anti-alias mode, and
- * fractional metrics mode when creating the GlyphVector
.
+ * fractional metrics mode when creating the {@code GlyphVector}.
* These characteristics can be derived from the destination device.
* GlyphVector
, you can obtain:
+ * For each glyph in the {@code GlyphVector}, you can obtain:
*
*
* GlyphVector
. The metrics of the glyph may be
+ * {@code GlyphVector}. The metrics of the glyph may be
* different under different transforms, application specified
* rendering hints, and the specific instance of the glyph within
- * the GlyphVector
.
+ * the {@code GlyphVector}.
* GlyphVector
does not
- * alter the state of the GlyphVector
.
+ * Altering the data used to create the {@code GlyphVector} does not
+ * alter the state of the {@code GlyphVector}.
* GlyphVector
. These methods are most
+ * within the {@code GlyphVector}. These methods are most
* appropriate for applications that are performing justification
* operations for the presentation of the glyphs.
* GlyphVector
. These methods are primarily useful for
+ * {@code GlyphVector}. These methods are primarily useful for
* special effects.
* GlyphVector
or of individual glyphs within
- * the GlyphVector
.
+ * of the entire {@code GlyphVector} or of individual glyphs within
+ * the {@code GlyphVector}.
* GlyphVector
, and for individual glyphs within the
- * GlyphVector
.
+ * {@code GlyphVector}, and for individual glyphs within the
+ * {@code GlyphVector}.
* @see Font
* @see GlyphMetrics
* @see TextLayout
@@ -113,19 +113,19 @@
//
/**
- * Returns the Font
associated with this
- * GlyphVector
.
- * @return Font
used to create this
- * GlyphVector
.
+ * Returns the {@code Font} associated with this
+ * {@code GlyphVector}.
+ * @return {@code Font} used to create this
+ * {@code GlyphVector}.
* @see Font
*/
public abstract Font getFont();
/**
* Returns the {@link FontRenderContext} associated with this
- * GlyphVector
.
- * @return FontRenderContext
used to create this
- * GlyphVector
.
+ * {@code GlyphVector}.
+ * @return {@code FontRenderContext} used to create this
+ * {@code GlyphVector}.
* @see FontRenderContext
* @see Font
*/
@@ -137,54 +137,54 @@
/**
* Assigns default positions to each glyph in this
- * GlyphVector
. This can destroy information
- * generated during initial layout of this GlyphVector
.
+ * {@code GlyphVector}. This can destroy information
+ * generated during initial layout of this {@code GlyphVector}.
*/
public abstract void performDefaultLayout();
/**
- * Returns the number of glyphs in this GlyphVector
.
- * @return number of glyphs in this GlyphVector
.
+ * Returns the number of glyphs in this {@code GlyphVector}.
+ * @return number of glyphs in this {@code GlyphVector}.
*/
public abstract int getNumGlyphs();
/**
* Returns the glyphcode of the specified glyph.
* This return value is meaningless to anything other
- * than the Font
object that created this
- * GlyphVector
.
- * @param glyphIndex the index into this GlyphVector
+ * than the {@code Font} object that created this
+ * {@code GlyphVector}.
+ * @param glyphIndex the index into this {@code GlyphVector}
* that corresponds to the glyph from which to retrieve the
* glyphcode.
* @return the glyphcode of the glyph at the specified
- * glyphIndex
.
- * @throws IndexOutOfBoundsException if glyphIndex
+ * {@code glyphIndex}.
+ * @throws IndexOutOfBoundsException if {@code glyphIndex}
* is less than 0 or greater than or equal to the
- * number of glyphs in this GlyphVector
+ * number of glyphs in this {@code GlyphVector}
*/
public abstract int getGlyphCode(int glyphIndex);
/**
* Returns an array of glyphcodes for the specified glyphs.
* The contents of this return value are meaningless to anything other
- * than the Font
used to create this
- * GlyphVector
. This method is used
+ * than the {@code Font} used to create this
+ * {@code GlyphVector}. This method is used
* for convenience and performance when processing glyphcodes.
* If no array is passed in, a new array is created.
* @param beginGlyphIndex the index into this
- * GlyphVector
at which to start retrieving glyphcodes
+ * {@code GlyphVector} at which to start retrieving glyphcodes
* @param numEntries the number of glyphcodes to retrieve
* @param codeReturn the array that receives the glyphcodes and is
* then returned
* @return an array of glyphcodes for the specified glyphs.
- * @throws IllegalArgumentException if numEntries
is
+ * @throws IllegalArgumentException if {@code numEntries} is
* less than 0
- * @throws IndexOutOfBoundsException if beginGlyphIndex
+ * @throws IndexOutOfBoundsException if {@code beginGlyphIndex}
* is less than 0
* @throws IndexOutOfBoundsException if the sum of
- * beginGlyphIndex
and numEntries
is
+ * {@code beginGlyphIndex} and {@code numEntries} is
* greater than the number of glyphs in this
- * GlyphVector
+ * {@code GlyphVector}
*/
public abstract int[] getGlyphCodes(int beginGlyphIndex, int numEntries,
int[] codeReturn);
@@ -231,41 +231,41 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the logical bounds of this GlyphVector
.
- * This method is used when positioning this GlyphVector
- * in relation to visually adjacent GlyphVector
objects.
+ * Returns the logical bounds of this {@code GlyphVector}.
+ * This method is used when positioning this {@code GlyphVector}
+ * in relation to visually adjacent {@code GlyphVector} objects.
* @return a {@link Rectangle2D} that is the logical bounds of this
- * GlyphVector
.
+ * {@code GlyphVector}.
*/
public abstract Rectangle2D getLogicalBounds();
/**
- * Returns the visual bounds of this GlyphVector
+ * Returns the visual bounds of this {@code GlyphVector}
* The visual bounds is the bounding box of the outline of this
- * GlyphVector
. Because of rasterization and
+ * {@code GlyphVector}. Because of rasterization and
* alignment of pixels, it is possible that this box does not
- * enclose all pixels affected by rendering this GlyphVector
.
- * @return a Rectangle2D
that is the bounding box
- * of this GlyphVector
.
+ * enclose all pixels affected by rendering this {@code GlyphVector}.
+ * @return a {@code Rectangle2D} that is the bounding box
+ * of this {@code GlyphVector}.
*/
public abstract Rectangle2D getVisualBounds();
/**
- * Returns the pixel bounds of this GlyphVector
when
+ * Returns the pixel bounds of this {@code GlyphVector} when
* rendered in a graphics with the given
- * FontRenderContext
at the given location. The
+ * {@code FontRenderContext} at the given location. The
* renderFRC need not be the same as the
- * FontRenderContext
of this
- * GlyphVector
, and can be null. If it is null, the
- * FontRenderContext
of this GlyphVector
+ * {@code FontRenderContext} of this
+ * {@code GlyphVector}, and can be null. If it is null, the
+ * {@code FontRenderContext} of this {@code GlyphVector}
* is used. The default implementation returns the visual bounds,
* offset to x, y and rounded out to the next integer value (i.e. returns an
* integer rectangle which encloses the visual bounds) and
* ignores the FRC. Subclassers should override this method.
- * @param renderFRC the FontRenderContext
of the Graphics
.
- * @param x the x-coordinate at which to render this GlyphVector
.
- * @param y the y-coordinate at which to render this GlyphVector
.
- * @return a Rectangle
bounding the pixels that would be affected.
+ * @param renderFRC the {@code FontRenderContext} of the {@code Graphics}.
+ * @param x the x-coordinate at which to render this {@code GlyphVector}.
+ * @param y the y-coordinate at which to render this {@code GlyphVector}.
+ * @return a {@code Rectangle} bounding the pixels that would be affected.
* @since 1.4
*/
public Rectangle getPixelBounds(FontRenderContext renderFRC, float x, float y) {
@@ -279,57 +279,57 @@
/**
- * Returns a Shape
whose interior corresponds to the
- * visual representation of this GlyphVector
.
- * @return a Shape
that is the outline of this
- * GlyphVector
.
+ * Returns a {@code Shape} whose interior corresponds to the
+ * visual representation of this {@code GlyphVector}.
+ * @return a {@code Shape} that is the outline of this
+ * {@code GlyphVector}.
*/
public abstract Shape getOutline();
/**
- * Returns a Shape
whose interior corresponds to the
- * visual representation of this GlyphVector
when
+ * Returns a {@code Shape} whose interior corresponds to the
+ * visual representation of this {@code GlyphVector} when
* rendered at x, y.
- * @param x the X coordinate of this GlyphVector
.
- * @param y the Y coordinate of this GlyphVector
.
- * @return a Shape
that is the outline of this
- * GlyphVector
when rendered at the specified
+ * @param x the X coordinate of this {@code GlyphVector}.
+ * @param y the Y coordinate of this {@code GlyphVector}.
+ * @return a {@code Shape} that is the outline of this
+ * {@code GlyphVector} when rendered at the specified
* coordinates.
*/
public abstract Shape getOutline(float x, float y);
/**
- * Returns a Shape
whose interior corresponds to the
+ * Returns a {@code Shape} whose interior corresponds to the
* visual representation of the specified glyph
- * within this GlyphVector
.
+ * within this {@code GlyphVector}.
* The outline returned by this method is positioned around the
* origin of each individual glyph.
- * @param glyphIndex the index into this GlyphVector
- * @return a Shape
that is the outline of the glyph
- * at the specified glyphIndex
of this
- * GlyphVector
.
- * @throws IndexOutOfBoundsException if glyphIndex
+ * @param glyphIndex the index into this {@code GlyphVector}
+ * @return a {@code Shape} that is the outline of the glyph
+ * at the specified {@code glyphIndex} of this
+ * {@code GlyphVector}.
+ * @throws IndexOutOfBoundsException if {@code glyphIndex}
* is less than 0 or greater than or equal to the number
- * of glyphs in this GlyphVector
+ * of glyphs in this {@code GlyphVector}
*/
public abstract Shape getGlyphOutline(int glyphIndex);
/**
- * Returns a Shape
whose interior corresponds to the
+ * Returns a {@code Shape} whose interior corresponds to the
* visual representation of the specified glyph
- * within this GlyphVector
, offset to x, y.
+ * within this {@code GlyphVector}, offset to x, y.
* The outline returned by this method is positioned around the
* origin of each individual glyph.
- * @param glyphIndex the index into this GlyphVector
+ * @param glyphIndex the index into this {@code GlyphVector}
* @param x the X coordinate of the location of this {@code GlyphVector}
* @param y the Y coordinate of the location of this {@code GlyphVector}
- * @return a Shape
that is the outline of the glyph
- * at the specified glyphIndex
of this
- * GlyphVector
when rendered at the specified
+ * @return a {@code Shape} that is the outline of the glyph
+ * at the specified {@code glyphIndex} of this
+ * {@code GlyphVector} when rendered at the specified
* coordinates.
- * @throws IndexOutOfBoundsException if glyphIndex
+ * @throws IndexOutOfBoundsException if {@code glyphIndex}
* is less than 0 or greater than or equal to the number
- * of glyphs in this GlyphVector
+ * of glyphs in this {@code GlyphVector}
* @since 1.4
*/
public Shape getGlyphOutline(int glyphIndex, float x, float y) {
@@ -340,67 +340,67 @@
/**
* Returns the position of the specified glyph relative to the
- * origin of this GlyphVector
.
- * If glyphIndex
equals the number of glyphs in
- * this GlyphVector
, this method returns the position after
+ * origin of this {@code GlyphVector}.
+ * If {@code glyphIndex} equals the number of glyphs in
+ * this {@code GlyphVector}, this method returns the position after
* the last glyph. This position is used to define the advance of
- * the entire GlyphVector
.
- * @param glyphIndex the index into this GlyphVector
+ * the entire {@code GlyphVector}.
+ * @param glyphIndex the index into this {@code GlyphVector}
* @return a {@link Point2D} object that is the position of the glyph
- * at the specified glyphIndex
.
- * @throws IndexOutOfBoundsException if glyphIndex
+ * at the specified {@code glyphIndex}.
+ * @throws IndexOutOfBoundsException if {@code glyphIndex}
* is less than 0 or greater than the number of glyphs
- * in this GlyphVector
+ * in this {@code GlyphVector}
* @see #setGlyphPosition
*/
public abstract Point2D getGlyphPosition(int glyphIndex);
/**
* Sets the position of the specified glyph within this
- * GlyphVector
.
- * If glyphIndex
equals the number of glyphs in
- * this GlyphVector
, this method sets the position after
+ * {@code GlyphVector}.
+ * If {@code glyphIndex} equals the number of glyphs in
+ * this {@code GlyphVector}, this method sets the position after
* the last glyph. This position is used to define the advance of
- * the entire GlyphVector
.
- * @param glyphIndex the index into this GlyphVector
- * @param newPos the Point2D
at which to position the
- * glyph at the specified glyphIndex
- * @throws IndexOutOfBoundsException if glyphIndex
+ * the entire {@code GlyphVector}.
+ * @param glyphIndex the index into this {@code GlyphVector}
+ * @param newPos the {@code Point2D} at which to position the
+ * glyph at the specified {@code glyphIndex}
+ * @throws IndexOutOfBoundsException if {@code glyphIndex}
* is less than 0 or greater than the number of glyphs
- * in this GlyphVector
+ * in this {@code GlyphVector}
* @see #getGlyphPosition
*/
public abstract void setGlyphPosition(int glyphIndex, Point2D newPos);
/**
* Returns the transform of the specified glyph within this
- * GlyphVector
. The transform is relative to the
+ * {@code GlyphVector}. The transform is relative to the
* glyph position. If no special transform has been applied,
- * null
can be returned. A null return indicates
+ * {@code null} can be returned. A null return indicates
* an identity transform.
- * @param glyphIndex the index into this GlyphVector
+ * @param glyphIndex the index into this {@code GlyphVector}
* @return an {@link AffineTransform} that is the transform of
- * the glyph at the specified glyphIndex
.
- * @throws IndexOutOfBoundsException if glyphIndex
+ * the glyph at the specified {@code glyphIndex}.
+ * @throws IndexOutOfBoundsException if {@code glyphIndex}
* is less than 0 or greater than or equal to the number
- * of glyphs in this GlyphVector
+ * of glyphs in this {@code GlyphVector}
* @see #setGlyphTransform
*/
public abstract AffineTransform getGlyphTransform(int glyphIndex);
/**
* Sets the transform of the specified glyph within this
- * GlyphVector
. The transform is relative to the glyph
- * position. A null
argument for newTX
+ * {@code GlyphVector}. The transform is relative to the glyph
+ * position. A {@code null} argument for {@code newTX}
* indicates that no special transform is applied for the specified
* glyph.
* This method can be used to rotate, mirror, translate and scale the
* glyph. Adding a transform can result in significant performance changes.
- * @param glyphIndex the index into this GlyphVector
- * @param newTX the new transform of the glyph at glyphIndex
- * @throws IndexOutOfBoundsException if glyphIndex
+ * @param glyphIndex the index into this {@code GlyphVector}
+ * @param newTX the new transform of the glyph at {@code glyphIndex}
+ * @throws IndexOutOfBoundsException if {@code glyphIndex}
* is less than 0 or greater than or equal to the number
- * of glyphs in this GlyphVector
+ * of glyphs in this {@code GlyphVector}
* @see #getGlyphTransform
*/
public abstract void setGlyphTransform(int glyphIndex, AffineTransform newTX);
@@ -426,14 +426,14 @@
}
/**
- * A flag used with getLayoutFlags that indicates that this GlyphVector
has
+ * A flag used with getLayoutFlags that indicates that this {@code GlyphVector} has
* per-glyph transforms.
* @since 1.4
*/
public static final int FLAG_HAS_TRANSFORMS = 1;
/**
- * A flag used with getLayoutFlags that indicates that this GlyphVector
has
+ * A flag used with getLayoutFlags that indicates that this {@code GlyphVector} has
* position adjustments. When this is true, the glyph positions don't match the
* accumulated default advances of the glyphs (for example, if kerning has been done).
* @since 1.4
@@ -441,7 +441,7 @@
public static final int FLAG_HAS_POSITION_ADJUSTMENTS = 2;
/**
- * A flag used with getLayoutFlags that indicates that this GlyphVector
has
+ * A flag used with getLayoutFlags that indicates that this {@code GlyphVector} has
* a right-to-left run direction. This refers to the glyph-to-char mapping and does
* not imply that the visual locations of the glyphs are necessarily in this order,
* although generally they will be.
@@ -450,7 +450,7 @@
public static final int FLAG_RUN_RTL = 4;
/**
- * A flag used with getLayoutFlags that indicates that this GlyphVector
has
+ * A flag used with getLayoutFlags that indicates that this {@code GlyphVector} has
* a complex glyph-to-char mapping (one that does not map glyphs to chars one-to-one in
* strictly ascending or descending order matching the run direction).
* @since 1.4
@@ -474,86 +474,86 @@
* processing glyph positions.
* If no array is passed in, a new array is created.
* Even numbered array entries beginning with position zero are the X
- * coordinates of the glyph numbered beginGlyphIndex + position/2
.
+ * coordinates of the glyph numbered {@code beginGlyphIndex + position/2}.
* Odd numbered array entries beginning with position one are the Y
- * coordinates of the glyph numbered beginGlyphIndex + (position-1)/2
.
- * If beginGlyphIndex
equals the number of glyphs in
- * this GlyphVector
, this method gets the position after
+ * coordinates of the glyph numbered {@code beginGlyphIndex + (position-1)/2}.
+ * If {@code beginGlyphIndex} equals the number of glyphs in
+ * this {@code GlyphVector}, this method gets the position after
* the last glyph and this position is used to define the advance of
- * the entire GlyphVector
.
+ * the entire {@code GlyphVector}.
* @param beginGlyphIndex the index at which to begin retrieving
* glyph positions
* @param numEntries the number of glyphs to retrieve
* @param positionReturn the array that receives the glyph positions
* and is then returned.
* @return an array of glyph positions specified by
- * beginGlyphIndex
and numEntries
.
- * @throws IllegalArgumentException if numEntries
is
+ * {@code beginGlyphIndex} and {@code numEntries}.
+ * @throws IllegalArgumentException if {@code numEntries} is
* less than 0
- * @throws IndexOutOfBoundsException if beginGlyphIndex
+ * @throws IndexOutOfBoundsException if {@code beginGlyphIndex}
* is less than 0
* @throws IndexOutOfBoundsException if the sum of
- * beginGlyphIndex
and numEntries
+ * {@code beginGlyphIndex} and {@code numEntries}
* is greater than the number of glyphs in this
- * GlyphVector
plus one
+ * {@code GlyphVector} plus one
*/
public abstract float[] getGlyphPositions(int beginGlyphIndex, int numEntries,
float[] positionReturn);
/**
* Returns the logical bounds of the specified glyph within this
- * GlyphVector
.
+ * {@code GlyphVector}.
* These logical bounds have a total of four edges, with two edges
* parallel to the baseline under the glyph's transform and the other two
* edges are shared with adjacent glyphs if they are present. This
* method is useful for hit-testing of the specified glyph,
* positioning of a caret at the leading or trailing edge of a glyph,
* and for drawing a highlight region around the specified glyph.
- * @param glyphIndex the index into this GlyphVector
+ * @param glyphIndex the index into this {@code GlyphVector}
* that corresponds to the glyph from which to retrieve its logical
* bounds
- * @return a Shape
that is the logical bounds of the
- * glyph at the specified glyphIndex
.
- * @throws IndexOutOfBoundsException if glyphIndex
+ * @return a {@code Shape} that is the logical bounds of the
+ * glyph at the specified {@code glyphIndex}.
+ * @throws IndexOutOfBoundsException if {@code glyphIndex}
* is less than 0 or greater than or equal to the number
- * of glyphs in this GlyphVector
+ * of glyphs in this {@code GlyphVector}
* @see #getGlyphVisualBounds
*/
public abstract Shape getGlyphLogicalBounds(int glyphIndex);
/**
* Returns the visual bounds of the specified glyph within the
- * GlyphVector
.
+ * {@code GlyphVector}.
* The bounds returned by this method is positioned around the
* origin of each individual glyph.
- * @param glyphIndex the index into this GlyphVector
+ * @param glyphIndex the index into this {@code GlyphVector}
* that corresponds to the glyph from which to retrieve its visual
* bounds
- * @return a Shape
that is the visual bounds of the
- * glyph at the specified glyphIndex
.
- * @throws IndexOutOfBoundsException if glyphIndex
+ * @return a {@code Shape} that is the visual bounds of the
+ * glyph at the specified {@code glyphIndex}.
+ * @throws IndexOutOfBoundsException if {@code glyphIndex}
* is less than 0 or greater than or equal to the number
- * of glyphs in this GlyphVector
+ * of glyphs in this {@code GlyphVector}
* @see #getGlyphLogicalBounds
*/
public abstract Shape getGlyphVisualBounds(int glyphIndex);
/**
* Returns the pixel bounds of the glyph at index when this
- * GlyphVector
is rendered in a Graphics
with the
- * given FontRenderContext
at the given location. The
+ * {@code GlyphVector} is rendered in a {@code Graphics} with the
+ * given {@code FontRenderContext} at the given location. The
* renderFRC need not be the same as the
- * FontRenderContext
of this
- * GlyphVector
, and can be null. If it is null, the
- * FontRenderContext
of this GlyphVector
+ * {@code FontRenderContext} of this
+ * {@code GlyphVector}, and can be null. If it is null, the
+ * {@code FontRenderContext} of this {@code GlyphVector}
* is used. The default implementation returns the visual bounds of the glyph,
* offset to x, y and rounded out to the next integer value, and
* ignores the FRC. Subclassers should override this method.
* @param index the index of the glyph.
- * @param renderFRC the FontRenderContext
of the Graphics
.
- * @param x the X position at which to render this GlyphVector
.
- * @param y the Y position at which to render this GlyphVector
.
- * @return a Rectangle
bounding the pixels that would be affected.
+ * @param renderFRC the {@code FontRenderContext} of the {@code Graphics}.
+ * @param x the X position at which to render this {@code GlyphVector}.
+ * @param y the Y position at which to render this {@code GlyphVector}.
+ * @return a {@code Rectangle} bounding the pixels that would be affected.
* @since 1.4
*/
public Rectangle getGlyphPixelBounds(int index, FontRenderContext renderFRC, float x, float y) {
@@ -567,31 +567,31 @@
/**
* Returns the metrics of the glyph at the specified index into
- * this GlyphVector
.
- * @param glyphIndex the index into this GlyphVector
+ * this {@code GlyphVector}.
+ * @param glyphIndex the index into this {@code GlyphVector}
* that corresponds to the glyph from which to retrieve its metrics
* @return a {@link GlyphMetrics} object that represents the
- * metrics of the glyph at the specified glyphIndex
- * into this GlyphVector
.
- * @throws IndexOutOfBoundsException if glyphIndex
+ * metrics of the glyph at the specified {@code glyphIndex}
+ * into this {@code GlyphVector}.
+ * @throws IndexOutOfBoundsException if {@code glyphIndex}
* is less than 0 or greater than or equal to the number
- * of glyphs in this GlyphVector
+ * of glyphs in this {@code GlyphVector}
*/
public abstract GlyphMetrics getGlyphMetrics(int glyphIndex);
/**
* Returns the justification information for the glyph at
- * the specified index into this GlyphVector
.
- * @param glyphIndex the index into this GlyphVector
+ * the specified index into this {@code GlyphVector}.
+ * @param glyphIndex the index into this {@code GlyphVector}
* that corresponds to the glyph from which to retrieve its
* justification properties
* @return a {@link GlyphJustificationInfo} object that
* represents the justification properties of the glyph at the
- * specified glyphIndex
into this
- * GlyphVector
.
- * @throws IndexOutOfBoundsException if glyphIndex
+ * specified {@code glyphIndex} into this
+ * {@code GlyphVector}.
+ * @throws IndexOutOfBoundsException if {@code glyphIndex}
* is less than 0 or greater than or equal to the number
- * of glyphs in this GlyphVector
+ * of glyphs in this {@code GlyphVector}
*/
public abstract GlyphJustificationInfo getGlyphJustificationInfo(int glyphIndex);
@@ -600,12 +600,12 @@
//
/**
- * Tests if the specified GlyphVector
exactly
- * equals this GlyphVector
.
- * @param set the specified GlyphVector
to test
- * @return true
if the specified
- * GlyphVector
equals this GlyphVector
;
- * false
otherwise.
+ * Tests if the specified {@code GlyphVector} exactly
+ * equals this {@code GlyphVector}.
+ * @param set the specified {@code GlyphVector} to test
+ * @return {@code true} if the specified
+ * {@code GlyphVector} equals this {@code GlyphVector};
+ * {@code false} otherwise.
*/
public abstract boolean equals(GlyphVector set);
}
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/font/GraphicAttribute.java 2015-10-04 22:53:45.377271379 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/font/GraphicAttribute.java 2015-10-04 22:53:45.189271387 +0400
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@
/**
* This class is used with the CHAR_REPLACEMENT attribute.
* GraphicAttribute
class represents a graphic embedded
+ * The {@code GraphicAttribute} class represents a graphic embedded
* in text. Clients subclass this class to implement their own char
* replacement graphics. Clients wishing to embed shapes and images in
* text need not subclass this class. Instead, clients can use the
@@ -57,9 +57,9 @@
* classes.
* GraphicAttribute
that
+ * are constructed. Mutating a {@code GraphicAttribute} that
* is used in a {@link TextLayout} results in undefined behavior from the
- * TextLayout
.
+ * {@code TextLayout}.
*/
public abstract class GraphicAttribute {
@@ -91,10 +91,10 @@
public static final int HANGING_BASELINE = Font.HANGING_BASELINE;
/**
- * Constructs a GraphicAttribute
.
+ * Constructs a {@code GraphicAttribute}.
* Subclasses use this to define the alignment of the graphic.
* @param alignment an int representing one of the
- * GraphicAttribute
alignment fields
+ * {@code GraphicAttribute} alignment fields
* @throws IllegalArgumentException if alignment is not one of the
* five defined values.
*/
@@ -106,43 +106,43 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the ascent of this GraphicAttribute
. A
+ * Returns the ascent of this {@code GraphicAttribute}. A
* graphic can be rendered above its ascent.
- * @return the ascent of this GraphicAttribute
.
+ * @return the ascent of this {@code GraphicAttribute}.
* @see #getBounds()
*/
public abstract float getAscent();
/**
- * Returns the descent of this GraphicAttribute
. A
+ * Returns the descent of this {@code GraphicAttribute}. A
* graphic can be rendered below its descent.
- * @return the descent of this GraphicAttribute
.
+ * @return the descent of this {@code GraphicAttribute}.
* @see #getBounds()
*/
public abstract float getDescent();
/**
- * Returns the advance of this GraphicAttribute
. The
- * GraphicAttribute
object's advance is the distance
+ * Returns the advance of this {@code GraphicAttribute}. The
+ * {@code GraphicAttribute} object's advance is the distance
* from the point at which the graphic is rendered and the point where
* the next character or graphic is rendered. A graphic can be
* rendered beyond its advance
- * @return the advance of this GraphicAttribute
.
+ * @return the advance of this {@code GraphicAttribute}.
* @see #getBounds()
*/
public abstract float getAdvance();
/**
* Returns a {@link Rectangle2D} that encloses all of the
- * bits drawn by this GraphicAttribute
relative to the
+ * bits drawn by this {@code GraphicAttribute} relative to the
* rendering position.
* A graphic may be rendered beyond its origin, ascent, descent,
* or advance; but if it is, this method's implementation must
* indicate where the graphic is rendered.
* Default bounds is the rectangle (0, -ascent, advance, ascent+descent).
- * @return a Rectangle2D
that encloses all of the bits
- * rendered by this GraphicAttribute
.
+ * @return a {@code Rectangle2D} that encloses all of the bits
+ * rendered by this {@code GraphicAttribute}.
*/
public Rectangle2D getBounds() {
float ascent = getAscent();
@@ -152,16 +152,16 @@
/**
* Return a {@link java.awt.Shape} that represents the region that
- * this GraphicAttribute
renders. This is used when a
+ * this {@code GraphicAttribute} renders. This is used when a
* {@link TextLayout} is requested to return the outline of the text.
* The (untransformed) shape must not extend outside the rectangular
- * bounds returned by getBounds
.
+ * bounds returned by {@code getBounds}.
* The default implementation returns the rectangle returned by
* {@link #getBounds}, transformed by the provided {@link AffineTransform}
* if present.
* @param tx an optional {@link AffineTransform} to apply to the
- * outline of this GraphicAttribute
. This can be null.
- * @return a Shape
representing this graphic attribute,
+ * outline of this {@code GraphicAttribute}. This can be null.
+ * @return a {@code Shape} representing this graphic attribute,
* suitable for stroking or filling.
* @since 1.6
*/
@@ -174,7 +174,7 @@
}
/**
- * Renders this GraphicAttribute
at the specified
+ * Renders this {@code GraphicAttribute} at the specified
* location.
* @param graphics the {@link Graphics2D} into which to render the
* graphic
@@ -184,10 +184,10 @@
public abstract void draw(Graphics2D graphics, float x, float y);
/**
- * Returns the alignment of this GraphicAttribute
.
+ * Returns the alignment of this {@code GraphicAttribute}.
* Alignment can be to a particular baseline, or to the absolute top
* or bottom of a line.
- * @return the alignment of this GraphicAttribute
.
+ * @return the alignment of this {@code GraphicAttribute}.
*/
public final int getAlignment() {
@@ -196,11 +196,11 @@
/**
* Returns the justification information for this
- * GraphicAttribute
. Subclasses
+ * {@code GraphicAttribute}. Subclasses
* can override this method to provide different justification
* information.
* @return a {@link GlyphJustificationInfo} object that contains the
- * justification information for this GraphicAttribute
.
+ * justification information for this {@code GraphicAttribute}.
*/
public GlyphJustificationInfo getJustificationInfo() {
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/font/ImageGraphicAttribute.java 2015-10-04 22:53:45.921271354 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/font/ImageGraphicAttribute.java 2015-10-04 22:53:45.733271363 +0400
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@
import java.awt.geom.Rectangle2D;
/**
- * The ImageGraphicAttribute
class is an implementation of
+ * The {@code ImageGraphicAttribute} class is an implementation of
* {@link GraphicAttribute} which draws images in
* a {@link TextLayout}.
* @see GraphicAttribute
@@ -58,13 +58,13 @@
private float fOriginX, fOriginY;
/**
- * Constructs an ImageGraphicAttribute
from the specified
+ * Constructs an {@code ImageGraphicAttribute} from the specified
* {@link Image}. The origin is at (0, 0).
- * @param image the Image
rendered by this
- * ImageGraphicAttribute
.
- * This object keeps a reference to image
.
+ * @param image the {@code Image} rendered by this
+ * {@code ImageGraphicAttribute}.
+ * This object keeps a reference to {@code image}.
* @param alignment one of the alignments from this
- * ImageGraphicAttribute
+ * {@code ImageGraphicAttribute}
*/
public ImageGraphicAttribute(Image image, int alignment) {
@@ -72,22 +72,22 @@
}
/**
- * Constructs an ImageGraphicAttribute
from the specified
- * Image
. The point
- * (originX
, originY
) in the
- * Image
appears at the origin of the
- * ImageGraphicAttribute
within the text.
- * @param image the Image
rendered by this
- * ImageGraphicAttribute
.
- * This object keeps a reference to image
.
+ * Constructs an {@code ImageGraphicAttribute} from the specified
+ * {@code Image}. The point
+ * ({@code originX}, {@code originY}) in the
+ * {@code Image} appears at the origin of the
+ * {@code ImageGraphicAttribute} within the text.
+ * @param image the {@code Image} rendered by this
+ * {@code ImageGraphicAttribute}.
+ * This object keeps a reference to {@code image}.
* @param alignment one of the alignments from this
- * ImageGraphicAttribute
+ * {@code ImageGraphicAttribute}
* @param originX the X coordinate of the point within
- * the Image
that appears at the origin of the
- * ImageGraphicAttribute
in the text line.
+ * the {@code Image} that appears at the origin of the
+ * {@code ImageGraphicAttribute} in the text line.
* @param originY the Y coordinate of the point within
- * the Image
that appears at the origin of the
- * ImageGraphicAttribute
in the text line.
+ * the {@code Image} that appears at the origin of the
+ * {@code ImageGraphicAttribute} in the text line.
*/
public ImageGraphicAttribute(Image image,
int alignment,
@@ -109,10 +109,10 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the ascent of this ImageGraphicAttribute
. The
- * ascent of an ImageGraphicAttribute
is the distance
+ * Returns the ascent of this {@code ImageGraphicAttribute}. The
+ * ascent of an {@code ImageGraphicAttribute} is the distance
* from the top of the image to the origin.
- * @return the ascent of this ImageGraphicAttribute
.
+ * @return the ascent of this {@code ImageGraphicAttribute}.
*/
public float getAscent() {
@@ -120,10 +120,10 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the descent of this ImageGraphicAttribute
.
- * The descent of an ImageGraphicAttribute
is the
+ * Returns the descent of this {@code ImageGraphicAttribute}.
+ * The descent of an {@code ImageGraphicAttribute} is the
* distance from the origin to the bottom of the image.
- * @return the descent of this ImageGraphicAttribute
.
+ * @return the descent of this {@code ImageGraphicAttribute}.
*/
public float getDescent() {
@@ -131,10 +131,10 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the advance of this ImageGraphicAttribute
.
- * The advance of an ImageGraphicAttribute
is the
+ * Returns the advance of this {@code ImageGraphicAttribute}.
+ * The advance of an {@code ImageGraphicAttribute} is the
* distance from the origin to the right edge of the image.
- * @return the advance of this ImageGraphicAttribute
.
+ * @return the advance of this {@code ImageGraphicAttribute}.
*/
public float getAdvance() {
@@ -143,12 +143,12 @@
/**
* Returns a {@link Rectangle2D} that encloses all of the
- * bits rendered by this ImageGraphicAttribute
, relative
+ * bits rendered by this {@code ImageGraphicAttribute}, relative
* to the rendering position. A graphic can be rendered beyond its
* origin, ascent, descent, or advance; but if it is, this
* method's implementation must indicate where the graphic is rendered.
- * @return a Rectangle2D
that encloses all of the bits
- * rendered by this ImageGraphicAttribute
.
+ * @return a {@code Rectangle2D} that encloses all of the bits
+ * rendered by this {@code ImageGraphicAttribute}.
*/
public Rectangle2D getBounds() {
@@ -165,7 +165,7 @@
}
/**
- * Returns a hashcode for this ImageGraphicAttribute
.
+ * Returns a hashcode for this {@code ImageGraphicAttribute}.
* @return a hash code value for this object.
*/
public int hashCode() {
@@ -174,12 +174,12 @@
}
/**
- * Compares this ImageGraphicAttribute
to the specified
+ * Compares this {@code ImageGraphicAttribute} to the specified
* {@link Object}.
- * @param rhs the Object
to compare for equality
- * @return true
if this
- * ImageGraphicAttribute
equals rhs
;
- * false
otherwise.
+ * @param rhs the {@code Object} to compare for equality
+ * @return {@code true} if this
+ * {@code ImageGraphicAttribute} equals {@code rhs};
+ * {@code false} otherwise.
*/
public boolean equals(Object rhs) {
@@ -192,13 +192,13 @@
}
/**
- * Compares this ImageGraphicAttribute
to the specified
- * ImageGraphicAttribute
.
- * @param rhs the ImageGraphicAttribute
to compare for
+ * Compares this {@code ImageGraphicAttribute} to the specified
+ * {@code ImageGraphicAttribute}.
+ * @param rhs the {@code ImageGraphicAttribute} to compare for
* equality
- * @return true
if this
- * ImageGraphicAttribute
equals rhs
;
- * false
otherwise.
+ * @return {@code true} if this
+ * {@code ImageGraphicAttribute} equals {@code rhs};
+ * {@code false} otherwise.
*/
public boolean equals(ImageGraphicAttribute rhs) {
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/font/LayoutPath.java 2015-10-04 22:53:46.453271330 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/font/LayoutPath.java 2015-10-04 22:53:46.265271339 +0400
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
* along the baseline, and an offset perpendicular to the baseline at
* the advance. Positive values along the perpendicular are in the
* direction that is 90 degrees clockwise from the baseline vector.
- * Locations are represented as a Point2D
, where x is the advance and
+ * Locations are represented as a {@code Point2D}, where x is the advance and
* y is the offset.
*
* @since 1.6
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@
* the location with the smallest advance is chosen.
* @param point the point to convert. If it is not the same
* object as location, point will remain unmodified by this call.
- * @param location a Point2D
to hold the returned location.
+ * @param location a {@code Point2D} to hold the returned location.
* It can be the same object as point.
* @return true if the point is associated with the portion of the
* path preceding the location, false if it is associated with
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@
* the location's advance. If this is the case, the value of
* 'preceding' is used to disambiguate the portion of the path
* whose location and slope is to be used to interpret the offset.
- * @param location a Point2D
representing the advance (in x) and
+ * @param location a {@code Point2D} representing the advance (in x) and
* offset (in y) of a location relative to the path. If location
* is not the same object as point, location will remain
* unmodified by this call.
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@
* should be used, if false the portion after should be used.
* This has no effect if the path does not break or bend sharply
* at the advance.
- * @param point a Point2D
to hold the returned point. It can be
+ * @param point a {@code Point2D} to hold the returned point. It can be
* the same object as location.
* @throws NullPointerException if location or point is null
* @since 1.6
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/font/LineBreakMeasurer.java 2015-10-04 22:53:46.985271307 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/font/LineBreakMeasurer.java 2015-10-04 22:53:46.797271315 +0400
@@ -46,16 +46,16 @@
import java.awt.font.FontRenderContext;
/**
- * The LineBreakMeasurer
class allows styled text to be
+ * The {@code LineBreakMeasurer} class allows styled text to be
* broken into lines (or segments) that fit within a particular visual
* advance. This is useful for clients who wish to display a paragraph of
* text that fits within a specific width, called the wrapping
* width.
* LineBreakMeasurer
is constructed with an iterator over
+ * {@code LineBreakMeasurer} is constructed with an iterator over
* styled text. The iterator's range should be a single paragraph in the
* text.
- * LineBreakMeasurer
maintains a position in the text for the
+ * {@code LineBreakMeasurer} maintains a position in the text for the
* start of the next text segment. Initially, this position is the
* start of text. Paragraphs are assigned an overall direction (either
* left-to-right or right-to-left) according to the bidirectional
@@ -63,24 +63,24 @@
* same direction as the paragraph.
* nextLayout
, which returns a {@link TextLayout}
+ * {@code nextLayout}, which returns a {@link TextLayout}
* representing the text that fits within the wrapping width.
- * The nextLayout
method moves the current position
- * to the end of the layout returned from nextLayout
.
+ * The {@code nextLayout} method moves the current position
+ * to the end of the layout returned from {@code nextLayout}.
* LineBreakMeasurer
implements the most commonly used
+ * {@code LineBreakMeasurer} implements the most commonly used
* line-breaking policy: Every word that fits within the wrapping
* width is placed on the line. If the first word does not fit, then all
* of the characters that fit within the wrapping width are placed on the
* line. At least one character is placed on each line.
* TextLayout
instances returned by
- * LineBreakMeasurer
treat tabs like 0-width spaces. Clients
+ * The {@code TextLayout} instances returned by
+ * {@code LineBreakMeasurer} treat tabs like 0-width spaces. Clients
* who wish to obtain tab-delimited segments for positioning should use
- * the overload of nextLayout
which takes a limiting offset
+ * the overload of {@code nextLayout} which takes a limiting offset
* in the text.
* The limiting offset should be the first character after the tab.
- * The TextLayout
objects returned from this method end
+ * The {@code TextLayout} objects returned from this method end
* at the limit provided (or before, if the text between the current
* position and the limit won't fit entirely within the wrapping
* width).
@@ -90,22 +90,22 @@
* placed on a line. Instead of fitting partial words in the
* remaining space, they should place words which don't fit in the
* remaining space entirely on the next line. This change of policy
- * can be requested in the overload of nextLayout
which
- * takes a boolean
parameter. If this parameter is
- * true
, nextLayout
returns
- * null
if the first word won't fit in
+ * can be requested in the overload of {@code nextLayout} which
+ * takes a {@code boolean} parameter. If this parameter is
+ * {@code true}, {@code nextLayout} returns
+ * {@code null} if the first word won't fit in
* the given space. See the tab sample below.
* LineBreakMeasurer
changes, a new
- * LineBreakMeasurer
must be constructed to reflect
- * the change. (The old LineBreakMeasurer
continues to
+ * {@code LineBreakMeasurer} changes, a new
+ * {@code LineBreakMeasurer} must be constructed to reflect
+ * the change. (The old {@code LineBreakMeasurer} continues to
* function properly, but it won't be aware of the text change.)
* Nevertheless, if the text change is the insertion or deletion of a
- * single character, an existing LineBreakMeasurer
can be
- * 'updated' by calling insertChar
or
- * deleteChar
. Updating an existing
- * LineBreakMeasurer
is much faster than creating a new one.
+ * single character, an existing {@code LineBreakMeasurer} can be
+ * 'updated' by calling {@code insertChar} or
+ * {@code deleteChar}. Updating an existing
+ * {@code LineBreakMeasurer} is much faster than creating a new one.
* Clients who modify text based on user typing should take advantage
* of these methods.
* LineBreakMeasurer
for the specified text.
+ * Constructs a {@code LineBreakMeasurer} for the specified text.
*
- * @param text the text for which this LineBreakMeasurer
- * produces TextLayout
objects; the text must contain
+ * @param text the text for which this {@code LineBreakMeasurer}
+ * produces {@code TextLayout} objects; the text must contain
* at least one character; if the text available through
- * iter
changes, further calls to this
- * LineBreakMeasurer
instance are undefined (except,
- * in some cases, when insertChar
or
- * deleteChar
are invoked afterward - see below)
+ * {@code iter} changes, further calls to this
+ * {@code LineBreakMeasurer} instance are undefined (except,
+ * in some cases, when {@code insertChar} or
+ * {@code deleteChar} are invoked afterward - see below)
* @param frc contains information about a graphics device which is
* needed to measure the text correctly;
* text measurements can vary slightly depending on the
* device resolution, and attributes such as antialiasing; this
* parameter does not specify a translation between the
- * LineBreakMeasurer
and user space
+ * {@code LineBreakMeasurer} and user space
* @see LineBreakMeasurer#insertChar
* @see LineBreakMeasurer#deleteChar
*/
@@ -278,15 +278,15 @@
}
/**
- * Constructs a LineBreakMeasurer
for the specified text.
+ * Constructs a {@code LineBreakMeasurer} for the specified text.
*
- * @param text the text for which this LineBreakMeasurer
- * produces TextLayout
objects; the text must contain
+ * @param text the text for which this {@code LineBreakMeasurer}
+ * produces {@code TextLayout} objects; the text must contain
* at least one character; if the text available through
- * iter
changes, further calls to this
- * LineBreakMeasurer
instance are undefined (except,
- * in some cases, when insertChar
or
- * deleteChar
are invoked afterward - see below)
+ * {@code iter} changes, further calls to this
+ * {@code LineBreakMeasurer} instance are undefined (except,
+ * in some cases, when {@code insertChar} or
+ * {@code deleteChar} are invoked afterward - see below)
* @param breakIter the {@link BreakIterator} which defines line
* breaks
* @param frc contains information about a graphics device which is
@@ -294,7 +294,7 @@
* text measurements can vary slightly depending on the
* device resolution, and attributes such as antialiasing; this
* parameter does not specify a translation between the
- * LineBreakMeasurer
and user space
+ * {@code LineBreakMeasurer} and user space
* @throws IllegalArgumentException if the text has less than one character
* @see LineBreakMeasurer#insertChar
* @see LineBreakMeasurer#deleteChar
@@ -317,12 +317,12 @@
/**
* Returns the position at the end of the next layout. Does NOT
- * update the current position of this LineBreakMeasurer
.
+ * update the current position of this {@code LineBreakMeasurer}.
*
* @param wrappingWidth the maximum visible advance permitted for
* the text in the next layout
* @return an offset in the text representing the limit of the
- * next TextLayout
.
+ * next {@code TextLayout}.
*/
public int nextOffset(float wrappingWidth) {
return nextOffset(wrappingWidth, limit, false);
@@ -330,20 +330,20 @@
/**
* Returns the position at the end of the next layout. Does NOT
- * update the current position of this LineBreakMeasurer
.
+ * update the current position of this {@code LineBreakMeasurer}.
*
* @param wrappingWidth the maximum visible advance permitted for
* the text in the next layout
* @param offsetLimit the first character that can not be included
* in the next layout, even if the text after the limit would fit
- * within the wrapping width; offsetLimit
must be
+ * within the wrapping width; {@code offsetLimit} must be
* greater than the current position
- * @param requireNextWord if true
, the current position
+ * @param requireNextWord if {@code true}, the current position
* that is returned if the entire next word does not fit within
- * wrappingWidth
; if false
, the offset
+ * {@code wrappingWidth}; if {@code false}, the offset
* returned is at least one greater than the current position
* @return an offset in the text representing the limit of the
- * next TextLayout
+ * next {@code TextLayout}
*/
public int nextOffset(float wrappingWidth, int offsetLimit,
boolean requireNextWord) {
@@ -405,9 +405,9 @@
*
* @param wrappingWidth the maximum visible advance permitted for
* the text in the next layout
- * @return a TextLayout
, beginning at the current
+ * @return a {@code TextLayout}, beginning at the current
* position, which represents the next line fitting within
- * wrappingWidth
+ * {@code wrappingWidth}
*/
public TextLayout nextLayout(float wrappingWidth) {
return nextLayout(wrappingWidth, limit, false);
@@ -420,18 +420,18 @@
* for the text in the next layout
* @param offsetLimit the first character that can not be
* included in the next layout, even if the text after the limit
- * would fit within the wrapping width; offsetLimit
+ * would fit within the wrapping width; {@code offsetLimit}
* must be greater than the current position
- * @param requireNextWord if true
, and if the entire word
+ * @param requireNextWord if {@code true}, and if the entire word
* at the current position does not fit within the wrapping width,
- * null
is returned. If false
, a valid
+ * {@code null} is returned. If {@code false}, a valid
* layout is returned that includes at least the character at the
* current position
- * @return a TextLayout
, beginning at the current
+ * @return a {@code TextLayout}, beginning at the current
* position, that represents the next line fitting within
- * wrappingWidth
. If the current position is at the end
- * of the text used by this LineBreakMeasurer
,
- * null
is returned
+ * {@code wrappingWidth}. If the current position is at the end
+ * of the text used by this {@code LineBreakMeasurer},
+ * {@code null} is returned
*/
public TextLayout nextLayout(float wrappingWidth, int offsetLimit,
boolean requireNextWord) {
@@ -452,9 +452,9 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the current position of this LineBreakMeasurer
.
+ * Returns the current position of this {@code LineBreakMeasurer}.
*
- * @return the current position of this LineBreakMeasurer
+ * @return the current position of this {@code LineBreakMeasurer}
* @see #setPosition
*/
public int getPosition() {
@@ -462,13 +462,13 @@
}
/**
- * Sets the current position of this LineBreakMeasurer
.
+ * Sets the current position of this {@code LineBreakMeasurer}.
*
* @param newPosition the current position of this
- * LineBreakMeasurer
; the position should be within the
- * text used to construct this LineBreakMeasurer
(or in
- * the text most recently passed to insertChar
- * or deleteChar
+ * {@code LineBreakMeasurer}; the position should be within the
+ * text used to construct this {@code LineBreakMeasurer} (or in
+ * the text most recently passed to {@code insertChar}
+ * or {@code deleteChar}
* @see #getPosition
*/
public void setPosition(int newPosition) {
@@ -479,18 +479,18 @@
}
/**
- * Updates this LineBreakMeasurer
after a single
+ * Updates this {@code LineBreakMeasurer} after a single
* character is inserted into the text, and sets the current
* position to the beginning of the paragraph.
*
* @param newParagraph the text after the insertion
* @param insertPos the position in the text at which the character
* is inserted
- * @throws IndexOutOfBoundsException if insertPos
is less
- * than the start of newParagraph
or greater than
- * or equal to the end of newParagraph
- * @throws NullPointerException if newParagraph
is
- * null
+ * @throws IndexOutOfBoundsException if {@code insertPos} is less
+ * than the start of {@code newParagraph} or greater than
+ * or equal to the end of {@code newParagraph}
+ * @throws NullPointerException if {@code newParagraph} is
+ * {@code null}
* @see #deleteChar
*/
public void insertChar(AttributedCharacterIterator newParagraph,
@@ -506,17 +506,17 @@
}
/**
- * Updates this LineBreakMeasurer
after a single
+ * Updates this {@code LineBreakMeasurer} after a single
* character is deleted from the text, and sets the current
* position to the beginning of the paragraph.
* @param newParagraph the text after the deletion
* @param deletePos the position in the text at which the character
* is deleted
- * @throws IndexOutOfBoundsException if deletePos
is
- * less than the start of newParagraph
or greater
- * than the end of newParagraph
- * @throws NullPointerException if newParagraph
is
- * null
+ * @throws IndexOutOfBoundsException if {@code deletePos} is
+ * less than the start of {@code newParagraph} or greater
+ * than the end of {@code newParagraph}
+ * @throws NullPointerException if {@code newParagraph} is
+ * {@code null}
* @see #insertChar
*/
public void deleteChar(AttributedCharacterIterator newParagraph,
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/font/LineMetrics.java 2015-10-04 22:53:47.521271283 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/font/LineMetrics.java 2015-10-04 22:53:47.333271291 +0400
@@ -26,16 +26,16 @@
package java.awt.font;
/**
-* The LineMetrics
class allows access to the
+* The {@code LineMetrics} class allows access to the
* metrics needed to layout characters along a line
-* and to layout of a set of lines. A LineMetrics
+* and to layout of a set of lines. A {@code LineMetrics}
* object encapsulates the measurement information associated
* with a run of text.
* getLineMetrics
methods of
+* characters. The {@code getLineMetrics} methods of
* {@link java.awt.Font Font} take some text as an argument
-* and return a LineMetrics
object describing the
+* and return a {@code LineMetrics} object describing the
* metrics of the initial number of characters in that text, as
* returned by {@link #getNumChars}.
*/
@@ -45,11 +45,11 @@
/**
- * Returns the number of characters (char
values) in the text whose
- * metrics are encapsulated by this LineMetrics
+ * Returns the number of characters ({@code char} values) in the text whose
+ * metrics are encapsulated by this {@code LineMetrics}
* object.
- * @return the number of characters (char
values) in the text with which
- * this LineMetrics
was created.
+ * @return the number of characters ({@code char} values) in the text with which
+ * this {@code LineMetrics} was created.
*/
public abstract int getNumChars();
@@ -106,10 +106,10 @@
* relative to the baseline of the text. The
* offsets are indexed by baseline index. For
* example, if the baseline index is
- * CENTER_BASELINE
then
- * offsets[HANGING_BASELINE]
is usually
- * negative, offsets[CENTER_BASELINE]
- * is zero, and offsets[ROMAN_BASELINE]
+ * {@code CENTER_BASELINE} then
+ * {@code offsets[HANGING_BASELINE]} is usually
+ * negative, {@code offsets[CENTER_BASELINE]}
+ * is zero, and {@code offsets[ROMAN_BASELINE]}
* is usually positive.
* @return the baseline offsets of the text.
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/font/MultipleMaster.java 2015-10-04 22:53:48.065271258 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/font/MultipleMaster.java 2015-10-04 22:53:47.873271267 +0400
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
import java.awt.Font;
/**
- * The MultipleMaster
interface represents Type 1
+ * The {@code MultipleMaster} interface represents Type 1
* Multiple Master fonts.
* A particular {@link Font} object can implement this interface.
*/
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@
* for each axis. For example,
* design limits for weight could be from 0.1 to 1.0. The values are
* returned in the same order returned by
- * getDesignAxisNames
.
+ * {@code getDesignAxisNames}.
* @return an array of design limits for each axis.
*/
public float[] getDesignAxisRanges();
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@
/**
* Returns an array of default design values for each axis. For example,
* the default value for weight could be 1.6. The values are returned
- * in the same order returned by getDesignAxisNames
.
+ * in the same order returned by {@code getDesignAxisNames}.
* @return an array of default design values for each axis.
*/
public float[] getDesignAxisDefaults();
@@ -69,20 +69,20 @@
* Creates a new instance of a multiple master font based on the design
* axis values contained in the specified array. The size of the array
* must correspond to the value returned from
- * getNumDesignAxes
and the values of the array elements
+ * {@code getNumDesignAxes} and the values of the array elements
* must fall within limits specified by
- * getDesignAxesLimits
. In case of an error,
- * null
is returned.
+ * {@code getDesignAxesLimits}. In case of an error,
+ * {@code null} is returned.
* @param axes an array containing axis values
* @return a {@link Font} object that is an instance of
- * MultipleMaster
and is based on the design axis values
- * provided by axes
.
+ * {@code MultipleMaster} and is based on the design axis values
+ * provided by {@code axes}.
*/
public Font deriveMMFont(float[] axes);
/**
* Creates a new instance of a multiple master font based on detailed metric
- * information. In case of an error, null
is returned.
+ * information. In case of an error, {@code null} is returned.
* @param glyphWidths an array of floats representing the desired width
* of each glyph in font space
* @param avgStemWidth the average stem width for the overall font in
@@ -91,8 +91,8 @@
* @param typicalXHeight the height of a typical lower case char
* @param italicAngle the angle at which the italics lean, in degrees
* counterclockwise from vertical
- * @return a Font
object that is an instance of
- * MultipleMaster
and is based on the specified metric
+ * @return a {@code Font} object that is an instance of
+ * {@code MultipleMaster} and is based on the specified metric
* information.
*/
public Font deriveMMFont(
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/font/NumericShaper.java 2015-10-04 22:53:48.589271235 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/font/NumericShaper.java 2015-10-04 22:53:48.397271243 +0400
@@ -34,18 +34,18 @@
import jdk.internal.misc.SharedSecrets;
/**
- * The NumericShaper
class is used to convert Latin-1 (European)
+ * The {@code NumericShaper} class is used to convert Latin-1 (European)
* digits to other Unicode decimal digits. Users of this class will
* primarily be people who wish to present data using
* national digit shapes, but find it more convenient to represent the
* data internally using Latin-1 (European) digits. This does not
* interpret the deprecated numeric shape selector character (U+206E).
* NumericShaper
are typically applied
+ * Instances of {@code NumericShaper} are typically applied
* as attributes to text with the
* {@link TextAttribute#NUMERIC_SHAPING NUMERIC_SHAPING} attribute
- * of the TextAttribute
class.
- * For example, this code snippet causes a TextLayout
to
+ * of the {@code TextAttribute} class.
+ * For example, this code snippet causes a {@code TextLayout} to
* shape European digits to Arabic in an Arabic context:
*
*
* Map map = new HashMap();
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@
*
* It is also possible to perform numeric shaping explicitly using instances
- * of NumericShaper
, as this code snippet demonstrates:
+ * of {@code NumericShaper}, as this code snippet demonstrates:
*
* char[] text = ...;
* // shape all EUROPEAN digits (except zero) to ARABIC digits
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@
*
MIME-Type Description
*
- *
*
+ * "application/pdf"
{@code "application/pdf"}
* Portable Document Format document
*
- *
*
+ * "application/postscript"
{@code "application/postscript"}
* PostScript document
*
- *
*
@@ -251,15 +251,15 @@
*
*
*
+ * "application/vnd.hp-PCL"
{@code "application/vnd.hp-PCL"}
* Printer Control Language document
*
- *
*
+ * "image/gif"
{@code "image/gif"}
* Graphics Interchange Format image
*
- *
*
+ * "image/jpeg"
{@code "image/jpeg"}
* Joint Photographic Experts Group image
*
- *
*
@@ -275,7 +275,7 @@
*
*
*
+ * "image/png"
{@code "image/png"}
* Portable Network Graphics image
*
- *
*
- * For convenience,
+ * "application/octet-stream"
{@code "application/octet-stream"}
* The print data format is unspecified (just an octet stream)
*
* DocPrintJob
invokes to
+ * denotes an interface whose methods the {@code DocPrintJob} invokes to
* determine the content to be printed -- such as a renderable image
* interface or a Java printable interface.
* The doc flavor's MIME type is the special value
- * "application/x-java-jvm-local-objectref"
indicating the client
+ * {@code "application/x-java-jvm-local-objectref"} indicating the client
* will supply a reference to a Java object that implements the interface
* named as the representation class.
* This MIME type is just a placeholder; what's
@@ -346,17 +346,17 @@
* Plain text print data provided through a byte stream. Specifically, the
* following doc flavors are recommended to be supported:
*
·
- * ("text/plain", "java.io.InputStream")
+ * {@code ("text/plain", "java.io.InputStream")}
*
·
- * ("text/plain; charset=us-ascii", "java.io.InputStream")
+ * {@code ("text/plain; charset=us-ascii", "java.io.InputStream")}
*
·
- * ("text/plain; charset=utf-8", "java.io.InputStream")
+ * {@code ("text/plain; charset=utf-8", "java.io.InputStream")}
*
*
·
- * ("application/x-java-jvm-local-objectref", "java.awt.image.renderable.RenderableImage")
+ * {@code ("application/x-java-jvm-local-objectref", "java.awt.image.renderable.RenderableImage")}
*
* DataFlavor
+ * {@code DataFlavor}
* is not used in the Java Print Service (JPS) API
* for three reasons which are all rooted in allowing the JPS API to be
* shared by other print services APIs which may need to run on Java profiles
@@ -401,13 +401,13 @@
* AWT.
*
* java.awt.datatransfer.DataFlavor
+ * The implementation of class {@code java.awt.datatransfer.DataFlavor}
* does not guarantee that equivalent data flavors will have the same
* serialized representation. DocFlavor does, and can be used in services
* which need this.
*
* java.awt.datatransfer.DataFlavor
+ * The implementation of class {@code java.awt.datatransfer.DataFlavor}
* includes a human presentable name as part of the serialized representation.
* This is not appropriate as part of a service matching constraint.
*
@@ -488,10 +488,10 @@
* @param className Fully-qualified representation class name.
*
* @exception NullPointerException
- * (unchecked exception) Thrown if mimeType
is null or
- * className
is null.
+ * (unchecked exception) Thrown if {@code mimeType} is null or
+ * {@code className} is null.
* @exception IllegalArgumentException
- * (unchecked exception) Thrown if mimeType
does not
+ * (unchecked exception) Thrown if {@code mimeType} does not
* obey the syntax for a MIME media type string.
*/
public DocFlavor(String mimeType, String className) {
@@ -528,7 +528,7 @@
}
/**
- * Returns a String
representing a MIME
+ * Returns a {@code String} representing a MIME
* parameter.
* Mime types may include parameters which are usually optional.
* The charset for text types is a commonly useful example.
@@ -555,7 +555,7 @@
}
/**
- * Converts this DocFlavor
to a string.
+ * Converts this {@code DocFlavor} to a string.
*
* @return MIME type string based on the canonical form. Each parameter
* value is enclosed in quotes.
@@ -576,7 +576,7 @@
/**
* Determines if this doc flavor object is equal to the given object.
* The two are equal if the given object is not null, is an instance
- * of DocFlavor
, has a MIME type equivalent to this doc
+ * of {@code DocFlavor}, has a MIME type equivalent to this doc
* flavor object's MIME type (that is, the MIME types have the same media
* type, media subtype, and parameters), and has the same representation
* class name as this doc flavor object. Thus, if two doc flavor objects'
@@ -588,7 +588,7 @@
*
* @param obj Object to test.
*
- * @return True if this doc flavor object equals obj
, false
+ * @return True if this doc flavor object equals {@code obj}, false
* otherwise.
*/
public boolean equals(Object obj) {
@@ -642,7 +642,7 @@
/**
* Class DocFlavor.BYTE_ARRAY provides predefined static constant
* DocFlavor objects for example doc flavors using a byte array
- * (byte[]
) as the print data representation class.
+ * ({@code byte[]}) as the print data representation class.
*
* @author Alan Kaminsky
*/
@@ -652,14 +652,14 @@
/**
* Constructs a new doc flavor with the given MIME type and a print
- * data representation class name of "[B"
(byte array).
+ * data representation class name of {@code "[B"} (byte array).
*
* @param mimeType MIME media type string.
*
* @exception NullPointerException
- * (unchecked exception) Thrown if mimeType
is null.
+ * (unchecked exception) Thrown if {@code mimeType} is null.
* @exception IllegalArgumentException
- * (unchecked exception) Thrown if mimeType
does not
+ * (unchecked exception) Thrown if {@code mimeType} does not
* obey the syntax for a MIME media type string.
*/
public BYTE_ARRAY (String mimeType) {
@@ -667,19 +667,19 @@
}
/**
- * Doc flavor with MIME type = "text/plain"
,
+ * Doc flavor with MIME type = {@code "text/plain"},
* encoded in the host platform encoding.
* See {@link DocFlavor#hostEncoding hostEncoding}
* Print data representation class name =
- * "[B"
(byte array).
+ * {@code "[B"} (byte array).
*/
public static final BYTE_ARRAY TEXT_PLAIN_HOST =
new BYTE_ARRAY ("text/plain; charset="+hostEncoding);
/**
* Doc flavor with MIME type =
- * "text/plain; charset=utf-8"
,
- * print data representation class name = "[B"
(byte
+ * {@code "text/plain; charset=utf-8"},
+ * print data representation class name = {@code "[B"} (byte
* array).
*/
public static final BYTE_ARRAY TEXT_PLAIN_UTF_8 =
@@ -687,8 +687,8 @@
/**
* Doc flavor with MIME type =
- * "text/plain; charset=utf-16"
,
- * print data representation class name = "[B"
(byte
+ * {@code "text/plain; charset=utf-16"},
+ * print data representation class name = {@code "[B"} (byte
* array).
*/
public static final BYTE_ARRAY TEXT_PLAIN_UTF_16 =
@@ -697,9 +697,9 @@
/**
* Doc flavor with MIME type =
- * "text/plain; charset=utf-16be"
+ * {@code "text/plain; charset=utf-16be"}
* (big-endian byte ordering),
- * print data representation class name = "[B"
(byte
+ * print data representation class name = {@code "[B"} (byte
* array).
*/
public static final BYTE_ARRAY TEXT_PLAIN_UTF_16BE =
@@ -707,9 +707,9 @@
/**
* Doc flavor with MIME type =
- * "text/plain; charset=utf-16le"
+ * {@code "text/plain; charset=utf-16le"}
* (little-endian byte ordering),
- * print data representation class name = "[B"
(byte
+ * print data representation class name = {@code "[B"} (byte
* array).
*/
public static final BYTE_ARRAY TEXT_PLAIN_UTF_16LE =
@@ -717,28 +717,28 @@
/**
* Doc flavor with MIME type =
- * "text/plain; charset=us-ascii"
,
+ * {@code "text/plain; charset=us-ascii"},
* print data representation class name =
- * "[B"
(byte array).
+ * {@code "[B"} (byte array).
*/
public static final BYTE_ARRAY TEXT_PLAIN_US_ASCII =
new BYTE_ARRAY ("text/plain; charset=us-ascii");
/**
- * Doc flavor with MIME type = "text/html"
,
+ * Doc flavor with MIME type = {@code "text/html"},
* encoded in the host platform encoding.
* See {@link DocFlavor#hostEncoding hostEncoding}
* Print data representation class name =
- * "[B"
(byte array).
+ * {@code "[B"} (byte array).
*/
public static final BYTE_ARRAY TEXT_HTML_HOST =
new BYTE_ARRAY ("text/html; charset="+hostEncoding);
/**
* Doc flavor with MIME type =
- * "text/html; charset=utf-8"
,
- * print data representation class name = "[B"
(byte
+ * {@code "text/html; charset=utf-8"},
+ * print data representation class name = {@code "[B"} (byte
* array).
*/
public static final BYTE_ARRAY TEXT_HTML_UTF_8 =
@@ -746,8 +746,8 @@
/**
* Doc flavor with MIME type =
- * "text/html; charset=utf-16"
,
- * print data representation class name = "[B"
(byte
+ * {@code "text/html; charset=utf-16"},
+ * print data representation class name = {@code "[B"} (byte
* array).
*/
public static final BYTE_ARRAY TEXT_HTML_UTF_16 =
@@ -755,9 +755,9 @@
/**
* Doc flavor with MIME type =
- * "text/html; charset=utf-16be"
+ * {@code "text/html; charset=utf-16be"}
* (big-endian byte ordering),
- * print data representation class name = "[B"
(byte
+ * print data representation class name = {@code "[B"} (byte
* array).
*/
public static final BYTE_ARRAY TEXT_HTML_UTF_16BE =
@@ -765,9 +765,9 @@
/**
* Doc flavor with MIME type =
- * "text/html; charset=utf-16le"
+ * {@code "text/html; charset=utf-16le"}
* (little-endian byte ordering),
- * print data representation class name = "[B"
(byte
+ * print data representation class name = {@code "[B"} (byte
* array).
*/
public static final BYTE_ARRAY TEXT_HTML_UTF_16LE =
@@ -775,58 +775,58 @@
/**
* Doc flavor with MIME type =
- * "text/html; charset=us-ascii"
,
+ * {@code "text/html; charset=us-ascii"},
* print data representation class name =
- * "[B"
(byte array).
+ * {@code "[B"} (byte array).
*/
public static final BYTE_ARRAY TEXT_HTML_US_ASCII =
new BYTE_ARRAY ("text/html; charset=us-ascii");
/**
- * Doc flavor with MIME type = "application/pdf"
, print
- * data representation class name = "[B"
(byte array).
+ * Doc flavor with MIME type = {@code "application/pdf"}, print
+ * data representation class name = {@code "[B"} (byte array).
*/
public static final BYTE_ARRAY PDF = new BYTE_ARRAY ("application/pdf");
/**
- * Doc flavor with MIME type = "application/postscript"
,
- * print data representation class name = "[B"
(byte
+ * Doc flavor with MIME type = {@code "application/postscript"},
+ * print data representation class name = {@code "[B"} (byte
* array).
*/
public static final BYTE_ARRAY POSTSCRIPT =
new BYTE_ARRAY ("application/postscript");
/**
- * Doc flavor with MIME type = "application/vnd.hp-PCL"
,
- * print data representation class name = "[B"
(byte
+ * Doc flavor with MIME type = {@code "application/vnd.hp-PCL"},
+ * print data representation class name = {@code "[B"} (byte
* array).
*/
public static final BYTE_ARRAY PCL =
new BYTE_ARRAY ("application/vnd.hp-PCL");
/**
- * Doc flavor with MIME type = "image/gif"
, print data
- * representation class name = "[B"
(byte array).
+ * Doc flavor with MIME type = {@code "image/gif"}, print data
+ * representation class name = {@code "[B"} (byte array).
*/
public static final BYTE_ARRAY GIF = new BYTE_ARRAY ("image/gif");
/**
- * Doc flavor with MIME type = "image/jpeg"
, print data
- * representation class name = "[B"
(byte array).
+ * Doc flavor with MIME type = {@code "image/jpeg"}, print data
+ * representation class name = {@code "[B"} (byte array).
*/
public static final BYTE_ARRAY JPEG = new BYTE_ARRAY ("image/jpeg");
/**
- * Doc flavor with MIME type = "image/png"
, print data
- * representation class name = "[B"
(byte array).
+ * Doc flavor with MIME type = {@code "image/png"}, print data
+ * representation class name = {@code "[B"} (byte array).
*/
public static final BYTE_ARRAY PNG = new BYTE_ARRAY ("image/png");
/**
* Doc flavor with MIME type =
- * "application/octet-stream"
,
- * print data representation class name = "[B"
(byte
+ * {@code "application/octet-stream"},
+ * print data representation class name = {@code "[B"} (byte
* array). The client must determine that data described
* using this DocFlavor is valid for the printer.
*/
@@ -850,14 +850,14 @@
/**
* Constructs a new doc flavor with the given MIME type and a print
* data representation class name of
- * "java.io.InputStream"
(byte stream).
+ * {@code "java.io.InputStream"} (byte stream).
*
* @param mimeType MIME media type string.
*
* @exception NullPointerException
- * (unchecked exception) Thrown if mimeType
is null.
+ * (unchecked exception) Thrown if {@code mimeType} is null.
* @exception IllegalArgumentException
- * (unchecked exception) Thrown if mimeType
does not
+ * (unchecked exception) Thrown if {@code mimeType} does not
* obey the syntax for a MIME media type string.
*/
public INPUT_STREAM (String mimeType) {
@@ -865,169 +865,169 @@
}
/**
- * Doc flavor with MIME type = "text/plain"
,
+ * Doc flavor with MIME type = {@code "text/plain"},
* encoded in the host platform encoding.
* See {@link DocFlavor#hostEncoding hostEncoding}
* Print data representation class name =
- * "java.io.InputStream"
(byte stream).
+ * {@code "java.io.InputStream"} (byte stream).
*/
public static final INPUT_STREAM TEXT_PLAIN_HOST =
new INPUT_STREAM ("text/plain; charset="+hostEncoding);
/**
* Doc flavor with MIME type =
- * "text/plain; charset=utf-8"
,
+ * {@code "text/plain; charset=utf-8"},
* print data representation class name =
- * "java.io.InputStream"
(byte stream).
+ * {@code "java.io.InputStream"} (byte stream).
*/
public static final INPUT_STREAM TEXT_PLAIN_UTF_8 =
new INPUT_STREAM ("text/plain; charset=utf-8");
/**
* Doc flavor with MIME type =
- * "text/plain; charset=utf-16"
,
+ * {@code "text/plain; charset=utf-16"},
* print data representation class name =
- * "java.io.InputStream"
(byte stream).
+ * {@code "java.io.InputStream"} (byte stream).
*/
public static final INPUT_STREAM TEXT_PLAIN_UTF_16 =
new INPUT_STREAM ("text/plain; charset=utf-16");
/**
* Doc flavor with MIME type =
- * "text/plain; charset=utf-16be"
+ * {@code "text/plain; charset=utf-16be"}
* (big-endian byte ordering),
* print data representation class name =
- * "java.io.InputStream"
(byte stream).
+ * {@code "java.io.InputStream"} (byte stream).
*/
public static final INPUT_STREAM TEXT_PLAIN_UTF_16BE =
new INPUT_STREAM ("text/plain; charset=utf-16be");
/**
* Doc flavor with MIME type =
- * "text/plain; charset=utf-16le"
+ * {@code "text/plain; charset=utf-16le"}
* (little-endian byte ordering),
* print data representation class name =
- * "java.io.InputStream"
(byte stream).
+ * {@code "java.io.InputStream"} (byte stream).
*/
public static final INPUT_STREAM TEXT_PLAIN_UTF_16LE =
new INPUT_STREAM ("text/plain; charset=utf-16le");
/**
* Doc flavor with MIME type =
- * "text/plain; charset=us-ascii"
,
+ * {@code "text/plain; charset=us-ascii"},
* print data representation class name =
- * "java.io.InputStream"
(byte stream).
+ * {@code "java.io.InputStream"} (byte stream).
*/
public static final INPUT_STREAM TEXT_PLAIN_US_ASCII =
new INPUT_STREAM ("text/plain; charset=us-ascii");
/**
- * Doc flavor with MIME type = "text/html"
,
+ * Doc flavor with MIME type = {@code "text/html"},
* encoded in the host platform encoding.
* See {@link DocFlavor#hostEncoding hostEncoding}
* Print data representation class name =
- * "java.io.InputStream"
(byte stream).
+ * {@code "java.io.InputStream"} (byte stream).
*/
public static final INPUT_STREAM TEXT_HTML_HOST =
new INPUT_STREAM ("text/html; charset="+hostEncoding);
/**
* Doc flavor with MIME type =
- * "text/html; charset=utf-8"
,
+ * {@code "text/html; charset=utf-8"},
* print data representation class name =
- * "java.io.InputStream"
(byte stream).
+ * {@code "java.io.InputStream"} (byte stream).
*/
public static final INPUT_STREAM TEXT_HTML_UTF_8 =
new INPUT_STREAM ("text/html; charset=utf-8");
/**
* Doc flavor with MIME type =
- * "text/html; charset=utf-16"
,
+ * {@code "text/html; charset=utf-16"},
* print data representation class name =
- * "java.io.InputStream"
(byte stream).
+ * {@code "java.io.InputStream"} (byte stream).
*/
public static final INPUT_STREAM TEXT_HTML_UTF_16 =
new INPUT_STREAM ("text/html; charset=utf-16");
/**
* Doc flavor with MIME type =
- * "text/html; charset=utf-16be"
+ * {@code "text/html; charset=utf-16be"}
* (big-endian byte ordering),
* print data representation class name =
- * "java.io.InputStream"
(byte stream).
+ * {@code "java.io.InputStream"} (byte stream).
*/
public static final INPUT_STREAM TEXT_HTML_UTF_16BE =
new INPUT_STREAM ("text/html; charset=utf-16be");
/**
* Doc flavor with MIME type =
- * "text/html; charset=utf-16le"
+ * {@code "text/html; charset=utf-16le"}
* (little-endian byte ordering),
* print data representation class name =
- * "java.io.InputStream"
(byte stream).
+ * {@code "java.io.InputStream"} (byte stream).
*/
public static final INPUT_STREAM TEXT_HTML_UTF_16LE =
new INPUT_STREAM ("text/html; charset=utf-16le");
/**
* Doc flavor with MIME type =
- * "text/html; charset=us-ascii"
,
+ * {@code "text/html; charset=us-ascii"},
* print data representation class name =
- * "java.io.InputStream"
(byte stream).
+ * {@code "java.io.InputStream"} (byte stream).
*/
public static final INPUT_STREAM TEXT_HTML_US_ASCII =
new INPUT_STREAM ("text/html; charset=us-ascii");
/**
- * Doc flavor with MIME type = "application/pdf"
, print
- * data representation class name = "java.io.InputStream"
+ * Doc flavor with MIME type = {@code "application/pdf"}, print
+ * data representation class name = {@code "java.io.InputStream"}
* (byte stream).
*/
public static final INPUT_STREAM PDF = new INPUT_STREAM ("application/pdf");
/**
- * Doc flavor with MIME type = "application/postscript"
,
+ * Doc flavor with MIME type = {@code "application/postscript"},
* print data representation class name =
- * "java.io.InputStream"
(byte stream).
+ * {@code "java.io.InputStream"} (byte stream).
*/
public static final INPUT_STREAM POSTSCRIPT =
new INPUT_STREAM ("application/postscript");
/**
- * Doc flavor with MIME type = "application/vnd.hp-PCL"
,
+ * Doc flavor with MIME type = {@code "application/vnd.hp-PCL"},
* print data representation class name =
- * "java.io.InputStream"
(byte stream).
+ * {@code "java.io.InputStream"} (byte stream).
*/
public static final INPUT_STREAM PCL =
new INPUT_STREAM ("application/vnd.hp-PCL");
/**
- * Doc flavor with MIME type = "image/gif"
, print data
+ * Doc flavor with MIME type = {@code "image/gif"}, print data
* representation class name =
- * "java.io.InputStream"
(byte stream).
+ * {@code "java.io.InputStream"} (byte stream).
*/
public static final INPUT_STREAM GIF = new INPUT_STREAM ("image/gif");
/**
- * Doc flavor with MIME type = "image/jpeg"
, print data
+ * Doc flavor with MIME type = {@code "image/jpeg"}, print data
* representation class name =
- * "java.io.InputStream"
(byte stream).
+ * {@code "java.io.InputStream"} (byte stream).
*/
public static final INPUT_STREAM JPEG = new INPUT_STREAM ("image/jpeg");
/**
- * Doc flavor with MIME type = "image/png"
, print data
+ * Doc flavor with MIME type = {@code "image/png"}, print data
* representation class name =
- * "java.io.InputStream"
(byte stream).
+ * {@code "java.io.InputStream"} (byte stream).
*/
public static final INPUT_STREAM PNG = new INPUT_STREAM ("image/png");
/**
* Doc flavor with MIME type =
- * "application/octet-stream"
,
+ * {@code "application/octet-stream"},
* print data representation class name =
- * "java.io.InputStream"
(byte stream).
+ * {@code "java.io.InputStream"} (byte stream).
* The client must determine that data described
* using this DocFlavor is valid for the printer.
*/
@@ -1050,14 +1050,14 @@
/**
* Constructs a new doc flavor with the given MIME type and a print
- * data representation class name of "java.net.URL"
.
+ * data representation class name of {@code "java.net.URL"}.
*
* @param mimeType MIME media type string.
*
* @exception NullPointerException
- * (unchecked exception) Thrown if mimeType
is null.
+ * (unchecked exception) Thrown if {@code mimeType} is null.
* @exception IllegalArgumentException
- * (unchecked exception) Thrown if mimeType
does not
+ * (unchecked exception) Thrown if {@code mimeType} does not
* obey the syntax for a MIME media type string.
*/
public URL (String mimeType) {
@@ -1065,160 +1065,160 @@
}
/**
- * Doc flavor with MIME type = "text/plain"
,
+ * Doc flavor with MIME type = {@code "text/plain"},
* encoded in the host platform encoding.
* See {@link DocFlavor#hostEncoding hostEncoding}
* Print data representation class name =
- * "java.net.URL"
(byte stream).
+ * {@code "java.net.URL"} (byte stream).
*/
public static final URL TEXT_PLAIN_HOST =
new URL ("text/plain; charset="+hostEncoding);
/**
* Doc flavor with MIME type =
- * "text/plain; charset=utf-8"
,
+ * {@code "text/plain; charset=utf-8"},
* print data representation class name =
- * "java.net.URL"
(byte stream).
+ * {@code "java.net.URL"} (byte stream).
*/
public static final URL TEXT_PLAIN_UTF_8 =
new URL ("text/plain; charset=utf-8");
/**
* Doc flavor with MIME type =
- * "text/plain; charset=utf-16"
,
+ * {@code "text/plain; charset=utf-16"},
* print data representation class name =
- * java.net.URL""
(byte stream).
+ * {@code java.net.URL""} (byte stream).
*/
public static final URL TEXT_PLAIN_UTF_16 =
new URL ("text/plain; charset=utf-16");
/**
* Doc flavor with MIME type =
- * "text/plain; charset=utf-16be"
+ * {@code "text/plain; charset=utf-16be"}
* (big-endian byte ordering),
* print data representation class name =
- * "java.net.URL"
(byte stream).
+ * {@code "java.net.URL"} (byte stream).
*/
public static final URL TEXT_PLAIN_UTF_16BE =
new URL ("text/plain; charset=utf-16be");
/**
* Doc flavor with MIME type =
- * "text/plain; charset=utf-16le"
+ * {@code "text/plain; charset=utf-16le"}
* (little-endian byte ordering),
* print data representation class name =
- * "java.net.URL"
(byte stream).
+ * {@code "java.net.URL"} (byte stream).
*/
public static final URL TEXT_PLAIN_UTF_16LE =
new URL ("text/plain; charset=utf-16le");
/**
* Doc flavor with MIME type =
- * "text/plain; charset=us-ascii"
,
+ * {@code "text/plain; charset=us-ascii"},
* print data representation class name =
- * "java.net.URL"
(byte stream).
+ * {@code "java.net.URL"} (byte stream).
*/
public static final URL TEXT_PLAIN_US_ASCII =
new URL ("text/plain; charset=us-ascii");
/**
- * Doc flavor with MIME type = "text/html"
,
+ * Doc flavor with MIME type = {@code "text/html"},
* encoded in the host platform encoding.
* See {@link DocFlavor#hostEncoding hostEncoding}
* Print data representation class name =
- * "java.net.URL"
(byte stream).
+ * {@code "java.net.URL"} (byte stream).
*/
public static final URL TEXT_HTML_HOST =
new URL ("text/html; charset="+hostEncoding);
/**
* Doc flavor with MIME type =
- * "text/html; charset=utf-8"
,
+ * {@code "text/html; charset=utf-8"},
* print data representation class name =
- * "java.net.URL"
(byte stream).
+ * {@code "java.net.URL"} (byte stream).
*/
public static final URL TEXT_HTML_UTF_8 =
new URL ("text/html; charset=utf-8");
/**
* Doc flavor with MIME type =
- * "text/html; charset=utf-16"
,
+ * {@code "text/html; charset=utf-16"},
* print data representation class name =
- * "java.net.URL"
(byte stream).
+ * {@code "java.net.URL"} (byte stream).
*/
public static final URL TEXT_HTML_UTF_16 =
new URL ("text/html; charset=utf-16");
/**
* Doc flavor with MIME type =
- * "text/html; charset=utf-16be"
+ * {@code "text/html; charset=utf-16be"}
* (big-endian byte ordering),
* print data representation class name =
- * "java.net.URL"
(byte stream).
+ * {@code "java.net.URL"} (byte stream).
*/
public static final URL TEXT_HTML_UTF_16BE =
new URL ("text/html; charset=utf-16be");
/**
* Doc flavor with MIME type =
- * "text/html; charset=utf-16le"
+ * {@code "text/html; charset=utf-16le"}
* (little-endian byte ordering),
* print data representation class name =
- * "java.net.URL"
(byte stream).
+ * {@code "java.net.URL"} (byte stream).
*/
public static final URL TEXT_HTML_UTF_16LE =
new URL ("text/html; charset=utf-16le");
/**
* Doc flavor with MIME type =
- * "text/html; charset=us-ascii"
,
+ * {@code "text/html; charset=us-ascii"},
* print data representation class name =
- * "java.net.URL"
(byte stream).
+ * {@code "java.net.URL"} (byte stream).
*/
public static final URL TEXT_HTML_US_ASCII =
new URL ("text/html; charset=us-ascii");
/**
- * Doc flavor with MIME type = "application/pdf"
, print
- * data representation class name = "java.net.URL"
.
+ * Doc flavor with MIME type = {@code "application/pdf"}, print
+ * data representation class name = {@code "java.net.URL"}.
*/
public static final URL PDF = new URL ("application/pdf");
/**
- * Doc flavor with MIME type = "application/postscript"
,
- * print data representation class name = "java.net.URL"
.
+ * Doc flavor with MIME type = {@code "application/postscript"},
+ * print data representation class name = {@code "java.net.URL"}.
*/
public static final URL POSTSCRIPT = new URL ("application/postscript");
/**
- * Doc flavor with MIME type = "application/vnd.hp-PCL"
,
- * print data representation class name = "java.net.URL"
.
+ * Doc flavor with MIME type = {@code "application/vnd.hp-PCL"},
+ * print data representation class name = {@code "java.net.URL"}.
*/
public static final URL PCL = new URL ("application/vnd.hp-PCL");
/**
- * Doc flavor with MIME type = "image/gif"
, print data
- * representation class name = "java.net.URL"
.
+ * Doc flavor with MIME type = {@code "image/gif"}, print data
+ * representation class name = {@code "java.net.URL"}.
*/
public static final URL GIF = new URL ("image/gif");
/**
- * Doc flavor with MIME type = "image/jpeg"
, print data
- * representation class name = "java.net.URL"
.
+ * Doc flavor with MIME type = {@code "image/jpeg"}, print data
+ * representation class name = {@code "java.net.URL"}.
*/
public static final URL JPEG = new URL ("image/jpeg");
/**
- * Doc flavor with MIME type = "image/png"
, print data
- * representation class name = "java.net.URL"
.
+ * Doc flavor with MIME type = {@code "image/png"}, print data
+ * representation class name = {@code "java.net.URL"}.
*/
public static final URL PNG = new URL ("image/png");
/**
* Doc flavor with MIME type =
- * "application/octet-stream"
,
- * print data representation class name = "java.net.URL"
.
+ * {@code "application/octet-stream"},
+ * print data representation class name = {@code "java.net.URL"}.
* The client must determine that data described
* using this DocFlavor is valid for the printer.
*/
@@ -1229,7 +1229,7 @@
/**
* Class DocFlavor.CHAR_ARRAY provides predefined static constant
* DocFlavor objects for example doc flavors using a character array
- * (char[]
) as the print data representation class. As such,
+ * ({@code char[]}) as the print data representation class. As such,
* the character set is Unicode.
*
* @author Alan Kaminsky
@@ -1241,16 +1241,16 @@
/**
* Constructs a new doc flavor with the given MIME type and a print
* data representation class name of
- * "[C"
(character array).
+ * {@code "[C"} (character array).
*
* @param mimeType MIME media type string. If it is a text media
* type, it is assumed to contain a
- * "charset=utf-16"
parameter.
+ * {@code "charset=utf-16"} parameter.
*
* @exception NullPointerException
- * (unchecked exception) Thrown if mimeType
is null.
+ * (unchecked exception) Thrown if {@code mimeType} is null.
* @exception IllegalArgumentException
- * (unchecked exception) Thrown if mimeType
does not
+ * (unchecked exception) Thrown if {@code mimeType} does not
* obey the syntax for a MIME media type string.
*/
public CHAR_ARRAY (String mimeType) {
@@ -1258,17 +1258,17 @@
}
/**
- * Doc flavor with MIME type = "text/plain;
- * charset=utf-16"
, print data representation class name =
- * "[C"
(character array).
+ * Doc flavor with MIME type = {@code "text/plain; charset=utf-16"},
+ * print data representation class name =
+ * {@code "[C"} (character array).
*/
public static final CHAR_ARRAY TEXT_PLAIN =
new CHAR_ARRAY ("text/plain; charset=utf-16");
/**
- * Doc flavor with MIME type = "text/html;
- * charset=utf-16"
, print data representation class name =
- * "[C"
(character array).
+ * Doc flavor with MIME type = {@code "text/html; charset=utf-16"},
+ * print data representation class name =
+ * {@code "[C"} (character array).
*/
public static final CHAR_ARRAY TEXT_HTML =
new CHAR_ARRAY ("text/html; charset=utf-16");
@@ -1289,16 +1289,16 @@
/**
* Constructs a new doc flavor with the given MIME type and a print
- * data representation class name of "java.lang.String"
.
+ * data representation class name of {@code "java.lang.String"}.
*
* @param mimeType MIME media type string. If it is a text media
* type, it is assumed to contain a
- * "charset=utf-16"
parameter.
+ * {@code "charset=utf-16"} parameter.
*
* @exception NullPointerException
- * (unchecked exception) Thrown if mimeType
is null.
+ * (unchecked exception) Thrown if {@code mimeType} is null.
* @exception IllegalArgumentException
- * (unchecked exception) Thrown if mimeType
does not
+ * (unchecked exception) Thrown if {@code mimeType} does not
* obey the syntax for a MIME media type string.
*/
public STRING (String mimeType) {
@@ -1306,17 +1306,17 @@
}
/**
- * Doc flavor with MIME type = "text/plain;
- * charset=utf-16"
, print data representation class name =
- * "java.lang.String"
.
+ * Doc flavor with MIME type = {@code "text/plain; charset=utf-16"},
+ * print data representation class name =
+ * {@code "java.lang.String"}.
*/
public static final STRING TEXT_PLAIN =
new STRING ("text/plain; charset=utf-16");
/**
- * Doc flavor with MIME type = "text/html;
- * charset=utf-16"
, print data representation class name =
- * "java.lang.String"
.
+ * Doc flavor with MIME type = {@code "text/html; charset=utf-16"},
+ * print data representation class name =
+ * {@code "java.lang.String"}.
*/
public static final STRING TEXT_HTML =
new STRING ("text/html; charset=utf-16");
@@ -1337,16 +1337,16 @@
/**
* Constructs a new doc flavor with the given MIME type and a print
* data representation class name of\
- * "java.io.Reader"
(character stream).
+ * {@code "java.io.Reader"} (character stream).
*
* @param mimeType MIME media type string. If it is a text media
* type, it is assumed to contain a
- * "charset=utf-16"
parameter.
+ * {@code "charset=utf-16"} parameter.
*
* @exception NullPointerException
- * (unchecked exception) Thrown if mimeType
is null.
+ * (unchecked exception) Thrown if {@code mimeType} is null.
* @exception IllegalArgumentException
- * (unchecked exception) Thrown if mimeType
does not
+ * (unchecked exception) Thrown if {@code mimeType} does not
* obey the syntax for a MIME media type string.
*/
public READER (String mimeType) {
@@ -1354,17 +1354,17 @@
}
/**
- * Doc flavor with MIME type = "text/plain;
- * charset=utf-16"
, print data representation class name =
- * "java.io.Reader"
(character stream).
+ * Doc flavor with MIME type = {@code "text/plain; charset=utf-16"},
+ * print data representation class name =
+ * {@code "java.io.Reader"} (character stream).
*/
public static final READER TEXT_PLAIN =
new READER ("text/plain; charset=utf-16");
/**
- * Doc flavor with MIME type = "text/html;
- * charset=utf-16"
, print data representation class name =
- * "java.io.Reader"
(character stream).
+ * Doc flavor with MIME type = {@code "text/html; charset=utf-16"},
+ * print data representation class name =
+ * {@code "java.io.Reader"} (character stream).
*/
public static final READER TEXT_HTML =
new READER ("text/html; charset=utf-16");
@@ -1384,14 +1384,14 @@
/**
* Constructs a new doc flavor with a MIME type of
- * "application/x-java-jvm-local-objectref"
indicating
+ * {@code "application/x-java-jvm-local-objectref"} indicating
* service formatted print data and the given print data
* representation class name.
*
* @param className Fully-qualified representation class name.
*
* @exception NullPointerException
- * (unchecked exception) Thrown if className
is
+ * (unchecked exception) Thrown if {@code className} is
* null.
*/
public SERVICE_FORMATTED (String className) {
@@ -1401,7 +1401,7 @@
/**
* Service formatted print data doc flavor with print data
* representation class name =
- * "java.awt.image.renderable.RenderableImage"
+ * {@code "java.awt.image.renderable.RenderableImage"}
* (renderable image object).
*/
public static final SERVICE_FORMATTED RENDERABLE_IMAGE =
@@ -1409,7 +1409,7 @@
/**
* Service formatted print data doc flavor with print data
- * representation class name = "java.awt.print.Printable"
+ * representation class name = {@code "java.awt.print.Printable"}
* (printable object).
*/
public static final SERVICE_FORMATTED PRINTABLE =
@@ -1417,7 +1417,7 @@
/**
* Service formatted print data doc flavor with print data
- * representation class name = "java.awt.print.Pageable"
+ * representation class name = {@code "java.awt.print.Pageable"}
* (pageable object).
*/
public static final SERVICE_FORMATTED PAGEABLE =
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/DocPrintJob.java 2015-10-04 22:55:34.277266488 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/DocPrintJob.java 2015-10-04 22:55:34.089266497 +0400
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@
* Determines the {@link PrintService} object to which this print job
* object is bound.
*
- * @return PrintService
object.
+ * @return {@code PrintService} object.
*
*/
public PrintService getPrintService();
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
* call; that is, the returned attribute set's object's contents will
* not be updated if this Print Job's attribute set's contents change
* in the future. To detect changes in attribute values, call
- * getAttributes()
again and compare the new attribute
+ * {@code getAttributes()} again and compare the new attribute
* set to the previous attribute set; alternatively, register a
* listener for print job events.
* The returned value may be an empty set but should not be null.
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@
* If listener is null, no exception is thrown and no action is
* performed.
* To determine the attribute updates that may be reported by this job,
- * a client can call getAttributes()
and identify the
+ * a client can call {@code getAttributes()} and identify the
* subset that are interesting and likely to be reported to the
* listener. Clients expecting to be updated about changes in a
* specific job attribute should verify it is in that set, but
@@ -152,7 +152,7 @@
* Print service implementors should close any print data streams (ie
* Reader or InputStream implementations) that they obtain
* from the client doc. Robust clients may still wish to verify this.
- * An exception is always generated if a DocFlavor
cannot
+ * An exception is always generated if a {@code DocFlavor} cannot
* be printed.
*
* @param doc The document to be printed. If must be a flavor
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/MimeType.java 2015-10-04 22:55:34.801266465 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/MimeType.java 2015-10-04 22:55:34.609266473 +0400
@@ -195,9 +195,9 @@
* @param s MIME media type string.
*
* @exception NullPointerException
- * (unchecked exception) Thrown if s
is null.
+ * (unchecked exception) Thrown if {@code s} is null.
* @exception IllegalArgumentException
- * (unchecked exception) Thrown if s
does not obey the
+ * (unchecked exception) Thrown if {@code s} does not obey the
* syntax for a MIME media type string.
*/
public MimeType(String s) {
@@ -271,7 +271,7 @@
*
* @param obj Object to test.
*
- * @return True if this MIME type object equals obj
, false
+ * @return True if this MIME type object equals {@code obj}, false
* otherwise.
*/
public boolean equals (Object obj) {
@@ -525,7 +525,7 @@
/**
* Parses the given string into canonical pieces and stores the pieces in
- * {@link #myPieces myPieces
}.
+ * {@link #myPieces myPieces}.
*
@@ -536,9 +536,9 @@
* @param s MIME media type string.
*
* @exception NullPointerException
- * (unchecked exception) Thrown if
* s
is null.
+ * (unchecked exception) Thrown if {@code s} is null.
* @exception IllegalArgumentException
- * (unchecked exception) Thrown if s
does not obey the
+ * (unchecked exception) Thrown if {@code s} does not obey the
* syntax for a MIME media type string.
*/
private void parse(String s) {
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/PrintService.java 2015-10-04 22:55:35.345266440 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/PrintService.java 2015-10-04 22:55:35.137266450 +0400
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@
/**
* Removes the print-service listener from this print service.
* This means the listener is no longer interested in
- * PrintService
events.
+ * {@code PrintService} events.
* @param listener a PrintServiceAttributeListener object
* @see #addPrintServiceAttributeListener
*/
@@ -103,10 +103,10 @@
* giving this Print Service's status. The returned attribute set object
* is unmodifiable. The returned attribute set object is a "snapshot" of
* this Print Service's attribute set at the time of the
- * getAttributes()
method call: that is, the returned
+ * {@code getAttributes()} method call: that is, the returned
* attribute set's contents will not be updated if this print
* service's attribute set's contents change in the future. To detect
- * changes in attribute values, call getAttributes()
again
+ * changes in attribute values, call {@code getAttributes()} again
* and compare the new attribute set to the previous attribute set;
* alternatively, register a listener for print service events.
*
@@ -126,8 +126,8 @@
* attribute is not supported by this service.
* @exception NullPointerException if the category is null.
* @exception IllegalArgumentException
- * (unchecked exception) if category
is not a
- * Class
that implements interface
+ * (unchecked exception) if {@code category} is not a
+ * {@code Class} that implements interface
*{@link javax.print.attribute.PrintServiceAttribute PrintServiceAttribute}.
*/
public PrintService
. A print data format is
+ * up a job for this {@code PrintService}. A print data format is
* designated by a "doc
* flavor" (class {@link javax.print.DocFlavor DocFlavor})
* consisting of a MIME type plus a print data representation class.
* getUnsupportedAttributes(..)
+ * with all attributes. Use {@code getUnsupportedAttributes(..)}
* to validate specific combinations.
*
* @return Array of supported doc flavors, should have at least
@@ -152,19 +152,19 @@
/**
* Determines if this print service supports a specific
- * DocFlavor
. This is a convenience method to determine
- * if the DocFlavor
would be a member of the result of
- * getSupportedDocFlavors()
.
+ * {@code DocFlavor}. This is a convenience method to determine
+ * if the {@code DocFlavor} would be a member of the result of
+ * {@code getSupportedDocFlavors()}.
* getUnsupportedAttributes(..)
+ * with all attributes. Use {@code getUnsupportedAttributes(..)}
* to validate specific combinations.
*
- * @param flavor the DocFlavor
to query for support.
- * @return true
if this print service supports the
- * specified DocFlavor
; false
otherwise.
+ * @param flavor the {@code DocFlavor} to query for support.
+ * @return {@code true} if this print service supports the
+ * specified {@code DocFlavor}; {@code false} otherwise.
* @exception NullPointerException
- * (unchecked exception) Thrown if flavor
is null.
+ * (unchecked exception) Thrown if {@code flavor} is null.
*/
public boolean isDocFlavorSupported(DocFlavor flavor);
@@ -173,7 +173,7 @@
* Determines the printing attribute categories a client can specify
* when setting up a job for this print service.
* A printing attribute category is
- * designated by a Class
that implements interface
+ * designated by a {@code Class} that implements interface
* {@link javax.print.attribute.Attribute Attribute}. This method returns
* just the attribute categories that are supported; it does not
* return the particular attribute values that are supported.
@@ -181,10 +181,10 @@
* This method returns all the printing attribute
* categories this print service supports for any possible job.
* Some categories may not be supported in a particular context (ie
- * for a particular DocFlavor
).
- * Use one of the methods that include a DocFlavor
to
+ * for a particular {@code DocFlavor}).
+ * Use one of the methods that include a {@code DocFlavor} to
* validate the request before submitting it, such as
- * getSupportedAttributeValues(..)
.
+ * {@code getSupportedAttributeValues(..)}.
*
* @return Array of printing attribute categories that the client can
* specify as a doc-level or job-level attribute in a Print
@@ -198,37 +198,37 @@
/**
* Determines whether a client can specify the given printing
* attribute category when setting up a job for this print service. A
- * printing attribute category is designated by a Class
+ * printing attribute category is designated by a {@code Class}
* that implements interface {@link javax.print.attribute.Attribute
* Attribute}. This method tells whether the attribute category is
* supported; it does not tell whether a particular attribute value
* is supported.
* DocFlavor
).
- * Use one of the methods which include a DocFlavor
to
+ * for a particular {@code DocFlavor}).
+ * Use one of the methods which include a {@code DocFlavor} to
* validate the request before submitting it, such as
- * getSupportedAttributeValues(..)
.
+ * {@code getSupportedAttributeValues(..)}.
* getSupportedAttributeCategories()
.
+ * {@code getSupportedAttributeCategories()}.
*
* @param category Printing attribute category to test. It must be a
- * Class
that implements
+ * {@code Class} that implements
* interface
* {@link javax.print.attribute.Attribute Attribute}.
*
- * @return true
if this print service supports
+ * @return {@code true} if this print service supports
* specifying a doc-level or
- * job-level attribute in category
in a Print
- * Request; false
if it doesn't.
+ * job-level attribute in {@code category} in a Print
+ * Request; {@code false} if it doesn't.
*
* @exception NullPointerException
- * (unchecked exception) Thrown if category
is null.
+ * (unchecked exception) Thrown if {@code category} is null.
* @exception IllegalArgumentException
- * (unchecked exception) Thrown if category
is not a
- * Class
that implements interface
+ * (unchecked exception) Thrown if {@code category} is not a
+ * {@code Class} that implements interface
* {@link javax.print.attribute.Attribute Attribute}.
*/
public boolean
@@ -244,16 +244,16 @@
* default attribute value instead.
* DocFlavor
).
- * Use one of the methods that include a DocFlavor
to
+ * for a particular {@code DocFlavor}).
+ * Use one of the methods that include a {@code DocFlavor} to
* validate the request before submitting it, such as
- * getSupportedAttributeValues(..)
.
+ * {@code getSupportedAttributeValues(..)}.
* RequestingUser
+ * service will not have a defaultvalue for {@code RequestingUser}
* i.e. a null return for a supported category means there is no
* service default value for that category. Use the
- * isAttributeCategorySupported(Class)
method to
+ * {@code isAttributeCategorySupported(Class)} method to
* distinguish these cases.
*
* @param category Printing attribute category for which the default
@@ -262,16 +262,16 @@
* {@link javax.print.attribute.Attribute
* Attribute}.
*
- * @return Default attribute value for category
, or null
+ * @return Default attribute value for {@code category}, or null
* if this Print Service does not support specifying a doc-level or
- * job-level attribute in category
in a Print
+ * job-level attribute in {@code category} in a Print
* Request, or the service does not have a default value
* for this attribute.
*
* @exception NullPointerException
- * (unchecked exception) Thrown if category
is null.
+ * (unchecked exception) Thrown if {@code category} is null.
* @exception IllegalArgumentException
- * (unchecked exception) Thrown if category
is not a
+ * (unchecked exception) Thrown if {@code category} is not a
* {@link java.lang.Class Class} that implements interface {@link
* javax.print.attribute.Attribute Attribute}.
*/
@@ -285,10 +285,10 @@
* attribute value is an instance of a class that implements interface
* {@link javax.print.attribute.Attribute Attribute}.
* flavor
is null and attributes
is null
+ * If {@code flavor} is null and {@code attributes} is null
* or is an empty set, this method returns all the printing attribute
* values this Print Service supports for any possible job. If
- * flavor
is not null or attributes
is not
+ * {@code flavor} is not null or {@code attributes} is not
* an empty set, this method returns just the printing attribute values
* that are compatible with the given doc flavor and/or set of attributes.
* That is, a null return value may indicate that specifying this attribute
@@ -296,12 +296,12 @@
* Also if DocFlavor is not null it must be a flavor supported by this
* PrintService, else IllegalArgumentException will be thrown.
* attributes
parameter contains an Attribute whose
- * category is the same as the category
parameter, the service
+ * If the {@code attributes} parameter contains an Attribute whose
+ * category is the same as the {@code category} parameter, the service
* must ignore this attribute in the AttributeSet.
* DocAttribute
s which are to be specified on the
- * Doc
must be included in this set to accurately
+ * {@code DocAttribute}s which are to be specified on the
+ * {@code Doc} must be included in this set to accurately
* represent the context.
* getCategory(Class)
.
+ * {@code getCategory(Class)}.
* category
,
+ * @return Object indicating supported values for {@code category},
* or null if this Print Service does not support specifying a
- * doc-level or job-level attribute in category
in
+ * doc-level or job-level attribute in {@code category} in
* a Print Request.
*
* @exception NullPointerException
- * (unchecked exception) Thrown if category
is null.
+ * (unchecked exception) Thrown if {@code category} is null.
* @exception IllegalArgumentException
- * (unchecked exception) Thrown if category
is not a
+ * (unchecked exception) Thrown if {@code category} is not a
* {@link java.lang.Class Class} that implements interface {@link
* javax.print.attribute.Attribute Attribute}, or
- * DocFlavor
is not supported by this service.
+ * {@code DocFlavor} is not supported by this service.
*/
public Object
getSupportedAttributeValues(Class extends Attribute> category,
@@ -362,24 +362,24 @@
* attribute value is an instance of a class that implements interface
* {@link javax.print.attribute.Attribute Attribute}.
* flavor
is null and attributes
is null or
+ * If {@code flavor} is null and {@code attributes} is null or
* is an empty set, this method tells whether this Print Service supports
* the given printing attribute value for some possible combination of doc
- * flavor and set of attributes. If flavor
is not null or
- * attributes
is not an empty set, this method tells whether
+ * flavor and set of attributes. If {@code flavor} is not null or
+ * {@code attributes} is not an empty set, this method tells whether
* this Print Service supports the given printing attribute value in
* combination with the given doc flavor and/or set of attributes.
* DocAttribute
s which are to be specified on the
- * Doc
must be included in this set to accurately
+ * {@code DocAttribute}s which are to be specified on the
+ * {@code Doc} must be included in this set to accurately
* represent the context.
* getSupportedAttributeValues(...)
.
+ * {@code getSupportedAttributeValues(...)}.
*
* @param attrval Printing attribute value to test.
* @param flavor Doc flavor for a supposed job, or null.
@@ -388,11 +388,11 @@
* attributes), or null.
*
* @return True if this Print Service supports specifying
- * attrval
as a doc-level or job-level attribute in a
+ * {@code attrval} as a doc-level or job-level attribute in a
* Print Request, false if it doesn't.
*
* @exception NullPointerException
- * (unchecked exception) if attrval
is null.
+ * (unchecked exception) if {@code attrval} is null.
* @exception IllegalArgumentException if flavor is not supported by
* this PrintService.
*/
@@ -410,8 +410,8 @@
* IllegalArgumentException will be thrown. If the
* return value from this method is null, all attributes are supported.
* DocAttribute
s which are to be specified on the
- * Doc
must be included in this set to accurately
+ * {@code DocAttribute}s which are to be specified on the
+ * {@code Doc} must be included in this set to accurately
* represent the context.
* isDocFlavorSupported()
to verify that a DocFlavor
+ * Use {@code isDocFlavorSupported()} to verify that a DocFlavor
* is supported before calling this method.
*
* @param flavor Doc flavor to test, or null
@@ -439,7 +439,7 @@
* @return null if this Print Service supports the print request
* specification, else the unsupported attributes.
*
- * @exception IllegalArgumentException ifflavor
is
+ * @exception IllegalArgumentException if {@code flavor} is
* not supported by this PrintService.
*/
public AttributeSet getUnsupportedAttributes(DocFlavor flavor,
@@ -453,7 +453,7 @@
* an environment with no UI support should ensure that the factory
* is not initialised unless the application calls this method to
* obtain the factory.
- * See ServiceUIFactory
for more information.
+ * See {@code ServiceUIFactory} for more information.
* @return null or a factory for UI components.
*/
public ServiceUIFactory getServiceUIFactory();
@@ -480,7 +480,7 @@
/**
* This method should be implemented consistently with
- * equals(Object)
.
+ * {@code equals(Object)}.
* @return hash code of this object.
*/
public int hashCode();
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/PrintServiceLookup.java 2015-10-04 22:55:35.877266416 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/PrintServiceLookup.java 2015-10-04 22:55:35.685266425 +0400
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@
* @param attributes attributes that the print service must support.
* If null this constraint is not used.
*
- * @return array of matching PrintService
objects
+ * @return array of matching {@code PrintService} objects
* representing print services that support the specified flavor
* attributes. If no services match, the array is zero-length.
*/
@@ -129,9 +129,9 @@
* Locates MultiDoc print Services capable of printing MultiDocs
* containing all the specified doc flavors.
* MultiDoc
in which the elements may be different
+ * a {@code MultiDoc} in which the elements may be different
* flavors. An application could perform this itself by multiple lookups
- * on each DocFlavor
in turn and collating the results,
+ * on each {@code DocFlavor} in turn and collating the results,
* but the lookup service may be able to do this more efficiently.
*
* @param flavors the flavors to print. If null or empty this
@@ -201,8 +201,8 @@
* the method returns false.
*
* @param sp an implementation of a lookup service.
- * @return true
if the new lookup service is newly
- * registered; false
otherwise.
+ * @return {@code true} if the new lookup service is newly
+ * registered; {@code false} otherwise.
*/
public static boolean registerServiceProvider(PrintServiceLookup sp) {
synchronized (PrintServiceLookup.class) {
@@ -232,15 +232,15 @@
* values and classes reported by the service.
* This may be less efficient than a lookup
* service tuned for that service.
- * Therefore registering a PrintServiceLookup
instance
+ * Therefore registering a {@code PrintServiceLookup} instance
* instead is recommended.
* The method returns true if this service is not previously
* registered and is now successfully registered.
* This method should not be called with StreamPrintService instances.
* They will always fail to register and the method will return false.
* @param service an implementation of a print service.
- * @return true
if the service is newly
- * registered; false
otherwise.
+ * @return {@code true} if the service is newly
+ * registered; {@code false} otherwise.
*/
public static boolean registerService(PrintService service) {
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/SimpleDoc.java 2015-10-04 22:55:36.405266393 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/SimpleDoc.java 2015-10-04 22:55:36.213266401 +0400
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
import javax.print.attribute.DocAttributeSet;
/**
- * This class is an implementation of interface Doc
that can
+ * This class is an implementation of interface {@code Doc} that can
* be used in many common printing requests.
* It can handle all of the presently defined "pre-defined" doc flavors
* defined as static variables in the DocFlavor class.
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@
* or need a MultiDoc will not want to use this class.
* SimpleDoc
does not monitor if the service
+ * stream, then {@code SimpleDoc} does not monitor if the service
* properly closes the stream after data transfer completion or job
* termination.
* Clients may prefer to use provide their own implementation of doc that
@@ -69,18 +69,18 @@
private InputStream inStream;
/**
- * Constructs a SimpleDoc
with the specified
+ * Constructs a {@code SimpleDoc} with the specified
* print data, doc flavor and doc attribute set.
* @param printData the print data object
- * @param flavor the DocFlavor
object
- * @param attributes a DocAttributeSet
, which can
- * be null
- * @throws IllegalArgumentException if flavor
or
- * printData
is null
, or the
- * printData
does not correspond
+ * @param flavor the {@code DocFlavor} object
+ * @param attributes a {@code DocAttributeSet}, which can
+ * be {@code null}
+ * @throws IllegalArgumentException if {@code flavor} or
+ * {@code printData} is {@code null}, or the
+ * {@code printData} does not correspond
* to the specified doc flavor--for example, the data is
* not of the type specified as the representation in the
- * DocFlavor
.
+ * {@code DocFlavor}.
*/
public SimpleDoc(Object printData,
DocFlavor flavor, DocAttributeSet attributes) {
@@ -144,7 +144,7 @@
* Obtains the print data representation object that contains this doc
* object's piece of print data in the format corresponding to the
* supported doc flavor.
- * The getPrintData()
method returns an instance of
+ * The {@code getPrintData()} method returns an instance of
* the representation class whose name is given by
* {@link DocFlavor#getRepresentationClassName() getRepresentationClassName},
* and the return value can be cast
@@ -161,26 +161,26 @@
/**
* Obtains a reader for extracting character print data from this doc.
- * The Doc
implementation is required to support this
- * method if the DocFlavor
has one of the following print
- * data representation classes, and return null
+ * The {@code Doc} implementation is required to support this
+ * method if the {@code DocFlavor} has one of the following print
+ * data representation classes, and return {@code null}
* otherwise:
*
- *
* The doc's print data representation object is used to construct and
- * return a char[]
- * java.lang.String
- * java.io.Reader
+ * Reader
for reading the print data as a stream
+ * return a {@code Reader} for reading the print data as a stream
* of characters from the print data representation object.
* However, if the print data representation object is itself a
- * Reader
then the print data representation object is
+ * {@code Reader} then the print data representation object is
* simply returned.
*
- * @return a Reader
for reading the print data
+ * @return a {@code Reader} for reading the print data
* characters from this doc.
* If a reader cannot be provided because this doc does not meet
- * the criteria stated above, null
is returned.
+ * the criteria stated above, {@code null} is returned.
*
* @exception IOException if there was an I/O error while creating
* the reader.
@@ -209,13 +209,13 @@
/**
* Obtains an input stream for extracting byte print data from
* this doc.
- * The Doc
implementation is required to support this
- * method if the DocFlavor
has one of the following print
+ * The {@code Doc} implementation is required to support this
+ * method if the {@code DocFlavor} has one of the following print
* data representation classes; otherwise this method
- * returns null
:
+ * returns {@code null}:
*
- *
* The doc's print data representation object is obtained. Then, an
* input stream for reading the print data
@@ -225,10 +225,10 @@
* input stream then the print data representation object is simply
* returned.
*
- * @return an byte[]
- * java.io.InputStream
+ * InputStream
for reading the print data
+ * @return an {@code InputStream} for reading the print data
* bytes from this doc. If an input stream cannot be
* provided because this doc does not meet
- * the criteria stated above, null
is returned.
+ * the criteria stated above, {@code null} is returned.
*
* @exception IOException
* if there was an I/O error while creating the input stream.
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/StreamPrintService.java 2015-10-04 22:55:36.929266369 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/StreamPrintService.java 2015-10-04 22:55:36.741266378 +0400
@@ -37,17 +37,17 @@
* The output format must be declared as a mime type.
* This is equivalent to an output document flavor where the
* representation class is always "java.io.OutputStream"
- * An instance of the StreamPrintService
class is
+ * An instance of the {@code StreamPrintService} class is
* obtained from a {@link StreamPrintServiceFactory} instance.
* StreamPrintService
is different from a
- * PrintService
, which supports a
+ * Note that a {@code StreamPrintService} is different from a
+ * {@code PrintService}, which supports a
* {@link javax.print.attribute.standard.Destination Destination}
- * attribute. A StreamPrintService
always requires an output
- * stream, whereas a PrintService
optionally accepts a
- * Destination
. A StreamPrintService
+ * attribute. A {@code StreamPrintService} always requires an output
+ * stream, whereas a {@code PrintService} optionally accepts a
+ * {@code Destination}. A {@code StreamPrintService}
* has no default destination for its formatted output.
- * Additionally a StreamPrintService
is expected to generate
+ * Additionally a {@code StreamPrintService} is expected to generate
output in
* a format useful in other contexts.
* StreamPrintService's are not expected to support the Destination attribute.
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@
public abstract String getOutputFormat();
/**
- * Disposes this StreamPrintService
.
+ * Disposes this {@code StreamPrintService}.
* If a stream service cannot be re-used, it must be disposed
* to indicate this. Typically the client will call this method.
* Services which write data which cannot meaningfully be appended to
@@ -100,12 +100,12 @@
}
/**
- * Returns a boolean
indicating whether or not
- * this StreamPrintService
has been disposed.
+ * Returns a {@code boolean} indicating whether or not
+ * this {@code StreamPrintService} has been disposed.
* If this object has been disposed, will return true.
* Used by services and client applications to recognize streams
* to which no further data should be written.
- * @return if this StreamPrintService
has been disposed
+ * @return if this {@code StreamPrintService} has been disposed
*/
public boolean isDisposed() {
return disposed;
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/StreamPrintServiceFactory.java 2015-10-04 22:55:37.453266346 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/StreamPrintServiceFactory.java 2015-10-04 22:55:37.265266354 +0400
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
import java.util.ServiceConfigurationError;
/**
- * A StreamPrintServiceFactory
is the factory for
+ * A {@code StreamPrintServiceFactory} is the factory for
* {@link StreamPrintService} instances,
* which can print to an output stream in a particular
* document format described as a mime type.
@@ -51,8 +51,8 @@
* Applications locate instances of this class by calling the
* {@link #lookupStreamPrintServiceFactories(DocFlavor, String)} method.
* StreamPrintService
obtained from a
- * factory in place of a PrintService
which represents a
+ * Applications can use a {@code StreamPrintService} obtained from a
+ * factory in place of a {@code PrintService} which represents a
* physical printer device.
*/
@@ -127,25 +127,25 @@
public abstract DocFlavor[] getSupportedDocFlavors();
/**
- * Returns a StreamPrintService
that can print to
+ * Returns a {@code StreamPrintService} that can print to
* the specified output stream.
* The output stream is created and managed by the application.
* It is the application's responsibility to close the stream and
* to ensure that this Printer is not reused.
* The application should not close this stream until any print job
* created from the printer is complete. Doing so earlier may generate
- * a PrinterException
and an event indicating that the
+ * a {@code PrinterException} and an event indicating that the
* job failed.
* PrintService
connected to a physical printer
+ * Whereas a {@code PrintService} connected to a physical printer
* can be reused,
- * a StreamPrintService
connected to a stream cannot.
- * The underlying StreamPrintService
may be disposed by
+ * a {@code StreamPrintService} connected to a stream cannot.
+ * The underlying {@code StreamPrintService} may be disposed by
* the print system with
* the {@link StreamPrintService#dispose() dispose} method
* before returning from the
* {@link DocPrintJob#print(Doc, javax.print.attribute.PrintRequestAttributeSet) print}
- * method of DocPrintJob
so that the print system knows
+ * method of {@code DocPrintJob} so that the print system knows
* this printer is no longer usable.
* This is equivalent to a physical printer going offline - permanently.
* Applications may supply a null print stream to create a queryable
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/Attribute.java 2015-10-04 22:55:37.977266322 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/Attribute.java 2015-10-04 22:55:37.789266331 +0400
@@ -52,8 +52,8 @@
* getCategory()
method, they should
- * return the same name from the getName()
method.
+ * same category from the {@code getCategory()} method, they should
+ * return the same name from the {@code getName()} method.
*
* @return Attribute category name.
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/AttributeSetUtilities.java 2015-10-04 22:55:38.497266299 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/AttributeSetUtilities.java 2015-10-04 22:55:38.309266307 +0400
@@ -206,10 +206,10 @@
*
* @param attributeSet Underlying attribute set.
*
- * @return Unmodifiable view of attributeSet
.
+ * @return Unmodifiable view of {@code attributeSet}.
*
* @exception NullPointerException
- * Thrown if attributeSet
is null. Null is never a
+ * Thrown if {@code attributeSet} is null. Null is never a
*/
public static AttributeSet unmodifiableView(AttributeSet attributeSet) {
if (attributeSet == null) {
@@ -224,10 +224,10 @@
*
* @param attributeSet Underlying doc attribute set.
*
- * @return Unmodifiable view of attributeSet
.
+ * @return Unmodifiable view of {@code attributeSet}.
*
* @exception NullPointerException
- * Thrown if attributeSet
is null.
+ * Thrown if {@code attributeSet} is null.
*/
public static DocAttributeSet unmodifiableView
(DocAttributeSet attributeSet) {
@@ -242,10 +242,10 @@
*
* @param attributeSet Underlying print request attribute set.
*
- * @return Unmodifiable view of attributeSet
.
+ * @return Unmodifiable view of {@code attributeSet}.
*
* @exception NullPointerException
- * Thrown if attributeSet
is null.
+ * Thrown if {@code attributeSet} is null.
*/
public static PrintRequestAttributeSet
unmodifiableView(PrintRequestAttributeSet attributeSet) {
@@ -260,10 +260,10 @@
*
* @param attributeSet Underlying print job attribute set.
*
- * @return Unmodifiable view of attributeSet
.
+ * @return Unmodifiable view of {@code attributeSet}.
*
* @exception NullPointerException
- * Thrown if attributeSet
is null.
+ * Thrown if {@code attributeSet} is null.
*/
public static PrintJobAttributeSet
unmodifiableView(PrintJobAttributeSet attributeSet) {
@@ -278,10 +278,10 @@
*
* @param attributeSet Underlying print service attribute set.
*
- * @return Unmodifiable view of attributeSet
.
+ * @return Unmodifiable view of {@code attributeSet}.
*
* @exception NullPointerException
- * Thrown if attributeSet
is null.
+ * Thrown if {@code attributeSet} is null.
*/
public static PrintServiceAttributeSet
unmodifiableView(PrintServiceAttributeSet attributeSet) {
@@ -417,10 +417,10 @@
*
* @param attributeSet Underlying attribute set.
*
- * @return Synchronized view of attributeSet
.
+ * @return Synchronized view of {@code attributeSet}.
*
* @exception NullPointerException
- * Thrown if attributeSet
is null.
+ * Thrown if {@code attributeSet} is null.
*/
public static AttributeSet synchronizedView
(AttributeSet attributeSet) {
@@ -435,10 +435,10 @@
*
* @param attributeSet Underlying doc attribute set.
*
- * @return Synchronized view of attributeSet
.
+ * @return Synchronized view of {@code attributeSet}.
*
* @exception NullPointerException
- * Thrown if attributeSet
is null.
+ * Thrown if {@code attributeSet} is null.
*/
public static DocAttributeSet
synchronizedView(DocAttributeSet attributeSet) {
@@ -453,10 +453,10 @@
*
* @param attributeSet Underlying print request attribute set.
*
- * @return Synchronized view of attributeSet
.
+ * @return Synchronized view of {@code attributeSet}.
*
* @exception NullPointerException
- * Thrown if attributeSet
is null.
+ * Thrown if {@code attributeSet} is null.
*/
public static PrintRequestAttributeSet
synchronizedView(PrintRequestAttributeSet attributeSet) {
@@ -471,10 +471,10 @@
*
* @param attributeSet Underlying print job attribute set.
*
- * @return Synchronized view of attributeSet
.
+ * @return Synchronized view of {@code attributeSet}.
*
* @exception NullPointerException
- * Thrown if attributeSet
is null.
+ * Thrown if {@code attributeSet} is null.
*/
public static PrintJobAttributeSet
synchronizedView(PrintJobAttributeSet attributeSet) {
@@ -489,7 +489,7 @@
*
* @param attributeSet Underlying print service attribute set.
*
- * @return Synchronized view of attributeSet
.
+ * @return Synchronized view of {@code attributeSet}.
*/
public static PrintServiceAttributeSet
synchronizedView(PrintServiceAttributeSet attributeSet) {
@@ -508,17 +508,17 @@
* @param object Object to test.
* @param interfaceName Interface the object must implement.
*
- * @return If object
is a {@link java.lang.Class Class}
- * that implements interfaceName
,
- * object
is returned downcast to type {@link
+ * @return If {@code object} is a {@link java.lang.Class Class}
+ * that implements {@code interfaceName},
+ * {@code object} is returned downcast to type {@link
* java.lang.Class Class}; otherwise an exception is thrown.
*
* @exception NullPointerException
- * (unchecked exception) Thrown if object
is null.
+ * (unchecked exception) Thrown if {@code object} is null.
* @exception ClassCastException
- * (unchecked exception) Thrown if object
is not a
+ * (unchecked exception) Thrown if {@code object} is not a
* {@link java.lang.Class Class} that implements
- * interfaceName
.
+ * {@code interfaceName}.
*/
public static Class>
verifyAttributeCategory(Object object, Class> interfaceName) {
@@ -540,16 +540,16 @@
* @param object Object to test.
* @param interfaceName Interface of which the object must be an instance.
*
- * @return If object
is an instance of
- * interfaceName
, object
is returned
+ * @return If {@code object} is an instance of
+ * {@code interfaceName}, {@code object} is returned
* downcast to type {@link Attribute Attribute}; otherwise an
* exception is thrown.
*
* @exception NullPointerException
- * (unchecked exception) Thrown if object
is null.
+ * (unchecked exception) Thrown if {@code object} is null.
* @exception ClassCastException
- * (unchecked exception) Thrown if object
is not an
- * instance of interfaceName
.
+ * (unchecked exception) Thrown if {@code object} is not an
+ * instance of {@code interfaceName}.
*/
public static Attribute
verifyAttributeValue(Object object, Class> interfaceName) {
@@ -573,11 +573,11 @@
* @param attribute Attribute value to test.
*
* @exception NullPointerException
- * (unchecked exception) Thrown if the category
is
- * null or if the attribute
is null.
+ * (unchecked exception) Thrown if the {@code category} is
+ * null or if the {@code attribute} is null.
* @exception IllegalArgumentException
- * (unchecked exception) Thrown if the category
is not
- * equal to the category of the attribute
.
+ * (unchecked exception) Thrown if the {@code category} is not
+ * equal to the category of the {@code attribute}.
*/
public static void
verifyCategoryForValue(Class> category, Attribute attribute) {
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/DateTimeSyntax.java 2015-10-04 22:55:39.025266275 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/DateTimeSyntax.java 2015-10-04 22:55:38.837266283 +0400
@@ -34,26 +34,25 @@
* Class DateTimeSyntax is an abstract base class providing the common
* implementation of all attributes whose value is a date and time.
*
- * java.util.Date
. You can get a date-time attribute's Date value by
+ * Under the hood, a date-time attribute is stored as a value of class
+ * {@code java.util.Date}. You can get a date-time attribute's Date value by
* calling {@link #getValue() getValue()}. A date-time attribute's
* Date value is established when it is constructed (see {@link
* #DateTimeSyntax(Date) DateTimeSyntax(Date)}). Once
* constructed, a date-time attribute's value is immutable.
* java.util.Calendar
- * object to construct a java.util.Date
object, then use the
- * java.util.Date
object to construct the date-time attribute.
+ * day, hour, minute, and so on, use a {@code java.util.Calendar}
+ * object to construct a {@code java.util.Date} object, then use the
+ * {@code java.util.Date} object to construct the date-time attribute.
* To convert
* a date-time attribute to separate values of the year, month, day, hour,
- * minute, and so on, create a java.util.Calendar
object and
- * set it to the java.util.Date
from the date-time attribute. Class
- * DateTimeSyntax stores its value in the form of a java.util.Date
- *
- * rather than a java.util.Calendar
because it typically takes
- * less memory to store and less time to compare a java.util.Date
- * than a java.util.Calendar
.
+ * minute, and so on, create a {@code java.util.Calendar} object and
+ * set it to the {@code java.util.Date} from the date-time attribute. Class
+ * DateTimeSyntax stores its value in the form of a {@code java.util.Date}
+ * rather than a {@code java.util.Calendar} because it typically takes
+ * less memory to store and less time to compare a {@code java.util.Date}
+ * than a {@code java.util.Calendar}.
*
* @author Alan Kaminsky
*/
@@ -64,7 +63,7 @@
// Hidden data members.
/**
- * This date-time attribute'sjava.util.Date
value.
+ * This date-time attribute's {@code java.util.Date} value.
* @serial
*/
private Date value;
@@ -73,12 +72,12 @@
/**
* Construct a new date-time attribute with the given
- * java.util.Date
value.
+ * {@code java.util.Date} value.
*
- * @param value java.util.Date
value.
+ * @param value {@code java.util.Date} value.
*
* @exception NullPointerException
- * (unchecked exception) Thrown if theValue
is null.
+ * (unchecked exception) Thrown if {@code theValue} is null.
*/
protected DateTimeSyntax(Date value) {
if (value == null) {
@@ -90,7 +89,7 @@
// Exported operations.
/**
- * Returns this date-time attribute's java.util.Date
+ * Returns this date-time attribute's {@code java.util.Date}
* value.
* @return the Date.
*/
@@ -105,17 +104,17 @@
* object. To be equivalent, all of the following conditions must be true:
*
*
*
* @param object Object to compare to.
*
- * @return True if object
is not null.
+ * {@code object} is not null.
* object
is an instance of class DateTimeSyntax.
+ * {@code object} is an instance of class DateTimeSyntax.
* java.util.Date
value and
- * object
's java.util.Date
value are
+ * This date-time attribute's {@code java.util.Date} value and
+ * {@code object}'s {@code java.util.Date} value are
* equal. object
is equivalent to this date-time
+ * @return True if {@code object} is equivalent to this date-time
* attribute, false otherwise.
*/
public boolean equals(Object object) {
@@ -126,7 +125,7 @@
/**
* Returns a hash code value for this date-time attribute. The hashcode is
- * that of this attribute's java.util.Date
value.
+ * that of this attribute's {@code java.util.Date} value.
*/
public int hashCode() {
return value.hashCode();
@@ -135,7 +134,7 @@
/**
* Returns a string value corresponding to this date-time attribute.
* The string value is just this attribute's
- * java.util.Date
value
+ * {@code java.util.Date} value
* converted to a string.
*/
public String toString() {
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/DocAttribute.java 2015-10-04 22:55:39.557266251 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/DocAttribute.java 2015-10-04 22:55:39.361266260 +0400
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
* Interface DocAttribute is a tagging interface which a printing attribute
* class implements to indicate the attribute denotes a setting for a doc.
* ("Doc" is a short, easy-to-pronounce term that means "a piece of print
- * data.") The client may include a DocAttribute in a Doc
's
+ * data.") The client may include a DocAttribute in a {@code Doc}'s
* attribute set to specify a characteristic of
* that doc. If an attribute implements {@link PrintRequestAttribute
* PrintRequestAttribute} as well as DocAttribute, the client may include the
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/EnumSyntax.java 2015-10-04 22:55:40.077266228 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/EnumSyntax.java 2015-10-04 22:55:39.885266236 +0400
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@
* }
* }
*
- * You can then write code that uses the ==
and !=
+ * You can then write code that uses the {@code ==} and {@code !=}
* operators to test enumeration values; for example:
*
* Bach theComposer;
@@ -77,8 +77,8 @@
* System.out.println ("The greatest composer of all time!");
* }
*
- * The equals()
method for an enumeration class just does a test
- * for identical objects (==
).
+ * The {@code equals()} method for an enumeration class just does a test
+ * for identical objects ({@code ==}).
* ==
, !=
, equals()
, and
- * toString()
methods will still work properly even if the subclass
+ * values; the {@code ==}, {@code !=}, {@code equals()}, and
+ * {@code toString()} methods will still work properly even if the subclass
* uses some of the same integer values as the superclass. However, the
* application in which the enumeration class and subclass are used may need to
* have distinct integer values in the superclass and subclass.
@@ -182,7 +182,7 @@
* enumeration value table is null. (Note: {@link
* java.io.InvalidObjectException InvalidObjectException} is a subclass
* of {@link java.io.ObjectStreamException ObjectStreamException}, which
- * readResolve()
is declared to throw.)
+ * {@code readResolve()} is declared to throw.)
*/
protected Object readResolve() throws ObjectStreamException {
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/HashDocAttributeSet.java 2015-10-04 22:55:40.605266204 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/HashDocAttributeSet.java 2015-10-04 22:55:40.413266213 +0400
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@
* @param attribute Attribute value to add to the set.
*
* @exception NullPointerException
- * (unchecked exception) Thrown if attribute
is null.
+ * (unchecked exception) Thrown if {@code attribute} is null.
*/
public HashDocAttributeSet(DocAttribute attribute) {
super (attribute, DocAttribute.class);
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@
* Construct a new hash doc attribute set,
* initially populated with the values from the given array.
* The new attribute set is populated by
- * adding the elements of attributes
array to the set in
+ * adding the elements of {@code attributes} array to the set in
* sequence, starting at index 0. Thus, later array elements may replace
* earlier array elements if the array contains duplicate attribute
* values or attribute categories.
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@
*
* @exception NullPointerException
* (unchecked exception)
- * Thrown if any element of attributes
is null.
+ * Thrown if any element of {@code attributes} is null.
*/
public HashDocAttributeSet(DocAttribute[] attributes) {
super (attributes, DocAttribute.class);
@@ -84,15 +84,15 @@
/**
* Construct a new attribute set, initially populated with the
* values from the given set where the members of the attribute set
- * are restricted to the DocAttribute
interface.
+ * are restricted to the {@code DocAttribute} interface.
*
* @param attributes set of attribute values to initialise the set. If
* null, an empty attribute set is constructed.
*
* @exception ClassCastException
* (unchecked exception) Thrown if any element of
- * attributes
is not an instance of
- * DocAttribute
.
+ * {@code attributes} is not an instance of
+ * {@code DocAttribute}.
*/
public HashDocAttributeSet(DocAttributeSet attributes) {
super(attributes, DocAttribute.class);
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/HashPrintJobAttributeSet.java 2015-10-04 22:55:41.125266181 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/HashPrintJobAttributeSet.java 2015-10-04 22:55:40.937266189 +0400
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@
* @param attribute Attribute value to add to the set.
*
* @exception NullPointerException
- * (unchecked exception) Thrown if attribute
is null.
+ * (unchecked exception) Thrown if {@code attribute} is null.
*/
public HashPrintJobAttributeSet(PrintJobAttribute attribute) {
super(attribute, PrintJobAttribute.class);
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@
* Construct a new hash print job attribute set,
* initially populated with the values from the given array.
* The new attribute set is populated
- * by adding the elements of attributes
array to the set in
+ * by adding the elements of {@code attributes} array to the set in
* sequence, starting at index 0. Thus, later array elements may replace
* earlier array elements if the array contains duplicate attribute
* values or attribute categories.
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@
* If null, an empty attribute set is constructed.
*
* @exception NullPointerException (unchecked exception)
- * Thrown if any element of attributes
is null.
+ * Thrown if any element of {@code attributes} is null.
*/
public HashPrintJobAttributeSet(PrintJobAttribute[] attributes) {
super (attributes, PrintJobAttribute.class);
@@ -83,15 +83,15 @@
/**
* Construct a new attribute set, initially populated with the
* values from the given set where the members of the attribute set
- * are restricted to the PrintJobAttribute
interface.
+ * are restricted to the {@code PrintJobAttribute} interface.
*
* @param attributes set of attribute values to initialise the set. If
* null, an empty attribute set is constructed.
*
* @exception ClassCastException
* (unchecked exception) Thrown if any element of
- * attributes
is not an instance of
- * PrintJobAttribute
.
+ * {@code attributes} is not an instance of
+ * {@code PrintJobAttribute}.
*/
public HashPrintJobAttributeSet(PrintJobAttributeSet attributes) {
super(attributes, PrintJobAttribute.class);
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/HashPrintRequestAttributeSet.java 2015-10-04 22:55:41.633266158 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/HashPrintRequestAttributeSet.java 2015-10-04 22:55:41.457266166 +0400
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@
* @param attribute Attribute value to add to the set.
*
* @exception NullPointerException
- * (unchecked exception) Thrown if attribute
is null.
+ * (unchecked exception) Thrown if {@code attribute} is null.
*/
public HashPrintRequestAttributeSet(PrintRequestAttribute attribute) {
super (attribute, PrintRequestAttribute.class);
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@
/**
* Construct a new print request attribute set, initially populated with
* the values from the given array. The new attribute set is populated
- * by adding the elements of attributes
array to the set in
+ * by adding the elements of {@code attributes} array to the set in
* sequence, starting at index 0. Thus, later array elements may replace
* earlier array elements if the array contains duplicate attribute
* values or attribute categories.
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@
*
* @exception NullPointerException
* (unchecked exception)
- * Thrown if any element of attributes
is null.
+ * Thrown if any element of {@code attributes} is null.
*/
public HashPrintRequestAttributeSet(PrintRequestAttribute[] attributes) {
super (attributes, PrintRequestAttribute.class);
@@ -84,15 +84,15 @@
/**
* Construct a new attribute set, initially populated with the
* values from the given set where the members of the attribute set
- * are restricted to the (PrintRequestAttributeSe
interface.
+ * are restricted to the {@code (PrintRequestAttributeSe} interface.
*
* @param attributes set of attribute values to initialise the set. If
* null, an empty attribute set is constructed.
*
* @exception ClassCastException
* (unchecked exception) Thrown if any element of
- * attributes
is not an instance of
- * (PrintRequestAttributeSe
.
+ * {@code attributes} is not an instance of
+ * {@code (PrintRequestAttributeSe}.
*/
public HashPrintRequestAttributeSet(PrintRequestAttributeSet attributes)
{
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/HashPrintServiceAttributeSet.java 2015-10-04 22:55:42.145266135 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/HashPrintServiceAttributeSet.java 2015-10-04 22:55:41.965266143 +0400
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@
* @param attribute Attribute value to add to the set.
*
* @exception NullPointerException
- * (unchecked exception) Thrown if attribute
is null.
+ * (unchecked exception) Thrown if {@code attribute} is null.
*/
public HashPrintServiceAttributeSet(PrintServiceAttribute attribute) {
super (attribute, PrintServiceAttribute.class);
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@
/**
* Construct a new print service attribute set, initially populated with
* the values from the given array. The new attribute set is populated
- * by adding the elements of attributes
array to the set in
+ * by adding the elements of {@code attributes} array to the set in
* sequence, starting at index 0. Thus, later array elements may replace
* earlier array elements if the array contains duplicate attribute
* values or attribute categories.
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@
*
* @exception NullPointerException
* (unchecked exception)
- * Thrown if any element of attributes
is null.
+ * Thrown if any element of {@code attributes} is null.
*/
public HashPrintServiceAttributeSet(PrintServiceAttribute[] attributes) {
super (attributes, PrintServiceAttribute.class);
@@ -84,15 +84,15 @@
/**
* Construct a new attribute set, initially populated with the
* values from the given set where the members of the attribute set
- * are restricted to the PrintServiceAttribute
interface.
+ * are restricted to the {@code PrintServiceAttribute} interface.
*
* @param attributes set of attribute values to initialise the set. If
* null, an empty attribute set is constructed.
*
* @exception ClassCastException
* (unchecked exception) Thrown if any element of
- * attributes
is not an instance of
- * PrintServiceAttribute
.
+ * {@code attributes} is not an instance of
+ * {@code PrintServiceAttribute}.
*/
public HashPrintServiceAttributeSet(PrintServiceAttributeSet attributes)
{
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/IntegerSyntax.java 2015-10-04 22:55:42.665266112 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/IntegerSyntax.java 2015-10-04 22:55:42.477266120 +0400
@@ -69,9 +69,9 @@
* @param upperBound Upper bound.
*
* @exception IllegalArgumentException
- * (Unchecked exception) Thrown if value
is less than
- * lowerBound
or greater than
- * upperBound
.
+ * (Unchecked exception) Thrown if {@code value} is less than
+ * {@code lowerBound} or greater than
+ * {@code upperBound}.
*/
protected IntegerSyntax(int value, int lowerBound, int upperBound) {
if (lowerBound > value || value > upperBound) {
@@ -95,17 +95,17 @@
* object. To be equivalent, all of the following conditions must be true:
*
*
*
* @param object Object to compare to.
*
- * @return True if object
is not null.
+ * {@code object} is not null.
* object
is an instance of class IntegerSyntax.
+ * {@code object} is an instance of class IntegerSyntax.
* object
's value are
+ * This integer attribute's value and {@code object}'s value are
* equal.
* object
is equivalent to this integer
+ * @return True if {@code object} is equivalent to this integer
* attribute, false otherwise.
*/
public boolean equals(Object object) {
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/PrintRequestAttribute.java 2015-10-04 22:55:43.189266088 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/PrintRequestAttribute.java 2015-10-04 22:55:43.001266096 +0400
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
* Doc
}'s attribute set to specify
+ * attribute in a {@code Doc}'s attribute set to specify
* a job setting which pertains just to that doc.
*
* @see DocAttributeSet
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/ResolutionSyntax.java 2015-10-04 22:55:43.713266064 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/ResolutionSyntax.java 2015-10-04 22:55:43.521266073 +0400
@@ -150,13 +150,13 @@
* @param dphi
* Value (dphi) to convert.
* @param units
- * Unit conversion factor, e.g. {@link #DPI DPI
} or
- * {@link #DPCM DPCM
}.
+ * Unit conversion factor, e.g. {@link #DPI DPI} or
+ * {@link #DPCM DPCM}.
*
- * @return The value of dphi
converted to the desired units.
+ * @return The value of {@code dphi} converted to the desired units.
*
* @exception IllegalArgumentException
- * (unchecked exception) Thrown if units
< 1.
+ * (unchecked exception) Thrown if {@code units} < 1.
*/
private static int convertFromDphi(int dphi, int units) {
if (units < 1) {
@@ -222,7 +222,7 @@
/**
* Returns a string version of this resolution attribute in the given units.
- * The string takes the form "CxF U"
,
+ * The string takes the form "CxF U"
,
* where C is the cross feed direction resolution, F is the
* feed direction resolution, and U is the units name. The values are
* rounded to the nearest integer.
@@ -231,7 +231,7 @@
* Unit conversion factor, e.g. {@link #DPI CODE>DPI} or {@link
* #DPCM DPCM}.
* @param unitsName
- * Units name string, e.g. "dpi"
or "dpcm"
. If
+ * Units name string, e.g. {@code "dpi"} or {@code "dpcm"}. If
* null, no units name is appended to the result.
*
* @return String version of this resolution attribute.
@@ -259,19 +259,19 @@
*
*
*
* @param other Resolution attribute to compare with.
*
* @return True if this resolution attribute is less than or equal to the
- * other
attribute's cross feed direction resolution.
+ * the {@code other} attribute's cross feed direction resolution.
* other
attribute's feed direction resolution.
+ * {@code other} attribute's feed direction resolution.
* other
resolution attribute, false otherwise.
+ * {@code other} resolution attribute, false otherwise.
*
* @exception NullPointerException
- * (unchecked exception) Thrown if other
is null.
+ * (unchecked exception) Thrown if {@code other} is null.
*/
public boolean lessThanOrEquals(ResolutionSyntax other) {
return (this.crossFeedResolution <= other.crossFeedResolution &&
@@ -284,20 +284,20 @@
* object. To be equivalent, all of the following conditions must be true:
*
*
*
* @param object Object to compare to.
*
- * @return True if object
is not null.
+ * {@code object} is not null.
* object
is an instance of class ResolutionSyntax.
+ * {@code object} is an instance of class ResolutionSyntax.
* object
's cross feed direction resolution.
+ * {@code object}'s cross feed direction resolution.
* object
's feed direction resolution.
+ * {@code object}'s feed direction resolution.
* object
is equivalent to this resolution
+ * @return True if {@code object} is equivalent to this resolution
* attribute, false otherwise.
*/
public boolean equals(Object object) {
@@ -320,7 +320,7 @@
/**
* Returns a string version of this resolution attribute. The string takes
- * the form "CxF dphi"
, where C is the
+ * the form "CxF dphi"
, where C is the
* cross feed direction resolution and F is the feed direction
* resolution. The values are reported in the internal units of dphi.
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/SetOfIntegerSyntax.java 2015-10-04 22:55:44.237266041 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/SetOfIntegerSyntax.java 2015-10-04 22:55:44.049266049 +0400
@@ -38,19 +38,18 @@
* You can construct an instance of SetOfIntegerSyntax by giving it in "string
* form." The string consists of zero or more comma-separated integer groups.
* Each integer group consists of either one integer, two integers separated by
- * a hyphen (-
), or two integers separated by a colon
- * (:
). Each integer consists of one or more decimal digits
- * (0
through 9
). Whitespace characters cannot
+ * a hyphen ({@code -}), or two integers separated by a colon
+ * ({@code :}). Each integer consists of one or more decimal digits
+ * ({@code 0} through {@code 9}). Whitespace characters cannot
* appear within an integer but are otherwise ignored. For example:
- * ""
, "1"
, "5-10"
, "1:2,
- * 4"
.
+ * {@code ""}, {@code "1"}, {@code "5-10"}, {@code "1:2, 4"}.
* int
s; for example, int[0][]
,
- * int[][]{{1}}
, int[][]{{5,10}}
,
- * int[][]{{1,2},{4}}
.
+ * {@code int}s; for example, {@code int[0][]},
+ * {@code int[][]{{1}}}, {@code int[][]{{5,10}}},
+ * {@code int[][]{{1,2},{4}}}.
* int
s
+ * each range is always represented as a length-two array of {@code int}s
* in the form {lower bound, upper bound}. An empty set is represented as a
* zero-length array.
* members
does not
+ * (Unchecked exception) Thrown if {@code members} does not
* obey the proper syntax.
*/
protected SetOfIntegerSyntax(String members) {
@@ -305,11 +304,11 @@
*
* @exception NullPointerException
* (Unchecked exception) Thrown if any element of
- * members
is null.
+ * {@code members} is null.
* @exception IllegalArgumentException
* (Unchecked exception) Thrown if any element of
- * members
is not a length-one or length-two array or if
- * any non-null range in members
has a lower bound less
+ * {@code members} is not a length-one or length-two array or if
+ * any non-null range in {@code members} has a lower bound less
* than zero.
*/
protected SetOfIntegerSyntax(int[][] members) {
@@ -357,7 +356,7 @@
* @param member Set member.
*
* @exception IllegalArgumentException
- * (Unchecked exception) Thrown if member
is less than
+ * (Unchecked exception) Thrown if {@code member} is less than
* zero.
*/
protected SetOfIntegerSyntax(int member) {
@@ -377,7 +376,7 @@
*
* @exception IllegalArgumentException
* (Unchecked exception) Thrown if the range is non-null and
- * lowerBound
is less than zero.
+ * {@code lowerBound} is less than zero.
*/
protected SetOfIntegerSyntax(int lowerBound, int upperBound) {
if (lowerBound <= upperBound && lowerBound < 0) {
@@ -411,7 +410,7 @@
* @param x Integer value.
*
* @return True if this set-of-integer attribute contains the value
- * x
, false otherwise.
+ * {@code x}, false otherwise.
*/
public boolean contains(int x) {
// Do a linear search to find the range that contains x, if any.
@@ -433,7 +432,7 @@
* @param attribute Integer attribute.
*
* @return True if this set-of-integer attribute contains
- * theAttribute
's value, false otherwise.
+ * {@code theAttribute}'s value, false otherwise.
*/
public boolean contains(IntegerSyntax attribute) {
return contains (attribute.getValue());
@@ -442,10 +441,10 @@
/**
* Determine the smallest integer in this set-of-integer attribute that is
* greater than the given value. If there are no integers in this
- * set-of-integer attribute greater than the given value, -1
is
+ * set-of-integer attribute greater than the given value, {@code -1} is
* returned. (Since a set-of-integer attribute can only contain nonnegative
- * values, -1
will never appear in the set.) You can use the
- * next()
method to iterate through the integer values in a
+ * values, {@code -1} will never appear in the set.) You can use the
+ * {@code next()} method to iterate through the integer values in a
* set-of-integer attribute in ascending order, like this:
*
* SetOfIntegerSyntax attribute = . . .;
@@ -459,8 +458,8 @@
* @param x Integer value.
*
* @return The smallest integer in this set-of-integer attribute that is
- * greater than
x
, or -1
if no integer in
- * this set-of-integer attribute is greater than x
.
+ * greater than {@code x}, or {@code -1} if no integer in
+ * this set-of-integer attribute is greater than {@code x}.
*/
public int next(int x) {
// Do a linear search to find the range that contains x, if any.
@@ -481,17 +480,17 @@
* true:
*
*
*
* @param object Object to compare to.
*
- * @return True if object
is not null.
+ * {@code object} is not null.
* object
is an instance of class SetOfIntegerSyntax.
+ * {@code object} is an instance of class SetOfIntegerSyntax.
* object
's
+ * This set-of-integer attribute's members and {@code object}'s
* members are the same.
* object
is equivalent to this
+ * @return True if {@code object} is equivalent to this
* set-of-integer attribute, false otherwise.
*/
public boolean equals(Object object) {
@@ -534,9 +533,9 @@
* Returns a string value corresponding to this set-of-integer attribute.
* The string value is a zero-length string if this set is empty. Otherwise,
* the string value is a comma-separated list of the ranges in the canonical
- * array form, where each range is represented as "i"
if
+ * array form, where each range is represented as "i"
if
* the lower bound equals the upper bound or
- * "i-j"
otherwise.
+ * "i-j"
otherwise.
*/
public String toString() {
StringBuilder result = new StringBuilder();
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/Size2DSyntax.java 2015-10-04 22:55:44.769266017 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/Size2DSyntax.java 2015-10-04 22:55:44.577266026 +0400
@@ -172,13 +172,13 @@
* @param x
* Value (micrometers) to convert.
* @param units
- * Unit conversion factor, e.g. {@link #INCH INCH
} or
- * {@link #MM MM
}.
+ * Unit conversion factor, e.g. {@link #INCH INCH} or
+ * {@link #MM MM}.
*
- * @return The value of x
converted to the desired units.
+ * @return The value of {@code x} converted to the desired units.
*
* @exception IllegalArgumentException
- * (unchecked exception) Thrown if units
< 1.
+ * (unchecked exception) Thrown if {@code units} < 1.
*/
private static float convertFromMicrometers(int x, int units) {
if (units < 1) {
@@ -238,8 +238,8 @@
/**
* Returns a string version of this two-dimensional size attribute in the
- * given units. The string takes the form "XxY
- * U"
, where X is the X dimension, Y is the Y
+ * given units. The string takes the form "XxY
+ * U"
, where X is the X dimension, Y is the Y
* dimension, and U is the units name. The values are displayed in
* floating point.
*
@@ -273,20 +273,20 @@
* be true:
*
*
*
* @param object Object to compare to.
*
- * @return True if object
is not null.
+ * {@code object} is not null.
* object
is an instance of class Size2DSyntax.
+ * {@code object} is an instance of class Size2DSyntax.
* object
's X
+ * This attribute's X dimension is equal to {@code object}'s X
* dimension.
* object
's Y
+ * This attribute's Y dimension is equal to {@code object}'s Y
* dimension.
* object
is equivalent to this
+ * @return True if {@code object} is equivalent to this
* two-dimensional size attribute, false otherwise.
*/
public boolean equals(Object object) {
@@ -306,7 +306,7 @@
/**
* Returns a string version of this two-dimensional size attribute. The
- * string takes the form "XxY um"
, where
+ * string takes the form "XxY um"
, where
* X is the X dimension and Y is the Y dimension.
* The values are reported in the internal units of micrometers.
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/TextSyntax.java 2015-10-04 22:55:45.305265993 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/TextSyntax.java 2015-10-04 22:55:45.113266002 +0400
@@ -61,10 +61,10 @@
* @param value Text string.
* @param locale Natural language of the text string. null
* is interpreted to mean the default locale for as returned
- * by Locale.getDefault()
+ * by {@code Locale.getDefault()}
*
* @exception NullPointerException
- * (unchecked exception) Thrown if value
is null.
+ * (unchecked exception) Thrown if {@code value} is null.
*/
protected TextSyntax(String value, Locale locale) {
this.value = verify (value);
@@ -115,20 +115,20 @@
* object. To be equivalent, all of the following conditions must be true:
*
*
*
* @param object Object to compare to.
*
- * @return True if object
is not null.
+ * {@code object} is not null.
* object
is an instance of class TextSyntax.
+ * {@code object} is an instance of class TextSyntax.
* object
's
+ * This text attribute's underlying string and {@code object}'s
* underlying string are equal.
* object
's locale are
+ * This text attribute's locale and {@code object}'s locale are
* equal.
* object
is equivalent to this text
+ * @return True if {@code object} is equivalent to this text
* attribute, false otherwise.
*/
public boolean equals(Object object) {
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/URISyntax.java 2015-10-04 22:55:45.829265969 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/URISyntax.java 2015-10-04 22:55:45.641265978 +0400
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@
* @param uri URI.
*
* @exception NullPointerException
- * (unchecked exception) Thrown if uri
is null.
+ * (unchecked exception) Thrown if {@code uri} is null.
*/
protected URISyntax(URI uri) {
this.uri = verify (uri);
@@ -88,17 +88,17 @@
* To be equivalent, all of the following conditions must be true:
*
*
*
* @param object Object to compare to.
*
- * @return True if object
is not null.
+ * {@code object} is not null.
* object
is an instance of class URISyntax.
+ * {@code object} is an instance of class URISyntax.
* object
's
+ * This URI attribute's underlying URI and {@code object}'s
* underlying URI are equal.
* object
is equivalent to this URI
+ * @return True if {@code object} is equivalent to this URI
* attribute, false otherwise.
*/
public boolean equals(Object object) {
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/standard/Chromaticity.java 2015-10-04 22:55:46.353265946 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/standard/Chromaticity.java 2015-10-04 22:55:46.161265955 +0400
@@ -145,7 +145,7 @@
* Get the name of the category of which this attribute value is an
* instance.
* "chromaticity"
.
+ * For class Chromaticity, the category name is {@code "chromaticity"}.
*
* @return Attribute category name.
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/standard/ColorSupported.java 2015-10-04 22:55:46.893265922 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/standard/ColorSupported.java 2015-10-04 22:55:46.689265931 +0400
@@ -49,8 +49,8 @@
* getName()
is the IPP attribute name. The enumeration's
- * integer value is the IPP enum value. The toString()
method
+ * {@code getName()} is the IPP attribute name. The enumeration's
+ * integer value is the IPP enum value. The {@code toString()} method
* returns the IPP string representation of the attribute value.
*
* @author Alan Kaminsky
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@
* Get the name of the category of which this attribute value is an
* instance.
* "color-supported"
.
+ * For class ColorSupported, the category name is {@code "color-supported"}.
*
* @return Attribute category name.
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/standard/Compression.java 2015-10-04 22:55:47.441265897 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/standard/Compression.java 2015-10-04 22:55:47.249265906 +0400
@@ -37,8 +37,8 @@
* NONE}).
* getName()
is the IPP attribute name. The enumeration's
- * integer value is the IPP enum value. The toString()
method
+ * {@code getName()} is the IPP attribute name. The enumeration's
+ * integer value is the IPP enum value. The {@code toString()} method
* returns the IPP string representation of the attribute value.
*
* @author Alan Kaminsky
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@
* instance.
* "compression"
.
+ * name is {@code "compression"}.
*
* @return Attribute category name.
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/standard/Copies.java 2015-10-04 22:55:47.989265872 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/standard/Copies.java 2015-10-04 22:55:47.797265881 +0400
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@
* getName()
gives the IPP attribute
+ * category name returned by {@code getName()} gives the IPP attribute
* name.
*
* @author David Mendenhall
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@
* @param value Integer value.
*
* @exception IllegalArgumentException
- * (Unchecked exception) Thrown if value
is less than 1.
+ * (Unchecked exception) Thrown if {@code value} is less than 1.
*/
public Copies(int value) {
super (value, 1, Integer.MAX_VALUE);
@@ -90,17 +90,17 @@
* object. To be equivalent, all of the following conditions must be true:
*
*
*
* @param object Object to compare to.
*
- * @return True if object
is not null.
+ * {@code object} is not null.
* object
is an instance of class Copies.
+ * {@code object} is an instance of class Copies.
* object
's value are
+ * This copies attribute's value and {@code object}'s value are
* equal.
* object
is equivalent to this copies
+ * @return True if {@code object} is equivalent to this copies
* attribute, false otherwise.
*/
public boolean equals(Object object) {
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@
* Get the name of the category of which this attribute value is an
* instance.
* "copies"
.
+ * For class Copies, the category name is {@code "copies"}.
*
* @return Attribute category name.
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/standard/CopiesSupported.java 2015-10-04 22:55:48.513265849 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/standard/CopiesSupported.java 2015-10-04 22:55:48.325265857 +0400
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@
* in an IPP "copies-supported" attribute. See class {@link
* javax.print.attribute.SetOfIntegerSyntax SetOfIntegerSyntax} for an
* explanation of canonical array form. The category name returned by
- * getName()
gives the IPP attribute name.
+ * {@code getName()} gives the IPP attribute name.
*
* @author Alan Kaminsky
*/
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@
* @param member Set member.
*
* @exception IllegalArgumentException
- * (Unchecked exception) Thrown if member
is less than 1.
+ * (Unchecked exception) Thrown if {@code member} is less than 1.
*/
public CopiesSupported(int member) {
super (member);
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@
*
* @exception IllegalArgumentException
* (Unchecked exception) Thrown if a null range is specified or if a
- * non-null range is specified with lowerBound
less than
+ * non-null range is specified with {@code lowerBound} less than
* 1.
*/
public CopiesSupported(int lowerBound, int upperBound) {
@@ -93,17 +93,17 @@
* be true:
*
*
*
* @param object Object to compare to.
*
- * @return True if object
is not null.
+ * {@code object} is not null.
* object
is an instance of class CopiesSupported.
+ * {@code object} is an instance of class CopiesSupported.
* object
's
+ * This copies supported attribute's members and {@code object}'s
* members are the same.
* object
is equivalent to this copies
+ * @return True if {@code object} is equivalent to this copies
* supported attribute, false otherwise.
*/
public boolean equals(Object object) {
@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@
* instance.
* "copies-supported"
.
+ * name is {@code "copies-supported"}.
*
* @return Attribute category name.
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/standard/DateTimeAtCompleted.java 2015-10-04 22:55:49.029265826 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/standard/DateTimeAtCompleted.java 2015-10-04 22:55:48.849265834 +0400
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@
* getName()
gives the IPP attribute
+ * category name returned by {@code getName()} gives the IPP attribute
* name.
*
* @author Alan Kaminsky
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@
* @param dateTime {@link java.util.Date Date} value.
*
* @exception NullPointerException
- * (unchecked exception) Thrown if dateTime
is null.
+ * (unchecked exception) Thrown if {@code dateTime} is null.
*/
public DateTimeAtCompleted(Date dateTime) {
super (dateTime);
@@ -74,17 +74,17 @@
* must be true:
*
*
*
* @param object Object to compare to.
*
- * @return True if object
is not null.
+ * {@code object} is not null.
* object
is an instance of class DateTimeAtCompleted.
+ * {@code object} is an instance of class DateTimeAtCompleted.
* object
's {@link java.util.Date Date} value are equal.
+ * and {@code object}'s {@link java.util.Date Date} value are equal.
* object
is equivalent to this date-time
+ * @return True if {@code object} is equivalent to this date-time
* at completed attribute, false otherwise.
*/
public boolean equals(Object object) {
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@
* instance.
* "date-time-at-completed"
.
+ * {@code "date-time-at-completed"}.
*
* @return Attribute category name.
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/standard/DateTimeAtCreation.java 2015-10-04 22:55:49.553265802 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/standard/DateTimeAtCreation.java 2015-10-04 22:55:49.361265811 +0400
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@
* getName()
gives the IPP attribute
+ * category name returned by {@code getName()} gives the IPP attribute
* name.
*
* @author Alan Kaminsky
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@
* @param dateTime {@link java.util.Date Date} value.
*
* @exception NullPointerException
- * (unchecked exception) Thrown if dateTime
is null.
+ * (unchecked exception) Thrown if {@code dateTime} is null.
*/
public DateTimeAtCreation(Date dateTime) {
super (dateTime);
@@ -74,17 +74,17 @@
* must be true:
*
*
*
* @param object Object to compare to.
*
- * @return True if object
is not null.
+ * {@code object} is not null.
* object
is an instance of class DateTimeAtCreation.
+ * {@code object} is an instance of class DateTimeAtCreation.
* object
's {@link java.util.Date Date} value are equal.
+ * and {@code object}'s {@link java.util.Date Date} value are equal.
* object
is equivalent to this date-time
+ * @return True if {@code object} is equivalent to this date-time
* at creation attribute, false otherwise.
*/
public boolean equals(Object object) {
@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@
* instance.
* "date-time-at-creation"
.
+ * {@code "date-time-at-creation"}.
*
* @return Attribute category name.
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/standard/DateTimeAtProcessing.java 2015-10-04 22:55:50.065265779 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/standard/DateTimeAtProcessing.java 2015-10-04 22:55:49.889265787 +0400
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@
* getName()
gives the IPP attribute
+ * category name returned by {@code getName()} gives the IPP attribute
* name.
*
* @author Alan Kaminsky
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@
* @param dateTime {@link java.util.Date Date} value.
*
* @exception NullPointerException
- * (unchecked exception) Thrown if dateTime
is null.
+ * (unchecked exception) Thrown if {@code dateTime} is null.
*/
public DateTimeAtProcessing(Date dateTime) {
super (dateTime);
@@ -74,18 +74,18 @@
* must be true:
*
*
*
* @param object Object to compare to.
*
- * @return True if object
is not null.
+ * {@code object} is not null.
* object
is an instance of class DateTimeAtProcessing.
+ * {@code object} is an instance of class DateTimeAtProcessing.
* object
's {@link java.util.Date Date} value
+ * value and {@code object}'s {@link java.util.Date Date} value
* are equal.
* object
is equivalent to this date-time
+ * @return True if {@code object} is equivalent to this date-time
* at processing attribute, false otherwise.
*/
public boolean equals(Object object) {
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@
* instance.
* "date-time-at-processing"
.
+ * {@code "date-time-at-processing"}.
*
* @return Attribute category name.
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/standard/Destination.java 2015-10-04 22:55:50.589265756 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/standard/Destination.java 2015-10-04 22:55:50.401265764 +0400
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@
* A common use for this attribute will be applications which want
* to redirect output to a local disk file : eg."file:out.prn".
* Note that proper construction of "file:" scheme URI instances should
- * be performed using the toURI()
method of class
+ * be performed using the {@code toURI()} method of class
* {@link java.io.File File}.
* See the documentation on that class for more information.
* uri
is null.
+ * (unchecked exception) Thrown if {@code uri} is null.
*/
public Destination(URI uri) {
super (uri);
@@ -76,17 +76,17 @@
* must be true:
*
*
*
* @param object Object to compare to.
*
- * @return True if object
is not null.
+ * {@code object} is not null.
* object
is an instance of class Destination.
+ * {@code object} is an instance of class Destination.
* object
's URI
+ * This destination attribute's URI and {@code object}'s URI
* are equal.
* object
is equivalent to this destination
+ * @return True if {@code object} is equivalent to this destination
* attribute, false otherwise.
*/
public boolean equals(Object object) {
@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@
* Get the name of the category of which this attribute value is an
* instance.
* "spool-data-destination"
.
+ * For class Destination, the category name is {@code "spool-data-destination"}.
*
* @return Attribute category name.
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/standard/DialogTypeSelection.java 2015-10-04 22:55:51.101265733 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/standard/DialogTypeSelection.java 2015-10-04 22:55:50.921265741 +0400
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@
* instance.
* "dialog-type-selection"
.
+ * {@code "dialog-type-selection"}.
*
* @return Attribute category name.
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/standard/DocumentName.java 2015-10-04 22:55:51.621265709 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/standard/DocumentName.java 2015-10-04 22:55:51.433265718 +0400
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
* getName()
gives the IPP attribute name.
+ * {@code getName()} gives the IPP attribute name.
*
* @author Alan Kaminsky
*/
@@ -57,10 +57,10 @@
* @param documentName Document name.
* @param locale Natural language of the text string. null
* is interpreted to mean the default locale as returned
- * by Locale.getDefault()
+ * by {@code Locale.getDefault()}
*
* @exception NullPointerException
- * (unchecked exception) Thrown if documentName
is null.
+ * (unchecked exception) Thrown if {@code documentName} is null.
*/
public DocumentName(String documentName, Locale locale) {
super (documentName, locale);
@@ -72,20 +72,20 @@
* To be equivalent, all of the following conditions must be true:
*
*
*
* @param object Object to compare to.
*
- * @return True if object
is not null.
+ * {@code object} is not null.
* object
is an instance of class DocumentName.
+ * {@code object} is an instance of class DocumentName.
* object
's underlying string are equal.
+ * {@code object}'s underlying string are equal.
* object
's locale
+ * This document name attribute's locale and {@code object}'s locale
* are equal.
* object
is equivalent to this document
+ * @return True if {@code object} is equivalent to this document
* name attribute, false otherwise.
*/
public boolean equals(Object object) {
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@
* Get the name of the category of which this attribute value is an
* instance.
* "document-name"
.
+ * For class DocumentName, the category name is {@code "document-name"}.
*
* @return Attribute category name.
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/standard/Fidelity.java 2015-10-04 22:55:52.145265686 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/standard/Fidelity.java 2015-10-04 22:55:51.953265694 +0400
@@ -41,8 +41,8 @@
* getName()
is the IPP attribute name. The enumeration's
- * integer value is the IPP enum value. The toString()
method
+ * {@code getName()} is the IPP attribute name. The enumeration's
+ * integer value is the IPP enum value. The {@code toString()} method
* returns the IPP string representation of the attribute value.
* See RFC 2911 Section 15.1 for
* a fuller description of the IPP fidelity attribute.
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@
* instance.
* "ipp-attribute-fidelity"
.
+ * {@code "ipp-attribute-fidelity"}.
*
* @return Attribute category name.
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/standard/Finishings.java 2015-10-04 22:55:52.665265662 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/standard/Finishings.java 2015-10-04 22:55:52.477265671 +0400
@@ -212,8 +212,8 @@
* IPP Compatibility: Class Finishings encapsulates some of the
* IPP enum values that can be included in an IPP "finishings" attribute, which
* is a set of enums. The category name returned by
- * getName()
is the IPP attribute name. The enumeration's
- * integer value is the IPP enum value. The toString()
method
+ * {@code getName()} is the IPP attribute name. The enumeration's
+ * integer value is the IPP enum value. The {@code toString()} method
* returns the IPP string representation of the attribute value.
* In IPP Finishings is a multi-value attribute, this API currently allows
* only one binding to be specified.
@@ -466,7 +466,7 @@
* instance.
* "finishings"
.
+ * category name is {@code "finishings"}.
*
* @return Attribute category name.
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/standard/JobHoldUntil.java 2015-10-04 22:55:53.193265639 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/standard/JobHoldUntil.java 2015-10-04 22:55:53.005265647 +0400
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@
* converted to one of the standard IPP keywords with some loss of precision;
* for example, a JobHoldUntil value with today's date and 9:00pm local time
* might be converted to the standard IPP keyword "night". The category name
- * returned by getName()
gives the IPP attribute name.
+ * returned by {@code getName()} gives the IPP attribute name.
*
* @author Alan Kaminsky
*/
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@
* @param dateTime {@link java.util.Date Date} value.
*
* @exception NullPointerException
- * (unchecked exception) Thrown if dateTime
is null.
+ * (unchecked exception) Thrown if {@code dateTime} is null.
*/
public JobHoldUntil(Date dateTime) {
super (dateTime);
@@ -106,17 +106,17 @@
* must be true:
*
*
*
* @param object Object to compare to.
*
- * @return True if object
is not null.
+ * {@code object} is not null.
* object
is an instance of class JobHoldUntil.
+ * {@code object} is an instance of class JobHoldUntil.
* object
's {@link java.util.Date Date} value are equal.
+ * {@code object}'s {@link java.util.Date Date} value are equal.
* object
is equivalent to this job hold
+ * @return True if {@code object} is equivalent to this job hold
* until attribute, false otherwise.
*/
public boolean equals(Object object) {
@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@
* Get the name of the category of which this attribute value is an
* instance.
* "job-hold-until"
.
+ * For class JobHoldUntil, the category name is {@code "job-hold-until"}.
*
* @return Attribute category name.
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/standard/JobImpressions.java 2015-10-04 22:55:53.717265615 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/standard/JobImpressions.java 2015-10-04 22:55:53.529265624 +0400
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@
* than a measure of the number of impressions to be produced by the job.
* getName()
gives the IPP attribute
+ * category name returned by {@code getName()} gives the IPP attribute
* name.
*
* @see JobImpressionsSupported
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@
* @param value Integer value.
*
* @exception IllegalArgumentException
- * (Unchecked exception) Thrown if value
is less than 0.
+ * (Unchecked exception) Thrown if {@code value} is less than 0.
*/
public JobImpressions(int value) {
super(value, 0, Integer.MAX_VALUE);
@@ -97,17 +97,17 @@
* be true:
*
*
*
* @param object Object to compare to.
*
- * @return True if object
is not null.
+ * {@code object} is not null.
* object
is an instance of class JobImpressions.
+ * {@code object} is an instance of class JobImpressions.
* object
's value
+ * This job impressions attribute's value and {@code object}'s value
* are equal.
* object
is equivalent to this job
+ * @return True if {@code object} is equivalent to this job
* impressions attribute, false otherwise.
*/
public boolean equals(Object object) {
@@ -132,7 +132,7 @@
* instance.
* "job-impressions"
.
+ * {@code "job-impressions"}.
*
* @return Attribute category name.
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/standard/JobImpressionsCompleted.java 2015-10-04 22:55:54.233265592 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/standard/JobImpressionsCompleted.java 2015-10-04 22:55:54.053265600 +0400
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@
* states, the JobImpressionsCompleted value is the final value for the job.
* getName()
gives the IPP attribute
+ * category name returned by {@code getName()} gives the IPP attribute
* name.
*
* @see JobImpressions
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@
* @param value Integer value.
*
* @exception IllegalArgumentException
- * (Unchecked exception) Thrown if value
is less than 0.
+ * (Unchecked exception) Thrown if {@code value} is less than 0.
*/
public JobImpressionsCompleted(int value) {
super (value, 0, Integer.MAX_VALUE);
@@ -79,17 +79,17 @@
* conditions must be true:
*
*
*
* @param object Object to compare to.
*
- * @return True if object
is not null.
+ * {@code object} is not null.
* object
is an instance of class JobImpressionsCompleted.
+ * {@code object} is an instance of class JobImpressionsCompleted.
* object
's value are equal.
+ * {@code object}'s value are equal.
* object
is equivalent to this job
+ * @return True if {@code object} is equivalent to this job
* impressions completed attribute, false otherwise.
*/
public boolean equals(Object object) {
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@
* instance.
* "job-impressions-completed"
.
+ * {@code "job-impressions-completed"}.
*
* @return Attribute category name.
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/standard/JobImpressionsSupported.java 2015-10-04 22:55:54.745265569 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/standard/JobImpressionsSupported.java 2015-10-04 22:55:54.565265577 +0400
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@
* included in an IPP "job-impressions-supported" attribute. See class {@link
* javax.print.attribute.SetOfIntegerSyntax SetOfIntegerSyntax} for an
* explanation of canonical array form. The category name returned by
- * getName()
gives the IPP attribute name.
+ * {@code getName()} gives the IPP attribute name.
*
* @author Alan Kaminsky
*/
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@
*
* @exception IllegalArgumentException
* (Unchecked exception) Thrown if a null range is specified or if a
- * non-null range is specified with lowerBound
less than
+ * non-null range is specified with {@code lowerBound} less than
* 0.
*/
public JobImpressionsSupported(int lowerBound, int upperBound) {
@@ -81,17 +81,17 @@
* conditions must be true:
*
*
*
* @param object Object to compare to.
*
- * @return True if object
is not null.
+ * {@code object} is not null.
* object
is an instance of class JobImpressionsSupported.
+ * {@code object} is an instance of class JobImpressionsSupported.
* object
's members are the same.
+ * {@code object}'s members are the same.
* object
is equivalent to this job
+ * @return True if {@code object} is equivalent to this job
* impressions supported attribute, false otherwise.
*/
public boolean equals(Object object) {
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@
* instance.
* "job-impressions-supported"
.
+ * {@code "job-impressions-supported"}.
*
* @return Attribute category name.
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/standard/JobKOctets.java 2015-10-04 22:55:55.269265545 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/standard/JobKOctets.java 2015-10-04 22:55:55.081265554 +0400
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@
* data, replacing any JobKOctets value the client specified.
* getName()
gives the IPP attribute
+ * category name returned by {@code getName()} gives the IPP attribute
* name.
*
* @see JobKOctetsSupported
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@
* @param value Integer value.
*
* @exception IllegalArgumentException
- * (Unchecked exception) Thrown if value
is less than 0.
+ * (Unchecked exception) Thrown if {@code value} is less than 0.
*/
public JobKOctets(int value) {
super (value, 0, Integer.MAX_VALUE);
@@ -148,17 +148,17 @@
* true:
*
*
*
* @param object Object to compare to.
*
- * @return True if object
is not null.
+ * {@code object} is not null.
* object
is an instance of class JobKOctets.
+ * {@code object} is an instance of class JobKOctets.
* object
's value
+ * This job K octets attribute's value and {@code object}'s value
* are equal.
* object
is equivalent to this job K
+ * @return True if {@code object} is equivalent to this job K
* octets attribute, false otherwise.
*/
public boolean equals(Object object) {
@@ -182,7 +182,7 @@
* Get the name of the category of which this attribute value is an
* instance.
* "job-k-octets"
.
+ * For class JobKOctets, the category name is {@code "job-k-octets"}.
*
* @return Attribute category name.
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/standard/JobKOctetsProcessed.java 2015-10-04 22:55:55.781265522 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/standard/JobKOctetsProcessed.java 2015-10-04 22:55:55.605265530 +0400
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@
* JobKOctets} attribute.
* getName()
gives the IPP attribute
+ * category name returned by {@code getName()} gives the IPP attribute
* name.
*
* @see JobKOctets
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@
* @param value Integer value.
*
* @exception IllegalArgumentException
- * (Unchecked exception) Thrown if value
is less than 0.
+ * (Unchecked exception) Thrown if {@code value} is less than 0.
*/
public JobKOctetsProcessed(int value) {
super (value, 0, Integer.MAX_VALUE);
@@ -91,17 +91,17 @@
* must be true:
*
*
*
* @param object Object to compare to.
*
- * @return True if object
is not null.
+ * {@code object} is not null.
* object
is an instance of class JobKOctetsProcessed.
+ * {@code object} is an instance of class JobKOctetsProcessed.
* object
's value are equal.
+ * {@code object}'s value are equal.
* object
is equivalent to this job K
+ * @return True if {@code object} is equivalent to this job K
* octets processed attribute, false otherwise.
*/
public boolean equals(Object object) {
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@
* instance.
* "job-k-octets-processed"
.
+ * {@code "job-k-octets-processed"}.
*
* @return Attribute category name.
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/standard/JobKOctetsSupported.java 2015-10-04 22:55:56.293265500 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/standard/JobKOctetsSupported.java 2015-10-04 22:55:56.117265507 +0400
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@
* in an IPP "job-k-octets-supported" attribute. See class {@link
* javax.print.attribute.SetOfIntegerSyntax SetOfIntegerSyntax} for an
* explanation of canonical array form. The category name returned by
- * getName()
gives the IPP attribute name.
+ * {@code getName()} gives the IPP attribute name.
*
* @author Alan Kaminsky
*/
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@
*
* @exception IllegalArgumentException
* (Unchecked exception) Thrown if a null range is specified or if a
- * non-null range is specified with lowerBound
less than
+ * non-null range is specified with {@code lowerBound} less than
* 0.
*/
public JobKOctetsSupported(int lowerBound, int upperBound) {
@@ -79,17 +79,17 @@
* must be true:
*
*
*
* @param object Object to compare to.
*
- * @return True if object
is not null.
+ * {@code object} is not null.
* object
is an instance of class JobKOctetsSupported.
+ * {@code object} is an instance of class JobKOctetsSupported.
* object
's members are the same.
+ * {@code object}'s members are the same.
* object
is equivalent to this job K
+ * @return True if {@code object} is equivalent to this job K
* octets supported attribute, false otherwise.
*/
public boolean equals(Object object) {
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@
* instance.
* "job-k-octets-supported"
.
+ * {@code "job-k-octets-supported"}.
*
* @return Attribute category name.
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/standard/JobMediaSheets.java 2015-10-04 22:55:56.817265476 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/standard/JobMediaSheets.java 2015-10-04 22:55:56.629265484 +0400
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@
* with {@link JobMediaSheetsSupported JobMediaSheetsSupported}.
* getName()
gives the IPP attribute
+ * category name returned by {@code getName()} gives the IPP attribute
* name.
*
* @see JobMediaSheetsSupported
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@
* @param value Integer value.
*
* @exception IllegalArgumentException
- * (Unchecked exception) Thrown if value
is less than 0.
+ * (Unchecked exception) Thrown if {@code value} is less than 0.
*/
public JobMediaSheets(int value) {
super (value, 0, Integer.MAX_VALUE);
@@ -90,17 +90,17 @@
* be true:
*
*
*
* @param object Object to compare to.
*
- * @return True if object
is not null.
+ * {@code object} is not null.
* object
is an instance of class JobMediaSheets.
+ * {@code object} is an instance of class JobMediaSheets.
* object
's
+ * This job media sheets attribute's value and {@code object}'s
* value are equal.
* object
is equivalent to this job media
+ * @return True if {@code object} is equivalent to this job media
* sheets attribute, false otherwise.
*/
public boolean equals(Object object) {
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@
* instance.
* "job-media-sheets"
.
+ * category name is {@code "job-media-sheets"}.
*
* @return Attribute category name.
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/standard/JobMediaSheetsCompleted.java 2015-10-04 22:55:57.333265453 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/standard/JobMediaSheetsCompleted.java 2015-10-04 22:55:57.153265461 +0400
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@
* states, the JobMediaSheetsCompleted value is the final value for the job.
* getName()
gives the IPP attribute
+ * category name returned by {@code getName()} gives the IPP attribute
* name.
*
* @see JobMediaSheets
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@
* @param value Integer value.
*
* @exception IllegalArgumentException
- * (Unchecked exception) Thrown if value
is less than 0.
+ * (Unchecked exception) Thrown if {@code value} is less than 0.
*/
public JobMediaSheetsCompleted(int value) {
super (value, 0, Integer.MAX_VALUE);
@@ -80,17 +80,17 @@
* conditions must be true:
*
*
*
* @param object Object to compare to.
*
- * @return True if object
is not null.
+ * {@code object} is not null.
* object
is an instance of class JobMediaSheetsCompleted.
+ * {@code object} is an instance of class JobMediaSheetsCompleted.
* object
's value are equal.
+ * {@code object}'s value are equal.
* object
is equivalent to this job media
+ * @return True if {@code object} is equivalent to this job media
* sheets completed attribute, false otherwise.
*/
public boolean equals(Object object) {
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@
* instance.
* "job-media-sheets-completed"
.
+ * {@code "job-media-sheets-completed"}.
*
* @return Attribute category name.
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/standard/JobMediaSheetsSupported.java 2015-10-04 22:55:57.845265430 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/standard/JobMediaSheetsSupported.java 2015-10-04 22:55:57.665265438 +0400
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@
* included in an IPP "job-media-sheets-supported" attribute. See class {@link
* javax.print.attribute.SetOfIntegerSyntax SetOfIntegerSyntax} for an
* explanation of canonical array form. The category name returned by
- * getName()
gives the IPP attribute name.
+ * {@code getName()} gives the IPP attribute name.
*
* @author Alan Kaminsky
*/
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@
*
* @exception IllegalArgumentException
* (Unchecked exception) Thrown if a null range is specified or if a
- * non-null range is specified with lowerBound
less than
+ * non-null range is specified with {@code lowerBound} less than
* 0.
*/
public JobMediaSheetsSupported(int lowerBound, int upperBound) {
@@ -79,17 +79,17 @@
* conditions must be true:
*
*
*
* @param object Object to compare to.
*
- * @return True if object
is not null.
+ * {@code object} is not null.
* object
is an instance of class JobMediaSheetsSupported.
+ * {@code object} is an instance of class JobMediaSheetsSupported.
* object
's members are the same.
+ * {@code object}'s members are the same.
* object
is equivalent to this job media
+ * @return True if {@code object} is equivalent to this job media
* sheets supported attribute, false otherwise.
*/
public boolean equals(Object object) {
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@
* instance.
* "job-media-sheets-supported"
.
+ * category name is {@code "job-media-sheets-supported"}.
*
* @return Attribute category name.
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/standard/JobMessageFromOperator.java 2015-10-04 22:55:58.357265407 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/standard/JobMessageFromOperator.java 2015-10-04 22:55:58.177265415 +0400
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
* getName()
gives the IPP attribute name.
+ * {@code getName()} gives the IPP attribute name.
*
* @author Alan Kaminsky
*/
@@ -62,10 +62,10 @@
* @param message Message.
* @param locale Natural language of the text string. null
* is interpreted to mean the default locale as returned
- * by Locale.getDefault()
+ * by {@code Locale.getDefault()}
*
* @exception NullPointerException
- * (unchecked exception) Thrown if message
is null.
+ * (unchecked exception) Thrown if {@code message} is null.
*/
public JobMessageFromOperator(String message, Locale locale) {
super (message, locale);
@@ -77,20 +77,20 @@
* must be true:
*
*
*
* @param object Object to compare to.
*
- * @return True if object
is not null.
+ * {@code object} is not null.
* object
is an instance of class JobMessageFromOperator.
+ * {@code object} is an instance of class JobMessageFromOperator.
* object
's underlying string are equal.
+ * {@code object}'s underlying string are equal.
* object
's locale are equal.
+ * {@code object}'s locale are equal.
* object
is equivalent to this job
+ * @return True if {@code object} is equivalent to this job
* message from operator attribute, false otherwise.
*/
public boolean equals(Object object) {
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@
* instance.
* "job-message-from-operator"
.
+ * category name is {@code "job-message-from-operator"}.
*
* @return Attribute category name.
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/standard/JobName.java 2015-10-04 22:55:58.877265383 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/standard/JobName.java 2015-10-04 22:55:58.689265392 +0400
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@
* getName()
gives the IPP attribute name.
+ * {@code getName()} gives the IPP attribute name.
*
* @author Alan Kaminsky
*/
@@ -62,10 +62,10 @@
* @param jobName Job name.
* @param locale Natural language of the text string. null
* is interpreted to mean the default locale as returned
- * by Locale.getDefault()
+ * by {@code Locale.getDefault()}
*
* @exception NullPointerException
- * (unchecked exception) Thrown if jobName
is null.
+ * (unchecked exception) Thrown if {@code jobName} is null.
*/
public JobName(String jobName, Locale locale) {
super (jobName, locale);
@@ -76,20 +76,20 @@
* object. To be equivalent, all of the following conditions must be true:
*
*
*
* @param object Object to compare to.
*
- * @return True if object
is not null.
+ * {@code object} is not null.
* object
is an instance of class JobName.
+ * {@code object} is an instance of class JobName.
* object
's
+ * This job name attribute's underlying string and {@code object}'s
* underlying string are equal.
* object
's locale are
+ * This job name attribute's locale and {@code object}'s locale are
* equal.
* object
is equivalent to this job name
+ * @return True if {@code object} is equivalent to this job name
* attribute, false otherwise.
*/
public boolean equals(Object object) {
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@
* Get the name of the category of which this attribute value is an
* instance.
* "job-name"
.
+ * For class JobName, the category name is {@code "job-name"}.
*
* @return Attribute category name.
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/standard/JobOriginatingUserName.java 2015-10-04 22:55:59.389265360 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/standard/JobOriginatingUserName.java 2015-10-04 22:55:59.213265368 +0400
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
* getName()
gives the IPP attribute name.
+ * {@code getName()} gives the IPP attribute name.
*
* @author Alan Kaminsky
*/
@@ -62,10 +62,10 @@
* @param userName User name.
* @param locale Natural language of the text string. null
* is interpreted to mean the default locale as returned
- * by Locale.getDefault()
+ * by {@code Locale.getDefault()}
*
* @exception NullPointerException
- * (unchecked exception) Thrown if userName
is null.
+ * (unchecked exception) Thrown if {@code userName} is null.
*/
public JobOriginatingUserName(String userName, Locale locale) {
super (userName, locale);
@@ -77,20 +77,20 @@
* must be true:
*
*
*
* @param object Object to compare to.
*
- * @return True if object
is not null.
+ * {@code object} is not null.
* object
is an instance of class JobOriginatingUserName.
+ * {@code object} is an instance of class JobOriginatingUserName.
* object
's underlying string are equal.
+ * {@code object}'s underlying string are equal.
* object
's locale are equal.
+ * {@code object}'s locale are equal.
* object
is equivalent to this job
+ * @return True if {@code object} is equivalent to this job
* originating user name attribute, false otherwise.
*/
public boolean equals(Object object) {
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@
* instance.
* "job-originating-user-name"
.
+ * category name is {@code "job-originating-user-name"}.
*
* @return Attribute category name.
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/standard/JobPriority.java 2015-10-04 22:55:59.917265337 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/standard/JobPriority.java 2015-10-04 22:55:59.725265345 +0400
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@
* among the available job priority levels.
* getName()
gives the IPP attribute
+ * category name returned by {@code getName()} gives the IPP attribute
* name.
*
* @author Alan Kaminsky
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@
* @param value Integer value.
*
* @exception IllegalArgumentException
- * (Unchecked exception) Thrown if value
is less than 1
+ * (Unchecked exception) Thrown if {@code value} is less than 1
* or greater than 100.
*/
public JobPriority(int value) {
@@ -81,17 +81,17 @@
* true:
*
*
*
* @param object Object to compare to.
*
- * @return True if object
is not null.
+ * {@code object} is not null.
* object
is an instance of class JobPriority.
+ * {@code object} is an instance of class JobPriority.
* object
's value
+ * This job priority attribute's value and {@code object}'s value
* are equal.
* object
is equivalent to this job
+ * @return True if {@code object} is equivalent to this job
* priority attribute, false otherwise.
*/
public boolean equals(Object object) {
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@
* Get the name of the category of which this attribute value is an
* instance.
* "job-priority"
.
+ * For class JobPriority, the category name is {@code "job-priority"}.
*
* @return Attribute category name.
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/standard/JobPrioritySupported.java 2015-10-04 22:56:00.433265314 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/standard/JobPrioritySupported.java 2015-10-04 22:56:00.253265322 +0400
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
* priority values equally among the available job priority levels.
* getName()
gives the IPP
+ * The category name returned by {@code getName()} gives the IPP
* attribute name.
*
* @author Alan Kaminsky
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@
* @param value Number of different job priority levels supported.
*
* @exception IllegalArgumentException
- * (Unchecked exception) Thrown if value
is less than 1
+ * (Unchecked exception) Thrown if {@code value} is less than 1
* or greater than 100.
*/
public JobPrioritySupported(int value) {
@@ -73,17 +73,17 @@
* must be true:
*
*
*
* @param object Object to compare to.
*
- * @return True if object
is not null.
+ * {@code object} is not null.
* object
is an instance of class JobPrioritySupported.
+ * {@code object} is an instance of class JobPrioritySupported.
* object
's value are equal.
+ * {@code object}'s value are equal.
* object
is equivalent to this job
+ * @return True if {@code object} is equivalent to this job
* priority supported attribute, false otherwise.
*/
public boolean equals (Object object) {
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@
* instance.
* "job-priority-supported"
.
+ * category name is {@code "job-priority-supported"}.
*
* @return Attribute category name.
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/standard/JobSheets.java 2015-10-04 22:56:00.953265290 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/standard/JobSheets.java 2015-10-04 22:56:00.765265299 +0400
@@ -44,9 +44,9 @@
* particular JobSheets value.
* getName()
is the IPP attribute name. The
+ * {@code getName()} is the IPP attribute name. The
* enumeration's integer value is the IPP enum value. The
- * toString()
method returns the IPP string representation of
+ * {@code toString()} method returns the IPP string representation of
* the attribute value. For a subclass, the attribute value must be
* localized to give the IPP name and natural language values.
*
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@
* instance.
* "job-sheets"
.
+ * name is {@code "job-sheets"}.
*
* @return Attribute category name.
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/standard/JobState.java 2015-10-04 22:56:01.497265266 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/standard/JobState.java 2015-10-04 22:56:01.309265274 +0400
@@ -39,8 +39,8 @@
* detailed information about the job in the given job state.
* getName()
is the IPP attribute name. The enumeration's
- * integer value is the IPP enum value. The toString()
method
+ * {@code getName()} is the IPP attribute name. The enumeration's
+ * integer value is the IPP enum value. The {@code toString()} method
* returns the IPP string representation of the attribute value.
*
* @author Alan Kaminsky
@@ -225,7 +225,7 @@
* instance.
* "job-state"
.
+ * name is {@code "job-state"}.
*
* @return Attribute category name.
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/standard/JobStateReason.java 2015-10-04 22:56:02.021265242 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/standard/JobStateReason.java 2015-10-04 22:56:01.833265251 +0400
@@ -48,8 +48,8 @@
* JobState} also changed.
* getName()
is the IPP attribute name. The enumeration's
- * integer value is the IPP enum value. The toString()
method
+ * {@code getName()} is the IPP attribute name. The enumeration's
+ * integer value is the IPP enum value. The {@code toString()} method
* returns the IPP string representation of the attribute value.
*
* @author Alan Kaminsky
@@ -259,7 +259,7 @@
* The job was aborted by the system because the document data's document
* format (doc flavor) is not among those supported by the printer. If the
* client specifies a doc flavor with a MIME type of
- * "application/octet-stream"
, the printer may abort the job if
+ * {@code "application/octet-stream"}, the printer may abort the job if
* the printer cannot determine the document data's actual format through
* auto-sensing (even if the printer supports the document format if
* specified explicitly). This value must be supported, since a doc flavor
@@ -449,7 +449,7 @@
* instance.
* "job-state-reason"
.
+ * category name is {@code "job-state-reason"}.
*
* @return Attribute category name.
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/standard/Media.java 2015-10-04 22:56:02.549265219 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/standard/Media.java 2015-10-04 22:56:02.361265227 +0400
@@ -49,8 +49,8 @@
* one of the ways in which the Media attribute can be specified.
* getName()
is the IPP attribute name. The enumeration's
- * integer value is the IPP enum value. The toString()
method
+ * {@code getName()} is the IPP attribute name. The enumeration's
+ * integer value is the IPP enum value. The {@code toString()} method
* returns the IPP string representation of the attribute value.
*
* @author Phil Race
@@ -74,16 +74,16 @@
* object. To be equivalent, all of the following conditions must be true:
*
*
*
* @param object Object to compare to.
*
- * @return True if object
is not null.
+ * {@code object} is not null.
* object
is of the same subclass of Media as this object.
+ * {@code object} is of the same subclass of Media as this object.
* object
is equivalent to this media
+ * @return True if {@code object} is equivalent to this media
* attribute, false otherwise.
*/
public boolean equals(Object object) {
@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@
* instance.
* "media"
.
+ * {@code "media"}.
*
* @return Attribute category name.
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/standard/MediaPrintableArea.java 2015-10-04 22:56:03.061265196 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/standard/MediaPrintableArea.java 2015-10-04 22:56:02.881265204 +0400
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@
* The hardware's minimum margins is not just a property of the printer,
* but may be a function of the media size, orientation, media type, and
* any specified finishings.
- * PrintService
provides the method to query the supported
+ * {@code PrintService} provides the method to query the supported
* values of an attribute in a suitable context :
* See {@link javax.print.PrintService#getSupportedAttributeValues(Class,DocFlavor, AttributeSet) PrintService.getSupportedAttributeValues()}
*
*
*
* @param object Object to compare to.
*
- * @return True if object
is not null.
+ * {@code object} is not null.
* object
is an instance of class MediaPrintableArea.
+ * {@code object} is an instance of class MediaPrintableArea.
* object
is equivalent to this media margins
+ * @return True if {@code object} is equivalent to this media margins
* attribute, false otherwise.
*/
public boolean equals(Object object) {
@@ -278,7 +278,7 @@
* instance.
* "media-printable-area"
.
+ * the category name is {@code "media-printable-area"}.
* "in"
or "mm"
. If
+ * Units name string, e.g. {@code "in"} or {@code "mm"}. If
* null, no units name is appended to the result.
*
* @return String version of this two-dimensional size attribute.
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/standard/MediaSize.java 2015-10-04 22:56:03.589265172 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/standard/MediaSize.java 2015-10-04 22:56:03.397265180 +0400
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
* MediaSize is not yet used to specify media. Its current role is
* as a mapping for named media (see {@link MediaSizeName MediaSizeName}).
* Clients can use the mapping method
- * MediaSize.getMediaSizeForName(MediaSizeName)
+ * {@code MediaSize.getMediaSizeForName(MediaSizeName)}
* to find the physical dimensions of the MediaSizeName instances
* enumerated in this API. This is useful for clients which need this
* information to format {@literal &} paginate printing.
@@ -66,8 +66,8 @@
* @param x X dimension.
* @param y Y dimension.
* @param units
- * Unit conversion factor, e.g. Size2DSyntax.INCH
or
- * Size2DSyntax.MM
.
+ * Unit conversion factor, e.g. {@code Size2DSyntax.INCH} or
+ * {@code Size2DSyntax.MM}.
*
* @exception IllegalArgumentException
* (Unchecked exception) Thrown if {@code x < 0} or {@code y < 0} or
@@ -87,8 +87,8 @@
* @param x X dimension.
* @param y Y dimension.
* @param units
- * Unit conversion factor, e.g. Size2DSyntax.INCH
or
- * Size2DSyntax.MM
.
+ * Unit conversion factor, e.g. {@code Size2DSyntax.INCH} or
+ * {@code Size2DSyntax.MM}.
*
* @exception IllegalArgumentException
* (Unchecked exception) Thrown if {@code x < 0} or {@code y < 0} or
@@ -109,8 +109,8 @@
* @param x X dimension.
* @param y Y dimension.
* @param units
- * Unit conversion factor, e.g. Size2DSyntax.INCH
or
- * Size2DSyntax.MM
.
+ * Unit conversion factor, e.g. {@code Size2DSyntax.INCH} or
+ * {@code Size2DSyntax.MM}.
* @param media a media name to associate with this MediaSize
*
* @exception IllegalArgumentException
@@ -135,8 +135,8 @@
* @param x X dimension.
* @param y Y dimension.
* @param units
- * Unit conversion factor, e.g. Size2DSyntax.INCH
or
- * Size2DSyntax.MM
.
+ * Unit conversion factor, e.g. {@code Size2DSyntax.INCH} or
+ * {@code Size2DSyntax.MM}.
* @param media a media name to associate with this MediaSize
*
* @exception IllegalArgumentException
@@ -190,8 +190,8 @@
* @param x - X dimension
* @param y - Y dimension.
* @param units
- * Unit conversion factor, e.g. Size2DSyntax.INCH
or
- * Size2DSyntax.MM
+ * Unit conversion factor, e.g. {@code Size2DSyntax.INCH} or
+ * {@code Size2DSyntax.MM}
* @return MediaSizeName matching these dimensions, or null.
* @exception IllegalArgumentException if {@code x <= 0},
* {@code y <= 0}, or {@code units < 1}.
@@ -237,20 +237,20 @@
* To be equivalent, all of the following conditions must be true:
*
*
*
* @param object Object to compare to.
*
- * @return True if object
is not null.
+ * {@code object} is not null.
* object
is an instance of class MediaSize.
+ * {@code object} is an instance of class MediaSize.
* object
's X dimension.
+ * {@code object}'s X dimension.
* object
's Y dimension.
+ * {@code object}'s Y dimension.
* object
is equivalent to this media size
+ * @return True if {@code object} is equivalent to this media size
* attribute, false otherwise.
*/
public boolean equals(Object object) {
@@ -276,7 +276,7 @@
* instance.
* "media-size"
.
+ * name is {@code "media-size"}.
*
* @return Attribute category name.
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/standard/MultipleDocumentHandling.java 2015-10-04 22:56:04.113265148 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/standard/MultipleDocumentHandling.java 2015-10-04 22:56:03.933265156 +0400
@@ -62,53 +62,53 @@
* specify two variations of this possibility.
*
* a
" represents an
+ * In the detailed explanations below, if "{@code a}" represents an
* instance of document data, then the result of processing the data in
- * document "a
" is a sequence of media sheets represented by
- * "a(*)
".
+ * document "{@code a}" is a sequence of media sheets represented by
+ * "{@code a(*)}".
*
*
*
* IPP Compatibility: The integer value gives the IPP integer value.
- * The category name returned by a
and
- * b
-- then the result of processing all the document data
- * (a
and then b
) must be treated as a single sequence
+ * documents -- say, the document data is called {@code a} and
+ * {@code b} -- then the result of processing all the document data
+ * ({@code a} and then {@code b}) must be treated as a single sequence
* of media sheets for finishing operations; that is, finishing would be
- * performed on the concatenation of the sequences a(*),b(*)
. The
+ * performed on the concatenation of the sequences {@code a(*),b(*)}. The
* printer must not force the data in each document instance to be formatted
* onto a new print-stream page, nor to start a new impression on a new media
* sheet. If more than one copy is made, the ordering of the sets of media
* sheets resulting from processing the document data must be
- * a(*),b(*),a(*),b(*),...
, and the printer object must force
- * each copy (a(*),b(*)
) to start on a new media sheet.
+ * {@code a(*),b(*),a(*),b(*),...}, and the printer object must force
+ * each copy ({@code a(*),b(*)}) to start on a new media sheet.
*
* a
and
- * b
-- then the result of processing the data in each document
+ * has multiple documents -- say, the document data is called {@code a} and
+ * {@code b} -- then the result of processing the data in each document
* instance must be treated as a single sequence of media sheets for finishing
- * operations; that is, the sets a(*)
and b(*)
would
+ * operations; that is, the sets {@code a(*)} and {@code b(*)} would
* each be finished separately. The printer must force each copy of the result
* of processing the data in a single document to start on a new media sheet.
* If more than one copy is made, the ordering of the sets of media sheets
* resulting from processing the document data must be
- * a(*),a(*),...,b(*),b(*)...
.
+ * {@code a(*),a(*),...,b(*),b(*)...}.
*
* a
and
- * b
-- then the result of processing the data in each document
+ * has multiple documents -- say, the document data is called {@code a} and
+ * {@code b} -- then the result of processing the data in each document
* instance must be treated as a single sequence of media sheets for finishing
- * operations; that is, the sets a(*)
and b(*)
would
+ * operations; that is, the sets {@code a(*)} and {@code b(*)} would
* each be finished separately. The printer must force each copy of the result
* of processing the data in a single document to start on a new media sheet.
* If more than one copy is made, the ordering of the sets of media sheets
* resulting from processing the document data must be
- * a(*),b(*),a(*),b(*),...
.
+ * {@code a(*),b(*),a(*),b(*),...}.
*
*
*
* a
and b
are
+ * With SINGLE_DOCUMENT, documents {@code a} and {@code b} are
* stapled together as a single document with no regard to new sheets.
*
* a
and b
- * are stapled together as a single document, but document b
+ * With SINGLE_DOCUMENT_NEW_SHEET, documents {@code a} and {@code b}
+ * are stapled together as a single document, but document {@code b}
* starts on a new sheet.
*
* a
and
- * b
are stapled separately.
+ * SEPARATE_DOCUMENTS_COLLATED_COPIES, documents {@code a} and
+ * {@code b} are stapled separately.
* getName()
is the IPP attribute name. The enumeration's
- * integer value is the IPP enum value. The toString()
method
+ * {@code getName()} is the IPP attribute name. The enumeration's
+ * integer value is the IPP enum value. The {@code toString()} method
* returns the IPP string representation of the attribute value.
*
* @see Copies
@@ -256,7 +256,7 @@
* instance.
* "multiple-document-handling"
.
+ * the category name is {@code "multiple-document-handling"}.
*
* @return Attribute category name.
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/standard/NumberOfDocuments.java 2015-10-04 22:56:04.641265125 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/standard/NumberOfDocuments.java 2015-10-04 22:56:04.453265133 +0400
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
* not.
* getName()
gives the IPP attribute
+ * category name returned by {@code getName()} gives the IPP attribute
* name.
*
* @author Alan Kaminsky
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@
* @param value Integer value.
*
* @exception IllegalArgumentException
- * (Unchecked exception) Thrown if value
is less than 0.
+ * (Unchecked exception) Thrown if {@code value} is less than 0.
*/
public NumberOfDocuments(int value) {
super (value, 0, Integer.MAX_VALUE);
@@ -65,17 +65,17 @@
* must be true:
*
*
*
* @param object Object to compare to.
*
- * @return True if object
is not null.
+ * {@code object} is not null.
* object
is an instance of class NumberOfDocuments.
+ * {@code object} is an instance of class NumberOfDocuments.
* object
's
+ * This number of documents attribute's value and {@code object}'s
* value are equal.
* object
is equivalent to this number of
+ * @return True if {@code object} is equivalent to this number of
* documents attribute, false otherwise.
*/
public boolean equals(Object object) {
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@
* instance.
* "number-of-documents"
.
+ * category name is {@code "number-of-documents"}.
*
* @return Attribute category name.
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/standard/NumberOfInterveningJobs.java 2015-10-04 22:56:05.157265101 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/standard/NumberOfInterveningJobs.java 2015-10-04 22:56:04.977265110 +0400
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
* scheduled order).
* getName()
gives the IPP
+ * The category name returned by {@code getName()} gives the IPP
* attribute name.
*
* @author Alan Kaminsky
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@
* @param value Integer value.
*
* @exception IllegalArgumentException
- * (Unchecked exception) Thrown if value
is less than 0.
+ * (Unchecked exception) Thrown if {@code value} is less than 0.
*/
public NumberOfInterveningJobs(int value) {
super(value, 0, Integer.MAX_VALUE);
@@ -64,17 +64,17 @@
* conditions must be true:
*
*
*
* @param object Object to compare to.
*
- * @return True if object
is not null.
+ * {@code object} is not null.
* object
is an instance of class NumberOfInterveningJobs.
+ * {@code object} is an instance of class NumberOfInterveningJobs.
* object
's value are equal.
+ * {@code object}'s value are equal.
* object
is equivalent to this number of
+ * @return True if {@code object} is equivalent to this number of
* intervening jobs attribute, false otherwise.
*/
public boolean equals(Object object) {
@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@
* instance.
* "number-of-intervening-jobs"
.
+ * category name is {@code "number-of-intervening-jobs"}.
*
* @return Attribute category name.
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/standard/NumberUp.java 2015-10-04 22:56:05.677265078 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/standard/NumberUp.java 2015-10-04 22:56:05.489265087 +0400
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@
* getName()
gives the IPP
+ * The category name returned by {@code getName()} gives the IPP
* attribute name.
*
* @author Alan Kaminsky
@@ -135,7 +135,7 @@
* @param value Integer value.
*
* @exception IllegalArgumentException
- * (Unchecked exception) Thrown if value
is less than 1.
+ * (Unchecked exception) Thrown if {@code value} is less than 1.
*/
public NumberUp(int value) {
super (value, 1, Integer.MAX_VALUE);
@@ -146,17 +146,17 @@
* object. To be equivalent, all of the following conditions must be true:
*
*
*
* @param object Object to compare to.
*
- * @return True if object
is not null.
+ * {@code object} is not null.
* object
is an instance of class NumberUp.
+ * {@code object} is an instance of class NumberUp.
* object
's value are
+ * This number up attribute's value and {@code object}'s value are
* equal.
* object
is equivalent to this number up
+ * @return True if {@code object} is equivalent to this number up
* attribute, false otherwise.
*/
public boolean equals(Object object) {
@@ -180,7 +180,7 @@
* Get the name of the category of which this attribute value is an
* instance.
* "number-up"
.
+ * For class NumberUp, the category name is {@code "number-up"}.
*
* @return Attribute category name.
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/standard/NumberUpSupported.java 2015-10-04 22:56:06.197265055 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/standard/NumberUpSupported.java 2015-10-04 22:56:06.009265063 +0400
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
* included in an IPP "number-up-supported" attribute. See class {@link
* javax.print.attribute.SetOfIntegerSyntax SetOfIntegerSyntax} for an
* explanation of canonical array form. The category name returned by
- * getName()
gives the IPP attribute name.
+ * {@code getName()} gives the IPP attribute name.
*
* @author Alan Kaminsky
*/
@@ -57,12 +57,12 @@
* @param members Set members in array form.
*
* @exception NullPointerException
- * (unchecked exception) Thrown if members
is null or
- * any element of members
is null.
+ * (unchecked exception) Thrown if {@code members} is null or
+ * any element of {@code members} is null.
* @exception IllegalArgumentException
* (unchecked exception) Thrown if any element of
- * members
is not a length-one or length-two array. Also
- * thrown if members
is a zero-length array or if any
+ * {@code members} is not a length-one or length-two array. Also
+ * thrown if {@code members} is a zero-length array or if any
* member of the set is less than 1.
*/
public NumberUpSupported(int[][] members) {
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@
* @param member Set member.
*
* @exception IllegalArgumentException
- * (Unchecked exception) Thrown if member
is less than
+ * (Unchecked exception) Thrown if {@code member} is less than
* 1.
*/
public NumberUpSupported(int member) {
@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@
*
* @exception IllegalArgumentException
* (Unchecked exception) Thrown if a null range is specified or if a
- * non-null range is specified with lowerBound
less than
+ * non-null range is specified with {@code lowerBound} less than
* 1.
*/
public NumberUpSupported(int lowerBound, int upperBound) {
@@ -130,17 +130,17 @@
* must be true:
*
*
*
* @param object Object to compare to.
*
- * @return True if object
is not null.
+ * {@code object} is not null.
* object
is an instance of class NumberUpSupported.
+ * {@code object} is an instance of class NumberUpSupported.
* object
's
+ * This number up supported attribute's members and {@code object}'s
* members are the same.
* object
is equivalent to this number up
+ * @return True if {@code object} is equivalent to this number up
* supported attribute, false otherwise.
*/
public boolean equals(Object object) {
@@ -167,7 +167,7 @@
* instance.
* "number-up-supported"
.
+ * category name is {@code "number-up-supported"}.
*
* @return Attribute category name.
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/standard/OrientationRequested.java 2015-10-04 22:56:06.709265032 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/standard/OrientationRequested.java 2015-10-04 22:56:06.529265040 +0400
@@ -36,17 +36,17 @@
* does not describe the orientation of the client-supplied print-stream
* pages.
* "application/postscript"
),
+ * For some document formats (such as {@code "application/postscript"}),
* the desired orientation of the print-stream pages is specified within the
* document data. This information is generated by a device driver prior to
* the submission of the print job. Other document formats (such as
- * "text/plain"
) do not include the notion of desired orientation
+ * {@code "text/plain"}) do not include the notion of desired orientation
* within the document data. In the latter case it is possible for the printer
* to bind the desired orientation to the document data after it has been
* submitted. It is expected that a printer would only support the
* OrientationRequested attribute for some document formats (e.g.,
- * "text/plain"
or "text/html"
) but not others (e.g.
- * "application/postscript"
). This is no different from any other
+ * {@code "text/plain"} or {@code "text/html"}) but not others (e.g.
+ * {@code "application/postscript"}). This is no different from any other
* job template attribute, since a print job can always impose constraints
* among the values of different job template attributes.
* However, a special mention
@@ -55,8 +55,8 @@
* formats.
* getName()
is the IPP attribute name. The enumeration's
- * integer value is the IPP enum value. The toString()
method
+ * {@code getName()} is the IPP attribute name. The enumeration's
+ * integer value is the IPP enum value. The {@code toString()} method
* returns the IPP string representation of the attribute value.
*
* @author Alan Kaminsky
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@
* Finishings Finishings} attribute in cases where the
* opposite edge is desired for finishing a portrait document on simple
* finishing devices that have only one finishing position. Thus a
- * "text/plain"
portrait document can be stapled "on the
+ * {@code "text/plain"} portrait document can be stapled "on the
* right" by a simple finishing device as is common use with some
* Middle Eastern languages such as Hebrew.
*/
@@ -176,7 +176,7 @@
* instance.
* "orientation-requested"
.
+ * category name is {@code "orientation-requested"}.
*
* @return Attribute category name.
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/standard/OutputDeviceAssigned.java 2015-10-04 22:56:07.221265009 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/standard/OutputDeviceAssigned.java 2015-10-04 22:56:07.045265017 +0400
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
* getName()
gives the IPP attribute name.
+ * {@code getName()} gives the IPP attribute name.
*
* @author Alan Kaminsky
*/
@@ -58,10 +58,10 @@
* @param deviceName Device name.
* @param locale Natural language of the text string. null
* is interpreted to mean the default locale as returned
- * by Locale.getDefault()
+ * by {@code Locale.getDefault()}
*
* @exception NullPointerException
- * (unchecked exception) Thrown if deviceName
is null.
+ * (unchecked exception) Thrown if {@code deviceName} is null.
*/
public OutputDeviceAssigned(String deviceName, Locale locale) {
@@ -76,20 +76,20 @@
* must be true:
*
*
*
* @param object Object to compare to.
*
- * @return True if object
is not null.
+ * {@code object} is not null.
* object
is an instance of class OutputDeviceAssigned.
+ * {@code object} is an instance of class OutputDeviceAssigned.
* object
's underlying string are equal.
+ * {@code object}'s underlying string are equal.
* object
's locale are equal.
+ * {@code object}'s locale are equal.
* object
is equivalent to this output
+ * @return True if {@code object} is equivalent to this output
* device assigned attribute, false otherwise.
*/
public boolean equals(Object object) {
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@
* instance.
* "output-device-assigned"
.
+ * category name is {@code "output-device-assigned"}.
*
* @return Attribute category name.
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/standard/PDLOverrideSupported.java 2015-10-04 22:56:07.733264986 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/standard/PDLOverrideSupported.java 2015-10-04 22:56:07.557264994 +0400
@@ -35,8 +35,8 @@
* specified as attributes outside the print data.
* getName()
is the IPP attribute name. The enumeration's
- * integer value is the IPP enum value. The toString()
method
+ * {@code getName()} is the IPP attribute name. The enumeration's
+ * integer value is the IPP enum value. The {@code toString()} method
* returns the IPP string representation of the attribute value.
*
* @author Alan Kaminsky
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@
* instance.
* "pdl-override-supported"
.
+ * category name is {@code "pdl-override-supported"}.
*
* @return Attribute category name.
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/standard/PageRanges.java 2015-10-04 22:56:08.261264962 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/standard/PageRanges.java 2015-10-04 22:56:08.073264970 +0400
@@ -44,13 +44,13 @@
* driver and this attribute would not be required. However, when printing an
* archived document which has already been formatted, the end user may elect to
* print just a subset of the pages contained in the document. In this case, if
- * a page range of "n-m"
is specified, the first page
+ * a page range of "n-m"
is specified, the first page
* to be printed will be page n. All subsequent pages of the document
* will be printed through and including page m.
* {{1, Integer.MAX_VALUE}}
.
+ * PageRanges attribute is always {@code {{1, Integer.MAX_VALUE}}}.
* getName()
gives the IPP attribute name.
+ * {@code getName()} gives the IPP attribute name.
*
* @author David Mendenhall
* @author Alan Kaminsky
@@ -119,12 +119,12 @@
* @param members Set members in array form.
*
* @exception NullPointerException
- * (unchecked exception) Thrown if members
is null or
- * any element of members
is null.
+ * (unchecked exception) Thrown if {@code members} is null or
+ * any element of {@code members} is null.
* @exception IllegalArgumentException
* (unchecked exception) Thrown if any element of
- * members
is not a length-one or length-two array. Also
- * thrown if members
is a zero-length array or if any
+ * {@code members} is not a length-one or length-two array. Also
+ * thrown if {@code members} is a zero-length array or if any
* member of the set is less than 1.
*/
public PageRanges(int[][] members) {
@@ -144,10 +144,10 @@
* @param members Set members in string form.
*
* @exception NullPointerException
- * (unchecked exception) Thrown if members
is null or
- * any element of members
is null.
+ * (unchecked exception) Thrown if {@code members} is null or
+ * any element of {@code members} is null.
* @exception IllegalArgumentException
- * (Unchecked exception) Thrown if members
does not
+ * (Unchecked exception) Thrown if {@code members} does not
* obey the proper syntax. Also
* thrown if the constructed set-of-integer is a
* zero-length array or if any
@@ -182,7 +182,7 @@
* @param member Set member.
*
* @exception IllegalArgumentException
- * (Unchecked exception) Thrown if member
is less than
+ * (Unchecked exception) Thrown if {@code member} is less than
* 1.
*/
public PageRanges(int member) {
@@ -201,7 +201,7 @@
*
* @exception IllegalArgumentException
* (Unchecked exception) Thrown if a null range is specified or if a
- * non-null range is specified with lowerBound
less than
+ * non-null range is specified with {@code lowerBound} less than
* 1.
*/
public PageRanges(int lowerBound, int upperBound) {
@@ -219,17 +219,17 @@
* true:
*
*
*
* @param object Object to compare to.
*
- * @return True if object
is not null.
+ * {@code object} is not null.
* object
is an instance of class PageRanges.
+ * {@code object} is an instance of class PageRanges.
* object
's members
+ * This page ranges attribute's members and {@code object}'s members
* are the same.
* object
is equivalent to this page ranges
+ * @return True if {@code object} is equivalent to this page ranges
* attribute, false otherwise.
*/
public boolean equals(Object object) {
@@ -253,7 +253,7 @@
* Get the name of the category of which this attribute value is an
* instance.
* "page-ranges"
.
+ * For class PageRanges, the category name is {@code "page-ranges"}.
*
* @return Attribute category name.
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/standard/PagesPerMinute.java 2015-10-04 22:56:08.785264939 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/standard/PagesPerMinute.java 2015-10-04 22:56:08.597264947 +0400
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
* device that takes more than two minutes to process a page.
* getName()
gives the IPP attribute
+ * category name returned by {@code getName()} gives the IPP attribute
* name.
*
* @author Alan Kaminsky
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@
* @param value Integer value.
*
* @exception IllegalArgumentException
- * (Unchecked exception) Thrown if value
is less than 0.
+ * (Unchecked exception) Thrown if {@code value} is less than 0.
*/
public PagesPerMinute(int value) {
super(value, 0, Integer.MAX_VALUE);
@@ -66,17 +66,17 @@
* must be true:
*
*
*
* @param object Object to compare to.
*
- * @return True if object
is not null.
+ * {@code object} is not null.
* object
is an instance of class PagesPerMinute.
+ * {@code object} is an instance of class PagesPerMinute.
* object
's
+ * This pages per minute attribute's value and {@code object}'s
* value are equal.
* object
is equivalent to this pages per
+ * @return True if {@code object} is equivalent to this pages per
* minute attribute, false otherwise.
*/
public boolean equals(Object object) {
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@
* instance.
* "pages-per-minute"
.
+ * category name is {@code "pages-per-minute"}.
*
* @return Attribute category name.
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/standard/PagesPerMinuteColor.java 2015-10-04 22:56:09.297264916 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/standard/PagesPerMinuteColor.java 2015-10-04 22:56:09.117264924 +0400
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@
* attribute must also be present and have a value of SUPPORTED.
* getName()
gives the IPP attribute
+ * category name returned by {@code getName()} gives the IPP attribute
* name.
*
* @author Alan Kaminsky
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@
* @param value Integer value.
*
* @exception IllegalArgumentException
- * (Unchecked exception) Thrown if value
is less than 0.
+ * (Unchecked exception) Thrown if {@code value} is less than 0.
*/
public PagesPerMinuteColor(int value) {
super(value, 0, Integer.MAX_VALUE);
@@ -77,17 +77,17 @@
* must be true:
*
*
*
* @param object Object to compare to.
*
- * @return True if object
is not null.
+ * {@code object} is not null.
* object
is an instance of class PagesPerMinuteColor.
+ * {@code object} is an instance of class PagesPerMinuteColor.
* object
's
+ * This pages per minute attribute's value and {@code object}'s
* value are equal.
* object
is equivalent to this pages per
+ * @return True if {@code object} is equivalent to this pages per
* minute color attribute, false otherwise.
*/
public boolean equals(Object object) {
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@
* instance.
* "pages-per-minute-color"
.
+ * category name is {@code "pages-per-minute-color"}.
*
* @return Attribute category name.
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/standard/PresentationDirection.java 2015-10-04 22:56:09.809264893 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/standard/PresentationDirection.java 2015-10-04 22:56:09.633264900 +0400
@@ -42,8 +42,8 @@
* attribute; it is an attribute in the Production Printing Extension
* (PDF)
* of IPP 1.1. The category name returned by
- * getName()
is the IPP attribute name. The enumeration's
- * integer value is the IPP enum value. The toString()
method
+ * {@code getName()} is the IPP attribute name. The enumeration's
+ * integer value is the IPP enum value. The {@code toString()} method
* returns the IPP string representation of the attribute value.
*
* @author Phil Race.
@@ -174,7 +174,7 @@
* instance.
* "presentation-direction"
.
+ * the category name is {@code "presentation-direction"}.
*
* @return Attribute category name.
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/standard/PrintQuality.java 2015-10-04 22:56:10.333264869 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/standard/PrintQuality.java 2015-10-04 22:56:10.141264878 +0400
@@ -35,8 +35,8 @@
* that specifies the print quality that the printer uses for the job.
* getName()
is the IPP attribute name. The enumeration's
- * integer value is the IPP enum value. The toString()
method
+ * {@code getName()} is the IPP attribute name. The enumeration's
+ * integer value is the IPP enum value. The {@code toString()} method
* returns the IPP string representation of the attribute value.
*
* @author David Mendenhall
@@ -123,7 +123,7 @@
* instance.
* "print-quality"
.
+ * name is {@code "print-quality"}.
*
* @return Attribute category name.
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/standard/PrinterInfo.java 2015-10-04 22:56:10.857264845 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/standard/PrinterInfo.java 2015-10-04 22:56:10.665264854 +0400
@@ -33,15 +33,15 @@
/**
* Class PrinterInfo is a printing attribute class, a text attribute, that
* provides descriptive information about a printer. This could include things
- * like: "This printer can be used for printing color transparencies for
- * HR presentations"
, or "Out of courtesy for others, please
- * print only small (1-5 page) jobs at this printer"
, or even \
- * "This printer is going away on July 1, 1997, please find a new
- * printer"
.
+ * like: {@code "This printer can be used for printing color transparencies for
+ * HR presentations"}, or {@code "Out of courtesy for others, please
+ * print only small (1-5 page) jobs at this printer"}, or even
+ * {@code "This printer is going away on July 1, 1997, please find a new
+ * printer"}.
* getName()
gives the IPP attribute name.
+ * {@code getName()} gives the IPP attribute name.
*
* @author Alan Kaminsky
*/
@@ -57,10 +57,10 @@
* @param info Printer information string.
* @param locale Natural language of the text string. null
* is interpreted to mean the default locale as returned
- * by Locale.getDefault()
+ * by {@code Locale.getDefault()}
*
* @exception NullPointerException
- * (unchecked exception) Thrown if info
is null.
+ * (unchecked exception) Thrown if {@code info} is null.
*/
public PrinterInfo(String info, Locale locale) {
super (info, locale);
@@ -72,20 +72,20 @@
* true:
*
*
*
* @param object Object to compare to.
*
- * @return True if object
is not null.
+ * {@code object} is not null.
* object
is an instance of class PrinterInfo.
+ * {@code object} is an instance of class PrinterInfo.
* object
's underlying string are equal.
+ * {@code object}'s underlying string are equal.
* object
's
+ * This printer info attribute's locale and {@code object}'s
* locale are equal.
* object
is equivalent to this printer
+ * @return True if {@code object} is equivalent to this printer
* info attribute, false otherwise.
*/
public boolean equals(Object object) {
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@
* Get the name of the category of which this attribute value is an
* instance.
* "printer-info"
.
+ * For class PrinterInfo, the category name is {@code "printer-info"}.
*
* @return Attribute category name.
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/standard/PrinterIsAcceptingJobs.java 2015-10-04 22:56:11.365264823 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/standard/PrinterIsAcceptingJobs.java 2015-10-04 22:56:11.189264831 +0400
@@ -40,8 +40,8 @@
* getName()
is the IPP attribute name. The enumeration's
- * integer value is the IPP enum value. The toString()
method
+ * {@code getName()} is the IPP attribute name. The enumeration's
+ * integer value is the IPP enum value. The {@code toString()} method
* returns the IPP string representation of the attribute value.
*
* @author Alan Kaminsky
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@
* instance.
* "printer-is-accepting-jobs"
.
+ * category name is {@code "printer-is-accepting-jobs"}.
*
* @return Attribute category name.
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/standard/PrinterLocation.java 2015-10-04 22:56:11.889264799 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/standard/PrinterLocation.java 2015-10-04 22:56:11.697264808 +0400
@@ -33,11 +33,11 @@
/**
* Class PrinterLocation is a printing attribute class, a text attribute, that
* identifies the location of the device. This could include things like:
- * "in Room 123A, second floor of building XYZ"
.
+ * {@code "in Room 123A, second floor of building XYZ"}.
* getName()
gives the IPP attribute name.
+ * {@code getName()} gives the IPP attribute name.
*
* @author Alan Kaminsky
*/
@@ -53,10 +53,10 @@
* @param location Printer location.
* @param locale Natural language of the text string. null
* is interpreted to mean the default locale as returned
- * by Locale.getDefault()
+ * by {@code Locale.getDefault()}
*
* @exception NullPointerException
- * (unchecked exception) Thrown if location
is null.
+ * (unchecked exception) Thrown if {@code location} is null.
*/
public PrinterLocation(String location, Locale locale) {
super (location, locale);
@@ -68,20 +68,20 @@
* must be true:
*
*
*
* @param object Object to compare to.
*
- * @return True if object
is not null.
+ * {@code object} is not null.
* object
is an instance of class PrinterLocation.
+ * {@code object} is an instance of class PrinterLocation.
* object
's underlying string are equal.
+ * {@code object}'s underlying string are equal.
* object
's
+ * This printer location attribute's locale and {@code object}'s
* locale are equal.
* object
is equivalent to this printer
+ * @return True if {@code object} is equivalent to this printer
* location attribute, false otherwise.
*/
public boolean equals(Object object) {
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@
* instance.
* "printer-location"
.
+ * category name is {@code "printer-location"}.
*
* @return Attribute category name.
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/standard/PrinterMakeAndModel.java 2015-10-04 22:56:12.397264776 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/standard/PrinterMakeAndModel.java 2015-10-04 22:56:12.221264784 +0400
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
* getName()
gives the IPP attribute name.
+ * {@code getName()} gives the IPP attribute name.
*
* @author Alan Kaminsky
*/
@@ -51,10 +51,10 @@
* @param makeAndModel Printer make and model string.
* @param locale Natural language of the text string. null
* is interpreted to mean the default locale as returned
- * by Locale.getDefault()
+ * by {@code Locale.getDefault()}
*
* @exception NullPointerException
- * (unchecked exception) Thrown if makeAndModel
is null.
+ * (unchecked exception) Thrown if {@code makeAndModel} is null.
*/
public PrinterMakeAndModel(String makeAndModel, Locale locale) {
super (makeAndModel, locale);
@@ -66,20 +66,20 @@
* must be true:
*
*
*
* @param object Object to compare to.
*
- * @return True if object
is not null.
+ * {@code object} is not null.
* object
is an instance of class PrinterMakeAndModel.
+ * {@code object} is an instance of class PrinterMakeAndModel.
* object
's underlying string are equal.
+ * {@code object}'s underlying string are equal.
* object
's locale are equal.
+ * {@code object}'s locale are equal.
* object
is equivalent to this printer
+ * @return True if {@code object} is equivalent to this printer
* make and model attribute, false otherwise.
*/
public boolean equals(Object object) {
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@
* instance.
* "printer-make-and-model"
.
+ * category name is {@code "printer-make-and-model"}.
*
* @return Attribute category name.
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/standard/PrinterMessageFromOperator.java 2015-10-04 22:56:12.909264753 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/standard/PrinterMessageFromOperator.java 2015-10-04 22:56:12.733264761 +0400
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@
* getName()
gives the IPP attribute name.
+ * {@code getName()} gives the IPP attribute name.
*
* @author Alan Kaminsky
*/
@@ -66,10 +66,10 @@
* @param message Message.
* @param locale Natural language of the text string. null
* is interpreted to mean the default locale as returned
- * by Locale.getDefault()
+ * by {@code Locale.getDefault()}
*
* @exception NullPointerException
- * (unchecked exception) Thrown if message
is null.
+ * (unchecked exception) Thrown if {@code message} is null.
*/
public PrinterMessageFromOperator(String message, Locale locale) {
super (message, locale);
@@ -81,21 +81,21 @@
* following conditions must be true:
*
*
*
* @param object Object to compare to.
*
- * @return True if object
is not null.
+ * {@code object} is not null.
* object
is an instance of class
+ * {@code object} is an instance of class
* PrinterMessageFromOperator.
* object
's underlying string are equal.
+ * {@code object}'s underlying string are equal.
* object
's locale are equal.
+ * {@code object}'s locale are equal.
* object
is equivalent to this printer
+ * @return True if {@code object} is equivalent to this printer
* message from operator attribute, false otherwise.
*/
public boolean equals(Object object) {
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@
* instance.
* "printer-message-from-operator"
.
+ * the category name is {@code "printer-message-from-operator"}.
*
* @return Attribute category name.
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/standard/PrinterMoreInfo.java 2015-10-04 22:56:13.433264730 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/standard/PrinterMoreInfo.java 2015-10-04 22:56:13.245264738 +0400
@@ -46,8 +46,8 @@
* about this general kind of printer rather than this specific printer.
* toString()
gives the IPP uri value.
- * The category name returned by getName()
+ * {@code toString()} gives the IPP uri value.
+ * The category name returned by {@code getName()}
* gives the IPP attribute name.
*
* @author Alan Kaminsky
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@
* @param uri URI.
*
* @exception NullPointerException
- * (unchecked exception) Thrown if uri
is null.
+ * (unchecked exception) Thrown if {@code uri} is null.
*/
public PrinterMoreInfo(URI uri) {
super (uri);
@@ -75,17 +75,17 @@
* must be true:
*
*
*
* @param object Object to compare to.
*
- * @return True if object
is not null.
+ * {@code object} is not null.
* object
is an instance of class PrinterMoreInfo.
+ * {@code object} is an instance of class PrinterMoreInfo.
* object
's URI
+ * This printer more info attribute's URI and {@code object}'s URI
* are equal.
* object
is equivalent to this printer
+ * @return True if {@code object} is equivalent to this printer
* more info attribute, false otherwise.
*/
public boolean equals(Object object) {
@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@
* instance.
* "printer-more-info"
.
+ * category name is {@code "printer-more-info"}.
*
* @return Attribute category name.
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/standard/PrinterMoreInfoManufacturer.java 2015-10-04 22:56:13.945264707 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/standard/PrinterMoreInfoManufacturer.java 2015-10-04 22:56:13.769264715 +0400
@@ -46,8 +46,8 @@
* general kind of printer.
* toString()
gives the IPP uri value.
- * The category name returned by getName()
+ * {@code toString()} gives the IPP uri value.
+ * The category name returned by {@code getName()}
* gives the IPP attribute name.
*
* @author Alan Kaminsky
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@
* @param uri URI.
*
* @exception NullPointerException
- * (unchecked exception) Thrown if uri
is null.
+ * (unchecked exception) Thrown if {@code uri} is null.
*/
public PrinterMoreInfoManufacturer(URI uri) {
super (uri);
@@ -76,18 +76,18 @@
* following conditions must be true:
*
*
*
* @param object Object to compare to.
*
- * @return True if object
is not null.
+ * {@code object} is not null.
* object
is an instance of class
+ * {@code object} is an instance of class
* PrinterMoreInfoManufacturer.
* object
's URI are equal.
+ * {@code object}'s URI are equal.
* object
is equivalent to this printer
+ * @return True if {@code object} is equivalent to this printer
* more info manufacturer attribute, false otherwise.
*/
public boolean equals(Object object) {
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@
* instance.
* "printer-more-info-manufacturer"
.
+ * {@code "printer-more-info-manufacturer"}.
*
* @return Attribute category name.
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/standard/PrinterName.java 2015-10-04 22:56:14.469264683 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/standard/PrinterName.java 2015-10-04 22:56:14.281264692 +0400
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@
* getName()
gives the IPP attribute name.
+ * {@code getName()} gives the IPP attribute name.
*
* @author Alan Kaminsky
*/
@@ -55,10 +55,10 @@
* @param printerName Printer name.
* @param locale Natural language of the text string. null
* is interpreted to mean the default locale as returned
- * by Locale.getDefault()
+ * by {@code Locale.getDefault()}
*
* @exception NullPointerException
- * (unchecked exception) Thrown if printerName
is null.
+ * (unchecked exception) Thrown if {@code printerName} is null.
*/
public PrinterName(String printerName, Locale locale) {
super (printerName, locale);
@@ -70,20 +70,20 @@
* true:
*
*
*
* @param object Object to compare to.
*
- * @return True if object
is not null.
+ * {@code object} is not null.
* object
is an instance of class PrinterName.
+ * {@code object} is an instance of class PrinterName.
* object
's underlying string are equal.
+ * {@code object}'s underlying string are equal.
* object
's locale
+ * This printer name attribute's locale and {@code object}'s locale
* are equal.
* object
is equivalent to this printer
+ * @return True if {@code object} is equivalent to this printer
* name attribute, false otherwise.
*/
public boolean equals(Object object) {
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@
* instance.
* "printer-name"
.
+ * name is {@code "printer-name"}.
*
* @return Attribute category name.
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/standard/PrinterResolution.java 2015-10-04 22:56:15.001264659 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/standard/PrinterResolution.java 2015-10-04 22:56:14.813264668 +0400
@@ -61,9 +61,9 @@
* PrintQuality attribute which often controls resolution.
* "printer-resolution"
attribute can be obtained by calling
+ * {@code "printer-resolution"} attribute can be obtained by calling
* methods on the PrinterResolution object. The category name returned by
- * getName()
gives the IPP attribute name.
+ * {@code getName()} gives the IPP attribute name.
*
* @author David Mendenhall
* @author Alan Kaminsky
@@ -81,8 +81,8 @@
* @param feedResolution
* Feed direction resolution.
* @param units
- * Unit conversion factor, e.g. ResolutionSyntax.DPI
- * or ResolutionSyntax.DPCM
.
+ * Unit conversion factor, e.g. {@code ResolutionSyntax.DPI}
+ * or {@code ResolutionSyntax.DPCM}.
*
* @exception IllegalArgumentException
* (unchecked exception) Thrown if {@code crossFeedResolution < 1} or
@@ -99,20 +99,20 @@
* must be true:
*
*
*
* @param object Object to compare to.
*
- * @return True if object
is not null.
+ * {@code object} is not null.
* object
is an instance of class PrinterResolution.
+ * {@code object} is an instance of class PrinterResolution.
* object
's cross feed direction resolution.
+ * {@code object}'s cross feed direction resolution.
* object
's feed direction resolution.
+ * {@code object}'s feed direction resolution.
* object
is equivalent to this printer
+ * @return True if {@code object} is equivalent to this printer
* resolution attribute, false otherwise.
*/
public boolean equals(Object object) {
@@ -138,7 +138,7 @@
* instance.
* "printer-resolution"
.
+ * category name is {@code "printer-resolution"}.
*
* @return Attribute category name.
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/standard/PrinterState.java 2015-10-04 22:56:15.525264636 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/standard/PrinterState.java 2015-10-04 22:56:15.337264644 +0400
@@ -39,8 +39,8 @@
* in given printer state.
* getName()
is the IPP attribute name. The enumeration's
- * integer value is the IPP enum value. The toString()
method
+ * {@code getName()} is the IPP attribute name. The enumeration's
+ * integer value is the IPP enum value. The {@code toString()} method
* returns the IPP string representation of the attribute value.
*
* @author Alan Kaminsky
@@ -130,7 +130,7 @@
* Get the name of the category of which this attribute value is an
* instance.
* "printer-state"
.
+ * For class PrinterState, the category name is {@code "printer-state"}.
*
* @return Attribute category name.
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/standard/PrinterStateReason.java 2015-10-04 22:56:16.037264613 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/standard/PrinterStateReason.java 2015-10-04 22:56:15.861264621 +0400
@@ -56,10 +56,10 @@
* toString()
- * methods, concatenated together with a hyphen ("-"
) in
+ * associated {@link Severity} object's {@code toString()}
+ * methods, concatenated together with a hyphen ({@code "-"}) in
* between, gives the IPP keyword value for a {@link PrinterStateReasons}.
- * The category name returned by getName()
gives the IPP
+ * The category name returned by {@code getName()} gives the IPP
* attribute name.
*
* @author Alan Kaminsky
@@ -432,7 +432,7 @@
* instance.
* "printer-state-reason"
.
+ * category name is {@code "printer-state-reason"}.
*
* @return Attribute category name.
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/standard/PrinterURI.java 2015-10-04 22:56:16.565264589 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/standard/PrinterURI.java 2015-10-04 22:56:16.373264598 +0400
@@ -38,8 +38,8 @@
* toString()
gives the IPP printer-uri value.
- * The category name returned by getName()
+ * {@code toString()} gives the IPP printer-uri value.
+ * The category name returned by {@code getName()}
* gives the IPP attribute name.
*
* @author Robert Herriot
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@
* @param uri URI of the printer
*
* @exception NullPointerException
- * (unchecked exception) Thrown if uri
is null.
+ * (unchecked exception) Thrown if {@code uri} is null.
*/
public PrinterURI(URI uri) {
super (uri);
@@ -68,17 +68,17 @@
* true:
*
*
*
* @param object Object to compare to.
*
- * @return True if object
is not null.
+ * {@code object} is not null.
* object
is an instance of class PrinterURI.
+ * {@code object} is an instance of class PrinterURI.
* object
's underlying URI are equal.
+ * {@code object}'s underlying URI are equal.
* object
is equivalent to this PrinterURI
+ * @return True if {@code object} is equivalent to this PrinterURI
* attribute, false otherwise.
*/
public boolean equals(Object object) {
@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@
* instance.
* "printer-uri"
.
+ * name is {@code "printer-uri"}.
*
* @return Attribute category name.
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/standard/QueuedJobCount.java 2015-10-04 22:56:17.085264566 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/standard/QueuedJobCount.java 2015-10-04 22:56:16.897264574 +0400
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
* PENDING, PENDING_HELD, PROCESSING, or PROCESSING_STOPPED.
* getName()
gives the IPP
+ * The category name returned by {@code getName()} gives the IPP
* attribute name.
*
* @author Alan Kaminsky
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
* @param value Integer value.
*
* @exception IllegalArgumentException
- * (Unchecked exception) Thrown if value
is less than 0.
+ * (Unchecked exception) Thrown if {@code value} is less than 0.
*/
public QueuedJobCount(int value) {
super (value, 0, Integer.MAX_VALUE);
@@ -63,17 +63,17 @@
* mus be true:
*
*
*
* @param object Object to compare to.
*
- * @return True if object
is not null.
+ * {@code object} is not null.
* object
is an instance of class QueuedJobCount.
+ * {@code object} is an instance of class QueuedJobCount.
* object
's
+ * This queued job count attribute's value and {@code object}'s
* value are equal.
* object
is equivalent to this queued job
+ * @return True if {@code object} is equivalent to this queued job
* count attribute, false otherwise.
*/
public boolean equals(Object object) {
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@
* instance.
* "queued-job-count"
.
+ * category name is {@code "queued-job-count"}.
*
* @return Attribute category name.
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/standard/ReferenceUriSchemesSupported.java 2015-10-04 22:56:17.609264542 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/standard/ReferenceUriSchemesSupported.java 2015-10-04 22:56:17.433264550 +0400
@@ -32,13 +32,13 @@
* an enumeration, that indicates a "URI scheme," such as "http:" or "ftp:",
* that a printer can use to retrieve print data stored at a URI location.
* If a printer supports doc flavors with a print data representation class of
- * "java.net.URL"
, the printer uses instances of class
+ * {@code "java.net.URL"}, the printer uses instances of class
* ReferenceUriSchemesSupported to advertise the URI schemes it can accept.
* The acceptable URI schemes are included as service attributes in the
* lookup service; this lets clients search the
* for printers that can get print data using a certain URI scheme. The
* acceptable URI schemes can also be queried using the capability methods in
- * interface PrintService
. However,
+ * interface {@code PrintService}. However,
* ReferenceUriSchemesSupported attributes are used solely for determining
* acceptable URI schemes, they are never included in a doc's,
* print request's, print job's, or print service's attribute set.
@@ -52,8 +52,8 @@
* can define them in a subclass of class ReferenceUriSchemesSupported.
* getName()
is the IPP attribute name. The enumeration's
- * integer value is the IPP enum value. The toString()
method
+ * {@code getName()} is the IPP attribute name. The enumeration's
+ * integer value is the IPP enum value. The {@code toString()} method
* returns the IPP string representation of the attribute value.
*
* @author Alan Kaminsky
@@ -171,7 +171,7 @@
* "reference-uri-schemes-supported"
.
+ * {@code "reference-uri-schemes-supported"}.
*
* @return Attribute category name.
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/standard/RequestingUserName.java 2015-10-04 22:56:18.125264519 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/standard/RequestingUserName.java 2015-10-04 22:56:17.945264527 +0400
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@
* getName()
gives the IPP attribute name.
+ * {@code getName()} gives the IPP attribute name.
*
* @author Alan Kaminsky
*/
@@ -63,10 +63,10 @@
* @param userName User name.
* @param locale Natural language of the text string. null
* is interpreted to mean the default locale as returned
- * by Locale.getDefault()
+ * by {@code Locale.getDefault()}
*
* @exception NullPointerException
- * (unchecked exception) Thrown if userName
is null.
+ * (unchecked exception) Thrown if {@code userName} is null.
*/
public RequestingUserName(String userName, Locale locale) {
super (userName, locale);
@@ -78,20 +78,20 @@
* conditions must be true:
*
*
*
* @param object Object to compare to.
*
- * @return True if object
is not null.
+ * {@code object} is not null.
* object
is an instance of class RequestingUserName.
+ * {@code object} is an instance of class RequestingUserName.
* object
's underlying string are equal.
+ * {@code object}'s underlying string are equal.
* object
's locale are equal.
+ * {@code object}'s locale are equal.
* object
is equivalent to this requesting
+ * @return True if {@code object} is equivalent to this requesting
* user name attribute, false otherwise.
*/
public boolean equals(Object object) {
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@
* instance.
* "requesting-user-name"
.
+ * category name is {@code "requesting-user-name"}.
*
* @return Attribute category name.
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/standard/Severity.java 2015-10-04 22:56:18.665264495 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/standard/Severity.java 2015-10-04 22:56:18.477264503 +0400
@@ -50,13 +50,13 @@
* {@link PrinterState PrinterState} also changed.
* Severity.toString()
returns either "error", "warning", or
+ * {@code Severity.toString()} returns either "error", "warning", or
* "report". The string values returned by
* each individual {@link PrinterStateReason} and
- * associated {@link Severity} object's toString()
- * methods, concatenated together with a hyphen ("-"
) in
+ * associated {@link Severity} object's {@code toString()}
+ * methods, concatenated together with a hyphen ({@code "-"}) in
* between, gives the IPP keyword value for a {@link PrinterStateReasons}.
- * The category name returned by getName()
gives the IPP
+ * The category name returned by {@code getName()} gives the IPP
* attribute name.
*
* @author Alan Kaminsky
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@
* Get the name of the category of which this attribute value is an
* instance.
* "severity"
.
+ * For class Severit, the category name is {@code "severity"}.
*
* @return Attribute category name.
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/standard/SheetCollate.java 2015-10-04 22:56:19.189264471 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/standard/SheetCollate.java 2015-10-04 22:56:19.001264480 +0400
@@ -222,7 +222,7 @@
* Get the name of the category of which this attribute value is an
* instance.
* "sheet-collate"
.
+ * For class SheetCollate, the category name is {@code "sheet-collate"}.
*
* @return Attribute category name.
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/standard/Sides.java 2015-10-04 22:56:19.741264446 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/attribute/standard/Sides.java 2015-10-04 22:56:19.521264456 +0400
@@ -110,8 +110,8 @@
*
* getName()
is the IPP attribute name. The enumeration's
- * integer value is the IPP enum value. The toString()
method
+ * {@code getName()} is the IPP attribute name. The enumeration's
+ * integer value is the IPP enum value. The {@code toString()} method
* returns the IPP string representation of the attribute value.
*
* @author Alan Kaminsky
@@ -210,7 +210,7 @@
* Get the name of the category of which this attribute value is an
* instance.
* "sides"
.
+ * For class Sides, the category name is {@code "sides"}.
*
* @return Attribute category name.
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/event/PrintEvent.java 2015-10-04 22:56:20.265264423 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/event/PrintEvent.java 2015-10-04 22:56:20.077264431 +0400
@@ -37,8 +37,8 @@
/**
* Constructs a PrintEvent object.
* @param source is the source of the event
- * @throws IllegalArgumentException if source
is
- * null
.
+ * @throws IllegalArgumentException if {@code source} is
+ * {@code null}.
*/
public PrintEvent (Object source) {
super(source);
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/event/PrintJobAttributeEvent.java 2015-10-04 22:56:20.785264400 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/event/PrintJobAttributeEvent.java 2015-10-04 22:56:20.597264408 +0400
@@ -45,8 +45,8 @@
* Constructs a PrintJobAttributeEvent object.
* @param source the print job generating this event
* @param attributes the attribute changes being reported
- * @throws IllegalArgumentException if source
is
- * null
.
+ * @throws IllegalArgumentException if {@code source} is
+ * {@code null}.
*/
public PrintJobAttributeEvent (DocPrintJob source,
PrintJobAttributeSet attributes) {
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/event/PrintJobAttributeListener.java 2015-10-04 22:56:21.305264376 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/event/PrintJobAttributeListener.java 2015-10-04 22:56:21.117264385 +0400
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
* One example of an occurrence triggering this event is if the
* {@link javax.print.attribute.standard.JobState JobState}
* attribute changed from
- * PROCESSING
to PROCESSING_STOPPED
.
+ * {@code PROCESSING} to {@code PROCESSING_STOPPED}.
* @param pjae the event.
*/
public void attributeUpdate(PrintJobAttributeEvent pjae) ;
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/event/PrintJobEvent.java 2015-10-04 22:56:21.825264353 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/event/PrintJobEvent.java 2015-10-04 22:56:21.637264361 +0400
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
/**
*
- * Class PrintJobEvent
encapsulates common events a print job
+ * Class {@code PrintJobEvent} encapsulates common events a print job
* reports to let a listener know of progress in the processing of the
* {@link DocPrintJob}.
*
@@ -86,12 +86,12 @@
public static final int DATA_TRANSFER_COMPLETE = 106;
/**
- * Constructs a PrintJobEvent
object.
+ * Constructs a {@code PrintJobEvent} object.
*
- * @param source a DocPrintJob
object
+ * @param source a {@code DocPrintJob} object
* @param reason an int specifying the reason.
- * @throws IllegalArgumentException if source
is
- * null
.
+ * @throws IllegalArgumentException if {@code source} is
+ * {@code null}.
*/
public PrintJobEvent( DocPrintJob source, int reason) {
@@ -109,12 +109,12 @@
}
/**
- * Determines the DocPrintJob
to which this print job
+ * Determines the {@code DocPrintJob} to which this print job
* event pertains.
*
- * @return the DocPrintJob
object that represents the
+ * @return the {@code DocPrintJob} object that represents the
* print job that reports the events encapsulated by this
- * PrintJobEvent
.
+ * {@code PrintJobEvent}.
*
*/
public DocPrintJob getPrintJob() {
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/event/PrintServiceAttributeEvent.java 2015-10-04 22:56:22.349264329 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/print/event/PrintServiceAttributeEvent.java 2015-10-04 22:56:22.161264338 +0400
@@ -47,8 +47,8 @@
*
* @param source the print job generating this event
* @param attributes the attribute changes being reported
- * @throws IllegalArgumentException if source
is
- * null
.
+ * @throws IllegalArgumentException if {@code source} is
+ * {@code null}.
*/
public PrintServiceAttributeEvent(PrintService source,
PrintServiceAttributeSet attributes) {
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/AbstractAction.java 2015-10-04 22:56:22.921264304 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/AbstractAction.java 2015-10-04 22:56:22.681264314 +0400
@@ -38,11 +38,11 @@
import sun.security.action.GetPropertyAction;
/**
- * This class provides default implementations for the JFC Action
+ * This class provides default implementations for the JFC {@code Action}
* interface. Standard behaviors like the get and set methods for
- * Action
object properties (icon, text, and enabled) are defined
+ * {@code Action} object properties (icon, text, and enabled) are defined
* here. The developer need only subclass this abstract class and
- * define the actionPerformed
method.
+ * define the {@code actionPerformed} method.
* java.beans
package.
+ * has been added to the {@code java.beans} package.
* Please see {@link java.beans.XMLEncoder}.
*
* @author Georges Saab
@@ -155,11 +155,11 @@
}
/**
- * Gets the Object
associated with the specified key.
+ * Gets the {@code Object} associated with the specified key.
*
- * @param key a string containing the specified key
- * @return the binding Object
stored with this key; if there
- * are no keys, it will return null
+ * @param key a string containing the specified {@code key}
+ * @return the binding {@code Object} stored with this key; if there
+ * are no keys, it will return {@code null}
* @see Action#getValue
*/
public Object getValue(String key) {
@@ -173,10 +173,10 @@
}
/**
- * Sets the Value
associated with the specified key.
+ * Sets the {@code Value} associated with the specified key.
*
- * @param key the String
that identifies the stored object
- * @param newValue the Object
to store using this key
+ * @param key the {@code String} that identifies the stored object
+ * @param newValue the {@code Object} to store using this key
* @see Action#putValue
*/
public void putValue(String key, Object newValue) {
@@ -242,10 +242,10 @@
/**
- * Returns an array of Object
s which are keys for
- * which values have been set for this AbstractAction
,
- * or null
if no keys have values set.
- * @return an array of key objects, or null
if no
+ * Returns an array of {@code Object}s which are keys for
+ * which values have been set for this {@code AbstractAction},
+ * or {@code null} if no keys have values set.
+ * @return an array of key objects, or {@code null} if no
* keys have values set
* @since 1.3
*/
@@ -259,16 +259,16 @@
}
/**
- * If any PropertyChangeListeners
have been registered, the
- * changeSupport
field describes them.
+ * If any {@code PropertyChangeListeners} have been registered, the
+ * {@code changeSupport} field describes them.
*/
protected SwingPropertyChangeSupport changeSupport;
/**
* Supports reporting bound property changes. This method can be called
* when a bound property has changed and it will send the appropriate
- * PropertyChangeEvent
to any registered
- * PropertyChangeListeners
.
+ * {@code PropertyChangeEvent} to any registered
+ * {@code PropertyChangeListeners}.
*
* @param propertyName the name of the property that has changed
* @param oldValue the old value of the property
@@ -284,17 +284,17 @@
/**
- * Adds a PropertyChangeListener
to the listener list.
+ * Adds a {@code PropertyChangeListener} to the listener list.
* The listener is registered for all properties.
* PropertyChangeEvent
will get fired in response to setting
- * a bound property, e.g. setFont
, setBackground
,
- * or setForeground
.
+ * A {@code PropertyChangeEvent} will get fired in response to setting
+ * a bound property, e.g. {@code setFont}, {@code setBackground},
+ * or {@code setForeground}.
* Note that if the current component is inheriting its foreground,
* background, or font from its container, then no event will be
* fired in response to a change in the inherited property.
*
- * @param listener The PropertyChangeListener
to be added
+ * @param listener The {@code PropertyChangeListener} to be added
*
* @see Action#addPropertyChangeListener
*/
@@ -307,11 +307,11 @@
/**
- * Removes a PropertyChangeListener
from the listener list.
- * This removes a PropertyChangeListener
that was registered
+ * Removes a {@code PropertyChangeListener} from the listener list.
+ * This removes a {@code PropertyChangeListener} that was registered
* for all properties.
*
- * @param listener the PropertyChangeListener
to be removed
+ * @param listener the {@code PropertyChangeListener} to be removed
*
* @see Action#removePropertyChangeListener
*/
@@ -324,10 +324,10 @@
/**
- * Returns an array of all the PropertyChangeListener
s added
+ * Returns an array of all the {@code PropertyChangeListener}s added
* to this AbstractAction with addPropertyChangeListener().
*
- * @return all of the PropertyChangeListener
s added or an empty
+ * @return all of the {@code PropertyChangeListener}s added or an empty
* array if no listeners have been added
* @since 1.4
*/
@@ -342,7 +342,7 @@
/**
* Clones the abstract action. This gives the clone
* its own copy of the key/value list,
- * which is not handled for you by Object.clone()
.
+ * which is not handled for you by {@code Object.clone()}.
**/
protected Object clone() throws CloneNotSupportedException {
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/AbstractButton.java 2015-10-04 22:56:23.449264280 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/AbstractButton.java 2015-10-04 22:56:23.261264288 +0400
@@ -49,9 +49,9 @@
* Action
s. Using an
- * Action
with a button has many benefits beyond directly
+ * {@code Action} with a button has many benefits beyond directly
* configuring a button. Refer to
- * Swing Components Supporting Action
for more
+ * Swing Components Supporting {@code Action} for more
* details, and you can find more information in How
* to Use Actions, a section in The Java Tutorial.
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@
* appropriate for short term storage or RMI between applications running
* the same version of Swing. As of 1.4, support for long term storage
* of all JavaBeans™
- * has been added to the java.beans
package.
+ * has been added to the {@code java.beans} package.
* Please see {@link java.beans.XMLEncoder}.
*
* @author Jeff Dinkins
@@ -216,20 +216,20 @@
private Handler handler;
/**
- * The button model's changeListener
.
+ * The button model's {@code changeListener}.
*/
protected ChangeListener changeListener = null;
/**
- * The button model's ActionListener
.
+ * The button model's {@code ActionListener}.
*/
protected ActionListener actionListener = null;
/**
- * The button model's ItemListener
.
+ * The button model's {@code ItemListener}.
*/
protected ItemListener itemListener = null;
/**
- * Only one ChangeEvent
is needed per button
+ * Only one {@code ChangeEvent} is needed per button
* instance since the
* event's only state is the source property. The source of events
* generated is always "this".
@@ -239,15 +239,15 @@
private boolean hideActionText = false;
/**
- * Sets the hideActionText
property, which determines
- * whether the button displays text from the Action
.
- * This is useful only if an Action
has been
+ * Sets the {@code hideActionText} property, which determines
+ * whether the button displays text from the {@code Action}.
+ * This is useful only if an {@code Action} has been
* installed on the button.
*
- * @param hideActionText true
if the button's
- * text
property should not reflect
- * that of the Action
; the default is
- * false
+ * @param hideActionText {@code true} if the button's
+ * {@code text} property should not reflect
+ * that of the {@code Action}; the default is
+ * {@code false}
* @see Swing Components Supporting
* Action
* @since 1.6
@@ -255,7 +255,7 @@
* bound: true
* expert: true
* description: Whether the text of the button should come from
- * the Action
.
+ * the {@code Action}.
*/
public void setHideActionText(boolean hideActionText) {
if (hideActionText != this.hideActionText) {
@@ -269,14 +269,14 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the value of the hideActionText
property, which
+ * Returns the value of the {@code hideActionText} property, which
* determines whether the button displays text from the
- * Action
. This is useful only if an Action
+ * {@code Action}. This is useful only if an {@code Action}
* has been installed on the button.
*
- * @return true
if the button's text
+ * @return {@code true} if the button's {@code text}
* property should not reflect that of the
- * Action
; the default is false
+ * {@code Action}; the default is {@code false}
* @since 1.6
*/
public boolean getHideActionText() {
@@ -331,8 +331,8 @@
/**
* Sets the state of the button. Note that this method does not
- * trigger an actionEvent
.
- * Call doClick
to perform a programmatic action change.
+ * trigger an {@code actionEvent}.
+ * Call {@code doClick} to perform a programmatic action change.
*
* @param b true if the button is selected, otherwise false
*/
@@ -361,7 +361,7 @@
/**
* Programmatically perform a "click". This does the same
* thing as if the user had pressed and released the button.
- * The button stays visually "pressed" for pressTime
+ * The button stays visually "pressed" for {@code pressTime}
* milliseconds.
*
* @param pressTime the time to "hold down" the button, in milliseconds
@@ -381,11 +381,11 @@
/**
* Sets space for margin between the button's border and
- * the label. Setting to null
will cause the button to
- * use the default margin. The button's default Border
+ * the label. Setting to {@code null} will cause the button to
+ * use the default margin. The button's default {@code Border}
* object will use this value to create the proper margin.
* However, if a non-default border is set on the button,
- * it is that Border
object's responsibility to create the
+ * it is that {@code Border} object's responsibility to create the
* appropriate margin space (else this property will
* effectively be ignored).
*
@@ -423,7 +423,7 @@
* Returns the margin between the button's border and
* the label.
*
- * @return an Insets
object specifying the margin
+ * @return an {@code Insets} object specifying the margin
* between the botton's border and the label
* @see #setMargin
*/
@@ -433,7 +433,7 @@
/**
* Returns the default icon.
- * @return the default Icon
+ * @return the default {@code Icon}
* @see #setIcon
*/
public Icon getIcon() {
@@ -484,7 +484,7 @@
/**
* Returns the pressed icon for the button.
- * @return the pressedIcon
property
+ * @return the {@code pressedIcon} property
* @see #setPressedIcon
*/
public Icon getPressedIcon() {
@@ -518,7 +518,7 @@
/**
* Returns the selected icon for the button.
- * @return the selectedIcon
property
+ * @return the {@code selectedIcon} property
* @see #setSelectedIcon
*/
public Icon getSelectedIcon() {
@@ -564,7 +564,7 @@
/**
* Returns the rollover icon for the button.
- * @return the rolloverIcon
property
+ * @return the {@code rolloverIcon} property
* @see #setRolloverIcon
*/
public Icon getRolloverIcon() {
@@ -600,7 +600,7 @@
/**
* Returns the rollover selection icon for the button.
- * @return the rolloverSelectedIcon
property
+ * @return the {@code rolloverSelectedIcon} property
* @see #setRolloverSelectedIcon
*/
public Icon getRolloverSelectedIcon() {
@@ -644,7 +644,7 @@
* Some look and feels might not render the disabled Icon, in which
* case they will ignore this.
*
- * @return the disabledIcon
property
+ * @return the {@code disabledIcon} property
* @see #getPressedIcon
* @see #setDisabledIcon
* @see javax.swing.LookAndFeel#getDisabledIcon
@@ -690,12 +690,12 @@
* If no disabled selection icon has been set, this will forward
* the call to the LookAndFeel to construct an appropriate disabled
* Icon from the selection icon if it has been set and to
- * getDisabledIcon()
otherwise.
+ * {@code getDisabledIcon()} otherwise.
* disabledSelectedIcon
property
+ * @return the {@code disabledSelectedIcon} property
* @see #getDisabledIcon
* @see #setDisabledSelectedIcon
* @see javax.swing.LookAndFeel#getDisabledSelectedIcon
@@ -746,7 +746,7 @@
/**
* Returns the vertical alignment of the text and icon.
*
- * @return the verticalAlignment
property, one of the
+ * @return the {@code verticalAlignment} property, one of the
* following values:
*
*
horizontalAlignment
property,
+ * @return the {@code horizontalAlignment} property,
* one of the following values:
*
*
verticalTextPosition
property,
+ * @return the {@code verticalTextPosition} property,
* one of the following values:
*
*
horizontalTextPosition
property,
+ * @return the {@code horizontalTextPosition} property,
* one of the following values:
*
*
- * @exception IllegalArgumentException if textPosition
+ * @exception IllegalArgumentException if {@code textPosition}
* is not one of the legal values listed above
* @beaninfo
* bound: true
@@ -1063,32 +1063,32 @@
private PropertyChangeListener actionPropertyChangeListener;
/**
- * Sets the Action
.
- * The new Action
replaces any previously set
- * Action
but does not affect ActionListeners
- * independently added with addActionListener
.
- * If the Action
is already a registered
- * ActionListener
for the button, it is not re-registered.
+ * Sets the {@code Action}.
+ * The new {@code Action} replaces any previously set
+ * {@code Action} but does not affect {@code ActionListeners}
+ * independently added with {@code addActionListener}.
+ * If the {@code Action} is already a registered
+ * {@code ActionListener} for the button, it is not re-registered.
* Action
results in immediately changing
+ * Setting the {@code Action} results in immediately changing
* all the properties described in
- * Swing Components Supporting Action
.
+ * Swing Components Supporting {@code Action}.
* Subsequently, the button's properties are automatically updated
- * as the Action
's properties change.
+ * as the {@code Action}'s properties change.
* Action
's property values.
- * It uses the configurePropertiesFromAction
method
+ * and help track the {@code Action}'s property values.
+ * It uses the {@code configurePropertiesFromAction} method
* to immediately change the button's properties.
- * To track changes in the Action
's property values,
- * this method registers the PropertyChangeListener
- * returned by createActionPropertyChangeListener
. The
+ * To track changes in the {@code Action}'s property values,
+ * this method registers the {@code PropertyChangeListener}
+ * returned by {@code createActionPropertyChangeListener}. The
* default {@code PropertyChangeListener} invokes the
* {@code actionPropertyChanged} method when a property in the
* {@code Action} changes.
*
- * @param a the Action
for the AbstractButton
,
- * or null
+ * @param a the {@code Action} for the {@code AbstractButton},
+ * or {@code null}
* @since 1.3
* @see Action
* @see #getAction
@@ -1135,12 +1135,12 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the currently set Action
for this
- * ActionEvent
source, or null
- * if no Action
is set.
+ * Returns the currently set {@code Action} for this
+ * {@code ActionEvent} source, or {@code null}
+ * if no {@code Action} is set.
*
- * @return the Action
for this ActionEvent
- * source, or null
+ * @return the {@code Action} for this {@code ActionEvent}
+ * source, or {@code null}
* @since 1.3
* @see Action
* @see #setAction
@@ -1151,12 +1151,12 @@
/**
* Sets the properties on this button to match those in the specified
- * Action
. Refer to
- * Swing Components Supporting Action
for more
+ * {@code Action}. Refer to
+ * Swing Components Supporting {@code Action} for more
* details as to which properties this sets.
*
- * @param a the Action
from which to get the properties,
- * or null
+ * @param a the {@code Action} from which to get the properties,
+ * or {@code null}
* @since 1.3
* @see Action
* @see #setAction
@@ -1205,10 +1205,10 @@
* {@code configurePropertiesFromAction}.
* Action
for a list of
+ * Swing Components Supporting {@code Action} for a list of
* the properties this method sets.
*
- * @param action the Action
associated with this button
+ * @param action the {@code Action} associated with this button
* @param propertyName the name of the property that changed
* @since 1.6
* @see Action
@@ -1330,13 +1330,13 @@
}
/**
- * Creates and returns a PropertyChangeListener
that is
+ * Creates and returns a {@code PropertyChangeListener} that is
* responsible for listening for changes from the specified
- * Action
and updating the appropriate properties.
+ * {@code Action} and updating the appropriate properties.
* Action
.
+ * that of the {@code Action}.
*
* @param a the button's action
* @return the {@code PropertyChangeListener}
@@ -1371,9 +1371,9 @@
}
/**
- * Gets the borderPainted
property.
+ * Gets the {@code borderPainted} property.
*
- * @return the value of the borderPainted
property
+ * @return the value of the {@code borderPainted} property
* @see #setBorderPainted
*/
public boolean isBorderPainted() {
@@ -1381,16 +1381,16 @@
}
/**
- * Sets the borderPainted
property.
- * If true
and the button has a border,
+ * Sets the {@code borderPainted} property.
+ * If {@code true} and the button has a border,
* the border is painted. The default value for the
- * borderPainted
property is true
.
+ * {@code borderPainted} property is {@code true}.
* borderPainted
property,
+ * the {@code borderPainted} property,
* in which case they ignore this.
*
- * @param b if true and border property is not null
,
+ * @param b if true and border property is not {@code null},
* the border is painted
* @see #isBorderPainted
* @beaninfo
@@ -1410,9 +1410,9 @@
}
/**
- * Paint the button's border if BorderPainted
+ * Paint the button's border if {@code BorderPainted}
* property is true and the button has a border.
- * @param g the Graphics
context in which to paint
+ * @param g the {@code Graphics} context in which to paint
*
* @see #paint
* @see #setBorder
@@ -1424,9 +1424,9 @@
}
/**
- * Gets the paintFocus
property.
+ * Gets the {@code paintFocus} property.
*
- * @return the paintFocus
property
+ * @return the {@code paintFocus} property
* @see #setFocusPainted
*/
public boolean isFocusPainted() {
@@ -1434,14 +1434,14 @@
}
/**
- * Sets the paintFocus
property, which must
- * be true
for the focus state to be painted.
- * The default value for the paintFocus
property
- * is true
.
+ * Sets the {@code paintFocus} property, which must
+ * be {@code true} for the focus state to be painted.
+ * The default value for the {@code paintFocus} property
+ * is {@code true}.
* Some look and feels might not paint focus state;
* they will ignore this property.
*
- * @param b if true
, the focus state should be painted
+ * @param b if {@code true}, the focus state should be painted
* @see #isFocusPainted
* @beaninfo
* bound: true
@@ -1459,9 +1459,9 @@
}
/**
- * Gets the contentAreaFilled
property.
+ * Gets the {@code contentAreaFilled} property.
*
- * @return the contentAreaFilled
property
+ * @return the {@code contentAreaFilled} property
* @see #setContentAreaFilled
*/
public boolean isContentAreaFilled() {
@@ -1469,13 +1469,13 @@
}
/**
- * Sets the contentAreaFilled
property.
- * If true
the button will paint the content
+ * Sets the {@code contentAreaFilled} property.
+ * If {@code true} the button will paint the content
* area. If you wish to have a transparent button, such as
* an icon only button, for example, then you should set
- * this to false
. Do not call setOpaque(false)
.
- * The default value for the contentAreaFilled
- * property is true
.
+ * this to {@code false}. Do not call {@code setOpaque(false)}.
+ * The default value for the {@code contentAreaFilled}
+ * property is {@code true}.
* rolloverEnabled
property.
+ * Gets the {@code rolloverEnabled} property.
*
- * @return the value of the rolloverEnabled
property
+ * @return the value of the {@code rolloverEnabled} property
* @see #setRolloverEnabled
*/
public boolean isRolloverEnabled() {
@@ -1513,14 +1513,14 @@
}
/**
- * Sets the rolloverEnabled
property, which
- * must be true
for rollover effects to occur.
- * The default value for the rolloverEnabled
- * property is false
.
+ * Sets the {@code rolloverEnabled} property, which
+ * must be {@code true} for rollover effects to occur.
+ * The default value for the {@code rolloverEnabled}
+ * property is {@code false}.
* Some look and feels might not implement rollover effects;
* they will ignore this property.
*
- * @param b if true
, rollover effects should be painted
+ * @param b if {@code true}, rollover effects should be painted
* @see #isRolloverEnabled
* @beaninfo
* bound: true
@@ -1553,11 +1553,11 @@
* window.
* VK_XXX
- * keycodes defined in java.awt.event.KeyEvent
.
+ * and should be specified using one of the {@code VK_XXX}
+ * keycodes defined in {@code java.awt.event.KeyEvent}.
* These codes and the wider array of codes for international
* keyboards may be obtained through
- * java.awt.event.KeyEvent.getExtendedKeyCodeForChar
.
+ * {@code java.awt.event.KeyEvent.getExtendedKeyCodeForChar}.
* Mnemonics are case-insensitive, therefore a key event
* with the corresponding keycode would cause the button to be
* activated whether or not the Shift modifier was pressed.
@@ -1582,7 +1582,7 @@
}
/**
- * This method is now obsolete, please use setMnemonic(int)
+ * This method is now obsolete, please use {@code setMnemonic(int)}
* to set the mnemonic for a button. This method is only designed
* to handle character values which fall between 'a' and 'z' or
* 'A' and 'Z'.
@@ -1614,12 +1614,12 @@
* you do not wish the default character to be underlined. For example, if
* the text was 'Save As', with a mnemonic of 'a', and you wanted the 'A'
* to be decorated, as 'Save As', you would have to invoke
- * setDisplayedMnemonicIndex(5)
after invoking
- * setMnemonic(KeyEvent.VK_A)
.
+ * {@code setDisplayedMnemonicIndex(5)} after invoking
+ * {@code setMnemonic(KeyEvent.VK_A)}.
*
* @since 1.4
* @param index Index into the String to underline
- * @exception IllegalArgumentException will be thrown if index
+ * @exception IllegalArgumentException will be thrown if {@code index}
* is >= length of the text, or < -1
* @see #getDisplayedMnemonicIndex
*
@@ -1732,7 +1732,7 @@
/**
* Returns the model that this button represents.
- * @return the model
property
+ * @return the {@code model} property
* @see #setModel
*/
public ButtonModel getModel() {
@@ -1741,7 +1741,7 @@
/**
* Sets the model that this button represents.
- * @param newModel the new ButtonModel
+ * @param newModel the new {@code ButtonModel}
* @see #getModel
* @beaninfo
* bound: true
@@ -1802,7 +1802,7 @@
/**
* Sets the L&F object that renders this component.
- * @param ui the ButtonUI
L&F object
+ * @param ui the {@code ButtonUI} L&F object
* @see #getUI
* @beaninfo
* bound: true
@@ -1824,9 +1824,9 @@
/**
* Resets the UI property to a value from the current look
- * and feel. Subtypes of AbstractButton
+ * and feel. Subtypes of {@code AbstractButton}
* should override this to update the UI. For
- * example, JButton
might do the following:
+ * example, {@code JButton} might do the following:
*
* setUI((ButtonUI)UIManager.getUI(
* "ButtonUI", "javax.swing.plaf.basic.BasicButtonUI", this));
@@ -1845,9 +1845,9 @@
* @param constraints an object expressing layout constraints
* for this component
* @param index the position in the container's list at which to
- * insert the component, where
*
* @param i zero-based index of the key bindings
* @return a javax.lang.Object which specifies the key binding
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/AbstractCellEditor.java 2015-10-04 22:56:24.041264253 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/AbstractCellEditor.java 2015-10-04 22:56:23.853264262 +0400
@@ -31,9 +31,9 @@
/**
*
- * A base class for -1
+ * insert the component, where {@code -1}
* means append to the end
- * @exception IllegalArgumentException if index
is invalid
+ * @exception IllegalArgumentException if {@code index} is invalid
* @exception IllegalArgumentException if adding the container's parent
* to itself
* @exception IllegalArgumentException if adding a window to a container
@@ -1874,7 +1874,7 @@
}
/**
- * Adds a ChangeListener
to the button.
+ * Adds a {@code ChangeListener} to the button.
* @param l the listener to be added
*/
public void addChangeListener(ChangeListener l) {
@@ -1890,10 +1890,10 @@
}
/**
- * Returns an array of all the ChangeListener
s added
+ * Returns an array of all the {@code ChangeListener}s added
* to this AbstractButton with addChangeListener().
*
- * @return all of the ChangeListener
s added or an empty
+ * @return all of the {@code ChangeListener}s added or an empty
* array if no listeners have been added
* @since 1.4
*/
@@ -1923,18 +1923,18 @@
}
/**
- * Adds an ActionListener
to the button.
- * @param l the ActionListener
to be added
+ * Adds an {@code ActionListener} to the button.
+ * @param l the {@code ActionListener} to be added
*/
public void addActionListener(ActionListener l) {
listenerList.add(ActionListener.class, l);
}
/**
- * Removes an ActionListener
from the button.
- * If the listener is the currently set Action
- * for the button, then the Action
- * is set to null
.
+ * Removes an {@code ActionListener} from the button.
+ * If the listener is the currently set {@code Action}
+ * for the button, then the {@code Action}
+ * is set to {@code null}.
*
* @param l the listener to be removed
*/
@@ -1947,10 +1947,10 @@
}
/**
- * Returns an array of all the ActionListener
s added
+ * Returns an array of all the {@code ActionListener}s added
* to this AbstractButton with addActionListener().
*
- * @return all of the ActionListener
s added or an empty
+ * @return all of the {@code ActionListener}s added or an empty
* array if no listeners have been added
* @since 1.4
*/
@@ -1959,18 +1959,18 @@
}
/**
- * Subclasses that want to handle ChangeEvents
differently
- * can override this to return another ChangeListener
+ * Subclasses that want to handle {@code ChangeEvents} differently
+ * can override this to return another {@code ChangeListener}
* implementation.
*
- * @return the new ChangeListener
+ * @return the new {@code ChangeListener}
*/
protected ChangeListener createChangeListener() {
return getHandler();
}
/**
- * Extends ChangeListener
to be serializable.
+ * Extends {@code ChangeListener} to be serializable.
* java.beans
package.
+ * has been added to the {@code java.beans} package.
* Please see {@link java.beans.XMLEncoder}.
*/
@SuppressWarnings("serial")
@@ -1997,10 +1997,10 @@
/**
* Notifies all listeners that have registered interest for
* notification on this event type. The event instance
- * is lazily created using the event
+ * is lazily created using the {@code event}
* parameter.
*
- * @param event the ActionEvent
object
+ * @param event the {@code ActionEvent} object
* @see EventListenerList
*/
protected void fireActionPerformed(ActionEvent event) {
@@ -2031,9 +2031,9 @@
/**
* Notifies all listeners that have registered interest for
* notification on this event type. The event instance
- * is lazily created using the event
parameter.
+ * is lazily created using the {@code event} parameter.
*
- * @param event the ItemEvent
object
+ * @param event the {@code ItemEvent} object
* @see EventListenerList
*/
protected void fireItemStateChanged(ItemEvent event) {
@@ -2109,8 +2109,8 @@
/**
* Returns the label text.
*
- * @return a String
containing the label
- * @deprecated - Replaced by getText
+ * @return a {@code String} containing the label
+ * @deprecated - Replaced by {@code getText}
*/
@Deprecated
public String getLabel() {
@@ -2120,8 +2120,8 @@
/**
* Sets the label text.
*
- * @param label a String
containing the text
- * @deprecated - Replaced by setText(text)
+ * @param label a {@code String} containing the text
+ * @deprecated - Replaced by {@code setText(text)}
* @beaninfo
* bound: true
* description: Replace by setText(text)
@@ -2132,26 +2132,26 @@
}
/**
- * Adds an ItemListener
to the checkbox
.
- * @param l the ItemListener
to be added
+ * Adds an {@code ItemListener} to the {@code checkbox}.
+ * @param l the {@code ItemListener} to be added
*/
public void addItemListener(ItemListener l) {
listenerList.add(ItemListener.class, l);
}
/**
- * Removes an ItemListener
from the button.
- * @param l the ItemListener
to be removed
+ * Removes an {@code ItemListener} from the button.
+ * @param l the {@code ItemListener} to be removed
*/
public void removeItemListener(ItemListener l) {
listenerList.remove(ItemListener.class, l);
}
/**
- * Returns an array of all the ItemListener
s added
+ * Returns an array of all the {@code ItemListener}s added
* to this AbstractButton with addItemListener().
*
- * @return all of the ItemListener
s added or an empty
+ * @return all of the {@code ItemListener}s added or an empty
* array if no listeners have been added
* @since 1.4
*/
@@ -2161,10 +2161,10 @@
/**
* Returns an array (length 1) containing the label or
- * null
if the button is not selected.
+ * {@code null} if the button is not selected.
*
* @return an array containing 1 Object: the text of the button,
- * if the item is selected; otherwise null
+ * if the item is selected; otherwise {@code null}
*/
public Object[] getSelectedObjects() {
if (isSelected() == false) {
@@ -2199,11 +2199,11 @@
/**
- * This is overridden to return false if the current Icon
's
- * Image
is not equal to the
- * passed in Image
img
.
+ * This is overridden to return false if the current {@code Icon}'s
+ * {@code Image} is not equal to the
+ * passed in {@code Image img}.
*
- * @param img the Image
to be compared
+ * @param img the {@code Image} to be compared
* @param infoflags flags used to repaint the button when the image
* is updated and which determine how much is to be painted
* @param x the x coordinate
@@ -2275,17 +2275,17 @@
}
/**
- * Returns a string representation of this AbstractButton
.
+ * Returns a string representation of this {@code AbstractButton}.
* This method
* is intended to be used only for debugging purposes, and the
* content and format of the returned string may vary between
* implementations. The returned string may be empty but may not
- * be null
.
+ * be {@code null}.
* paramString
to provide information about the
+ * Overriding {@code paramString} to provide information about the
* specific new aspects of the JFC components.
*
- * @return a string representation of this AbstractButton
+ * @return a string representation of this {@code AbstractButton}
*/
protected String paramString() {
String defaultIconString = ((defaultIcon != null)
@@ -2390,7 +2390,7 @@
///////////////////
/**
* This class implements accessibility support for the
- * AbstractButton
class. It provides an implementation of the
+ * {@code AbstractButton} class. It provides an implementation of the
* Java Accessibility API appropriate to button and menu item
* user-interface elements.
* java.beans
package.
+ * has been added to the {@code java.beans} package.
* Please see {@link java.beans.XMLEncoder}.
* @since 1.4
*/
@@ -2413,7 +2413,7 @@
* Returns the accessible name of this object.
*
* @return the localized name of the object -- can be
- * null
if this
+ * {@code null} if this
* object does not have a name
*/
public String getAccessibleName() {
@@ -3097,7 +3097,7 @@
* on the underlying implementation of the key. For example, if the
* Object returned is a javax.swing.KeyStroke, the user of this
* method should do the following:
- *
+ *
{@code
* Component c =
CellEditors
, providing default
- * implementations for the methods in the CellEditor
- * interface except getCellEditorValue()
.
+ * A base class for {@code CellEditors}, providing default
+ * implementations for the methods in the {@code CellEditor}
+ * interface except {@code getCellEditorValue()}.
* Like the other abstract implementations in Swing, also manages a list
* of listeners.
*
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
* appropriate for short term storage or RMI between applications running
* the same version of Swing. As of 1.4, support for long term storage
* of all JavaBeans™
- * has been added to the java.beans
package.
+ * has been added to the {@code java.beans} package.
* Please see {@link java.beans.XMLEncoder}.
*
* @author Philip Milne
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@
}
/**
- * Calls fireEditingStopped
and returns true.
+ * Calls {@code fireEditingStopped} and returns true.
* @return true
*/
public boolean stopCellEditing() {
@@ -93,14 +93,14 @@
}
/**
- * Calls fireEditingCanceled
.
+ * Calls {@code fireEditingCanceled}.
*/
public void cancelCellEditing() {
fireEditingCanceled();
}
/**
- * Adds a CellEditorListener
to the listener list.
+ * Adds a {@code CellEditorListener} to the listener list.
* @param l the new listener to be added
*/
public void addCellEditorListener(CellEditorListener l) {
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@
}
/**
- * Removes a CellEditorListener
from the listener list.
+ * Removes a {@code CellEditorListener} from the listener list.
* @param l the listener to be removed
*/
public void removeCellEditorListener(CellEditorListener l) {
@@ -116,10 +116,10 @@
}
/**
- * Returns an array of all the CellEditorListener
s added
+ * Returns an array of all the {@code CellEditorListener}s added
* to this AbstractCellEditor with addCellEditorListener().
*
- * @return all of the CellEditorListener
s added or an empty
+ * @return all of the {@code CellEditorListener}s added or an empty
* array if no listeners have been added
* @since 1.4
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/AbstractListModel.java 2015-10-04 22:56:24.565264230 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/AbstractListModel.java 2015-10-04 22:56:24.377264238 +0400
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
/**
* The abstract definition for the data model that provides
- * a List
with its contents.
+ * a {@code List} with its contents.
* java.beans
package.
+ * has been added to the {@code java.beans} package.
* Please see {@link java.beans.XMLEncoder}.
*
* @param ListDataListener
to be added
+ * @param l the {@code ListDataListener} to be added
*/
public void addListDataListener(ListDataListener l) {
listenerList.add(ListDataListener.class, l);
@@ -71,7 +71,7 @@
* Removes a listener from the list that's notified each time a
* change to the data model occurs.
*
- * @param l the ListDataListener
to be removed
+ * @param l the {@code ListDataListener} to be removed
*/
public void removeListDataListener(ListDataListener l) {
listenerList.remove(ListDataListener.class, l);
@@ -80,9 +80,9 @@
/**
* Returns an array of all the list data listeners
- * registered on this AbstractListModel
.
+ * registered on this {@code AbstractListModel}.
*
- * @return all of this model's ListDataListener
s,
+ * @return all of this model's {@code ListDataListener}s,
* or an empty array if no list data listeners
* are currently registered
*
@@ -97,14 +97,14 @@
/**
- * AbstractListModel
subclasses must call this method
+ * {@code AbstractListModel} subclasses must call this method
* after
* one or more elements of the list change. The changed elements
* are specified by the closed interval index0, index1 -- the endpoints
* are included. Note that
* index0 need not be less than or equal to index1.
*
- * @param source the ListModel
that changed, typically "this"
+ * @param source the {@code ListModel} that changed, typically "this"
* @param index0 one end of the new interval
* @param index1 the other end of the new interval
* @see EventListenerList
@@ -127,14 +127,14 @@
/**
- * AbstractListModel
subclasses must call this method
+ * {@code AbstractListModel} subclasses must call this method
* after
* one or more elements are added to the model. The new elements
* are specified by a closed interval index0, index1 -- the enpoints
* are included. Note that
* index0 need not be less than or equal to index1.
*
- * @param source the ListModel
that changed, typically "this"
+ * @param source the {@code ListModel} that changed, typically "this"
* @param index0 one end of the new interval
* @param index1 the other end of the new interval
* @see EventListenerList
@@ -157,17 +157,17 @@
/**
- * AbstractListModel
subclasses must call this method
+ * {@code AbstractListModel} subclasses must call this method
* after one or more elements are removed from the model.
- * index0
and index1
are the end points
- * of the interval that's been removed. Note that index0
- * need not be less than or equal to index1
.
+ * {@code index0} and {@code index1} are the end points
+ * of the interval that's been removed. Note that {@code index0}
+ * need not be less than or equal to {@code index1}.
*
- * @param source the ListModel
that changed, typically "this"
+ * @param source the {@code ListModel} that changed, typically "this"
* @param index0 one end of the removed interval,
- * including index0
+ * including {@code index0}
* @param index1 the other end of the removed interval,
- * including index1
+ * including {@code index1}
* @see EventListenerList
* @see DefaultListModel
*/
@@ -193,10 +193,10 @@
* FooListener
s
* are registered using the addFooListener
method.
* listenerType
argument
+ * You can specify the {@code listenerType} argument
* with a class literal, such as FooListener.class
.
* For example, you can query a list model
- * m
+ * {@code m}
* for its list data listeners
* with the following code:
*
@@ -208,15 +208,15 @@
* @param java.util.EventListener
+ * that descends from {@code java.util.EventListener}
* @return an array of all objects registered as
* FooListener
s
* on this model,
* or an empty array if no such
* listeners have been added
- * @exception ClassCastException if listenerType
doesn't
+ * @exception ClassCastException if {@code listenerType} doesn't
* specify a class or interface that implements
- * java.util.EventListener
+ * {@code java.util.EventListener}
*
* @see #getListDataListeners
*
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/AbstractSpinnerModel.java 2015-10-04 22:56:25.093264206 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/AbstractSpinnerModel.java 2015-10-04 22:56:24.901264215 +0400
@@ -34,8 +34,8 @@
* This class provides the ChangeListener part of the
* SpinnerModel interface that should be suitable for most concrete SpinnerModel
* implementations. Subclasses must provide an implementation of the
- * setValue
, getValue
, getNextValue
and
- * getPreviousValue
methods.
+ * {@code setValue}, {@code getValue}, {@code getNextValue} and
+ * {@code getPreviousValue} methods.
*
* @see JSpinner
* @see SpinnerModel
@@ -91,10 +91,10 @@
/**
- * Returns an array of all the ChangeListener
s added
+ * Returns an array of all the {@code ChangeListener}s added
* to this AbstractSpinnerModel with addChangeListener().
*
- * @return all of the ChangeListener
s added or an empty
+ * @return all of the {@code ChangeListener}s added or an empty
* array if no listeners have been added
* @since 1.4
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/Action.java 2015-10-04 22:56:25.617264183 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/Action.java 2015-10-04 22:56:25.425264191 +0400
@@ -29,13 +29,13 @@
import java.beans.*;
/**
- * The Action
interface provides a useful extension to the
- * ActionListener
+ * The {@code Action} interface provides a useful extension to the
+ * {@code ActionListener}
* interface in cases where the same functionality may be accessed by
* several controls.
* actionPerformed
method defined by the
- * ActionListener
interface, this interface allows the
+ * In addition to the {@code actionPerformed} method defined by the
+ * {@code ActionListener} interface, this interface allows the
* application to define, in a single place:
*
*
* AbstractAction
).
- * The Action
object
- * can then be added to multiple Action
-aware containers
- * and connected to Action
-capable
+ * adapter (typically, by subclassing {@code AbstractAction}).
+ * The {@code Action} object
+ * can then be added to multiple {@code Action}-aware containers
+ * and connected to {@code Action}-capable
* components. The GUI controls can then be activated or
- * deactivated all at once by invoking the Action
object's
- * setEnabled
method.
+ * deactivated all at once by invoking the {@code Action} object's
+ * {@code setEnabled} method.
* Action
implementations tend to be more expensive
- * in terms of storage than a typical ActionListener
,
+ * Note that {@code Action} implementations tend to be more expensive
+ * in terms of storage than a typical {@code ActionListener},
* which does not offer the benefits of centralized control of
* functionality and broadcast of property changes. For this reason,
- * you should take care to only use Action
s where their benefits
- * are desired, and use simple ActionListener
s elsewhere.
+ * you should take care to only use {@code Action}s where their benefits
+ * are desired, and use simple {@code ActionListener}s elsewhere.
*
*
- * Swing Components Supporting
+ * Action
Swing Components Supporting {@code Action}
* Action
property. When
- * an Action
is set on a component, the following things
+ * Many of Swing's components have an {@code Action} property. When
+ * an {@code Action} is set on a component, the following things
* happen:
*
- *
* Action
is added as an ActionListener
to
+ * Action
.
- * PropertyChangeListener
on the
- * Action
so that the component can change its properties
- * to reflect changes in the Action
's properties.
+ * {@code Action}.
+ * Swing
components that support Actions
.
+ * {@code Swing} components that support {@code Actions}.
* In the table, button refers to any
- * AbstractButton
subclass, which includes not only
- * JButton
but also classes such as
- * JMenuItem
. Unless otherwise stated, a
- * null
property value in an Action
(or a
- * Action
that is null
) results in the
- * button's corresponding property being set to null
.
+ * {@code AbstractButton} subclass, which includes not only
+ * {@code JButton} but also classes such as
+ * {@code JMenuItem}. Unless otherwise stated, a
+ * {@code null} property value in an {@code Action} (or a
+ * {@code Action} that is {@code null}) results in the
+ * button's corresponding property being set to {@code null}.
*
*
@@ -102,76 +102,76 @@
*
* Action Key
* Notes
*
- * enabled
+ * {@code enabled}
* All
- * The isEnabled
method
+ * The {@code isEnabled} method
*
*
- * toolTipText
+ * {@code toolTipText}
* All
- * SHORT_DESCRIPTION
+ * {@code SHORT_DESCRIPTION}
*
*
- * actionCommand
+ * {@code actionCommand}
* All
- * ACTION_COMMAND_KEY
+ * {@code ACTION_COMMAND_KEY}
*
*
- * mnemonic
+ * {@code mnemonic}
* All buttons
- * MNEMONIC_KEY
- * A null
value or Action
results in the
- * button's mnemonic
property being set to
- * '\0'
.
+ * {@code MNEMONIC_KEY}
+ * A {@code null} value or {@code Action} results in the
+ * button's {@code mnemonic} property being set to
+ * {@code '\0'}.
*
- * text
+ * {@code text}
* All buttons
- * NAME
+ * {@code NAME}
* If you do not want the text of the button to mirror that
- * of the Action
, set the property
- * hideActionText
to true
. If
- * hideActionText
is true
, setting the
- * Action
changes the text of the button to
- * null
and any changes to NAME
- * are ignored. hideActionText
is useful for
- * tool bar buttons that typically only show an Icon
.
- * JToolBar.add(Action)
sets the property to
- * true
if the Action
has a
- * non-null
value for LARGE_ICON_KEY
or
- * SMALL_ICON
.
+ * of the {@code Action}, set the property
+ * {@code hideActionText} to {@code true}. If
+ * {@code hideActionText} is {@code true}, setting the
+ * {@code Action} changes the text of the button to
+ * {@code null} and any changes to {@code NAME}
+ * are ignored. {@code hideActionText} is useful for
+ * tool bar buttons that typically only show an {@code Icon}.
+ * {@code JToolBar.add(Action)} sets the property to
+ * {@code true} if the {@code Action} has a
+ * non-{@code null} value for {@code LARGE_ICON_KEY} or
+ * {@code SMALL_ICON}.
*
- * displayedMnemonicIndex
+ * {@code displayedMnemonicIndex}
* All buttons
- * DISPLAYED_MNEMONIC_INDEX_KEY
- * If the value of DISPLAYED_MNEMONIC_INDEX_KEY
is
+ * {@code DISPLAYED_MNEMONIC_INDEX_KEY}
+ * If the value of {@code DISPLAYED_MNEMONIC_INDEX_KEY} is
* beyond the bounds of the text, it is ignored. When
- * setAction
is called, if the value from the
- * Action
is null
, the displayed
+ * {@code setAction} is called, if the value from the
+ * {@code Action} is {@code null}, the displayed
* mnemonic index is not updated. In any subsequent changes to
- * DISPLAYED_MNEMONIC_INDEX_KEY
, null
+ * {@code DISPLAYED_MNEMONIC_INDEX_KEY}, {@code null}
* is treated as -1.
*
- * icon
- * All buttons except of JCheckBox
,
- * JToggleButton
and JRadioButton
.
- * either LARGE_ICON_KEY
or
- * SMALL_ICON
- * The JMenuItem
subclasses only use
- * SMALL_ICON
. All other buttons will use
- * LARGE_ICON_KEY
; if the value is null
they
- * use SMALL_ICON
.
+ * {@code icon}
+ * All buttons except of {@code JCheckBox},
+ * {@code JToggleButton} and {@code JRadioButton}.
+ * either {@code LARGE_ICON_KEY} or
+ * {@code SMALL_ICON}
+ * The {@code JMenuItem} subclasses only use
+ * {@code SMALL_ICON}. All other buttons will use
+ * {@code LARGE_ICON_KEY}; if the value is {@code null} they
+ * use {@code SMALL_ICON}.
*
- * accelerator
- * All JMenuItem
subclasses, with the exception of
- * JMenu
.
- * ACCELERATOR_KEY
+ * {@code accelerator}
+ * All {@code JMenuItem} subclasses, with the exception of
+ * {@code JMenu}.
+ * {@code ACCELERATOR_KEY}
*
*
- * selected
- * JToggleButton
, JCheckBox
,
- * JRadioButton
, JCheckBoxMenuItem
and
- * JRadioButtonMenuItem
- * SELECTED_KEY
+ * {@code selected}
+ * {@code JToggleButton}, {@code JCheckBox},
+ * {@code JRadioButton}, {@code JCheckBoxMenuItem} and
+ * {@code JRadioButtonMenuItem}
+ * {@code SELECTED_KEY}
* Components that honor this property only use
* the value if it is {@code non-null}. For example, if
* you set an {@code Action} that has a {@code null}
@@ -193,20 +193,20 @@
* exclusive buttons.
* JPopupMenu
, JToolBar
and JMenu
+ * {@code JPopupMenu}, {@code JToolBar} and {@code JMenu}
* all provide convenience methods for creating a component and setting the
- * Action
on the corresponding component. Refer to each of
+ * {@code Action} on the corresponding component. Refer to each of
* these classes for more information.
* Action
uses PropertyChangeListener
to
- * inform listeners the Action
has changed. The beans
- * specification indicates that a null
property name can
+ * {@code Action} uses {@code PropertyChangeListener} to
+ * inform listeners the {@code Action} has changed. The beans
+ * specification indicates that a {@code null} property name can
* be used to indicate multiple values have changed. By default Swing
- * components that take an Action
do not handle such a
- * change. To indicate that Swing should treat null
+ * components that take an {@code Action} do not handle such a
+ * change. To indicate that Swing should treat {@code null}
* according to the beans specification set the system property
- * swing.actions.reconfigureOnNull
to the String
- * value true
.
+ * {@code swing.actions.reconfigureOnNull} to the {@code String}
+ * value {@code true}.
*
* @author Georges Saab
* @see AbstractAction
@@ -223,44 +223,44 @@
*/
public static final String DEFAULT = "Default";
/**
- * The key used for storing the String
name
+ * The key used for storing the {@code String} name
* for the action, used for a menu or button.
*/
public static final String NAME = "Name";
/**
- * The key used for storing a short String
+ * The key used for storing a short {@code String}
* description for the action, used for tooltip text.
*/
public static final String SHORT_DESCRIPTION = "ShortDescription";
/**
- * The key used for storing a longer String
+ * The key used for storing a longer {@code String}
* description for the action, could be used for context-sensitive help.
*/
public static final String LONG_DESCRIPTION = "LongDescription";
/**
- * The key used for storing a small Icon
, such
- * as ImageIcon
. This is typically used with
- * menus such as JMenuItem
.
+ * The key used for storing a small {@code Icon}, such
+ * as {@code ImageIcon}. This is typically used with
+ * menus such as {@code JMenuItem}.
* Action
is used with menus and buttons you'll
- * typically specify both a SMALL_ICON
and a
- * LARGE_ICON_KEY
. The menu will use the
- * SMALL_ICON
and the button will use the
- * LARGE_ICON_KEY
.
+ * If the same {@code Action} is used with menus and buttons you'll
+ * typically specify both a {@code SMALL_ICON} and a
+ * {@code LARGE_ICON_KEY}. The menu will use the
+ * {@code SMALL_ICON} and the button will use the
+ * {@code LARGE_ICON_KEY}.
*/
public static final String SMALL_ICON = "SmallIcon";
/**
- * The key used to determine the command String
for the
- * ActionEvent
that will be created when an
- * Action
is going to be notified as the result of
- * residing in a Keymap
associated with a
- * JComponent
.
+ * The key used to determine the command {@code String} for the
+ * {@code ActionEvent} that will be created when an
+ * {@code Action} is going to be notified as the result of
+ * residing in a {@code Keymap} associated with a
+ * {@code JComponent}.
*/
public static final String ACTION_COMMAND_KEY = "ActionCommandKey";
/**
- * The key used for storing a KeyStroke
to be used as the
+ * The key used for storing a {@code KeyStroke} to be used as the
* accelerator for the action.
*
* @since 1.3
@@ -268,49 +268,49 @@
public static final String ACCELERATOR_KEY="AcceleratorKey";
/**
- * The key used for storing an Integer
that corresponds to
- * one of the KeyEvent
key codes. The value is
+ * The key used for storing an {@code Integer} that corresponds to
+ * one of the {@code KeyEvent} key codes. The value is
* commonly used to specify a mnemonic. For example:
- * myAction.putValue(Action.MNEMONIC_KEY, KeyEvent.VK_A)
- * sets the mnemonic of myAction
to 'a', while
+ * {@code myAction.putValue(Action.MNEMONIC_KEY, KeyEvent.VK_A)}
+ * sets the mnemonic of {@code myAction} to 'a', while
* myAction.putValue(Action.MNEMONIC_KEY, KeyEvent.getExtendedKeyCodeForChar('\u0444'))
- * sets the mnemonic of myAction
to Cyrillic letter "Ef".
+ * sets the mnemonic of {@code myAction} to Cyrillic letter "Ef".
*
* @since 1.3
*/
public static final String MNEMONIC_KEY="MnemonicKey";
/**
- * The key used for storing a Boolean
that corresponds
+ * The key used for storing a {@code Boolean} that corresponds
* to the selected state. This is typically used only for components
* that have a meaningful selection state. For example,
- * JRadioButton
and JCheckBox
make use of
- * this but instances of JMenu
don't.
+ * {@code JRadioButton} and {@code JCheckBox} make use of
+ * this but instances of {@code JMenu} don't.
* Action
is attached to a JCheckBox
- * the selected state of the JCheckBox
will be set from
- * that of the Action
. If the user clicks on the
- * JCheckBox
the selected state of the JCheckBox
- * and the Action
will both be updated.
+ * if an {@code Action} is attached to a {@code JCheckBox}
+ * the selected state of the {@code JCheckBox} will be set from
+ * that of the {@code Action}. If the user clicks on the
+ * {@code JCheckBox} the selected state of the {@code JCheckBox}
+ * and the {@code Action} will both be updated.
* Actions
.
+ * avoid possible collisions with existing {@code Actions}.
*
* @since 1.6
*/
public static final String SELECTED_KEY = "SwingSelectedKey";
/**
- * The key used for storing an Integer
that corresponds
- * to the index in the text (identified by the NAME
+ * The key used for storing an {@code Integer} that corresponds
+ * to the index in the text (identified by the {@code NAME}
* property) that the decoration for a mnemonic should be rendered at. If
* the value of this property is greater than or equal to the length of
* the text, it will treated as -1.
* Actions
.
+ * avoid possible collisions with existing {@code Actions}.
*
* @see AbstractButton#setDisplayedMnemonicIndex
* @since 1.6
@@ -319,17 +319,17 @@
"SwingDisplayedMnemonicIndexKey";
/**
- * The key used for storing an Icon
. This is typically
- * used by buttons, such as JButton
and
- * JToggleButton
.
+ * The key used for storing an {@code Icon}. This is typically
+ * used by buttons, such as {@code JButton} and
+ * {@code JToggleButton}.
* Action
is used with menus and buttons you'll
- * typically specify both a SMALL_ICON
and a
- * LARGE_ICON_KEY
. The menu will use the
- * SMALL_ICON
and the button the LARGE_ICON_KEY
.
+ * If the same {@code Action} is used with menus and buttons you'll
+ * typically specify both a {@code SMALL_ICON} and a
+ * {@code LARGE_ICON_KEY}. The menu will use the
+ * {@code SMALL_ICON} and the button the {@code LARGE_ICON_KEY}.
* Actions
.
+ * avoid possible collisions with existing {@code Actions}.
*
* @since 1.6
*/
@@ -347,46 +347,46 @@
/**
* Sets one of this object's properties
* using the associated key. If the value has
- * changed, a PropertyChangeEvent
is sent
+ * changed, a {@code PropertyChangeEvent} is sent
* to listeners.
*
- * @param key a String
containing the key
- * @param value an Object
value
+ * @param key a {@code String} containing the key
+ * @param value an {@code Object} value
*/
public void putValue(String key, Object value);
/**
- * Sets the enabled state of the Action
. When enabled,
+ * Sets the enabled state of the {@code Action}. When enabled,
* any component associated with this object is active and
- * able to fire this object's actionPerformed
method.
- * If the value has changed, a PropertyChangeEvent
is sent
+ * able to fire this object's {@code actionPerformed} method.
+ * If the value has changed, a {@code PropertyChangeEvent} is sent
* to listeners.
*
- * @param b true to enable this Action
, false to disable it
+ * @param b true to enable this {@code Action}, false to disable it
*/
public void setEnabled(boolean b);
/**
- * Returns the enabled state of the Action
. When enabled,
+ * Returns the enabled state of the {@code Action}. When enabled,
* any component associated with this object is active and
- * able to fire this object's actionPerformed
method.
+ * able to fire this object's {@code actionPerformed} method.
*
- * @return true if this Action
is enabled
+ * @return true if this {@code Action} is enabled
*/
public boolean isEnabled();
/**
- * Adds a PropertyChange
listener. Containers and attached
+ * Adds a {@code PropertyChange} listener. Containers and attached
* components use these methods to register interest in this
- * Action
object. When its enabled state or other property
+ * {@code Action} object. When its enabled state or other property
* changes, the registered listeners are informed of the change.
*
- * @param listener a PropertyChangeListener
object
+ * @param listener a {@code PropertyChangeListener} object
*/
public void addPropertyChangeListener(PropertyChangeListener listener);
/**
- * Removes a PropertyChange
listener.
+ * Removes a {@code PropertyChange} listener.
*
- * @param listener a PropertyChangeListener
object
+ * @param listener a {@code PropertyChangeListener} object
* @see #addPropertyChangeListener
*/
public void removePropertyChangeListener(PropertyChangeListener listener);
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/ActionMap.java 2015-10-04 22:56:26.149264159 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/ActionMap.java 2015-10-04 22:56:25.961264167 +0400
@@ -32,16 +32,16 @@
import java.util.Set;
/**
- * ActionMap
provides mappings from
- * Object
s
- * (called keys or Action
names)
- * to Action
s.
- * An ActionMap
is usually used with an InputMap
+ * {@code ActionMap} provides mappings from
+ * {@code Object}s
+ * (called keys or {@code Action} names)
+ * to {@code Action}s.
+ * An {@code ActionMap} is usually used with an {@code InputMap}
* to locate a particular action
- * when a key is pressed. As with InputMap
,
- * an ActionMap
can have a parent
- * that is searched for keys not defined in the ActionMap
.
- * InputMap
if you create a cycle, eg:
+ * when a key is pressed. As with {@code InputMap},
+ * an {@code ActionMap} can have a parent
+ * that is searched for keys not defined in the {@code ActionMap}.
+ *
* ActionMap am = new ActionMap();
* ActionMap bm = new ActionMap():
@@ -64,36 +64,36 @@
/**
- * Creates an
ActionMap
with no parent and no mappings.
+ * Creates an {@code ActionMap} with no parent and no mappings.
*/
public ActionMap() {
}
/**
- * Sets this ActionMap
's parent.
+ * Sets this {@code ActionMap}'s parent.
*
- * @param map the ActionMap
that is the parent of this one
+ * @param map the {@code ActionMap} that is the parent of this one
*/
public void setParent(ActionMap map) {
this.parent = map;
}
/**
- * Returns this ActionMap
's parent.
+ * Returns this {@code ActionMap}'s parent.
*
- * @return the ActionMap
that is the parent of this one,
- * or null if this ActionMap
has no parent
+ * @return the {@code ActionMap} that is the parent of this one,
+ * or null if this {@code ActionMap} has no parent
*/
public ActionMap getParent() {
return parent;
}
/**
- * Adds a binding for key
to action
.
- * If action
is null, this removes the current binding
- * for key
.
- * key
will be
- * action.getValue(NAME)
.
+ * Adds a binding for {@code key} to {@code action}.
+ * If {@code action} is null, this removes the current binding
+ * for {@code key}.
+ * key
, messaging the
- * parent ActionMap
if the binding is not locally defined.
+ * Returns the binding for {@code key}, messaging the
+ * parent {@code ActionMap} if the binding is not locally defined.
*
* @param key a key
* @return the binding for {@code key}
@@ -135,7 +135,7 @@
}
/**
- * Removes the binding for key
from this ActionMap
.
+ * Removes the binding for {@code key} from this {@code ActionMap}.
*
* @param key a key
*/
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@
}
/**
- * Removes all the mappings from this ActionMap
.
+ * Removes all the mappings from this {@code ActionMap}.
*/
public void clear() {
if (arrayTable != null) {
@@ -155,7 +155,7 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the Action
names that are bound in this ActionMap
.
+ * Returns the {@code Action} names that are bound in this {@code ActionMap}.
*
* @return an array of the keys
*/
@@ -179,8 +179,8 @@
}
/**
- * Returns an array of the keys defined in this ActionMap
and
- * its parent. This method differs from keys()
in that
+ * Returns an array of the keys defined in this {@code ActionMap} and
+ * its parent. This method differs from {@code keys()} in that
* this method includes the keys defined in the parent.
*
* @return an array of the keys
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/ActionPropertyChangeListener.java 2015-10-04 22:56:26.673264135 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/ActionPropertyChangeListener.java 2015-10-04 22:56:26.485264144 +0400
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@
/**
* PropertyChangeListener method. If the target has been gc'ed this
- * will remove the PropertyChangeListener
from the Action,
+ * will remove the {@code PropertyChangeListener} from the Action,
* otherwise this will invoke actionPropertyChanged.
*/
public final void propertyChange(PropertyChangeEvent e) {
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/ArrayTable.java 2015-10-04 22:56:27.197264112 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/ArrayTable.java 2015-10-04 22:56:27.009264120 +0400
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@
* Writes the passed in ArrayTable to the passed in ObjectOutputStream.
* The data is saved as an integer indicating how many key/value
* pairs are being archived, followed by the key/value pairs. If
- * table
is null, 0 will be written to s
.
+ * {@code table} is null, 0 will be written to {@code s}.
* ArrayTable
.
+ * Returns a clone of the {@code ArrayTable}.
*/
public Object clone() {
ArrayTable newArrayTable = new ArrayTable();
@@ -272,7 +272,7 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the keys of the table, or null
if there
+ * Returns the keys of the table, or {@code null} if there
* are currently no bindings.
* @param keys array of keys
* @return an array of bindings
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/BorderFactory.java 2015-10-04 22:56:27.721264088 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/BorderFactory.java 2015-10-04 22:56:27.533264097 +0400
@@ -31,9 +31,9 @@
import javax.swing.border.*;
/**
- * Factory class for vending standard Border
objects. Wherever
+ * Factory class for vending standard {@code Border} objects. Wherever
* possible, this factory will hand out references to shared
- * Border
instances.
+ * {@code Border} instances.
* For further information and examples see
* How
to Use Borders,
@@ -54,8 +54,8 @@
/**
* Creates a line border withe the specified color.
*
- * @param color a Color
to use for the line
- * @return the Border
object
+ * @param color a {@code Color} to use for the line
+ * @return the {@code Border} object
*/
public static Border createLineBorder(Color color) {
return new LineBorder(color, 1);
@@ -68,9 +68,9 @@
* bottom, left, and right, use
* {@link #createMatteBorder(int,int,int,int,Color)}.
*
- * @param color a Color
to use for the line
+ * @param color a {@code Color} to use for the line
* @param thickness an integer specifying the width in pixels
- * @return the Border
object
+ * @return the {@code Border} object
*/
public static Border createLineBorder(Color color, int thickness) {
return new LineBorder(color, thickness);
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@
* (In a raised border, highlights are on top and shadows
* are underneath.)
*
- * @return the Border
object
+ * @return the {@code Border} object
*/
public static Border createRaisedBevelBorder() {
return createSharedBevel(BevelBorder.RAISED);
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@
* (In a lowered border, shadows are on top and highlights
* are underneath.)
*
- * @return the Border
object
+ * @return the {@code Border} object
*/
public static Border createLoweredBevelBorder() {
return createSharedBevel(BevelBorder.LOWERED);
@@ -130,9 +130,9 @@
* are underneath.)
*
* @param type an integer specifying either
- * BevelBorder.LOWERED
or
- * BevelBorder.RAISED
- * @return the Border
object
+ * {@code BevelBorder.LOWERED} or
+ * {@code BevelBorder.RAISED}
+ * @return the {@code Border} object
*/
public static Border createBevelBorder(int type) {
return createSharedBevel(type);
@@ -146,11 +146,11 @@
* uses a brighter shade of the shadow color.
*
* @param type an integer specifying either
- * BevelBorder.LOWERED
or
- * BevelBorder.RAISED
- * @param highlight a Color
object for highlights
- * @param shadow a Color
object for shadows
- * @return the Border
object
+ * {@code BevelBorder.LOWERED} or
+ * {@code BevelBorder.RAISED}
+ * @param highlight a {@code Color} object for highlights
+ * @param shadow a {@code Color} object for shadows
+ * @return the {@code Border} object
*/
public static Border createBevelBorder(int type, Color highlight, Color shadow) {
return new BevelBorder(type, highlight, shadow);
@@ -162,17 +162,17 @@
* and shadow areas.
*
* @param type an integer specifying either
- * BevelBorder.LOWERED
or
- * BevelBorder.RAISED
- * @param highlightOuter a Color
object for the
+ * {@code BevelBorder.LOWERED} or
+ * {@code BevelBorder.RAISED}
+ * @param highlightOuter a {@code Color} object for the
* outer edge of the highlight area
- * @param highlightInner a Color
object for the
+ * @param highlightInner a {@code Color} object for the
* inner edge of the highlight area
- * @param shadowOuter a Color
object for the
+ * @param shadowOuter a {@code Color} object for the
* outer edge of the shadow area
- * @param shadowInner a Color
object for the
+ * @param shadowInner a {@code Color} object for the
* inner edge of the shadow area
- * @return the Border
object
+ * @return the {@code Border} object
*/
public static Border createBevelBorder(int type,
Color highlightOuter, Color highlightInner,
@@ -306,7 +306,7 @@
* the component's current background color for
* highlighting and shading.
*
- * @return the Border
object
+ * @return the {@code Border} object
*/
public static Border createEtchedBorder() {
return sharedEtchedBorder;
@@ -316,9 +316,9 @@
* Creates a border with an "etched" look using
* the specified highlighting and shading colors.
*
- * @param highlight a Color
object for the border highlights
- * @param shadow a Color
object for the border shadows
- * @return the Border
object
+ * @param highlight a {@code Color} object for the border highlights
+ * @param shadow a {@code Color} object for the border shadows
+ * @return the {@code Border} object
*/
public static Border createEtchedBorder(Color highlight, Color shadow) {
return new EtchedBorder(highlight, shadow);
@@ -329,12 +329,12 @@
* the component's current background color for
* highlighting and shading.
*
- * @param type one of EtchedBorder.RAISED
, or
- * EtchedBorder.LOWERED
- * @return the Border
object
+ * @param type one of {@code EtchedBorder.RAISED}, or
+ * {@code EtchedBorder.LOWERED}
+ * @return the {@code Border} object
* @exception IllegalArgumentException if type is not either
- * EtchedBorder.RAISED
or
- * EtchedBorder.LOWERED
+ * {@code EtchedBorder.RAISED} or
+ * {@code EtchedBorder.LOWERED}
* @since 1.3
*/
public static Border createEtchedBorder(int type) {
@@ -356,11 +356,11 @@
* Creates a border with an "etched" look using
* the specified highlighting and shading colors.
*
- * @param type one of EtchedBorder.RAISED
, or
- * EtchedBorder.LOWERED
- * @param highlight a Color
object for the border highlights
- * @param shadow a Color
object for the border shadows
- * @return the Border
object
+ * @param type one of {@code EtchedBorder.RAISED}, or
+ * {@code EtchedBorder.LOWERED}
+ * @param highlight a {@code Color} object for the border highlights
+ * @param shadow a {@code Color} object for the border shadows
+ * @return the {@code Border} object
* @since 1.3
*/
public static Border createEtchedBorder(int type, Color highlight,
@@ -376,8 +376,8 @@
* the default justification (leading), and the default
* font and text color (determined by the current look and feel).
*
- * @param title a String
containing the text of the title
- * @return the TitledBorder
object
+ * @param title a {@code String} containing the text of the title
+ * @return the {@code TitledBorder} object
*/
public static TitledBorder createTitledBorder(String title) {
return new TitledBorder(title);
@@ -390,10 +390,10 @@
* the default justification (leading), and the default
* font and text color (determined by the current look and feel).
*
- * @param border the Border
object to add the title to; if
- * null
the Border
is determined
+ * @param border the {@code Border} object to add the title to; if
+ * {@code null} the {@code Border} is determined
* by the current look and feel.
- * @return the TitledBorder
object
+ * @return the {@code TitledBorder} object
*/
public static TitledBorder createTitledBorder(Border border) {
return new TitledBorder(border);
@@ -405,9 +405,9 @@
* default justification (leading) and the default
* font and text color (determined by the current look and feel).
*
- * @param border the Border
object to add the title to
- * @param title a String
containing the text of the title
- * @return the TitledBorder
object
+ * @param border the {@code Border} object to add the title to
+ * @param title a {@code String} containing the text of the title
+ * @return the {@code TitledBorder} object
*/
public static TitledBorder createTitledBorder(Border border,
String title) {
@@ -419,31 +419,31 @@
* positioning and using the default
* font and text color (determined by the current look and feel).
*
- * @param border the Border
object to add the title to
- * @param title a String
containing the text of the title
+ * @param border the {@code Border} object to add the title to
+ * @param title a {@code String} containing the text of the title
* @param titleJustification an integer specifying the justification
* of the title -- one of the following:
*
- *
* @param titlePosition an integer specifying the vertical position of
* the text in relation to the border -- one of the following:
*TitledBorder.LEFT
- *TitledBorder.CENTER
- *TitledBorder.RIGHT
- *TitledBorder.LEADING
- *TitledBorder.TRAILING
- *TitledBorder.DEFAULT_JUSTIFICATION
(leading)
+ *
- *
- * @return the TitledBorder.ABOVE_TOP
- *TitledBorder.TOP
(sitting on the top line)
- *TitledBorder.BELOW_TOP
- *TitledBorder.ABOVE_BOTTOM
- *TitledBorder.BOTTOM
(sitting on the bottom line)
- *TitledBorder.BELOW_BOTTOM
- *TitledBorder.DEFAULT_POSITION
(the title position
+ *TitledBorder
object
+ * @return the {@code TitledBorder} object
*/
public static TitledBorder createTitledBorder(Border border,
String title,
@@ -458,28 +458,28 @@
* positioning and font, and using the default text color
* (determined by the current look and feel).
*
- * @param border the Border
object to add the title to
- * @param title a String
containing the text of the title
+ * @param border the {@code Border} object to add the title to
+ * @param title a {@code String} containing the text of the title
* @param titleJustification an integer specifying the justification
* of the title -- one of the following:
*
- *
* @param titlePosition an integer specifying the vertical position of
* the text in relation to the border -- one of the following:
*TitledBorder.LEFT
- *TitledBorder.CENTER
- *TitledBorder.RIGHT
- *TitledBorder.LEADING
- *TitledBorder.TRAILING
- *TitledBorder.DEFAULT_JUSTIFICATION
(leading)
+ *
- *
* @param titleFont a Font object specifying the title font
@@ -498,33 +498,33 @@
* Adds a title to an existing border, with the specified
* positioning, font and color.
*
- * @param border the TitledBorder.ABOVE_TOP
- *TitledBorder.TOP
(sitting on the top line)
- *TitledBorder.BELOW_TOP
- *TitledBorder.ABOVE_BOTTOM
- *TitledBorder.BOTTOM
(sitting on the bottom line)
- *TitledBorder.BELOW_BOTTOM
- *TitledBorder.DEFAULT_POSITION
(the title position
+ *Border
object to add the title to
- * @param title a String
containing the text of the title
+ * @param border the {@code Border} object to add the title to
+ * @param title a {@code String} containing the text of the title
* @param titleJustification an integer specifying the justification
* of the title -- one of the following:
*
- *
* @param titlePosition an integer specifying the vertical position of
* the text in relation to the border -- one of the following:
*TitledBorder.LEFT
- *TitledBorder.CENTER
- *TitledBorder.RIGHT
- *TitledBorder.LEADING
- *TitledBorder.TRAILING
- *TitledBorder.DEFAULT_JUSTIFICATION
(leading)
+ *
- *
- * @param titleFont a TitledBorder.ABOVE_TOP
- *TitledBorder.TOP
(sitting on the top line)
- *TitledBorder.BELOW_TOP
- *TitledBorder.ABOVE_BOTTOM
- *TitledBorder.BOTTOM
(sitting on the bottom line)
- *TitledBorder.BELOW_BOTTOM
- *TitledBorder.DEFAULT_POSITION
(the title position
+ *Font
object specifying the title font
- * @param titleColor a Color
object specifying the title color
- * @return the TitledBorder
object
+ * @param titleFont a {@code Font} object specifying the title font
+ * @param titleColor a {@code Color} object specifying the title color
+ * @return the {@code TitledBorder} object
*/
public static TitledBorder createTitledBorder(Border border,
String title,
@@ -542,7 +542,7 @@
* Creates an empty border that takes up no space. (The width
* of the top, bottom, left, and right sides are all zero.)
*
- * @return the Border
object
+ * @return the {@code Border} object
*/
public static Border createEmptyBorder() {
return emptyBorder;
@@ -561,7 +561,7 @@
* in pixels
* @param right an integer specifying the width of the right side,
* in pixels
- * @return the Border
object
+ * @return the {@code Border} object
*/
public static Border createEmptyBorder(int top, int left,
int bottom, int right) {
@@ -570,10 +570,10 @@
//// CompoundBorder ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/**
- * Creates a compound border with a null
inside edge and a
- * null
outside edge.
+ * Creates a compound border with a {@code null} inside edge and a
+ * {@code null} outside edge.
*
- * @return the CompoundBorder
object
+ * @return the {@code CompoundBorder} object
*/
public static CompoundBorder createCompoundBorder() {
return new CompoundBorder();
@@ -583,11 +583,11 @@
* Creates a compound border specifying the border objects to use
* for the outside and inside edges.
*
- * @param outsideBorder a Border
object for the outer
+ * @param outsideBorder a {@code Border} object for the outer
* edge of the compound border
- * @param insideBorder a Border
object for the inner
+ * @param insideBorder a {@code Border} object for the inner
* edge of the compound border
- * @return the CompoundBorder
object
+ * @return the {@code CompoundBorder} object
*/
public static CompoundBorder createCompoundBorder(Border outsideBorder,
Border insideBorder) {
@@ -608,8 +608,8 @@
* in pixels
* @param right an integer specifying the width of the bottom,
* in pixels
- * @param color a Color
to use for the border
- * @return the MatteBorder
object
+ * @param color a {@code Color} to use for the border
+ * @return the {@code MatteBorder} object
*/
public static MatteBorder createMatteBorder(int top, int left, int bottom, int right,
Color color) {
@@ -632,8 +632,8 @@
* in pixels
* @param right an integer specifying the width of the bottom,
* in pixels
- * @param tileIcon the Icon
object used for the border tiles
- * @return the MatteBorder
object
+ * @param tileIcon the {@code Icon} object used for the border tiles
+ * @return the {@code MatteBorder} object
*/
public static MatteBorder createMatteBorder(int top, int left, int bottom, int right,
Icon tileIcon) {
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/BoundedRangeModel.java 2015-10-04 22:56:28.261264064 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/BoundedRangeModel.java 2015-10-04 22:56:28.069264072 +0400
@@ -29,23 +29,23 @@
/**
- * Defines the data model used by components like Slider
s
- * and ProgressBar
s.
+ * Defines the data model used by components like {@code Slider}s
+ * and {@code ProgressBar}s.
* Defines four interrelated integer properties: minimum, maximum, extent
* and value. These four integers define two nested ranges like this:
*
* minimum <= value <= value+extent <= maximum
*
- * The outer range is minimum,maximum
and the inner
- * range is value,value+extent
. The inner range
- * must lie within the outer one, i.e. value
must be
- * less than or equal to maximum
and value+extent
- * must greater than or equal to minimum
, and maximum
- * must be greater than or equal to minimum
.
+ * The outer range is {@code minimum,maximum} and the inner
+ * range is {@code value,value+extent}. The inner range
+ * must lie within the outer one, i.e. {@code value} must be
+ * less than or equal to {@code maximum} and {@code value+extent}
+ * must greater than or equal to {@code minimum}, and {@code maximum}
+ * must be greater than or equal to {@code minimum}.
* There are a few features of this model that one might find a little
* surprising. These quirks exist for the convenience of the
- * Swing BoundedRangeModel clients, such as Slider
and
- * ScrollBar
.
+ * Swing BoundedRangeModel clients, such as {@code Slider} and
+ * {@code ScrollBar}.
*
*
- * @param create if true, create the value == maximum
, setExtent(10)
+ * For example if {@code value == maximum}, {@code setExtent(10)}
* would change the extent (back) to zero.
*
* maximum - extent
- * and the lower limit is minimum
.
+ * limit on the model's value is {@code maximum - extent}
+ * and the lower limit is {@code minimum}.
*
* @return the model's value
* @see #setValue
@@ -145,16 +145,16 @@
/**
- * Sets the model's current value to newValue
if newValue
+ * Sets the model's current value to {@code newValue} if {@code newValue}
* satisfies the model's constraints. Those constraints are:
*
* minimum <= value <= value+extent <= maximum
*
- * Otherwise, if newValue
is less than minimum
- * it's set to minimum
, if its greater than
- * maximum
then it's set to maximum
, and
- * if it's greater than value+extent
then it's set to
- * value+extent
.
+ * Otherwise, if {@code newValue} is less than {@code minimum}
+ * it's set to {@code minimum}, if its greater than
+ * {@code maximum} then it's set to {@code maximum}, and
+ * if it's greater than {@code value+extent} then it's set to
+ * {@code value+extent}.
* Box
class can create several kinds
+ * The {@code Box} class can create several kinds
* of invisible components
* that affect layout:
* glue, struts, and rigid areas.
- * If all the components your Box
contains
+ * If all the components your {@code Box} contains
* have a fixed size,
* you might want to use a glue component
- * (returned by createGlue
)
+ * (returned by {@code createGlue})
* to control the components' positions.
* If you need a fixed amount of space between two components,
* try using a strut
- * (createHorizontalStrut
or createVerticalStrut
).
+ * ({@code createHorizontalStrut} or {@code createVerticalStrut}).
* If you need an invisible component
* that always takes up the same amount of space,
- * get it by invoking createRigidArea
.
+ * get it by invoking {@code createRigidArea}.
* BoxLayout
you
+ * If you are implementing a {@code BoxLayout} you
* can find further information and examples in
* How to Use BoxLayout,
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@
* appropriate for short term storage or RMI between applications running
* the same version of Swing. As of 1.4, support for long term storage
* of all JavaBeans™
- * has been added to the java.beans
package.
+ * has been added to the {@code java.beans} package.
* Please see {@link java.beans.XMLEncoder}.
*
* @see BoxLayout
@@ -81,14 +81,14 @@
public class Box extends JComponent implements Accessible {
/**
- * Creates a Box
that displays its components
+ * Creates a {@code Box} that displays its components
* along the specified axis.
*
* @param axis can be {@link BoxLayout#X_AXIS},
* {@link BoxLayout#Y_AXIS},
* {@link BoxLayout#LINE_AXIS} or
* {@link BoxLayout#PAGE_AXIS}.
- * @throws AWTError if the axis
is invalid
+ * @throws AWTError if the {@code axis} is invalid
* @see #createHorizontalBox
* @see #createVerticalBox
*/
@@ -98,11 +98,11 @@
}
/**
- * Creates a Box
that displays its components
- * from left to right. If you want a Box
that
+ * Creates a {@code Box} that displays its components
+ * from left to right. If you want a {@code Box} that
* respects the component orientation you should create the
- * Box
using the constructor and pass in
- * BoxLayout.LINE_AXIS
, eg:
+ * {@code Box} using the constructor and pass in
+ * {@code BoxLayout.LINE_AXIS}, eg:
*
* Box lineBox = new Box(BoxLayout.LINE_AXIS);
*
@@ -114,11 +114,11 @@
}
/**
- * Creates a Box
that displays its components
- * from top to bottom. If you want a Box
that
+ * Creates a {@code Box} that displays its components
+ * from top to bottom. If you want a {@code Box} that
* respects the component orientation you should create the
- * Box
using the constructor and pass in
- * BoxLayout.PAGE_AXIS
, eg:
+ * {@code Box} using the constructor and pass in
+ * {@code BoxLayout.PAGE_AXIS}, eg:
*
* Box lineBox = new Box(BoxLayout.PAGE_AXIS);
*
@@ -224,7 +224,7 @@
* Box.createGlue
+ * call {@code Box.createGlue}
* and add the returned component to a container.
* The glue component has no minimum or preferred size,
* so it takes no space unless excess space is available.
@@ -270,13 +270,13 @@
}
/**
- * Paints this Box
. If this Box
has a UI this
+ * Paints this {@code Box}. If this {@code Box} has a UI this
* method invokes super's implementation, otherwise if this
- * Box
is opaque the Graphics
is filled
+ * {@code Box} is opaque the {@code Graphics} is filled
* using the background.
*
- * @param g the Graphics
to paint to
- * @throws NullPointerException if g
is null
+ * @param g the {@code Graphics} to paint to
+ * @throws NullPointerException if {@code g} is null
* @since 1.6
*/
protected void paintComponent(Graphics g) {
@@ -300,7 +300,7 @@
* appropriate for short term storage or RMI between applications running
* the same version of Swing. As of 1.4, support for long term storage
* of all JavaBeans™
- * has been added to the java.beans
package.
+ * has been added to the {@code java.beans} package.
* Please see {@link java.beans.XMLEncoder}.
*/
@SuppressWarnings("serial")
@@ -339,14 +339,14 @@
// ---- Component methods ------------------------------------------
/**
- * Paints this Filler
. If this
- * Filler
has a UI this method invokes super's
- * implementation, otherwise if this Filler
is
- * opaque the Graphics
is filled using the
+ * Paints this {@code Filler}. If this
+ * {@code Filler} has a UI this method invokes super's
+ * implementation, otherwise if this {@code Filler} is
+ * opaque the {@code Graphics} is filled using the
* background.
*
- * @param g the Graphics
to paint to
- * @throws NullPointerException if g
is null
+ * @param g the {@code Graphics} to paint to
+ * @throws NullPointerException if {@code g} is null
* @since 1.6
*/
protected void paintComponent(Graphics g) {
@@ -381,7 +381,7 @@
/**
* This class implements accessibility support for the
- * Box.Filler
class.
+ * {@code Box.Filler} class.
*/
@SuppressWarnings("serial")
protected class AccessibleBoxFiller extends AccessibleAWTComponent {
@@ -422,7 +422,7 @@
/**
* This class implements accessibility support for the
- * Box
class.
+ * {@code Box} class.
*/
@SuppressWarnings("serial")
protected class AccessibleBox extends AccessibleAWTContainer {
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/BufferStrategyPaintManager.java 2015-10-04 22:56:29.313264017 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/BufferStrategyPaintManager.java 2015-10-04 22:56:29.125264025 +0400
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@
private ArrayListbeginPaint
has been invoked. This is
+ * Indicates {@code beginPaint} has been invoked. This is
* set to true for the life of beginPaint/endPaint pair.
*/
private boolean painting;
@@ -686,9 +686,9 @@
/**
* Returns the BufferStartegy. This will return null if
- * the BufferStartegy hasn't been created and create
is
+ * the BufferStartegy hasn't been created and {@code create} is
* false, or if there is a problem in creating the
- * BufferStartegy
.
+ * {@code BufferStartegy}.
*
* @param create If true, and the BufferStartegy is currently null,
* one will be created.
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/ButtonGroup.java 2015-10-04 22:56:29.845263993 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/ButtonGroup.java 2015-10-04 22:56:29.653264001 +0400
@@ -32,20 +32,20 @@
/**
* This class is used to create a multiple-exclusion scope for
* a set of buttons. Creating a set of buttons with the
- * same ButtonGroup
object means that
+ * same {@code ButtonGroup} object means that
* turning "on" one of those buttons
* turns off all other buttons in the group.
* ButtonGroup
can be used with
- * any set of objects that inherit from AbstractButton
.
+ * A {@code ButtonGroup} can be used with
+ * any set of objects that inherit from {@code AbstractButton}.
* Typically a button group contains instances of
- * JRadioButton
,
- * JRadioButtonMenuItem
,
- * or JToggleButton
.
+ * {@code JRadioButton},
+ * {@code JRadioButtonMenuItem},
+ * or {@code JToggleButton}.
* It wouldn't make sense to put an instance of
- * JButton
or JMenuItem
+ * {@code JButton} or {@code JMenuItem}
* in a button group
- * because JButton
and JMenuItem
+ * because {@code JButton} and {@code JMenuItem}
* don't implement the selected state.
* java.beans
package.
+ * has been added to the {@code java.beans} package.
* Please see {@link java.beans.XMLEncoder}.
*
* @author Jeff Dinkins
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@
ButtonModel selection = null;
/**
- * Creates a new ButtonGroup
.
+ * Creates a new {@code ButtonGroup}.
*/
public ButtonGroup() {}
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@
/**
* Clears the selection such that none of the buttons
- * in the ButtonGroup
are selected.
+ * in the {@code ButtonGroup} are selected.
*
* @since 1.6
*/
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@
/**
* Returns all the buttons that are participating in
* this group.
- * @return an Enumeration
of the buttons in this group
+ * @return an {@code Enumeration} of the buttons in this group
*/
public EnumerationButtonModel
.
+ * Sets the selected value for the {@code ButtonModel}.
* Only one button in the group may be selected at a time.
- * @param m the ButtonModel
- * @param b true
if this button is to be
- * selected, otherwise false
+ * @param m the {@code ButtonModel}
+ * @param b {@code true} if this button is to be
+ * selected, otherwise {@code false}
*/
public void setSelected(ButtonModel m, boolean b) {
if (b && m != null && m != selection) {
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/ButtonModel.java 2015-10-04 22:56:30.369263969 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/ButtonModel.java 2015-10-04 22:56:30.181263978 +0400
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
* model to manage the state, as detailed below:
* ActionEvent
+ * button triggers the button and causes and {@code ActionEvent}
* to be fired. The same behavior can be produced via a keyboard key
* defined by the look and feel of the button (typically the SPACE BAR).
* Pressing and releasing this key while the button has
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@
* armed while the mouse remains pressed within the bounds of
* the button (it can move in or out of the button, but the model
* is only armed during the portion of time spent within the button).
- * A button is triggered, and an ActionEvent
is fired,
+ * A button is triggered, and an {@code ActionEvent} is fired,
* when the mouse is released while the model is armed
* - meaning when it is released over top of the button after the mouse
* has previously been pressed on that button (and not already released).
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@
* has focus makes the model both armed and pressed. As long as this key
* remains down, the model remains in this state. Releasing the key sets
* the model to unarmed and unpressed, triggers the button, and causes an
- * ActionEvent
to be fired.
+ * {@code ActionEvent} to be fired.
*
* @author Jeff Dinkins
* @since 1.2
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@
* Indicates partial commitment towards triggering the
* button.
*
- * @return true
if the button is armed,
+ * @return {@code true} if the button is armed,
* and ready to be triggered
* @see #setArmed
*/
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@
* Indicates if the button has been selected. Only needed for
* certain types of buttons - such as radio buttons and check boxes.
*
- * @return true
if the button is selected
+ * @return {@code true} if the button is selected
*/
boolean isSelected();
@@ -98,21 +98,21 @@
* Indicates if the button can be selected or triggered by
* an input device, such as a mouse pointer.
*
- * @return true
if the button is enabled
+ * @return {@code true} if the button is enabled
*/
boolean isEnabled();
/**
* Indicates if the button is pressed.
*
- * @return true
if the button is pressed
+ * @return {@code true} if the button is pressed
*/
boolean isPressed();
/**
* Indicates that the mouse is over the button.
*
- * @return true
if the mouse is over the button
+ * @return {@code true} if the mouse is over the button
*/
boolean isRollover();
@@ -126,8 +126,8 @@
/**
* Selects or deselects the button.
*
- * @param b true
selects the button,
- * false
deselects the button
+ * @param b {@code true} selects the button,
+ * {@code false} deselects the button
*/
public void setSelected(boolean b);
@@ -173,9 +173,9 @@
/**
* Sets the action command string that gets sent as part of the
- * ActionEvent
when the button is triggered.
+ * {@code ActionEvent} when the button is triggered.
*
- * @param s the String
that identifies the generated event
+ * @param s the {@code String} that identifies the generated event
* @see #getActionCommand
* @see java.awt.event.ActionEvent#getActionCommand
*/
@@ -184,7 +184,7 @@
/**
* Returns the action command string for the button.
*
- * @return the String
that identifies the generated event
+ * @return the {@code String} that identifies the generated event
* @see #setActionCommand
*/
public String getActionCommand();
@@ -194,47 +194,47 @@
* needed for radio buttons, which are mutually
* exclusive within their group.
*
- * @param group the ButtonGroup
the button belongs to
+ * @param group the {@code ButtonGroup} the button belongs to
*/
public void setGroup(ButtonGroup group);
/**
- * Adds an ActionListener
to the model.
+ * Adds an {@code ActionListener} to the model.
*
* @param l the listener to add
*/
void addActionListener(ActionListener l);
/**
- * Removes an ActionListener
from the model.
+ * Removes an {@code ActionListener} from the model.
*
* @param l the listener to remove
*/
void removeActionListener(ActionListener l);
/**
- * Adds an ItemListener
to the model.
+ * Adds an {@code ItemListener} to the model.
*
* @param l the listener to add
*/
void addItemListener(ItemListener l);
/**
- * Removes an ItemListener
from the model.
+ * Removes an {@code ItemListener} from the model.
*
* @param l the listener to remove
*/
void removeItemListener(ItemListener l);
/**
- * Adds a ChangeListener
to the model.
+ * Adds a {@code ChangeListener} to the model.
*
* @param l the listener to add
*/
void addChangeListener(ChangeListener l);
/**
- * Removes a ChangeListener
from the model.
+ * Removes a {@code ChangeListener} from the model.
*
* @param l the listener to remove
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/CellEditor.java 2015-10-04 22:56:30.897263945 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/CellEditor.java 2015-10-04 22:56:30.705263954 +0400
@@ -33,26 +33,26 @@
* to implement. JTree
and
- * JTable
to allow any generic editor to
+ * editor) such as {@code JTree} and
+ * {@code JTable} to allow any generic editor to
* edit values in a table cell, or tree cell, etc. Without this generic
- * editor interface, JTable
would have to know about specific editors,
- * such as JTextField
, JCheckBox
, JComboBox
,
+ * editor interface, {@code JTable} would have to know about specific editors,
+ * such as {@code JTextField}, {@code JCheckBox}, {@code JComboBox},
* etc. In addition, without this interface, clients of editors such as
- * JTable
would not be able
+ * {@code JTable} would not be able
* to work with any editors developed in the future by the user
* or a 3rd party ISV. CellEditor
interface (See
- * DefaultCellEditor
for example). The wrapper approach
+ * implements the {@code CellEditor} interface (See
+ * {@code DefaultCellEditor} for example). The wrapper approach
* is particularly useful if the user want to use a 3rd party ISV
- * editor with JTable
, but the ISV didn't implement the
- * CellEditor
interface. The user can simply create an object
+ * editor with {@code JTable}, but the ISV didn't implement the
+ * {@code CellEditor} interface. The user can simply create an object
* that contains an instance of the 3rd party editor object and "translate"
- * the CellEditor
API into the 3rd party editor's API.
+ * the {@code CellEditor} API into the 3rd party editor's API.
*
* @see javax.swing.event.CellEditorListener
*
@@ -68,10 +68,10 @@
public Object getCellEditorValue();
/**
- * Asks the editor if it can start editing using anEvent
.
- * anEvent
is in the invoking component coordinate system.
+ * Asks the editor if it can start editing using {@code anEvent}.
+ * {@code anEvent} is in the invoking component coordinate system.
* The editor can not assume the Component returned by
- * getCellEditorComponent
is installed. This method
+ * {@code getCellEditorComponent} is installed. This method
* is intended for the use of client to avoid the cost of setting up
* and installing the editor component if editing is not possible.
* If editing can be started this method returns true.
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/CellRendererPane.java 2015-10-04 22:56:31.417263922 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/CellRendererPane.java 2015-10-04 22:56:31.229263931 +0400
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
* appropriate for short term storage or RMI between applications running
* the same version of Swing. As of 1.4, support for long term storage
* of all JavaBeans™
- * has been added to the java.beans
package.
+ * has been added to the {@code java.beans} package.
* Please see {@link java.beans.XMLEncoder}.
*
* @author Hans Muller
@@ -241,7 +241,7 @@
/**
* This class implements accessibility support for the
- * CellRendererPane
class.
+ * {@code CellRendererPane} class.
*/
protected class AccessibleCellRendererPane extends AccessibleAWTContainer {
// AccessibleContext methods
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/ComboBoxModel.java 2015-10-04 22:56:31.945263898 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/ComboBoxModel.java 2015-10-04 22:56:31.753263907 +0400
@@ -25,12 +25,12 @@
package javax.swing;
/**
- * A data model for a combo box. This interface extends ListDataModel
+ * A data model for a combo box. This interface extends {@code ListDataModel}
* and adds the concept of a selected item. The selected item is generally
* the item which is visible in the combo box display area.
* ListModel
. This disjoint behavior allows for the temporary
+ * {@code ListModel}. This disjoint behavior allows for the temporary
* storage and retrieval of a selected item in the model.
*
* @param ListDataListener
s that the contents
+ * all registered {@code ListDataListener}s that the contents
* have changed.
*
- * @param anItem the list object to select or null
+ * @param anItem the list object to select or {@code null}
* to clear the selection
*/
void setSelectedItem(Object anItem);
/**
* Returns the selected item
- * @return The selected item or null
if there is no selection
+ * @return The selected item or {@code null} if there is no selection
*/
Object getSelectedItem();
}
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/ComponentInputMap.java 2015-10-04 22:56:32.465263875 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/ComponentInputMap.java 2015-10-04 22:56:32.273263884 +0400
@@ -25,12 +25,12 @@
package javax.swing;
/**
- * A ComponentInputMap
is an InputMap
- * associated with a particular JComponent
.
+ * A {@code ComponentInputMap} is an {@code InputMap}
+ * associated with a particular {@code JComponent}.
* The component is automatically notified whenever
- * the ComponentInputMap
changes.
- * ComponentInputMap
s are used for
- * WHEN_IN_FOCUSED_WINDOW
bindings.
+ * the {@code ComponentInputMap} changes.
+ * {@code ComponentInputMap}s are used for
+ * {@code WHEN_IN_FOCUSED_WINDOW} bindings.
*
* @author Scott Violet
* @since 1.3
@@ -41,11 +41,11 @@
private JComponent component;
/**
- * Creates a ComponentInputMap
associated with the
+ * Creates a {@code ComponentInputMap} associated with the
* specified component.
*
- * @param component a non-null JComponent
- * @throws IllegalArgumentException if component
is null
+ * @param component a non-null {@code JComponent}
+ * @throws IllegalArgumentException if {@code component} is null
*/
public ComponentInputMap(JComponent component) {
this.component = component;
@@ -55,14 +55,14 @@
}
/**
- * Sets the parent, which must be a ComponentInputMap
+ * Sets the parent, which must be a {@code ComponentInputMap}
* associated with the same component as this
- * ComponentInputMap
.
+ * {@code ComponentInputMap}.
*
- * @param map a ComponentInputMap
+ * @param map a {@code ComponentInputMap}
*
- * @throws IllegalArgumentException if map
- * is not a ComponentInputMap
+ * @throws IllegalArgumentException if {@code map}
+ * is not a {@code ComponentInputMap}
* or is not associated with the same component
*/
public void setParent(InputMap map) {
@@ -87,9 +87,9 @@
}
/**
- * Adds a binding for keyStroke
to actionMapKey
.
- * If actionMapKey
is null, this removes the current binding
- * for keyStroke
.
+ * Adds a binding for {@code keyStroke} to {@code actionMapKey}.
+ * If {@code actionMapKey} is null, this removes the current binding
+ * for {@code keyStroke}.
*/
public void put(KeyStroke keyStroke, Object actionMapKey) {
super.put(keyStroke, actionMapKey);
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@
}
/**
- * Removes the binding for key
from this object.
+ * Removes the binding for {@code key} from this object.
*/
public void remove(KeyStroke key) {
super.remove(key);
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/DebugGraphics.java 2015-10-04 22:56:32.985263852 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/DebugGraphics.java 2015-10-04 22:56:32.797263860 +0400
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@
public static final int LOG_OPTION = 1 << 0;
/** Flash graphics operations. */
public static final int FLASH_OPTION = 1 << 1;
- /** Show buffered operations in a separate Frame
. */
+ /** Show buffered operations in a separate {@code Frame}. */
public static final int BUFFERED_OPTION = 1 << 2;
/** Don't debug graphics operations. */
public static final int NONE_OPTION = -1;
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@
}
/**
- * Overrides Graphics.create
to return a DebugGraphics object.
+ * Overrides {@code Graphics.create} to return a DebugGraphics object.
*/
public Graphics create() {
DebugGraphics debugGraphics;
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@
}
/**
- * Overrides Graphics.create
to return a DebugGraphics object.
+ * Overrides {@code Graphics.create} to return a DebugGraphics object.
*/
public Graphics create(int x, int y, int width, int height) {
DebugGraphics debugGraphics;
@@ -251,21 +251,21 @@
//------------------------------------------------
/**
- * Overrides Graphics.getFontMetrics
.
+ * Overrides {@code Graphics.getFontMetrics}.
*/
public FontMetrics getFontMetrics() {
return graphics.getFontMetrics();
}
/**
- * Overrides Graphics.getFontMetrics
.
+ * Overrides {@code Graphics.getFontMetrics}.
*/
public FontMetrics getFontMetrics(Font f) {
return graphics.getFontMetrics(f);
}
/**
- * Overrides Graphics.translate
.
+ * Overrides {@code Graphics.translate}.
*/
public void translate(int x, int y) {
if (debugLog()) {
@@ -278,7 +278,7 @@
}
/**
- * Overrides Graphics.setPaintMode
.
+ * Overrides {@code Graphics.setPaintMode}.
*/
public void setPaintMode() {
if (debugLog()) {
@@ -288,7 +288,7 @@
}
/**
- * Overrides Graphics.setXORMode
.
+ * Overrides {@code Graphics.setXORMode}.
*/
public void setXORMode(Color aColor) {
if (debugLog()) {
@@ -298,14 +298,14 @@
}
/**
- * Overrides Graphics.getClipBounds
.
+ * Overrides {@code Graphics.getClipBounds}.
*/
public Rectangle getClipBounds() {
return graphics.getClipBounds();
}
/**
- * Overrides Graphics.clipRect
.
+ * Overrides {@code Graphics.clipRect}.
*/
public void clipRect(int x, int y, int width, int height) {
graphics.clipRect(x, y, width, height);
@@ -317,7 +317,7 @@
}
/**
- * Overrides Graphics.setClip
.
+ * Overrides {@code Graphics.setClip}.
*/
public void setClip(int x, int y, int width, int height) {
graphics.setClip(x, y, width, height);
@@ -328,14 +328,14 @@
}
/**
- * Overrides Graphics.getClip
.
+ * Overrides {@code Graphics.getClip}.
*/
public Shape getClip() {
return graphics.getClip();
}
/**
- * Overrides Graphics.setClip
.
+ * Overrides {@code Graphics.setClip}.
*/
public void setClip(Shape clip) {
graphics.setClip(clip);
@@ -346,7 +346,7 @@
}
/**
- * Overrides Graphics.drawRect
.
+ * Overrides {@code Graphics.drawRect}.
*/
public void drawRect(int x, int y, int width, int height) {
DebugGraphicsInfo info = info();
@@ -380,7 +380,7 @@
}
/**
- * Overrides Graphics.fillRect
.
+ * Overrides {@code Graphics.fillRect}.
*/
public void fillRect(int x, int y, int width, int height) {
DebugGraphicsInfo info = info();
@@ -414,7 +414,7 @@
}
/**
- * Overrides Graphics.clearRect
.
+ * Overrides {@code Graphics.clearRect}.
*/
public void clearRect(int x, int y, int width, int height) {
DebugGraphicsInfo info = info();
@@ -448,7 +448,7 @@
}
/**
- * Overrides Graphics.drawRoundRect
.
+ * Overrides {@code Graphics.drawRoundRect}.
*/
public void drawRoundRect(int x, int y, int width, int height,
int arcWidth, int arcHeight) {
@@ -486,7 +486,7 @@
}
/**
- * Overrides Graphics.fillRoundRect
.
+ * Overrides {@code Graphics.fillRoundRect}.
*/
public void fillRoundRect(int x, int y, int width, int height,
int arcWidth, int arcHeight) {
@@ -524,7 +524,7 @@
}
/**
- * Overrides Graphics.drawLine
.
+ * Overrides {@code Graphics.drawLine}.
*/
public void drawLine(int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2) {
DebugGraphicsInfo info = info();
@@ -558,7 +558,7 @@
}
/**
- * Overrides Graphics.draw3DRect
.
+ * Overrides {@code Graphics.draw3DRect}.
*/
public void draw3DRect(int x, int y, int width, int height,
boolean raised) {
@@ -593,7 +593,7 @@
}
/**
- * Overrides Graphics.fill3DRect
.
+ * Overrides {@code Graphics.fill3DRect}.
*/
public void fill3DRect(int x, int y, int width, int height,
boolean raised) {
@@ -628,7 +628,7 @@
}
/**
- * Overrides Graphics.drawOval
.
+ * Overrides {@code Graphics.drawOval}.
*/
public void drawOval(int x, int y, int width, int height) {
DebugGraphicsInfo info = info();
@@ -661,7 +661,7 @@
}
/**
- * Overrides Graphics.fillOval
.
+ * Overrides {@code Graphics.fillOval}.
*/
public void fillOval(int x, int y, int width, int height) {
DebugGraphicsInfo info = info();
@@ -694,7 +694,7 @@
}
/**
- * Overrides Graphics.drawArc
.
+ * Overrides {@code Graphics.drawArc}.
*/
public void drawArc(int x, int y, int width, int height,
int startAngle, int arcAngle) {
@@ -731,7 +731,7 @@
}
/**
- * Overrides Graphics.fillArc
.
+ * Overrides {@code Graphics.fillArc}.
*/
public void fillArc(int x, int y, int width, int height,
int startAngle, int arcAngle) {
@@ -768,7 +768,7 @@
}
/**
- * Overrides Graphics.drawPolyline
.
+ * Overrides {@code Graphics.drawPolyline}.
*/
public void drawPolyline(int xPoints[], int yPoints[], int nPoints) {
DebugGraphicsInfo info = info();
@@ -803,7 +803,7 @@
}
/**
- * Overrides Graphics.drawPolygon
.
+ * Overrides {@code Graphics.drawPolygon}.
*/
public void drawPolygon(int xPoints[], int yPoints[], int nPoints) {
DebugGraphicsInfo info = info();
@@ -838,7 +838,7 @@
}
/**
- * Overrides Graphics.fillPolygon
.
+ * Overrides {@code Graphics.fillPolygon}.
*/
public void fillPolygon(int xPoints[], int yPoints[], int nPoints) {
DebugGraphicsInfo info = info();
@@ -873,7 +873,7 @@
}
/**
- * Overrides Graphics.drawString
.
+ * Overrides {@code Graphics.drawString}.
*/
public void drawString(String aString, int x, int y) {
DebugGraphicsInfo info = info();
@@ -908,7 +908,7 @@
}
/**
- * Overrides Graphics.drawString
.
+ * Overrides {@code Graphics.drawString}.
*/
public void drawString(AttributedCharacterIterator iterator, int x, int y) {
DebugGraphicsInfo info = info();
@@ -943,7 +943,7 @@
}
/**
- * Overrides Graphics.drawBytes
.
+ * Overrides {@code Graphics.drawBytes}.
*/
public void drawBytes(byte data[], int offset, int length, int x, int y) {
DebugGraphicsInfo info = info();
@@ -979,7 +979,7 @@
}
/**
- * Overrides Graphics.drawChars
.
+ * Overrides {@code Graphics.drawChars}.
*/
public void drawChars(char data[], int offset, int length, int x, int y) {
DebugGraphicsInfo info = info();
@@ -1015,7 +1015,7 @@
}
/**
- * Overrides Graphics.drawImage
.
+ * Overrides {@code Graphics.drawImage}.
*/
public boolean drawImage(Image img, int x, int y,
ImageObserver observer) {
@@ -1059,7 +1059,7 @@
}
/**
- * Overrides Graphics.drawImage
.
+ * Overrides {@code Graphics.drawImage}.
*/
public boolean drawImage(Image img, int x, int y, int width, int height,
ImageObserver observer) {
@@ -1103,7 +1103,7 @@
}
/**
- * Overrides Graphics.drawImage
.
+ * Overrides {@code Graphics.drawImage}.
*/
public boolean drawImage(Image img, int x, int y,
Color bgcolor,
@@ -1149,7 +1149,7 @@
}
/**
- * Overrides Graphics.drawImage
.
+ * Overrides {@code Graphics.drawImage}.
*/
public boolean drawImage(Image img, int x, int y,int width, int height,
Color bgcolor,
@@ -1196,7 +1196,7 @@
}
/**
- * Overrides Graphics.drawImage
.
+ * Overrides {@code Graphics.drawImage}.
*/
public boolean drawImage(Image img,
int dx1, int dy1, int dx2, int dy2,
@@ -1246,7 +1246,7 @@
}
/**
- * Overrides Graphics.drawImage
.
+ * Overrides {@code Graphics.drawImage}.
*/
public boolean drawImage(Image img,
int dx1, int dy1, int dx2, int dy2,
@@ -1303,7 +1303,7 @@
/**
- * Overrides Graphics.copyArea
.
+ * Overrides {@code Graphics.copyArea}.
*/
public void copyArea(int x, int y, int width, int height,
int destX, int destY) {
@@ -1324,7 +1324,7 @@
}
/**
- * Overrides Graphics.dispose
.
+ * Overrides {@code Graphics.dispose}.
*/
public void dispose() {
graphics.dispose();
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/DefaultBoundedRangeModel.java 2015-10-04 22:56:33.533263827 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/DefaultBoundedRangeModel.java 2015-10-04 22:56:33.341263836 +0400
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
* appropriate for short term storage or RMI between applications running
* the same version of Swing. As of 1.4, support for long term storage
* of all JavaBeans™
- * has been added to the java.beans
package.
+ * has been added to the {@code java.beans} package.
* Please see {@link java.beans.XMLEncoder}.
*
* @author David Kloba
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@
public class DefaultBoundedRangeModel implements BoundedRangeModel, Serializable
{
/**
- * Only one ChangeEvent
is needed per model instance since the
+ * Only one {@code ChangeEvent} is needed per model instance since the
* event's only (read-only) state is the source property. The source
* of events generated here is always "this".
*/
@@ -70,11 +70,11 @@
* Initializes all of the properties with default values.
* Those values are:
*
- *
*/
public DefaultBoundedRangeModel() {
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@
/**
* Initializes value, extent, minimum and maximum. Adjusting is false.
- * Throws an value
= 0
- * extent
= 0
- * minimum
= 0
- * maximum
= 100
- * adjusting
= false
+ * IllegalArgumentException
if the following
+ * Throws an {@code IllegalArgumentException} if the following
* constraints aren't satisfied:
*
* min <= value <= value+extent <= max
@@ -228,7 +228,7 @@
/**
- * Sets the
*
- * And the child will be added to the valueIsAdjusting
property.
+ * Sets the {@code valueIsAdjusting} property.
*
* @see #getValueIsAdjusting
* @see #setValue
@@ -243,7 +243,7 @@
* Returns true if the value is in the process of changing
* as a result of actions being taken by the user.
*
- * @return the value of the valueIsAdjusting
property
+ * @return the value of the {@code valueIsAdjusting} property
* @see #setValue
* @see BoundedRangeModel#getValueIsAdjusting
*/
@@ -253,13 +253,13 @@
/**
- * Sets all of the BoundedRangeModel
properties after forcing
+ * Sets all of the {@code BoundedRangeModel} properties after forcing
* the arguments to obey the usual constraints:
*
* minimum <= value <= value+extent <= maximum
*
* ChangeEvent
is generated.
+ * At most, one {@code ChangeEvent} is generated.
*
* @see BoundedRangeModel#setRangeProperties
* @see #setValue
@@ -312,7 +312,7 @@
/**
- * Adds a ChangeListener
. The change listeners are run each
+ * Adds a {@code ChangeListener}. The change listeners are run each
* time any one of the Bounded Range model properties changes.
*
* @param l the ChangeListener to add
@@ -325,9 +325,9 @@
/**
- * Removes a ChangeListener
.
+ * Removes a {@code ChangeListener}.
*
- * @param l the ChangeListener
to remove
+ * @param l the {@code ChangeListener} to remove
* @see #addChangeListener
* @see BoundedRangeModel#removeChangeListener
*/
@@ -338,9 +338,9 @@
/**
* Returns an array of all the change listeners
- * registered on this DefaultBoundedRangeModel
.
+ * registered on this {@code DefaultBoundedRangeModel}.
*
- * @return all of this model's ChangeListener
s
+ * @return all of this model's {@code ChangeListener}s
* or an empty
* array if no change listeners are currently registered
*
@@ -355,7 +355,7 @@
/**
- * Runs each ChangeListener
's stateChanged
method.
+ * Runs each {@code ChangeListener}'s {@code stateChanged} method.
*
* @see #setRangeProperties
* @see EventListenerList
@@ -376,7 +376,7 @@
/**
* Returns a string that displays all of the
- * BoundedRangeModel
properties.
+ * {@code BoundedRangeModel} properties.
*/
public String toString() {
String modelString =
@@ -396,10 +396,10 @@
* FooListener
s
* are registered using the addFooListener
method.
* listenerType
argument
+ * You can specify the {@code listenerType} argument
* with a class literal, such as FooListener.class
.
- * For example, you can query a DefaultBoundedRangeModel
- * instance m
+ * For example, you can query a {@code DefaultBoundedRangeModel}
+ * instance {@code m}
* for its change listeners
* with the following code:
*
@@ -411,15 +411,15 @@
* @param java.util.EventListener
+ * that descends from {@code java.util.EventListener}
* @return an array of all objects registered as
* FooListener
s
* on this model,
* or an empty array if no such
* listeners have been added
- * @exception ClassCastException if listenerType
doesn't
+ * @exception ClassCastException if {@code listenerType} doesn't
* specify a class or interface that implements
- * java.util.EventListener
+ * {@code java.util.EventListener}
*
* @see #getChangeListeners
*
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/DefaultButtonModel.java 2015-10-04 22:56:34.073263803 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/DefaultButtonModel.java 2015-10-04 22:56:33.873263812 +0400
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
import javax.swing.event.*;
/**
- * The default implementation of a Button
component's data model.
+ * The default implementation of a {@code Button} component's data model.
* java.beans
package.
+ * has been added to the {@code java.beans} package.
* Please see {@link java.beans.XMLEncoder}.
*
* @author Jeff Dinkins
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@
protected int mnemonic = 0;
/**
- * Only one ChangeEvent
is needed per button model
+ * Only one {@code ChangeEvent} is needed per button model
* instance since the event's only state is the source property.
* The source of events generated is always "this".
*/
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@
private boolean menuItem = false;
/**
- * Constructs a DefaultButtonModel
.
+ * Constructs a {@code DefaultButtonModel}.
*
*/
public DefaultButtonModel() {
@@ -316,9 +316,9 @@
/**
* Returns an array of all the change listeners
- * registered on this DefaultButtonModel
.
+ * registered on this {@code DefaultButtonModel}.
*
- * @return all of this model's ChangeListener
s
+ * @return all of this model's {@code ChangeListener}s
* or an empty
* array if no change listeners are currently registered
*
@@ -369,9 +369,9 @@
/**
* Returns an array of all the action listeners
- * registered on this DefaultButtonModel
.
+ * registered on this {@code DefaultButtonModel}.
*
- * @return all of this model's ActionListener
s
+ * @return all of this model's {@code ActionListener}s
* or an empty
* array if no action listeners are currently registered
*
@@ -388,7 +388,7 @@
* Notifies all listeners that have registered interest for
* notification on this event type.
*
- * @param e the ActionEvent
to deliver to listeners
+ * @param e the {@code ActionEvent} to deliver to listeners
* @see EventListenerList
*/
protected void fireActionPerformed(ActionEvent e) {
@@ -422,9 +422,9 @@
/**
* Returns an array of all the item listeners
- * registered on this DefaultButtonModel
.
+ * registered on this {@code DefaultButtonModel}.
*
- * @return all of this model's ItemListener
s
+ * @return all of this model's {@code ItemListener}s
* or an empty
* array if no item listeners are currently registered
*
@@ -441,7 +441,7 @@
* Notifies all listeners that have registered interest for
* notification on this event type.
*
- * @param e the ItemEvent
to deliver to listeners
+ * @param e the {@code ItemEvent} to deliver to listeners
* @see EventListenerList
*/
protected void fireItemStateChanged(ItemEvent e) {
@@ -466,10 +466,10 @@
* FooListener
s
* are registered using the addFooListener
method.
* listenerType
argument
+ * You can specify the {@code listenerType} argument
* with a class literal, such as FooListener.class
.
- * For example, you can query a DefaultButtonModel
- * instance m
+ * For example, you can query a {@code DefaultButtonModel}
+ * instance {@code m}
* for its action listeners
* with the following code:
*
@@ -481,15 +481,15 @@
* @param java.util.EventListener
+ * that descends from {@code java.util.EventListener}
* @return an array of all objects registered as
* FooListener
s
* on this model,
* or an empty array if no such
* listeners have been added
- * @exception ClassCastException if listenerType
doesn't
+ * @exception ClassCastException if {@code listenerType} doesn't
* specify a class or interface that implements
- * java.util.EventListener
+ * {@code java.util.EventListener}
*
* @see #getActionListeners
* @see #getChangeListeners
@@ -501,7 +501,7 @@
return listenerList.getListeners(listenerType);
}
- /** Overridden to return null
. */
+ /** Overridden to return {@code null}. */
public Object[] getSelectedObjects() {
return null;
}
@@ -518,7 +518,7 @@
* Normally used with radio buttons, which are mutually
* exclusive within their group.
*
- * @return the ButtonGroup
that the button belongs to
+ * @return the {@code ButtonGroup} that the button belongs to
*
* @since 1.3
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/DefaultCellEditor.java 2015-10-04 22:56:34.601263779 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/DefaultCellEditor.java 2015-10-04 22:56:34.413263788 +0400
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
* appropriate for short term storage or RMI between applications running
* the same version of Swing. As of 1.4, support for long term storage
* of all JavaBeans™
- * has been added to the java.beans
package.
+ * has been added to the {@code java.beans} package.
* Please see {@link java.beans.XMLEncoder}.
*
* @author Alan Chung
@@ -63,12 +63,12 @@
protected JComponent editorComponent;
/**
* The delegate class which handles all methods sent from the
- * CellEditor
.
+ * {@code CellEditor}.
*/
protected EditorDelegate delegate;
/**
* An integer specifying the number of clicks needed to start editing.
- * Even if clickCountToStart
is defined as zero, it
+ * Even if {@code clickCountToStart} is defined as zero, it
* will not initiate until a click occurs.
*/
protected int clickCountToStart = 1;
@@ -78,9 +78,9 @@
//
/**
- * Constructs a DefaultCellEditor
that uses a text field.
+ * Constructs a {@code DefaultCellEditor} that uses a text field.
*
- * @param textField a JTextField
object
+ * @param textField a {@code JTextField} object
*/
@ConstructorProperties({"component"})
public DefaultCellEditor(final JTextField textField) {
@@ -99,9 +99,9 @@
}
/**
- * Constructs a DefaultCellEditor
object that uses a check box.
+ * Constructs a {@code DefaultCellEditor} object that uses a check box.
*
- * @param checkBox a JCheckBox
object
+ * @param checkBox a {@code JCheckBox} object
*/
public DefaultCellEditor(final JCheckBox checkBox) {
editorComponent = checkBox;
@@ -126,10 +126,10 @@
}
/**
- * Constructs a DefaultCellEditor
object that uses a
+ * Constructs a {@code DefaultCellEditor} object that uses a
* combo box.
*
- * @param comboBox a JComboBox
object
+ * @param comboBox a {@code JComboBox} object
*/
public DefaultCellEditor(final JComboBox> comboBox) {
editorComponent = comboBox;
@@ -165,7 +165,7 @@
/**
* Returns a reference to the editor component.
*
- * @return the editor Component
+ * @return the editor {@code Component}
*/
public Component getComponent() {
return editorComponent;
@@ -199,8 +199,8 @@
//
/**
- * Forwards the message from the CellEditor
to
- * the delegate
.
+ * Forwards the message from the {@code CellEditor} to
+ * the {@code delegate}.
* @see EditorDelegate#getCellEditorValue
*/
public Object getCellEditorValue() {
@@ -208,8 +208,8 @@
}
/**
- * Forwards the message from the CellEditor
to
- * the delegate
.
+ * Forwards the message from the {@code CellEditor} to
+ * the {@code delegate}.
* @see EditorDelegate#isCellEditable(EventObject)
*/
public boolean isCellEditable(EventObject anEvent) {
@@ -217,8 +217,8 @@
}
/**
- * Forwards the message from the CellEditor
to
- * the delegate
.
+ * Forwards the message from the {@code CellEditor} to
+ * the {@code delegate}.
* @see EditorDelegate#shouldSelectCell(EventObject)
*/
public boolean shouldSelectCell(EventObject anEvent) {
@@ -226,8 +226,8 @@
}
/**
- * Forwards the message from the CellEditor
to
- * the delegate
.
+ * Forwards the message from the {@code CellEditor} to
+ * the {@code delegate}.
* @see EditorDelegate#stopCellEditing
*/
public boolean stopCellEditing() {
@@ -235,8 +235,8 @@
}
/**
- * Forwards the message from the CellEditor
to
- * the delegate
.
+ * Forwards the message from the {@code CellEditor} to
+ * the {@code delegate}.
* @see EditorDelegate#cancelCellEditing
*/
public void cancelCellEditing() {
@@ -247,7 +247,7 @@
// Implementing the TreeCellEditor Interface
//
- /** Implements the TreeCellEditor
interface. */
+ /** Implements the {@code TreeCellEditor} interface. */
public Component getTreeCellEditorComponent(JTree tree, Object value,
boolean isSelected,
boolean expanded,
@@ -262,7 +262,7 @@
//
// Implementing the CellEditor Interface
//
- /** Implements the TableCellEditor
interface. */
+ /** Implements the {@code TableCellEditor} interface. */
public Component getTableCellEditorComponent(JTable table, Object value,
boolean isSelected,
int row, int column) {
@@ -296,7 +296,7 @@
//
/**
- * The protected EditorDelegate
class.
+ * The protected {@code EditorDelegate} class.
*/
protected class EditorDelegate implements ActionListener, ItemListener, Serializable {
@@ -320,8 +320,8 @@
}
/**
- * Returns true if anEvent
is not a
- * MouseEvent
. Otherwise, it returns true
+ * Returns true if {@code anEvent} is not a
+ * {@code MouseEvent}. Otherwise, it returns true
* if the necessary number of clicks have occurred, and
* returns false otherwise.
*
@@ -362,7 +362,7 @@
/**
* Stops editing and
* returns true to indicate that editing has stopped.
- * This method calls fireEditingStopped
.
+ * This method calls {@code fireEditingStopped}.
*
* @return true
*/
@@ -372,7 +372,7 @@
}
/**
- * Cancels editing. This method calls fireEditingCanceled
.
+ * Cancels editing. This method calls {@code fireEditingCanceled}.
*/
public void cancelCellEditing() {
fireEditingCanceled();
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/DefaultDesktopManager.java 2015-10-04 22:56:35.133263755 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/DefaultDesktopManager.java 2015-10-04 22:56:34.945263764 +0400
@@ -33,11 +33,11 @@
import java.awt.*;
import java.beans.PropertyVetoException;
-/** This is an implementation of the DesktopManager
.
+/** This is an implementation of the {@code DesktopManager}.
* It currently implements the basic behaviors for managing
- * JInternalFrame
s in an arbitrary parent.
- * JInternalFrame
s that are not children of a
- * JDesktop
will use this component
+ * {@code JInternalFrame}s in an arbitrary parent.
+ * {@code JInternalFrame}s that are not children of a
+ * {@code JDesktop} will use this component
* to handle their desktop-like actions.
* desktopIcon
, from its parent.
- * @param f the JInternalFrame
to be removed
+ * {@code desktopIcon}, from its parent.
+ * @param f the {@code JInternalFrame} to be removed
*/
public void closeFrame(JInternalFrame f) {
JDesktopPane d = f.getDesktopPane();
@@ -144,8 +144,8 @@
/**
* Restores the frame back to its size and position prior
- * to a maximizeFrame
call.
- * @param f the JInternalFrame
to be restored
+ * to a {@code maximizeFrame} call.
+ * @param f the {@code JInternalFrame} to be restored
*/
public void minimizeFrame(JInternalFrame f) {
// If the frame was an icon restore it back to an icon.
@@ -164,8 +164,8 @@
/**
* Removes the frame from its parent and adds its
- * desktopIcon
to the parent.
- * @param f the JInternalFrame
to be iconified
+ * {@code desktopIcon} to the parent.
+ * @param f the {@code JInternalFrame} to be iconified
*/
public void iconifyFrame(JInternalFrame f) {
JInternalFrame.JDesktopIcon desktopIcon;
@@ -213,7 +213,7 @@
/**
* Removes the desktopIcon from its parent and adds its frame
* to the parent.
- * @param f the JInternalFrame
to be de-iconified
+ * @param f the {@code JInternalFrame} to be de-iconified
*/
public void deiconifyFrame(JInternalFrame f) {
JInternalFrame.JDesktopIcon desktopIcon = f.getDesktopIcon();
@@ -247,9 +247,9 @@
/** This will activate f moving it to the front. It will
* set the current active frame's (if any)
- * IS_SELECTED_PROPERTY
to false
.
+ * {@code IS_SELECTED_PROPERTY} to {@code false}.
* There can be only one active frame across all Layers.
- * @param f the JInternalFrame
to be activated
+ * @param f the {@code JInternalFrame} to be activated
*/
public void activateFrame(JInternalFrame f) {
Container p = f.getParent();
@@ -348,7 +348,7 @@
* Moves the visible location of the frame being dragged
* to the location specified. The means by which this occurs can vary depending
* on the dragging algorithm being used. The actual logical location of the frame
- * might not change until endDraggingFrame
is called.
+ * might not change until {@code endDraggingFrame} is called.
*/
public void dragFrame(JComponent f, int newX, int newY) {
@@ -410,7 +410,7 @@
}
/**
- * Calls setBoundsForFrame
with the new values.
+ * Calls {@code setBoundsForFrame} with the new values.
* @param f the component to be resized
* @param newX the new x-coordinate
* @param newY the new y-coordinate
@@ -455,7 +455,7 @@
}
- /** This moves the JComponent
and repaints the damaged areas. */
+ /** This moves the {@code JComponent} and repaints the damaged areas. */
public void setBoundsForFrame(JComponent f, int newX, int newY, int newWidth, int newHeight) {
f.setBounds(newX, newY, newWidth, newHeight);
// we must validate the hierarchy to not break the hw/lw mixing
@@ -590,7 +590,7 @@
/**
* Gets the normal bounds of the component prior to the component
* being maximized.
- * @param f the JInternalFrame
of interest
+ * @param f the {@code JInternalFrame} of interest
* @return the normal bounds of the component
*/
protected Rectangle getPreviousBounds(JInternalFrame f) {
@@ -599,7 +599,7 @@
/**
* Sets that the component has been iconized and the bounds of the
- * desktopIcon
are valid.
+ * {@code desktopIcon} are valid.
*
* @param f the {@code JInternalFrame} of interest
* @param value a {@code Boolean} signifying if component has been iconized
@@ -611,13 +611,13 @@
}
/**
- * Returns true
if the component has been iconized
- * and the bounds of the desktopIcon
are valid,
- * otherwise returns false
.
+ * Returns {@code true} if the component has been iconized
+ * and the bounds of the {@code desktopIcon} are valid,
+ * otherwise returns {@code false}.
*
- * @param f the JInternalFrame
of interest
- * @return true
if the component has been iconized;
- * otherwise returns false
+ * @param f the {@code JInternalFrame} of interest
+ * @return {@code true} if the component has been iconized;
+ * otherwise returns {@code false}
*/
protected boolean wasIcon(JInternalFrame f) {
return (f.getClientProperty(HAS_BEEN_ICONIFIED_PROPERTY) == Boolean.TRUE);
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/DefaultFocusManager.java 2015-10-04 22:56:35.665263731 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/DefaultFocusManager.java 2015-10-04 22:56:35.477263740 +0400
@@ -33,8 +33,8 @@
/**
* This class has been obsoleted by the 1.4 focus APIs. While client code may
* still use this class, developers are strongly encouraged to use
- * java.awt.KeyboardFocusManager
and
- * java.awt.DefaultKeyboardFocusManager
instead.
+ * {@code java.awt.KeyboardFocusManager} and
+ * {@code java.awt.DefaultKeyboardFocusManager} instead.
* invalidate
,
- * validate
,
- * revalidate
,
- * repaint
,
- * isOpaque
,
+ * {@code invalidate},
+ * {@code validate},
+ * {@code revalidate},
+ * {@code repaint},
+ * {@code isOpaque},
* and
- * firePropertyChange
+ * {@code firePropertyChange}
* solely to improve performance.
* If not overridden, these frequently called methods would execute code paths
* that are unnecessary for the default list cell renderer.
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@
* appropriate for short term storage or RMI between applications running
* the same version of Swing. As of 1.4, support for long term storage
* of all JavaBeans™
- * has been added to the java.beans
package.
+ * has been added to the {@code java.beans} package.
* Please see {@link java.beans.XMLEncoder}.
*
* @author Philip Milne
@@ -77,9 +77,9 @@
{
/**
- * An empty Border
. This field might not be used. To change the
- * Border
used by this renderer override the
- * getListCellRendererComponent
method and set the border
+ * An empty {@code Border}. This field might not be used. To change the
+ * {@code Border} used by this renderer override the
+ * {@code getListCellRendererComponent} method and set the border
* of the returned component directly.
*/
private static final Border SAFE_NO_FOCUS_BORDER = new EmptyBorder(1, 1, 1, 1);
@@ -181,9 +181,9 @@
* for more information.
*
* @since 1.5
- * @return true
if the background is completely opaque
+ * @return {@code true} if the background is completely opaque
* and differs from the JList's background;
- * false
otherwise
+ * {@code false} otherwise
*/
@Override
public boolean isOpaque() {
@@ -343,7 +343,7 @@
* appropriate for short term storage or RMI between applications running
* the same version of Swing. As of 1.4, support for long term storage
* of all JavaBeans™
- * has been added to the java.beans
package.
+ * has been added to the {@code java.beans} package.
* Please see {@link java.beans.XMLEncoder}.
*/
@SuppressWarnings("serial") // Same-version serialization only
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/DefaultListModel.java 2015-10-04 22:56:36.713263684 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/DefaultListModel.java 2015-10-04 22:56:36.525263693 +0400
@@ -32,11 +32,11 @@
/**
- * This class loosely implements the java.util.Vector
+ * This class loosely implements the {@code java.util.Vector}
* API, in that it implements the 1.1.x version of
- * java.util.Vector
, has no collection class support,
- * and notifies the ListDataListener
s when changes occur.
- * Presently it delegates to a Vector
,
+ * {@code java.util.Vector}, has no collection class support,
+ * and notifies the {@code ListDataListener}s when changes occur.
+ * Presently it delegates to a {@code Vector},
* in a future release it will be a real Collection implementation.
* java.beans
package.
+ * has been added to the {@code java.beans} package.
* Please see {@link java.beans.XMLEncoder}.
*
* @param size
, which implements the
- * List
interface defined in the 1.2 Collections framework.
- * This method exists in conjunction with setSize
so that
- * size
is identifiable as a JavaBean property.
+ * This method is identical to {@code size}, which implements the
+ * {@code List} interface defined in the 1.2 Collections framework.
+ * This method exists in conjunction with {@code setSize} so that
+ * {@code size} is identifiable as a JavaBean property.
*
* @return the number of components in this list
* @see #size()
@@ -77,12 +77,12 @@
* Returns the component at the specified index.
*
* Note: Although this method is not deprecated, the preferred
- * method to use is
* @param index an index into this list
* @return the component at the specified index
- * @exception ArrayIndexOutOfBoundsException if the get(int)
, which implements the
- * List
interface defined in the 1.2 Collections framework.
+ * method to use is {@code get(int)}, which implements the
+ * {@code List} interface defined in the 1.2 Collections framework.
* index
+ * @exception ArrayIndexOutOfBoundsException if the {@code index}
* is negative or greater than the current size of this
* list
* @see #get(int)
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@
/**
* Copies the components of this list into the specified array.
* The array must be big enough to hold all the objects in this list,
- * else an IndexOutOfBoundsException
is thrown.
+ * else an {@code IndexOutOfBoundsException} is thrown.
*
* @param anArray the array into which the components get copied
* @see Vector#copyInto(Object[])
@@ -164,9 +164,9 @@
/**
* Tests whether this list has any components.
*
- * @return true
if and only if this list has
+ * @return {@code true} if and only if this list has
* no components, that is, its size is zero;
- * false
otherwise
+ * {@code false} otherwise
* @see Vector#isEmpty()
*/
public boolean isEmpty() {
@@ -187,7 +187,7 @@
* Tests whether the specified object is a component in this list.
*
* @param elem an object
- * @return true
if the specified object
+ * @return {@code true} if the specified object
* is the same as a component in this list
* @see Vector#contains(Object)
*/
@@ -196,11 +196,11 @@
}
/**
- * Searches for the first occurrence of elem
.
+ * Searches for the first occurrence of {@code elem}.
*
* @param elem an object
* @return the index of the first occurrence of the argument in this
- * list; returns -1
if the object is not found
+ * list; returns {@code -1} if the object is not found
* @see Vector#indexOf(Object)
*/
public int indexOf(Object elem) {
@@ -208,14 +208,14 @@
}
/**
- * Searches for the first occurrence of elem
, beginning
- * the search at index
.
+ * Searches for the first occurrence of {@code elem}, beginning
+ * the search at {@code index}.
*
* @param elem an desired component
* @param index the index from which to begin searching
- * @return the index where the first occurrence of elem
- * is found after index
; returns -1
- * if the elem
is not found in the list
+ * @return the index where the first occurrence of {@code elem}
+ * is found after {@code index}; returns {@code -1}
+ * if the {@code elem} is not found in the list
* @see Vector#indexOf(Object,int)
*/
public int indexOf(Object elem, int index) {
@@ -223,11 +223,11 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the index of the last occurrence of elem
.
+ * Returns the index of the last occurrence of {@code elem}.
*
* @param elem the desired component
- * @return the index of the last occurrence of elem
- * in the list; returns -1
if the object is not found
+ * @return the index of the last occurrence of {@code elem}
+ * in the list; returns {@code -1} if the object is not found
* @see Vector#lastIndexOf(Object)
*/
public int lastIndexOf(Object elem) {
@@ -235,14 +235,14 @@
}
/**
- * Searches backwards for elem
, starting from the
+ * Searches backwards for {@code elem}, starting from the
* specified index, and returns an index to it.
*
* @param elem the desired component
* @param index the index to start searching from
- * @return the index of the last occurrence of the elem
- * in this list at position less than index
;
- * returns -1
if the object is not found
+ * @return the index of the last occurrence of the {@code elem}
+ * in this list at position less than {@code index};
+ * returns {@code -1} if the object is not found
* @see Vector#lastIndexOf(Object,int)
*/
public int lastIndexOf(Object elem, int index) {
@@ -251,12 +251,12 @@
/**
* Returns the component at the specified index.
- * Throws an ArrayIndexOutOfBoundsException
if the index
+ * Throws an {@code ArrayIndexOutOfBoundsException} if the index
* is negative or not less than the size of the list.
*
* Note: Although this method is not deprecated, the preferred
- * method to use is
*
* @param index an index into this list
@@ -270,7 +270,7 @@
/**
* Returns the first component of this list.
- * Throws a get(int)
, which implements the
- * List
interface defined in the 1.2 Collections framework.
+ * method to use is {@code get(int)}, which implements the
+ * {@code List} interface defined in the 1.2 Collections framework.
* NoSuchElementException
if this
+ * Throws a {@code NoSuchElementException} if this
* vector has no components.
* @return the first component of this list
* @see Vector#firstElement()
@@ -281,7 +281,7 @@
/**
* Returns the last component of the list.
- * Throws a NoSuchElementException
if this vector
+ * Throws a {@code NoSuchElementException} if this vector
* has no components.
*
* @return the last component of the list
@@ -292,16 +292,16 @@
}
/**
- * Sets the component at the specified index
of this
+ * Sets the component at the specified {@code index} of this
* list to be the specified element. The previous component at that
* position is discarded.
* ArrayIndexOutOfBoundsException
if the index
+ * Throws an {@code ArrayIndexOutOfBoundsException} if the index
* is invalid.
*
* Note: Although this method is not deprecated, the preferred
- * method to use is
*
* @param element what the component is to be set to
@@ -317,12 +317,12 @@
/**
* Deletes the component at the specified index.
* set(int,Object)
, which implements the
- * List
interface defined in the 1.2 Collections framework.
+ * method to use is {@code set(int,Object)}, which implements the
+ * {@code List} interface defined in the 1.2 Collections framework.
* ArrayIndexOutOfBoundsException
if the index
+ * Throws an {@code ArrayIndexOutOfBoundsException} if the index
* is invalid.
*
* Note: Although this method is not deprecated, the preferred
- * method to use is
*
* @param index the index of the object to remove
@@ -336,14 +336,14 @@
/**
* Inserts the specified element as a component in this list at the
- * specified remove(int)
, which implements the
- * List
interface defined in the 1.2 Collections framework.
+ * method to use is {@code remove(int)}, which implements the
+ * {@code List} interface defined in the 1.2 Collections framework.
* index
.
+ * specified {@code index}.
* ArrayIndexOutOfBoundsException
if the index
+ * Throws an {@code ArrayIndexOutOfBoundsException} if the index
* is invalid.
*
* Note: Although this method is not deprecated, the preferred
- * method to use is
*
* @param element the component to insert
@@ -374,8 +374,8 @@
* from this list.
*
* @param obj the component to be removed
- * @return add(int,Object)
, which implements the
- * List
interface defined in the 1.2 Collections framework.
+ * method to use is {@code add(int,Object)}, which implements the
+ * {@code List} interface defined in the 1.2 Collections framework.
* true
if the argument was a component of this
- * list; false
otherwise
+ * @return {@code true} if the argument was a component of this
+ * list; {@code false} otherwise
* @see Vector#removeElement(Object)
*/
public boolean removeElement(Object obj) {
@@ -392,8 +392,8 @@
* Removes all components from this list and sets its size to zero.
*
* Note: Although this method is not deprecated, the preferred
- * method to use is
*
* @see #clear()
@@ -439,9 +439,9 @@
/**
* Returns the element at the specified position in this list.
* clear
, which implements the
- * List
interface defined in the 1.2 Collections framework.
+ * method to use is {@code clear}, which implements the
+ * {@code List} interface defined in the 1.2 Collections framework.
* ArrayIndexOutOfBoundsException
+ * Throws an {@code ArrayIndexOutOfBoundsException}
* if the index is out of range
- * (index < 0 || index >= size()
).
+ * ({@code index < 0 || index >= size()}).
*
* @param index index of element to return
* @return the element at the specified position in this list
@@ -454,9 +454,9 @@
* Replaces the element at the specified position in this list with the
* specified element.
* ArrayIndexOutOfBoundsException
+ * Throws an {@code ArrayIndexOutOfBoundsException}
* if the index is out of range
- * (index < 0 || index >= size()
).
+ * ({@code index < 0 || index >= size()}).
*
* @param index index of element to replace
* @param element element to be stored at the specified position
@@ -472,9 +472,9 @@
/**
* Inserts the specified element at the specified position in this list.
* ArrayIndexOutOfBoundsException
if the
+ * Throws an {@code ArrayIndexOutOfBoundsException} if the
* index is out of range
- * (index < 0 || index > size()
).
+ * ({@code index < 0 || index > size()}).
*
* @param index index at which the specified element is to be inserted
* @param element element to be inserted
@@ -488,9 +488,9 @@
* Removes the element at the specified position in this list.
* Returns the element that was removed from the list.
* ArrayIndexOutOfBoundsException
+ * Throws an {@code ArrayIndexOutOfBoundsException}
* if the index is out of range
- * (index < 0 || index >= size()
).
+ * ({@code index < 0 || index >= size()}).
*
* @param index the index of the element to removed
* @return the element previously at the specified position
@@ -520,10 +520,10 @@
* removes the component at index 1 and the component at index 5,
* as well as all components in between.
* ArrayIndexOutOfBoundsException
+ * Throws an {@code ArrayIndexOutOfBoundsException}
* if the index was invalid.
- * Throws an IllegalArgumentException
if
- * fromIndex > toIndex
.
+ * Throws an {@code IllegalArgumentException} if
+ * {@code fromIndex > toIndex}.
*
* @param fromIndex the index of the lower end of the range
* @param toIndex the index of the upper end of the range
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/DefaultListSelectionModel.java 2015-10-04 22:56:37.245263660 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/DefaultListSelectionModel.java 2015-10-04 22:56:37.057263669 +0400
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
* appropriate for short term storage or RMI between applications running
* the same version of Swing. As of 1.4, support for long term storage
* of all JavaBeans™
- * has been added to the java.beans
package.
+ * has been added to the {@code java.beans} package.
* Please see {@link java.beans.XMLEncoder}.
*
* @author Philip Milne
@@ -128,9 +128,9 @@
/**
* Returns an array of all the list selection listeners
- * registered on this DefaultListSelectionModel
.
+ * registered on this {@code DefaultListSelectionModel}.
*
- * @return all of this model's ListSelectionListener
s
+ * @return all of this model's {@code ListSelectionListener}s
* or an empty
* array if no list selection listeners are currently registered
*
@@ -165,9 +165,9 @@
/**
- * Notifies ListSelectionListeners
that the value
- * of the selection, in the closed interval firstIndex
,
- * lastIndex
, has changed.
+ * Notifies {@code ListSelectionListeners} that the value
+ * of the selection, in the closed interval {@code firstIndex},
+ * {@code lastIndex}, has changed.
*
* @param firstIndex the first index in the interval
* @param lastIndex the last index in the interval
@@ -230,10 +230,10 @@
* FooListener
s
* are registered using the addFooListener
method.
* listenerType
argument
+ * You can specify the {@code listenerType} argument
* with a class literal, such as FooListener.class
.
- * For example, you can query a DefaultListSelectionModel
- * instance m
+ * For example, you can query a {@code DefaultListSelectionModel}
+ * instance {@code m}
* for its list selection listeners
* with the following code:
*
@@ -245,15 +245,15 @@
* @param java.util.EventListener
+ * that descends from {@code java.util.EventListener}
* @return an array of all objects registered as
* FooListener
s
* on this model,
* or an empty array if no such
* listeners have been added
- * @exception ClassCastException if listenerType
doesn't
+ * @exception ClassCastException if {@code listenerType} doesn't
* specify a class or interface that implements
- * java.util.EventListener
+ * {@code java.util.EventListener}
*
* @see #getListSelectionListeners
*
@@ -353,8 +353,8 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the value of the leadAnchorNotificationEnabled
flag.
- * When leadAnchorNotificationEnabled
is true the model
+ * Returns the value of the {@code leadAnchorNotificationEnabled} flag.
+ * When {@code leadAnchorNotificationEnabled} is true the model
* generates notification events with bounds that cover all the changes to
* the selection plus the changes to the lead and anchor indices.
* Setting the flag to false causes a narrowing of the event's bounds to
@@ -367,7 +367,7 @@
* important, such as when the new lead or anchor needs to be updated in
* the view. Therefore, caution is urged when changing the default value.
*
- * @return the value of the leadAnchorNotificationEnabled
flag
+ * @return the value of the {@code leadAnchorNotificationEnabled} flag
* @see #setLeadAnchorNotificationEnabled(boolean)
*/
public boolean isLeadAnchorNotificationEnabled() {
@@ -706,7 +706,7 @@
* Returns a string that displays and identifies this
* object's properties.
*
- * @return a String
representation of this object
+ * @return a {@code String} representation of this object
*/
public String toString() {
String s = ((getValueIsAdjusting()) ? "~" : "=") + value.toString();
@@ -715,11 +715,11 @@
/**
* Returns a clone of this selection model with the same selection.
- * listenerLists
are not duplicated.
+ * {@code listenerLists} are not duplicated.
*
* @exception CloneNotSupportedException if the selection model does not
* both (a) implement the Cloneable interface and (b) define a
- * clone
method.
+ * {@code clone} method.
*/
public Object clone() throws CloneNotSupportedException {
DefaultListSelectionModel clone = (DefaultListSelectionModel)super.clone();
@@ -814,7 +814,7 @@
* values would be wider, including cells that had been first cleared only
* to later be set.
* mouseDragged
method
+ * This method can be used in the {@code mouseDragged} method
* of a UI class to extend a selection.
*
* @see #getLeadSelectionIndex
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/DefaultRowSorter.java 2015-10-04 22:56:37.781263636 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/DefaultRowSorter.java 2015-10-04 22:56:37.589263645 +0400
@@ -33,61 +33,61 @@
import javax.swing.SortOrder;
/**
- * An implementation of RowSorter
that provides sorting and
+ * An implementation of {@code RowSorter} that provides sorting and
* filtering around a grid-based data model.
- * Beyond creating and installing a RowSorter
, you very rarely
+ * Beyond creating and installing a {@code RowSorter}, you very rarely
* need to interact with one directly. Refer to
* {@link javax.swing.table.TableRowSorter TableRowSorter} for a concrete
- * implementation of RowSorter
for JTable
.
+ * implementation of {@code RowSorter} for {@code JTable}.
* SortKey
s, in order.
- * If two objects are equal (the Comparator
for the
- * column returns 0) the next SortKey
is used. If no
- * SortKey
s remain or the order is UNSORTED
, then
+ * Sorting is done based on the current {@code SortKey}s, in order.
+ * If two objects are equal (the {@code Comparator} for the
+ * column returns 0) the next {@code SortKey} is used. If no
+ * {@code SortKey}s remain or the order is {@code UNSORTED}, then
* the order of the rows in the model is used.
* Comparator
- * that you can specify using the setComparator
method.
- * If a Comparator
has not been specified, the
- * Comparator
returned by
- * Collator.getInstance()
is used on the results of
- * calling toString
on the underlying objects. The
- * Comparator
is never passed null
. A
- * null
value is treated as occurring before a
- * non-null
value, and two null
values are
+ * Sorting of each column is done by way of a {@code Comparator}
+ * that you can specify using the {@code setComparator} method.
+ * If a {@code Comparator} has not been specified, the
+ * {@code Comparator} returned by
+ * {@code Collator.getInstance()} is used on the results of
+ * calling {@code toString} on the underlying objects. The
+ * {@code Comparator} is never passed {@code null}. A
+ * {@code null} value is treated as occurring before a
+ * non-{@code null} value, and two {@code null} values are
* considered equal.
* Comparator
that casts its argument to
+ * If you specify a {@code Comparator} that casts its argument to
* a type other than that provided by the model, a
- * ClassCastException
will be thrown when the data is sorted.
+ * {@code ClassCastException} will be thrown when the data is sorted.
* DefaultRowSorter
provides the
+ * In addition to sorting, {@code DefaultRowSorter} provides the
* ability to filter rows. Filtering is done by way of a
- * RowFilter
that is specified using the
- * setRowFilter
method. If no filter has been specified all
+ * {@code RowFilter} that is specified using the
+ * {@code setRowFilter} method. If no filter has been specified all
* rows are included.
* Comparator
s are
+ * every column is sortable. The default {@code Comparator}s are
* documented in the subclasses (for example, {@link
* javax.swing.table.TableRowSorter TableRowSorter}).
* modelStructureChanged
method is invoked) the following
- * are reset to their default values: Comparator
s by
+ * {@code modelStructureChanged} method is invoked) the following
+ * are reset to their default values: {@code Comparator}s by
* column, current sort order, and whether each column is sortable. To
- * find the default Comparator
s, see the concrete
+ * find the default {@code Comparator}s, see the concrete
* implementation (for example, {@link
* javax.swing.table.TableRowSorter TableRowSorter}). The default
* sort order is unsorted (the same as the model), and columns are
* sortable by default.
* modelStructureChanged
method is invoked) the following
- * are reset to their default values: Comparator
s by column,
+ * {@code modelStructureChanged} method is invoked) the following
+ * are reset to their default values: {@code Comparator}s by column,
* current sort order and whether a column is sortable.
* DefaultRowSorter
is an abstract class. Concrete
+ * {@code DefaultRowSorter} is an abstract class. Concrete
* subclasses must provide access to the underlying data by invoking
* {@code setModelWrapper}. The {@code setModelWrapper} method
* must be invoked soon after the constructor is
@@ -95,15 +95,15 @@
* Undefined behavior will result if you use a {@code
* DefaultRowSorter} without specifying a {@code ModelWrapper}.
* DefaultRowSorter
has two formal type parameters. The
+ * {@code DefaultRowSorter} has two formal type parameters. The
* first type parameter corresponds to the class of the model, for example
- * DefaultTableModel
. The second type parameter
+ * {@code DefaultTableModel}. The second type parameter
* corresponds to the class of the identifier passed to the
- * RowFilter
. Refer to TableRowSorter
and
- * RowFilter
for more details on the type parameters.
+ * {@code RowFilter}. Refer to {@code TableRowSorter} and
+ * {@code RowFilter} for more details on the type parameters.
*
* @param RowFilter
+ * @param the type of the identifier passed to the {@code RowFilter}
* @see javax.swing.table.TableRowSorter
* @see javax.swing.table.DefaultTableModel
* @see java.text.Collator
@@ -190,7 +190,7 @@
/**
- * Creates an empty DefaultRowSorter
.
+ * Creates an empty {@code DefaultRowSorter}.
*/
public DefaultRowSorter() {
sortKeys = Collections.emptyList();
@@ -244,7 +244,7 @@
/**
* Sets whether or not the specified column is sortable. The specified
- * value is only checked when toggleSortOrder
is invoked.
+ * value is only checked when {@code toggleSortOrder} is invoked.
* It is still possible to sort on a column that has been marked as
* unsortable by directly setting the sort keys. The default is
* true.
@@ -252,7 +252,7 @@
* @param column the column to enable or disable sorting on, in terms
* of the underlying model
* @param sortable whether or not the specified column is sortable
- * @throws IndexOutOfBoundsException if column
is outside
+ * @throws IndexOutOfBoundsException if {@code column} is outside
* the range of the model
* @see #toggleSortOrder
* @see #setSortKeys
@@ -288,11 +288,11 @@
* {@code List} do not effect this {@code DefaultRowSorter}.
* If the sort keys have changed this triggers a sort.
*
- * @param sortKeys the new SortKeys
; null
+ * @param sortKeys the new {@code SortKeys}; {@code null}
* is a shorthand for specifying an empty list,
* indicating that the view should be unsorted
* @throws IllegalArgumentException if any of the values in
- * sortKeys
are null or have a column index outside
+ * {@code sortKeys} are null or have a column index outside
* the range of the model
*/
public void setSortKeys(List extends SortKey> sortKeys) {
@@ -339,7 +339,7 @@
* Sets the maximum number of sort keys. The number of sort keys
* determines how equal values are resolved when sorting. For
* example, assume a table row sorter is created and
- * setMaxSortKeys(2)
is invoked on it. The user
+ * {@code setMaxSortKeys(2)} is invoked on it. The user
* clicks the header for column 1, causing the table rows to be
* sorted based on the items in column 1. Next, the user clicks
* the header for column 2, causing the table to be sorted based
@@ -350,18 +350,18 @@
* then clicks the header for column 3, then the items are
* primarily sorted on column 3 and secondarily sorted on column
* 2. Because the maximum number of sort keys has been set to 2
- * with setMaxSortKeys
, column 1 no longer has an
+ * with {@code setMaxSortKeys}, column 1 no longer has an
* effect on the order.
* toggleSortOrder
. You can specify more sort
- * keys by invoking setSortKeys
directly and they will
- * all be honored. However if toggleSortOrder
is subsequently
+ * {@code toggleSortOrder}. You can specify more sort
+ * keys by invoking {@code setSortKeys} directly and they will
+ * all be honored. However if {@code toggleSortOrder} is subsequently
* invoked the maximum number of sort keys will be enforced.
* The default value is 3.
*
* @param max the maximum number of sort keys
- * @throws IllegalArgumentException if max
< 1
+ * @throws IllegalArgumentException if {@code max < 1}
*/
public void setMaxSortKeys(int max) {
if (max < 1) {
@@ -381,7 +381,7 @@
/**
* If true, specifies that a sort should happen when the underlying
- * model is updated (rowsUpdated
is invoked). For
+ * model is updated ({@code rowsUpdated} is invoked). For
* example, if this is true and the user edits an entry the
* location of that item in the view may change. The default is
* false.
@@ -405,14 +405,14 @@
/**
* Sets the filter that determines which rows, if any, should be
* hidden from the view. The filter is applied before sorting. A value
- * of null
indicates all values from the model should be
+ * of {@code null} indicates all values from the model should be
* included.
* RowFilter
's include
method is passed an
- * Entry
that wraps the underlying model. The number
- * of columns in the Entry
corresponds to the
- * number of columns in the ModelWrapper
. The identifier
- * comes from the ModelWrapper
as well.
+ * {@code RowFilter}'s {@code include} method is passed an
+ * {@code Entry} that wraps the underlying model. The number
+ * of columns in the {@code Entry} corresponds to the
+ * number of columns in the {@code ModelWrapper}. The identifier
+ * comes from the {@code ModelWrapper} as well.
* sortKeys
list
+ * associated with this sorter. An empty {@code sortKeys} list
* indicates that the view should unsorted, the same as the model.
*
* @see #setRowFilter
@@ -705,16 +705,16 @@
/**
* Returns whether or not to convert the value to a string before
* doing comparisons when sorting. If true
- * ModelWrapper.getStringValueAt
will be used, otherwise
- * ModelWrapper.getValueAt
will be used. It is up to
- * subclasses, such as TableRowSorter
, to honor this value
- * in their ModelWrapper
implementation.
+ * {@code ModelWrapper.getStringValueAt} will be used, otherwise
+ * {@code ModelWrapper.getValueAt} will be used. It is up to
+ * subclasses, such as {@code TableRowSorter}, to honor this value
+ * in their {@code ModelWrapper} implementation.
*
* @param column the index of the column to test, in terms of the
* underlying model
* @return true if values are to be converted to strings before doing
* comparisons when sorting
- * @throws IndexOutOfBoundsException if column
is not valid
+ * @throws IndexOutOfBoundsException if {@code column} is not valid
*/
protected boolean useToString(int column) {
return (getComparator(column) == null);
@@ -722,7 +722,7 @@
/**
* Refreshes the modelToView mapping from that of viewToModel.
- * If unsetFirst
is true, all indices in modelToView are
+ * If {@code unsetFirst} is true, all indices in modelToView are
* first set to -1.
*/
private void setModelToViewFromViewToModel(boolean unsetFirst) {
@@ -749,14 +749,14 @@
}
/**
- * Sets the Comparator
to use when sorting the specified
+ * Sets the {@code Comparator} to use when sorting the specified
* column. This does not trigger a sort. If you want to sort after
- * setting the comparator you need to explicitly invoke sort
.
+ * setting the comparator you need to explicitly invoke {@code sort}.
*
- * @param column the index of the column the Comparator
is
+ * @param column the index of the column the {@code Comparator} is
* to be used for, in terms of the underlying model
- * @param comparator the Comparator
to use
- * @throws IndexOutOfBoundsException if column
is outside
+ * @param comparator the {@code Comparator} to use
+ * @throws IndexOutOfBoundsException if {@code column} is outside
* the range of the underlying model
*/
public void setComparator(int column, Comparator> comparator) {
@@ -768,13 +768,13 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the Comparator
for the specified
- * column. This will return null
if a Comparator
+ * Returns the {@code Comparator} for the specified
+ * column. This will return {@code null} if a {@code Comparator}
* has not been specified for the column.
*
- * @param column the column to fetch the Comparator
for, in
+ * @param column the column to fetch the {@code Comparator} for, in
* terms of the underlying model
- * @return the Comparator
for the specified column
+ * @return the {@code Comparator} for the specified column
* @throws IndexOutOfBoundsException if column is outside
* the range of the underlying model
*/
@@ -1016,7 +1016,7 @@
/**
* Returns true if we should try and optimize the processing of the
- * TableModelEvent
. If this returns false, assume the
+ * {@code TableModelEvent}. If this returns false, assume the
* event was dealt with and no further processing needs to happen.
*/
private boolean shouldOptimizeChange(int firstRow, int lastRow) {
@@ -1227,19 +1227,19 @@
/**
- * DefaultRowSorter.ModelWrapper
is responsible for providing
- * the data that gets sorted by DefaultRowSorter
. You
- * normally do not interact directly with ModelWrapper
.
- * Subclasses of DefaultRowSorter
provide an
- * implementation of ModelWrapper
wrapping another model.
+ * {@code DefaultRowSorter.ModelWrapper} is responsible for providing
+ * the data that gets sorted by {@code DefaultRowSorter}. You
+ * normally do not interact directly with {@code ModelWrapper}.
+ * Subclasses of {@code DefaultRowSorter} provide an
+ * implementation of {@code ModelWrapper} wrapping another model.
* For example,
- * TableRowSorter
provides a ModelWrapper
that
- * wraps a TableModel
.
+ * {@code TableRowSorter} provides a {@code ModelWrapper} that
+ * wraps a {@code TableModel}.
* ModelWrapper
makes a distinction between values as
- * Object
s and String
s. This allows
+ * {@code ModelWrapper} makes a distinction between values as
+ * {@code Object}s and {@code String}s. This allows
* implementations to provide a custom string
- * converter to be used instead of invoking toString
on the
+ * converter to be used instead of invoking {@code toString} on the
* object.
*
* @param ModelWrapper
.
+ * Creates a new {@code ModelWrapper}.
*/
protected ModelWrapper() {
}
/**
- * Returns the underlying model that this Model
is
+ * Returns the underlying model that this {@code Model} is
* wrapping.
*
* @return the underlying model
@@ -1289,15 +1289,15 @@
public abstract Object getValueAt(int row, int column);
/**
- * Returns the value as a String
at the specified
- * index. This implementation uses toString
on
- * the result from getValueAt
(making sure
+ * Returns the value as a {@code String} at the specified
+ * index. This implementation uses {@code toString} on
+ * the result from {@code getValueAt} (making sure
* to return an empty string for null values). Subclasses that
* override this method should never return null.
*
* @param row the row index
* @param column the column index
- * @return the value at the specified index as a String
+ * @return the value at the specified index as a {@code String}
* @throws IndexOutOfBoundsException if the indices are outside
* the range of the model
*/
@@ -1316,8 +1316,8 @@
/**
* Returns the identifier for the specified row. The return value
* of this is used as the identifier for the
- * RowFilter.Entry
that is passed to the
- * RowFilter
.
+ * {@code RowFilter.Entry} that is passed to the
+ * {@code RowFilter}.
*
* @param row the row to return the identifier for, in terms of
* the underlying model
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/DefaultSingleSelectionModel.java 2015-10-04 22:56:38.325263612 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/DefaultSingleSelectionModel.java 2015-10-04 22:56:38.133263621 +0400
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
* appropriate for short term storage or RMI between applications running
* the same version of Swing. As of 1.4, support for long term storage
* of all JavaBeans™
- * has been added to the java.beans
package.
+ * has been added to the {@code java.beans} package.
* Please see {@link java.beans.XMLEncoder}.
*
* @author Dave Moore
@@ -94,14 +94,14 @@
}
/**
- * Adds a ChangeListener
to the button.
+ * Adds a {@code ChangeListener} to the button.
*/
public void addChangeListener(ChangeListener l) {
listenerList.add(ChangeListener.class, l);
}
/**
- * Removes a ChangeListener
from the button.
+ * Removes a {@code ChangeListener} from the button.
*/
public void removeChangeListener(ChangeListener l) {
listenerList.remove(ChangeListener.class, l);
@@ -109,9 +109,9 @@
/**
* Returns an array of all the change listeners
- * registered on this DefaultSingleSelectionModel
.
+ * registered on this {@code DefaultSingleSelectionModel}.
*
- * @return all of this model's ChangeListener
s
+ * @return all of this model's {@code ChangeListener}s
* or an empty
* array if no change listeners are currently registered
*
@@ -152,10 +152,10 @@
* FooListener
s
* are registered using the addFooListener
method.
* listenerType
argument
+ * You can specify the {@code listenerType} argument
* with a class literal, such as FooListener.class
.
- * For example, you can query a DefaultSingleSelectionModel
- * instance m
+ * For example, you can query a {@code DefaultSingleSelectionModel}
+ * instance {@code m}
* for its change listeners
* with the following code:
*
@@ -167,15 +167,15 @@
* @param java.util.EventListener
+ * that descends from {@code java.util.EventListener}
* @return an array of all objects registered as
* FooListener
s
* on this model,
* or an empty array if no such
* listeners have been added
- * @exception ClassCastException if listenerType
doesn't
+ * @exception ClassCastException if {@code listenerType} doesn't
* specify a class or interface that implements
- * java.util.EventListener
+ * {@code java.util.EventListener}
*
* @see #getChangeListeners
*
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/DropMode.java 2015-10-04 22:56:38.853263588 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/DropMode.java 2015-10-04 22:56:38.661263597 +0400
@@ -78,26 +78,26 @@
INSERT_COLS,
/**
- * This mode is a combination of ON
- * and INSERT
, specifying that data can be
+ * This mode is a combination of {@code ON}
+ * and {@code INSERT}, specifying that data can be
* dropped on existing items, or in insert locations
- * as specified by INSERT
.
+ * as specified by {@code INSERT}.
*/
ON_OR_INSERT,
/**
- * This mode is a combination of ON
- * and INSERT_ROWS
, specifying that data can be
+ * This mode is a combination of {@code ON}
+ * and {@code INSERT_ROWS}, specifying that data can be
* dropped on existing items, or as insert rows
- * as specified by INSERT_ROWS
.
+ * as specified by {@code INSERT_ROWS}.
*/
ON_OR_INSERT_ROWS,
/**
- * This mode is a combination of ON
- * and INSERT_COLS
, specifying that data can be
+ * This mode is a combination of {@code ON}
+ * and {@code INSERT_COLS}, specifying that data can be
* dropped on existing items, or as insert columns
- * as specified by INSERT_COLS
.
+ * as specified by {@code INSERT_COLS}.
*/
ON_OR_INSERT_COLS
}
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/FocusManager.java 2015-10-04 22:56:39.373263565 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/FocusManager.java 2015-10-04 22:56:39.185263573 +0400
@@ -30,8 +30,8 @@
/**
* This class has been obsoleted by the 1.4 focus APIs. While client code may
* still use this class, developers are strongly encouraged to use
- * java.awt.KeyboardFocusManager
and
- * java.awt.DefaultKeyboardFocusManager
instead.
+ * {@code java.awt.KeyboardFocusManager} and
+ * {@code java.awt.DefaultKeyboardFocusManager} instead.
* KeyboardFocusManager.getCurrentKeyboardFocusManager()
.
+ * {@code KeyboardFocusManager.getCurrentKeyboardFocusManager()}.
* See the Focus Specification for more information.
*
* @see java.awt.KeyboardFocusManager#getCurrentKeyboardFocusManager
@@ -65,10 +65,10 @@
private static boolean enabled = true;
/**
- * Returns the current KeyboardFocusManager
instance
+ * Returns the current {@code KeyboardFocusManager} instance
* for the calling thread's context.
*
- * @return this thread's context's KeyboardFocusManager
+ * @return this thread's context's {@code KeyboardFocusManager}
* @see #setCurrentManager
*/
public static FocusManager getCurrentManager() {
@@ -82,26 +82,26 @@
}
/**
- * Sets the current KeyboardFocusManager
instance
- * for the calling thread's context. If null
is
- * specified, then the current KeyboardFocusManager
+ * Sets the current {@code KeyboardFocusManager} instance
+ * for the calling thread's context. If {@code null} is
+ * specified, then the current {@code KeyboardFocusManager}
* is replaced with a new instance of
- * DefaultKeyboardFocusManager
.
+ * {@code DefaultKeyboardFocusManager}.
* SecurityManager
is installed,
- * the calling thread must be granted the AWTPermission
+ * If a {@code SecurityManager} is installed,
+ * the calling thread must be granted the {@code AWTPermission}
* "replaceKeyboardFocusManager" in order to replace the
- * the current KeyboardFocusManager
.
+ * the current {@code KeyboardFocusManager}.
* If this permission is not granted,
- * this method will throw a SecurityException
,
- * and the current KeyboardFocusManager
will be unchanged.
+ * this method will throw a {@code SecurityException},
+ * and the current {@code KeyboardFocusManager} will be unchanged.
*
- * @param aFocusManager the new KeyboardFocusManager
+ * @param aFocusManager the new {@code KeyboardFocusManager}
* for this thread's context
* @see #getCurrentManager
* @see java.awt.DefaultKeyboardFocusManager
* @throws SecurityException if the calling thread does not have permission
- * to replace the current KeyboardFocusManager
+ * to replace the current {@code KeyboardFocusManager}
*/
public static void setCurrentManager(FocusManager aFocusManager)
throws SecurityException
@@ -118,14 +118,14 @@
}
/**
- * Changes the current KeyboardFocusManager
's default
- * FocusTraversalPolicy
to
- * DefaultFocusTraversalPolicy
.
+ * Changes the current {@code KeyboardFocusManager}'s default
+ * {@code FocusTraversalPolicy} to
+ * {@code DefaultFocusTraversalPolicy}.
*
* @see java.awt.DefaultFocusTraversalPolicy
* @see java.awt.KeyboardFocusManager#setDefaultFocusTraversalPolicy
* @deprecated as of 1.4, replaced by
- * KeyboardFocusManager.setDefaultFocusTraversalPolicy(FocusTraversalPolicy)
+ * {@code KeyboardFocusManager.setDefaultFocusTraversalPolicy(FocusTraversalPolicy)}
*/
@Deprecated
public static void disableSwingFocusManager() {
@@ -139,12 +139,12 @@
/**
* Returns whether the application has invoked
- * disableSwingFocusManager()
.
+ * {@code disableSwingFocusManager()}.
*
* @return {@code true} if focus manager is enabled.
* @see #disableSwingFocusManager
* @deprecated As of 1.4, replaced by
- * KeyboardFocusManager.getDefaultFocusTraversalPolicy()
+ * {@code KeyboardFocusManager.getDefaultFocusTraversalPolicy()}
*/
@Deprecated
public static boolean isFocusManagerEnabled() {
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/GrayFilter.java 2015-10-04 22:56:39.921263540 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/GrayFilter.java 2015-10-04 22:56:39.709263550 +0400
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@
}
/**
- * Overrides RGBImageFilter.filterRGB
.
+ * Overrides {@code RGBImageFilter.filterRGB}.
*/
public int filterRGB(int x, int y, int rgb) {
// Use NTSC conversion formula.
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/ImageIcon.java 2015-10-04 22:56:40.445263517 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/ImageIcon.java 2015-10-04 22:56:40.257263525 +0400
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@
* appropriate for short term storage or RMI between applications running
* the same version of Swing. As of 1.4, support for long term storage
* of all JavaBeans™
- * has been added to the java.beans
package.
+ * has been added to the {@code java.beans} package.
* Please see {@link java.beans.XMLEncoder}.
*
* @author Jeff Dinkins
@@ -178,7 +178,7 @@
* For example, specify:
*
* new ImageIcon("images/myImage.gif")
- * The description is initialized to the filename
string.
+ * The description is initialized to the {@code filename} string.
*
* @param filename a String specifying a filename or path
* @see #getDescription
@@ -366,8 +366,8 @@
}
/**
- * Returns this icon's Image
.
- * @return the Image
object for this ImageIcon
+ * Returns this icon's {@code Image}.
+ * @return the {@code Image} object for this {@code ImageIcon}
*/
@Transient
public Image getImage() {
@@ -410,10 +410,10 @@
/**
* Paints the icon.
* The top-left corner of the icon is drawn at
- * the point (x
, y
)
- * in the coordinate space of the graphics context g
.
+ * the point ({@code x}, {@code y})
+ * in the coordinate space of the graphics context {@code g}.
* If this icon has no image observer,
- * this method uses the c
component
+ * this method uses the {@code c} component
* as the observer.
*
* @param c the component to be used as the observer
@@ -581,7 +581,7 @@
/**
* This class implements accessibility support for the
- * ImageIcon
class. It provides an implementation of the
+ * {@code ImageIcon} class. It provides an implementation of the
* Java Accessibility API appropriate to image icon user-interface
* elements.
* java.beans
package.
+ * has been added to the {@code java.beans} package.
* Please see {@link java.beans.XMLEncoder}.
* @since 1.3
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/InputVerifier.java 2015-10-04 22:56:41.001263492 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/InputVerifier.java 2015-10-04 22:56:40.789263501 +0400
@@ -34,12 +34,12 @@
* that it's in
* the proper format) before allowing the user to navigate out of
* the text field. To do this, clients create a subclass of
- * InputVerifier
and, using JComponent
's
- * setInputVerifier
method,
- * attach an instance of their subclass to the JComponent
whose input they
+ * {@code InputVerifier} and, using {@code JComponent}'s
+ * {@code setInputVerifier} method,
+ * attach an instance of their subclass to the {@code JComponent} whose input they
* want to validate. Before focus is transfered to another Swing component
- * that requests it, the input verifier's shouldYieldFocus
method is
- * called. Focus is transfered only if that method returns true
.
+ * that requests it, the input verifier's {@code shouldYieldFocus} method is
+ * called. Focus is transfered only if that method returns {@code true}.
* true
when valid, false
when invalid
+ * @return {@code true} when valid, {@code false} when invalid
* @see JComponent#setInputVerifier
* @see JComponent#getInputVerifier
*
@@ -113,16 +113,16 @@
/**
- * Calls verify(input)
to ensure that the input is valid.
+ * Calls {@code verify(input)} to ensure that the input is valid.
* This method can have side effects. In particular, this method
* is called when the user attempts to advance focus out of the
* argument component into another Swing component in this window.
- * If this method returns true
, then the focus is transfered
- * normally; if it returns false
, then the focus remains in
+ * If this method returns {@code true}, then the focus is transfered
+ * normally; if it returns {@code false}, then the focus remains in
* the argument component.
*
* @param input the JComponent to verify
- * @return true
when valid, false
when invalid
+ * @return {@code true} when valid, {@code false} when invalid
* @see JComponent#setInputVerifier
* @see JComponent#getInputVerifier
*
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/InternalFrameFocusTraversalPolicy.java 2015-10-04 22:56:41.525263468 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/InternalFrameFocusTraversalPolicy.java 2015-10-04 22:56:41.337263477 +0400
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
/**
* Returns the Component that should receive the focus when a
* JInternalFrame is selected for the first time. Once the JInternalFrame
- * has been selected by a call to setSelected(true)
, the
+ * has been selected by a call to {@code setSelected(true)}, the
* initial Component will not be used again. Instead, if the JInternalFrame
* loses and subsequently regains selection, or is made invisible or
* undisplayable and subsequently made visible and displayable, the
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/JApplet.java 2015-10-04 22:56:42.045263445 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/JApplet.java 2015-10-04 22:56:41.857263453 +0400
@@ -38,18 +38,18 @@
import javax.accessibility.AccessibleContext;
/**
- * An extended version of java.applet.Applet
that adds support for
+ * An extended version of {@code java.applet.Applet} that adds support for
* the JFC/Swing component architecture.
- * You can find task-oriented documentation about using JApplet
+ * You can find task-oriented documentation about using {@code JApplet}
* in The Java Tutorial,
* in the section
* How to Make Applets.
* JApplet
class is slightly incompatible with
- * java.applet.Applet
. JApplet
contains a
- * JRootPane
as its only child. The contentPane
- * should be the parent of any children of the JApplet
.
+ * The {@code JApplet} class is slightly incompatible with
+ * {@code java.applet.Applet}. {@code JApplet} contains a
+ * {@code JRootPane} as its only child. The {@code contentPane}
+ * should be the parent of any children of the {@code JApplet}.
* As a convenience, the {@code add}, {@code remove}, and {@code setLayout}
* methods of this class are overridden, so that they delegate calls
* to the corresponding methods of the {@code ContentPane}.
@@ -58,19 +58,19 @@
* applet.add(child);
* contentPane
.
- * The contentPane
will always be non-null
.
- * Attempting to set it to null
will cause the
- * JApplet
to throw an exception. The default
- * contentPane
will have a BorderLayout
+ * And the child will be added to the {@code contentPane}.
+ * The {@code contentPane} will always be non-{@code null}.
+ * Attempting to set it to {@code null} will cause the
+ * {@code JApplet} to throw an exception. The default
+ * {@code contentPane} will have a {@code BorderLayout}
* manager set on it.
* Refer to {@link javax.swing.RootPaneContainer}
- * for details on adding, removing and setting the LayoutManager
- * of a JApplet
.
+ * for details on adding, removing and setting the {@code LayoutManager}
+ * of a {@code JApplet}.
* JRootPane
documentation for a
- * complete description of the contentPane
, glassPane
,
- * and layeredPane
properties.
+ * Please see the {@code JRootPane} documentation for a
+ * complete description of the {@code contentPane}, {@code glassPane},
+ * and {@code layeredPane} properties.
* add
and setLayout
- * will be forwarded to the contentPane
. This is initially
- * false, but is set to true when the JApplet
is constructed.
+ * If true then calls to {@code add} and {@code setLayout}
+ * will be forwarded to the {@code contentPane}. This is initially
+ * false, but is set to true when the {@code JApplet} is constructed.
*
* @see #isRootPaneCheckingEnabled
* @see #setRootPaneCheckingEnabled
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@
protected boolean rootPaneCheckingEnabled = false;
/**
- * The TransferHandler
for this applet.
+ * The {@code TransferHandler} for this applet.
*/
private TransferHandler transferHandler;
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@
* Creates a swing applet instance.
* JComponent.getDefaultLocale
.
+ * returned by {@code JComponent.getDefaultLocale}.
*
* @exception HeadlessException if GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()
* returns true.
@@ -217,9 +217,9 @@
}
/**
- * Gets the transferHandler
property.
+ * Gets the {@code transferHandler} property.
*
- * @return the value of the transferHandler
property
+ * @return the value of the {@code transferHandler} property
*
* @see TransferHandler
* @see #setTransferHandler
@@ -230,7 +230,7 @@
}
/**
- * Just calls paint(g)
. This method was overridden to
+ * Just calls {@code paint(g)}. This method was overridden to
* prevent an unnecessary call to clear the background.
*/
public void update(Graphics g) {
@@ -263,10 +263,10 @@
/**
- * Returns whether calls to add
and
- * setLayout
are forwarded to the contentPane
.
+ * Returns whether calls to {@code add} and
+ * {@code setLayout} are forwarded to the {@code contentPane}.
*
- * @return true if add
and setLayout
+ * @return true if {@code add} and {@code setLayout}
* are forwarded; false otherwise
*
* @see #addImpl
@@ -280,12 +280,12 @@
/**
- * Sets whether calls to add
and
- * setLayout
are forwarded to the contentPane
.
+ * Sets whether calls to {@code add} and
+ * {@code setLayout} are forwarded to the {@code contentPane}.
*
- * @param enabled true if add
and setLayout
+ * @param enabled true if {@code add} and {@code setLayout}
* are forwarded, false if they should operate directly on the
- * JApplet
.
+ * {@code JApplet}.
*
* @see #addImpl
* @see #setLayout
@@ -301,17 +301,17 @@
/**
- * Adds the specified child Component
.
+ * Adds the specified child {@code Component}.
* This method is overridden to conditionally forward calls to the
- * contentPane
.
- * By default, children are added to the contentPane
instead
+ * {@code contentPane}.
+ * By default, children are added to the {@code contentPane} instead
* of the frame, refer to {@link javax.swing.RootPaneContainer} for
* details.
*
* @param comp the component to be enhanced
* @param constraints the constraints to be respected
* @param index the index
- * @exception IllegalArgumentException if index
is invalid
+ * @exception IllegalArgumentException if {@code index} is invalid
* @exception IllegalArgumentException if adding the container's parent
* to itself
* @exception IllegalArgumentException if adding a window to a container
@@ -331,13 +331,13 @@
/**
* Removes the specified component from the container. If
- * comp
is not the rootPane
, this will forward
- * the call to the contentPane
. This will do nothing if
- * comp
is not a child of the JFrame
or
- * contentPane
.
+ * {@code comp} is not the {@code rootPane}, this will forward
+ * the call to the {@code contentPane}. This will do nothing if
+ * {@code comp} is not a child of the {@code JFrame} or
+ * {@code contentPane}.
*
* @param comp the component to be removed
- * @throws NullPointerException if comp
is null
+ * @throws NullPointerException if {@code comp} is null
* @see #add
* @see javax.swing.RootPaneContainer
*/
@@ -351,13 +351,13 @@
/**
- * Sets the LayoutManager
.
+ * Sets the {@code LayoutManager}.
* Overridden to conditionally forward the call to the
- * contentPane
.
+ * {@code contentPane}.
* Refer to {@link javax.swing.RootPaneContainer} for
* more information.
*
- * @param manager the LayoutManager
+ * @param manager the {@code LayoutManager}
* @see #setRootPaneCheckingEnabled
* @see javax.swing.RootPaneContainer
*/
@@ -503,7 +503,7 @@
/**
* Repaints the specified rectangle of this component within
- * time
milliseconds. Refer to RepaintManager
+ * {@code time} milliseconds. Refer to {@code RepaintManager}
* for details on how the repaint is handled.
*
* @param time maximum time in milliseconds before update
@@ -529,7 +529,7 @@
* is intended to be used only for debugging purposes, and the
* content and format of the returned string may vary between
* implementations. The returned string may be empty but may not
- * be null
.
+ * be {@code null}.
*
* @return a string representation of this JApplet.
*/
@@ -573,7 +573,7 @@
/**
* This class implements accessibility support for the
- * JApplet
class.
+ * {@code JApplet} class.
*/
protected class AccessibleJApplet extends AccessibleApplet {
// everything moved to new parent, AccessibleApplet
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/JButton.java 2015-10-04 22:56:42.577263421 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/JButton.java 2015-10-04 22:56:42.385263430 +0400
@@ -44,9 +44,9 @@
* Action
s. Using an
- * Action
with a button has many benefits beyond directly
+ * {@code Action} with a button has many benefits beyond directly
* configuring a button. Refer to
- * Swing Components Supporting Action
for more
+ * Swing Components Supporting {@code Action}java.beans
package.
+ * has been added to the {@code java.beans} package.
* Please see {@link java.beans.XMLEncoder}.
*
* @beaninfo
@@ -113,9 +113,9 @@
/**
* Creates a button where properties are taken from the
- * Action
supplied.
+ * {@code Action} supplied.
*
- * @param a the Action
used to specify the new button
+ * @param a the {@code Action} used to specify the new button
*
* @since 1.3
*/
@@ -166,14 +166,14 @@
/**
- * Gets the value of the defaultButton
property,
- * which if true
means that this button is the current
- * default button for its JRootPane
.
+ * Gets the value of the {@code defaultButton} property,
+ * which if {@code true} means that this button is the current
+ * default button for its {@code JRootPane}.
* Most look and feels render the default button
* differently, and may potentially provide bindings
* to access the default button.
*
- * @return the value of the defaultButton
property
+ * @return the value of the {@code defaultButton} property
* @see JRootPane#setDefaultButton
* @see #isDefaultCapable
* @beaninfo
@@ -188,9 +188,9 @@
}
/**
- * Gets the value of the defaultCapable
property.
+ * Gets the value of the {@code defaultCapable} property.
*
- * @return the value of the defaultCapable
property
+ * @return the value of the {@code defaultCapable} property
* @see #setDefaultCapable
* @see #isDefaultButton
* @see JRootPane#setDefaultButton
@@ -200,16 +200,16 @@
}
/**
- * Sets the defaultCapable
property,
+ * Sets the {@code defaultCapable} property,
* which determines whether this button can be
* made the default button for its root pane.
- * The default value of the defaultCapable
- * property is true
unless otherwise
+ * The default value of the {@code defaultCapable}
+ * property is {@code true} unless otherwise
* specified by the look and feel.
*
- * @param defaultCapable true
if this button will be
+ * @param defaultCapable {@code true} if this button will be
* capable of being the default button on the
- * RootPane
; otherwise false
+ * {@code RootPane}; otherwise {@code false}
* @see #isDefaultCapable
* @beaninfo
* bound: true
@@ -223,11 +223,11 @@
}
/**
- * Overrides JComponent.removeNotify
to check if
+ * Overrides {@code JComponent.removeNotify} to check if
* this button is currently set as the default button on the
- * RootPane
, and if so, sets the RootPane
's
- * default button to null
to ensure the
- * RootPane
doesn't hold onto an invalid button reference.
+ * {@code RootPane}, and if so, sets the {@code RootPane}'s
+ * default button to {@code null} to ensure the
+ * {@code RootPane} doesn't hold onto an invalid button reference.
*/
public void removeNotify() {
JRootPane root = SwingUtilities.getRootPane(this);
@@ -254,13 +254,13 @@
/**
- * Returns a string representation of this JButton
.
+ * Returns a string representation of this {@code JButton}.
* This method is intended to be used only for debugging purposes, and the
* content and format of the returned string may vary between
* implementations. The returned string may be empty but may not
- * be null
.
+ * be {@code null}.
*
- * @return a string representation of this JButton
+ * @return a string representation of this {@code JButton}
*/
protected String paramString() {
String defaultCapableString = (defaultCapable ? "true" : "false");
@@ -275,14 +275,14 @@
////////////////
/**
- * Gets the AccessibleContext
associated with this
- * JButton
. For JButton
s,
- * the AccessibleContext
takes the form of an
- * AccessibleJButton
.
- * A new AccessibleJButton
instance is created if necessary.
+ * Gets the {@code AccessibleContext} associated with this
+ * {@code JButton}. For {@code JButton}s,
+ * the {@code AccessibleContext} takes the form of an
+ * {@code AccessibleJButton}.
+ * A new {@code AccessibleJButton} instance is created if necessary.
*
- * @return an AccessibleJButton
that serves as the
- * AccessibleContext
of this JButton
+ * @return an {@code AccessibleJButton} that serves as the
+ * {@code AccessibleContext} of this {@code JButton}
* @beaninfo
* expert: true
* description: The AccessibleContext associated with this Button.
@@ -296,7 +296,7 @@
/**
* This class implements accessibility support for the
- * JButton
class. It provides an implementation of the
+ * {@code JButton} class. It provides an implementation of the
* Java Accessibility API appropriate to button user-interface
* elements.
* java.beans
package.
+ * has been added to the {@code java.beans} package.
* Please see {@link java.beans.XMLEncoder}.
*/
@SuppressWarnings("serial")
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/JCheckBox.java 2015-10-04 22:56:43.105263397 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/JCheckBox.java 2015-10-04 22:56:42.913263406 +0400
@@ -46,9 +46,9 @@
* Action
s. Using an
- * Action
with a button has many benefits beyond directly
+ * {@code Action} with a button has many benefits beyond directly
* configuring a button. Refer to
- * Swing Components Supporting Action
for more
+ * Swing Components Supporting {@code Action} for more
* details, and you can find more information in How
* to Use Actions, a section in The Java Tutorial.
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@
* appropriate for short term storage or RMI between applications running
* the same version of Swing. As of 1.4, support for long term storage
* of all JavaBeans™
- * has been added to the java.beans
package.
+ * has been added to the {@code java.beans} package.
* Please see {@link java.beans.XMLEncoder}.
*
* @see JRadioButton
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@
*
* @param icon the Icon image to display
* @param selected a boolean value indicating the initial selection
- * state. If true
the check box is selected
+ * state. If {@code true} the check box is selected
*/
public JCheckBox(Icon icon, boolean selected) {
this(null, icon, selected);
@@ -147,7 +147,7 @@
*
* @param text the text of the check box.
* @param selected a boolean value indicating the initial selection
- * state. If true
the check box is selected
+ * state. If {@code true} the check box is selected
*/
public JCheckBox (String text, boolean selected) {
this(text, null, selected);
@@ -171,7 +171,7 @@
* @param text the text of the check box.
* @param icon the Icon image to display
* @param selected a boolean value indicating the initial selection
- * state. If true
the check box is selected
+ * state. If {@code true} the check box is selected
*/
public JCheckBox (String text, Icon icon, boolean selected) {
super(text, icon, selected);
@@ -180,20 +180,20 @@
}
/**
- * Sets the borderPaintedFlat
property,
+ * Sets the {@code borderPaintedFlat} property,
* which gives a hint to the look and feel as to the
* appearance of the check box border.
- * This is usually set to true
when a
- * JCheckBox
instance is used as a
- * renderer in a component such as a JTable
or
- * JTree
. The default value for the
- * borderPaintedFlat
property is false
.
+ * This is usually set to {@code true} when a
+ * {@code JCheckBox} instance is used as a
+ * renderer in a component such as a {@code JTable} or
+ * {@code JTree}. The default value for the
+ * {@code borderPaintedFlat} property is {@code false}.
* This method fires a property changed event.
* Some look and feels might not implement flat borders;
* they will ignore this property.
*
- * @param b true
requests that the border be painted flat;
- * false
requests normal borders
+ * @param b {@code true} requests that the border be painted flat;
+ * {@code false} requests normal borders
* @see #isBorderPaintedFlat
* @beaninfo
* bound: true
@@ -212,9 +212,9 @@
}
/**
- * Gets the value of the borderPaintedFlat
property.
+ * Gets the value of the {@code borderPaintedFlat} property.
*
- * @return the value of the borderPaintedFlat
property
+ * @return the value of the {@code borderPaintedFlat} property
* @see #setBorderPaintedFlat
* @since 1.3
*/
@@ -290,7 +290,7 @@
* is intended to be used only for debugging purposes, and the
* content and format of the returned string may vary between
* implementations. The returned string may be empty but may not
- * be null
.
+ * be {@code null}.
* specific new aspects of the JFC components.
*
* @return a string representation of this JCheckBox.
@@ -324,7 +324,7 @@
/**
* This class implements accessibility support for the
- * JCheckBox
class. It provides an implementation of the
+ * {@code JCheckBox} class. It provides an implementation of the
* Java Accessibility API appropriate to check box user-interface
* elements.
* java.beans
package.
+ * has been added to the {@code java.beans} package.
* Please see {@link java.beans.XMLEncoder}.
*/
@SuppressWarnings("serial") // Same-version serialization only
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/JCheckBoxMenuItem.java 2015-10-04 22:56:43.633263374 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/JCheckBoxMenuItem.java 2015-10-04 22:56:43.441263382 +0400
@@ -45,19 +45,19 @@
* menu item, a check box menu item can have either text or a graphic
* icon associated with it, or both.
* isSelected
/setSelected
or
- * getState
/setState
can be used
+ * Either {@code isSelected}/{@code setSelected} or
+ * {@code getState}/{@code setState} can be used
* to determine/specify the menu item's selection state. The
- * preferred methods are isSelected
and
- * setSelected
, which work for all menus and buttons.
- * The getState
and setState
methods exist for
+ * preferred methods are {@code isSelected} and
+ * {@code setSelected}, which work for all menus and buttons.
+ * The {@code getState} and {@code setState} methods exist for
* compatibility with other component sets.
* Action
s. Using an
- * Action
with a menu item has many benefits beyond directly
+ * {@code Action} with a menu item has many benefits beyond directly
* configuring a menu item. Refer to
- * Swing Components Supporting Action
for more
+ * Swing Components Supporting {@code Action} for more
* details, and you can find more information in How
* to Use Actions, a section in The Java Tutorial.
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@
* appropriate for short term storage or RMI between applications running
* the same version of Swing. As of 1.4, support for long term storage
* of all JavaBeans™
- * has been added to the java.beans
package.
+ * has been added to the {@code java.beans} package.
* Please see {@link java.beans.XMLEncoder}.
*
* @beaninfo
@@ -245,7 +245,7 @@
* is intended to be used only for debugging purposes, and the
* content and format of the returned string may vary between
* implementations. The returned string may be empty but may not
- * be null
.
+ * be {@code null}.
*
* @return a string representation of this JCheckBoxMenuItem.
*/
@@ -283,7 +283,7 @@
/**
* This class implements accessibility support for the
- * JCheckBoxMenuItem
class. It provides an implementation
+ * {@code JCheckBoxMenuItem} class. It provides an implementation
* of the Java Accessibility API appropriate to checkbox menu item
* user-interface elements.
* java.beans
package.
+ * has been added to the {@code java.beans} package.
* Please see {@link java.beans.XMLEncoder}.
*/
@SuppressWarnings("serial") // Same-version serialization only
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/JColorChooser.java 2015-10-04 22:56:44.173263349 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/JColorChooser.java 2015-10-04 22:56:43.969263358 +0400
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
/**
- * JColorChooser
provides a pane of controls designed to allow
+ * {@code JColorChooser} provides a pane of controls designed to allow
* a user to manipulate and select a color.
* For information about using color choosers, see
* A static convenience method which shows a modal color-chooser
* dialog and returns the color selected by the user.
* ActionListeners
can be specified to be invoked when
+ * where {@code ActionListeners} can be specified to be invoked when
* the user presses one of the dialog buttons.
- * JColorChooser
panes
- * directly (within any container). PropertyChange
listeners
+ * java.beans
package.
+ * has been added to the {@code java.beans} package.
* Please see {@link java.beans.XMLEncoder}.
*
*
@@ -123,12 +123,12 @@
* this method hides/disposes the dialog and returns the selected color.
* If the user presses the "Cancel" button or closes the dialog without
* pressing "OK", then this method hides/disposes the dialog and returns
- * null
.
+ * {@code null}.
*
- * @param component the parent Component
for the dialog
+ * @param component the parent {@code Component} for the dialog
* @param title the String containing the dialog's title
* @param initialColor the initial Color set when the color-chooser is shown
- * @return the selected color or null
if the user opted out
+ * @return the selected color or {@code null} if the user opted out
* @exception HeadlessException if GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()
* returns true.
* @see java.awt.GraphicsEnvironment#isHeadless
@@ -144,14 +144,14 @@
* this method hides/disposes the dialog and returns the selected color.
* If the user presses the "Cancel" button or closes the dialog without
* pressing "OK", then this method hides/disposes the dialog and returns
- * null
.
+ * {@code null}.
*
- * @param component the parent Component
for the dialog
+ * @param component the parent {@code Component} for the dialog
* @param title the String containing the dialog's title
* @param initialColor the initial Color set when the color-chooser is shown
* @param colorTransparencySelectionEnabled true if the transparency of
* a color can be selected
- * @return the selected color or null
if the user opted out
+ * @return the selected color or {@code null} if the user opted out
* @exception HeadlessException if GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()
* returns true.
* @see java.awt.GraphicsEnvironment#isHeadless
@@ -181,11 +181,11 @@
/**
* Creates and returns a new dialog containing the specified
- * ColorChooser
pane along with "OK", "Cancel", and "Reset"
+ * {@code ColorChooser} pane along with "OK", "Cancel", and "Reset"
* buttons. If the "OK" or "Cancel" buttons are pressed, the dialog is
* automatically hidden (but not disposed). If the "Reset"
* button is pressed, the color-chooser's color will be reset to the
- * color which was set the last time show
was invoked on the
+ * color which was set the last time {@code show} was invoked on the
* dialog and the dialog will remain showing.
*
* @param c the parent component for the dialog
@@ -236,9 +236,9 @@
/**
* Creates a color chooser pane with the specified
- * ColorSelectionModel
.
+ * {@code ColorSelectionModel}.
*
- * @param model the ColorSelectionModel
to be used
+ * @param model the {@code ColorSelectionModel} to be used
*/
public JColorChooser(ColorSelectionModel model) {
selectionModel = model;
@@ -249,7 +249,7 @@
/**
* Returns the L&F object that renders this component.
*
- * @return the ColorChooserUI
object that renders
+ * @return the {@code ColorChooserUI} object that renders
* this component
*/
public ColorChooserUI getUI() {
@@ -259,7 +259,7 @@
/**
* Sets the L&F object that renders this component.
*
- * @param ui the ColorChooserUI
L&F object
+ * @param ui the {@code ColorChooserUI} L&F object
* @see UIDefaults#getUI
*
* @beaninfo
@@ -272,9 +272,9 @@
}
/**
- * Notification from the UIManager
that the L&F has changed.
+ * Notification from the {@code UIManager} that the L&F has changed.
* Replaces the current UI object with the latest version from the
- * UIManager
.
+ * {@code UIManager}.
*
* @see JComponent#updateUI
*/
@@ -305,7 +305,7 @@
/**
* Sets the current color of the color chooser to the specified color.
- * The ColorSelectionModel
will fire a ChangeEvent
+ * The {@code ColorSelectionModel} will fire a {@code ChangeEvent}
* @param color the color to be set in the color chooser
* @see JComponent#addPropertyChangeListener
*
@@ -348,15 +348,15 @@
}
/**
- * Sets the dragEnabled
property,
- * which must be true
to enable
+ * Sets the {@code dragEnabled} property,
+ * which must be {@code true} to enable
* automatic drag handling (the first part of drag and drop)
* on this component.
- * The transferHandler
property needs to be set
- * to a non-null
value for the drag to do
- * anything. The default value of the dragEnabled
+ * The {@code transferHandler} property needs to be set
+ * to a non-{@code null} value for the drag to do
+ * anything. The default value of the {@code dragEnabled}
* property
- * is false
.
+ * is {@code false}.
*
* exportAsDrag
method of a
- * TransferHandler
.
+ * to directly call the {@code exportAsDrag} method of a
+ * {@code TransferHandler}.
*
- * @param b the value to set the dragEnabled
property to
+ * @param b the value to set the {@code dragEnabled} property to
* @exception HeadlessException if
- * b
is true
and
- * GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()
- * returns true
+ * {@code b} is {@code true} and
+ * {@code GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()}
+ * returns {@code true}
*
* @since 1.4
*
@@ -394,9 +394,9 @@
}
/**
- * Gets the value of the dragEnabled
property.
+ * Gets the value of the {@code dragEnabled} property.
*
- * @return the value of the dragEnabled
property
+ * @return the value of the {@code dragEnabled} property
* @see #setDragEnabled
* @since 1.4
*/
@@ -406,10 +406,10 @@
/**
* Sets the current preview panel.
- * This will fire a PropertyChangeEvent
for the property
+ * This will fire a {@code PropertyChangeEvent} for the property
* named "previewPanel".
*
- * @param preview the JComponent
which displays the current color
+ * @param preview the {@code JComponent} which displays the current color
* @see JComponent#addPropertyChangeListener
*
* @beaninfo
@@ -429,7 +429,7 @@
/**
* Returns the preview panel that shows a chosen color.
*
- * @return a JComponent
object -- the preview panel
+ * @return a {@code JComponent} object -- the preview panel
*/
public JComponent getPreviewPanel() {
return previewPanel;
@@ -438,7 +438,7 @@
/**
* Adds a color chooser panel to the color chooser.
*
- * @param panel the AbstractColorChooserPanel
to be added
+ * @param panel the {@code AbstractColorChooserPanel} to be added
*/
public void addChooserPanel( AbstractColorChooserPanel panel ) {
AbstractColorChooserPanel[] oldPanels = getChooserPanels();
@@ -494,7 +494,7 @@
/**
* Specifies the Color Panels used to choose a color value.
*
- * @param panels an array of AbstractColorChooserPanel
+ * @param panels an array of {@code AbstractColorChooserPanel}
* objects
*
* @beaninfo
@@ -511,7 +511,7 @@
/**
* Returns the specified color panels.
*
- * @return an array of AbstractColorChooserPanel
objects
+ * @return an array of {@code AbstractColorChooserPanel} objects
*/
public AbstractColorChooserPanel[] getChooserPanels() {
return chooserPanels;
@@ -520,7 +520,7 @@
/**
* Returns the data model that handles color selections.
*
- * @return a ColorSelectionModel
object
+ * @return a {@code ColorSelectionModel} object
*/
public ColorSelectionModel getSelectionModel() {
return selectionModel;
@@ -530,7 +530,7 @@
/**
* Sets the model containing the selected color.
*
- * @param newModel the new ColorSelectionModel
object
+ * @param newModel the new {@code ColorSelectionModel} object
*
* @beaninfo
* bound: true
@@ -545,8 +545,8 @@
/**
- * See readObject
and writeObject
in
- * JComponent
for more
+ * See {@code readObject} and {@code writeObject} in
+ * {@code JComponent} for more
* information about serialization in Swing.
*/
private void writeObject(ObjectOutputStream s) throws IOException {
@@ -562,14 +562,14 @@
/**
- * Returns a string representation of this JColorChooser
.
+ * Returns a string representation of this {@code JColorChooser}.
* This method
* is intended to be used only for debugging purposes, and the
* content and format of the returned string may vary between
* implementations. The returned string may be empty but may not
- * be null
.
+ * be {@code null}.
*
- * @return a string representation of this JColorChooser
+ * @return a string representation of this {@code JColorChooser}
*/
protected String paramString() {
StringBuilder chooserPanelsString = new StringBuilder();
@@ -612,7 +612,7 @@
/**
* This class implements accessibility support for the
- * JColorChooser
class. It provides an implementation of the
+ * {@code JColorChooser} class. It provides an implementation of the
* Java Accessibility API appropriate to color chooser user-interface
* elements.
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/JComboBox.java 2015-10-04 22:56:44.725263324 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/JComboBox.java 2015-10-04 22:56:44.517263334 +0400
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
* appropriate for short term storage or RMI between applications running
* the same version of Swing. As of 1.4, support for long term storage
* of all JavaBeans™
- * has been added to the java.beans
package.
+ * has been added to the {@code java.beans} package.
* Please see {@link java.beans.XMLEncoder}.
*
* JComboBox
that takes its items from an
- * existing ComboBoxModel
. Since the
- * ComboBoxModel
is provided, a combo box created using
+ * Creates a {@code JComboBox} that takes its items from an
+ * existing {@code ComboBoxModel}. Since the
+ * {@code ComboBoxModel} is provided, a combo box created using
* this constructor does not create a default combo box model and
* may impact how the insert, remove and add methods behave.
*
- * @param aModel the ComboBoxModel
that provides the
+ * @param aModel the {@code ComboBoxModel} that provides the
* displayed list of items
* @see DefaultComboBoxModel
*/
@@ -186,7 +186,7 @@
}
/**
- * Creates a JComboBox
that contains the elements
+ * Creates a {@code JComboBox} that contains the elements
* in the specified array. By default the first item in the array
* (and therefore the data model) becomes selected.
*
@@ -200,7 +200,7 @@
}
/**
- * Creates a JComboBox
that contains the elements
+ * Creates a {@code JComboBox} that contains the elements
* in the specified Vector. By default the first item in the vector
* (and therefore the data model) becomes selected.
*
@@ -214,9 +214,9 @@
}
/**
- * Creates a JComboBox
with a default data model.
+ * Creates a {@code JComboBox} with a default data model.
* The default data model is an empty list of objects.
- * Use addItem
to add items. By default the first item
+ * Use {@code addItem} to add items. By default the first item
* in the data model becomes selected.
*
* @see DefaultComboBoxModel
@@ -253,7 +253,7 @@
/**
* Sets the L&F object that renders this component.
*
- * @param ui the ComboBoxUI
L&F object
+ * @param ui the {@code ComboBoxUI} L&F object
* @see UIDefaults#getUI
*
* @beaninfo
@@ -303,10 +303,10 @@
}
/**
- * Sets the data model that the JComboBox
uses to obtain
+ * Sets the data model that the {@code JComboBox} uses to obtain
* the list of items.
*
- * @param aModel the ComboBoxModel
that provides the
+ * @param aModel the {@code ComboBoxModel} that provides the
* displayed list of items
*
* @beaninfo
@@ -328,9 +328,9 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the data model currently used by the JComboBox
.
+ * Returns the data model currently used by the {@code JComboBox}.
*
- * @return the ComboBoxModel
that provides the displayed
+ * @return the {@code ComboBoxModel} that provides the displayed
* list of items
*/
public ComboBoxModellightWeightPopupEnabled
property, which
+ * Sets the {@code lightWeightPopupEnabled} property, which
* provides a hint as to whether or not a lightweight
- * Component
should be used to contain the
- * JComboBox
, versus a heavyweight
- * Component
such as a Panel
- * or a Window
. The decision of lightweight
+ * {@code Component} should be used to contain the
+ * {@code JComboBox}, versus a heavyweight
+ * {@code Component} such as a {@code Panel}
+ * or a {@code Window}. The decision of lightweight
* versus heavyweight is ultimately up to the
- * JComboBox
. Lightweight windows are more
+ * {@code JComboBox}. Lightweight windows are more
* efficient than heavyweight windows, but lightweight
* and heavyweight components do not mix well in a GUI.
* If your application mixes lightweight and heavyweight
* components, you should disable lightweight popups.
- * The default value for the lightWeightPopupEnabled
- * property is true
, unless otherwise specified
+ * The default value for the {@code lightWeightPopupEnabled}
+ * property is {@code true}, unless otherwise specified
* by the look and feel. Some look and feels always use
* heavyweight popups, no matter what the value of this property.
* true
, lightweight popups are desired
+ * @param aFlag if {@code true}, lightweight popups are desired
*
* @beaninfo
* bound: true
* expert: true
- * description: Set to false
to require heavyweight popups.
+ * description: Set to {@code false} to require heavyweight popups.
*/
public void setLightWeightPopupEnabled(boolean aFlag) {
boolean oldFlag = lightWeightPopupEnabled;
@@ -376,10 +376,10 @@
}
/**
- * Gets the value of the lightWeightPopupEnabled
+ * Gets the value of the {@code lightWeightPopupEnabled}
* property.
*
- * @return the value of the lightWeightPopupEnabled
+ * @return the value of the {@code lightWeightPopupEnabled}
* property
* @see #setLightWeightPopupEnabled
*/
@@ -388,11 +388,11 @@
}
/**
- * Determines whether the JComboBox
field is editable.
- * An editable JComboBox
allows the user to type into the
+ * Determines whether the {@code JComboBox} field is editable.
+ * An editable {@code JComboBox} allows the user to type into the
* field or selected an item from the list to initialize the field,
* after which it can be edited. (The editing affects only the field,
- * the list item remains intact.) A non editable JComboBox
+ * the list item remains intact.) A non editable {@code JComboBox}
* displays the selected item in the field,
* but the selection cannot be modified.
*
@@ -411,17 +411,17 @@
}
/**
- * Returns true if the JComboBox
is editable.
+ * Returns true if the {@code JComboBox} is editable.
* By default, a combo box is not editable.
*
- * @return true if the JComboBox
is editable, else false
+ * @return true if the {@code JComboBox} is editable, else false
*/
public boolean isEditable() {
return isEditable;
}
/**
- * Sets the maximum number of rows the JComboBox
displays.
+ * Sets the maximum number of rows the {@code JComboBox} displays.
* If the number of objects in the model is greater than count,
* the combo box uses a scrollbar.
*
@@ -459,10 +459,10 @@
* Other renderers can handle graphic images and composite items.
* aRenderer.getListCellRendererComponent
+ * {@code aRenderer.getListCellRendererComponent}
* is called, passing the list object and an index of -1.
*
- * @param aRenderer the ListCellRenderer
that
+ * @param aRenderer the {@code ListCellRenderer} that
* displays the selected item
* @see #setEditor
* @beaninfo
@@ -479,9 +479,9 @@
/**
* Returns the renderer used to display the selected item in the
- * JComboBox
field.
+ * {@code JComboBox} field.
*
- * @return the ListCellRenderer
that displays
+ * @return the {@code ListCellRenderer} that displays
* the selected item.
*/
public ListCellRenderer super E> getRenderer() {
@@ -490,11 +490,11 @@
/**
* Sets the editor used to paint and edit the selected item in the
- * JComboBox
field. The editor is used only if the
- * receiving JComboBox
is editable. If not editable,
+ * {@code JComboBox} field. The editor is used only if the
+ * receiving {@code JComboBox} is editable. If not editable,
* the combo box uses the renderer to paint the selected item.
*
- * @param anEditor the ComboBoxEditor
that
+ * @param anEditor the {@code ComboBoxEditor} that
* displays the selected item
* @see #setRenderer
* @beaninfo
@@ -517,9 +517,9 @@
/**
* Returns the editor used to paint and edit the selected item in the
- * JComboBox
field.
+ * {@code JComboBox} field.
*
- * @return the ComboBoxEditor
that displays the selected item
+ * @return the {@code ComboBoxEditor} that displays the selected item
*/
public ComboBoxEditor getEditor() {
return editor;
@@ -532,26 +532,26 @@
/**
* Sets the selected item in the combo box display area to the object in
* the argument.
- * If anObject
is in the list, the display area shows
- * anObject
selected.
+ * If {@code anObject} is in the list, the display area shows
+ * {@code anObject} selected.
* anObject
is not in the list and the combo box is
+ * If {@code anObject} is not in the list and the combo box is
* uneditable, it will not change the current selection. For editable
- * combo boxes, the selection will change to anObject
.
+ * combo boxes, the selection will change to {@code anObject}.
* ItemListener
s added to the combo box will be notified with
- * one or two ItemEvent
s.
- * If there is a current selected item, an ItemEvent
will be
- * fired and the state change will be ItemEvent.DESELECTED
.
- * If anObject
is in the list and is not currently selected
- * then an ItemEvent
will be fired and the state change will
- * be ItemEvent.SELECTED
.
+ * {@code ItemListener}s added to the combo box will be notified with
+ * one or two {@code ItemEvent}s.
+ * If there is a current selected item, an {@code ItemEvent} will be
+ * fired and the state change will be {@code ItemEvent.DESELECTED}.
+ * If {@code anObject} is in the list and is not currently selected
+ * then an {@code ItemEvent} will be fired and the state change will
+ * be {@code ItemEvent.SELECTED}.
* ActionListener
s added to the combo box will be notified
- * with an ActionEvent
when this method is called.
+ * {@code ActionListener}s added to the combo box will be notified
+ * with an {@code ActionEvent} when this method is called.
*
- * @param anObject the list object to select; use null
to
+ * @param anObject the list object to select; use {@code null} to
clear the selection
* @beaninfo
* preferred: true
@@ -601,7 +601,7 @@
* Returns the current selected item.
* addItem
, insertItemAt
+ * to the combo box with {@code addItem}, {@code insertItemAt}
* or the data constructors.
*
* @return the current selected Object
@@ -612,12 +612,12 @@
}
/**
- * Selects the item at index anIndex
.
+ * Selects the item at index {@code anIndex}.
*
* @param anIndex an integer specifying the list item to select,
* where 0 specifies the first item in the list and -1 indicates no selection
- * @exception IllegalArgumentException if anIndex
< -1 or
- * anIndex
is greater than or equal to size
+ * @exception IllegalArgumentException if {@code anIndex < -1} or
+ * {@code anIndex} is greater than or equal to size
* @beaninfo
* preferred: true
* description: The item at index is selected.
@@ -636,7 +636,7 @@
/**
* Returns the first item in the list that matches the given item.
- * The result is not always defined if the JComboBox
+ * The result is not always defined if the {@code JComboBox}
* allows selected items that are not in the list.
* Returns -1 if there is no selected item or if the user specified
* an item which is not in the list.
@@ -665,7 +665,7 @@
* Returns the "prototypical display" value - an Object used
* for the calculation of the display height and width.
*
- * @return the value of the prototypeDisplayValue
property
+ * @return the value of the {@code prototypeDisplayValue} property
* @see #setPrototypeDisplayValue
* @since 1.4
*/
@@ -702,7 +702,7 @@
/**
* Adds an item to the item list.
- * This method works only if the JComboBox
uses a
+ * This method works only if the {@code JComboBox} uses a
* mutable data model.
* JComboBox
uses a
+ * This method works only if the {@code JComboBox} uses a
* mutable data model.
*
* @param item the item to add to the list
@@ -744,7 +744,7 @@
/**
* Removes an item from the item list.
- * This method works only if the JComboBox
uses a
+ * This method works only if the {@code JComboBox} uses a
* mutable data model.
*
* @param anObject the object to remove from the item list
@@ -756,8 +756,8 @@
}
/**
- * Removes the item at anIndex
- * This method works only if the JComboBox
uses a
+ * Removes the item at {@code anIndex}
+ * This method works only if the {@code JComboBox} uses a
* mutable data model.
*
* @param anIndex an int specifying the index of the item to remove,
@@ -794,10 +794,10 @@
}
/**
- * Checks that the dataModel
is an instance of
- * MutableComboBoxModel
. If not, it throws an exception.
- * @exception RuntimeException if dataModel
is not an
- * instance of MutableComboBoxModel
.
+ * Checks that the {@code dataModel} is an instance of
+ * {@code MutableComboBoxModel}. If not, it throws an exception.
+ * @exception RuntimeException if {@code dataModel} is not an
+ * instance of {@code MutableComboBoxModel}.
*/
void checkMutableComboBoxModel() {
if ( !(dataModel instanceof MutableComboBoxModel) )
@@ -841,31 +841,31 @@
/** Selection **/
/**
- * Adds an ItemListener
.
+ * Adds an {@code ItemListener}.
* aListener
will receive one or two ItemEvent
s when
+ * {@code aListener} will receive one or two {@code ItemEvent}s when
* the selected item changes.
*
- * @param aListener the ItemListener
that is to be notified
+ * @param aListener the {@code ItemListener} that is to be notified
* @see #setSelectedItem
*/
public void addItemListener(ItemListener aListener) {
listenerList.add(ItemListener.class,aListener);
}
- /** Removes an ItemListener
.
+ /** Removes an {@code ItemListener}.
*
- * @param aListener the ItemListener
to remove
+ * @param aListener the {@code ItemListener} to remove
*/
public void removeItemListener(ItemListener aListener) {
listenerList.remove(ItemListener.class,aListener);
}
/**
- * Returns an array of all the ItemListener
s added
+ * Returns an array of all the {@code ItemListener}s added
* to this JComboBox with addItemListener().
*
- * @return all of the ItemListener
s added or an empty
+ * @return all of the {@code ItemListener}s added or an empty
* array if no listeners have been added
* @since 1.4
*/
@@ -874,22 +874,22 @@
}
/**
- * Adds an ActionListener
.
+ * Adds an {@code ActionListener}.
* ActionListener
will receive an ActionEvent
+ * The {@code ActionListener} will receive an {@code ActionEvent}
* when a selection has been made. If the combo box is editable, then
- * an ActionEvent
will be fired when editing has stopped.
+ * an {@code ActionEvent} will be fired when editing has stopped.
*
- * @param l the ActionListener
that is to be notified
+ * @param l the {@code ActionListener} that is to be notified
* @see #setSelectedItem
*/
public void addActionListener(ActionListener l) {
listenerList.add(ActionListener.class,l);
}
- /** Removes an ActionListener
.
+ /** Removes an {@code ActionListener}.
*
- * @param l the ActionListener
to remove
+ * @param l the {@code ActionListener} to remove
*/
public void removeActionListener(ActionListener l) {
if ((l != null) && (getAction() == l)) {
@@ -900,10 +900,10 @@
}
/**
- * Returns an array of all the ActionListener
s added
+ * Returns an array of all the {@code ActionListener}s added
* to this JComboBox with addActionListener().
*
- * @return all of the ActionListener
s added or an empty
+ * @return all of the {@code ActionListener}s added or an empty
* array if no listeners have been added
* @since 1.4
*/
@@ -912,15 +912,15 @@
}
/**
- * Adds a PopupMenu
listener which will listen to notification
+ * Adds a {@code PopupMenu} listener which will listen to notification
* messages from the popup portion of the combo box.
* JPopupMenu
.
+ * portion of combo box is implemented as a {@code JPopupMenu}.
* A custom look and feel may not implement it this way and will
* therefore not receive the notification.
*
- * @param l the PopupMenuListener
to add
+ * @param l the {@code PopupMenuListener} to add
* @since 1.4
*/
public void addPopupMenuListener(PopupMenuListener l) {
@@ -928,9 +928,9 @@
}
/**
- * Removes a PopupMenuListener
.
+ * Removes a {@code PopupMenuListener}.
*
- * @param l the PopupMenuListener
to remove
+ * @param l the {@code PopupMenuListener} to remove
* @see #addPopupMenuListener
* @since 1.4
*/
@@ -939,10 +939,10 @@
}
/**
- * Returns an array of all the PopupMenuListener
s added
+ * Returns an array of all the {@code PopupMenuListener}s added
* to this JComboBox with addPopupMenuListener().
*
- * @return all of the PopupMenuListener
s added or an empty
+ * @return all of the {@code PopupMenuListener}s added or an empty
* array if no listeners have been added
* @since 1.4
*/
@@ -951,7 +951,7 @@
}
/**
- * Notifies PopupMenuListener
s that the popup portion of the
+ * Notifies {@code PopupMenuListener}s that the popup portion of the
* combo box will become visible.
* PopupMenuListener
s that the popup portion of the
+ * Notifies {@code PopupMenuListener}s that the popup portion of the
* combo box has become invisible.
* PopupMenuListener
s that the popup portion of the
+ * Notifies {@code PopupMenuListener}s that the popup portion of the
* combo box has been canceled.
* Action
for the ActionEvent
source.
- * The new Action
replaces any previously set
- * Action
but does not affect ActionListeners
- * independently added with addActionListener
.
- * If the Action
is already a registered
- * ActionListener
for the ActionEvent
source,
+ * Sets the {@code Action} for the {@code ActionEvent} source.
+ * The new {@code Action} replaces any previously set
+ * {@code Action} but does not affect {@code ActionListeners}
+ * independently added with {@code addActionListener}.
+ * If the {@code Action} is already a registered
+ * {@code ActionListener} for the {@code ActionEvent} source,
* it is not re-registered.
* Action
results in immediately changing
+ * Setting the {@code Action} results in immediately changing
* all the properties described in
- * Swing Components Supporting Action
.
+ * Swing Components Supporting {@code Action}Action
's properties change.
+ * as the {@code Action}'s properties change.
* Action
's property values.
- * It uses the configurePropertiesFromAction
method
+ * and help track the {@code Action}'s property values.
+ * It uses the {@code configurePropertiesFromAction} method
* to immediately change the combobox's properties.
- * To track changes in the Action
's property values,
- * this method registers the PropertyChangeListener
- * returned by createActionPropertyChangeListener
. The
+ * To track changes in the {@code Action}'s property values,
+ * this method registers the {@code PropertyChangeListener}
+ * returned by {@code createActionPropertyChangeListener}. The
* default {@code PropertyChangeListener} invokes the
* {@code actionPropertyChanged} method when a property in the
* {@code Action} changes.
*
- * @param a the Action
for the JComboBox
,
- * or null
.
+ * @param a the {@code Action} for the {@code JComboBox},
+ * or {@code null}.
* @since 1.3
* @see Action
* @see #getAction
@@ -1114,12 +1114,12 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the currently set Action
for this
- * ActionEvent
source, or null
if no
- * Action
is set.
+ * Returns the currently set {@code Action} for this
+ * {@code ActionEvent} source, or {@code null} if no
+ * {@code Action} is set.
*
- * @return the Action
for this ActionEvent
- * source; or null
+ * @return the {@code Action} for this {@code ActionEvent}
+ * source; or {@code null}
* @since 1.3
* @see Action
* @see #setAction
@@ -1130,12 +1130,12 @@
/**
* Sets the properties on this combobox to match those in the specified
- * Action
. Refer to
- * Swing Components Supporting Action
for more
+ * {@code Action}. Refer to
+ * Swing Components Supporting {@code Action} for more
* details as to which properties this sets.
*
- * @param a the Action
from which to get the properties,
- * or null
+ * @param a the {@code Action} from which to get the properties,
+ * or {@code null}
* @since 1.3
* @see Action
* @see #setAction
@@ -1147,13 +1147,13 @@
}
/**
- * Creates and returns a PropertyChangeListener
that is
+ * Creates and returns a {@code PropertyChangeListener} that is
* responsible for listening for changes from the specified
- * Action
and updating the appropriate properties.
+ * {@code Action} and updating the appropriate properties.
* Action
.
+ * that of the {@code Action}.
*
* @param a the combobox's action
* @return the {@code PropertyChangeListener}
@@ -1175,10 +1175,10 @@
* {@code configurePropertiesFromAction}.
* Action
for a list of
+ * Swing Components Supporting {@code Action} for a list of
* the properties this method sets.
*
- * @param action the Action
associated with this combobox
+ * @param action the {@code Action} associated with this combobox
* @param propertyName the name of the property that changed
* @since 1.6
* @see Action
@@ -1300,9 +1300,9 @@
/**
* Returns an array containing the selected item.
* This method is implemented for compatibility with
- * ItemSelectable
.
+ * {@code ItemSelectable}.
*
- * @return an array of Objects
containing one
+ * @return an array of {@code Objects} containing one
* element -- the selected item
*/
public Object[] getSelectedObjects() {
@@ -1407,7 +1407,7 @@
/**
* Initializes the editor with the specified item.
*
- * @param anEditor the ComboBoxEditor
that displays
+ * @param anEditor the {@code ComboBoxEditor} that displays
* the list item in the
* combo box field and allows it to be edited
* @param anItem the object to display and edit in the field
@@ -1417,10 +1417,10 @@
}
/**
- * Handles KeyEvent
s, looking for the Tab key.
+ * Handles {@code KeyEvent}s, looking for the Tab key.
* If the Tab key is found, the popup window is closed.
*
- * @param e the KeyEvent
containing the keyboard
+ * @param e the {@code KeyEvent} containing the keyboard
* key that was pressed
*/
public void processKeyEvent(KeyEvent e) {
@@ -1469,7 +1469,7 @@
/**
* Returns the list's key-selection manager.
*
- * @return the KeySelectionManager
currently in use
+ * @return the {@code KeySelectionManager} currently in use
*/
public KeySelectionManager getKeySelectionManager() {
return keySelectionManager;
@@ -1486,14 +1486,14 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the list item at the specified index. If index
+ * Returns the list item at the specified index. If {@code index}
* is out of range (less than zero or greater than or equal to size)
- * it will return null
.
+ * it will return {@code null}.
*
* @param index an integer indicating the list position, where the first
* item starts at zero
* @return the item at that list position; or
- * null
if out of range
+ * {@code null} if out of range
*/
public E getItemAt(int index) {
return dataModel.getElementAt(index);
@@ -1502,7 +1502,7 @@
/**
* Returns an instance of the default key-selection manager.
*
- * @return the KeySelectionManager
currently used by the list
+ * @return the {@code KeySelectionManager} currently used by the list
* @see #setKeySelectionManager
*/
protected KeySelectionManager createDefaultKeySelectionManager() {
@@ -1511,14 +1511,14 @@
/**
- * The interface that defines a KeySelectionManager
.
- * To qualify as a KeySelectionManager
,
+ * The interface that defines a {@code KeySelectionManager}.
+ * To qualify as a {@code KeySelectionManager},
* the class needs to implement the method
* that identifies the list index given a character and the
* combo box data model.
*/
public interface KeySelectionManager {
- /** Given aKey
and the model, returns the row
+ /** Given {@code aKey} and the model, returns the row
* that should become selected. Return -1 if no match was
* found.
*
@@ -1575,8 +1575,8 @@
/**
- * See readObject
and writeObject
in
- * JComponent
for more
+ * See {@code readObject} and {@code writeObject} in
+ * {@code JComponent} for more
* information about serialization in Swing.
*/
private void writeObject(ObjectOutputStream s) throws IOException {
@@ -1592,13 +1592,13 @@
/**
- * Returns a string representation of this JComboBox
.
+ * Returns a string representation of this {@code JComboBox}.
* This method is intended to be used only for debugging purposes,
* and the content and format of the returned string may vary between
* implementations. The returned string may be empty but may not
- * be null
.
+ * be {@code null}.
*
- * @return a string representation of this JComboBox
+ * @return a string representation of this {@code JComboBox}
*/
protected String paramString() {
String selectedItemReminderString = (selectedItemReminder != null ?
@@ -1638,7 +1638,7 @@
/**
* This class implements accessibility support for the
- * JComboBox
class. It provides an implementation of the
+ * {@code JComboBox} class. It provides an implementation of the
* Java Accessibility API appropriate to Combo Box user-interface elements.
* java.beans
package.
+ * has been added to the {@code java.beans} package.
* Please see {@link java.beans.XMLEncoder}.
*/
@SuppressWarnings("serial") // Same-version serialization only
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/JComponent.java 2015-10-04 22:56:45.313263298 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/JComponent.java 2015-10-04 22:56:45.109263307 +0400
@@ -64,12 +64,12 @@
/**
* The base class for all Swing components except top-level containers.
- * To use a component that inherits from JComponent
,
+ * To use a component that inherits from {@code JComponent},
* you must place the component in a containment hierarchy
* whose root is a top-level Swing container.
* Top-level Swing containers --
- * such as JFrame
, JDialog
,
- * and JApplet
--
+ * such as {@code JFrame}, {@code JDialog},
+ * and {@code JApplet} --
* are specialized components
* that provide a place for other Swing components to paint themselves.
* For an explanation of containment hierarchies, see
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@
* a section in The Java Tutorial.
*
* JComponent
class provides:
+ * The {@code JComponent} class provides:
*
*
- * JComponent
contains all of the methods in the
- * Accessible
interface,
+ * {@code JComponent} contains all of the methods in the
+ * {@code Accessible} interface,
* but it doesn't actually implement the interface. That is the
* responsibility of the individual classes
- * that extend JComponent
.
+ * that extend {@code JComponent}.
* JComponent
.
+ * with any object that descends from {@code JComponent}.
* JComponent
and its subclasses document default values
- * for certain properties. For example, JTable
documents the
- * default row height as 16. Each JComponent
subclass
- * that has a ComponentUI
will create the
- * ComponentUI
as part of its constructor. In order
+ * {@code JComponent} and its subclasses document default values
+ * for certain properties. For example, {@code JTable} documents the
+ * default row height as 16. Each {@code JComponent} subclass
+ * that has a {@code ComponentUI} will create the
+ * {@code ComponentUI} as part of its constructor. In order
* to provide a particular look and feel each
- * ComponentUI
may set properties back on the
- * JComponent
that created it. For example, a custom
- * look and feel may require JTable
s to have a row
+ * {@code ComponentUI} may set properties back on the
+ * {@code JComponent} that created it. For example, a custom
+ * look and feel may require {@code JTable}s to have a row
* height of 24. The documented defaults are the value of a property
- * BEFORE the ComponentUI
has been installed. If you
+ * BEFORE the {@code ComponentUI} has been installed. If you
* need a specific value for a particular property you should
* explicitly set it.
* java.beans
package.
+ * has been added to the {@code java.beans} package.
* Please see {@link java.beans.XMLEncoder}.
*
* @see KeyStroke
@@ -256,23 +256,23 @@
private boolean verifyInputWhenFocusTarget = true;
/**
- * Set in _paintImmediately
.
+ * Set in {@code _paintImmediately}.
* Will indicate the child that initiated the painting operation.
- * If paintingChild
is opaque, no need to paint
- * any child components after paintingChild
.
- * Test used in paintChildren
.
+ * If {@code paintingChild} is opaque, no need to paint
+ * any child components after {@code paintingChild}.
+ * Test used in {@code paintChildren}.
*/
transient Component paintingChild;
/**
- * Constant used for registerKeyboardAction
that
+ * Constant used for {@code registerKeyboardAction} that
* means that the command should be invoked when
* the component has the focus.
*/
public static final int WHEN_FOCUSED = 0;
/**
- * Constant used for registerKeyboardAction
that
+ * Constant used for {@code registerKeyboardAction} that
* means that the command should be invoked when the receiving
* component is an ancestor of the focused component or is
* itself the focused component.
@@ -280,7 +280,7 @@
public static final int WHEN_ANCESTOR_OF_FOCUSED_COMPONENT = 1;
/**
- * Constant used for registerKeyboardAction
that
+ * Constant used for {@code registerKeyboardAction} that
* means that the command should be invoked when
* the receiving component is in the window that has the focus
* or is itself the focused component.
@@ -293,13 +293,13 @@
public static final int UNDEFINED_CONDITION = -1;
/**
- * The key used by JComponent
to access keyboard bindings.
+ * The key used by {@code JComponent} to access keyboard bindings.
*/
private static final String KEYBOARD_BINDINGS_KEY = "_KeyboardBindings";
/**
- * An array of KeyStroke
s used for
- * WHEN_IN_FOCUSED_WINDOW
are stashed
+ * An array of {@code KeyStroke}s used for
+ * {@code WHEN_IN_FOCUSED_WINDOW} are stashed
* in the client properties under this string.
*/
private static final String WHEN_IN_FOCUSED_WINDOW_BINDINGS = "_WhenInFocusedWindow";
@@ -313,7 +313,7 @@
private static final String NEXT_FOCUS = "nextFocus";
/**
- * JPopupMenu
assigned to this component
+ * {@code JPopupMenu} assigned to this component
* and all of its children
*/
private JPopupMenu popupMenu;
@@ -357,11 +357,11 @@
*/
private static java.util.ListWHEN_FOCUSED
bindings. */
+ /** Used for {@code WHEN_FOCUSED} bindings. */
private InputMap focusInputMap;
- /** Used for WHEN_ANCESTOR_OF_FOCUSED_COMPONENT
bindings. */
+ /** Used for {@code WHEN_ANCESTOR_OF_FOCUSED_COMPONENT} bindings. */
private InputMap ancestorInputMap;
- /** Used for WHEN_IN_FOCUSED_KEY
bindings. */
+ /** Used for {@code WHEN_IN_FOCUSED_KEY} bindings. */
private ComponentInputMap windowInputMap;
/** ActionMap. */
@@ -414,7 +414,7 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the Set of KeyStroke
s to use if the component
+ * Returns the Set of {@code KeyStroke}s to use if the component
* is managing focus for forward focus traversal.
*/
static SetKeyStroke
s to use if the component
+ * Returns the Set of {@code KeyStroke}s to use if the component
* is managing focus for backward focus traversal.
*/
static SetgetComponentPopupMenu
should delegate
- * to the parent if this component does not have a JPopupMenu
+ * Sets whether or not {@code getComponentPopupMenu} should delegate
+ * to the parent if this component does not have a {@code JPopupMenu}
* assigned to it.
* JComponent
- * subclasses that are implemented as a number of JComponent
s
+ * The default value for this is false, but some {@code JComponent}
+ * subclasses that are implemented as a number of {@code JComponent}s
* may set this to true.
* JPopupMenu
for this JComponent
.
+ * Sets the {@code JPopupMenu} for this {@code JComponent}.
* The UI is responsible for registering bindings and adding the necessary
- * listeners such that the JPopupMenu
will be shown at
- * the appropriate time. When the JPopupMenu
is shown
+ * listeners such that the {@code JPopupMenu} will be shown at
+ * the appropriate time. When the {@code JPopupMenu} is shown
* depends upon the look and feel: some may show it on a mouse event,
* some may enable a key binding.
* popup
is null, and getInheritsPopupMenu
- * returns true, then getComponentPopupMenu
will be delegated
+ * If {@code popup} is null, and {@code getInheritsPopupMenu}
+ * returns true, then {@code getComponentPopupMenu} will be delegated
* to the parent. This provides for a way to make all child components
* inherit the popupmenu of the parent.
* JPopupMenu
that assigned for this component.
- * If this component does not have a JPopupMenu
assigned
- * to it and getInheritsPopupMenu
is true, this
- * will return getParent().getComponentPopupMenu()
(assuming
+ * Returns {@code JPopupMenu} that assigned for this component.
+ * If this component does not have a {@code JPopupMenu} assigned
+ * to it and {@code getInheritsPopupMenu} is true, this
+ * will return {@code getParent().getComponentPopupMenu()} (assuming
* the parent is valid.)
*
- * @return JPopupMenu
assigned for this component
- * or null
if no popup assigned
+ * @return {@code JPopupMenu} assigned for this component
+ * or {@code null} if no popup assigned
* @see #setComponentPopupMenu
* @since 1.5
*/
@@ -573,12 +573,12 @@
}
/**
- * Default JComponent
constructor. This constructor does
- * very little initialization beyond calling the Container
+ * Default {@code JComponent} constructor. This constructor does
+ * very little initialization beyond calling the {@code Container}
* constructor. For example, the initial layout manager is
- * null
. It does, however, set the component's locale
+ * {@code null}. It does, however, set the component's locale
* property to the value returned by
- * JComponent.getDefaultLocale
.
+ * {@code JComponent.getDefaultLocale}.
*
* @see #getDefaultLocale
*/
@@ -603,7 +603,7 @@
/**
* Resets the UI property to a value from the current look and feel.
- * JComponent
subclasses must override this method
+ * {@code JComponent} subclasses must override this method
* like this:
*
* public void updateUI() {
@@ -629,16 +629,16 @@
/**
* Sets the look and feel delegate for this component.
- *
JComponent
subclasses generally override this method
- * to narrow the argument type. For example, in JSlider
:
+ * {@code JComponent} subclasses generally override this method
+ * to narrow the argument type. For example, in {@code JSlider}:
*
* public void setUI(SliderUI newUI) {
* super.setUI(newUI);
* }
*
* JComponent
subclasses must provide a
- * getUI
method that returns the correct type. For example:
+ * Additionally {@code JComponent} subclasses must provide a
+ * {@code getUI} method that returns the correct type. For example:
*
* public SliderUI getUI() {
* return (SliderUI)ui;
@@ -706,17 +706,17 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the
UIDefaults
key used to
- * look up the name of the swing.plaf.ComponentUI
+ * Returns the {@code UIDefaults} key used to
+ * look up the name of the {@code swing.plaf.ComponentUI}
* class that defines the look and feel
* for this component. Most applications will never need to
- * call this method. Subclasses of JComponent
that support
+ * call this method. Subclasses of {@code JComponent} that support
* pluggable look and feel should override this method to
- * return a UIDefaults
key that maps to the
- * ComponentUI
subclass that defines their look and feel.
+ * return a {@code UIDefaults} key that maps to the
+ * {@code ComponentUI} subclass that defines their look and feel.
*
- * @return the UIDefaults
key for a
- * ComponentUI
subclass
+ * @return the {@code UIDefaults} key for a
+ * {@code ComponentUI} subclass
* @see UIDefaults#getUI
* @beaninfo
* expert: true
@@ -729,13 +729,13 @@
/**
* Returns the graphics object used to paint this component.
- * If DebugGraphics
is turned on we create a new
- * DebugGraphics
object if necessary.
+ * If {@code DebugGraphics} is turned on we create a new
+ * {@code DebugGraphics} object if necessary.
* Otherwise we just configure the
* specified graphics object's foreground and font.
*
- * @param g the original Graphics
object
- * @return a Graphics
object configured for this component
+ * @param g the original {@code Graphics} object
+ * @return a {@code Graphics} object configured for this component
*/
protected Graphics getComponentGraphics(Graphics g) {
Graphics componentGraphics = g;
@@ -755,30 +755,30 @@
/**
* Calls the UI delegate's paint method, if the UI delegate
- * is non-null
. We pass the delegate a copy of the
- * Graphics
object to protect the rest of the
+ * is non-{@code null}. We pass the delegate a copy of the
+ * {@code Graphics} object to protect the rest of the
* paint code from irrevocable changes
- * (for example, Graphics.translate
).
+ * (for example, {@code Graphics.translate}).
* Graphics
. For example, you
- * should not alter the clip Rectangle
or modify the
+ * changes to the passed in {@code Graphics}. For example, you
+ * should not alter the clip {@code Rectangle} or modify the
* transform. If you need to do these operations you may find it
- * easier to create a new Graphics
from the passed in
- * Graphics
and manipulate it. Further, if you do not
+ * easier to create a new {@code Graphics} from the passed in
+ * {@code Graphics} and manipulate it. Further, if you do not
* invoker super's implementation you must honor the opaque property,
* that is
* if this component is opaque, you must completely fill in the background
* in a non-opaque color. If you do not honor the opaque property you
* will likely see visual artifacts.
* Graphics
object might
+ * The passed in {@code Graphics} object might
* have a transform other than the identify transform
* installed on it. In this case, you might get
* unexpected results if you cumulatively apply
* another transform.
*
- * @param g the Graphics
object to protect
+ * @param g the {@code Graphics} object to protect
* @see #paint
* @see ComponentUI
*/
@@ -796,12 +796,12 @@
/**
* Paints this component's children.
- * If shouldUseBuffer
is true,
+ * If {@code shouldUseBuffer} is true,
* no component ancestor has a buffer and
* the component children can use a buffer if they have one.
* Otherwise, one ancestor has a buffer currently in use and children
* should not use a buffer to paint.
- * @param g the Graphics
context in which to paint
+ * @param g the {@code Graphics} context in which to paint
* @see #paint
* @see java.awt.Container#paint
*/
@@ -941,13 +941,13 @@
* Paints the component's border.
* Graphics
. For example, you
- * should not alter the clip Rectangle
or modify the
+ * changes to the passed in {@code Graphics}. For example, you
+ * should not alter the clip {@code Rectangle} or modify the
* transform. If you need to do these operations you may find it
- * easier to create a new Graphics
from the passed in
- * Graphics
and manipulate it.
+ * easier to create a new {@code Graphics} from the passed in
+ * {@code Graphics} and manipulate it.
*
- * @param g the Graphics
context in which to paint
+ * @param g the {@code Graphics} context in which to paint
*
* @see #paint
* @see #setBorder
@@ -961,11 +961,11 @@
/**
- * Calls paint
. Doesn't clear the background but see
- * ComponentUI.update
, which is called by
- * paintComponent
.
+ * Calls {@code paint}. Doesn't clear the background but see
+ * {@code ComponentUI.update}, which is called by
+ * {@code paintComponent}.
*
- * @param g the Graphics
context in which to paint
+ * @param g the {@code Graphics} context in which to paint
* @see #paint
* @see #paintComponent
* @see javax.swing.plaf.ComponentUI
@@ -977,23 +977,23 @@
/**
* Invoked by Swing to draw components.
- * Applications should not invoke paint
directly,
- * but should instead use the repaint
method to
+ * Applications should not invoke {@code paint} directly,
+ * but should instead use the {@code repaint} method to
* schedule the component for redrawing.
* paintComponent
,
- * paintBorder
,
- * and paintChildren
. They're called in the order
+ * protected methods: {@code paintComponent},
+ * {@code paintBorder},
+ * and {@code paintChildren}. They're called in the order
* listed to ensure that children appear on top of component itself.
* Generally speaking, the component and its children should not
* paint in the insets area allocated to the border. Subclasses can
* just override this method, as always. A subclass that just
* wants to specialize the UI (look and feel) delegate's
- * paint
method should just override
- * paintComponent
.
+ * {@code paint} method should just override
+ * {@code paintComponent}.
*
- * @param g the Graphics
context in which to paint
+ * @param g the {@code Graphics} context in which to paint
* @see #paintComponent
* @see #paintBorder
* @see #paintChildren
@@ -1143,9 +1143,9 @@
/**
* Invoke this method to print the component. This method invokes
- * print
on the component.
+ * {@code print} on the component.
*
- * @param g the Graphics
context in which to paint
+ * @param g the {@code Graphics} context in which to paint
* @see #print
* @see #printComponent
* @see #printBorder
@@ -1163,9 +1163,9 @@
/**
* Invoke this method to print the component to the specified
- * Graphics
. This method will result in invocations
- * of printComponent
, printBorder
and
- * printChildren
. It is recommended that you override
+ * {@code Graphics}. This method will result in invocations
+ * of {@code printComponent}, {@code printBorder} and
+ * {@code printChildren}. It is recommended that you override
* one of the previously mentioned methods rather than this one if
* your intention is to customize the way printing looks. However,
* it can be useful to override this method should you want to prepare
@@ -1188,17 +1188,17 @@
* isPaintingForPrint
method provides
+ * midst of a print operation. The {@code isPaintingForPrint} method provides
* this ability and its return value will be changed by this method: to
- * true
immediately before rendering and to false
+ * {@code true} immediately before rendering and to {@code false}
* immediately after. With each change a property change event is fired on
- * this component with the name "paintingForPrint"
.
+ * this component with the name {@code "paintingForPrint"}.
* Graphics
.
+ * {@code Graphics}.
*
- * @param g the Graphics
context in which to paint
+ * @param g the {@code Graphics} context in which to paint
* @see #printComponent
* @see #printBorder
* @see #printChildren
@@ -1218,10 +1218,10 @@
/**
* This is invoked during a printing operation. This is implemented to
- * invoke paintComponent
on the component. Override this
+ * invoke {@code paintComponent} on the component. Override this
* if you wish to add special painting behavior when printing.
*
- * @param g the Graphics
context in which to paint
+ * @param g the {@code Graphics} context in which to paint
* @see #print
* @since 1.3
*/
@@ -1231,10 +1231,10 @@
/**
* Prints this component's children. This is implemented to invoke
- * paintChildren
on the component. Override this if you
+ * {@code paintChildren} on the component. Override this if you
* wish to print the children differently than painting.
*
- * @param g the Graphics
context in which to paint
+ * @param g the {@code Graphics} context in which to paint
* @see #print
* @since 1.3
*/
@@ -1244,10 +1244,10 @@
/**
* Prints the component's border. This is implemented to invoke
- * paintBorder
on the component. Override this if you
+ * {@code paintBorder} on the component. Override this if you
* wish to print the border differently that it is painted.
*
- * @param g the Graphics
context in which to paint
+ * @param g the {@code Graphics} context in which to paint
* @see #print
* @since 1.3
*/
@@ -1270,14 +1270,14 @@
}
/**
- * Returns true
if the current painting operation on this
- * component is part of a print
operation. This method is
+ * Returns {@code true} if the current painting operation on this
+ * component is part of a {@code print} operation. This method is
* useful when you want to customize what you print versus what you show
* on the screen.
* "paintingForPrint"
.
+ * {@code "paintingForPrint"}.
* true
when, and only
+ * case, the return value of this method is {@code true} when, and only
* when, the table is being painted as part of the printing process.
*
* @return true if the current painting operation on this component
@@ -1306,17 +1306,17 @@
* How to Use the Focus Subsystem,
* a section in The Java Tutorial.
* JComponent
's focus traversal keys to
+ * Changes this {@code JComponent}'s focus traversal keys to
* CTRL+TAB and CTRL+SHIFT+TAB. Also prevents
- * SortingFocusTraversalPolicy
from considering descendants
+ * {@code SortingFocusTraversalPolicy} from considering descendants
* of this JComponent when computing a focus traversal cycle.
*
* @return false
* @see java.awt.Component#setFocusTraversalKeys
* @see SortingFocusTraversalPolicy
* @deprecated As of 1.4, replaced by
- * Component.setFocusTraversalKeys(int, Set)
and
- * Container.setFocusCycleRoot(boolean)
.
+ * {@code Component.setFocusTraversalKeys(int, Set)} and
+ * {@code Container.setFocusCycleRoot(boolean)}.
*/
@Deprecated
public boolean isManagingFocus() {
@@ -1369,19 +1369,19 @@
* How to Use the Focus Subsystem,
* a section in The Java Tutorial.
* FocusTraversalPolicy
for this
- * JComponent
's focus traversal cycle by unconditionally
- * setting the specified Component
as the next
- * Component
in the cycle, and this JComponent
- * as the specified Component
's previous
- * Component
in the cycle.
+ * Overrides the default {@code FocusTraversalPolicy} for this
+ * {@code JComponent}'s focus traversal cycle by unconditionally
+ * setting the specified {@code Component} as the next
+ * {@code Component} in the cycle, and this {@code JComponent}
+ * as the specified {@code Component}'s previous
+ * {@code Component} in the cycle.
*
- * @param aComponent the Component
that should follow this
- * JComponent
in the focus traversal cycle
+ * @param aComponent the {@code Component} that should follow this
+ * {@code JComponent} in the focus traversal cycle
*
* @see #getNextFocusableComponent
* @see java.awt.FocusTraversalPolicy
- * @deprecated As of 1.4, replaced by FocusTraversalPolicy
+ * @deprecated As of 1.4, replaced by {@code FocusTraversalPolicy}
*/
@Deprecated
public void setNextFocusableComponent(Component aComponent) {
@@ -1402,16 +1402,16 @@
* How to Use the Focus Subsystem,
* a section in The Java Tutorial.
* Component
set by a prior call to
- * setNextFocusableComponent(Component)
on this
- * JComponent
.
- *
- * @return the Component
that will follow this
- * JComponent
in the focus traversal cycle, or
- * null
if none has been explicitly specified
+ * Returns the {@code Component} set by a prior call to
+ * {@code setNextFocusableComponent(Component)} on this
+ * {@code JComponent}.
+ *
+ * @return the {@code Component} that will follow this
+ * {@code JComponent} in the focus traversal cycle, or
+ * {@code null} if none has been explicitly specified
*
* @see #setNextFocusableComponent
- * @deprecated As of 1.4, replaced by FocusTraversalPolicy
.
+ * @deprecated As of 1.4, replaced by {@code FocusTraversalPolicy}.
*/
@Deprecated
public Component getNextFocusableComponent() {
@@ -1419,16 +1419,16 @@
}
/**
- * Provides a hint as to whether or not this JComponent
+ * Provides a hint as to whether or not this {@code JComponent}
* should get focus. This is only a hint, and it is up to consumers that
* are requesting focus to honor this property. This is typically honored
* for mouse operations, but not keyboard operations. For example, look
* and feels could verify this property is true before requesting focus
* during a mouse operation. This would often times be used if you did
- * not want a mouse press on a JComponent
to steal focus,
- * but did want the JComponent
to be traversable via the
- * keyboard. If you do not want this JComponent
focusable at
- * all, use the setFocusable
method instead.
+ * not want a mouse press on a {@code JComponent} to steal focus,
+ * but did want the {@code JComponent} to be traversable via the
+ * keyboard. If you do not want this {@code JComponent} focusable at
+ * all, use the {@code setFocusable} method instead.
* JComponent
to be focusable or not
+ * {@code JComponent} to be focusable or not
* @see Focus Specification
* @see java.awt.Component#setFocusable
*/
@@ -1446,8 +1446,8 @@
}
/**
- * Returns true
if this JComponent
should
- * get focus; otherwise returns false
.
+ * Returns {@code true} if this {@code JComponent} should
+ * get focus; otherwise returns {@code false}.
* true
if this component should get focus,
- * otherwise returns false
+ * @return {@code true} if this component should get focus,
+ * otherwise returns {@code false}
* @see #setRequestFocusEnabled
* @see Focus
* Specification
@@ -1467,7 +1467,7 @@
}
/**
- * Requests that this Component
gets the input focus.
+ * Requests that this {@code Component} gets the input focus.
* Refer to {@link java.awt.Component#requestFocus()
* Component.requestFocus()} for a complete description of
* this method.
@@ -1489,7 +1489,7 @@
}
/**
- * Requests that this Component
gets the input focus.
+ * Requests that this {@code Component} gets the input focus.
* Refer to {@link java.awt.Component#requestFocus(boolean)
* Component.requestFocus(boolean)} for a complete description of
* this method.
@@ -1504,8 +1504,8 @@
* a section in The Java Tutorial.
*
* @param temporary boolean indicating if the focus change is temporary
- * @return false
if the focus change request is guaranteed to
- * fail; true
if it is likely to succeed
+ * @return {@code false} if the focus change request is guaranteed to
+ * fail; {@code true} if it is likely to succeed
* @see java.awt.Component#requestFocusInWindow()
* @see java.awt.Component#requestFocusInWindow(boolean)
* @since 1.4
@@ -1515,7 +1515,7 @@
}
/**
- * Requests that this Component
gets the input focus.
+ * Requests that this {@code Component} gets the input focus.
* Refer to {@link java.awt.Component#requestFocusInWindow()
* Component.requestFocusInWindow()} for a complete description of
* this method.
@@ -1525,8 +1525,8 @@
* How to Use the Focus Subsystem,
* a section in The Java Tutorial.
*
- * @return false
if the focus change request is guaranteed to
- * fail; true
if it is likely to succeed
+ * @return {@code false} if the focus change request is guaranteed to
+ * fail; {@code true} if it is likely to succeed
* @see java.awt.Component#requestFocusInWindow()
* @see java.awt.Component#requestFocusInWindow(boolean)
* @since 1.4
@@ -1536,7 +1536,7 @@
}
/**
- * Requests that this Component
gets the input focus.
+ * Requests that this {@code Component} gets the input focus.
* Refer to {@link java.awt.Component#requestFocusInWindow(boolean)
* Component.requestFocusInWindow(boolean)} for a complete description of
* this method.
@@ -1547,8 +1547,8 @@
* a section in The Java Tutorial.
*
* @param temporary boolean indicating if the focus change is temporary
- * @return false
if the focus change request is guaranteed to
- * fail; true
if it is likely to succeed
+ * @return {@code false} if the focus change request is guaranteed to
+ * fail; {@code true} if it is likely to succeed
* @see java.awt.Component#requestFocusInWindow()
* @see java.awt.Component#requestFocusInWindow(boolean)
* @since 1.4
@@ -1565,7 +1565,7 @@
* requestFocusInWindow()
.
+ * {@code requestFocusInWindow()}.
*
* @see #requestFocusInWindow()
*/
@@ -1582,7 +1582,7 @@
* verifier for that component.
*
* @param verifyInputWhenFocusTarget value for the
- * verifyInputWhenFocusTarget
property
+ * {@code verifyInputWhenFocusTarget} property
* @see InputVerifier
* @see #setInputVerifier
* @see #getInputVerifier
@@ -1609,7 +1609,7 @@
* current focus owner will be called before this component requests
* focus.
*
- * @return value of the verifyInputWhenFocusTarget
property
+ * @return value of the {@code verifyInputWhenFocusTarget} property
*
* @see InputVerifier
* @see #setInputVerifier
@@ -1624,12 +1624,12 @@
/**
- * Gets the FontMetrics
for the specified Font
.
+ * Gets the {@code FontMetrics} for the specified {@code Font}.
*
* @param font the font for which font metrics is to be
* obtained
- * @return the font metrics for font
- * @throws NullPointerException if font
is null
+ * @return the font metrics for {@code font}
+ * @throws NullPointerException if {@code font} is null
* @since 1.5
*/
public FontMetrics getFontMetrics(Font font) {
@@ -1639,7 +1639,7 @@
/**
* Sets the preferred size of this component.
- * If preferredSize
is null
, the UI will
+ * If {@code preferredSize} is {@code null}, the UI will
* be asked for the preferred size.
* @beaninfo
* preferred: true
@@ -1652,13 +1652,13 @@
/**
- * If the preferredSize
has been set to a
- * non-null
value just returns it.
- * If the UI delegate's getPreferredSize
- * method returns a non null
value then return that;
+ * If the {@code preferredSize} has been set to a
+ * non-{@code null} value just returns it.
+ * If the UI delegate's {@code getPreferredSize}
+ * method returns a non {@code null} value then return that;
* otherwise defer to the component's layout manager.
*
- * @return the value of the preferredSize
property
+ * @return the value of the {@code preferredSize} property
* @see #setPreferredSize
* @see ComponentUI
*/
@@ -1677,12 +1677,12 @@
/**
* Sets the maximum size of this component to a constant
- * value. Subsequent calls to getMaximumSize
will always
+ * value. Subsequent calls to {@code getMaximumSize} will always
* return this value; the component's UI will not be asked
- * to compute it. Setting the maximum size to null
+ * to compute it. Setting the maximum size to {@code null}
* restores the default behavior.
*
- * @param maximumSize a Dimension
containing the
+ * @param maximumSize a {@code Dimension} containing the
* desired maximum allowable size
* @see #getMaximumSize
* @beaninfo
@@ -1695,12 +1695,12 @@
/**
- * If the maximum size has been set to a non-null
value
- * just returns it. If the UI delegate's getMaximumSize
- * method returns a non-null
value then return that;
+ * If the maximum size has been set to a non-{@code null} value
+ * just returns it. If the UI delegate's {@code getMaximumSize}
+ * method returns a non-{@code null} value then return that;
* otherwise defer to the component's layout manager.
*
- * @return the value of the maximumSize
property
+ * @return the value of the {@code maximumSize} property
* @see #setMaximumSize
* @see ComponentUI
*/
@@ -1719,9 +1719,9 @@
/**
* Sets the minimum size of this component to a constant
- * value. Subsequent calls to getMinimumSize
will always
+ * value. Subsequent calls to {@code getMinimumSize} will always
* return this value; the component's UI will not be asked
- * to compute it. Setting the minimum size to null
+ * to compute it. Setting the minimum size to {@code null}
* restores the default behavior.
*
* @param minimumSize the new minimum size of this component
@@ -1735,12 +1735,12 @@
}
/**
- * If the minimum size has been set to a non-null
value
- * just returns it. If the UI delegate's getMinimumSize
- * method returns a non-null
value then return that; otherwise
+ * If the minimum size has been set to a non-{@code null} value
+ * just returns it. If the UI delegate's {@code getMinimumSize}
+ * method returns a non-{@code null} value then return that; otherwise
* defer to the component's layout manager.
*
- * @return the value of the minimumSize
property
+ * @return the value of the {@code minimumSize} property
* @see #setMinimumSize
* @see ComponentUI
*/
@@ -1769,7 +1769,7 @@
}
/**
- * Sets the border of this component. The Border
object is
+ * Sets the border of this component. The {@code Border} object is
* responsible for defining the insets for the component
* (overriding any insets set directly on the component) and
* for optionally rendering any border decorations within the
@@ -1780,13 +1780,13 @@
* single component.
* JComponent
, the look and
+ * that inherits from {@code JComponent}, the look and
* feel implementation of many standard Swing components
* doesn't work well with user-set borders. In general,
* when you want to set a border on a standard Swing
- * component other than JPanel
or JLabel
,
- * we recommend that you put the component in a JPanel
- * and set the border on the JPanel
.
+ * component other than {@code JPanel} or {@code JLabel},
+ * we recommend that you put the component in a {@code JPanel}
+ * and set the border on the {@code JPanel}.
* null
if no
+ * Returns the border of this component or {@code null} if no
* border is currently set.
*
* @return the border object for this component
@@ -1826,7 +1826,7 @@
/**
* If a border has been set on this component, returns the
- * border's insets; otherwise calls super.getInsets
.
+ * border's insets; otherwise calls {@code super.getInsets}.
*
* @return the value of the insets property
* @see #setBorder
@@ -1839,15 +1839,15 @@
}
/**
- * Returns an Insets
object containing this component's inset
- * values. The passed-in Insets
object will be reused
+ * Returns an {@code Insets} object containing this component's inset
+ * values. The passed-in {@code Insets} object will be reused
* if possible.
* Calling methods cannot assume that the same object will be returned,
* however. All existing values within this object are overwritten.
- * If insets
is null, this will allocate a new one.
+ * If {@code insets} is null, this will allocate a new one.
*
- * @param insets the Insets
object, which can be reused
- * @return the Insets
object
+ * @param insets the {@code Insets} object, which can be reused
+ * @return the {@code Insets} object
* @see #getInsets
* @beaninfo
* expert: true
@@ -1873,10 +1873,10 @@
}
/**
- * Overrides Container.getAlignmentY
to return
+ * Overrides {@code Container.getAlignmentY} to return
* the vertical alignment.
*
- * @return the value of the alignmentY
property
+ * @return the value of the {@code alignmentY} property
* @see #setAlignmentY
* @see java.awt.Component#getAlignmentY
*/
@@ -1902,10 +1902,10 @@
/**
- * Overrides Container.getAlignmentX
to return
+ * Overrides {@code Container.getAlignmentX} to return
* the horizontal alignment.
*
- * @return the value of the alignmentX
property
+ * @return the value of the {@code alignmentX} property
* @see #setAlignmentX
* @see java.awt.Component#getAlignmentX
*/
@@ -1953,7 +1953,7 @@
/**
* Returns the input verifier for this component.
*
- * @return the inputVerifier
property
+ * @return the {@code inputVerifier} property
* @since 1.3
* @see InputVerifier
*/
@@ -1963,7 +1963,7 @@
/**
* Returns this component's graphics context, which lets you draw
- * on a component. Use this method to get a Graphics
object and
+ * on a component. Use this method to get a {@code Graphics} object and
* then invoke operations on that object to draw on the component.
* @return this components graphics context
*/
@@ -1987,12 +1987,12 @@
* ExternalWindow
that displays the operations
+ * {@code ExternalWindow} that displays the operations
* performed on the View's offscreen buffer.
* debugOptions
is bitwise OR'd into the current value
+ * {@code debugOptions} is bitwise OR'd into the current value
*
* @beaninfo
* preferred: true
@@ -2014,7 +2014,7 @@
* ExternalWindow
that displays the operations
+ * {@code ExternalWindow} that displays the operations
* performed on the View's offscreen buffer.
* JComponent
or one of its parents.
+ * {@code JComponent} or one of its parents.
*/
int shouldDebugGraphics() {
return DebugGraphics.shouldComponentDebug(this);
@@ -2036,29 +2036,29 @@
/**
* This method is now obsolete, please use a combination of
- * getActionMap()
and getInputMap()
for
- * similar behavior. For example, to bind the KeyStroke
- * aKeyStroke
to the Action
anAction
+ * {@code getActionMap()} and {@code getInputMap()} for
+ * similar behavior. For example, to bind the {@code KeyStroke}
+ * {@code aKeyStroke} to the {@code Action anAction}
* now use:
*
* component.getInputMap().put(aKeyStroke, aCommand);
* component.getActionMap().put(aCommmand, anAction);
*
* The above assumes you want the binding to be applicable for
- * WHEN_FOCUSED
. To register bindings for other focus
- * states use the getInputMap
method that takes an integer.
+ * {@code WHEN_FOCUSED}. To register bindings for other focus
+ * states use the {@code getInputMap} method that takes an integer.
* anAction
will be invoked if a key event matching
- * aKeyStroke
occurs and aCondition
is verified.
- * The KeyStroke
object defines a
+ * {@code anAction} will be invoked if a key event matching
+ * {@code aKeyStroke} occurs and {@code aCondition} is verified.
+ * The {@code KeyStroke} object defines a
* particular combination of a keyboard key and one or more modifiers
* (alt, shift, ctrl, meta).
* aCommand
will be set in the delivered event if
+ * The {@code aCommand} will be set in the delivered event if
* specified.
* aCondition
can be one of:
+ * The {@code aCondition} can be one of:
*
*
*
anAction
will replace the action.
+ * {@code anAction} will replace the action.
*
- * @param anAction the Action
to be registered
+ * @param anAction the {@code Action} to be registered
* @param aCommand the command to be set in the delivered event
- * @param aKeyStroke the KeyStroke
to bind to the action
+ * @param aKeyStroke the {@code KeyStroke} to bind to the action
* @param aCondition the condition that needs to be met, see above
* @see KeyStroke
*/
@@ -2113,14 +2113,14 @@
}
/**
- * Registers any bound WHEN_IN_FOCUSED_WINDOW
actions with
- * the KeyboardManager
. If onlyIfNew
+ * Registers any bound {@code WHEN_IN_FOCUSED_WINDOW} actions with
+ * the {@code KeyboardManager}. If {@code onlyIfNew}
* is true only actions that haven't been registered are pushed
- * to the KeyboardManager
;
- * otherwise all actions are pushed to the KeyboardManager
.
+ * to the {@code KeyboardManager};
+ * otherwise all actions are pushed to the {@code KeyboardManager}.
*
* @param onlyIfNew if true, only actions that haven't been registered
- * are pushed to the KeyboardManager
+ * are pushed to the {@code KeyboardManager}
*/
private void registerWithKeyboardManager(boolean onlyIfNew) {
InputMap inputMap = getInputMap(WHEN_IN_FOCUSED_WINDOW, false);
@@ -2176,7 +2176,7 @@
/**
* Unregisters all the previously registered
- * WHEN_IN_FOCUSED_WINDOW
KeyStroke
bindings.
+ * {@code WHEN_IN_FOCUSED_WINDOW KeyStroke} bindings.
*/
private void unregisterWithKeyboardManager() {
@SuppressWarnings("unchecked")
@@ -2196,10 +2196,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invoked from ComponentInputMap
when its bindings change.
- * If inputMap
is the current windowInputMap
- * (or a parent of the window InputMap
)
- * the KeyboardManager
is notified of the new bindings.
+ * Invoked from {@code ComponentInputMap} when its bindings change.
+ * If {@code inputMap} is the current {@code windowInputMap}
+ * (or a parent of the window {@code InputMap})
+ * the {@code KeyboardManager} is notified of the new bindings.
*
* @param inputMap the map containing the new bindings
*/
@@ -2225,7 +2225,7 @@
/**
* This method is now obsolete, please use a combination of
- * getActionMap()
and getInputMap()
for
+ * {@code getActionMap()} and {@code getInputMap()} for
* similar behavior.
*
* @param anAction action to be registered to given keystroke and condition
@@ -2242,16 +2242,16 @@
/**
* This method is now obsolete. To unregister an existing binding
* you can either remove the binding from the
- * ActionMap/InputMap
, or place a dummy binding the
- * InputMap
. Removing the binding from the
- * InputMap
allows bindings in parent InputMap
s
+ * {@code ActionMap/InputMap}, or place a dummy binding the
+ * {@code InputMap}. Removing the binding from the
+ * {@code InputMap} allows bindings in parent {@code InputMap}s
* to be active, whereas putting a dummy binding in the
- * InputMap
effectively disables
+ * {@code InputMap} effectively disables
* the binding from ever happening.
* ActionMap
- * (if it exists) as well as the InputMap
s.
+ * This will remove the binding from the {@code ActionMap}
+ * (if it exists) as well as the {@code InputMap}s.
*
* @param aKeyStroke the keystroke for which to unregister its
* keyboard action
@@ -2272,10 +2272,10 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the KeyStrokes
that will initiate
+ * Returns the {@code KeyStrokes} that will initiate
* registered actions.
*
- * @return an array of KeyStroke
objects
+ * @return an array of {@code KeyStroke} objects
* @see #registerKeyboardAction
*/
public KeyStroke[] getRegisteredKeyStrokes() {
@@ -2304,11 +2304,11 @@
* Returns the condition that determines whether a registered action
* occurs in response to the specified keystroke.
* KeyStroke
can be associated
+ * For Java 2 platform v1.3, a {@code KeyStroke} can be associated
* with more than one condition.
* For example, 'a' could be bound for the two
- * conditions WHEN_FOCUSED
and
- * WHEN_IN_FOCUSED_WINDOW
condition.
+ * conditions {@code WHEN_FOCUSED} and
+ * {@code WHEN_IN_FOCUSED_WINDOW} condition.
*
* @param aKeyStroke the keystroke for which to request an
* action-keystroke condition
@@ -2329,7 +2329,7 @@
* given keystroke.
*
* @param aKeyStroke the keystroke for which to return a listener
- * @return the ActionListener
+ * @return the {@code ActionListener}
* object invoked when the keystroke occurs
*/
public ActionListener getActionForKeyStroke(KeyStroke aKeyStroke) {
@@ -2356,10 +2356,10 @@
}
/**
- * Unregisters all the bindings in the first tier InputMaps
- * and ActionMap
. This has the effect of removing any
+ * Unregisters all the bindings in the first tier {@code InputMaps}
+ * and {@code ActionMap}. This has the effect of removing any
* local bindings, and allowing the bindings defined in parent
- * InputMap/ActionMaps
+ * {@code InputMap/ActionMaps}
* (the UI is usually defined in the second tier) to persist.
*/
public void resetKeyboardActions() {
@@ -2381,29 +2381,29 @@
}
/**
- * Sets the InputMap
to use under the condition
- * condition
to
- * map
. A null
value implies you
+ * Sets the {@code InputMap} to use under the condition
+ * {@code condition} to
+ * {@code map}. A {@code null} value implies you
* do not want any bindings to be used, even from the UI. This will
- * not reinstall the UI InputMap
(if there was one).
- * condition
has one of the following values:
+ * not reinstall the UI {@code InputMap} (if there was one).
+ * {@code condition} has one of the following values:
*
- *
- * If WHEN_IN_FOCUSED_WINDOW
- * WHEN_FOCUSED
- * WHEN_ANCESTOR_OF_FOCUSED_COMPONENT
+ * condition
is WHEN_IN_FOCUSED_WINDOW
- * and map
is not a ComponentInputMap
, an
- * IllegalArgumentException
will be thrown.
- * Similarly, if condition
is not one of the values
- * listed, an IllegalArgumentException
will be thrown.
+ * If {@code condition} is {@code WHEN_IN_FOCUSED_WINDOW}
+ * and {@code map} is not a {@code ComponentInputMap}, an
+ * {@code IllegalArgumentException} will be thrown.
+ * Similarly, if {@code condition} is not one of the values
+ * listed, an {@code IllegalArgumentException} will be thrown.
*
* @param condition one of the values listed above
- * @param map the InputMap
to use for the given condition
- * @exception IllegalArgumentException if condition
is
- * WHEN_IN_FOCUSED_WINDOW
and map
- * is not an instance of ComponentInputMap
; or
- * if condition
is not one of the legal values
+ * @param map the {@code InputMap} to use for the given condition
+ * @exception IllegalArgumentException if {@code condition} is
+ * {@code WHEN_IN_FOCUSED_WINDOW} and {@code map}
+ * is not an instance of {@code ComponentInputMap}; or
+ * if {@code condition} is not one of the legal values
* specified above
* @since 1.3
*/
@@ -2431,13 +2431,13 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the InputMap
that is used during
- * condition
.
+ * Returns the {@code InputMap} that is used during
+ * {@code condition}.
*
* @param condition one of WHEN_IN_FOCUSED_WINDOW, WHEN_FOCUSED,
* WHEN_ANCESTOR_OF_FOCUSED_COMPONENT
- * @return the InputMap
for the specified
- * condition
+ * @return the {@code InputMap} for the specified
+ * {@code condition}
* @since 1.3
*/
public final InputMap getInputMap(int condition) {
@@ -2445,11 +2445,11 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the InputMap
that is used when the
+ * Returns the {@code InputMap} that is used when the
* component has focus.
- * This is convenience method for getInputMap(WHEN_FOCUSED)
.
+ * This is convenience method for {@code getInputMap(WHEN_FOCUSED)}.
*
- * @return the InputMap
used when the component has focus
+ * @return the {@code InputMap} used when the component has focus
* @since 1.3
*/
public final InputMap getInputMap() {
@@ -2457,11 +2457,11 @@
}
/**
- * Sets the ActionMap
to am
. This does not set
- * the parent of the am
to be the ActionMap
+ * Sets the {@code ActionMap} to {@code am}. This does not set
+ * the parent of the {@code am} to be the {@code ActionMap}
* from the UI (if there was one), it is up to the caller to have done this.
*
- * @param am the new ActionMap
+ * @param am the new {@code ActionMap}
* @since 1.3
*/
public final void setActionMap(ActionMap am) {
@@ -2470,12 +2470,12 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the ActionMap
used to determine what
- * Action
to fire for particular KeyStroke
- * binding. The returned ActionMap
, unless otherwise
- * set, will have the ActionMap
from the UI set as the parent.
+ * Returns the {@code ActionMap} used to determine what
+ * {@code Action} to fire for particular {@code KeyStroke}
+ * binding. The returned {@code ActionMap}, unless otherwise
+ * set, will have the {@code ActionMap} from the UI set as the parent.
*
- * @return the ActionMap
containing the key/action bindings
+ * @return the {@code ActionMap} containing the key/action bindings
* @since 1.3
*/
public final ActionMap getActionMap() {
@@ -2483,9 +2483,9 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the InputMap
to use for condition
- * condition
. If the InputMap
hasn't
- * been created, and create
is
+ * Returns the {@code InputMap} to use for condition
+ * {@code condition}. If the {@code InputMap} hasn't
+ * been created, and {@code create} is
* true, it will be created.
*
* @param condition one of the following values:
@@ -2494,12 +2494,12 @@
* InputMap
if it
+ * @param create if true, create the {@code InputMap} if it
* is not already created
- * @return the InputMap
for the given condition
;
- * if create
is false and the InputMap
- * hasn't been created, returns null
- * @exception IllegalArgumentException if condition
+ * @return the {@code InputMap} for the given {@code condition};
+ * if {@code create} is false and the {@code InputMap}
+ * hasn't been created, returns {@code null}
+ * @exception IllegalArgumentException if {@code condition}
* is not one of the legal values listed above
*/
final InputMap getInputMap(int condition, boolean create) {
@@ -2544,13 +2544,13 @@
}
/**
- * Finds and returns the appropriate ActionMap
.
+ * Finds and returns the appropriate {@code ActionMap}.
*
- * @param create if true, create the ActionMap
if it
+ * @param create if true, create the {@code ActionMap} if it
* is not already created
- * @return the ActionMap
for this component; if the
- * create
flag is false and there is no
- * current ActionMap
, returns null
+ * @return the {@code ActionMap} for this component; if the
+ * {@code create} flag is false and there is no
+ * current {@code ActionMap}, returns {@code null}
*/
final ActionMap getActionMap(boolean create) {
if (getFlag(ACTIONMAP_CREATED)) {
@@ -2568,17 +2568,17 @@
/**
* Returns the baseline. The baseline is measured from the top of
* the component. This method is primarily meant for
- * LayoutManager
s to align components along their
+ * {@code LayoutManager}s to align components along their
* baseline. A return value less than 0 indicates this component
* does not have a reasonable baseline and that
- * LayoutManager
s should not align this component on
+ * {@code LayoutManager}s should not align this component on
* its baseline.
* ComponentUI
method of the
- * same name. If this component does not have a ComponentUI
+ * This method calls into the {@code ComponentUI} method of the
+ * same name. If this component does not have a {@code ComponentUI}
* -1 will be returned. If a value >= 0 is
* returned, then the component has a valid baseline for any
- * size >= the minimum size and getBaselineResizeBehavior
+ * size >= the minimum size and {@code getBaselineResizeBehavior}
* can be used to determine how the baseline changes with size.
*
* @throws IllegalArgumentException {@inheritDoc}
@@ -2600,18 +2600,18 @@
* changes as the size changes. This method is primarily meant for
* layout managers and GUI builders.
* ComponentUI
method of
+ * This method calls into the {@code ComponentUI} method of
* the same name. If this component does not have a
- * ComponentUI
- * BaselineResizeBehavior.OTHER
will be
+ * {@code ComponentUI}
+ * {@code BaselineResizeBehavior.OTHER} will be
* returned. Subclasses should
- * never return null
; if the baseline can not be
- * calculated return BaselineResizeBehavior.OTHER
. Callers
+ * never return {@code null}; if the baseline can not be
+ * calculated return {@code BaselineResizeBehavior.OTHER}. Callers
* should first ask for the baseline using
- * getBaseline
and if a value >= 0 is returned use
+ * {@code getBaseline} and if a value >= 0 is returned use
* this method. It is acceptable for this method to return a
- * value other than BaselineResizeBehavior.OTHER
even if
- * getBaseline
returns a value less than 0.
+ * value other than {@code BaselineResizeBehavior.OTHER} even if
+ * {@code getBaseline} returns a value less than 0.
*
* @see #getBaseline(int, int)
* @since 1.6
@@ -2630,18 +2630,18 @@
* How to Use the Focus Subsystem,
* a section in The Java Tutorial.
* JComponent
's
- * FocusTraversalPolicy
's default Component
.
- * If this JComponent
is a focus cycle root, then its
- * FocusTraversalPolicy
is used. Otherwise, the
- * FocusTraversalPolicy
of this JComponent
's
+ * Requests focus on this {@code JComponent}'s
+ * {@code FocusTraversalPolicy}'s default {@code Component}.
+ * If this {@code JComponent} is a focus cycle root, then its
+ * {@code FocusTraversalPolicy} is used. Otherwise, the
+ * {@code FocusTraversalPolicy} of this {@code JComponent}'s
* focus-cycle-root ancestor is used.
*
* @return true if this component can request to get the input focus,
* false if it can not
* @see java.awt.FocusTraversalPolicy#getDefaultComponent
* @deprecated As of 1.4, replaced by
- * FocusTraversalPolicy.getDefaultComponent(Container).requestFocus()
+ * {@code FocusTraversalPolicy.getDefaultComponent(Container).requestFocus()}
*/
@Deprecated
public boolean requestDefaultFocus() {
@@ -2662,7 +2662,7 @@
/**
* Makes the component visible or invisible.
- * Overrides Component.setVisible
.
+ * Overrides {@code Component.setVisible}.
*
* @param aFlag true to make the component visible; false to
* make it invisible
@@ -2720,7 +2720,7 @@
* look and feel to honor this property, some may choose to ignore
* it.
*
- * @param fg the desired foreground Color
+ * @param fg the desired foreground {@code Color}
* @see java.awt.Component#getForeground
*
* @beaninfo
@@ -2741,15 +2741,15 @@
/**
* Sets the background color of this component. The background
* color is used only if the component is opaque, and only
- * by subclasses of JComponent
or
- * ComponentUI
implementations. Direct subclasses of
- * JComponent
must override
- * paintComponent
to honor this property.
+ * by subclasses of {@code JComponent} or
+ * {@code ComponentUI} implementations. Direct subclasses of
+ * {@code JComponent} must override
+ * {@code paintComponent} to honor this property.
* Color
+ * @param bg the desired background {@code Color}
* @see java.awt.Component#getBackground
* @see #setOpaque
*
@@ -2771,7 +2771,7 @@
/**
* Sets the font for this component.
*
- * @param font the desired Font
for this component
+ * @param font the desired {@code Font} for this component
* @see java.awt.Component#getFont
*
* @beaninfo
@@ -2799,7 +2799,7 @@
* can have their own setting. An applet can safely alter its default
* locale because it will have no affect on other applets (or the browser).
*
- * @return the default Locale
.
+ * @return the default {@code Locale}.
* @see #setDefaultLocale
* @see java.awt.Component#getLocale
* @see #setLocale
@@ -2826,7 +2826,7 @@
* can have their own setting. An applet can safely alter its default
* locale because it will have no affect on other applets (or the browser).
*
- * @param l the desired default Locale
for new components.
+ * @param l the desired default {@code Locale} for new components.
* @see #getDefaultLocale
* @see java.awt.Component#getLocale
* @see #setLocale
@@ -2856,7 +2856,7 @@
protected void processComponentKeyEvent(KeyEvent e) {
}
- /** Overrides processKeyEvent
to process events. **/
+ /** Overrides {@code processKeyEvent} to process events. **/
protected void processKeyEvent(KeyEvent e) {
boolean result;
boolean shouldProcessKey;
@@ -2882,15 +2882,15 @@
}
/**
- * Invoked to process the key bindings for ks
as the result
- * of the KeyEvent
e
. This obtains
- * the appropriate InputMap
,
- * gets the binding, gets the action from the ActionMap
,
+ * Invoked to process the key bindings for {@code ks} as the result
+ * of the {@code KeyEvent e}. This obtains
+ * the appropriate {@code InputMap},
+ * gets the binding, gets the action from the {@code ActionMap},
* and then (if the action is found and the component
- * is enabled) invokes notifyAction
to notify the action.
+ * is enabled) invokes {@code notifyAction} to notify the action.
*
- * @param ks the KeyStroke
queried
- * @param e the KeyEvent
+ * @param ks the {@code KeyStroke} queried
+ * @param e the {@code KeyEvent}
* @param condition one of the following values:
*
*
KeyEvent
- * that was not consumed by the FocusManager
,
- * KeyListeners
, or the component. It will first try
- * WHEN_FOCUSED
bindings,
- * then WHEN_ANCESTOR_OF_FOCUSED_COMPONENT
bindings,
- * and finally WHEN_IN_FOCUSED_WINDOW
bindings.
+ * This is invoked as the result of a {@code KeyEvent}
+ * that was not consumed by the {@code FocusManager},
+ * {@code KeyListeners}, or the component. It will first try
+ * {@code WHEN_FOCUSED} bindings,
+ * then {@code WHEN_ANCESTOR_OF_FOCUSED_COMPONENT} bindings,
+ * and finally {@code WHEN_IN_FOCUSED_WINDOW} bindings.
*
- * @param e the unconsumed KeyEvent
+ * @param e the unconsumed {@code KeyEvent}
* @param pressed true if the key is pressed
- * @return true if there is a key binding for e
+ * @return true if there is a key binding for {@code e}
*/
boolean processKeyBindings(KeyEvent e, boolean pressed) {
if (!SwingUtilities.isValidKeyEventForKeyBindings(e)) {
@@ -3025,7 +3025,7 @@
* in The Java Tutorial
* for further documentation.
*
- * @param text the string to display; if the text is null
,
+ * @param text the string to display; if the text is {@code null},
* the tool tip is turned off for this component
* @see #TOOL_TIP_TEXT_KEY
* @beaninfo
@@ -3047,7 +3047,7 @@
/**
* Returns the tooltip string that has been set with
- * setToolTipText
.
+ * {@code setToolTipText}.
*
* @return the text of the tool tip
* @see #TOOL_TIP_TEXT_KEY
@@ -3060,7 +3060,7 @@
/**
* Returns the string to be used as the tooltip for event.
* By default this returns any string set using
- * setToolTipText
. If a component provides
+ * {@code setToolTipText}. If a component provides
* more extensive API to support differing tooltips at different locations,
* this method should be overridden.
*
@@ -3074,12 +3074,12 @@
/**
* Returns the tooltip location in this component's coordinate system.
- * If null
is returned, Swing will choose a location.
- * The default implementation returns null
.
+ * If {@code null} is returned, Swing will choose a location.
+ * The default implementation returns {@code null}.
*
- * @param event the MouseEvent
that caused the
- * ToolTipManager
to show the tooltip
- * @return always returns null
+ * @param event the {@code MouseEvent} that caused the
+ * {@code ToolTipManager} to show the tooltip
+ * @return always returns {@code null}
*/
public Point getToolTipLocation(MouseEvent event) {
return null;
@@ -3103,13 +3103,13 @@
/**
- * Returns the instance of JToolTip
that should be used
+ * Returns the instance of {@code JToolTip} that should be used
* to display the tooltip.
* Components typically would not override this method,
* but it can be used to
* cause different tooltips to be displayed differently.
*
- * @return the JToolTip
used to display this toolTip
+ * @return the {@code JToolTip} used to display this toolTip
*/
public JToolTip createToolTip() {
JToolTip tip = new JToolTip();
@@ -3118,12 +3118,12 @@
}
/**
- * Forwards the scrollRectToVisible()
message to the
- * JComponent
's parent. Components that can service
- * the request, such as JViewport
,
+ * Forwards the {@code scrollRectToVisible()} message to the
+ * {@code JComponent}'s parent. Components that can service
+ * the request, such as {@code JViewport},
* override this method and perform the scrolling.
*
- * @param aRect the visible Rectangle
+ * @param aRect the visible {@code Rectangle}
* @see JViewport
*/
public void scrollRectToVisible(Rectangle aRect) {
@@ -3152,25 +3152,25 @@
}
/**
- * Sets the autoscrolls
property.
- * If true
mouse dragged events will be
+ * Sets the {@code autoscrolls} property.
+ * If {@code true} mouse dragged events will be
* synthetically generated when the mouse is dragged
* outside of the component's bounds and mouse motion
* has paused (while the button continues to be held
* down). The synthetic events make it appear that the
* drag gesture has resumed in the direction established when
* the component's boundary was crossed. Components that
- * support autoscrolling must handle mouseDragged
- * events by calling scrollRectToVisible
with a
+ * support autoscrolling must handle {@code mouseDragged}
+ * events by calling {@code scrollRectToVisible} with a
* rectangle that contains the mouse event's location. All of
* the Swing components that support item selection and are
- * typically displayed in a JScrollPane
- * (JTable
, JList
, JTree
,
- * JTextArea
, and JEditorPane
)
+ * typically displayed in a {@code JScrollPane}
+ * ({@code JTable}, {@code JList}, {@code JTree},
+ * {@code JTextArea}, and {@code JEditorPane})
* already handle mouse dragged events in this way. To enable
* autoscrolling in any other component, add a mouse motion
- * listener that calls scrollRectToVisible
.
- * For example, given a JPanel
, myPanel
:
+ * listener that calls {@code scrollRectToVisible}.
+ * For example, given a {@code JPanel}, {@code myPanel}:
*
* MouseMotionListener doScrollRectToVisible = new MouseMotionAdapter() {
* public void mouseDragged(MouseEvent e) {
@@ -3180,8 +3180,8 @@
* };
* myPanel.addMouseMotionListener(doScrollRectToVisible);
*
- * The default value of the autoScrolls
- * property is false
.
+ * The default value of the {@code autoScrolls}
+ * property is {@code false}.
*
* @param autoscrolls if true, synthetic mouse dragged events
* are generated when the mouse is dragged outside of a component's
@@ -3210,9 +3210,9 @@
}
/**
- * Gets the autoscrolls
property.
+ * Gets the {@code autoscrolls} property.
*
- * @return the value of the autoscrolls
property
+ * @return the value of the {@code autoscrolls} property
* @see JViewport
* @see #setAutoscrolls
*/
@@ -3269,9 +3269,9 @@
}
/**
- * Gets the transferHandler
property.
+ * Gets the {@code transferHandler} property.
*
- * @return the value of the transferHandler
property
+ * @return the value of the {@code transferHandler} property
*
* @see TransferHandler
* @see #setTransferHandler
@@ -3284,13 +3284,13 @@
/**
* Calculates a custom drop location for this type of component,
* representing where a drop at the given point should insert data.
- * null
is returned if this component doesn't calculate
- * custom drop locations. In this case, TransferHandler
- * will provide a default DropLocation
containing just
+ * {@code null} is returned if this component doesn't calculate
+ * custom drop locations. In this case, {@code TransferHandler}
+ * will provide a default {@code DropLocation} containing just
* the point.
*
* @param p the point to calculate a drop location for
- * @return the drop location, or null
+ * @return the drop location, or {@code null}
*/
TransferHandler.DropLocation dropLocationForPoint(Point p) {
return null;
@@ -3314,20 +3314,20 @@
* is being changed to something else. The component doesn't need to
* restore anything yet, so it simply passes back the same state object
* to have the DnD system continue storing it. Finally, let's say this
- * method is messaged with null
. This means DnD
+ * method is messaged with {@code null}. This means DnD
* is finished with this component for now, meaning it should restore
* state. At this point, it can use the state parameter to restore
- * said state, and of course return null
since there's
+ * said state, and of course return {@code null} since there's
* no longer anything to store.
*
* @param location the drop location (as calculated by
- * dropLocationForPoint
) or null
+ * {@code dropLocationForPoint}) or {@code null}
* if there's no longer a valid drop location
* @param state the state object saved earlier for this component,
- * or null
+ * or {@code null}
* @param forDrop whether or not the method is being called because an
* actual drop occurred
- * @return any saved state for this component, or null
if none
+ * @return any saved state for this component, or {@code null} if none
*/
Object setDropLocation(TransferHandler.DropLocation location,
Object state,
@@ -3338,7 +3338,7 @@
/**
* Called to indicate to this component that DnD is done.
- * Needed by JTree
.
+ * Needed by {@code JTree}.
*/
void dndDone() {
}
@@ -3346,7 +3346,7 @@
/**
* Processes mouse events occurring on this component by
* dispatching them to any registered
- * MouseListener
objects, refer to
+ * {@code MouseListener} objects, refer to
* {@link java.awt.Component#processMouseEvent(MouseEvent)}
* for a complete description of this method.
*
@@ -3364,7 +3364,7 @@
/**
* Processes mouse motion events, such as MouseEvent.MOUSE_DRAGGED.
*
- * @param e the MouseEvent
+ * @param e the {@code MouseEvent}
* @see MouseEvent
*/
protected void processMouseMotionEvent(MouseEvent e) {
@@ -3386,8 +3386,8 @@
}
/**
- * This is invoked by the RepaintManager
if
- * createImage
is called on the component.
+ * This is invoked by the {@code RepaintManager} if
+ * {@code createImage} is called on the component.
*
* @param newValue true if the double buffer image was created from this component
*/
@@ -3396,7 +3396,7 @@
}
/**
- * Returns true if the RepaintManager
+ * Returns true if the {@code RepaintManager}
* created the double buffer image from the component.
*
* @return true if this component had a double buffer image, false otherwise
@@ -3406,9 +3406,9 @@
}
/**
- * ActionStandin
is used as a standin for
- * ActionListeners
that are
- * added via registerKeyboardAction
.
+ * {@code ActionStandin} is used as a standin for
+ * {@code ActionListeners} that are
+ * added via {@code registerKeyboardAction}.
*/
final class ActionStandin implements Action {
private final ActionListener actionListener;
@@ -3652,7 +3652,7 @@
/**
* @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
- * replaced by java.awt.Component.setEnabled(boolean)
.
+ * replaced by {@code java.awt.Component.setEnabled(boolean)}.
*/
@Deprecated
public void enable() {
@@ -3668,7 +3668,7 @@
/**
* @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
- * replaced by java.awt.Component.setEnabled(boolean)
.
+ * replaced by {@code java.awt.Component.setEnabled(boolean)}.
*/
@Deprecated
public void disable() {
@@ -3694,7 +3694,7 @@
* appropriate for short term storage or RMI between applications running
* the same version of Swing. As of 1.4, support for long term storage
* of all JavaBeans™
- * has been added to the java.beans
package.
+ * has been added to the {@code java.beans} package.
* Please see {@link java.beans.XMLEncoder}.
*/
@SuppressWarnings("serial") // Same-version serialization only
@@ -4033,9 +4033,9 @@
/**
- * Returns an ArrayTable
used for
+ * Returns an {@code ArrayTable} used for
* key/value "client properties" for this component. If the
- * clientProperties
table doesn't exist, an empty one
+ * {@code clientProperties} table doesn't exist, an empty one
* will be created.
*
* @return an ArrayTable
@@ -4052,11 +4052,11 @@
/**
* Returns the value of the property with the specified key. Only
- * properties added with putClientProperty
will return
- * a non-null
value.
+ * properties added with {@code putClientProperty} will return
+ * a non-{@code null} value.
*
* @param key the being queried
- * @return the value of this property or null
+ * @return the value of this property or {@code null}
* @see #putClientProperty
*/
public final Object getClientProperty(Object key) {
@@ -4077,7 +4077,7 @@
/**
* Adds an arbitrary key/value "client property" to this component.
* get/putClientProperty
methods provide access to
+ * The {@code get/putClientProperty} methods provide access to
* a small per-instance hashtable. Callers can use get/putClientProperty
* to annotate components that were created by another module.
* For example, a
@@ -4085,19 +4085,19 @@
*
* componentA.putClientProperty("to the left of", componentB);
*
- * If value is null
this method will remove the property.
+ * If value is {@code null} this method will remove the property.
* Changes to client properties are reported with
- * PropertyChange
events.
+ * {@code PropertyChange} events.
* The name of the property (for the sake of PropertyChange
- * events) is key.toString()
.
+ * events) is {@code key.toString()}.
* clientProperty
dictionary is not intended to
+ * The {@code clientProperty} dictionary is not intended to
* support large
* scale extensions to JComponent nor should be it considered an
* alternative to subclassing when designing a new component.
*
* @param key the new client property key
- * @param value the new client property value; if null
+ * @param value the new client property value; if {@code null}
* this method will remove the property
* @see #getClientProperty
* @see #addPropertyChangeListener
@@ -4243,7 +4243,7 @@
/**
* @deprecated As of JDK 5,
- * replaced by Component.setBounds(int, int, int, int)
.
+ * replaced by {@code Component.setBounds(int, int, int, int)}.
* rv
and returns rv
.
- * If rv
is null
a new Rectangle
- * is allocated. This version of getBounds
is useful
- * if the caller wants to avoid allocating a new Rectangle
+ * {@code rv} and returns {@code rv}.
+ * If {@code rv} is {@code null} a new {@code Rectangle}
+ * is allocated. This version of {@code getBounds} is useful
+ * if the caller wants to avoid allocating a new {@code Rectangle}
* object on the heap.
*
* @param rv the return value, modified to the component's bounds
- * @return rv
; if rv
is null
- * return a newly created Rectangle
with this
+ * @return {@code rv}; if {@code rv} is {@code null}
+ * return a newly created {@code Rectangle} with this
* component's bounds
*/
public Rectangle getBounds(Rectangle rv) {
@@ -4285,14 +4285,14 @@
/**
* Stores the width/height of this component into "return value"
- * rv
and returns rv
.
- * If rv
is null
a new Dimension
- * object is allocated. This version of getSize
+ * {@code rv} and returns {@code rv}.
+ * If {@code rv} is {@code null} a new {@code Dimension}
+ * object is allocated. This version of {@code getSize}
* is useful if the caller wants to avoid allocating a new
- * Dimension
object on the heap.
+ * {@code Dimension} object on the heap.
*
* @param rv the return value, modified to the component's size
- * @return rv
+ * @return {@code rv}
*/
public Dimension getSize(Dimension rv) {
if (rv == null) {
@@ -4307,14 +4307,14 @@
/**
* Stores the x,y origin of this component into "return value"
- * rv
and returns rv
.
- * If rv
is null
a new Point
- * is allocated. This version of getLocation
is useful
- * if the caller wants to avoid allocating a new Point
+ * {@code rv} and returns {@code rv}.
+ * If {@code rv} is {@code null} a new {@code Point}
+ * is allocated. This version of {@code getLocation} is useful
+ * if the caller wants to avoid allocating a new {@code Point}
* object on the heap.
*
* @param rv the return value, modified to the component's location
- * @return rv
+ * @return {@code rv}
*/
public Point getLocation(Point rv) {
if (rv == null) {
@@ -4330,8 +4330,8 @@
/**
* Returns the current x coordinate of the component's origin.
* This method is preferable to writing
- * component.getBounds().x
, or
- * component.getLocation().x
because it doesn't cause any
+ * {@code component.getBounds().x}, or
+ * {@code component.getLocation().x} because it doesn't cause any
* heap allocations.
*
* @return the current x coordinate of the component's origin
@@ -4342,8 +4342,8 @@
/**
* Returns the current y coordinate of the component's origin.
* This method is preferable to writing
- * component.getBounds().y
, or
- * component.getLocation().y
because it doesn't cause any
+ * {@code component.getBounds().y}, or
+ * {@code component.getLocation().y} because it doesn't cause any
* heap allocations.
*
* @return the current y coordinate of the component's origin
@@ -4354,8 +4354,8 @@
/**
* Returns the current width of this component.
* This method is preferable to writing
- * component.getBounds().width
, or
- * component.getSize().width
because it doesn't cause any
+ * {@code component.getBounds().width}, or
+ * {@code component.getSize().width} because it doesn't cause any
* heap allocations.
*
* @return the current width of this component
@@ -4366,8 +4366,8 @@
/**
* Returns the current height of this component.
* This method is preferable to writing
- * component.getBounds().height
, or
- * component.getSize().height
because it doesn't cause any
+ * {@code component.getBounds().height}, or
+ * {@code component.getSize().height} because it doesn't cause any
* heap allocations.
*
* @return the current height of this component
@@ -4398,10 +4398,10 @@
* Otherwise, the component may not paint some or all of its
* pixels, allowing the underlying pixels to show through.
* JComponent
.
+ * The default value of this property is false for {@code JComponent}.
* However, the default value for this property on most standard
- * JComponent
subclasses (such as JButton
and
- * JTree
) is look-and-feel dependent.
+ * {@code JComponent} subclasses (such as {@code JButton} and
+ * {@code JTree}) is look-and-feel dependent.
*
* @param isOpaque true if this component should be opaque
* @see #isOpaque
@@ -4422,8 +4422,8 @@
* If the specified rectangle is completely obscured by any of this
* component's opaque children then returns true. Only direct children
* are considered, more distant descendants are ignored. A
- * JComponent
is opaque if
- * JComponent.isOpaque()
returns true, other lightweight
+ * {@code JComponent} is opaque if
+ * {@code JComponent.isOpaque()} returns true, other lightweight
* components are always considered transparent, and heavyweight components
* are always considered opaque.
*
@@ -4468,15 +4468,15 @@
/**
- * Returns the Component
's "visible rect rectangle" - the
- * intersection of the visible rectangles for the component c
+ * Returns the {@code Component}'s "visible rect rectangle" - the
+ * intersection of the visible rectangles for the component {@code c}
* and all of its ancestors. The return value is stored in
- * visibleRect
.
+ * {@code visibleRect}.
*
* @param c the component
- * @param visibleRect a Rectangle
computed as the
+ * @param visibleRect a {@code Rectangle} computed as the
* intersection of all visible rectangles for the component
- * c
and all of its ancestors -- this is the
+ * {@code c} and all of its ancestors -- this is the
* return value for this method
* @see #getVisibleRect
*/
@@ -4496,12 +4496,12 @@
/**
- * Returns the Component
's "visible rect rectangle" - the
+ * Returns the {@code Component}'s "visible rect rectangle" - the
* intersection of the visible rectangles for this component
* and all of its ancestors. The return value is stored in
- * visibleRect
.
+ * {@code visibleRect}.
*
- * @param visibleRect a Rectangle
computed as the
+ * @param visibleRect a {@code Rectangle} computed as the
* intersection of all visible rectangles for this
* component and all of its ancestors -- this is the return
* value for this method
@@ -4513,9 +4513,9 @@
/**
- * Returns the Component
's "visible rectangle" - the
+ * Returns the {@code Component}'s "visible rectangle" - the
* intersection of this component's visible rectangle,
- * new Rectangle(0, 0, getWidth(), getHeight())
,
+ * {@code new Rectangle(0, 0, getWidth(), getHeight())},
* and all of its ancestors' visible rectangles.
*
* @return the visible rectangle
@@ -4567,8 +4567,8 @@
/**
* Supports reporting constrained property changes.
* This method can be called when a constrained property has changed
- * and it will send the appropriate PropertyChangeEvent
- * to any registered VetoableChangeListeners
.
+ * and it will send the appropriate {@code PropertyChangeEvent}
+ * to any registered {@code VetoableChangeListeners}.
*
* @param propertyName the name of the property that was listened on
* @param oldValue the old value of the property
@@ -4587,10 +4587,10 @@
/**
- * Adds a VetoableChangeListener
to the listener list.
+ * Adds a {@code VetoableChangeListener} to the listener list.
* The listener is registered for all properties.
*
- * @param listener the VetoableChangeListener
to be added
+ * @param listener the {@code VetoableChangeListener} to be added
*/
public synchronized void addVetoableChangeListener(VetoableChangeListener listener) {
if (vetoableChangeSupport == null) {
@@ -4601,11 +4601,11 @@
/**
- * Removes a VetoableChangeListener
from the listener list.
- * This removes a VetoableChangeListener
that was registered
+ * Removes a {@code VetoableChangeListener} from the listener list.
+ * This removes a {@code VetoableChangeListener} that was registered
* for all properties.
*
- * @param listener the VetoableChangeListener
to be removed
+ * @param listener the {@code VetoableChangeListener} to be removed
*/
public synchronized void removeVetoableChangeListener(VetoableChangeListener listener) {
if (vetoableChangeSupport == null) {
@@ -4619,7 +4619,7 @@
* Returns an array of all the vetoable change listeners
* registered on this component.
*
- * @return all of the component's VetoableChangeListener
s
+ * @return all of the component's {@code VetoableChangeListener}s
* or an empty
* array if no vetoable change listeners are currently registered
*
@@ -4638,12 +4638,12 @@
/**
* Returns the top-level ancestor of this component (either the
- * containing Window
or Applet
),
- * or null
if this component has not
+ * containing {@code Window} or {@code Applet}),
+ * or {@code null} if this component has not
* been added to any container.
*
- * @return the top-level Container
that this component is in,
- * or null
if not in any container
+ * @return the top-level {@code Container} that this component is in,
+ * or {@code null} if not in any container
*/
public Container getTopLevelAncestor() {
for(Container p = this; p != null; p = p.getParent()) {
@@ -4660,13 +4660,13 @@
}
/**
- * Registers listener
so that it will receive
- * AncestorEvents
when it or any of its ancestors
+ * Registers {@code listener} so that it will receive
+ * {@code AncestorEvents} when it or any of its ancestors
* move or are made visible or invisible.
* Events are also sent when the component or its ancestors are added
* or removed from the containment hierarchy.
*
- * @param listener the AncestorListener
to register
+ * @param listener the {@code AncestorListener} to register
* @see AncestorEvent
*/
public void addAncestorListener(AncestorListener listener) {
@@ -4680,10 +4680,10 @@
}
/**
- * Unregisters listener
so that it will no longer receive
- * AncestorEvents
.
+ * Unregisters {@code listener} so that it will no longer receive
+ * {@code AncestorEvents}.
*
- * @param listener the AncestorListener
to be removed
+ * @param listener the {@code AncestorListener} to be removed
* @see #addAncestorListener
*/
public void removeAncestorListener(AncestorListener listener) {
@@ -4702,7 +4702,7 @@
* Returns an array of all the ancestor listeners
* registered on this component.
*
- * @return all of the component's AncestorListener
s
+ * @return all of the component's {@code AncestorListener}s
* or an empty
* array if no ancestor listeners are currently registered
*
@@ -4722,32 +4722,32 @@
/**
* Returns an array of all the objects currently registered
* as FooListener
s
- * upon this JComponent
.
+ * upon this {@code JComponent}.
* FooListener
s are registered using the
* addFooListener
method.
*
* listenerType
argument
+ * You can specify the {@code listenerType} argument
* with a class literal,
* such as
* FooListener.class
.
* For example, you can query a
- * JComponent
c
+ * {@code JComponent c}
* for its mouse listeners with the following code:
* MouseListener[] mls = (MouseListener[])(c.getListeners(MouseListener.class));
* If no such listeners exist, this method returns an empty array.
*
* @param listenerType the type of listeners requested; this parameter
* should specify an interface that descends from
- * java.util.EventListener
+ * {@code java.util.EventListener}
* @return an array of all objects registered as
* FooListener
s on this component,
* or an empty array if no such
* listeners have been added
- * @exception ClassCastException if listenerType
+ * @exception ClassCastException if {@code listenerType}
* doesn't specify a class or interface that implements
- * java.util.EventListener
+ * {@code java.util.EventListener}
*
* @since 1.3
*
@@ -4782,7 +4782,7 @@
/**
* Notifies this component that it now has a parent component.
* When this method is invoked, the chain of parent components is
- * set up with KeyboardAction
event listeners.
+ * set up with {@code KeyboardAction} event listeners.
* This method is called by the toolkit internally and should
* not be called directly by programs.
*
@@ -4799,7 +4799,7 @@
/**
* Notifies this component that it no longer has a parent component.
- * When this method is invoked, any KeyboardAction
s
+ * When this method is invoked, any {@code KeyboardAction}s
* set up in the chain of parent components are removed.
* This method is called by the toolkit internally and should
* not be called directly by programs.
@@ -4851,7 +4851,7 @@
* is showing. The component will be repainted after all of the
* currently pending events have been dispatched.
*
- * @param r a Rectangle
containing the dirty region
+ * @param r a {@code Rectangle} containing the dirty region
* @see #isPaintingOrigin()
* @see java.awt.Component#isShowing
* @see RepaintManager#addDirtyRegion
@@ -4864,21 +4864,21 @@
/**
* Supports deferred automatic layout.
* invalidate
and then adds this component's
- * validateRoot
to a list of components that need to be
+ * Calls {@code invalidate} and then adds this component's
+ * {@code validateRoot} to a list of components that need to be
* validated. Validation will occur after all currently pending
* events have been dispatched. In other words after this method
* is called, the first validateRoot (if any) found when walking
* up the containment hierarchy of this component will be validated.
- * By default, JRootPane
, JScrollPane
,
- * and JTextField
return true
- * from isValidateRoot
.
+ * By default, {@code JRootPane}, {@code JScrollPane},
+ * and {@code JTextField} return true
+ * from {@code isValidateRoot}.
* validate
to get the contents of the
+ * longer need to invoke {@code validate} to get the contents of the
* GUI to update.
*
* @see java.awt.Component#invalidate
@@ -4915,10 +4915,10 @@
}
/**
- * If this method returns true, revalidate
calls by
+ * If this method returns true, {@code revalidate} calls by
* descendants of this component will cause the entire tree
* beginning with this root to be validated.
- * Returns false by default. JScrollPane
overrides
+ * Returns false by default. {@code JScrollPane} overrides
* this method and returns true.
*
* @return always returns false
@@ -4937,8 +4937,8 @@
* Returns true if this component tiles its children -- that is, if
* it can guarantee that the children will not overlap. The
* repainting system is substantially more efficient in this
- * common case. JComponent
subclasses that can't make this
- * guarantee, such as JLayeredPane
,
+ * common case. {@code JComponent} subclasses that can't make this
+ * guarantee, such as {@code JLayeredPane},
* should override this method to return false.
*
* @return always returns true
@@ -5027,7 +5027,7 @@
/**
* Paints the specified region now.
*
- * @param r a Rectangle
containing the region to be painted
+ * @param r a {@code Rectangle} containing the region to be painted
*/
public void paintImmediately(Rectangle r) {
paintImmediately(r.x,r.y,r.width,r.height);
@@ -5035,7 +5035,7 @@
/**
* Returns whether this component should be guaranteed to be on top.
- * For example, it would make no sense for Menu
s to pop up
+ * For example, it would make no sense for {@code Menu}s to pop up
* under another component, so they would always return true.
* Most components will want to return false, hence that is the default.
*
@@ -5329,7 +5329,7 @@
/**
* Returns true, which implies that before checking if a child should
* be painted it is first check that the child is not obscured by another
- * sibling. This is only checked if isOptimizedDrawingEnabled
+ * sibling. This is only checked if {@code isOptimizedDrawingEnabled}
* returns false.
*
* @return always returns true
@@ -5368,7 +5368,7 @@
* If set to true, all the drawing from this component will be done
* in an offscreen painting buffer. The offscreen painting buffer will
* the be copied onto the screen.
- * If a Component
is buffered and one of its ancestor
+ * If a {@code Component} is buffered and one of its ancestor
* is also buffered, the ancestor buffer will be used.
*
* @param aFlag if true, set this component to be double buffered
@@ -5387,10 +5387,10 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the JRootPane
ancestor for this component.
+ * Returns the {@code JRootPane} ancestor for this component.
*
- * @return the JRootPane
that contains this component,
- * or null
if no JRootPane
is found
+ * @return the {@code JRootPane} that contains this component,
+ * or {@code null} if no {@code JRootPane} is found
*/
public JRootPane getRootPane() {
return SwingUtilities.getRootPane(this);
@@ -5426,16 +5426,16 @@
}
/**
- * This object is the ObjectInputStream
callback
+ * This object is the {@code ObjectInputStream} callback
* that's called after a complete graph of objects (including at least
- * one JComponent
) has been read.
+ * one {@code JComponent}) has been read.
* It sets the UI property of each Swing component
- * that was read to the current default with updateUI
.
+ * that was read to the current default with {@code updateUI}.
* ReadObjectCallback
per ObjectInputStream
,
- * they're stored in the static readObjectCallbacks
+ * {@code ReadObjectCallback} per {@code ObjectInputStream},
+ * they're stored in the static {@code readObjectCallbacks}
* hashtable.
*
* @see java.io.ObjectInputStream#registerValidation
@@ -5455,7 +5455,7 @@
* This is the method that's called after the entire graph
* of objects has been read in. It initializes
* the UI property of all of the copmonents with
- * SwingUtilities.updateComponentTreeUI
.
+ * {@code SwingUtilities.updateComponentTreeUI}.
*/
public void validateObject() throws InvalidObjectException {
try {
@@ -5469,10 +5469,10 @@
}
/**
- * If c
isn't a descendant of a component we've already
- * seen, then add it to the roots Vector
.
+ * If {@code c} isn't a descendant of a component we've already
+ * seen, then add it to the roots {@code Vector}.
*
- * @param c the JComponent
to add
+ * @param c the {@code JComponent} to add
*/
private void registerComponent(JComponent c)
{
@@ -5507,11 +5507,11 @@
/**
- * We use the ObjectInputStream
"registerValidation"
+ * We use the {@code ObjectInputStream} "registerValidation"
* callback to update the UI for the entire tree of components
* after they've all been read in.
*
- * @param s the ObjectInputStream
from which to read
+ * @param s the {@code ObjectInputStream} from which to read
*/
private void readObject(ObjectInputStream s)
throws IOException, ClassNotFoundException
@@ -5570,15 +5570,15 @@
/**
- * Before writing a JComponent
to an
- * ObjectOutputStream
we temporarily uninstall its UI.
+ * Before writing a {@code JComponent} to an
+ * {@code ObjectOutputStream} we temporarily uninstall its UI.
* This is tricky to do because we want to uninstall
- * the UI before any of the JComponent
's children
- * (or its LayoutManager
etc.) are written,
+ * the UI before any of the {@code JComponent}'s children
+ * (or its {@code LayoutManager} etc.) are written,
* and we don't want to restore the UI until the most derived
- * JComponent
subclass has been stored.
+ * {@code JComponent} subclass has been stored.
*
- * @param s the ObjectOutputStream
in which to write
+ * @param s the {@code ObjectOutputStream} in which to write
*/
private void writeObject(ObjectOutputStream s) throws IOException {
s.defaultWriteObject();
@@ -5594,14 +5594,14 @@
/**
- * Returns a string representation of this JComponent
.
+ * Returns a string representation of this {@code JComponent}.
* This method
* is intended to be used only for debugging purposes, and the
* content and format of the returned string may vary between
* implementations. The returned string may be empty but may not
- * be null
.
+ * be {@code null}.
*
- * @return a string representation of this JComponent
+ * @return a string representation of this {@code JComponent}
*/
protected String paramString() {
String preferredSizeString = (isPreferredSizeSet() ?
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/JDesktopPane.java 2015-10-04 22:56:46.077263264 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/JDesktopPane.java 2015-10-04 22:56:45.889263272 +0400
@@ -46,21 +46,21 @@
import java.util.LinkedHashSet;
/**
* A container used to create a multiple-document interface or a virtual desktop.
- * You create JInternalFrame
objects and add them to the
- * JDesktopPane
. JDesktopPane
extends
- * JLayeredPane
to manage the potentially overlapping internal
+ * You create {@code JInternalFrame} objects and add them to the
+ * {@code JDesktopPane}. {@code JDesktopPane} extends
+ * {@code JLayeredPane} to manage the potentially overlapping internal
* frames. It also maintains a reference to an instance of
- * DesktopManager
that is set by the UI
- * class for the current look and feel (L&F). Note that JDesktopPane
+ * {@code DesktopManager} that is set by the UI
+ * class for the current look and feel (L&F). Note that {@code JDesktopPane}
* does not support borders.
* JInternalFrames
- * to provide a pluggable DesktopManager
object to the
- * JInternalFrames
. The installUI
of the
+ * This class is normally used as the parent of {@code JInternalFrames}
+ * to provide a pluggable {@code DesktopManager} object to the
+ * {@code JInternalFrames}. The {@code installUI} of the
* L&F specific implementation is responsible for setting the
- * desktopManager
variable appropriately.
- * When the parent of a JInternalFrame
is a JDesktopPane
,
- * it should delegate most of its behavior to the desktopManager
+ * {@code desktopManager} variable appropriately.
+ * When the parent of a {@code JInternalFrame} is a {@code JDesktopPane},
+ * it should delegate most of its behavior to the {@code desktopManager}
* (closing, resizing, etc).
* java.beans
package.
+ * has been added to the {@code java.beans} package.
* Please see {@link java.beans.XMLEncoder}.
*
* @see JInternalFrame
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@
private boolean componentOrderChanged = false;
/**
- * Creates a new JDesktopPane
.
+ * Creates a new {@code JDesktopPane}.
*/
public JDesktopPane() {
setUIProperty("opaque", Boolean.TRUE);
@@ -151,7 +151,7 @@
/**
* Returns the L&F object that renders this component.
*
- * @return the DesktopPaneUI
object that
+ * @return the {@code DesktopPaneUI} object that
* renders this component
*/
public DesktopPaneUI getUI() {
@@ -199,8 +199,8 @@
/**
* Gets the current "dragging style" used by the desktop pane.
- * @return either Live_DRAG_MODE
or
- * OUTLINE_DRAG_MODE
+ * @return either {@code Live_DRAG_MODE} or
+ * {@code OUTLINE_DRAG_MODE}
* @see #setDragMode
* @since 1.3
*/
@@ -220,11 +220,11 @@
}
/**
- * Sets the DesktopManger
that will handle
+ * Sets the {@code DesktopManger} that will handle
* desktop-specific UI actions. This may be overridden by
* {@code LookAndFeel}.
*
- * @param d the DesktopManager
to use
+ * @param d the {@code DesktopManager} to use
*
* @beaninfo
* bound: true
@@ -238,9 +238,9 @@
}
/**
- * Notification from the UIManager
that the L&F has changed.
+ * Notification from the {@code UIManager} that the L&F has changed.
* Replaces the current UI object with the latest version from the
- * UIManager
.
+ * {@code UIManager}.
*
* @see JComponent#updateUI
*/
@@ -261,10 +261,10 @@
}
/**
- * Returns all JInternalFrames
currently displayed in the
+ * Returns all {@code JInternalFrames} currently displayed in the
* desktop. Returns iconified frames as well as expanded frames.
*
- * @return an array of JInternalFrame
objects
+ * @return an array of {@code JInternalFrame} objects
*/
public JInternalFrame[] getAllFrames() {
return getAllFrames(this).toArray(new JInternalFrame[0]);
@@ -290,12 +290,12 @@
return results;
}
- /** Returns the currently active JInternalFrame
- * in this JDesktopPane
, or null
- * if no JInternalFrame
is currently active.
+ /** Returns the currently active {@code JInternalFrame}
+ * in this {@code JDesktopPane}, or {@code null}
+ * if no {@code JInternalFrame} is currently active.
*
- * @return the currently active JInternalFrame
or
- * null
+ * @return the currently active {@code JInternalFrame} or
+ * {@code null}
* @since 1.3
*/
@@ -303,8 +303,8 @@
return selectedFrame;
}
- /** Sets the currently active JInternalFrame
- * in this JDesktopPane
. This method is used to bridge
+ /** Sets the currently active {@code JInternalFrame}
+ * in this {@code JDesktopPane}. This method is used to bridge
* the package gap between JDesktopPane and the platform implementation
* code and should not be called directly. To visually select the frame
* the client must call JInternalFrame.setSelected(true) to activate
@@ -320,12 +320,12 @@
}
/**
- * Returns all JInternalFrames
currently displayed in the
+ * Returns all {@code JInternalFrames} currently displayed in the
* specified layer of the desktop. Returns iconified frames as well
* expanded frames.
*
* @param layer an int specifying the desktop layer
- * @return an array of JInternalFrame
objects
+ * @return an array of {@code JInternalFrame} objects
* @see JLayeredPane
*/
public JInternalFrame[] getAllFramesInLayer(int layer) {
@@ -443,12 +443,12 @@
}
/**
- * Selects the next JInternalFrame
in this desktop pane.
+ * Selects the next {@code JInternalFrame} in this desktop pane.
*
* @param forward a boolean indicating which direction to select in;
- * true
for forward, false
for
+ * {@code true} for forward, {@code false} for
* backward
- * @return the JInternalFrame that was selected or null
+ * @return the JInternalFrame that was selected or {@code null}
* if nothing was selected
* @since 1.6
*/
@@ -472,7 +472,7 @@
/*
* Sets whether component order checking is enabled.
- * @param enable a boolean value, where true
means
+ * @param enable a boolean value, where {@code true} means
* a change in component order will cause a change in the keyboard
* navigation order.
* @since 1.6
@@ -570,13 +570,13 @@
}
/**
- * Returns a string representation of this JDesktopPane
.
+ * Returns a string representation of this {@code JDesktopPane}.
* This method is intended to be used only for debugging purposes, and the
* content and format of the returned string may vary between
* implementations. The returned string may be empty but may not
- * be null
.
+ * be {@code null}.
*
- * @return a string representation of this JDesktopPane
+ * @return a string representation of this {@code JDesktopPane}
*/
protected String paramString() {
String desktopManagerString = (desktopManager != null ?
@@ -591,14 +591,14 @@
////////////////
/**
- * Gets the AccessibleContext
associated with this
- * JDesktopPane
. For desktop panes, the
- * AccessibleContext
takes the form of an
- * AccessibleJDesktopPane
.
- * A new AccessibleJDesktopPane
instance is created if necessary.
+ * Gets the {@code AccessibleContext} associated with this
+ * {@code JDesktopPane}. For desktop panes, the
+ * {@code AccessibleContext} takes the form of an
+ * {@code AccessibleJDesktopPane}.
+ * A new {@code AccessibleJDesktopPane} instance is created if necessary.
*
- * @return an AccessibleJDesktopPane
that serves as the
- * AccessibleContext
of this JDesktopPane
+ * @return an {@code AccessibleJDesktopPane} that serves as the
+ * {@code AccessibleContext} of this {@code JDesktopPane}
*/
public AccessibleContext getAccessibleContext() {
if (accessibleContext == null) {
@@ -609,7 +609,7 @@
/**
* This class implements accessibility support for the
- * JDesktopPane
class. It provides an implementation of the
+ * {@code JDesktopPane} class. It provides an implementation of the
* Java Accessibility API appropriate to desktop pane user-interface
* elements.
* java.beans
package.
+ * has been added to the {@code java.beans} package.
* Please see {@link java.beans.XMLEncoder}.
*/
@SuppressWarnings("serial") // Same-version serialization only
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/JEditorPane.java 2015-10-04 22:56:46.613263240 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/JEditorPane.java 2015-10-04 22:56:46.421263248 +0400
@@ -49,12 +49,12 @@
*
* EditorKit
to accomplish its behavior. It effectively
+ * {@code EditorKit} to accomplish its behavior. It effectively
* morphs into the proper kind of text editor for the kind
* of content it is given. The content type that editor is bound
- * to at any given time is determined by the EditorKit
currently
+ * to at any given time is determined by the {@code EditorKit} currently
* installed. If the content is set to a new URL, its type is used
- * to determine the EditorKit
that should be used to
+ * to determine the {@code EditorKit} that should be used to
* load the content.
* DefaultEditorKit
that produces a wrapped plain text view.
+ * {@code DefaultEditorKit} that produces a wrapped plain text view.
* javax.swing.text.html.HTMLEditorKit
+ * {@code javax.swing.text.html.HTMLEditorKit}
* which provides HTML 3.2 support.
* javax.swing.text.rtf.RTFEditorKit
+ * {@code javax.swing.text.rtf.RTFEditorKit}
* which provides a limited support of the Rich Text Format.
*
* EditorKit
will be used, and the content type will be
+ * {@code EditorKit} will be used, and the content type will be
* expected to be of this type.
* Reader
. Note that if the content type is HTML,
+ * component from a {@code Reader}. Note that if the content type is HTML,
* relative references (e.g. for things like images) can't be resolved
* unless the <base> tag is used or the Base property
- * on HTMLDocument
is set.
- * In this case the current EditorKit
will be used,
+ * on {@code HTMLDocument} is set.
+ * In this case the current {@code EditorKit} will be used,
* and the content type will be expected to be of this type.
* EditorKit
+ * determined from the URL, and the registered {@code EditorKit}
* for that content type will be set.
*
* EditorKit
will generate
- * hyperlink events if the JEditorPane
is not editable
- * (JEditorPane.setEditable(false);
has been called).
+ * hyperlink events. The HTML {@code EditorKit} will generate
+ * hyperlink events if the {@code JEditorPane} is not editable
+ * ({@code JEditorPane.setEditable(false);} has been called).
* If HTML frames are embedded in the document, the typical response would be
* to change a portion of the current document. The following code
* fragment is a possible hyperlink listener implementation, that treats
@@ -137,11 +137,11 @@
* digits, symbols, or control functions) to specific numeric code values. It
* represents the way the file is stored. Example character encodings are
* ISO-8859-1, ISO-8859-5, Shift-jis, Euc-jp, and UTF-8. When the file is
- * passed to an user agent (JEditorPane
) it is converted to
+ * passed to an user agent ({@code JEditorPane}) it is converted to
* the document character set (ISO-10646 aka Unicode).
* JEditorPane
.
+ * with {@code JEditorPane}.
*
*
*
* EditorKit
.read operation throw a
- * ChangedCharSetException
which will
+ * {@code EditorKit}.read operation throw a
+ * {@code ChangedCharSetException} which will
* be caught. The read is then restarted with a new Reader that uses
- * the character set specified in the ChangedCharSetException
- * (which is an IOException
).
+ * the character set specified in the {@code ChangedCharSetException}
+ * (which is an {@code IOException}).
*
@@ -181,7 +181,7 @@
* appropriate for short term storage or RMI between applications running
* the same version of Swing. As of 1.4, support for long term storage
* of all JavaBeans™
- * has been added to the
java.beans
package.
+ * has been added to the {@code java.beans} package.
* Please see {@link java.beans.XMLEncoder}.
*
* @beaninfo
@@ -195,8 +195,8 @@
public class JEditorPane extends JTextComponent {
/**
- * Creates a new JEditorPane
.
- * The document model is set to null
.
+ * Creates a new {@code JEditorPane}.
+ * The document model is set to {@code null}.
*/
public JEditorPane() {
super();
@@ -256,10 +256,10 @@
}
/**
- * Creates a JEditorPane
based on a specified URL for input.
+ * Creates a {@code JEditorPane} based on a specified URL for input.
*
* @param initialPage the URL
- * @exception IOException if the URL is null
+ * @exception IOException if the URL is {@code null}
* or cannot be accessed
*/
public JEditorPane(URL initialPage) throws IOException {
@@ -268,11 +268,11 @@
}
/**
- * Creates a JEditorPane
based on a string containing
+ * Creates a {@code JEditorPane} based on a string containing
* a URL specification.
*
* @param url the URL
- * @exception IOException if the URL is null
or
+ * @exception IOException if the URL is {@code null} or
* cannot be accessed
*/
public JEditorPane(String url) throws IOException {
@@ -281,14 +281,14 @@
}
/**
- * Creates a JEditorPane
that has been initialized
+ * Creates a {@code JEditorPane} that has been initialized
* to the given text. This is a convenience constructor that calls the
- * setContentType
and setText
methods.
+ * {@code setContentType} and {@code setText} methods.
*
* @param type mime type of the given text
- * @param text the text to initialize with; may be null
- * @exception NullPointerException if the type
parameter
- * is null
+ * @param text the text to initialize with; may be {@code null}
+ * @exception NullPointerException if the {@code type} parameter
+ * is {@code null}
*/
public JEditorPane(String type, String text) {
this();
@@ -316,10 +316,10 @@
}
/**
- * Returns an array of all the HyperLinkListener
s added
+ * Returns an array of all the {@code HyperLinkListener}s added
* to this JEditorPane with addHyperlinkListener().
*
- * @return all of the HyperLinkListener
s added or an empty
+ * @return all of the {@code HyperLinkListener}s added or an empty
* array if no listeners have been added
* @since 1.4
*/
@@ -330,7 +330,7 @@
/**
* Notifies all listeners that have registered interest for
* notification on this event type. This is normally called
- * by the currently installed EditorKit
if a content type
+ * by the currently installed {@code EditorKit} if a content type
* that supports hyperlinks is currently active and there
* was activity with a link. The listener list is processed
* last to first.
@@ -354,10 +354,10 @@
/**
* Sets the current URL being displayed. The content type of the
* pane is set, and if the editor kit for the pane is
- * non-null
, then
+ * non-{@code null}, then
* a new default document is created and the URL is read into it.
* If the URL contains and reference location, the location will
- * be scrolled to by calling the scrollToReference
+ * be scrolled to by calling the {@code scrollToReference}
* method. If the desired URL is the one currently being displayed,
* the document will not be reloaded. To force a document
* reload it is necessary to clear the stream description property
@@ -369,22 +369,22 @@
*
*
* If the desired URL is not the one currently being
- * displayed, the getStream
method is called to
+ * displayed, the {@code getStream} method is called to
* give subclasses control over the stream provided.
* EditorKit
.
- * If the Document
is of type
- * AbstractDocument
and has a value returned by
- * AbstractDocument.getAsynchronousLoadPriority
+ * depending upon the document returned by the {@code EditorKit}.
+ * If the {@code Document} is of type
+ * {@code AbstractDocument} and has a value returned by
+ * {@code AbstractDocument.getAsynchronousLoadPriority}
* that is greater than or equal to zero, the page will be
* loaded on a separate thread using that priority.
* setDocument
, which
+ * the editor with a call to {@code setDocument}, which
* is bound and will fire a property change event. If an
- * IOException
is thrown the partially loaded
+ * {@code IOException} is thrown the partially loaded
* document will
* be discarded and neither the document or page property
* change events will be fired. If the document is
@@ -395,20 +395,20 @@
* setDocument
which will fire a
+ * call to {@code setDocument} which will fire a
* document property change event, then a thread will be
* created which will begin doing the actual loading.
* In this case, the page property change event will not be
* fired by the call to this method directly, but rather will be
* fired when the thread doing the loading has finished.
* It will also be fired on the event-dispatch thread.
- * Since the calling thread can not throw an IOException
+ * Since the calling thread can not throw an {@code IOException}
* in the event of failure on the other thread, the page
* property change event will be fired when the other
* thread is done whether the load was successful or not.
*
* @param page the URL of the page
- * @exception IOException for a null
or invalid
+ * @exception IOException for a {@code null} or invalid
* page specification, or exception from the stream being read
* @see #getPage
* @beaninfo
@@ -518,9 +518,9 @@
/**
* This method initializes from a stream. If the kit is
- * set to be of type HTMLEditorKit
, and the
- * desc
parameter is an HTMLDocument
,
- * then it invokes the HTMLEditorKit
to initiate
+ * set to be of type {@code HTMLEditorKit}, and the
+ * {@code desc} parameter is an {@code HTMLDocument},
+ * then it invokes the {@code HTMLEditorKit} to initiate
* the read. Otherwise it calls the superclass
* method which loads the model as plain text.
*
@@ -548,10 +548,10 @@
/**
- * This method invokes the EditorKit
to initiate a
- * read. In the case where a ChangedCharSetException
+ * This method invokes the {@code EditorKit} to initiate a
+ * read. In the case where a {@code ChangedCharSetException}
* is thrown this exception will contain the new CharSet.
- * Therefore the read
operation
+ * Therefore the {@code read} operation
* is then restarted after building a new Reader with the new charset.
*
* @param in the inputstream to use
@@ -710,7 +710,7 @@
/**
* Fetches a stream for the given URL, which is about to
- * be loaded by the setPage
method. By
+ * be loaded by the {@code setPage} method. By
* default, this simply opens the URL and returns the
* stream. This can be reimplemented to do useful things
* like fetch the stream from a cache, monitor the progress
@@ -718,11 +718,11 @@
* EditorKit
to use for loading the stream.
+ * appropriate {@code EditorKit} to use for loading the stream.
* Document.StreamDescriptionProperty
so that relative
+ * the {@code Document.StreamDescriptionProperty} so that relative
* URL's can be properly resolved.
*
* @param page the URL of the page
@@ -818,11 +818,11 @@
/**
* Scrolls the view to the given reference location
- * (that is, the value returned by the UL.getRef
+ * (that is, the value returned by the {@code UL.getRef}
* method for the URL being displayed). By default, this
* method only knows how to locate a reference in an
* HTMLDocument. The implementation calls the
- * scrollRectToVisible
method to
+ * {@code scrollRectToVisible} method to
* accomplish the actual scrolling. If scrolling to a
* reference location is needed for document types other
* than HTML, this method should be reimplemented.
@@ -864,10 +864,10 @@
/**
* Gets the current URL being displayed. If a URL was
* not specified in the creation of the document, this
- * will return null
, and relative URL's will not be
+ * will return {@code null}, and relative URL's will not be
* resolved.
*
- * @return the URL, or null
if none
+ * @return the URL, or {@code null} if none
*/
public URL getPage() {
return (URL) getDocument().getProperty(Document.StreamDescriptionProperty);
@@ -877,7 +877,7 @@
* Sets the current URL being displayed.
*
* @param url the URL for display
- * @exception IOException for a null
or invalid URL
+ * @exception IOException for a {@code null} or invalid URL
* specification
*/
public void setPage(String url) throws IOException {
@@ -900,7 +900,7 @@
}
/**
- * Creates the default editor kit (PlainEditorKit
) for when
+ * Creates the default editor kit ({@code PlainEditorKit}) for when
* the component is first created.
*
* @return the editor kit
@@ -911,7 +911,7 @@
/**
* Fetches the currently installed kit for handling content.
- * createDefaultEditorKit
is called to set up a default
+ * {@code createDefaultEditorKit} is called to set up a default
* if necessary.
*
* @return the editor kit
@@ -928,9 +928,9 @@
* Gets the type of content that this editor
* is currently set to deal with. This is
* defined to be the type associated with the
- * currently installed EditorKit
.
+ * currently installed {@code EditorKit}.
*
- * @return the content type, null
if no editor kit set
+ * @return the content type, {@code null} if no editor kit set
*/
public final String getContentType() {
return (kit != null) ? kit.getContentType() : null;
@@ -938,32 +938,32 @@
/**
* Sets the type of content that this editor
- * handles. This calls getEditorKitForContentType
,
- * and then setEditorKit
if an editor kit can
+ * handles. This calls {@code getEditorKitForContentType},
+ * and then {@code setEditorKit} if an editor kit can
* be successfully located. This is mostly convenience method
* that can be used as an alternative to calling
- * setEditorKit
directly.
+ * {@code setEditorKit} directly.
* EditorKit
.
+ * loading input streams using the associated {@code EditorKit}.
* For example if the type is specified as
- * text/html; charset=EUC-JP
the content
- * will be loaded using the EditorKit
registered for
- * text/html
and the Reader provided to
- * the EditorKit
to load unicode into the document will
- * use the EUC-JP
charset for translating
+ * {@code text/html; charset=EUC-JP} the content
+ * will be loaded using the {@code EditorKit} registered for
+ * {@code text/html} and the Reader provided to
+ * the {@code EditorKit} to load unicode into the document will
+ * use the {@code EUC-JP} charset for translating
* to unicode. If the type is not recognized, the content
- * will be loaded using the EditorKit
registered
- * for plain text, text/plain
.
+ * will be loaded using the {@code EditorKit} registered
+ * for plain text, {@code text/plain}.
*
- * @param type the non-null
mime type for the content editing
+ * @param type the non-{@code null} mime type for the content editing
* support
* @see #getContentType
* @beaninfo
* description: the type of content
- * @throws NullPointerException if the type
parameter
- * is null
+ * @throws NullPointerException if the {@code type} parameter
+ * is {@code null}
*/
public final void setContentType(String type) {
// The type could have optional info is part of it,
@@ -1032,15 +1032,15 @@
* content. This is the bound property that
* establishes the content type of the editor.
* Any old kit is first deinstalled, then if kit is
- * non-null
,
+ * non-{@code null},
* the new kit is installed, and a default document created for it.
- * A PropertyChange
event ("editorKit") is always fired when
- * setEditorKit
is called.
+ * A {@code PropertyChange} event ("editorKit") is always fired when
+ * {@code setEditorKit} is called.
* EditorKit
is the source of how a
+ * because the {@code EditorKit} is the source of how a
* particular type
- * of content is modeled. This method will cause setDocument
+ * of content is modeled. This method will cause {@code setDocument}
* to be called on behalf of the caller to ensure integrity
* of the internal state.
*
@@ -1069,10 +1069,10 @@
* Fetches the editor kit to use for the given type
* of content. This is called when a type is requested
* that doesn't match the currently installed type.
- * If the component doesn't have an EditorKit
registered
+ * If the component doesn't have an {@code EditorKit} registered
* for the given type, it will try to create an
- * EditorKit
from the default EditorKit
registry.
- * If that fails, a PlainEditorKit
is used on the
+ * {@code EditorKit} from the default {@code EditorKit} registry.
+ * If that fails, a {@code PlainEditorKit} is used on the
* assumption that all text documents can be represented
* as plain text.
* null
content type
+ * @param type the non-{@code null} content type
* @return the editor kit
*/
public EditorKit getEditorKitForContentType(String type) {
@@ -1104,10 +1104,10 @@
/**
* Directly sets the editor kit to use for the given type. A
* look-and-feel implementation might use this in conjunction
- * with createEditorKitForContentType
to install handlers for
+ * with {@code createEditorKitForContentType} to install handlers for
* content types with a look-and-feel bias.
*
- * @param type the non-null
content type
+ * @param type the non-{@code null} content type
* @param k the editor kit to be set
*/
public void setEditorKitForContentType(String type, EditorKit k) {
@@ -1122,13 +1122,13 @@
* represented by the given string. If there is no selection
* this amounts to an insert of the given text. If there
* is no replacement text (i.e. the content string is empty
- * or null
) this amounts to a removal of the
+ * or {@code null}) this amounts to a removal of the
* current selection. The replacement text will have the
* attributes currently defined for input. If the component is not
* editable, beep and return.
*
* @param content the content to replace the selection with. This
- * value can be null
+ * value can be {@code null}
*/
@Override
public void replaceSelection(String content) {
@@ -1174,16 +1174,16 @@
* of editor kits. The registry is created if necessary. If the
* registered class has not yet been loaded, an attempt
* is made to dynamically load the prototype of the kit for the
- * given type. If the type was registered with a ClassLoader
,
- * that ClassLoader
will be used to load the prototype.
- * If there was no registered ClassLoader
,
- * Class.forName
will be used to load the prototype.
+ * given type. If the type was registered with a {@code ClassLoader},
+ * that {@code ClassLoader} will be used to load the prototype.
+ * If there was no registered {@code ClassLoader},
+ * {@code Class.forName} will be used to load the prototype.
* EditorKit
instance is successfully
+ * Once a prototype {@code EditorKit} instance is successfully
* located, it is cloned and the clone is returned.
*
* @param type the content type
- * @return the editor kit, or null
if there is nothing
+ * @return the editor kit, or {@code null} if there is nothing
* registered for the given type
*/
public static EditorKit createEditorKitForContentType(String type) {
@@ -1219,15 +1219,15 @@
}
/**
- * Establishes the default bindings of type
to
- * classname
.
+ * Establishes the default bindings of {@code type} to
+ * {@code classname}.
* The class will be dynamically loaded later when actually
* needed, and can be safely changed before attempted uses
* to avoid loading unwanted classes. The prototype
- * EditorKit
will be loaded with Class.forName
+ * {@code EditorKit} will be loaded with {@code Class.forName}
* when registered with this method.
*
- * @param type the non-null
content type
+ * @param type the non-{@code null} content type
* @param classname the class to load later
*/
public static void registerEditorKitForContentType(String type, String classname) {
@@ -1236,16 +1236,16 @@
}
/**
- * Establishes the default bindings of type
to
- * classname
.
+ * Establishes the default bindings of {@code type} to
+ * {@code classname}.
* The class will be dynamically loaded later when actually
- * needed using the given ClassLoader
,
+ * needed using the given {@code ClassLoader},
* and can be safely changed
* before attempted uses to avoid loading unwanted classes.
*
- * @param type the non-null
content type
+ * @param type the non-{@code null} content type
* @param classname the class to load later
- * @param loader the ClassLoader
to use to load the name
+ * @param loader the {@code ClassLoader} to use to load the name
*/
public static void registerEditorKitForContentType(String type, String classname, ClassLoader loader) {
getKitTypeRegistry().put(type, classname);
@@ -1327,8 +1327,8 @@
// --- java.awt.Component methods --------------------------
/**
- * Returns the preferred size for the JEditorPane
.
- * The preferred size for JEditorPane
is slightly altered
+ * Returns the preferred size for the {@code JEditorPane}.
+ * The preferred size for {@code JEditorPane} is slightly altered
* from the preferred size of the superclass. If the size
* of the viewport has become smaller than the minimum size
* of the component, the scrollable definition for tracking
@@ -1340,7 +1340,7 @@
* shrink down to their minimum size and then be laid out at
* their minimum size, refusing to shrink any further.
*
- * @return a Dimension
containing the preferred size
+ * @return a {@code Dimension} containing the preferred size
*/
public Dimension getPreferredSize() {
Dimension d = super.getPreferredSize();
@@ -1376,15 +1376,15 @@
// --- JTextComponent methods -----------------------------
/**
- * Sets the text of this TextComponent
to the specified
+ * Sets the text of this {@code TextComponent} to the specified
* content,
* which is expected to be in the format of the content type of
- * this editor. For example, if the type is set to text/html
+ * this editor. For example, if the type is set to {@code text/html}
* the string should be specified in terms of HTML.
* EditorKit
. This gives the semantics of the
+ * {@code EditorKit}. This gives the semantics of the
* superclass by not changing
* out the model, while supporting the content type currently set on
* this component. The assumption is that the previous content is
@@ -1392,9 +1392,9 @@
* small, and that the previous content doesn't have side effects.
* Both of those assumptions can be violated and cause undesirable results.
* To avoid this, create a new document,
- * getEditorKit().createDefaultDocument()
, and replace the
- * existing Document
with the new one. You are then assured the
- * previous Document
won't have any lingering state.
+ * {@code getEditorKit().createDefaultDocument()}, and replace the
+ * existing {@code Document} with the new one. You are then assured the
+ * previous {@code Document} won't have any lingering state.
*
*
null
the old
+ * @param t the new text to be set; if {@code null} the old
* text will be deleted
* @see #getText
* @beaninfo
@@ -1435,12 +1435,12 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the text contained in this TextComponent
+ * Returns the text contained in this {@code TextComponent}
* in terms of the
* content type of this editor. If an exception is thrown while
- * attempting to retrieve the text, null
will be returned.
- * This is implemented to call JTextComponent.write
with
- * a StringWriter
.
+ * attempting to retrieve the text, {@code null} will be returned.
+ * This is implemented to call {@code JTextComponent.write} with
+ * a {@code StringWriter}.
*
* @return the text
* @see #setText
@@ -1461,7 +1461,7 @@
/**
* Returns true if a viewport should always force the width of this
- * Scrollable
to match the width of the viewport.
+ * {@code Scrollable} to match the width of the viewport.
*
* @return true if a viewport should force the Scrollables width to
* match its own, false otherwise
@@ -1483,10 +1483,10 @@
/**
* Returns true if a viewport should always force the height of this
- * Scrollable
to match the height of the viewport.
+ * {@code Scrollable} to match the height of the viewport.
*
* @return true if a viewport should force the
- * Scrollable
's height to match its own,
+ * {@code Scrollable}'s height to match its own,
* false otherwise
*/
public boolean getScrollableTracksViewportHeight() {
@@ -1509,8 +1509,8 @@
// --- Serialization ------------------------------------
/**
- * See readObject
and writeObject
in
- * JComponent
for more
+ * See {@code readObject} and {@code writeObject} in
+ * {@code JComponent} for more
* information about serialization in Swing.
*/
private void writeObject(ObjectOutputStream s) throws IOException {
@@ -1568,7 +1568,7 @@
* Boolean.TRUE
.
+ * to {@code Boolean.TRUE}.
*
* @since 1.5
*/
@@ -1582,7 +1582,7 @@
* Boolean.TRUE
.
+ * this name to {@code Boolean.TRUE}.
*
* @since 1.5
*/
@@ -1591,14 +1591,14 @@
static final MapJEditorPane
.
+ * Returns a string representation of this {@code JEditorPane}.
* This method
* is intended to be used only for debugging purposes, and the
* content and format of the returned string may vary between
* implementations. The returned string may be empty but may not
- * be null
.
+ * be {@code null}.
*
- * @return a string representation of this JEditorPane
+ * @return a string representation of this {@code JEditorPane}
*/
protected String paramString() {
String kitString = (kit != null ?
@@ -1641,7 +1641,7 @@
/**
* This class implements accessibility support for the
- * JEditorPane
class. It provides an implementation of the
+ * {@code JEditorPane} class. It provides an implementation of the
* Java Accessibility API appropriate to editor pane user-interface
* elements.
* java.beans
package.
+ * has been added to the {@code java.beans} package.
* Please see {@link java.beans.XMLEncoder}.
*/
@SuppressWarnings("serial") // Same-version serialization only
@@ -1660,9 +1660,9 @@
/**
* Gets the accessibleDescription property of this object. If this
* property isn't set, returns the content type of this
- * JEditorPane
instead (e.g. "plain/text", "html/text").
+ * {@code JEditorPane} instead (e.g. "plain/text", "html/text").
*
- * @return the localized description of the object; null
+ * @return the localized description of the object; {@code null}
* if this object does not have a description
*
* @see #setAccessibleName
@@ -1695,10 +1695,10 @@
}
/**
- * This class provides support for AccessibleHypertext
,
- * and is used in instances where the EditorKit
- * installed in this JEditorPane
is an instance of
- * HTMLEditorKit
.
+ * This class provides support for {@code AccessibleHypertext},
+ * and is used in instances where the {@code EditorKit}
+ * installed in this {@code JEditorPane} is an instance of
+ * {@code HTMLEditorKit}.
* java.beans
package.
+ * has been added to the {@code java.beans} package.
* Please see {@link java.beans.XMLEncoder}.
*/
@SuppressWarnings("serial") // Same-version serialization only
@@ -1790,11 +1790,11 @@
/**
* What's returned by
- * AccessibleJEditorPaneHTML.getAccessibleText
.
+ * {@code AccessibleJEditorPaneHTML.getAccessibleText}.
*
- * Provides support for AccessibleHypertext
in case
+ * Provides support for {@code AccessibleHypertext} in case
* there is an HTML document being displayed in this
- * JEditorPane
.
+ * {@code JEditorPane}.
*
*/
protected class JEditorPaneAccessibleHypertextSupport
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/JFileChooser.java 2015-10-04 22:56:47.189263214 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/JFileChooser.java 2015-10-04 22:56:47.001263222 +0400
@@ -55,9 +55,9 @@
import java.lang.ref.WeakReference;
/**
- * JFileChooser
provides a simple mechanism for the user to
+ * {@code JFileChooser} provides a simple mechanism for the user to
* choose a file.
- * For information about using JFileChooser
, see
+ * For information about using {@code JFileChooser}, see
* How to Use File Choosers,
* a section in The Java Tutorial.
@@ -104,19 +104,19 @@
// ************************
/**
- * Type value indicating that the JFileChooser
supports an
+ * Type value indicating that the {@code JFileChooser} supports an
* "Open" file operation.
*/
public static final int OPEN_DIALOG = 0;
/**
- * Type value indicating that the JFileChooser
supports a
+ * Type value indicating that the {@code JFileChooser} supports a
* "Save" file operation.
*/
public static final int SAVE_DIALOG = 1;
/**
- * Type value indicating that the JFileChooser
supports a
+ * Type value indicating that the {@code JFileChooser} supports a
* developer-specified file operation.
*/
public static final int CUSTOM_DIALOG = 2;
@@ -290,7 +290,7 @@
// *************************************
/**
- * Constructs a JFileChooser
pointing to the user's
+ * Constructs a {@code JFileChooser} pointing to the user's
* default directory. This default depends on the operating system.
* It is typically the "My Documents" folder on Windows, and the
* user's home directory on Unix.
@@ -300,14 +300,14 @@
}
/**
- * Constructs a JFileChooser
using the given path.
- * Passing in a null
+ * Constructs a {@code JFileChooser} using the given path.
+ * Passing in a {@code null}
* string causes the file chooser to point to the user's default directory.
* This default depends on the operating system. It is
* typically the "My Documents" folder on Windows, and the user's
* home directory on Unix.
*
- * @param currentDirectoryPath a String
giving the path
+ * @param currentDirectoryPath a {@code String} giving the path
* to a file or directory
*/
public JFileChooser(String currentDirectoryPath) {
@@ -315,14 +315,14 @@
}
/**
- * Constructs a JFileChooser
using the given File
- * as the path. Passing in a null
file
+ * Constructs a {@code JFileChooser} using the given {@code File}
+ * as the path. Passing in a {@code null} file
* causes the file chooser to point to the user's default directory.
* This default depends on the operating system. It is
* typically the "My Documents" folder on Windows, and the user's
* home directory on Unix.
*
- * @param currentDirectory a File
object specifying
+ * @param currentDirectory a {@code File} object specifying
* the path to a file or directory
*/
public JFileChooser(File currentDirectory) {
@@ -330,8 +330,8 @@
}
/**
- * Constructs a JFileChooser
using the given
- * FileSystemView
.
+ * Constructs a {@code JFileChooser} using the given
+ * {@code FileSystemView}.
*
* @param fsv a {@code FileSystemView}
*/
@@ -341,8 +341,8 @@
/**
- * Constructs a JFileChooser
using the given current directory
- * and FileSystemView
.
+ * Constructs a {@code JFileChooser} using the given current directory
+ * and {@code FileSystemView}.
*
* @param currentDirectory a {@code File} object specifying the path to a
* file or directory
@@ -354,8 +354,8 @@
}
/**
- * Constructs a JFileChooser
using the given current directory
- * path and FileSystemView
.
+ * Constructs a {@code JFileChooser} using the given current directory
+ * path and {@code FileSystemView}.
*
* @param currentDirectoryPath a {@code String} specifying the path to a file
* or directory
@@ -418,15 +418,15 @@
}
/**
- * Sets the dragEnabled
property,
- * which must be true
to enable
+ * Sets the {@code dragEnabled} property,
+ * which must be {@code true} to enable
* automatic drag handling (the first part of drag and drop)
* on this component.
- * The transferHandler
property needs to be set
- * to a non-null
value for the drag to do
- * anything. The default value of the dragEnabled
+ * The {@code transferHandler} property needs to be set
+ * to a non-{@code null} value for the drag to do
+ * anything. The default value of the {@code dragEnabled}
* property
- * is false
.
+ * is {@code false}.
*
* true
+ * Setting this property to {@code true}
* can therefore have a subtle effect on
* how selections behave.
*
@@ -443,14 +443,14 @@
* Some look and feels might not support automatic drag and drop;
* they will ignore this property. You can work around such
* look and feels by modifying the component
- * to directly call the exportAsDrag
method of a
- * TransferHandler
.
+ * to directly call the {@code exportAsDrag} method of a
+ * {@code TransferHandler}.
*
- * @param b the value to set the dragEnabled
property to
+ * @param b the value to set the {@code dragEnabled} property to
* @exception HeadlessException if
- * b
is true
and
- * GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()
- * returns true
+ * {@code b} is {@code true} and
+ * {@code GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()}
+ * returns {@code true}
* @see java.awt.GraphicsEnvironment#isHeadless
* @see #getDragEnabled
* @see #setTransferHandler
@@ -473,9 +473,9 @@
}
/**
- * Gets the value of the dragEnabled
property.
+ * Gets the value of the {@code dragEnabled} property.
*
- * @return the value of the dragEnabled
property
+ * @return the value of the {@code dragEnabled} property
* @see #setDragEnabled
* @since 1.4
*/
@@ -489,7 +489,7 @@
/**
* Returns the selected file. This can be set either by the
- * programmer via setSelectedFile
or by a user action, such as
+ * programmer via {@code setSelectedFile} or by a user action, such as
* either typing the filename into the UI or selecting the
* file from a list in the UI.
*
@@ -574,13 +574,13 @@
}
/**
- * Sets the current directory. Passing in null
sets the
+ * Sets the current directory. Passing in {@code null} sets the
* file chooser to point to the user's default directory.
* This default depends on the operating system. It is
* typically the "My Documents" folder on Windows, and the user's
* home directory on Unix.
*
- * If the file passed in as currentDirectory
is not a
+ * If the file passed in as {@code currentDirectory} is not a
* directory, the parent of the file will be used as the currentDirectory.
* If the parent is not traversable, then it will walk up the parent tree
* until it finds a traversable directory, or hits the root of the
@@ -659,8 +659,8 @@
* the L&F.
*
* @param parent the parent component of the dialog,
- * can be null
;
- * see showDialog
for details
+ * can be {@code null};
+ * see {@code showDialog} for details
* @return the return state of the file chooser on popdown:
*
*
null
;
- * see showDialog
for details
+ * can be {@code null};
+ * see {@code showDialog} for details
* @return the return state of the file chooser on popdown:
*
*
parent
argument determines two things:
+ * The {@code parent} argument determines two things:
* the frame on which the open dialog depends and
* the component whose position the look and feel
* should consider when placing the dialog. If the parent
- * is a Frame
object (such as a JFrame
)
+ * is a {@code Frame} object (such as a {@code JFrame})
* then the dialog depends on the frame and
* the look and feel positions the dialog
* relative to the frame (for example, centered over the frame).
@@ -738,14 +738,14 @@
* depends on the frame containing the component,
* and is positioned relative to the component
* (for example, centered over the component).
- * If the parent is null
, then the dialog depends on
+ * If the parent is {@code null}, then the dialog depends on
* no visible window, and it's placed in a
* look-and-feel-dependent position
* such as the center of the screen.
*
* @param parent the parent component of the dialog;
- * can be null
- * @param approveButtonText the text of the ApproveButton
+ * can be {@code null}
+ * @param approveButtonText the text of the {@code ApproveButton}
* @return the return state of the file chooser on popdown:
*
*
JDialog
wrapping
- * this
centered on the parent
- * in the parent
's frame.
+ * Creates and returns a new {@code JDialog} wrapping
+ * {@code this} centered on the {@code parent}
+ * in the {@code parent}'s frame.
* This method can be overriden to further manipulate the dialog,
* to disable resizing, set the location, etc. Example:
*
@@ -808,8 +808,8 @@
*
*
* @param parent the parent component of the dialog;
- * can be null
- * @return a new JDialog
containing this instance
+ * can be {@code null}
+ * @return a new {@code JDialog} containing this instance
* @exception HeadlessException if GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()
* returns true.
* @see java.awt.GraphicsEnvironment#isHeadless
@@ -852,10 +852,10 @@
// **************************
/**
- * Returns the value of the controlButtonsAreShown
+ * Returns the value of the {@code controlButtonsAreShown}
* property.
*
- * @return the value of the controlButtonsAreShown
+ * @return the value of the {@code controlButtonsAreShown}
* property
*
* @see #setControlButtonsAreShown
@@ -870,16 +870,16 @@
* Sets the property
* that indicates whether the approve and cancel
* buttons are shown in the file chooser. This property
- * is true
by default. Look and feels
+ * is {@code true} by default. Look and feels
* that always show these buttons will ignore the value
* of this property.
* This method fires a property-changed event,
* using the string value of
- * CONTROL_BUTTONS_ARE_SHOWN_CHANGED_PROPERTY
+ * {@code CONTROL_BUTTONS_ARE_SHOWN_CHANGED_PROPERTY}
* as the name of the property.
*
- * @param b false
if control buttons should not be
- * shown; otherwise, true
+ * @param b {@code false} if control buttons should not be
+ * shown; otherwise, {@code true}
*
* @beaninfo
* preferred: true
@@ -901,7 +901,7 @@
/**
* Returns the type of this dialog. The default is
- * JFileChooser.OPEN_DIALOG
.
+ * {@code JFileChooser.OPEN_DIALOG}.
*
* @return the type of dialog to be displayed:
*
@@ -917,18 +917,18 @@
}
/**
- * Sets the type of this dialog. Use
OPEN_DIALOG
when you
+ * Sets the type of this dialog. Use {@code OPEN_DIALOG} when you
* want to bring up a file chooser that the user can use to open a file.
- * Likewise, use SAVE_DIALOG
for letting the user choose
+ * Likewise, use {@code SAVE_DIALOG} for letting the user choose
* a file for saving.
- * Use CUSTOM_DIALOG
when you want to use the file
+ * Use {@code CUSTOM_DIALOG} when you want to use the file
* chooser in a context other than "Open" or "Save".
* For instance, you might want to bring up a file chooser that allows
* the user to choose a file to execute. Note that you normally would not
- * need to set the JFileChooser
to use
- * CUSTOM_DIALOG
- * since a call to setApproveButtonText
does this for you.
- * The default dialog type is JFileChooser.OPEN_DIALOG
.
+ * need to set the {@code JFileChooser} to use
+ * {@code CUSTOM_DIALOG}
+ * since a call to {@code setApproveButtonText} does this for you.
+ * The default dialog type is {@code JFileChooser.OPEN_DIALOG}.
*
* @param dialogType the type of dialog to be displayed:
*
@@ -937,7 +937,7 @@
*
*
- * @exception IllegalArgumentException if dialogType
is
+ * @exception IllegalArgumentException if {@code dialogType} is
* not legal
* @beaninfo
* preferred: true
@@ -974,10 +974,10 @@
}
/**
- * Sets the string that goes in the JFileChooser
window's
+ * Sets the string that goes in the {@code JFileChooser} window's
* title bar.
*
- * @param dialogTitle the new String
for the title bar
+ * @param dialogTitle the new {@code String} for the title bar
*
* @beaninfo
* preferred: true
@@ -997,7 +997,7 @@
}
/**
- * Gets the string that goes in the JFileChooser
's titlebar.
+ * Gets the string that goes in the {@code JFileChooser}'s titlebar.
*
* @return the string from the {@code JFileChooser} window's title bar
* @see #setDialogTitle
@@ -1013,8 +1013,8 @@
/**
- * Sets the tooltip text used in the ApproveButton
.
- * If null
, the UI object will determine the button's text.
+ * Sets the tooltip text used in the {@code ApproveButton}.
+ * If {@code null}, the UI object will determine the button's text.
*
* @beaninfo
* preferred: true
@@ -1037,8 +1037,8 @@
/**
- * Returns the tooltip text used in the ApproveButton
.
- * If null
, the UI object will determine the button's text.
+ * Returns the tooltip text used in the {@code ApproveButton}.
+ * If {@code null}, the UI object will determine the button's text.
*
* @return the tooltip text used for the approve button
*
@@ -1097,15 +1097,15 @@
/**
- * Sets the text used in the ApproveButton
in the
- * FileChooserUI
.
+ * Sets the text used in the {@code ApproveButton} in the
+ * {@code FileChooserUI}.
*
* @beaninfo
* preferred: true
* bound: true
* description: The text that goes in the ApproveButton.
*
- * @param approveButtonText the text used in the ApproveButton
+ * @param approveButtonText the text used in the {@code ApproveButton}
*
* @see #getApproveButtonText
* @see #setDialogType
@@ -1122,13 +1122,13 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the text used in the ApproveButton
in the
- * FileChooserUI
.
- * If null
, the UI object will determine the button's text.
+ * Returns the text used in the {@code ApproveButton} in the
+ * {@code FileChooserUI}.
+ * If {@code null}, the UI object will determine the button's text.
*
* Typically, this would be "Open" or "Save".
*
- * @return the text used in the ApproveButton
+ * @return the text used in the {@code ApproveButton}
*
* @see #setApproveButtonText
* @see #setDialogType
@@ -1141,7 +1141,7 @@
/**
* Gets the list of user choosable file filters.
*
- * @return a FileFilter
array containing all the choosable
+ * @return a {@code FileFilter} array containing all the choosable
* file filters
*
* @see #addChoosableFileFilter
@@ -1159,7 +1159,7 @@
* For information on setting the file selection mode, see
* {@link #setFileSelectionMode setFileSelectionMode}.
*
- * @param filter the FileFilter
to add to the choosable file
+ * @param filter the {@code FileFilter} to add to the choosable file
* filter list
*
* @beaninfo
@@ -1227,7 +1227,7 @@
/**
* Resets the choosable file filter list to its starting state. Normally,
* this removes all added file filters while leaving the
- * AcceptAll
file filter.
+ * {@code AcceptAll} file filter.
*
* @see #addChoosableFileFilter
* @see #getChoosableFileFilters
@@ -1244,7 +1244,7 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the AcceptAll
file filter.
+ * Returns the {@code AcceptAll} file filter.
* For example, on Microsoft Windows this would be All Files (*.*).
*
* @return the {@code AcceptAll} file filter
@@ -1258,8 +1258,8 @@
}
/**
- * Returns whether the AcceptAll FileFilter
is used.
- * @return true if the AcceptAll FileFilter
is used
+ * Returns whether the {@code AcceptAll FileFilter} is used.
+ * @return true if the {@code AcceptAll FileFilter} is used
* @see #setAcceptAllFileFilterUsed
* @since 1.3
*/
@@ -1268,11 +1268,11 @@
}
/**
- * Determines whether the AcceptAll FileFilter
is used
+ * Determines whether the {@code AcceptAll FileFilter} is used
* as an available choice in the choosable filter list.
- * If false, the AcceptAll
file filter is removed from
+ * If false, the {@code AcceptAll} file filter is removed from
* the list of available file filters.
- * If true, the AcceptAll
file filter will become the
+ * If true, the {@code AcceptAll} file filter will become the
* actively used file filter.
*
* @param b a {@code boolean} which determines whether the {@code AcceptAll}
@@ -1332,10 +1332,10 @@
}
/**
- * Sets the JFileChooser
to allow the user to just
+ * Sets the {@code JFileChooser} to allow the user to just
* select files, just select
* directories, or select both files and directories. The default is
- * JFilesChooser.FILES_ONLY
.
+ * {@code JFilesChooser.FILES_ONLY}.
*
* @param mode the type of files to be displayed:
*
@@ -1344,7 +1344,7 @@
*
*
- * @exception IllegalArgumentException if mode
is an
+ * @exception IllegalArgumentException if {@code mode} is an
* illegal file selection mode
* @beaninfo
* preferred: true
@@ -1378,7 +1378,7 @@
/**
* Returns the current file-selection mode. The default is
- * JFilesChooser.FILES_ONLY
.
+ * {@code JFilesChooser.FILES_ONLY}.
*
* @return the type of files to be displayed, one of the following:
*
@@ -1459,7 +1459,7 @@
/**
* Sets file hiding on or off. If true, hidden files are not shown
* in the file chooser. The job of determining which files are
- * shown is done by the
FileView
.
+ * shown is done by the {@code FileView}.
*
* @beaninfo
* preferred: true
@@ -1568,9 +1568,9 @@
/**
* Returns the filename.
- * @param f the File
- * @return the String
containing the filename for
- * f
+ * @param f the {@code File}
+ * @return the {@code String} containing the filename for
+ * {@code f}
* @see FileView#getName
*/
public String getName(File f) {
@@ -1591,9 +1591,9 @@
/**
* Returns the file description.
- * @param f the File
- * @return the String
containing the file description for
- * f
+ * @param f the {@code File}
+ * @return the {@code String} containing the file description for
+ * {@code f}
* @see FileView#getDescription
*/
public String getDescription(File f) {
@@ -1614,9 +1614,9 @@
/**
* Returns the file type.
- * @param f the File
- * @return the String
containing the file type description for
- * f
+ * @param f the {@code File}
+ * @return the {@code String} containing the file type description for
+ * {@code f}
* @see FileView#getTypeDescription
*/
public String getTypeDescription(File f) {
@@ -1638,8 +1638,8 @@
/**
* Returns the icon for this file or type of file, depending
* on the system.
- * @param f the File
- * @return the Icon
for this file, or type of file
+ * @param f the {@code File}
+ * @return the {@code Icon} for this file, or type of file
* @see FileView#getIcon
*/
public Icon getIcon(File f) {
@@ -1661,7 +1661,7 @@
/**
* Returns true if the file (directory) can be visited.
* Returns false if the directory cannot be traversed.
- * @param f the File
+ * @param f the {@code File}
* @return true if the file/directory can be traversed, otherwise false
* @see FileView#isTraversable
*/
@@ -1686,7 +1686,7 @@
/**
* Returns true if the file should be displayed.
- * @param f the File
+ * @param f the {@code File}
* @return true if the file should be displayed, otherwise false
* @see FileFilter#accept
*/
@@ -1699,10 +1699,10 @@
}
/**
- * Sets the file system view that the JFileChooser
uses for
+ * Sets the file system view that the {@code JFileChooser} uses for
* accessing and creating file system resources, such as finding
* the floppy drive and getting a list of root drives.
- * @param fsv the new FileSystemView
+ * @param fsv the new {@code FileSystemView}
*
* @beaninfo
* expert: true
@@ -1719,7 +1719,7 @@
/**
* Returns the file system view.
- * @return the FileSystemView
object
+ * @return the {@code FileSystemView} object
* @see #setFileSystemView
*/
public FileSystemView getFileSystemView() {
@@ -1736,7 +1736,7 @@
* called by the programmer.
* This method causes an action event to fire
* with the command string equal to
- * APPROVE_SELECTION
.
+ * {@code APPROVE_SELECTION}.
*
* @see #APPROVE_SELECTION
*/
@@ -1753,7 +1753,7 @@
* This can also be called by the programmer.
* This method causes an action event to fire
* with the command string equal to
- * CANCEL_SELECTION
.
+ * {@code CANCEL_SELECTION}.
*
* @see #CANCEL_SELECTION
*/
@@ -1766,7 +1766,7 @@
}
/**
- * Adds an ActionListener
to the file chooser.
+ * Adds an {@code ActionListener} to the file chooser.
*
* @param l the listener to be added
*
@@ -1778,7 +1778,7 @@
}
/**
- * Removes an ActionListener
from the file chooser.
+ * Removes an {@code ActionListener} from the file chooser.
*
* @param l the listener to be removed
*
@@ -1792,7 +1792,7 @@
* Returns an array of all the action listeners
* registered on this file chooser.
*
- * @return all of this file chooser's ActionListener
s
+ * @return all of this file chooser's {@code ActionListener}s
* or an empty
* array if no action listeners are currently registered
*
@@ -1808,7 +1808,7 @@
/**
* Notifies all listeners that have registered interest for
* notification on this event type. The event instance
- * is lazily created using the command
parameter.
+ * is lazily created using the {@code command} parameter.
*
* @param command a string that may specify a command associated with
* the event
@@ -1913,8 +1913,8 @@
}
/**
- * See readObject
and writeObject
in
- * JComponent
for more
+ * See {@code readObject} and {@code writeObject} in
+ * {@code JComponent} for more
* information about serialization in Swing.
*/
private void readObject(java.io.ObjectInputStream in)
@@ -1960,8 +1960,8 @@
}
/**
- * See readObject
and writeObject
in
- * JComponent
for more
+ * See {@code readObject} and {@code writeObject} in
+ * {@code JComponent} for more
* information about serialization in Swing.
*/
private void writeObject(ObjectOutputStream s) throws IOException {
@@ -1996,14 +1996,14 @@
/**
- * Returns a string representation of this JFileChooser
.
+ * Returns a string representation of this {@code JFileChooser}.
* This method
* is intended to be used only for debugging purposes, and the
* content and format of the returned string may vary between
* implementations. The returned string may be empty but may not
- * be null
.
+ * be {@code null}.
*
- * @return a string representation of this JFileChooser
+ * @return a string representation of this {@code JFileChooser}
*/
protected String paramString() {
String approveButtonTextString = (approveButtonText != null ?
@@ -2079,7 +2079,7 @@
/**
* This class implements accessibility support for the
- * JFileChooser
class. It provides an implementation of the
+ * {@code JFileChooser} class. It provides an implementation of the
* Java Accessibility API appropriate to file chooser user-interface
* elements.
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/JFormattedTextField.java 2015-10-04 22:56:47.753263188 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/JFormattedTextField.java 2015-10-04 22:56:47.565263197 +0400
@@ -35,49 +35,49 @@
import javax.swing.text.*;
/**
- * JFormattedTextField
extends JTextField
adding
+ * {@code JFormattedTextField} extends {@code JTextField} adding
* support for formatting arbitrary values, as well as retrieving a particular
* object once the user has edited the text. The following illustrates
- * configuring a JFormattedTextField
to edit dates:
+ * configuring a {@code JFormattedTextField} to edit dates:
*
* JFormattedTextField ftf = new JFormattedTextField();
* ftf.setValue(new Date());
*
* JFormattedTextField
has been created, you can
+ * Once a {@code JFormattedTextField} has been created, you can
* listen for editing changes by way of adding
- * a PropertyChangeListener
and listening for
- * PropertyChangeEvent
s with the property name value
.
+ * a {@code PropertyChangeListener} and listening for
+ * {@code PropertyChangeEvent}s with the property name {@code value}.
* JFormattedTextField
allows
+ * {@code JFormattedTextField} allows
* configuring what action should be taken when focus is lost. The possible
* configurations are:
*
*
- * The default is
* JFormattedTextField.REVERT
- * Revert the display to match that of getValue
,
+ * Revert the display to match that of {@code getValue},
* possibly losing the current edit.
* JFormattedTextField.COMMIT
* Commits the current value. If the value being edited
* isn't considered a legal value by the
- * AbstractFormatter
that is, a
- * ParseException
is thrown, then the value
+ * {@code AbstractFormatter} that is, a
+ * {@code ParseException} is thrown, then the value
* will not change, and then edited value will persist.
* JFormattedTextField.COMMIT_OR_REVERT
- * Similar to COMMIT
, but if the value isn't
- * legal, behave like REVERT
.
+ * Similar to {@code COMMIT}, but if the value isn't
+ * legal, behave like {@code REVERT}.
* JFormattedTextField.PERSIST
* Do nothing, don't obtain a new
- * AbstractFormatter
, and don't update the value.
+ * {@code AbstractFormatter}, and don't update the value.
* JFormattedTextField.COMMIT_OR_REVERT
,
+ * The default is {@code JFormattedTextField.COMMIT_OR_REVERT},
* refer to {@link #setFocusLostBehavior} for more information on this.
* JFormattedTextField
allows the focus to leave, even if
+ * {@code JFormattedTextField} allows the focus to leave, even if
* the currently edited value is invalid. To lock the focus down while the
- * JFormattedTextField
is an invalid edit state
- * you can attach an InputVerifier
. The following code snippet
- * shows a potential implementation of such an InputVerifier
:
+ * {@code JFormattedTextField} is an invalid edit state
+ * you can attach an {@code InputVerifier}. The following code snippet
+ * shows a potential implementation of such an {@code InputVerifier}:
*
* public class FormattedTextFieldVerifier extends InputVerifier {
* public boolean verify(JComponent input) {
@@ -102,63 +102,63 @@
* }
*
* commitEdit
, which would also
+ * Alternatively, you could invoke {@code commitEdit}, which would also
* commit the value.
* JFormattedTextField
does not do the formatting it self,
+ * {@code JFormattedTextField} does not do the formatting it self,
* rather formatting is done through an instance of
- * JFormattedTextField.AbstractFormatter
which is obtained from
- * an instance of JFormattedTextField.AbstractFormatterFactory
.
- * Instances of JFormattedTextField.AbstractFormatter
are
+ * {@code JFormattedTextField.AbstractFormatter} which is obtained from
+ * an instance of {@code JFormattedTextField.AbstractFormatterFactory}.
+ * Instances of {@code JFormattedTextField.AbstractFormatter} are
* notified when they become active by way of the
- * install
method, at which point the
- * JFormattedTextField.AbstractFormatter
can install whatever
- * it needs to, typically a DocumentFilter
. Similarly when
- * JFormattedTextField
no longer
- * needs the AbstractFormatter
, it will invoke
- * uninstall
.
+ * {@code install} method, at which point the
+ * {@code JFormattedTextField.AbstractFormatter} can install whatever
+ * it needs to, typically a {@code DocumentFilter}. Similarly when
+ * {@code JFormattedTextField} no longer
+ * needs the {@code AbstractFormatter}, it will invoke
+ * {@code uninstall}.
* JFormattedTextField
typically
- * queries the AbstractFormatterFactory
for an
- * AbstractFormat
when it gains or loses focus. Although this
+ * {@code JFormattedTextField} typically
+ * queries the {@code AbstractFormatterFactory} for an
+ * {@code AbstractFormat} when it gains or loses focus. Although this
* can change based on the focus lost policy. If the focus lost
- * policy is JFormattedTextField.PERSIST
- * and the JFormattedTextField
has been edited, the
- * AbstractFormatterFactory
will not be queried until the
+ * policy is {@code JFormattedTextField.PERSIST}
+ * and the {@code JFormattedTextField} has been edited, the
+ * {@code AbstractFormatterFactory} will not be queried until the
* value has been committed. Similarly if the focus lost policy is
- * JFormattedTextField.COMMIT
and an exception
- * is thrown from stringToValue
, the
- * AbstractFormatterFactory
will not be queried when focus is
+ * {@code JFormattedTextField.COMMIT} and an exception
+ * is thrown from {@code stringToValue}, the
+ * {@code AbstractFormatterFactory} will not be queried when focus is
* lost or gained.
* JFormattedTextField.AbstractFormatter
+ * {@code JFormattedTextField.AbstractFormatter}
* is also responsible for determining when values are committed to
- * the JFormattedTextField
. Some
- * JFormattedTextField.AbstractFormatter
s will make new values
+ * the {@code JFormattedTextField}. Some
+ * {@code JFormattedTextField.AbstractFormatter}s will make new values
* available on every edit, and others will never commit the value. You can
* force the current value to be obtained
- * from the current JFormattedTextField.AbstractFormatter
- * by way of invoking commitEdit
. commitEdit
will
+ * from the current {@code JFormattedTextField.AbstractFormatter}
+ * by way of invoking {@code commitEdit}. {@code commitEdit} will
* be invoked whenever return is pressed in the
- * JFormattedTextField
.
+ * {@code JFormattedTextField}.
* AbstractFormatterFactory
has not been explicitly
- * set, one will be set based on the Class
of the value type after
- * setValue
has been invoked (assuming value is non-null).
+ * If an {@code AbstractFormatterFactory} has not been explicitly
+ * set, one will be set based on the {@code Class} of the value type after
+ * {@code setValue} has been invoked (assuming value is non-null).
* For example, in the following code an appropriate
- * AbstractFormatterFactory
and AbstractFormatter
+ * {@code AbstractFormatterFactory} and {@code AbstractFormatter}
* will be created to handle formatting of numbers:
*
* JFormattedTextField tf = new JFormattedTextField();
* tf.setValue(100);
*
* AbstractFormatter
will
- * typically install a DocumentFilter
on the
- * Document
, and a NavigationFilter
on the
- * JFormattedTextField
you should not install your own. If you do,
+ * Warning: As the {@code AbstractFormatter} will
+ * typically install a {@code DocumentFilter} on the
+ * {@code Document}, and a {@code NavigationFilter} on the
+ * {@code JFormattedTextField} you should not install your own. If you do,
* you are likely to see odd behavior in that the editing policy of the
- * AbstractFormatter
will not be enforced.
+ * {@code AbstractFormatter} will not be enforced.
* commitEdit
should be invoked. If in committing the
- * new value a ParseException
is thrown, the invalid
+ * {@code commitEdit} should be invoked. If in committing the
+ * new value a {@code ParseException} is thrown, the invalid
* value will remain.
*
* @see #setFocusLostBehavior
@@ -194,8 +194,8 @@
/**
* Constant identifying that when focus is lost,
- * commitEdit
should be invoked. If in committing the new
- * value a ParseException
is thrown, the value will be
+ * {@code commitEdit} should be invoked. If in committing the new
+ * value a {@code ParseException} is thrown, the value will be
* reverted.
*
* @see #setFocusLostBehavior
@@ -205,7 +205,7 @@
/**
* Constant identifying that when focus is lost, editing value should
* be reverted to current value set on the
- * JFormattedTextField
.
+ * {@code JFormattedTextField}.
*
* @see #setFocusLostBehavior
*/
@@ -267,10 +267,10 @@
/**
- * Creates a JFormattedTextField
with no
- * AbstractFormatterFactory
. Use setMask
or
- * setFormatterFactory
to configure the
- * JFormattedTextField
to edit a particular type of
+ * Creates a {@code JFormattedTextField} with no
+ * {@code AbstractFormatterFactory}. Use {@code setMask} or
+ * {@code setFormatterFactory} to configure the
+ * {@code JFormattedTextField} to edit a particular type of
* value.
*/
public JFormattedTextField() {
@@ -281,8 +281,8 @@
/**
* Creates a JFormattedTextField with the specified value. This will
- * create an AbstractFormatterFactory
based on the
- * type of value
.
+ * create an {@code AbstractFormatterFactory} based on the
+ * type of {@code value}.
*
* @param value Initial value for the JFormattedTextField
*/
@@ -292,9 +292,9 @@
}
/**
- * Creates a JFormattedTextField
. format
is
- * wrapped in an appropriate AbstractFormatter
which is
- * then wrapped in an AbstractFormatterFactory
.
+ * Creates a {@code JFormattedTextField}. {@code format} is
+ * wrapped in an appropriate {@code AbstractFormatter} which is
+ * then wrapped in an {@code AbstractFormatterFactory}.
*
* @param format Format used to look up an AbstractFormatter
*/
@@ -304,9 +304,9 @@
}
/**
- * Creates a JFormattedTextField
with the specified
- * AbstractFormatter
. The AbstractFormatter
- * is placed in an AbstractFormatterFactory
.
+ * Creates a {@code JFormattedTextField} with the specified
+ * {@code AbstractFormatter}. The {@code AbstractFormatter}
+ * is placed in an {@code AbstractFormatterFactory}.
*
* @param formatter AbstractFormatter to use for formatting.
*/
@@ -315,8 +315,8 @@
}
/**
- * Creates a JFormattedTextField
with the specified
- * AbstractFormatterFactory
.
+ * Creates a {@code JFormattedTextField} with the specified
+ * {@code AbstractFormatterFactory}.
*
* @param factory AbstractFormatterFactory used for formatting.
*/
@@ -326,10 +326,10 @@
}
/**
- * Creates a JFormattedTextField
with the specified
- * AbstractFormatterFactory
and initial value.
+ * Creates a {@code JFormattedTextField} with the specified
+ * {@code AbstractFormatterFactory} and initial value.
*
- * @param factory AbstractFormatterFactory
used for
+ * @param factory {@code AbstractFormatterFactory} used for
* formatting.
* @param currentValue Initial value to use
*/
@@ -341,18 +341,18 @@
/**
* Sets the behavior when focus is lost. This will be one of
- * JFormattedTextField.COMMIT_OR_REVERT
,
- * JFormattedTextField.REVERT
,
- * JFormattedTextField.COMMIT
or
- * JFormattedTextField.PERSIST
- * Note that some AbstractFormatter
s may push changes as
+ * {@code JFormattedTextField.COMMIT_OR_REVERT},
+ * {@code JFormattedTextField.REVERT},
+ * {@code JFormattedTextField.COMMIT} or
+ * {@code JFormattedTextField.PERSIST}
+ * Note that some {@code AbstractFormatter}s may push changes as
* they occur, so that the value of this will have no effect.
* IllegalArgumentException
if the object
+ * This will throw an {@code IllegalArgumentException} if the object
* passed in is not one of the afore mentioned values.
* JFormattedTextField.COMMIT_OR_REVERT
.
+ * {@code JFormattedTextField.COMMIT_OR_REVERT}.
*
* @param behavior Identifies behavior when focus is lost
* @throws IllegalArgumentException if behavior is not one of the known
@@ -374,11 +374,11 @@
/**
* Returns the behavior when focus is lost. This will be one of
- * COMMIT_OR_REVERT
,
- * COMMIT
,
- * REVERT
or
- * PERSIST
- * Note that some AbstractFormatter
s may push changes as
+ * {@code COMMIT_OR_REVERT},
+ * {@code COMMIT},
+ * {@code REVERT} or
+ * {@code PERSIST}
+ * Note that some {@code AbstractFormatter}s may push changes as
* they occur, so that the value of this will have no effect.
*
* @return returns behavior when focus is lost
@@ -388,25 +388,25 @@
}
/**
- * Sets the AbstractFormatterFactory
.
- * AbstractFormatterFactory
is
- * able to return an instance of AbstractFormatter
that is
+ * Sets the {@code AbstractFormatterFactory}.
+ * {@code AbstractFormatterFactory} is
+ * able to return an instance of {@code AbstractFormatter} that is
* used to format a value for display, as well an enforcing an editing
* policy.
* AbstractFormatterFactory
+ * If you have not explicitly set an {@code AbstractFormatterFactory}
* by way of this method (or a constructor) an
- * AbstractFormatterFactory
and consequently an
- * AbstractFormatter
will be used based on the
- * Class
of the value. NumberFormatter
will
- * be used for Number
s, DateFormatter
will
- * be used for Dates
, otherwise DefaultFormatter
+ * {@code AbstractFormatterFactory} and consequently an
+ * {@code AbstractFormatter} will be used based on the
+ * {@code Class} of the value. {@code NumberFormatter} will
+ * be used for {@code Number}s, {@code DateFormatter} will
+ * be used for {@code Dates}, otherwise {@code DefaultFormatter}
* will be used.
* AbstractFormatterFactory
used to lookup
- * instances of AbstractFormatter
+ * @param tf {@code AbstractFormatterFactory} used to lookup
+ * instances of {@code AbstractFormatter}
* @beaninfo
* bound: true
* attribute: visualUpdate true
@@ -422,27 +422,27 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the current AbstractFormatterFactory
.
+ * Returns the current {@code AbstractFormatterFactory}.
*
* @see #setFormatterFactory
- * @return AbstractFormatterFactory
used to determine
- * AbstractFormatter
s
+ * @return {@code AbstractFormatterFactory} used to determine
+ * {@code AbstractFormatter}s
*/
public AbstractFormatterFactory getFormatterFactory() {
return factory;
}
/**
- * Sets the current AbstractFormatter
.
+ * Sets the current {@code AbstractFormatter}.
* AbstractFormatterFactory
or set the value.
- * JFormattedTextField
will
- * invoke this as the state of the JFormattedTextField
+ * {@code AbstractFormatterFactory} or set the value.
+ * {@code JFormattedTextField} will
+ * invoke this as the state of the {@code JFormattedTextField}
* changes and requires the value to be reset.
- * JFormattedTextField
passes in the
- * AbstractFormatter
obtained from the
- * AbstractFormatterFactory
.
+ * {@code JFormattedTextField} passes in the
+ * {@code AbstractFormatter} obtained from the
+ * {@code AbstractFormatterFactory}.
* AbstractFormatter
that is used to format and
+ * Returns the {@code AbstractFormatter} that is used to format and
* parse the current value.
*
* @return AbstractFormatter used for formatting
@@ -480,10 +480,10 @@
/**
* Sets the value that will be formatted by an
- * AbstractFormatter
obtained from the current
- * AbstractFormatterFactory
. If no
- * AbstractFormatterFactory
has been specified, this will
- * attempt to create one based on the type of value
.
+ * {@code AbstractFormatter} obtained from the current
+ * {@code AbstractFormatterFactory}. If no
+ * {@code AbstractFormatterFactory} has been specified, this will
+ * attempt to create one based on the type of {@code value}.
* AbstractFormatter
this may not return the current
+ * the {@code AbstractFormatter} this may not return the current
* value. The currently edited value can be obtained by invoking
- * commitEdit
followed by getValue
.
+ * {@code commitEdit} followed by {@code getValue}.
*
* @return Last valid value
*/
@@ -516,11 +516,11 @@
/**
* Forces the current value to be taken from the
- * AbstractFormatter
and set as the current value.
+ * {@code AbstractFormatter} and set as the current value.
* This has no effect if there is no current
- * AbstractFormatter
installed.
+ * {@code AbstractFormatter} installed.
*
- * @throws ParseException if the AbstractFormatter
is not able
+ * @throws ParseException if the {@code AbstractFormatter} is not able
* to format the current value
*/
public void commitEdit() throws ParseException {
@@ -534,7 +534,7 @@
/**
* Sets the validity of the edit on the receiver. You should not normally
* invoke this. This will be invoked by the
- * AbstractFormatter
as the user edits the value.
+ * {@code AbstractFormatter} as the user edits the value.
* AbstractFormatter
, as such
+ * this is managed by the current {@code AbstractFormatter}, as such
* there is no public setter for it.
*
* @return true if the current value being edited is valid.
@@ -579,10 +579,10 @@
/**
* Processes any input method events, such as
- * InputMethodEvent.INPUT_METHOD_TEXT_CHANGED
or
- * InputMethodEvent.CARET_POSITION_CHANGED
.
+ * {@code InputMethodEvent.INPUT_METHOD_TEXT_CHANGED} or
+ * {@code InputMethodEvent.CARET_POSITION_CHANGED}.
*
- * @param e the InputMethodEvent
+ * @param e the {@code InputMethodEvent}
* @see InputMethodEvent
*/
protected void processInputMethodEvent(InputMethodEvent e) {
@@ -603,10 +603,10 @@
/**
* Processes any focus events, such as
- * FocusEvent.FOCUS_GAINED
or
- * FocusEvent.FOCUS_LOST
.
+ * {@code FocusEvent.FOCUS_GAINED} or
+ * {@code FocusEvent.FOCUS_LOST}.
*
- * @param e the FocusEvent
+ * @param e the {@code FocusEvent}
* @see FocusEvent
*/
protected void processFocusEvent(FocusEvent e) {
@@ -730,7 +730,7 @@
/**
* Resets the Actions that come from the TextFormatter to
- * actions
.
+ * {@code actions}.
*/
private void setFormatterActions(Action[] actions) {
if (actions == null) {
@@ -766,10 +766,10 @@
}
/**
- * Does the setting of the value. If createFormat
is true,
- * this will also obtain a new AbstractFormatter
from the
+ * Does the setting of the value. If {@code createFormat} is true,
+ * this will also obtain a new {@code AbstractFormatter} from the
* current factory. The property change event will be fired if
- * firePC
is true.
+ * {@code firePC} is true.
*/
private void setValue(Object value, boolean createFormat, boolean firePC) {
Object oldValue = this.value;
@@ -849,21 +849,21 @@
/**
- * Instances of AbstractFormatterFactory
are used by
- * JFormattedTextField
to obtain instances of
- * AbstractFormatter
which in turn are used to format values.
- * AbstractFormatterFactory
can return different
- * AbstractFormatter
s based on the state of the
- * JFormattedTextField
, perhaps returning different
- * AbstractFormatter
s when the
- * JFormattedTextField
has focus vs when it
+ * Instances of {@code AbstractFormatterFactory} are used by
+ * {@code JFormattedTextField} to obtain instances of
+ * {@code AbstractFormatter} which in turn are used to format values.
+ * {@code AbstractFormatterFactory} can return different
+ * {@code AbstractFormatter}s based on the state of the
+ * {@code JFormattedTextField}, perhaps returning different
+ * {@code AbstractFormatter}s when the
+ * {@code JFormattedTextField} has focus vs when it
* doesn't have focus.
* @since 1.4
*/
public abstract static class AbstractFormatterFactory {
/**
- * Returns an AbstractFormatter
that can handle formatting
- * of the passed in JFormattedTextField
.
+ * Returns an {@code AbstractFormatter} that can handle formatting
+ * of the passed in {@code JFormattedTextField}.
*
* @param tf JFormattedTextField requesting AbstractFormatter
* @return AbstractFormatter to handle formatting duties, a null
@@ -875,31 +875,31 @@
/**
- * Instances of AbstractFormatter
are used by
- * JFormattedTextField
to handle the conversion both
+ * Instances of {@code AbstractFormatter} are used by
+ * {@code JFormattedTextField} to handle the conversion both
* from an Object to a String, and back from a String to an Object.
- * AbstractFormatter
s can also enforce editing policies,
+ * {@code AbstractFormatter}s can also enforce editing policies,
* or navigation policies, or manipulate the
- * JFormattedTextField
in any way it sees fit to
+ * {@code JFormattedTextField} in any way it sees fit to
* enforce the desired policy.
* AbstractFormatter
can only be active in
- * one JFormattedTextField
at a time.
- * JFormattedTextField
invokes
- * install
when it is ready to use it followed
- * by uninstall
when done. Subclasses
+ * An {@code AbstractFormatter} can only be active in
+ * one {@code JFormattedTextField} at a time.
+ * {@code JFormattedTextField} invokes
+ * {@code install} when it is ready to use it followed
+ * by {@code uninstall} when done. Subclasses
* that wish to install additional state should override
- * install
and message super appropriately.
+ * {@code install} and message super appropriately.
* stringToValue
and valueToString
. Optionally
- * they can override getActions
,
- * getNavigationFilter
and getDocumentFilter
- * to restrict the JFormattedTextField
in a particular
+ * {@code stringToValue} and {@code valueToString}. Optionally
+ * they can override {@code getActions},
+ * {@code getNavigationFilter} and {@code getDocumentFilter}
+ * to restrict the {@code JFormattedTextField} in a particular
* way.
* JFormattedTextField
to be in
- * a temporarily invalid state should invoke setEditValid
+ * Subclasses that allow the {@code JFormattedTextField} to be in
+ * a temporarily invalid state should invoke {@code setEditValid}
* at the appropriate times.
* @since 1.4
*/
@@ -907,34 +907,34 @@
private JFormattedTextField ftf;
/**
- * Installs the AbstractFormatter
onto a particular
- * JFormattedTextField
.
- * This will invoke valueToString
to convert the
- * current value from the JFormattedTextField
to
- * a String. This will then install the Action
s from
- * getActions
, the DocumentFilter
- * returned from getDocumentFilter
and the
- * NavigationFilter
returned from
- * getNavigationFilter
onto the
- * JFormattedTextField
.
+ * Installs the {@code AbstractFormatter} onto a particular
+ * {@code JFormattedTextField}.
+ * This will invoke {@code valueToString} to convert the
+ * current value from the {@code JFormattedTextField} to
+ * a String. This will then install the {@code Action}s from
+ * {@code getActions}, the {@code DocumentFilter}
+ * returned from {@code getDocumentFilter} and the
+ * {@code NavigationFilter} returned from
+ * {@code getNavigationFilter} onto the
+ * {@code JFormattedTextField}.
* JFormattedTextField
.
+ * {@code JFormattedTextField}.
* ParseException
in converting the
+ * If there is a {@code ParseException} in converting the
* current value to a String, this will set the text to an empty
- * String, and mark the JFormattedTextField
as being
+ * String, and mark the {@code JFormattedTextField} as being
* in an invalid state.
* JFormattedTextField
.
- * JFormattedTextField
will invoke this method at
+ * for subclassers of {@code JFormattedTextField}.
+ * {@code JFormattedTextField} will invoke this method at
* the appropriate times when the value changes, or its internal
* state changes. You will only need to invoke this yourself if
- * you are subclassing JFormattedTextField
and
- * installing/uninstalling AbstractFormatter
at a
- * different time than JFormattedTextField
does.
+ * you are subclassing {@code JFormattedTextField} and
+ * installing/uninstalling {@code AbstractFormatter} at a
+ * different time than {@code JFormattedTextField} does.
*
* @param ftf JFormattedTextField to format for, may be null indicating
* uninstall from current JFormattedTextField.
@@ -958,11 +958,11 @@
}
/**
- * Uninstalls any state the AbstractFormatter
may have
- * installed on the JFormattedTextField
. This resets the
- * DocumentFilter
, NavigationFilter
- * and additional Action
s installed on the
- * JFormattedTextField
.
+ * Uninstalls any state the {@code AbstractFormatter} may have
+ * installed on the {@code JFormattedTextField}. This resets the
+ * {@code DocumentFilter}, {@code NavigationFilter}
+ * and additional {@code Action}s installed on the
+ * {@code JFormattedTextField}.
*/
public void uninstall() {
if (this.ftf != null) {
@@ -973,7 +973,7 @@
}
/**
- * Parses text
returning an arbitrary Object. Some
+ * Parses {@code text} returning an arbitrary Object. Some
* formatters may return null.
*
* @throws ParseException if there is an error in the conversion
@@ -984,7 +984,7 @@
ParseException;
/**
- * Returns the string value to display for value
.
+ * Returns the string value to display for {@code value}.
*
* @throws ParseException if there is an error in the conversion
* @param value Value to convert
@@ -994,8 +994,8 @@
ParseException;
/**
- * Returns the current JFormattedTextField
the
- * AbstractFormatter
is installed on.
+ * Returns the current {@code JFormattedTextField} the
+ * {@code AbstractFormatter} is installed on.
*
* @return JFormattedTextField formatting for.
*/
@@ -1016,9 +1016,9 @@
}
/**
- * Invoke this to update the editValid
property of the
- * JFormattedTextField
. If you an enforce a policy
- * such that the JFormattedTextField
is always in a
+ * Invoke this to update the {@code editValid} property of the
+ * {@code JFormattedTextField}. If you an enforce a policy
+ * such that the {@code JFormattedTextField} is always in a
* valid state, you will never need to invoke this.
*
* @param valid Valid state of the JFormattedTextField
@@ -1033,8 +1033,8 @@
/**
* Subclass and override if you wish to provide a custom set of
- * Action
s. install
will install these
- * on the JFormattedTextField
's ActionMap
.
+ * {@code Action}s. {@code install} will install these
+ * on the {@code JFormattedTextField}'s {@code ActionMap}.
*
* @return Array of Actions to install on JFormattedTextField
*/
@@ -1044,9 +1044,9 @@
/**
* Subclass and override if you wish to provide a
- * DocumentFilter
to restrict what can be input.
- * install
will install the returned value onto
- * the JFormattedTextField
.
+ * {@code DocumentFilter} to restrict what can be input.
+ * {@code install} will install the returned value onto
+ * the {@code JFormattedTextField}.
*
* @return DocumentFilter to restrict edits
*/
@@ -1057,8 +1057,8 @@
/**
* Subclass and override if you wish to provide a filter to restrict
* where the user can navigate to.
- * install
will install the returned value onto
- * the JFormattedTextField
.
+ * {@code install} will install the returned value onto
+ * the {@code JFormattedTextField}.
*
* @return NavigationFilter to restrict navigation
*/
@@ -1067,8 +1067,8 @@
}
/**
- * Clones the AbstractFormatter
. The returned instance
- * is not associated with a JFormattedTextField
.
+ * Clones the {@code AbstractFormatter}. The returned instance
+ * is not associated with a {@code JFormattedTextField}.
*
* @return Copy of the AbstractFormatter
*/
@@ -1080,8 +1080,8 @@
}
/**
- * Installs the DocumentFilter
filter
- * onto the current JFormattedTextField
.
+ * Installs the {@code DocumentFilter filter}
+ * onto the current {@code JFormattedTextField}.
*
* @param filter DocumentFilter to install on the Document.
*/
@@ -1102,8 +1102,8 @@
/**
* Used to commit the edit. This extends JTextField.NotifyAction
- * so that isEnabled
is true while a JFormattedTextField
- * has focus, and extends actionPerformed
to invoke
+ * so that {@code isEnabled} is true while a JFormattedTextField
+ * has focus, and extends {@code actionPerformed} to invoke
* commitEdit.
*/
static class CommitAction extends JTextField.NotifyAction {
@@ -1140,7 +1140,7 @@
/**
* CancelAction will reset the value in the JFormattedTextField when
- * actionPerformed
is invoked. It will only be
+ * {@code actionPerformed} is invoked. It will only be
* enabled if the focused component is an instance of
* JFormattedTextField.
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/JFrame.java 2015-10-04 22:56:48.305263164 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/JFrame.java 2015-10-04 22:56:48.117263172 +0400
@@ -43,21 +43,21 @@
/**
- * An extended version of java.awt.Frame
that adds support for
+ * An extended version of {@code java.awt.Frame} that adds support for
* the JFC/Swing component architecture.
- * You can find task-oriented documentation about using JFrame
+ * You can find task-oriented documentation about using {@code JFrame}
* in The Java Tutorial, in the section
* How to Make Frames.
*
* JFrame
class is slightly incompatible with Frame
.
+ * The {@code JFrame} class is slightly incompatible with {@code Frame}.
* Like all other JFC/Swing top-level containers,
- * a JFrame
contains a JRootPane
as its only child.
+ * a {@code JFrame} contains a {@code JRootPane} as its only child.
* The content pane provided by the root pane should,
* as a rule, contain
- * all the non-menu components displayed by the JFrame
.
- * This is different from the AWT Frame
case.
+ * all the non-menu components displayed by the {@code JFrame}.
+ * This is different from the AWT {@code Frame} case.
* As a convenience, the {@code add}, {@code remove}, and {@code setLayout}
* methods of this class are overridden, so that they delegate calls
* to the corresponding methods of the {@code ContentPane}.
@@ -71,24 +71,24 @@
* to throw an exception. The default content pane will have a BorderLayout
* manager set on it.
* Refer to {@link javax.swing.RootPaneContainer}
- * for details on adding, removing and setting the LayoutManager
- * of a JFrame
.
+ * for details on adding, removing and setting the {@code LayoutManager}
+ * of a {@code JFrame}.
* Frame
, a JFrame
has some notion of how to
+ * Unlike a {@code Frame}, a {@code JFrame} has some notion of how to
* respond when the user attempts to close the window. The default behavior
* is to simply hide the JFrame when the user closes the window. To change the
* default behavior, you invoke the method
* {@link #setDefaultCloseOperation}.
- * To make the JFrame
behave the same as a Frame
+ * To make the {@code JFrame} behave the same as a {@code Frame}
* instance, use
- * setDefaultCloseOperation(WindowConstants.DO_NOTHING_ON_CLOSE)
.
+ * {@code setDefaultCloseOperation(WindowConstants.DO_NOTHING_ON_CLOSE)}.
* JFrame
+ * In a multi-screen environment, you can create a {@code JFrame}
* on a different screen device. See {@link java.awt.Frame} for more
* information.
* java.beans
package.
+ * has been added to the {@code java.beans} package.
* Please see {@link java.beans.XMLEncoder}.
*
* @see JRootPane
@@ -137,15 +137,15 @@
private int defaultCloseOperation = HIDE_ON_CLOSE;
/**
- * The TransferHandler
for this frame.
+ * The {@code TransferHandler} for this frame.
*/
private TransferHandler transferHandler;
/**
- * The JRootPane
instance that manages the
- * contentPane
- * and optional menuBar
for this frame, as well as the
- * glassPane
.
+ * The {@code JRootPane} instance that manages the
+ * {@code contentPane}
+ * and optional {@code menuBar} for this frame, as well as the
+ * {@code glassPane}.
*
* @see JRootPane
* @see RootPaneContainer
@@ -153,9 +153,9 @@
protected JRootPane rootPane;
/**
- * If true then calls to add
and setLayout
- * will be forwarded to the contentPane
. This is initially
- * false, but is set to true when the JFrame
is constructed.
+ * If true then calls to {@code add} and {@code setLayout}
+ * will be forwarded to the {@code contentPane}. This is initially
+ * false, but is set to true when the {@code JFrame} is constructed.
*
* @see #isRootPaneCheckingEnabled
* @see #setRootPaneCheckingEnabled
@@ -168,7 +168,7 @@
* Constructs a new frame that is initially invisible.
* JComponent.getDefaultLocale
.
+ * returned by {@code JComponent.getDefaultLocale}.
*
* @exception HeadlessException if GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()
* returns true.
@@ -183,18 +183,18 @@
}
/**
- * Creates a Frame
in the specified
- * GraphicsConfiguration
of
+ * Creates a {@code Frame} in the specified
+ * {@code GraphicsConfiguration} of
* a screen device and a blank title.
* JComponent.getDefaultLocale
.
+ * returned by {@code JComponent.getDefaultLocale}.
*
- * @param gc the GraphicsConfiguration
that is used
- * to construct the new Frame
;
- * if gc
is null
, the system
- * default GraphicsConfiguration
is assumed
- * @exception IllegalArgumentException if gc
is not from
+ * @param gc the {@code GraphicsConfiguration} that is used
+ * to construct the new {@code Frame};
+ * if {@code gc} is {@code null}, the system
+ * default {@code GraphicsConfiguration} is assumed
+ * @exception IllegalArgumentException if {@code gc} is not from
* a screen device. This exception is always thrown when
* GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless() returns true.
* @see java.awt.GraphicsEnvironment#isHeadless
@@ -207,11 +207,11 @@
}
/**
- * Creates a new, initially invisible Frame
with the
+ * Creates a new, initially invisible {@code Frame} with the
* specified title.
* JComponent.getDefaultLocale
.
+ * returned by {@code JComponent.getDefaultLocale}.
*
* @param title the title for the frame
* @exception HeadlessException if GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()
@@ -227,20 +227,20 @@
}
/**
- * Creates a JFrame
with the specified title and the
- * specified GraphicsConfiguration
of a screen device.
+ * Creates a {@code JFrame} with the specified title and the
+ * specified {@code GraphicsConfiguration} of a screen device.
* JComponent.getDefaultLocale
.
+ * returned by {@code JComponent.getDefaultLocale}.
*
* @param title the title to be displayed in the
- * frame's border. A null
value is treated as
+ * frame's border. A {@code null} value is treated as
* an empty string, "".
- * @param gc the GraphicsConfiguration
that is used
- * to construct the new JFrame
with;
- * if gc
is null
, the system
- * default GraphicsConfiguration
is assumed
- * @exception IllegalArgumentException if gc
is not from
+ * @param gc the {@code GraphicsConfiguration} that is used
+ * to construct the new {@code JFrame} with;
+ * if {@code gc} is {@code null}, the system
+ * default {@code GraphicsConfiguration} is assumed
+ * @exception IllegalArgumentException if {@code gc} is not from
* a screen device. This exception is always thrown when
* GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless() returns true.
* @see java.awt.GraphicsEnvironment#isHeadless
@@ -252,7 +252,7 @@
frameInit();
}
- /** Called by the constructors to init the JFrame
properly. */
+ /** Called by the constructors to init the {@code JFrame} properly. */
protected void frameInit() {
enableEvents(AWTEvent.KEY_EVENT_MASK | AWTEvent.WINDOW_EVENT_MASK);
setLocale( JComponent.getDefaultLocale() );
@@ -272,7 +272,7 @@
/**
* Called by the constructor methods to create the default
- * rootPane
.
+ * {@code rootPane}.
*
* @return a new {@code JRootPane}
*/
@@ -289,7 +289,7 @@
/**
* Processes window events occurring on this component.
* Hides the window or disposes of it, as specified by the setting
- * of the defaultCloseOperation
property.
+ * of the {@code defaultCloseOperation} property.
*
* @param e the window event
* @see #setDefaultCloseOperation
@@ -323,31 +323,31 @@
* You must specify one of the following choices:
*
*
- *
* DO_NOTHING_ON_CLOSE
- * (defined in WindowConstants
):
+ * windowClosing
- * method of a registered WindowListener
object.
+ * program to handle the operation in the {@code windowClosing}
+ * method of a registered {@code WindowListener} object.
*
- * HIDE_ON_CLOSE
- * (defined in WindowConstants
):
+ * WindowListener
+ * invoking any registered {@code WindowListener}
* objects.
*
- * DISPOSE_ON_CLOSE
- * (defined in WindowConstants
):
+ * WindowListener
+ * frame after invoking any registered {@code WindowListener}
* objects.
*
- * EXIT_ON_CLOSE
- * (defined in WindowConstants
):
- * Exit the application using the System
- * exit
method. Use this only in applications.
+ * HIDE_ON_CLOSE
by default. Changes
+ * The value is set to {@code HIDE_ON_CLOSE} by default. Changes
* to the value of this property cause the firing of a property
* change event, with property name "defaultCloseOperation".
* EXIT_ON_CLOSE
has been specified and the
- * SecurityManager
will
- * not allow the caller to invoke System.exit
+ * if {@code EXIT_ON_CLOSE} has been specified and the
+ * {@code SecurityManager} will
+ * not allow the caller to invoke {@code System.exit}
* @see java.lang.Runtime#exit(int)
*
* @beaninfo
@@ -454,9 +454,9 @@
}
/**
- * Gets the transferHandler
property.
+ * Gets the {@code transferHandler} property.
*
- * @return the value of the transferHandler
property
+ * @return the value of the {@code transferHandler} property
*
* @see TransferHandler
* @see #setTransferHandler
@@ -467,7 +467,7 @@
}
/**
- * Just calls paint(g)
. This method was overridden to
+ * Just calls {@code paint(g)}. This method was overridden to
* prevent an unnecessary call to clear the background.
*
* @param g the Graphics context in which to paint
@@ -501,10 +501,10 @@
}
/**
- * Returns whether calls to add
and
- * setLayout
are forwarded to the contentPane
.
+ * Returns whether calls to {@code add} and
+ * {@code setLayout} are forwarded to the {@code contentPane}.
*
- * @return true if add
and setLayout
+ * @return true if {@code add} and {@code setLayout}
* are forwarded; false otherwise
*
* @see #addImpl
@@ -518,12 +518,12 @@
/**
- * Sets whether calls to add
and
- * setLayout
are forwarded to the contentPane
.
+ * Sets whether calls to {@code add} and
+ * {@code setLayout} are forwarded to the {@code contentPane}.
*
- * @param enabled true if add
and setLayout
+ * @param enabled true if {@code add} and {@code setLayout}
* are forwarded, false if they should operate directly on the
- * JFrame
.
+ * {@code JFrame}.
*
* @see #addImpl
* @see #setLayout
@@ -539,17 +539,17 @@
/**
- * Adds the specified child Component
.
+ * Adds the specified child {@code Component}.
* This method is overridden to conditionally forward calls to the
- * contentPane
.
- * By default, children are added to the contentPane
instead
+ * {@code contentPane}.
+ * By default, children are added to the {@code contentPane} instead
* of the frame, refer to {@link javax.swing.RootPaneContainer} for
* details.
*
* @param comp the component to be enhanced
* @param constraints the constraints to be respected
* @param index the index
- * @exception IllegalArgumentException if index
is invalid
+ * @exception IllegalArgumentException if {@code index} is invalid
* @exception IllegalArgumentException if adding the container's parent
* to itself
* @exception IllegalArgumentException if adding a window to a container
@@ -569,13 +569,13 @@
/**
* Removes the specified component from the container. If
- * comp
is not the rootPane
, this will forward
- * the call to the contentPane
. This will do nothing if
- * comp
is not a child of the JFrame
or
- * contentPane
.
+ * {@code comp} is not the {@code rootPane}, this will forward
+ * the call to the {@code contentPane}. This will do nothing if
+ * {@code comp} is not a child of the {@code JFrame} or
+ * {@code contentPane}.
*
* @param comp the component to be removed
- * @throws NullPointerException if comp
is null
+ * @throws NullPointerException if {@code comp} is null
* @see #add
* @see javax.swing.RootPaneContainer
*/
@@ -589,13 +589,13 @@
/**
- * Sets the LayoutManager
.
+ * Sets the {@code LayoutManager}.
* Overridden to conditionally forward the call to the
- * contentPane
.
+ * {@code contentPane}.
* Refer to {@link javax.swing.RootPaneContainer} for
* more information.
*
- * @param manager the LayoutManager
+ * @param manager the {@code LayoutManager}
* @see #setRootPaneCheckingEnabled
* @see javax.swing.RootPaneContainer
*/
@@ -610,8 +610,8 @@
/**
- * Returns the rootPane
object for this frame.
- * @return the rootPane
property
+ * Returns the {@code rootPane} object for this frame.
+ * @return the {@code rootPane} property
*
* @see #setRootPane
* @see RootPaneContainer#getRootPane
@@ -622,9 +622,9 @@
/**
- * Sets the rootPane
property.
+ * Sets the {@code rootPane} property.
* This method is called by the constructor.
- * @param root the rootPane
object for this frame
+ * @param root the {@code rootPane} object for this frame
*
* @see #getRootPane
*
@@ -658,8 +658,8 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the contentPane
object for this frame.
- * @return the contentPane
property
+ * Returns the {@code contentPane} object for this frame.
+ * @return the {@code contentPane} property
*
* @see #setContentPane
* @see RootPaneContainer#getContentPane
@@ -669,18 +669,18 @@
}
/**
- * Sets the contentPane
property.
+ * Sets the {@code contentPane} property.
* This method is called by the constructor.
* JComponent
+ * Swing's painting architecture requires an opaque {@code JComponent}
* in the containment hierarchy. This is typically provided by the
* content pane. If you replace the content pane it is recommended you
- * replace it with an opaque JComponent
.
+ * replace it with an opaque {@code JComponent}.
*
- * @param contentPane the contentPane
object for this frame
+ * @param contentPane the {@code contentPane} object for this frame
*
* @exception java.awt.IllegalComponentStateException (a runtime
- * exception) if the content pane parameter is null
+ * exception) if the content pane parameter is {@code null}
* @see #getContentPane
* @see RootPaneContainer#setContentPane
* @see JRootPane
@@ -695,8 +695,8 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the layeredPane
object for this frame.
- * @return the layeredPane
property
+ * Returns the {@code layeredPane} object for this frame.
+ * @return the {@code layeredPane} property
*
* @see #setLayeredPane
* @see RootPaneContainer#getLayeredPane
@@ -706,12 +706,12 @@
}
/**
- * Sets the layeredPane
property.
+ * Sets the {@code layeredPane} property.
* This method is called by the constructor.
- * @param layeredPane the layeredPane
object for this frame
+ * @param layeredPane the {@code layeredPane} object for this frame
*
* @exception java.awt.IllegalComponentStateException (a runtime
- * exception) if the layered pane parameter is null
+ * exception) if the layered pane parameter is {@code null}
* @see #getLayeredPane
* @see RootPaneContainer#setLayeredPane
*
@@ -724,8 +724,8 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the glassPane
object for this frame.
- * @return the glassPane
property
+ * Returns the {@code glassPane} object for this frame.
+ * @return the {@code glassPane} property
*
* @see #setGlassPane
* @see RootPaneContainer#getGlassPane
@@ -735,9 +735,9 @@
}
/**
- * Sets the glassPane
property.
+ * Sets the {@code glassPane} property.
* This method is called by the constructor.
- * @param glassPane the glassPane
object for this frame
+ * @param glassPane the {@code glassPane} object for this frame
*
* @see #getGlassPane
* @see RootPaneContainer#setGlassPane
@@ -762,7 +762,7 @@
/**
* Repaints the specified rectangle of this component within
- * time
milliseconds. Refer to RepaintManager
+ * {@code time} milliseconds. Refer to {@code RepaintManager}
* for details on how the repaint is handled.
*
* @param time maximum time in milliseconds before update
@@ -784,15 +784,15 @@
}
/**
- * Provides a hint as to whether or not newly created JFrame
s
+ * Provides a hint as to whether or not newly created {@code JFrame}s
* should have their Window decorations (such as borders, widgets to
* close the window, title...) provided by the current look
- * and feel. If defaultLookAndFeelDecorated
is true,
- * the current LookAndFeel
supports providing window
+ * and feel. If {@code defaultLookAndFeelDecorated} is true,
+ * the current {@code LookAndFeel} supports providing window
* decorations, and the current window manager supports undecorated
- * windows, then newly created JFrame
s will have their
- * Window decorations provided by the current LookAndFeel
.
- * Otherwise, newly created JFrame
s will have their
+ * windows, then newly created {@code JFrame}s will have their
+ * Window decorations provided by the current {@code LookAndFeel}.
+ * Otherwise, newly created {@code JFrame}s will have their
* Window decorations provided by the current window manager.
* JFrame
s should have their
+ * Returns true if newly created {@code JFrame}s should have their
* Window decorations provided by the current look and feel. This is only
* a hint, as certain look and feels may not support this feature.
*
@@ -834,14 +834,14 @@
}
/**
- * Returns a string representation of this JFrame
.
+ * Returns a string representation of this {@code JFrame}.
* This method
* is intended to be used only for debugging purposes, and the
* content and format of the returned string may vary between
* implementations. The returned string may be empty but may not
- * be null
.
+ * be {@code null}.
*
- * @return a string representation of this JFrame
+ * @return a string representation of this {@code JFrame}
*/
protected String paramString() {
String defaultCloseOperationString;
@@ -894,7 +894,7 @@
/**
* This class implements accessibility support for the
- * JFrame
class. It provides an implementation of the
+ * {@code JFrame} class. It provides an implementation of the
* Java Accessibility API appropriate to frame user-interface
* elements.
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/JInternalFrame.java 2015-10-04 22:56:48.853263139 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/JInternalFrame.java 2015-10-04 22:56:48.661263148 +0400
@@ -55,12 +55,12 @@
* JInternalFrame
s to a JDesktopPane
. The UI
+ * you add {@code JInternalFrame}s to a {@code JDesktopPane}. The UI
* delegates the look-and-feel-specific actions to the
- * DesktopManager
- * object maintained by the JDesktopPane
.
+ * {@code DesktopManager}
+ * object maintained by the {@code JDesktopPane}.
* JInternalFrame
content pane
+ * The {@code JInternalFrame} content pane
* is where you add child components.
* As a convenience, the {@code add}, {@code remove}, and {@code setLayout}
* methods of this class are overridden, so that they delegate calls
@@ -71,14 +71,14 @@
*
* And the child will be added to the contentPane.
* The content pane is actually managed by an instance of
- * JRootPane
,
+ * {@code JRootPane},
* which also manages a layout pane, glass pane, and
* optional menu bar for the internal frame. Please see the
- * JRootPane
+ * {@code JRootPane}
* documentation for a complete description of these components.
* Refer to {@link javax.swing.RootPaneContainer}
- * for details on adding, removing and setting the LayoutManager
- * of a JInternalFrame
.
+ * for details on adding, removing and setting the {@code LayoutManager}
+ * of a {@code JInternalFrame}.
* JLayeredPane
divides the depth-range
+ * For convenience, {@code JLayeredPane} divides the depth-range
* into several different layers. Putting a component into one of those
* layers makes it easy to ensure that components overlap properly,
* without having to worry about specifying numbers for specific depths:
@@ -76,21 +76,21 @@
* that it is positioned over every other component in the container. When
* finished dragging, it can be reassigned to its normal layer.
*
JLayeredPane
methods moveToFront(Component)
,
- * moveToBack(Component)
and setPosition
can be used
- * to reposition a component within its layer. The setLayer
method
+ * The {@code JLayeredPane} methods {@code moveToFront(Component)},
+ * {@code moveToBack(Component)} and {@code setPosition} can be used
+ * to reposition a component within its layer. The {@code setLayer} method
* can also be used to change the component's current layer.
*
* JLayeredPane
manages its list of children like
- * Container
, but allows for the definition of a several
+ * {@code JLayeredPane} manages its list of children like
+ * {@code Container}, but allows for the definition of a several
* layers within itself. Children in the same layer are managed exactly
- * like the normal Container
object,
+ * like the normal {@code Container} object,
* with the added feature that when children components overlap, children
* in higher layers display above the children in lower layers.
*
* Each layer is a distinct integer number. The layer attribute can be set
- * on a Component
by passing an Integer
+ * on a {@code Component} by passing an {@code Integer}
* object during the add call.
For example:
*
* layeredPane.add(child, JLayeredPane.DEFAULT_LAYER); @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ ** The layer attribute can also be set on a Component by calling
* layeredPaneParent.setLayer(child, 10)- * on the
JLayeredPane
that is the parent of component. The layer
+ * on the {@code JLayeredPane} that is the parent of component. The layer
* should be set before adding the child to the parent.
* * Higher number layers display above lower number layers. So, using @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ * where the leftmost components are closest to the top of the display. *
* A component can be moved to the top or bottom position within its
- * layer by calling moveToFront
or moveToBack
.
+ * layer by calling {@code moveToFront} or {@code moveToBack}.
*
* The position of a component within a layer can also be specified directly. * Valid positions range from 0 up to one less than the number of @@ -118,8 +118,8 @@ * numbers, higher position values are lower in the display. *
* Note: This sequence (defined by java.awt.Container) is the reverse - * of the layer numbering sequence. Usually though, you will use* Here are some examples using the method add(Component, layer, position): * Calling add(5x, 5, -1) results in:moveToFront
, - *moveToBack
, andsetLayer
. + * of the layer numbering sequence. Usually though, you will use {@code moveToFront}, + * {@code moveToBack}, and {@code setLayer}. *
@@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ * appropriate for short term storage or RMI between applications running * the same version of Swing. As of 1.4, support for long term storage * of all JavaBeans™ - * has been added to thejava.beans
package. + * has been added to the {@code java.beans} package. * Please see {@link java.beans.XMLEncoder}. * * @author David Kloba @@ -440,7 +440,7 @@ } /** - * Moves the component toposition
within its current layer, + * Moves the component to {@code position} within its current layer, * where 0 is the topmost position within the layer and -1 is the bottommost * position. *@@ -713,7 +713,7 @@ * is intended to be used only for debugging purposes, and the * content and format of the returned string may vary between * implementations. The returned string may be empty but may not - * be
null
. + * be {@code null}. * * @return a string representation of this JLayeredPane. */ @@ -747,7 +747,7 @@ /** * This class implements accessibility support for the - *JLayeredPane
class. It provides an implementation of the + * {@code JLayeredPane} class. It provides an implementation of the * Java Accessibility API appropriate to layered pane user-interface * elements. *@@ -757,7 +757,7 @@ * appropriate for short term storage or RMI between applications running * the same version of Swing. As of 1.4, support for long term storage * of all JavaBeans™ - * has been added to the
java.beans
package. + * has been added to the {@code java.beans} package. * Please see {@link java.beans.XMLEncoder}. */ @SuppressWarnings("serial") --- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/JList.java 2015-10-04 22:56:50.549263063 +0400 +++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/JList.java 2015-10-04 22:56:50.341263072 +0400 @@ -102,8 +102,8 @@ * Simple, dynamic-content, {@code JList} applications can use the * {@code DefaultListModel} class to maintain list elements. This class * implements the {@code ListModel} interface and also provides a - *java.util.Vector
-like API. Applications that need a more - * customListModel
implementation may instead wish to subclass + * {@code java.util.Vector}-like API. Applications that need a more + * custom {@code ListModel} implementation may instead wish to subclass * {@code AbstractListModel}, which provides basic support for managing and * notifying listeners. For example, a read-only implementation of * {@code AbstractListModel}: @@ -254,7 +254,7 @@ * appropriate for short term storage or RMI between applications running * the same version of Swing. As of 1.4, support for long term storage * of all JavaBeans™ - * has been added to thejava.beans
package. + * has been added to the {@code java.beans} package. * Please see {@link java.beans.XMLEncoder}. ** See How to Use Lists @@ -326,7 +326,7 @@ private ListSelectionListener selectionListener; /** - * How to lay out the cells; defaults to
VERTICAL
. + * How to lay out the cells; defaults to {@code VERTICAL}. */ private int layoutOrientation; @@ -341,8 +341,8 @@ private transient DropLocation dropLocation; /** - * A subclass ofTransferHandler.DropLocation
representing - * a drop location for aJList
. + * A subclass of {@code TransferHandler.DropLocation} representing + * a drop location for a {@code JList}. * * @see #getDropLocation * @since 1.6 @@ -361,15 +361,15 @@ * Returns the index where dropped data should be placed in the * list. Interpretation of the value depends on the drop mode set on * the associated component. If the drop mode is either - *DropMode.USE_SELECTION
orDropMode.ON
, + * {@code DropMode.USE_SELECTION} or {@code DropMode.ON}, * the return value is an index of a row in the list. If the drop mode is - *DropMode.INSERT
, the return value refers to the index + * {@code DropMode.INSERT}, the return value refers to the index * where the data should be inserted. If the drop mode is - *DropMode.ON_OR_INSERT
, the value of - *isInsert()
indicates whether the index is an index + * {@code DropMode.ON_OR_INSERT}, the value of + * {@code isInsert()} indicates whether the index is an index * of a row, or an insert index. *- *
-1
indicates that the drop occurred over empty space, + * {@code -1} indicates that the drop occurred over empty space, * and no index could be calculated. * * @return the drop index @@ -437,7 +437,7 @@ /** - * Constructs aJList
that displays the elements in + * Constructs a {@code JList} that displays the elements in * the specified array. This constructor creates a read-only model * for the given array, and then delegates to the constructor that * takes a {@code ListModel}. @@ -462,8 +462,8 @@ /** - * Constructs aJList
that displays the elements in - * the specifiedVector
. This constructor creates a read-only + * Constructs a {@code JList} that displays the elements in + * the specified {@code Vector}. This constructor creates a read-only * model for the given {@code Vector}, and then delegates to the constructor * that takes a {@code ListModel}. *@@ -472,7 +472,7 @@ * references the given {@code Vector} directly. Attempts to modify the * {@code Vector} after constructing the list results in undefined behavior. * - * @param listData the
Vector
to be loaded into the + * @param listData the {@code Vector} to be loaded into the * data model, {@code non-null} */ public JList(final Vector extends E> listData) { @@ -486,7 +486,7 @@ /** - * Constructs aJList
with an empty, read-only, model. + * Constructs a {@code JList} with an empty, read-only, model. */ public JList() { this ( @@ -502,7 +502,7 @@ * Returns the {@code ListUI}, the look and feel object that * renders this component. * - * @return theListUI
object that renders this component + * @return the {@code ListUI} object that renders this component */ public ListUI getUI() { return (ListUI)ui; @@ -513,7 +513,7 @@ * Sets the {@code ListUI}, the look and feel object that * renders this component. * - * @param ui theListUI
object + * @param ui the {@code ListUI} object * @see UIDefaults#getUI * @beaninfo * bound: true @@ -547,7 +547,7 @@ /** - * Returns {@code "ListUI"}, theUIDefaults
key used to look + * Returns {@code "ListUI"}, the {@code UIDefaults} key used to look * up the name of the {@code javax.swing.plaf.ListUI} class that defines * the look and feel for this component. * @@ -629,13 +629,13 @@ * To see an example which sets this property, see the * class description above. *- * The default value of this property is
null
. + * The default value of this property is {@code null}. ** This is a JavaBeans bound property. * * @param prototypeCellValue the value on which to base - *
fixedCellWidth
and - *fixedCellHeight
+ * {@code fixedCellWidth} and + * {@code fixedCellHeight} * @see #getPrototypeCellValue * @see #setFixedCellWidth * @see #setFixedCellHeight @@ -674,7 +674,7 @@ /** * Sets a fixed value to be used for the width of every cell in the list. * If {@code width} is -1, cell widths are computed in the {@code ListUI} - * by applyinggetPreferredSize
to the cell renderer component + * by applying {@code getPreferredSize} to the cell renderer component * for each list element. ** The default value of this property is {@code -1}. @@ -710,7 +710,7 @@ /** * Sets a fixed value to be used for the height of every cell in the list. * If {@code height} is -1, cell heights are computed in the {@code ListUI} - * by applying
getPreferredSize
to the cell renderer component + * by applying {@code getPreferredSize} to the cell renderer component * for each list element. ** The default value of this property is {@code -1}. @@ -752,15 +752,15 @@ * If the {@code prototypeCellValue} property is {@code non-null}, * setting the cell renderer also causes the {@code fixedCellWidth} and * {@code fixedCellHeight} properties to be re-calculated. Only one - *
PropertyChangeEvent
is generated however - - * for thecellRenderer
property. + * {@code PropertyChangeEvent} is generated however - + * for the {@code cellRenderer} property. ** The default value of this property is provided by the {@code ListUI} * delegate, i.e. by the look and feel implementation. *
* This is a JavaBeans bound property. * - * @param cellRenderer the
ListCellRenderer
+ * @param cellRenderer the {@code ListCellRenderer} * that paints list cells * @see #getCellRenderer * @beaninfo @@ -973,22 +973,22 @@ *
Value | Description |
---|---|
VERTICAL
+ * | |
{@code VERTICAL} * | Cells are layed out vertically in a single column. - * |
HORIZONTAL_WRAP
+ * | |
{@code HORIZONTAL_WRAP} * | Cells are layed out horizontally, wrapping to a new row as * necessary. If the {@code visibleRowCount} property is less than * or equal to zero, wrapping is determined by the width of the * list; otherwise wrapping is done in such a way as to ensure * {@code visibleRowCount} rows in the list. - * |
VERTICAL_WRAP
+ * | |
{@code VERTICAL_WRAP} * | Cells are layed out vertically, wrapping to a new column as * necessary. If the {@code visibleRowCount} property is less than * or equal to zero, wrapping is determined by the height of the * list; otherwise wrapping is done at {@code visibleRowCount} rows. * |
- * The default value of this property is VERTICAL
.
+ * The default value of this property is {@code VERTICAL}.
*
* @param layoutOrientation the new layout orientation, one of:
* {@code VERTICAL}, {@code HORIZONTAL_WRAP} or {@code VERTICAL_WRAP}
@@ -1136,7 +1136,7 @@
* Scrolls the list within an enclosing viewport to make the specified
* cell completely visible. This calls {@code scrollRectToVisible} with
* the bounds of the specified cell. For this method to work, the
- * {@code JList} must be within a JViewport
.
+ * {@code JList} must be within a {@code JViewport}.
*
* If the given index is outside the list's range of cells, this method
* results in nothing.
@@ -1172,9 +1172,9 @@
*
* @param b whether or not to enable automatic drag handling
* @exception HeadlessException if
- * b
is true
and
- * GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()
- * returns true
+ * {@code b} is {@code true} and
+ * {@code GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()}
+ * returns {@code true}
* @see java.awt.GraphicsEnvironment#isHeadless
* @see #getDragEnabled
* @see #setTransferHandler
@@ -1205,25 +1205,25 @@
/**
* Sets the drop mode for this component. For backward compatibility,
- * the default for this property is DropMode.USE_SELECTION
.
+ * the default for this property is {@code DropMode.USE_SELECTION}.
* Usage of one of the other modes is recommended, however, for an
- * improved user experience. DropMode.ON
, for instance,
+ * improved user experience. {@code DropMode.ON}, for instance,
* offers similar behavior of showing items as selected, but does so without
* affecting the actual selection in the list.
*
- * JList
supports the following drop modes:
+ * {@code JList} supports the following drop modes:
*
DropMode.USE_SELECTION
DropMode.ON
DropMode.INSERT
DropMode.ON_OR_INSERT
TransferHandler
that accepts drops.
+ * {@code TransferHandler} that accepts drops.
*
* @param dropMode the drop mode to use
* @throws IllegalArgumentException if the drop mode is unsupported
- * or null
+ * or {@code null}
* @see #getDropMode
* @see #getDropLocation
* @see #setTransferHandler
@@ -1261,7 +1261,7 @@
* drop at the given point should insert data.
*
* @param p the point to calculate a drop location for
- * @return the drop location, or null
+ * @return the drop location, or {@code null}
*/
DropLocation dropLocationForPoint(Point p) {
DropLocation location = null;
@@ -1364,20 +1364,20 @@
* is being changed to something else. The component doesn't need to
* restore anything yet, so it simply passes back the same state object
* to have the DnD system continue storing it. Finally, let's say this
- * method is messaged with null
. This means DnD
+ * method is messaged with {@code null}. This means DnD
* is finished with this component for now, meaning it should restore
* state. At this point, it can use the state parameter to restore
- * said state, and of course return null
since there's
+ * said state, and of course return {@code null} since there's
* no longer anything to store.
*
* @param location the drop location (as calculated by
- * dropLocationForPoint
) or null
+ * {@code dropLocationForPoint}) or {@code null}
* if there's no longer a valid drop location
* @param state the state object saved earlier for this component,
- * or null
+ * or {@code null}
* @param forDrop whether or not the method is being called because an
* actual drop occurred
- * @return any saved state for this component, or null
if none
+ * @return any saved state for this component, or {@code null} if none
*/
Object setDropLocation(TransferHandler.DropLocation location,
Object state,
@@ -1431,7 +1431,7 @@
*
* This method is not meant for querying the drop location
* from a {@code TransferHandler}, as the drop location is only
- * set after the {@code TransferHandler}'s canImport
+ * set after the {@code TransferHandler}'s {@code canImport}
* has returned and has allowed for the location to be shown.
*
* When this property changes, a property change event with @@ -1514,11 +1514,11 @@ * tooltip text on the cell level, by using {@code setToolTipText} on your * cell renderer component. *
- * Note: For JList
to properly display the
- * tooltips of its renderers in this manner, JList
must be a
- * registered component with the ToolTipManager
. This registration
+ * Note: For {@code JList} to properly display the
+ * tooltips of its renderers in this manner, {@code JList} must be a
+ * registered component with the {@code ToolTipManager}. This registration
* is done automatically in the constructor. However, if at a later point
- * JList
is unregistered, by way of a call to
+ * {@code JList} is unregistered, by way of a call to
* {@code setToolTipText(null)}, tips from the renderers will no longer display.
*
* @param event the {@code MouseEvent} to fetch the tooltip text for
@@ -1641,9 +1641,9 @@
/**
* Returns the data model that holds the list of items displayed
- * by the JList
component.
+ * by the {@code JList} component.
*
- * @return the ListModel
that provides the displayed
+ * @return the {@code ListModel} that provides the displayed
* list of items
* @see #setModel
*/
@@ -1658,10 +1658,10 @@
*
* This is a JavaBeans bound property.
*
- * @param model the ListModel
that provides the
+ * @param model the {@code ListModel} that provides the
* list of items for display
- * @exception IllegalArgumentException if model
is
- * null
+ * @exception IllegalArgumentException if {@code model} is
+ * {@code null}
* @see #getModel
* @see #clearSelection
* @beaninfo
@@ -1681,7 +1681,7 @@
/**
- * Constructs a read-only ListModel
from an array of items,
+ * Constructs a read-only {@code ListModel} from an array of items,
* and calls {@code setModel} with this model.
*
* Attempts to pass a {@code null} value to this method results in
@@ -1704,7 +1704,7 @@
/**
- * Constructs a read-only ListModel
from a Vector
+ * Constructs a read-only {@code ListModel} from a {@code Vector}
* and calls {@code setModel} with this model.
*
* Attempts to pass a {@code null} value to this method results in
@@ -1712,7 +1712,7 @@
* references the given {@code Vector} directly. Attempts to modify the
* {@code Vector} after invoking this method results in undefined behavior.
*
- * @param listData a Vector
containing the items to
+ * @param listData a {@code Vector} containing the items to
* display in the list
* @see #setModel
*/
@@ -1751,7 +1751,7 @@
* selection state of the list. See the class level documentation for more
* details.
*
- * @return the ListSelectionModel
that maintains the
+ * @return the {@code ListSelectionModel} that maintains the
* list's selections
*
* @see #setSelectionModel
@@ -1866,18 +1866,18 @@
/**
- * Sets the selectionModel
for the list to a
- * non-null
ListSelectionModel
+ * Sets the {@code selectionModel} for the list to a
+ * non-{@code null ListSelectionModel}
* implementation. The selection model handles the task of making single
* selections, selections of contiguous ranges, and non-contiguous
* selections.
*
* This is a JavaBeans bound property.
*
- * @param selectionModel the ListSelectionModel
that
+ * @param selectionModel the {@code ListSelectionModel} that
* implements the selections
- * @exception IllegalArgumentException if selectionModel
- * is null
+ * @exception IllegalArgumentException if {@code selectionModel}
+ * is {@code null}
* @see #getSelectionModel
* @beaninfo
* bound: true
@@ -2880,7 +2880,7 @@
* appropriate for short term storage or RMI between applications running
* the same version of Swing. As of 1.4, support for long term storage
* of all JavaBeans™
- * has been added to the java.beans
package.
+ * has been added to the {@code java.beans} package.
* Please see {@link java.beans.XMLEncoder}.
*/
@SuppressWarnings("serial") // Same-version serialization only
@@ -3048,11 +3048,11 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the Accessible
child contained at
- * the local coordinate Point
, if one exists.
- * Otherwise returns null
.
+ * Returns the {@code Accessible} child contained at
+ * the local coordinate {@code Point}, if one exists.
+ * Otherwise returns {@code null}.
*
- * @return the Accessible
at the specified
+ * @return the {@code Accessible} at the specified
* location, if it exists
*/
public Accessible getAccessibleAt(Point p) {
@@ -3118,7 +3118,7 @@
* Returns an Accessible representing the specified selected item
* in the object. If there isn't a selection, or there are
* fewer items selected than the integer passed in, the return
- * value will be null
.
+ * value will be {@code null}.
*
* @param i the zero-based index of selected items
* @return an Accessible containing the selected item
@@ -3725,11 +3725,11 @@
// TIGER - 4733624
/**
* Returns the icon for the element renderer, as the only item
- * of an array of AccessibleIcon
s or a null
array
+ * of an array of {@code AccessibleIcon}s or a {@code null} array
* if the renderer component contains no icons.
*
* @return an array containing the accessible icon
- * or a null
array if none
+ * or a {@code null} array if none
* @since 1.3
*/
public AccessibleIcon [] getAccessibleIcon() {
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/JMenu.java 2015-10-04 22:56:51.129263037 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/JMenu.java 2015-10-04 22:56:50.941263045 +0400
@@ -59,22 +59,22 @@
/**
* An implementation of a menu -- a popup window containing
- * JMenuItem
s that
- * is displayed when the user selects an item on the JMenuBar
.
- * In addition to JMenuItem
s, a JMenu
can
- * also contain JSeparator
s.
+ * {@code JMenuItem}s that
+ * is displayed when the user selects an item on the {@code JMenuBar}.
+ * In addition to {@code JMenuItem}s, a {@code JMenu} can
+ * also contain {@code JSeparator}s.
*
- * In essence, a menu is a button with an associated JPopupMenu
.
- * When the "button" is pressed, the JPopupMenu
appears. If the
- * "button" is on the JMenuBar
, the menu is a top-level window.
- * If the "button" is another menu item, then the JPopupMenu
is
+ * In essence, a menu is a button with an associated {@code JPopupMenu}.
+ * When the "button" is pressed, the {@code JPopupMenu} appears. If the
+ * "button" is on the {@code JMenuBar}, the menu is a top-level window.
+ * If the "button" is another menu item, then the {@code JPopupMenu} is
* "pull-right" menu.
*
* Menus can be configured, and to some degree controlled, by
* Action
s. Using an
- * Action
with a menu has many benefits beyond directly
+ * {@code Action} with a menu has many benefits beyond directly
* configuring a menu. Refer to
- * Swing Components Supporting Action
for more
+ * Swing Components Supporting {@code Action} for more
* details, and you can find more information in How
* to Use Actions, a section in The Java Tutorial.
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@
* appropriate for short term storage or RMI between applications running
* the same version of Swing. As of 1.4, support for long term storage
* of all JavaBeans™
- * has been added to the java.beans
package.
+ * has been added to the {@code java.beans} package.
* Please see {@link java.beans.XMLEncoder}.
*
* @beaninfo
@@ -125,14 +125,14 @@
private JPopupMenu popupMenu;
/*
- * The button's model listeners. Default is null
.
+ * The button's model listeners. Default is {@code null}.
*/
private ChangeListener menuChangeListener = null;
/*
- * Only one MenuEvent
is needed for each menu since the
+ * Only one {@code MenuEvent} is needed for each menu since the
* event's only state is the source property. The source of events
- * generated is always "this". Default is null
.
+ * generated is always "this". Default is {@code null}.
*/
private MenuEvent menuEvent = null;
@@ -143,8 +143,8 @@
private int delay;
/*
- * Location of the popup component. Location is null
- * if it was not customized by setMenuLocation
+ * Location of the popup component. Location is {@code null}
+ * if it was not customized by {@code setMenuLocation}
*/
private Point customMenuLocation = null;
@@ -154,14 +154,14 @@
private static final boolean DEBUG = false; // show bad params, misc.
/**
- * Constructs a new JMenu
with no text.
+ * Constructs a new {@code JMenu} with no text.
*/
public JMenu() {
this("");
}
/**
- * Constructs a new JMenu
with the supplied string
+ * Constructs a new {@code JMenu} with the supplied string
* as its text.
*
* @param s the text for the menu label
@@ -172,8 +172,8 @@
/**
* Constructs a menu whose properties are taken from the
- * Action
supplied.
- * @param a an Action
+ * {@code Action} supplied.
+ * @param a an {@code Action}
*
* @since 1.3
*/
@@ -183,7 +183,7 @@
}
/**
- * Constructs a new JMenu
with the supplied string as
+ * Constructs a new {@code JMenu} with the supplied string as
* its text and specified as a tear-off menu or not.
*
* @param s the text for the menu label
@@ -196,13 +196,13 @@
/**
* Overriden to do nothing. We want JMenu to be focusable, but
- * JMenuItem
doesn't want to be, thus we override this
- * do nothing. We don't invoke setFocusable(true)
after
+ * {@code JMenuItem} doesn't want to be, thus we override this
+ * do nothing. We don't invoke {@code setFocusable(true)} after
* super's constructor has completed as this has the side effect that
- * JMenu
will be considered traversable via the
+ * {@code JMenu} will be considered traversable via the
* keyboard, which we don't want. Making a Component traversable by
- * the keyboard after invoking setFocusable(true)
is OK,
- * as setFocusable
is new API
+ * the keyboard after invoking {@code setFocusable(true)} is OK,
+ * as {@code setFocusable} is new API
* and is speced as such, but internally we don't want to use it like
* this else we change the keyboard traversability.
*/
@@ -245,7 +245,7 @@
* Sets the data model for the "menu button" -- the label
* that the user clicks to open or close the menu.
*
- * @param newModel the ButtonModel
+ * @param newModel the {@code ButtonModel}
* @see #getModel
* @beaninfo
* description: The menu's model
@@ -351,17 +351,17 @@
}
/**
- * Computes the origin for the JMenu
's popup menu.
+ * Computes the origin for the {@code JMenu}'s popup menu.
* This method uses Look and Feel properties named
- * Menu.menuPopupOffsetX
,
- * Menu.menuPopupOffsetY
,
- * Menu.submenuPopupOffsetX
, and
- * Menu.submenuPopupOffsetY
+ * {@code Menu.menuPopupOffsetX},
+ * {@code Menu.menuPopupOffsetY},
+ * {@code Menu.submenuPopupOffsetX}, and
+ * {@code Menu.submenuPopupOffsetY}
* to adjust the exact location of popup.
*
- * @return a Point
in the coordinate space of the
+ * @return a {@code Point} in the coordinate space of the
* menu which should be used as the origin
- * of the JMenu
's popup menu
+ * of the {@code JMenu}'s popup menu
*
* @since 1.3
*/
@@ -493,21 +493,21 @@
* Returns the suggested delay, in milliseconds, before submenus
* are popped up or down.
* Each look and feel (L&F) may determine its own policy for
- * observing the delay
property.
+ * observing the {@code delay} property.
* In most cases, the delay is not observed for top level menus
- * or while dragging. The default for delay
is 0.
+ * or while dragging. The default for {@code delay} is 0.
* This method is a property of the look and feel code and is used
* to manage the idiosyncrasies of the various UI implementations.
*
*
- * @return the delay
property
+ * @return the {@code delay} property
*/
public int getDelay() {
return delay;
}
/**
- * Sets the suggested delay before the menu's PopupMenu
+ * Sets the suggested delay before the menu's {@code PopupMenu}
* is popped up or down. Each look and feel (L&F) may determine
* it's own policy for observing the delay property. In most cases,
* the delay is not observed for top level menus or while dragging.
@@ -515,7 +515,7 @@
* to manage the idiosyncrasies of the various UI implementations.
*
* @param d the number of milliseconds to delay
- * @exception IllegalArgumentException if d
+ * @exception IllegalArgumentException if {@code d}
* is less than 0
* @beaninfo
* description: The delay between menu selection and making the popup menu visible
@@ -567,8 +567,8 @@
* Appends a menu item to the end of this menu.
* Returns the menu item added.
*
- * @param menuItem the JMenuitem
to be added
- * @return the JMenuItem
added
+ * @param menuItem the {@code JMenuitem} to be added
+ * @return the {@code JMenuItem} added
*/
public JMenuItem add(JMenuItem menuItem) {
ensurePopupMenuCreated();
@@ -579,8 +579,8 @@
* Appends a component to the end of this menu.
* Returns the component added.
*
- * @param c the Component
to add
- * @return the Component
added
+ * @param c the {@code Component} to add
+ * @return the {@code Component} added
*/
public Component add(Component c) {
ensurePopupMenuCreated();
@@ -590,11 +590,11 @@
/**
* Adds the specified component to this container at the given
- * position. If index
equals -1, the component will
+ * position. If {@code index} equals -1, the component will
* be appended to the end.
- * @param c the Component
to add
+ * @param c the {@code Component} to add
* @param index the position at which to insert the component
- * @return the Component
added
+ * @return the {@code Component} added
* @see #remove
* @see java.awt.Container#add(Component, int)
*/
@@ -631,10 +631,10 @@
}
/**
- * Factory method which creates the JMenuItem
for
- * Action
s added to the JMenu
.
+ * Factory method which creates the {@code JMenuItem} for
+ * {@code Action}s added to the {@code JMenu}.
*
- * @param a the Action
for the menu item to be added
+ * @param a the {@code Action} for the menu item to be added
* @return the new menu item
* @see Action
*
@@ -683,7 +683,7 @@
* @param pos an integer specifying the position at which to add the
* new menu item
* @exception IllegalArgumentException when the value of
- * pos
< 0
+ * {@code pos < 0}
*/
public void insert(String s, int pos) {
if (pos < 0) {
@@ -695,14 +695,14 @@
}
/**
- * Inserts the specified JMenuitem
at a given position.
+ * Inserts the specified {@code JMenuitem} at a given position.
*
- * @param mi the JMenuitem
to add
+ * @param mi the {@code JMenuitem} to add
* @param pos an integer specifying the position at which to add the
- * new JMenuitem
+ * new {@code JMenuitem}
* @return the new menu item
* @exception IllegalArgumentException if the value of
- * pos
< 0
+ * {@code pos < 0}
*/
public JMenuItem insert(JMenuItem mi, int pos) {
if (pos < 0) {
@@ -714,15 +714,15 @@
}
/**
- * Inserts a new menu item attached to the specified Action
+ * Inserts a new menu item attached to the specified {@code Action}
* object at a given position.
*
- * @param a the Action
object for the menu item to add
+ * @param a the {@code Action} object for the menu item to add
* @param pos an integer specifying the position at which to add the
* new menu item
* @return the new menu item
* @exception IllegalArgumentException if the value of
- * pos
< 0
+ * {@code pos < 0}
*/
public JMenuItem insert(Action a, int pos) {
if (pos < 0) {
@@ -743,7 +743,7 @@
* @param index an integer specifying the position at which to
* insert the menu separator
* @exception IllegalArgumentException if the value of
- * index
< 0
+ * {@code index < 0}
*/
public void insertSeparator(int index) {
if (index < 0) {
@@ -761,10 +761,10 @@
* This method is included for AWT compatibility.
*
* @param pos an integer specifying the position
- * @return the menu item at the specified position; or null
+ * @return the menu item at the specified position; or {@code null}
* if the item as the specified position is not a menu item
* @exception IllegalArgumentException if the value of
- * {@code pos} < 0
+ * {@code pos < 0}
*/
public JMenuItem getItem(int pos) {
if (pos < 0) {
@@ -807,7 +807,7 @@
* Removes the specified menu item from this menu. If there is no
* popup menu, this method will have no effect.
*
- * @param item the JMenuItem
to be removed from the menu
+ * @param item the {@code JMenuItem} to be removed from the menu
*/
public void remove(JMenuItem item) {
if (popupMenu != null)
@@ -819,7 +819,7 @@
*
* @param pos the position of the item to be removed
* @exception IllegalArgumentException if the value of
- * pos
< 0, or if pos
+ * {@code pos < 0}, or if {@code pos}
* is greater than the number of menu items
*/
public void remove(int pos) {
@@ -834,7 +834,7 @@
}
/**
- * Removes the component c
from this menu.
+ * Removes the component {@code c} from this menu.
*
* @param c the component to be removed
*/
@@ -864,10 +864,10 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the component at position n
.
+ * Returns the component at position {@code n}.
*
* @param n the position of the component to be returned
- * @return the component requested, or null
+ * @return the component requested, or {@code null}
* if there is no popup menu
*
*/
@@ -879,11 +879,11 @@
}
/**
- * Returns an array of Component
s of the menu's
- * subcomponents. Note that this returns all Component
s
+ * Returns an array of {@code Component}s of the menu's
+ * subcomponents. Note that this returns all {@code Component}s
* in the popup menu, including separators.
*
- * @return an array of Component
s or an empty array
+ * @return an array of {@code Component}s or an empty array
* if there is no popup menu
*/
public Component[] getMenuComponents() {
@@ -910,8 +910,8 @@
* Returns true if the specified component exists in the
* submenu hierarchy.
*
- * @param c the Component
to be tested
- * @return true if the Component
exists, false otherwise
+ * @param c the {@code Component} to be tested
+ * @return true if the {@code Component} exists, false otherwise
*/
public boolean isMenuComponent(Component c) {
// Are we in the MenuItem part of the menu
@@ -946,7 +946,7 @@
/*
* Returns a point in the coordinate space of this menu's popupmenu
- * which corresponds to the point p
in the menu's
+ * which corresponds to the point {@code p} in the menu's
* coordinate space.
*
* @param p the point to be translated
@@ -1009,10 +1009,10 @@
}
/**
- * Returns an array of all the MenuListener
s added
+ * Returns an array of all the {@code MenuListener}s added
* to this JMenu with addMenuListener().
*
- * @return all of the MenuListener
s added or an empty
+ * @return all of the {@code MenuListener}s added or an empty
* array if no listeners have been added
* @since 1.4
*/
@@ -1025,7 +1025,7 @@
* notification on this event type. The event instance
* is created lazily.
*
- * @exception Error if there is a null
listener
+ * @exception Error if there is a {@code null} listener
* @see EventListenerList
*/
protected void fireMenuSelected() {
@@ -1055,7 +1055,7 @@
* notification on this event type. The event instance
* is created lazily.
*
- * @exception Error if there is a null
listener
+ * @exception Error if there is a {@code null} listener
* @see EventListenerList
*/
protected void fireMenuDeselected() {
@@ -1085,7 +1085,7 @@
* notification on this event type. The event instance
* is created lazily.
*
- * @exception Error if there is a null
listener
+ * @exception Error if there is a {@code null} listener
* @see EventListenerList
*/
protected void fireMenuCanceled() {
@@ -1141,7 +1141,7 @@
/**
* Creates a window-closing listener for the popup.
*
- * @param p the JPopupMenu
+ * @param p the {@code JPopupMenu}
* @return the new window-closing listener
*
* @see WinListener
@@ -1160,7 +1160,7 @@
* appropriate for short term storage or RMI between applications running
* the same version of Swing. As of 1.4, support for long term storage
* of all JavaBeans™
- * has been added to the java.beans
package.
+ * has been added to the {@code java.beans} package.
* Please see {@link java.beans.XMLEncoder}.
*/
@SuppressWarnings("serial")
@@ -1186,7 +1186,7 @@
/**
* Messaged when the menubar selection changes to activate or
* deactivate this menu.
- * Overrides JMenuItem.menuSelectionChanged
.
+ * Overrides {@code JMenuItem.menuSelectionChanged}.
*
* @param isIncluded true if this menu is active, false if
* it is not
@@ -1199,14 +1199,14 @@
}
/**
- * Returns an array of MenuElement
s containing the submenu
- * for this menu component. If popup menu is null
returns
+ * Returns an array of {@code MenuElement}s containing the submenu
+ * for this menu component. If popup menu is {@code null} returns
* an empty array. This method is required to conform to the
- * MenuElement
interface. Note that since
- * JSeparator
s do not conform to the MenuElement
- * interface, this array will only contain JMenuItem
s.
+ * {@code MenuElement} interface. Note that since
+ * {@code JSeparator}s do not conform to the {@code MenuElement}
+ * interface, this array will only contain {@code JMenuItem}s.
*
- * @return an array of MenuElement
objects
+ * @return an array of {@code MenuElement} objects
*/
public MenuElement[] getSubElements() {
if(popupMenu == null)
@@ -1221,8 +1221,8 @@
// implements javax.swing.MenuElement
/**
- * Returns the java.awt.Component
used to
- * paint this MenuElement
.
+ * Returns the {@code java.awt.Component} used to
+ * paint this {@code MenuElement}.
* The returned component is used to convert events and detect if
* an event is inside a menu component.
*/
@@ -1232,13 +1232,13 @@
/**
- * Sets the ComponentOrientation
property of this menu
+ * Sets the {@code ComponentOrientation} property of this menu
* and all components contained within it. This includes all
* components returned by {@link #getMenuComponents getMenuComponents}.
*
* @param o the new component orientation of this menu and
* the components contained within it.
- * @exception NullPointerException if orientation
is null.
+ * @exception NullPointerException if {@code orientation} is null.
* @see java.awt.Component#setComponentOrientation
* @see java.awt.Component#getComponentOrientation
* @since 1.4
@@ -1263,13 +1263,13 @@
}
/**
- * setAccelerator
is not defined for JMenu
.
- * Use setMnemonic
instead.
+ * {@code setAccelerator} is not defined for {@code JMenu}.
+ * Use {@code setMnemonic} instead.
* @param keyStroke the keystroke combination which will invoke
- * the JMenuItem
's actionlisteners
+ * the {@code JMenuItem}'s actionlisteners
* without navigating the menu hierarchy
* @exception Error if invoked -- this method is not defined for JMenu.
- * Use setMnemonic
instead
+ * Use {@code setMnemonic} instead
*
* @beaninfo
* description: The keystroke combination which will invoke the JMenuItem's
@@ -1295,7 +1295,7 @@
/**
* Programmatically performs a "click". This overrides the method
- * AbstractButton.doClick
in order to make the menu pop up.
+ * {@code AbstractButton.doClick} in order to make the menu pop up.
* @param pressTime indicates the number of milliseconds the
* button was pressed for
*/
@@ -1305,8 +1305,8 @@
}
/*
- * Build an array of menu elements - from PopupMenu
to
- * the root JMenuBar
.
+ * Build an array of menu elements - from {@code PopupMenu} to
+ * the root {@code JMenuBar}.
* @param leaf the leaf node from which to start building up the array
* @return the array of menu items
*/
@@ -1338,8 +1338,8 @@
/**
- * See readObject
and writeObject
in
- * JComponent
for more
+ * See {@code readObject} and {@code writeObject} in
+ * {@code JComponent} for more
* information about serialization in Swing.
*/
private void writeObject(ObjectOutputStream s) throws IOException {
@@ -1355,11 +1355,11 @@
/**
- * Returns a string representation of this JMenu
. This
+ * Returns a string representation of this {@code JMenu}. This
* method is intended to be used only for debugging purposes, and the
* content and format of the returned string may vary between
* implementations. The returned string may be empty but may not
- * be null
.
+ * be {@code null}.
*
* @return a string representation of this JMenu.
*/
@@ -1390,7 +1390,7 @@
/**
* This class implements accessibility support for the
- * JMenu
class. It provides an implementation of the
+ * {@code JMenu} class. It provides an implementation of the
* Java Accessibility API appropriate to menu user-interface elements.
*
* Warning:
@@ -1399,7 +1399,7 @@
* appropriate for short term storage or RMI between applications running
* the same version of Swing. As of 1.4, support for long term storage
* of all JavaBeans™
- * has been added to the java.beans
package.
+ * has been added to the {@code java.beans} package.
* Please see {@link java.beans.XMLEncoder}.
*/
@SuppressWarnings("serial")
@@ -1550,7 +1550,7 @@
/**
- * Selects the i
th menu in the menu.
+ * Selects the {@code i}th menu in the menu.
* If that item is a submenu,
* it will pop up in response. If a different item is already
* popped up, this will force it to close. If this is a sub-menu
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/JMenuBar.java 2015-10-04 22:56:51.685263012 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/JMenuBar.java 2015-10-04 22:56:51.493263021 +0400
@@ -47,10 +47,10 @@
import javax.accessibility.*;
/**
- * An implementation of a menu bar. You add JMenu
objects to the
- * menu bar to construct a menu. When the user selects a JMenu
- * object, its associated JPopupMenu
is displayed, allowing the
- * user to select one of the JMenuItems
on it.
+ * An implementation of a menu bar. You add {@code JMenu} objects to the
+ * menu bar to construct a menu. When the user selects a {@code JMenu}
+ * object, its associated {@code JPopupMenu} is displayed, allowing the
+ * user to select one of the {@code JMenuItems} on it.
*
* For information and examples of using menu bars see
* java.beans package.
+ * has been added to the {@code java.beans} package.
* Please see {@link java.beans.XMLEncoder}.
*
* Warning:
- * By default, pressing the Tab key does not transfer focus from a
@@ -506,7 +506,7 @@
* appropriate for short term storage or RMI between applications running
* the same version of Swing. As of 1.4, support for long term storage
* of all JavaBeans™
- * has been added to the
* Menu items can be configured, and to some degree controlled, by
*
- * JMenuBar
which is added to a container together with other Swing
- * components, because the focusTraversalKeysEnabled
property
- * of JMenuBar
is set to false
. To resolve this,
- * you should call the JMenuBar.setFocusTraversalKeysEnabled(true)
+ * By default, pressing the Tab key does not transfer focus from a
+ * {@code JMenuBar} which is added to a container together with other Swing
+ * components, because the {@code focusTraversalKeysEnabled} property
+ * of {@code JMenuBar} is set to {@code false}. To resolve this,
+ * you should call the {@code JMenuBar.setFocusTraversalKeysEnabled(true)}
* method.
* @beaninfo
* attribute: isContainer true
@@ -172,7 +172,7 @@
/**
* Returns the model object that handles single selections.
*
- * @return the SingleSelectionModel
property
+ * @return the {@code SingleSelectionModel} property
* @see SingleSelectionModel
*/
public SingleSelectionModel getSelectionModel() {
@@ -182,7 +182,7 @@
/**
* Sets the model object to handle single selections.
*
- * @param model the SingleSelectionModel
to use
+ * @param model the {@code SingleSelectionModel} to use
* @see SingleSelectionModel
* @beaninfo
* bound: true
@@ -198,7 +198,7 @@
/**
* Appends the specified menu to the end of the menu bar.
*
- * @param c the JMenu
component to add
+ * @param c the {@code JMenu} component to add
* @return the menu component
*/
public JMenu add(JMenu c) {
@@ -211,9 +211,9 @@
*
* @param index an integer giving the position in the menu bar, where
* 0 is the first position
- * @return the JMenu
at that position, or null
if
- * if there is no JMenu
at that position (ie. if
- * it is a JMenuItem
)
+ * @return the {@code JMenu} at that position, or {@code null} if
+ * if there is no {@code JMenu} at that position (ie. if
+ * it is a {@code JMenuItem})
*/
public JMenu getMenu(int index) {
Component c = getComponentAtIndex(index);
@@ -246,7 +246,7 @@
* Gets the help menu for the menu bar. This method is not yet
* implemented and will throw an exception.
*
- * @return the JMenu
that delivers help to the user
+ * @return the {@code JMenu} that delivers help to the user
*/
@Transient
public JMenu getHelpMenu() {
@@ -257,9 +257,9 @@
* Returns the component at the specified index.
*
* @param i an integer specifying the position, where 0 is first
- * @return the Component
at the position,
- * or null
for an invalid index
- * @deprecated replaced by getComponent(int i)
+ * @return the {@code Component} at the position,
+ * or {@code null} for an invalid index
+ * @deprecated replaced by {@code getComponent(int i)}
*/
@Deprecated
public Component getComponentAtIndex(int i) {
@@ -272,7 +272,7 @@
/**
* Returns the index of the specified component.
*
- * @param c the Component
to find
+ * @param c the {@code Component} to find
* @return an integer giving the component's position, where 0 is first;
* or -1 if it can't be found
*/
@@ -291,7 +291,7 @@
* Sets the currently selected component, producing a
* a change to the selection model.
*
- * @param sel the Component
to select
+ * @param sel the {@code Component} to select
*/
public void setSelected(Component sel) {
SingleSelectionModel model = getSelectionModel();
@@ -320,7 +320,7 @@
/**
* Sets whether the border should be painted.
*
- * @param b if true and border property is not null
,
+ * @param b if true and border property is not {@code null},
* the border is painted.
* @see #isBorderPainted
* @beaninfo
@@ -339,10 +339,10 @@
}
/**
- * Paints the menubar's border if BorderPainted
+ * Paints the menubar's border if {@code BorderPainted}
* property is true.
*
- * @param g the Graphics
context to use for painting
+ * @param g the {@code Graphics} context to use for painting
* @see JComponent#paint
* @see JComponent#setBorder
*/
@@ -354,7 +354,7 @@
/**
* Sets the margin between the menubar's border and
- * its menus. Setting to null
will cause the menubar to
+ * its menus. Setting to {@code null} will cause the menubar to
* use the default margins.
*
* @param m an Insets object containing the margin values
@@ -379,7 +379,7 @@
* its menus. If there is no previous margin, it will create
* a default margin with zero size.
*
- * @return an Insets
object containing the margin values
+ * @return an {@code Insets} object containing the margin values
* @see Insets
*/
public Insets getMargin() {
@@ -392,7 +392,7 @@
/**
- * Implemented to be a MenuElement
-- does nothing.
+ * Implemented to be a {@code MenuElement} -- does nothing.
*
* @see #getSubElements
*/
@@ -400,7 +400,7 @@
}
/**
- * Implemented to be a MenuElement
-- does nothing.
+ * Implemented to be a {@code MenuElement} -- does nothing.
*
* @see #getSubElements
*/
@@ -408,7 +408,7 @@
}
/**
- * Implemented to be a MenuElement
-- does nothing.
+ * Implemented to be a {@code MenuElement} -- does nothing.
*
* @see #getSubElements
*/
@@ -416,9 +416,9 @@
}
/**
- * Implemented to be a MenuElement
-- returns the
+ * Implemented to be a {@code MenuElement} -- returns the
* menus in this menu bar.
- * This is the reason for implementing the MenuElement
+ * This is the reason for implementing the {@code MenuElement}
* interface -- so that the menu bar can be treated the same as
* other menu elements.
* @return an array of menu items in the menu bar.
@@ -443,9 +443,9 @@
}
/**
- * Implemented to be a MenuElement
. Returns this object.
+ * Implemented to be a {@code MenuElement}. Returns this object.
*
- * @return the current Component
(this)
+ * @return the current {@code Component} (this)
* @see #getSubElements
*/
public Component getComponent() {
@@ -454,14 +454,14 @@
/**
- * Returns a string representation of this JMenuBar
.
+ * Returns a string representation of this {@code JMenuBar}.
* This method
* is intended to be used only for debugging purposes, and the
* content and format of the returned string may vary between
* implementations. The returned string may be empty but may not
- * be null
.
+ * be {@code null}.
*
- * @return a string representation of this JMenuBar
+ * @return a string representation of this {@code JMenuBar}
*/
protected String paramString() {
String paintBorderString = (paintBorder ?
@@ -496,7 +496,7 @@
/**
* This class implements accessibility support for the
- * JMenuBar
class. It provides an implementation of the
+ * {@code JMenuBar} class. It provides an implementation of the
* Java Accessibility API appropriate to menu bar user-interface
* elements.
* java.beans
package.
+ * has been added to the {@code java.beans} package.
* Please see {@link java.beans.XMLEncoder}.
*/
@SuppressWarnings("serial")
@@ -715,7 +715,7 @@
}
/**
- * Overrides JComponent.addNotify
to register this
+ * Overrides {@code JComponent.addNotify} to register this
* menu bar with the current keyboard manager.
*/
public void addNotify() {
@@ -724,7 +724,7 @@
}
/**
- * Overrides JComponent.removeNotify
to unregister this
+ * Overrides {@code JComponent.removeNotify} to unregister this
* menu bar with the current keyboard manager.
*/
public void removeNotify() {
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/JMenuItem.java 2015-10-04 22:56:52.217262988 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/JMenuItem.java 2015-10-04 22:56:52.029262996 +0400
@@ -45,14 +45,14 @@
/**
* An implementation of an item in a menu. A menu item is essentially a button
* sitting in a list. When the user selects the "button", the action
- * associated with the menu item is performed. A JMenuItem
- * contained in a JPopupMenu
performs exactly that function.
+ * associated with the menu item is performed. A {@code JMenuItem}
+ * contained in a {@code JPopupMenu} performs exactly that function.
* Action
s. Using an
- * Action
with a menu item has many benefits beyond directly
+ * {@code Action} with a menu item has many benefits beyond directly
* configuring a menu item. Refer to
- * Swing Components Supporting Action
for more
+ * Swing Components Supporting {@code Action}java.beans
package.
+ * has been added to the {@code java.beans} package.
* Please see {@link java.beans.XMLEncoder}.
*
* @beaninfo
@@ -105,25 +105,25 @@
private boolean isMouseDragged = false;
/**
- * Creates a JMenuItem
with no set text or icon.
+ * Creates a {@code JMenuItem} with no set text or icon.
*/
public JMenuItem() {
this(null, (Icon)null);
}
/**
- * Creates a JMenuItem
with the specified icon.
+ * Creates a {@code JMenuItem} with the specified icon.
*
- * @param icon the icon of the JMenuItem
+ * @param icon the icon of the {@code JMenuItem}
*/
public JMenuItem(Icon icon) {
this(null, icon);
}
/**
- * Creates a JMenuItem
with the specified text.
+ * Creates a {@code JMenuItem} with the specified text.
*
- * @param text the text of the JMenuItem
+ * @param text the text of the {@code JMenuItem}
*/
public JMenuItem(String text) {
this(text, (Icon)null);
@@ -131,9 +131,9 @@
/**
* Creates a menu item whose properties are taken from the
- * specified Action
.
+ * specified {@code Action}.
*
- * @param a the action of the JMenuItem
+ * @param a the action of the {@code JMenuItem}
* @since 1.3
*/
public JMenuItem(Action a) {
@@ -142,10 +142,10 @@
}
/**
- * Creates a JMenuItem
with the specified text and icon.
+ * Creates a {@code JMenuItem} with the specified text and icon.
*
- * @param text the text of the JMenuItem
- * @param icon the icon of the JMenuItem
+ * @param text the text of the {@code JMenuItem}
+ * @param icon the icon of the {@code JMenuItem}
*/
public JMenuItem(String text, Icon icon) {
setModel(new DefaultButtonModel());
@@ -154,11 +154,11 @@
}
/**
- * Creates a JMenuItem
with the specified text and
+ * Creates a {@code JMenuItem} with the specified text and
* keyboard mnemonic.
*
- * @param text the text of the JMenuItem
- * @param mnemonic the keyboard mnemonic for the JMenuItem
+ * @param text the text of the {@code JMenuItem}
+ * @param mnemonic the keyboard mnemonic for the {@code JMenuItem}
*/
public JMenuItem(String text, int mnemonic) {
setModel(new DefaultButtonModel());
@@ -178,8 +178,8 @@
}
/**
- * Inititalizes the focusability of the JMenuItem
.
- * JMenuItem
's are focusable, but subclasses may
+ * Inititalizes the focusability of the {@code JMenuItem}.
+ * {@code JMenuItem}'s are focusable, but subclasses may
* want to be, this provides them the opportunity to override this
* and invoke something else, or nothing at all. Refer to
* {@link javax.swing.JMenu#initFocusability} for the motivation of
@@ -192,8 +192,8 @@
/**
* Initializes the menu item with the specified text and icon.
*
- * @param text the text of the JMenuItem
- * @param icon the icon of the JMenuItem
+ * @param text the text of the {@code JMenuItem}
+ * @param icon the icon of the {@code JMenuItem}
*/
protected void init(String text, Icon icon) {
if(text != null) {
@@ -230,7 +230,7 @@
/**
* Sets the look and feel object that renders this component.
*
- * @param ui the JMenuItemUI
L&F object
+ * @param ui the {@code JMenuItemUI} L&F object
* @see UIDefaults#getUI
* @beaninfo
* bound: true
@@ -315,7 +315,7 @@
/**
- * Returns true since Menu
s, by definition,
+ * Returns true since {@code Menu}s, by definition,
* should always be on top of all other windows. If the menu is
* in an internal frame false is returned due to the rollover effect
* for windows laf where the menu is not always on top.
@@ -342,7 +342,7 @@
* when the keyboard accelerator is typed, it will work whether or
* not the menu is currently displayed.
*
- * @param keyStroke the KeyStroke
which will
+ * @param keyStroke the {@code KeyStroke} which will
* serve as an accelerator
* @beaninfo
* description: The keystroke combination which will invoke the
@@ -360,9 +360,9 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the KeyStroke
which serves as an accelerator
+ * Returns the {@code KeyStroke} which serves as an accelerator
* for the menu item.
- * @return a KeyStroke
object identifying the
+ * @return a {@code KeyStroke} object identifying the
* accelerator key
*/
public KeyStroke getAccelerator() {
@@ -415,16 +415,16 @@
/**
* Processes a mouse event forwarded from the
- * MenuSelectionManager
and changes the menu
+ * {@code MenuSelectionManager} and changes the menu
* selection, if necessary, by using the
- * MenuSelectionManager
's API.
+ * {@code MenuSelectionManager}'s API.
*
* Note: you do not have to forward the event to sub-components.
- * This is done automatically by the MenuSelectionManager
.
+ * This is done automatically by the {@code MenuSelectionManager}.
*
- * @param e a MouseEvent
- * @param path the MenuElement
path array
- * @param manager the MenuSelectionManager
+ * @param e a {@code MouseEvent}
+ * @param path the {@code MenuElement} path array
+ * @param manager the {@code MenuSelectionManager}
*/
public void processMouseEvent(MouseEvent e,MenuElement path[],MenuSelectionManager manager) {
processMenuDragMouseEvent(
@@ -439,15 +439,15 @@
/**
* Processes a key event forwarded from the
- * MenuSelectionManager
and changes the menu selection,
- * if necessary, by using MenuSelectionManager
's API.
+ * {@code MenuSelectionManager} and changes the menu selection,
+ * if necessary, by using {@code MenuSelectionManager}'s API.
*
* Note: you do not have to forward the event to sub-components.
- * This is done automatically by the MenuSelectionManager
.
+ * This is done automatically by the {@code MenuSelectionManager}.
*
- * @param e a KeyEvent
- * @param path the MenuElement
path array
- * @param manager the MenuSelectionManager
+ * @param e a {@code KeyEvent}
+ * @param path the {@code MenuElement} path array
+ * @param manager the {@code MenuSelectionManager}
*/
public void processKeyEvent(KeyEvent e,MenuElement path[],MenuSelectionManager manager) {
if (DEBUG) {
@@ -470,7 +470,7 @@
/**
* Handles mouse drag in a menu.
*
- * @param e a MenuDragMouseEvent
object
+ * @param e a {@code MenuDragMouseEvent} object
*/
public void processMenuDragMouseEvent(MenuDragMouseEvent e) {
switch (e.getID()) {
@@ -490,7 +490,7 @@
/**
* Handles a keystroke in a menu.
*
- * @param e a MenuKeyEvent
object
+ * @param e a {@code MenuKeyEvent} object
*/
public void processMenuKeyEvent(MenuKeyEvent e) {
if (DEBUG) {
@@ -513,7 +513,7 @@
* Notifies all listeners that have registered interest for
* notification on this event type.
*
- * @param event a MenuMouseDragEvent
+ * @param event a {@code MenuMouseDragEvent}
* @see EventListenerList
*/
protected void fireMenuDragMouseEntered(MenuDragMouseEvent event) {
@@ -533,7 +533,7 @@
* Notifies all listeners that have registered interest for
* notification on this event type.
*
- * @param event a MenuDragMouseEvent
+ * @param event a {@code MenuDragMouseEvent}
* @see EventListenerList
*/
protected void fireMenuDragMouseExited(MenuDragMouseEvent event) {
@@ -553,7 +553,7 @@
* Notifies all listeners that have registered interest for
* notification on this event type.
*
- * @param event a MenuDragMouseEvent
+ * @param event a {@code MenuDragMouseEvent}
* @see EventListenerList
*/
protected void fireMenuDragMouseDragged(MenuDragMouseEvent event) {
@@ -573,7 +573,7 @@
* Notifies all listeners that have registered interest for
* notification on this event type.
*
- * @param event a MenuDragMouseEvent
+ * @param event a {@code MenuDragMouseEvent}
* @see EventListenerList
*/
protected void fireMenuDragMouseReleased(MenuDragMouseEvent event) {
@@ -593,7 +593,7 @@
* Notifies all listeners that have registered interest for
* notification on this event type.
*
- * @param event a MenuKeyEvent
+ * @param event a {@code MenuKeyEvent}
* @see EventListenerList
*/
protected void fireMenuKeyPressed(MenuKeyEvent event) {
@@ -617,7 +617,7 @@
* Notifies all listeners that have registered interest for
* notification on this event type.
*
- * @param event a MenuKeyEvent
+ * @param event a {@code MenuKeyEvent}
* @see EventListenerList
*/
protected void fireMenuKeyReleased(MenuKeyEvent event) {
@@ -641,7 +641,7 @@
* Notifies all listeners that have registered interest for
* notification on this event type.
*
- * @param event a MenuKeyEvent
+ * @param event a {@code MenuKeyEvent}
* @see EventListenerList
*/
protected void fireMenuKeyTyped(MenuKeyEvent event) {
@@ -662,8 +662,8 @@
}
/**
- * Called by the MenuSelectionManager
when the
- * MenuElement
is selected or unselected.
+ * Called by the {@code MenuSelectionManager} when the
+ * {@code MenuElement} is selected or unselected.
*
* @param isIncluded true if this menu item is on the part of the menu
* path that changed, false if this menu is part of the
@@ -679,46 +679,46 @@
* This method returns an array containing the sub-menu
* components for this menu component.
*
- * @return an array of MenuElement
s
+ * @return an array of {@code MenuElement}s
*/
public MenuElement[] getSubElements() {
return new MenuElement[0];
}
/**
- * Returns the java.awt.Component
used to paint
+ * Returns the {@code java.awt.Component} used to paint
* this object. The returned component will be used to convert
* events and detect if an event is inside a menu component.
*
- * @return the Component
that paints this menu item
+ * @return the {@code Component} that paints this menu item
*/
public Component getComponent() {
return this;
}
/**
- * Adds a MenuDragMouseListener
to the menu item.
+ * Adds a {@code MenuDragMouseListener} to the menu item.
*
- * @param l the MenuDragMouseListener
to be added
+ * @param l the {@code MenuDragMouseListener} to be added
*/
public void addMenuDragMouseListener(MenuDragMouseListener l) {
listenerList.add(MenuDragMouseListener.class, l);
}
/**
- * Removes a MenuDragMouseListener
from the menu item.
+ * Removes a {@code MenuDragMouseListener} from the menu item.
*
- * @param l the MenuDragMouseListener
to be removed
+ * @param l the {@code MenuDragMouseListener} to be removed
*/
public void removeMenuDragMouseListener(MenuDragMouseListener l) {
listenerList.remove(MenuDragMouseListener.class, l);
}
/**
- * Returns an array of all the MenuDragMouseListener
s added
+ * Returns an array of all the {@code MenuDragMouseListener}s added
* to this JMenuItem with addMenuDragMouseListener().
*
- * @return all of the MenuDragMouseListener
s added or an empty
+ * @return all of the {@code MenuDragMouseListener}s added or an empty
* array if no listeners have been added
* @since 1.4
*/
@@ -727,28 +727,28 @@
}
/**
- * Adds a MenuKeyListener
to the menu item.
+ * Adds a {@code MenuKeyListener} to the menu item.
*
- * @param l the MenuKeyListener
to be added
+ * @param l the {@code MenuKeyListener} to be added
*/
public void addMenuKeyListener(MenuKeyListener l) {
listenerList.add(MenuKeyListener.class, l);
}
/**
- * Removes a MenuKeyListener
from the menu item.
+ * Removes a {@code MenuKeyListener} from the menu item.
*
- * @param l the MenuKeyListener
to be removed
+ * @param l the {@code MenuKeyListener} to be removed
*/
public void removeMenuKeyListener(MenuKeyListener l) {
listenerList.remove(MenuKeyListener.class, l);
}
/**
- * Returns an array of all the MenuKeyListener
s added
+ * Returns an array of all the {@code MenuKeyListener}s added
* to this JMenuItem with addMenuKeyListener().
*
- * @return all of the MenuKeyListener
s added or an empty
+ * @return all of the {@code MenuKeyListener}s added or an empty
* array if no listeners have been added
* @since 1.4
*/
@@ -782,13 +782,13 @@
/**
- * Returns a string representation of this JMenuItem
.
+ * Returns a string representation of this {@code JMenuItem}.
* This method is intended to be used only for debugging purposes,
* and the content and format of the returned string may vary between
* implementations. The returned string may be empty but may not
- * be null
.
+ * be {@code null}.
*
- * @return a string representation of this JMenuItem
+ * @return a string representation of this {@code JMenuItem}
*/
protected String paramString() {
return super.paramString();
@@ -799,14 +799,14 @@
////////////////
/**
- * Returns the AccessibleContext
associated with this
- * JMenuItem
. For JMenuItem
s,
- * the AccessibleContext
takes the form of an
- * AccessibleJMenuItem
.
+ * Returns the {@code AccessibleContext} associated with this
+ * {@code JMenuItem}. For {@code JMenuItem}s,
+ * the {@code AccessibleContext} takes the form of an
+ * {@code AccessibleJMenuItem}.
* A new AccessibleJMenuItme instance is created if necessary.
*
- * @return an AccessibleJMenuItem
that serves as the
- * AccessibleContext
of this JMenuItem
+ * @return an {@code AccessibleJMenuItem} that serves as the
+ * {@code AccessibleContext} of this {@code JMenuItem}
*/
public AccessibleContext getAccessibleContext() {
if (accessibleContext == null) {
@@ -818,7 +818,7 @@
/**
* This class implements accessibility support for the
- * JMenuItem
class. It provides an implementation of the
+ * {@code JMenuItem} class. It provides an implementation of the
* Java Accessibility API appropriate to menu item user-interface
* elements.
*
@@ -828,7 +828,7 @@
* appropriate for short term storage or RMI between applications running
* the same version of Swing. As of 1.4, support for long term storage
* of all JavaBeans™
- * has been added to the java.beans
package.
+ * has been added to the {@code java.beans} package.
* Please see {@link java.beans.XMLEncoder}.
*/
@SuppressWarnings("serial")
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/JOptionPane.java 2015-10-04 22:56:52.757262964 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/JOptionPane.java 2015-10-04 22:56:52.569262972 +0400
@@ -56,19 +56,19 @@
import sun.awt.AWTAccessor;
/**
- * JOptionPane
makes it easy to pop up a standard dialog box that
+ * {@code JOptionPane} makes it easy to pop up a standard dialog box that
* prompts users for a value or informs them of something.
- * For information about using JOptionPane
, see
+ * For information about using {@code JOptionPane}, see
* How to Make Dialogs,
* a section in The Java Tutorial.
*
*
*
- * While the JOptionPane
+ * While the {@code JOptionPane}
* class may appear complex because of the large number of methods, almost
* all uses of this class are one-line calls to one of the static
- * showXxxDialog
methods shown below:
+ * {@code showXxxDialog} methods shown below:
*
* * @@ -96,13 +96,13 @@ * * *- * Each of these methods also comes in a
showInternalXXX
+ * Each of these methods also comes in a {@code showInternalXXX}
* flavor, which uses an internal frame to hold the dialog box (see
* {@link JInternalFrame}).
* Multiple convenience methods have also been defined -- overloaded
* versions of the basic methods that use different parameter lists.
*
- * All dialogs are modal. Each showXxxDialog
method blocks
+ * All dialogs are modal. Each {@code showXxxDialog} method blocks
* the caller until the user's interaction is complete.
*
*
- * As it is typically impractical to obtain the TreeUI
from
- * the JTree
and cast to an instance of MetalTreeUI
+ * As it is typically impractical to obtain the {@code TreeUI} from
+ * the {@code JTree} and cast to an instance of {@code MetalTreeUI}
* you enable this property via the client property
- * JTree.lineStyle
. For example, to switch to
- * Horizontal
style you would do:
- * tree.putClientProperty("JTree.lineStyle", "Horizontal");
+ * {@code JTree.lineStyle}. For example, to switch to
+ * {@code Horizontal} style you would do:
+ * {@code tree.putClientProperty("JTree.lineStyle", "Horizontal");}
*
- * The default is Angled
.
+ * The default is {@code Angled}.
*
* @author Tom Santos
* @author Steve Wilson (value add stuff)
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/plaf/metal/MetalUtils.java 2015-10-04 22:58:35.281258360 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/plaf/metal/MetalUtils.java 2015-10-04 22:58:35.093258368 +0400
@@ -187,7 +187,7 @@
//
/**
* Draws a radial type gradient. The gradient will be drawn vertically if
- * vertical
is true, otherwise horizontally.
+ * {@code vertical} is true, otherwise horizontally.
* The UIManager key consists of five values:
* r1 r2 c1 c2 c3. The gradient is broken down into four chunks drawn
* in order from the origin.
@@ -206,7 +206,7 @@
* @param w Width to draw to
* @param h Height to draw to
* @param vertical Direction of the gradient
- * @return true if key
exists, otherwise false.
+ * @return true if {@code key} exists, otherwise false.
*/
static boolean drawGradient(Component c, Graphics g, String key,
int x, int y, int w, int h, boolean vertical) {
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/plaf/metal/OceanTheme.java 2015-10-04 22:58:35.845258334 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/plaf/metal/OceanTheme.java 2015-10-04 22:58:35.657258343 +0400
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@
}
/**
- * Creates an instance of OceanTheme
+ * Creates an instance of {@code OceanTheme}
*/
public OceanTheme() {
}
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/plaf/multi/MultiButtonUI.java 2015-10-04 22:58:36.373258310 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/plaf/multi/MultiButtonUI.java 2015-10-04 22:58:36.181258319 +0400
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
import javax.accessibility.Accessible;
/**
- * A multiplexing UI used to combine ButtonUI
s.
+ * A multiplexing UI used to combine {@code ButtonUI}s.
*
*
This file was automatically generated by AutoMulti.
*
@@ -43,8 +43,8 @@
/**
* The vector containing the real UIs. This is populated
- * in the call to This file was automatically generated by AutoMulti.
*
@@ -43,8 +43,8 @@
/**
* The vector containing the real UIs. This is populated
- * in the call to This file was automatically generated by AutoMulti.
*
@@ -44,8 +44,8 @@
/**
* The vector containing the real UIs. This is populated
- * in the call to This file was automatically generated by AutoMulti.
*
@@ -43,8 +43,8 @@
/**
* The vector containing the real UIs. This is populated
- * in the call to This file was automatically generated by AutoMulti.
*
@@ -43,8 +43,8 @@
/**
* The vector containing the real UIs. This is populated
- * in the call to This file was automatically generated by AutoMulti.
*
@@ -48,8 +48,8 @@
/**
* The vector containing the real UIs. This is populated
- * in the call to This file was automatically generated by AutoMulti.
*
@@ -43,8 +43,8 @@
/**
* The vector containing the real UIs. This is populated
- * in the call to This file was automatically generated by AutoMulti.
*
@@ -43,8 +43,8 @@
/**
* The vector containing the real UIs. This is populated
- * in the call to This file was automatically generated by AutoMulti.
*
@@ -46,8 +46,8 @@
/**
* The vector containing the real UIs. This is populated
- * in the call to
- * This method is invoked by the This file was automatically generated by AutoMulti.
*
@@ -43,8 +43,8 @@
/**
* The vector containing the real UIs. This is populated
- * in the call to This file was automatically generated by AutoMulti.
*
@@ -44,8 +44,8 @@
/**
* The vector containing the real UIs. This is populated
- * in the call to This file was automatically generated by AutoMulti.
*
@@ -44,8 +44,8 @@
/**
* The vector containing the real UIs. This is populated
- * in the call to This file was automatically generated by AutoMulti.
*
@@ -43,8 +43,8 @@
/**
* The vector containing the real UIs. This is populated
- * in the call to This file was automatically generated by AutoMulti.
*
@@ -46,8 +46,8 @@
/**
* The vector containing the real UIs. This is populated
- * in the call to This file was automatically generated by AutoMulti.
*
@@ -43,8 +43,8 @@
/**
* The vector containing the real UIs. This is populated
- * in the call to This file was automatically generated by AutoMulti.
*
@@ -44,8 +44,8 @@
/**
* The vector containing the real UIs. This is populated
- * in the call to This file was automatically generated by AutoMulti.
*
@@ -43,8 +43,8 @@
/**
* The vector containing the real UIs. This is populated
- * in the call to This file was automatically generated by AutoMulti.
*
@@ -43,8 +43,8 @@
/**
* The vector containing the real UIs. This is populated
- * in the call to This file was automatically generated by AutoMulti.
*
@@ -43,8 +43,8 @@
/**
* The vector containing the real UIs. This is populated
- * in the call to This file was automatically generated by AutoMulti.
*
@@ -43,8 +43,8 @@
/**
* The vector containing the real UIs. This is populated
- * in the call to This file was automatically generated by AutoMulti.
*
@@ -44,8 +44,8 @@
/**
* The vector containing the real UIs. This is populated
- * in the call to This file was automatically generated by AutoMulti.
*
@@ -44,8 +44,8 @@
/**
* The vector containing the real UIs. This is populated
- * in the call to This file was automatically generated by AutoMulti.
*
@@ -45,8 +45,8 @@
/**
* The vector containing the real UIs. This is populated
- * in the call to This file was automatically generated by AutoMulti.
*
@@ -43,8 +43,8 @@
/**
* The vector containing the real UIs. This is populated
- * in the call to This file was automatically generated by AutoMulti.
*
@@ -43,8 +43,8 @@
/**
* The vector containing the real UIs. This is populated
- * in the call to This file was automatically generated by AutoMulti.
*
@@ -51,8 +51,8 @@
/**
* The vector containing the real UIs. This is populated
- * in the call to This file was automatically generated by AutoMulti.
*
@@ -43,8 +43,8 @@
/**
* The vector containing the real UIs. This is populated
- * in the call to This file was automatically generated by AutoMulti.
*
@@ -43,8 +43,8 @@
/**
* The vector containing the real UIs. This is populated
- * in the call to This file was automatically generated by AutoMulti.
*
@@ -46,8 +46,8 @@
/**
* The vector containing the real UIs. This is populated
- * in the call to This file was automatically generated by AutoMulti.
*
@@ -43,8 +43,8 @@
/**
* The vector containing the real UIs. This is populated
- * in the call to Returns an array of pixels, stored as integers, from a Returns an array of pixels, stored as integers, from a {@code BufferedImage}. The pixels are grabbed from
* a rectangular area defined by a location and two dimensions. Calling this method on an image of type different
- * from Writes a rectangular area of pixels in the destination Writes a rectangular area of pixels in the destination {@code BufferedImage}. Calling this method on an
+ * image of type different from {@code BufferedImage.TYPE_INT_ARGB} and {@code BufferedImage.TYPE_INT_RGB}
* will unmanage the image. Returns an array of pixels, stored as integers, from a
- * Writes a rectangular area of pixels in the destination
- * Returns a new Returns a new {@code BufferedImage} using the same color model
* as the image passed as a parameter. The returned image is only compatible
* with the image passed as a parameter. This does not mean the returned
* image is compatible with the hardware. Returns a new translucent compatible image of the specified width and
- * height. That is, the returned Regions represent Components and areas within Components that act as
* independent painting areas. Once registered with the NimbusLookAndFeel,
* NimbusStyles for these Regions can be retrieved via the
- * The NimbusLookAndFeel uses a standard naming scheme for entries in the
* UIDefaults table. The key for each property, state, painter, and other
* default registered in UIDefaults for a specific Region will begin with
- * the specified For example, suppose I had a component named JFoo. Suppose I then registered
* this component with the NimbusLookAndFeel in this manner: In this case, I could then register properties for this component with
* UIDefaults in the following manner: It is also possible to register a named component with Nimbus.
* For example, suppose you wanted to style the background of a JPanel
@@ -529,11 +529,11 @@
}
/**
- * Creates the value retrieved from the As you can see, the As you can see, the {@code JButton.States} entry lists the states
* that the JButton style will support. You then specify the settings for
- * each state. If you do not specify the Returning null from getColorForState is a very bad thing, as it causes
* the AWT peer for the component to install a SystemColor, which is not a
- * UIResource. As a result, if The actual code path for determining the proper state is the same as
@@ -1026,7 +1026,7 @@
/**
* Contains values such as the UIDefaults and painters associated with
- * a state. Whereas Nimbus uses this method to help determine what state a JComponent is
* in. For example, a custom State could exist for JProgressBar such that
- * it would return
- * Each
- * The following example shows a custom
- * Regions are typically used as a way to identify the This implementation supports only one line style key,
- * Specifying Specifying {@code null} or any key different from
+ * {@code "dashed"} will draw solid lines.
*
* @param context identifies hosting region
* @param paintKey identifies the portion of the component being asked
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/plaf/synth/SynthLookAndFeel.java 2015-10-04 22:59:01.797257169 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/plaf/synth/SynthLookAndFeel.java 2015-10-04 22:59:01.605257177 +0400
@@ -50,8 +50,8 @@
* to {@link #setStyleFactory}. Refer to the
* package summary for an example of
* loading a file, and {@link javax.swing.plaf.synth.SynthStyleFactory} for
- * an example of providing your own
* Warning:
* This class implements {@link Serializable} as a side effect of it
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@
/**
* The last SynthStyleFactory that was asked for from AppContext
- *
- * For the returned
- * Instances of
- * You typically supply a
- *
- * The
* Typically this method would be overridden to wrap the editor
* with a container with a custom border, since one can't assume
* that the editors border can be set directly.
*
- * The
* Styles should NOT depend upon this being called, in certain cases
* it may never be called.
@@ -977,8 +977,8 @@
/**
* Convenience method to get a specific style property whose value is
- * a
- * The following example creates a custom
*
- * You can specify the
*
* Implementation Note:
- * This class inherits from
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@
* appropriate for short term storage or RMI between applications running
* the same version of Swing. As of 1.4, support for long term storage
* of all JavaBeans™
- * has been added to the
* During a printing operation, this method will be called with
- *
* Warning:
* Serialized objects of this class will not be compatible with
@@ -392,7 +392,7 @@
* appropriate for short term storage or RMI between applications running
* the same version of Swing. As of 1.4, support for long term storage
* of all JavaBeans™
- * has been added to the
* Warning:
* Serialized objects of this class will not be compatible with
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@
* appropriate for short term storage or RMI between applications running
* the same version of Swing. As of 1.4, support for long term storage
* of all JavaBeans™
- * has been added to the
*
- * You can specify the
- * Warning:
* Warning:
* Serialized objects of this class will not be compatible with
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
* appropriate for short term storage or RMI between applications running
* the same version of Swing. As of 1.4, support for long term storage
* of all JavaBeans™
- * has been added to the
*
- * Note that passing in a Note that passing in a {@code null} value for
+ * {@code dataVector} results in unspecified behavior,
* an possibly an exception.
*
* @param dataVector the new data vector
@@ -239,11 +239,11 @@
}
/**
- * Replaces the value in the
* Warning:
* Serialized objects of this class will not be compatible with
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@
* appropriate for short term storage or RMI between applications running
* the same version of Swing. As of 1.4, support for long term storage
* of all JavaBeans™
- * has been added to the
* Application code will not use these methods explicitly, they
- * are used internally by
* Application code will not use these methods explicitly, they
- * are used internally by
* Application code will not use these methods explicitly, they
- * are used internally by
* Application code will not use these methods explicitly, they
- * are used internally by
* Application code will not use these methods explicitly, they
- * are used internally by
* Application code will not use this method explicitly, it is used
* internally by the column dragging mechanism.
*
- * @param aColumn the column being dragged, or
* Application code will not use this method explicitly, it
* is used internally by the column sizing mechanism.
*
- * @param aColumn the column being resized, or
- * Overriding
@@ -790,7 +790,7 @@
* appropriate for short term storage or RMI between applications running
* the same version of Swing. As of 1.4, support for long term storage
* of all JavaBeans™
- * has been added to the
*
* Returns the component that should be added to the client's
- *
- * The
* During a printing operation, this method will be called with
- *
* It is also possible to specify renderers and editors on a per type basis
* rather than a per column basis - see the
- *
- * The
* Note: Some implementations may assume that all
- *
* Warning:
* Serialized objects of this class will not be compatible with
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@
* appropriate for short term storage or RMI between applications running
* the same version of Swing. As of 1.4, support for long term storage
* of all JavaBeans™
- * has been added to the
- * When the
- * Note: identifiers are not used by the
+ * Note: identifiers are not used by the {@code JTable},
* they are purely a
* convenience for the external tagging and location of columns.
*
@@ -347,14 +347,14 @@
/**
- * Returns the
* It is the header renderers responsibility to render the sorting
* indicator. If you are using sorting and specify a renderer your
@@ -416,13 +416,13 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the
- * This method sets this column's width to
- * For details on how the widths of columns in the
* If the value of the
- *
* If the value of the
- *
+ * The {@code TableModel} interface specifies the methods the
+ * {@code JTable} will use to interrogate a tabular data model.
*
- * The
- *
* The previous example assumes you have not enabled filtering. If you
- * have enabled filtering
- *
- * In addition to sorting
* If the underlying model structure changes (the
- *
- *
- * WARNING:
* AbstractDocument models an implied break at the end of the document.
* Among other things this allows you to position the caret after the last
- * character. As a result of this,
* Warning:
* Serialized objects of this class will not be compatible with
@@ -91,7 +90,7 @@
* appropriate for short term storage or RMI between applications running
* the same version of Swing. As of 1.4, support for long term storage
* of all JavaBeans™
- * has been added to the
- * You can specify the
- * Calls to This method also updates the line length based on
- *
* This method never returns {@code null}. For a set with no attributes, it
* returns an empty {@code Enumeration}.
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/BadLocationException.java 2015-10-04 22:59:16.849256493 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/BadLocationException.java 2015-10-04 22:59:16.637256502 +0400
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
* appropriate for short term storage or RMI between applications running
* the same version of Swing. As of 1.4, support for long term storage
* of all JavaBeans™
- * has been added to the
* Layout for each axis is handled separately by the methods
- *
- * If the receiver is laying its
* The dot can be placed by either calling
- *
* The component is placed relative to the text baseline
* according to the value returned by
- *
@@ -237,7 +237,7 @@
* executed, followed by a call to createComponent if
* the parent view parameter is non-null and a component
* has not yet been created. The embedded components parent
- * is then set to the value returned by
@@ -438,8 +438,8 @@
/**
* Shows or hides this component depending on the value of parameter
- * While While {@code CompositeView}
+ * does not impose a layout policy on its child {@code View}s,
+ * it does allow for inseting the child {@code View}s
* it will contain. The insets can be set by either
* {@link #setInsets} or {@link #setParagraphInsets}.
*
* In addition to the abstract methods of
* {@link javax.swing.text.View},
- * subclasses of
* This unconditionally returns false, subclasses should override this
- * method if there is the possibility for laying
* Warning:
* Serialized objects of this class will not be compatible with
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@
* appropriate for short term storage or RMI between applications running
* the same version of Swing. As of 1.4, support for long term storage
* of all JavaBeans™
- * has been added to the
* If you have used the nullary constructor the value of this property
* will be determined for the current locale by way of the
- *
* The caret acts as a mouse and focus listener on the text component
* it has been installed in, and defines the caret semantics based upon
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@
* Selection appearance can be customized by supplying a
* painter to use for the highlights. By default a painter is used that
* will render a solid color as specified in the associated text component
- * in the
* The following update policies are allowed:
*
- * The default property value is
*
- * You can specify the
- * This method returns whether or not the
* Subclasses that wish to render a different flashing caret
@@ -928,28 +928,28 @@
/**
* Sets the caret visibility, and repaints the caret.
* It is important to understand the relationship between this method,
- *
* Here's a list showing the potential return values of both
- *
- *
- * Note that Note that {@code EndOfLineStringProperty} is set
+ * on the {@code Document} using the {@code get/putProperty}
* methods. Subclasses may override this behavior.
*
*
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@
/**
* Gets the MIME type of the data that this
* kit represents support for. The default
- * is
@@ -840,7 +840,7 @@
* appropriate for short term storage or RMI between applications running
* the same version of Swing. As of 1.4, support for long term storage
* of all JavaBeans™
- * has been added to the
- * Instances of
* Warning:
* Serialized objects of this class will not be compatible with
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@
* appropriate for short term storage or RMI between applications running
* the same version of Swing. As of 1.4, support for long term storage
* of all JavaBeans™
- * has been added to the
* Subclasses will typically only need to override this if they
* wish to install additional listeners on the
- *
- * If there is a
* While this is a public method, this is typically only useful
- * for subclassers of
* All of the DocumentFilter methods funnel into here, you should
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/DefaultFormatterFactory.java 2015-10-04 22:59:21.681256276 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/DefaultFormatterFactory.java 2015-10-04 22:59:21.493256284 +0400
@@ -30,26 +30,26 @@
/**
* An implementation of
- *
* The following code shows how to configure a
- * If the element is {@code null,} {@code NullPointerException} is
+ * If the element is {@code null, NullPointerException} is
* thrown. If the element structure would become invalid after the removal,
* for example if the element is the document root element, {@code
* IllegalArgumentException} is thrown. If the current element structure is
@@ -587,7 +587,7 @@
}
/**
- * Gets the paragraph element at the offset
+ * It generates, in {@code parseBuffer}, ElementSpecs that will
+ * position the stack in {@code paragraph}.
* It returns the direction the last StartSpec should have (this don't
* necessarily create the last start spec).
*/
@@ -1132,7 +1132,7 @@
* appropriate for short term storage or RMI between applications running
* the same version of Swing. As of 1.4, support for long term storage
* of all JavaBeans™
- * has been added to the This will invoke This will invoke {@code fractureFrom} if it is determined
* a fracture needs to happen.
*/
void fracture(int depth) {
@@ -2221,10 +2221,10 @@
/**
* Recreates the elements to the right of the insertion point.
- * This starts at
- * The Notification
*
- * Mutations to the
@@ -157,15 +157,15 @@
* Document implementations will generally have some set of properties
* associated with them at runtime. Two well known properties are the
* StreamDescriptionProperty,
- * which can be used to describe where the For more information on the For more information on the {@code Document} class, see
* The Swing Connection
* and most particularly the article,
*
@@ -230,7 +230,7 @@
/**
* Gets the properties associated with the document.
*
- * @param key a non-
- * When
* By default, text related document mutation methods such as
- *
- * All the default
* This is meant for internal usage, and is generally not of interest
* to subclasses.
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/GlyphPainter1.java 2015-10-04 22:59:27.541256013 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/GlyphPainter1.java 2015-10-04 22:59:27.349256021 +0400
@@ -157,7 +157,7 @@
* @param x the X coordinate
* @param y the Y coordinate
* @param a the allocated region to render into
- * @param biasReturn always returns
* Since this view
* represents text that may have tabs embedded in it, it implements the
- *
* This is implemented to forward to the superclass for
@@ -1203,11 +1203,11 @@
* to the coordinate space of the view mapped to it.
* This is shared by the broken views.
*
- * @param v the
- * If
* You can specify a minimum and maximum value by way of the
- *
- * Be careful how you configure the
- * If
- *
* Warning:
* Serialized objects of this class will not be compatible with
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@
* appropriate for short term storage or RMI between applications running
* the same version of Swing. As of 1.4, support for long term storage
* of all JavaBeans™
- * has been added to the
* If allowsInvalid is false, every edit results in resetting the complete
@@ -129,11 +129,11 @@
*
* InternationalFormatterFilter can also provide two actions suitable for
* incrementing and decrementing. To enable this a subclass must
- * override
* Subclasses will typically only need to override this if they
* wish to install additional listeners on the
- *
- * If there is a
* While this is a public method, this is typically only useful
- * for subclassers of
* The input method framework
* lets text components interact with input methods, separate software
* components that preprocess events to let users enter thousands of
* different characters using keyboards with far fewer keys.
- *
* The AWT listener model lets applications attach event listeners to
* components in order to bind events to actions. Swing encourages the
@@ -237,7 +237,7 @@
* Support for an edit history mechanism is provided to allow
* undo/redo operations. The text component does not itself
* provide the history buffer by default, but does provide
- * the
- *
* The drop mode is only meaningful if this component has a
- *
* Note: This method is meant to override
- *
* Note: This method is meant to override
- *
* This method is not meant for querying the drop location
* from a {@code TransferHandler}, as the drop location is only
- * set after the {@code TransferHandler}'s
* When this property changes, a property change event with
@@ -961,10 +961,10 @@
/**
- * Updates the
- * Note that text is not a bound property, so no
* This is available for backward compatibility to code
- * that called this method on
* This is available for backward compatibility to code
- * that called this method on
* This call is provided for backward compatibility.
- * It is routed to a call to
- * Scrolling containers, like
- * Scrolling containers, like
* Warning:
@@ -2502,7 +2502,7 @@
* appropriate for short term storage or RMI between applications running
* the same version of Swing. As of 1.4, support for long term storage
* of all JavaBeans™
- * has been added to the
- * Overriding KeymapActionMap is then able to transate the object passed in
* to either message the Keymap, or message its default implementation.
*/
@@ -4325,8 +4325,8 @@
/**
* Wraps a Keymap inside an ActionMap. This is used with
- * a KeymapWrapper. If When you request this property, When you request this property, {@code LabelView}
* re-syncs its state with the properties of the
- * When you request this property, When you request this property, {@code LabelView}
* re-syncs its state with the properties of the
- * When you request this property, When you request this property, {@code LabelView}
* re-syncs its state with the properties of the
- * When you request this property, When you request this property, {@code LabelView}
* re-syncs its state with the properties of the
- *
* You can further restrict the characters that can be input by the
- *
* Would result in the string '123-____'. If
- *
- * If a
* Similar behavior will result when editing. Consider inserting the string
- * '123-45' and '12345' into the
- * By default
- * By default,
* Warning:
* Serialized objects of this class will not be compatible with
@@ -144,7 +144,7 @@
* appropriate for short term storage or RMI between applications running
* the same version of Swing. As of 1.4, support for long term storage
* of all JavaBeans™
- * has been added to the
- * For example, if the mask is
* Subclasses will typically only need to override this if they
* wish to install additional listeners on the
- *
- * If there is a
* While this is a public method, this is typically only useful
- * for subclassers of
* This is overriden to return true for a partial match.
*/
@@ -832,10 +832,10 @@
}
/**
- * Returns true if
* Subclasses can conditionally call into supers implementation to restrict
* where the cursor can be placed, or call directly into the
- *
* If you are displaying scientific numbers, you may wish to turn on
- * overwrite mode,
* If you are going to allow the user to enter decimal
* values, you should either force the DecimalFormat to contain at least
- * one decimal (
- *
* Warning:
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@
* appropriate for short term storage or RMI between applications running
* the same version of Swing. As of 1.4, support for long term storage
* of all JavaBeans™
- * has been added to the
* If you have used the nullary constructor the value of this property
* will be determined for the current locale by way of the
- *
* This will return true if the text is layed out right
* to left at position, otherwise false.
*
* @param position position into the model
- * @param bias either
- * This is implemented to try and locate a
- *
- *
* This is meant for internal usage, and is generally not of interest
@@ -292,7 +292,7 @@
/**
* Resets the location for all the UndoPosRef instances
- * in
* This is meant for internal usage, and is generally not of interest
* to subclasses.
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/Style.java 2015-10-04 22:59:36.149255626 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/Style.java 2015-10-04 22:59:35.957255635 +0400
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@
/**
* Fetches the name of the style. A style is not required to be named,
- * so
* For operation under a 1.1 virtual machine, this
- * uses the value returned by
+ * are in {@code set}.
* This is called anytime the caret moves over a different location.
*
* @param element the element
@@ -377,7 +377,7 @@
* appropriate for short term storage or RMI between applications running
* the same version of Swing. As of 1.4, support for long term storage
* of all JavaBeans™
- * has been added to the
@@ -613,7 +613,7 @@
* source of the ActionEvent and there is a command string,
* the command string will be interpreted as the foreground
* color. It will be interpreted by called
- *
* Warning:
@@ -622,7 +622,7 @@
* appropriate for short term storage or RMI between applications running
* the same version of Swing. As of 1.4, support for long term storage
* of all JavaBeans™
- * has been added to the
@@ -681,7 +681,7 @@
* source of the ActionEvent and there is a command string,
* the command string will be interpreted as an integer
* that should be one of the legal values for the
- *
* Warning:
* Serialized objects of this class will not be compatible with
@@ -689,7 +689,7 @@
* appropriate for short term storage or RMI between applications running
* the same version of Swing. As of 1.4, support for long term storage
* of all JavaBeans™
- * has been added to the
- * A very important part of the text package is the
By default, a view is very light. It contains a reference to the parent
view from which it can fetch many things without holding state, and it
-contains a reference to a portion of the model ( The view has a The view has a {@code setSize} method which is like
+ {@code doLayout} and {@code setSize} in {@code Component} combined.
+ The view has a {@code preferenceChanged} method which is
+ like {@code invalidate} in {@code Component} except that one can
invalidate just one axis
and the child requesting the change is identified.
A View expresses the size that it would like to be in terms of three
@@ -80,17 +80,17 @@
The The {@code setSize} method should be prepared to be called a number of times
(i.e. It may be called even if the size didn't change).
- The This is done in the paint method, which is pretty much like a component
paint method. Views are expected to potentially populate a fairly large
- tree. A The layout must be valid prior to attempting to make the translation.
The translation is not valid, and must not be attempted while changes
- are being broadcasted from the model via a If the overall view is represented by many pieces (which is the best situation
if one want to be able to change the view and write the least amount of new code),
- it would be impractical to have a huge number of
* This is implemented to provide the default behavior
- * of returning
* The line views do all of their rendering through the
- *
@@ -630,7 +630,7 @@
/**
- * Returns the Element representing the The document models only HTML, and makes no attempt to store
* view attributes in it. The elements are identified by the
- * This document supports incremental loading. The
- * The The {@code Base} property determines the URL against which
* relative URLs are resolved. By default, this will be the
- * The default content storage mechanism for this document is a gap
- * buffer ( With the following HTML content: Paragraph 1 Paragraph 2 All the methods for modifying an HTML document require an {@link
* Element}. Elements can be obtained from an HTML document by using
* the method {@link #getElement(Element e, Object attribute, Object
* value)}. It returns the first descendant element that contains the
* specified attribute with the given value, in depth-first order.
- * For example, A convenient shortcut for locating elements is the method {@link
- * #getElement(String)}; returns an element whose The {@link #getIterator(HTML.Tag t)} method can also be used for
@@ -147,36 +147,39 @@
*
* Elements can be inserted before or after the existing children
* of any non-leaf element by using the methods
- * Sibling elements can be inserted before or after any element by
- * using the methods Elements and all their descendants can be replaced by using the
- * methods This is a convenience method for
- * This also sets the base of the This also sets the base of the {@code StyleSheet}
+ * to be {@code u} as well as the base of the document.
*
* @param u the desired base URL
*/
@@ -524,10 +527,10 @@
}
/**
- * Fetches the
* If the target is _parent, then it deletes the parent element,
* which is a <FRAMESET> element, and inserts a new <FRAME>
- * element, and sets its
* If the target is _top, this method does nothing. In the implementation
- * of the view for a frame, namely the
* If the target is a named frame, then the element hierarchy is searched
* for an element with a name equal to the target, its
- *
- * This will be seen as at least two events, n inserts followed by
* a remove. Consider the following structure (the Consider the following structure (the {@code elem}
* parameter is in bold). Invoking Invoking {@code setInnerHTML(elem, " Parameter Parameter {@code elem} must not be a leaf element,
+ * otherwise an {@code IllegalArgumentException} is thrown.
+ * If either {@code elem} or {@code htmlText} parameter
+ * is {@code null}, no changes are made to the document. For this to work correctly, the document must have an
- * If you try to replace the element at length you will most
* likely end up with two elements, eg
- * Consider the following structure (the Consider the following structure (the {@code elem}
* parameter is in bold). Invoking Invoking {@code setOuterHTML(elem, " If either If either {@code elem} or {@code htmlText}
+ * parameter is {@code null}, no changes are made to the
* document. For this to work correctly, the document must have an
* HTMLEditorKit.Parser set. This will be the case if the document
* was created from an HTMLEditorKit via the
- * Consider the following structure (the Consider the following structure (the {@code elem}
* parameter is in bold). Invoking Invoking
+ * {@code insertAfterStart(elem, " Unlike the Unlike the {@code insertBeforeStart} method, new
* elements become children of the specified element,
* not siblings. Parameter Parameter {@code elem} must not be a leaf element,
+ * otherwise an {@code IllegalArgumentException} is thrown.
+ * If either {@code elem} or {@code htmlText} parameter
+ * is {@code null}, no changes are made to the document. For this to work correctly, the document must have an
- * If If {@code elem}'s children are leaves, and the
+ * character at a {@code elem.getEndOffset() - 1} is a newline,
* this will insert before the newline so that there isn't text after
* the newline. Consider the following structure (the Consider the following structure (the {@code elem}
* parameter is in bold). Invoking Invoking {@code insertBeforeEnd(elem, " Unlike the Unlike the {@code insertAfterEnd} method, new elements
* become children of the specified element, not
* siblings. Parameter Parameter {@code elem} must not be a leaf element,
+ * otherwise an {@code IllegalArgumentException} is thrown.
+ * If either {@code elem} or {@code htmlText} parameter
+ * is {@code null}, no changes are made to the document. For this to work correctly, the document must have an
- * Consider the following structure (the Consider the following structure (the {@code elem}
* parameter is in bold). Invoking Invoking
+ * {@code insertBeforeStart(elem, " Unlike the Unlike the {@code insertAfterStart} method, new
* elements become siblings of the specified element, not
* children. If either If either {@code elem} or {@code htmlText}
+ * parameter is {@code null}, no changes are made to the
* document. For this to work correctly, the document must have an
- * Consider the following structure (the Consider the following structure (the {@code elem}
* parameter is in bold). Invoking Invoking {@code insertAfterEnd(elem, " Unlike the Unlike the {@code insertBeforeEnd} method, new elements
* become siblings of the specified element, not
* children. If either If either {@code elem} or {@code htmlText}
+ * parameter is {@code null}, no changes are made to the
* document. For this to work correctly, the document must have an
- *
- * If This is not a general purpose method, it assumes that This is not a general purpose method, it assumes that {@code e}
* will still have at least one child after the remove, and it assumes
- * the character at Since the Content will not allow a removal to the end character
- * this will do a remove from
* The reader can be configured by registering actions
- * (of type
* The assignment of the actions described is shown in the
- * following table for the tags defined in
* Once </html> is encountered, the Actions are no longer notified.
@@ -2235,8 +2240,8 @@
/**
* Generates a RuntimeException (will eventually generate
* a BadLocationException when API changes are alloced) if inserting
- * into non empty document,
- * The modeling of HTML is provided by the class
- * The support for this is provided by the
+ * are in {@code set}.
* This is called anytime the caret moves over a different location.
*
*/
@@ -557,7 +557,7 @@
/**
* Indicates whether an html form submission is processed automatically
- * or only Refer to DocumentParser, the default parser used, for further
@@ -1100,7 +1100,7 @@
/**
* This is invoked after the stream has been parsed, but before
- *
- * This will put the converted values into If this is invoked on the event dispatching thread, this
- * directly invokes If this is invoked on the event dispatching thread, this
- * directly invokes
* While this class has been part of swing for a while now, it is public
* as of 1.4.
@@ -143,7 +143,7 @@
/**
* Returns the text to display if the image cannot be loaded. This is
* obtained from the Elements attribute set with the attribute name
- *
* This is implemented to provide the default behavior
- * of returning Behavior of this method is unspecified in case Behavior of this method is unspecified in case {@code axis}
+ * is neither {@code View.X_AXIS} nor {@code View.Y_AXIS}, and
+ * in case {@code offset}, {@code pos}, or {@code len}
* is null.
*
- * @param axis may be either
- * This is implemented to try and locate a
* This view will try to load the class specified by the
- *
* If the class can successfully be loaded, an attempt will
* be made to create an instance of it by calling
- *
* This view can also manage a set of parameters with limitations.
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/html/Option.java 2015-10-04 22:59:54.433254805 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/html/Option.java 2015-10-04 22:59:54.245254813 +0400
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@
* appropriate for short term storage or RMI between applications running
* the same version of Swing. As of 1.4, support for long term storage
* of all JavaBeans™
- * has been added to the
* The primary entry point for HTML View implementations
@@ -101,9 +101,9 @@
*
* The semantics for when a CSS style should overide visual attributes
* defined by an element are not well defined. For example, the html
- *
* The attributes of the returned Style will change
* as rules are added and removed. That is if you to ask for a rule
@@ -396,8 +396,8 @@
}
/**
- * Adds the rules from the StyleSheet
* This is not thread safe, it is assumed the caller will take the
@@ -3119,8 +3119,8 @@
/**
* Returns the child mapping identified by the simple selector
- * HTML.Attributes defines a type safe enumeration of html attributes.
* If an attribute key of a tag is defined in HTML.Attribute, the
* HTML.Attribute will be used as the key, otherwise a String will be used.
@@ -81,15 +81,15 @@
* the text 'blah' will have a position of 3, the newlines are skipped.
*
* For attributes that do not have a value, eg in the html
- * string
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/html/parser/Entity.java 2015-10-04 22:59:57.657254660 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/html/parser/Entity.java 2015-10-04 22:59:57.469254669 +0400
@@ -71,7 +71,7 @@
/**
* Gets the name of the entity.
- * @return the name of the entity, as a
- * If Most of the functionality
* of this class would be redundant except that the
- * A subclass should override at least A subclass should override at least {@code write(char)}
+ * and {@code writeSpecial(int)}. For efficiency's sake it's a
+ * good idea to override {@code write(String)} as well. The subclass'
* initializer may also install appropriate translation and specials tables.
*
* @see OutputStream
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@
* AbstractFilter to which this method is sent.
* This method does not close the receiver after reaching EOF on
* the input stream.
- * The user must call PENDING: Does PENDING: Does {@code write(byte[])}
+ * call {@code write(byte[], int, int)} or is it the other way
* around?
*/
public void write(byte[] buf, int off, int len)
@@ -194,7 +194,7 @@
/**
* Hopefully, all subclasses will override this method to accept strings
* of text, but if they don't, AbstractFilter's implementation
- * will spoon-feed them via e.childIndices() returns the index(es) of the changed node(s). e.childIndices() returns the indices of the new nodes in
* ascending order. e.childIndices() returns the indices the nodes had before they were deleted in ascending order. Invoked after the tree has drastically changed structure from a
- * given node down. If the path returned by e.path() holds the path to the node. e.childIndices() returns null.
* This class provides enumerations for efficiently traversing a tree or
* subtree in various orders or for following the path between two nodes.
- * A
* This is not a thread safe class.If you intend to use
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@
* appropriate for short term storage or RMI between applications running
* the same version of Swing. As of 1.4, support for long term storage
* of all JavaBeans™
- * has been added to the
* Note: By default, a node allows children.
@@ -326,7 +326,7 @@
}
/**
- * Sets the user object for this node to
+ * {@code nextElement()} method is this node.
*
* Modifying the tree by inserting, removing, or moving a node invalidates
* any enumerations created before the modification.
@@ -772,7 +772,7 @@
/**
* Creates and returns an enumeration that traverses the subtree rooted at
* this node in postorder. The first node returned by the enumeration's
- *
*
* Modifying the tree by inserting, removing, or moving a node invalidates
@@ -789,7 +789,7 @@
/**
* Creates and returns an enumeration that traverses the subtree rooted at
* this node in breadth-first order. The first node returned by the
- * enumeration's
+ * enumeration's {@code nextElement()} method is this node.
*
* Modifying the tree by inserting, removing, or moving a node invalidates
* any enumerations created before the modification.
@@ -804,7 +804,7 @@
/**
* Creates and returns an enumeration that traverses the subtree rooted at
* this node in depth-first order. The first node returned by the
- * enumeration's
*
* Modifying the tree by inserting, removing, or moving a node invalidates
@@ -820,12 +820,12 @@
/**
* Creates and returns an enumeration that follows the path from
- *
*
* Modifying the tree by inserting, removing, or moving a node invalidates
@@ -834,7 +834,7 @@
* @param ancestor the node to start enumeration from
* @see #isNodeAncestor
* @see #isNodeDescendant
- * @exception IllegalArgumentException if
- * In this implementation of the
* That implementation makes the operation suitable for short
* traversals from a known position. But to traverse all of the
- * leaves in the tree, you should use
- * In this implementation of the
* That implementation makes the operation suitable for short
* traversals from a known position. But to traverse all of the
- * leaves in the tree, you should use
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@
* appropriate for short term storage or RMI between applications running
* the same version of Swing. As of 1.4, support for long term storage
* of all JavaBeans™
- * has been added to the
* Implementation Note:
* This class overrides
- *
*
- * You can specify the resetRowSelection is called from any of the methods that update
* the selected paths. If you subclass any of these methods to
* filter what is allowed to be selected, be sure and message
- * This may change the selection if the current selection is not valid
* for the new mode. For example, if three TreePaths are
- * selected when the mode is changed to
* Setting the mode to something other than the defined types will
- * result in the mode becoming The lead path is set to the last element in If the selection mode is The lead path is set to the last element in {@code paths}.
+ * If the selection mode is {@code CONTIGUOUS_TREE_SELECTION},
* and adding the new paths would make the selection discontiguous.
- * Then two things can result: if the TreePaths in
*
- * You can specify the You do not normally have to call this, JTree and its associated
* Listeners will invoke this for you. If you are implementing your own
* View class, then you will have to invoke this.
- * This will invoke This will invoke {@code insureRowContinuity} to make sure
* the currently selected TreePaths are still valid based on the
* selection mode.
*/
@@ -853,9 +853,9 @@
/**
* Returns an array of all the property change listeners
- * registered on this
- * If the selection mode is
- * The
- *
- * Similarly
* For further information on tree models,
* including an example of a custom implementation,
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@
{
/**
- * Returns the root of the tree. Returns
- * Implementations of
*
* A TreeSelectionModel can be configured to allow only one
- * path (
*
- * For a selection model of
*
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@
*
* This may change the selection if the current selection is not valid
* for the new mode. For example, if three TreePaths are
- * selected when the mode is changed to {@code e.path} returns the path the parent of the
* changed node(s).
*
- * {@code e.childIndices} returns the index(es) of the
* changed node(s).
*
- * @param e the {@code e.path} returns the parent of the new nodes.
+ * {@code e.childIndices} returns the indices of the new nodes in
* ascending order.
*
- * @param e the {@code e.path} returns the former parent of the deleted nodes.
*
- * {@code e.childIndices} returns the indices the nodes had
* before they were deleted in ascending order.
*
- * @param e the {@code e.path} holds the path to the node.
+ * {@code e.childIndices} returns {@code null}.
*
- * @param e the Typically an edit is killed when it is consolidated by
- * another edit's
* Warning:
* Serialized objects of this class will not be compatible with
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
* appropriate for short term storage or RMI between applications running
* the same version of Swing. As of 1.4, support for long term storage
* of all JavaBeans™
- * has been added to the
* Warning:
* Serialized objects of this class will not be compatible with
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
* appropriate for short term storage or RMI between applications running
* the same version of Swing. As of 1.4, support for long term storage
* of all JavaBeans™
- * has been added to the The last edit added to this The last edit added to this {@code CompoundEdit}
+ * is given a chance to {@code addEdit(anEdit)}.
+ * If it refuses (returns false), {@code anEdit} is
+ * given a chance to {@code replaceEdit} the last edit.
+ * If {@code anEdit} returns false here,
+ * it is added to {@code edits}.
*
* @param anEdit the edit to be added
- * @return true if the edit is
- *
* As shown in figure 1, if D was just added, the
- * index of the next edit will be 4. Invoking
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@
*
* The last significant edit is A, so that invoking
- *
@@ -88,19 +88,19 @@
*
- * Invoking
- * Adding an edit to an
- * Once
* Unlike the rest of Swing, this class is thread safe.
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@
* appropriate for short term storage or RMI between applications running
* the same version of Swing. As of 1.4, support for long term storage
* of all JavaBeans™
- * has been added to the
- *
* This is a useful hook for cleaning up state no longer
* needed once undoing or redoing is impossible--for example,
* deleting file resources used by objects that can no longer be
- * undeleted.
* Note that this is a one-way operation. There is no "un-die"
* method.
@@ -112,45 +112,45 @@
public void die();
/**
- * Adds an
- * A return value of true indicates Typically the receiver is already in the queue of a
- * If true is returned, from now on If true is returned, from now on {@code anEdit} must return
+ * false from {@code canUndo} and {@code canRedo},
+ * and must throw the appropriate exception on {@code undo} or
+ * {@code redo}.
* This method provides a way for an edit to replace an existing edit.
* This message is the opposite of addEdit--anEdit has typically
- * already been queued in an
*
* @param name the resource name
- * @return an input stream for reading the resource, or
*
* @param name the resource name
- * @return an input stream for reading the resource, or
- * This method is used by the
- * The
- * This method calls
* AWT is considered to be in ready-to-shutdown state when
- *
- *
+ * }
+ * }
*
* The problem with the above is that the Foo service is global in scope,
* so that applets and other untrusted code can execute methods on the
@@ -90,7 +91,7 @@
* executes it.
*
* Here's the Foo class written to use the AppContext:
- *
+ * }
+ * }
*
* Since a separate AppContext can exist for each ThreadGroup, trusted
* and untrusted code have access to different Foo instances. This allows
@@ -159,7 +161,7 @@
Collections.synchronizedMap(new IdentityHashMap
- * The value can be retrieved by calling the
* setLocation() and setBounds() for EmbeddedFrame really don't move it
@@ -418,9 +418,9 @@
/**
* Moves and resizes this embedded frame. The new location of the top-left
- * corner is specified by
* setLocation() and setBounds() for EmbeddedFrame really don't move it
* within the native parent. These methods always put embedded frame to
@@ -437,8 +437,8 @@
*
*
* (1) InputEvent updates which are outdated are discarded by
- *
+ * {@code updateCursorImmediately(InputEvent)}.
*
* (2) If 'useCache' is true, the native code is free to use a cached
* value to determine the most specific, visible, enabled heavyweight
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/awt/LightweightFrame.java 2015-10-04 23:00:17.845253753 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/awt/LightweightFrame.java 2015-10-04 23:00:17.657253762 +0400
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@
* frame. Peers should override this method if they are to implement
* this functionality.
*
- * @param activate if
* WARNING: This is invoked from the native thread, be careful
* what methods you end up invoking here.
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/awt/RepaintArea.java 2015-10-04 23:00:18.893253706 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/awt/RepaintArea.java 2015-10-04 23:00:18.701253715 +0400
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
import java.awt.event.PaintEvent;
/**
- * The
@@ -521,7 +521,7 @@
/*
* Execute a chunk of code on the Java event handler thread. The
* method takes into account provided AppContext and sets
- * This method allows to write tests without explicit timeouts
* or wait for some event. Example:
- * After realSync, After realSync, {@code f} will be completely visible
* on the screen, its getLocationOnScreen will be returning the
* right result and it will be the focus owner.
*
* Another example:
- * After realSync, After realSync, {@code b} will be focus owner.
*
* Notice that realSync isn't guaranteed to work if recurring
* actions occur, such as if during processing of some event
@@ -1519,8 +1519,8 @@
* sync of the native queue. The method should wait until native
* requests are processed, all native events are processed and
* corresponding Java events are generated. Should return
- *
* Currently is only called from native code to prepend palette data to
* platform-specific image data during image transfer on Win32.
*
* @param obj1 the first object to be concatenated.
* @param obj2 the second object to be concatenated.
- * @return a byte array or an
* If we examine the parametric equation in t, we have:
* Py(t) = C0*(1-t)^2 + 2*CP*t*(1-t) + C1*t^2
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/awt/geom/Order3.java 2015-10-04 23:00:22.109253562 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/awt/geom/Order3.java 2015-10-04 23:00:21.921253570 +0400
@@ -123,7 +123,7 @@
/*
* Return the count of the number of horizontal sections of the
* specified cubic Bezier curve. Put the parameters for the
- * horizontal sections into the specified
* If we examine the parametric equation in t, we have:
* Py(t) = C0(1-t)^3 + 3CP0 t(1-t)^2 + 3CP1 t^2(1-t) + C1 t^3
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/awt/im/ExecutableInputMethodManager.java 2015-10-04 23:00:22.637253538 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/awt/im/ExecutableInputMethodManager.java 2015-10-04 23:00:22.449253547 +0400
@@ -57,11 +57,11 @@
import sun.awt.SunToolkit;
/**
- *
- * In comparison the act of setting the
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/java2d/SunGraphics2D.java 2015-10-04 23:00:32.669253088 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/java2d/SunGraphics2D.java 2015-10-04 23:00:32.465253097 +0400
@@ -2759,8 +2759,8 @@
}
/**
- * Intersects
* This method can also be used to initialize a simple rectangular
* region.
@@ -637,7 +637,7 @@
* object with the specified Region object.
*
* If {@code A} and {@code B} are both Region Objects and
- *
@@ -666,7 +666,7 @@
* object with the specified Region object.
*
* If {@code A} and {@code B} are both Region Objects and
- *
@@ -693,7 +693,7 @@
* specified Region object subtracted from this object.
*
* If {@code A} and {@code B} are both Region Objects and
- *
@@ -717,7 +717,7 @@
* object with the specified Region object.
*
* If {@code A} and {@code B} are both Region Objects and
- *
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/java2d/pipe/RenderQueue.java 2015-10-04 23:00:35.361252967 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/java2d/pipe/RenderQueue.java 2015-10-04 23:00:35.169252975 +0400
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@
/**
* Attempts to lock the queue. If successful, this method returns true,
* indicating that the caller is responsible for calling
- * Issues: in J2Se, a zero length dash segment as drawn as a very
@@ -60,11 +60,11 @@
private float[] curCurvepts;
/**
- * Constructs a
* For class DialogOwner the category name is
- *
* Beginning with Java 1.1, the background color
* of offscreen images may be system dependent. Applications should
- * use
* The oval covers an area that is
*
- * The resulting arc begins at
* The center of the arc is the center of the rectangle whose origin
* is (x, y) and whose size is specified by the
- *
* The resulting arc covers an area
*
- * The resulting arc begins at
* The center of the arc is the center of the rectangle whose origin
* is (x, y) and whose size is specified by the
- *
* The resulting arc covers an area
*
- * This method draws the polygon defined by
- * This method draws the polygon defined by
* The area inside the polygon is defined using an
* even-odd fill rule, also known as the alternating rule.
- * @param xPoints a an array of
* If the image has not yet been completely loaded, then
- *
* A scaled version of an image will not necessarily be
* available immediately just because an unscaled version of the
@@ -1450,11 +1450,11 @@
* and converted for the current output device.
*
* If the image has not yet been completely loaded, then
- *
@@ -1517,7 +1517,7 @@
* the image may be cached separately and generated from the original
* data in a separate image production sequence.
* @param img the specified image to be drawn.
- * This method does nothing if
@@ -1628,7 +1628,7 @@
* image area to be drawn has not yet been scaled, dithered, and converted
* for the current output device.
* If the current output representation is not yet complete then
- *
@@ -1642,7 +1642,7 @@
* mapped to the second destination coordinate. The subimage is
* scaled and flipped as needed to preserve those mappings.
* @param img the specified image to be drawn
- * This method does nothing if
* Beginning with Java 1.1, the background color
* of offscreen images may be system dependent. Applications should
- * use
* The oval covers an area that is
*
- * The resulting arc begins at
* The center of the arc is the center of the rectangle whose origin
* is (x, y) and whose size is specified by the
- *
* The resulting arc covers an area
*
- * The resulting arc begins at
* The center of the arc is the center of the rectangle whose origin
* is (x, y) and whose size is specified by the
- *
* The resulting arc covers an area
*
- * This method draws the polygon defined by
- * This method draws the polygon defined by
* The area inside the polygon is defined using an
* even-odd fill rule, also known as the alternating rule.
- * @param xPoints a an array of
* If the image has not yet been completely loaded, then
- *
* A scaled version of an image will not necessarily be
* available immediately just because an unscaled version of the
@@ -1027,7 +1027,7 @@
* and converted for the current output device.
*
* If the image has not yet been completely loaded, then
- *
@@ -1127,7 +1127,7 @@
* image area to be drawn has not yet been scaled, dithered, and converted
* for the current output device.
* If the current output representation is not yet complete then
- *
@@ -1199,7 +1199,7 @@
* image area to be drawn has not yet been scaled, dithered, and converted
* for the current output device.
* If the current output representation is not yet complete then
- *
@@ -1304,10 +1304,10 @@
/**
* Disposes of this graphics context and releases
* any system resources that it is using.
- * A
- * When a Java program runs, a large number of
* Graphics objects which are provided as arguments to the
- *
*
@@ -231,12 +231,12 @@
* This method refers to the user clip, which is independent of the
* clipping associated with device bounds and window visibility.
* If no clip has previously been set, or if the clip has been
- * cleared using
* Beginning with Java 1.1, the background color
* of offscreen images may be system dependent. Applications should
- * use
* The oval covers an area that is
*
- * The resulting arc begins at
* The center of the arc is the center of the rectangle whose origin
* is (x, y) and whose size is specified by the
- *
* The resulting arc covers an area
*
- * The resulting arc begins at
* The center of the arc is the center of the rectangle whose origin
* is (x, y) and whose size is specified by the
- *
* The resulting arc covers an area
*
- * This method draws the polygon defined by
- * This method draws the polygon defined by
* The area inside the polygon is defined using an
* even-odd fill rule, also known as the alternating rule.
- * @param xPoints a an array of
* If the image has not yet been completely loaded, then
- *
* A scaled version of an image will not necessarily be
* available immediately just because an unscaled version of the
@@ -877,7 +877,7 @@
* and converted for the current output device.
*
* If the image has not yet been completely loaded, then
- *
@@ -953,7 +953,7 @@
* image area to be drawn has not yet been scaled, dithered, and converted
* for the current output device.
* If the current output representation is not yet complete then
- *
@@ -1014,7 +1014,7 @@
* image area to be drawn has not yet been scaled, dithered, and converted
* for the current output device.
* If the current output representation is not yet complete then
- *
@@ -1068,10 +1068,10 @@
/**
* Disposes of this graphics context and releases
* any system resources that it is using.
- * A
- * When a Java program runs, a large number of
* Graphics objects which are provided as arguments to the
- *
* Beginning with Java 1.1, the background color
* of offscreen images may be system dependent. Applications should
- * use
* The oval covers an area that is
*
- * The resulting arc begins at
* The center of the arc is the center of the rectangle whose origin
* is (x, y) and whose size is specified by the
- *
* The resulting arc covers an area
*
- * The resulting arc begins at
* The center of the arc is the center of the rectangle whose origin
* is (x, y) and whose size is specified by the
- *
* The resulting arc covers an area
*
- * This method draws the polygon defined by
- * This method draws the polygon defined by
* The area inside the polygon is defined using an
* even-odd fill rule, also known as the alternating rule.
- * @param xPoints a an array of
* If the image has not yet been completely loaded, then
- *
* A scaled version of an image will not necessarily be
* available immediately just because an unscaled version of the
@@ -872,7 +872,7 @@
* and converted for the current output device.
*
* If the image has not yet been completely loaded, then
- *
@@ -978,7 +978,7 @@
* image area to be drawn has not yet been scaled, dithered, and converted
* for the current output device.
* If the current output representation is not yet complete then
- *
@@ -1038,7 +1038,7 @@
* image area to be drawn has not yet been scaled, dithered, and converted
* for the current output device.
* If the current output representation is not yet complete then
- *
@@ -1106,7 +1106,7 @@
}
/**
- * Return true if drawing
- * When a Java program runs, a large number of
* Graphics objects which are provided as arguments to the
- *
* A typical subclass will look like:
*
* Subclasses that wish to conditionalize the enabled state should override
- *
- * Beyond the constructor a subclass should override the
+ * by the XServer and an {@code XAtom} object is returned. An {@code XAtom} can also be created
+ * by using a pre-exisiting atom like {@code XA_WM_CLASS}. A {@code display} has to be specified
+ * in order to create an {@code XAtom}.
*
- * Once an
*
*
* Example usage : To set the window name for a top level:
- *
- * xa.setProperty(window,"Hello World");
- *
- * To get the cut buffer :
- *
- * String selection = xa.getProperty(root_window);
+ *
+ * To get the cut buffer:
+ *
* NB: This could be called from any thread if triggered by
- * createUI
, and can be obtained by calling
- * the getUIs
method. The first element is guaranteed to be the real UI
+ * in the call to {@code createUI}, and can be obtained by calling
+ * the {@code getUIs} method. The first element is guaranteed to be the real UI
* obtained from the default look and feel.
*/
protected Vectorcontains
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code contains} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public boolean contains(JComponent a, int b, int c) {
boolean returnValue =
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the update
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code update} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void update(Graphics a, JComponent b) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -98,8 +98,8 @@
/**
* Returns a multiplexing UI instance if any of the auxiliary
- * LookAndFeel
s supports this UI. Otherwise, just returns the
- * UI object obtained from the default LookAndFeel
.
+ * {@code LookAndFeel}s supports this UI. Otherwise, just returns the
+ * UI object obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}.
*
* @param a the component to create the UI for
* @return the UI delegate created
@@ -110,7 +110,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the installUI
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code installUI} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void installUI(JComponent a) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the uninstallUI
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code uninstallUI} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void uninstallUI(JComponent a) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the paint
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code paint} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void paint(Graphics a, JComponent b) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -137,10 +137,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getPreferredSize
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getPreferredSize} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public Dimension getPreferredSize(JComponent a) {
Dimension returnValue =
@@ -152,10 +152,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getMinimumSize
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getMinimumSize} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public Dimension getMinimumSize(JComponent a) {
Dimension returnValue =
@@ -167,10 +167,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getMaximumSize
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getMaximumSize} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public Dimension getMaximumSize(JComponent a) {
Dimension returnValue =
@@ -182,10 +182,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getAccessibleChildrenCount
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getAccessibleChildrenCount} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public int getAccessibleChildrenCount(JComponent a) {
int returnValue =
@@ -197,10 +197,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getAccessibleChild
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getAccessibleChild} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public Accessible getAccessibleChild(JComponent a, int b) {
Accessible returnValue =
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/plaf/multi/MultiColorChooserUI.java 2015-10-04 22:58:36.897258287 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/plaf/multi/MultiColorChooserUI.java 2015-10-04 22:58:36.709258295 +0400
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
import javax.accessibility.Accessible;
/**
- * A multiplexing UI used to combine ColorChooserUI
s.
+ * A multiplexing UI used to combine {@code ColorChooserUI}s.
*
* createUI
, and can be obtained by calling
- * the getUIs
method. The first element is guaranteed to be the real UI
+ * in the call to {@code createUI}, and can be obtained by calling
+ * the {@code getUIs} method. The first element is guaranteed to be the real UI
* obtained from the default look and feel.
*/
protected Vectorcontains
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code contains} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public boolean contains(JComponent a, int b, int c) {
boolean returnValue =
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the update
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code update} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void update(Graphics a, JComponent b) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -98,8 +98,8 @@
/**
* Returns a multiplexing UI instance if any of the auxiliary
- * LookAndFeel
s supports this UI. Otherwise, just returns the
- * UI object obtained from the default LookAndFeel
.
+ * {@code LookAndFeel}s supports this UI. Otherwise, just returns the
+ * UI object obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}.
*
* @param a the component to create the UI for
* @return the UI delegate created
@@ -110,7 +110,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the installUI
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code installUI} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void installUI(JComponent a) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the uninstallUI
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code uninstallUI} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void uninstallUI(JComponent a) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the paint
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code paint} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void paint(Graphics a, JComponent b) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -137,10 +137,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getPreferredSize
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getPreferredSize} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public Dimension getPreferredSize(JComponent a) {
Dimension returnValue =
@@ -152,10 +152,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getMinimumSize
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getMinimumSize} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public Dimension getMinimumSize(JComponent a) {
Dimension returnValue =
@@ -167,10 +167,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getMaximumSize
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getMaximumSize} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public Dimension getMaximumSize(JComponent a) {
Dimension returnValue =
@@ -182,10 +182,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getAccessibleChildrenCount
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getAccessibleChildrenCount} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public int getAccessibleChildrenCount(JComponent a) {
int returnValue =
@@ -197,10 +197,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getAccessibleChild
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getAccessibleChild} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public Accessible getAccessibleChild(JComponent a, int b) {
Accessible returnValue =
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/plaf/multi/MultiComboBoxUI.java 2015-10-04 22:58:37.421258263 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/plaf/multi/MultiComboBoxUI.java 2015-10-04 22:58:37.233258272 +0400
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
import javax.accessibility.Accessible;
/**
- * A multiplexing UI used to combine ComboBoxUI
s.
+ * A multiplexing UI used to combine {@code ComboBoxUI}s.
*
* createUI
, and can be obtained by calling
- * the getUIs
method. The first element is guaranteed to be the real UI
+ * in the call to {@code createUI}, and can be obtained by calling
+ * the {@code getUIs} method. The first element is guaranteed to be the real UI
* obtained from the default look and feel.
*/
protected VectorisFocusTraversable
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code isFocusTraversable} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public boolean isFocusTraversable(JComboBox> a) {
boolean returnValue =
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the setPopupVisible
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code setPopupVisible} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void setPopupVisible(JComboBox> a, boolean b) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -94,10 +94,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the isPopupVisible
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code isPopupVisible} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public boolean isPopupVisible(JComboBox> a) {
boolean returnValue =
@@ -113,10 +113,10 @@
////////////////////
/**
- * Invokes the contains
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code contains} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public boolean contains(JComponent a, int b, int c) {
boolean returnValue =
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the update
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code update} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void update(Graphics a, JComponent b) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -138,8 +138,8 @@
/**
* Returns a multiplexing UI instance if any of the auxiliary
- * LookAndFeel
s supports this UI. Otherwise, just returns the
- * UI object obtained from the default LookAndFeel
.
+ * {@code LookAndFeel}s supports this UI. Otherwise, just returns the
+ * UI object obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}.
*
* @param a the component to create the UI for
* @return the UI delegate created
@@ -150,7 +150,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the installUI
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code installUI} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void installUI(JComponent a) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -159,7 +159,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the uninstallUI
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code uninstallUI} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void uninstallUI(JComponent a) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -168,7 +168,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the paint
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code paint} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void paint(Graphics a, JComponent b) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -177,10 +177,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getPreferredSize
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getPreferredSize} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public Dimension getPreferredSize(JComponent a) {
Dimension returnValue =
@@ -192,10 +192,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getMinimumSize
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getMinimumSize} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public Dimension getMinimumSize(JComponent a) {
Dimension returnValue =
@@ -207,10 +207,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getMaximumSize
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getMaximumSize} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public Dimension getMaximumSize(JComponent a) {
Dimension returnValue =
@@ -222,10 +222,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getAccessibleChildrenCount
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getAccessibleChildrenCount} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public int getAccessibleChildrenCount(JComponent a) {
int returnValue =
@@ -237,10 +237,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getAccessibleChild
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getAccessibleChild} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public Accessible getAccessibleChild(JComponent a, int b) {
Accessible returnValue =
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/plaf/multi/MultiDesktopIconUI.java 2015-10-04 22:58:37.949258240 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/plaf/multi/MultiDesktopIconUI.java 2015-10-04 22:58:37.757258248 +0400
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
import javax.accessibility.Accessible;
/**
- * A multiplexing UI used to combine DesktopIconUI
s.
+ * A multiplexing UI used to combine {@code DesktopIconUI}s.
*
* createUI
, and can be obtained by calling
- * the getUIs
method. The first element is guaranteed to be the real UI
+ * in the call to {@code createUI}, and can be obtained by calling
+ * the {@code getUIs} method. The first element is guaranteed to be the real UI
* obtained from the default look and feel.
*/
protected Vectorcontains
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code contains} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public boolean contains(JComponent a, int b, int c) {
boolean returnValue =
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the update
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code update} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void update(Graphics a, JComponent b) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -98,8 +98,8 @@
/**
* Returns a multiplexing UI instance if any of the auxiliary
- * LookAndFeel
s supports this UI. Otherwise, just returns the
- * UI object obtained from the default LookAndFeel
.
+ * {@code LookAndFeel}s supports this UI. Otherwise, just returns the
+ * UI object obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}.
*
* @param a the component to create the UI for
* @return the UI delegate created
@@ -110,7 +110,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the installUI
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code installUI} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void installUI(JComponent a) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the uninstallUI
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code uninstallUI} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void uninstallUI(JComponent a) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the paint
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code paint} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void paint(Graphics a, JComponent b) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -137,10 +137,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getPreferredSize
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getPreferredSize} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public Dimension getPreferredSize(JComponent a) {
Dimension returnValue =
@@ -152,10 +152,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getMinimumSize
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getMinimumSize} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public Dimension getMinimumSize(JComponent a) {
Dimension returnValue =
@@ -167,10 +167,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getMaximumSize
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getMaximumSize} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public Dimension getMaximumSize(JComponent a) {
Dimension returnValue =
@@ -182,10 +182,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getAccessibleChildrenCount
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getAccessibleChildrenCount} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public int getAccessibleChildrenCount(JComponent a) {
int returnValue =
@@ -197,10 +197,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getAccessibleChild
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getAccessibleChild} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public Accessible getAccessibleChild(JComponent a, int b) {
Accessible returnValue =
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/plaf/multi/MultiDesktopPaneUI.java 2015-10-04 22:58:38.473258216 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/plaf/multi/MultiDesktopPaneUI.java 2015-10-04 22:58:38.285258225 +0400
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
import javax.accessibility.Accessible;
/**
- * A multiplexing UI used to combine DesktopPaneUI
s.
+ * A multiplexing UI used to combine {@code DesktopPaneUI}s.
*
* createUI
, and can be obtained by calling
- * the getUIs
method. The first element is guaranteed to be the real UI
+ * in the call to {@code createUI}, and can be obtained by calling
+ * the {@code getUIs} method. The first element is guaranteed to be the real UI
* obtained from the default look and feel.
*/
protected Vectorcontains
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code contains} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public boolean contains(JComponent a, int b, int c) {
boolean returnValue =
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the update
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code update} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void update(Graphics a, JComponent b) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -98,8 +98,8 @@
/**
* Returns a multiplexing UI instance if any of the auxiliary
- * LookAndFeel
s supports this UI. Otherwise, just returns the
- * UI object obtained from the default LookAndFeel
.
+ * {@code LookAndFeel}s supports this UI. Otherwise, just returns the
+ * UI object obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}.
*
* @param a the component to create the UI for
* @return the UI delegate created
@@ -110,7 +110,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the installUI
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code installUI} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void installUI(JComponent a) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the uninstallUI
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code uninstallUI} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void uninstallUI(JComponent a) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the paint
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code paint} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void paint(Graphics a, JComponent b) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -137,10 +137,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getPreferredSize
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getPreferredSize} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public Dimension getPreferredSize(JComponent a) {
Dimension returnValue =
@@ -152,10 +152,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getMinimumSize
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getMinimumSize} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public Dimension getMinimumSize(JComponent a) {
Dimension returnValue =
@@ -167,10 +167,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getMaximumSize
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getMaximumSize} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public Dimension getMaximumSize(JComponent a) {
Dimension returnValue =
@@ -182,10 +182,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getAccessibleChildrenCount
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getAccessibleChildrenCount} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public int getAccessibleChildrenCount(JComponent a) {
int returnValue =
@@ -197,10 +197,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getAccessibleChild
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getAccessibleChild} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public Accessible getAccessibleChild(JComponent a, int b) {
Accessible returnValue =
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/plaf/multi/MultiFileChooserUI.java 2015-10-04 22:58:39.001258192 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/plaf/multi/MultiFileChooserUI.java 2015-10-04 22:58:38.809258201 +0400
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
import javax.accessibility.Accessible;
/**
- * A multiplexing UI used to combine FileChooserUI
s.
+ * A multiplexing UI used to combine {@code FileChooserUI}s.
*
* createUI
, and can be obtained by calling
- * the getUIs
method. The first element is guaranteed to be the real UI
+ * in the call to {@code createUI}, and can be obtained by calling
+ * the {@code getUIs} method. The first element is guaranteed to be the real UI
* obtained from the default look and feel.
*/
protected VectorgetAcceptAllFileFilter
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getAcceptAllFileFilter} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public FileFilter getAcceptAllFileFilter(JFileChooser a) {
FileFilter returnValue =
@@ -89,10 +89,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getFileView
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getFileView} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public FileView getFileView(JFileChooser a) {
FileView returnValue =
@@ -104,10 +104,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getApproveButtonText
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getApproveButtonText} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public String getApproveButtonText(JFileChooser a) {
String returnValue =
@@ -119,10 +119,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getDialogTitle
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getDialogTitle} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public String getDialogTitle(JFileChooser a) {
String returnValue =
@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the rescanCurrentDirectory
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code rescanCurrentDirectory} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void rescanCurrentDirectory(JFileChooser a) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -143,7 +143,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the ensureFileIsVisible
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code ensureFileIsVisible} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void ensureFileIsVisible(JFileChooser a, File b) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -156,10 +156,10 @@
////////////////////
/**
- * Invokes the contains
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code contains} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public boolean contains(JComponent a, int b, int c) {
boolean returnValue =
@@ -171,7 +171,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the update
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code update} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void update(Graphics a, JComponent b) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -181,8 +181,8 @@
/**
* Returns a multiplexing UI instance if any of the auxiliary
- * LookAndFeel
s supports this UI. Otherwise, just returns the
- * UI object obtained from the default LookAndFeel
.
+ * {@code LookAndFeel}s supports this UI. Otherwise, just returns the
+ * UI object obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}.
*
* @param a the component to create the UI for
* @return the UI delegate created
@@ -193,7 +193,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the installUI
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code installUI} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void installUI(JComponent a) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -202,7 +202,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the uninstallUI
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code uninstallUI} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void uninstallUI(JComponent a) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -211,7 +211,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the paint
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code paint} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void paint(Graphics a, JComponent b) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -220,10 +220,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getPreferredSize
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getPreferredSize} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public Dimension getPreferredSize(JComponent a) {
Dimension returnValue =
@@ -235,10 +235,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getMinimumSize
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getMinimumSize} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public Dimension getMinimumSize(JComponent a) {
Dimension returnValue =
@@ -250,10 +250,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getMaximumSize
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getMaximumSize} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public Dimension getMaximumSize(JComponent a) {
Dimension returnValue =
@@ -265,10 +265,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getAccessibleChildrenCount
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getAccessibleChildrenCount} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public int getAccessibleChildrenCount(JComponent a) {
int returnValue =
@@ -280,10 +280,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getAccessibleChild
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getAccessibleChild} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public Accessible getAccessibleChild(JComponent a, int b) {
Accessible returnValue =
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/plaf/multi/MultiInternalFrameUI.java 2015-10-04 22:58:39.525258169 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/plaf/multi/MultiInternalFrameUI.java 2015-10-04 22:58:39.337258177 +0400
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
import javax.accessibility.Accessible;
/**
- * A multiplexing UI used to combine InternalFrameUI
s.
+ * A multiplexing UI used to combine {@code InternalFrameUI}s.
*
* createUI
, and can be obtained by calling
- * the getUIs
method. The first element is guaranteed to be the real UI
+ * in the call to {@code createUI}, and can be obtained by calling
+ * the {@code getUIs} method. The first element is guaranteed to be the real UI
* obtained from the default look and feel.
*/
protected Vectorcontains
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code contains} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public boolean contains(JComponent a, int b, int c) {
boolean returnValue =
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the update
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code update} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void update(Graphics a, JComponent b) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -98,8 +98,8 @@
/**
* Returns a multiplexing UI instance if any of the auxiliary
- * LookAndFeel
s supports this UI. Otherwise, just returns the
- * UI object obtained from the default LookAndFeel
.
+ * {@code LookAndFeel}s supports this UI. Otherwise, just returns the
+ * UI object obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}.
*
* @param a the component to create the UI for
* @return the UI delegate created
@@ -110,7 +110,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the installUI
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code installUI} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void installUI(JComponent a) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the uninstallUI
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code uninstallUI} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void uninstallUI(JComponent a) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the paint
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code paint} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void paint(Graphics a, JComponent b) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -137,10 +137,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getPreferredSize
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getPreferredSize} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public Dimension getPreferredSize(JComponent a) {
Dimension returnValue =
@@ -152,10 +152,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getMinimumSize
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getMinimumSize} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public Dimension getMinimumSize(JComponent a) {
Dimension returnValue =
@@ -167,10 +167,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getMaximumSize
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getMaximumSize} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public Dimension getMaximumSize(JComponent a) {
Dimension returnValue =
@@ -182,10 +182,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getAccessibleChildrenCount
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getAccessibleChildrenCount} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public int getAccessibleChildrenCount(JComponent a) {
int returnValue =
@@ -197,10 +197,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getAccessibleChild
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getAccessibleChild} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public Accessible getAccessibleChild(JComponent a, int b) {
Accessible returnValue =
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/plaf/multi/MultiLabelUI.java 2015-10-04 22:58:40.053258145 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/plaf/multi/MultiLabelUI.java 2015-10-04 22:58:39.861258154 +0400
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
import javax.accessibility.Accessible;
/**
- * A multiplexing UI used to combine LabelUI
s.
+ * A multiplexing UI used to combine {@code LabelUI}s.
*
* createUI
, and can be obtained by calling
- * the getUIs
method. The first element is guaranteed to be the real UI
+ * in the call to {@code createUI}, and can be obtained by calling
+ * the {@code getUIs} method. The first element is guaranteed to be the real UI
* obtained from the default look and feel.
*/
protected Vectorcontains
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code contains} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public boolean contains(JComponent a, int b, int c) {
boolean returnValue =
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the update
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code update} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void update(Graphics a, JComponent b) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -98,8 +98,8 @@
/**
* Returns a multiplexing UI instance if any of the auxiliary
- * LookAndFeel
s supports this UI. Otherwise, just returns the
- * UI object obtained from the default LookAndFeel
.
+ * {@code LookAndFeel}s supports this UI. Otherwise, just returns the
+ * UI object obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}.
*
* @param a the component to create the UI for
* @return the UI delegate created
@@ -110,7 +110,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the installUI
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code installUI} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void installUI(JComponent a) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the uninstallUI
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code uninstallUI} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void uninstallUI(JComponent a) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the paint
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code paint} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void paint(Graphics a, JComponent b) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -137,10 +137,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getPreferredSize
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getPreferredSize} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public Dimension getPreferredSize(JComponent a) {
Dimension returnValue =
@@ -152,10 +152,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getMinimumSize
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getMinimumSize} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public Dimension getMinimumSize(JComponent a) {
Dimension returnValue =
@@ -167,10 +167,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getMaximumSize
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getMaximumSize} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public Dimension getMaximumSize(JComponent a) {
Dimension returnValue =
@@ -182,10 +182,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getAccessibleChildrenCount
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getAccessibleChildrenCount} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public int getAccessibleChildrenCount(JComponent a) {
int returnValue =
@@ -197,10 +197,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getAccessibleChild
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getAccessibleChild} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public Accessible getAccessibleChild(JComponent a, int b) {
Accessible returnValue =
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/plaf/multi/MultiListUI.java 2015-10-04 22:58:40.577258122 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/plaf/multi/MultiListUI.java 2015-10-04 22:58:40.389258130 +0400
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
import javax.accessibility.Accessible;
/**
- * A multiplexing UI used to combine ListUI
s.
+ * A multiplexing UI used to combine {@code ListUI}s.
*
* createUI
, and can be obtained by calling
- * the getUIs
method. The first element is guaranteed to be the real UI
+ * in the call to {@code createUI}, and can be obtained by calling
+ * the {@code getUIs} method. The first element is guaranteed to be the real UI
* obtained from the default look and feel.
*/
protected VectorlocationToIndex
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code locationToIndex} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public int locationToIndex(JList> a, Point b) {
int returnValue =
@@ -87,10 +87,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the indexToLocation
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code indexToLocation} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public Point indexToLocation(JList> a, int b) {
Point returnValue =
@@ -102,10 +102,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getCellBounds
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getCellBounds} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public Rectangle getCellBounds(JList> a, int b, int c) {
Rectangle returnValue =
@@ -121,10 +121,10 @@
////////////////////
/**
- * Invokes the contains
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code contains} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public boolean contains(JComponent a, int b, int c) {
boolean returnValue =
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the update
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code update} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void update(Graphics a, JComponent b) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -146,8 +146,8 @@
/**
* Returns a multiplexing UI instance if any of the auxiliary
- * LookAndFeel
s supports this UI. Otherwise, just returns the
- * UI object obtained from the default LookAndFeel
.
+ * {@code LookAndFeel}s supports this UI. Otherwise, just returns the
+ * UI object obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}.
*
* @param a the component to create the UI for
* @return the UI delegate created
@@ -158,7 +158,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the installUI
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code installUI} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void installUI(JComponent a) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -167,7 +167,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the uninstallUI
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code uninstallUI} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void uninstallUI(JComponent a) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -176,7 +176,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the paint
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code paint} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void paint(Graphics a, JComponent b) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -185,10 +185,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getPreferredSize
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getPreferredSize} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public Dimension getPreferredSize(JComponent a) {
Dimension returnValue =
@@ -200,10 +200,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getMinimumSize
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getMinimumSize} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public Dimension getMinimumSize(JComponent a) {
Dimension returnValue =
@@ -215,10 +215,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getMaximumSize
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getMaximumSize} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public Dimension getMaximumSize(JComponent a) {
Dimension returnValue =
@@ -230,10 +230,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getAccessibleChildrenCount
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getAccessibleChildrenCount} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public int getAccessibleChildrenCount(JComponent a) {
int returnValue =
@@ -245,10 +245,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getAccessibleChild
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getAccessibleChild} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public Accessible getAccessibleChild(JComponent a, int b) {
Accessible returnValue =
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/plaf/multi/MultiLookAndFeel.java 2015-10-04 22:58:41.105258098 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/plaf/multi/MultiLookAndFeel.java 2015-10-04 22:58:40.917258106 +0400
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@
* appropriate for short term storage or RMI between applications running
* the same version of Swing. As of 1.4, support for long term storage
* of all JavaBeans™
- * has been added to the java.beans
package.
+ * has been added to the {@code java.beans} package.
* Please see {@link java.beans.XMLEncoder}.
*
* @see UIManager#addAuxiliaryLookAndFeel
@@ -93,20 +93,20 @@
}
/**
- * Returns false
;
+ * Returns {@code false};
* this look and feel is not native to any platform.
*
- * @return false
+ * @return {@code false}
*/
public boolean isNativeLookAndFeel() {
return false;
}
/**
- * Returns true
;
+ * Returns {@code true};
* every platform permits this look and feel.
*
- * @return true
+ * @return {@code true}
*/
public boolean isSupportedLookAndFeel() {
return true;
@@ -119,10 +119,10 @@
* the defaults consist solely of
* mappings of UI class IDs
* (such as "ButtonUI")
- * to ComponentUI
class names
+ * to {@code ComponentUI} class names
* (such as "javax.swing.plaf.multi.MultiButtonUI").
*
- * @return an initialized UIDefaults
object
+ * @return an initialized {@code UIDefaults} object
* @see javax.swing.JComponent#getUIClassID
*/
public UIDefaults getDefaults() {
@@ -183,37 +183,37 @@
///////////////////////////////
/**
- * Creates the ComponentUI
objects
+ * Creates the {@code ComponentUI} objects
* required to present
- * the target
component,
- * placing the objects in the uis
vector and
+ * the {@code target} component,
+ * placing the objects in the {@code uis} vector and
* returning the
- * ComponentUI
object
+ * {@code ComponentUI} object
* that best represents the component's UI.
- * This method finds the ComponentUI
objects
+ * This method finds the {@code ComponentUI} objects
* by invoking
- * getDefaults().getUI(target)
on each
+ * {@code getDefaults().getUI(target)} on each
* default and auxiliary look and feel currently in use.
* The first UI object this method adds
- * to the uis
vector
+ * to the {@code uis} vector
* is for the default look and feel.
* createUI
method
- * of MultiXxxxUI
classes.
+ * This method is invoked by the {@code createUI} method
+ * of {@code MultiXxxxUI} classes.
*
- * @param mui the ComponentUI
object
+ * @param mui the {@code ComponentUI} object
* that represents the complete UI
- * for the target
component;
+ * for the {@code target} component;
* this should be an instance
- * of one of the MultiXxxxUI
classes
- * @param uis a Vector
;
- * generally this is the uis
field
- * of the mui
argument
- * @param target a component whose UI is represented by mui
+ * of one of the {@code MultiXxxxUI} classes
+ * @param uis a {@code Vector};
+ * generally this is the {@code uis} field
+ * of the {@code mui} argument
+ * @param target a component whose UI is represented by {@code mui}
*
- * @return mui
if the component has any auxiliary UI objects;
+ * @return {@code mui} if the component has any auxiliary UI objects;
* otherwise, returns the UI object for the default look and feel
- * or null
if the default UI object couldn't be found
+ * or {@code null} if the default UI object couldn't be found
*
* @see javax.swing.UIManager#getAuxiliaryLookAndFeels
* @see javax.swing.UIDefaults#getUI
@@ -258,14 +258,14 @@
* Creates an array,
* populates it with UI objects from the passed-in vector,
* and returns the array.
- * If uis
is null,
+ * If {@code uis} is null,
* this method returns an array with zero elements.
- * If uis
is an empty vector,
- * this method returns null
.
- * A run-time error occurs if any objects in the uis
vector
- * are not of type ComponentUI
.
+ * If {@code uis} is an empty vector,
+ * this method returns {@code null}.
+ * A run-time error occurs if any objects in the {@code uis} vector
+ * are not of type {@code ComponentUI}.
*
- * @param uis a vector containing ComponentUI
objects
+ * @param uis a vector containing {@code ComponentUI} objects
* @return an array equivalent to the passed-in vector
*
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/plaf/multi/MultiMenuBarUI.java 2015-10-04 22:58:41.633258074 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/plaf/multi/MultiMenuBarUI.java 2015-10-04 22:58:41.445258083 +0400
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
import javax.accessibility.Accessible;
/**
- * A multiplexing UI used to combine MenuBarUI
s.
+ * A multiplexing UI used to combine {@code MenuBarUI}s.
*
* createUI
, and can be obtained by calling
- * the getUIs
method. The first element is guaranteed to be the real UI
+ * in the call to {@code createUI}, and can be obtained by calling
+ * the {@code getUIs} method. The first element is guaranteed to be the real UI
* obtained from the default look and feel.
*/
protected Vectorcontains
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code contains} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public boolean contains(JComponent a, int b, int c) {
boolean returnValue =
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the update
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code update} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void update(Graphics a, JComponent b) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -98,8 +98,8 @@
/**
* Returns a multiplexing UI instance if any of the auxiliary
- * LookAndFeel
s supports this UI. Otherwise, just returns the
- * UI object obtained from the default LookAndFeel
.
+ * {@code LookAndFeel}s supports this UI. Otherwise, just returns the
+ * UI object obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}.
*
* @param a the component to create the UI for
* @return the UI delegate created
@@ -110,7 +110,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the installUI
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code installUI} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void installUI(JComponent a) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the uninstallUI
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code uninstallUI} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void uninstallUI(JComponent a) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the paint
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code paint} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void paint(Graphics a, JComponent b) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -137,10 +137,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getPreferredSize
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getPreferredSize} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public Dimension getPreferredSize(JComponent a) {
Dimension returnValue =
@@ -152,10 +152,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getMinimumSize
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getMinimumSize} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public Dimension getMinimumSize(JComponent a) {
Dimension returnValue =
@@ -167,10 +167,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getMaximumSize
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getMaximumSize} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public Dimension getMaximumSize(JComponent a) {
Dimension returnValue =
@@ -182,10 +182,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getAccessibleChildrenCount
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getAccessibleChildrenCount} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public int getAccessibleChildrenCount(JComponent a) {
int returnValue =
@@ -197,10 +197,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getAccessibleChild
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getAccessibleChild} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public Accessible getAccessibleChild(JComponent a, int b) {
Accessible returnValue =
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/plaf/multi/MultiMenuItemUI.java 2015-10-04 22:58:42.157258051 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/plaf/multi/MultiMenuItemUI.java 2015-10-04 22:58:41.969258059 +0400
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
import javax.accessibility.Accessible;
/**
- * A multiplexing UI used to combine MenuItemUI
s.
+ * A multiplexing UI used to combine {@code MenuItemUI}s.
*
* createUI
, and can be obtained by calling
- * the getUIs
method. The first element is guaranteed to be the real UI
+ * in the call to {@code createUI}, and can be obtained by calling
+ * the {@code getUIs} method. The first element is guaranteed to be the real UI
* obtained from the default look and feel.
*/
protected Vectorcontains
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code contains} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public boolean contains(JComponent a, int b, int c) {
boolean returnValue =
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the update
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code update} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void update(Graphics a, JComponent b) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -103,8 +103,8 @@
/**
* Returns a multiplexing UI instance if any of the auxiliary
- * LookAndFeel
s supports this UI. Otherwise, just returns the
- * UI object obtained from the default LookAndFeel
.
+ * {@code LookAndFeel}s supports this UI. Otherwise, just returns the
+ * UI object obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}.
*
* @param a the component to create the UI for
* @return the UI delegate created
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the installUI
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code installUI} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void installUI(JComponent a) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the uninstallUI
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code uninstallUI} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void uninstallUI(JComponent a) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the paint
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code paint} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void paint(Graphics a, JComponent b) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -142,10 +142,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getPreferredSize
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getPreferredSize} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public Dimension getPreferredSize(JComponent a) {
Dimension returnValue =
@@ -157,10 +157,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getMinimumSize
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getMinimumSize} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public Dimension getMinimumSize(JComponent a) {
Dimension returnValue =
@@ -172,10 +172,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getMaximumSize
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getMaximumSize} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public Dimension getMaximumSize(JComponent a) {
Dimension returnValue =
@@ -187,10 +187,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getAccessibleChildrenCount
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getAccessibleChildrenCount} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public int getAccessibleChildrenCount(JComponent a) {
int returnValue =
@@ -202,10 +202,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getAccessibleChild
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getAccessibleChild} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public Accessible getAccessibleChild(JComponent a, int b) {
Accessible returnValue =
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/plaf/multi/MultiOptionPaneUI.java 2015-10-04 22:58:42.681258027 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/plaf/multi/MultiOptionPaneUI.java 2015-10-04 22:58:42.493258036 +0400
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
import javax.accessibility.Accessible;
/**
- * A multiplexing UI used to combine OptionPaneUI
s.
+ * A multiplexing UI used to combine {@code OptionPaneUI}s.
*
* createUI
, and can be obtained by calling
- * the getUIs
method. The first element is guaranteed to be the real UI
+ * in the call to {@code createUI}, and can be obtained by calling
+ * the {@code getUIs} method. The first element is guaranteed to be the real UI
* obtained from the default look and feel.
*/
protected VectorselectInitialValue
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code selectInitialValue} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void selectInitialValue(JOptionPane a) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -79,10 +79,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the containsCustomComponents
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code containsCustomComponents} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public boolean containsCustomComponents(JOptionPane a) {
boolean returnValue =
@@ -98,10 +98,10 @@
////////////////////
/**
- * Invokes the contains
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code contains} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public boolean contains(JComponent a, int b, int c) {
boolean returnValue =
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the update
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code update} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void update(Graphics a, JComponent b) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -123,8 +123,8 @@
/**
* Returns a multiplexing UI instance if any of the auxiliary
- * LookAndFeel
s supports this UI. Otherwise, just returns the
- * UI object obtained from the default LookAndFeel
.
+ * {@code LookAndFeel}s supports this UI. Otherwise, just returns the
+ * UI object obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}.
*
* @param a the component to create the UI for
* @return the UI delegate created
@@ -135,7 +135,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the installUI
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code installUI} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void installUI(JComponent a) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -144,7 +144,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the uninstallUI
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code uninstallUI} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void uninstallUI(JComponent a) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -153,7 +153,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the paint
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code paint} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void paint(Graphics a, JComponent b) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -162,10 +162,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getPreferredSize
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getPreferredSize} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public Dimension getPreferredSize(JComponent a) {
Dimension returnValue =
@@ -177,10 +177,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getMinimumSize
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getMinimumSize} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public Dimension getMinimumSize(JComponent a) {
Dimension returnValue =
@@ -192,10 +192,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getMaximumSize
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getMaximumSize} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public Dimension getMaximumSize(JComponent a) {
Dimension returnValue =
@@ -207,10 +207,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getAccessibleChildrenCount
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getAccessibleChildrenCount} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public int getAccessibleChildrenCount(JComponent a) {
int returnValue =
@@ -222,10 +222,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getAccessibleChild
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getAccessibleChild} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public Accessible getAccessibleChild(JComponent a, int b) {
Accessible returnValue =
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/plaf/multi/MultiPanelUI.java 2015-10-04 22:58:43.209258003 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/plaf/multi/MultiPanelUI.java 2015-10-04 22:58:43.021258012 +0400
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
import javax.accessibility.Accessible;
/**
- * A multiplexing UI used to combine PanelUI
s.
+ * A multiplexing UI used to combine {@code PanelUI}s.
*
* createUI
, and can be obtained by calling
- * the getUIs
method. The first element is guaranteed to be the real UI
+ * in the call to {@code createUI}, and can be obtained by calling
+ * the {@code getUIs} method. The first element is guaranteed to be the real UI
* obtained from the default look and feel.
*/
protected Vectorcontains
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code contains} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public boolean contains(JComponent a, int b, int c) {
boolean returnValue =
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the update
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code update} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void update(Graphics a, JComponent b) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -98,8 +98,8 @@
/**
* Returns a multiplexing UI instance if any of the auxiliary
- * LookAndFeel
s supports this UI. Otherwise, just returns the
- * UI object obtained from the default LookAndFeel
.
+ * {@code LookAndFeel}s supports this UI. Otherwise, just returns the
+ * UI object obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}.
*
* @param a the component to create the UI for
* @return the UI delegate created
@@ -110,7 +110,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the installUI
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code installUI} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void installUI(JComponent a) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the uninstallUI
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code uninstallUI} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void uninstallUI(JComponent a) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the paint
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code paint} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void paint(Graphics a, JComponent b) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -137,10 +137,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getPreferredSize
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getPreferredSize} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public Dimension getPreferredSize(JComponent a) {
Dimension returnValue =
@@ -152,10 +152,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getMinimumSize
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getMinimumSize} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public Dimension getMinimumSize(JComponent a) {
Dimension returnValue =
@@ -167,10 +167,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getMaximumSize
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getMaximumSize} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public Dimension getMaximumSize(JComponent a) {
Dimension returnValue =
@@ -182,10 +182,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getAccessibleChildrenCount
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getAccessibleChildrenCount} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public int getAccessibleChildrenCount(JComponent a) {
int returnValue =
@@ -197,10 +197,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getAccessibleChild
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getAccessibleChild} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public Accessible getAccessibleChild(JComponent a, int b) {
Accessible returnValue =
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/plaf/multi/MultiPopupMenuUI.java 2015-10-04 22:58:43.733257980 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/plaf/multi/MultiPopupMenuUI.java 2015-10-04 22:58:43.545257988 +0400
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
import javax.accessibility.Accessible;
/**
- * A multiplexing UI used to combine PopupMenuUI
s.
+ * A multiplexing UI used to combine {@code PopupMenuUI}s.
*
* createUI
, and can be obtained by calling
- * the getUIs
method. The first element is guaranteed to be the real UI
+ * in the call to {@code createUI}, and can be obtained by calling
+ * the {@code getUIs} method. The first element is guaranteed to be the real UI
* obtained from the default look and feel.
*/
protected VectorisPopupTrigger
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code isPopupTrigger} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
* @since 1.3
*/
public boolean isPopupTrigger(MouseEvent a) {
@@ -88,10 +88,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getPopup
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getPopup} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
* @since 1.4
*/
public Popup getPopup(JPopupMenu a, int b, int c) {
@@ -108,10 +108,10 @@
////////////////////
/**
- * Invokes the contains
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code contains} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public boolean contains(JComponent a, int b, int c) {
boolean returnValue =
@@ -123,7 +123,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the update
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code update} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void update(Graphics a, JComponent b) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -133,8 +133,8 @@
/**
* Returns a multiplexing UI instance if any of the auxiliary
- * LookAndFeel
s supports this UI. Otherwise, just returns the
- * UI object obtained from the default LookAndFeel
.
+ * {@code LookAndFeel}s supports this UI. Otherwise, just returns the
+ * UI object obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}.
*
* @param a the component to create the UI for
* @return the UI delegate created
@@ -145,7 +145,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the installUI
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code installUI} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void installUI(JComponent a) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -154,7 +154,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the uninstallUI
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code uninstallUI} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void uninstallUI(JComponent a) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -163,7 +163,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the paint
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code paint} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void paint(Graphics a, JComponent b) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -172,10 +172,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getPreferredSize
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getPreferredSize} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public Dimension getPreferredSize(JComponent a) {
Dimension returnValue =
@@ -187,10 +187,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getMinimumSize
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getMinimumSize} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public Dimension getMinimumSize(JComponent a) {
Dimension returnValue =
@@ -202,10 +202,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getMaximumSize
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getMaximumSize} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public Dimension getMaximumSize(JComponent a) {
Dimension returnValue =
@@ -217,10 +217,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getAccessibleChildrenCount
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getAccessibleChildrenCount} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public int getAccessibleChildrenCount(JComponent a) {
int returnValue =
@@ -232,10 +232,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getAccessibleChild
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getAccessibleChild} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public Accessible getAccessibleChild(JComponent a, int b) {
Accessible returnValue =
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/plaf/multi/MultiProgressBarUI.java 2015-10-04 22:58:44.261257956 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/plaf/multi/MultiProgressBarUI.java 2015-10-04 22:58:44.069257965 +0400
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
import javax.accessibility.Accessible;
/**
- * A multiplexing UI used to combine ProgressBarUI
s.
+ * A multiplexing UI used to combine {@code ProgressBarUI}s.
*
* createUI
, and can be obtained by calling
- * the getUIs
method. The first element is guaranteed to be the real UI
+ * in the call to {@code createUI}, and can be obtained by calling
+ * the {@code getUIs} method. The first element is guaranteed to be the real UI
* obtained from the default look and feel.
*/
protected Vectorcontains
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code contains} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public boolean contains(JComponent a, int b, int c) {
boolean returnValue =
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the update
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code update} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void update(Graphics a, JComponent b) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -98,8 +98,8 @@
/**
* Returns a multiplexing UI instance if any of the auxiliary
- * LookAndFeel
s supports this UI. Otherwise, just returns the
- * UI object obtained from the default LookAndFeel
.
+ * {@code LookAndFeel}s supports this UI. Otherwise, just returns the
+ * UI object obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}.
*
* @param a the component to create the UI for
* @return the UI delegate created
@@ -110,7 +110,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the installUI
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code installUI} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void installUI(JComponent a) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the uninstallUI
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code uninstallUI} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void uninstallUI(JComponent a) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the paint
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code paint} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void paint(Graphics a, JComponent b) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -137,10 +137,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getPreferredSize
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getPreferredSize} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public Dimension getPreferredSize(JComponent a) {
Dimension returnValue =
@@ -152,10 +152,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getMinimumSize
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getMinimumSize} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public Dimension getMinimumSize(JComponent a) {
Dimension returnValue =
@@ -167,10 +167,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getMaximumSize
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getMaximumSize} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public Dimension getMaximumSize(JComponent a) {
Dimension returnValue =
@@ -182,10 +182,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getAccessibleChildrenCount
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getAccessibleChildrenCount} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public int getAccessibleChildrenCount(JComponent a) {
int returnValue =
@@ -197,10 +197,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getAccessibleChild
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getAccessibleChild} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public Accessible getAccessibleChild(JComponent a, int b) {
Accessible returnValue =
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/plaf/multi/MultiRootPaneUI.java 2015-10-04 22:58:44.785257933 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/plaf/multi/MultiRootPaneUI.java 2015-10-04 22:58:44.597257941 +0400
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
import javax.accessibility.Accessible;
/**
- * A multiplexing UI used to combine RootPaneUI
s.
+ * A multiplexing UI used to combine {@code RootPaneUI}s.
*
* createUI
, and can be obtained by calling
- * the getUIs
method. The first element is guaranteed to be the real UI
+ * in the call to {@code createUI}, and can be obtained by calling
+ * the {@code getUIs} method. The first element is guaranteed to be the real UI
* obtained from the default look and feel.
*/
protected Vectorcontains
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code contains} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public boolean contains(JComponent a, int b, int c) {
boolean returnValue =
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the update
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code update} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void update(Graphics a, JComponent b) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -99,8 +99,8 @@
/**
* Returns a multiplexing UI instance if any of the auxiliary
- * LookAndFeel
s supports this UI. Otherwise, just returns the
- * UI object obtained from the default LookAndFeel
.
+ * {@code LookAndFeel}s supports this UI. Otherwise, just returns the
+ * UI object obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}.
*
* @param a the component to create the UI for
* @return the UI delegate created
@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the installUI
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code installUI} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void installUI(JComponent a) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the uninstallUI
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code uninstallUI} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void uninstallUI(JComponent a) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the paint
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code paint} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void paint(Graphics a, JComponent b) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -138,10 +138,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getPreferredSize
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getPreferredSize} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public Dimension getPreferredSize(JComponent a) {
Dimension returnValue =
@@ -153,10 +153,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getMinimumSize
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getMinimumSize} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public Dimension getMinimumSize(JComponent a) {
Dimension returnValue =
@@ -168,10 +168,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getMaximumSize
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getMaximumSize} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public Dimension getMaximumSize(JComponent a) {
Dimension returnValue =
@@ -183,10 +183,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getAccessibleChildrenCount
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getAccessibleChildrenCount} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public int getAccessibleChildrenCount(JComponent a) {
int returnValue =
@@ -198,10 +198,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getAccessibleChild
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getAccessibleChild} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public Accessible getAccessibleChild(JComponent a, int b) {
Accessible returnValue =
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/plaf/multi/MultiScrollBarUI.java 2015-10-04 22:58:45.313257909 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/plaf/multi/MultiScrollBarUI.java 2015-10-04 22:58:45.125257917 +0400
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
import javax.accessibility.Accessible;
/**
- * A multiplexing UI used to combine ScrollBarUI
s.
+ * A multiplexing UI used to combine {@code ScrollBarUI}s.
*
* createUI
, and can be obtained by calling
- * the getUIs
method. The first element is guaranteed to be the real UI
+ * in the call to {@code createUI}, and can be obtained by calling
+ * the {@code getUIs} method. The first element is guaranteed to be the real UI
* obtained from the default look and feel.
*/
protected Vectorcontains
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code contains} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public boolean contains(JComponent a, int b, int c) {
boolean returnValue =
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the update
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code update} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void update(Graphics a, JComponent b) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -98,8 +98,8 @@
/**
* Returns a multiplexing UI instance if any of the auxiliary
- * LookAndFeel
s supports this UI. Otherwise, just returns the
- * UI object obtained from the default LookAndFeel
.
+ * {@code LookAndFeel}s supports this UI. Otherwise, just returns the
+ * UI object obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}.
*
* @param a the component to create the UI for
* @return the UI delegate created
@@ -110,7 +110,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the installUI
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code installUI} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void installUI(JComponent a) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the uninstallUI
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code uninstallUI} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void uninstallUI(JComponent a) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the paint
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code paint} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void paint(Graphics a, JComponent b) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -137,10 +137,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getPreferredSize
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getPreferredSize} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public Dimension getPreferredSize(JComponent a) {
Dimension returnValue =
@@ -152,10 +152,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getMinimumSize
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getMinimumSize} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public Dimension getMinimumSize(JComponent a) {
Dimension returnValue =
@@ -167,10 +167,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getMaximumSize
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getMaximumSize} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public Dimension getMaximumSize(JComponent a) {
Dimension returnValue =
@@ -182,10 +182,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getAccessibleChildrenCount
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getAccessibleChildrenCount} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public int getAccessibleChildrenCount(JComponent a) {
int returnValue =
@@ -197,10 +197,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getAccessibleChild
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getAccessibleChild} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public Accessible getAccessibleChild(JComponent a, int b) {
Accessible returnValue =
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/plaf/multi/MultiScrollPaneUI.java 2015-10-04 22:58:45.841257885 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/plaf/multi/MultiScrollPaneUI.java 2015-10-04 22:58:45.649257894 +0400
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
import javax.accessibility.Accessible;
/**
- * A multiplexing UI used to combine ScrollPaneUI
s.
+ * A multiplexing UI used to combine {@code ScrollPaneUI}s.
*
* createUI
, and can be obtained by calling
- * the getUIs
method. The first element is guaranteed to be the real UI
+ * in the call to {@code createUI}, and can be obtained by calling
+ * the {@code getUIs} method. The first element is guaranteed to be the real UI
* obtained from the default look and feel.
*/
protected Vectorcontains
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code contains} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public boolean contains(JComponent a, int b, int c) {
boolean returnValue =
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the update
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code update} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void update(Graphics a, JComponent b) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -98,8 +98,8 @@
/**
* Returns a multiplexing UI instance if any of the auxiliary
- * LookAndFeel
s supports this UI. Otherwise, just returns the
- * UI object obtained from the default LookAndFeel
.
+ * {@code LookAndFeel}s supports this UI. Otherwise, just returns the
+ * UI object obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}.
*
* @param a the component to create the UI for
* @return the UI delegate created
@@ -110,7 +110,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the installUI
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code installUI} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void installUI(JComponent a) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the uninstallUI
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code uninstallUI} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void uninstallUI(JComponent a) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the paint
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code paint} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void paint(Graphics a, JComponent b) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -137,10 +137,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getPreferredSize
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getPreferredSize} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public Dimension getPreferredSize(JComponent a) {
Dimension returnValue =
@@ -152,10 +152,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getMinimumSize
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getMinimumSize} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public Dimension getMinimumSize(JComponent a) {
Dimension returnValue =
@@ -167,10 +167,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getMaximumSize
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getMaximumSize} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public Dimension getMaximumSize(JComponent a) {
Dimension returnValue =
@@ -182,10 +182,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getAccessibleChildrenCount
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getAccessibleChildrenCount} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public int getAccessibleChildrenCount(JComponent a) {
int returnValue =
@@ -197,10 +197,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getAccessibleChild
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getAccessibleChild} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public Accessible getAccessibleChild(JComponent a, int b) {
Accessible returnValue =
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/plaf/multi/MultiSeparatorUI.java 2015-10-04 22:58:46.365257862 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/plaf/multi/MultiSeparatorUI.java 2015-10-04 22:58:46.177257870 +0400
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
import javax.accessibility.Accessible;
/**
- * A multiplexing UI used to combine SeparatorUI
s.
+ * A multiplexing UI used to combine {@code SeparatorUI}s.
*
* createUI
, and can be obtained by calling
- * the getUIs
method. The first element is guaranteed to be the real UI
+ * in the call to {@code createUI}, and can be obtained by calling
+ * the {@code getUIs} method. The first element is guaranteed to be the real UI
* obtained from the default look and feel.
*/
protected Vectorcontains
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code contains} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public boolean contains(JComponent a, int b, int c) {
boolean returnValue =
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the update
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code update} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void update(Graphics a, JComponent b) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -98,8 +98,8 @@
/**
* Returns a multiplexing UI instance if any of the auxiliary
- * LookAndFeel
s supports this UI. Otherwise, just returns the
- * UI object obtained from the default LookAndFeel
.
+ * {@code LookAndFeel}s supports this UI. Otherwise, just returns the
+ * UI object obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}.
*
* @param a the component to create the UI for
* @return the UI delegate created
@@ -110,7 +110,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the installUI
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code installUI} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void installUI(JComponent a) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the uninstallUI
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code uninstallUI} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void uninstallUI(JComponent a) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the paint
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code paint} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void paint(Graphics a, JComponent b) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -137,10 +137,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getPreferredSize
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getPreferredSize} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public Dimension getPreferredSize(JComponent a) {
Dimension returnValue =
@@ -152,10 +152,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getMinimumSize
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getMinimumSize} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public Dimension getMinimumSize(JComponent a) {
Dimension returnValue =
@@ -167,10 +167,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getMaximumSize
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getMaximumSize} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public Dimension getMaximumSize(JComponent a) {
Dimension returnValue =
@@ -182,10 +182,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getAccessibleChildrenCount
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getAccessibleChildrenCount} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public int getAccessibleChildrenCount(JComponent a) {
int returnValue =
@@ -197,10 +197,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getAccessibleChild
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getAccessibleChild} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public Accessible getAccessibleChild(JComponent a, int b) {
Accessible returnValue =
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/plaf/multi/MultiSliderUI.java 2015-10-04 22:58:46.889257838 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/plaf/multi/MultiSliderUI.java 2015-10-04 22:58:46.701257847 +0400
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
import javax.accessibility.Accessible;
/**
- * A multiplexing UI used to combine SliderUI
s.
+ * A multiplexing UI used to combine {@code SliderUI}s.
*
* createUI
, and can be obtained by calling
- * the getUIs
method. The first element is guaranteed to be the real UI
+ * in the call to {@code createUI}, and can be obtained by calling
+ * the {@code getUIs} method. The first element is guaranteed to be the real UI
* obtained from the default look and feel.
*/
protected Vectorcontains
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code contains} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public boolean contains(JComponent a, int b, int c) {
boolean returnValue =
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the update
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code update} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void update(Graphics a, JComponent b) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -98,8 +98,8 @@
/**
* Returns a multiplexing UI instance if any of the auxiliary
- * LookAndFeel
s supports this UI. Otherwise, just returns the
- * UI object obtained from the default LookAndFeel
.
+ * {@code LookAndFeel}s supports this UI. Otherwise, just returns the
+ * UI object obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}.
*
* @param a the component to create the UI for
* @return the UI delegate created
@@ -110,7 +110,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the installUI
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code installUI} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void installUI(JComponent a) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the uninstallUI
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code uninstallUI} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void uninstallUI(JComponent a) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the paint
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code paint} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void paint(Graphics a, JComponent b) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -137,10 +137,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getPreferredSize
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getPreferredSize} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public Dimension getPreferredSize(JComponent a) {
Dimension returnValue =
@@ -152,10 +152,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getMinimumSize
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getMinimumSize} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public Dimension getMinimumSize(JComponent a) {
Dimension returnValue =
@@ -167,10 +167,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getMaximumSize
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getMaximumSize} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public Dimension getMaximumSize(JComponent a) {
Dimension returnValue =
@@ -182,10 +182,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getAccessibleChildrenCount
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getAccessibleChildrenCount} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public int getAccessibleChildrenCount(JComponent a) {
int returnValue =
@@ -197,10 +197,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getAccessibleChild
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getAccessibleChild} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public Accessible getAccessibleChild(JComponent a, int b) {
Accessible returnValue =
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/plaf/multi/MultiSpinnerUI.java 2015-10-04 22:58:47.417257815 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/plaf/multi/MultiSpinnerUI.java 2015-10-04 22:58:47.229257823 +0400
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
import javax.accessibility.Accessible;
/**
- * A multiplexing UI used to combine SpinnerUI
s.
+ * A multiplexing UI used to combine {@code SpinnerUI}s.
*
* createUI
, and can be obtained by calling
- * the getUIs
method. The first element is guaranteed to be the real UI
+ * in the call to {@code createUI}, and can be obtained by calling
+ * the {@code getUIs} method. The first element is guaranteed to be the real UI
* obtained from the default look and feel.
*/
protected Vectorcontains
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code contains} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public boolean contains(JComponent a, int b, int c) {
boolean returnValue =
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the update
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code update} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void update(Graphics a, JComponent b) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -99,8 +99,8 @@
/**
* Returns a multiplexing UI instance if any of the auxiliary
- * LookAndFeel
s supports this UI. Otherwise, just returns the
- * UI object obtained from the default LookAndFeel
.
+ * {@code LookAndFeel}s supports this UI. Otherwise, just returns the
+ * UI object obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}.
*
* @param a the component to create the UI for
* @return the UI delegate created
@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the installUI
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code installUI} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void installUI(JComponent a) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the uninstallUI
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code uninstallUI} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void uninstallUI(JComponent a) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the paint
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code paint} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void paint(Graphics a, JComponent b) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -138,10 +138,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getPreferredSize
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getPreferredSize} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public Dimension getPreferredSize(JComponent a) {
Dimension returnValue =
@@ -153,10 +153,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getMinimumSize
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getMinimumSize} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public Dimension getMinimumSize(JComponent a) {
Dimension returnValue =
@@ -168,10 +168,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getMaximumSize
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getMaximumSize} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public Dimension getMaximumSize(JComponent a) {
Dimension returnValue =
@@ -183,10 +183,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getAccessibleChildrenCount
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getAccessibleChildrenCount} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public int getAccessibleChildrenCount(JComponent a) {
int returnValue =
@@ -198,10 +198,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getAccessibleChild
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getAccessibleChild} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public Accessible getAccessibleChild(JComponent a, int b) {
Accessible returnValue =
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/plaf/multi/MultiSplitPaneUI.java 2015-10-04 22:58:47.961257790 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/plaf/multi/MultiSplitPaneUI.java 2015-10-04 22:58:47.757257799 +0400
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
import javax.accessibility.Accessible;
/**
- * A multiplexing UI used to combine SplitPaneUI
s.
+ * A multiplexing UI used to combine {@code SplitPaneUI}s.
*
* createUI
, and can be obtained by calling
- * the getUIs
method. The first element is guaranteed to be the real UI
+ * in the call to {@code createUI}, and can be obtained by calling
+ * the {@code getUIs} method. The first element is guaranteed to be the real UI
* obtained from the default look and feel.
*/
protected VectorresetToPreferredSizes
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code resetToPreferredSizes} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void resetToPreferredSizes(JSplitPane a) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the setDividerLocation
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code setDividerLocation} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void setDividerLocation(JSplitPane a, int b) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -88,10 +88,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getDividerLocation
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getDividerLocation} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public int getDividerLocation(JSplitPane a) {
int returnValue =
@@ -103,10 +103,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getMinimumDividerLocation
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getMinimumDividerLocation} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public int getMinimumDividerLocation(JSplitPane a) {
int returnValue =
@@ -118,10 +118,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getMaximumDividerLocation
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getMaximumDividerLocation} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public int getMaximumDividerLocation(JSplitPane a) {
int returnValue =
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the finishedPaintingChildren
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code finishedPaintingChildren} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void finishedPaintingChildren(JSplitPane a, Graphics b) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -146,10 +146,10 @@
////////////////////
/**
- * Invokes the contains
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code contains} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public boolean contains(JComponent a, int b, int c) {
boolean returnValue =
@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the update
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code update} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void update(Graphics a, JComponent b) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -171,8 +171,8 @@
/**
* Returns a multiplexing UI instance if any of the auxiliary
- * LookAndFeel
s supports this UI. Otherwise, just returns the
- * UI object obtained from the default LookAndFeel
.
+ * {@code LookAndFeel}s supports this UI. Otherwise, just returns the
+ * UI object obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}.
*
* @param a the component to create the UI for
* @return the UI delegate created
@@ -183,7 +183,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the installUI
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code installUI} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void installUI(JComponent a) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -192,7 +192,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the uninstallUI
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code uninstallUI} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void uninstallUI(JComponent a) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -201,7 +201,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the paint
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code paint} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void paint(Graphics a, JComponent b) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -210,10 +210,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getPreferredSize
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getPreferredSize} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public Dimension getPreferredSize(JComponent a) {
Dimension returnValue =
@@ -225,10 +225,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getMinimumSize
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getMinimumSize} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public Dimension getMinimumSize(JComponent a) {
Dimension returnValue =
@@ -240,10 +240,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getMaximumSize
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getMaximumSize} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public Dimension getMaximumSize(JComponent a) {
Dimension returnValue =
@@ -255,10 +255,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getAccessibleChildrenCount
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getAccessibleChildrenCount} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public int getAccessibleChildrenCount(JComponent a) {
int returnValue =
@@ -270,10 +270,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getAccessibleChild
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getAccessibleChild} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public Accessible getAccessibleChild(JComponent a, int b) {
Accessible returnValue =
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/plaf/multi/MultiTabbedPaneUI.java 2015-10-04 22:58:48.485257767 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/plaf/multi/MultiTabbedPaneUI.java 2015-10-04 22:58:48.297257775 +0400
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
import javax.accessibility.Accessible;
/**
- * A multiplexing UI used to combine TabbedPaneUI
s.
+ * A multiplexing UI used to combine {@code TabbedPaneUI}s.
*
* createUI
, and can be obtained by calling
- * the getUIs
method. The first element is guaranteed to be the real UI
+ * in the call to {@code createUI}, and can be obtained by calling
+ * the {@code getUIs} method. The first element is guaranteed to be the real UI
* obtained from the default look and feel.
*/
protected VectortabForCoordinate
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code tabForCoordinate} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public int tabForCoordinate(JTabbedPane a, int b, int c) {
int returnValue =
@@ -86,10 +86,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getTabBounds
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getTabBounds} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public Rectangle getTabBounds(JTabbedPane a, int b) {
Rectangle returnValue =
@@ -101,10 +101,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getTabRunCount
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getTabRunCount} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public int getTabRunCount(JTabbedPane a) {
int returnValue =
@@ -120,10 +120,10 @@
////////////////////
/**
- * Invokes the contains
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code contains} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public boolean contains(JComponent a, int b, int c) {
boolean returnValue =
@@ -135,7 +135,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the update
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code update} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void update(Graphics a, JComponent b) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -145,8 +145,8 @@
/**
* Returns a multiplexing UI instance if any of the auxiliary
- * LookAndFeel
s supports this UI. Otherwise, just returns the
- * UI object obtained from the default LookAndFeel
.
+ * {@code LookAndFeel}s supports this UI. Otherwise, just returns the
+ * UI object obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}.
*
* @param a the component to create the UI for
* @return the UI delegate created
@@ -157,7 +157,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the installUI
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code installUI} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void installUI(JComponent a) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -166,7 +166,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the uninstallUI
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code uninstallUI} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void uninstallUI(JComponent a) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -175,7 +175,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the paint
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code paint} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void paint(Graphics a, JComponent b) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -184,10 +184,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getPreferredSize
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getPreferredSize} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public Dimension getPreferredSize(JComponent a) {
Dimension returnValue =
@@ -199,10 +199,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getMinimumSize
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getMinimumSize} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public Dimension getMinimumSize(JComponent a) {
Dimension returnValue =
@@ -214,10 +214,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getMaximumSize
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getMaximumSize} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public Dimension getMaximumSize(JComponent a) {
Dimension returnValue =
@@ -229,10 +229,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getAccessibleChildrenCount
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getAccessibleChildrenCount} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public int getAccessibleChildrenCount(JComponent a) {
int returnValue =
@@ -244,10 +244,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getAccessibleChild
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getAccessibleChild} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public Accessible getAccessibleChild(JComponent a, int b) {
Accessible returnValue =
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/plaf/multi/MultiTableHeaderUI.java 2015-10-04 22:58:49.013257743 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/plaf/multi/MultiTableHeaderUI.java 2015-10-04 22:58:48.821257751 +0400
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
import javax.accessibility.Accessible;
/**
- * A multiplexing UI used to combine TableHeaderUI
s.
+ * A multiplexing UI used to combine {@code TableHeaderUI}s.
*
* createUI
, and can be obtained by calling
- * the getUIs
method. The first element is guaranteed to be the real UI
+ * in the call to {@code createUI}, and can be obtained by calling
+ * the {@code getUIs} method. The first element is guaranteed to be the real UI
* obtained from the default look and feel.
*/
protected Vectorcontains
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code contains} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public boolean contains(JComponent a, int b, int c) {
boolean returnValue =
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the update
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code update} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void update(Graphics a, JComponent b) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -98,8 +98,8 @@
/**
* Returns a multiplexing UI instance if any of the auxiliary
- * LookAndFeel
s supports this UI. Otherwise, just returns the
- * UI object obtained from the default LookAndFeel
.
+ * {@code LookAndFeel}s supports this UI. Otherwise, just returns the
+ * UI object obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}.
*
* @param a the component to create the UI for
* @return the UI delegate created
@@ -110,7 +110,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the installUI
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code installUI} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void installUI(JComponent a) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the uninstallUI
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code uninstallUI} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void uninstallUI(JComponent a) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the paint
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code paint} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void paint(Graphics a, JComponent b) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -137,10 +137,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getPreferredSize
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getPreferredSize} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public Dimension getPreferredSize(JComponent a) {
Dimension returnValue =
@@ -152,10 +152,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getMinimumSize
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getMinimumSize} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public Dimension getMinimumSize(JComponent a) {
Dimension returnValue =
@@ -167,10 +167,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getMaximumSize
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getMaximumSize} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public Dimension getMaximumSize(JComponent a) {
Dimension returnValue =
@@ -182,10 +182,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getAccessibleChildrenCount
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getAccessibleChildrenCount} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public int getAccessibleChildrenCount(JComponent a) {
int returnValue =
@@ -197,10 +197,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getAccessibleChild
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getAccessibleChild} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public Accessible getAccessibleChild(JComponent a, int b) {
Accessible returnValue =
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/plaf/multi/MultiTableUI.java 2015-10-04 22:58:49.537257719 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/plaf/multi/MultiTableUI.java 2015-10-04 22:58:49.349257728 +0400
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
import javax.accessibility.Accessible;
/**
- * A multiplexing UI used to combine TableUI
s.
+ * A multiplexing UI used to combine {@code TableUI}s.
*
* createUI
, and can be obtained by calling
- * the getUIs
method. The first element is guaranteed to be the real UI
+ * in the call to {@code createUI}, and can be obtained by calling
+ * the {@code getUIs} method. The first element is guaranteed to be the real UI
* obtained from the default look and feel.
*/
protected Vectorcontains
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code contains} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public boolean contains(JComponent a, int b, int c) {
boolean returnValue =
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the update
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code update} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void update(Graphics a, JComponent b) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -98,8 +98,8 @@
/**
* Returns a multiplexing UI instance if any of the auxiliary
- * LookAndFeel
s supports this UI. Otherwise, just returns the
- * UI object obtained from the default LookAndFeel
.
+ * {@code LookAndFeel}s supports this UI. Otherwise, just returns the
+ * UI object obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}.
*
* @param a the component to create the UI for
* @return the UI delegate created
@@ -110,7 +110,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the installUI
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code installUI} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void installUI(JComponent a) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the uninstallUI
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code uninstallUI} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void uninstallUI(JComponent a) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the paint
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code paint} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void paint(Graphics a, JComponent b) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -137,10 +137,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getPreferredSize
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getPreferredSize} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public Dimension getPreferredSize(JComponent a) {
Dimension returnValue =
@@ -152,10 +152,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getMinimumSize
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getMinimumSize} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public Dimension getMinimumSize(JComponent a) {
Dimension returnValue =
@@ -167,10 +167,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getMaximumSize
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getMaximumSize} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public Dimension getMaximumSize(JComponent a) {
Dimension returnValue =
@@ -182,10 +182,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getAccessibleChildrenCount
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getAccessibleChildrenCount} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public int getAccessibleChildrenCount(JComponent a) {
int returnValue =
@@ -197,10 +197,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getAccessibleChild
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getAccessibleChild} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public Accessible getAccessibleChild(JComponent a, int b) {
Accessible returnValue =
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/plaf/multi/MultiTextUI.java 2015-10-04 22:58:50.069257695 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/plaf/multi/MultiTextUI.java 2015-10-04 22:58:49.877257704 +0400
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@
import javax.accessibility.Accessible;
/**
- * A multiplexing UI used to combine TextUI
s.
+ * A multiplexing UI used to combine {@code TextUI}s.
*
* createUI
, and can be obtained by calling
- * the getUIs
method. The first element is guaranteed to be the real UI
+ * in the call to {@code createUI}, and can be obtained by calling
+ * the {@code getUIs} method. The first element is guaranteed to be the real UI
* obtained from the default look and feel.
*/
protected VectorgetToolTipText
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getToolTipText} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
* @since 1.4
*/
public String getToolTipText(JTextComponent a, Point b) {
@@ -93,10 +93,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the modelToView
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code modelToView} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public Rectangle modelToView(JTextComponent a, int b)
throws BadLocationException {
@@ -109,10 +109,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the modelToView
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code modelToView} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public Rectangle modelToView(JTextComponent a, int b, Position.Bias c)
throws BadLocationException {
@@ -125,10 +125,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the viewToModel
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code viewToModel} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public int viewToModel(JTextComponent a, Point b) {
int returnValue =
@@ -140,10 +140,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the viewToModel
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code viewToModel} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public int viewToModel(JTextComponent a, Point b, Position.Bias[] c) {
int returnValue =
@@ -155,10 +155,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getNextVisualPositionFrom
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getNextVisualPositionFrom} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public int getNextVisualPositionFrom(JTextComponent a, int b, Position.Bias c, int d, Position.Bias[] e)
throws BadLocationException {
@@ -171,7 +171,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the damageRange
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code damageRange} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void damageRange(JTextComponent a, int b, int c) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -180,7 +180,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the damageRange
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code damageRange} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void damageRange(JTextComponent a, int b, int c, Position.Bias d, Position.Bias e) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -189,10 +189,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getEditorKit
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getEditorKit} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public EditorKit getEditorKit(JTextComponent a) {
EditorKit returnValue =
@@ -204,10 +204,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getRootView
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getRootView} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public View getRootView(JTextComponent a) {
View returnValue =
@@ -223,10 +223,10 @@
////////////////////
/**
- * Invokes the contains
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code contains} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public boolean contains(JComponent a, int b, int c) {
boolean returnValue =
@@ -238,7 +238,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the update
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code update} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void update(Graphics a, JComponent b) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -248,8 +248,8 @@
/**
* Returns a multiplexing UI instance if any of the auxiliary
- * LookAndFeel
s supports this UI. Otherwise, just returns the
- * UI object obtained from the default LookAndFeel
.
+ * {@code LookAndFeel}s supports this UI. Otherwise, just returns the
+ * UI object obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}.
*
* @param a the component to create the UI for
* @return the UI delegate created
@@ -260,7 +260,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the installUI
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code installUI} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void installUI(JComponent a) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -269,7 +269,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the uninstallUI
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code uninstallUI} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void uninstallUI(JComponent a) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -278,7 +278,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the paint
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code paint} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void paint(Graphics a, JComponent b) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -287,10 +287,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getPreferredSize
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getPreferredSize} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public Dimension getPreferredSize(JComponent a) {
Dimension returnValue =
@@ -302,10 +302,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getMinimumSize
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getMinimumSize} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public Dimension getMinimumSize(JComponent a) {
Dimension returnValue =
@@ -317,10 +317,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getMaximumSize
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getMaximumSize} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public Dimension getMaximumSize(JComponent a) {
Dimension returnValue =
@@ -332,10 +332,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getAccessibleChildrenCount
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getAccessibleChildrenCount} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public int getAccessibleChildrenCount(JComponent a) {
int returnValue =
@@ -347,10 +347,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getAccessibleChild
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getAccessibleChild} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public Accessible getAccessibleChild(JComponent a, int b) {
Accessible returnValue =
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/plaf/multi/MultiToolBarUI.java 2015-10-04 22:58:50.597257672 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/plaf/multi/MultiToolBarUI.java 2015-10-04 22:58:50.409257680 +0400
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
import javax.accessibility.Accessible;
/**
- * A multiplexing UI used to combine ToolBarUI
s.
+ * A multiplexing UI used to combine {@code ToolBarUI}s.
*
* createUI
, and can be obtained by calling
- * the getUIs
method. The first element is guaranteed to be the real UI
+ * in the call to {@code createUI}, and can be obtained by calling
+ * the {@code getUIs} method. The first element is guaranteed to be the real UI
* obtained from the default look and feel.
*/
protected Vectorcontains
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code contains} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public boolean contains(JComponent a, int b, int c) {
boolean returnValue =
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the update
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code update} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void update(Graphics a, JComponent b) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -98,8 +98,8 @@
/**
* Returns a multiplexing UI instance if any of the auxiliary
- * LookAndFeel
s supports this UI. Otherwise, just returns the
- * UI object obtained from the default LookAndFeel
.
+ * {@code LookAndFeel}s supports this UI. Otherwise, just returns the
+ * UI object obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}.
*
* @param a the component to create the UI for
* @return the UI delegate created
@@ -110,7 +110,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the installUI
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code installUI} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void installUI(JComponent a) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the uninstallUI
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code uninstallUI} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void uninstallUI(JComponent a) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the paint
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code paint} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void paint(Graphics a, JComponent b) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -137,10 +137,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getPreferredSize
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getPreferredSize} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public Dimension getPreferredSize(JComponent a) {
Dimension returnValue =
@@ -152,10 +152,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getMinimumSize
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getMinimumSize} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public Dimension getMinimumSize(JComponent a) {
Dimension returnValue =
@@ -167,10 +167,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getMaximumSize
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getMaximumSize} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public Dimension getMaximumSize(JComponent a) {
Dimension returnValue =
@@ -182,10 +182,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getAccessibleChildrenCount
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getAccessibleChildrenCount} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public int getAccessibleChildrenCount(JComponent a) {
int returnValue =
@@ -197,10 +197,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getAccessibleChild
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getAccessibleChild} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public Accessible getAccessibleChild(JComponent a, int b) {
Accessible returnValue =
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/plaf/multi/MultiToolTipUI.java 2015-10-04 22:58:51.125257648 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/plaf/multi/MultiToolTipUI.java 2015-10-04 22:58:50.933257657 +0400
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
import javax.accessibility.Accessible;
/**
- * A multiplexing UI used to combine ToolTipUI
s.
+ * A multiplexing UI used to combine {@code ToolTipUI}s.
*
* createUI
, and can be obtained by calling
- * the getUIs
method. The first element is guaranteed to be the real UI
+ * in the call to {@code createUI}, and can be obtained by calling
+ * the {@code getUIs} method. The first element is guaranteed to be the real UI
* obtained from the default look and feel.
*/
protected Vectorcontains
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code contains} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public boolean contains(JComponent a, int b, int c) {
boolean returnValue =
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the update
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code update} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void update(Graphics a, JComponent b) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -98,8 +98,8 @@
/**
* Returns a multiplexing UI instance if any of the auxiliary
- * LookAndFeel
s supports this UI. Otherwise, just returns the
- * UI object obtained from the default LookAndFeel
.
+ * {@code LookAndFeel}s supports this UI. Otherwise, just returns the
+ * UI object obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}.
*
* @param a the component to create the UI for
* @return the UI delegate created
@@ -110,7 +110,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the installUI
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code installUI} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void installUI(JComponent a) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the uninstallUI
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code uninstallUI} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void uninstallUI(JComponent a) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the paint
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code paint} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void paint(Graphics a, JComponent b) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -137,10 +137,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getPreferredSize
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getPreferredSize} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public Dimension getPreferredSize(JComponent a) {
Dimension returnValue =
@@ -152,10 +152,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getMinimumSize
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getMinimumSize} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public Dimension getMinimumSize(JComponent a) {
Dimension returnValue =
@@ -167,10 +167,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getMaximumSize
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getMaximumSize} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public Dimension getMaximumSize(JComponent a) {
Dimension returnValue =
@@ -182,10 +182,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getAccessibleChildrenCount
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getAccessibleChildrenCount} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public int getAccessibleChildrenCount(JComponent a) {
int returnValue =
@@ -197,10 +197,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getAccessibleChild
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getAccessibleChild} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public Accessible getAccessibleChild(JComponent a, int b) {
Accessible returnValue =
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/plaf/multi/MultiTreeUI.java 2015-10-04 22:58:51.649257624 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/plaf/multi/MultiTreeUI.java 2015-10-04 22:58:51.461257633 +0400
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
import javax.accessibility.Accessible;
/**
- * A multiplexing UI used to combine TreeUI
s.
+ * A multiplexing UI used to combine {@code TreeUI}s.
*
* createUI
, and can be obtained by calling
- * the getUIs
method. The first element is guaranteed to be the real UI
+ * in the call to {@code createUI}, and can be obtained by calling
+ * the {@code getUIs} method. The first element is guaranteed to be the real UI
* obtained from the default look and feel.
*/
protected VectorgetPathBounds
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getPathBounds} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public Rectangle getPathBounds(JTree a, TreePath b) {
Rectangle returnValue =
@@ -87,10 +87,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getPathForRow
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getPathForRow} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public TreePath getPathForRow(JTree a, int b) {
TreePath returnValue =
@@ -102,10 +102,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getRowForPath
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getRowForPath} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public int getRowForPath(JTree a, TreePath b) {
int returnValue =
@@ -117,10 +117,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getRowCount
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getRowCount} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public int getRowCount(JTree a) {
int returnValue =
@@ -132,10 +132,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getClosestPathForLocation
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getClosestPathForLocation} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public TreePath getClosestPathForLocation(JTree a, int b, int c) {
TreePath returnValue =
@@ -147,10 +147,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the isEditing
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code isEditing} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public boolean isEditing(JTree a) {
boolean returnValue =
@@ -162,10 +162,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the stopEditing
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code stopEditing} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public boolean stopEditing(JTree a) {
boolean returnValue =
@@ -177,7 +177,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the cancelEditing
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code cancelEditing} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void cancelEditing(JTree a) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -186,7 +186,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the startEditingAtPath
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code startEditingAtPath} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void startEditingAtPath(JTree a, TreePath b) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -195,10 +195,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getEditingPath
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getEditingPath} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public TreePath getEditingPath(JTree a) {
TreePath returnValue =
@@ -214,10 +214,10 @@
////////////////////
/**
- * Invokes the contains
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code contains} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public boolean contains(JComponent a, int b, int c) {
boolean returnValue =
@@ -229,7 +229,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the update
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code update} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void update(Graphics a, JComponent b) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -239,8 +239,8 @@
/**
* Returns a multiplexing UI instance if any of the auxiliary
- * LookAndFeel
s supports this UI. Otherwise, just returns the
- * UI object obtained from the default LookAndFeel
.
+ * {@code LookAndFeel}s supports this UI. Otherwise, just returns the
+ * UI object obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}.
*
* @param a the component to create the UI for
* @return the UI delegate created
@@ -251,7 +251,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the installUI
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code installUI} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void installUI(JComponent a) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -260,7 +260,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the uninstallUI
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code uninstallUI} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void uninstallUI(JComponent a) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -269,7 +269,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the paint
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code paint} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void paint(Graphics a, JComponent b) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -278,10 +278,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getPreferredSize
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getPreferredSize} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public Dimension getPreferredSize(JComponent a) {
Dimension returnValue =
@@ -293,10 +293,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getMinimumSize
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getMinimumSize} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public Dimension getMinimumSize(JComponent a) {
Dimension returnValue =
@@ -308,10 +308,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getMaximumSize
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getMaximumSize} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public Dimension getMaximumSize(JComponent a) {
Dimension returnValue =
@@ -323,10 +323,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getAccessibleChildrenCount
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getAccessibleChildrenCount} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public int getAccessibleChildrenCount(JComponent a) {
int returnValue =
@@ -338,10 +338,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getAccessibleChild
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getAccessibleChild} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public Accessible getAccessibleChild(JComponent a, int b) {
Accessible returnValue =
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/plaf/multi/MultiViewportUI.java 2015-10-04 22:58:52.197257600 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/plaf/multi/MultiViewportUI.java 2015-10-04 22:58:52.005257608 +0400
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
import javax.accessibility.Accessible;
/**
- * A multiplexing UI used to combine ViewportUI
s.
+ * A multiplexing UI used to combine {@code ViewportUI}s.
*
* createUI
, and can be obtained by calling
- * the getUIs
method. The first element is guaranteed to be the real UI
+ * in the call to {@code createUI}, and can be obtained by calling
+ * the {@code getUIs} method. The first element is guaranteed to be the real UI
* obtained from the default look and feel.
*/
protected Vectorcontains
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code contains} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public boolean contains(JComponent a, int b, int c) {
boolean returnValue =
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the update
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code update} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void update(Graphics a, JComponent b) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -98,8 +98,8 @@
/**
* Returns a multiplexing UI instance if any of the auxiliary
- * LookAndFeel
s supports this UI. Otherwise, just returns the
- * UI object obtained from the default LookAndFeel
.
+ * {@code LookAndFeel}s supports this UI. Otherwise, just returns the
+ * UI object obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}.
*
* @param a the component to create the UI for
* @return the UI delegate created
@@ -110,7 +110,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the installUI
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code installUI} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void installUI(JComponent a) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the uninstallUI
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code uninstallUI} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void uninstallUI(JComponent a) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the paint
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code paint} method on each UI handled by this object.
*/
public void paint(Graphics a, JComponent b) {
for (int i = 0; i < uis.size(); i++) {
@@ -137,10 +137,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getPreferredSize
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getPreferredSize} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public Dimension getPreferredSize(JComponent a) {
Dimension returnValue =
@@ -152,10 +152,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getMinimumSize
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getMinimumSize} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public Dimension getMinimumSize(JComponent a) {
Dimension returnValue =
@@ -167,10 +167,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getMaximumSize
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getMaximumSize} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public Dimension getMaximumSize(JComponent a) {
Dimension returnValue =
@@ -182,10 +182,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getAccessibleChildrenCount
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getAccessibleChildrenCount} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public int getAccessibleChildrenCount(JComponent a) {
int returnValue =
@@ -197,10 +197,10 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes the getAccessibleChild
method on each UI handled by this object.
+ * Invokes the {@code getAccessibleChild} method on each UI handled by this object.
*
* @return the value obtained from the first UI, which is
- * the UI obtained from the default LookAndFeel
+ * the UI obtained from the default {@code LookAndFeel}
*/
public Accessible getAccessibleChild(JComponent a, int b) {
Accessible returnValue =
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/plaf/nimbus/AbstractRegionPainter.java 2015-10-04 22:58:52.741257575 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/plaf/nimbus/AbstractRegionPainter.java 2015-10-04 22:58:52.529257585 +0400
@@ -204,13 +204,13 @@
* Actually performs the painting operation. Subclasses must implement this method.
* The graphics object passed may represent the actual surface being rendered to,
* or it may be an intermediate buffer. It has also been pre-translated. Simply render
- * the component as if it were located at 0, 0 and had a width of width
- * and a height of height
. For performance reasons, you may want to read
+ * the component as if it were located at 0, 0 and had a width of {@code width}
+ * and a height of {@code height}. For performance reasons, you may want to read
* the clip from the Graphics2D object and only render within that space.
*
* @param g The Graphics2D surface to paint to
* @param c The JComponent related to the drawing event. For example, if the
- * region being rendered is Button, then c
will be a
+ * region being rendered is Button, then {@code c} will be a
* JButton. If the region being drawn is ScrollBarSlider, then the
* component will be JScrollBar. This value may be null.
* @param width The width of the region to paint. Note that in the case of
@@ -413,9 +413,9 @@
/**
* Get a color property from the given JComponent. First checks for a
- * getXXX()
method and if that fails checks for a client
- * property with key property
. If that still fails to return
- * a Color then defaultColor
is returned.
+ * {@code getXXX()} method and if that fails checks for a client
+ * property with key {@code property}. If that still fails to return
+ * a Color then {@code defaultColor} is returned.
*
* @param c The component to get the color property from
* @param property The name of a bean style property or client property
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/plaf/nimbus/DerivedColor.java 2015-10-04 22:58:53.265257552 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/plaf/nimbus/DerivedColor.java 2015-10-04 22:58:53.077257560 +0400
@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@
* Returns the RGB value representing the color in the default sRGB {@link java.awt.image.ColorModel}. (Bits 24-31
* are alpha, 16-23 are red, 8-15 are green, 0-7 are blue).
*
- * @return the RGB value of the color in the default sRGB ColorModel
.
+ * @return the RGB value of the color in the default sRGB {@code ColorModel}.
* @see java.awt.image.ColorModel#getRGBdefault
* @see #getRed
* @see #getGreen
@@ -157,12 +157,12 @@
}
/**
- * Returns a string representation of this Color
. This method
+ * Returns a string representation of this {@code Color}. This method
* is intended to be used only for debugging purposes. The content and
* format of the returned string might vary between implementations. The
- * returned string might be empty but cannot be null
.
+ * returned string might be empty but cannot be {@code null}.
*
- * @return a String representation of this Color
.
+ * @return a String representation of this {@code Color}.
*/
@Override
public String toString() {
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/plaf/nimbus/EffectUtils.java 2015-10-04 22:58:53.789257528 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/plaf/nimbus/EffectUtils.java 2015-10-04 22:58:53.597257537 +0400
@@ -233,9 +233,9 @@
// Get/Set Pixels helper methods
/**
- * BufferedImage
. The pixels are grabbed from
+ * BufferedImage.TYPE_INT_ARGB
and BufferedImage.TYPE_INT_RGB
will unmanage the
+ * from {@code BufferedImage.TYPE_INT_ARGB} and {@code BufferedImage.TYPE_INT_RGB} will unmanage the
* image.pixels
if non-null, a new array of integers otherwise
- * @throws IllegalArgumentException is pixels
is non-null and of length < w*h
+ * @return {@code pixels} if non-null, a new array of integers otherwise
+ * @throws IllegalArgumentException is {@code pixels} is non-null and of length < w*h
*/
static byte[] getPixels(BufferedImage img,
int x, int y, int w, int h, byte[] pixels) {
@@ -269,8 +269,8 @@
}
/**
- * BufferedImage
. Calling this method on an
- * image of type different from BufferedImage.TYPE_INT_ARGB
and BufferedImage.TYPE_INT_RGB
+ * pixels
is non-null and of length < w*h
+ * @throws IllegalArgumentException is {@code pixels} is non-null and of length < w*h
*/
static void setPixels(BufferedImage img,
int x, int y, int w, int h, byte[] pixels) {
@@ -299,10 +299,10 @@
/**
* BufferedImage
. The pixels are grabbed from a rectangular
+ * {@code BufferedImage}. The pixels are grabbed from a rectangular
* area defined by a location and two dimensions. Calling this method on
- * an image of type different from BufferedImage.TYPE_INT_ARGB
- * and BufferedImage.TYPE_INT_RGB
will unmanage the image.pixels
if non-null, a new array of integers
+ * @return {@code pixels} if non-null, a new array of integers
* otherwise
- * @throws IllegalArgumentException is pixels
is non-null and
+ * @throws IllegalArgumentException is {@code pixels} is non-null and
* of length < w*h
*/
public static int[] getPixels(BufferedImage img,
@@ -341,9 +341,9 @@
/**
* BufferedImage
. Calling this method on
- * an image of type different from BufferedImage.TYPE_INT_ARGB
- * and BufferedImage.TYPE_INT_RGB
will unmanage the image.pixels
is non-null and
+ * @throws IllegalArgumentException is {@code pixels} is non-null and
* of length < w*h
*/
public static void setPixels(BufferedImage img,
@@ -375,15 +375,15 @@
}
/**
- * BufferedImage
using the same color model
+ * BufferedImage
, compatible with the color model
- * of image
+ * @return a new {@code BufferedImage}, compatible with the color model
+ * of {@code image}
*/
public static BufferedImage createColorModelCompatibleImage(BufferedImage image) {
ColorModel cm = image.getColorModel();
@@ -395,14 +395,14 @@
/**
* BufferedImage
is compatible with
+ * height. That is, the returned {@code BufferedImage} is compatible with
* the graphics hardware. If the method is called in a headless
* environment, then the returned BufferedImage will be compatible with
* the source image.BufferedImage
of the
+ * @return a new translucent compatible {@code BufferedImage} of the
* specified width and height
*/
public static BufferedImage createCompatibleTranslucentImage(int width,
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/plaf/nimbus/ImageScalingHelper.java 2015-10-04 22:58:54.317257505 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/plaf/nimbus/ImageScalingHelper.java 2015-10-04 22:58:54.129257513 +0400
@@ -38,14 +38,14 @@
/** Enumeration for the types of painting this class can handle. */
enum PaintType {
/**
- * Painting type indicating the image should be centered in the space provided. When used the mask
+ * Painting type indicating the image should be centered in the space provided. When used the {@code mask}
* is ignored.
*/
CENTER,
/**
* Painting type indicating the image should be tiled across the specified width and height. When used the
- * mask
is ignored.
+ * {@code mask} is ignored.
*/
TILE,
@@ -82,20 +82,20 @@
static final int PAINT_ALL = 512;
/**
- * Paints using the algorightm specified by paintType
.
+ * Paints using the algorightm specified by {@code paintType}.
*
* @param g Graphics to render to
* @param x X-coordinate
* @param y Y-coordinate
* @param w Width to render to
* @param h Height to render to
- * @param image Image to render from, if null
this method will do nothing
- * @param sInsets Insets specifying the portion of the image that will be stretched or tiled, if null
- * empty Insets
will be used.
+ * @param image Image to render from, if {@code null} this method will do nothing
+ * @param sInsets Insets specifying the portion of the image that will be stretched or tiled, if {@code null}
+ * empty {@code Insets} will be used.
* @param dInsets Destination insets specifying the portion of the image will be stretched or tiled, if
- * null
empty Insets
will be used.
+ * {@code null} empty {@code Insets} will be used.
* @param paintType Specifies what type of algorithm to use in painting
- * @param mask Specifies portion of image to render, if PAINT_ALL
is specified, any other regions
+ * @param mask Specifies portion of image to render, if {@code PAINT_ALL} is specified, any other regions
* specified will not be painted, for example PAINT_ALL | PAINT_CENTER paints everything but the
* center.
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/plaf/nimbus/LoweredBorder.java 2015-10-04 22:58:54.841257481 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/plaf/nimbus/LoweredBorder.java 2015-10-04 22:58:54.653257490 +0400
@@ -66,13 +66,13 @@
* method. The graphics object passed may represent the actual surface being
* rendered to, or it may be an intermediate buffer. It has also been
* pre-translated. Simply render the component as if it were located at 0, 0
- * and had a width of width
and a height of
- * height
. For performance reasons, you may want to read the
+ * and had a width of {@code width} and a height of
+ * {@code height}. For performance reasons, you may want to read the
* clip from the Graphics2D object and only render within that space.
*
* @param g The Graphics2D surface to paint to
* @param c The JComponent related to the drawing event. For example,
- * if the region being rendered is Button, then c
+ * if the region being rendered is Button, then {@code c}
* will be a JButton. If the region being drawn is
* ScrollBarSlider, then the component will be JScrollBar.
* This value may be null.
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/plaf/nimbus/NimbusLookAndFeel.java 2015-10-04 22:58:55.365257458 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/plaf/nimbus/NimbusLookAndFeel.java 2015-10-04 22:58:55.177257466 +0400
@@ -307,27 +307,27 @@
* getStyle
method.prefix
+ * }
*
*
+ *
{@code
* laf.register(NimbusFooUI.FOO_REGION, "Foo");
- *
+ * }
*
*
+ *
{@code
* UIManager.put("Foo.background", new ColorUIResource(Color.BLACK));
* UIManager.put("Foo.Enabled.backgroundPainter", new FooBackgroundPainter());
- *
UIDefaults
table.
+ * Creates the value retrieved from the {@code UIDefaults} table.
* The object is created each time it is accessed.
*
- * @param table a UIDefaults
table
- * @return the created Object
+ * @param table a {@code UIDefaults} table
+ * @return the created {@code Object}
*/
@Override
public Object createValue(UIDefaults table) {
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/plaf/nimbus/NimbusStyle.java 2015-10-04 22:58:55.913257433 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/plaf/nimbus/NimbusStyle.java 2015-10-04 22:58:55.705257442 +0400
@@ -101,16 +101,16 @@
* you specify these custom states by including a special key in UIDefaults.
* The following UIDefaults entries define three states for this button:
+ * }
*
- *
+ *
{@code
* JButton.States = Enabled, Disabled, Toolbar
* JButton[Enabled].backgroundPainter = somePainter
* JButton[Disabled].background = BLUE
* JButton[Toolbar].backgroundPainter = someOtherPaint
- *
JButton.States
entry lists the states
+ * JButton.States
entry,
+ * each state. If you do not specify the {@code JButton.States} entry,
* then the standard Synth states will be assumed. If you specify the entry
* but the list of states is empty or null, then the standard synth states
* will be assumed.null
is returned from
+ * UIResource. As a result, if {@code null} is returned from
* getColorForState, then thereafter the color is not updated for other
* states or on LAF changes or updates. This DEFAULT_COLOR is used to
* ensure that a ColorUIResource is always returned from
@@ -923,12 +923,12 @@
* Disabled
*
* And you wanted to find the state that best represented
- * ENABLED+PRESSED+FOCUSED and lastState
was null (or an
+ * ENABLED+PRESSED+FOCUSED and {@code lastState} was null (or an
* empty array, or an array with a single int with index == -1), then
* Enabled+Pressed would be returned. If you then call this method again but
* pass the index of Enabled+Pressed as the "lastState", then
* Enabled would be returned. If you call this method a third time and pass
- * the index of Enabled in as the lastState
, then null would be
+ * the index of Enabled in as the {@code lastState}, then null would be
* returned.State
represents a distinct state that a
+ * a state. Whereas {@code State} represents a distinct state that a
* component can be in (such as Enabled), this class represents the colors,
* fonts, painters, etc associated with some state for this
* style.
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/plaf/nimbus/State.java 2015-10-04 22:58:56.449257409 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/plaf/nimbus/State.java 2015-10-04 22:58:56.261257417 +0400
@@ -134,14 +134,14 @@
*
* true
when the progress bar is indeterminate.
+ * it would return {@code true} when the progress bar is indeterminate.
* Such an implementation of this method would simply be:
+ * return c.isIndeterminate();
{@code return c.isIndeterminate();}
*
* @param c the JComponent to test. This will never be null.
- * @return true if c
is in the custom state represented by
- * this State
instance
+ * @return true if {@code c} is in the custom state represented by
+ * this {@code State} instance
*/
protected abstract boolean isInState(T c);
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/plaf/nimbus/SynthPainterImpl.java 2015-10-04 22:58:56.977257385 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/plaf/nimbus/SynthPainterImpl.java 2015-10-04 22:58:56.785257394 +0400
@@ -192,11 +192,11 @@
/**
* Paints the background of an arrow button. Arrow buttons are created by
- * some components, such as JScrollBar
.
+ * some components, such as {@code JScrollBar}.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -218,11 +218,11 @@
/**
* Paints the border of an arrow button. Arrow buttons are created by
- * some components, such as JScrollBar
.
+ * some components, such as {@code JScrollBar}.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -238,11 +238,11 @@
* Paints the foreground of an arrow button. This method is responsible
* for drawing a graphical representation of a direction, typically
* an arrow. Arrow buttons are created by
- * some components, such as JScrollBar
+ * some components, such as {@code JScrollBar}
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -308,9 +308,9 @@
/**
* Paints the background of a button.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -325,9 +325,9 @@
/**
* Paints the border of a button.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -342,9 +342,9 @@
/**
* Paints the background of a check box menu item.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -359,9 +359,9 @@
/**
* Paints the border of a check box menu item.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -376,9 +376,9 @@
/**
* Paints the background of a check box.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -393,9 +393,9 @@
/**
* Paints the border of a check box.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -410,9 +410,9 @@
/**
* Paints the background of a color chooser.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -427,9 +427,9 @@
/**
* Paints the border of a color chooser.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -444,9 +444,9 @@
/**
* Paints the background of a combo box.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -469,9 +469,9 @@
/**
* Paints the border of a combo box.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -486,9 +486,9 @@
/**
* Paints the background of a desktop icon.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -503,9 +503,9 @@
/**
* Paints the border of a desktop icon.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -520,9 +520,9 @@
/**
* Paints the background of a desktop pane.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -537,9 +537,9 @@
/**
* Paints the background of a desktop pane.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -554,9 +554,9 @@
/**
* Paints the background of an editor pane.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -571,9 +571,9 @@
/**
* Paints the border of an editor pane.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -588,9 +588,9 @@
/**
* Paints the background of a file chooser.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -605,9 +605,9 @@
/**
* Paints the border of a file chooser.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -622,9 +622,9 @@
/**
* Paints the background of a formatted text field.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -647,9 +647,9 @@
/**
* Paints the border of a formatted text field.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -672,9 +672,9 @@
/**
* Paints the background of an internal frame title pane.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -689,9 +689,9 @@
/**
* Paints the border of an internal frame title pane.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -706,9 +706,9 @@
/**
* Paints the background of an internal frame.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -723,9 +723,9 @@
/**
* Paints the border of an internal frame.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -740,9 +740,9 @@
/**
* Paints the background of a label.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -757,9 +757,9 @@
/**
* Paints the border of a label.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -774,9 +774,9 @@
/**
* Paints the background of a list.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -791,9 +791,9 @@
/**
* Paints the border of a list.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -808,9 +808,9 @@
/**
* Paints the background of a menu bar.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -825,9 +825,9 @@
/**
* Paints the border of a menu bar.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -842,9 +842,9 @@
/**
* Paints the background of a menu item.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -859,9 +859,9 @@
/**
* Paints the border of a menu item.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -876,9 +876,9 @@
/**
* Paints the background of a menu.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -893,9 +893,9 @@
/**
* Paints the border of a menu.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -910,9 +910,9 @@
/**
* Paints the background of an option pane.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -927,9 +927,9 @@
/**
* Paints the border of an option pane.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -944,9 +944,9 @@
/**
* Paints the background of a panel.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -961,9 +961,9 @@
/**
* Paints the border of a panel.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -978,9 +978,9 @@
/**
* Paints the background of a password field.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -995,9 +995,9 @@
/**
* Paints the border of a password field.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -1012,9 +1012,9 @@
/**
* Paints the background of a popup menu.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -1029,9 +1029,9 @@
/**
* Paints the border of a popup menu.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -1046,9 +1046,9 @@
/**
* Paints the background of a progress bar.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -1064,15 +1064,15 @@
* Paints the background of a progress bar. This implementation invokes the
* method of the same name without the orientation.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
* @param h Height of the area to paint to
- * @param orientation one of JProgressBar.HORIZONTAL
or
- * JProgressBar.VERTICAL
+ * @param orientation one of {@code JProgressBar.HORIZONTAL} or
+ * {@code JProgressBar.VERTICAL}
* @since 1.6
*/
public void paintProgressBarBackground(SynthContext context,
@@ -1084,9 +1084,9 @@
/**
* Paints the border of a progress bar.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -1102,15 +1102,15 @@
* Paints the border of a progress bar. This implementation invokes the
* method of the same name without the orientation.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
* @param h Height of the area to paint to
- * @param orientation one of JProgressBar.HORIZONTAL
or
- * JProgressBar.VERTICAL
+ * @param orientation one of {@code JProgressBar.HORIZONTAL} or
+ * {@code JProgressBar.VERTICAL}
* @since 1.6
*/
public void paintProgressBarBorder(SynthContext context,
@@ -1123,15 +1123,15 @@
* Paints the foreground of a progress bar. is responsible for
* providing an indication of the progress of the progress bar.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
* @param h Height of the area to paint to
- * @param orientation one of JProgressBar.HORIZONTAL
or
- * JProgressBar.VERTICAL
+ * @param orientation one of {@code JProgressBar.HORIZONTAL} or
+ * {@code JProgressBar.VERTICAL}
*/
public void paintProgressBarForeground(SynthContext context,
Graphics g, int x, int y,
@@ -1142,9 +1142,9 @@
/**
* Paints the background of a radio button menu item.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -1159,9 +1159,9 @@
/**
* Paints the border of a radio button menu item.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -1176,9 +1176,9 @@
/**
* Paints the background of a radio button.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -1193,9 +1193,9 @@
/**
* Paints the border of a radio button.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -1210,9 +1210,9 @@
/**
* Paints the background of a root pane.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -1227,9 +1227,9 @@
/**
* Paints the border of a root pane.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -1244,9 +1244,9 @@
/**
* Paints the background of a scrollbar.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -1262,16 +1262,16 @@
* Paints the background of a scrollbar. This implementation invokes the
* method of the same name without the orientation.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
* @param h Height of the area to paint to
* @param orientation Orientation of the JScrollBar, one of
- * JScrollBar.HORIZONTAL
or
- * JScrollBar.VERTICAL
+ * {@code JScrollBar.HORIZONTAL} or
+ * {@code JScrollBar.VERTICAL}
* @since 1.6
*/
public void paintScrollBarBackground(SynthContext context,
@@ -1283,9 +1283,9 @@
/**
* Paints the border of a scrollbar.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -1301,16 +1301,16 @@
* Paints the border of a scrollbar. This implementation invokes the
* method of the same name without the orientation.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
* @param h Height of the area to paint to
* @param orientation Orientation of the JScrollBar, one of
- * JScrollBar.HORIZONTAL
or
- * JScrollBar.VERTICAL
+ * {@code JScrollBar.HORIZONTAL} or
+ * {@code JScrollBar.VERTICAL}
* @since 1.6
*/
public void paintScrollBarBorder(SynthContext context,
@@ -1322,18 +1322,18 @@
/**
* Paints the background of the thumb of a scrollbar. The thumb provides
* a graphical indication as to how much of the Component is visible in a
- * JScrollPane
.
+ * {@code JScrollPane}.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
* @param h Height of the area to paint to
* @param orientation Orientation of the JScrollBar, one of
- * JScrollBar.HORIZONTAL
or
- * JScrollBar.VERTICAL
+ * {@code JScrollBar.HORIZONTAL} or
+ * {@code JScrollBar.VERTICAL}
*/
public void paintScrollBarThumbBackground(SynthContext context,
Graphics g, int x, int y,
@@ -1344,18 +1344,18 @@
/**
* Paints the border of the thumb of a scrollbar. The thumb provides
* a graphical indication as to how much of the Component is visible in a
- * JScrollPane
.
+ * {@code JScrollPane}.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
* @param h Height of the area to paint to
* @param orientation Orientation of the JScrollBar, one of
- * JScrollBar.HORIZONTAL
or
- * JScrollBar.VERTICAL
+ * {@code JScrollBar.HORIZONTAL} or
+ * {@code JScrollBar.VERTICAL}
*/
public void paintScrollBarThumbBorder(SynthContext context,
Graphics g, int x, int y,
@@ -1367,9 +1367,9 @@
* Paints the background of the track of a scrollbar. The track contains
* the thumb.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -1386,16 +1386,16 @@
* the thumb. This implementation invokes the method of the same name without
* the orientation.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
* @param h Height of the area to paint to
* @param orientation Orientation of the JScrollBar, one of
- * JScrollBar.HORIZONTAL
or
- * JScrollBar.VERTICAL
+ * {@code JScrollBar.HORIZONTAL} or
+ * {@code JScrollBar.VERTICAL}
* @since 1.6
*/
public void paintScrollBarTrackBackground(SynthContext context,
@@ -1408,9 +1408,9 @@
* Paints the border of the track of a scrollbar. The track contains
* the thumb.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -1427,16 +1427,16 @@
* the thumb. This implementation invokes the method of the same name without
* the orientation.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
* @param h Height of the area to paint to
* @param orientation Orientation of the JScrollBar, one of
- * JScrollBar.HORIZONTAL
or
- * JScrollBar.VERTICAL
+ * {@code JScrollBar.HORIZONTAL} or
+ * {@code JScrollBar.VERTICAL}
* @since 1.6
*/
public void paintScrollBarTrackBorder(SynthContext context,
@@ -1448,9 +1448,9 @@
/**
* Paints the background of a scroll pane.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -1465,9 +1465,9 @@
/**
* Paints the border of a scroll pane.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -1482,9 +1482,9 @@
/**
* Paints the background of a separator.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -1500,15 +1500,15 @@
* Paints the background of a separator. This implementation invokes the
* method of the same name without the orientation.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
* @param h Height of the area to paint to
- * @param orientation One of JSeparator.HORIZONTAL
or
- * JSeparator.VERTICAL
+ * @param orientation One of {@code JSeparator.HORIZONTAL} or
+ * {@code JSeparator.VERTICAL}
* @since 1.6
*/
public void paintSeparatorBackground(SynthContext context,
@@ -1520,9 +1520,9 @@
/**
* Paints the border of a separator.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -1538,15 +1538,15 @@
* Paints the border of a separator. This implementation invokes the
* method of the same name without the orientation.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
* @param h Height of the area to paint to
- * @param orientation One of JSeparator.HORIZONTAL
or
- * JSeparator.VERTICAL
+ * @param orientation One of {@code JSeparator.HORIZONTAL} or
+ * {@code JSeparator.VERTICAL}
* @since 1.6
*/
public void paintSeparatorBorder(SynthContext context,
@@ -1558,15 +1558,15 @@
/**
* Paints the foreground of a separator.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
* @param h Height of the area to paint to
- * @param orientation One of JSeparator.HORIZONTAL
or
- * JSeparator.VERTICAL
+ * @param orientation One of {@code JSeparator.HORIZONTAL} or
+ * {@code JSeparator.VERTICAL}
*/
public void paintSeparatorForeground(SynthContext context,
Graphics g, int x, int y,
@@ -1577,9 +1577,9 @@
/**
* Paints the background of a slider.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -1595,15 +1595,15 @@
* Paints the background of a slider. This implementation invokes the
* method of the same name without the orientation.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
* @param h Height of the area to paint to
- * @param orientation One of JSlider.HORIZONTAL
or
- * JSlider.VERTICAL
+ * @param orientation One of {@code JSlider.HORIZONTAL} or
+ * {@code JSlider.VERTICAL}
* @since 1.6
*/
public void paintSliderBackground(SynthContext context,
@@ -1615,9 +1615,9 @@
/**
* Paints the border of a slider.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -1633,15 +1633,15 @@
* Paints the border of a slider. This implementation invokes the
* method of the same name without the orientation.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
* @param h Height of the area to paint to
- * @param orientation One of JSlider.HORIZONTAL
or
- * JSlider.VERTICAL
+ * @param orientation One of {@code JSlider.HORIZONTAL} or
+ * {@code JSlider.VERTICAL}
* @since 1.6
*/
public void paintSliderBorder(SynthContext context,
@@ -1653,15 +1653,15 @@
/**
* Paints the background of the thumb of a slider.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
* @param h Height of the area to paint to
- * @param orientation One of JSlider.HORIZONTAL
or
- * JSlider.VERTICAL
+ * @param orientation One of {@code JSlider.HORIZONTAL} or
+ * {@code JSlider.VERTICAL}
*/
public void paintSliderThumbBackground(SynthContext context,
Graphics g, int x, int y,
@@ -1682,15 +1682,15 @@
/**
* Paints the border of the thumb of a slider.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
* @param h Height of the area to paint to
- * @param orientation One of JSlider.HORIZONTAL
or
- * JSlider.VERTICAL
+ * @param orientation One of {@code JSlider.HORIZONTAL} or
+ * {@code JSlider.VERTICAL}
*/
public void paintSliderThumbBorder(SynthContext context,
Graphics g, int x, int y,
@@ -1701,9 +1701,9 @@
/**
* Paints the background of the track of a slider.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -1719,15 +1719,15 @@
* Paints the background of the track of a slider. This implementation invokes
* the method of the same name without the orientation.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
* @param h Height of the area to paint to
- * @param orientation One of JSlider.HORIZONTAL
or
- * JSlider.VERTICAL
+ * @param orientation One of {@code JSlider.HORIZONTAL} or
+ * {@code JSlider.VERTICAL}
* @since 1.6
*/
public void paintSliderTrackBackground(SynthContext context,
@@ -1739,9 +1739,9 @@
/**
* Paints the border of the track of a slider.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -1757,15 +1757,15 @@
* Paints the border of the track of a slider. This implementation invokes the
* method of the same name without the orientation.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
* @param h Height of the area to paint to
- * @param orientation One of JSlider.HORIZONTAL
or
- * JSlider.VERTICAL
+ * @param orientation One of {@code JSlider.HORIZONTAL} or
+ * {@code JSlider.VERTICAL}
* @since 1.6
*/
public void paintSliderTrackBorder(SynthContext context,
@@ -1777,9 +1777,9 @@
/**
* Paints the background of a spinner.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -1794,9 +1794,9 @@
/**
* Paints the border of a spinner.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -1811,9 +1811,9 @@
/**
* Paints the background of the divider of a split pane.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -1829,15 +1829,15 @@
* Paints the background of the divider of a split pane. This implementation
* invokes the method of the same name without the orientation.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
* @param h Height of the area to paint to
- * @param orientation One of JSplitPane.HORIZONTAL_SPLIT
or
- * JSplitPane.VERTICAL_SPLIT
+ * @param orientation One of {@code JSplitPane.HORIZONTAL_SPLIT} or
+ * {@code JSplitPane.VERTICAL_SPLIT}
* @since 1.6
*/
public void paintSplitPaneDividerBackground(SynthContext context,
@@ -1856,15 +1856,15 @@
/**
* Paints the foreground of the divider of a split pane.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
* @param h Height of the area to paint to
- * @param orientation One of JSplitPane.HORIZONTAL_SPLIT
or
- * JSplitPane.VERTICAL_SPLIT
+ * @param orientation One of {@code JSplitPane.HORIZONTAL_SPLIT} or
+ * {@code JSplitPane.VERTICAL_SPLIT}
*/
public void paintSplitPaneDividerForeground(SynthContext context,
Graphics g, int x, int y,
@@ -1876,15 +1876,15 @@
* Paints the divider, when the user is dragging the divider, of a
* split pane.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
* @param h Height of the area to paint to
- * @param orientation One of JSplitPane.HORIZONTAL_SPLIT
or
- * JSplitPane.VERTICAL_SPLIT
+ * @param orientation One of {@code JSplitPane.HORIZONTAL_SPLIT} or
+ * {@code JSplitPane.VERTICAL_SPLIT}
*/
public void paintSplitPaneDragDivider(SynthContext context,
Graphics g, int x, int y,
@@ -1895,9 +1895,9 @@
/**
* Paints the background of a split pane.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -1912,9 +1912,9 @@
/**
* Paints the border of a split pane.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -1929,9 +1929,9 @@
/**
* Paints the background of a tabbed pane.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -1946,9 +1946,9 @@
/**
* Paints the border of a tabbed pane.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -1963,9 +1963,9 @@
/**
* Paints the background of the area behind the tabs of a tabbed pane.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -1982,17 +1982,17 @@
* This implementation invokes the method of the same name without the
* orientation.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
* @param h Height of the area to paint to
- * @param orientation One of JTabbedPane.TOP
,
- * JTabbedPane.LEFT
,
- * JTabbedPane.BOTTOM
, or
- * JTabbedPane.RIGHT
+ * @param orientation One of {@code JTabbedPane.TOP},
+ * {@code JTabbedPane.LEFT},
+ * {@code JTabbedPane.BOTTOM}, or
+ * {@code JTabbedPane.RIGHT}
* @since 1.6
*/
public void paintTabbedPaneTabAreaBackground(SynthContext context,
@@ -2022,9 +2022,9 @@
/**
* Paints the border of the area behind the tabs of a tabbed pane.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -2040,17 +2040,17 @@
* Paints the border of the area behind the tabs of a tabbed pane. This
* implementation invokes the method of the same name without the orientation.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
* @param h Height of the area to paint to
- * @param orientation One of JTabbedPane.TOP
,
- * JTabbedPane.LEFT
,
- * JTabbedPane.BOTTOM
, or
- * JTabbedPane.RIGHT
+ * @param orientation One of {@code JTabbedPane.TOP},
+ * {@code JTabbedPane.LEFT},
+ * {@code JTabbedPane.BOTTOM}, or
+ * {@code JTabbedPane.RIGHT}
* @since 1.6
*/
public void paintTabbedPaneTabAreaBorder(SynthContext context,
@@ -2062,9 +2062,9 @@
/**
* Paints the background of a tab of a tabbed pane.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -2081,18 +2081,18 @@
* Paints the background of a tab of a tabbed pane. This implementation
* invokes the method of the same name without the orientation.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
* @param h Height of the area to paint to
* @param tabIndex Index of tab being painted.
- * @param orientation One of JTabbedPane.TOP
,
- * JTabbedPane.LEFT
,
- * JTabbedPane.BOTTOM
, or
- * JTabbedPane.RIGHT
+ * @param orientation One of {@code JTabbedPane.TOP},
+ * {@code JTabbedPane.LEFT},
+ * {@code JTabbedPane.BOTTOM}, or
+ * {@code JTabbedPane.RIGHT}
* @since 1.6
*/
public void paintTabbedPaneTabBackground(SynthContext context, Graphics g,
@@ -2122,9 +2122,9 @@
/**
* Paints the border of a tab of a tabbed pane.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -2141,18 +2141,18 @@
* Paints the border of a tab of a tabbed pane. This implementation invokes
* the method of the same name without the orientation.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
* @param h Height of the area to paint to
* @param tabIndex Index of tab being painted.
- * @param orientation One of JTabbedPane.TOP
,
- * JTabbedPane.LEFT
,
- * JTabbedPane.BOTTOM
, or
- * JTabbedPane.RIGHT
+ * @param orientation One of {@code JTabbedPane.TOP},
+ * {@code JTabbedPane.LEFT},
+ * {@code JTabbedPane.BOTTOM}, or
+ * {@code JTabbedPane.RIGHT}
* @since 1.6
*/
public void paintTabbedPaneTabBorder(SynthContext context, Graphics g,
@@ -2165,9 +2165,9 @@
* Paints the background of the area that contains the content of the
* selected tab of a tabbed pane.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -2183,9 +2183,9 @@
* Paints the border of the area that contains the content of the
* selected tab of a tabbed pane.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -2199,9 +2199,9 @@
/**
* Paints the background of the header of a table.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -2216,9 +2216,9 @@
/**
* Paints the border of the header of a table.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -2233,9 +2233,9 @@
/**
* Paints the background of a table.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -2250,9 +2250,9 @@
/**
* Paints the border of a table.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -2267,9 +2267,9 @@
/**
* Paints the background of a text area.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -2284,9 +2284,9 @@
/**
* Paints the border of a text area.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -2301,9 +2301,9 @@
/**
* Paints the background of a text pane.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -2318,9 +2318,9 @@
/**
* Paints the border of a text pane.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -2335,9 +2335,9 @@
/**
* Paints the background of a text field.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -2360,9 +2360,9 @@
/**
* Paints the border of a text field.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -2385,9 +2385,9 @@
/**
* Paints the background of a toggle button.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -2402,9 +2402,9 @@
/**
* Paints the border of a toggle button.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -2419,9 +2419,9 @@
/**
* Paints the background of a tool bar.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -2437,15 +2437,15 @@
* Paints the background of a tool bar. This implementation invokes the
* method of the same name without the orientation.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
* @param h Height of the area to paint to
- * @param orientation One of JToolBar.HORIZONTAL
or
- * JToolBar.VERTICAL
+ * @param orientation One of {@code JToolBar.HORIZONTAL} or
+ * {@code JToolBar.VERTICAL}
* @since 1.6
*/
public void paintToolBarBackground(SynthContext context,
@@ -2457,9 +2457,9 @@
/**
* Paints the border of a tool bar.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -2475,15 +2475,15 @@
* Paints the border of a tool bar. This implementation invokes the
* method of the same name without the orientation.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
* @param h Height of the area to paint to
- * @param orientation One of JToolBar.HORIZONTAL
or
- * JToolBar.VERTICAL
+ * @param orientation One of {@code JToolBar.HORIZONTAL} or
+ * {@code JToolBar.VERTICAL}
* @since 1.6
*/
public void paintToolBarBorder(SynthContext context,
@@ -2495,9 +2495,9 @@
/**
* Paints the background of the tool bar's content area.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -2513,15 +2513,15 @@
* Paints the background of the tool bar's content area. This implementation
* invokes the method of the same name without the orientation.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
* @param h Height of the area to paint to
- * @param orientation One of JToolBar.HORIZONTAL
or
- * JToolBar.VERTICAL
+ * @param orientation One of {@code JToolBar.HORIZONTAL} or
+ * {@code JToolBar.VERTICAL}
* @since 1.6
*/
public void paintToolBarContentBackground(SynthContext context,
@@ -2533,9 +2533,9 @@
/**
* Paints the border of the content area of a tool bar.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -2551,15 +2551,15 @@
* Paints the border of the content area of a tool bar. This implementation
* invokes the method of the same name without the orientation.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
* @param h Height of the area to paint to
- * @param orientation One of JToolBar.HORIZONTAL
or
- * JToolBar.VERTICAL
+ * @param orientation One of {@code JToolBar.HORIZONTAL} or
+ * {@code JToolBar.VERTICAL}
* @since 1.6
*/
public void paintToolBarContentBorder(SynthContext context,
@@ -2572,9 +2572,9 @@
* Paints the background of the window containing the tool bar when it
* has been detached from its primary frame.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -2591,15 +2591,15 @@
* has been detached from its primary frame. This implementation invokes the
* method of the same name without the orientation.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
* @param h Height of the area to paint to
- * @param orientation One of JToolBar.HORIZONTAL
or
- * JToolBar.VERTICAL
+ * @param orientation One of {@code JToolBar.HORIZONTAL} or
+ * {@code JToolBar.VERTICAL}
* @since 1.6
*/
public void paintToolBarDragWindowBackground(SynthContext context,
@@ -2612,9 +2612,9 @@
* Paints the border of the window containing the tool bar when it
* has been detached from it's primary frame.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -2631,15 +2631,15 @@
* has been detached from it's primary frame. This implementation invokes the
* method of the same name without the orientation.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
* @param h Height of the area to paint to
- * @param orientation One of JToolBar.HORIZONTAL
or
- * JToolBar.VERTICAL
+ * @param orientation One of {@code JToolBar.HORIZONTAL} or
+ * {@code JToolBar.VERTICAL}
* @since 1.6
*/
public void paintToolBarDragWindowBorder(SynthContext context,
@@ -2651,9 +2651,9 @@
/**
* Paints the background of a tool tip.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -2668,9 +2668,9 @@
/**
* Paints the border of a tool tip.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -2685,9 +2685,9 @@
/**
* Paints the background of a tree.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -2702,9 +2702,9 @@
/**
* Paints the border of a tree.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -2719,9 +2719,9 @@
/**
* Paints the background of the row containing a cell in a tree.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -2736,9 +2736,9 @@
/**
* Paints the border of the row containing a cell in a tree.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -2753,9 +2753,9 @@
/**
* Paints the focus indicator for a cell in a tree when it has focus.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -2770,9 +2770,9 @@
/**
* Paints the background of the viewport.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -2787,9 +2787,9 @@
/**
* Paints the border of a viewport.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/plaf/synth/ColorType.java 2015-10-04 22:58:57.593257358 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/plaf/synth/ColorType.java 2015-10-04 22:58:57.401257366 +0400
@@ -27,23 +27,23 @@
/**
* A typesafe enumeration of colors that can be fetched from a style.
* SynthStyle
has a set of ColorType
s that
+ * Each {@code SynthStyle} has a set of {@code ColorType}s that
* are accessed by way of the
* {@link SynthStyle#getColor(SynthContext, ColorType)} method.
- * SynthStyle
's installDefaults
will install
- * the FOREGROUND
color
+ * {@code SynthStyle}'s {@code installDefaults} will install
+ * the {@code FOREGROUND} color
* as the foreground of
- * the Component, and the BACKGROUND
color to the background of
+ * the Component, and the {@code BACKGROUND} color to the background of
* the component (assuming that you have not explicitly specified a
* foreground and background color). Some components
* support more color based properties, for
- * example JList
has the property
- * selectionForeground
which will be mapped to
- * FOREGROUND
with a component state of
- * SynthConstants.SELECTED
.
+ * example {@code JList} has the property
+ * {@code selectionForeground} which will be mapped to
+ * {@code FOREGROUND} with a component state of
+ * {@code SynthConstants.SELECTED}.
* SynthStyle
that returns
- * a red Color for the DISABLED
state, otherwise a black color.
+ * The following example shows a custom {@code SynthStyle} that returns
+ * a red Color for the {@code DISABLED} state, otherwise a black color.
*
* class MyStyle extends SynthStyle {
* private Color disabledColor = new ColorUIResource(Color.RED);
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@
public static final ColorType FOCUS = new ColorType("Focus");
/**
- * Maximum number of
ColorType
s.
+ * Maximum number of {@code ColorType}s.
*/
public static final int MAX_COUNT;
@@ -129,8 +129,8 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the textual description of this ColorType
.
- * This is the same value that the ColorType
was created
+ * Returns the textual description of this {@code ColorType}.
+ * This is the same value that the {@code ColorType} was created
* with.
*
* @return the description of the string
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/plaf/synth/DefaultSynthStyleFactory.java 2015-10-04 22:58:58.117257334 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/plaf/synth/DefaultSynthStyleFactory.java 2015-10-04 22:58:57.925257343 +0400
@@ -34,8 +34,8 @@
/**
* Factory used for obtaining styles. Supports associating a style based on
- * the name of the component as returned by Component.getName()
,
- * and the Region
associated with the JComponent
.
+ * the name of the component as returned by {@code Component.getName()},
+ * and the {@code Region} associated with the {@code JComponent}.
* Lookup is done using regular expressions.
*
* @author Scott Violet
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@
/**
* Fetches any styles that match the passed into arguments into
- * matches
.
+ * {@code matches}.
*/
private void getMatchingStyles(ListComponent
s
+ * Regions are typically used as a way to identify the {@code Component}s
* and areas a particular style is to apply to. Synth's file format allows you
- * to bind styles based on the name of a Region
.
+ * to bind styles based on the name of a {@code Region}.
* The name is derived from the field name of the constant:
*
*
- * For example, to identify the SPLIT_PANE
- * Region
you would use SplitPane
.
- * The following shows a custom SynthStyleFactory
+ * For example, to identify the {@code SPLIT_PANE}
+ * {@code Region} you would use {@code SplitPane}.
+ * The following shows a custom {@code SynthStyleFactory}
* that returns a specific style for split panes:
*
* public SynthStyle getStyle(JComponent c, Region id) {
@@ -79,349 +79,349 @@
* ArrowButton's are special types of buttons that also render a
* directional indicator, typically an arrow. ArrowButtons are used by
* composite components, for example ScrollBar's contain ArrowButtons.
- * To bind a style to this
Region
use the name
- * ArrowButton
.
+ * To bind a style to this {@code Region} use the name
+ * {@code ArrowButton}.
*/
public static final Region ARROW_BUTTON = new Region("ArrowButton", false);
/**
- * Button region. To bind a style to this Region
use the name
- * Button
.
+ * Button region. To bind a style to this {@code Region} use the name
+ * {@code Button}.
*/
public static final Region BUTTON = new Region("Button", false);
/**
- * CheckBox region. To bind a style to this Region
use the name
- * CheckBox
.
+ * CheckBox region. To bind a style to this {@code Region} use the name
+ * {@code CheckBox}.
*/
public static final Region CHECK_BOX = new Region("CheckBox", false);
/**
- * CheckBoxMenuItem region. To bind a style to this Region
use
- * the name CheckBoxMenuItem
.
+ * CheckBoxMenuItem region. To bind a style to this {@code Region} use
+ * the name {@code CheckBoxMenuItem}.
*/
public static final Region CHECK_BOX_MENU_ITEM = new Region("CheckBoxMenuItem", false);
/**
- * ColorChooser region. To bind a style to this Region
use
- * the name ColorChooser
.
+ * ColorChooser region. To bind a style to this {@code Region} use
+ * the name {@code ColorChooser}.
*/
public static final Region COLOR_CHOOSER = new Region("ColorChooser", false);
/**
- * ComboBox region. To bind a style to this Region
use
- * the name ComboBox
.
+ * ComboBox region. To bind a style to this {@code Region} use
+ * the name {@code ComboBox}.
*/
public static final Region COMBO_BOX = new Region("ComboBox", false);
/**
- * DesktopPane region. To bind a style to this Region
use
- * the name DesktopPane
.
+ * DesktopPane region. To bind a style to this {@code Region} use
+ * the name {@code DesktopPane}.
*/
public static final Region DESKTOP_PANE = new Region("DesktopPane", false);
/**
- * DesktopIcon region. To bind a style to this Region
use
- * the name DesktopIcon
.
+ * DesktopIcon region. To bind a style to this {@code Region} use
+ * the name {@code DesktopIcon}.
*/
public static final Region DESKTOP_ICON = new Region("DesktopIcon", false);
/**
- * EditorPane region. To bind a style to this Region
use
- * the name EditorPane
.
+ * EditorPane region. To bind a style to this {@code Region} use
+ * the name {@code EditorPane}.
*/
public static final Region EDITOR_PANE = new Region("EditorPane", false);
/**
- * FileChooser region. To bind a style to this Region
use
- * the name FileChooser
.
+ * FileChooser region. To bind a style to this {@code Region} use
+ * the name {@code FileChooser}.
*/
public static final Region FILE_CHOOSER = new Region("FileChooser", false);
/**
- * FormattedTextField region. To bind a style to this Region
use
- * the name FormattedTextField
.
+ * FormattedTextField region. To bind a style to this {@code Region} use
+ * the name {@code FormattedTextField}.
*/
public static final Region FORMATTED_TEXT_FIELD = new Region("FormattedTextField", false);
/**
- * InternalFrame region. To bind a style to this Region
use
- * the name InternalFrame
.
+ * InternalFrame region. To bind a style to this {@code Region} use
+ * the name {@code InternalFrame}.
*/
public static final Region INTERNAL_FRAME = new Region("InternalFrame", false);
/**
* TitlePane of an InternalFrame. The TitlePane typically
* shows a menu, title, widgets to manipulate the internal frame.
- * To bind a style to this Region
use the name
- * InternalFrameTitlePane
.
+ * To bind a style to this {@code Region} use the name
+ * {@code InternalFrameTitlePane}.
*/
public static final Region INTERNAL_FRAME_TITLE_PANE = new Region("InternalFrameTitlePane", false);
/**
- * Label region. To bind a style to this Region
use the name
- * Label
.
+ * Label region. To bind a style to this {@code Region} use the name
+ * {@code Label}.
*/
public static final Region LABEL = new Region("Label", false);
/**
- * List region. To bind a style to this Region
use the name
- * List
.
+ * List region. To bind a style to this {@code Region} use the name
+ * {@code List}.
*/
public static final Region LIST = new Region("List", false);
/**
- * Menu region. To bind a style to this Region
use the name
- * Menu
.
+ * Menu region. To bind a style to this {@code Region} use the name
+ * {@code Menu}.
*/
public static final Region MENU = new Region("Menu", false);
/**
- * MenuBar region. To bind a style to this Region
use the name
- * MenuBar
.
+ * MenuBar region. To bind a style to this {@code Region} use the name
+ * {@code MenuBar}.
*/
public static final Region MENU_BAR = new Region("MenuBar", false);
/**
- * MenuItem region. To bind a style to this Region
use the name
- * MenuItem
.
+ * MenuItem region. To bind a style to this {@code Region} use the name
+ * {@code MenuItem}.
*/
public static final Region MENU_ITEM = new Region("MenuItem", false);
/**
* Accelerator region of a MenuItem. To bind a style to this
- * Region
use the name MenuItemAccelerator
.
+ * {@code Region} use the name {@code MenuItemAccelerator}.
*/
public static final Region MENU_ITEM_ACCELERATOR = new Region("MenuItemAccelerator", true);
/**
- * OptionPane region. To bind a style to this Region
use
- * the name OptionPane
.
+ * OptionPane region. To bind a style to this {@code Region} use
+ * the name {@code OptionPane}.
*/
public static final Region OPTION_PANE = new Region("OptionPane", false);
/**
- * Panel region. To bind a style to this Region
use the name
- * Panel
.
+ * Panel region. To bind a style to this {@code Region} use the name
+ * {@code Panel}.
*/
public static final Region PANEL = new Region("Panel", false);
/**
- * PasswordField region. To bind a style to this Region
use
- * the name PasswordField
.
+ * PasswordField region. To bind a style to this {@code Region} use
+ * the name {@code PasswordField}.
*/
public static final Region PASSWORD_FIELD = new Region("PasswordField", false);
/**
- * PopupMenu region. To bind a style to this Region
use
- * the name PopupMenu
.
+ * PopupMenu region. To bind a style to this {@code Region} use
+ * the name {@code PopupMenu}.
*/
public static final Region POPUP_MENU = new Region("PopupMenu", false);
/**
- * PopupMenuSeparator region. To bind a style to this Region
- * use the name PopupMenuSeparator
.
+ * PopupMenuSeparator region. To bind a style to this {@code Region}
+ * use the name {@code PopupMenuSeparator}.
*/
public static final Region POPUP_MENU_SEPARATOR = new Region("PopupMenuSeparator", false);
/**
- * ProgressBar region. To bind a style to this Region
- * use the name ProgressBar
.
+ * ProgressBar region. To bind a style to this {@code Region}
+ * use the name {@code ProgressBar}.
*/
public static final Region PROGRESS_BAR = new Region("ProgressBar", false);
/**
- * RadioButton region. To bind a style to this Region
- * use the name RadioButton
.
+ * RadioButton region. To bind a style to this {@code Region}
+ * use the name {@code RadioButton}.
*/
public static final Region RADIO_BUTTON = new Region("RadioButton", false);
/**
- * RegionButtonMenuItem region. To bind a style to this Region
- * use the name RadioButtonMenuItem
.
+ * RegionButtonMenuItem region. To bind a style to this {@code Region}
+ * use the name {@code RadioButtonMenuItem}.
*/
public static final Region RADIO_BUTTON_MENU_ITEM = new Region("RadioButtonMenuItem", false);
/**
- * RootPane region. To bind a style to this Region
use
- * the name RootPane
.
+ * RootPane region. To bind a style to this {@code Region} use
+ * the name {@code RootPane}.
*/
public static final Region ROOT_PANE = new Region("RootPane", false);
/**
- * ScrollBar region. To bind a style to this Region
use
- * the name ScrollBar
.
+ * ScrollBar region. To bind a style to this {@code Region} use
+ * the name {@code ScrollBar}.
*/
public static final Region SCROLL_BAR = new Region("ScrollBar", false);
/**
- * Track of the ScrollBar. To bind a style to this Region
use
- * the name ScrollBarTrack
.
+ * Track of the ScrollBar. To bind a style to this {@code Region} use
+ * the name {@code ScrollBarTrack}.
*/
public static final Region SCROLL_BAR_TRACK = new Region("ScrollBarTrack", true);
/**
* Thumb of the ScrollBar. The thumb is the region of the ScrollBar
* that gives a graphical depiction of what percentage of the View is
- * currently visible. To bind a style to this Region
use
- * the name ScrollBarThumb
.
+ * currently visible. To bind a style to this {@code Region} use
+ * the name {@code ScrollBarThumb}.
*/
public static final Region SCROLL_BAR_THUMB = new Region("ScrollBarThumb", true);
/**
- * ScrollPane region. To bind a style to this Region
use
- * the name ScrollPane
.
+ * ScrollPane region. To bind a style to this {@code Region} use
+ * the name {@code ScrollPane}.
*/
public static final Region SCROLL_PANE = new Region("ScrollPane", false);
/**
- * Separator region. To bind a style to this Region
use
- * the name Separator
.
+ * Separator region. To bind a style to this {@code Region} use
+ * the name {@code Separator}.
*/
public static final Region SEPARATOR = new Region("Separator", false);
/**
- * Slider region. To bind a style to this Region
use
- * the name Slider
.
+ * Slider region. To bind a style to this {@code Region} use
+ * the name {@code Slider}.
*/
public static final Region SLIDER = new Region("Slider", false);
/**
- * Track of the Slider. To bind a style to this Region
use
- * the name SliderTrack
.
+ * Track of the Slider. To bind a style to this {@code Region} use
+ * the name {@code SliderTrack}.
*/
public static final Region SLIDER_TRACK = new Region("SliderTrack", true);
/**
* Thumb of the Slider. The thumb of the Slider identifies the current
- * value. To bind a style to this Region
use the name
- * SliderThumb
.
+ * value. To bind a style to this {@code Region} use the name
+ * {@code SliderThumb}.
*/
public static final Region SLIDER_THUMB = new Region("SliderThumb", true);
/**
- * Spinner region. To bind a style to this Region
use the name
- * Spinner
.
+ * Spinner region. To bind a style to this {@code Region} use the name
+ * {@code Spinner}.
*/
public static final Region SPINNER = new Region("Spinner", false);
/**
- * SplitPane region. To bind a style to this Region
use the name
- * SplitPane
.
+ * SplitPane region. To bind a style to this {@code Region} use the name
+ * {@code SplitPane}.
*/
public static final Region SPLIT_PANE = new Region("SplitPane", false);
/**
- * Divider of the SplitPane. To bind a style to this Region
- * use the name SplitPaneDivider
.
+ * Divider of the SplitPane. To bind a style to this {@code Region}
+ * use the name {@code SplitPaneDivider}.
*/
public static final Region SPLIT_PANE_DIVIDER = new Region("SplitPaneDivider", true);
/**
- * TabbedPane region. To bind a style to this Region
use
- * the name TabbedPane
.
+ * TabbedPane region. To bind a style to this {@code Region} use
+ * the name {@code TabbedPane}.
*/
public static final Region TABBED_PANE = new Region("TabbedPane", false);
/**
* Region of a TabbedPane for one tab. To bind a style to this
- * Region
use the name TabbedPaneTab
.
+ * {@code Region} use the name {@code TabbedPaneTab}.
*/
public static final Region TABBED_PANE_TAB = new Region("TabbedPaneTab", true);
/**
* Region of a TabbedPane containing the tabs. To bind a style to this
- * Region
use the name TabbedPaneTabArea
.
+ * {@code Region} use the name {@code TabbedPaneTabArea}.
*/
public static final Region TABBED_PANE_TAB_AREA = new Region("TabbedPaneTabArea", true);
/**
* Region of a TabbedPane containing the content. To bind a style to this
- * Region
use the name TabbedPaneContent
.
+ * {@code Region} use the name {@code TabbedPaneContent}.
*/
public static final Region TABBED_PANE_CONTENT = new Region("TabbedPaneContent", true);
/**
- * Table region. To bind a style to this Region
use
- * the name Table
.
+ * Table region. To bind a style to this {@code Region} use
+ * the name {@code Table}.
*/
public static final Region TABLE = new Region("Table", false);
/**
- * TableHeader region. To bind a style to this Region
use
- * the name TableHeader
.
+ * TableHeader region. To bind a style to this {@code Region} use
+ * the name {@code TableHeader}.
*/
public static final Region TABLE_HEADER = new Region("TableHeader", false);
/**
- * TextArea region. To bind a style to this Region
use
- * the name TextArea
.
+ * TextArea region. To bind a style to this {@code Region} use
+ * the name {@code TextArea}.
*/
public static final Region TEXT_AREA = new Region("TextArea", false);
/**
- * TextField region. To bind a style to this Region
use
- * the name TextField
.
+ * TextField region. To bind a style to this {@code Region} use
+ * the name {@code TextField}.
*/
public static final Region TEXT_FIELD = new Region("TextField", false);
/**
- * TextPane region. To bind a style to this Region
use
- * the name TextPane
.
+ * TextPane region. To bind a style to this {@code Region} use
+ * the name {@code TextPane}.
*/
public static final Region TEXT_PANE = new Region("TextPane", false);
/**
- * ToggleButton region. To bind a style to this Region
use
- * the name ToggleButton
.
+ * ToggleButton region. To bind a style to this {@code Region} use
+ * the name {@code ToggleButton}.
*/
public static final Region TOGGLE_BUTTON = new Region("ToggleButton", false);
/**
- * ToolBar region. To bind a style to this Region
use
- * the name ToolBar
.
+ * ToolBar region. To bind a style to this {@code Region} use
+ * the name {@code ToolBar}.
*/
public static final Region TOOL_BAR = new Region("ToolBar", false);
/**
* Region of the ToolBar containing the content. To bind a style to this
- * Region
use the name ToolBarContent
.
+ * {@code Region} use the name {@code ToolBarContent}.
*/
public static final Region TOOL_BAR_CONTENT = new Region("ToolBarContent", true);
/**
* Region for the Window containing the ToolBar. To bind a style to this
- * Region
use the name ToolBarDragWindow
.
+ * {@code Region} use the name {@code ToolBarDragWindow}.
*/
public static final Region TOOL_BAR_DRAG_WINDOW = new Region("ToolBarDragWindow", false);
/**
- * ToolTip region. To bind a style to this Region
use
- * the name ToolTip
.
+ * ToolTip region. To bind a style to this {@code Region} use
+ * the name {@code ToolTip}.
*/
public static final Region TOOL_TIP = new Region("ToolTip", false);
/**
- * ToolBar separator region. To bind a style to this Region
use
- * the name ToolBarSeparator
.
+ * ToolBar separator region. To bind a style to this {@code Region} use
+ * the name {@code ToolBarSeparator}.
*/
public static final Region TOOL_BAR_SEPARATOR = new Region("ToolBarSeparator", false);
/**
- * Tree region. To bind a style to this Region
use the name
- * Tree
.
+ * Tree region. To bind a style to this {@code Region} use the name
+ * {@code Tree}.
*/
public static final Region TREE = new Region("Tree", false);
/**
* Region of the Tree for one cell. To bind a style to this
- * Region
use the name TreeCell
.
+ * {@code Region} use the name {@code TreeCell}.
*/
public static final Region TREE_CELL = new Region("TreeCell", true);
/**
- * Viewport region. To bind a style to this Region
use
- * the name Viewport
.
+ * Viewport region. To bind a style to this {@code Region} use
+ * the name {@code Viewport}.
*/
public static final Region VIEWPORT = new Region("Viewport", false);
@@ -515,12 +515,12 @@
/**
* Creates a Region with the specified name. This should only be
- * used if you are creating your own JComponent
subclass
- * with a custom ComponentUI
class.
+ * used if you are creating your own {@code JComponent} subclass
+ * with a custom {@code ComponentUI} class.
*
* @param name Name of the region
* @param ui String that will be returned from
- * component.getUIClassID
. This will be null
+ * {@code component.getUIClassID}. This will be null
* if this is a subregion.
* @param subregion Whether or not this is a subregion.
*/
@@ -533,8 +533,8 @@
/**
* Returns true if the Region is a subregion of a Component, otherwise
- * false. For example, Region.BUTTON
corresponds do a
- * Component
so that Region.BUTTON.isSubregion()
+ * false. For example, {@code Region.BUTTON} corresponds do a
+ * {@code Component} so that {@code Region.BUTTON.isSubregion()}
* returns false.
*
* @return true if the Region is a subregion of a Component.
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/plaf/synth/SynthBorder.java 2015-10-04 22:58:59.173257287 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/plaf/synth/SynthBorder.java 2015-10-04 22:58:58.981257295 +0400
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@
* Reinitializes the insets parameter with this Border's current Insets.
* @param c the component for which this border insets value applies
* @param insets the object to be reinitialized
- * @return the insets
object
+ * @return the {@code insets} object
*/
public Insets getBorderInsets(Component c, Insets insets) {
if (this.insets != null) {
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/plaf/synth/SynthButtonUI.java 2015-10-04 22:58:59.697257263 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/plaf/synth/SynthButtonUI.java 2015-10-04 22:58:59.505257272 +0400
@@ -142,7 +142,7 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the current state of the passed in AbstractButton
.
+ * Returns the current state of the passed in {@code AbstractButton}.
*/
private int getComponentState(JComponent c) {
int state = ENABLED;
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/plaf/synth/SynthConstants.java 2015-10-04 22:59:00.225257239 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/plaf/synth/SynthConstants.java 2015-10-04 22:59:00.033257248 +0400
@@ -29,10 +29,10 @@
/**
* Constants used by Synth. Not all Components support all states. A
* Component will at least be in one of the primary states. That is, the
- * return value from SynthContext.getComponentState()
will at
- * least be one of ENABLED
, MOUSE_OVER
,
- * PRESSED
or DISABLED
, and may also contain
- * FOCUSED
, SELECTED
or DEFAULT
.
+ * return value from {@code SynthContext.getComponentState()} will at
+ * least be one of {@code ENABLED}, {@code MOUSE_OVER},
+ * {@code PRESSED} or {@code DISABLED}, and may also contain
+ * {@code FOCUSED}, {@code SELECTED} or {@code DEFAULT}.
*
* @since 1.5
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/plaf/synth/SynthContext.java 2015-10-04 22:59:00.745257216 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/plaf/synth/SynthContext.java 2015-10-04 22:59:00.557257224 +0400
@@ -30,10 +30,10 @@
/**
* An immutable transient object containing contextual information about
- * a Region
. A SynthContext
should only be
+ * a {@code Region}. A {@code SynthContext} should only be
* considered valid for the duration
* of the method it is passed to. In other words you should not cache
- * a SynthContext
that is passed to you and expect it to
+ * a {@code SynthContext} that is passed to you and expect it to
* remain valid.
*
* @since 1.5
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@
}
/**
- * A convenience method for getRegion().isSubregion()
.
+ * A convenience method for {@code getRegion().isSubregion()}.
*/
boolean isSubregion() {
return getRegion().isSubregion();
@@ -134,10 +134,10 @@
/**
* Returns the state of the widget, which is a bitmask of the
- * values defined in SynthConstants
. A region will at least
+ * values defined in {@code SynthConstants}. A region will at least
* be in one of
- * ENABLED
, MOUSE_OVER
, PRESSED
- * or DISABLED
.
+ * {@code ENABLED}, {@code MOUSE_OVER}, {@code PRESSED}
+ * or {@code DISABLED}.
*
* @see SynthConstants
* @return State of Component
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/plaf/synth/SynthGraphicsUtils.java 2015-10-04 22:59:01.269257192 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/plaf/synth/SynthGraphicsUtils.java 2015-10-04 22:59:01.081257201 +0400
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@
private Insets viewSizingInsets = new Insets(0, 0, 0, 0);
/**
- * Creates a SynthGraphicsUtils
.
+ * Creates a {@code SynthGraphicsUtils}.
*/
public SynthGraphicsUtils() {
}
@@ -80,10 +80,10 @@
/**
* Draws a line between the two end points.
* "dashed"
. The "dashed"
line style is applied
+ * {@code "dashed"}. The {@code "dashed"} line style is applied
* only to vertical and horizontal lines.
- * null
or any key different from
- * "dashed"
will draw solid lines.
+ * SynthStyleFactory
to
- * setStyleFactory
.
+ * an example of providing your own {@code SynthStyleFactory} to
+ * {@code setStyleFactory}.
* lastContext
.
+ * {@code lastContext}.
*/
private static SynthStyleFactory lastFactory;
/**
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@
* Used by the renderers. For the most part the renderers are implemented
* as Labels, which is problematic in so far as they are never selected.
* To accommodate this SynthLabelUI checks if the current
- * UI matches that of selectedUI
(which this methods sets), if
+ * UI matches that of {@code selectedUI} (which this methods sets), if
* it does, then a state as set by this method is returned. This provides
* a way for labels to have a state other than selected.
*/
@@ -239,7 +239,7 @@
/**
* Returns true if the Style should be updated in response to the
* specified PropertyChangeEvent. This forwards to
- * shouldUpdateStyleOnAncestorChanged
as necessary.
+ * {@code shouldUpdateStyleOnAncestorChanged} as necessary.
*/
static boolean shouldUpdateStyle(PropertyChangeEvent event) {
LookAndFeel laf = UIManager.getLookAndFeel();
@@ -269,9 +269,9 @@
}
/**
- * Updates the style associated with c
, and all its children.
+ * Updates the style associated with {@code c}, and all its children.
* This is a lighter version of
- * SwingUtilities.updateComponentTreeUI
.
+ * {@code SwingUtilities.updateComponentTreeUI}.
*
* @param c Component to update style for.
*/
@@ -303,10 +303,10 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the Region for the JComponent c
.
+ * Returns the Region for the JComponent {@code c}.
*
* @param c JComponent to fetch the Region for
- * @return Region corresponding to c
+ * @return Region corresponding to {@code c}
*/
public static Region getRegion(JComponent c) {
return Region.getRegion(c);
@@ -379,7 +379,7 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the ui that is of type klass
, or null if
+ * Returns the ui that is of type {@code klass}, or null if
* one can not be found.
*/
static Object getUIOfType(ComponentUI ui, Class> klass) {
@@ -390,11 +390,11 @@
}
/**
- * Creates the Synth look and feel ComponentUI
for
- * the passed in JComponent
.
+ * Creates the Synth look and feel {@code ComponentUI} for
+ * the passed in {@code JComponent}.
*
- * @param c JComponent to create the ComponentUI
for
- * @return ComponentUI to use for c
+ * @param c JComponent to create the {@code ComponentUI} for
+ * @return ComponentUI to use for {@code c}
*/
public static ComponentUI createUI(JComponent c) {
String key = c.getUIClassID().intern();
@@ -535,9 +535,9 @@
/**
* Creates a SynthLookAndFeel.
* SynthLookAndFeel
to be useful you need to
- * invoke load
to specify the set of
- * SynthStyle
s, or invoke setStyleFactory
.
+ * For the returned {@code SynthLookAndFeel} to be useful you need to
+ * invoke {@code load} to specify the set of
+ * {@code SynthStyle}s, or invoke {@code setStyleFactory}.
*
* @see #load
* @see #setStyleFactory
@@ -548,18 +548,18 @@
}
/**
- * Loads the set of SynthStyle
s that will be used by
- * this SynthLookAndFeel
. resourceBase
is
+ * Loads the set of {@code SynthStyle}s that will be used by
+ * this {@code SynthLookAndFeel}. {@code resourceBase} is
* used to resolve any path based resources, for example an
- * Image
would be resolved by
- * resourceBase.getResource(path)
. Refer to
+ * {@code Image} would be resolved by
+ * {@code resourceBase.getResource(path)}. Refer to
* Synth File Format
* for more information.
*
* @param input InputStream to load from
* @param resourceBase used to resolve any images or other resources
* @throws ParseException if there is an error in parsing
- * @throws IllegalArgumentException if input or resourceBase is null
+ * @throws IllegalArgumentException if input or resourceBase is {@code null}
*/
public void load(InputStream input, Class> resourceBase) throws
ParseException {
@@ -577,19 +577,19 @@
}
/**
- * Loads the set of SynthStyle
s that will be used by
- * this SynthLookAndFeel
. Path based resources are resolved
- * relatively to the specified URL
of the style. For example
- * an Image
would be resolved by
- * new URL(synthFile, path)
. Refer to
+ * Loads the set of {@code SynthStyle}s that will be used by
+ * this {@code SynthLookAndFeel}. Path based resources are resolved
+ * relatively to the specified {@code URL} of the style. For example
+ * an {@code Image} would be resolved by
+ * {@code new URL(synthFile, path)}. Refer to
* Synth File Format for more
* information.
*
- * @param url the URL
to load the set of
- * SynthStyle
from
+ * @param url the {@code URL} to load the set of
+ * {@code SynthStyle} from
* @throws ParseException if there is an error in parsing
- * @throws IllegalArgumentException if synthSet is null
- * @throws IOException if synthSet cannot be opened as an InputStream
+ * @throws IllegalArgumentException if synthSet is {@code null}
+ * @throws IOException if synthSet cannot be opened as an {@code InputStream}
* @since 1.6
*/
public void load(URL url) throws ParseException, IOException {
@@ -749,14 +749,14 @@
/**
* Returns whether or not the UIs should update their
- * SynthStyles
from the SynthStyleFactory
- * when the ancestor of the JComponent
changes. A subclass
- * that provided a SynthStyleFactory
that based the
- * return value from getStyle
off the containment hierarchy
+ * {@code SynthStyles} from the {@code SynthStyleFactory}
+ * when the ancestor of the {@code JComponent} changes. A subclass
+ * that provided a {@code SynthStyleFactory} that based the
+ * return value from {@code getStyle} off the containment hierarchy
* would override this method to return true.
*
* @return whether or not the UIs should update their
- * SynthStyles
from the SynthStyleFactory
+ * {@code SynthStyles} from the {@code SynthStyleFactory}
* when the ancestor changed.
*/
public boolean shouldUpdateStyleOnAncestorChanged() {
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/plaf/synth/SynthPainter.java 2015-10-04 22:59:02.329257145 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/plaf/synth/SynthPainter.java 2015-10-04 22:59:02.137257153 +0400
@@ -27,19 +27,19 @@
import java.awt.*;
/**
- * SynthPainter
is used for painting portions of
- * JComponent
s. At a minimum each JComponent
+ * {@code SynthPainter} is used for painting portions of
+ * {@code JComponent}s. At a minimum each {@code JComponent}
* has two paint methods: one for the border and one for the background. Some
- * JComponent
s have more than one Region
, and as
+ * {@code JComponent}s have more than one {@code Region}, and as
* a consequence more paint methods.
* SynthPainter
are obtained from the
+ * Instances of {@code SynthPainter} are obtained from the
* {@link javax.swing.plaf.synth.SynthStyle#getPainter} method.
* SynthPainter
by way of Synth's
+ * You typically supply a {@code SynthPainter} by way of Synth's
* file format. The following
- * example registers a painter for all JButton
s that will
- * render the image myImage.png
:
+ * example registers a painter for all {@code JButton}s that will
+ * render the image {@code myImage.png}:
*
* <style id="buttonStyle">
* <imagePainter path="myImage.png" sourceInsets="2 2 2 2"
@@ -49,12 +49,12 @@
* <bind style="buttonStyle" type="REGION" key="button"/>
*
* SynthPainter
is abstract in so far as it does no painting,
+ * {@code SynthPainter} is abstract in so far as it does no painting,
* all the methods
* are empty. While none of these methods are typed to throw an exception,
* subclasses can assume that valid arguments are passed in, and if not
- * they can throw a NullPointerException
or
- * IllegalArgumentException
in response to invalid arguments.
+ * they can throw a {@code NullPointerException} or
+ * {@code IllegalArgumentException} in response to invalid arguments.
*
* @since 1.5
* @author Scott Violet
@@ -68,11 +68,11 @@
/**
* Paints the background of an arrow button. Arrow buttons are created by
- * some components, such as JScrollBar
.
+ * some components, such as {@code JScrollBar}.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -85,11 +85,11 @@
/**
* Paints the border of an arrow button. Arrow buttons are created by
- * some components, such as JScrollBar
.
+ * some components, such as {@code JScrollBar}.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -104,11 +104,11 @@
* Paints the foreground of an arrow button. This method is responsible
* for drawing a graphical representation of a direction, typically
* an arrow. Arrow buttons are created by
- * some components, such as JScrollBar
+ * some components, such as {@code JScrollBar}
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -125,9 +125,9 @@
/**
* Paints the background of a button.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -141,9 +141,9 @@
/**
* Paints the border of a button.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -157,9 +157,9 @@
/**
* Paints the background of a check box menu item.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -173,9 +173,9 @@
/**
* Paints the border of a check box menu item.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -189,9 +189,9 @@
/**
* Paints the background of a check box.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -205,9 +205,9 @@
/**
* Paints the border of a check box.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -221,9 +221,9 @@
/**
* Paints the background of a color chooser.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -237,9 +237,9 @@
/**
* Paints the border of a color chooser.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -253,9 +253,9 @@
/**
* Paints the background of a combo box.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -269,9 +269,9 @@
/**
* Paints the border of a combo box.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -285,9 +285,9 @@
/**
* Paints the background of a desktop icon.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -301,9 +301,9 @@
/**
* Paints the border of a desktop icon.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -317,9 +317,9 @@
/**
* Paints the background of a desktop pane.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -333,9 +333,9 @@
/**
* Paints the background of a desktop pane.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -349,9 +349,9 @@
/**
* Paints the background of an editor pane.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -365,9 +365,9 @@
/**
* Paints the border of an editor pane.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -381,9 +381,9 @@
/**
* Paints the background of a file chooser.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -397,9 +397,9 @@
/**
* Paints the border of a file chooser.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -413,9 +413,9 @@
/**
* Paints the background of a formatted text field.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -429,9 +429,9 @@
/**
* Paints the border of a formatted text field.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -445,9 +445,9 @@
/**
* Paints the background of an internal frame title pane.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -461,9 +461,9 @@
/**
* Paints the border of an internal frame title pane.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -477,9 +477,9 @@
/**
* Paints the background of an internal frame.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -493,9 +493,9 @@
/**
* Paints the border of an internal frame.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -509,9 +509,9 @@
/**
* Paints the background of a label.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -525,9 +525,9 @@
/**
* Paints the border of a label.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -541,9 +541,9 @@
/**
* Paints the background of a list.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -557,9 +557,9 @@
/**
* Paints the border of a list.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -573,9 +573,9 @@
/**
* Paints the background of a menu bar.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -589,9 +589,9 @@
/**
* Paints the border of a menu bar.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -605,9 +605,9 @@
/**
* Paints the background of a menu item.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -621,9 +621,9 @@
/**
* Paints the border of a menu item.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -637,9 +637,9 @@
/**
* Paints the background of a menu.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -653,9 +653,9 @@
/**
* Paints the border of a menu.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -669,9 +669,9 @@
/**
* Paints the background of an option pane.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -685,9 +685,9 @@
/**
* Paints the border of an option pane.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -701,9 +701,9 @@
/**
* Paints the background of a panel.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -717,9 +717,9 @@
/**
* Paints the border of a panel.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -733,9 +733,9 @@
/**
* Paints the background of a password field.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -749,9 +749,9 @@
/**
* Paints the border of a password field.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -765,9 +765,9 @@
/**
* Paints the background of a popup menu.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -781,9 +781,9 @@
/**
* Paints the border of a popup menu.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -797,9 +797,9 @@
/**
* Paints the background of a progress bar.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -814,15 +814,15 @@
* Paints the background of a progress bar. This implementation invokes the
* method of the same name without the orientation.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
* @param h Height of the area to paint to
- * @param orientation one of JProgressBar.HORIZONTAL
or
- * JProgressBar.VERTICAL
+ * @param orientation one of {@code JProgressBar.HORIZONTAL} or
+ * {@code JProgressBar.VERTICAL}
* @since 1.6
*/
public void paintProgressBarBackground(SynthContext context,
@@ -834,9 +834,9 @@
/**
* Paints the border of a progress bar.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -851,15 +851,15 @@
* Paints the border of a progress bar. This implementation invokes the
* method of the same name without the orientation.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
* @param h Height of the area to paint to
- * @param orientation one of JProgressBar.HORIZONTAL
or
- * JProgressBar.VERTICAL
+ * @param orientation one of {@code JProgressBar.HORIZONTAL} or
+ * {@code JProgressBar.VERTICAL}
* @since 1.6
*/
public void paintProgressBarBorder(SynthContext context,
@@ -872,15 +872,15 @@
* Paints the foreground of a progress bar. is responsible for
* providing an indication of the progress of the progress bar.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
* @param h Height of the area to paint to
- * @param orientation one of JProgressBar.HORIZONTAL
or
- * JProgressBar.VERTICAL
+ * @param orientation one of {@code JProgressBar.HORIZONTAL} or
+ * {@code JProgressBar.VERTICAL}
*/
public void paintProgressBarForeground(SynthContext context,
Graphics g, int x, int y,
@@ -890,9 +890,9 @@
/**
* Paints the background of a radio button menu item.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -906,9 +906,9 @@
/**
* Paints the border of a radio button menu item.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -922,9 +922,9 @@
/**
* Paints the background of a radio button.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -938,9 +938,9 @@
/**
* Paints the border of a radio button.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -954,9 +954,9 @@
/**
* Paints the background of a root pane.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -970,9 +970,9 @@
/**
* Paints the border of a root pane.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -986,9 +986,9 @@
/**
* Paints the background of a scrollbar.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -1003,16 +1003,16 @@
* Paints the background of a scrollbar. This implementation invokes the
* method of the same name without the orientation.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
* @param h Height of the area to paint to
* @param orientation Orientation of the JScrollBar, one of
- * JScrollBar.HORIZONTAL
or
- * JScrollBar.VERTICAL
+ * {@code JScrollBar.HORIZONTAL} or
+ * {@code JScrollBar.VERTICAL}
* @since 1.6
*/
public void paintScrollBarBackground(SynthContext context,
@@ -1024,9 +1024,9 @@
/**
* Paints the border of a scrollbar.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -1041,16 +1041,16 @@
* Paints the border of a scrollbar. This implementation invokes the
* method of the same name without the orientation.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
* @param h Height of the area to paint to
* @param orientation Orientation of the JScrollBar, one of
- * JScrollBar.HORIZONTAL
or
- * JScrollBar.VERTICAL
+ * {@code JScrollBar.HORIZONTAL} or
+ * {@code JScrollBar.VERTICAL}
* @since 1.6
*/
public void paintScrollBarBorder(SynthContext context,
@@ -1062,18 +1062,18 @@
/**
* Paints the background of the thumb of a scrollbar. The thumb provides
* a graphical indication as to how much of the Component is visible in a
- * JScrollPane
.
+ * {@code JScrollPane}.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
* @param h Height of the area to paint to
* @param orientation Orientation of the JScrollBar, one of
- * JScrollBar.HORIZONTAL
or
- * JScrollBar.VERTICAL
+ * {@code JScrollBar.HORIZONTAL} or
+ * {@code JScrollBar.VERTICAL}
*/
public void paintScrollBarThumbBackground(SynthContext context,
Graphics g, int x, int y,
@@ -1083,18 +1083,18 @@
/**
* Paints the border of the thumb of a scrollbar. The thumb provides
* a graphical indication as to how much of the Component is visible in a
- * JScrollPane
.
+ * {@code JScrollPane}.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
* @param h Height of the area to paint to
* @param orientation Orientation of the JScrollBar, one of
- * JScrollBar.HORIZONTAL
or
- * JScrollBar.VERTICAL
+ * {@code JScrollBar.HORIZONTAL} or
+ * {@code JScrollBar.VERTICAL}
*/
public void paintScrollBarThumbBorder(SynthContext context,
Graphics g, int x, int y,
@@ -1105,9 +1105,9 @@
* Paints the background of the track of a scrollbar. The track contains
* the thumb.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -1123,16 +1123,16 @@
* the thumb. This implementation invokes the method of the same name without
* the orientation.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
* @param h Height of the area to paint to
* @param orientation Orientation of the JScrollBar, one of
- * JScrollBar.HORIZONTAL
or
- * JScrollBar.VERTICAL
+ * {@code JScrollBar.HORIZONTAL} or
+ * {@code JScrollBar.VERTICAL}
* @since 1.6
*/
public void paintScrollBarTrackBackground(SynthContext context,
@@ -1145,9 +1145,9 @@
* Paints the border of the track of a scrollbar. The track contains
* the thumb.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -1163,16 +1163,16 @@
* the thumb. This implementation invokes the method of the same name without
* the orientation.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
* @param h Height of the area to paint to
* @param orientation Orientation of the JScrollBar, one of
- * JScrollBar.HORIZONTAL
or
- * JScrollBar.VERTICAL
+ * {@code JScrollBar.HORIZONTAL} or
+ * {@code JScrollBar.VERTICAL}
* @since 1.6
*/
public void paintScrollBarTrackBorder(SynthContext context,
@@ -1184,9 +1184,9 @@
/**
* Paints the background of a scroll pane.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -1200,9 +1200,9 @@
/**
* Paints the border of a scroll pane.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -1216,9 +1216,9 @@
/**
* Paints the background of a separator.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -1233,15 +1233,15 @@
* Paints the background of a separator. This implementation invokes the
* method of the same name without the orientation.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
* @param h Height of the area to paint to
- * @param orientation One of JSeparator.HORIZONTAL
or
- * JSeparator.VERTICAL
+ * @param orientation One of {@code JSeparator.HORIZONTAL} or
+ * {@code JSeparator.VERTICAL}
* @since 1.6
*/
public void paintSeparatorBackground(SynthContext context,
@@ -1253,9 +1253,9 @@
/**
* Paints the border of a separator.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -1270,15 +1270,15 @@
* Paints the border of a separator. This implementation invokes the
* method of the same name without the orientation.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
* @param h Height of the area to paint to
- * @param orientation One of JSeparator.HORIZONTAL
or
- * JSeparator.VERTICAL
+ * @param orientation One of {@code JSeparator.HORIZONTAL} or
+ * {@code JSeparator.VERTICAL}
* @since 1.6
*/
public void paintSeparatorBorder(SynthContext context,
@@ -1290,15 +1290,15 @@
/**
* Paints the foreground of a separator.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
* @param h Height of the area to paint to
- * @param orientation One of JSeparator.HORIZONTAL
or
- * JSeparator.VERTICAL
+ * @param orientation One of {@code JSeparator.HORIZONTAL} or
+ * {@code JSeparator.VERTICAL}
*/
public void paintSeparatorForeground(SynthContext context,
Graphics g, int x, int y,
@@ -1308,9 +1308,9 @@
/**
* Paints the background of a slider.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -1325,15 +1325,15 @@
* Paints the background of a slider. This implementation invokes the
* method of the same name without the orientation.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
* @param h Height of the area to paint to
- * @param orientation One of JSlider.HORIZONTAL
or
- * JSlider.VERTICAL
+ * @param orientation One of {@code JSlider.HORIZONTAL} or
+ * {@code JSlider.VERTICAL}
* @since 1.6
*/
public void paintSliderBackground(SynthContext context,
@@ -1345,9 +1345,9 @@
/**
* Paints the border of a slider.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -1362,15 +1362,15 @@
* Paints the border of a slider. This implementation invokes the
* method of the same name without the orientation.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
* @param h Height of the area to paint to
- * @param orientation One of JSlider.HORIZONTAL
or
- * JSlider.VERTICAL
+ * @param orientation One of {@code JSlider.HORIZONTAL} or
+ * {@code JSlider.VERTICAL}
* @since 1.6
*/
public void paintSliderBorder(SynthContext context,
@@ -1382,15 +1382,15 @@
/**
* Paints the background of the thumb of a slider.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
* @param h Height of the area to paint to
- * @param orientation One of JSlider.HORIZONTAL
or
- * JSlider.VERTICAL
+ * @param orientation One of {@code JSlider.HORIZONTAL} or
+ * {@code JSlider.VERTICAL}
*/
public void paintSliderThumbBackground(SynthContext context,
Graphics g, int x, int y,
@@ -1400,15 +1400,15 @@
/**
* Paints the border of the thumb of a slider.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
* @param h Height of the area to paint to
- * @param orientation One of JSlider.HORIZONTAL
or
- * JSlider.VERTICAL
+ * @param orientation One of {@code JSlider.HORIZONTAL} or
+ * {@code JSlider.VERTICAL}
*/
public void paintSliderThumbBorder(SynthContext context,
Graphics g, int x, int y,
@@ -1418,9 +1418,9 @@
/**
* Paints the background of the track of a slider.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -1435,15 +1435,15 @@
* Paints the background of the track of a slider. This implementation invokes
* the method of the same name without the orientation.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
* @param h Height of the area to paint to
- * @param orientation One of JSlider.HORIZONTAL
or
- * JSlider.VERTICAL
+ * @param orientation One of {@code JSlider.HORIZONTAL} or
+ * {@code JSlider.VERTICAL}
* @since 1.6
*/
public void paintSliderTrackBackground(SynthContext context,
@@ -1455,9 +1455,9 @@
/**
* Paints the border of the track of a slider.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -1472,15 +1472,15 @@
* Paints the border of the track of a slider. This implementation invokes the
* method of the same name without the orientation.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
* @param h Height of the area to paint to
- * @param orientation One of JSlider.HORIZONTAL
or
- * JSlider.VERTICAL
+ * @param orientation One of {@code JSlider.HORIZONTAL} or
+ * {@code JSlider.VERTICAL}
* @since 1.6
*/
public void paintSliderTrackBorder(SynthContext context,
@@ -1492,9 +1492,9 @@
/**
* Paints the background of a spinner.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -1508,9 +1508,9 @@
/**
* Paints the border of a spinner.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -1524,9 +1524,9 @@
/**
* Paints the background of the divider of a split pane.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -1541,15 +1541,15 @@
* Paints the background of the divider of a split pane. This implementation
* invokes the method of the same name without the orientation.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
* @param h Height of the area to paint to
- * @param orientation One of JSplitPane.HORIZONTAL_SPLIT
or
- * JSplitPane.VERTICAL_SPLIT
+ * @param orientation One of {@code JSplitPane.HORIZONTAL_SPLIT} or
+ * {@code JSplitPane.VERTICAL_SPLIT}
* @since 1.6
*/
public void paintSplitPaneDividerBackground(SynthContext context,
@@ -1561,15 +1561,15 @@
/**
* Paints the foreground of the divider of a split pane.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
* @param h Height of the area to paint to
- * @param orientation One of JSplitPane.HORIZONTAL_SPLIT
or
- * JSplitPane.VERTICAL_SPLIT
+ * @param orientation One of {@code JSplitPane.HORIZONTAL_SPLIT} or
+ * {@code JSplitPane.VERTICAL_SPLIT}
*/
public void paintSplitPaneDividerForeground(SynthContext context,
Graphics g, int x, int y,
@@ -1580,15 +1580,15 @@
* Paints the divider, when the user is dragging the divider, of a
* split pane.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
* @param h Height of the area to paint to
- * @param orientation One of JSplitPane.HORIZONTAL_SPLIT
or
- * JSplitPane.VERTICAL_SPLIT
+ * @param orientation One of {@code JSplitPane.HORIZONTAL_SPLIT} or
+ * {@code JSplitPane.VERTICAL_SPLIT}
*/
public void paintSplitPaneDragDivider(SynthContext context,
Graphics g, int x, int y,
@@ -1598,9 +1598,9 @@
/**
* Paints the background of a split pane.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -1614,9 +1614,9 @@
/**
* Paints the border of a split pane.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -1630,9 +1630,9 @@
/**
* Paints the background of a tabbed pane.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -1646,9 +1646,9 @@
/**
* Paints the border of a tabbed pane.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -1662,9 +1662,9 @@
/**
* Paints the background of the area behind the tabs of a tabbed pane.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -1680,17 +1680,17 @@
* This implementation invokes the method of the same name without the
* orientation.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
* @param h Height of the area to paint to
- * @param orientation One of JTabbedPane.TOP
,
- * JTabbedPane.LEFT
,
- * JTabbedPane.BOTTOM
, or
- * JTabbedPane.RIGHT
+ * @param orientation One of {@code JTabbedPane.TOP},
+ * {@code JTabbedPane.LEFT},
+ * {@code JTabbedPane.BOTTOM}, or
+ * {@code JTabbedPane.RIGHT}
* @since 1.6
*/
public void paintTabbedPaneTabAreaBackground(SynthContext context,
@@ -1702,9 +1702,9 @@
/**
* Paints the border of the area behind the tabs of a tabbed pane.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -1719,17 +1719,17 @@
* Paints the border of the area behind the tabs of a tabbed pane. This
* implementation invokes the method of the same name without the orientation.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
* @param h Height of the area to paint to
- * @param orientation One of JTabbedPane.TOP
,
- * JTabbedPane.LEFT
,
- * JTabbedPane.BOTTOM
, or
- * JTabbedPane.RIGHT
+ * @param orientation One of {@code JTabbedPane.TOP},
+ * {@code JTabbedPane.LEFT},
+ * {@code JTabbedPane.BOTTOM}, or
+ * {@code JTabbedPane.RIGHT}
* @since 1.6
*/
public void paintTabbedPaneTabAreaBorder(SynthContext context,
@@ -1741,9 +1741,9 @@
/**
* Paints the background of a tab of a tabbed pane.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -1759,18 +1759,18 @@
* Paints the background of a tab of a tabbed pane. This implementation
* invokes the method of the same name without the orientation.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
* @param h Height of the area to paint to
* @param tabIndex Index of tab being painted.
- * @param orientation One of JTabbedPane.TOP
,
- * JTabbedPane.LEFT
,
- * JTabbedPane.BOTTOM
, or
- * JTabbedPane.RIGHT
+ * @param orientation One of {@code JTabbedPane.TOP},
+ * {@code JTabbedPane.LEFT},
+ * {@code JTabbedPane.BOTTOM}, or
+ * {@code JTabbedPane.RIGHT}
* @since 1.6
*/
public void paintTabbedPaneTabBackground(SynthContext context, Graphics g,
@@ -1782,9 +1782,9 @@
/**
* Paints the border of a tab of a tabbed pane.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -1800,18 +1800,18 @@
* Paints the border of a tab of a tabbed pane. This implementation invokes
* the method of the same name without the orientation.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
* @param h Height of the area to paint to
* @param tabIndex Index of tab being painted.
- * @param orientation One of JTabbedPane.TOP
,
- * JTabbedPane.LEFT
,
- * JTabbedPane.BOTTOM
, or
- * JTabbedPane.RIGHT
+ * @param orientation One of {@code JTabbedPane.TOP},
+ * {@code JTabbedPane.LEFT},
+ * {@code JTabbedPane.BOTTOM}, or
+ * {@code JTabbedPane.RIGHT}
* @since 1.6
*/
public void paintTabbedPaneTabBorder(SynthContext context, Graphics g,
@@ -1824,9 +1824,9 @@
* Paints the background of the area that contains the content of the
* selected tab of a tabbed pane.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -1841,9 +1841,9 @@
* Paints the border of the area that contains the content of the
* selected tab of a tabbed pane.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -1856,9 +1856,9 @@
/**
* Paints the background of the header of a table.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -1872,9 +1872,9 @@
/**
* Paints the border of the header of a table.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -1888,9 +1888,9 @@
/**
* Paints the background of a table.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -1904,9 +1904,9 @@
/**
* Paints the border of a table.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -1920,9 +1920,9 @@
/**
* Paints the background of a text area.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -1936,9 +1936,9 @@
/**
* Paints the border of a text area.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -1952,9 +1952,9 @@
/**
* Paints the background of a text pane.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -1968,9 +1968,9 @@
/**
* Paints the border of a text pane.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -1984,9 +1984,9 @@
/**
* Paints the background of a text field.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -2000,9 +2000,9 @@
/**
* Paints the border of a text field.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -2016,9 +2016,9 @@
/**
* Paints the background of a toggle button.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -2032,9 +2032,9 @@
/**
* Paints the border of a toggle button.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -2048,9 +2048,9 @@
/**
* Paints the background of a tool bar.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -2065,15 +2065,15 @@
* Paints the background of a tool bar. This implementation invokes the
* method of the same name without the orientation.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
* @param h Height of the area to paint to
- * @param orientation One of JToolBar.HORIZONTAL
or
- * JToolBar.VERTICAL
+ * @param orientation One of {@code JToolBar.HORIZONTAL} or
+ * {@code JToolBar.VERTICAL}
* @since 1.6
*/
public void paintToolBarBackground(SynthContext context,
@@ -2085,9 +2085,9 @@
/**
* Paints the border of a tool bar.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -2102,15 +2102,15 @@
* Paints the border of a tool bar. This implementation invokes the
* method of the same name without the orientation.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
* @param h Height of the area to paint to
- * @param orientation One of JToolBar.HORIZONTAL
or
- * JToolBar.VERTICAL
+ * @param orientation One of {@code JToolBar.HORIZONTAL} or
+ * {@code JToolBar.VERTICAL}
* @since 1.6
*/
public void paintToolBarBorder(SynthContext context,
@@ -2122,9 +2122,9 @@
/**
* Paints the background of the tool bar's content area.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -2139,15 +2139,15 @@
* Paints the background of the tool bar's content area. This implementation
* invokes the method of the same name without the orientation.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
* @param h Height of the area to paint to
- * @param orientation One of JToolBar.HORIZONTAL
or
- * JToolBar.VERTICAL
+ * @param orientation One of {@code JToolBar.HORIZONTAL} or
+ * {@code JToolBar.VERTICAL}
* @since 1.6
*/
public void paintToolBarContentBackground(SynthContext context,
@@ -2159,9 +2159,9 @@
/**
* Paints the border of the content area of a tool bar.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -2176,15 +2176,15 @@
* Paints the border of the content area of a tool bar. This implementation
* invokes the method of the same name without the orientation.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
* @param h Height of the area to paint to
- * @param orientation One of JToolBar.HORIZONTAL
or
- * JToolBar.VERTICAL
+ * @param orientation One of {@code JToolBar.HORIZONTAL} or
+ * {@code JToolBar.VERTICAL}
* @since 1.6
*/
public void paintToolBarContentBorder(SynthContext context,
@@ -2197,9 +2197,9 @@
* Paints the background of the window containing the tool bar when it
* has been detached from its primary frame.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -2215,15 +2215,15 @@
* has been detached from its primary frame. This implementation invokes the
* method of the same name without the orientation.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
* @param h Height of the area to paint to
- * @param orientation One of JToolBar.HORIZONTAL
or
- * JToolBar.VERTICAL
+ * @param orientation One of {@code JToolBar.HORIZONTAL} or
+ * {@code JToolBar.VERTICAL}
* @since 1.6
*/
public void paintToolBarDragWindowBackground(SynthContext context,
@@ -2236,9 +2236,9 @@
* Paints the border of the window containing the tool bar when it
* has been detached from it's primary frame.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -2254,15 +2254,15 @@
* has been detached from it's primary frame. This implementation invokes the
* method of the same name without the orientation.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
* @param h Height of the area to paint to
- * @param orientation One of JToolBar.HORIZONTAL
or
- * JToolBar.VERTICAL
+ * @param orientation One of {@code JToolBar.HORIZONTAL} or
+ * {@code JToolBar.VERTICAL}
* @since 1.6
*/
public void paintToolBarDragWindowBorder(SynthContext context,
@@ -2274,9 +2274,9 @@
/**
* Paints the background of a tool tip.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -2290,9 +2290,9 @@
/**
* Paints the border of a tool tip.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -2306,9 +2306,9 @@
/**
* Paints the background of a tree.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -2322,9 +2322,9 @@
/**
* Paints the border of a tree.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -2338,9 +2338,9 @@
/**
* Paints the background of the row containing a cell in a tree.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -2354,9 +2354,9 @@
/**
* Paints the border of the row containing a cell in a tree.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -2370,9 +2370,9 @@
/**
* Paints the focus indicator for a cell in a tree when it has focus.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -2386,9 +2386,9 @@
/**
* Paints the background of the viewport.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
@@ -2402,9 +2402,9 @@
/**
* Paints the border of a viewport.
*
- * @param context SynthContext identifying the JComponent
and
- * Region
to paint to
- * @param g Graphics
to paint to
+ * @param context SynthContext identifying the {@code JComponent} and
+ * {@code Region} to paint to
+ * @param g {@code Graphics} to paint to
* @param x X coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param y Y coordinate of the area to paint to
* @param w Width of the area to paint to
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/plaf/synth/SynthParser.java 2015-10-04 22:59:02.941257117 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/plaf/synth/SynthParser.java 2015-10-04 22:59:02.745257126 +0400
@@ -206,7 +206,7 @@
}
/**
- * Parses a set of styles from inputStream
, adding the
+ * Parses a set of styles from {@code inputStream}, adding the
* resulting styles to the passed in DefaultSynthStyleFactory.
* Resources are resolved either from a URL or from a Class. When calling
* this method, one of the URL or the Class must be null but not both at
@@ -319,7 +319,7 @@
}
/**
- * If value
is an instance of type
it is
+ * If {@code value} is an instance of {@code type} it is
* returned, otherwise a SAXException is thrown.
*/
private Object checkCast(Object value, Class> type) throws SAXException {
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/plaf/synth/SynthRootPaneUI.java 2015-10-04 22:59:03.473257093 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/plaf/synth/SynthRootPaneUI.java 2015-10-04 22:59:03.285257102 +0400
@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@
/**
* Invoked when a property changes on the root pane. If the event
- * indicates the defaultButton
has changed, this will
+ * indicates the {@code defaultButton} has changed, this will
* reinstall the keyboard actions.
*/
@Override
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/plaf/synth/SynthScrollBarUI.java 2015-10-04 22:59:03.997257070 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/plaf/synth/SynthScrollBarUI.java 2015-10-04 22:59:03.809257078 +0400
@@ -334,16 +334,16 @@
/**
* A vertical scrollbar's preferred width is the maximum of
- * preferred widths of the (non null
)
+ * preferred widths of the (non {@code null})
* increment/decrement buttons,
* and the minimum width of the thumb. The preferred height is the
* sum of the preferred heights of the same parts. The basis for
* the preferred size of a horizontal scrollbar is similar.
* preferredSize
is only computed once, subsequent
+ * The {@code preferredSize} is only computed once, subsequent
* calls to this method just return a cached size.
*
- * @param c the JScrollBar
that's delegating this method to us
+ * @param c the {@code JScrollBar} that's delegating this method to us
* @return the preferred size of a Basic JScrollBar
* @see #getMaximumSize
* @see #getMinimumSize
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/plaf/synth/SynthSpinnerUI.java 2015-10-04 22:59:04.537257046 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/plaf/synth/SynthSpinnerUI.java 2015-10-04 22:59:04.333257055 +0400
@@ -97,11 +97,11 @@
}
/**
- * Initializes the JSpinner
border
,
- * foreground
, and background
, properties
+ * Initializes the {@code JSpinner border},
+ * {@code foreground}, and {@code background}, properties
* based on the corresponding "Spinner.*" properties from defaults table.
- * The JSpinners
layout is set to the value returned by
- * createLayout
. This method is called by installUI
.
+ * The {@code JSpinners} layout is set to the value returned by
+ * {@code createLayout}. This method is called by {@code installUI}.
*
* @see #uninstallDefaults
* @see #installUI
@@ -136,8 +136,8 @@
/**
- * Sets the JSpinner's
layout manager to null. This
- * method is called by uninstallUI
.
+ * Sets the {@code JSpinner's} layout manager to null. This
+ * method is called by {@code uninstallUI}.
*
* @see #installDefaults
* @see #uninstallUI
@@ -190,21 +190,21 @@
/**
* This method is called by installUI to get the editor component
- * of the JSpinner
. By default it just returns
- * JSpinner.getEditor()
. Subclasses can override
- * createEditor
to return a component that contains
+ * of the {@code JSpinner}. By default it just returns
+ * {@code JSpinner.getEditor()}. Subclasses can override
+ * {@code createEditor} to return a component that contains
* the spinner's editor or null, if they're going to handle adding
- * the editor to the JSpinner
in an
- * installUI
override.
+ * the editor to the {@code JSpinner} in an
+ * {@code installUI} override.
* replaceEditor
method is called when the spinners
- * editor is changed with JSpinner.setEditor
. If you've
+ * The {@code replaceEditor} method is called when the spinners
+ * editor is changed with {@code JSpinner.setEditor}. If you've
* overriden this method, then you'll probably want to override
- * replaceEditor
as well.
+ * {@code replaceEditor} as well.
*
* @return the JSpinners editor JComponent, spinner.getEditor() by default
* @see #installUI
@@ -221,16 +221,16 @@
/**
- * Called by the PropertyChangeListener
when the
- * JSpinner
editor property changes. It's the responsibility
+ * Called by the {@code PropertyChangeListener} when the
+ * {@code JSpinner} editor property changes. It's the responsibility
* of this method to remove the old editor and add the new one. By
* default this operation is just:
*
* spinner.remove(oldEditor);
* spinner.add(newEditor, "Editor");
*
- * The implementation of replaceEditor
should be coordinated
- * with the createEditor
method.
+ * The implementation of {@code replaceEditor} should be coordinated
+ * with the {@code createEditor} method.
*
* @see #createEditor
* @see #createPropertyChangeListener
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/plaf/synth/SynthStyle.java 2015-10-04 22:59:05.065257022 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/plaf/synth/SynthStyle.java 2015-10-04 22:59:04.877257030 +0400
@@ -36,13 +36,13 @@
import sun.swing.SwingUtilities2;
/**
- * SynthStyle
is a set of style properties.
- * Each SynthUI
references at least one
- * SynthStyle
that is obtained using a
- * SynthStyleFactory
. You typically don't need to interact with
+ * {@code SynthStyle} is a set of style properties.
+ * Each {@code SynthUI} references at least one
+ * {@code SynthStyle} that is obtained using a
+ * {@code SynthStyleFactory}. You typically don't need to interact with
* this class directly, rather you will load a
* Synth File Format file into
- * SynthLookAndFeel
that will create a set of SynthStyles.
+ * {@code SynthLookAndFeel} that will create a set of SynthStyles.
*
* @see SynthLookAndFeel
* @see SynthStyleFactory
@@ -736,7 +736,7 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the SynthGraphicUtils
for the specified context.
+ * Returns the {@code SynthGraphicUtils} for the specified context.
*
* @param context SynthContext identifying requester
* @return SynthGraphicsUtils
@@ -747,9 +747,9 @@
/**
* Returns the color for the specified state. This gives precedence to
- * foreground and background of the JComponent
. If the
- * Color
from the JComponent
is not appropriate,
- * or not used, this will invoke getColorForState
. Subclasses
+ * foreground and background of the {@code JComponent}. If the
+ * {@code Color} from the {@code JComponent} is not appropriate,
+ * or not used, this will invoke {@code getColorForState}. Subclasses
* should generally not have to override this, instead override
* {@link #getColorForState}.
*
@@ -818,7 +818,7 @@
/**
* Returns the color for the specified state. This should NOT call any
- * methods on the JComponent
.
+ * methods on the {@code JComponent}.
*
* @param context SynthContext identifying requester
* @param type Type of color being requested.
@@ -829,7 +829,7 @@
/**
* Returns the Font for the specified state. This redirects to the
- * JComponent
from the context
as necessary.
+ * {@code JComponent} from the {@code context} as necessary.
* If this does not redirect
* to the JComponent {@link #getFontForState} is invoked.
*
@@ -850,7 +850,7 @@
/**
* Returns the font for the specified state. This should NOT call any
- * method on the JComponent
.
+ * method on the {@code JComponent}.
*
* @param context SynthContext identifying requester
* @return Font to render with
@@ -873,7 +873,7 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the SynthPainter
that will be used for painting.
+ * Returns the {@code SynthPainter} that will be used for painting.
* This may return null.
*
* @param context SynthContext identifying requester
@@ -920,7 +920,7 @@
/**
* Installs the necessary state from this Style on the
- * JComponent
from context
.
+ * {@code JComponent} from {@code context}.
*
* @param context SynthContext identifying component to install properties
* to.
@@ -950,7 +950,7 @@
/**
* Uninstalls any state that this style installed on
- * the JComponent
from context
.
+ * the {@code JComponent} from {@code context}.
* Number
. If the value is a Number
,
- * intValue
is returned, otherwise defaultValue
+ * a {@code Number}. If the value is a {@code Number},
+ * {@code intValue} is returned, otherwise {@code defaultValue}
* is returned.
*
* @param context SynthContext identifying requester
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/plaf/synth/SynthStyleFactory.java 2015-10-04 22:59:05.605256998 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/plaf/synth/SynthStyleFactory.java 2015-10-04 22:59:05.413257006 +0400
@@ -27,13 +27,13 @@
import javax.swing.JComponent;
/**
- * Factory used for obtaining SynthStyle
s. Each of the
- * Synth ComponentUI
s will call into the current
- * SynthStyleFactory
to obtain a SynthStyle
+ * Factory used for obtaining {@code SynthStyle}s. Each of the
+ * Synth {@code ComponentUI}s will call into the current
+ * {@code SynthStyleFactory} to obtain a {@code SynthStyle}
* for each of the distinct regions they have.
* SynthStyleFactory
- * that returns a different style based on the Region
:
+ * The following example creates a custom {@code SynthStyleFactory}
+ * that returns a different style based on the {@code Region}:
*
* class MyStyleFactory extends SynthStyleFactory {
* public SynthStyle getStyle(JComponent c, Region id) {
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@
*/
public abstract class SynthStyleFactory {
/**
- * Creates a
SynthStyleFactory
.
+ * Creates a {@code SynthStyleFactory}.
*/
public SynthStyleFactory() {
}
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/plaf/synth/SynthTableUI.java 2015-10-04 22:59:06.125256974 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/plaf/synth/SynthTableUI.java 2015-10-04 22:59:05.937256983 +0400
@@ -501,8 +501,8 @@
/*
* Paints the grid lines within aRect, using the grid
* color set with setGridColor. Paints vertical lines
- * if getShowVerticalLines()
returns true and paints
- * horizontal lines if getShowHorizontalLines()
+ * if {@code getShowVerticalLines()} returns true and paints
+ * horizontal lines if {@code getShowHorizontalLines()}
* returns true.
*/
private void paintGrid(SynthContext context, Graphics g, int rMin,
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/plaf/synth/SynthTextAreaUI.java 2015-10-04 22:59:06.653256951 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/plaf/synth/SynthTextAreaUI.java 2015-10-04 22:59:06.461256959 +0400
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@
* appropriate for short term storage or RMI between applications running
* the same version of Swing. As of 1.4, support for long term storage
* of all JavaBeans™
- * has been added to the java.beans
package.
+ * has been added to the {@code java.beans} package.
* Please see {@link java.beans.XMLEncoder}.
*
* @author Shannon Hickey
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/plaf/synth/SynthTextFieldUI.java 2015-10-04 22:59:07.177256927 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/plaf/synth/SynthTextFieldUI.java 2015-10-04 22:59:06.989256936 +0400
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
* appropriate for short term storage or RMI between applications running
* the same version of Swing. As of 1.4, support for long term storage
* of all JavaBeans™
- * has been added to the java.beans
package.
+ * has been added to the {@code java.beans} package.
* Please see {@link java.beans.XMLEncoder}.
*
* @author Shannon Hickey
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/plaf/synth/SynthTextPaneUI.java 2015-10-04 22:59:07.701256904 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/plaf/synth/SynthTextPaneUI.java 2015-10-04 22:59:07.509256912 +0400
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@
* appropriate for short term storage or RMI between applications running
* the same version of Swing. As of 1.4, support for long term storage
* of all JavaBeans™
- * has been added to the java.beans
package.
+ * has been added to the {@code java.beans} package.
* Please see {@link java.beans.XMLEncoder}.
*
* @author Shannon Hickey
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/table/AbstractTableModel.java 2015-10-04 22:59:08.265256878 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/table/AbstractTableModel.java 2015-10-04 22:59:08.057256888 +0400
@@ -32,11 +32,11 @@
/**
* This abstract class provides default implementations for most of
- * the methods in the TableModel
interface. It takes care of
+ * the methods in the {@code TableModel} interface. It takes care of
* the management of listeners and provides some conveniences for generating
- * TableModelEvents
and dispatching them to the listeners.
- * To create a concrete TableModel
as a subclass of
- * AbstractTableModel
you need only provide implementations
+ * {@code TableModelEvents} and dispatching them to the listeners.
+ * To create a concrete {@code TableModel} as a subclass of
+ * {@code AbstractTableModel} you need only provide implementations
* for the following three methods:
*
*
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
* appropriate for short term storage or RMI between applications running
* the same version of Swing. As of 1.4, support for long term storage
* of all JavaBeans™
- * has been added to the
* The sets of bindings and actions may be empty but must be
- * non-java.beans
package.
+ * has been added to the {@code java.beans} package.
* Please see {@link java.beans.XMLEncoder}.
*
* @author Alan Chung
@@ -73,11 +73,11 @@
/**
* Returns a default name for the column using spreadsheet conventions:
- * A, B, C, ... Z, AA, AB, etc. If column
cannot be found,
+ * A, B, C, ... Z, AA, AB, etc. If {@code column} cannot be found,
* returns an empty string.
*
* @param column the column being queried
- * @return a string containing the default name of column
+ * @return a string containing the default name of {@code column}
*/
public String getColumnName(int column) {
String result = "";
@@ -91,11 +91,11 @@
* Returns a column given its name.
* Implementation is naive so this should be overridden if
* this method is to be called often. This method is not
- * in the TableModel
interface and is not used by the
- * JTable
.
+ * in the {@code TableModel} interface and is not used by the
+ * {@code JTable}.
*
* @param columnName string containing name of column to be located
- * @return the column with columnName
, or -1 if not found
+ * @return the column with {@code columnName}, or -1 if not found
*/
public int findColumn(String columnName) {
for (int i = 0; i < getColumnCount(); i++) {
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@
}
/**
- * Returns Object.class
regardless of columnIndex
.
+ * Returns {@code Object.class} regardless of {@code columnIndex}.
*
* @param columnIndex the column being queried
* @return the Object.class
@@ -167,7 +167,7 @@
* Returns an array of all the table model listeners
* registered on this model.
*
- * @return all of this model's TableModelListener
s
+ * @return all of this model's {@code TableModelListener}s
* or an empty
* array if no table model listeners are currently registered
*
@@ -187,7 +187,7 @@
/**
* Notifies all listeners that all cell values in the table's
* rows may have changed. The number of rows may also have changed
- * and the JTable
should redraw the
+ * and the {@code JTable} should redraw the
* table from scratch. The structure of the table (as in the order of the
* columns) is assumed to be the same.
*
@@ -203,12 +203,12 @@
* Notifies all listeners that the table's structure has changed.
* The number of columns in the table, and the names and types of
* the new columns may be different from the previous state.
- * If the JTable
receives this event and its
- * autoCreateColumnsFromModel
+ * If the {@code JTable} receives this event and its
+ * {@code autoCreateColumnsFromModel}
* flag is set it discards any table columns that it had and reallocates
* default columns in the order they appear in the model. This is the
- * same as calling setModel(TableModel)
on the
- * JTable
.
+ * same as calling {@code setModel(TableModel)} on the
+ * {@code JTable}.
*
* @see TableModelEvent
* @see EventListenerList
@@ -219,7 +219,7 @@
/**
* Notifies all listeners that rows in the range
- * [firstRow, lastRow]
, inclusive, have been inserted.
+ * {@code [firstRow, lastRow]}, inclusive, have been inserted.
*
* @param firstRow the first row
* @param lastRow the last row
@@ -235,7 +235,7 @@
/**
* Notifies all listeners that rows in the range
- * [firstRow, lastRow]
, inclusive, have been updated.
+ * {@code [firstRow, lastRow]}, inclusive, have been updated.
*
* @param firstRow the first row
* @param lastRow the last row
@@ -250,7 +250,7 @@
/**
* Notifies all listeners that rows in the range
- * [firstRow, lastRow]
, inclusive, have been deleted.
+ * {@code [firstRow, lastRow]}, inclusive, have been deleted.
*
* @param firstRow the first row
* @param lastRow the last row
@@ -265,7 +265,7 @@
/**
* Notifies all listeners that the value of the cell at
- * [row, column]
has been updated.
+ * {@code [row, column]} has been updated.
*
* @param row row of cell which has been updated
* @param column column of cell which has been updated
@@ -278,7 +278,7 @@
/**
* Forwards the given notification event to all
- * TableModelListeners
that registered
+ * {@code TableModelListeners} that registered
* themselves as listeners for this table model.
*
* @param e the event to be forwarded
@@ -302,18 +302,18 @@
/**
* Returns an array of all the objects currently registered
* as FooListener
s
- * upon this AbstractTableModel
.
+ * upon this {@code AbstractTableModel}.
* FooListener
s are registered using the
* addFooListener
method.
*
* listenerType
argument
+ * You can specify the {@code listenerType} argument
* with a class literal,
* such as
* FooListener.class
.
* For example, you can query a
- * model m
+ * model {@code m}
* for its table model listeners with the following code:
*
* TableModelListener[] tmls = (TableModelListener[])(m.getListeners(TableModelListener.class));
@@ -326,9 +326,9 @@
* FooListener
s on this component,
* or an empty array if no such
* listeners have been added
- * @exception ClassCastException if listenerType
+ * @exception ClassCastException if {@code listenerType}
* doesn't specify a class or interface that implements
- * java.util.EventListener
+ * {@code java.util.EventListener}
*
* @see #getTableModelListeners
*
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/table/DefaultTableCellRenderer.java 2015-10-04 22:59:08.789256855 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/table/DefaultTableCellRenderer.java 2015-10-04 22:59:08.597256863 +0400
@@ -38,12 +38,12 @@
/**
* The standard class for rendering (displaying) individual cells
- * in a JTable
.
+ * in a {@code JTable}.
* JLabel
, a standard component class.
- * However JTable
employs a unique mechanism for rendering
+ * This class inherits from {@code JLabel}, a standard component class.
+ * However {@code JTable} employs a unique mechanism for rendering
* its cells and therefore requires some slightly modified behavior
* from its cell renderer.
* The table class defines a single cell renderer and uses it as a
@@ -51,21 +51,21 @@
* it renders the first cell,
* changes the contents of that cell renderer,
* shifts the origin to the new location, re-draws it, and so on.
- * The standard JLabel
component was not
+ * The standard {@code JLabel} component was not
* designed to be used this way and we want to avoid
- * triggering a revalidate
each time the
+ * triggering a {@code revalidate} each time the
* cell is drawn. This would greatly decrease performance because the
- * revalidate
message would be
+ * {@code revalidate} message would be
* passed up the hierarchy of the container to determine whether any other
* components would be affected.
* As the renderer is only parented for the lifetime of a painting operation
* we similarly want to avoid the overhead associated with walking the
* hierarchy for painting operations.
* So this class
- * overrides the validate
, invalidate
,
- * revalidate
, repaint
, and
- * firePropertyChange
methods to be
- * no-ops and override the isOpaque
method solely to improve
+ * overrides the {@code validate}, {@code invalidate},
+ * {@code revalidate}, {@code repaint}, and
+ * {@code firePropertyChange} methods to be
+ * no-ops and override the {@code isOpaque} method solely to improve
* performance. If you write your own renderer,
* please keep this performance consideration in mind.
* java.beans
package.
+ * has been added to the {@code java.beans} package.
* Please see {@link java.beans.XMLEncoder}.
*
* @author Philip Milne
@@ -88,9 +88,9 @@
{
/**
- * An empty Border
. This field might not be used. To change the
- * Border
used by this renderer override the
- * getTableCellRendererComponent
method and set the border
+ * An empty {@code Border}. This field might not be used. To change the
+ * {@code Border} used by this renderer override the
+ * {@code getTableCellRendererComponent} method and set the border
* of the returned component directly.
*/
private static final Border SAFE_NO_FOCUS_BORDER = new EmptyBorder(1, 1, 1, 1);
@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@
}
/**
- * Overrides JComponent.setForeground
to assign
+ * Overrides {@code JComponent.setForeground} to assign
* the unselected-foreground color to the specified color.
*
* @param c set the foreground color to this value
@@ -142,7 +142,7 @@
}
/**
- * Overrides JComponent.setBackground
to assign
+ * Overrides {@code JComponent.setBackground} to assign
* the unselected-background color to the specified color.
*
* @param c set the background color to this value
@@ -153,10 +153,10 @@
}
/**
- * Notification from the UIManager
that the look and feel
+ * Notification from the {@code UIManager} that the look and feel
* [L&F] has changed.
* Replaces the current UI object with the latest version from the
- * UIManager
.
+ * {@code UIManager}.
*
* @see JComponent#updateUI
*/
@@ -172,15 +172,15 @@
* Returns the default table cell renderer.
* isSelected
and hasFocus
values of
- * false
to prevent selection and focus from appearing
+ * {@code isSelected} and {@code hasFocus} values of
+ * {@code false} to prevent selection and focus from appearing
* in the printed output. To do other customization based on whether
* or not the table is being printed, check the return value from
* {@link javax.swing.JComponent#isPaintingForPrint()}.
*
- * @param table the JTable
+ * @param table the {@code JTable}
* @param value the value to assign to the cell at
- * [row, column]
+ * {@code [row, column]}
* @param isSelected true if cell is selected
* @param hasFocus true if cell has focus
* @param row the row of the cell to render
@@ -364,11 +364,11 @@
/**
- * Sets the String
object for the cell being rendered to
- * value
.
+ * Sets the {@code String} object for the cell being rendered to
+ * {@code value}.
*
* @param value the string value for this cell; if value is
- * null
it sets the text value to an empty string
+ * {@code null} it sets the text value to an empty string
* @see JLabel#setText
*
*/
@@ -378,13 +378,13 @@
/**
- * A subclass of DefaultTableCellRenderer
that
- * implements UIResource
.
- * DefaultTableCellRenderer
doesn't implement
- * UIResource
+ * A subclass of {@code DefaultTableCellRenderer} that
+ * implements {@code UIResource}.
+ * {@code DefaultTableCellRenderer} doesn't implement
+ * {@code UIResource}
* directly so that applications can safely override the
- * cellRenderer
property with
- * DefaultTableCellRenderer
subclasses.
+ * {@code cellRenderer} property with
+ * {@code DefaultTableCellRenderer} subclasses.
* java.beans
package.
+ * has been added to the {@code java.beans} package.
* Please see {@link java.beans.XMLEncoder}.
*/
@SuppressWarnings("serial") // Same-version serialization only
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/table/DefaultTableColumnModel.java 2015-10-04 22:59:09.329256830 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/table/DefaultTableColumnModel.java 2015-10-04 22:59:09.125256840 +0400
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
import sun.swing.SwingUtilities2;
/**
- * The standard column-handler for a JTable
.
+ * The standard column-handler for a {@code JTable}.
* java.beans
package.
+ * has been added to the {@code java.beans} package.
* Please see {@link java.beans.XMLEncoder}.
*
* @author Alan Chung
@@ -103,14 +103,14 @@
//
/**
- * Appends aColumn
to the end of the
- * tableColumns
array.
- * This method also posts the columnAdded
+ * Appends {@code aColumn} to the end of the
+ * {@code tableColumns} array.
+ * This method also posts the {@code columnAdded}
* event to its listeners.
*
- * @param aColumn the TableColumn
to be added
- * @exception IllegalArgumentException if aColumn
is
- * null
+ * @param aColumn the {@code TableColumn} to be added
+ * @exception IllegalArgumentException if {@code aColumn} is
+ * {@code null}
* @see #removeColumn
*/
public void addColumn(TableColumn aColumn) {
@@ -128,15 +128,15 @@
}
/**
- * Deletes the column
from the
- * tableColumns
array. This method will do nothing if
- * column
is not in the table's columns list.
- * tile
is called
+ * Deletes the {@code column} from the
+ * {@code tableColumns} array. This method will do nothing if
+ * {@code column} is not in the table's columns list.
+ * {@code tile} is called
* to resize both the header and table views.
- * This method also posts a columnRemoved
+ * This method also posts a {@code columnRemoved}
* event to its listeners.
*
- * @param column the TableColumn
to be removed
+ * @param column the {@code TableColumn} to be removed
* @see #addColumn
*/
public void removeColumn(TableColumn column) {
@@ -160,18 +160,18 @@
}
/**
- * Moves the column and heading at columnIndex
to
- * newIndex
. The old column at columnIndex
- * will now be found at newIndex
. The column
- * that used to be at newIndex
is shifted
+ * Moves the column and heading at {@code columnIndex} to
+ * {@code newIndex}. The old column at {@code columnIndex}
+ * will now be found at {@code newIndex}. The column
+ * that used to be at {@code newIndex} is shifted
* left or right to make room. This will not move any columns if
- * columnIndex
equals newIndex
. This method
- * also posts a columnMoved
event to its listeners.
+ * {@code columnIndex} equals {@code newIndex}. This method
+ * also posts a {@code columnMoved} event to its listeners.
*
* @param columnIndex the index of column to be moved
* @param newIndex new index to move the column
- * @exception IllegalArgumentException if column
or
- * newIndex
+ * @exception IllegalArgumentException if {@code column} or
+ * {@code newIndex}
* are not in the valid range
*/
public void moveColumn(int columnIndex, int newIndex) {
@@ -211,8 +211,8 @@
}
/**
- * Sets the column margin to newMargin
. This method
- * also posts a columnMarginChanged
event to its
+ * Sets the column margin to {@code newMargin}. This method
+ * also posts a {@code columnMarginChanged} event to its
* listeners.
*
* @param newMargin the new margin width, in pixels
@@ -232,9 +232,9 @@
//
/**
- * Returns the number of columns in the tableColumns
array.
+ * Returns the number of columns in the {@code tableColumns} array.
*
- * @return the number of columns in the tableColumns
array
+ * @return the number of columns in the {@code tableColumns} array
* @see #getColumns
*/
public int getColumnCount() {
@@ -242,26 +242,26 @@
}
/**
- * Returns an Enumeration
of all the columns in the model.
- * @return an Enumeration
of the columns in the model
+ * Returns an {@code Enumeration} of all the columns in the model.
+ * @return an {@code Enumeration} of the columns in the model
*/
public EnumerationtableColumns
- * array whose identifier is equal to identifier
,
- * when compared using equals
.
+ * Returns the index of the first column in the {@code tableColumns}
+ * array whose identifier is equal to {@code identifier},
+ * when compared using {@code equals}.
*
* @param identifier the identifier object
* @return the index of the first column in the
- * tableColumns
array whose identifier
- * is equal to identifier
- * @exception IllegalArgumentException if identifier
- * is null
, or if no
- * TableColumn
has this
- * identifier
+ * {@code tableColumns} array whose identifier
+ * is equal to {@code identifier}
+ * @exception IllegalArgumentException if {@code identifier}
+ * is {@code null}, or if no
+ * {@code TableColumn} has this
+ * {@code identifier}
* @see #getColumn
*/
public int getColumnIndex(Object identifier) {
@@ -284,22 +284,22 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the TableColumn
object for the column
- * at columnIndex
.
+ * Returns the {@code TableColumn} object for the column
+ * at {@code columnIndex}.
*
* @param columnIndex the index of the column desired
- * @return the TableColumn
object for the column
- * at columnIndex
+ * @return the {@code TableColumn} object for the column
+ * at {@code columnIndex}
*/
public TableColumn getColumn(int columnIndex) {
return tableColumns.elementAt(columnIndex);
}
/**
- * Returns the width margin for TableColumn
.
- * The default columnMargin
is 1.
+ * Returns the width margin for {@code TableColumn}.
+ * The default {@code columnMargin} is 1.
*
- * @return the maximum width for the TableColumn
+ * @return the maximum width for the {@code TableColumn}
* @see #setColumnMargin
*/
public int getColumnMargin() {
@@ -307,7 +307,7 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the index of the column that lies at position x
,
+ * Returns the index of the column that lies at position {@code x},
* or -1 if no column covers this point.
*
* In keeping with Swing's separable model architecture, a
@@ -318,11 +318,11 @@
* right. For example, columns could be displayed from right to left to
* accommodate a locale preference or some columns might be hidden at the
* request of the user. Because the model does not know how the columns
- * are laid out on screen, the given xPosition
should not be
+ * are laid out on screen, the given {@code xPosition} should not be
* considered to be a coordinate in 2D graphics space. Instead, it should
* be considered to be a width from the start of the first column in the
* model. If the column index for a given X coordinate in 2D space is
- * required, JTable.columnAtPoint
can be used instead.
+ * required, {@code JTable.columnAtPoint} can be used instead.
*
* @param x the horizontal location of interest
* @return the index of the column or -1 if no column is found
@@ -344,7 +344,7 @@
/**
* Returns the total combined width of all columns.
- * @return the totalColumnWidth
property
+ * @return the {@code totalColumnWidth} property
*/
public int getTotalColumnWidth() {
if (totalColumnWidth == -1) {
@@ -358,15 +358,15 @@
//
/**
- * Sets the selection model for this TableColumnModel
- * to newModel
+ * Sets the selection model for this {@code TableColumnModel}
+ * to {@code newModel}
* and registers for listener notifications from the new selection
- * model. If newModel
is null
,
+ * model. If {@code newModel} is {@code null},
* an exception is thrown.
*
* @param newModel the new selection model
- * @exception IllegalArgumentException if newModel
- * is null
+ * @exception IllegalArgumentException if {@code newModel}
+ * is {@code null}
* @see #getSelectionModel
*/
public void setSelectionModel(ListSelectionModel newModel) {
@@ -387,11 +387,11 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the ListSelectionModel
that is used to
+ * Returns the {@code ListSelectionModel} that is used to
* maintain column selection state.
*
* @return the object that provides column selection state. Or
- * null
if row selection is not allowed.
+ * {@code null} if row selection is not allowed.
* @see #setSelectionModel
*/
public ListSelectionModel getSelectionModel() {
@@ -411,7 +411,7 @@
/**
* Returns true if column selection is allowed, otherwise false.
* The default is false.
- * @return the columnSelectionAllowed
property
+ * @return the {@code columnSelectionAllowed} property
*/
public boolean getColumnSelectionAllowed() {
return columnSelectionAllowed;
@@ -419,11 +419,11 @@
// implements javax.swing.table.TableColumnModel
/**
- * Returns an array of selected columns. If selectionModel
- * is null
, returns an empty array.
+ * Returns an array of selected columns. If {@code selectionModel}
+ * is {@code null}, returns an empty array.
* @return an array of selected columns or an empty array if nothing
- * is selected or the selectionModel
is
- * null
+ * is selected or the {@code selectionModel} is
+ * {@code null}
*/
public int[] getSelectedColumns() {
if (selectionModel != null) {
@@ -476,7 +476,7 @@
// implements javax.swing.table.TableColumnModel
/**
* Adds a listener for table column model events.
- * @param x a TableColumnModelListener
object
+ * @param x a {@code TableColumnModelListener} object
*/
public void addColumnModelListener(TableColumnModelListener x) {
listenerList.add(TableColumnModelListener.class, x);
@@ -485,7 +485,7 @@
// implements javax.swing.table.TableColumnModel
/**
* Removes a listener for table column model events.
- * @param x a TableColumnModelListener
object
+ * @param x a {@code TableColumnModelListener} object
*/
public void removeColumnModelListener(TableColumnModelListener x) {
listenerList.remove(TableColumnModelListener.class, x);
@@ -495,7 +495,7 @@
* Returns an array of all the column model listeners
* registered on this model.
*
- * @return all of this default table column model's ColumnModelListener
s
+ * @return all of this default table column model's {@code ColumnModelListener}s
* or an empty
* array if no column model listeners are currently registered
*
@@ -640,12 +640,12 @@
*
* listenerType
argument
+ * You can specify the {@code listenerType} argument
* with a class literal,
* such as
* FooListener.class
.
* For example, you can query a
- * DefaultTableColumnModel
m
+ * {@code DefaultTableColumnModel m}
* for its column model listeners with the following code:
*
* ColumnModelListener[] cmls = (ColumnModelListener[])(m.getListeners(ColumnModelListener.class));
@@ -658,9 +658,9 @@
* FooListener
s on this model,
* or an empty array if no such
* listeners have been added
- * @exception ClassCastException if listenerType
+ * @exception ClassCastException if {@code listenerType}
* doesn't specify a class or interface that implements
- * java.util.EventListener
+ * {@code java.util.EventListener}
*
* @see #getColumnModelListeners
* @since 1.3
@@ -679,7 +679,7 @@
* Property Change Listener change method. Used to track changes
* to the column width or preferred column width.
*
- * @param evt PropertyChangeEvent
+ * @param evt {@code PropertyChangeEvent}
*/
public void propertyChange(PropertyChangeEvent evt) {
String name = evt.getPropertyName();
@@ -699,8 +699,8 @@
// implements javax.swing.event.ListSelectionListener
/**
- * A ListSelectionListener
that forwards
- * ListSelectionEvents
when there is a column
+ * A {@code ListSelectionListener} that forwards
+ * {@code ListSelectionEvents} when there is a column
* selection change.
*
* @param e the change event
@@ -724,7 +724,7 @@
/**
* Recalculates the total combined width of all columns. Updates the
- * totalColumnWidth
property.
+ * {@code totalColumnWidth} property.
*/
protected void recalcWidthCache() {
EnumerationTableModel
that
- * uses a Vector
of Vectors
to store the
+ * This is an implementation of {@code TableModel} that
+ * uses a {@code Vector} of {@code Vectors} to store the
* cell value objects.
* DefaultTableModel
returns a
- * column class of Object
. When
- * DefaultTableModel
is used with a
- * TableRowSorter
this will result in extensive use of
- * toString
, which for non-String
data types
- * is expensive. If you use DefaultTableModel
with a
- * TableRowSorter
you are strongly encouraged to override
- * getColumnClass
to return the appropriate type.
+ * Warning: {@code DefaultTableModel} returns a
+ * column class of {@code Object}. When
+ * {@code DefaultTableModel} is used with a
+ * {@code TableRowSorter} this will result in extensive use of
+ * {@code toString}, which for non-{@code String} data types
+ * is expensive. If you use {@code DefaultTableModel} with a
+ * {@code TableRowSorter} you are strongly encouraged to override
+ * {@code getColumnClass} to return the appropriate type.
* java.beans
package.
+ * has been added to the {@code java.beans} package.
* Please see {@link java.beans.XMLEncoder}.
*
* @author Philip Milne
@@ -67,13 +67,13 @@
//
/**
- * The Vector
of Vectors
of
- * Object
values.
+ * The {@code Vector} of {@code Vectors} of
+ * {@code Object} values.
*/
@SuppressWarnings("rawtypes")
protected VectorVector
of column identifiers. */
+ /** The {@code Vector} of column identifiers. */
@SuppressWarnings("rawtypes")
protected Vector columnIdentifiers;
// Unfortunately, for greater source compatibility the inner-most
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@
//
/**
- * Constructs a default DefaultTableModel
+ * Constructs a default {@code DefaultTableModel}
* which is a table of zero columns and zero rows.
*/
public DefaultTableModel() {
@@ -102,9 +102,9 @@
}
/**
- * Constructs a DefaultTableModel
with
- * rowCount
and columnCount
of
- * null
object values.
+ * Constructs a {@code DefaultTableModel} with
+ * {@code rowCount} and {@code columnCount} of
+ * {@code null} object values.
*
* @param rowCount the number of rows the table holds
* @param columnCount the number of columns the table holds
@@ -116,15 +116,15 @@
}
/**
- * Constructs a DefaultTableModel
with as many columns
- * as there are elements in columnNames
- * and rowCount
of null
+ * Constructs a {@code DefaultTableModel} with as many columns
+ * as there are elements in {@code columnNames}
+ * and {@code rowCount} of {@code null}
* object values. Each column's name will be taken from
- * the columnNames
vector.
+ * the {@code columnNames} vector.
*
- * @param columnNames vector
containing the names
+ * @param columnNames {@code vector} containing the names
* of the new columns; if this is
- * null
then the model has no columns
+ * {@code null} then the model has no columns
* @param rowCount the number of rows the table holds
* @see #setDataVector
* @see #setValueAt
@@ -134,15 +134,15 @@
}
/**
- * Constructs a DefaultTableModel
with as many
- * columns as there are elements in columnNames
- * and rowCount
of null
+ * Constructs a {@code DefaultTableModel} with as many
+ * columns as there are elements in {@code columnNames}
+ * and {@code rowCount} of {@code null}
* object values. Each column's name will be taken from
- * the columnNames
array.
+ * the {@code columnNames} array.
*
- * @param columnNames array
containing the names
+ * @param columnNames {@code array} containing the names
* of the new columns; if this is
- * null
then the model has no columns
+ * {@code null} then the model has no columns
* @param rowCount the number of rows the table holds
* @see #setDataVector
* @see #setValueAt
@@ -152,14 +152,14 @@
}
/**
- * Constructs a DefaultTableModel
and initializes the table
- * by passing data
and columnNames
- * to the setDataVector
method.
+ * Constructs a {@code DefaultTableModel} and initializes the table
+ * by passing {@code data} and {@code columnNames}
+ * to the {@code setDataVector} method.
*
- * @param data the data of the table, a Vector
- * of Vector
s of Object
+ * @param data the data of the table, a {@code Vector}
+ * of {@code Vector}s of {@code Object}
* values
- * @param columnNames vector
containing the names
+ * @param columnNames {@code vector} containing the names
* of the new columns
* @see #getDataVector
* @see #setDataVector
@@ -170,10 +170,10 @@
}
/**
- * Constructs a DefaultTableModel
and initializes the table
- * by passing data
and columnNames
- * to the setDataVector
- * method. The first index in the Object[][]
array is
+ * Constructs a {@code DefaultTableModel} and initializes the table
+ * by passing {@code data} and {@code columnNames}
+ * to the {@code setDataVector}
+ * method. The first index in the {@code Object[][]} array is
* the row index and the second is the column index.
*
* @param data the data of the table
@@ -186,13 +186,13 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the Vector
of Vectors
+ * Returns the {@code Vector} of {@code Vectors}
* that contains the table's
* data values. The vectors contained in the outer vector are
* each a single row of values. In other words, to get to the cell
* at row 1, column 5: ((Vector)getDataVector().elementAt(1)).elementAt(5);
+ * {@code ((Vector)getDataVector().elementAt(1)).elementAt(5);}
*
* @return the vector of vectors containing the tables data values
*
@@ -210,19 +210,19 @@
}
/**
- * Replaces the current dataVector
instance variable
- * with the new Vector
of rows, dataVector
.
- * Each row is represented in dataVector
as a
- * Vector
of Object
values.
- * columnIdentifiers
are the names of the new
- * columns. The first name in columnIdentifiers
is
- * mapped to column 0 in dataVector
. Each row in
- * dataVector
is adjusted to match the number of
- * columns in columnIdentifiers
- * either by truncating the Vector
if it is too long,
- * or adding null
values if it is too short.
- * null
value for
- * dataVector
results in unspecified behavior,
+ * Replaces the current {@code dataVector} instance variable
+ * with the new {@code Vector} of rows, {@code dataVector}.
+ * Each row is represented in {@code dataVector} as a
+ * {@code Vector} of {@code Object} values.
+ * {@code columnIdentifiers} are the names of the new
+ * columns. The first name in {@code columnIdentifiers} is
+ * mapped to column 0 in {@code dataVector}. Each row in
+ * {@code dataVector} is adjusted to match the number of
+ * columns in {@code columnIdentifiers}
+ * either by truncating the {@code Vector} if it is too long,
+ * or adding {@code null} values if it is too short.
+ * dataVector
instance
- * variable with the values in the array dataVector
.
- * The first index in the Object[][]
+ * Replaces the value in the {@code dataVector} instance
+ * variable with the values in the array {@code dataVector}.
+ * The first index in the {@code Object[][]}
* array is the row index and the second is the column index.
- * columnIdentifiers
are the names of the new columns.
+ * {@code columnIdentifiers} are the names of the new columns.
*
* @param dataVector the new data vector
* @param columnIdentifiers the names of the columns
@@ -254,7 +254,7 @@
}
/**
- * Equivalent to fireTableChanged
.
+ * Equivalent to {@code fireTableChanged}.
*
* @param event the change event
*
@@ -284,16 +284,16 @@
/**
* Ensures that the new rows have the correct number of columns.
- * This is accomplished by using the setSize
method in
- * Vector
which truncates vectors
- * which are too long, and appends null
s if they
+ * This is accomplished by using the {@code setSize} method in
+ * {@code Vector} which truncates vectors
+ * which are too long, and appends {@code null}s if they
* are too short.
- * This method also sends out a tableChanged
+ * This method also sends out a {@code tableChanged}
* notification message to all the listeners.
*
- * @param e this TableModelEvent
describes
+ * @param e this {@code TableModelEvent} describes
* where the rows were added.
- * If null
it assumes
+ * If {@code null} it assumes
* all the rows were newly added
* @see #getDataVector
*/
@@ -303,7 +303,7 @@
}
/**
- * Equivalent to fireTableChanged
.
+ * Equivalent to {@code fireTableChanged}.
*
* @param event the change event
*
@@ -313,7 +313,7 @@
}
/**
- * Obsolete as of Java 2 platform v1.3. Please use setRowCount
instead.
+ * Obsolete as of Java 2 platform v1.3. Please use {@code setRowCount} instead.
* @param rowCount the new number of rows
*/
public void setNumRows(int rowCount) {
@@ -335,7 +335,7 @@
* Sets the number of rows in the model. If the new size is greater
* than the current size, new rows are added to the end of the model
* If the new size is less than the current size, all
- * rows at index rowCount
and greater are discarded.
+ * rows at index {@code rowCount} and greater are discarded.
*
* @see #setColumnCount
* @since 1.3
@@ -348,7 +348,7 @@
/**
* Adds a row to the end of the model. The new row will contain
- * null
values unless rowData
is specified.
+ * {@code null} values unless {@code rowData} is specified.
* Notification of the row being added will be generated.
*
* @param rowData optional data of the row being added
@@ -359,7 +359,7 @@
/**
* Adds a row to the end of the model. The new row will contain
- * null
values unless rowData
is specified.
+ * {@code null} values unless {@code rowData} is specified.
* Notification of the row being added will be generated.
*
* @param rowData optional data of the row being added
@@ -369,8 +369,8 @@
}
/**
- * Inserts a row at row
in the model. The new row
- * will contain null
values unless rowData
+ * Inserts a row at {@code row} in the model. The new row
+ * will contain {@code null} values unless {@code rowData}
* is specified. Notification of the row being added will be generated.
*
* @param row the row index of the row to be inserted
@@ -384,8 +384,8 @@
}
/**
- * Inserts a row at row
in the model. The new row
- * will contain null
values unless rowData
+ * Inserts a row at {@code row} in the model. The new row
+ * will contain {@code null} values unless {@code rowData}
* is specified. Notification of the row being added will be generated.
*
* @param row the row index of the row to be inserted
@@ -416,11 +416,11 @@
}
/**
- * Moves one or more rows from the inclusive range start
to
- * end
to the to
position in the model.
- * After the move, the row that was at index start
- * will be at index to
.
- * This method will send a tableChanged
notification
+ * Moves one or more rows from the inclusive range {@code start} to
+ * {@code end} to the {@code to} position in the model.
+ * After the move, the row that was at index {@code start}
+ * will be at index {@code to}.
+ * This method will send a {@code tableChanged} notification
message to all the listeners.
*
*
@@ -459,7 +459,7 @@
}
/**
- * Removes the row at
* row
from the model. Notification
+ * Removes the row at {@code row} from the model. Notification
* of the row being removed will be sent to all the listeners.
*
* @param row the row index of the row to be removed
@@ -476,14 +476,14 @@
/**
* Replaces the column identifiers in the model. If the number of
- * newIdentifier
s is greater than the current number
+ * {@code newIdentifier}s is greater than the current number
* of columns, new columns are added to the end of each row in the model.
- * If the number of newIdentifier
s is less than the current
+ * If the number of {@code newIdentifier}s is less than the current
* number of columns, all the extra columns at the end of a row are
* discarded.
*
* @param columnIdentifiers vector of column identifiers. If
- * null
, set the model
+ * {@code null}, set the model
* to zero columns
* @see #setNumRows
*/
@@ -493,14 +493,14 @@
/**
* Replaces the column identifiers in the model. If the number of
- * newIdentifier
s is greater than the current number
+ * {@code newIdentifier}s is greater than the current number
* of columns, new columns are added to the end of each row in the model.
- * If the number of newIdentifier
s is less than the current
+ * If the number of {@code newIdentifier}s is less than the current
* number of columns, all the extra columns at the end of a row are
* discarded.
*
* @param newIdentifiers array of column identifiers.
- * If null
, set
+ * If {@code null}, set
* the model to zero columns
* @see #setNumRows
*/
@@ -511,9 +511,9 @@
/**
* Sets the number of columns in the model. If the new size is greater
* than the current size, new columns are added to the end of the model
- * with null
cell values.
+ * with {@code null} cell values.
* If the new size is less than the current size, all columns at index
- * columnCount
and greater are discarded.
+ * {@code columnCount} and greater are discarded.
*
* @param columnCount the new number of columns in the model
*
@@ -528,11 +528,11 @@
/**
* Adds a column to the model. The new column will have the
- * identifier columnName
, which may be null. This method
+ * identifier {@code columnName}, which may be null. This method
* will send a
- * tableChanged
notification message to all the listeners.
- * This method is a cover for addColumn(Object, Vector)
which
- * uses null
as the data vector.
+ * {@code tableChanged} notification message to all the listeners.
+ * This method is a cover for {@code addColumn(Object, Vector)} which
+ * uses {@code null} as the data vector.
*
* @param columnName the identifier of the column being added
*/
@@ -542,13 +542,13 @@
/**
* Adds a column to the model. The new column will have the
- * identifier columnName
, which may be null.
- * columnData
is the
- * optional vector of data for the column. If it is null
- * the column is filled with null
values. Otherwise,
+ * identifier {@code columnName}, which may be null.
+ * {@code columnData} is the
+ * optional vector of data for the column. If it is {@code null}
+ * the column is filled with {@code null} values. Otherwise,
* the new data will be added to model starting with the first
* element going to row 0, etc. This method will send a
- * tableChanged
notification message to all the listeners.
+ * {@code tableChanged} notification message to all the listeners.
*
* @param columnName the identifier of the column being added
* @param columnData optional data of the column being added
@@ -577,12 +577,12 @@
/**
* Adds a column to the model. The new column will have the
- * identifier columnName
. columnData
is the
- * optional array of data for the column. If it is null
- * the column is filled with null
values. Otherwise,
+ * identifier {@code columnName}. {@code columnData} is the
+ * optional array of data for the column. If it is {@code null}
+ * the column is filled with {@code null} values. Otherwise,
* the new data will be added to model starting with the first
* element going to row 0, etc. This method will send a
- * tableChanged
notification message to all the listeners.
+ * {@code tableChanged} notification message to all the listeners.
*
* @param columnName identifier of the newly created column
* @param columnData new data to be added to the column
@@ -617,8 +617,8 @@
* Returns the column name.
*
* @return a name for this column using the string value of the
- * appropriate member in columnIdentifiers
.
- * If columnIdentifiers
does not have an entry
+ * appropriate member in {@code columnIdentifiers}.
+ * If {@code columnIdentifiers} does not have an entry
* for this index, returns the default
* name provided by the superclass.
*/
@@ -646,8 +646,8 @@
}
/**
- * Returns an attribute value for the cell at row
- * and column
.
+ * Returns an attribute value for the cell at {@code row}
+ * and {@code column}.
*
* @param row the row whose value is to be queried
* @param column the column whose value is to be queried
@@ -662,9 +662,9 @@
}
/**
- * Sets the object value for the cell at column
and
- * row
. aValue
is the new value. This method
- * will generate a tableChanged
notification.
+ * Sets the object value for the cell at {@code column} and
+ * {@code row}. {@code aValue} is the new value. This method
+ * will generate a {@code tableChanged} notification.
*
* @param aValue the new value; this can be null
* @param row the row whose value is to be changed
@@ -686,8 +686,8 @@
/**
* Returns a vector that contains the same objects as the array.
* @param anArray the array to be converted
- * @return the new vector; if anArray
is null
,
- * returns null
+ * @return the new vector; if {@code anArray} is {@code null},
+ * returns {@code null}
*/
protected static VectoranArray
is
- * null
, returns null
+ * @return the new vector of vectors; if {@code anArray} is
+ * {@code null}, returns {@code null}
*/
protected static VectorJTable
.
+ * This is the object which manages the header of the {@code JTable}.
* java.beans
package.
+ * has been added to the {@code java.beans} package.
* Please see {@link java.beans.XMLEncoder}.
*
* @author Alan Chung
@@ -74,12 +74,12 @@
//
/**
* The table for which this object is the header;
- * the default is null
.
+ * the default is {@code null}.
*/
protected JTable table;
/**
- * The TableColumnModel
of the table header.
+ * The {@code TableColumnModel} of the table header.
*/
protected TableColumnModel columnModel;
@@ -105,18 +105,18 @@
*/
protected boolean updateTableInRealTime;
- /** The index of the column being resized. null
if not resizing. */
+ /** The index of the column being resized. {@code null} if not resizing. */
protected transient TableColumn resizingColumn;
- /** The index of the column being dragged. null
if not dragging. */
+ /** The index of the column being dragged. {@code null} if not dragging. */
protected transient TableColumn draggedColumn;
/** The distance from its original position the column has been dragged. */
protected transient int draggedDistance;
/**
- * The default renderer to be used when a TableColumn
- * does not define a headerRenderer
.
+ * The default renderer to be used when a {@code TableColumn}
+ * does not define a {@code headerRenderer}.
*/
private TableCellRenderer defaultRenderer;
@@ -125,8 +125,8 @@
//
/**
- * Constructs a JTableHeader
with a default
- * TableColumnModel
.
+ * Constructs a {@code JTableHeader} with a default
+ * {@code TableColumnModel}.
*
* @see #createDefaultColumnModel
*/
@@ -135,10 +135,10 @@
}
/**
- * Constructs a JTableHeader
which is initialized with
- * cm
as the column model. If cm
is
- * null
this method will initialize the table header
- * with a default TableColumnModel
.
+ * Constructs a {@code JTableHeader} which is initialized with
+ * {@code cm} as the column model. If {@code cm} is
+ * {@code null} this method will initialize the table header
+ * with a default {@code TableColumnModel}.
*
* @param cm the column model for the table
* @see #createDefaultColumnModel
@@ -179,7 +179,7 @@
/**
* Returns the table associated with this header.
- * @return the table
property
+ * @return the {@code table} property
*/
public JTable getTable() {
return table;
@@ -206,7 +206,7 @@
* dragging their headers, false otherwise. The default is true. You can
* rearrange columns programmatically regardless of this setting.
*
- * @return the reorderingAllowed
property
+ * @return the {@code reorderingAllowed} property
* @see #setReorderingAllowed
*/
public boolean getReorderingAllowed() {
@@ -234,7 +234,7 @@
* between their headers, false otherwise. The default is true. You can
* resize columns programmatically regardless of this setting.
*
- * @return the resizingAllowed
property
+ * @return the {@code resizingAllowed} property
* @see #setResizingAllowed
*/
public boolean getResizingAllowed() {
@@ -243,10 +243,10 @@
/**
* Returns the dragged column, if and only if, a drag is in
- * process, otherwise returns null
.
+ * process, otherwise returns {@code null}.
*
* @return the dragged column, if a drag is in
- * process, otherwise returns null
+ * process, otherwise returns {@code null}
* @see #getDraggedDistance
*/
public TableColumn getDraggedColumn() {
@@ -269,10 +269,10 @@
/**
* Returns the resizing column. If no column is being
- * resized this method returns null
.
+ * resized this method returns {@code null}.
*
* @return the resizing column, if a resize is in process, otherwise
- * returns null
+ * returns {@code null}
*/
public TableColumn getResizingColumn() {
return resizingColumn;
@@ -298,8 +298,8 @@
}
/**
- * Sets the default renderer to be used when no headerRenderer
- * is defined by a TableColumn
.
+ * Sets the default renderer to be used when no {@code headerRenderer}
+ * is defined by a {@code TableColumn}.
* @param defaultRenderer the default renderer
* @since 1.3
*/
@@ -308,8 +308,8 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the default renderer used when no headerRenderer
- * is defined by a TableColumn
.
+ * Returns the default renderer used when no {@code headerRenderer}
+ * is defined by a {@code TableColumn}.
* @return the default renderer
* @since 1.3
*/
@@ -319,14 +319,14 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the index of the column that point
lies in, or -1 if it
+ * Returns the index of the column that {@code point} lies in, or -1 if it
* lies out of bounds.
*
- * @param point if this point
lies within a column, the index of
+ * @param point if this {@code point} lies within a column, the index of
* that column will be returned; otherwise it is out of bounds
* and -1 is returned
*
- * @return the index of the column that point
lies in, or -1 if it
+ * @return the index of the column that {@code point} lies in, or -1 if it
* lies out of bounds
*/
public int columnAtPoint(Point point) {
@@ -338,13 +338,13 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the rectangle containing the header tile at column
.
- * When the column
parameter is out of bounds this method uses the
- * same conventions as the JTable
method getCellRect
.
+ * Returns the rectangle containing the header tile at {@code column}.
+ * When the {@code column} parameter is out of bounds this method uses the
+ * same conventions as the {@code JTable} method {@code getCellRect}.
*
* @param column index of the column
*
- * @return the rectangle containing the header tile at column
+ * @return the rectangle containing the header tile at {@code column}
* @see JTable#getCellRect
*/
public Rectangle getHeaderRect(int column) {
@@ -429,7 +429,7 @@
* Returns the preferred size of the table header.
* This is the size required to display the header and requested for
* the viewport.
- * The returned {@code Dimension} {@code width} will always be calculated by
+ * The returned {@code Dimension width} will always be calculated by
* the underlying TableHeaderUI, regardless of any width specified by
* {@link JComponent#setPreferredSize(java.awt.Dimension)}
*
@@ -452,7 +452,7 @@
/**
* Returns the look and feel (L&F) object that renders this component.
*
- * @return the TableHeaderUI
object that renders this component
+ * @return the {@code TableHeaderUI} object that renders this component
*/
public TableHeaderUI getUI() {
return (TableHeaderUI)ui;
@@ -461,7 +461,7 @@
/**
* Sets the look and feel (L&F) object that renders this component.
*
- * @param ui the TableHeaderUI
L&F object
+ * @param ui the {@code TableHeaderUI} L&F object
* @see UIDefaults#getUI
*/
public void setUI(TableHeaderUI ui){
@@ -472,10 +472,10 @@
}
/**
- * Notification from the UIManager
that the look and feel
+ * Notification from the {@code UIManager} that the look and feel
* (L&F) has changed.
* Replaces the current UI object with the latest version from the
- * UIManager
.
+ * {@code UIManager}.
*
* @see JComponent#updateUI
*/
@@ -509,12 +509,12 @@
/**
- * Sets the column model for this table to newModel
and registers
+ * Sets the column model for this table to {@code newModel} and registers
* for listener notifications from the new column model.
*
* @param columnModel the new data source for this table
* @exception IllegalArgumentException
- * if newModel
is null
+ * if {@code newModel} is {@code null}
* @see #getColumnModel
* @beaninfo
* bound: true
@@ -538,10 +538,10 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the TableColumnModel
that contains all column information
+ * Returns the {@code TableColumnModel} that contains all column information
* of this table header.
*
- * @return the columnModel
property
+ * @return the {@code columnModel} property
* @see #setColumnModel
*/
public TableColumnModel getColumnModel() {
@@ -556,7 +556,7 @@
* Invoked when a column is added to the table column model.
* JTable
.
+ * are used internally by {@code JTable}.
*
* @param e the event received
* @see TableColumnModelListener
@@ -568,7 +568,7 @@
* Invoked when a column is removed from the table column model.
* JTable
.
+ * are used internally by {@code JTable}.
*
* @param e the event received
* @see TableColumnModelListener
@@ -580,7 +580,7 @@
* Invoked when a column is repositioned.
* JTable
.
+ * are used internally by {@code JTable}.
*
* @param e the event received
* @see TableColumnModelListener
@@ -592,7 +592,7 @@
* Invoked when a column is moved due to a margin change.
* JTable
.
+ * are used internally by {@code JTable}.
*
* @param e the event received
* @see TableColumnModelListener
@@ -604,12 +604,12 @@
// --Since header selection is ugly and it is always clear from the
// --view which columns are selected, don't redraw the header.
/**
- * Invoked when the selection model of the TableColumnModel
+ * Invoked when the selection model of the {@code TableColumnModel}
* is changed. This method currently has no effect (the header is not
* redrawn).
* JTable
.
+ * are used internally by {@code JTable}.
*
* @param e the event received
* @see TableColumnModelListener
@@ -622,7 +622,7 @@
/**
* Returns the default column model object which is
- * a DefaultTableColumnModel
. A subclass can override this
+ * a {@code DefaultTableColumnModel}. A subclass can override this
* method to return a different column model object
*
* @return the default column model object
@@ -633,7 +633,7 @@
/**
* Returns a default renderer to be used when no header renderer
- * is defined by a TableColumn
.
+ * is defined by a {@code TableColumn}.
*
* @return the default table column renderer
* @since 1.3
@@ -666,7 +666,7 @@
/**
* Sizes the header and marks it as needing display. Equivalent
- * to revalidate
followed by repaint
.
+ * to {@code revalidate} followed by {@code repaint}.
*/
public void resizeAndRepaint() {
revalidate();
@@ -674,12 +674,12 @@
}
/**
- * Sets the header's draggedColumn
to aColumn
.
+ * Sets the header's {@code draggedColumn} to {@code aColumn}.
* null
if
+ * @param aColumn the column being dragged, or {@code null} if
* no column is being dragged
*/
public void setDraggedColumn(TableColumn aColumn) {
@@ -687,7 +687,7 @@
}
/**
- * Sets the header's draggedDistance
to distance
.
+ * Sets the header's {@code draggedDistance} to {@code distance}.
* @param distance the distance dragged
*/
public void setDraggedDistance(int distance) {
@@ -695,12 +695,12 @@
}
/**
- * Sets the header's resizingColumn
to aColumn
.
+ * Sets the header's {@code resizingColumn} to {@code aColumn}.
* null
if
+ * @param aColumn the column being resized, or {@code null} if
* no column is being resized
*/
public void setResizingColumn(TableColumn aColumn) {
@@ -708,8 +708,8 @@
}
/**
- * See readObject
and writeObject
in
- * JComponent
for more
+ * See {@code readObject} and {@code writeObject} in
+ * {@code JComponent} for more
* information about serialization in Swing.
*/
private void writeObject(ObjectOutputStream s) throws IOException {
@@ -728,16 +728,16 @@
}
/**
- * Returns a string representation of this JTableHeader
. This method
+ * Returns a string representation of this {@code JTableHeader}. This method
* is intended to be used only for debugging purposes, and the
* content and format of the returned string may vary between
* implementations. The returned string may be empty but may not
- * be null
.
+ * be {@code null}.
* paramString
to provide information about the
+ * Overriding {@code paramString} to provide information about the
* specific new aspects of the JFC components.
*
- * @return a string representation of this JTableHeader
+ * @return a string representation of this {@code JTableHeader}
*/
protected String paramString() {
String reorderingAllowedString = (reorderingAllowed ?
@@ -780,7 +780,7 @@
//
/**
* This class implements accessibility support for the
- * JTableHeader
class. It provides an implementation of the
+ * {@code JTableHeader} class. It provides an implementation of the
* Java Accessibility API appropriate to table header user-interface
* elements.
* java.beans
package.
+ * has been added to the {@code java.beans} package.
* Please see {@link java.beans.XMLEncoder}.
*/
@SuppressWarnings("serial") // Same-version serialization only
@@ -897,8 +897,8 @@
* @since 1.4
*
* @param c the column index
- * @param p the parent JTableHeader
- * @param t the table JTable
+ * @param p the parent {@code JTableHeader}
+ * @param t the table {@code JTable}
*/
public AccessibleJTableHeaderEntry(int c, JTableHeader p, JTable t) {
parent = p;
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/table/TableCellEditor.java 2015-10-04 22:59:10.957256757 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/table/TableCellEditor.java 2015-10-04 22:59:10.765256766 +0400
@@ -31,8 +31,8 @@
/**
* This interface defines the method any object that would like to be
- * an editor of values for components such as JListBox
,
- * JComboBox
, JTree
, or JTable
+ * an editor of values for components such as {@code JListBox},
+ * {@code JComboBox}, {@code JTree}, or {@code JTable}
* needs to implement.
*
* @author Alan Chung
@@ -42,23 +42,23 @@
public interface TableCellEditor extends CellEditor {
/**
- * Sets an initial value
for the editor. This will cause
- * the editor to stopEditing
and lose any partially
+ * Sets an initial {@code value} for the editor. This will cause
+ * the editor to {@code stopEditing} and lose any partially
* edited value if the editor is editing when this method is called. Component
hierarchy. Once installed in the client's
+ * {@code Component} hierarchy. Once installed in the client's
* hierarchy this component will then be able to draw and receive
* user input.
*
- * @param table the JTable
that is asking the
- * editor to edit; can be null
+ * @param table the {@code JTable} that is asking the
+ * editor to edit; can be {@code null}
* @param value the value of the cell to be edited; it is
* up to the specific editor to interpret
* and draw the value. For example, if value is
* the string "true", it could be rendered as a
* string or it could be rendered as a check
- * box that is checked. null
+ * box that is checked. {@code null}
* is a valid value
* @param isSelected true if the cell is to be rendered with
* highlighting
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/table/TableCellRenderer.java 2015-10-04 22:59:11.477256734 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/table/TableCellRenderer.java 2015-10-04 22:59:11.289256742 +0400
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
/**
* This interface defines the method required by any object that
- * would like to be a renderer for cells in a JTable
.
+ * would like to be a renderer for cells in a {@code JTable}.
*
* @author Alan Chung
*/
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@
* Returns the component used for drawing the cell. This method is
* used to configure the renderer appropriately before drawing.
* TableCellRenderer
is also responsible for rendering the
+ * The {@code TableCellRenderer} is also responsible for rendering the
* the cell representing the table's current DnD drop location if
* it has one. If this renderer cares about rendering
* the DnD drop location, it should query the table directly to
@@ -60,21 +60,21 @@
* isSelected
and hasFocus
values of
- * false
to prevent selection and focus from appearing
+ * {@code isSelected} and {@code hasFocus} values of
+ * {@code false} to prevent selection and focus from appearing
* in the printed output. To do other customization based on whether
* or not the table is being printed, check the return value from
* {@link javax.swing.JComponent#isPaintingForPrint()}.
*
- * @param table the JTable
that is asking the
- * renderer to draw; can be null
+ * @param table the {@code JTable} that is asking the
+ * renderer to draw; can be {@code null}
* @param value the value of the cell to be rendered. It is
* up to the specific renderer to interpret
* and draw the value. For example, if
- * value
+ * {@code value}
* is the string "true", it could be rendered as a
* string or it could be rendered as a check
- * box that is checked. null
is a
+ * box that is checked. {@code null} is a
* valid value
* @param isSelected true if the cell is to be rendered with the
* selection highlighted; otherwise false
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@
* to indicate editing
* @param row the row index of the cell being drawn. When
* drawing the header, the value of
- * row
is -1
+ * {@code row} is -1
* @param column the column index of the cell being drawn
*
* @return the component used for drawing the cell.
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/table/TableColumn.java 2015-10-04 22:59:12.001256710 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/table/TableColumn.java 2015-10-04 22:59:11.813256719 +0400
@@ -35,31 +35,31 @@
import javax.swing.event.SwingPropertyChangeSupport;
/**
- * A TableColumn
represents all the attributes of a column in a
- * JTable
, such as width, resizability, minimum and maximum width.
- * In addition, the TableColumn
provides slots for a renderer and
+ * A {@code TableColumn} represents all the attributes of a column in a
+ * {@code JTable}, such as width, resizability, minimum and maximum width.
+ * In addition, the {@code TableColumn} provides slots for a renderer and
* an editor that can be used to display and edit the values in this column.
* setDefaultRenderer
method in the JTable
class.
+ * {@code setDefaultRenderer} method in the {@code JTable} class.
* This default mechanism is only used when the renderer (or
- * editor) in the TableColumn
is null
.
+ * editor) in the {@code TableColumn} is {@code null}.
* TableColumn
stores the link between the columns in the
- * JTable
and the columns in the TableModel
.
- * The modelIndex
is the column in the
- * TableModel
, which will be queried for the data values for the
+ * The {@code TableColumn} stores the link between the columns in the
+ * {@code JTable} and the columns in the {@code TableModel}.
+ * The {@code modelIndex} is the column in the
+ * {@code TableModel}, which will be queried for the data values for the
* cells in this column. As the column moves around in the view this
- * modelIndex
does not change.
+ * {@code modelIndex} does not change.
* TableColumnModel
s are unique, therefore we would
- * recommend that the same TableColumn
instance
- * not be added more than once to a TableColumnModel
.
- * To show TableColumn
s with the same column of
+ * {@code TableColumnModel}s are unique, therefore we would
+ * recommend that the same {@code TableColumn} instance
+ * not be added more than once to a {@code TableColumnModel}.
+ * To show {@code TableColumn}s with the same column of
* data from the model, create a new instance with the same
- * modelIndex
.
+ * {@code modelIndex}.
* java.beans
package.
+ * has been added to the {@code java.beans} package.
* Please see {@link java.beans.XMLEncoder}.
*
* @author Alan Chung
@@ -118,20 +118,20 @@
/**
* The index of the column in the model which is to be displayed by
- * this TableColumn
. As columns are moved around in the
- * view modelIndex
remains constant.
+ * this {@code TableColumn}. As columns are moved around in the
+ * view {@code modelIndex} remains constant.
*/
protected int modelIndex;
/**
* This object is not used internally by the drawing machinery of
- * the JTable
; identifiers may be set in the
- * TableColumn
as an
+ * the {@code JTable}; identifiers may be set in the
+ * {@code TableColumn} as an
* optional way to tag and locate table columns. The table package does
* not modify or invoke any methods in these identifier objects other
- * than the equals
method which is used in the
- * getColumnIndex()
method in the
- * DefaultTableColumnModel
.
+ * than the {@code equals} method which is used in the
+ * {@code getColumnIndex()} method in the
+ * {@code DefaultTableColumnModel}.
*/
protected Object identifier;
@@ -176,8 +176,8 @@
protected transient int resizedPostingDisableCount;
/**
- * If any PropertyChangeListeners
have been registered, the
- * changeSupport
field describes them.
+ * If any {@code PropertyChangeListeners} have been registered, the
+ * {@code changeSupport} field describes them.
*/
private SwingPropertyChangeSupport changeSupport;
@@ -187,8 +187,8 @@
/**
* Cover method, using a default model index of 0,
- * default width of 75, a null
renderer and a
- * null
editor.
+ * default width of 75, a {@code null} renderer and a
+ * {@code null} editor.
* This method is intended for serialization.
* @see #TableColumn(int, int, TableCellRenderer, TableCellEditor)
*/
@@ -197,8 +197,8 @@
}
/**
- * Cover method, using a default width of 75, a null
- * renderer and a null
editor.
+ * Cover method, using a default width of 75, a {@code null}
+ * renderer and a {@code null} editor.
* @see #TableColumn(int, int, TableCellRenderer, TableCellEditor)
*
* @param modelIndex the index of the column in the model
@@ -211,8 +211,8 @@
}
/**
- * Cover method, using a null
renderer and a
- * null
editor.
+ * Cover method, using a {@code null} renderer and a
+ * {@code null} editor.
* @see #TableColumn(int, int, TableCellRenderer, TableCellEditor)
*
* @param modelIndex the index of the column in the model
@@ -227,27 +227,27 @@
/**
* Creates and initializes an instance of
- * TableColumn
with the specified model index,
+ * {@code TableColumn} with the specified model index,
* width, cell renderer, and cell editor;
- * all TableColumn
constructors delegate to this one.
- * The value of width
is used
+ * all {@code TableColumn} constructors delegate to this one.
+ * The value of {@code width} is used
* for both the initial and preferred width;
- * if width
is negative,
+ * if {@code width} is negative,
* they're set to 0.
* The minimum width is set to 15 unless the initial width is less,
* in which case the minimum width is set to
* the initial width.
*
* cellRenderer
- * or cellEditor
parameter is null
,
- * a default value provided by the JTable
- * getDefaultRenderer
- * or getDefaultEditor
method, respectively,
+ * When the {@code cellRenderer}
+ * or {@code cellEditor} parameter is {@code null},
+ * a default value provided by the {@code JTable}
+ * {@code getDefaultRenderer}
+ * or {@code getDefaultEditor} method, respectively,
* is used to
* provide defaults based on the type of the data in this column.
* This column-centric rendering strategy can be circumvented by overriding
- * the getCellRenderer
methods in JTable
.
+ * the {@code getCellRenderer} methods in {@code JTable}.
*
* @param modelIndex the index of the column
* in the model that supplies the data for this column in the table;
@@ -305,7 +305,7 @@
/**
* Sets the model index for this column. The model index is the
* index of the column in the model that will be displayed by this
- * TableColumn
. As the TableColumn
+ * {@code TableColumn}. As the {@code TableColumn}
* is moved around in the view the model index remains constant.
* @param modelIndex the new modelIndex
* @beaninfo
@@ -320,16 +320,16 @@
/**
* Returns the model index for this column.
- * @return the modelIndex
property
+ * @return the {@code modelIndex} property
*/
public int getModelIndex() {
return modelIndex;
}
/**
- * Sets the TableColumn
's identifier to
- * anIdentifier
. JTable
,
+ * Sets the {@code TableColumn}'s identifier to
+ * {@code anIdentifier}. identifier
object for this column.
- * Note identifiers are not used by JTable
,
+ * Returns the {@code identifier} object for this column.
+ * Note identifiers are not used by {@code JTable},
* they are purely a convenience for external use.
- * If the identifier
is null
,
- * getIdentifier()
returns getHeaderValue
+ * If the {@code identifier} is {@code null},
+ * {@code getIdentifier()} returns {@code getHeaderValue}
* as a default.
*
- * @return the identifier
property
+ * @return the {@code identifier} property
* @see #setIdentifier
*/
public Object getIdentifier() {
@@ -363,10 +363,10 @@
}
/**
- * Sets the Object
whose string representation will be
- * used as the value for the headerRenderer
. When the
- * TableColumn
is created, the default headerValue
- * is null
.
+ * Sets the {@code Object} whose string representation will be
+ * used as the value for the {@code headerRenderer}. When the
+ * {@code TableColumn} is created, the default {@code headerValue}
+ * is {@code null}.
* @param headerValue the new headerValue
* @see #getHeaderValue
* @beaninfo
@@ -380,10 +380,10 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the Object
used as the value for the header
+ * Returns the {@code Object} used as the value for the header
* renderer.
*
- * @return the headerValue
property
+ * @return the {@code headerValue} property
* @see #setHeaderValue
*/
public Object getHeaderValue() {
@@ -395,8 +395,8 @@
//
/**
- * Sets the TableCellRenderer
used to draw the
- * TableColumn
's header to headerRenderer
.
+ * Sets the {@code TableCellRenderer} used to draw the
+ * {@code TableColumn}'s header to {@code headerRenderer}.
* TableCellRenderer
used to draw the header of the
- * TableColumn
. When the headerRenderer
is
- * null
, the JTableHeader
- * uses its defaultRenderer
. The default value for a
- * headerRenderer
is null
.
+ * Returns the {@code TableCellRenderer} used to draw the header of the
+ * {@code TableColumn}. When the {@code headerRenderer} is
+ * {@code null}, the {@code JTableHeader}
+ * uses its {@code defaultRenderer}. The default value for a
+ * {@code headerRenderer} is {@code null}.
*
- * @return the headerRenderer
property
+ * @return the {@code headerRenderer} property
* @see #setHeaderRenderer
* @see #setHeaderValue
* @see javax.swing.table.JTableHeader#getDefaultRenderer()
@@ -432,7 +432,7 @@
}
/**
- * Sets the TableCellRenderer
used by JTable
+ * Sets the {@code TableCellRenderer} used by {@code JTable}
* to draw individual values for this column.
*
* @param cellRenderer the new cellRenderer
@@ -448,17 +448,17 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the TableCellRenderer
used by the
- * JTable
to draw
- * values for this column. The cellRenderer
of the column
+ * Returns the {@code TableCellRenderer} used by the
+ * {@code JTable} to draw
+ * values for this column. The {@code cellRenderer} of the column
* not only controls the visual look for the column, but is also used to
- * interpret the value object supplied by the TableModel
.
- * When the cellRenderer
is null
,
- * the JTable
uses a default renderer based on the
+ * interpret the value object supplied by the {@code TableModel}.
+ * When the {@code cellRenderer} is {@code null},
+ * the {@code JTable} uses a default renderer based on the
* class of the cells in that column. The default value for a
- * cellRenderer
is null
.
+ * {@code cellRenderer} is {@code null}.
*
- * @return the cellRenderer
property
+ * @return the {@code cellRenderer} property
* @see #setCellRenderer
* @see JTable#setDefaultRenderer
*/
@@ -482,14 +482,14 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the TableCellEditor
used by the
- * JTable
to edit values for this column. When the
- * cellEditor
is null
, the JTable
+ * Returns the {@code TableCellEditor} used by the
+ * {@code JTable} to edit values for this column. When the
+ * {@code cellEditor} is {@code null}, the {@code JTable}
* uses a default editor based on the
* class of the cells in that column. The default value for a
- * cellEditor
is null
.
+ * {@code cellEditor} is {@code null}.
*
- * @return the cellEditor
property
+ * @return the {@code cellEditor} property
* @see #setCellEditor
* @see JTable#setDefaultEditor
*/
@@ -499,15 +499,15 @@
/**
* This method should not be used to set the widths of columns in the
- * JTable
, use setPreferredWidth
instead.
+ * {@code JTable}, use {@code setPreferredWidth} instead.
* Like a layout manager in the
- * AWT, the JTable
adjusts a column's width automatically
+ * AWT, the {@code JTable} adjusts a column's width automatically
* whenever the
* table itself changes size, or a column's preferred width is changed.
* Setting widths programmatically therefore has no long term effect.
* width
.
- * If width
exceeds the minimum or maximum width,
+ * This method sets this column's width to {@code width}.
+ * If {@code width} exceeds the minimum or maximum width,
* it is adjusted to the appropriate limiting value.
* @param width the new width
* @see #getWidth
@@ -526,10 +526,10 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the width of the TableColumn
. The default width is
+ * Returns the width of the {@code TableColumn}. The default width is
* 75.
*
- * @return the width
property
+ * @return the {@code width} property
* @see #setWidth
*/
public int getWidth() {
@@ -537,14 +537,14 @@
}
/**
- * Sets this column's preferred width to preferredWidth
.
- * If preferredWidth
exceeds the minimum or maximum width,
+ * Sets this column's preferred width to {@code preferredWidth}.
+ * If {@code preferredWidth} exceeds the minimum or maximum width,
* it is adjusted to the appropriate limiting value.
* JTable
- * (and JTableHeader
) are calculated from the
- * preferredWidth
,
- * see the doLayout
method in JTable
.
+ * For details on how the widths of columns in the {@code JTable}
+ * (and {@code JTableHeader}) are calculated from the
+ * {@code preferredWidth},
+ * see the {@code doLayout} method in {@code JTable}.
*
* @param preferredWidth the new preferred width
* @see #getPreferredWidth
@@ -560,10 +560,10 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the preferred width of the TableColumn
.
+ * Returns the preferred width of the {@code TableColumn}.
* The default preferred width is 75.
*
- * @return the preferredWidth
property
+ * @return the {@code preferredWidth} property
* @see #setPreferredWidth
*/
public int getPreferredWidth() {
@@ -571,16 +571,16 @@
}
/**
- * Sets the TableColumn
's minimum width to
- * minWidth
,
+ * Sets the {@code TableColumn}'s minimum width to
+ * {@code minWidth},
* adjusting the new minimum width if necessary to ensure that
- * 0 <= minWidth
<= maxWidth
.
- * For example, if the minWidth
argument is negative,
- * this method sets the minWidth
property to 0.
+ * {@code 0 <= minWidth <= maxWidth}.
+ * For example, if the {@code minWidth} argument is negative,
+ * this method sets the {@code minWidth} property to 0.
*
* width
or preferredWidth
property
+ * {@code width} or {@code preferredWidth} property
* is less than the new minimum width,
* this method sets that property to the new minimum width.
*
@@ -605,11 +605,11 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the minimum width for the TableColumn
. The
- * TableColumn
's width can't be made less than this either
+ * Returns the minimum width for the {@code TableColumn}. The
+ * {@code TableColumn}'s width can't be made less than this either
* by the user or programmatically.
*
- * @return the minWidth
property
+ * @return the {@code minWidth} property
* @see #setMinWidth
* @see #TableColumn(int, int, TableCellRenderer, TableCellEditor)
*/
@@ -618,14 +618,14 @@
}
/**
- * Sets the TableColumn
's maximum width to
- * maxWidth
or,
- * if maxWidth
is less than the minimum width,
+ * Sets the {@code TableColumn}'s maximum width to
+ * {@code maxWidth} or,
+ * if {@code maxWidth} is less than the minimum width,
* to the minimum width.
*
* width
or preferredWidth
property
+ * {@code width} or {@code preferredWidth} property
* is more than the new maximum width,
* this method sets that property to the new maximum width.
*
@@ -650,12 +650,12 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the maximum width for the TableColumn
. The
- * TableColumn
's width can't be made larger than this
+ * Returns the maximum width for the {@code TableColumn}. The
+ * {@code TableColumn}'s width can't be made larger than this
* either by the user or programmatically. The default maxWidth
* is Integer.MAX_VALUE.
*
- * @return the maxWidth
property
+ * @return the {@code maxWidth} property
* @see #setMaxWidth
*/
public int getMaxWidth() {
@@ -679,11 +679,11 @@
/**
* Returns true if the user is allowed to resize the
- * TableColumn
's
+ * {@code TableColumn}'s
* width, false otherwise. You can change the width programmatically
* regardless of this setting. The default is true.
*
- * @return the isResizable
property
+ * @return the {@code isResizable} property
* @see #setResizable
*/
public boolean getResizable() {
@@ -691,8 +691,8 @@
}
/**
- * Resizes the TableColumn
to fit the width of its header cell.
- * This method does nothing if the header renderer is null
+ * Resizes the {@code TableColumn} to fit the width of its header cell.
+ * This method does nothing if the header renderer is {@code null}
* (the default case). Otherwise, it sets the minimum, maximum and preferred
* widths of this column to the widths of the minimum, maximum and preferred
* sizes of the Component delivered by the header renderer.
@@ -772,8 +772,8 @@
}
/**
- * Removes a PropertyChangeListener
from the listener list.
- * The PropertyChangeListener
to be removed was registered
+ * Removes a {@code PropertyChangeListener} from the listener list.
+ * The {@code PropertyChangeListener} to be removed was registered
* for all properties.
*
* @param listener the listener to be removed
@@ -788,10 +788,10 @@
}
/**
- * Returns an array of all the PropertyChangeListener
s added
+ * Returns an array of all the {@code PropertyChangeListener}s added
* to this TableColumn with addPropertyChangeListener().
*
- * @return all of the PropertyChangeListener
s added or an empty
+ * @return all of the {@code PropertyChangeListener}s added or an empty
* array if no listeners have been added
* @since 1.4
*/
@@ -807,12 +807,12 @@
//
/**
- * As of Java 2 platform v1.3, this method is not called by the TableColumn
+ * As of Java 2 platform v1.3, this method is not called by the {@code TableColumn}
* constructor. Previously this method was used by the
- * TableColumn
to create a default header renderer.
- * As of Java 2 platform v1.3, the default header renderer is null
.
- * JTableHeader
now provides its own shared default
- * renderer, just as the JTable
does for its cell renderers.
+ * {@code TableColumn} to create a default header renderer.
+ * As of Java 2 platform v1.3, the default header renderer is {@code null}.
+ * {@code JTableHeader} now provides its own shared default
+ * renderer, just as the {@code JTable} does for its cell renderers.
*
* @return the default header renderer
* @see javax.swing.table.JTableHeader#createDefaultRenderer()
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/table/TableColumnModel.java 2015-10-04 22:59:12.541256686 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/table/TableColumnModel.java 2015-10-04 22:59:12.349256695 +0400
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
/**
* Defines the requirements for a table column model object suitable for
- * use with JTable
.
+ * use with {@code JTable}.
*
* @author Alan Chung
* @author Philip Milne
@@ -46,49 +46,49 @@
//
/**
- * Appends aColumn
to the end of the
- * tableColumns
array.
- * This method posts a columnAdded
+ * Appends {@code aColumn} to the end of the
+ * {@code tableColumns} array.
+ * This method posts a {@code columnAdded}
* event to its listeners.
*
- * @param aColumn the TableColumn
to be added
+ * @param aColumn the {@code TableColumn} to be added
* @see #removeColumn
*/
public void addColumn(TableColumn aColumn);
/**
- * Deletes the TableColumn
column
from the
- * tableColumns
array. This method will do nothing if
- * column
is not in the table's column list.
- * This method posts a columnRemoved
+ * Deletes the {@code TableColumn column} from the
+ * {@code tableColumns} array. This method will do nothing if
+ * {@code column} is not in the table's column list.
+ * This method posts a {@code columnRemoved}
* event to its listeners.
*
- * @param column the TableColumn
to be removed
+ * @param column the {@code TableColumn} to be removed
* @see #addColumn
*/
public void removeColumn(TableColumn column);
/**
- * Moves the column and its header at columnIndex
to
- * newIndex
. The old column at columnIndex
- * will now be found at newIndex
. The column that used
- * to be at newIndex
is shifted left or right
+ * Moves the column and its header at {@code columnIndex} to
+ * {@code newIndex}. The old column at {@code columnIndex}
+ * will now be found at {@code newIndex}. The column that used
+ * to be at {@code newIndex} is shifted left or right
* to make room. This will not move any columns if
- * columnIndex
equals newIndex
. This method
- * posts a columnMoved
event to its listeners.
+ * {@code columnIndex} equals {@code newIndex}. This method
+ * posts a {@code columnMoved} event to its listeners.
*
* @param columnIndex the index of column to be moved
* @param newIndex index of the column's new location
- * @exception IllegalArgumentException if columnIndex
or
- * newIndex
+ * @exception IllegalArgumentException if {@code columnIndex} or
+ * {@code newIndex}
* are not in the valid range
*/
public void moveColumn(int columnIndex, int newIndex);
/**
- * Sets the TableColumn
's column margin to
- * newMargin
. This method posts
- * a columnMarginChanged
event to its listeners.
+ * Sets the {@code TableColumn}'s column margin to
+ * {@code newMargin}. This method posts
+ * a {@code columnMarginChanged} event to its listeners.
*
* @param newMargin the width, in pixels, of the new column margins
* @see #getColumnMargin
@@ -106,34 +106,34 @@
public int getColumnCount();
/**
- * Returns an Enumeration
of all the columns in the model.
- * @return an Enumeration
of all the columns in the model
+ * Returns an {@code Enumeration} of all the columns in the model.
+ * @return an {@code Enumeration} of all the columns in the model
*/
public Enumerationidentifier
,
- * when compared using equals
.
+ * whose identifier is equal to {@code identifier},
+ * when compared using {@code equals}.
*
* @param columnIdentifier the identifier object
* @return the index of the first table column
- * whose identifier is equal to identifier
- * @exception IllegalArgumentException if identifier
- * is null
, or no
- * TableColumn
has this
- * identifier
+ * whose identifier is equal to {@code identifier}
+ * @exception IllegalArgumentException if {@code identifier}
+ * is {@code null}, or no
+ * {@code TableColumn} has this
+ * {@code identifier}
* @see #getColumn
*/
public int getColumnIndex(Object columnIdentifier);
/**
- * Returns the TableColumn
object for the column at
- * columnIndex
.
+ * Returns the {@code TableColumn} object for the column at
+ * {@code columnIndex}.
*
* @param columnIndex the index of the desired column
- * @return the TableColumn
object for
- * the column at columnIndex
+ * @return the {@code TableColumn} object for
+ * the column at {@code columnIndex}
*/
public TableColumn getColumn(int columnIndex);
@@ -145,7 +145,7 @@
/**
* Returns the index of the column that lies on the
- * horizontal point, xPosition
;
+ * horizontal point, {@code xPosition};
* or -1 if it lies outside the any of the column's bounds.
*
* In keeping with Swing's separable model architecture, a
@@ -156,11 +156,11 @@
* right. For example, columns could be displayed from right to left to
* accommodate a locale preference or some columns might be hidden at the
* request of the user. Because the model does not know how the columns
- * are laid out on screen, the given xPosition
should not be
+ * are laid out on screen, the given {@code xPosition} should not be
* considered to be a coordinate in 2D graphics space. Instead, it should
* be considered to be a width from the start of the first column in the
* model. If the column index for a given X coordinate in 2D space is
- * required, JTable.columnAtPoint
can be used instead.
+ * required, {@code JTable.columnAtPoint} can be used instead.
*
* @param xPosition width from the start of the first column in
* the model.
@@ -211,7 +211,7 @@
/**
* Sets the selection model.
*
- * @param newModel a ListSelectionModel
object
+ * @param newModel a {@code ListSelectionModel} object
* @see #getSelectionModel
*/
public void setSelectionModel(ListSelectionModel newModel);
@@ -219,7 +219,7 @@
/**
* Returns the current selection model.
*
- * @return a ListSelectionModel
object
+ * @return a {@code ListSelectionModel} object
* @see #setSelectionModel
*/
public ListSelectionModel getSelectionModel();
@@ -231,14 +231,14 @@
/**
* Adds a listener for table column model events.
*
- * @param x a TableColumnModelListener
object
+ * @param x a {@code TableColumnModelListener} object
*/
public void addColumnModelListener(TableColumnModelListener x);
/**
* Removes a listener for table column model events.
*
- * @param x a TableColumnModelListener
object
+ * @param x a {@code TableColumnModelListener} object
*/
public void removeColumnModelListener(TableColumnModelListener x);
}
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/table/TableModel.java 2015-10-04 22:59:13.069256663 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/table/TableModel.java 2015-10-04 22:59:12.877256671 +0400
@@ -29,12 +29,12 @@
import javax.swing.event.*;
/**
- * The TableModel
interface specifies the methods the
- * JTable
will use to interrogate a tabular data model. JTable
can be set up to display any data
+ * The {@code JTable} can be set up to display any data
* model which implements the
- * TableModel
interface with a couple of lines of code:
+ * {@code TableModel} interface with a couple of lines of code:
*
* TableModel myData = new MyTableModel();
* JTable table = new JTable(myData);
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
{
/**
* Returns the number of rows in the model. A
- *
JTable
uses this method to determine how many rows it
+ * {@code JTable} uses this method to determine how many rows it
* should display. This method should be quick, as it
* is called frequently during rendering.
*
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@
/**
* Returns the number of columns in the model. A
- * JTable
uses this method to determine how many columns it
+ * {@code JTable} uses this method to determine how many columns it
* should create and display by default.
*
* @return the number of columns in the model
@@ -71,7 +71,7 @@
public int getColumnCount();
/**
- * Returns the name of the column at columnIndex
. This is used
+ * Returns the name of the column at {@code columnIndex}. This is used
* to initialize the table's column header name. Note: this name does
* not need to be unique; two columns in a table can have the same name.
*
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@
/**
* Returns the most specific superclass for all the cell values
- * in the column. This is used by the JTable
to set up a
+ * in the column. This is used by the {@code JTable} to set up a
* default renderer and editor for the column.
*
* @param columnIndex the index of the column
@@ -91,9 +91,9 @@
public Class> getColumnClass(int columnIndex);
/**
- * Returns true if the cell at rowIndex
and
- * columnIndex
- * is editable. Otherwise, setValueAt
on the cell will not
+ * Returns true if the cell at {@code rowIndex} and
+ * {@code columnIndex}
+ * is editable. Otherwise, {@code setValueAt} on the cell will not
* change the value of that cell.
*
* @param rowIndex the row whose value to be queried
@@ -104,8 +104,8 @@
public boolean isCellEditable(int rowIndex, int columnIndex);
/**
- * Returns the value for the cell at columnIndex
and
- * rowIndex
.
+ * Returns the value for the cell at {@code columnIndex} and
+ * {@code rowIndex}.
*
* @param rowIndex the row whose value is to be queried
* @param columnIndex the column whose value is to be queried
@@ -114,8 +114,8 @@
public Object getValueAt(int rowIndex, int columnIndex);
/**
- * Sets the value in the cell at columnIndex
and
- * rowIndex
to aValue
.
+ * Sets the value in the cell at {@code columnIndex} and
+ * {@code rowIndex} to {@code aValue}.
*
* @param aValue the new value
* @param rowIndex the row whose value is to be changed
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/table/TableRowSorter.java 2015-10-04 22:59:13.593256639 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/table/TableRowSorter.java 2015-10-04 22:59:13.405256647 +0400
@@ -31,9 +31,9 @@
import javax.swing.SortOrder;
/**
- * An implementation of RowSorter
that provides sorting
- * and filtering using a TableModel
.
- * The following example shows adding sorting to a JTable
:
+ * An implementation of {@code RowSorter} that provides sorting
+ * and filtering using a {@code TableModel}.
+ * The following example shows adding sorting to a {@code JTable}:
*
* TableModel myModel = createMyTableModel();
* JTable table = new JTable(myModel);
@@ -43,10 +43,10 @@
* gesture, such as clicking on the column header, the table will
* visually sort.
*
*
- * @param key the non-JTable
's row-based methods and JTable
's
+ * {@code JTable}'s row-based methods and {@code JTable}'s
* selection model refer to the view and not the underlying
* model. Therefore, it is necessary to convert between the two. For
- * example, to get the selection in terms of myModel
+ * example, to get the selection in terms of {@code myModel}
* you need to convert the indices:
*
* int[] selection = table.getSelectedRows();
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@
* selection[i] = table.convertRowIndexToModel(selection[i]);
* }
*
- * Similarly to select a row in JTable
based on
+ * Similarly to select a row in {@code JTable} based on
* a coordinate from the underlying model do the inverse:
*
* table.setRowSelectionInterval(table.convertRowIndexToView(row),
@@ -62,31 +62,31 @@
*
* convertRowIndexToView
will return
+ * have enabled filtering {@code convertRowIndexToView} will return
* -1 for locations that are not visible in the view.
* TableRowSorter
uses Comparator
s for doing
- * comparisons. The following defines how a Comparator
is
+ * {@code TableRowSorter} uses {@code Comparator}s for doing
+ * comparisons. The following defines how a {@code Comparator} is
* chosen for a column:
*
- *
* Comparator
has been specified for the column by the
- * setComparator
method, use it.
- * getColumnClass
is
- * String
, use the Comparator
returned by
- * Collator.getInstance()
.
- * Comparable
, use a
- * Comparator
that invokes the compareTo
+ * TableStringConverter
has been specified, use it
- * to convert the values to String
s and then use the
- * Comparator
returned by Collator.getInstance()
.
- * Comparator
returned by
- * Collator.getInstance()
on the results from
- * calling toString
on the objects.
+ * TableRowSorter
provides the ability
- * to filter. A filter is specified using the setFilter
+ * In addition to sorting {@code TableRowSorter} provides the ability
+ * to filter. A filter is specified using the {@code setFilter}
* method. The following example will only show rows containing the string
* "foo":
*
@@ -98,28 +98,28 @@
*
* modelStructureChanged
method is invoked) the following
- * are reset to their default values: Comparator
s by
+ * {@code modelStructureChanged} method is invoked) the following
+ * are reset to their default values: {@code Comparator}s by
* column, current sort order, and whether each column is sortable. The default
* sort order is natural (the same as the model), and columns are
* sortable by default.
* TableRowSorter
has one formal type parameter: the type
+ * {@code TableRowSorter} has one formal type parameter: the type
* of the model. Passing in a type that corresponds exactly to your
* model allows you to filter based on your model without casting.
- * Refer to the documentation of RowFilter
for an example
+ * Refer to the documentation of {@code RowFilter} for an example
* of this.
* DefaultTableModel
returns a column
- * class of Object
. As such all comparisons will
- * be done using toString
. This may be unnecessarily
+ * WARNING: {@code DefaultTableModel} returns a column
+ * class of {@code Object}. As such all comparisons will
+ * be done using {@code toString}. This may be unnecessarily
* expensive. If the column only contains one type of value, such as
- * an Integer
, you should override getColumnClass
and
- * return the appropriate Class
. This will dramatically
+ * an {@code Integer}, you should override {@code getColumnClass} and
+ * return the appropriate {@code Class}. This will dramatically
* increase the performance of this class.
*
* @param TableModel
+ * {@code TableModel}
* @see javax.swing.JTable
* @see javax.swing.RowFilter
* @see javax.swing.table.DefaultTableModel
@@ -146,29 +146,29 @@
/**
- * Creates a TableRowSorter
with an empty model.
+ * Creates a {@code TableRowSorter} with an empty model.
*/
public TableRowSorter() {
this(null);
}
/**
- * Creates a TableRowSorter
using model
- * as the underlying TableModel
.
+ * Creates a {@code TableRowSorter} using {@code model}
+ * as the underlying {@code TableModel}.
*
- * @param model the underlying TableModel
to use,
- * null
is treated as an empty model
+ * @param model the underlying {@code TableModel} to use,
+ * {@code null} is treated as an empty model
*/
public TableRowSorter(M model) {
setModel(model);
}
/**
- * Sets the TableModel
to use as the underlying model
- * for this TableRowSorter
. A value of null
+ * Sets the {@code TableModel} to use as the underlying model
+ * for this {@code TableRowSorter}. A value of {@code null}
* can be used to set an empty model.
*
- * @param model the underlying model to use, or null
+ * @param model the underlying model to use, or {@code null}
*/
public void setModel(M model) {
tableModel = model;
@@ -177,9 +177,9 @@
/**
* Sets the object responsible for converting values from the
- * model to strings. If non-null
this
+ * model to strings. If non-{@code null} this
* is used to convert any object values, that do not have a
- * registered Comparator
, to strings.
+ * registered {@code Comparator}, to strings.
*
* @param stringConverter the object responsible for converting values
* from the model to strings
@@ -199,17 +199,17 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the Comparator
for the specified
- * column. If a Comparator
has not been specified using
- * the setComparator
method a Comparator
+ * Returns the {@code Comparator} for the specified
+ * column. If a {@code Comparator} has not been specified using
+ * the {@code setComparator} method a {@code Comparator}
* will be returned based on the column class
- * (TableModel.getColumnClass
) of the specified column.
- * If the column class is String
,
- * Collator.getInstance
is returned. If the
- * column class implements Comparable
a private
- * Comparator
is returned that invokes the
- * compareTo
method. Otherwise
- * Collator.getInstance
is returned.
+ * ({@code TableModel.getColumnClass}) of the specified column.
+ * If the column class is {@code String},
+ * {@code Collator.getInstance} is returned. If the
+ * column class implements {@code Comparable} a private
+ * {@code Comparator} is returned that invokes the
+ * {@code compareTo} method. Otherwise
+ * {@code Collator.getInstance} is returned.
*
* @throws IndexOutOfBoundsException {@inheritDoc}
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/table/TableStringConverter.java 2015-10-04 22:59:14.121256615 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/table/TableStringConverter.java 2015-10-04 22:59:13.933256624 +0400
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
/**
* TableStringConverter is used to convert objects from the model into
* strings. This is useful in filtering and searching when the model returns
- * objects that do not have meaningful toString
implementations.
+ * objects that do not have meaningful {@code toString} implementations.
*
* @since 1.6
*/
@@ -36,11 +36,11 @@
* Returns the string representation of the value at the specified
* location.
*
- * @param model the TableModel
to fetch the value from
+ * @param model the {@code TableModel} to fetch the value from
* @param row the row the string is being requested for
* @param column the column the string is being requested for
* @return the string representation. This should never return null.
- * @throws NullPointerException if model
is null
+ * @throws NullPointerException if {@code model} is null
* @throws IndexOutOfBoundsException if the arguments are outside the
* bounds of the model
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/AbstractDocument.java 2015-10-04 22:59:14.645256592 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/AbstractDocument.java 2015-10-04 22:59:14.453256600 +0400
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@
* allows multiple readers or one writer, and writers must wait until
* all observers of the document have been notified of a previous
* change before beginning another mutation to the document. The
- * read lock is acquired and released using the render
+ * read lock is acquired and released using the {@code render}
* method. A write lock is acquired by the methods that mutate the
* document, and are held for the duration of the method call.
* Notification is done on the thread that produced the mutation,
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@
* that is derived from BasicTextUI may be safely updated
* asynchronously, because all access to the View hierarchy
* is serialized by BasicTextUI if the document is of type
- * AbstractDocument
. The locking assumes that an
+ * {@code AbstractDocument}. The locking assumes that an
* independent thread will access the View hierarchy only from
* the DocumentListener methods, and that there will be only
* one event thread active at a time.
@@ -71,19 +71,18 @@
* additional implications. The code path for any DocumentListener
* implementation and any UndoListener implementation must be threadsafe,
* and not access the component lock if trying to be safe from deadlocks.
- * The repaint
and revalidate
methods
+ * The {@code repaint} and {@code revalidate} methods
* on JComponent are safe.
* getLength
returns one less
+ * character. As a result of this, {@code getLength} returns one less
* than the length of the Content. If you create your own Content, be
* sure and initialize it to have an additional character. Refer to
* StringContent and GapContent for examples of this. Another implication
* of this is that Elements that model the implied end character will have
* an endOffset == (getLength() + 1). For example, in DefaultStyledDocument
- * getParagraphElement(getLength()).getEndOffset() == getLength() + 1
- *
.
+ * {@code getParagraphElement(getLength()).getEndOffset() == getLength() + 1}.
* java.beans
package.
+ * has been added to the {@code java.beans} package.
* Please see {@link java.beans.XMLEncoder}.
*
* @author Timothy Prinzing
@@ -100,7 +99,7 @@
public abstract class AbstractDocument implements Document, Serializable {
/**
- * Constructs a new AbstractDocument
, wrapped around some
+ * Constructs a new {@code AbstractDocument}, wrapped around some
* specified content storage mechanism.
*
* @param data the content
@@ -110,7 +109,7 @@
}
/**
- * Constructs a new AbstractDocument
, wrapped around some
+ * Constructs a new {@code AbstractDocument}, wrapped around some
* specified content storage mechanism.
*
* @param data the content
@@ -155,10 +154,10 @@
/**
* Supports managing a set of properties. Callers
- * can use the documentProperties
dictionary
+ * can use the {@code documentProperties} dictionary
* to annotate the document with document-wide properties.
*
- * @return a non-null
Dictionary
+ * @return a non-{@code null Dictionary}
* @see #setDocumentProperties
*/
public DictionaryaddFooListener
method.
*
* listenerType
argument
+ * You can specify the {@code listenerType} argument
* with a class literal, such as
* FooListener.class
.
* For example, you can query a
- * document d
+ * document {@code d}
* for its document listeners with the following code:
*
* DocumentListener[] mls = (DocumentListener[])(d.getListeners(DocumentListener.class));
@@ -314,9 +313,9 @@
* FooListener
s on this component,
* or an empty array if no such
* listeners have been added
- * @exception ClassCastException if listenerType
+ * @exception ClassCastException if {@code listenerType}
* doesn't specify a class or interface that implements
- * java.util.EventListener
+ * {@code java.util.EventListener}
*
* @see #getDocumentListeners
* @see #getUndoableEditListeners
@@ -331,7 +330,7 @@
* Gets the asynchronous loading priority. If less than zero,
* the document should not be loaded asynchronously.
*
- * @return the asynchronous loading priority, or -1
+ * @return the asynchronous loading priority, or {@code -1}
* if the document should not be loaded asynchronously
*/
public int getAsynchronousLoadPriority() {
@@ -355,12 +354,12 @@
}
/**
- * Sets the DocumentFilter
. The DocumentFilter
- * is passed insert
and remove
to conditionally
- * allow inserting/deleting of the text. A null
value
+ * Sets the {@code DocumentFilter}. The {@code DocumentFilter}
+ * is passed {@code insert} and {@code remove} to conditionally
+ * allow inserting/deleting of the text. A {@code null} value
* indicates that no filtering will occur.
*
- * @param filter the DocumentFilter
used to constrain text
+ * @param filter the {@code DocumentFilter} used to constrain text
* @see #getDocumentFilter
* @since 1.4
*/
@@ -369,8 +368,8 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the DocumentFilter
that is responsible for
- * filtering of insertion/removal. A null
return value
+ * Returns the {@code DocumentFilter} that is responsible for
+ * filtering of insertion/removal. A {@code null} return value
* implies no filtering is to occur.
*
* @since 1.4
@@ -436,7 +435,7 @@
/**
* Adds a document listener for notification of any changes.
*
- * @param listener the DocumentListener
to add
+ * @param listener the {@code DocumentListener} to add
* @see Document#addDocumentListener
*/
public void addDocumentListener(DocumentListener listener) {
@@ -446,7 +445,7 @@
/**
* Removes a document listener.
*
- * @param listener the DocumentListener
to remove
+ * @param listener the {@code DocumentListener} to remove
* @see Document#removeDocumentListener
*/
public void removeDocumentListener(DocumentListener listener) {
@@ -457,7 +456,7 @@
* Returns an array of all the document listeners
* registered on this document.
*
- * @return all of this document's DocumentListener
s
+ * @return all of this document's {@code DocumentListener}s
* or an empty array if no document listeners are
* currently registered
*
@@ -471,11 +470,11 @@
/**
* Adds an undo listener for notification of any changes.
- * Undo/Redo operations performed on the UndoableEdit
+ * Undo/Redo operations performed on the {@code UndoableEdit}
* will cause the appropriate DocumentEvent to be fired to keep
* the view(s) in sync with the model.
*
- * @param listener the UndoableEditListener
to add
+ * @param listener the {@code UndoableEditListener} to add
* @see Document#addUndoableEditListener
*/
public void addUndoableEditListener(UndoableEditListener listener) {
@@ -485,7 +484,7 @@
/**
* Removes an undo listener.
*
- * @param listener the UndoableEditListener
to remove
+ * @param listener the {@code UndoableEditListener} to remove
* @see Document#removeDocumentListener
*/
public void removeUndoableEditListener(UndoableEditListener listener) {
@@ -496,7 +495,7 @@
* Returns an array of all the undoable edit listeners
* registered on this document.
*
- * @return all of this document's UndoableEditListener
s
+ * @return all of this document's {@code UndoableEditListener}s
* or an empty array if no undoable edit listeners are
* currently registered
*
@@ -516,8 +515,8 @@
* getDocumentProperties().get(key);
* null
property key
- * @return the value of this property or null
+ * @param key the non-{@code null} property key
+ * @return the value of this property or {@code null}
* @see #getDocumentProperties
*/
public final Object getProperty(Object key) {
@@ -531,10 +530,10 @@
*
* getDocumentProperties().put(key, value);
*
- * If value
is null
this method will
+ * If {@code value} is {@code null} this method will
* remove the property.
*
- * @param key the non-null
key
+ * @param key the non-{@code null} key
* @param value the property value
* @see #getDocumentProperties
*/
@@ -596,7 +595,7 @@
/**
* Performs the actual work of the remove. It is assumed the caller
- * will have obtained a writeLock
before invoking this.
+ * will have obtained a {@code writeLock} before invoking this.
*/
void handleRemove(int offs, int len) throws BadLocationException {
if (len > 0) {
@@ -629,8 +628,8 @@
}
/**
- * Deletes the region of text from offset
to
- * offset + length
, and replaces it with text
.
+ * Deletes the region of text from {@code offset} to
+ * {@code offset + length}, and replaces it with {@code text}.
* It is up to the implementation as to how this is implemented, some
* implementations may treat this as two distinct operations: a remove
* followed by an insert, others may treat the replace as one atomic
@@ -639,9 +638,9 @@
* @param offset index of child element
* @param length length of text to delete, may be 0 indicating don't
* delete anything
- * @param text text to insert, null
indicates no text to insert
+ * @param text text to insert, {@code null} indicates no text to insert
* @param attrs AttributeSet indicating attributes of inserted text,
- * null
+ * {@code null}
* is legal, and typically treated as an empty attributeset,
* but exact interpretation is left to the subclass
* @exception BadLocationException the given position is not a valid
@@ -890,7 +889,7 @@
// ---- local methods -----------------------------------------
/**
- * Returns the FilterBypass
. This will create one if one
+ * Returns the {@code FilterBypass}. This will create one if one
* does not yet exist.
*/
private DocumentFilter.FilterBypass getFilterBypass() {
@@ -912,8 +911,8 @@
}
/**
- * Returns true if the text in the range p0
to
- * p1
is left to right.
+ * Returns true if the text in the range {@code p0} to
+ * {@code p1} is left to right.
*/
static boolean isLeftToRight(Document doc, int p0, int p1) {
if (Boolean.TRUE.equals(doc.getProperty(I18NProperty))) {
@@ -1298,7 +1297,7 @@
* started.
*
* @return the thread actively modifying the document
- * or null
if there are no modifications in progress
+ * or {@code null} if there are no modifications in progress
*/
protected final synchronized Thread getCurrentWriter() {
return currWriter;
@@ -1308,18 +1307,18 @@
* Acquires a lock to begin mutating the document this lock
* protects. There can be no writing, notification of changes, or
* reading going on in order to gain the lock. Additionally a thread is
- * allowed to gain more than one writeLock
,
- * as long as it doesn't attempt to gain additional writeLock
s
+ * allowed to gain more than one {@code writeLock},
+ * as long as it doesn't attempt to gain additional {@code writeLock}s
* from within document notification. Attempting to gain a
- * writeLock
from within a DocumentListener notification will
- * result in an IllegalStateException
. The ability
- * to obtain more than one writeLock
per thread allows
+ * {@code writeLock} from within a DocumentListener notification will
+ * result in an {@code IllegalStateException}. The ability
+ * to obtain more than one {@code writeLock} per thread allows
* subclasses to gain a writeLock, perform a number of operations, then
* release the lock.
* writeLock
- * must be balanced with calls to writeUnlock
, else the
- * Document
will be left in a locked state so that no
+ * Calls to {@code writeLock}
+ * must be balanced with calls to {@code writeUnlock}, else the
+ * {@code Document} will be left in a locked state so that no
* reading or writing can be done.
*
* @exception IllegalStateException thrown on illegal lock
@@ -1353,7 +1352,7 @@
}
/**
- * Releases a write lock previously obtained via writeLock
.
+ * Releases a write lock previously obtained via {@code writeLock}.
* After decrementing the lock count if there are no outstanding locks
* this will allow a new writer, or readers.
*
@@ -1374,7 +1373,7 @@
* to the listeners has been completed. This method should
* be used very carefully to avoid unintended compromise
* of the document. It should always be balanced with a
- * readUnlock
.
+ * {@code readUnlock}.
*
* @see #readUnlock
*/
@@ -1477,7 +1476,7 @@
private transient int numReaders;
private transient Thread currWriter;
/**
- * The number of writers, all obtained from currWriter
.
+ * The number of writers, all obtained from {@code currWriter}.
*/
private transient int numWriters;
/**
@@ -1617,8 +1616,8 @@
* @param where offset into the sequence to make the insertion >= 0
* @param str string to insert
* @return if the implementation supports a history mechanism,
- * a reference to an Edit
implementation will be returned,
- * otherwise returns null
+ * a reference to an {@code Edit} implementation will be returned,
+ * otherwise returns {@code null}
* @exception BadLocationException thrown if the area covered by
* the arguments is not contained in the character sequence
*/
@@ -1674,7 +1673,7 @@
* this interface to provide their MutableAttributeSet
* implementations, so that different AttributeSet compression
* techniques can be employed. The method
- * getAttributeContext
should be implemented to
+ * {@code getAttributeContext} should be implemented to
* return the object responsible for implementing the desired
* compression technique.
*
@@ -1767,7 +1766,7 @@
* appropriate for short term storage or RMI between applications running
* the same version of Swing. As of 1.4, support for long term storage
* of all JavaBeans™
- * has been added to the java.beans
package.
+ * has been added to the {@code java.beans} package.
* Please see {@link java.beans.XMLEncoder}.
*/
@SuppressWarnings("serial") // Same-version serialization only
@@ -1955,7 +1954,7 @@
* If not overridden, the resolving parent defaults to
* the parent element.
*
- * @return the attributes from the parent, null
if none
+ * @return the attributes from the parent, {@code null} if none
* @see AttributeSet#getResolveParent
*/
public AttributeSet getResolveParent() {
@@ -2149,17 +2148,17 @@
// --- TreeNode methods -------------------------------------
/**
- * Returns the child TreeNode
at index
- * childIndex
.
+ * Returns the child {@code TreeNode} at index
+ * {@code childIndex}.
*/
public TreeNode getChildAt(int childIndex) {
return (TreeNode)getElement(childIndex);
}
/**
- * Returns the number of children TreeNode
's
+ * Returns the number of children {@code TreeNode}'s
* receiver contains.
- * @return the number of children TreeNodews
's
+ * @return the number of children {@code TreeNodews}'s
* receiver contains
*/
public int getChildCount() {
@@ -2167,19 +2166,19 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the parent TreeNode
of the receiver.
- * @return the parent TreeNode
of the receiver
+ * Returns the parent {@code TreeNode} of the receiver.
+ * @return the parent {@code TreeNode} of the receiver
*/
public TreeNode getParent() {
return (TreeNode)getParentElement();
}
/**
- * Returns the index of node
in the receivers children.
- * If the receiver does not contain node
, -1 will be
+ * Returns the index of {@code node} in the receivers children.
+ * If the receiver does not contain {@code node}, -1 will be
* returned.
* @param node the location of interest
- * @return the index of node
in the receiver's
+ * @return the index of {@code node} in the receiver's
* children, or -1 if absent
*/
public int getIndex(TreeNode node) {
@@ -2198,8 +2197,8 @@
/**
* Returns the children of the receiver as an
- * Enumeration
.
- * @return the children of the receiver as an Enumeration
+ * {@code Enumeration}.
+ * @return the children of the receiver as an {@code Enumeration}
*/
public abstract Enumerationjava.beans
package.
+ * has been added to the {@code java.beans} package.
* Please see {@link java.beans.XMLEncoder}.
*/
@SuppressWarnings("serial") // Same-version serialization only
@@ -2461,7 +2460,7 @@
/**
* Returns the children of the receiver as an
- * Enumeration
.
+ * {@code Enumeration}.
* @return the children of the receiver
*/
public Enumerationjava.beans
package.
+ * has been added to the {@code java.beans} package.
* Please see {@link java.beans.XMLEncoder}.
*
* @see Element
@@ -2615,7 +2614,7 @@
/**
* Returns the children of the receiver as an
- * Enumeration
.
+ * {@code Enumeration}.
* @return the children of the receiver
*/
@Override
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/AbstractWriter.java 2015-10-04 22:59:15.221256566 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/AbstractWriter.java 2015-10-04 22:59:15.029256574 +0400
@@ -87,9 +87,9 @@
private char[] tempChars;
/**
- * This is used in writeLineSeparator
instead of
+ * This is used in {@code writeLineSeparator} instead of
* tempChars. If tempChars were used it would mean write couldn't invoke
- * writeLineSeparator
as it might have been passed
+ * {@code writeLineSeparator} as it might have been passed
* tempChars.
*/
private char[] newlineChars;
@@ -269,10 +269,10 @@
* leaf element. Throws a BadLocationException
* when encountered.
*
- * @param elem an Element
+ * @param elem an {@code Element}
* @exception BadLocationException if pos represents an invalid
* location within the document
- * @return the text as a String
+ * @return the text as a {@code String}
*/
protected String getText(Element elem) throws BadLocationException {
return doc.getText(elem.getStartOffset(),
@@ -345,8 +345,8 @@
/**
* Returns true if the current line should be considered empty. This
- * is true when getCurrentLineLength
== 0 ||
- * indent
has been invoked on an empty line.
+ * is true when {@code getCurrentLineLength} == 0 ||
+ * {@code indent} has been invoked on an empty line.
* @return true if the current line should be considered empty
* @since 1.3
*/
@@ -417,8 +417,8 @@
/**
* Increments the indent level. If indenting would cause
- * getIndentSpace()
*getIndentLevel()
to be >
- * than getLineLength()
this will not cause an indent.
+ * {@code getIndentSpace()} *{@code getIndentLevel()} to be >
+ * than {@code getLineLength()} this will not cause an indent.
*/
protected void incrIndent() {
// Only increment to a certain point.
@@ -447,8 +447,8 @@
/**
* Returns the current indentation level. That is, the number of times
- * incrIndent
has been invoked minus the number of times
- * decrIndent
has been invoked.
+ * {@code incrIndent} has been invoked minus the number of times
+ * {@code decrIndent} has been invoked.
* @return the current indentation level
* @since 1.3
*/
@@ -482,7 +482,7 @@
/**
* Writes out a character. This is implemented to invoke
- * the write
method that takes a char[].
+ * the {@code write} method that takes a char[].
*
* @param ch a char.
* @exception IOException on any I/O error
@@ -497,7 +497,7 @@
/**
* Writes out a string. This is implemented to invoke the
- * write
method that takes a char[].
+ * {@code write} method that takes a char[].
*
* @param content a String.
* @exception IOException on any I/O error
@@ -515,8 +515,8 @@
}
/**
- * Writes the line separator. This invokes output
directly
- * as well as setting the lineLength
to 0.
+ * Writes the line separator. This invokes {@code output} directly
+ * as well as setting the {@code lineLength} to 0.
* @throws IOException on any I/O error
* @since 1.3
*/
@@ -532,15 +532,15 @@
}
/**
- * All write methods call into this one. If getCanWrapLines()
- * returns false, this will call output
with each sequence
- * of chars
that doesn't contain a NEWLINE, followed
- * by a call to writeLineSeparator
. On the other hand,
- * if getCanWrapLines()
returns true, this will split the
- * string, as necessary, so getLineLength
is honored.
+ * All write methods call into this one. If {@code getCanWrapLines()}
+ * returns false, this will call {@code output} with each sequence
+ * of {@code chars} that doesn't contain a NEWLINE, followed
+ * by a call to {@code writeLineSeparator}. On the other hand,
+ * if {@code getCanWrapLines()} returns true, this will split the
+ * string, as necessary, so {@code getLineLength} is honored.
* The only exception is if the current string contains no whitespace,
* and won't fit in which case the line length will exceed
- * getLineLength
.
+ * {@code getLineLength}.
*
* @param chars characters to output
* @param startIndex starting index
@@ -684,13 +684,13 @@
/**
* The last stop in writing out content. All the write methods eventually
- * make it to this method, which invokes write
on the
+ * make it to this method, which invokes {@code write} on the
* Writer.
* length
. If this is invoked to output a newline, the
+ * {@code length}. If this is invoked to output a newline, the
* current line length will need to be reset as will no longer be
* valid. If it is up to the caller to do this. Use
- * writeLineSeparator
to write out a newline, which will
+ * {@code writeLineSeparator} to write out a newline, which will
* property update the current line length.
*
* @param content characters to output
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/AsyncBoxView.java 2015-10-04 22:59:15.769256541 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/AsyncBoxView.java 2015-10-04 22:59:15.561256551 +0400
@@ -478,7 +478,7 @@
/**
* Sets the parent of the view.
* This is reimplemented to provide the superclass
- * behavior as well as calling the loadChildren
+ * behavior as well as calling the {@code loadChildren}
* method if this view does not already have children.
* The children should not be loaded in the
* constructor because the act of setting the parent
@@ -486,7 +486,7 @@
* (to get the hosting Container for example).
* If this view has children (the view is being moved
* from one place in the view hierarchy to another),
- * the loadChildren
method will not be called.
+ * the {@code loadChildren} method will not be called.
*
* @param parent the parent of the view, null if none
*/
@@ -554,8 +554,8 @@
/**
* Retrieves the size of the view along an axis.
*
- * @param axis may be either View.X_AXIS
or
- * View.Y_AXIS
+ * @param axis may be either {@code View.X_AXIS} or
+ * {@code View.Y_AXIS}
* @return the current span of the view along the given axis, >= 0
*/
float getSpanOnAxis(int axis) {
@@ -572,8 +572,8 @@
* the minor axis is flexible, work is queued to resize the
* children if the minor span changes.
*
- * @param axis may be either View.X_AXIS
or
- * View.Y_AXIS
+ * @param axis may be either {@code View.X_AXIS} or
+ * {@code View.Y_AXIS}
* @param span the span to layout to >= 0
*/
void setSpanOnAxis(int axis, float span) {
@@ -856,17 +856,17 @@
* be thought of as the arrow keys typically found on a keyboard;
* this may be one of the following:
*
- *
* @param biasRet an array contain the bias that was checked
* @return the location within the model that best represents the next
* location visual position
* @exception BadLocationException the given position is not a valid
* position within the document
- * @exception IllegalArgumentException if SwingConstants.WEST
SwingConstants.EAST
SwingConstants.NORTH
SwingConstants.SOUTH
direction
is invalid
+ * @exception IllegalArgumentException if {@code direction} is invalid
*/
public int getNextVisualPositionFrom(int pos, Position.Bias b, Shape a,
int direction,
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/AttributeSet.java 2015-10-04 22:59:16.305256517 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/AttributeSet.java 2015-10-04 22:59:16.113256526 +0400
@@ -135,8 +135,8 @@
* Returns an enumeration over the names of the attributes that are
* defined locally in the set. Names of attributes defined in the
* resolving parent, if any, are not included. The values of the
- * Enumeration
may be anything and are not constrained to
- * a particular Object
type.
+ * {@code Enumeration} may be anything and are not constrained to
+ * a particular {@code Object} type.
* java.beans
package.
+ * has been added to the {@code java.beans} package.
* Please see {@link java.beans.XMLEncoder}.
*
* @author Timothy Prinzing
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/BoxView.java 2015-10-04 22:59:17.377256469 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/BoxView.java 2015-10-04 22:59:17.189256477 +0400
@@ -41,18 +41,18 @@
* considered the major axis. The orthogonal axis is the minor axis.
* layoutMajorAxis
and layoutMinorAxis
.
+ * {@code layoutMajorAxis} and {@code layoutMinorAxis}.
* Subclasses can change the layout algorithm by
* reimplementing these methods. These methods will be called
* as necessary depending upon whether or not there is cached
* layout information and the cache is considered
* valid. These methods are typically called if the given size
- * along the axis changes, or if layoutChanged
is
- * called to force an updated layout. The layoutChanged
+ * along the axis changes, or if {@code layoutChanged} is
+ * called to force an updated layout. The {@code layoutChanged}
* method invalidates cached layout information, if there is any.
* The requirements published to the parent view are calculated by
- * the methods calculateMajorAxisRequirements
- * and calculateMinorAxisRequirements
.
+ * the methods {@code calculateMajorAxisRequirements}
+ * and {@code calculateMinorAxisRequirements}.
* If the layout algorithm is changed, these methods will
* likely need to be reimplemented.
*
@@ -61,10 +61,10 @@
public class BoxView extends CompositeView {
/**
- * Constructs a BoxView
.
+ * Constructs a {@code BoxView}.
*
* @param elem the element this view is responsible for
- * @param axis either View.X_AXIS
or View.Y_AXIS
+ * @param axis either {@code View.X_AXIS} or {@code View.Y_AXIS}
*/
public BoxView(Element elem, int axis) {
super(elem);
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@
* the child views are tiled.
*
* @return the major axis of the box, either
- * View.X_AXIS
or View.Y_AXIS
+ * {@code View.X_AXIS} or {@code View.Y_AXIS}
*
* @since 1.3
*/
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@
* Sets the tile axis property. This is the axis along which
* the child views are tiled.
*
- * @param axis either View.X_AXIS
or View.Y_AXIS
+ * @param axis either {@code View.X_AXIS} or {@code View.Y_AXIS}
*
* @since 1.3
*/
@@ -117,10 +117,10 @@
* may need to be recalculated when the preferences
* have not changed. The layout can be marked as
* invalid by calling this method. The layout will
- * be updated the next time the setSize
method
+ * be updated the next time the {@code setSize} method
* is called on this view (typically in paint).
*
- * @param axis either View.X_AXIS
or View.Y_AXIS
+ * @param axis either {@code View.X_AXIS} or {@code View.Y_AXIS}
*
* @since 1.3
*/
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@
* Determines if the layout is valid along the given axis.
* @return if the layout is valid along the given axis
*
- * @param axis either View.X_AXIS
or View.Y_AXIS
+ * @param axis either {@code View.X_AXIS} or {@code View.Y_AXIS}
*
* @since 1.4
*/
@@ -175,7 +175,7 @@
* @param length the number of existing child views to remove;
* This should be a value >= 0 and <= (getViewCount() - offset)
* @param elems the child views to add; this value can be
- * null
to indicate no children are being added
+ * {@code null} to indicate no children are being added
* (useful to remove)
*/
public void replace(int index, int length, View[] elems) {
@@ -204,7 +204,7 @@
* @param offset location where new views will be inserted
* @param nInserted the number of child views being inserted;
* therefore the number of blank spaces to leave in the
- * new array at location offset
+ * new array at location {@code offset}
* @return the new layout array
*/
int[] updateLayoutArray(int[] oldArray, int offset, int nInserted) {
@@ -218,7 +218,7 @@
}
/**
- * Forwards the given DocumentEvent
to the child views
+ * Forwards the given {@code DocumentEvent} to the child views
* that need to be notified of the change to the model.
* If a child changed its requirements and the allocation
* was valid prior to forwarding the portion of the box
@@ -226,7 +226,7 @@
* be repainted.
*
* @param ec changes to the element this view is responsible
- * for (may be null
if there were no changes)
+ * for (may be {@code null} if there were no changes)
* @param e the change information from the associated document
* @param a the current allocation of the view
* @param f the factory to use to rebuild if the view has children
@@ -290,8 +290,8 @@
/**
* Gets the resize weight. A value of 0 or less is not resizable.
*
- * @param axis may be either View.X_AXIS
or
- * View.Y_AXIS
+ * @param axis may be either {@code View.X_AXIS} or
+ * {@code View.Y_AXIS}
* @return the weight
* @exception IllegalArgumentException for an invalid axis
*/
@@ -315,8 +315,8 @@
* Sets the size of the view along an axis. This should cause
* layout of the view along the given axis.
*
- * @param axis may be either View.X_AXIS
or
- * View.Y_AXIS
+ * @param axis may be either {@code View.X_AXIS} or
+ * {@code View.Y_AXIS}
* @param span the span to layout to >= 0
*/
void setSpanOnAxis(int axis, float span) {
@@ -373,8 +373,8 @@
* Returns the size of the view along an axis. This is implemented
* to return zero.
*
- * @param axis may be either View.X_AXIS
or
- * View.Y_AXIS
+ * @param axis may be either {@code View.X_AXIS} or
+ * {@code View.Y_AXIS}
* @return the current span of the view along the given axis, >= 0
*/
float getSpanOnAxis(int axis) {
@@ -400,10 +400,10 @@
}
/**
- * Renders the BoxView
using the given
+ * Renders the {@code BoxView} using the given
* rendering surface and area
* on that surface. Only the children that intersect
- * the clip bounds of the given Graphics
+ * the clip bounds of the given {@code Graphics}
* will be rendered.
*
* @param g the rendering surface to use
@@ -440,14 +440,14 @@
* Fetches the allocation for the given child view.
* This enables finding out where various views
* are located. This is implemented to return
- * null
if the layout is invalid,
+ * {@code null} if the layout is invalid,
* otherwise the superclass behavior is executed.
*
* @param index the index of the child, >= 0 && > getViewCount()
* @param a the allocation to this view
- * @return the allocation to the child; or null
- * if a
is null
;
- * or null
if the layout is invalid
+ * @return the allocation to the child; or {@code null}
+ * if {@code a} is {@code null};
+ * or {@code null} if the layout is invalid
*/
public Shape getChildAllocation(int index, Shape a) {
if (a != null) {
@@ -512,8 +512,8 @@
* being tiled. The axis being tiled will request to be
* centered (i.e. 0.5f).
*
- * @param axis may be either View.X_AXIS
- * or View.Y_AXIS
+ * @param axis may be either {@code View.X_AXIS}
+ * or {@code View.Y_AXIS}
* @return the desired alignment >= 0.0f && <= 1.0f; this should
* be a value between 0.0 and 1.0 where 0 indicates alignment at the
* origin and 1.0 indicates alignment to the full span
@@ -534,8 +534,8 @@
* Determines the preferred span for this view along an
* axis.
*
- * @param axis may be either View.X_AXIS
- * or View.Y_AXIS
+ * @param axis may be either {@code View.X_AXIS}
+ * or {@code View.Y_AXIS}
* @return the span the view would like to be rendered into >= 0;
* typically the view is told to render into the span
* that is returned, although there is no guarantee;
@@ -557,8 +557,8 @@
* Determines the minimum span for this view along an
* axis.
*
- * @param axis may be either View.X_AXIS
- * or View.Y_AXIS
+ * @param axis may be either {@code View.X_AXIS}
+ * or {@code View.Y_AXIS}
* @return the span the view would like to be rendered into >= 0;
* typically the view is told to render into the span
* that is returned, although there is no guarantee;
@@ -580,8 +580,8 @@
* Determines the maximum span for this view along an
* axis.
*
- * @param axis may be either View.X_AXIS
- * or View.Y_AXIS
+ * @param axis may be either {@code View.X_AXIS}
+ * or {@code View.Y_AXIS}
* @return the span the view would like to be rendered into >= 0;
* typically the view is told to render into the span
* that is returned, although there is no guarantee;
@@ -852,12 +852,12 @@
/**
* Calculates the size requirements for the major axis
- * axis
.
+ * {@code axis}.
*
* @param axis the axis being studied
- * @param r the SizeRequirements
object;
- * if null
one will be created
- * @return the newly initialized SizeRequirements
object
+ * @param r the {@code SizeRequirements} object;
+ * if {@code null} one will be created
+ * @return the newly initialized {@code SizeRequirements} object
* @see javax.swing.SizeRequirements
*/
protected SizeRequirements calculateMajorAxisRequirements(int axis, SizeRequirements r) {
@@ -886,12 +886,12 @@
/**
* Calculates the size requirements for the minor axis
- * axis
.
+ * {@code axis}.
*
* @param axis the axis being studied
- * @param r the SizeRequirements
object;
- * if null
one will be created
- * @return the newly initialized SizeRequirements
object
+ * @param r the {@code SizeRequirements} object;
+ * if {@code null} one will be created
+ * @return the newly initialized {@code SizeRequirements} object
* @see javax.swing.SizeRequirements
*/
protected SizeRequirements calculateMinorAxisRequirements(int axis, SizeRequirements r) {
@@ -919,8 +919,8 @@
/**
* Checks the request cache and update if needed.
* @param axis the axis being studied
- * @exception IllegalArgumentException if axis
is
- * neither View.X_AXIS
nor View.Y_AXIS
+ * @exception IllegalArgumentException if {@code axis} is
+ * neither {@code View.X_AXIS} nor {@code View.Y_AXIS}
*/
void checkRequests(int axis) {
if ((axis != X_AXIS) && (axis != Y_AXIS)) {
@@ -940,14 +940,14 @@
/**
* Computes the location and extent of each child view
- * in this BoxView
given the targetSpan
,
+ * in this {@code BoxView} given the {@code targetSpan},
* which is the width (or height) of the region we have to
* work with.
*
* @param targetSpan the total span given to the view, which
* would be used to layout the children
* @param axis the axis being studied, either
- * View.X_AXIS
or View.Y_AXIS
+ * {@code View.X_AXIS} or {@code View.Y_AXIS}
* @param offsets an empty array filled by this method with
* values specifying the location of each child view
* @param spans an empty array filled by this method with
@@ -996,13 +996,13 @@
}
/**
- * Calculates the size requirements for this BoxView
+ * Calculates the size requirements for this {@code BoxView}
* by examining the size of each child view.
*
* @param axis the axis being studied
- * @param r the SizeRequirements
object;
- * if null
one will be created
- * @return the newly initialized SizeRequirements
object
+ * @param r the {@code SizeRequirements} object;
+ * if {@code null} one will be created
+ * @return the newly initialized {@code SizeRequirements} object
*/
protected SizeRequirements baselineRequirements(int axis, SizeRequirements r) {
SizeRequirements totalAscent = new SizeRequirements();
@@ -1115,31 +1115,31 @@
/**
* Determines in which direction the next view lays.
- * Consider the View at index n. Typically the View
s
- * are layed out from left to right, so that the View
- * to the EAST will be at index n + 1, and the View
+ * Consider the View at index n. Typically the {@code View}s
+ * are layed out from left to right, so that the {@code View}
+ * to the EAST will be at index n + 1, and the {@code View}
* to the WEST will be at index n - 1. In certain situations,
* such as with bidirectional text, it is possible
- * that the View
to EAST is not at index n + 1,
- * but rather at index n - 1, or that the View
+ * that the {@code View} to EAST is not at index n + 1,
+ * but rather at index n - 1, or that the {@code View}
* to the WEST is not at index n - 1, but index n + 1.
* In this case this method would return true,
- * indicating the View
s are layed out in
+ * indicating the {@code View}s are layed out in
* descending order. Otherwise the method would return false
- * indicating the View
s are layed out in ascending order.
+ * indicating the {@code View}s are layed out in ascending order.
* View
s along the
- * Y_AXIS
, this will return the value from
- * invoking the same method on the View
- * responsible for rendering position
and
- * bias
. Otherwise this will return false.
+ * If the receiver is laying its {@code View}s along the
+ * {@code Y_AXIS}, this will return the value from
+ * invoking the same method on the {@code View}
+ * responsible for rendering {@code position} and
+ * {@code bias}. Otherwise this will return false.
*
* @param position position into the model
- * @param bias either Position.Bias.Forward
or
- * Position.Bias.Backward
- * @return true if the View
s surrounding the
- * View
responding for rendering
- * position
and bias
+ * @param bias either {@code Position.Bias.Forward} or
+ * {@code Position.Bias.Backward}
+ * @return true if the {@code View}s surrounding the
+ * {@code View} responding for rendering
+ * {@code position} and {@code bias}
* are layed out in descending order; otherwise false
*/
protected boolean flipEastAndWestAtEnds(int position,
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/Caret.java 2015-10-04 22:59:17.921256445 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/Caret.java 2015-10-04 22:59:17.729256453 +0400
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@
* exists, the two values will be different.
* setDot
or moveDot
. Setting
+ * {@code setDot} or {@code moveDot}. Setting
* the dot has the effect of removing any selection that may
* have previously existed. The dot and mark will be equal.
* Moving the dot has the effect of creating a selection as
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/ComponentView.java 2015-10-04 22:59:18.445256421 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/ComponentView.java 2015-10-04 22:59:18.253256430 +0400
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
* Component.getAlignmentY
. For Swing components
+ * {@code Component.getAlignmentY}. For Swing components
* this value can be conveniently set using the method
- * JComponent.setAlignmentY
. For example, setting
- * a value of 0.75
will cause 75 percent of the
+ * {@code JComponent.setAlignmentY}. For example, setting
+ * a value of {@code 0.75} will cause 75 percent of the
* component to be above the baseline, and 25 percent of the
* component to be below the baseline.
* getContainer
.
+ * is then set to the value returned by {@code getContainer}.
* If the parent view parameter is null, this view is being
* cleaned up, thus the component is removed from its parent.
* b
.
- * @param b If true
, shows this component;
+ * {@code b}.
+ * @param b If {@code true}, shows this component;
* otherwise, hides this component.
* @see #isVisible
* @since 1.1
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/CompositeView.java 2015-10-04 22:59:18.973256397 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/CompositeView.java 2015-10-04 22:59:18.785256406 +0400
@@ -30,45 +30,45 @@
import javax.swing.SwingConstants;
/**
- * CompositeView
is an abstract View
+ * {@code CompositeView} is an abstract {@code View}
* implementation which manages one or more child views.
- * (Note that CompositeView
is intended
+ * (Note that {@code CompositeView} is intended
* for managing relatively small numbers of child views.)
- * CompositeView
is intended to be used as
- * a starting point for View
implementations,
- * such as BoxView
, that will contain child
- * View
s. Subclasses that wish to manage the
- * collection of child View
s should use the
- * {@link #replace} method. As View
invokes
- * replace
during DocumentListener
+ * {@code CompositeView} is intended to be used as
+ * a starting point for {@code View} implementations,
+ * such as {@code BoxView}, that will contain child
+ * {@code View}s. Subclasses that wish to manage the
+ * collection of child {@code View}s should use the
+ * {@link #replace} method. As {@code View} invokes
+ * {@code replace} during {@code DocumentListener}
* notification, you normally won't need to directly
- * invoke replace
.
+ * invoke {@code replace}.
*
- * CompositeView
- * does not impose a layout policy on its child View
s,
- * it does allow for inseting the child View
s
+ * CompositeView
will need to
+ * subclasses of {@code CompositeView} will need to
* override:
*
*
*
* @author Timothy Prinzing
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@
public abstract class CompositeView extends View {
/**
- * Constructs a View
location is before the visual space
- * of the CompositeView
.
+ * {@code View} location is before the visual space
+ * of the {@code CompositeView}.
* View
location is after the visual space
- * of the CompositeView
.
+ * {@code View} location is after the visual space
+ * of the {@code CompositeView}.
* View
.
- * getChildAllocation
will invoke
- * childAllocation
after offseting
- * the bounds by the Inset
s of the
- * CompositeView
.
+ * a particular child {@code View}.
+ * {@code getChildAllocation} will invoke
+ * {@code childAllocation} after offseting
+ * the bounds by the {@code Inset}s of the
+ * {@code CompositeView}.
* CompositeView
for the given element.
+ * Constructs a {@code CompositeView} for the given element.
*
* @param elem the element this view is responsible for
*/
@@ -120,17 +120,17 @@
/**
* Sets the parent of the view.
* This is reimplemented to provide the superclass
- * behavior as well as calling the loadChildren
+ * behavior as well as calling the {@code loadChildren}
* method if this view does not already have children.
* The children should not be loaded in the
* constructor because the act of setting the parent
* may cause them to try to search up the hierarchy
- * (to get the hosting Container
for example).
+ * (to get the hosting {@code Container} for example).
* If this view has children (the view is being moved
* from one place in the view hierarchy to another),
- * the loadChildren
method will not be called.
+ * the {@code loadChildren} method will not be called.
*
- * @param parent the parent of the view, null
if none
+ * @param parent the parent of the view, {@code null} if none
*/
public void setParent(View parent) {
super.setParent(parent);
@@ -154,7 +154,7 @@
* Returns the n-th view in this container.
*
* @param n the number of the desired view, >= 0 && < getViewCount()
- * @return the view at index n
+ * @return the view at index {@code n}
*/
public View getView(int n) {
return children[n];
@@ -164,7 +164,7 @@
* Replaces child views. If there are no views to remove
* this acts as an insert. If there are no views to
* add this acts as a remove. Views being removed will
- * have the parent set to null
,
+ * have the parent set to {@code null},
* and the internal reference to them removed so that they
* may be garbage collected.
*
@@ -173,7 +173,7 @@
* @param length the number of existing child views to remove;
* this should be a value >= 0 and <= (getViewCount() - offset)
* @param views the child views to add; this value can be
- * null
+ * {@code null}
* to indicate no children are being added (useful to remove)
*/
public void replace(int offset, int length, View[] views) {
@@ -239,8 +239,8 @@
*
* @param pos the position to convert >= 0
* @param a the allocated region to render into
- * @param b a bias value of either Position.Bias.Forward
- * or Position.Bias.Backward
+ * @param b a bias value of either {@code Position.Bias.Forward}
+ * or {@code Position.Bias.Backward}
* @return the bounding box of the given position
* @exception BadLocationException if the given position does
* not represent a valid location in the associated document
@@ -284,8 +284,8 @@
* @param b0 the bias toward the previous character or the
* next character represented by p0, in case the
* position is a boundary of two views; either
- * Position.Bias.Forward
or
- * Position.Bias.Backward
+ * {@code Position.Bias.Forward} or
+ * {@code Position.Bias.Backward}
* @param p1 the position to convert >= 0
* @param b1 the bias toward the previous character or the
* next character represented by p1, in case the
@@ -381,8 +381,8 @@
* @param x x coordinate of the view location to convert >= 0
* @param y y coordinate of the view location to convert >= 0
* @param a the allocated region to render into
- * @param bias either Position.Bias.Forward
or
- * Position.Bias.Backward
+ * @param bias either {@code Position.Bias.Forward} or
+ * {@code Position.Bias.Backward}
* @return the location within the model that best represents the
* given point in the view >= 0
* @see View#viewToModel
@@ -441,24 +441,24 @@
* the {@code BadLocationException} will be thrown.
*
* @param pos the position to convert
- * @param b a bias value of either Position.Bias.Forward
- * or Position.Bias.Backward
+ * @param b a bias value of either {@code Position.Bias.Forward}
+ * or {@code Position.Bias.Backward}
* @param a the allocated region to render into
* @param direction the direction from the current position that can
* be thought of as the arrow keys typically found on a keyboard;
* this may be one of the following:
*
- *
* @param biasRet an array containing the bias that was checked
* @return the location within the model that best represents the next
* location visual position
* @exception BadLocationException the given position is not a valid
* position within the document
- * @exception IllegalArgumentException if SwingConstants.WEST
- * SwingConstants.EAST
- * SwingConstants.NORTH
- * SwingConstants.SOUTH
+ * direction
is invalid
+ * @exception IllegalArgumentException if {@code direction} is invalid
*/
public int getNextVisualPositionFrom(int pos, Position.Bias b, Shape a,
int direction, Position.Bias[] biasRet)
@@ -489,7 +489,7 @@
/**
* Returns the child view index representing the given
* position in the model. This is implemented to call the
- * getViewIndexByPosition
+ * {@code getViewIndexByPosition}
* method for backward compatibility.
*
* @param pos the position >= 0
@@ -559,7 +559,7 @@
* @param a the allocation to the interior of the box on entry,
* and the allocation of the view containing the position on exit
* @return the view representing the given position, or
- * null
if there isn't one
+ * {@code null} if there isn't one
*/
protected View getViewAtPosition(int pos, Rectangle a) {
int index = getViewIndexAtPosition(pos);
@@ -597,13 +597,13 @@
* This is implemented to reuse an instance variable so
* it avoids creating excessive Rectangles. Typically
* the result of calling this method would be fed to
- * the childAllocation
method.
+ * the {@code childAllocation} method.
*
* @param a the allocation given to the view
* @return the allocation that represents the inside of the
* view after the margins have all been removed; if the
- * given allocation was null
,
- * the return value is null
+ * given allocation was {@code null},
+ * the return value is {@code null}
*/
protected Rectangle getInsideAllocation(Shape a) {
if (a != null) {
@@ -700,21 +700,21 @@
* north or south direction.
*
* @param pos the position to convert >= 0
- * @param b a bias value of either Position.Bias.Forward
- * or Position.Bias.Backward
+ * @param b a bias value of either {@code Position.Bias.Forward}
+ * or {@code Position.Bias.Backward}
* @param a the allocated region to render into
* @param direction the direction from the current position that can
* be thought of as the arrow keys typically found on a keyboard;
* this may be one of the following:
*
- *
* @param biasRet an array containing the bias that was checked
* @return the location within the model that best represents the next
* north or south location
* @exception BadLocationException for a bad location within a document model
- * @exception IllegalArgumentException if SwingConstants.NORTH
- * SwingConstants.SOUTH
+ * direction
is invalid
+ * @exception IllegalArgumentException if {@code direction} is invalid
* @see #getNextVisualPositionFrom
*
* @return the next position west of the passed in position
@@ -735,21 +735,21 @@
* east or west direction.
*
* @param pos the position to convert >= 0
- * @param b a bias value of either Position.Bias.Forward
- * or Position.Bias.Backward
+ * @param b a bias value of either {@code Position.Bias.Forward}
+ * or {@code Position.Bias.Backward}
* @param a the allocated region to render into
* @param direction the direction from the current position that can
* be thought of as the arrow keys typically found on a keyboard;
* this may be one of the following:
*
- *
* @param biasRet an array containing the bias that was checked
* @return the location within the model that best represents the next
* west or east location
* @exception BadLocationException for a bad location within a document model
- * @exception IllegalArgumentException if SwingConstants.WEST
- * SwingConstants.EAST
+ * direction
is invalid
+ * @exception IllegalArgumentException if {@code direction} is invalid
* @see #getNextVisualPositionFrom
*/
protected int getNextEastWestVisualPositionFrom(int pos, Position.Bias b,
@@ -766,25 +766,25 @@
/**
* Determines in which direction the next view lays.
- * Consider the View
at index n. Typically the
- * View
s are layed out from left to right,
- * so that the View
to the EAST will be
- * at index n + 1, and the View
to the WEST
+ * Consider the {@code View} at index n. Typically the
+ * {@code View}s are layed out from left to right,
+ * so that the {@code View} to the EAST will be
+ * at index n + 1, and the {@code View} to the WEST
* will be at index n - 1. In certain situations,
* such as with bidirectional text, it is possible
- * that the View
to EAST is not at index n + 1,
- * but rather at index n - 1, or that the View
+ * that the {@code View} to EAST is not at index n + 1,
+ * but rather at index n - 1, or that the {@code View}
* to the WEST is not at index n - 1, but index n + 1.
* In this case this method would return true, indicating the
- * View
s are layed out in descending order.
+ * {@code View}s are layed out in descending order.
* View
s in
+ * method if there is the possibility for laying {@code View}s in
* descending order.
*
* @param position position into the model
- * @param bias either Position.Bias.Forward
or
- * Position.Bias.Backward
+ * @param bias either {@code Position.Bias.Forward} or
+ * {@code Position.Bias.Backward}
* @return false
*/
protected boolean flipEastAndWestAtEnds(int position,
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/DateFormatter.java 2015-10-04 22:59:19.513256373 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/DateFormatter.java 2015-10-04 22:59:19.321256382 +0400
@@ -31,8 +31,8 @@
import javax.swing.text.*;
/**
- * DateFormatter is an InternationalFormatter
that does its
- * formatting by way of an instance of java.text.DateFormat
.
+ * DateFormatter is an {@code InternationalFormatter} that does its
+ * formatting by way of an instance of {@code java.text.DateFormat}.
* java.beans
package.
+ * has been added to the {@code java.beans} package.
* Please see {@link java.beans.XMLEncoder}.
*
* @see java.text.DateFormat
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
public class DateFormatter extends InternationalFormatter {
/**
* This is shorthand for
- * new DateFormatter(DateFormat.getDateInstance())
.
+ * {@code new DateFormatter(DateFormat.getDateInstance())}.
*/
public DateFormatter() {
this(DateFormat.getDateInstance());
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@
/**
* Returns a DateFormatter configured with the specified
- * Format
instance.
+ * {@code Format} instance.
*
* @param format Format used to dictate legal values
*/
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@
* Dateformat.getDateInstance()
method.
+ * {@code Dateformat.getDateInstance()} method.
*
* @param format DateFormat instance used for converting from/to Strings
*/
@@ -83,9 +83,9 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the Calendar that DateFormat
is associated with,
- * or if the Format
is not a DateFormat
- * Calendar.getInstance
is returned.
+ * Returns the Calendar that {@code DateFormat} is associated with,
+ * or if the {@code Format} is not a {@code DateFormat}
+ * {@code Calendar.getInstance} is returned.
*/
private Calendar getCalendar() {
Format f = getFormat();
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/DefaultCaret.java 2015-10-04 22:59:20.041256349 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/DefaultCaret.java 2015-10-04 22:59:19.849256358 +0400
@@ -49,9 +49,9 @@
* as the document is modified. Typically this will happen on the
* event dispatch thread as a result of some mouse or keyboard event.
* The caret behavior on both synchronous and asynchronous documents updates
- * is controlled by UpdatePolicy
property. The repaint of the
+ * is controlled by {@code UpdatePolicy} property. The repaint of the
* new caret location will occur on the event thread in any case, as calls to
- * modelToView
are only safe on the event thread.
+ * {@code modelToView} are only safe on the event thread.
* SelectionColor
property. This can easily be changed
+ * in the {@code SelectionColor} property. This can easily be changed
* by reimplementing the
* {@link #getSelectionPainter getSelectionPainter}
* method.
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@
* appropriate for short term storage or RMI between applications running
* the same version of Swing. As of 1.4, support for long term storage
* of all JavaBeans™
- * has been added to the java.beans
package.
+ * has been added to the {@code java.beans} package.
* Please see {@link java.beans.XMLEncoder}.
*
* @author Timothy Prinzing
@@ -158,7 +158,7 @@
* a character is typed within editable text component it is inserted
* at the caret position and the caret moves to the next absolute
* position within the document due to insertion and if
- * BACKSPACE
is typed then caret decreases its absolute
+ * {@code BACKSPACE} is typed then caret decreases its absolute
* position due to removal of a character before it. Sometimes
* it may be useful to turn off the caret position updates so that
* the caret stays at the same absolute position within the
@@ -166,30 +166,30 @@
*
- *
NEVER_UPDATE
: the caret stays at the same
+ * ALWAYS_UPDATE
: the caret always tracks document
+ * adjustVisibility
method.UPDATE_WHEN_ON_EDT
: acts like ALWAYS_UPDATE
+ * {@code adjustVisibility} method.NEVER_UPDATE
if updates are performed on
+ * and like {@code NEVER_UPDATE} if updates are performed on
* other thread. UPDATE_WHEN_ON_EDT
.
+ * The default property value is {@code UPDATE_WHEN_ON_EDT}.
*
- * @param policy one of the following values : UPDATE_WHEN_ON_EDT
,
- * NEVER_UPDATE
, ALWAYS_UPDATE
+ * @param policy one of the following values : {@code UPDATE_WHEN_ON_EDT},
+ * {@code NEVER_UPDATE}, {@code ALWAYS_UPDATE}
* @throws IllegalArgumentException if invalid value is passed
*
* @see #getUpdatePolicy
@@ -207,8 +207,8 @@
/**
* Gets the caret movement policy on document updates.
*
- * @return one of the following values : UPDATE_WHEN_ON_EDT
,
- * NEVER_UPDATE
, ALWAYS_UPDATE
+ * @return one of the following values : {@code UPDATE_WHEN_ON_EDT},
+ * {@code NEVER_UPDATE}, {@code ALWAYS_UPDATE}
*
* @see #setUpdatePolicy
* @see #UPDATE_WHEN_ON_EDT
@@ -769,7 +769,7 @@
* Returns an array of all the change listeners
* registered on this caret.
*
- * @return all of this caret's ChangeListener
s
+ * @return all of this caret's {@code ChangeListener}s
* or an empty
* array if no change listeners are currently registered
*
@@ -814,12 +814,12 @@
*
* listenerType
argument
+ * You can specify the {@code listenerType} argument
* with a class literal,
* such as
* FooListener.class
.
* For example, you can query a
- * DefaultCaret
c
+ * {@code DefaultCaret c}
* for its change listeners with the following code:
*
* ChangeListener[] cls = (ChangeListener[])(c.getListeners(ChangeListener.class));
@@ -831,9 +831,9 @@
* FooListener
s on this component,
* or an empty array if no such
* listeners have been added
- * @exception ClassCastException if listenerType
+ * @exception ClassCastException if {@code listenerType}
* doesn't specify a class or interface that implements
- * java.util.EventListener
+ * {@code java.util.EventListener}
*
* @see #getChangeListeners
*
@@ -889,13 +889,13 @@
/**
* Determines if the caret is currently active.
* Caret
+ * This method returns whether or not the {@code Caret}
* is currently in a blinking state. It does not provide
* information as to whether it is currently blinked on or off.
* To determine if the caret is currently painted use the
- * isVisible
method.
+ * {@code isVisible} method.
*
- * @return true
if active else false
+ * @return {@code true} if active else {@code false}
* @see #isVisible
*
* @since 1.5
@@ -908,9 +908,9 @@
* Indicates whether or not the caret is currently visible. As the
* caret flashes on and off the return value of this will change
* between true, when the caret is painted, and false, when the
- * caret is not painted. isActive
indicates whether
+ * caret is not painted. {@code isActive} indicates whether
* or not the caret is in a blinking state, such that it can
- * be visible, and isVisible
indicates whether or not
+ * be visible, and {@code isVisible} indicates whether or not
* the caret is actually visible.
* isVisible
and isActive
.
- * Calling this method with a value of true
activates the
- * caret blinking. Setting it to false
turns it completely off.
+ * {@code isVisible} and {@code isActive}.
+ * Calling this method with a value of {@code true} activates the
+ * caret blinking. Setting it to {@code false} turns it completely off.
* To determine whether the blinking is active, you should call
- * isActive
. In effect, isActive
is an
+ * {@code isActive}. In effect, {@code isActive} is an
* appropriate corresponding "getter" method for this one.
- * isVisible
can be used to fetch the current
+ * {@code isVisible} can be used to fetch the current
* visibility status of the caret, meaning whether or not it is currently
* painted. This status will change as the caret blinks on and off.
* isActive
and isVisible
+ * {@code isActive} and {@code isVisible}
* after calling this method:
* setVisible(true)
:
+ * {@code setVisible(true)}:
*
*
* setVisible(false)
:
+ * {@code setVisible(false)}:
*
*
null
- * @throws IllegalArgumentException if the bias is null
+ * @param dotBias the bias for this position, not {@code null}
+ * @throws IllegalArgumentException if the bias is {@code null}
* @see Caret#moveDot
* @since 1.6
*/
@@ -1138,8 +1138,8 @@
* to zero.
*
* @param dot the position >= 0
- * @param dotBias the bias for this position, not null
- * @throws IllegalArgumentException if the bias is null
+ * @param dotBias the bias for this position, not {@code null}
+ * @throws IllegalArgumentException if the bias is {@code null}
* @see Caret#setDot
* @since 1.6
*/
@@ -1298,7 +1298,7 @@
/**
* Repaints the new caret position, with the
* assumption that this is happening on the
- * event thread so that calling modelToView
+ * event thread so that calling {@code modelToView}
* is safe.
*/
void repaintNewCaret() {
@@ -1385,7 +1385,7 @@
/**
* This is invoked after the document changes to verify the current
- * dot/mark is valid. We do this in case the NavigationFilter
+ * dot/mark is valid. We do this in case the {@code NavigationFilter}
* changed where to position the dot, that resulted in the current location
* being bogus.
*/
@@ -1429,8 +1429,8 @@
* behavior.
*
* @param obj the object to compare this font with
- * @return true
if the objects are equal;
- * false
otherwise
+ * @return {@code true} if the objects are equal;
+ * {@code false} otherwise
*/
public boolean equals(Object obj) {
return (this == obj);
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/DefaultEditorKit.java 2015-10-04 22:59:20.593256325 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/DefaultEditorKit.java 2015-10-04 22:59:20.405256333 +0400
@@ -46,24 +46,24 @@
* line.separator
, is defined to be
+ * system property, {@code line.separator}, is defined to be
* platform-dependent, either "\n", "\r", or "\r\n". There is also
- * a property defined in DefaultEditorKit
, called
- * EndOfLineStringProperty
,
+ * a property defined in {@code DefaultEditorKit}, called
+ * {@code EndOfLineStringProperty},
* which is defined automatically when a document is loaded, to be
* the first occurrence of any of the newline characters.
- * When a document is loaded, EndOfLineStringProperty
+ * When a document is loaded, {@code EndOfLineStringProperty}
* is set appropriately, and when the document is written back out, the
- * EndOfLineStringProperty
is used. But while the document
+ * {@code EndOfLineStringProperty} is used. But while the document
* is in memory, the "\n" character is used to define a
* newline, regardless of how the newline is defined when
* the document is on disk. Therefore, for searching purposes,
* "\n" should always be used. When a new document is created,
- * and the EndOfLineStringProperty
has not been defined,
+ * and the {@code EndOfLineStringProperty} has not been defined,
* it will use the System property when writing out the
* document.
- * EndOfLineStringProperty
is set
- * on the Document
using the get/putProperty
+ * text/plain
.
+ * is {@code text/plain}.
*
* @return the type
*/
@@ -573,7 +573,7 @@
public static final String selectionDownAction = "selection-down";
/**
- * Name of the Action
for moving the caret
+ * Name of the {@code Action} for moving the caret
* to the beginning of a word.
* @see #getActions
*/
@@ -587,7 +587,7 @@
public static final String endWordAction = "caret-end-word";
/**
- * Name of the Action
for moving the caret
+ * Name of the {@code Action} for moving the caret
* to the beginning of a word, extending the selection.
* @see #getActions
*/
@@ -601,105 +601,105 @@
public static final String selectionEndWordAction = "selection-end-word";
/**
- * Name of the Action
for moving the caret to the
+ * Name of the {@code Action} for moving the caret to the
* beginning of the previous word.
* @see #getActions
*/
public static final String previousWordAction = "caret-previous-word";
/**
- * Name of the Action
for moving the caret to the
+ * Name of the {@code Action} for moving the caret to the
* beginning of the next word.
* @see #getActions
*/
public static final String nextWordAction = "caret-next-word";
/**
- * Name of the Action
for moving the selection to the
+ * Name of the {@code Action} for moving the selection to the
* beginning of the previous word, extending the selection.
* @see #getActions
*/
public static final String selectionPreviousWordAction = "selection-previous-word";
/**
- * Name of the Action
for moving the selection to the
+ * Name of the {@code Action} for moving the selection to the
* beginning of the next word, extending the selection.
* @see #getActions
*/
public static final String selectionNextWordAction = "selection-next-word";
/**
- * Name of the Action
for moving the caret
+ * Name of the {@code Action} for moving the caret
* to the beginning of a line.
* @see #getActions
*/
public static final String beginLineAction = "caret-begin-line";
/**
- * Name of the Action
for moving the caret
+ * Name of the {@code Action} for moving the caret
* to the end of a line.
* @see #getActions
*/
public static final String endLineAction = "caret-end-line";
/**
- * Name of the Action
for moving the caret
+ * Name of the {@code Action} for moving the caret
* to the beginning of a line, extending the selection.
* @see #getActions
*/
public static final String selectionBeginLineAction = "selection-begin-line";
/**
- * Name of the Action
for moving the caret
+ * Name of the {@code Action} for moving the caret
* to the end of a line, extending the selection.
* @see #getActions
*/
public static final String selectionEndLineAction = "selection-end-line";
/**
- * Name of the Action
for moving the caret
+ * Name of the {@code Action} for moving the caret
* to the beginning of a paragraph.
* @see #getActions
*/
public static final String beginParagraphAction = "caret-begin-paragraph";
/**
- * Name of the Action
for moving the caret
+ * Name of the {@code Action} for moving the caret
* to the end of a paragraph.
* @see #getActions
*/
public static final String endParagraphAction = "caret-end-paragraph";
/**
- * Name of the Action
for moving the caret
+ * Name of the {@code Action} for moving the caret
* to the beginning of a paragraph, extending the selection.
* @see #getActions
*/
public static final String selectionBeginParagraphAction = "selection-begin-paragraph";
/**
- * Name of the Action
for moving the caret
+ * Name of the {@code Action} for moving the caret
* to the end of a paragraph, extending the selection.
* @see #getActions
*/
public static final String selectionEndParagraphAction = "selection-end-paragraph";
/**
- * Name of the Action
for moving the caret
+ * Name of the {@code Action} for moving the caret
* to the beginning of the document.
* @see #getActions
*/
public static final String beginAction = "caret-begin";
/**
- * Name of the Action
for moving the caret
+ * Name of the {@code Action} for moving the caret
* to the end of the document.
* @see #getActions
*/
public static final String endAction = "caret-end";
/**
- * Name of the Action
for moving the caret
+ * Name of the {@code Action} for moving the caret
* to the beginning of the document.
* @see #getActions
*/
@@ -830,7 +830,7 @@
* If the event doesn't get filtered, it will try to insert
* content into the text editor. The content is fetched
* from the command string of the ActionEvent. The text
- * entry is done through the replaceSelection
+ * entry is done through the {@code replaceSelection}
* method on the target text component. This is the
* action that will be fired for most text entry tasks.
* java.beans
package.
+ * has been added to the {@code java.beans} package.
* Please see {@link java.beans.XMLEncoder}.
*
* @see DefaultEditorKit#defaultKeyTypedAction
@@ -900,7 +900,7 @@
* appropriate for short term storage or RMI between applications running
* the same version of Swing. As of 1.4, support for long term storage
* of all JavaBeans™
- * has been added to the java.beans
package.
+ * has been added to the {@code java.beans} package.
* Please see {@link java.beans.XMLEncoder}.
*
* @see DefaultEditorKit#insertContentAction
@@ -949,7 +949,7 @@
* appropriate for short term storage or RMI between applications running
* the same version of Swing. As of 1.4, support for long term storage
* of all JavaBeans™
- * has been added to the java.beans
package.
+ * has been added to the {@code java.beans} package.
* Please see {@link java.beans.XMLEncoder}.
*
* @see DefaultEditorKit#insertBreakAction
@@ -992,7 +992,7 @@
* appropriate for short term storage or RMI between applications running
* the same version of Swing. As of 1.4, support for long term storage
* of all JavaBeans™
- * has been added to the java.beans
package.
+ * has been added to the {@code java.beans} package.
* Please see {@link java.beans.XMLEncoder}.
*
* @see DefaultEditorKit#insertTabAction
@@ -1274,7 +1274,7 @@
* appropriate for short term storage or RMI between applications running
* the same version of Swing. As of 1.4, support for long term storage
* of all JavaBeans™
- * has been added to the java.beans
package.
+ * has been added to the {@code java.beans} package.
* Please see {@link java.beans.XMLEncoder}.
*
* @see DefaultEditorKit#cutAction
@@ -1311,7 +1311,7 @@
* appropriate for short term storage or RMI between applications running
* the same version of Swing. As of 1.4, support for long term storage
* of all JavaBeans™
- * has been added to the java.beans
package.
+ * has been added to the {@code java.beans} package.
* Please see {@link java.beans.XMLEncoder}.
*
* @see DefaultEditorKit#copyAction
@@ -1349,7 +1349,7 @@
* appropriate for short term storage or RMI between applications running
* the same version of Swing. As of 1.4, support for long term storage
* of all JavaBeans™
- * has been added to the java.beans
package.
+ * has been added to the {@code java.beans} package.
* Please see {@link java.beans.XMLEncoder}.
*
* @see DefaultEditorKit#pasteAction
@@ -1385,7 +1385,7 @@
* appropriate for short term storage or RMI between applications running
* the same version of Swing. As of 1.4, support for long term storage
* of all JavaBeans™
- * has been added to the java.beans
package.
+ * has been added to the {@code java.beans} package.
* Please see {@link java.beans.XMLEncoder}.
*
* @see DefaultEditorKit#beepAction
@@ -1509,8 +1509,8 @@
}
/**
- * Makes sure y
is a valid location in
- * target
.
+ * Makes sure {@code y} is a valid location in
+ * {@code target}.
*/
private int constrainY(JTextComponent target, int y, int vis) {
if (y < 0) {
@@ -1523,8 +1523,8 @@
}
/**
- * Ensures that offset
is a valid offset into the
- * model for text
.
+ * Ensures that {@code offset} is a valid offset into the
+ * model for {@code text}.
*/
private int constrainOffset(JTextComponent text, int offset) {
Document doc = text.getDocument();
@@ -1540,7 +1540,7 @@
/**
* Returns adjustsed {@code y} position that indicates the location to scroll to
- * after selecting index
.
+ * after selecting {@code index}.
*/
private int getAdjustedY(JTextComponent text, Rectangle visible, int index) {
int result = visible.y;
@@ -1564,7 +1564,7 @@
/**
* Adjusts the Rectangle to contain the bounds of the character at
- * index
in response to a page up.
+ * {@code index} in response to a page up.
*/
private boolean select;
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/DefaultFormatter.java 2015-10-04 22:59:21.149256300 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/DefaultFormatter.java 2015-10-04 22:59:20.957256308 +0400
@@ -34,17 +34,17 @@
import javax.swing.text.*;
/**
- * DefaultFormatter
formats arbitrary objects. Formatting is done
- * by invoking the toString
method. In order to convert the
+ * {@code DefaultFormatter} formats arbitrary objects. Formatting is done
+ * by invoking the {@code toString} method. In order to convert the
* value back to a String, your class must provide a constructor that
* takes a String argument. If no single argument constructor that takes a
* String is found, the returned value will be the String passed into
- * stringToValue
.
+ * {@code stringToValue}.
* DefaultFormatter
can not be used in multiple
- * instances of JFormattedTextField
. To obtain a copy of
- * an already configured DefaultFormatter
, use the
- * clone
method.
+ * Instances of {@code DefaultFormatter} can not be used in multiple
+ * instances of {@code JFormattedTextField}. To obtain a copy of
+ * an already configured {@code DefaultFormatter}, use the
+ * {@code clone} method.
* java.beans
package.
+ * has been added to the {@code java.beans} package.
* Please see {@link java.beans.XMLEncoder}.
*
* @see javax.swing.JFormattedTextField.AbstractFormatter
@@ -93,29 +93,29 @@
}
/**
- * Installs the DefaultFormatter
onto a particular
- * JFormattedTextField
.
- * This will invoke valueToString
to convert the
- * current value from the JFormattedTextField
to
- * a String. This will then install the Action
s from
- * getActions
, the DocumentFilter
- * returned from getDocumentFilter
and the
- * NavigationFilter
returned from
- * getNavigationFilter
onto the
- * JFormattedTextField
.
+ * Installs the {@code DefaultFormatter} onto a particular
+ * {@code JFormattedTextField}.
+ * This will invoke {@code valueToString} to convert the
+ * current value from the {@code JFormattedTextField} to
+ * a String. This will then install the {@code Action}s from
+ * {@code getActions}, the {@code DocumentFilter}
+ * returned from {@code getDocumentFilter} and the
+ * {@code NavigationFilter} returned from
+ * {@code getNavigationFilter} onto the
+ * {@code JFormattedTextField}.
* JFormattedTextField
.
+ * {@code JFormattedTextField}.
* ParseException
in converting the
+ * If there is a {@code ParseException} in converting the
* current value to a String, this will set the text to an empty
- * String, and mark the JFormattedTextField
as being
+ * String, and mark the {@code JFormattedTextField} as being
* in an invalid state.
* JFormattedTextField
.
- * JFormattedTextField
will invoke this method at
+ * for subclassers of {@code JFormattedTextField}.
+ * {@code JFormattedTextField} will invoke this method at
* the appropriate times when the value changes, or its internal
* state changes.
*
@@ -129,14 +129,14 @@
/**
* Sets when edits are published back to the
- * JFormattedTextField
. If true, commitEdit
+ * {@code JFormattedTextField}. If true, {@code commitEdit}
* is invoked after every valid edit (any time the text is edited). On
- * the other hand, if this is false than the DefaultFormatter
- * does not publish edits back to the JFormattedTextField
.
- * As such, the only time the value of the JFormattedTextField
- * will change is when commitEdit
is invoked on
- * JFormattedTextField
, typically when enter is pressed
- * or focus leaves the JFormattedTextField
.
+ * the other hand, if this is false than the {@code DefaultFormatter}
+ * does not publish edits back to the {@code JFormattedTextField}.
+ * As such, the only time the value of the {@code JFormattedTextField}
+ * will change is when {@code commitEdit} is invoked on
+ * {@code JFormattedTextField}, typically when enter is pressed
+ * or focus leaves the {@code JFormattedTextField}.
*
* @param commit Used to indicate when edits are committed back to the
* JTextComponent
@@ -147,7 +147,7 @@
/**
* Returns when edits are published back to the
- * JFormattedTextField
.
+ * {@code JFormattedTextField}.
*
* @return true if edits are committed after every valid edit
*/
@@ -157,7 +157,7 @@
/**
* Configures the behavior when inserting characters. If
- * overwriteMode
is true (the default), new characters
+ * {@code overwriteMode} is true (the default), new characters
* overwrite existing characters in the model.
*
* @param overwriteMode Indicates if overwrite or overstrike mode is used
@@ -177,8 +177,8 @@
/**
* Sets whether or not the value being edited is allowed to be invalid
- * for a length of time (that is, stringToValue
throws
- * a ParseException
).
+ * for a length of time (that is, {@code stringToValue} throws
+ * a {@code ParseException}).
* It is often convenient to allow the user to temporarily input an
* invalid value.
*
@@ -222,13 +222,13 @@
/**
* Converts the passed in String into an instance of
- * getValueClass
by way of the constructor that
- * takes a String argument. If getValueClass
+ * {@code getValueClass} by way of the constructor that
+ * takes a String argument. If {@code getValueClass}
* returns null, the Class of the current value in the
- * JFormattedTextField
will be used. If this is null, a
+ * {@code JFormattedTextField} will be used. If this is null, a
* String will be returned. If the constructor throws an exception, a
- * ParseException
will be thrown. If there is no single
- * argument String constructor, string
will be returned.
+ * {@code ParseException} will be thrown. If there is no single
+ * argument String constructor, {@code string} will be returned.
*
* @throws ParseException if there is an error in the conversion
* @param string String to convert
@@ -271,7 +271,7 @@
/**
* Converts the passed in Object into a String by way of the
- * toString
method.
+ * {@code toString} method.
*
* @throws ParseException if there is an error in the conversion
* @param value Value to convert
@@ -285,8 +285,8 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the DocumentFilter
used to restrict the characters
- * that can be input into the JFormattedTextField
.
+ * Returns the {@code DocumentFilter} used to restrict the characters
+ * that can be input into the {@code JFormattedTextField}.
*
* @return DocumentFilter to restrict edits
*/
@@ -298,7 +298,7 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the NavigationFilter
used to restrict where the
+ * Returns the {@code NavigationFilter} used to restrict where the
* cursor can be placed.
*
* @return NavigationFilter to restrict navigation
@@ -337,7 +337,7 @@
/**
* Returns the initial location to position the cursor at. This forwards
- * the call to getNextNavigatableChar
.
+ * the call to {@code getNextNavigatableChar}.
*/
int getInitialVisualPosition() {
return getNextNavigatableChar(0, 1);
@@ -346,7 +346,7 @@
/**
* Subclasses should override this if they want cursor navigation
* to skip certain characters. A return value of false indicates
- * the character at offset
should be skipped when
+ * the character at {@code offset} should be skipped when
* navigating throught the field.
*/
boolean isNavigatable(int offset) {
@@ -354,7 +354,7 @@
}
/**
- * Returns true if the text in text
can be inserted. This
+ * Returns true if the text in {@code text} can be inserted. This
* does not mean the text will ultimately be inserted, it is used if
* text can trivially reject certain characters.
*/
@@ -364,7 +364,7 @@
/**
* Returns the next editable character starting at offset incrementing
- * the offset by direction
.
+ * the offset by {@code direction}.
*/
private int getNextNavigatableChar(int offset, int direction) {
int max = getFormattedTextField().getDocument().getLength();
@@ -380,8 +380,8 @@
/**
* A convenience methods to return the result of deleting
- * deleteLength
characters at offset
- * and inserting replaceString
at offset
+ * {@code deleteLength} characters at {@code offset}
+ * and inserting {@code replaceString} at {@code offset}
* in the current text field.
*/
String getReplaceString(int offset, int deleteLength,
@@ -400,9 +400,9 @@
}
/*
- * Returns true if the operation described by rh
will
- * result in a legal edit. This may set the value
- * field of rh
.
+ * Returns true if the operation described by {@code rh} will
+ * result in a legal edit. This may set the {@code value}
+ * field of {@code rh}.
*/
boolean isValidEdit(ReplaceHolder rh) {
if (!getAllowsInvalid()) {
@@ -420,7 +420,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes commitEdit
on the JFormattedTextField.
+ * Invokes {@code commitEdit} on the JFormattedTextField.
*/
void commitEdit() throws ParseException {
JFormattedTextField ftf = getFormattedTextField();
@@ -432,7 +432,7 @@
/**
* Pushes the value to the JFormattedTextField if the current value
- * is valid and invokes setEditValid
based on the
+ * is valid and invokes {@code setEditValid} based on the
* validity of the value.
*/
void updateValue() {
@@ -440,8 +440,8 @@
}
/**
- * Pushes the value
to the editor if we are to
- * commit on edits. If value
is null, the current value
+ * Pushes the {@code value} to the editor if we are to
+ * commit on edits. If {@code value} is null, the current value
* will be obtained from the text component.
*/
void updateValue(Object value) {
@@ -463,8 +463,8 @@
/**
* Returns the next cursor position from offset by incrementing
- * direction
. This uses
- * getNextNavigatableChar
+ * {@code direction}. This uses
+ * {@code getNextNavigatableChar}
* as well as constraining the location to the max position.
*/
int getNextCursorPosition(int offset, int direction) {
@@ -539,7 +539,7 @@
}
/**
- * Returns true if the edit described by rh
will result
+ * Returns true if the edit described by {@code rh} will result
* in a legal value.
*/
boolean canReplace(ReplaceHolder rh) {
@@ -547,7 +547,7 @@
}
/**
- * DocumentFilter method, funnels into replace
.
+ * DocumentFilter method, funnels into {@code replace}.
*/
void replace(DocumentFilter.FilterBypass fb, int offset,
int length, String text,
@@ -558,10 +558,10 @@
}
/**
- * If the edit described by rh
is legal, this will
+ * If the edit described by {@code rh} is legal, this will
* return true, commit the edit (if necessary) and update the cursor
- * position. This forwards to canReplace
and
- * isLegalInsertText
as necessary to determine if
+ * position. This forwards to {@code canReplace} and
+ * {@code isLegalInsertText} as necessary to determine if
* the edit is in fact legal.
* JFormattedTextField.AbstractFormatterFactory
.
- * DefaultFormatterFactory
allows specifying a number of
- * different JFormattedTextField.AbstractFormatter
s that are to
+ * {@code JFormattedTextField.AbstractFormatterFactory}.
+ * {@code DefaultFormatterFactory} allows specifying a number of
+ * different {@code JFormattedTextField.AbstractFormatter}s that are to
* be used.
* The most important one is the default one
- * (setDefaultFormatter
). The default formatter will be used
+ * ({@code setDefaultFormatter}). The default formatter will be used
* if a more specific formatter could not be found. The following process
* is used to determine the appropriate formatter to use.
*
*
* JFormattedTextField
have focus? Use the edit
+ * AbstractFormatter
has not been found, use
+ * JFormattedTextField
with two
- * JFormattedTextField.AbstractFormatter
s, one for display and
+ * {@code JFormattedTextField} with two
+ * {@code JFormattedTextField.AbstractFormatter}s, one for display and
* one for editing.
*
* JFormattedTextField.AbstractFormatter editFormatter = ...;
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@
* appropriate for short term storage or RMI between applications running
* the same version of Swing. As of 1.4, support for long term storage
* of all JavaBeans™
- * has been added to the
java.beans
package.
+ * has been added to the {@code java.beans} package.
* Please see {@link java.beans.XMLEncoder}.
*
* @see javax.swing.JFormattedTextField
@@ -75,23 +75,23 @@
@SuppressWarnings("serial") // Same-version serialization only
public class DefaultFormatterFactory extends JFormattedTextField.AbstractFormatterFactory implements Serializable {
/**
- * Default AbstractFormatter
to use if a more specific one has
+ * Default {@code AbstractFormatter} to use if a more specific one has
* not been specified.
*/
private JFormattedTextField.AbstractFormatter defaultFormat;
/**
- * JFormattedTextField.AbstractFormatter
to use for display.
+ * {@code JFormattedTextField.AbstractFormatter} to use for display.
*/
private JFormattedTextField.AbstractFormatter displayFormat;
/**
- * JFormattedTextField.AbstractFormatter
to use for editing.
+ * {@code JFormattedTextField.AbstractFormatter} to use for editing.
*/
private JFormattedTextField.AbstractFormatter editFormat;
/**
- * JFormattedTextField.AbstractFormatter
to use if the value
+ * {@code JFormattedTextField.AbstractFormatter} to use if the value
* is null.
*/
private JFormattedTextField.AbstractFormatter nullFormat;
@@ -104,8 +104,8 @@
}
/**
- * Creates a DefaultFormatterFactory
with the specified
- * JFormattedTextField.AbstractFormatter
.
+ * Creates a {@code DefaultFormatterFactory} with the specified
+ * {@code JFormattedTextField.AbstractFormatter}.
*
* @param defaultFormat JFormattedTextField.AbstractFormatter to be used
* if a more specific
@@ -118,8 +118,8 @@
}
/**
- * Creates a DefaultFormatterFactory
with the specified
- * JFormattedTextField.AbstractFormatter
s.
+ * Creates a {@code DefaultFormatterFactory} with the specified
+ * {@code JFormattedTextField.AbstractFormatter}s.
*
* @param defaultFormat JFormattedTextField.AbstractFormatter to be used
* if a more specific
@@ -181,9 +181,9 @@
}
/**
- * Sets the JFormattedTextField.AbstractFormatter
to use as
+ * Sets the {@code JFormattedTextField.AbstractFormatter} to use as
* a last resort, eg in case a display, edit or null
- * JFormattedTextField.AbstractFormatter
has not been
+ * {@code JFormattedTextField.AbstractFormatter} has not been
* specified.
*
* @param atf JFormattedTextField.AbstractFormatter used if a more
@@ -194,9 +194,9 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the JFormattedTextField.AbstractFormatter
to use
+ * Returns the {@code JFormattedTextField.AbstractFormatter} to use
* as a last resort, eg in case a display, edit or null
- * JFormattedTextField.AbstractFormatter
+ * {@code JFormattedTextField.AbstractFormatter}
* has not been specified.
*
* @return JFormattedTextField.AbstractFormatter used if a more specific
@@ -207,8 +207,8 @@
}
/**
- * Sets the JFormattedTextField.AbstractFormatter
to use if
- * the JFormattedTextField
is not being edited and either
+ * Sets the {@code JFormattedTextField.AbstractFormatter} to use if
+ * the {@code JFormattedTextField} is not being edited and either
* the value is not-null, or the value is null and a null formatter has
* has not been specified.
*
@@ -220,8 +220,8 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the JFormattedTextField.AbstractFormatter
to use
- * if the JFormattedTextField
is not being edited and either
+ * Returns the {@code JFormattedTextField.AbstractFormatter} to use
+ * if the {@code JFormattedTextField} is not being edited and either
* the value is not-null, or the value is null and a null formatter has
* has not been specified.
*
@@ -233,8 +233,8 @@
}
/**
- * Sets the JFormattedTextField.AbstractFormatter
to use if
- * the JFormattedTextField
is being edited and either
+ * Sets the {@code JFormattedTextField.AbstractFormatter} to use if
+ * the {@code JFormattedTextField} is being edited and either
* the value is not-null, or the value is null and a null formatter has
* has not been specified.
*
@@ -246,8 +246,8 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the JFormattedTextField.AbstractFormatter
to use
- * if the JFormattedTextField
is being edited and either
+ * Returns the {@code JFormattedTextField.AbstractFormatter} to use
+ * if the {@code JFormattedTextField} is being edited and either
* the value is not-null, or the value is null and a null formatter has
* has not been specified.
*
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/DefaultHighlighter.java 2015-10-04 22:59:22.209256252 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/DefaultHighlighter.java 2015-10-04 22:59:22.017256261 +0400
@@ -331,7 +331,7 @@
/**
* If true, highlights are drawn as the Views draw the text. That is
- * the Views will call into paintLayeredHighlight
which
+ * the Views will call into {@code paintLayeredHighlight} which
* will result in a rectangle being drawn before the text is drawn
* (if the offsets are in a highlighted region that is). For this to
* work the painter supplied must be an instance of
@@ -376,7 +376,7 @@
public static class DefaultHighlightPainter extends LayeredHighlighter.LayerPainter {
/**
- * Constructs a new highlight painter. If c
is null,
+ * Constructs a new highlight painter. If {@code c} is null,
* the JTextComponent will be queried for its selection color.
*
* @param c the color for the highlight
@@ -586,11 +586,11 @@
}
/**
- * This class invokes mapper.damageRange
in
+ * This class invokes {@code mapper.damageRange} in
* EventDispatchThread. The only one instance per Highlighter
* is cretaed. When a number of ranges should be damaged
* it collects them into queue and damages
- * them in consecutive order in run
+ * them in consecutive order in {@code run}
* call.
*/
class SafeDamager implements Runnable {
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/DefaultStyledDocument.java 2015-10-04 22:59:22.737256228 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/DefaultStyledDocument.java 2015-10-04 22:59:22.549256237 +0400
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@
* appropriate for short term storage or RMI between applications running
* the same version of Swing. As of 1.4, support for long term storage
* of all JavaBeans™
- * has been added to the java.beans
package.
+ * has been added to the {@code java.beans} package.
* Please see {@link java.beans.XMLEncoder}.
*
* @author Timothy Prinzing
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@
/**
* Initialize the document to reflect the given element
* structure (i.e. the structure reported by the
- * getDefaultRootElement
method. If the
+ * {@code getDefaultRootElement} method. If the
* document contained any data it will first be removed.
* @param data the element data
*/
@@ -249,7 +249,7 @@
* character. If the last leaf already ends with {@code "\n",} it is
* included in content removal.pos
.
+ * Gets the paragraph element at the offset {@code pos}.
* A paragraph consists of at least one child Element, which is usually
* a leaf.
*
@@ -805,8 +805,8 @@
/**
* This is called by insertUpdate when inserting after a new line.
- * It generates, in parseBuffer
, ElementSpecs that will
- * position the stack in paragraph
.java.beans
package.
+ * has been added to the {@code java.beans} package.
* Please see {@link java.beans.XMLEncoder}.
*/
@SuppressWarnings("serial") // Same-version serialization only
@@ -1164,7 +1164,7 @@
* appropriate for short term storage or RMI between applications running
* the same version of Swing. As of 1.4, support for long term storage
* of all JavaBeans™
- * has been added to the java.beans
package.
+ * has been added to the {@code java.beans} package.
* Please see {@link java.beans.XMLEncoder}.
*/
@SuppressWarnings("serial") // Same-version serialization only
@@ -1400,7 +1400,7 @@
* appropriate for short term storage or RMI between applications running
* the same version of Swing. As of 1.4, support for long term storage
* of all JavaBeans™
- * has been added to the java.beans
package.
+ * has been added to the {@code java.beans} package.
* Please see {@link java.beans.XMLEncoder}.
*/
@SuppressWarnings("serial") // Same-version serialization only
@@ -1929,9 +1929,9 @@
}
/**
- * Remove the elements from elem
in range
- * rmOffs0
, rmOffs1
. This uses
- * canJoin
and join
to handle joining
+ * Remove the elements from {@code elem} in range
+ * {@code rmOffs0}, {@code rmOffs1}. This uses
+ * {@code canJoin} and {@code join} to handle joining
* the endpoints of the insertion.
*
* @return true if elem will no longer have any elements.
@@ -2171,11 +2171,11 @@
* Determines if a fracture needs to be performed. A fracture
* can be thought of as moving the right part of a tree to a
* new location, where the right part is determined by what has
- * been inserted. depth
is used to indicate a
+ * been inserted. {@code depth} is used to indicate a
* JoinToFracture is needed to an element at a depth
- * of depth
. Where the root is 0, 1 is the children
+ * of {@code depth}. Where the root is 0, 1 is the children
* of the root...
- * fractureFrom
if it is determined
+ * startIndex
in changed
,
+ * This starts at {@code startIndex} in {@code changed},
* and calls duplicate to duplicate existing elements.
* This will also duplicate the elements along the insertion
- * point, until a depth of endFractureIndex
is
+ * point, until a depth of {@code endFractureIndex} is
* reached, at which point only the elements to the right of
* the insertion point are duplicated.
*/
@@ -2336,10 +2336,10 @@
}
/**
- * Recreates toDuplicate
. This is called when an
+ * Recreates {@code toDuplicate}. This is called when an
* element needs to be created as the result of an insertion. This
* will recurse and create all the children. This is similar to
- * clone
, but deteremines the offsets differently.
+ * {@code clone}, but deteremines the offsets differently.
*/
Element recreateFracturedElement(Element parent, Element toDuplicate) {
if(toDuplicate.isLeaf()) {
@@ -2362,7 +2362,7 @@
}
/**
- * Splits the bottommost leaf in path
.
+ * Splits the bottommost leaf in {@code path}.
* This is called from insert when the first element is NOT content.
*/
void fractureDeepestLeaf(ElementSpec[] specs) {
@@ -2727,7 +2727,7 @@
/**
* Added to the StyleContext. When the StyleContext changes, this invokes
- * updateStylesListeningTo
.
+ * {@code updateStylesListeningTo}.
*/
static class StyleContextChangeHandler extends AbstractChangeHandler {
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/Document.java 2015-10-04 22:59:23.293256203 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/Document.java 2015-10-04 22:59:23.105256212 +0400
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
/**
* Document
is a container for text that serves
+ * The {@code Document} is a container for text that serves
* as the model for swing text components. The goal for this
* interface is to scale from very simple needs (a plain text textfield)
* to complex needs (an HTML or XML document, for example).
@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@
*
* Document
must be communicated to
+ * Mutations to the {@code Document} must be communicated to
* interested observers. The notification of change follows the event model
* guidelines that are specified for JavaBeans. In the JavaBeans
* event model, once an event notification is dispatched, all listeners
@@ -110,17 +110,17 @@
* Notification is provided as two separate events,
* DocumentEvent, and
* UndoableEditEvent.
- * If a mutation is made to a Document
through its api,
- * a DocumentEvent
will be sent to all of the registered
- * DocumentListeners
. If the Document
+ * If a mutation is made to a {@code Document} through its api,
+ * a {@code DocumentEvent} will be sent to all of the registered
+ * {@code DocumentListeners}. If the {@code Document}
* implementation supports undo/redo capabilities, an
- * UndoableEditEvent
will be sent
- * to all of the registered UndoableEditListener
s.
- * If an undoable edit is undone, a DocumentEvent
should be
+ * {@code UndoableEditEvent} will be sent
+ * to all of the registered {@code UndoableEditListener}s.
+ * If an undoable edit is undone, a {@code DocumentEvent} should be
* fired from the Document to indicate it has changed again.
- * In this case however, there should be no UndoableEditEvent
+ * In this case however, there should be no {@code UndoableEditEvent}
* generated since that edit is actually the source of the change
- * rather than a mutation to the Document
made through its
+ * rather than a mutation to the {@code Document} made through its
* api.
* Document
came from,
+ * which can be used to describe where the {@code Document} came from,
* and the TitleProperty, which can be used to
- * name the Document
. The methods related to the properties are:
+ * name the {@code Document}. The methods related to the properties are:
*
*
*
- * Document
class, see
+ * null
property key
+ * @param key a non-{@code null} property key
* @return the properties
* @see #putProperty(Object, Object)
*/
@@ -239,11 +239,11 @@
/**
* Associates a property with the document. Two standard
* property keys provided are:
- * StreamDescriptionProperty
and
- * TitleProperty
.
+ * {@code StreamDescriptionProperty} and
+ * {@code TitleProperty}.
* Other properties, such as author, may also be defined.
*
- * @param key the non-null
property key
+ * @param key the non-{@code null} property key
* @param value the property value
* @see #getProperty(Object)
*/
@@ -263,7 +263,7 @@
* mutation has occurred. This means that by the time a
* notification of removal is dispatched, the document
* has already been updated and any marks created by
- * createPosition
have already changed.
+ * {@code createPosition} have already changed.
* For a removal, the end of the removal range is collapsed
* down to the start of the range, and any marks in the removal
* range are collapsed down to the start of the range.
@@ -454,7 +454,7 @@
* is being executed. The runnable itself may not
* make any mutations.
*
- * @param r a Runnable
used to render the model
+ * @param r a {@code Runnable} used to render the model
*/
public void render(Runnable r);
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/DocumentFilter.java 2015-10-04 22:59:23.821256180 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/DocumentFilter.java 2015-10-04 22:59:23.633256188 +0400
@@ -25,31 +25,31 @@
package javax.swing.text;
/**
- * DocumentFilter
, as the name implies, is a filter for the
- * Document
mutation methods. When a Document
- * containing a DocumentFilter
is modified (either through
- * insert
or remove
), it forwards the appropriate
- * method invocation to the DocumentFilter
. The
+ * {@code DocumentFilter}, as the name implies, is a filter for the
+ * {@code Document} mutation methods. When a {@code Document}
+ * containing a {@code DocumentFilter} is modified (either through
+ * {@code insert} or {@code remove}), it forwards the appropriate
+ * method invocation to the {@code DocumentFilter}. The
* default implementation allows the modification to
* occur. Subclasses can filter the modifications by conditionally invoking
* methods on the superclass, or invoking the necessary methods on
- * the passed in FilterBypass
. Subclasses should NOT call back
+ * the passed in {@code FilterBypass}. Subclasses should NOT call back
* into the Document for the modification
- * instead call into the superclass or the FilterBypass
.
+ * instead call into the superclass or the {@code FilterBypass}.
* remove
or insertString
is invoked
- * on the DocumentFilter
, the DocumentFilter
+ * When {@code remove} or {@code insertString} is invoked
+ * on the {@code DocumentFilter}, the {@code DocumentFilter}
* may callback into the
- * FilterBypass
multiple times, or for different regions, but
- * it should not callback into the FilterBypass
after returning
- * from the remove
or insertString
method.
+ * {@code FilterBypass} multiple times, or for different regions, but
+ * it should not callback into the {@code FilterBypass} after returning
+ * from the {@code remove} or {@code insertString} method.
* insertString
, replace
and remove
- * in AbstractDocument
use DocumentFilter
when
- * available, and Element
related mutation methods such as
- * create
, insert
and removeElement
in
- * DefaultStyledDocument
do not use DocumentFilter
.
+ * {@code insertString}, {@code replace} and {@code remove}
+ * in {@code AbstractDocument} use {@code DocumentFilter} when
+ * available, and {@code Element} related mutation methods such as
+ * {@code create}, {@code insert} and {@code removeElement} in
+ * {@code DefaultStyledDocument} do not use {@code DocumentFilter}.
* If a method doesn't follow these defaults, this must be explicitly stated
* in the method documentation.
*
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@
* Invoked prior to removal of the specified region in the
* specified Document. Subclasses that want to conditionally allow
* removal should override this and only call supers implementation as
- * necessary, or call directly into the FilterBypass
as
+ * necessary, or call directly into the {@code FilterBypass} as
* necessary.
*
* @param fb FilterBypass that can be used to mutate Document
@@ -167,9 +167,9 @@
BadLocationException;
/**
- * Deletes the region of text from offset
to
- * offset + length
, and replaces it with
- * text
.
+ * Deletes the region of text from {@code offset} to
+ * {@code offset + length}, and replaces it with
+ * {@code text}.
*
* @param offset Location in Document
* @param length Length of text to delete
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/EditorKit.java 2015-10-04 22:59:24.345256156 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/EditorKit.java 2015-10-04 22:59:24.157256165 +0400
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@
* of the kit will be dedicated to a text component.
* New kits will normally be created by cloning a
* prototype kit. The kit will have its
- * setComponent
method called to establish
+ * {@code setComponent} method called to establish
* its relationship with a JTextComponent.
*
* @author Timothy Prinzing
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@
/**
* Creates a copy of the editor kit. This is implemented
- * to use Object.clone()
. If the kit cannot be cloned,
+ * to use {@code Object.clone()}. If the kit cannot be cloned,
* null is returned.
*
* @return the copy
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/Element.java 2015-10-04 22:59:24.869256133 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/Element.java 2015-10-04 22:59:24.681256141 +0400
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@
/**
* Fetches the parent element. If the element is a root level
- * element returns null
.
+ * element returns {@code null}.
*
* @return the parent element
*/
@@ -81,9 +81,9 @@
* children, this will be the end offset of the last child.
* As a document position, there is an implied backward bias.
* Document
implementations
- * descend from AbstractDocument
.
- * AbstractDocument
models an implied break at the end of
+ * All the default {@code Document} implementations
+ * descend from {@code AbstractDocument}.
+ * {@code AbstractDocument} models an implied break at the end of
* the document. As a result of this, it is possible for this to
* return a value greater than the length of the document.
*
@@ -97,12 +97,12 @@
/**
* Gets the child element index closest to the given offset.
* The offset is specified relative to the beginning of the
- * document. Returns -1
if the
- * Element
is a leaf, otherwise returns
- * the index of the Element
that best represents
- * the given location. Returns 0
if the location
+ * document. Returns {@code -1} if the
+ * {@code Element} is a leaf, otherwise returns
+ * the index of the {@code Element} that best represents
+ * the given location. Returns {@code 0} if the location
* is less than the start offset. Returns
- * getElementCount() - 1
if the location is
+ * {@code getElementCount() - 1} if the location is
* greater than or equal to the end offset.
*
* @param offset the specified offset >= 0
@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@
/**
* Is this element a leaf element? An element that
* may have children, even if it currently
- * has no children, would return false
.
+ * has no children, would return {@code false}.
*
* @return true if a leaf element else false
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/ElementIterator.java 2015-10-04 22:59:25.397256109 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/ElementIterator.java 2015-10-04 22:59:25.209256117 +0400
@@ -197,7 +197,7 @@
* Fetches the current Element.
*
* @return element on top of the stack or
- * null
if the root element is null
+ * {@code null} if the root element is {@code null}
*/
public Element current() {
@@ -228,7 +228,7 @@
* used to locate the next element is
* a depth-first search.
*
- * @return the next element or null
+ * @return the next element or {@code null}
* at the end of the list.
*/
public Element next() {
@@ -288,7 +288,7 @@
* element is the last element, or the current element
* is null, then null is returned.
*
- * @return previous Element
if available
+ * @return previous {@code Element} if available
*
*/
public Element previous() {
@@ -335,7 +335,7 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the last child of parent
that is a leaf. If the
+ * Returns the last child of {@code parent} that is a leaf. If the
* last child is a not a leaf, this method is called with the last child.
*/
private Element getDeepestLeaf(Element parent) {
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/FieldView.java 2015-10-04 22:59:25.925256085 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/FieldView.java 2015-10-04 22:59:25.733256094 +0400
@@ -189,7 +189,7 @@
}
/**
- * Adjusts a
based on the visible region and returns it.
+ * Adjusts {@code a} based on the visible region and returns it.
*/
Shape adjustPaintRegion(Shape a) {
return adjustAllocation(a);
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/FlowView.java 2015-10-04 22:59:26.449256062 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/FlowView.java 2015-10-04 22:59:26.261256070 +0400
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@
* orthogonal to the axis along which the flow
* rows are tiled (the axis of the default flow
* rows themselves). This is typically used
- * by the FlowStrategy
.
+ * by the {@code FlowStrategy}.
* @return the axis along which views should be
* flowed
*/
@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@
/**
* Loads all of the children to initialize the view.
- * This is called by the setParent
method.
+ * This is called by the {@code setParent} method.
* This is reimplemented to not load any children directly
* (as they are created in the process of formatting).
* If the layoutPool variable is null, an instance of
@@ -415,8 +415,8 @@
* Gives notification from the document that attributes were changed
* in a location that this view is responsible for.
*
- * @param fv the FlowView
containing the changes
- * @param e the DocumentEvent
describing the changes
+ * @param fv the {@code FlowView} containing the changes
+ * @param e the {@code DocumentEvent} describing the changes
* done to the Document
* @param alloc Bounds of the View
* @see View#changedUpdate
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/GapContent.java 2015-10-04 22:59:27.009256036 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/GapContent.java 2015-10-04 22:59:26.789256046 +0400
@@ -649,7 +649,7 @@
* Replaces the elements in the specified range with the passed
* in objects. This will NOT adjust the gap. The passed in indices
* do not account for the gap, they are the same as would be used
- * int elementAt
.
+ * int {@code elementAt}.
*/
protected void replaceRange(int start, int end, Object[] marks) {
int g0 = getGapStart();
@@ -701,8 +701,8 @@
/**
* Returns a Vector containing instances of UndoPosRef for the
* Positions in the range
- * offset
to offset
+ length
.
- * If v
is not null the matching Positions are placed in
+ * {@code offset} to {@code offset} + {@code length}.
+ * If {@code v} is not null the matching Positions are placed in
* there. The vector with the resulting Positions are returned.
*
* @param v the Vector to use, with a new one created on null
@@ -752,7 +752,7 @@
/**
* Resets the location for all the UndoPosRef instances
- * in positions
.
+ * in {@code positions}.
* Position.Bias.Forward
+ * @param biasReturn always returns {@code Position.Bias.Forward}
* as the zero-th element of this array
* @return the location within the model that best represents the
* given point in the view
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/GlyphPainter2.java 2015-10-04 22:59:28.065255989 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/GlyphPainter2.java 2015-10-04 22:59:27.873255998 +0400
@@ -157,8 +157,8 @@
* @param x the X coordinate
* @param y the Y coordinate
* @param a the allocated region to render into
- * @param biasReturn either Position.Bias.Forward
- * or Position.Bias.Backward
is returned as the
+ * @param biasReturn either {@code Position.Bias.Forward}
+ * or {@code Position.Bias.Backward} is returned as the
* zero-th element of this array
* @return the location within the model that best represents the
* given point of view
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/GlyphView.java 2015-10-04 22:59:28.609255965 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/GlyphView.java 2015-10-04 22:59:28.397255974 +0400
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@
* TabableView
interface. Tabs will only be
+ * {@code TabableView} interface. Tabs will only be
* expanded if this view is embedded in a container that does
* tab expansion. ParagraphView is an example of a container
* that does tab expansion.
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@
*
* @param p0 the starting document offset >= 0
* @param p1 the ending document offset >= p0
- * @return the Segment
containing the text
+ * @return the {@code Segment} containing the text
*/
public Segment getText(int p0, int p1) {
// When done with the returned Segment it should be released by
@@ -144,7 +144,7 @@
* Fetch the background color to use to render the
* glyphs. If there is no background color, null should
* be returned. This is implemented to call
- * StyledDocument.getBackground
if the associated
+ * {@code StyledDocument.getBackground} if the associated
* document is a styled document, otherwise it returns null.
* @return the background color to use to render the glyphs
*/
@@ -163,7 +163,7 @@
* Fetch the foreground color to use to render the
* glyphs. If there is no foreground color, null should
* be returned. This is implemented to call
- * StyledDocument.getBackground
if the associated
+ * {@code StyledDocument.getBackground} if the associated
* document is a StyledDocument. If the associated document
* is not a StyledDocument, the associated components foreground
* color is used. If there is no associated component, null
@@ -186,7 +186,7 @@
/**
* Fetch the font that the glyphs should be based
* upon. This is implemented to call
- * StyledDocument.getFont
if the associated
+ * {@code StyledDocument.getFont} if the associated
* document is a StyledDocument. If the associated document
* is not a StyledDocument, the associated components font
* is used. If there is no associated component, null
@@ -650,8 +650,8 @@
*
* @param pos the position to convert >= 0
* @param a the allocated region to render into
- * @param b either Position.Bias.Forward
- * or Position.Bias.Backward
+ * @param b either {@code Position.Bias.Forward}
+ * or {@code Position.Bias.Backward}
* @return the bounding box of the given position
* @exception BadLocationException if the given position does not represent a
* valid location in the associated document
@@ -669,8 +669,8 @@
* @param x the X coordinate >= 0
* @param y the Y coordinate >= 0
* @param a the allocated region to render into
- * @param biasReturn either Position.Bias.Forward
- * or Position.Bias.Backward
is returned as the
+ * @param biasReturn either {@code Position.Bias.Forward}
+ * or {@code Position.Bias.Backward} is returned as the
* zero-th element of this array
* @return the location within the model that best represents the
* given point of view >= 0
@@ -684,12 +684,12 @@
/**
* Determines how attractive a break opportunity in
* this view is. This can be used for determining which
- * view is the most attractive to call breakView
+ * view is the most attractive to call {@code breakView}
* on in the process of formatting. The
* higher the weight, the more attractive the break. A
- * value equal to or lower than View.BadBreakWeight
+ * value equal to or lower than {@code View.BadBreakWeight}
* should not be considered for a break. A value greater
- * than or equal to View.ForcedBreakWeight
should
+ * than or equal to {@code View.ForcedBreakWeight} should
* be broken.
* GlyphView
containing the
+ * @param v the {@code GlyphView} containing the
* destination coordinate space
* @param pos the position to convert
- * @param bias either Position.Bias.Forward
- * or Position.Bias.Backward
+ * @param bias either {@code Position.Bias.Forward}
+ * or {@code Position.Bias.Backward}
* @param a Bounds of the View
* @return the bounding box of the given position
* @exception BadLocationException if the given position does not represent a
@@ -1222,12 +1222,12 @@
* Provides a mapping from the view coordinate space to the logical
* coordinate space of the model.
*
- * @param v the GlyphView
to provide a mapping for
+ * @param v the {@code GlyphView} to provide a mapping for
* @param x the X coordinate
* @param y the Y coordinate
* @param a the allocated region to render into
- * @param biasReturn either Position.Bias.Forward
- * or Position.Bias.Backward
+ * @param biasReturn either {@code Position.Bias.Forward}
+ * or {@code Position.Bias.Backward}
* is returned as the zero-th element of this array
* @return the location within the model that best represents the
* given point of view
@@ -1264,7 +1264,7 @@
* to represent a new GlyphView that is being created. If
* the painter doesn't hold any significant state, it can
* return itself. The default behavior is to return itself.
- * @param v the GlyphView
to provide a painter for
+ * @param v the {@code GlyphView} to provide a painter for
* @param p0 the starting document offset >= 0
* @param p1 the ending document offset >= p0
* @return a painter to use for the given GlyphView
@@ -1282,15 +1282,15 @@
*
* @param v the view to use
* @param pos the position to convert >= 0
- * @param b either Position.Bias.Forward
- * or Position.Bias.Backward
+ * @param b either {@code Position.Bias.Forward}
+ * or {@code Position.Bias.Backward}
* @param a the allocated region to render into
* @param direction the direction from the current position that can
* be thought of as the arrow keys typically found on a keyboard.
* This may be SwingConstants.WEST, SwingConstants.EAST,
* SwingConstants.NORTH, or SwingConstants.SOUTH.
- * @param biasRet either Position.Bias.Forward
- * or Position.Bias.Backward
+ * @param biasRet either {@code Position.Bias.Forward}
+ * or {@code Position.Bias.Backward}
* is returned as the zero-th element of this array
* @return the location within the model that best represents the next
* location visual position.
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/InternationalFormatter.java 2015-10-04 22:59:29.149255940 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/InternationalFormatter.java 2015-10-04 22:59:28.957255949 +0400
@@ -32,51 +32,51 @@
import javax.swing.*;
/**
- * InternationalFormatter
extends DefaultFormatter
,
- * using an instance of java.text.Format
to handle the
+ * {@code InternationalFormatter} extends {@code DefaultFormatter},
+ * using an instance of {@code java.text.Format} to handle the
* conversion to a String, and the conversion from a String.
* getAllowsInvalid()
is false, this will ask the
- * Format
to format the current text on every edit.
+ * If {@code getAllowsInvalid()} is false, this will ask the
+ * {@code Format} to format the current text on every edit.
* setMinimum
and setMaximum
methods. In order
- * for this to work the values returned from stringToValue
must be
- * comparable to the min/max values by way of the Comparable
+ * {@code setMinimum} and {@code setMaximum} methods. In order
+ * for this to work the values returned from {@code stringToValue} must be
+ * comparable to the min/max values by way of the {@code Comparable}
* interface.
* Format
and the
- * InternationalFormatter
, as it is possible to create a
+ * Be careful how you configure the {@code Format} and the
+ * {@code InternationalFormatter}, as it is possible to create a
* situation where certain values can not be input. Consider the date
- * format 'M/d/yy', an InternationalFormatter
that is always
- * valid (setAllowsInvalid(false)
), is in overwrite mode
- * (setOverwriteMode(true)
) and the date 7/1/99. In this
+ * format 'M/d/yy', an {@code InternationalFormatter} that is always
+ * valid ({@code setAllowsInvalid(false)}), is in overwrite mode
+ * ({@code setOverwriteMode(true)}) and the date 7/1/99. In this
* case the user will not be able to enter a two digit month or day of
* month. To avoid this, the format should be 'MM/dd/yy'.
* InternationalFormatter
is configured to only allow valid
- * values (setAllowsInvalid(false)
), every valid edit will result
- * in the text of the JFormattedTextField
being completely reset
- * from the Format
.
+ * If {@code InternationalFormatter} is configured to only allow valid
+ * values ({@code setAllowsInvalid(false)}), every valid edit will result
+ * in the text of the {@code JFormattedTextField} being completely reset
+ * from the {@code Format}.
* The cursor position will also be adjusted as literal characters are
* added/removed from the resulting String.
* InternationalFormatter
's behavior of
- * stringToValue
is slightly different than that of
- * DefaultTextFormatter
, it does the following:
+ * {@code InternationalFormatter}'s behavior of
+ * {@code stringToValue} is slightly different than that of
+ * {@code DefaultTextFormatter}, it does the following:
*
- *
- * parseObject
is invoked on the Format
- * specified by setFormat
- * setValueClass
),
+ * parseObject
to the appropriate class.
- * ParseException
has not been thrown, and the value
- * is outside the min/max a ParseException
is thrown.
+ * from {@code parseObject} to the appropriate class.
+ * InternationalFormatter
implements stringToValue
+ * {@code InternationalFormatter} implements {@code stringToValue}
* in this manner so that you can specify an alternate Class than
- * Format
may return.
+ * {@code Format} may return.
* java.beans
package.
+ * has been added to the {@code java.beans} package.
* Please see {@link java.beans.XMLEncoder}.
*
* @see java.text.Format
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@
@SuppressWarnings("serial") // Same-version serialization only
public class InternationalFormatter extends DefaultFormatter {
/**
- * Used by getFields
.
+ * Used by {@code getFields}.
*/
private static final Format.Field[] EMPTY_FIELD_ARRAY =new Format.Field[0];
@@ -113,15 +113,15 @@
private Comparable> min;
/**
- * InternationalFormatter
's behavior is dicatated by a
- * AttributedCharacterIterator
that is obtained from
- * the Format
. On every edit, assuming
- * allows invalid is false, the Format
instance is invoked
- * with formatToCharacterIterator
. A BitSet
is
+ * {@code InternationalFormatter}'s behavior is dicatated by a
+ * {@code AttributedCharacterIterator} that is obtained from
+ * the {@code Format}. On every edit, assuming
+ * allows invalid is false, the {@code Format} instance is invoked
+ * with {@code formatToCharacterIterator}. A {@code BitSet} is
* also kept upto date with the non-literal characters, that is
- * for every index in the AttributedCharacterIterator
an
+ * for every index in the {@code AttributedCharacterIterator} an
* entry in the bit set is updated based on the return value from
- * isLiteral(Map)
. isLiteral(int)
then uses
+ * {@code isLiteral(Map)}. {@code isLiteral(int)} then uses
* this cached information.
* getSupportsIncrement
to return true, and
- * override adjustValue
to handle the changing of the
+ * override {@code getSupportsIncrement} to return true, and
+ * override {@code adjustValue} to handle the changing of the
* value. If you want to support changing the value outside of
* the valid FieldPositions, you will need to override
- * canIncrement
.
+ * {@code canIncrement}.
*/
/**
* A bit is set for every index identified in the
@@ -163,16 +163,16 @@
/**
- * Creates an InternationalFormatter
with no
- * Format
specified.
+ * Creates an {@code InternationalFormatter} with no
+ * {@code Format} specified.
*/
public InternationalFormatter() {
setOverwriteMode(false);
}
/**
- * Creates an InternationalFormatter
with the specified
- * Format
instance.
+ * Creates an {@code InternationalFormatter} with the specified
+ * {@code Format} instance.
*
* @param format Format instance used for converting from/to Strings
*/
@@ -185,7 +185,7 @@
* Sets the format that dictates the legal values that can be edited
* and displayed.
*
- * @param format Format
instance used for converting
+ * @param format {@code Format} instance used for converting
* from/to Strings
*/
public void setFormat(Format format) {
@@ -203,10 +203,10 @@
}
/**
- * Sets the minimum permissible value. If the valueClass
has
- * not been specified, and minimum
is non null, the
- * valueClass
will be set to that of the class of
- * minimum
.
+ * Sets the minimum permissible value. If the {@code valueClass} has
+ * not been specified, and {@code minimum} is non null, the
+ * {@code valueClass} will be set to that of the class of
+ * {@code minimum}.
*
* @param minimum Minimum legal value that can be input
* @see #setValueClass
@@ -228,10 +228,10 @@
}
/**
- * Sets the maximum permissible value. If the valueClass
has
- * not been specified, and max
is non null, the
- * valueClass
will be set to that of the class of
- * max
.
+ * Sets the maximum permissible value. If the {@code valueClass} has
+ * not been specified, and {@code max} is non null, the
+ * {@code valueClass} will be set to that of the class of
+ * {@code max}.
*
* @param max Maximum legal value that can be input
* @see #setValueClass
@@ -253,29 +253,29 @@
}
/**
- * Installs the DefaultFormatter
onto a particular
- * JFormattedTextField
.
- * This will invoke valueToString
to convert the
- * current value from the JFormattedTextField
to
- * a String. This will then install the Action
s from
- * getActions
, the DocumentFilter
- * returned from getDocumentFilter
and the
- * NavigationFilter
returned from
- * getNavigationFilter
onto the
- * JFormattedTextField
.
+ * Installs the {@code DefaultFormatter} onto a particular
+ * {@code JFormattedTextField}.
+ * This will invoke {@code valueToString} to convert the
+ * current value from the {@code JFormattedTextField} to
+ * a String. This will then install the {@code Action}s from
+ * {@code getActions}, the {@code DocumentFilter}
+ * returned from {@code getDocumentFilter} and the
+ * {@code NavigationFilter} returned from
+ * {@code getNavigationFilter} onto the
+ * {@code JFormattedTextField}.
* JFormattedTextField
.
+ * {@code JFormattedTextField}.
* ParseException
in converting the
+ * If there is a {@code ParseException} in converting the
* current value to a String, this will set the text to an empty
- * String, and mark the JFormattedTextField
as being
+ * String, and mark the {@code JFormattedTextField} as being
* in an invalid state.
* JFormattedTextField
.
- * JFormattedTextField
will invoke this method at
+ * for subclassers of {@code JFormattedTextField}.
+ * {@code JFormattedTextField} will invoke this method at
* the appropriate times when the value changes, or its internal
* state changes.
*
@@ -290,8 +290,8 @@
}
/**
- * Returns a String representation of the Object value
.
- * This invokes format
on the current Format
.
+ * Returns a String representation of the Object {@code value}.
+ * This invokes {@code format} on the current {@code Format}.
*
* @throws ParseException if there is an error in the conversion
* @param value Value to convert
@@ -310,11 +310,11 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the Object
representation of the
- * String
text
.
+ * Returns the {@code Object} representation of the
+ * {@code String text}.
*
- * @param text String
to convert
- * @return Object
representation of text
+ * @param text {@code String} to convert
+ * @return {@code Object} representation of text
* @throws ParseException if there is an error in the conversion
*/
public Object stringToValue(String text) throws ParseException {
@@ -338,8 +338,8 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the Format.Field
constants associated with
- * the text at offset
. If offset
is not
+ * Returns the {@code Format.Field} constants associated with
+ * the text at {@code offset}. If {@code offset} is not
* a valid location into the current text, this will return an
* empty array.
*
@@ -381,7 +381,7 @@
}
/**
- * If getSupportsIncrement
returns true, this returns
+ * If {@code getSupportsIncrement} returns true, this returns
* two Actions suitable for incrementing/decrementing the value.
*/
protected Action[] getActions() {
@@ -393,7 +393,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes parseObject
on f
, returning
+ * Invokes {@code parseObject} on {@code f}, returning
* its value.
*/
Object stringToValue(String text, Format f) throws ParseException {
@@ -404,7 +404,7 @@
}
/**
- * Returns true if value
is between the min/max.
+ * Returns true if {@code value} is between the min/max.
*
* @param wantsCCE If false, and a ClassCastException is thrown in
* comparing the values, the exception is consumed and
@@ -441,7 +441,7 @@
}
/**
- * Returns a Set of the attribute identifiers at index
.
+ * Returns a Set of the attribute identifiers at {@code index}.
*/
Mapid
. This will return -1
if the attribute
+ * {@code id}. This will return {@code -1} if the attribute
* can not be found.
*/
int getAttributeStart(AttributedCharacterIterator.Attribute id) {
@@ -477,7 +477,7 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the AttributedCharacterIterator
used to
+ * Returns the {@code AttributedCharacterIterator} used to
* format the last value.
*/
AttributedCharacterIterator getIterator() {
@@ -504,9 +504,9 @@
/**
* Updates the AttributedCharacterIterator by invoking
- * formatToCharacterIterator
on the Format
.
+ * {@code formatToCharacterIterator} on the {@code Format}.
* If this is successful,
- * updateMask(AttributedCharacterIterator)
+ * {@code updateMask(AttributedCharacterIterator)}
* is then invoked to update the internal bitmask.
*/
void updateMask() {
@@ -537,7 +537,7 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the number of literal characters before index
.
+ * Returns the number of literal characters before {@code index}.
*/
int getLiteralCountTo(int index) {
int lCount = 0;
@@ -573,7 +573,7 @@
/**
* Returns true if the character at offset is navigable too. This
- * is implemented in terms of isLiteral
, subclasses
+ * is implemented in terms of {@code isLiteral}, subclasses
* may wish to provide different behavior.
*/
boolean isNavigatable(int offset) {
@@ -686,7 +686,7 @@
* When in !allowsInvalid mode the text is reset on every edit, thus
* supers implementation will position the cursor at the wrong position.
* As such, this invokes supers implementation and then invokes
- * repositionCursor
to correctly reset the cursor.
+ * {@code repositionCursor} to correctly reset the cursor.
*/
boolean replace(ReplaceHolder rh) throws BadLocationException {
int start = -1;
@@ -728,10 +728,10 @@
}
/**
- * Repositions the cursor. startLiteralCount
gives
+ * Repositions the cursor. {@code startLiteralCount} gives
* the number of literals to the start of the deleted range, end
* gives the ending location to adjust from, direction gives
- * the direction relative to end
to position the
+ * the direction relative to {@code end} to position the
* cursor from.
*/
private void repositionCursor(int startLiteralCount, int end,
@@ -751,7 +751,7 @@
/**
* Returns the character from the mask that has been buffered
- * at index
.
+ * at {@code index}.
*/
char getBufferedChar(int index) {
if (isValidMask()) {
@@ -770,15 +770,15 @@
}
/**
- * Returns true if attributes
is null or empty.
+ * Returns true if {@code attributes} is null or empty.
*/
boolean isLiteral(Map, ?> attributes) {
return ((attributes == null) || attributes.size() == 0);
}
/**
- * Updates the interal bitset from iterator
. This will
- * set validMask
to true if iterator
is
+ * Updates the interal bitset from {@code iterator}. This will
+ * set {@code validMask} to true if {@code iterator} is
* non-null.
*/
private void updateMask(AttributedCharacterIterator iterator) {
@@ -819,7 +819,7 @@
}
/**
- * Returns true if field
is non-null.
+ * Returns true if {@code field} is non-null.
* Subclasses that wish to allow incrementing to happen outside of
* the known fields will need to override this.
*/
@@ -828,7 +828,7 @@
}
/**
- * Selects the fields identified by attributes
.
+ * Selects the fields identified by {@code attributes}.
*/
void selectField(Object f, int count) {
AttributedCharacterIterator iterator = getIterator();
@@ -865,9 +865,9 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the number of occurrences of f
before
- * the location start
in the current
- * AttributedCharacterIterator
.
+ * Returns the number of occurrences of {@code f} before
+ * the location {@code start} in the current
+ * {@code AttributedCharacterIterator}.
*/
private int getFieldTypeCountTo(Object f, int start) {
AttributedCharacterIterator iterator = getIterator();
@@ -897,10 +897,10 @@
/**
* Subclasses supporting incrementing must override this to handle
- * the actual incrementing. value
is the current value,
- * attributes
gives the field the cursor is in (may be
- * null depending upon canIncrement
) and
- * direction
is the amount to increment by.
+ * the actual incrementing. {@code value} is the current value,
+ * {@code attributes} gives the field the cursor is in (may be
+ * null depending upon {@code canIncrement}) and
+ * {@code direction} is the amount to increment by.
*/
Object adjustValue(Object value, Map, ?> attributes, Object field,
int direction) throws
@@ -913,7 +913,7 @@
* incrementing of the value. Subclasses that wish to support
* incrementing/decrementing the value should override this and
* return true. Subclasses should also override
- * adjustValue
.
+ * {@code adjustValue}.
*/
boolean getSupportsIncrement() {
return false;
@@ -921,7 +921,7 @@
/**
* Resets the value of the JFormattedTextField to be
- * value
.
+ * {@code value}.
*/
void resetValue(Object value) throws BadLocationException, ParseException {
Document doc = getFormattedTextField().getDocument();
@@ -949,7 +949,7 @@
/**
- * Overriden to return an instance of ExtendedReplaceHolder
.
+ * Overriden to return an instance of {@code ExtendedReplaceHolder}.
*/
ReplaceHolder getReplaceHolder(DocumentFilter.FilterBypass fb, int offset,
int length, String text,
@@ -996,7 +996,7 @@
/**
* IncrementAction is used to increment the value by a certain amount.
- * It calls into adjustValue
to handle the actual
+ * It calls into {@code adjustValue} to handle the actual
* incrementing of the value.
*/
private class IncrementAction extends AbstractAction {
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/JTextComponent.java 2015-10-04 22:59:29.689255916 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/JTextComponent.java 2015-10-04 22:59:29.497255925 +0400
@@ -75,9 +75,9 @@
import sun.swing.SwingAccessor;
/**
- * JTextComponent
is the base class for swing text
+ * {@code JTextComponent} is the base class for swing text
* components. It tries to be compatible with the
- * java.awt.TextComponent
class
+ * {@code java.awt.TextComponent} class
* where it can reasonably do so. Also provided are other services
* for additional flexibility (beyond the pluggable UI and bean
* support).
@@ -91,16 +91,16 @@
* CaretListener
+ * are sent to implementations of the {@code CaretListener}
* interface that have been registered with the text component.
* The UI will install a default caret unless a customized caret
* has been set.
* By default the caret tracks all the document changes
* performed on the Event Dispatching Thread and updates it's position
* accordingly if an insertion occurs before or at the caret position
- * or a removal occurs before the caret position. DefaultCaret
+ * or a removal occurs before the caret position. {@code DefaultCaret}
* tries to make itself visible which may lead to scrolling
- * of a text component within JScrollPane
. The default caret
+ * of a text component within {@code JScrollPane}. The default caret
* behavior can be changed by the {@link DefaultCaret#setUpdatePolicy} method.
*
* Note: Non-editable text components also have a caret though
@@ -111,8 +111,8 @@
* Text components provide a number of commands that can be used
* to manipulate the component. This is essentially the way that
* the component expresses its capabilities. These are expressed
- * in terms of the swing Action
interface,
- * using the TextAction
implementation.
+ * in terms of the swing {@code Action} interface,
+ * using the {@code TextAction} implementation.
* The set of commands supported by the text component can be
* found with the {@link #getActions} method. These actions
* can be bound to key events, fired from buttons, etc.
@@ -126,24 +126,24 @@
* A {@link javax.swing.text.Keymap} lets an application bind key
* strokes to actions.
* In order to allow keymaps to be shared across multiple text components, they
- * can use actions that extend TextAction
.
- * TextAction
can determine which JTextComponent
+ * can use actions that extend {@code TextAction}.
+ * {@code TextAction} can determine which {@code JTextComponent}
* most recently has or had focus and therefore is the subject of
- * the action (In the case that the ActionEvent
+ * the action (In the case that the {@code ActionEvent}
* sent to the action doesn't contain the target text component as its source).
* JTextComponent
is an active client of
+ * {@code JTextComponent} is an active client of
* the framework, so it implements the preferred user interface for interacting
* with input methods. As a consequence, some key events do not reach the text
* component because they are handled by an input method, and some text input
* reaches the text component as committed text within an {@link
* java.awt.event.InputMethodEvent} instead of as a key event.
* The complete text input is the combination of the characters in
- * keyTyped
key events and committed text in input method events.
+ * {@code keyTyped} key events and committed text in input method events.
* UndoableEdit
records that can be used in conjunction
+ * the {@code UndoableEdit} records that can be used in conjunction
* with a history buffer to provide the undo/redo support.
* The support is provided by the Document model, which allows
* one to attach UndoableEditListener implementations.
@@ -248,7 +248,7 @@
* safe operations. Because of the high level of configurability
* of the text components, it is possible to circumvent the
* protection provided. The protection primarily comes from
- * the model, so the documentation of AbstractDocument
+ * the model, so the documentation of {@code AbstractDocument}
* describes the assumptions of the protection provided.
* The methods that are safe to call asynchronously are marked
* with comments.
@@ -273,7 +273,7 @@
* appropriate for short term storage or RMI between applications running
* the same version of Swing. As of 1.4, support for long term storage
* of all JavaBeans™
- * has been added to the java.beans
package.
+ * has been added to the {@code java.beans} package.
* Please see {@link java.beans.XMLEncoder}.
*
* @beaninfo
@@ -295,11 +295,11 @@
public abstract class JTextComponent extends JComponent implements Scrollable, Accessible
{
/**
- * Creates a new JTextComponent
.
+ * Creates a new {@code JTextComponent}.
* Listeners for caret events are established, and the pluggable
* UI installed. The component is marked as editable. No layout manager
* is used, because layout is managed by the view subsystem of text.
- * The document model is set to null
.
+ * The document model is set to {@code null}.
*/
public JTextComponent() {
super();
@@ -332,8 +332,8 @@
/**
* Reloads the pluggable UI. The key used to fetch the
- * new interface is getUIClassID()
. The type of
- * the UI is TextUI
. invalidate
+ * new interface is {@code getUIClassID()}. The type of
+ * the UI is {@code TextUI}. {@code invalidate}
* is called after setting the UI.
*/
public void updateUI() {
@@ -366,7 +366,7 @@
* Returns an array of all the caret listeners
* registered on this text component.
*
- * @return all of this component's CaretListener
s
+ * @return all of this component's {@code CaretListener}s
* or an empty
* array if no caret listeners are currently registered
*
@@ -502,10 +502,10 @@
/**
* Sets margin space between the text component's border
- * and its text. The text component's default Border
+ * and its text. The text component's default {@code Border}
* object will use this value to create the proper margin.
* However, if a non-default border is set on the text component,
- * it is that Border
object's responsibility to create the
+ * it is that {@code Border} object's responsibility to create the
* appropriate margin space (else this property will effectively
* be ignored). This causes a redraw of the component.
* A PropertyChange event ("margin") is sent to all listeners.
@@ -533,8 +533,8 @@
}
/**
- * Sets the NavigationFilter
. NavigationFilter
- * is used by DefaultCaret
and the default cursor movement
+ * Sets the {@code NavigationFilter}. {@code NavigationFilter}
+ * is used by {@code DefaultCaret} and the default cursor movement
* actions as a way to restrict the cursor movement.
* @param filter the filter
*
@@ -545,8 +545,8 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the NavigationFilter
. NavigationFilter
- * is used by DefaultCaret
and the default cursor movement
+ * Returns the {@code NavigationFilter}. {@code NavigationFilter}
+ * is used by {@code DefaultCaret} and the default cursor movement
* actions as a way to restrict the cursor movement. A null return value
* implies the cursor movement and selection should not be restricted.
*
@@ -608,7 +608,7 @@
* Sets the highlighter to be used. By default this will be set
* by the UI that gets installed. This can be changed to
* a custom highlighter if desired. The highlighter can be set to
- * null
to disable it.
+ * {@code null} to disable it.
* A PropertyChange event ("highlighter") is fired
* when a new highlighter is installed.
*
@@ -633,7 +633,7 @@
/**
* Sets the keymap to use for binding events to
- * actions. Setting to null
effectively disables
+ * actions. Setting to {@code null} effectively disables
* keyboard input.
* A PropertyChange event ("keymap") is fired when a new keymap
* is installed.
@@ -671,9 +671,9 @@
*
* @param b whether or not to enable automatic drag handling
* @exception HeadlessException if
- * b
is true
and
- * GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()
- * returns true
+ * {@code b} is {@code true} and
+ * {@code GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()}
+ * returns {@code true}
* @see java.awt.GraphicsEnvironment#isHeadless
* @see #getDragEnabled
* @see #setTransferHandler
@@ -708,24 +708,24 @@
/**
* Sets the drop mode for this component. For backward compatibility,
- * the default for this property is DropMode.USE_SELECTION
.
- * Usage of DropMode.INSERT
is recommended, however,
+ * the default for this property is {@code DropMode.USE_SELECTION}.
+ * Usage of {@code DropMode.INSERT} is recommended, however,
* for an improved user experience. It offers similar behavior of dropping
* between text locations, but does so without affecting the actual text
* selection and caret location.
* JTextComponents
support the following drop modes:
+ * {@code JTextComponents} support the following drop modes:
*
- *
* DropMode.USE_SELECTION
DropMode.INSERT
TransferHandler
that accepts drops.
+ * {@code TransferHandler} that accepts drops.
*
* @param dropMode the drop mode to use
* @throws IllegalArgumentException if the drop mode is unsupported
- * or null
+ * or {@code null}
* @see #getDropMode
* @see #getDropLocation
* @see #setTransferHandler
@@ -783,13 +783,13 @@
* drop at the given point should insert data.
* JComponent.dropLocationForPoint()
, which is package-private
- * in javax.swing. TransferHandler
will detect text components
+ * {@code JComponent.dropLocationForPoint()}, which is package-private
+ * in javax.swing. {@code TransferHandler} will detect text components
* and call this method instead via reflection. It's name should therefore
* not be changed.
*
* @param p the point to calculate a drop location for
- * @return the drop location, or null
+ * @return the drop location, or {@code null}
*/
DropLocation dropLocationForPoint(Point p) {
Position.Bias[] bias = new Position.Bias[1];
@@ -822,26 +822,26 @@
* is being changed to something else. The component doesn't need to
* restore anything yet, so it simply passes back the same state object
* to have the DnD system continue storing it. Finally, let's say this
- * method is messaged with null
. This means DnD
+ * method is messaged with {@code null}. This means DnD
* is finished with this component for now, meaning it should restore
* state. At this point, it can use the state parameter to restore
- * said state, and of course return null
since there's
+ * said state, and of course return {@code null} since there's
* no longer anything to store.
* JComponent.setDropLocation()
, which is package-private
- * in javax.swing. TransferHandler
will detect text components
+ * {@code JComponent.setDropLocation()}, which is package-private
+ * in javax.swing. {@code TransferHandler} will detect text components
* and call this method instead via reflection. It's name should therefore
* not be changed.
*
* @param location the drop location (as calculated by
- * dropLocationForPoint
) or null
+ * {@code dropLocationForPoint}) or {@code null}
* if there's no longer a valid drop location
* @param state the state object saved earlier for this component,
- * or null
+ * or {@code null}
* @param forDrop whether or not the method is being called because an
* actual drop occurred
- * @return any saved state for this component, or null
if none
+ * @return any saved state for this component, or {@code null} if none
*/
Object setDropLocation(TransferHandler.DropLocation location,
Object state,
@@ -944,7 +944,7 @@
* canImport
+ * set after the {@code TransferHandler}'s {@code canImport}
* has returned and has allowed for the location to be shown.
* InputMap
s in response to a
- * Keymap
change.
- * @param oldKm the old Keymap
- * @param newKm the new Keymap
+ * Updates the {@code InputMap}s in response to a
+ * {@code Keymap} change.
+ * @param oldKm the old {@code Keymap}
+ * @param newKm the new {@code Keymap}
*/
void updateInputMap(Keymap oldKm, Keymap newKm) {
// Locate the current KeymapWrapper.
@@ -1059,11 +1059,11 @@
*
* @param nm the name of the keymap (must be unique within the
* collection of named keymaps in the document); the name may
- * be null
if the keymap is unnamed,
+ * be {@code null} if the keymap is unnamed,
* but the caller is responsible for managing the reference
* returned as an unnamed keymap can't
* be fetched by name
- * @param parent the parent keymap; this may be null
if
+ * @param parent the parent keymap; this may be {@code null} if
* unspecified bindings need not be resolved in some other keymap
* @return the keymap
*/
@@ -1078,7 +1078,7 @@
/**
* Removes a named keymap previously added to the document. Keymaps
- * with null
names may not be removed in this way.
+ * with {@code null} names may not be removed in this way.
*
* @param nm the name of the keymap to remove
* @return the keymap that was removed
@@ -1089,7 +1089,7 @@
/**
* Fetches a named keymap previously added to the document.
- * This does not work with null
-named keymaps.
+ * This does not work with {@code null}-named keymaps.
*
* @param nm the name of the keymap
* @return the keymap
@@ -1125,7 +1125,7 @@
* appropriate for short term storage or RMI between applications running
* the same version of Swing. As of 1.4, support for long term storage
* of all JavaBeans™
- * has been added to the java.beans
package.
+ * has been added to the {@code java.beans} package.
* Please see {@link java.beans.XMLEncoder}.
*/
@SuppressWarnings("serial") // Same-version serialization only
@@ -1162,7 +1162,7 @@
* the cut, copy, and paste actions associated with a
* JTextComponent. A code fragment to accomplish
* this might look as follows:
- *
+ * }
+ *
{@code
*
* static final JTextComponent.KeyBinding[] defaultBindings = {
* new JTextComponent.KeyBinding(
@@ -1180,9 +1180,9 @@
* Keymap k = c.getKeymap();
* JTextComponent.loadKeymap(k, defaultBindings, c.getActions());
*
- *
null
.
+ * non-{@code null}.
*
* @param map the keymap
* @param bindings the bindings
@@ -1214,7 +1214,7 @@
/**
* Sets the current color used to render the caret.
- * Setting to null
effectively restores the default color.
+ * Setting to {@code null} effectively restores the default color.
* Setting the color results in a PropertyChange event ("caretColor")
* being fired.
*
@@ -1243,8 +1243,8 @@
/**
* Sets the current color used to render the selection.
- * Setting the color to null
is the same as setting
- * Color.white
. Setting the color results in a
+ * Setting the color to {@code null} is the same as setting
+ * {@code Color.white}. Setting the color results in a
* PropertyChange event ("selectionColor").
*
* @param c the color
@@ -1272,8 +1272,8 @@
/**
* Sets the current color used to render the selected text.
- * Setting the color to null
is the same as
- * Color.black
. Setting the color results in a
+ * Setting the color to {@code null} is the same as
+ * {@code Color.black}. Setting the color results in a
* PropertyChange event ("selectedTextColor") being fired.
*
* @param c the color
@@ -1412,7 +1412,7 @@
* Transfers the currently selected range in the associated
* text model to the system clipboard, removing the contents
* from the model. The current selection is reset. Does nothing
- * for null
selections.
+ * for {@code null} selections.
*
* @see java.awt.Toolkit#getSystemClipboard
* @see java.awt.datatransfer.Clipboard
@@ -1427,7 +1427,7 @@
* Transfers the currently selected range in the associated
* text model to the system clipboard, leaving the contents
* in the text model. The current selection remains intact.
- * Does nothing for null
selections.
+ * Does nothing for {@code null} selections.
*
* @see java.awt.Toolkit#getSystemClipboard
* @see java.awt.datatransfer.Clipboard
@@ -1456,10 +1456,10 @@
/**
* This is a convenience method that is only useful for
- * cut
, copy
and paste
. If
- * an Action
with the name name
does not
- * exist in the ActionMap
, this will attempt to install a
- * TransferHandler
and then use altAction
.
+ * {@code cut}, {@code copy} and {@code paste}. If
+ * an {@code Action} with the name {@code name} does not
+ * exist in the {@code ActionMap}, this will attempt to install a
+ * {@code TransferHandler} and then use {@code altAction}.
*/
private void invokeAction(String name, Action altAction) {
ActionMap map = getActionMap();
@@ -1480,7 +1480,7 @@
}
/**
- * If the current TransferHandler
is null, this will
+ * If the current {@code TransferHandler} is null, this will
* install a new one.
*/
private void installDefaultTransferHandlerIfNecessary() {
@@ -1494,15 +1494,15 @@
/**
* Moves the caret to a new position, leaving behind a mark
- * defined by the last time setCaretPosition
was
+ * defined by the last time {@code setCaretPosition} was
* called. This forms a selection.
- * If the document is null
, does nothing. The position
+ * If the document is {@code null}, does nothing. The position
* must be between 0 and the length of the component's text or else
* an exception is thrown.
*
* @param pos the position
* @exception IllegalArgumentException if the value supplied
- * for position
is less than zero or greater
+ * for {@code position} is less than zero or greater
* than the component's text length
* @see #setCaretPosition
*/
@@ -1572,7 +1572,7 @@
* @param desc an object describing the stream; this
* might be a string, a File, a URL, etc. Some kinds
* of documents (such as html for example) might be
- * able to make use of this information; if non-null
,
+ * able to make use of this information; if non-{@code null},
* it is added as a property of the document
* @exception IOException as thrown by the stream being
* used to initialize
@@ -1622,15 +1622,15 @@
/**
* Sets the position of the text insertion caret for the
- * TextComponent
. Note that the caret tracks change,
+ * {@code TextComponent}. Note that the caret tracks change,
* so this may move if the underlying text of the component is changed.
- * If the document is null
, does nothing. The position
+ * If the document is {@code null}, does nothing. The position
* must be between 0 and the length of the component's text or else
* an exception is thrown.
*
* @param position the position
* @exception IllegalArgumentException if the value supplied
- * for position
is less than zero or greater
+ * for {@code position} is less than zero or greater
* than the component's text length
* @beaninfo
* description: the caret position
@@ -1658,16 +1658,16 @@
}
/**
- * Sets the text of this TextComponent
- * to the specified text. If the text is null
+ * Sets the text of this {@code TextComponent}
+ * to the specified text. If the text is {@code null}
* or empty, has the effect of simply deleting the old text.
* When text has been inserted, the resulting caret location
* is determined by the implementation of the caret class.
*
* PropertyChangeEvent
- *
is fired when it changes. To listen for changes to the text,
- * use DocumentListener
.
+ * Note that text is not a bound property, so no {@code PropertyChangeEvent}
+ * is fired when it changes. To listen for changes to the text,
+ * use {@code DocumentListener}.
*
* @param t the new text to be set
* @see #getText
@@ -1691,16 +1691,16 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the text contained in this TextComponent
.
- * If the underlying document is null
,
- * will give a NullPointerException
.
- *
- * Note that text is not a bound property, so no PropertyChangeEvent
- *
is fired when it changes. To listen for changes to the text,
- * use DocumentListener
.
+ * Returns the text contained in this {@code TextComponent}.
+ * If the underlying document is {@code null},
+ * will give a {@code NullPointerException}.
+ *
+ * Note that text is not a bound property, so no {@code PropertyChangeEvent}
+ * is fired when it changes. To listen for changes to the text,
+ * use {@code DocumentListener}.
*
* @return the text
- * @exception NullPointerException if the document is null
+ * @exception NullPointerException if the document is {@code null}
* @see #setText
*/
public String getText() {
@@ -1716,8 +1716,8 @@
/**
* Returns the selected text contained in this
- * TextComponent
. If the selection is
- * null
or the document empty, returns null
.
+ * {@code TextComponent}. If the selection is
+ * {@code null} or the document empty, returns {@code null}.
*
* @return the text
* @exception IllegalArgumentException if the selection doesn't
@@ -1741,7 +1741,7 @@
/**
* Returns the boolean indicating whether this
- * TextComponent
is editable or not.
+ * {@code TextComponent} is editable or not.
*
* @return the boolean value
* @see #setEditable
@@ -1752,7 +1752,7 @@
/**
* Sets the specified boolean to indicate whether or not this
- * TextComponent
should be editable.
+ * {@code TextComponent} should be editable.
* A PropertyChange event ("editable") is fired when the
* state is changed.
*
@@ -1790,8 +1790,8 @@
* selection end.
* java.awt.TextComponent
.
- * This is implemented to forward to the Caret
+ * that called this method on {@code java.awt.TextComponent}.
+ * This is implemented to forward to the {@code Caret}
* implementation which is where the actual selection is maintained.
*
* @param selectionStart the start position of the text ≥ 0
@@ -1823,8 +1823,8 @@
* selection start.
* java.awt.TextComponent
.
- * This is implemented to forward to the Caret
+ * that called this method on {@code java.awt.TextComponent}.
+ * This is implemented to forward to the {@code Caret}
* implementation which is where the actual selection is maintained.
*
* @param selectionEnd the end position of the text ≥ 0
@@ -1856,8 +1856,8 @@
* start position, it is reset to the start position.
* setCaretPosition
- * followed by a call to moveCaretPosition
.
+ * It is routed to a call to {@code setCaretPosition}
+ * followed by a call to {@code moveCaretPosition}.
* The preferred way to manage selection is by calling
* those methods directly.
*
@@ -1888,8 +1888,8 @@
}
/**
- * Selects all the text in the TextComponent
.
- * Does nothing on a null
or empty document.
+ * Selects all the text in the {@code TextComponent}.
+ * Does nothing on a {@code null} or empty document.
*/
public void selectAll() {
Document doc = getDocument();
@@ -1902,23 +1902,23 @@
// --- Tooltip Methods ---------------------------------------------
/**
- * Returns the string to be used as the tooltip for event
.
+ * Returns the string to be used as the tooltip for {@code event}.
* This will return one of:
*
- *
- * By default setToolTipText
has been invoked with a
- * non-null
+ * getToolTipText
on
+ * JTextComponent
does not register
- * itself with the ToolTipManager
.
+ * By default {@code JTextComponent} does not register
+ * itself with the {@code ToolTipManager}.
* This means that tooltips will NOT be shown from the
- * TextUI
unless registerComponent
has
- * been invoked on the ToolTipManager
.
+ * {@code TextUI} unless {@code registerComponent} has
+ * been invoked on the {@code ToolTipManager}.
*
* @param event the event in question
- * @return the string to be used as the tooltip for event
+ * @return the string to be used as the tooltip for {@code event}
* @see javax.swing.JComponent#setToolTipText
* @see javax.swing.plaf.TextUI#getToolTipText
* @see javax.swing.ToolTipManager#registerComponent
@@ -1943,8 +1943,8 @@
* This is implemented to do the default behavior of returning
* the preferred size of the component.
*
- * @return the preferredSize
of a JViewport
- * whose view is this Scrollable
+ * @return the {@code preferredSize} of a {@code JViewport}
+ * whose view is this {@code Scrollable}
*/
public Dimension getPreferredScrollableViewportSize() {
return getPreferredSize();
@@ -1963,8 +1963,8 @@
* a much more reasonable value.
*
* @param visibleRect the view area visible within the viewport
- * @param orientation either SwingConstants.VERTICAL
or
- * SwingConstants.HORIZONTAL
+ * @param orientation either {@code SwingConstants.VERTICAL} or
+ * {@code SwingConstants.HORIZONTAL}
* @param direction less than zero to scroll up/left, greater than
* zero for down/right
* @return the "unit" increment for scrolling in the specified direction
@@ -1993,8 +1993,8 @@
* reasonable value.
*
* @param visibleRect the view area visible within the viewport
- * @param orientation either SwingConstants.VERTICAL
or
- * SwingConstants.HORIZONTAL
+ * @param orientation either {@code SwingConstants.VERTICAL} or
+ * {@code SwingConstants.HORIZONTAL}
* @param direction less than zero to scroll up/left, greater than zero
* for down/right
* @return the "block" increment for scrolling in the specified direction
@@ -2015,18 +2015,18 @@
/**
* Returns true if a viewport should always force the width of this
- * Scrollable
to match the width of the viewport.
+ * {@code Scrollable} to match the width of the viewport.
* For example a normal text view that supported line wrapping
* would return true here, since it would be undesirable for
* wrapped lines to disappear beyond the right
* edge of the viewport. Note that returning true for a
- * Scrollable
whose ancestor is a JScrollPane
+ * {@code Scrollable} whose ancestor is a {@code JScrollPane}
* effectively disables horizontal scrolling.
* JViewport
,
+ * Scrolling containers, like {@code JViewport},
* will use this method each time they are validated.
*
- * @return true if a viewport should force the Scrollable
s
+ * @return true if a viewport should force the {@code Scrollable}s
* width to match its own
*/
public boolean getScrollableTracksViewportWidth() {
@@ -2039,12 +2039,12 @@
/**
* Returns true if a viewport should always force the height of this
- * Scrollable
to match the height of the viewport.
+ * {@code Scrollable} to match the height of the viewport.
* For example a columnar text view that flowed text in left to
* right columns could effectively disable vertical scrolling by
* returning true here.
* JViewport
,
+ * Scrolling containers, like {@code JViewport},
* will use this method each time they are validated.
*
* @return true if a viewport should force the Scrollables height
@@ -2473,16 +2473,16 @@
/**
- * Gets the AccessibleContext
associated with this
- * JTextComponent
. For text components,
- * the AccessibleContext
takes the form of an
- * AccessibleJTextComponent
.
- * A new AccessibleJTextComponent
instance
+ * Gets the {@code AccessibleContext} associated with this
+ * {@code JTextComponent}. For text components,
+ * the {@code AccessibleContext} takes the form of an
+ * {@code AccessibleJTextComponent}.
+ * A new {@code AccessibleJTextComponent} instance
* is created if necessary.
*
- * @return an AccessibleJTextComponent
that serves as the
- * AccessibleContext
of this
- * JTextComponent
+ * @return an {@code AccessibleJTextComponent} that serves as the
+ * {@code AccessibleContext} of this
+ * {@code JTextComponent}
*/
public AccessibleContext getAccessibleContext() {
if (accessibleContext == null) {
@@ -2493,7 +2493,7 @@
/**
* This class implements accessibility support for the
- * JTextComponent
class. It provides an implementation of
+ * {@code JTextComponent} class. It provides an implementation of
* the Java Accessibility API appropriate to menu user-interface elements.
* java.beans
package.
+ * has been added to the {@code java.beans} package.
* Please see {@link java.beans.XMLEncoder}.
*/
@SuppressWarnings("serial") // Same-version serialization only
@@ -2888,7 +2888,7 @@
/**
* IndexedSegment extends Segment adding the offset into the
- * the model the Segment
was asked for.
+ * the model the {@code Segment} was asked for.
*/
private class IndexedSegment extends Segment {
/**
@@ -2940,8 +2940,8 @@
/**
- * Gets the word, sentence, or character at index
.
- * If direction
is non-null this will find the
+ * Gets the word, sentence, or character at {@code index}.
+ * If {@code direction} is non-null this will find the
* next/previous word/sentence/character.
*/
private String getAtIndex(int part, int index, int direction) {
@@ -3027,8 +3027,8 @@
}
/*
- * Returns a Segment
containing the paragraph text
- * at index
, or null if index
isn't
+ * Returns a {@code Segment} containing the paragraph text
+ * at {@code index}, or null if {@code index} isn't
* valid.
*/
private IndexedSegment getParagraphElementText(int index)
@@ -3052,8 +3052,8 @@
/**
- * Returns the Segment at index
representing either
- * the paragraph or sentence as identified by part
, or
+ * Returns the Segment at {@code index} representing either
+ * the paragraph or sentence as identified by {@code part}, or
* null if a valid paragraph/sentence can't be found. The offset
* will point to the start of the word/sentence in the array, and
* the modelOffset will point to the location of the word/sentence
@@ -3272,18 +3272,18 @@
// call this new method instead and return only the string portion
/**
- * Returns the AccessibleTextSequence at a given index
.
- * If direction
is non-null this will find the
+ * Returns the AccessibleTextSequence at a given {@code index}.
+ * If {@code direction} is non-null this will find the
* next/previous word/sentence/character.
*
- * @param part the CHARACTER
, WORD
,
- * SENTENCE
, LINE
or
- * ATTRIBUTE_RUN
to retrieve
+ * @param part the {@code CHARACTER}, {@code WORD},
+ * {@code SENTENCE}, {@code LINE} or
+ * {@code ATTRIBUTE_RUN} to retrieve
* @param index an index within the text
* @param direction is either -1, 0, or 1
- * @return an AccessibleTextSequence
specifying the text
- * if part
and index
are valid. Otherwise,
- * null
is returned.
+ * @return an {@code AccessibleTextSequence} specifying the text
+ * if {@code part} and {@code index} are valid. Otherwise,
+ * {@code null} is returned.
*
* @see javax.accessibility.AccessibleText#CHARACTER
* @see javax.accessibility.AccessibleText#WORD
@@ -3503,10 +3503,10 @@
/**
- * Starting at text position index
, and going in
- * direction
, return the edge of run that shares the
- * same AttributeSet
and parent element as those at
- * index
.
+ * Starting at text position {@code index}, and going in
+ * {@code direction}, return the edge of run that shares the
+ * same {@code AttributeSet} and parent element as those at
+ * {@code index}.
*
* Note: we assume the document is already locked...
*/
@@ -3566,16 +3566,16 @@
// getTextRange() not needed; defined in AccessibleEditableText
/**
- * Returns the AccessibleTextSequence
at a given
- * index
.
+ * Returns the {@code AccessibleTextSequence} at a given
+ * {@code index}.
*
- * @param part the CHARACTER
, WORD
,
- * SENTENCE
, LINE
or
- * ATTRIBUTE_RUN
to retrieve
+ * @param part the {@code CHARACTER}, {@code WORD},
+ * {@code SENTENCE}, {@code LINE} or
+ * {@code ATTRIBUTE_RUN} to retrieve
* @param index an index within the text
- * @return an AccessibleTextSequence
specifying the text if
- * part
and index
are valid. Otherwise,
- * null
is returned
+ * @return an {@code AccessibleTextSequence} specifying the text if
+ * {@code part} and {@code index} are valid. Otherwise,
+ * {@code null} is returned
*
* @see javax.accessibility.AccessibleText#CHARACTER
* @see javax.accessibility.AccessibleText#WORD
@@ -3590,16 +3590,16 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the AccessibleTextSequence
after a given
- * index
.
+ * Returns the {@code AccessibleTextSequence} after a given
+ * {@code index}.
*
- * @param part the CHARACTER
, WORD
,
- * SENTENCE
, LINE
or
- * ATTRIBUTE_RUN
to retrieve
+ * @param part the {@code CHARACTER}, {@code WORD},
+ * {@code SENTENCE}, {@code LINE} or
+ * {@code ATTRIBUTE_RUN} to retrieve
* @param index an index within the text
- * @return an AccessibleTextSequence
specifying the text
- * if part
and index
are valid. Otherwise,
- * null
is returned
+ * @return an {@code AccessibleTextSequence} specifying the text
+ * if {@code part} and {@code index} are valid. Otherwise,
+ * {@code null} is returned
*
* @see javax.accessibility.AccessibleText#CHARACTER
* @see javax.accessibility.AccessibleText#WORD
@@ -3614,16 +3614,16 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the AccessibleTextSequence
before a given
- * index
.
+ * Returns the {@code AccessibleTextSequence} before a given
+ * {@code index}.
*
- * @param part the CHARACTER
, WORD
,
- * SENTENCE
, LINE
or
- * ATTRIBUTE_RUN
to retrieve
+ * @param part the {@code CHARACTER}, {@code WORD},
+ * {@code SENTENCE}, {@code LINE} or
+ * {@code ATTRIBUTE_RUN} to retrieve
* @param index an index within the text
- * @return an AccessibleTextSequence
specifying the text
- * if part
and index
are valid. Otherwise,
- * null
is returned
+ * @return an {@code AccessibleTextSequence} specifying the text
+ * if {@code part} and {@code index} are valid. Otherwise,
+ * {@code null} is returned
*
* @see javax.accessibility.AccessibleText#CHARACTER
* @see javax.accessibility.AccessibleText#WORD
@@ -3638,13 +3638,13 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the Rectangle
enclosing the text between
+ * Returns the {@code Rectangle} enclosing the text between
* two indicies.
*
* @param startIndex the start index in the text
* @param endIndex the end index in the text
* @return the bounding rectangle of the text if the indices are valid.
- * Otherwise, null
is returned
+ * Otherwise, {@code null} is returned
*
* @since 1.6
*/
@@ -3851,7 +3851,7 @@
private transient DropLocation dropLocation;
/**
- * Represents a drop location for JTextComponent
s.
+ * Represents a drop location for {@code JTextComponent}s.
*
* @see #getDropLocation
* @since 1.6
@@ -3909,7 +3909,7 @@
/**
* Maps from class name to Boolean indicating if
- * processInputMethodEvent
has been overriden.
+ * {@code processInputMethodEvent} has been overriden.
*/
private static CacheJTextComponent
.
+ * Returns a string representation of this {@code JTextComponent}.
* This method is intended to be used only for debugging purposes, and the
* content and format of the returned string may vary between
* implementations. The returned string may be empty but may not
- * be null
.
+ * be {@code null}.
* paramString
to provide information about the
+ * Overriding {@code paramString} to provide information about the
* specific new aspects of the JFC components.
*
- * @return a string representation of this JTextComponent
+ * @return a string representation of this {@code JTextComponent}
*/
protected String paramString() {
String editableString = (editable ?
@@ -4262,12 +4262,12 @@
* KeymapWrapper for the most part, is an InputMap with two parents.
* The first parent visited is ALWAYS the Keymap, with the second
* parent being the parent inherited from InputMap. If
- * keymap.getAction
returns null, implying the Keymap
+ * {@code keymap.getAction} returns null, implying the Keymap
* does not have a binding for the KeyStroke,
* the parent is then visited. If the Keymap has a binding, the
* Action is returned, if not and the KeyStroke represents a
* KeyTyped event and the Keymap has a defaultAction,
- * DefaultActionKey
is returned.
+ * {@code DefaultActionKey} is returned.
* get
is passed in
- * KeymapWrapper.DefaultActionKey
, the default action is
+ * a KeymapWrapper. If {@code get} is passed in
+ * {@code KeymapWrapper.DefaultActionKey}, the default action is
* returned, otherwise if the key is an Action, it is returned.
*/
static class KeymapActionMap extends ActionMap {
@@ -4410,7 +4410,7 @@
/**
* The default keymap that will be shared by all
- * JTextComponent
instances unless they
+ * {@code JTextComponent} instances unless they
* have had a different keymap set.
*/
public static final String DEFAULT_KEYMAP = "default";
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/Keymap.java 2015-10-04 22:59:30.329255887 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/Keymap.java 2015-10-04 22:59:30.137255896 +0400
@@ -71,7 +71,7 @@
*
* @param key the key sequence
* @return the action associated with the key
- * sequence if one is defined, otherwise null
+ * sequence if one is defined, otherwise {@code null}
*/
public Action getAction(KeyStroke key);
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/LabelView.java 2015-10-04 22:59:30.853255864 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/LabelView.java 2015-10-04 22:59:30.661255872 +0400
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
import javax.swing.event.*;
/**
- * A LabelView
is a styled chunk of text
+ * A {@code LabelView} is a styled chunk of text
* that represents a view mapped over an element in the
* text model. It caches the character level attributes
* used for rendering.
@@ -119,11 +119,11 @@
/**
* Sets the background color for the view. This method is typically
- * invoked as part of configuring this View
. If you need
+ * invoked as part of configuring this {@code View}. If you need
* to customize the background color you should override
- * setPropertiesFromAttributes
and invoke this method. A
+ * {@code setPropertiesFromAttributes} and invoke this method. A
* value of null indicates no background should be rendered, so that the
- * background of the parent View
will show through.
+ * background of the parent {@code View} will show through.
*
* @param bg background color, or null
* @see #setPropertiesFromAttributes
@@ -160,8 +160,8 @@
}
/**
- * Fetches the FontMetrics
used for this view.
- * @return the FontMetrics
used for this view
+ * Fetches the {@code FontMetrics} used for this view.
+ * @return the {@code FontMetrics} used for this view
* @deprecated FontMetrics are not used for glyph rendering
* when running in the JDK.
*/
@@ -176,7 +176,7 @@
/**
* Fetches the background color to use to render the glyphs.
* This is implemented to return a cached background color,
- * which defaults to null
.
+ * which defaults to {@code null}.
*
* @return the cached background color
* @since 1.3
@@ -189,7 +189,7 @@
/**
* Fetches the foreground color to use to render the glyphs.
* This is implemented to return a cached foreground color,
- * which defaults to null
.
+ * which defaults to {@code null}.
*
* @return the cached foreground color
* @since 1.3
@@ -215,14 +215,14 @@
* an underline should be drawn through the baseline. This
* is implemented to return the cached underline property.
*
- * LabelView
+ * Element
's AttributeSet
.
- * If Element
's AttributeSet
+ * {@code Element}'s {@code AttributeSet}.
+ * If {@code Element}'s {@code AttributeSet}
* does not have this property set, it will revert to false.
*
* @return the value of the cached
- * underline
property
+ * {@code underline} property
* @since 1.3
*/
public boolean isUnderline() {
@@ -234,16 +234,16 @@
* Determines if the glyphs should have a strikethrough
* line. If true, a line should be drawn through the center
* of the glyphs. This is implemented to return the
- * cached strikeThrough
property.
+ * cached {@code strikeThrough} property.
*
- * LabelView
+ * Element
's AttributeSet
.
- * If Element
's AttributeSet
+ * {@code Element}'s {@code AttributeSet}.
+ * If {@code Element}'s {@code AttributeSet}
* does not have this property set, it will revert to false.
*
* @return the value of the cached
- * strikeThrough
property
+ * {@code strikeThrough} property
* @since 1.3
*/
public boolean isStrikeThrough() {
@@ -255,14 +255,14 @@
* Determines if the glyphs should be rendered as superscript.
* @return the value of the cached subscript property
*
- * LabelView
+ * Element
's AttributeSet
.
- * If Element
's AttributeSet
+ * {@code Element}'s {@code AttributeSet}.
+ * If {@code Element}'s {@code AttributeSet}
* does not have this property set, it will revert to false.
*
* @return the value of the cached
- * subscript
property
+ * {@code subscript} property
* @since 1.3
*/
public boolean isSubscript() {
@@ -273,14 +273,14 @@
/**
* Determines if the glyphs should be rendered as subscript.
*
- * LabelView
+ * Element
's AttributeSet
.
- * If Element
's AttributeSet
+ * {@code Element}'s {@code AttributeSet}.
+ * If {@code Element}'s {@code AttributeSet}
* does not have this property set, it will revert to false.
*
* @return the value of the cached
- * superscript
property
+ * {@code superscript} property
* @since 1.3
*/
public boolean isSuperscript() {
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/MaskFormatter.java 2015-10-04 22:59:31.377255840 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/MaskFormatter.java 2015-10-04 22:59:31.189255849 +0400
@@ -31,10 +31,10 @@
import javax.swing.*;
/**
- * MaskFormatter
is used to format and edit strings. The behavior
- * of a MaskFormatter
is controlled by way of a String mask
+ * {@code MaskFormatter} is used to format and edit strings. The behavior
+ * of a {@code MaskFormatter} is controlled by way of a String mask
* that specifies the valid characters that can be contained at a particular
- * location in the Document
model. The following characters can
+ * location in the {@code Document} model. The following characters can
* be specified:
*
*
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
*
*
*
*
* #
- * Any valid number, uses
+ * Character.isDigit
.Any valid number, uses {@code Character.isDigit}.
*
*
* '
@@ -52,17 +52,17 @@
* special formatting characters.
*
- *
- * U Any character ( Character.isLetter
). All
+ * U Any character ({@code Character.isLetter}). All
* lowercase letters are mapped to upper case.
* L Any character ( Character.isLetter
). All
+ *
- * L Any character ({@code Character.isLetter}). All
* upper case letters are mapped to lower case.
* A Any character or number (
+ * Character.isLetter
- * or Character.isDigit
)
* A Any character or number ({@code Character.isLetter}
+ * or {@code Character.isDigit})
*
* ? Any character
- * (
+ * ({@code Character.isLetter}).
* Character.isLetter
).
* * Anything.
@@ -74,9 +74,9 @@
* adjust to fit as many chars as are needed.
* H Any hex character (0-9, a-f or A-F). setInvalidCharacters
and setValidCharacters
- * methods. setInvalidCharacters
allows you to specify
- * which characters are not legal. setValidCharacters
allows
+ * {@code setInvalidCharacters} and {@code setValidCharacters}
+ * methods. {@code setInvalidCharacters} allows you to specify
+ * which characters are not legal. {@code setValidCharacters} allows
* you to specify which characters are valid. For example, the following
* code block is equivalent to a mask of '0xHHH' with no invalid/valid
* characters:
@@ -96,13 +96,13 @@
*
* setPlaceholder("555-1212")
was invoked '123-1212' would
+ * {@code setPlaceholder("555-1212")} was invoked '123-1212' would
* result. The placeholder String is only used on the initial format,
* on subsequent formats only the placeholder character will be used.
* MaskFormatter
is configured to only allow valid characters
- * (setAllowsInvalid(false)
) literal characters will be skipped as
- * necessary when editing. Consider a MaskFormatter
with
+ * If a {@code MaskFormatter} is configured to only allow valid characters
+ * ({@code setAllowsInvalid(false)}) literal characters will be skipped as
+ * necessary when editing. Consider a {@code MaskFormatter} with
* the mask "###-####" and current value "555-1212". Using the right
* arrow key to navigate through the field will result in (| indicates the
* position of the caret):
@@ -116,9 +116,9 @@
* The '-' is a literal (non-editable) character, and is skipped.
* MaskFormatter
in the
+ * '123-45' and '12345' into the {@code MaskFormatter} in the
* previous example. Both inserts will result in the same String,
- * '123-45__'. When MaskFormatter
+ * '123-45__'. When {@code MaskFormatter}
* is processing the insert at character position 3 (the '-'), two things can
* happen:
*
@@ -128,15 +128,15 @@
*
* MaskFormatter
will not allow invalid edits, you can
- * change this with the setAllowsInvalid
method, and will
- * commit edits on valid edits (use the setCommitsOnValidEdit
to
+ * By default {@code MaskFormatter} will not allow invalid edits, you can
+ * change this with the {@code setAllowsInvalid} method, and will
+ * commit edits on valid edits (use the {@code setCommitsOnValidEdit} to
* change this).
* MaskFormatter
is in overwrite mode. That is as
+ * By default, {@code MaskFormatter} is in overwrite mode. That is as
* characters are typed a new character is not inserted, rather the character
* at the current location is replaced with the newly typed character. You
- * can change this behavior by way of the method setOverwriteMode
.
+ * can change this behavior by way of the method {@code setOverwriteMode}.
* java.beans
package.
+ * has been added to the {@code java.beans} package.
* Please see {@link java.beans.XMLEncoder}.
*
* @since 1.4
@@ -196,9 +196,9 @@
}
/**
- * Creates a MaskFormatter
with the specified mask.
- * A ParseException
- * will be thrown if mask
is an invalid mask.
+ * Creates a {@code MaskFormatter} with the specified mask.
+ * A {@code ParseException}
+ * will be thrown if {@code mask} is an invalid mask.
* @param mask the mask
* @throws ParseException if mask does not contain valid mask characters
*/
@@ -209,7 +209,7 @@
/**
* Sets the mask dictating the legal characters.
- * This will throw a ParseException
if mask
is
+ * This will throw a {@code ParseException} if {@code mask} is
* not valid.
* @param mask the mask
*
@@ -232,8 +232,8 @@
/**
* Allows for further restricting of the characters that can be input.
* Only characters specified in the mask, not in the
- * invalidCharacters
, and in
- * validCharacters
will be allowed to be input. Passing
+ * {@code invalidCharacters}, and in
+ * {@code validCharacters} will be allowed to be input. Passing
* in null (the default) implies the valid characters are only bound
* by the mask and the invalid characters.
*
@@ -255,8 +255,8 @@
/**
* Allows for further restricting of the characters that can be input.
* Only characters specified in the mask, not in the
- * invalidCharacters
, and in
- * validCharacters
will be allowed to be input. Passing
+ * {@code invalidCharacters}, and in
+ * {@code validCharacters} will be allowed to be input. Passing
* in null (the default) implies the valid characters are only bound
* by the mask and the valid characters.
*
@@ -327,13 +327,13 @@
* If true, the returned value and set value will also contain the literal
* characters in mask.
* '(###) ###-####'
, the
- * current value is '(415) 555-1212'
, and
- * valueContainsLiteralCharacters
is
- * true stringToValue
will return
- * '(415) 555-1212'
. On the other hand, if
- * valueContainsLiteralCharacters
is false,
- * stringToValue
will return '4155551212'
.
+ * For example, if the mask is {@code '(###) ###-####'}, the
+ * current value is {@code '(415) 555-1212'}, and
+ * {@code valueContainsLiteralCharacters} is
+ * true {@code stringToValue} will return
+ * {@code '(415) 555-1212'}. On the other hand, if
+ * {@code valueContainsLiteralCharacters} is false,
+ * {@code stringToValue} will return {@code '4155551212'}.
*
* @param containsLiteralChars Used to indicate if literal characters in
* mask should be returned in stringToValue
@@ -344,7 +344,7 @@
}
/**
- * Returns true if stringToValue
should return literal
+ * Returns true if {@code stringToValue} should return literal
* characters in the mask.
*
* @return True if literal characters in mask should be returned in
@@ -356,11 +356,11 @@
/**
* Parses the text, returning the appropriate Object representation of
- * the String value
. This strips the literal characters as
- * necessary and invokes supers stringToValue
, so that if
- * you have specified a value class (setValueClass
) an
+ * the String {@code value}. This strips the literal characters as
+ * necessary and invokes supers {@code stringToValue}, so that if
+ * you have specified a value class ({@code setValueClass}) an
* instance of it will be created. This will throw a
- * ParseException
if the value does not match the current
+ * {@code ParseException} if the value does not match the current
* mask. Refer to {@link #setValueContainsLiteralCharacters} for details
* on how literals are treated.
*
@@ -374,7 +374,7 @@
}
/**
- * Returns a String representation of the Object value
+ * Returns a String representation of the Object {@code value}
* based on the mask. Refer to
* {@link #setValueContainsLiteralCharacters} for details
* on how literals are treated.
@@ -395,29 +395,29 @@
}
/**
- * Installs the DefaultFormatter
onto a particular
- * JFormattedTextField
.
- * This will invoke valueToString
to convert the
- * current value from the JFormattedTextField
to
- * a String. This will then install the Action
s from
- * getActions
, the DocumentFilter
- * returned from getDocumentFilter
and the
- * NavigationFilter
returned from
- * getNavigationFilter
onto the
- * JFormattedTextField
.
+ * Installs the {@code DefaultFormatter} onto a particular
+ * {@code JFormattedTextField}.
+ * This will invoke {@code valueToString} to convert the
+ * current value from the {@code JFormattedTextField} to
+ * a String. This will then install the {@code Action}s from
+ * {@code getActions}, the {@code DocumentFilter}
+ * returned from {@code getDocumentFilter} and the
+ * {@code NavigationFilter} returned from
+ * {@code getNavigationFilter} onto the
+ * {@code JFormattedTextField}.
* JFormattedTextField
.
+ * {@code JFormattedTextField}.
* ParseException
in converting the
+ * If there is a {@code ParseException} in converting the
* current value to a String, this will set the text to an empty
- * String, and mark the JFormattedTextField
as being
+ * String, and mark the {@code JFormattedTextField} as being
* in an invalid state.
* JFormattedTextField
.
- * JFormattedTextField
will invoke this method at
+ * for subclassers of {@code JFormattedTextField}.
+ * {@code JFormattedTextField} will invoke this method at
* the appropriate times when the value changes, or its internal
* state changes.
*
@@ -440,9 +440,9 @@
}
/**
- * Actual stringToValue
implementation.
- * If completeMatch
is true, the value must exactly match
- * the mask, on the other hand if completeMatch
is false
+ * Actual {@code stringToValue} implementation.
+ * If {@code completeMatch} is true, the value must exactly match
+ * the mask, on the other hand if {@code completeMatch} is false
* the string must match the mask or the placeholder string.
*/
private Object stringToValue(String value, boolean completeMatch) throws
@@ -482,8 +482,8 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes append
on the mask characters in
- * mask
.
+ * Invokes {@code append} on the mask characters in
+ * {@code mask}.
*/
private void append(StringBuilder result, String value, int[] index,
String placeholder, MaskCharacter[] mask)
@@ -669,7 +669,7 @@
/**
* Returns true if the MaskFormatter allows invalid, or
* the offset is less than the max length and the character at
- * offset
is a literal.
+ * {@code offset} is a literal.
*/
boolean isNavigatable(int offset) {
if (!getAllowsInvalid()) {
@@ -679,9 +679,9 @@
}
/*
- * Returns true if the operation described by rh
will
- * result in a legal edit. This may set the value
- * field of rh
.
+ * Returns true if the operation described by {@code rh} will
+ * result in a legal edit. This may set the {@code value}
+ * field of {@code rh}.
* aChar
is a valid reprensentation of
+ * Returns true if {@code aChar} is a valid reprensentation of
* the receiver. The default implementation returns true if the
- * receiver represents a literal character and getChar
- * == aChar. Otherwise, this will return true is aChar
+ * receiver represents a literal character and {@code getChar}
+ * == aChar. Otherwise, this will return true is {@code aChar}
* is contained in the valid characters and not contained
* in the invalid characters.
*/
@@ -859,8 +859,8 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the character to insert for aChar
. The
- * default implementation returns aChar
. Subclasses
+ * Returns the character to insert for {@code aChar}. The
+ * default implementation returns {@code aChar}. Subclasses
* that wish to do some sort of mapping, perhaps lower case to upper
* case should override this and do the necessary mapping.
*/
@@ -869,8 +869,8 @@
}
/**
- * Appends the necessary character in formatting
at
- * index
to buff
.
+ * Appends the necessary character in {@code formatting} at
+ * {@code index} to {@code buff}.
*/
public void append(StringBuilder buff, String formatting, int[] index,
String placeholder)
@@ -930,7 +930,7 @@
/**
- * Represents a number, uses Character.isDigit
.
+ * Represents a number, uses {@code Character.isDigit}.
*/
private class DigitMaskCharacter extends MaskCharacter {
public boolean isValidCharacter(char aChar) {
@@ -942,7 +942,7 @@
/**
* Represents a character, lower case letters are mapped to upper case
- * using Character.toUpperCase
.
+ * using {@code Character.toUpperCase}.
*/
private class UpperCaseCharacter extends MaskCharacter {
public boolean isValidCharacter(char aChar) {
@@ -958,7 +958,7 @@
/**
* Represents a character, upper case letters are mapped to lower case
- * using Character.toLowerCase
.
+ * using {@code Character.toLowerCase}.
*/
private class LowerCaseCharacter extends MaskCharacter {
public boolean isValidCharacter(char aChar) {
@@ -974,7 +974,7 @@
/**
* Represents either a character or digit, uses
- * Character.isLetterOrDigit
.
+ * {@code Character.isLetterOrDigit}.
*/
private class AlphaNumericCharacter extends MaskCharacter {
public boolean isValidCharacter(char aChar) {
@@ -985,7 +985,7 @@
/**
- * Represents a letter, uses Character.isLetter
.
+ * Represents a letter, uses {@code Character.isLetter}.
*/
private class CharCharacter extends MaskCharacter {
public boolean isValidCharacter(char aChar) {
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/NavigationFilter.java 2015-10-04 22:59:31.917255816 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/NavigationFilter.java 2015-10-04 22:59:31.729255825 +0400
@@ -27,20 +27,20 @@
import java.awt.Shape;
/**
- * NavigationFilter
can be used to restrict where the cursor can
+ * {@code NavigationFilter} can be used to restrict where the cursor can
* be positioned. When the default cursor positioning actions attempt to
* reposition the cursor they will call into the
- * NavigationFilter
, assuming
- * the JTextComponent
has a non-null
- * NavigationFilter
set. In this manner
- * the NavigationFilter
can effectively restrict where the
- * cursor can be positioned. Similarly DefaultCaret
will call
- * into the NavigationFilter
when the user is changing the
+ * {@code NavigationFilter}, assuming
+ * the {@code JTextComponent} has a non-null
+ * {@code NavigationFilter} set. In this manner
+ * the {@code NavigationFilter} can effectively restrict where the
+ * cursor can be positioned. Similarly {@code DefaultCaret} will call
+ * into the {@code NavigationFilter} when the user is changing the
* selection to further restrict where the cursor can be positioned.
* FilterBypass
.
+ * {@code FilterBypass}.
*
* @see javax.swing.text.Caret
* @see javax.swing.text.DefaultCaret
@@ -51,10 +51,10 @@
public class NavigationFilter {
/**
* Invoked prior to the Caret setting the dot. The default implementation
- * calls directly into the FilterBypass
with the passed
+ * calls directly into the {@code FilterBypass} with the passed
* in arguments. Subclasses may wish to conditionally
* call super with a different location, or invoke the necessary method
- * on the FilterBypass
+ * on the {@code FilterBypass}
*
* @param fb FilterBypass that can be used to mutate caret position
* @param dot the position >= 0
@@ -66,10 +66,10 @@
/**
* Invoked prior to the Caret moving the dot. The default implementation
- * calls directly into the FilterBypass
with the passed
+ * calls directly into the {@code FilterBypass} with the passed
* in arguments. Subclasses may wish to conditionally
* call super with a different location, or invoke the necessary
- * methods on the FilterBypass
.
+ * methods on the {@code FilterBypass}.
*
* @param fb FilterBypass that can be used to mutate caret position
* @param dot the position >= 0
@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@
* @return the location within the model that best represents the next
* location visual position
* @exception BadLocationException for a bad location within a document model
- * @exception IllegalArgumentException if direction
+ * @exception IllegalArgumentException if {@code direction}
* doesn't have one of the legal values above
*/
public int getNextVisualPositionFrom(JTextComponent text, int pos,
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/NumberFormatter.java 2015-10-04 22:59:32.441255793 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/NumberFormatter.java 2015-10-04 22:59:32.249255801 +0400
@@ -31,24 +31,24 @@
import sun.swing.SwingUtilities2;
/**
- * NumberFormatter
subclasses InternationalFormatter
+ * {@code NumberFormatter} subclasses {@code InternationalFormatter}
* adding special behavior for numbers. Among the specializations are
- * (these are only used if the NumberFormatter
does not display
- * invalid numbers, for example, setAllowsInvalid(false)
):
+ * (these are only used if the {@code NumberFormatter} does not display
+ * invalid numbers, for example, {@code setAllowsInvalid(false)}):
*
*
* DecimalFormatSymbols
associated with the
- * DecimalFormat
) in any field but the exponent
+ * {@code DecimalFormatSymbols} associated with the
+ * {@code DecimalFormat}) in any field but the exponent
* field will attempt to change the sign of the number to
* positive/negative.
* DecimalFormatSymbols
associated with the
- * DecimalFormat
) in the exponent field will
+ * {@code DecimalFormatSymbols} associated with the
+ * {@code DecimalFormat}) in the exponent field will
* attempt to change the sign of the exponent to positive/negative.
* setOverwriteMode(true)
. For example:
+ * overwrite mode, {@code setOverwriteMode(true)}. For example:
*
* DecimalFormat decimalFormat = new DecimalFormat("0.000E0");
* NumberFormatter textFormatter = new NumberFormatter(decimalFormat);
@@ -58,26 +58,26 @@
*
#.0###
), or allow the value to be invalid
- * setAllowsInvalid(true)
. Otherwise users may not be able to
+ * one decimal ({@code #.0###}), or allow the value to be invalid
+ * {@code setAllowsInvalid(true)}. Otherwise users may not be able to
* input decimal values.
* NumberFormatter
provides slightly different behavior to
- * stringToValue
than that of its superclass. If you have
+ * {@code NumberFormatter} provides slightly different behavior to
+ * {@code stringToValue} than that of its superclass. If you have
* specified a Class for values, {@link #setValueClass}, that is one of
- * of Integer
, Long
, Float
,
- * Double
, Byte
or Short
and
- * the Format's parseObject
returns an instance of
- * Number
, the corresponding instance of the value class
+ * of {@code Integer}, {@code Long}, {@code Float},
+ * {@code Double}, {@code Byte} or {@code Short} and
+ * the Format's {@code parseObject} returns an instance of
+ * {@code Number}, the corresponding instance of the value class
* will be created using the constructor appropriate for the primitive
* type the value class represents. For example:
- * setValueClass(Integer.class)
will cause the resulting
+ * {@code setValueClass(Integer.class)} will cause the resulting
* value to be created via
- * new Integer(((Number)formatter.parseObject(string)).intValue())
.
+ * {@code new Integer(((Number)formatter.parseObject(string)).intValue())}.
* This is typically useful if you
- * wish to set a min/max value as the various Number
+ * wish to set a min/max value as the various {@code Number}
* implementations are generally not comparable to each other. This is also
- * useful if for some reason you need a specific Number
+ * useful if for some reason you need a specific {@code Number}
* implementation for your values.
* java.beans
package.
+ * has been added to the {@code java.beans} package.
* Please see {@link java.beans.XMLEncoder}.
*
* @since 1.4
@@ -97,9 +97,9 @@
private String specialChars;
/**
- * Creates a NumberFormatter
with the a default
- * NumberFormat
instance obtained from
- * NumberFormat.getNumberInstance()
.
+ * Creates a {@code NumberFormatter} with the a default
+ * {@code NumberFormat} instance obtained from
+ * {@code NumberFormat.getNumberInstance()}.
*/
public NumberFormatter() {
this(NumberFormat.getNumberInstance());
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@
* NumberFormat.getNumberInstance()
method.
+ * {@code NumberFormat.getNumberInstance()} method.
*
* @param format NumberFormat instance used to dictate legal values
*/
@@ -154,7 +154,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes parseObject
on f
, returning
+ * Invokes {@code parseObject} on {@code f}, returning
* its value.
*/
Object stringToValue(String text, Format f) throws ParseException {
@@ -168,10 +168,10 @@
/**
* Converts the passed in value to the passed in class. This only
- * works if valueClass
is one of Integer
,
- * Long
, Float
, Double
,
- * Byte
or Short
and value
- * is an instanceof Number
.
+ * works if {@code valueClass} is one of {@code Integer},
+ * {@code Long}, {@code Float}, {@code Double},
+ * {@code Byte} or {@code Short} and {@code value}
+ * is an instanceof {@code Number}.
*/
private Object convertValueToValueClass(Object value,
Class> valueClass) {
@@ -243,9 +243,9 @@
}
/**
- * Subclassed to return false if text
contains in an invalid
+ * Subclassed to return false if {@code text} contains in an invalid
* character to insert, that is, it is not a digit
- * (Character.isDigit()
) and
+ * ({@code Character.isDigit()}) and
* not one of the characters defined by the DecimalFormatSymbols.
*/
boolean isLegalInsertText(String text) {
@@ -314,8 +314,8 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the first NumberFormat.Field
starting
- * index
incrementing by direction
.
+ * Returns the first {@code NumberFormat.Field} starting
+ * {@code index} incrementing by {@code direction}.
*/
private NumberFormat.Field getFieldFrom(int index, int direction) {
if (isValidMask()) {
@@ -359,7 +359,7 @@
/**
* Will change the sign of the integer or exponent field if
- * aChar
is the positive or minus sign. Returns
+ * {@code aChar} is the positive or minus sign. Returns
* true if a sign change was attempted.
*/
private boolean toggleSignIfNecessary(DocumentFilter.FilterBypass fb,
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/ParagraphView.java 2015-10-04 22:59:32.973255769 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/ParagraphView.java 2015-10-04 22:59:32.781255777 +0400
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
* horizontal boxes. This view creates a collection of
* views that represent the child elements of the paragraph
* element. Each of these views are placed into a row
- * directly if they will fit, otherwise the breakView
+ * directly if they will fit, otherwise the {@code breakView}
* method is called to try and carve the view into pieces
* that fit.
*
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@
public class ParagraphView extends FlowView implements TabExpander {
/**
- * Constructs a ParagraphView
for the given element.
+ * Constructs a {@code ParagraphView} for the given element.
*
* @param elem the element that this view is responsible for
*/
@@ -87,9 +87,9 @@
*
* @param j one of the following values:
*
- *
*/
protected void setJustification(int j) {
@@ -144,13 +144,13 @@
* Returns the number of views that this view is
* responsible for.
* The child views of the paragraph are rows which
- * have been used to arrange pieces of the StyleConstants.ALIGN_LEFT
- * StyleConstants.ALIGN_CENTER
- * StyleConstants.ALIGN_RIGHT
+ * View
s
+ * have been used to arrange pieces of the {@code View}s
* that represent the child elements. This is the number
* of views that have been tiled in two dimensions,
* and should be equivalent to the number of child elements
* to the element this view is responsible for.
*
- * @return the number of views that this ParagraphView
+ * @return the number of views that this {@code ParagraphView}
* is responsible for
*/
protected int getLayoutViewCount() {
@@ -158,17 +158,17 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the view at a given index
.
+ * Returns the view at a given {@code index}.
* The child views of the paragraph are rows which
- * have been used to arrange pieces of the Views
+ * have been used to arrange pieces of the {@code Views}
* that represent the child elements. This methods returns
* the view responsible for the child element index
* (prior to breaking). These are the Views that were
* produced from a factory (to represent the child
* elements) and used for layout.
*
- * @param index the index
of the desired view
- * @return the view at index
+ * @param index the {@code index} of the desired view
+ * @return the view at {@code index}
*/
protected View getLayoutView(int index) {
return layoutPool.getView(index);
@@ -177,13 +177,13 @@
/**
* Returns the next visual position for the cursor, in
* either the east or west direction.
- * Overridden from CompositeView
.
+ * Overridden from {@code CompositeView}.
* @param pos position into the model
- * @param b either Position.Bias.Forward
or
- * Position.Bias.Backward
+ * @param b either {@code Position.Bias.Forward} or
+ * {@code Position.Bias.Backward}
* @param a the allocated region to render into
- * @param direction either SwingConstants.NORTH
- * or SwingConstants.SOUTH
+ * @param direction either {@code SwingConstants.NORTH}
+ * or {@code SwingConstants.SOUTH}
* @param biasRet an array containing the bias that were checked
* in this method
* @return the location in the model that represents the
@@ -242,23 +242,23 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the closest model position to x
.
- * rowIndex
gives the index of the view that corresponds
+ * Returns the closest model position to {@code x}.
+ * {@code rowIndex} gives the index of the view that corresponds
* that should be looked in.
* @param pos position into the model
* @param b the bias
* @param a the allocated region to render into
* @param direction one of the following values:
*
- *
* @param biasRet an array containing the bias that were checked
* in this method
* @param rowIndex the index of the view
* @param x the x coordinate of interest
* @throws BadLocationException if a bad location is encountered
- * @return the closest model position to SwingConstants.NORTH
- * SwingConstants.SOUTH
+ * x
+ * @return the closest model position to {@code x}
*/
// NOTE: This will not properly work if ParagraphView contains
// other ParagraphViews. It won't raise, but this does not message
@@ -312,25 +312,25 @@
/**
* Determines in which direction the next view lays.
- * Consider the View
at index n.
- * Typically the View
s are layed out
- * from left to right, so that the View
+ * Consider the {@code View} at index n.
+ * Typically the {@code View}s are layed out
+ * from left to right, so that the {@code View}
* to the EAST will be at index n + 1, and the
- * View
to the WEST will be at index n - 1.
+ * {@code View} to the WEST will be at index n - 1.
* In certain situations, such as with bidirectional text,
- * it is possible that the View
to EAST is not
+ * it is possible that the {@code View} to EAST is not
* at index n + 1, but rather at index n - 1,
- * or that the View
to the WEST is not at
+ * or that the {@code View} to the WEST is not at
* index n - 1, but index n + 1. In this case this method
- * would return true, indicating the View
s are
+ * would return true, indicating the {@code View}s are
* layed out in descending order.
* Position.Bias.Forward
or
- * Position.Bias.Backward
+ * @param bias either {@code Position.Bias.Forward} or
+ * {@code Position.Bias.Backward}
* @return true if the text is layed out right to left at
* position, otherwise false.
*/
@@ -348,7 +348,7 @@
* the given child index.
* @param index the index of the view being queried
* @return the constraining span for the given view at
- * index
+ * {@code index}
* @since 1.3
*/
public int getFlowSpan(int index) {
@@ -367,7 +367,7 @@
* flow span will start at.
* @param index the index of the view being queried
* @return the location for the given view at
- * index
+ * {@code index}
* @since 1.3
*/
public int getFlowStart(int index) {
@@ -381,9 +381,9 @@
}
/**
- * Create a View
that should be used to hold a
+ * Create a {@code View} that should be used to hold a
* a row's worth of children in a flow.
- * @return the new View
+ * @return the new {@code View}
* @since 1.3
*/
protected View createRow() {
@@ -395,14 +395,14 @@
/**
* Returns the next tab stop position given a reference position.
* This view implements the tab coordinate system, and calls
- * getTabbedSpan
on the logical children in the process
+ * {@code getTabbedSpan} on the logical children in the process
* of layout to determine the desired span of the children. The
* logical children can delegate their tab expansion upward to
* the paragraph which knows how to expand tabs.
- * LabelView
is an example of a view that delegates
+ * {@code LabelView} is an example of a view that delegates
* its tab expansion needs upward to the paragraph.
* TabSet
+ * This is implemented to try and locate a {@code TabSet}
* in the paragraph element's attribute set. If one can be
* found, its settings will be used, otherwise a default expansion
* will be provided. The base location for tab expansion
@@ -473,9 +473,9 @@
}
/**
- * Gets the Tabset
to be used in calculating tabs.
+ * Gets the {@code Tabset} to be used in calculating tabs.
*
- * @return the TabSet
+ * @return the {@code TabSet}
*/
protected TabSet getTabSet() {
return StyleConstants.getTabSet(getElement().getAttributes());
@@ -483,13 +483,13 @@
/**
* Returns the size used by the views between
- * startOffset
and endOffset
.
- * This uses getPartialView
to calculate the
+ * {@code startOffset} and {@code endOffset}.
+ * This uses {@code getPartialView} to calculate the
* size if the child view implements the
- * TabableView
interface. If a
- * size is needed and a View
does not implement
- * the TabableView
interface,
- * the preferredSpan
will be used.
+ * {@code TabableView} interface. If a
+ * size is needed and a {@code View} does not implement
+ * the {@code TabableView} interface,
+ * the {@code preferredSpan} will be used.
*
* @param startOffset the starting document offset >= 0
* @param endOffset the ending document offset >= startOffset
@@ -527,7 +527,7 @@
/**
* Finds the next character in the document with a character in
- * string
, starting at offset start
. If
+ * {@code string}, starting at offset {@code start}. If
* there are no characters found, -1 will be returned.
*
* @param string the string of characters
@@ -608,8 +608,8 @@
* center of the first row along the y axis, and the default
* along the x axis.
*
- * @param axis may be either View.X_AXIS
or
- * View.Y_AXIS
+ * @param axis may be either {@code View.X_AXIS} or
+ * {@code View.Y_AXIS}
* @return the desired alignment. This should be a value
* between 0.0 and 1.0 inclusive, where 0 indicates alignment at the
* origin and 1.0 indicates alignment to the full span
@@ -637,12 +637,12 @@
/**
* Breaks this view on the given axis at the given length.
* ParagraphView
instances are breakable
- * along the Y_AXIS
only, and only if
- * len
is after the first line.
+ * {@code ParagraphView} instances are breakable
+ * along the {@code Y_AXIS} only, and only if
+ * {@code len} is after the first line.
*
- * @param axis may be either View.X_AXIS
- * or View.Y_AXIS
+ * @param axis may be either {@code View.X_AXIS}
+ * or {@code View.Y_AXIS}
* @param len specifies where a potential break is desired
* along the given axis >= 0
* @param a the current allocation of the view
@@ -669,17 +669,17 @@
/**
* Gets the break weight for a given location.
* ParagraphView
instances are breakable
- * along the Y_AXIS
only, and only if
- * len
is after the first row. If the length
- * is less than one row, a value of BadBreakWeight
+ * {@code ParagraphView} instances are breakable
+ * along the {@code Y_AXIS} only, and only if
+ * {@code len} is after the first row. If the length
+ * is less than one row, a value of {@code BadBreakWeight}
* is returned.
*
- * @param axis may be either View.X_AXIS
- * or View.Y_AXIS
+ * @param axis may be either {@code View.X_AXIS}
+ * or {@code View.Y_AXIS}
* @param len specifies where a potential break is desired >= 0
* @return a value indicating the attractiveness of breaking here;
- * either GoodBreakWeight
or BadBreakWeight
+ * either {@code GoodBreakWeight} or {@code BadBreakWeight}
* @see View#getBreakWeight
*/
public int getBreakWeight(int axis, float len) {
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/PlainDocument.java 2015-10-04 22:59:33.513255744 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/PlainDocument.java 2015-10-04 22:59:33.325255753 +0400
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@
* appropriate for short term storage or RMI between applications running
* the same version of Swing. As of 1.4, support for long term storage
* of all JavaBeans™
- * has been added to the java.beans
package.
+ * has been added to the {@code java.beans} package.
* Please see {@link java.beans.XMLEncoder}.
*
* @author Timothy Prinzing
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@
/**
* Constructs a plain text document. A default model using
- * GapContent
is constructed and set.
+ * {@code GapContent} is constructed and set.
*/
public PlainDocument() {
this(new GapContent());
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/PlainView.java 2015-10-04 22:59:34.037255721 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/PlainView.java 2015-10-04 22:59:33.849255729 +0400
@@ -62,12 +62,12 @@
/**
* Renders a line of text, suppressing whitespace at the end
* and expanding any tabs. This is implemented to make calls
- * to the methods drawUnselectedText
and
- * drawSelectedText
so that the way selected and
+ * to the methods {@code drawUnselectedText} and
+ * {@code drawSelectedText} so that the way selected and
* unselected text are rendered can be customized.
*
* @param lineIndex the line to draw >= 0
- * @param g the Graphics
context
+ * @param g the {@code Graphics} context
* @param x the starting X position >= 0
* @param y the starting Y position >= 0
* @see #drawUnselectedText
@@ -321,8 +321,8 @@
/**
* Should return a shape ideal for painting based on the passed in
- * Shape a
. This is useful if painting in a different
- * region. The default implementation returns a
.
+ * Shape {@code a}. This is useful if painting in a different
+ * region. The default implementation returns {@code a}.
*/
Shape adjustPaintRegion(Shape a) {
return a;
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/SegmentCache.java 2015-10-04 22:59:34.569255697 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/SegmentCache.java 2015-10-04 22:59:34.377255706 +0400
@@ -28,8 +28,8 @@
import java.util.List;
/**
- * SegmentCache caches Segment
s to avoid continually creating
- * and destroying of Segment
s. A common use of this class would
+ * SegmentCache caches {@code Segment}s to avoid continually creating
+ * and destroying of {@code Segment}s. A common use of this class would
* be:
*
* Segment segment = segmentCache.getSegment();
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@
/**
* A convenience method to get a Segment from the shared
- *
SegmentCache
.
+ * {@code SegmentCache}.
*/
public static Segment getSharedSegment() {
return getSharedInstance().getSegment();
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@
/**
* A convenience method to release a Segment to the shared
- * SegmentCache
.
+ * {@code SegmentCache}.
*/
public static void releaseSharedSegment(Segment segment) {
getSharedInstance().releaseSegment(segment);
@@ -84,8 +84,8 @@
}
/**
- * Returns a Segment
. When done, the Segment
- * should be recycled by invoking releaseSegment
.
+ * Returns a {@code Segment}. When done, the {@code Segment}
+ * should be recycled by invoking {@code releaseSegment}.
*/
public Segment getSegment() {
synchronized(this) {
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/SimpleAttributeSet.java 2015-10-04 22:59:35.093255673 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/SimpleAttributeSet.java 2015-10-04 22:59:34.901255682 +0400
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
* appropriate for short term storage or RMI between applications running
* the same version of Swing. As of 1.4, support for long term storage
* of all JavaBeans™
- * has been added to the java.beans
package.
+ * has been added to the {@code java.beans} package.
* Please see {@link java.beans.XMLEncoder}.
*
* @author Tim Prinzing
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@
/**
* Gets the names of the attributes in the set.
*
- * @return the names as an Enumeration
+ * @return the names as an {@code Enumeration}
*/
public Enumeration> getAttributeNames() {
return Collections.enumeration(table.keySet());
@@ -294,11 +294,11 @@
/**
* Compares this object to the specified object.
- * The result is true
if the object is an equivalent
+ * The result is {@code true} if the object is an equivalent
* set of attributes.
* @param obj the object to compare this attribute set with
- * @return true
if the objects are equal;
- * false
otherwise
+ * @return {@code true} if the objects are equal;
+ * {@code false} otherwise
*/
public boolean equals(Object obj) {
if (this == obj) {
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/StringContent.java 2015-10-04 22:59:35.617255650 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/StringContent.java 2015-10-04 22:59:35.429255658 +0400
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@
* appropriate for short term storage or RMI between applications running
* the same version of Swing. As of 1.4, support for long term storage
* of all JavaBeans™
- * has been added to the java.beans
package.
+ * has been added to the {@code java.beans} package.
* Please see {@link java.beans.XMLEncoder}.
*
* @author Timothy Prinzing
@@ -259,8 +259,8 @@
/**
* Returns a Vector containing instances of UndoPosRef for the
* Positions in the range
- * offset
to offset
+ length
.
- * If v
is not null the matching Positions are placed in
+ * {@code offset} to {@code offset} + {@code length}.
+ * If {@code v} is not null the matching Positions are placed in
* there. The vector with the resulting Positions are returned.
* positions
.
+ * in {@code positions}.
* null
is returned if there is no name
+ * so {@code null} is returned if there is no name
* associated with the style.
*
* @return the name
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/StyleConstants.java 2015-10-04 22:59:36.669255603 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/StyleConstants.java 2015-10-04 22:59:36.481255611 +0400
@@ -735,7 +735,7 @@
* Gets the alignment setting.
*
* @param a the attribute set
- * @return the value StyleConstants.ALIGN_LEFT
if not set
+ * @return the value {@code StyleConstants.ALIGN_LEFT} if not set
*/
public static int getAlignment(AttributeSet a) {
Integer align = (Integer) a.getAttribute(Alignment);
@@ -759,7 +759,7 @@
* Gets the TabSet.
*
* @param a the attribute set
- * @return the TabSet
+ * @return the {@code TabSet}
*/
public static TabSet getTabSet(AttributeSet a) {
TabSet tabs = (TabSet)a.getAttribute(TabSet);
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/StyleContext.java 2015-10-04 22:59:37.217255578 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/StyleContext.java 2015-10-04 22:59:37.009255587 +0400
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@
* appropriate for short term storage or RMI between applications running
* the same version of Swing. As of 1.4, support for long term storage
* of all JavaBeans™
- * has been added to the java.beans
package.
+ * has been added to the {@code java.beans} package.
* Please see {@link java.beans.XMLEncoder}.
*
* @author Timothy Prinzing
@@ -162,10 +162,10 @@
}
/**
- * Returns an array of all the ChangeListener
s added
+ * Returns an array of all the {@code ChangeListener}s added
* to this StyleContext with addChangeListener().
*
- * @return all of the ChangeListener
s added or an empty
+ * @return all of the {@code ChangeListener}s added or an empty
* array if no listeners have been added
* @since 1.4
*/
@@ -589,7 +589,7 @@
* for the purpose of serialization. This will take
* special care to deal with static attribute keys that
* have been registered wit the
- * registerStaticAttributeKey
method.
+ * {@code registerStaticAttributeKey} method.
* Any attribute key not registered as a static key
* will be serialized directly. All values are expected
* to be serializable.
@@ -632,11 +632,11 @@
/**
* Reads a set of attributes from the given object input
* stream that have been previously written out with
- * writeAttributeSet
. This will try to restore
+ * {@code writeAttributeSet}. This will try to restore
* keys that were static objects to the static objects in
* the current virtual machine considering only those keys
* that have been registered with the
- * registerStaticAttributeKey
method.
+ * {@code registerStaticAttributeKey} method.
* The attributes retrieved from the stream will be placed
* into the given mutable set.
*
@@ -675,7 +675,7 @@
* to be treated specially for serialization.
* toString
+ * uses the value returned by {@code toString}
* concatenated to the classname. The value returned
* by toString should not have the class reference
* in it (ie it should be reimplemented from the
@@ -696,7 +696,7 @@
/**
* Returns the object previously registered with
- * registerStaticAttributeKey
.
+ * {@code registerStaticAttributeKey}.
* @param key the object key
* @return Returns the object previously registered with
* {@code registerStaticAttributeKey}
@@ -709,7 +709,7 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the String that key
will be registered with.
+ * Returns the String that {@code key} will be registered with.
* @see #getStaticAttribute
* @see #registerStaticAttributeKey
* @param key the object key
@@ -876,11 +876,11 @@
/**
* Compares this object to the specified object.
- * The result is true
if the object is an equivalent
+ * The result is {@code true} if the object is an equivalent
* set of attributes.
* @param obj the object to compare with.
- * @return true
if the objects are equal;
- * false
otherwise.
+ * @return {@code true} if the objects are equal;
+ * {@code false} otherwise.
*/
public boolean equals(Object obj) {
if (obj instanceof AttributeSet) {
@@ -1046,8 +1046,8 @@
/**
* Tests if this enumeration contains more elements.
*
- * @return true
if this enumeration contains more elements;
- * false
otherwise.
+ * @return {@code true} if this enumeration contains more elements;
+ * {@code false} otherwise.
* @since 1.0
*/
public boolean hasMoreElements() {
@@ -1246,12 +1246,12 @@
/**
* Compares this object to the specified object.
- * The result is true
if and only if the argument is not
- * null
and is a Font
object with the same
+ * The result is {@code true} if and only if the argument is not
+ * {@code null} and is a {@code Font} object with the same
* name, style, and point size as this font.
* @param obj the object to compare this font with.
- * @return true
if the objects are equal;
- * false
otherwise.
+ * @return {@code true} if the objects are equal;
+ * {@code false} otherwise.
*/
public boolean equals(Object obj) {
if (obj instanceof FontKey) {
@@ -1277,7 +1277,7 @@
* appropriate for short term storage or RMI between applications running
* the same version of Swing. As of 1.4, support for long term storage
* of all JavaBeans™
- * has been added to the java.beans
package.
+ * has been added to the {@code java.beans} package.
* Please see {@link java.beans.XMLEncoder}.
*/
@SuppressWarnings("serial") // Same-version serialization only
@@ -1370,10 +1370,10 @@
/**
- * Returns an array of all the ChangeListener
s added
+ * Returns an array of all the {@code ChangeListener}s added
* to this NamedStyle with addChangeListener().
*
- * @return all of the ChangeListener
s added or an empty
+ * @return all of the {@code ChangeListener}s added or an empty
* array if no listeners have been added
* @since 1.4
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/StyledEditorKit.java 2015-10-04 22:59:37.753255554 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/StyledEditorKit.java 2015-10-04 22:59:37.565255562 +0400
@@ -186,7 +186,7 @@
}
/**
- * Creates a new AttributeTracker
.
+ * Creates a new {@code AttributeTracker}.
*/
private void createInputAttributeUpdated() {
inputAttributeUpdater = new AttributeTracker();
@@ -224,8 +224,8 @@
class AttributeTracker implements CaretListener, PropertyChangeListener, Serializable {
/**
- * Updates the attributes. dot
and mark
- * mark give the positions of the selection in c
.
+ * Updates the attributes. {@code dot} and {@code mark}
+ * mark give the positions of the selection in {@code c}.
*/
void updateInputAttributes(int dot, int mark, JTextComponent c) {
// EditorKit might not have installed the StyledDocument yet.
@@ -281,11 +281,11 @@
}
/**
- * Copies the key/values in element
s AttributeSet into
- * set
. This does not copy component, icon, or element
+ * Copies the key/values in {@code element}s AttributeSet into
+ * {@code set}. This does not copy component, icon, or element
* names attributes. Subclasses may wish to refine what is and what
* isn't copied here. But be sure to first remove all the attributes that
- * are in set
.java.beans
package.
+ * has been added to the {@code java.beans} package.
* Please see {@link java.beans.XMLEncoder}.
*/
@SuppressWarnings("serial") // Same-version serialization only
@@ -497,7 +497,7 @@
* appropriate for short term storage or RMI between applications running
* the same version of Swing. As of 1.4, support for long term storage
* of all JavaBeans™
- * has been added to the java.beans
package.
+ * has been added to the {@code java.beans} package.
* Please see {@link java.beans.XMLEncoder}.
*/
@SuppressWarnings("serial") // Same-version serialization only
@@ -554,7 +554,7 @@
* appropriate for short term storage or RMI between applications running
* the same version of Swing. As of 1.4, support for long term storage
* of all JavaBeans™
- * has been added to the java.beans
package.
+ * has been added to the {@code java.beans} package.
* Please see {@link java.beans.XMLEncoder}.
*/
@SuppressWarnings("serial") // Same-version serialization only
@@ -602,10 +602,10 @@
/**
* An action to set foreground color. This sets the
- * StyleConstants.Foreground
attribute for the
+ * {@code StyleConstants.Foreground} attribute for the
* currently selected range of the target JEditorPane.
* This is done by calling
- * StyledDocument.setCharacterAttributes
+ * {@code StyledDocument.setCharacterAttributes}
* on the styled document associated with the target
* JEditorPane.
* Color.decode
, and should therefore be
+ * {@code Color.decode}, and should therefore be
* legal input for that method.
* java.beans
package.
+ * has been added to the {@code java.beans} package.
* Please see {@link java.beans.XMLEncoder}.
*/
@SuppressWarnings("serial") // Same-version serialization only
@@ -670,10 +670,10 @@
/**
* An action to set paragraph alignment. This sets the
- * StyleConstants.Alignment
attribute for the
+ * {@code StyleConstants.Alignment} attribute for the
* currently selected range of the target JEditorPane.
* This is done by calling
- * StyledDocument.setParagraphAttributes
+ * {@code StyledDocument.setParagraphAttributes}
* on the styled document associated with the target
* JEditorPane.
* StyleConstants.Alignment
attribute.
+ * {@code StyleConstants.Alignment} attribute.
* java.beans
package.
+ * has been added to the {@code java.beans} package.
* Please see {@link java.beans.XMLEncoder}.
*/
@SuppressWarnings("serial") // Same-version serialization only
@@ -740,7 +740,7 @@
* appropriate for short term storage or RMI between applications running
* the same version of Swing. As of 1.4, support for long term storage
* of all JavaBeans™
- * has been added to the java.beans
package.
+ * has been added to the {@code java.beans} package.
* Please see {@link java.beans.XMLEncoder}.
*/
@SuppressWarnings("serial") // Same-version serialization only
@@ -780,7 +780,7 @@
* appropriate for short term storage or RMI between applications running
* the same version of Swing. As of 1.4, support for long term storage
* of all JavaBeans™
- * has been added to the java.beans
package.
+ * has been added to the {@code java.beans} package.
* Please see {@link java.beans.XMLEncoder}.
*/
@SuppressWarnings("serial") // Same-version serialization only
@@ -820,7 +820,7 @@
* appropriate for short term storage or RMI between applications running
* the same version of Swing. As of 1.4, support for long term storage
* of all JavaBeans™
- * has been added to the java.beans
package.
+ * has been added to the {@code java.beans} package.
* Please see {@link java.beans.XMLEncoder}.
*/
@SuppressWarnings("serial") // Same-version serialization only
@@ -854,8 +854,8 @@
/**
* StyledInsertBreakAction has similar behavior to that of
- * DefaultEditorKit.InsertBreakAction
. That is when
- * its actionPerformed
method is invoked, a newline
+ * {@code DefaultEditorKit.InsertBreakAction}. That is when
+ * its {@code actionPerformed} method is invoked, a newline
* is inserted. Beyond that, this will reset the input attributes to
* what they were before the newline was inserted.
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/TabSet.java 2015-10-04 22:59:38.289255530 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/TabSet.java 2015-10-04 22:59:38.097255539 +0400
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
* appropriate for short term storage or RMI between applications running
* the same version of Swing. As of 1.4, support for long term storage
* of all JavaBeans™
- * has been added to the java.beans
package.
+ * has been added to the {@code java.beans} package.
* Please see {@link java.beans.XMLEncoder}.
*
* @author Scott Violet
@@ -81,8 +81,8 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the TabStop at index index
. This will throw an
- * IllegalArgumentException if index
is outside the range
+ * Returns the TabStop at index {@code index}. This will throw an
+ * IllegalArgumentException if {@code index} is outside the range
* of tabs.
* @param index which TapStop to return
* @return the TabStop at index {@code index}
@@ -97,8 +97,8 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the Tab instance after location
. This will
- * return null if there are no tabs after location
.
+ * Returns the Tab instance after {@code location}. This will
+ * return null if there are no tabs after {@code location}.
* @param location location to find a Tab after
* @return the Tab instance after {@code location}
*/
@@ -109,11 +109,11 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the index of the TabStop tab
, or -1 if
- * tab
is not contained in the receiver.
+ * Returns the index of the TabStop {@code tab}, or -1 if
+ * {@code tab} is not contained in the receiver.
* @param tab the TabStop to find
- * @return the index of the TabStop tab
, or -1 if
- * tab
is not contained in the receiver.
+ * @return the index of the TabStop {@code tab}, or -1 if
+ * {@code tab} is not contained in the receiver.
*/
public int getTabIndex(TabStop tab) {
for(int counter = getTabCount() - 1; counter >= 0; counter--)
@@ -124,10 +124,10 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the index of the Tab to be used after location
.
- * This will return -1 if there are no tabs after location
.
+ * Returns the index of the Tab to be used after {@code location}.
+ * This will return -1 if there are no tabs after {@code location}.
* @param location location to find a Tab after
- * @return the index of the Tab to be used after location
+ * @return the index of the Tab to be used after {@code location}
*/
public int getTabIndexAfter(float location) {
int current, min, max;
@@ -153,12 +153,12 @@
}
/**
- * Indicates whether this TabSet
is equal to another one.
- * @param o the TabSet
instance which this instance
+ * Indicates whether this {@code TabSet} is equal to another one.
+ * @param o the {@code TabSet} instance which this instance
* should be compared to.
- * @return true
if o
is the instance of
- * TabSet
, has the same number of TabStop
s
- * and they are all equal, false
otherwise.
+ * @return {@code true} if {@code o} is the instance of
+ * {@code TabSet}, has the same number of {@code TabStop}s
+ * and they are all equal, {@code false} otherwise.
*
* @since 1.5
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/TabStop.java 2015-10-04 22:59:38.813255506 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/TabStop.java 2015-10-04 22:59:38.625255515 +0400
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
* appropriate for short term storage or RMI between applications running
* the same version of Swing. As of 1.4, support for long term storage
* of all JavaBeans™
- * has been added to the java.beans
package.
+ * has been added to the {@code java.beans} package.
* Please see {@link java.beans.XMLEncoder}.
*
*/
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@
private int leader;
/**
- * Creates a tab at position pos
with a default alignment
+ * Creates a tab at position {@code pos} with a default alignment
* and default leader.
* @param pos position of the tab
*/
@@ -96,8 +96,8 @@
}
/**
- * Creates a tab with the specified position pos
,
- * alignment align
and leader leader
.
+ * Creates a tab with the specified position {@code pos},
+ * alignment {@code align} and leader {@code leader}.
* @param pos position of the tab
* @param align alignment of the tab
* @param leader leader of the tab
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/TabableView.java 2015-10-04 22:59:39.337255483 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/TabableView.java 2015-10-04 22:59:39.145255491 +0400
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
/**
- * Interface for View
s that have size dependent upon tabs.
+ * Interface for {@code View}s that have size dependent upon tabs.
*
* @author Timothy Prinzing
* @author Scott Violet
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/TableView.java 2015-10-04 22:59:39.857255459 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/TableView.java 2015-10-04 22:59:39.665255468 +0400
@@ -546,7 +546,7 @@
* @param a the allocation to the table on entry, and the
* allocation of the view containing the position on exit
* @return the view representing the given position, or
- * null
if there isn't one
+ * {@code null} if there isn't one
*/
protected View getViewAtPosition(int pos, Rectangle a) {
int n = getViewCount();
@@ -759,7 +759,7 @@
* @param a the allocation to the table on entry, and the
* allocation of the view containing the position on exit
* @return the view representing the given position, or
- * null
if there isn't one
+ * {@code null} if there isn't one
*/
protected View getViewAtPosition(int pos, Rectangle a) {
int n = getViewCount();
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/TextAction.java 2015-10-04 22:59:40.393255435 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/TextAction.java 2015-10-04 22:59:40.201255444 +0400
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@
* appropriate for short term storage or RMI between applications running
* the same version of Swing. As of 1.4, support for long term storage
* of all JavaBeans™
- * has been added to the java.beans
package.
+ * has been added to the {@code java.beans} package.
* Please see {@link java.beans.XMLEncoder}.
*
* @author Timothy Prinzing
@@ -98,9 +98,9 @@
* from the second list is used.
*
* @param list1 the first list, may be empty but not
- * null
+ * {@code null}
* @param list2 the second list, may be empty but not
- * null
+ * {@code null}
* @return the augmented list
*/
public static final Action[] augmentList(Action[] list1, Action[] list2) {
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/Utilities.java 2015-10-04 22:59:40.917255412 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/Utilities.java 2015-10-04 22:59:40.725255421 +0400
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
*/
public class Utilities {
/**
- * If view
's container is a JComponent
it
+ * If {@code view}'s container is a {@code JComponent} it
* is returned, after casting.
*/
static JComponent getJComponent(View view) {
@@ -984,9 +984,9 @@
* manner. That is, that the view at index x + 1 is visually after
* the View at index x, and that the View at index x - 1 is visually
* before the View at x. There is support for reversing this behavior
- * only if the passed in View
is an instance of
- * CompositeView
. The CompositeView
- * must then override the flipEastAndWestAtEnds
method.
+ * only if the passed in {@code View} is an instance of
+ * {@code CompositeView}. The {@code CompositeView}
+ * must then override the {@code flipEastAndWestAtEnds} method.
*
* @param v View to query
* @param pos the position to convert >= 0
@@ -995,16 +995,16 @@
* be thought of as the arrow keys typically found on a keyboard;
* this may be one of the following:
*
- *
* @param biasRet an array contain the bias that was checked
* @return the location within the model that best represents the next
* location visual position
* @exception BadLocationException
- * @exception IllegalArgumentException if SwingConstants.WEST
- * SwingConstants.EAST
- * SwingConstants.NORTH
- * SwingConstants.SOUTH
+ * direction
is invalid
+ * @exception IllegalArgumentException if {@code direction} is invalid
*/
static int getNextVisualPositionFrom(View v, int pos, Position.Bias b,
Shape alloc, int direction,
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/View.java 2015-10-04 22:59:41.453255388 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/View.java 2015-10-04 22:59:41.261255396 +0400
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
/**
* View
class.
+ * A very important part of the text package is the {@code View} class.
* As the name suggests it represents a view of the text model,
* or a piece of the text model.
* It is this class that is responsible for the look of the text component.
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@
* Element
).
+contains a reference to a portion of the model ({@code Element}).
A view does not
have to exactly represent an element in the model, that is simply a typical
and therefore convenient mapping. A view can alternatively maintain a couple
@@ -56,10 +56,10 @@
setSize
method which is like
- doLayout
and setSize
in Component
combined.
- The view has a preferenceChanged
method which is
- like invalidate
in Component
except that one can
+ setSize
method should be prepared to be called a number of times
+ setSize
method
+ The {@code setSize} method
is generally called to make sure the View layout is complete prior to trying
to perform an operation on it that requires an up-to-date layout. A view's
size should always be set to a value within the minimum and maximum
span specified by that view. Additionally, the view must always call the
- preferenceChanged
method on the parent if it has changed the
+ {@code preferenceChanged} method on the parent if it has changed the
values for the
layout it would like, and expects the parent to honor. The parent View is
- not required to recognize a change until the preferenceChanged
+ not required to recognize a change until the {@code preferenceChanged}
has been sent.
This allows parent View implementations to cache the child requirements if
desired. The calling sequence looks something like the following:
@@ -109,27 +109,27 @@
View
has the following semantics for rendering:
+ tree. A {@code View} has the following semantics for rendering:
Component
- (i.e. the Component
returned by the
+ Component
.
+ {@code Component}.
Graphics
object given is not initialized in any way.
+ View
is inherently transparent. While a view may render into its
+ View
implementations.
- Each View
is responsible
+ traversing down the tree of {@code View} implementations.
+ Each {@code View} is responsible
for rendering its children. This behavior is depended upon for thread
safety. While view implementations do not necessarily have to be implemented
with thread safety in mind, other view implementations that do make use of
@@ -161,14 +161,14 @@
DocumentEvent
.
+ are being broadcasted from the model via a {@code DocumentEvent}.
DocumentListener
s.
+ it would be impractical to have a huge number of {@code DocumentListener}s.
If each
view listened to the model, only a few would actually be interested in the
changes broadcasted at any given time. Since the model has no knowledge of
@@ -190,9 +190,9 @@
public abstract class View implements SwingConstants {
/**
- * Creates a new View
object.
+ * Creates a new {@code View} object.
*
- * @param elem the Element
to represent
+ * @param elem the {@code Element} to represent
*/
public View(Element elem) {
this.elem = elem;
@@ -201,7 +201,7 @@
/**
* Returns the parent of the view.
*
- * @return the parent, or null
if none exists
+ * @return the parent, or {@code null} if none exists
*/
public View getParent() {
return parent;
@@ -223,8 +223,8 @@
* Determines the preferred span for this view along an
* axis.
*
- * @param axis may be either View.X_AXIS
or
- * View.Y_AXIS
+ * @param axis may be either {@code View.X_AXIS} or
+ * {@code View.Y_AXIS}
* @return the span the view would like to be rendered into.
* Typically the view is told to render into the span
* that is returned, although there is no guarantee.
@@ -237,8 +237,8 @@
* Determines the minimum span for this view along an
* axis.
*
- * @param axis may be either View.X_AXIS
or
- * View.Y_AXIS
+ * @param axis may be either {@code View.X_AXIS} or
+ * {@code View.Y_AXIS}
* @return the minimum span the view can be rendered into
* @see View#getPreferredSpan
*/
@@ -255,8 +255,8 @@
* Determines the maximum span for this view along an
* axis.
*
- * @param axis may be either View.X_AXIS
or
- * View.Y_AXIS
+ * @param axis may be either {@code View.X_AXIS} or
+ * {@code View.Y_AXIS}
* @return the maximum span the view can be rendered into
* @see View#getPreferredSpan
*/
@@ -274,7 +274,7 @@
* the preference has changed and should be reconsidered
* for layout. By default this just propagates upward to
* the next parent. The root view will call
- * revalidate
on the associated text component.
+ * {@code revalidate} on the associated text component.
*
* @param child the child view
* @param width true if the width preference has changed
@@ -296,8 +296,8 @@
* away from the origin. An alignment of 0.5 would be the
* center of the view.
*
- * @param axis may be either View.X_AXIS
or
- * View.Y_AXIS
+ * @param axis may be either {@code View.X_AXIS} or
+ * {@code View.Y_AXIS}
* @return the value 0.5
*/
public float getAlignment(int axis) {
@@ -324,10 +324,10 @@
* null, this method does the same for each of its children,
* propagating the notification that they have been
* disconnected from the view tree. If this is
- * reimplemented, super.setParent()
should
+ * reimplemented, {@code super.setParent()} should
* be called.
*
- * @param parent the new parent, or null
if the view is
+ * @param parent the new parent, or {@code null} if the view is
* being removed from a parent
*/
public void setParent(View parent) {
@@ -358,7 +358,7 @@
/**
* Gets the nth child view. Since there are no
- * children by default, this returns null
.
+ * children by default, this returns {@code null}.
*
* @param n the number of the view to get, >= 0 && < getViewCount()
* @return the view
@@ -370,7 +370,7 @@
/**
* Removes all of the children. This is a convenience
- * call to replace
.
+ * call to {@code replace}.
*
* @since 1.3
*/
@@ -380,7 +380,7 @@
/**
* Removes one of the children at the given position.
- * This is a convenience call to replace
.
+ * This is a convenience call to {@code replace}.
* @param i the position
* @since 1.3
*/
@@ -390,7 +390,7 @@
/**
* Inserts a single child view. This is a convenience
- * call to replace
.
+ * call to {@code replace}.
*
* @param offs the offset of the view to insert before >= 0
* @param v the view
@@ -405,7 +405,7 @@
/**
* Appends a single child view. This is a convenience
- * call to replace
.
+ * call to {@code replace}.
*
* @param v the view
* @see #replace
@@ -421,7 +421,7 @@
* Replaces child views. If there are no views to remove
* this acts as an insert. If there are no views to
* add this acts as a remove. Views being removed will
- * have the parent set to null
, and the internal reference
+ * have the parent set to {@code null}, and the internal reference
* to them removed so that they can be garbage collected.
* This is implemented to do nothing, because by default
* a view has no children.
@@ -431,7 +431,7 @@
* @param length the number of existing child views to remove
* This should be a value >= 0 and <= (getViewCount() - offset).
* @param views the child views to add. This value can be
- * null
to indicate no children are being added
+ * {@code null} to indicate no children are being added
* (useful to remove).
* @since 1.3
*/
@@ -458,11 +458,11 @@
* Fetches the allocation for the given child view.
* This enables finding out where various views
* are located, without assuming how the views store
- * their location. This returns null
since the
+ * their location. This returns {@code null} since the
* default is to not have any child views.
*
* @param index the index of the child, >= 0 && <
- * getViewCount()
+ * {@code getViewCount()}
* @param a the allocation to this view
* @return the allocation to the child
*/
@@ -498,7 +498,7 @@
* location visual position
* @exception BadLocationException the given position is not a valid
* position within the document
- * @exception IllegalArgumentException if direction
+ * @exception IllegalArgumentException if {@code direction}
* doesn't have one of the legal values above
*/
public int getNextVisualPositionFrom(int pos, Position.Bias b, Shape a,
@@ -577,18 +577,18 @@
* @param a the area of the view, which encompasses the requested character
* @param b the bias toward the previous character or the
* next character represented by the offset, in case the
- * position is a boundary of two views; b
will have one
+ * position is a boundary of two views; {@code b} will have one
* of these values:
*
- *
* @return the bounding box, in view coordinate space,
* of the character at the specified position
* @exception BadLocationException if the specified position does
* not represent a valid location in the associated document
- * @exception IllegalArgumentException if Position.Bias.Forward
- * Position.Bias.Backward
+ * b
is not one of the
- * legal Position.Bias
values listed above
+ * @exception IllegalArgumentException if {@code b} is not one of the
+ * legal {@code Position.Bias} values listed above
* @see View#viewToModel
*/
public abstract Shape modelToView(int pos, Shape a, Position.Bias b) throws BadLocationException;
@@ -603,11 +603,11 @@
* @param b0 the bias of the first character position,
* toward the previous character or the
* next character represented by the offset, in case the
- * position is a boundary of two views; b0
will have one
+ * position is a boundary of two views; {@code b0} will have one
* of these values:
*
- *
* @param p1 the position of the last character (>=0)
* @param b1 the bias for the second character position, defined
@@ -617,9 +617,9 @@
* by the first and last character positions
* @exception BadLocationException if the given position does
* not represent a valid location in the associated document
- * @exception IllegalArgumentException if Position.Bias.Forward
- * Position.Bias.Backward
+ * b0
or
- * b1
are not one of the
- * legal Position.Bias
values listed above
+ * @exception IllegalArgumentException if {@code b0} or
+ * {@code b1} are not one of the
+ * legal {@code Position.Bias} values listed above
* @see View#viewToModel
*/
public Shape modelToView(int p0, Position.Bias b0, int p1, Position.Bias b1, Shape a) throws BadLocationException {
@@ -658,7 +658,7 @@
/**
* Provides a mapping from the view coordinate space to the logical
- * coordinate space of the model. The biasReturn
+ * coordinate space of the model. The {@code biasReturn}
* argument will be filled in to indicate that the point given is
* closer to the next character in the model or the previous
* character in the model.
@@ -668,7 +668,7 @@
* @param a the allocated region in which to render
* @param biasReturn the returned bias
* @return the location within the model that best represents the
- * given point in the view >= 0. The biasReturn
+ * given point in the view >= 0. The {@code biasReturn}
* argument will be
* filled in to indicate that the point given is closer to the next
* character in the model or the previous character in the model.
@@ -801,7 +801,7 @@
/**
* Fetches the model associated with the view.
*
- * @return the view model, null
if none
+ * @return the view model, {@code null} if none
* @see View#getDocument
*/
public Document getDocument() {
@@ -843,12 +843,12 @@
}
/**
- * Fetch a Graphics
for rendering.
+ * Fetch a {@code Graphics} for rendering.
* This can be used to determine
* font characteristics, and will be different for a print view
* than a component view.
*
- * @return a Graphics
object for rendering
+ * @return a {@code Graphics} object for rendering
* @since 1.3
*/
public Graphics getGraphics() {
@@ -867,7 +867,7 @@
* subclasses.
* Each view should document what attributes it recognizes
* for the purpose of rendering or layout, and should always
- * access them through the AttributeSet
returned
+ * access them through the {@code AttributeSet} returned
* by this method.
* @return the attributes to use when rendering
*/
@@ -890,8 +890,8 @@
* given offset, and the end offset should be less than
* or equal to the end offset of the view being broken.
*
- * @param axis may be either View.X_AXIS
or
- * View.Y_AXIS
+ * @param axis may be either {@code View.X_AXIS} or
+ * {@code View.Y_AXIS}
* @param offset the location in the document model
* that a broken fragment would occupy >= 0. This
* would be the starting offset of the fragment
@@ -935,28 +935,28 @@
/**
* Determines how attractive a break opportunity in
* this view is. This can be used for determining which
- * view is the most attractive to call breakView
+ * view is the most attractive to call {@code breakView}
* on in the process of formatting. A view that represents
* text that has whitespace in it might be more attractive
* than a view that has no whitespace, for example. The
* higher the weight, the more attractive the break. A
- * value equal to or lower than BadBreakWeight
+ * value equal to or lower than {@code BadBreakWeight}
* should not be considered for a break. A value greater
- * than or equal to ForcedBreakWeight
should
+ * than or equal to {@code ForcedBreakWeight} should
* be broken.
* BadBreakWeight
unless the length
+ * of returning {@code BadBreakWeight} unless the length
* is greater than the length of the view in which case the
* entire view represents the fragment. Unless a view has
* been written to support breaking behavior, it is not
* attractive to try and break the view. An example of
- * a view that does support breaking is LabelView
.
+ * a view that does support breaking is {@code LabelView}.
* An example of a view that uses break weight is
- * ParagraphView
.
+ * {@code ParagraphView}.
*
- * @param axis may be either View.X_AXIS
or
- * View.Y_AXIS
+ * @param axis may be either {@code View.X_AXIS} or
+ * {@code View.Y_AXIS}
* @param pos the potential location of the start of the
* broken view >= 0. This may be useful for calculating tab
* positions
@@ -982,8 +982,8 @@
* Determines the resizability of the view along the
* given axis. A value of 0 or less is not resizable.
*
- * @param axis may be either View.X_AXIS
or
- * View.Y_AXIS
+ * @param axis may be either {@code View.X_AXIS} or
+ * {@code View.Y_AXIS}
* @return the weight
*/
public int getResizeWeight(int axis) {
@@ -1007,7 +1007,7 @@
* components font, etc. The default implementation
* of this is to forward the query to the parent view.
*
- * @return the container, null
if none
+ * @return the container, {@code null} if none
*/
public Container getContainer() {
View v = getParent();
@@ -1015,13 +1015,13 @@
}
/**
- * Fetches the ViewFactory
implementation that is feeding
+ * Fetches the {@code ViewFactory} implementation that is feeding
* the view hierarchy. Normally the views are given this
* as an argument to updates from the model when they
* are most likely to need the factory, but this
* method serves to provide it at other times.
*
- * @return the factory, null
if none
+ * @return the factory, {@code null} if none
*/
public ViewFactory getViewFactory() {
View v = getParent();
@@ -1056,7 +1056,7 @@
/**
* Returns the child view index representing the given position in
* the view. This iterates over all the children returning the
- * first with a bounds that contains x
, y
.
+ * first with a bounds that contains {@code x}, {@code y}.
*
* @param x the x coordinate
* @param y the y coordinate
@@ -1087,14 +1087,14 @@
* element this view is responsible for. This is implemented
* to assume the child views are directly responsible for the
* child elements of the element this view represents. The
- * ViewFactory
is used to create child views for each element
- * specified as added in the ElementChange
, starting at the
- * index specified in the given ElementChange
. The number of
+ * {@code ViewFactory} is used to create child views for each element
+ * specified as added in the {@code ElementChange}, starting at the
+ * index specified in the given {@code ElementChange}. The number of
* child views representing the removed elements specified are
* removed.
*
* @param ec the change information for the element this view
- * is responsible for. This should not be null
if
+ * is responsible for. This should not be {@code null} if
* this method gets called
* @param e the change information from the associated document
* @param f the factory to use to build child views
@@ -1131,7 +1131,7 @@
}
/**
- * Forwards the given DocumentEvent
to the child views
+ * Forwards the given {@code DocumentEvent} to the child views
* that need to be notified of the change to the model.
* If there were changes to the element this view is
* responsible for, that should be considered when
@@ -1139,7 +1139,7 @@
* notified).
*
* @param ec changes to the element this view is responsible
- * for (may be null
if there were no changes).
+ * for (may be {@code null} if there were no changes).
* @param e the change information from the associated document
* @param a the current allocation of the view
* @param f the factory to use to rebuild if the view has children
@@ -1215,9 +1215,9 @@
}
/**
- * Forwards the DocumentEvent
to the give child view. This
- * simply messages the view with a call to insertUpdate
,
- * removeUpdate
, or changedUpdate
depending
+ * Forwards the {@code DocumentEvent} to the give child view. This
+ * simply messages the view with a call to {@code insertUpdate},
+ * {@code removeUpdate}, or {@code changedUpdate} depending
* upon the type of the event. This is called by
* {@link #forwardUpdate forwardUpdate} to forward
* the event to children that need it.
@@ -1244,11 +1244,11 @@
/**
* Updates the layout in response to receiving notification of
* change from the model. This is implemented to call
- * preferenceChanged
to reschedule a new layout
- * if the ElementChange
record is not null
.
+ * {@code preferenceChanged} to reschedule a new layout
+ * if the {@code ElementChange} record is not {@code null}.
*
* @param ec changes to the element this view is responsible
- * for (may be null
if there were no changes)
+ * for (may be {@code null} if there were no changes)
* @param e the change information from the associated document
* @param a the current allocation of the view
* @see #insertUpdate
@@ -1331,7 +1331,7 @@
/**
* Provides a mapping from the document model coordinate space
* to the coordinate space of the view mapped to it. This is
- * implemented to default the bias to Position.Bias.Forward
+ * implemented to default the bias to {@code Position.Bias.Forward}
* which was previously implied.
*
* @param pos the position to convert >= 0
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/WrappedPlainView.java 2015-10-04 22:59:42.005255363 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/WrappedPlainView.java 2015-10-04 22:59:41.813255372 +0400
@@ -41,9 +41,9 @@
* to reduce their memory requirements.
* drawLine
method which in turn does all of
- * its rendering through the drawSelectedText
- * and drawUnselectedText
methods. This
+ * {@code drawLine} method which in turn does all of
+ * its rendering through the {@code drawSelectedText}
+ * and {@code drawUnselectedText} methods. This
* enables subclasses to easily specialize the rendering
* without concern for the layout aspects.
*
@@ -89,8 +89,8 @@
/**
* Renders a line of text, suppressing whitespace at the end
* and expanding any tabs. This is implemented to make calls
- * to the methods drawUnselectedText
and
- * drawSelectedText
so that the way selected and
+ * to the methods {@code drawUnselectedText} and
+ * {@code drawSelectedText} so that the way selected and
* unselected text are rendered can be customized.
*
* @param p0 the starting document location to use >= 0
@@ -252,7 +252,7 @@
/**
* Loads all of the children to initialize the view.
- * This is called by the setParent
method.
+ * This is called by the {@code setParent} method.
* Subclasses can reimplement this to initialize their
* child views in a different manner. The default
* implementation creates a child view for each
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/ZoneView.java 2015-10-04 22:59:42.533255339 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/ZoneView.java 2015-10-04 22:59:42.341255348 +0400
@@ -128,12 +128,12 @@
/**
* Sets the current setting of the number of zones
* allowed to be loaded at the same time. This will throw an
- * IllegalArgumentException
if mzl
is less
+ * {@code IllegalArgumentException} if {@code mzl} is less
* than 1.
*
* @param mzl the desired maximum number of zones
* to be actively loaded, must be greater than 0
- * @exception IllegalArgumentException if mzl
is < 1
+ * @exception IllegalArgumentException if {@code mzl} is < 1
*/
public void setMaxZonesLoaded(int mzl) {
if (mzl < 1) {
@@ -228,7 +228,7 @@
/**
* Loads all of the children to initialize the view.
- * This is called by the setParent
method.
+ * This is called by the {@code setParent} method.
* This is reimplemented to not load any children directly
* (as they are created by the zones). This method creates
* the initial set of zones. Zones don't actually get
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/html/AccessibleHTML.java 2015-10-04 22:59:43.073255315 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/html/AccessibleHTML.java 2015-10-04 22:59:42.869255324 +0400
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the root View
associated with the current text
+ * Returns the root {@code View} associated with the current text
* component.
*/
private View getRootView() {
@@ -151,7 +151,7 @@
/**
* If possible acquires a lock on the Document. If a lock has been
* obtained a key will be retured that should be passed to
- * unlock
.
+ * {@code unlock}.
*/
private Object lock() {
Document document = getDocument();
@@ -164,7 +164,7 @@
}
/**
- * Releases a lock previously obtained via lock
.
+ * Releases a lock previously obtained via {@code lock}.
*/
private void unlock(Object key) {
if (key != null) {
@@ -257,9 +257,9 @@
/**
* Gets the accessibleDescription property of this object. If this
* property isn't set, returns the content type of this
- * JEditorPane
instead (e.g. "plain/text", "html/text").
+ * {@code JEditorPane} instead (e.g. "plain/text", "html/text").
*
- * @return the localized description of the object; null
+ * @return the localized description of the object; {@code null}
* if this object does not have a description
*
* @see #setAccessibleName
@@ -874,9 +874,9 @@
/**
* Gets the accessibleDescription property of this object. If this
* property isn't set, returns the content type of this
- * JEditorPane
instead (e.g. "plain/text", "html/text").
+ * {@code JEditorPane} instead (e.g. "plain/text", "html/text").
*
- * @return the localized description of the object; null
+ * @return the localized description of the object; {@code null}
* if this object does not have a description
*
* @see #setAccessibleName
@@ -982,7 +982,7 @@
/**
* IndexedSegment extends Segment adding the offset into the
- * the model the Segment
was asked for.
+ * the model the {@code Segment} was asked for.
*/
private class IndexedSegment extends Segment {
/**
@@ -1005,8 +1005,8 @@
}
/**
- * Gets the word, sentence, or character at index
.
- * If direction
is non-null this will find the
+ * Gets the word, sentence, or character at {@code index}.
+ * If {@code direction} is non-null this will find the
* next/previous word/sentence/character.
*/
private String getAtIndex(int part, int index, int direction) {
@@ -1090,8 +1090,8 @@
}
/*
- * Returns a Segment
containing the paragraph text
- * at index
, or null if index
isn't
+ * Returns a {@code Segment} containing the paragraph text
+ * at {@code index}, or null if {@code index} isn't
* valid.
*/
private IndexedSegment getParagraphElementText(int index)
@@ -1115,8 +1115,8 @@
/**
- * Returns the Segment at index
representing either
- * the paragraph or sentence as identified by part
, or
+ * Returns the Segment at {@code index} representing either
+ * the paragraph or sentence as identified by {@code part}, or
* null if a valid paragraph/sentence can't be found. The offset
* will point to the start of the word/sentence in the array, and
* the modelOffset will point to the location of the word/sentence
@@ -1309,9 +1309,9 @@
/**
* Gets the accessibleDescription property of this object. If this
* property isn't set, returns the content type of this
- * JEditorPane
instead (e.g. "plain/text", "html/text").
+ * {@code JEditorPane} instead (e.g. "plain/text", "html/text").
*
- * @return the localized description of the object; null
+ * @return the localized description of the object; {@code null}
* if this object does not have a description
*
* @see #setAccessibleName
@@ -1610,9 +1610,9 @@
/**
* Gets the accessibleDescription property of this object. If this
* property isn't set, returns the content type of this
- * JEditorPane
instead (e.g. "plain/text", "html/text").
+ * {@code JEditorPane} instead (e.g. "plain/text", "html/text").
*
- * @return the localized description of the object; null
+ * @return the localized description of the object; {@code null}
* if this object does not have a description
*
* @see #setAccessibleName
@@ -2634,7 +2634,7 @@
* direct children of the Element. As the Document changes various
* ElementInfos become invalidated. Before accessing a particular portion
* of an ElementInfo you should make sure it is valid by invoking
- * validateIfNecessary
, this will return true if
+ * {@code validateIfNecessary}, this will return true if
* successful, on the other hand a false return value indicates the
* ElementInfo is not valid and can never become valid again (usually
* the result of the Element the ElementInfo encapsulates being removed).
@@ -2671,7 +2671,7 @@
}
/**
- * Creates an ElementInfo representing element
with
+ * Creates an ElementInfo representing {@code element} with
* the specified parent.
*/
ElementInfo(Element element, ElementInfo parent) {
@@ -2683,7 +2683,7 @@
/**
* Validates the receiver. This recreates the children as well. This
- * will be invoked within a readLock
. If this is overriden
+ * will be invoked within a {@code readLock}. If this is overriden
* it MUST invoke supers implementation first!
*/
protected void validate() {
@@ -2692,7 +2692,7 @@
}
/**
- * Recreates the direct children of info
.
+ * Recreates the direct children of {@code info}.
*/
protected void loadChildren(Element parent) {
if (!parent.isLeaf()) {
@@ -2723,7 +2723,7 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the Element this ElementInfo
represents.
+ * Returns the Element this {@code ElementInfo} represents.
*/
public Element getElement() {
return element;
@@ -2738,7 +2738,7 @@
/**
* Returns the index of the specified child, or -1 if
- * child
isn't a valid child.
+ * {@code child} isn't a valid child.
*/
public int indexOf(ElementInfo child) {
ArrayListindex
, or null
- * if index
isn't a valid index.
+ * Returns the child ElementInfo at {@code index}, or null
+ * if {@code index} isn't a valid index.
*/
public ElementInfo getChild(int index) {
if (validateIfNecessary()) {
@@ -2895,9 +2895,9 @@
/**
* Validates the ElementInfo if necessary. Some ElementInfos may
- * never be valid again. You should check isValid
before
+ * never be valid again. You should check {@code isValid} before
* using one. This will reload the children and invoke
- * validate
if the ElementInfo is invalid and can become
+ * {@code validate} if the ElementInfo is invalid and can become
* valid again. This will return true if the receiver is valid.
*/
protected boolean validateIfNecessary() {
@@ -3030,7 +3030,7 @@
/**
* DocumentListener installed on the current Document. Will invoke
- * update
on the RootInfo
in response to
+ * {@code update} on the {@code RootInfo} in response to
* any event.
*/
private class DocumentHandler implements DocumentListener {
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/html/BlockView.java 2015-10-04 22:59:43.633255290 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/html/BlockView.java 2015-10-04 22:59:43.441255299 +0400
@@ -350,8 +350,8 @@
* Determines the preferred span for this view along an
* axis.
*
- * @param axis may be either View.X_AXIS
- * or View.Y_AXIS
+ * @param axis may be either {@code View.X_AXIS}
+ * or {@code View.Y_AXIS}
* @return the span the view would like to be rendered into >= 0;
* typically the view is told to render into the span
* that is returned, although there is no guarantee;
@@ -366,8 +366,8 @@
* Determines the minimum span for this view along an
* axis.
*
- * @param axis may be either View.X_AXIS
- * or View.Y_AXIS
+ * @param axis may be either {@code View.X_AXIS}
+ * or {@code View.Y_AXIS}
* @return the span the view would like to be rendered into >= 0;
* typically the view is told to render into the span
* that is returned, although there is no guarantee;
@@ -382,8 +382,8 @@
* Determines the maximum span for this view along an
* axis.
*
- * @param axis may be either View.X_AXIS
- * or View.Y_AXIS
+ * @param axis may be either {@code View.X_AXIS}
+ * or {@code View.Y_AXIS}
* @return the span the view would like to be rendered into >= 0;
* typically the view is told to render into the span
* that is returned, although there is no guarantee;
@@ -428,8 +428,8 @@
}
/**
- * Constrains want
to fit in the minimum size specified
- * by min
.
+ * Constrains {@code want} to fit in the minimum size specified
+ * by {@code min}.
*/
private void constrainSize(int axis, SizeRequirements want,
SizeRequirements min) {
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/html/CSS.java 2015-10-04 22:59:44.181255265 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/html/CSS.java 2015-10-04 22:59:43.973255275 +0400
@@ -735,9 +735,9 @@
}
/**
- * Sets the base font size. sz
is a CSS value, and is
+ * Sets the base font size. {@code sz} is a CSS value, and is
* not necessarily the point size. Use getPointSize to determine the
- * point size corresponding to sz
.
+ * point size corresponding to {@code sz}.
*/
void setBaseFontSize(int sz) {
if (sz < 1)
@@ -775,8 +775,8 @@
}
/**
- * Parses the CSS property key
with value
- * value
placing the result in att
.
+ * Parses the CSS property {@code key} with value
+ * {@code value} placing the result in {@code att}.
*/
void addInternalCSSValue(MutableAttributeSet attr,
CSS.Attribute key, String value) {
@@ -823,9 +823,9 @@
}
/**
- * Gets the internal CSS representation of value
which is
- * a CSS value of the CSS attribute named key
. The receiver
- * should not modify value
, and the first count
+ * Gets the internal CSS representation of {@code value} which is
+ * a CSS value of the CSS attribute named {@code key}. The receiver
+ * should not modify {@code value}, and the first {@code count}
* strings are valid.
*/
Object getInternalCSSValue(CSS.Attribute key, String value) {
@@ -856,7 +856,7 @@
/**
* Converts the passed in CSS value to a StyleConstants value.
- * key
identifies the CSS attribute being mapped.
+ * {@code key} identifies the CSS attribute being mapped.
*/
Object cssValueToStyleConstantsValue(StyleConstants key, Object value) {
if (value instanceof CssValue) {
@@ -868,7 +868,7 @@
/**
* Returns the font for the values in the passed in AttributeSet.
* It is assumed the keys will be CSS.Attribute keys.
- * sc
is the StyleContext that will be messaged to get
+ * {@code sc} is the StyleContext that will be messaged to get
* the font once the size, name and style have been determined.
*/
Font getFont(StyleContext sc, AttributeSet a, int defaultSize, StyleSheet ss) {
@@ -930,7 +930,7 @@
* Takes a set of attributes and turn it into a color
* specification. This might be used to specify things
* like brighter, more hue, etc.
- * This will return null if there is no value for key
.
+ * This will return null if there is no value for {@code key}.
*
* @param key CSS.Attribute identifying where color is stored.
* @param a the set of attributes
@@ -969,8 +969,8 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the length of the attribute in a
with
- * key key
.
+ * Returns the length of the attribute in {@code a} with
+ * key {@code key}.
*/
float getLength(AttributeSet a, CSS.Attribute key, StyleSheet ss) {
ss = getStyleSheet(ss);
@@ -1236,14 +1236,14 @@
}
/**
- * Translates a string to a CSS.Attribute
object.
- * This will return null
if there is no attribute
+ * Translates a string to a {@code CSS.Attribute} object.
+ * This will return {@code null} if there is no attribute
* by the given name.
*
* @param name the name of the CSS attribute to fetch the
* typesafe enumeration for
- * @return the CSS.Attribute
object,
- * or null
if the string
+ * @return the {@code CSS.Attribute} object,
+ * or {@code null} if the string
* doesn't represent a valid attribute key
*/
public static final Attribute getAttribute(String name) {
@@ -1251,14 +1251,14 @@
}
/**
- * Translates a string to a CSS.Value
object.
- * This will return null
if there is no value
+ * Translates a string to a {@code CSS.Value} object.
+ * This will return {@code null} if there is no value
* by the given name.
*
* @param name the name of the CSS value to fetch the
* typesafe enumeration for
- * @return the CSS.Value
object,
- * or null
if the string
+ * @return the {@code CSS.Value} object,
+ * or {@code null} if the string
* doesn't represent a valid CSS value name; this does
* not mean that it doesn't represent a valid CSS value
*/
@@ -1273,7 +1273,7 @@
/**
* Returns a URL for the given CSS url string. If relative,
- * base
is used as the parent. If a valid URL can not
+ * {@code base} is used as the parent. If a valid URL can not
* be found, this will not throw a MalformedURLException, instead
* null will be returned.
*/
@@ -1424,7 +1424,7 @@
}
/**
- * Parses a String in the format rgb(r, g, b)
where
+ * Parses a String in the format {@code rgb(r, g, b)} where
* each of the Color components is either an integer, or a floating number
* with a % after indicating a percentage value of 255. Values are
* constrained to fit with 0-255. The resulting Color is returned.
@@ -1442,8 +1442,8 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the next integer value from string
starting
- * at index[0]
. The value can either can an integer, or
+ * Returns the next integer value from {@code string} starting
+ * at {@code index[0]}. The value can either can an integer, or
* a percentage (floating number ending with %), in which case it is
* multiplied by 255.
*/
@@ -1506,7 +1506,7 @@
/**
- * @return an array of all the strings in value
+ * @return an array of all the strings in {@code value}
* that are separated by whitespace.
*/
static String[] parseStrings(String value) {
@@ -1783,15 +1783,15 @@
}
/**
- * Converts a StyleConstants
attribute value to
+ * Converts a {@code StyleConstants} attribute value to
* a CSS attribute value. If there is no conversion,
- * returns null
. By default, there is no conversion.
+ * returns {@code null}. By default, there is no conversion.
*
- * @param key the StyleConstants
attribute
- * @param value the value of a StyleConstants
+ * @param key the {@code StyleConstants} attribute
+ * @param value the value of a {@code StyleConstants}
* attribute to be converted
* @return the CSS value that represents the
- * StyleConstants
value
+ * {@code StyleConstants} value
*/
Object fromStyleConstants(StyleConstants key, Object value) {
return null;
@@ -1799,14 +1799,14 @@
/**
* Converts a CSS attribute value to a
- * StyleConstants
+ * {@code StyleConstants}
* value. If there is no conversion, returns
- * null
.
+ * {@code null}.
* By default, there is no conversion.
*
- * @param key the StyleConstants
attribute
- * @param v the view containing AttributeSet
- * @return the StyleConstants
attribute value that
+ * @param key the {@code StyleConstants} attribute
+ * @param v the view containing {@code AttributeSet}
+ * @return the {@code StyleConstants} attribute value that
* represents the CSS attribute value
*/
Object toStyleConstants(StyleConstants key, View v) {
@@ -1851,15 +1851,15 @@
}
/**
- * Converts a StyleConstants
attribute value to
+ * Converts a {@code StyleConstants} attribute value to
* a CSS attribute value. If there is no conversion
- * returns null
.
+ * returns {@code null}.
*
- * @param key the StyleConstants
attribute
- * @param value the value of a StyleConstants
+ * @param key the {@code StyleConstants} attribute
+ * @param value the value of a {@code StyleConstants}
* attribute to be converted
* @return the CSS value that represents the
- * StyleConstants
value
+ * {@code StyleConstants} value
*/
Object fromStyleConstants(StyleConstants key, Object value) {
if (key == StyleConstants.Italic) {
@@ -1913,12 +1913,12 @@
/**
* Converts a CSS attribute value to a
- * StyleConstants
value.
- * If there is no conversion, returns null
.
+ * {@code StyleConstants} value.
+ * If there is no conversion, returns {@code null}.
* By default, there is no conversion.
*
- * @param key the StyleConstants
attribute
- * @return the StyleConstants
attribute value that
+ * @param key the {@code StyleConstants} attribute
+ * @return the {@code StyleConstants} attribute value that
* represents the CSS attribute value
*/
Object toStyleConstants(StyleConstants key, View v) {
@@ -2119,15 +2119,15 @@
}
/**
- * Converts a StyleConstants
attribute value to
+ * Converts a {@code StyleConstants} attribute value to
* a CSS attribute value. If there is no conversion
- * returns null
. By default, there is no conversion.
+ * returns {@code null}. By default, there is no conversion.
*
- * @param key the StyleConstants
attribute
- * @param value the value of a StyleConstants
+ * @param key the {@code StyleConstants} attribute
+ * @param value the value of a {@code StyleConstants}
* attribute to be converted
* @return the CSS value that represents the
- * StyleConstants
value
+ * {@code StyleConstants} value
*/
Object fromStyleConstants(StyleConstants key, Object value) {
if (value instanceof Number) {
@@ -2142,12 +2142,12 @@
}
/**
- * Converts a CSS attribute value to a StyleConstants
- * value. If there is no conversion, returns null
.
+ * Converts a CSS attribute value to a {@code StyleConstants}
+ * value. If there is no conversion, returns {@code null}.
* By default, there is no conversion.
*
- * @param key the StyleConstants
attribute
- * @return the StyleConstants
attribute value that
+ * @param key the {@code StyleConstants} attribute
+ * @return the {@code StyleConstants} attribute value that
* represents the CSS attribute value
*/
Object toStyleConstants(StyleConstants key, View v) {
@@ -2230,27 +2230,27 @@
}
/**
- * Converts a StyleConstants
attribute value to
+ * Converts a {@code StyleConstants} attribute value to
* a CSS attribute value. If there is no conversion
- * returns null
. By default, there is no conversion.
+ * returns {@code null}. By default, there is no conversion.
*
- * @param key the StyleConstants
attribute
- * @param value the value of a StyleConstants
+ * @param key the {@code StyleConstants} attribute
+ * @param value the value of a {@code StyleConstants}
* attribute to be converted
* @return the CSS value that represents the
- * StyleConstants
value
+ * {@code StyleConstants} value
*/
Object fromStyleConstants(StyleConstants key, Object value) {
return parseCssValue(value.toString());
}
/**
- * Converts a CSS attribute value to a StyleConstants
- * value. If there is no conversion, returns null
.
+ * Converts a CSS attribute value to a {@code StyleConstants}
+ * value. If there is no conversion, returns {@code null}.
* By default, there is no conversion.
*
- * @param key the StyleConstants
attribute
- * @return the StyleConstants
attribute value that
+ * @param key the {@code StyleConstants} attribute
+ * @return the {@code StyleConstants} attribute value that
* represents the CSS attribute value
*/
Object toStyleConstants(StyleConstants key, View v) {
@@ -2286,15 +2286,15 @@
}
/**
- * Converts a StyleConstants
attribute value to
+ * Converts a {@code StyleConstants} attribute value to
* a CSS attribute value. If there is no conversion
- * returns null
. By default, there is no conversion.
+ * returns {@code null}. By default, there is no conversion.
*
- * @param key the StyleConstants
attribute
- * @param value the value of a StyleConstants
+ * @param key the {@code StyleConstants} attribute
+ * @param value the value of a {@code StyleConstants}
* attribute to be converted
* @return the CSS value that represents the
- * StyleConstants
value
+ * {@code StyleConstants} value
*/
Object fromStyleConstants(StyleConstants key, Object value) {
if (value.equals(Boolean.TRUE)) {
@@ -2304,12 +2304,12 @@
}
/**
- * Converts a CSS attribute value to a StyleConstants
- * value. If there is no conversion, returns null
.
+ * Converts a CSS attribute value to a {@code StyleConstants}
+ * value. If there is no conversion, returns {@code null}.
* By default, there is no conversion.
*
- * @param key the StyleConstants
attribute
- * @return the StyleConstants
attribute value that
+ * @param key the {@code StyleConstants} attribute
+ * @return the {@code StyleConstants} attribute value that
* represents the CSS attribute value
*/
Object toStyleConstants(StyleConstants key, View v) {
@@ -2350,15 +2350,15 @@
}
/**
- * Converts a StyleConstants
attribute value to
+ * Converts a {@code StyleConstants} attribute value to
* a CSS attribute value. If there is no conversion
- * returns null
. By default, there is no conversion.
+ * returns {@code null}. By default, there is no conversion.
*
- * @param key the StyleConstants
attribute
- * @param value the value of a StyleConstants
+ * @param key the {@code StyleConstants} attribute
+ * @param value the value of a {@code StyleConstants}
* attribute to be converted
* @return the CSS value that represents the
- * StyleConstants
value
+ * {@code StyleConstants} value
*/
Object fromStyleConstants(StyleConstants key, Object value) {
ColorValue colorValue = new ColorValue();
@@ -2368,12 +2368,12 @@
}
/**
- * Converts a CSS attribute value to a StyleConstants
- * value. If there is no conversion, returns null
.
+ * Converts a CSS attribute value to a {@code StyleConstants}
+ * value. If there is no conversion, returns {@code null}.
* By default, there is no conversion.
*
- * @param key the StyleConstants
attribute
- * @return the StyleConstants
attribute value that
+ * @param key the {@code StyleConstants} attribute
+ * @return the {@code StyleConstants} attribute value that
* represents the CSS attribute value
*/
Object toStyleConstants(StyleConstants key, View v) {
@@ -2465,7 +2465,7 @@
/**
* Returns the length (span) to use. If the value represents
- * a percentage, it is scaled based on currentValue
.
+ * a percentage, it is scaled based on {@code currentValue}.
*/
float getValue(float currentValue) {
return getValue(currentValue, false);
@@ -2529,15 +2529,15 @@
return parseCssValue(value);
}
/**
- * Converts a StyleConstants
attribute value to
+ * Converts a {@code StyleConstants} attribute value to
* a CSS attribute value. If there is no conversion,
- * returns null
. By default, there is no conversion.
+ * returns {@code null}. By default, there is no conversion.
*
- * @param key the StyleConstants
attribute
- * @param value the value of a StyleConstants
+ * @param key the {@code StyleConstants} attribute
+ * @param value the value of a {@code StyleConstants}
* attribute to be converted
* @return the CSS value that represents the
- * StyleConstants
value
+ * {@code StyleConstants} value
*/
Object fromStyleConstants(StyleConstants key, Object value) {
LengthValue v = new LengthValue();
@@ -2547,12 +2547,12 @@
}
/**
- * Converts a CSS attribute value to a StyleConstants
- * value. If there is no conversion, returns null
.
+ * Converts a CSS attribute value to a {@code StyleConstants}
+ * value. If there is no conversion, returns {@code null}.
* By default, there is no conversion.
*
- * @param key the StyleConstants
attribute
- * @return the StyleConstants
attribute value that
+ * @param key the {@code StyleConstants} attribute
+ * @return the {@code StyleConstants} attribute value that
* represents the CSS attribute value
*/
Object toStyleConstants(StyleConstants key, View v) {
@@ -2963,8 +2963,8 @@
*/
static class ShorthandFontParser {
/**
- * Parses the shorthand font string value
, placing the
- * result in attr
.
+ * Parses the shorthand font string {@code value}, placing the
+ * result in {@code attr}.
*/
static void parseShorthandFont(CSS css, String value,
MutableAttributeSet attr) {
@@ -3105,8 +3105,8 @@
*/
static class ShorthandBackgroundParser {
/**
- * Parses the shorthand font string value
, placing the
- * result in attr
.
+ * Parses the shorthand font string {@code value}, placing the
+ * result in {@code attr}.
*/
static void parseShorthandBackground(CSS css, String value,
MutableAttributeSet attr) {
@@ -3211,8 +3211,8 @@
static class ShorthandMarginParser {
/**
* Parses the shorthand margin/padding/border string
- * value
, placing the result in attr
.
- * names
give the 4 instrinsic property names.
+ * {@code value}, placing the result in {@code attr}.
+ * {@code names} give the 4 instrinsic property names.
*/
static void parseShorthandMargin(CSS css, String value,
MutableAttributeSet attr,
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/html/CSSParser.java 2015-10-04 22:59:44.765255239 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/html/CSSParser.java 2015-10-04 22:59:44.573255248 +0400
@@ -31,17 +31,17 @@
* CSSParserCallback interface. The delegate is notified of the following
* events:
*
- *
* This will parse much more than CSS 1, and loosely implements the
* recommendation for Forward-compatible parsing in section
@@ -360,7 +360,7 @@
}
/**
- * Parses identifiers until handleImport
- * handleSelector
. This is invoked for each
+ * startRule
- * handleProperty
. This
+ * handleValue
, this is notified
+ * endRule
+ * extraChar
is encountered,
+ * Parses identifiers until {@code extraChar} is encountered,
* returning the ending token, which will be IDENTIFIER if extraChar
* is found.
*/
@@ -509,7 +509,7 @@
/**
* Gets an identifier, returning true if the length of the string is greater than 0,
- * stopping when stopChar
, whitespace, or one of {}()[] is
+ * stopping when {@code stopChar}, whitespace, or one of {}()[] is
* hit.
*/
// NOTE: this could be combined with readTill, as they contain somewhat
@@ -631,7 +631,7 @@
}
/**
- * Reads till a stopChar
is encountered, escaping characters
+ * Reads till a {@code stopChar} is encountered, escaping characters
* as necessary.
*/
private void readTill(char stopChar) throws IOException {
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/html/FormSubmitEvent.java 2015-10-04 22:59:45.297255215 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/html/FormSubmitEvent.java 2015-10-04 22:59:45.105255224 +0400
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@
* Gets the form method type.
*
* @return the form method type, either
- * Method.GET
or Method.POST
.
+ * {@code Method.GET} or {@code Method.POST}.
*/
public MethodType getMethod() {
return method;
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/html/FormView.java 2015-10-04 22:59:45.821255192 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/html/FormView.java 2015-10-04 22:59:45.629255200 +0400
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@
* as an attribute of the element (using StyleConstants.ModelAttribute),
* and is used to build the component of the view. The type
* of the model is assumed to of the type that would be set by
- * HTMLDocument.HTMLReader.FormAction
. If there are
+ * {@code HTMLDocument.HTMLReader.FormAction}. If there are
* multiple views mapped over the document, they will share the
* embedded component models.
* FORM
.
+ * Returns the Element representing the {@code FORM}.
*/
private Element getFormElement() {
Element elem = getElement();
@@ -830,7 +830,7 @@
}
/**
- * Returns true if the Element elem
represents a control.
+ * Returns true if the Element {@code elem} represents a control.
*/
private boolean isControl(Element elem) {
return elem.isLeaf();
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/html/FrameView.java 2015-10-04 22:59:46.353255168 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/html/FrameView.java 2015-10-04 22:59:46.161255176 +0400
@@ -430,8 +430,8 @@
* Determines the minimum span for this view along an
* axis.
*
- * @param axis may be either View.X_AXIS
or
- * View.Y_AXIS
+ * @param axis may be either {@code View.X_AXIS} or
+ * {@code View.Y_AXIS}
* @return the preferred span; given that we do not
* support resizing of frames, the minimum span returned
* is the same as the preferred span
@@ -445,8 +445,8 @@
* Determines the maximum span for this view along an
* axis.
*
- * @param axis may be either View.X_AXIS
or
- * View.Y_AXIS
+ * @param axis may be either {@code View.X_AXIS} or
+ * {@code View.Y_AXIS}
* @return the preferred span; given that we do not
* support resizing of frames, the maximum span returned
* is the same as the preferred span
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/html/HTML.java 2015-10-04 22:59:46.881255144 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/html/HTML.java 2015-10-04 22:59:46.689255153 +0400
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
import javax.swing.text.StyleContext;
/**
- * Constants used in the HTMLDocument
. These
+ * Constants used in the {@code HTMLDocument}. These
* are basically tag and attribute definitions.
*
* @author Timothy Prinzing
@@ -53,9 +53,9 @@
public Tag() {}
/**
- * Creates a new Tag
with the specified id
,
- * and with causesBreak
and isBlock
- * set to false
.
+ * Creates a new {@code Tag} with the specified {@code id},
+ * and with {@code causesBreak} and {@code isBlock}
+ * set to {@code false}.
*
* @param id the id of the new tag
*/
@@ -64,14 +64,14 @@
}
/**
- * Creates a new Tag
with the specified id
;
- * causesBreak
and isBlock
are defined
+ * Creates a new {@code Tag} with the specified {@code id};
+ * {@code causesBreak} and {@code isBlock} are defined
* by the user.
*
* @param id the id of the new tag
- * @param causesBreak true
if this tag
+ * @param causesBreak {@code true} if this tag
* causes a break to the flow of data
- * @param isBlock true
if the tag is used
+ * @param isBlock {@code true} if the tag is used
* to add structure to a document
*/
protected Tag(String id, boolean causesBreak, boolean isBlock) {
@@ -81,37 +81,37 @@
}
/**
- * Returns true
if this tag is a block
+ * Returns {@code true} if this tag is a block
* tag, which is a tag used to add structure to a
* document.
*
- * @return true
if this tag is a block
- * tag, otherwise returns false
+ * @return {@code true} if this tag is a block
+ * tag, otherwise returns {@code false}
*/
public boolean isBlock() {
return blockTag;
}
/**
- * Returns true
if this tag causes a
+ * Returns {@code true} if this tag causes a
* line break to the flow of data, otherwise returns
- * false
.
+ * {@code false}.
*
- * @return true
if this tag causes a
+ * @return {@code true} if this tag causes a
* line break to the flow of data, otherwise returns
- * false
+ * {@code false}
*/
public boolean breaksFlow() {
return breakTag;
}
/**
- * Returns true
if this tag is pre-formatted,
- * which is true if the tag is either PRE
or
- * TEXTAREA
.
+ * Returns {@code true} if this tag is pre-formatted,
+ * which is true if the tag is either {@code PRE} or
+ * {@code TEXTAREA}.
*
- * @return true
if this tag is pre-formatted,
- * otherwise returns false
+ * @return {@code true} if this tag is pre-formatted,
+ * otherwise returns {@code false}
*/
public boolean isPreformatted() {
return (this == PRE || this == TEXTAREA);
@@ -121,18 +121,18 @@
* Returns the string representation of the
* tag.
*
- * @return the String
representation of the tag
+ * @return the {@code String} representation of the tag
*/
public String toString() {
return name;
}
/**
- * Returns true
if this tag is considered to be a paragraph
- * in the internal HTML model. false
- otherwise.
+ * Returns {@code true} if this tag is considered to be a paragraph
+ * in the internal HTML model. {@code false} - otherwise.
*
- * @return true
if this tag is considered to be a paragraph
- * in the internal HTML model. false
- otherwise.
+ * @return {@code true} if this tag is considered to be a paragraph
+ * in the internal HTML model. {@code false} - otherwise.
* @see HTMLDocument.HTMLReader.ParagraphAction
*/
boolean isParagraph() {
@@ -580,8 +580,8 @@
public static class UnknownTag extends Tag implements Serializable {
/**
- * Creates a new UnknownTag
with the specified
- * id
.
+ * Creates a new {@code UnknownTag} with the specified
+ * {@code id}.
* @param id the id of the new tag
*/
public UnknownTag(String id) {
@@ -598,13 +598,13 @@
/**
* Compares this object to the specified object.
- * The result is true
if and only if the argument is not
- * null
and is an UnknownTag
object
+ * The result is {@code true} if and only if the argument is not
+ * {@code null} and is an {@code UnknownTag} object
* with the same name.
*
* @param obj the object to compare this tag with
- * @return true
if the objects are equal;
- * false
otherwise
+ * @return {@code true} if the objects are equal;
+ * {@code false} otherwise
*/
public boolean equals(Object obj) {
if (obj instanceof UnknownTag) {
@@ -639,10 +639,10 @@
public static final class Attribute {
/**
- * Creates a new Attribute
with the specified
- * id
.
+ * Creates a new {@code Attribute} with the specified
+ * {@code id}.
*
- * @param id the id of the new Attribute
+ * @param id the id of the new {@code Attribute}
*/
Attribute(String id) {
name = id;
@@ -1207,11 +1207,11 @@
* STRONG, STYLE, SUB, SUP, TABLE, TD, TEXTAREA,
* TH, TITLE, TR, TT, U, UL, VAR}. If the given
* name does not represent one of the well-known tags, then
- * null
will be returned.
+ * {@code null} will be returned.
*
- * @param tagName the String
name requested
- * @return a tag constant corresponding to the tagName
,
- * or null
if not found
+ * @param tagName the {@code String} name requested
+ * @return a tag constant corresponding to the {@code tagName},
+ * or {@code null} if not found
*/
public static Tag getTag(String tagName) {
@@ -1220,14 +1220,14 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the HTML Tag
associated with the
- * StyleConstants
key sc
.
- * If no matching Tag
is found, returns
- * null
.
+ * Returns the HTML {@code Tag} associated with the
+ * {@code StyleConstants} key {@code sc}.
+ * If no matching {@code Tag} is found, returns
+ * {@code null}.
*
- * @param sc the StyleConstants
key
- * @return tag which corresponds to sc
, or
- * null
if not found
+ * @param sc the {@code StyleConstants} key
+ * @return tag which corresponds to {@code sc}, or
+ * {@code null} if not found
*/
static Tag getTagForStyleConstantsKey(StyleConstants sc) {
return scMapping.get(sc);
@@ -1300,10 +1300,10 @@
* FRAMEBORDER, MARGINWIDTH, MARGINHEIGHT, SCROLLING, NORESIZE,
* MEDIA, ENDTAG}).
* If the given name does not represent one of the well-known attributes,
- * then null
will be returned.
+ * then {@code null} will be returned.
*
- * @param attName the String
requested
- * @return the Attribute
corresponding to attName
+ * @param attName the {@code String} requested
+ * @return the {@code Attribute} corresponding to {@code attName}
*/
public static Attribute getAttributeKey(String attName) {
Attribute a = attHashtable.get(attName);
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/html/HTMLDocument.java 2015-10-04 22:59:47.421255120 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/html/HTMLDocument.java 2015-10-04 22:59:47.229255128 +0400
@@ -41,40 +41,40 @@
* support both browsing and editing. As a result, the structure
* described by an HTML document is not exactly replicated by default.
* The element structure that is modeled by default, is built by the
- * class HTMLDocument.HTMLReader
, which implements the
- * HTMLEditorKit.ParserCallback
protocol that the parser
+ * class {@code HTMLDocument.HTMLReader}, which implements the
+ * {@code HTMLEditorKit.ParserCallback} protocol that the parser
* expects. To change the structure one can subclass
- * HTMLReader
, and reimplement the method {@link
+ * {@code HTMLReader}, and reimplement the method {@link
* #getReader(int)} to return the new reader implementation. The
- * documentation for HTMLReader
should be consulted for
+ * documentation for {@code HTMLReader} should be consulted for
* the details of the default structure created. The intent is that
* the document be non-lossy (although reproducing the HTML format may
* result in a different format).
*
* StyleContext.NameAttribute
attribute, which should
- * always have a value of type HTML.Tag
that identifies
+ * {@code StyleContext.NameAttribute} attribute, which should
+ * always have a value of type {@code HTML.Tag} that identifies
* the kind of element. Some of the elements (such as comments) are
- * synthesized. The HTMLFactory
uses this attribute to
+ * synthesized. The {@code HTMLFactory} uses this attribute to
* determine what kind of view to build.TokenThreshold
property controls how much of the parse
+ * {@code TokenThreshold} property controls how much of the parse
* is buffered before trying to update the element structure of the
- * document. This property is set by the EditorKit
so
+ * document. This property is set by the {@code EditorKit} so
* that subclasses can disable it.Base
property determines the URL against which
+ * Document.StreamDescriptionProperty
if the value of the
+ * {@code Document.StreamDescriptionProperty} if the value of the
* property is a URL. If a <BASE> tag is encountered, the base
* will become the URL specified by that tag. Because the base URL is
* a property, it can of course be set directly.GapContent
). Alternatives can be supplied by
- * using the constructor that takes a Content
+ * buffer ({@code GapContent}). Alternatives can be supplied by
+ * using the constructor that takes a {@code Content}
* implementation.Modifying HTMLDocument
@@ -106,37 +106,37 @@
*
*
- * <html>
- * <head>
- * <title>An example HTMLDocument</title>
- * <style type="text/css">
+ *
{@code
+ *
+ *
+ *
*
* d.getElement(d.getDefaultRootElement(),
- * StyleConstants.NameAttribute, HTML.Tag.P)
returns the first
+ * For example, {@code d.getElement(d.getDefaultRootElement(),
+ * StyleConstants.NameAttribute, HTML.Tag.P)} returns the first
* paragraph element.ID
+ * #getElement(String)}; returns an element whose {@code ID}
* attribute matches the specified value. For example,
- * d.getElement("BOX")
returns the DIV
+ * {@code d.getElement("BOX")} returns the {@code DIV}
* element.insertAfterStart
and insertBeforeEnd
.
- * For example, if e
is the DIV
element,
- * d.insertAfterStart(e, "<ul><li>List
- * Item</li></ul>")
inserts the list before the first
- * paragraph, and d.insertBeforeEnd(e, "<ul><li>List
- * Item</li></ul>")
inserts the list after the last
- * paragraph. The DIV
block becomes the parent of the
+ * {@code insertAfterStart} and {@code insertBeforeEnd}.
+ * For example, if {@code e} is the {@code DIV} element,
+ * {@code d.insertAfterStart(e, "
")}
+ * inserts the list before the first
+ * paragraph, and
+ * {@code d.insertBeforeEnd(e, "
")}
+ * inserts the list after the last
+ * paragraph. The {@code DIV} block becomes the parent of the
* newly inserted elements.insertBeforeStart
and
- * insertAfterEnd
. For example, if e
is the
- * DIV
element, d.insertBeforeStart(e,
- * "<ul><li>List Item</li></ul>")
inserts the list
- * before the DIV
element, and d.insertAfterEnd(e,
- * "<ul><li>List Item</li></ul>")
inserts the list
- * after the DIV
element. The newly inserted elements
- * become siblings of the DIV
element.
")}
+ * inserts the list before the {@code DIV} element, and
+ * {@code d.insertAfterEnd(e, "
")}
+ * inserts the list after the {@code DIV} element.
+ * The newly inserted elements
+ * become siblings of the {@code DIV} element.
*
* Replacing elements
*
* setInnerHTML
and setOuterHTML
.
- * For example, if e
is the DIV
element,
- * d.setInnerHTML(e, "<ul><li>List
- * Item</li></ul>")
replaces all children paragraphs with
- * the list, and d.setOuterHTML(e, "<ul><li>List
- * Item</li></ul>")
replaces the DIV
element
+ * methods {@code setInnerHTML} and {@code setOuterHTML}.
+ * For example, if {@code e} is the {@code DIV} element,
+ * {@code d.setInnerHTML(e, "
")}
+ * replaces all children paragraphs with
+ * the list, and
+ * {@code d.setOuterHTML(e, "
")}
+ * replaces the {@code DIV} element
* itself. In latter case the parent of the list is the
- * BODY
element.
+ * {@code BODY} element.
*
* Summary
*
@@ -186,12 +189,12 @@
*
*
*
*
* Example
- *
- * insertAfterStart
- * insertBeforeEnd
- * insertBeforeStart
- * insertAfterEnd
- * setInnerHTML
+ * setOuterHTML
{@code insertAfterStart}
+ * {@code insertBeforeEnd}
+ * {@code insertBeforeStart}
+ * {@code insertAfterEnd}
+ * {@code setInnerHTML}
+ * {@code setOuterHTML}
*
*
@@ -263,7 +266,7 @@
* between applications running the same version of Swing. As of 1.4,
* support for long term storage of all JavaBeans™
* has been added to the
- * java.beans
package. Please see {@link
+ * {@code java.beans} package. Please see {@link
* java.beans.XMLEncoder}.
*
* @author Timothy Prinzing
@@ -274,9 +277,9 @@
public class HTMLDocument extends DefaultStyledDocument {
/**
* Constructs an HTML document using the default buffer size
- * and a default StyleSheet
. This is a convenience
+ * and a default {@code StyleSheet}. This is a convenience
* method for the constructor
- * HTMLDocument(Content, StyleSheet)
.
+ * {@code HTMLDocument(Content, StyleSheet)}.
*/
public HTMLDocument() {
this(new GapContent(BUFFER_SIZE_DEFAULT), new StyleSheet());
@@ -287,7 +290,7 @@
* storage implementation and the specified style/attribute
* storage mechanism. This is a convenience method for the
* constructor
- * HTMLDocument(Content, StyleSheet)
.
+ * {@code HTMLDocument(Content, StyleSheet)}.
*
* @param styles the styles
*/
@@ -310,7 +313,7 @@
/**
* Fetches the reader for the parser to use when loading the document
* with HTML. This is implemented to return an instance of
- * HTMLDocument.HTMLReader
.
+ * {@code HTMLDocument.HTMLReader}.
* Subclasses can reimplement this
* method to change how the document gets structured if desired.
* (For example, to handle custom tags, or structurally represent character
@@ -331,19 +334,19 @@
/**
* Returns the reader for the parser to use to load the document
* with HTML. This is implemented to return an instance of
- * HTMLDocument.HTMLReader
.
+ * {@code HTMLDocument.HTMLReader}.
* Subclasses can reimplement this
* method to change how the document gets structured if desired.
* (For example, to handle custom tags, or structurally represent character
* style elements.)
* getReader(int, int, int, HTML.Tag, TRUE)
.
+ * {@code getReader(int, int, int, HTML.Tag, TRUE)}.
*
* @param pos the starting position
- * @param popDepth the number of ElementSpec.EndTagTypes
+ * @param popDepth the number of {@code ElementSpec.EndTagTypes}
* to generate before inserting
- * @param pushDepth the number of ElementSpec.StartTagTypes
- * with a direction of ElementSpec.JoinNextDirection
+ * @param pushDepth the number of {@code ElementSpec.StartTagTypes}
+ * with a direction of {@code ElementSpec.JoinNextDirection}
* that should be generated before inserting,
* but after the end tags have been generated
* @param insertTag the first tag to start inserting into document
@@ -363,10 +366,10 @@
* (e.g. to handle custom tags, structurally represent character
* style elements, etc.).
*
- * @param popDepth the number of ElementSpec.EndTagTypes
+ * @param popDepth the number of {@code ElementSpec.EndTagTypes}
* to generate before inserting
- * @param pushDepth the number of ElementSpec.StartTagTypes
- * with a direction of ElementSpec.JoinNextDirection
+ * @param pushDepth the number of {@code ElementSpec.StartTagTypes}
+ * with a direction of {@code ElementSpec.JoinNextDirection}
* that should be generated before inserting,
* but after the end tags have been generated
* @param insertTag the first tag to start inserting into document
@@ -405,8 +408,8 @@
* default this will be the document's URL if the document
* was loaded from a URL. If a base tag is found and
* can be parsed, it will be used as the base location.
- * StyleSheet
- * to be u
as well as the base of the document.
+ * StyleSheet
with the document-specific display
+ * Fetches the {@code StyleSheet} with the document-specific display
* rules (CSS) that were specified in the HTML document itself.
*
- * @return the StyleSheet
+ * @return the {@code StyleSheet}
*/
public StyleSheet getStyleSheet() {
return (StyleSheet) getAttributeContext();
@@ -539,8 +542,8 @@
* set of anchors contained, or iterating over the input
* elements.
*
- * @param t the requested HTML.Tag
- * @return the Iterator
for the given HTML tag
+ * @param t the requested {@code HTML.Tag}
+ * @return the {@code Iterator} for the given HTML tag
* @see javax.swing.text.html.HTML.Tag
*/
public Iterator getIterator(HTML.Tag t) {
@@ -555,7 +558,7 @@
* Creates a document leaf element that directly represents
* text (doesn't have any children). This is implemented
* to return an element of type
- * HTMLDocument.RunElement
.
+ * {@code HTMLDocument.RunElement}.
*
* @param parent the parent element
* @param a the attributes for the element
@@ -570,7 +573,7 @@
/**
* Creates a document branch element, that can contain other elements.
* This is implemented to return an element of type
- * HTMLDocument.BlockElement
.
+ * {@code HTMLDocument.BlockElement}.
*
* @param parent the parent element
* @param a the attributes
@@ -629,7 +632,7 @@
/**
* Gets the number of tokens to buffer before trying to update
* the documents element structure. The default value is
- * Integer.MAX_VALUE
.
+ * {@code Integer.MAX_VALUE}.
*
* @return the number of tokens to buffer
*/
@@ -666,12 +669,12 @@
}
/**
- * Processes HyperlinkEvents
that
+ * Processes {@code HyperlinkEvents} that
* are generated by documents in an HTML frame.
- * The HyperlinkEvent
type, as the parameter suggests,
- * is HTMLFrameHyperlinkEvent
.
+ * The {@code HyperlinkEvent} type, as the parameter suggests,
+ * is {@code HTMLFrameHyperlinkEvent}.
* In addition to the typical information contained in a
- * HyperlinkEvent
,
+ * {@code HyperlinkEvent},
* this event contains the element that corresponds to the frame in
* which the click happened (the source element) and the
* target name. The target name has 4 possible values:
@@ -683,25 +686,25 @@
*
*
* If target is _self, the action is to change the value of the
- * HTML.Attribute.SRC
attribute and fires a
- * ChangedUpdate
event.
+ * {@code HTML.Attribute.SRC} attribute and fires a
+ * {@code ChangedUpdate} event.
*HTML.Attribute.SRC
attribute
+ * element, and sets its {@code HTML.Attribute.SRC} attribute
* to have a value equal to the destination URL and fire a
- * RemovedUpdate
and InsertUpdate
.
+ * {@code RemovedUpdate} and {@code InsertUpdate}.
*FrameView
,
+ * of the view for a frame, namely the {@code FrameView},
* the processing of _top is handled. Given that _top implies
* replacing the entire document, it made sense to handle this outside
* of the document that it will replace.
*HTML.Attribute.SRC
attribute is updated and a
- * ChangedUpdate
event is fired.
+ * {@code HTML.Attribute.SRC} attribute is updated and a
+ * {@code ChangedUpdate} event is fired.
*
* @param e the event
*/
@@ -735,11 +738,11 @@
/**
* Searches the element hierarchy for an FRAME element
- * that has its name attribute equal to the frameName
.
+ * that has its name attribute equal to the {@code frameName}.
*
* @param frameName
* @return the element whose NAME attribute has a value of
- * frameName
; returns null
+ * {@code frameName}; returns {@code null}
* if not found
*/
private Element findFrame(String frameName) {
@@ -759,7 +762,7 @@
}
/**
- * Returns true if StyleConstants.NameAttribute
is
+ * Returns true if {@code StyleConstants.NameAttribute} is
* equal to the tag that is passed in as a parameter.
*
* @param attr the attributes to be matched
@@ -805,8 +808,8 @@
/**
- * Updates the Frame elements HTML.Attribute.SRC attribute
- * and fires a ChangedUpdate
event.
+ * Updates the Frame elements {@code HTML.Attribute.SRC attribute}
+ * and fires a {@code ChangedUpdate} event.
*
* @param element a FRAME element whose SRC attribute will be updated
* @param url a string specifying the new value for the SRC attribute
@@ -854,7 +857,7 @@
* Adds the specified map, this will remove a Map that has been
* previously registered with the same name.
*
- * @param map the Map
to be registered
+ * @param map the {@code Map} to be registered
*/
void addMap(Map map) {
String name = map.getName();
@@ -876,7 +879,7 @@
/**
* Removes a previously registered map.
- * @param map the Map
to be removed
+ * @param map the {@code Map} to be removed
*/
void removeMap(Map map) {
String name = map.getName();
@@ -892,9 +895,9 @@
/**
* Returns the Map associated with the given name.
- * @param name the name of the desired Map
- * @return the Map
or null
if it can't
- * be found, or if name
is null
+ * @param name the name of the desired {@code Map}
+ * @return the {@code Map} or {@code null} if it can't
+ * be found, or if {@code name} is {@code null}
*/
Map getMap(String name) {
if (name != null) {
@@ -908,9 +911,9 @@
}
/**
- * Returns an Enumeration
of the possible Maps.
- * @return the enumerated list of maps, or null
- * if the maps are not an instance of Hashtable
+ * Returns an {@code Enumeration} of the possible Maps.
+ * @return the enumerated list of maps, or {@code null}
+ * if the maps are not an instance of {@code Hashtable}
*/
EnumerationsetInnerHTML
,
- * and setOuterHTML
.
+ * into the existing document, such as {@code setInnerHTML},
+ * and {@code setOuterHTML}.
* HTMLEditorKit.createDefaultDocument
will set the parser
- * for you. If you create an HTMLDocument
by hand,
+ * {@code HTMLEditorKit.createDefaultDocument} will set the parser
+ * for you. If you create an {@code HTMLDocument} by hand,
* be sure and set the parser accordingly.
* @param parser the parser to be used for text insertion
*
@@ -987,7 +990,7 @@
* elem
+ *
@@ -998,7 +1001,7 @@
* <p> <p>
*
*
- * setInnerHTML(elem, "<ul><li>")
+ * elem
must not be a leaf element,
- * otherwise an IllegalArgumentException
is thrown.
- * If either elem
or htmlText
parameter
- * is null
, no changes are made to the document.HTMLEditorKit.Parser
set. This will be the case
+ * {@code HTMLEditorKit.Parser} set. This will be the case
* if the document was created from an HTMLEditorKit via the
- * createDefaultDocument
method.elem
- * @throws IllegalArgumentException if elem
is a leaf
- * @throws IllegalStateException if an HTMLEditorKit.Parser
+ * @param htmlText the string to be parsed and assigned to {@code elem}
+ * @throws IllegalArgumentException if {@code elem} is a leaf
+ * @throws IllegalStateException if an {@code HTMLEditorKit.Parser}
* has not been defined
* @throws BadLocationException if replacement is impossible because of
* a structural issue
@@ -1066,12 +1069,12 @@
*
* setOuterHTML(getCharacterElement (getLength()),
- * "blah")
will result in two leaf elements at the end, one
+ * {@code setOuterHTML(getCharacterElement (getLength()), "blah")}
+ * will result in two leaf elements at the end, one
* representing 'blah', and the other representing the end
* element.elem
+ *
@@ -1082,7 +1085,7 @@
* <p> <p>
*
*
- * setOuterHTML(elem, "<ul><li>")
+ * elem
or htmlText
- * parameter is null
, no changes are made to the
+ * createDefaultDocument
method.elem
+ * @param htmlText the string to be parsed and inserted in place of {@code elem}
* @throws IllegalStateException if an HTMLEditorKit.Parser has not
* been set
* @throws BadLocationException if replacement is impossible because of
@@ -1144,7 +1147,7 @@
* Inserts the HTML specified as a string at the start
* of the element.
*
- * elem
+ *
@@ -1155,8 +1158,9 @@
* <p> <p>
*
*
- * insertAfterStart(elem,
- * "<ul><li>")
results in the following structure
+ *
@@ -1169,23 +1173,23 @@
* <li>
*
*
- * insertBeforeStart
method, new
+ * elem
must not be a leaf element,
- * otherwise an IllegalArgumentException
is thrown.
- * If either elem
or htmlText
parameter
- * is null
, no changes are made to the document.HTMLEditorKit.Parser
set. This will be the case
+ * {@code HTMLEditorKit.Parser} set. This will be the case
* if the document was created from an HTMLEditorKit via the
- * createDefaultDocument
method.elem
- * @throws IllegalArgumentException if elem
is a leaf
+ * @param htmlText the string to be parsed and assigned to {@code elem}
+ * @throws IllegalArgumentException if {@code elem} is a leaf
* @throws IllegalStateException if an HTMLEditorKit.Parser has not
* been set on the document
* @throws BadLocationException if insertion is impossible because of
@@ -1212,12 +1216,12 @@
* Inserts the HTML specified as a string at the end of
* the element.
*
- * elem
's children are leaves, and the
- * character at a elem.getEndOffset() - 1
is a newline,
+ * elem
+ *
@@ -1228,7 +1232,7 @@
* <p> <p>
*
*
- * insertBeforeEnd(elem, "<ul><li>")
+ * insertAfterEnd
method, new elements
+ * elem
must not be a leaf element,
- * otherwise an IllegalArgumentException
is thrown.
- * If either elem
or htmlText
parameter
- * is null
, no changes are made to the document.HTMLEditorKit.Parser
set. This will be the case
+ * {@code HTMLEditorKit.Parser} set. This will be the case
* if the document was created from an HTMLEditorKit via the
- * createDefaultDocument
method.elem
- * @throws IllegalArgumentException if elem
is a leaf
+ * @param htmlText the string to be parsed and assigned to {@code elem}
+ * @throws IllegalArgumentException if {@code elem} is a leaf
* @throws IllegalStateException if an HTMLEditorKit.Parser has not
* been set on the document
* @throws BadLocationException if insertion is impossible because of
@@ -1287,7 +1291,7 @@
* Inserts the HTML specified as a string before the start of
* the given element.
*
- * elem
+ *
@@ -1298,8 +1302,9 @@
* <p> <p>
*
*
- * insertBeforeStart(elem,
- * "<ul><li>")
results in the following structure
+ *
@@ -1310,21 +1315,21 @@
* <li> <p> <p>
*
*
- * insertAfterStart
method, new
+ * elem
or htmlText
- * parameter is null
, no changes are made to the
+ * HTMLEditorKit.Parser
set. This will be the case
+ * {@code HTMLEditorKit.Parser} set. This will be the case
* if the document was created from an HTMLEditorKit via the
- * createDefaultDocument
method.elem
+ * @param htmlText the string to be parsed and inserted before {@code elem}
* @throws IllegalStateException if an HTMLEditorKit.Parser has not
* been set on the document
* @throws BadLocationException if insertion is impossible because of
@@ -1348,7 +1353,7 @@
* Inserts the HTML specified as a string after the end of the
* given element.
*
- * elem
+ *
@@ -1359,7 +1364,7 @@
* <p> <p>
*
*
- * insertAfterEnd(elem, "<ul><li>")
+ * insertBeforeEnd
method, new elements
+ * elem
or htmlText
- * parameter is null
, no changes are made to the
+ * HTMLEditorKit.Parser
set. This will be the case
+ * {@code HTMLEditorKit.Parser} set. This will be the case
* if the document was created from an HTMLEditorKit via the
- * createDefaultDocument
method.elem
+ * @param htmlText the string to be parsed and inserted after {@code elem}
* @throws IllegalStateException if an HTMLEditorKit.Parser has not
* been set on the document
* @throws BadLocationException if insertion is impossible because of
@@ -1423,20 +1428,20 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the element that has the given id Attribute
.
- * If the element can't be found, null
is returned.
- * Note that this method works on an Attribute
,
+ * Returns the element that has the given id {@code Attribute}.
+ * If the element can't be found, {@code null} is returned.
+ * Note that this method works on an {@code Attribute},
* not a character tag. In the following HTML snippet:
- * <a id="HelloThere">
the attribute is
+ * {@code } the attribute is
* 'id' and the character tag is 'a'.
* This is a convenience method for
- * getElement(RootElement, HTML.Attribute.id, id)
.
+ * {@code getElement(RootElement, HTML.Attribute.id, id)}.
* This is not thread-safe.
*
- * @param id the string representing the desired Attribute
- * @return the element with the specified Attribute
- * or null
if it can't be found,
- * or null
if id
is null
+ * @param id the string representing the desired {@code Attribute}
+ * @return the element with the specified {@code Attribute}
+ * or {@code null} if it can't be found,
+ * or {@code null} if {@code id} is {@code null}
* @see javax.swing.text.html.HTML.Attribute
* @since 1.3
*/
@@ -1449,15 +1454,15 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the child element of e
that contains the
- * attribute, attribute
with value value
, or
- * null
if one isn't found. This is not thread-safe.
+ * Returns the child element of {@code e} that contains the
+ * attribute, {@code attribute} with value {@code value}, or
+ * {@code null} if one isn't found. This is not thread-safe.
*
* @param e the root element where the search begins
- * @param attribute the desired Attribute
- * @param value the values for the specified Attribute
- * @return the element with the specified Attribute
- * and the specified value
, or null
+ * @param attribute the desired {@code Attribute}
+ * @param value the values for the specified {@code Attribute}
+ * @return the element with the specified {@code Attribute}
+ * and the specified {@code value}, or {@code null}
* if it can't be found
* @see javax.swing.text.html.HTML.Attribute
* @since 1.3
@@ -1467,19 +1472,19 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the child element of e
that contains the
- * attribute, attribute
with value value
, or
- * null
if one isn't found. This is not thread-safe.
+ * Returns the child element of {@code e} that contains the
+ * attribute, {@code attribute} with value {@code value}, or
+ * {@code null} if one isn't found. This is not thread-safe.
* searchLeafAttributes
is true, and e
is
- * a leaf, any attributes that are instances of HTML.Tag
- * with a value that is an AttributeSet
will also be checked.
+ * If {@code searchLeafAttributes} is true, and {@code e} is
+ * a leaf, any attributes that are instances of {@code HTML.Tag}
+ * with a value that is an {@code AttributeSet} will also be checked.
*
* @param e the root element where the search begins
- * @param attribute the desired Attribute
- * @param value the values for the specified Attribute
- * @return the element with the specified Attribute
- * and the specified value
, or null
+ * @param attribute the desired {@code Attribute}
+ * @param value the values for the specified {@code Attribute}
+ * @return the element with the specified {@code Attribute}
+ * and the specified {@code value}, or {@code null}
* if it can't be found
* @see javax.swing.text.html.HTML.Attribute
*/
@@ -1527,8 +1532,8 @@
}
/**
- * Verifies the document has an HTMLEditorKit.Parser
set.
- * If getParser
returns null
, this will throw an
+ * Verifies the document has an {@code HTMLEditorKit.Parser} set.
+ * If {@code getParser} returns {@code null}, this will throw an
* IllegalStateException.
*
* @throws IllegalStateException if the document does not have a Parser
@@ -1550,8 +1555,8 @@
/**
* Inserts a string of HTML into the document at the given position.
- * parent
is used to identify the location to insert the
- * html
. If parent
is a leaf this can have
+ * {@code parent} is used to identify the location to insert the
+ * {@code html}. If {@code parent} is a leaf this can have
* unexpected results.
*/
private void insertHTML(Element parent, int offset, String html,
@@ -1595,12 +1600,12 @@
}
/**
- * Removes child Elements of the passed in Element e
. This
+ * Removes child Elements of the passed in Element {@code e}. This
* will do the necessary cleanup to ensure the element representing the
* end character is correctly created.
- * e
+ * e.getStartOffset() - 1
is a newline and
+ * the character at {@code e.getStartOffset() - 1} is a newline and
* is of length 1.
*/
private void removeElements(Element e, int index, int count) throws BadLocationException {
@@ -1620,14 +1625,14 @@
}
/**
- * Called to remove child elements of e
when one of the
+ * Called to remove child elements of {@code e} when one of the
* elements to remove is representing the end character.
* start - 1
to end
.
+ * this will do a remove from {@code start - 1} to {@code end}.
* The end Element(s) will be removed, and the element representing
- * start - 1
to start
will be recreated. This
+ * {@code start - 1} to {@code start} will be recreated. This
* Element has to be recreated as after the content removal its offsets
- * become start - 1
to start - 1
.
+ * become {@code start - 1} to {@code start - 1}.
*/
private void removeElementsAtEnd(Element e, int index, int count,
int start, int end) throws BadLocationException {
@@ -1673,11 +1678,11 @@
}
/**
- * This is used by removeElementsAtEnd
, it removes
- * count
elements starting at start
from
- * e
. If remove
is true text of length
- * start - 1
to end - 1
is removed. If
- * create
is true a new leaf is created of length 1.
+ * This is used by {@code removeElementsAtEnd}, it removes
+ * {@code count} elements starting at {@code start} from
+ * {@code e}. If {@code remove} is true text of length
+ * {@code start - 1} to {@code end - 1} is removed. If
+ * {@code create} is true a new leaf is created of length 1.
*/
private void replace(DefaultDocumentEvent dde, Element e, int index,
int count, int start, int end, boolean remove,
@@ -1889,8 +1894,8 @@
/**
* Return the attributes for this tag.
- * @return the AttributeSet
for this tag, or
- * null
if none can be found
+ * @return the {@code AttributeSet} for this tag, or
+ * {@code null} if none can be found
*/
public abstract AttributeSet getAttributes();
@@ -1946,8 +1951,8 @@
/**
* Returns the attributes for this tag.
- * @return the AttributeSet
for this tag,
- * or null
if none can be found
+ * @return the {@code AttributeSet} for this tag,
+ * or {@code null} if none can be found
*/
public AttributeSet getAttributes() {
Element elem = pos.current();
@@ -2010,7 +2015,7 @@
/**
* Returns the type of tag this iterator represents.
*
- * @return the HTML.Tag
that this iterator represents.
+ * @return the {@code HTML.Tag} that this iterator represents.
* @see javax.swing.text.html.HTML.Tag
*/
public HTML.Tag getTag() {
@@ -2018,8 +2023,8 @@
}
/**
- * Returns true if the current position is not null
.
- * @return true if current position is not null
,
+ * Returns true if the current position is not {@code null}.
+ * @return true if current position is not {@code null},
* otherwise returns false
*/
public boolean isValid() {
@@ -2041,7 +2046,7 @@
/**
* Marches a cloned iterator forward to locate the end
- * of the run. This sets the value of endOffset
.
+ * of the run. This sets the value of {@code endOffset}.
*/
void setEndOffset() {
AttributeSet a0 = getAttributes();
@@ -2074,7 +2079,7 @@
* outer class.
* HTMLDocument.HTMLReader.TagAction
)
+ * (of type {@code HTMLDocument.HTMLReader.TagAction})
* that describe how to handle the action. The idea behind
* the actions provided is that the most natural text editing
* operations can be provided if the element structure boils
@@ -2128,81 +2133,81 @@
*
* HTML.Tag
.
+ * following table for the tags defined in {@code HTML.Tag}.
*
*
*
- * Tag Action HTML.Tag.A
CharacterAction
- * HTML.Tag.ADDRESS
CharacterAction
- * HTML.Tag.APPLET
HiddenAction
- * HTML.Tag.AREA
AreaAction
- * HTML.Tag.B
CharacterAction
- * HTML.Tag.BASE
BaseAction
- * HTML.Tag.BASEFONT
CharacterAction
- * HTML.Tag.BIG
CharacterAction
- * HTML.Tag.BLOCKQUOTE
BlockAction
- * HTML.Tag.BODY
BlockAction
- * HTML.Tag.BR
SpecialAction
- * HTML.Tag.CAPTION
BlockAction
- * HTML.Tag.CENTER
BlockAction
- * HTML.Tag.CITE
CharacterAction
- * HTML.Tag.CODE
CharacterAction
- * HTML.Tag.DD
BlockAction
- * HTML.Tag.DFN
CharacterAction
- * HTML.Tag.DIR
BlockAction
- * HTML.Tag.DIV
BlockAction
- * HTML.Tag.DL
BlockAction
- * HTML.Tag.DT
ParagraphAction
- * HTML.Tag.EM
CharacterAction
- * HTML.Tag.FONT
CharacterAction
- * HTML.Tag.FORM
As of 1.4 a BlockAction
- * HTML.Tag.FRAME
SpecialAction
- * HTML.Tag.FRAMESET
BlockAction
- * HTML.Tag.H1
ParagraphAction
- * HTML.Tag.H2
ParagraphAction
- * HTML.Tag.H3
ParagraphAction
- * HTML.Tag.H4
ParagraphAction
- * HTML.Tag.H5
ParagraphAction
- * HTML.Tag.H6
ParagraphAction
- * HTML.Tag.HEAD
HeadAction
- * HTML.Tag.HR
SpecialAction
- * HTML.Tag.HTML
BlockAction
- * HTML.Tag.I
CharacterAction
- * HTML.Tag.IMG
SpecialAction
- * HTML.Tag.INPUT
FormAction
- * HTML.Tag.ISINDEX
IsndexAction
- * HTML.Tag.KBD
CharacterAction
- * HTML.Tag.LI
BlockAction
- * HTML.Tag.LINK
LinkAction
- * HTML.Tag.MAP
MapAction
- * HTML.Tag.MENU
BlockAction
- * HTML.Tag.META
MetaAction
- * HTML.Tag.NOFRAMES
BlockAction
- * HTML.Tag.OBJECT
SpecialAction
- * HTML.Tag.OL
BlockAction
- * HTML.Tag.OPTION
FormAction
- * HTML.Tag.P
ParagraphAction
- * HTML.Tag.PARAM
HiddenAction
- * HTML.Tag.PRE
PreAction
- * HTML.Tag.SAMP
CharacterAction
- * HTML.Tag.SCRIPT
HiddenAction
- * HTML.Tag.SELECT
FormAction
- * HTML.Tag.SMALL
CharacterAction
- * HTML.Tag.STRIKE
CharacterAction
- * HTML.Tag.S
CharacterAction
- * HTML.Tag.STRONG
CharacterAction
- * HTML.Tag.STYLE
StyleAction
- * HTML.Tag.SUB
CharacterAction
- * HTML.Tag.SUP
CharacterAction
- * HTML.Tag.TABLE
BlockAction
- * HTML.Tag.TD
BlockAction
- * HTML.Tag.TEXTAREA
FormAction
- * HTML.Tag.TH
BlockAction
- * HTML.Tag.TITLE
TitleAction
- * HTML.Tag.TR
BlockAction
- * HTML.Tag.TT
CharacterAction
- * HTML.Tag.U
CharacterAction
- * HTML.Tag.UL
BlockAction
- * HTML.Tag.VAR
CharacterAction
+ * {@code HTML.Tag.A} CharacterAction
+ * {@code HTML.Tag.ADDRESS} CharacterAction
+ * {@code HTML.Tag.APPLET} HiddenAction
+ * {@code HTML.Tag.AREA} AreaAction
+ * {@code HTML.Tag.B} CharacterAction
+ * {@code HTML.Tag.BASE} BaseAction
+ * {@code HTML.Tag.BASEFONT} CharacterAction
+ * {@code HTML.Tag.BIG} CharacterAction
+ * {@code HTML.Tag.BLOCKQUOTE} BlockAction
+ * {@code HTML.Tag.BODY} BlockAction
+ * {@code HTML.Tag.BR} SpecialAction
+ * {@code HTML.Tag.CAPTION} BlockAction
+ * {@code HTML.Tag.CENTER} BlockAction
+ * {@code HTML.Tag.CITE} CharacterAction
+ * {@code HTML.Tag.CODE} CharacterAction
+ * {@code HTML.Tag.DD} BlockAction
+ * {@code HTML.Tag.DFN} CharacterAction
+ * {@code HTML.Tag.DIR} BlockAction
+ * {@code HTML.Tag.DIV} BlockAction
+ * {@code HTML.Tag.DL} BlockAction
+ * {@code HTML.Tag.DT} ParagraphAction
+ * {@code HTML.Tag.EM} CharacterAction
+ * {@code HTML.Tag.FONT} CharacterAction
+ * {@code HTML.Tag.FORM} As of 1.4 a BlockAction
+ * {@code HTML.Tag.FRAME} SpecialAction
+ * {@code HTML.Tag.FRAMESET} BlockAction
+ * {@code HTML.Tag.H1} ParagraphAction
+ * {@code HTML.Tag.H2} ParagraphAction
+ * {@code HTML.Tag.H3} ParagraphAction
+ * {@code HTML.Tag.H4} ParagraphAction
+ * {@code HTML.Tag.H5} ParagraphAction
+ * {@code HTML.Tag.H6} ParagraphAction
+ * {@code HTML.Tag.HEAD} HeadAction
+ * {@code HTML.Tag.HR} SpecialAction
+ * {@code HTML.Tag.HTML} BlockAction
+ * {@code HTML.Tag.I} CharacterAction
+ * {@code HTML.Tag.IMG} SpecialAction
+ * {@code HTML.Tag.INPUT} FormAction
+ * {@code HTML.Tag.ISINDEX} IsndexAction
+ * {@code HTML.Tag.KBD} CharacterAction
+ * {@code HTML.Tag.LI} BlockAction
+ * {@code HTML.Tag.LINK} LinkAction
+ * {@code HTML.Tag.MAP} MapAction
+ * {@code HTML.Tag.MENU} BlockAction
+ * {@code HTML.Tag.META} MetaAction
+ * {@code HTML.Tag.NOFRAMES} BlockAction
+ * {@code HTML.Tag.OBJECT} SpecialAction
+ * {@code HTML.Tag.OL} BlockAction
+ * {@code HTML.Tag.OPTION} FormAction
+ * {@code HTML.Tag.P} ParagraphAction
+ * {@code HTML.Tag.PARAM} HiddenAction
+ * {@code HTML.Tag.PRE} PreAction
+ * {@code HTML.Tag.SAMP} CharacterAction
+ * {@code HTML.Tag.SCRIPT} HiddenAction
+ * {@code HTML.Tag.SELECT} FormAction
+ * {@code HTML.Tag.SMALL} CharacterAction
+ * {@code HTML.Tag.STRIKE} CharacterAction
+ * {@code HTML.Tag.S} CharacterAction
+ * {@code HTML.Tag.STRONG} CharacterAction
+ * {@code HTML.Tag.STYLE} StyleAction
+ * {@code HTML.Tag.SUB} CharacterAction
+ * {@code HTML.Tag.SUP} CharacterAction
+ * {@code HTML.Tag.TABLE} BlockAction
+ * {@code HTML.Tag.TD} BlockAction
+ * {@code HTML.Tag.TEXTAREA} FormAction
+ * {@code HTML.Tag.TH} BlockAction
+ * {@code HTML.Tag.TITLE} TitleAction
+ * {@code HTML.Tag.TR} BlockAction
+ * {@code HTML.Tag.TT} CharacterAction
+ * {@code HTML.Tag.U} CharacterAction
+ * {@code HTML.Tag.UL} BlockAction
+ * {@code HTML.Tag.VAR} CharacterAction
* insertTag
is
- * non-null
, and offset
is not in the body.
+ * into non empty document, {@code insertTag} is
+ * non-{@code null}, and {@code offset} is not in the body.
*/
// PENDING(sky): Add throws BadLocationException and remove
// RuntimeException
@@ -2360,8 +2365,8 @@
}
/**
- * This block initializes the inParagraph
flag.
- * It is left in false
value automatically
+ * This block initializes the {@code inParagraph} flag.
+ * It is left in {@code false} value automatically
* if the target document is empty or future inserts
* were positioned into the 'body' tag.
*/
@@ -2390,7 +2395,7 @@
}
/**
- * Generates an initial batch of end ElementSpecs
+ * Generates an initial batch of end {@code ElementSpecs}
* in parseBuffer to position future inserts into the body.
*/
private void generateEndsSpecsForMidInsert() {
@@ -2455,10 +2460,10 @@
}
/**
- * @return number of parents of the leaf at offset
- * until a parent with name, name
has been
+ * @return number of parents of the leaf at {@code offset}
+ * until a parent with name, {@code name} has been
* found. -1 indicates no matching parent with
- * name
.
+ * {@code name}.
*/
private int heightToElementWithName(Object name, int offset) {
Element e = getCharacterElement(offset).getParentElement();
@@ -2704,7 +2709,7 @@
}
/**
- * Adds the comment comment
to the set of comments
+ * Adds the comment {@code comment} to the set of comments
* maintained outside of the scope of elements.
*/
private void addExternalComment(String comment) {
@@ -2778,7 +2783,7 @@
/**
* This is invoked after the stream has been parsed, but before
- * flush
. eol
will be one of \n, \r
+ * {@code flush}. {@code eol} will be one of \n, \r
* or \r\n, which ever is encountered the most in parsing the
* stream.
*
@@ -3379,7 +3384,7 @@
* the <INPUT>, <TEXTAREA>, <SELECT>,
* and <OPTION> tags. The element created by
* this action is expected to have the attribute
- * StyleConstants.ModelAttribute
set to
+ * {@code StyleConstants.ModelAttribute} set to
* the model that holds the state for the form control.
* This enables multiple views, and allows document to
* be iterated over picking up the data of the form.
@@ -3567,7 +3572,7 @@
* If a <SELECT> tag is being processed, this
* model will be a reference to the model being filled
* with the <OPTION> elements (which produce
- * objects of type Option
.
+ * objects of type {@code Option}.
*/
Object selectModel;
int optionCount;
@@ -3826,7 +3831,7 @@
}
/**
- * This will be invoked for the last flush, if insertTag
+ * This will be invoked for the last flush, if {@code insertTag}
* is non null.
*/
private void adjustEndSpecsForPartialInsert() {
@@ -3904,7 +3909,7 @@
}
/**
- * Adds the CSS rules in rules
.
+ * Adds the CSS rules in {@code rules}.
*/
void addCSSRules(String rules) {
StyleSheet ss = getStyleSheet();
@@ -3912,7 +3917,7 @@
}
/**
- * Adds the CSS stylesheet at href
to the known list
+ * Adds the CSS stylesheet at {@code href} to the known list
* of stylesheets.
*/
void linkCSSStyleSheet(String href) {
@@ -3932,7 +3937,7 @@
}
/**
- * Returns true if can insert starting at t
. This
+ * Returns true if can insert starting at {@code t}. This
* will return false if the insert tag is set, and hasn't been found
* yet.
*/
@@ -4070,7 +4075,7 @@
* This is set to true when and end is invoked for {@literal }.
*/
private boolean receivedEndHTML;
- /** Number of times flushBuffer
has been invoked. */
+ /** Number of times {@code flushBuffer} has been invoked. */
private int flushCount;
/** If true, behavior is similar to insertTag, but instead of
* waiting for insertTag will wait for first Element without
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/html/HTMLEditorKit.java 2015-10-04 22:59:48.069255091 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/html/HTMLEditorKit.java 2015-10-04 22:59:47.865255100 +0400
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@
* text editing gestures is preferred over using the HTML structure
* exactly as defined in the HTML document.
* HTMLDocument
.
+ * The modeling of HTML is provided by the class {@code HTMLDocument}.
* Its documentation describes the details of how the HTML is modeled.
* The editing support leverages heavily off of the text package.
*
@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@
* View implementations, so one can easily customize how a particular
* element is displayed or add capabilities for new kinds of elements
* by providing new View implementations. The default set of views
- * are provided by the HTMLFactory
class. This can
+ * are provided by the {@code HTMLFactory} class. This can
* be easily changed by subclassing or replacing the HTMLFactory
* and reimplementing the getViewFactory method to return the alternative
* factory.
@@ -120,13 +120,13 @@
* JEditorPane.setPage
.
+ * loaded asynchronously if loaded using {@code JEditorPane.setPage}.
* This is controlled by a property on the document. The method
* {@link #createDefaultDocument createDefaultDocument} can
* be overriden to change this. The batching of work is done
- * by the HTMLDocument.HTMLReader
class. The actual
- * work is done by the DefaultStyledDocument
and
- * AbstractDocument
classes in the text package.
+ * by the {@code HTMLDocument.HTMLReader} class. The actual
+ * work is done by the {@code DefaultStyledDocument} and
+ * {@code AbstractDocument} classes in the text package.
*
* StyleSheet
+ * The support for this is provided by the {@code StyleSheet}
* class. The presentation of the HTML can be heavily influenced
* by the setting of the StyleSheet property on the EditorKit.
*
@@ -176,7 +176,7 @@
/**
* Get the MIME type of the data that this
* kit represents support for. This kit supports
- * the type text/html
.
+ * the type {@code text/html}.
*
* @return the type
*/
@@ -231,7 +231,7 @@
}
/**
- * Inserts content from the given stream. If doc
is
+ * Inserts content from the given stream. If {@code doc} is
* an instance of HTMLDocument, this will read
* HTML 3.2 text. Inserting HTML into a non-empty document must be inside
* the body Element, if you do not insert into the body an exception will
@@ -445,11 +445,11 @@
}
/**
- * Copies the key/values in element
s AttributeSet into
- * set
. This does not copy component, icon, or element
+ * Copies the key/values in {@code element}s AttributeSet into
+ * {@code set}. This does not copy component, icon, or element
* names attributes. Subclasses may wish to refine what is and what
* isn't copied here. But be sure to first remove all the attributes that
- * are in set
.FormSubmitEvent
is fired.
+ * or only {@code FormSubmitEvent} is fired.
*
* @return true if html form submission is processed automatically,
* false otherwise.
@@ -571,7 +571,7 @@
/**
* Specifies if an html form submission is processed
- * automatically or only FormSubmitEvent
is fired.
+ * automatically or only {@code FormSubmitEvent} is fired.
* By default it is set to true.
*
* @param isAuto if {@code true}, html form submission is processed automatically.
@@ -812,8 +812,8 @@
}
/**
- * Returns true if the View representing e
contains
- * the location x
, y
. offset
+ * Returns true if the View representing {@code e} contains
+ * the location {@code x}, {@code y}. {@code offset}
* gives the offset into the Document to check for.
*/
private boolean doesElementContainLocation(JEditorPane editor,
@@ -859,8 +859,8 @@
/**
* Calls linkActivated on the associated JEditorPane
* if the given position represents a link. If this was the result
- * of a mouse click, x
and
- * y
will give the location of the mouse, otherwise
+ * of a mouse click, {@code x} and
+ * {@code y} will give the location of the mouse, otherwise
* they will be {@literal <} 0.
*
* @param pos the position
@@ -902,7 +902,7 @@
/**
* Creates and returns a new instance of HyperlinkEvent. If
- * hdoc
is a frame document a HTMLFrameHyperlinkEvent
+ * {@code hdoc} is a frame document a HTMLFrameHyperlinkEvent
* will be created.
*/
HyperlinkEvent createHyperlinkEvent(JEditorPane html,
@@ -1005,7 +1005,7 @@
/**
* The result of parsing drives these callback methods.
* The open and close actions should be balanced. The
- * flush
method will be the last method
+ * {@code flush} method will be the last method
* called, to give the receiver a chance to flush any
* pending data into the document.
* flush
. eol
will be one of \n, \r
+ * {@code flush}. {@code eol} will be one of \n, \r
* or \r\n, which ever is encountered the most in parsing the
* stream.
*
@@ -1577,7 +1577,7 @@
/**
* @param e the JEditorPane
- * @return HTMLDocument of e
.
+ * @return HTMLDocument of {@code e}.
*/
protected HTMLDocument getHTMLDocument(JEditorPane e) {
Document d = e.getDocument();
@@ -1589,7 +1589,7 @@
/**
* @param e the JEditorPane
- * @return HTMLEditorKit for e
.
+ * @return HTMLEditorKit for {@code e}.
*/
protected HTMLEditorKit getHTMLEditorKit(JEditorPane e) {
EditorKit k = e.getEditorKit();
@@ -1600,12 +1600,12 @@
}
/**
- * Returns an array of the Elements that contain offset
.
+ * Returns an array of the Elements that contain {@code offset}.
* The first elements corresponds to the root.
*
* @param doc an instance of HTMLDocument
* @param offset value of offset
- * @return an array of the Elements that contain offset
+ * @return an array of the Elements that contain {@code offset}
*/
protected Element[] getElementsAt(HTMLDocument doc, int offset) {
return getElementsAt(doc.getDefaultRootElement(), offset, 0);
@@ -1629,10 +1629,10 @@
/**
* Returns number of elements, starting at the deepest leaf, needed
- * to get to an element representing tag
. This will
- * return -1 if no elements is found representing tag
,
- * or 0 if the parent of the leaf at offset
represents
- * tag
.
+ * to get to an element representing {@code tag}. This will
+ * return -1 if no elements is found representing {@code tag},
+ * or 0 if the parent of the leaf at {@code offset} represents
+ * {@code tag}.
*
* @param doc an instance of HTMLDocument
* @param offset an offset to start from
@@ -1655,8 +1655,8 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the deepest element at offset
matching
- * tag
.
+ * Returns the deepest element at {@code offset} matching
+ * {@code tag}.
*
* @param doc an instance of HTMLDocument
* @param offset the specified offset >= 0
@@ -1873,9 +1873,9 @@
}
/**
- * If there is an Element with name tag
at
- * offset
, this will invoke either insertAtBoundary
- * or insertHTML
. This returns true if there is
+ * If there is an Element with name {@code tag} at
+ * {@code offset}, this will invoke either insertAtBoundary
+ * or {@code insertHTML}. This returns true if there is
* a match, and one of the inserts is invoked.
*/
/*protected*/
@@ -2328,7 +2328,7 @@
/*
* If possible acquires a lock on the Document. If a lock has been
* obtained a key will be retured that should be passed to
- * unlock
.
+ * {@code unlock}.
*/
private Object lock(JEditorPane editor) {
Document document = editor.getDocument();
@@ -2341,7 +2341,7 @@
}
/*
- * Releases a lock previously obtained via lock
.
+ * Releases a lock previously obtained via {@code lock}.
*/
private void unlock(Object key) {
if (key != null) {
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/html/HTMLWriter.java 2015-10-04 22:59:48.637255065 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/html/HTMLWriter.java 2015-10-04 22:59:48.433255074 +0400
@@ -928,7 +928,7 @@
}
/**
- * Outputs the named style. outputStyle
indicates
+ * Outputs the named style. {@code outputStyle} indicates
* whether or not a style has been output yet. This will return
* true if a style is written.
*/
@@ -1001,7 +1001,7 @@
* have been converted will not appear in the resultant
* set. Any keys not converted will appear in the
* resultant set the same as the received set.to
, unless
+ * This will put the converted values into {@code to}, unless
* it is null in which case a temporary AttributeSet will be returned.
*/
AttributeSet convertToHTML(AttributeSet from, MutableAttributeSet to) {
@@ -1189,7 +1189,7 @@
/**
* This method is overriden to map any character entities, such as
- * < to <. super.output
will be invoked to
+ * < to <. {@code super.output} will be invoked to
* write the content.
* @since 1.3
*/
@@ -1260,8 +1260,8 @@
}
/**
- * This directly invokes super's output
after converting
- * string
to a char[].
+ * This directly invokes super's {@code output} after converting
+ * {@code string} to a char[].
*/
private void output(String string) throws IOException {
int length = string.length();
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/html/HiddenTagView.java 2015-10-04 22:59:49.173255041 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/html/HiddenTagView.java 2015-10-04 22:59:48.981255050 +0400
@@ -156,9 +156,9 @@
* This resets the text on the text component we created to match
* that of the AttributeSet for the Element we represent.
* _setTextFromModel
, otherwise
- * SwingUtilities.invokeLater
is used to schedule execution
- * of _setTextFromModel
.
+ * directly invokes {@code _setTextFromModel}, otherwise
+ * {@code SwingUtilities.invokeLater} is used to schedule execution
+ * of {@code _setTextFromModel}.
*/
void setTextFromModel() {
if (SwingUtilities.isEventDispatchThread()) {
@@ -207,9 +207,9 @@
* This copies the text from the text component we've created
* to the Element's AttributeSet we represent.
* _updateModelFromText
, otherwise
- * SwingUtilities.invokeLater
is used to schedule execution
- * of _updateModelFromText
.
+ * directly invokes {@code _updateModelFromText}, otherwise
+ * {@code SwingUtilities.invokeLater} is used to schedule execution
+ * of {@code _updateModelFromText}.
*/
void updateModelFromText() {
if (!isSettingAttributes) {
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/html/ImageView.java 2015-10-04 22:59:49.693255018 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/html/ImageView.java 2015-10-04 22:59:49.505255026 +0400
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
* View of an Image, intended to support the HTML <IMG> tag.
* Supports scaling via the HEIGHT and WIDTH attributes of the tag.
* If the image is unable to be loaded any text specified via the
- * ALT
attribute will be rendered.
+ * {@code ALT} attribute will be rendered.
* HTML.Attribute.ALT
.
+ * {@code HTML.Attribute.ALT}.
*
* @return the test to display if the image cannot be loaded.
*/
@@ -214,7 +214,7 @@
}
/**
- * Sets how the image is loaded. If newValue
is true,
+ * Sets how the image is loaded. If {@code newValue} is true,
* the image will be loaded when first asked for, otherwise it will
* be loaded asynchronously. The default is to not load synchronously,
* that is to load the image asynchronously.
@@ -264,8 +264,8 @@
/**
* For images the tooltip text comes from text specified with the
- * ALT
attribute. This is overriden to return
- * getAltText
.
+ * {@code ALT} attribute. This is overriden to return
+ * {@code getAltText}.
*
* @see JTextComponent#getToolTipText
*/
@@ -672,8 +672,8 @@
/**
* Loads the image and updates the size accordingly. This should be
- * invoked instead of invoking loadImage
or
- * updateImageSize
directly.
+ * invoked instead of invoking {@code loadImage} or
+ * {@code updateImageSize} directly.
*/
private void refreshImage() {
synchronized(this) {
@@ -701,8 +701,8 @@
}
/**
- * Loads the image from the URL getImageURL
. This should
- * only be invoked from refreshImage
.
+ * Loads the image from the URL {@code getImageURL}. This should
+ * only be invoked from {@code refreshImage}.
*/
private void loadImage() {
URL src = getImageURL();
@@ -728,7 +728,7 @@
/**
* Recreates and reloads the image. This should
- * only be invoked from refreshImage
.
+ * only be invoked from {@code refreshImage}.
*/
private void updateImageSize() {
int newWidth = 0;
@@ -846,7 +846,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes preferenceChanged
on the event displatching
+ * Invokes {@code preferenceChanged} on the event displatching
* thread.
*/
private void safePreferenceChanged() {
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/html/InlineView.java 2015-10-04 22:59:50.225254994 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/html/InlineView.java 2015-10-04 22:59:50.037255002 +0400
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
/**
* Gives notification that something was inserted into
* the document in a location that this view is responsible for.
- * If either parameter is null
, behavior of this method is
+ * If either parameter is {@code null}, behavior of this method is
* implementation dependent.
*
* @param e the change information from the associated document
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@
/**
* Gives notification that something was removed from the document
* in a location that this view is responsible for.
- * If either parameter is null
, behavior of this method is
+ * If either parameter is {@code null}, behavior of this method is
* implementation dependent.
*
* @param e the change information from the associated document
@@ -108,25 +108,25 @@
/**
* Determines how attractive a break opportunity in
* this view is. This can be used for determining which
- * view is the most attractive to call breakView
+ * view is the most attractive to call {@code breakView}
* on in the process of formatting. A view that represents
* text that has whitespace in it might be more attractive
* than a view that has no whitespace, for example. The
* higher the weight, the more attractive the break. A
- * value equal to or lower than BadBreakWeight
+ * value equal to or lower than {@code BadBreakWeight}
* should not be considered for a break. A value greater
- * than or equal to ForcedBreakWeight
should
+ * than or equal to {@code ForcedBreakWeight} should
* be broken.
* BadBreakWeight
unless the length
+ * of returning {@code BadBreakWeight} unless the length
* is greater than the length of the view in which case the
* entire view represents the fragment. Unless a view has
* been written to support breaking behavior, it is not
* attractive to try and break the view. An example of
- * a view that does support breaking is LabelView
.
+ * a view that does support breaking is {@code LabelView}.
* An example of a view that uses break weight is
- * ParagraphView
.
+ * {@code ParagraphView}.
*
* @param axis may be either View.X_AXIS or View.Y_AXIS
* @param pos the potential location of the start of the
@@ -154,13 +154,13 @@
* Tries to break this view on the given axis. Refer to
* {@link javax.swing.text.View#breakView} for a complete
* description of this method.
- * axis
- * is neither View.X_AXIS
nor View.Y_AXIS
, and
- * in case offset
, pos
, or len
+ * View.X_AXIS
or
- * View.Y_AXIS
+ * @param axis may be either {@code View.X_AXIS} or
+ * {@code View.Y_AXIS}
* @param offset the location in the document model
* that a broken fragment would occupy >= 0. This
* would be the starting offset of the fragment
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/html/IsindexView.java 2015-10-04 22:59:50.753254970 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/html/IsindexView.java 2015-10-04 22:59:50.561254979 +0400
@@ -54,8 +54,8 @@
/**
* Creates the components necessary to implement
- * this view. The component returned is a JPanel
,
- * that contains the PROMPT to the left and JTextField
+ * this view. The component returned is a {@code JPanel},
+ * that contains the PROMPT to the left and {@code JTextField}
* to the right.
*/
public Component createComponent() {
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/html/LineView.java 2015-10-04 22:59:51.277254947 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/html/LineView.java 2015-10-04 22:59:51.089254955 +0400
@@ -65,8 +65,8 @@
* axis. The preformatted line should refuse to be
* sized less than the preferred size.
*
- * @param axis may be either View.X_AXIS
or
- * View.Y_AXIS
+ * @param axis may be either {@code View.X_AXIS} or
+ * {@code View.Y_AXIS}
* @return the minimum span the view can be rendered into
* @see View#getPreferredSpan
*/
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@
* the rows are rebuilt. The superclass functionality
* is called after checking and possibly rebuilding the
* rows. If the height has changed, the
- * preferenceChanged
method is called
+ * {@code preferenceChanged} method is called
* on the parent since the vertical preference is
* rigid.
*
@@ -126,14 +126,14 @@
/**
* Returns the next tab stop position given a reference position.
* This view implements the tab coordinate system, and calls
- * getTabbedSpan
on the logical children in the process
+ * {@code getTabbedSpan} on the logical children in the process
* of layout to determine the desired span of the children. The
* logical children can delegate their tab expansion upward to
* the paragraph which knows how to expand tabs.
- * LabelView
is an example of a view that delegates
+ * {@code LabelView} is an example of a view that delegates
* its tab expansion needs upward to the paragraph.
* TabSet
+ * This is implemented to try and locate a {@code TabSet}
* in the paragraph element's attribute set. If one can be
* found, its settings will be used, otherwise a default expansion
* will be provided. The base location for tab expansion
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/html/Map.java 2015-10-04 22:59:51.801254923 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/html/Map.java 2015-10-04 22:59:51.613254932 +0400
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@
/**
* Returns the AttributeSet that contains the passed in location,
- * x
, y
. width
, height
+ * {@code x}, {@code y}. {@code width}, {@code height}
* gives the size of the region the map is defined over. If a matching
* area is found, the AttribueSet for it is returned.
*/
@@ -176,7 +176,7 @@
/**
* Creates and returns an array of integers from the String
- * stringCoords
. If one of the values represents a
+ * {@code stringCoords}. If one of the values represents a
* % the returned value with be negative. If a parse error results
* from trying to parse one of the numbers null is returned.
*/
@@ -234,9 +234,9 @@
*/
interface RegionContainment {
/**
- * Returns true if the location x
, y
+ * Returns true if the location {@code x}, {@code y}
* falls inside the region defined in the receiver.
- * width
, height
is the size of
+ * {@code width}, {@code height} is the size of
* the enclosing region.
*/
public boolean contains(int x, int y, int width, int height);
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/html/MinimalHTMLWriter.java 2015-10-04 22:59:52.329254899 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/html/MinimalHTMLWriter.java 2015-10-04 22:59:52.137254908 +0400
@@ -702,7 +702,7 @@
}
/**
- * Adds the style named style
to the style mapping. This
+ * Adds the style named {@code style} to the style mapping. This
* returns the name that should be used when outputting. CSS does not
* allow the full Unicode set to be used as a style name.
*/
@@ -728,7 +728,7 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the mapped style name corresponding to style
.
+ * Returns the mapped style name corresponding to {@code style}.
*/
private String mapStyleName(String style) {
if (styleNameMapping == null) {
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/html/MuxingAttributeSet.java 2015-10-04 22:59:52.857254876 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/html/MuxingAttributeSet.java 2015-10-04 22:59:52.665254884 +0400
@@ -29,14 +29,14 @@
import java.util.*;
/**
- * An implementation of AttributeSet
that can multiplex
- * across a set of AttributeSet
s.
+ * An implementation of {@code AttributeSet} that can multiplex
+ * across a set of {@code AttributeSet}s.
*
*/
@SuppressWarnings("serial") // Same-version serialization only
class MuxingAttributeSet implements AttributeSet, Serializable {
/**
- * Creates a MuxingAttributeSet
with the passed in
+ * Creates a {@code MuxingAttributeSet} with the passed in
* attributes.
*/
public MuxingAttributeSet(AttributeSet[] attrs) {
@@ -44,33 +44,33 @@
}
/**
- * Creates an empty MuxingAttributeSet
. This is intended for
+ * Creates an empty {@code MuxingAttributeSet}. This is intended for
* use by subclasses only, and it is also intended that subclasses will
- * set the constituent AttributeSet
s before invoking any
- * of the AttributeSet
methods.
+ * set the constituent {@code AttributeSet}s before invoking any
+ * of the {@code AttributeSet} methods.
*/
protected MuxingAttributeSet() {
}
/**
- * Directly sets the AttributeSet
s that comprise this
- * MuxingAttributeSet
.
+ * Directly sets the {@code AttributeSet}s that comprise this
+ * {@code MuxingAttributeSet}.
*/
protected synchronized void setAttributes(AttributeSet[] attrs) {
this.attrs = attrs;
}
/**
- * Returns the AttributeSet
s multiplexing too. When the
- * AttributeSet
s need to be referenced, this should be called.
+ * Returns the {@code AttributeSet}s multiplexing too. When the
+ * {@code AttributeSet}s need to be referenced, this should be called.
*/
protected synchronized AttributeSet[] getAttributes() {
return attrs;
}
/**
- * Inserts as
at index
. This assumes
- * the value of index
is between 0 and attrs.length,
+ * Inserts {@code as} at {@code index}. This assumes
+ * the value of {@code index} is between 0 and attrs.length,
* inclusive.
*/
protected synchronized void insertAttributeSetAt(AttributeSet as,
@@ -95,8 +95,8 @@
}
/**
- * Removes the AttributeSet at index
. This assumes
- * the value of index
is greater than or equal to 0,
+ * Removes the AttributeSet at {@code index}. This assumes
+ * the value of {@code index} is greater than or equal to 0,
* and less than attrs.length.
*/
protected synchronized void removeAttributeSetAt(int index) {
@@ -258,8 +258,8 @@
}
/**
- * The AttributeSet
s that make up the resulting
- * AttributeSet
.
+ * The {@code AttributeSet}s that make up the resulting
+ * {@code AttributeSet}.
*/
private AttributeSet[] attrs;
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/html/NoFramesView.java 2015-10-04 22:59:53.381254852 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/html/NoFramesView.java 2015-10-04 22:59:53.193254861 +0400
@@ -140,8 +140,8 @@
* axis. Returns 0 if the view is not visible, otherwise
* it calls the superclass method to get the minimum span.
*
- * @param axis may be either View.X_AXIS
or
- * View.Y_AXIS
+ * @param axis may be either {@code View.X_AXIS} or
+ * {@code View.Y_AXIS}
* @return the minimum span the view can be rendered into
* @see text.ParagraphView#getMinimumSpan
*/
@@ -157,8 +157,8 @@
* axis. Returns 0 if the view is not visible, otherwise
* it calls the superclass method ot get the maximum span.
*
- * @param axis may be either View.X_AXIS
or
- * View.Y_AXIS
+ * @param axis may be either {@code View.X_AXIS} or
+ * {@code View.Y_AXIS}
* @return the maximum span the view can be rendered into
* @see text.ParagraphView#getMaximumSpan
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/html/ObjectView.java 2015-10-04 22:59:53.913254828 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/html/ObjectView.java 2015-10-04 22:59:53.721254837 +0400
@@ -39,16 +39,16 @@
* for <object> elements.
* classid
attribute. If possible, the Classloader
+ * {@code classid} attribute. If possible, the Classloader
* used to load the associated Document is used.
* This would typically be the same as the ClassLoader
* used to load the EditorKit. If the document's
- * ClassLoader is null, Class.forName
is used.
+ * ClassLoader is null, {@code Class.forName} is used.
* Class.newInstance
. An attempt will be made
- * to narrow the instance to type java.awt.Component
+ * {@code Class.newInstance}. An attempt will be made
+ * to narrow the instance to type {@code java.awt.Component}
* to display the object.
* java.beans
package.
+ * has been added to the {@code java.beans} package.
* Please see {@link java.beans.XMLEncoder}.
*
* @author Timothy Prinzing
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/html/OptionListModel.java 2015-10-04 22:59:54.957254781 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/html/OptionListModel.java 2015-10-04 22:59:54.769254790 +0400
@@ -99,10 +99,10 @@
}
/**
- * Returns an array of all the ListSelectionListener
s added
+ * Returns an array of all the {@code ListSelectionListener}s added
* to this OptionListModel with addListSelectionListener().
*
- * @return all of the ListSelectionListener
s added or an empty
+ * @return all of the {@code ListSelectionListener}s added or an empty
* array if no listeners have been added
* @since 1.4
*/
@@ -461,12 +461,12 @@
/**
* Returns a clone of the receiver with the same selection.
- * listenerLists
are not duplicated.
+ * {@code listenerLists} are not duplicated.
*
* @return a clone of the receiver
* @exception CloneNotSupportedException if the receiver does not
- * both (a) implement the Cloneable
interface
- * and (b) define a clone
method
+ * both (a) implement the {@code Cloneable} interface
+ * and (b) define a {@code clone} method
*/
public Object clone() throws CloneNotSupportedException {
@SuppressWarnings("unchecked")
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/html/ParagraphView.java 2015-10-04 22:59:55.485254758 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/html/ParagraphView.java 2015-10-04 22:59:55.297254766 +0400
@@ -263,8 +263,8 @@
* axis. Returns 0 if the view is not visible, otherwise
* it calls the superclass method to get the minimum span.
*
- * @param axis may be either View.X_AXIS
or
- * View.Y_AXIS
+ * @param axis may be either {@code View.X_AXIS} or
+ * {@code View.Y_AXIS}
* @return the minimum span the view can be rendered into
* @see javax.swing.text.ParagraphView#getMinimumSpan
*/
@@ -280,8 +280,8 @@
* axis. Returns 0 if the view is not visible, otherwise
* it calls the superclass method ot get the maximum span.
*
- * @param axis may be either View.X_AXIS
or
- * View.Y_AXIS
+ * @param axis may be either {@code View.X_AXIS} or
+ * {@code View.Y_AXIS}
* @return the maximum span the view can be rendered into
* @see javax.swing.text.ParagraphView#getMaximumSpan
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/html/StyleSheet.java 2015-10-04 22:59:56.013254734 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/html/StyleSheet.java 2015-10-04 22:59:55.821254743 +0400
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
* rule repository. The key for CSS attributes is an
* object of type CSS.Attribute. The type of the value
* is up to the StyleSheet implementation, but the
- * toString
method is required
+ * {@code toString} method is required
* to return a string representation of CSS value.
* <body bgcolor=red>
makes the body have a red
+ * {@code body { background: blue }
it becomes less clear as to
+ * {@code body { background: blue }} it becomes less clear as to
* what color the background of the body should be. The current
* implementation gives visual attributes defined in the element the
* highest precedence, that is they are always checked before any styles.
@@ -114,8 +114,8 @@
* spec. Refer to the javadoc of the CSS class to see what properties
* we support. The two major CSS parsing related
* concepts we do not currently
- * support are pseudo selectors, such as A:link { color: red }
,
- * and the important
modifier.
+ * support are pseudo selectors, such as {@code A:link { color: red }},
+ * and the {@code important} modifier.
*
* @implNote This implementation is currently
* incomplete. It can be replaced with alternative implementations
@@ -263,8 +263,8 @@
/**
* Fetches the rule that best matches the selector given
- * in string form. Where selector
is a space separated
- * String of the element names. For example, selector
+ * in string form. Where {@code selector} is a space separated
+ * String of the element names. For example, {@code selector}
* might be 'html body tr td''ss
to those of
- * the receiver. ss's
rules will override the rules of
+ * Adds the rules from the StyleSheet {@code ss} to those of
+ * the receiver. {@code ss's} rules will override the rules of
* any previously added style sheets. An added StyleSheet will never
* override the rules of the receiving style sheet.
*
@@ -422,7 +422,7 @@
}
/**
- * Removes the StyleSheet ss
from those of the receiver.
+ * Removes the StyleSheet {@code ss} from those of the receiver.
*
* @param ss a StyleSheet
* @since 1.3
@@ -469,7 +469,7 @@
}
/**
- * Imports a style sheet from url
. The resulting rules
+ * Imports a style sheet from {@code url}. The resulting rules
* are directly added to the receiver. If you do not want the rules
* to become part of the receiver, create a new StyleSheet and use
* addStyleSheet to link it in.
@@ -495,7 +495,7 @@
/**
* Sets the base. All import statements that are relative, will be
- * relative to base
.
+ * relative to {@code base}.
*
* @param base a base.
* @since 1.3
@@ -1031,7 +1031,7 @@
/**
* Returns the ImageIcon to draw in the background for
- * attr
.
+ * {@code attr}.
*/
ImageIcon getBackgroundImage(AttributeSet attr) {
Object value = attr.getAttribute(CSS.Attribute.BACKGROUND_IMAGE);
@@ -1097,7 +1097,7 @@
/**
* Updates the attributes of the rules to reference any related
- * rules in ss
.
+ * rules in {@code ss}.
*/
private synchronized void linkStyleSheetAt(StyleSheet ss, int index) {
if (resolvedStyles.size() > 0) {
@@ -1111,8 +1111,8 @@
}
/**
- * Removes references to the rules in ss
.
- * index
gives the index the StyleSheet was at, that is
+ * Removes references to the rules in {@code ss}.
+ * {@code index} gives the index the StyleSheet was at, that is
* how many StyleSheets had been added before it.
*/
private synchronized void unlinkStyleSheet(StyleSheet ss, int index) {
@@ -1307,7 +1307,7 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the resolved style for selector
. This will
+ * Returns the resolved style for {@code selector}. This will
* create the resolved style, if necessary.
*/
private synchronized Style getResolvedStyle(String selector,
@@ -1321,7 +1321,7 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the resolved style for selector
. This will
+ * Returns the resolved style for {@code selector}. This will
* create the resolved style, if necessary.
*/
private synchronized Style getResolvedStyle(String selector) {
@@ -1333,8 +1333,8 @@
}
/**
- * Adds mapping
to elements
. It is added
- * such that elements
will remain ordered by
+ * Adds {@code mapping} to {@code elements}. It is added
+ * such that {@code elements} will remain ordered by
* specificity.
*/
private void addSortedStyle(SelectorMapping mapping, VectorparentMapping
to styles
, and
- * recursively calls this method if parentMapping
has
- * any child mappings for any of the Elements in elements
.
+ * Adds {@code parentMapping} to {@code styles}, and
+ * recursively calls this method if {@code parentMapping} has
+ * any child mappings for any of the Elements in {@code elements}.
*/
private synchronized void getStyles(SelectorMapping parentMapping,
Vectorselector
.
+ * {@code selector}.
*/
private synchronized Style createResolvedStyle(String selector,
String[] tags,
@@ -1500,14 +1500,14 @@
/**
* Creates and returns a Style containing all the rules that
- * matches selector
.
+ * matches {@code selector}.
*
* @param elements a Vector of all the Elements
* the style is being asked for. The
* first Element is the deepest Element, with the last Element
* representing the root.
* @param t the Tag to use for
- * the first Element in elements
+ * the first Element in {@code elements}
*/
private Style createResolvedStyle(String selector, Vectorselector
. It is assumed that each simple selector
- * in selector
is separated by a space.
+ * {@code selector}. It is assumed that each simple selector
+ * in {@code selector} is separated by a space.
*/
private Style createResolvedStyle(String selector) {
SearchBuffer sb = SearchBuffer.obtainSearchBuffer();
@@ -1765,7 +1765,7 @@
}
/**
- * Adds sb
to the stack of SearchBuffers that can
+ * Adds {@code sb} to the stack of SearchBuffers that can
* be used.
*/
static void releaseSearchBuffer(SearchBuffer sb) {
@@ -2157,7 +2157,7 @@
}
/**
- * Obtains the starting index from parent
.
+ * Obtains the starting index from {@code parent}.
*/
private void getStart(View parent) {
checkedForStart = true;
@@ -2180,8 +2180,8 @@
/**
* Returns an integer that should be used to render the child at
- * childIndex
with. The retValue will usually be
- * childIndex
+ 1, unless parentView
+ * {@code childIndex} with. The retValue will usually be
+ * {@code childIndex} + 1, unless {@code parentView}
* has some Views that do not represent LI's, or one of the views
* has a HTML.Attribute.START specified.
*/
@@ -2860,7 +2860,7 @@
/**
* Inserts a Style into the receiver so that the styles the
* receiver represents are still ordered by specificity.
- * style
will be added before any extended styles, that
+ * {@code style} will be added before any extended styles, that
* is before extendedIndex.
*/
synchronized void insertStyle(Style style, int specificity) {
@@ -2879,7 +2879,7 @@
/**
* Removes a previously added style. This will do nothing if
- * style
is not referenced by the receiver.
+ * {@code style} is not referenced by the receiver.
*/
synchronized void removeStyle(Style style) {
AttributeSet[] attrs = getAttributes();
@@ -2896,7 +2896,7 @@
}
/**
- * Adds s
as one of the Attributesets to look up
+ * Adds {@code s} as one of the Attributesets to look up
* attributes in.
*/
synchronized void insertExtendedStyleAt(Style attr, int index) {
@@ -2904,7 +2904,7 @@
}
/**
- * Adds s
as one of the AttributeSets to look up
+ * Adds {@code s} as one of the AttributeSets to look up
* attributes in. It will be the AttributeSet last checked.
*/
synchronized void addExtendedStyle(Style attr) {
@@ -2912,15 +2912,15 @@
}
/**
- * Removes the style at index
+
- * extendedIndex
.
+ * Removes the style at {@code index} +
+ * {@code extendedIndex}.
*/
synchronized void removeExtendedStyleAt(int index) {
removeAttributeSetAt(extendedIndex + index);
}
/**
- * Returns true if the receiver matches selector
, where
+ * Returns true if the receiver matches {@code selector}, where
* a match is defined by the CSS rule matching.
* Each simple selector must be separated by a single space.
*/
@@ -3084,7 +3084,7 @@
/**
* SelectorMapping contains a specifitiy, as an integer, and an associated
- * Style. It can also reference children SelectorMapping
s,
+ * Style. It can also reference children {@code SelectorMapping}s,
* so that it behaves like a tree.
* selector
. If a child mapping does not exist for
- *selector
, and create
is true, a new
+ * {@code selector}. If a child mapping does not exist for
+ *{@code selector}, and {@code create} is true, a new
* one will be created.
*/
public SelectorMapping getChildSelectorMapping(String selector,
@@ -3143,8 +3143,8 @@
}
/**
- * Creates a child SelectorMapping
with the specified
- * specificity
.
+ * Creates a child {@code SelectorMapping} with the specified
+ * {@code specificity}.
*/
protected SelectorMapping createChildSelectorMapping(int specificity) {
return new SelectorMapping(specificity);
@@ -3152,7 +3152,7 @@
/**
* Returns the specificity for the child selector
- * selector
.
+ * {@code selector}.
*/
protected int getChildSpecificity(String selector) {
// class (.) 100
@@ -3264,8 +3264,8 @@
/**
* Invoked when a valid @import is encountered, will call
- * importStyleSheet
if a
- * MalformedURLException
is not thrown in creating
+ * {@code importStyleSheet} if a
+ * {@code MalformedURLException} is not thrown in creating
* the URL.
*/
public void handleImport(String importString) {
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/html/parser/DTD.java 2015-10-04 22:59:56.601254708 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/html/parser/DTD.java 2015-10-04 22:59:56.393254717 +0400
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@
/**
* Creates a new DTD with the specified name.
- * @param name the name, as a String
of the new DTD
+ * @param name the name, as a {@code String} of the new DTD
*/
protected DTD(String name) {
this.name = name;
@@ -167,8 +167,8 @@
/**
* Gets an entity by name.
* @param name the entity name
- * @return the Entity
corresponding to the
- * name
String
+ * @return the {@code Entity} corresponding to the
+ * {@code name String}
*/
public Entity getEntity(String name) {
return entityHash.get(name);
@@ -177,20 +177,20 @@
/**
* Gets a character entity.
* @param ch the character
- * @return the Entity
corresponding to the
- * ch
character
+ * @return the {@code Entity} corresponding to the
+ * {@code ch} character
*/
public Entity getEntity(int ch) {
return entityHash.get(Integer.valueOf(ch));
}
/**
- * Returns true
if the element is part of the DTD,
- * otherwise returns false
.
+ * Returns {@code true} if the element is part of the DTD,
+ * otherwise returns {@code false}.
*
- * @param name the requested String
- * @return true
if name
exists as
- * part of the DTD, otherwise returns false
+ * @param name the requested {@code String}
+ * @return {@code true} if {@code name} exists as
+ * part of the DTD, otherwise returns {@code false}
*/
boolean elementExists(String name) {
return !"unknown".equals(name) && (elementHash.get(name) != null);
@@ -200,9 +200,9 @@
* Gets an element by name. A new element is
* created if the element doesn't exist.
*
- * @param name the requested String
- * @return the Element
corresponding to
- * name
, which may be newly created
+ * @param name the requested {@code String}
+ * @return the {@code Element} corresponding to
+ * {@code name}, which may be newly created
*/
public Element getElement(String name) {
Element e = elementHash.get(name);
@@ -218,23 +218,23 @@
* Gets an element by index.
*
* @param index the requested index
- * @return the Element
corresponding to
- * index
+ * @return the {@code Element} corresponding to
+ * {@code index}
*/
public Element getElement(int index) {
return elements.elementAt(index);
}
/**
- * Defines an entity. If the Entity
specified
- * by name
, type
, and data
- * exists, it is returned; otherwise a new Entity
+ * Defines an entity. If the {@code Entity} specified
+ * by {@code name}, {@code type}, and {@code data}
+ * exists, it is returned; otherwise a new {@code Entity}
* is created and is returned.
*
- * @param name the name of the Entity
as a String
- * @param type the type of the Entity
- * @param data the Entity
's data
- * @return the Entity
requested or a new Entity
+ * @param name the name of the {@code Entity} as a {@code String}
+ * @param type the type of the {@code Entity}
+ * @param data the {@code Entity}'s data
+ * @return the {@code Entity} requested or a new {@code Entity}
* if not found
*/
public Entity defineEntity(String name, int type, char data[]) {
@@ -255,20 +255,20 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the Element
which matches the
+ * Returns the {@code Element} which matches the
* specified parameters. If one doesn't exist, a new
* one is created and returned.
*
- * @param name the name of the Element
- * @param type the type of the Element
- * @param omitStart true
if start should be omitted
- * @param omitEnd true
if end should be omitted
- * @param content the ContentModel
+ * @param name the name of the {@code Element}
+ * @param type the type of the {@code Element}
+ * @param omitStart {@code true} if start should be omitted
+ * @param omitEnd {@code true} if end should be omitted
+ * @param content the {@code ContentModel}
* @param exclusions the set of elements that must not occur inside the element
* @param inclusions the set of elements that can occur inside the element
- * @param atts the AttributeList
specifying the
- * Element
- * @return the Element
specified
+ * @param atts the {@code AttributeList} specifying the
+ * {@code Element}
+ * @return the {@code Element} specified
*/
public Element defineElement(String name, int type,
boolean omitStart, boolean omitEnd, ContentModel content,
@@ -287,9 +287,9 @@
/**
* Defines attributes for an {@code Element}.
*
- * @param name the name of the Element
- * @param atts the AttributeList
specifying the
- * Element
+ * @param name the name of the {@code Element}
+ * @param atts the {@code AttributeList} specifying the
+ * {@code Element}
*/
public void defineAttributes(String name, AttributeList atts) {
Element e = getElement(name);
@@ -297,11 +297,11 @@
}
/**
- * Creates and returns a character Entity
.
+ * Creates and returns a character {@code Entity}.
* @param name the entity's name
* @param type the entity's type
* @param ch the entity's value (character)
- * @return the new character Entity
+ * @return the new character {@code Entity}
*/
public Entity defEntity(String name, int type, int ch) {
char data[] = {(char)ch};
@@ -309,11 +309,11 @@
}
/**
- * Creates and returns an Entity
.
+ * Creates and returns an {@code Entity}.
* @param name the entity's name
* @param type the entity's type
* @param str the entity's data section
- * @return the new Entity
+ * @return the new {@code Entity}
*/
protected Entity defEntity(String name, int type, String str) {
int len = str.length();
@@ -323,7 +323,7 @@
}
/**
- * Creates and returns an Element
.
+ * Creates and returns an {@code Element}.
* @param name the element's name
* @param type the element's type
* @param omitStart {@code true} if the element needs no starting tag
@@ -332,7 +332,7 @@
* @param exclusions the elements that must be excluded from the content of the element
* @param inclusions the elements that can be included as the content of the element
* @param atts the attributes of the element
- * @return the new Element
+ * @return the new {@code Element}
*/
protected Element defElement(String name, int type,
boolean omitStart, boolean omitEnd, ContentModel content,
@@ -359,7 +359,7 @@
}
/**
- * Creates and returns an AttributeList
responding to a new attribute.
+ * Creates and returns an {@code AttributeList} responding to a new attribute.
* @param name the attribute's name
* @param type the attribute's type
* @param modifier the attribute's modifier
@@ -367,7 +367,7 @@
* @param values the allowed values for the attribute (multiple values could be separated by '|')
* @param atts the previous attribute of the element; to be placed to {@code AttributeList.next},
* creating a linked list
- * @return the new AttributeList
+ * @return the new {@code AttributeList}
*/
protected AttributeList defAttributeList(String name, int type, int modifier,
String value, String values, AttributeList atts) {
@@ -389,7 +389,7 @@
* @param type the type of the new content model
* @param obj the content of the content model
* @param next pointer to the next content model
- * @return the new ContentModel
+ * @return the new {@code ContentModel}
*/
protected ContentModel defContentModel(int type, Object obj, ContentModel next) {
return new ContentModel(type, obj, next);
@@ -419,13 +419,13 @@
}
/**
- * Returns a DTD with the specified name
. If
+ * Returns a DTD with the specified {@code name}. If
* a DTD with that name doesn't exist, one is created
* and returned. Any uppercase characters in the name
* are converted to lowercase.
*
* @param name the name of the DTD
- * @return the DTD which corresponds to name
+ * @return the DTD which corresponds to {@code name}
* @throws IOException if an I/O error occurs
*/
public static DTD getDTD(String name) throws IOException {
@@ -454,7 +454,7 @@
/**
* Recreates a DTD from an archived format.
- * @param in the DataInputStream
to read from
+ * @param in the {@code DataInputStream} to read from
* @throws IOException if an I/O error occurs
*/
public void read(DataInputStream in) throws IOException {
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/html/parser/DocumentParser.java 2015-10-04 22:59:57.133254684 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/html/parser/DocumentParser.java 2015-10-04 22:59:56.941254692 +0400
@@ -58,8 +58,8 @@
* explicitly specified, to be correct html they should have been present
* (head isn't necessary, but it is still generated). For tags that
* are implied, the AttributeSet argument will have a value of
- * Boolean.TRUE
for the key
- * HTMLEditorKit.ParserCallback.IMPLIED
.
+ * {@code Boolean.TRUE} for the key
+ * {@code HTMLEditorKit.ParserCallback.IMPLIED}.
* <foo blah>
the attribute blah
+ * string {@code
*
* HTML.NULL_ATTRIBUTE_VALUE
.
+ * AttributeSet will be {@code HTML.NULL_ATTRIBUTE_VALUE}.
* <!ATTLIST OPTION selected (selected) #IMPLIED>
+ * {@code < !ATTLIST OPTION selected (selected) #IMPLIED>}
* this value from the dtd (in this case selected) will be used.
* String
+ * @return the name of the entity, as a {@code String}
*/
public String getName() {
return name;
@@ -86,32 +86,32 @@
}
/**
- * Returns true
if it is a parameter entity.
- * @return true
if it is a parameter entity
+ * Returns {@code true} if it is a parameter entity.
+ * @return {@code true} if it is a parameter entity
*/
public boolean isParameter() {
return (type & PARAMETER) != 0;
}
/**
- * Returns true
if it is a general entity.
- * @return true
if it is a general entity
+ * Returns {@code true} if it is a general entity.
+ * @return {@code true} if it is a general entity
*/
public boolean isGeneral() {
return (type & GENERAL) != 0;
}
/**
- * Returns the data
.
- * @return the data
+ * Returns the {@code data}.
+ * @return the {@code data}
*/
public char getData()[] {
return data;
}
/**
- * Returns the data as a String
.
- * @return the data as a String
+ * Returns the data as a {@code String}.
+ * @return the data as a {@code String}
*/
public String getString() {
return new String(data, 0, data.length);
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@
}
/**
- * Converts nm
string to the corresponding
+ * Converts {@code nm} string to the corresponding
* entity type. If the string does not have a corresponding
* entity type, returns the type corresponding to "CDATA".
* Valid entity types are: "PUBLIC", "CDATA", "SDATA", "PI",
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/html/parser/Parser.java 2015-10-04 22:59:58.181254637 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/html/parser/Parser.java 2015-10-04 22:59:57.993254645 +0400
@@ -65,8 +65,8 @@
* which appears to be treated as:
* '<p><a href="xx"><em>Using</em></a></p>'
* strict
is false, when a tag that breaks flow,
- * (TagElement.breaksFlows
) or trailing whitespace is
+ * If {@code strict} is false, when a tag that breaks flow,
+ * ({@code TagElement.breaksFlows}) or trailing whitespace is
* encountered, all whitespace will be ignored until a non whitespace
* character is encountered. This appears to give behavior closer to
* the popular browsers.
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/rtf/AbstractFilter.java 2015-10-04 22:59:58.725254612 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/rtf/AbstractFilter.java 2015-10-04 22:59:58.533254621 +0400
@@ -34,14 +34,14 @@
*
* ByteToChar
converters
+ * {@code ByteToChar} converters
* are suddenly private API. Presumably this class will disappear
* when the API is made public again. (sigh) That will also let us handle
* multibyte character sets...
*
- * write(char)
- * and writeSpecial(int)
. For efficiency's sake it's a
- * good idea to override write(String)
as well. The subclass'
+ * close()
to ensure that all
+ * The user must call {@code close()} to ensure that all
* data are processed.
*
* @param in An InputStream providing text.
@@ -153,8 +153,8 @@
* Implements the buffer-at-a-time write method for greater
* efficiency.
*
- * write(byte[])
- * call write(byte[], int, int)
or is it the other way
+ * write(char)
.
+ * will spoon-feed them via {@code write(char)}.
*
* @param s The string of non-special characters written to the
* OutputStream.
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/rtf/RTFEditorKit.java 2015-10-04 22:59:59.249254589 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/rtf/RTFEditorKit.java 2015-10-04 22:59:59.057254597 +0400
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@
/**
* Get the MIME type of the data that this
* kit represents support for. This kit supports
- * the type text/rtf
.
+ * the type {@code text/rtf}.
*
* @return the type
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/rtf/RTFParser.java 2015-10-04 22:59:59.773254565 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/rtf/RTFParser.java 2015-10-04 22:59:59.581254574 +0400
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@
private boolean[] savedSpecials;
/** A stream to which to write warnings and debugging information
- * while parsing. This is set to System.out
to log
+ * while parsing. This is set to {@code System.out} to log
* any anomalous information to stdout. */
protected PrintStream warnings;
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@
* whitespace. */
public abstract boolean handleKeyword(String keyword);
/** Implemented by subclasses to interpret a keyword with a parameter.
- * @param keyword The keyword, as with handleKeyword(String)
.
+ * @param keyword The keyword, as with {@code handleKeyword(String)}.
* @param parameter The parameter following the keyword. */
public abstract boolean handleKeyword(String keyword, int parameter);
/** Implemented by subclasses to interpret text from the RTF stream. */
@@ -307,7 +307,7 @@
}
}
- /** Closes the parser. Currently, this simply does a flush()
,
+ /** Closes the parser. Currently, this simply does a {@code flush()},
* followed by some minimal consistency checks. */
public void close()
throws IOException
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/rtf/RTFReader.java 2015-10-04 23:00:00.301254541 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/text/rtf/RTFReader.java 2015-10-04 23:00:00.109254550 +0400
@@ -34,9 +34,9 @@
/**
* Takes a sequence of RTF tokens and text and appends the text
- * described by the RTF to a StyledDocument
(the target).
+ * described by the RTF to a {@code StyledDocument} (the target).
* The RTF is lexed
- * from the character stream by the RTFParser
which is this class's
+ * from the character stream by the {@code RTFParser} which is this class's
* superclass.
*
* This class is an indirect subclass of OutputStream. It must be closed
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@
* The version information is currently not used. */
int rtfversion;
- /** true
to indicate that if the next keyword is unknown,
+ /** {@code true} to indicate that if the next keyword is unknown,
* the containing group should be ignored. */
boolean ignoreGroupIfUnknownKeyword;
@@ -204,7 +204,7 @@
}
/** Called by the superclass when a new RTF group is begun.
- * This implementation saves the current parserState
, and gives
+ * This implementation saves the current {@code parserState}, and gives
* the current destination a chance to save its own state.
* @see RTFParser#begingroup
*/
@@ -231,7 +231,7 @@
}
/** Called by the superclass when the current RTF group is closed.
- * This restores the parserState saved by begingroup()
+ * This restores the parserState saved by {@code begingroup()}
* as well as invoking the endgroup method of the current
* destination.
* @see RTFParser#endgroup
@@ -1533,7 +1533,7 @@
extends AttributeTrackingDestination
implements Destination
{
- /** true
if the reader has not just finished
+ /** {@code true} if the reader has not just finished
* a paragraph; false upon startup */
boolean inParagraph;
@@ -1602,7 +1602,7 @@
/** RTFReader.DocumentDestination is a concrete subclass of
* TextHandlingDestination which appends the text to the
- * StyledDocument given by the target
ivar of the
+ * StyledDocument given by the {@code target} ivar of the
* containing RTFReader.
*/
class DocumentDestination
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/tree/AbstractLayoutCache.java 2015-10-04 23:00:00.865254516 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/tree/AbstractLayoutCache.java 2015-10-04 23:00:00.673254525 +0400
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
* appropriate for short term storage or RMI between applications running
* the same version of Swing. As of 1.4, support for long term storage
* of all JavaBeans™
- * has been added to the java.beans
package.
+ * has been added to the {@code java.beans} package.
* Please see {@link java.beans.XMLEncoder}.
*
* @author Scott Violet
@@ -71,7 +71,7 @@
* and which is therefore responsible for calculating the dimensions of
* individual nodes.
*
- * @param nd a NodeDimensions
object
+ * @param nd a {@code NodeDimensions} object
*/
public void setNodeDimensions(NodeDimensions nd) {
this.nodeDimensions = nd;
@@ -81,16 +81,16 @@
* Returns the object that renders nodes in the tree, and which is
* responsible for calculating the dimensions of individual nodes.
*
- * @return the NodeDimensions
object
+ * @return the {@code NodeDimensions} object
*/
public NodeDimensions getNodeDimensions() {
return nodeDimensions;
}
/**
- * Sets the TreeModel
that will provide the data.
+ * Sets the {@code TreeModel} that will provide the data.
*
- * @param newModel the TreeModel
that is to
+ * @param newModel the {@code TreeModel} that is to
* provide the data
*/
public void setModel(TreeModel newModel) {
@@ -98,9 +98,9 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the TreeModel
that is providing the data.
+ * Returns the {@code TreeModel} that is providing the data.
*
- * @return the TreeModel
that is providing the data
+ * @return the {@code TreeModel} that is providing the data
*/
public TreeModel getModel() {
return treeModel;
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@
/**
* Determines whether or not the root node from
- * the TreeModel
is visible.
+ * the {@code TreeModel} is visible.
*
* @param rootVisible true if the root node of the tree is to be displayed
* @see #rootVisible
@@ -157,10 +157,10 @@
}
/**
- * Sets the TreeSelectionModel
used to manage the
+ * Sets the {@code TreeSelectionModel} used to manage the
* selection to new LSM.
*
- * @param newLSM the new TreeSelectionModel
+ * @param newLSM the new {@code TreeSelectionModel}
*/
public void setSelectionModel(TreeSelectionModel newLSM) {
if(treeSelectionModel != null)
@@ -173,7 +173,7 @@
/**
* Returns the model used to maintain the selection.
*
- * @return the treeSelectionModel
+ * @return the {@code treeSelectionModel}
*/
public TreeSelectionModel getSelectionModel() {
return treeSelectionModel;
@@ -201,9 +201,9 @@
/**
* Returns the preferred width for the passed in region.
* The region is defined by the path closest to
- * (bounds.x, bounds.y)
and
- * ends at bounds.height + bounds.y
.
- * If bounds
is null
,
+ * {@code (bounds.x, bounds.y)} and
+ * ends at {@code bounds.height + bounds.y}.
+ * If {@code bounds} is {@code null},
* the preferred width for all the nodes
* will be returned (and this may be a VERY expensive
* computation).
@@ -274,19 +274,19 @@
/**
* Returns a rectangle giving the bounds needed to draw path.
*
- * @param path a TreePath
specifying a node
- * @param placeIn a Rectangle
object giving the
+ * @param path a {@code TreePath} specifying a node
+ * @param placeIn a {@code Rectangle} object giving the
* available space
- * @return a Rectangle
object specifying the space to be used
+ * @return a {@code Rectangle} object specifying the space to be used
*/
public abstract Rectangle getBounds(TreePath path, Rectangle placeIn);
/**
* Returns the path for passed in row. If row is not visible
- * null
is returned.
+ * {@code null} is returned.
*
* @param row the row being queried
- * @return the TreePath
for the given row
+ * @return the {@code TreePath} for the given row
*/
public abstract TreePath getPathForRow(int row);
@@ -295,7 +295,7 @@
* at. Will return -1 if any of the elements in path are not
* currently visible.
*
- * @param path the TreePath
being queried
+ * @param path the {@code TreePath} being queried
* @return the row where the last item in path is visible or -1
* if any elements in path aren't currently visible
*/
@@ -303,7 +303,7 @@
/**
* Returns the path to the node that is closest to x,y. If
- * there is nothing currently visible this will return null
,
+ * there is nothing currently visible this will return {@code null},
* otherwise it'll always return a valid path.
* If you need to test if the
* returned object is exactly at x, y you should get the bounds for
@@ -311,20 +311,20 @@
*
* @param x the horizontal component of the desired location
* @param y the vertical component of the desired location
- * @return the TreePath
closest to the specified point
+ * @return the {@code TreePath} closest to the specified point
*/
public abstract TreePath getPathClosestTo(int x, int y);
/**
- * Returns an Enumerator
that increments over the visible
+ * Returns an {@code Enumerator} that increments over the visible
* paths starting at the passed in location. The ordering of the
* enumeration is based on how the paths are displayed.
* The first element of the returned enumeration will be path,
* unless it isn't visible,
- * in which case null
will be returned.
+ * in which case {@code null} will be returned.
*
* @param path the starting location for the enumeration
- * @return the Enumerator
starting at the desired location
+ * @return the {@code Enumerator} starting at the desired location
*/
public abstract Enumerationpath
expanded state to
- * isExpanded
.
+ * Marks the path {@code path} expanded state to
+ * {@code isExpanded}.
*
* @param path the path being expanded or collapsed
* @param isExpanded true if the path should be expanded, false otherwise
@@ -361,14 +361,14 @@
public abstract int getRowCount();
/**
- * Informs the TreeState
that it needs to recalculate
+ * Informs the {@code TreeState} that it needs to recalculate
* all the sizes it is referencing.
*/
public abstract void invalidateSizes();
/**
- * Instructs the LayoutCache
that the bounds for
- * path
are invalid, and need to be updated.
+ * Instructs the {@code LayoutCache} that the bounds for
+ * {@code path} are invalid, and need to be updated.
*
* @param path the path being updated
*/
@@ -393,7 +393,7 @@
*
* TreeModelEvent
+ * @param e the {@code TreeModelEvent}
*/
public abstract void treeNodesChanged(TreeModelEvent e);
@@ -404,7 +404,7 @@
* TreeModelEvent
+ * @param e the {@code TreeModelEvent}
*/
public abstract void treeNodesInserted(TreeModelEvent e);
@@ -418,13 +418,13 @@
*
* TreeModelEvent
+ * @param e the {@code TreeModelEvent}
*/
public abstract void treeNodesRemoved(TreeModelEvent e);
/**
* e.getPath()
+ * given node down. If the path returned by {@code e.getPath()}
* is of length one and the first element does not identify the
* current root node the first element should become the new root
* of the tree.TreeModelEvent
+ * @param e the {@code TreeModelEvent}
*/
public abstract void treeStructureChanged(TreeModelEvent e);
@@ -441,18 +441,18 @@
//
/**
- * Returns the rows that the TreePath
instances in
- * path
are being displayed at.
+ * Returns the rows that the {@code TreePath} instances in
+ * {@code path} are being displayed at.
* This method should return an array of the same length as that passed
- * in, and if one of the TreePaths
- * in path
is not valid its entry in the array should
+ * in, and if one of the {@code TreePaths}
+ * in {@code path} is not valid its entry in the array should
* be set to -1.
*
- * @param paths the array of TreePath
s being queried
+ * @param paths the array of {@code TreePath}s being queried
* @return an array of the same length that is passed in containing
* the rows that each corresponding where each
- * TreePath
is displayed; if paths
- * is null
, null
is returned
+ * {@code TreePath} is displayed; if {@code paths}
+ * is {@code null}, {@code null} is returned
*/
public int[] getRowsForPaths(TreePath[] paths) {
if(paths == null)
@@ -472,21 +472,21 @@
//
/**
- * Returns, by reference in placeIn
,
- * the size needed to represent value
.
- * If inPlace
is null
, a newly created
- * Rectangle
should be returned, otherwise the value
- * should be placed in inPlace
and returned. This will
- * return null
if there is no renderer.
+ * Returns, by reference in {@code placeIn},
+ * the size needed to represent {@code value}.
+ * If {@code inPlace} is {@code null}, a newly created
+ * {@code Rectangle} should be returned, otherwise the value
+ * should be placed in {@code inPlace} and returned. This will
+ * return {@code null} if there is no renderer.
*
- * @param value the value
to be represented
+ * @param value the {@code value} to be represented
* @param row row being queried
* @param depth the depth of the row
* @param expanded true if row is expanded, false otherwise
- * @param placeIn a Rectangle
containing the size needed
- * to represent value
- * @return a Rectangle
containing the node dimensions,
- * or null
if node has no dimension
+ * @param placeIn a {@code Rectangle} containing the size needed
+ * to represent {@code value}
+ * @return a {@code Rectangle} containing the node dimensions,
+ * or {@code null} if node has no dimension
*/
protected Rectangle getNodeDimensions(Object value, int row, int depth,
boolean expanded,
@@ -510,25 +510,25 @@
/**
- * Used by AbstractLayoutCache
to determine the size
+ * Used by {@code AbstractLayoutCache} to determine the size
* and x origin of a particular node.
*/
public abstract static class NodeDimensions {
/**
* Returns, by reference in bounds, the size and x origin to
* place value at. The calling method is responsible for determining
- * the Y location. If bounds is null
, a newly created
- * Rectangle
should be returned,
+ * the Y location. If bounds is {@code null}, a newly created
+ * {@code Rectangle} should be returned,
* otherwise the value should be placed in bounds and returned.
*
- * @param value the value
to be represented
+ * @param value the {@code value} to be represented
* @param row row being queried
* @param depth the depth of the row
* @param expanded true if row is expanded, false otherwise
- * @param bounds a Rectangle
containing the size needed
- * to represent value
- * @return a Rectangle
containing the node dimensions,
- * or null
if node has no dimension
+ * @param bounds a {@code Rectangle} containing the size needed
+ * to represent {@code value}
+ * @return a {@code Rectangle} containing the node dimensions,
+ * or {@code null} if node has no dimension
*/
public abstract Rectangle getNodeDimensions(Object value, int row,
int depth,
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/tree/DefaultMutableTreeNode.java 2015-10-04 23:00:01.401254492 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/tree/DefaultMutableTreeNode.java 2015-10-04 23:00:01.209254501 +0400
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
/**
- * A DefaultMutableTreeNode
is a general-purpose node in a tree data
+ * A {@code DefaultMutableTreeNode} is a general-purpose node in a tree data
* structure.
* For examples of using default mutable tree nodes, see
*
*
* A tree node may have at most one parent and 0 or more children.
- * DefaultMutableTreeNode
provides operations for examining and modifying a
+ * {@code DefaultMutableTreeNode} provides operations for examining and modifying a
* node's parent and children and also operations for examining the tree that
* the node is a part of. A node's tree is the set of all nodes that can be
* reached by starting at the node and following all the possible links to
@@ -52,9 +52,9 @@
* DefaultMutableTreeNode
may also hold a reference to a user object, the
- * use of which is left to the user. Asking a DefaultMutableTreeNode
for its
- * string representation with toString()
returns the string
+ * A {@code DefaultMutableTreeNode} may also hold a reference to a user object, the
+ * use of which is left to the user. Asking a {@code DefaultMutableTreeNode} for its
+ * string representation with {@code toString()} returns the string
* representation of its user object.
* java.beans
package.
+ * has been added to the {@code java.beans} package.
* Please see {@link java.beans.XMLEncoder}.
*
* @see MutableTreeNode
@@ -153,19 +153,19 @@
//
/**
- * Removes newChild
from its present parent (if it has a
+ * Removes {@code newChild} from its present parent (if it has a
* parent), sets the child's parent to this node, and then adds the child
- * to this node's child array at index childIndex
.
- * newChild
must not be null and must not be an ancestor of
+ * to this node's child array at index {@code childIndex}.
+ * {@code newChild} must not be null and must not be an ancestor of
* this node.
*
* @param newChild the MutableTreeNode to insert under this node
* @param childIndex the index in this node's child array
* where this node is to be inserted
* @exception ArrayIndexOutOfBoundsException if
- * childIndex
is out of bounds
+ * {@code childIndex} is out of bounds
* @exception IllegalArgumentException if
- * newChild
is null or is an
+ * {@code newChild} is null or is an
* ancestor of this node
* @exception IllegalStateException if this node does not allow
* children
@@ -195,12 +195,12 @@
/**
* Removes the child at the specified index from this node's children
* and sets that node's parent to null. The child node to remove
- * must be a MutableTreeNode
.
+ * must be a {@code MutableTreeNode}.
*
* @param childIndex the index in this node's child array
* of the child to remove
* @exception ArrayIndexOutOfBoundsException if
- * childIndex
is out of bounds
+ * {@code childIndex} is out of bounds
*/
public void remove(int childIndex) {
MutableTreeNode child = (MutableTreeNode)getChildAt(childIndex);
@@ -209,9 +209,9 @@
}
/**
- * Sets this node's parent to newParent
but does not
+ * Sets this node's parent to {@code newParent} but does not
* change the parent's child array. This method is called from
- * insert()
and remove()
to
+ * {@code insert()} and {@code remove()} to
* reassign a child's parent, it should not be messaged from anywhere
* else.
*
@@ -235,7 +235,7 @@
* Returns the child at the specified index in this node's child array.
*
* @param index an index into this node's child array
- * @exception ArrayIndexOutOfBoundsException if index
+ * @exception ArrayIndexOutOfBoundsException if {@code index}
* is out of bounds
* @return the TreeNode in this node's child array at the specified index
*/
@@ -262,14 +262,14 @@
/**
* Returns the index of the specified child in this node's child array.
* If the specified node is not a child of this node, returns
- * -1
. This method performs a linear search and is O(n)
+ * {@code -1}. This method performs a linear search and is O(n)
* where n is the number of children.
*
* @param aChild the TreeNode to search for among this node's children
- * @exception IllegalArgumentException if aChild
+ * @exception IllegalArgumentException if {@code aChild}
* is null
* @return an int giving the index of the node in this node's child
- * array, or -1
if the specified node is a not
+ * array, or {@code -1} if the specified node is a not
* a child of this node
*/
public int getIndex(TreeNode aChild) {
@@ -300,7 +300,7 @@
/**
* Determines whether or not this node is allowed to have children.
- * If allows
is false, all of this node's children are
+ * If {@code allows} is false, all of this node's children are
* removed.
* userObject
.
+ * Sets the user object for this node to {@code userObject}.
*
* @param userObject the Object that constitutes this node's
* user-specified data
@@ -366,11 +366,11 @@
}
/**
- * Removes aChild
from this node's child array, giving it a
+ * Removes {@code aChild} from this node's child array, giving it a
* null parent.
*
* @param aChild a child of this node to remove
- * @exception IllegalArgumentException if aChild
+ * @exception IllegalArgumentException if {@code aChild}
* is null or is not a child of this node
*/
public void remove(MutableTreeNode aChild) {
@@ -395,12 +395,12 @@
}
/**
- * Removes newChild
from its parent and makes it a child of
+ * Removes {@code newChild} from its parent and makes it a child of
* this node by adding it to the end of this node's child array.
*
* @see #insert
* @param newChild node to add as a child of this node
- * @exception IllegalArgumentException if newChild
+ * @exception IllegalArgumentException if {@code newChild}
* is null
* @exception IllegalStateException if this node does not allow
* children
@@ -419,17 +419,17 @@
//
/**
- * Returns true if anotherNode
is an ancestor of this node
+ * Returns true if {@code anotherNode} is an ancestor of this node
* -- if it is this node, this node's parent, or an ancestor of this
* node's parent. (Note that a node is considered an ancestor of itself.)
- * If anotherNode
is null, this method returns false. This
+ * If {@code anotherNode} is null, this method returns false. This
* operation is at worst O(h) where h is the distance from the root to
* this node.
*
* @see #isNodeDescendant
* @see #getSharedAncestor
* @param anotherNode node to test as an ancestor of this node
- * @return true if this node is a descendant of anotherNode
+ * @return true if this node is a descendant of {@code anotherNode}
*/
public boolean isNodeAncestor(TreeNode anotherNode) {
if (anotherNode == null) {
@@ -448,17 +448,17 @@
}
/**
- * Returns true if anotherNode
is a descendant of this node
+ * Returns true if {@code anotherNode} is a descendant of this node
* -- if it is this node, one of this node's children, or a descendant of
* one of this node's children. Note that a node is considered a
- * descendant of itself. If anotherNode
is null, returns
+ * descendant of itself. If {@code anotherNode} is null, returns
* false. This operation is at worst O(h) where h is the distance from the
- * root to anotherNode
.
+ * root to {@code anotherNode}.
*
* @see #isNodeAncestor
* @see #getSharedAncestor
* @param anotherNode node to test as descendant of this node
- * @return true if this node is an ancestor of anotherNode
+ * @return true if this node is an ancestor of {@code anotherNode}
*/
public boolean isNodeDescendant(DefaultMutableTreeNode anotherNode) {
if (anotherNode == null)
@@ -468,15 +468,15 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the nearest common ancestor to this node and aNode
.
+ * Returns the nearest common ancestor to this node and {@code aNode}.
* Returns null, if no such ancestor exists -- if this node and
- * aNode
are in different trees or if aNode
is
+ * {@code aNode} are in different trees or if {@code aNode} is
* null. A node is considered an ancestor of itself.
*
* @see #isNodeAncestor
* @see #isNodeDescendant
* @param aNode node to find common ancestor with
- * @return nearest ancestor common to this node and aNode
,
+ * @return nearest ancestor common to this node and {@code aNode},
* or null if none
*/
public TreeNode getSharedAncestor(DefaultMutableTreeNode aNode) {
@@ -531,14 +531,14 @@
/**
- * Returns true if and only if aNode
is in the same tree
- * as this node. Returns false if aNode
is null.
+ * Returns true if and only if {@code aNode} is in the same tree
+ * as this node. Returns false if {@code aNode} is null.
*
* @param aNode node to find common ancestor with
* @see #getSharedAncestor
* @see #getRoot
- * @return true if aNode
is in the same tree as this node;
- * false if aNode
is null
+ * @return true if {@code aNode} is in the same tree as this node;
+ * false if {@code aNode} is null
*/
public boolean isNodeRelated(DefaultMutableTreeNode aNode) {
return (aNode != null) && (getRoot() == aNode.getRoot());
@@ -549,7 +549,7 @@
* Returns the depth of the tree rooted at this node -- the longest
* distance from this node to a leaf. If this node has no children,
* returns 0. This operation is much more expensive than
- * getLevel()
because it must effectively traverse the entire
+ * {@code getLevel()} because it must effectively traverse the entire
* tree rooted at this node.
*
* @see #getLevel
@@ -725,7 +725,7 @@
/**
* Returns the node that precedes this node in a preorder traversal of
- * this node's tree. Returns null
if this node is the
+ * this node's tree. Returns {@code null} if this node is the
* first node of the traversal -- the root of the tree.
* This is an inefficient way to
* traverse the entire tree; use an enumeration, instead.
@@ -757,7 +757,7 @@
/**
* Creates and returns an enumeration that traverses the subtree rooted at
* this node in preorder. The first node returned by the enumeration's
- * nextElement()
method is this node.nextElement()
method is the leftmost leaf. This is the
+ * {@code nextElement()} method is the leftmost leaf. This is the
* same as a depth-first traversal.nextElement()
method is this node.nextElement()
method is the leftmost leaf.
+ * enumeration's {@code nextElement()} method is the leftmost leaf.
* This is the same as a postorder traversal.ancestor
to this node. The enumeration's
- * nextElement()
method first returns ancestor
,
- * then the child of ancestor
that is an ancestor of this
+ * {@code ancestor} to this node. The enumeration's
+ * {@code nextElement()} method first returns {@code ancestor},
+ * then the child of {@code ancestor} that is an ancestor of this
* node, and so on, and finally returns this node. Creation of the
* enumeration is O(m) where m is the number of nodes between this node
- * and ancestor
, inclusive. Each nextElement()
+ * and {@code ancestor}, inclusive. Each {@code nextElement()}
* message is O(1).ancestor
is
+ * @exception IllegalArgumentException if {@code ancestor} is
* not an ancestor of this node
* @return an enumeration for following the path from an ancestor of
* this node to this one
@@ -849,12 +849,12 @@
//
/**
- * Returns true if aNode
is a child of this node. If
- * aNode
is null, this method returns false.
+ * Returns true if {@code aNode} is a child of this node. If
+ * {@code aNode} is null, this method returns false.
*
* @param aNode the node to determinate whether it is a child
- * @return true if aNode
is a child of this node; false if
- * aNode
is null
+ * @return true if {@code aNode} is a child of this node; false if
+ * {@code aNode} is null
*/
public boolean isNodeChild(TreeNode aNode) {
boolean retval;
@@ -905,18 +905,18 @@
/**
* Returns the child in this node's child array that immediately
- * follows aChild
, which must be a child of this node. If
- * aChild
is the last child, returns null. This method
+ * follows {@code aChild}, which must be a child of this node. If
+ * {@code aChild} is the last child, returns null. This method
* performs a linear search of this node's children for
- * aChild
and is O(n) where n is the number of children; to
+ * {@code aChild} and is O(n) where n is the number of children; to
* traverse the entire array of children, use an enumeration instead.
*
* @param aChild the child node to look for next child after it
* @see #children
- * @exception IllegalArgumentException if aChild
is
+ * @exception IllegalArgumentException if {@code aChild} is
* null or is not a child of this node
* @return the child of this node that immediately follows
- * aChild
+ * {@code aChild}
*/
public TreeNode getChildAfter(TreeNode aChild) {
if (aChild == null) {
@@ -939,16 +939,16 @@
/**
* Returns the child in this node's child array that immediately
- * precedes aChild
, which must be a child of this node. If
- * aChild
is the first child, returns null. This method
- * performs a linear search of this node's children for aChild
+ * precedes {@code aChild}, which must be a child of this node. If
+ * {@code aChild} is the first child, returns null. This method
+ * performs a linear search of this node's children for {@code aChild}
* and is O(n) where n is the number of children.
*
* @param aChild the child node to look for previous child before it
- * @exception IllegalArgumentException if aChild
is null
+ * @exception IllegalArgumentException if {@code aChild} is null
* or is not a child of this node
* @return the child of this node that immediately precedes
- * aChild
+ * {@code aChild}
*/
public TreeNode getChildBefore(TreeNode aChild) {
if (aChild == null) {
@@ -975,12 +975,12 @@
/**
- * Returns true if anotherNode
is a sibling of (has the
+ * Returns true if {@code anotherNode} is a sibling of (has the
* same parent as) this node. A node is its own sibling. If
- * anotherNode
is null, returns false.
+ * {@code anotherNode} is null, returns false.
*
* @param anotherNode node to test as sibling of this node
- * @return true if anotherNode
is a sibling of this node
+ * @return true if {@code anotherNode} is a sibling of this node
*/
public boolean isNodeSibling(TreeNode anotherNode) {
boolean retval;
@@ -1006,7 +1006,7 @@
/**
* Returns the number of siblings of this node. A node is its own sibling
* (if it has no parent or no siblings, this method returns
- * 1
).
+ * {@code 1}).
*
* @return the number of siblings of this node
*/
@@ -1086,7 +1086,7 @@
* Returns true if this node has no children. To distinguish between
* nodes that have no children and nodes that cannot have
* children (e.g. to distinguish files from empty directories), use this
- * method in conjunction with getAllowsChildren
+ * method in conjunction with {@code getAllowsChildren}
*
* @see #getAllowsChildren
* @return true if this node has no children
@@ -1140,15 +1140,15 @@
* Returns the leaf after this node or null if this node is the
* last leaf in the tree.
* MutableNode
interface,
+ * In this implementation of the {@code MutableNode} interface,
* this operation is very inefficient. In order to determine the
* next node, this method first performs a linear search in the
* parent's child-list in order to find the current node.
* depthFirstEnumeration
- * to enumerate the nodes in the tree and use isLeaf
+ * leaves in the tree, you should use {@code depthFirstEnumeration}
+ * to enumerate the nodes in the tree and use {@code isLeaf}
* on each node to determine which are leaves.
*
* @see #depthFirstEnumeration
@@ -1175,15 +1175,15 @@
* Returns the leaf before this node or null if this node is the
* first leaf in the tree.
* MutableNode
interface,
+ * In this implementation of the {@code MutableNode} interface,
* this operation is very inefficient. In order to determine the
* previous node, this method first performs a linear search in the
* parent's child-list in order to find the current node.
* depthFirstEnumeration
- * to enumerate the nodes in the tree and use isLeaf
+ * leaves in the tree, you should use {@code depthFirstEnumeration}
+ * to enumerate the nodes in the tree and use {@code isLeaf}
* on each node to determine which are leaves.
*
* @see #depthFirstEnumeration
@@ -1208,7 +1208,7 @@
/**
* Returns the total number of leaves that are descendants of this node.
- * If this node is a leaf, returns 1
. This method is O(n)
+ * If this node is a leaf, returns {@code 1}. This method is O(n)
* where n is the number of descendants of this node.
*
* @see #isNodeAncestor
@@ -1240,7 +1240,7 @@
//
/**
- * Returns the result of sending toString()
to this node's
+ * Returns the result of sending {@code toString()} to this node's
* user object, or the empty string if the node has no user object.
*
* @see #getUserObject
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/tree/DefaultTreeCellEditor.java 2015-10-04 23:00:01.949254467 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/tree/DefaultTreeCellEditor.java 2015-10-04 23:00:01.757254476 +0400
@@ -34,13 +34,13 @@
import java.util.EventObject;
/**
- * A TreeCellEditor
. You need to supply an
- * instance of DefaultTreeCellRenderer
+ * A {@code TreeCellEditor}. You need to supply an
+ * instance of {@code DefaultTreeCellRenderer}
* so that the icons can be obtained. You can optionally supply
- * a TreeCellEditor
that will be layed out according
- * to the icon in the DefaultTreeCellRenderer
.
- * If you do not supply a TreeCellEditor
,
- * a TextField
will be used. Editing is started
+ * a {@code TreeCellEditor} that will be layed out according
+ * to the icon in the {@code DefaultTreeCellRenderer}.
+ * If you do not supply a {@code TreeCellEditor},
+ * a {@code TextField} will be used. Editing is started
* on a triple mouse click, or after a click, pause, click and
* a delay of 1200 milliseconds.
*java.beans
package.
+ * has been added to the {@code java.beans} package.
* Please see {@link java.beans.XMLEncoder}.
*
* @see javax.swing.JTree
@@ -65,29 +65,29 @@
/** Renderer, used to get border and offsets from. */
protected DefaultTreeCellRenderer renderer;
- /** Editing container, will contain the editorComponent
. */
+ /** Editing container, will contain the {@code editorComponent}. */
protected Container editingContainer;
/**
* Component used in editing, obtained from the
- * editingContainer
.
+ * {@code editingContainer}.
*/
protected transient Component editingComponent;
/**
* As of Java 2 platform v1.4 this field should no longer be used. If
* you wish to provide similar behavior you should directly override
- * isCellEditable
.
+ * {@code isCellEditable}.
*/
protected boolean canEdit;
/**
* Used in editing. Indicates x position to place
- * editingComponent
.
+ * {@code editingComponent}.
*/
protected transient int offset;
- /** JTree
instance listening too. */
+ /** {@code JTree} instance listening too. */
protected transient JTree tree;
/** Last path that was selected. */
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@
/**
* Row that was last passed into
- * getTreeCellEditorComponent
.
+ * {@code getTreeCellEditorComponent}.
*/
protected transient int lastRow;
@@ -109,19 +109,19 @@
protected transient Icon editingIcon;
/**
- * Font to paint with, null
indicates
+ * Font to paint with, {@code null} indicates
* font of renderer is to be used.
*/
protected Font font;
/**
- * Constructs a DefaultTreeCellEditor
+ * Constructs a {@code DefaultTreeCellEditor}
* object for a JTree using the specified renderer and
* a default editor. (Use this constructor for normal editing.)
*
- * @param tree a JTree
object
- * @param renderer a DefaultTreeCellRenderer
object
+ * @param tree a {@code JTree} object
+ * @param renderer a {@code DefaultTreeCellRenderer} object
*/
public DefaultTreeCellEditor(JTree tree,
DefaultTreeCellRenderer renderer) {
@@ -129,14 +129,14 @@
}
/**
- * Constructs a DefaultTreeCellEditor
- * object for a JTree
using the
+ * Constructs a {@code DefaultTreeCellEditor}
+ * object for a {@code JTree} using the
* specified renderer and the specified editor. (Use this constructor
* for specialized editing.)
*
- * @param tree a JTree
object
- * @param renderer a DefaultTreeCellRenderer
object
- * @param editor a TreeCellEditor
object
+ * @param tree a {@code JTree} object
+ * @param renderer a {@code DefaultTreeCellRenderer} object
+ * @param editor a {@code TreeCellEditor} object
*/
public DefaultTreeCellEditor(JTree tree, DefaultTreeCellRenderer renderer,
TreeCellEditor editor) {
@@ -167,14 +167,14 @@
}
/**
- * Sets the font to edit with. null
indicates
+ * Sets the font to edit with. {@code null} indicates
* the renderers font should be used. This will NOT
* override any font you have set in the editor
- * the receiver was instantiated with. If null
+ * the receiver was instantiated with. If {@code null}
* for an editor was passed in a default editor will be
* created that will pick up this font.
*
- * @param font the editing Font
+ * @param font the editing {@code Font}
* @see #getFont
*/
public void setFont(Font font) {
@@ -184,7 +184,7 @@
/**
* Gets the font used for editing.
*
- * @return the editing Font
+ * @return the editing {@code Font}
* @see #setFont
*/
public Font getFont() {
@@ -196,7 +196,7 @@
//
/**
- * Configures the editor. Passed onto the realEditor
.
+ * Configures the editor. Passed onto the {@code realEditor}.
*/
public Component getTreeCellEditorComponent(JTree tree, Object value,
boolean isSelected,
@@ -242,8 +242,8 @@
}
/**
- * If the realEditor
returns true to this
- * message, prepareForEditing
+ * If the {@code realEditor} returns true to this
+ * message, {@code prepareForEditing}
* is messaged and true is returned.
*/
public boolean isCellEditable(EventObject event) {
@@ -287,15 +287,15 @@
}
/**
- * Messages the realEditor
for the return value.
+ * Messages the {@code realEditor} for the return value.
*/
public boolean shouldSelectCell(EventObject event) {
return realEditor.shouldSelectCell(event);
}
/**
- * If the realEditor
will allow editing to stop,
- * the realEditor
is removed and true is returned,
+ * If the {@code realEditor} will allow editing to stop,
+ * the {@code realEditor} is removed and true is returned,
* otherwise false is returned.
*/
public boolean stopCellEditing() {
@@ -307,8 +307,8 @@
}
/**
- * Messages cancelCellEditing
to the
- * realEditor
and removes it from this instance.
+ * Messages {@code cancelCellEditing} to the
+ * {@code realEditor} and removes it from this instance.
*/
public void cancelCellEditing() {
realEditor.cancelCellEditing();
@@ -316,7 +316,7 @@
}
/**
- * Adds the CellEditorListener
.
+ * Adds the {@code CellEditorListener}.
* @param l the listener to be added
*/
public void addCellEditorListener(CellEditorListener l) {
@@ -324,7 +324,7 @@
}
/**
- * Removes the previously added CellEditorListener
.
+ * Removes the previously added {@code CellEditorListener}.
* @param l the listener to be removed
*/
public void removeCellEditorListener(CellEditorListener l) {
@@ -332,10 +332,10 @@
}
/**
- * Returns an array of all the CellEditorListener
s added
+ * Returns an array of all the {@code CellEditorListener}s added
* to this DefaultTreeCellEditor with addCellEditorListener().
*
- * @return all of the CellEditorListener
s added or an empty
+ * @return all of the {@code CellEditorListener}s added or an empty
* array if no listeners have been added
* @since 1.4
*/
@@ -348,7 +348,7 @@
//
/**
- * Resets lastPath
.
+ * Resets {@code lastPath}.
*/
public void valueChanged(TreeSelectionEvent e) {
if(tree != null) {
@@ -399,7 +399,7 @@
}
/**
- * Returns true if event
is a MouseEvent
+ * Returns true if {@code event} is a {@code MouseEvent}
* and the click count is 1.
*
* @param event the event being studied
@@ -428,9 +428,9 @@
}
/**
- * Returns true if event
is null
,
- * or it is a MouseEvent
with a click count > 2
- * and inHitRegion
returns true.
+ * Returns true if {@code event} is {@code null},
+ * or it is a {@code MouseEvent} with a click count > 2
+ * and {@code inHitRegion} returns true.
*
* @param event the event being studied
* @return whether editing can be started for the given {@code event}
@@ -449,7 +449,7 @@
/**
* Returns true if the passed in location is a valid mouse location
* to start editing from. This is implemented to return false if
- * x
is <= the width of the icon and icon gap displayed
+ * {@code x} is <= the width of the icon and icon gap displayed
* by the renderer. In other words this returns true if the user
* clicks over the text part displayed by the renderer, and false
* otherwise.
@@ -479,7 +479,7 @@
/**
* Determine the offset.
- * @param tree a JTree
object
+ * @param tree a {@code JTree} object
* @param value a value
* @param isSelected selection status
* @param expanded expansion status
@@ -510,8 +510,8 @@
/**
* Invoked just before editing is to start. Will add the
- * editingComponent
to the
- * editingContainer
.
+ * {@code editingComponent} to the
+ * {@code editingContainer}.
*/
protected void prepareForEditing() {
if (editingComponent != null) {
@@ -521,7 +521,7 @@
/**
* Creates the container to manage placement of
- * editingComponent
.
+ * {@code editingComponent}.
*
* @return new Container object
*/
@@ -530,10 +530,10 @@
}
/**
- * This is invoked if a TreeCellEditor
+ * This is invoked if a {@code TreeCellEditor}
* is not supplied in the constructor.
- * It returns a TextField
editor.
- * @return a new TextField
editor
+ * It returns a {@code TextField} editor.
+ * @return a new {@code TextField} editor
*/
protected TreeCellEditor createTreeCellEditor() {
Border aBorder = UIManager.getBorder("Tree.editorBorder");
@@ -553,7 +553,7 @@
/**
* Cleans up any state after editing has completed. Removes the
- * editingComponent
the editingContainer
.
+ * {@code editingComponent} the {@code editingContainer}.
*/
private void cleanupAfterEditing() {
if (editingComponent != null) {
@@ -563,10 +563,10 @@
}
/**
- * TextField
used when no editor is supplied.
+ * {@code TextField} used when no editor is supplied.
* This textfield locks into the border it is constructed with.
* It also prefers its parents font over its font. And if the
- * renderer is not null
and no font
+ * renderer is not {@code null} and no font
* has been specified the preferred height is that of the renderer.
*/
@SuppressWarnings("serial") // Safe: outer class is non-serializable
@@ -576,9 +576,9 @@
/**
* Constructs a
- * DefaultTreeCellEditor.DefaultTextField
object.
+ * {@code DefaultTreeCellEditor.DefaultTextField} object.
*
- * @param border a Border
object
+ * @param border a {@code Border} object
* @since 1.4
*/
public DefaultTextField(Border border) {
@@ -604,7 +604,7 @@
}
/**
- * Overrides JComponent.getBorder
to
+ * Overrides {@code JComponent.getBorder} to
* returns the current border.
*/
public Border getBorder() {
@@ -627,10 +627,10 @@
}
/**
- * Overrides JTextField.getPreferredSize
to
+ * Overrides {@code JTextField.getPreferredSize} to
* return the preferred size based on current font, if set,
* or else use renderer's font.
- * @return a Dimension
object containing
+ * @return a {@code Dimension} object containing
* the preferred size
*/
public Dimension getPreferredSize() {
@@ -649,12 +649,12 @@
/**
- * Container responsible for placing the editingComponent
.
+ * Container responsible for placing the {@code editingComponent}.
*/
@SuppressWarnings("serial") // Safe: outer class is non-serializable
public class EditorContainer extends Container {
/**
- * Constructs an EditorContainer
object.
+ * Constructs an {@code EditorContainer} object.
*/
public EditorContainer() {
setLayout(null);
@@ -670,7 +670,7 @@
}
/**
- * Overrides Container.paint
to paint the node's
+ * Overrides {@code Container.paint} to paint the node's
* icon and use the selection color for the background.
*/
public void paint(Graphics g) {
@@ -700,9 +700,9 @@
}
/**
- * Lays out this Container
. If editing,
+ * Lays out this {@code Container}. If editing,
* the editor will be placed at
- * offset
in the x direction and 0 for y.
+ * {@code offset} in the x direction and 0 for y.
*/
public void doLayout() {
if(editingComponent != null) {
@@ -736,13 +736,13 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the preferred size for the Container
.
+ * Returns the preferred size for the {@code Container}.
* This will be at least preferred size of the editor plus
- * offset
.
- * @return a Dimension
containing the preferred
- * size for the Container
; if
- * editingComponent
is null
the
- * Dimension
returned is 0, 0
+ * {@code offset}.
+ * @return a {@code Dimension} containing the preferred
+ * size for the {@code Container}; if
+ * {@code editingComponent} is {@code null} the
+ * {@code Dimension} returned is 0, 0
*/
public Dimension getPreferredSize() {
if(editingComponent != null) {
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/tree/DefaultTreeCellRenderer.java 2015-10-04 23:00:02.485254443 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/tree/DefaultTreeCellRenderer.java 2015-10-04 23:00:02.297254452 +0400
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
/**
* Displays an entry in a tree.
- * DefaultTreeCellRenderer
is not opaque and
+ * {@code DefaultTreeCellRenderer} is not opaque and
* unless you subclass paint you should not change this.
* See How to Use Trees
@@ -76,12 +76,12 @@
* invalidate
,
- * validate
,
- * revalidate
,
- * repaint
,
+ * {@code invalidate},
+ * {@code validate},
+ * {@code revalidate},
+ * {@code repaint},
* and
- * firePropertyChange
+ * {@code firePropertyChange}
* solely to improve performance.
* If not overridden, these frequently called methods would execute code paths
* that are unnecessary for the default tree cell renderer.
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@
* appropriate for short term storage or RMI between applications running
* the same version of Swing. As of 1.4, support for long term storage
* of all JavaBeans™
- * has been added to the java.beans
package.
+ * has been added to the {@code java.beans} package.
* Please see {@link java.beans.XMLEncoder}.
*
* @author Rob Davis
@@ -412,11 +412,11 @@
}
/**
- * Subclassed to map FontUIResource
s to null. If
- * font
is null, or a FontUIResource
, this
+ * Subclassed to map {@code FontUIResource}s to null. If
+ * {@code font} is null, or a {@code FontUIResource}, this
* has the effect of letting the font of the JTree show
- * through. On the other hand, if font
is non-null, and not
- * a FontUIResource
, the font becomes font
.
+ * through. On the other hand, if {@code font} is non-null, and not
+ * a {@code FontUIResource}, the font becomes {@code font}.
*/
public void setFont(Font font) {
if(font instanceof FontUIResource)
@@ -441,12 +441,12 @@
}
/**
- * Subclassed to map ColorUIResource
s to null. If
- * color
is null, or a ColorUIResource
, this
+ * Subclassed to map {@code ColorUIResource}s to null. If
+ * {@code color} is null, or a {@code ColorUIResource}, this
* has the effect of letting the background color of the JTree show
- * through. On the other hand, if color
is non-null, and not
- * a ColorUIResource
, the background becomes
- * color
.
+ * through. On the other hand, if {@code color} is non-null, and not
+ * a {@code ColorUIResource}, the background becomes
+ * {@code color}.
*/
public void setBackground(Color color) {
if(color instanceof ColorUIResource)
@@ -457,10 +457,10 @@
/**
* Configures the renderer based on the passed in components.
* The value is set from messaging the tree with
- * convertValueToText
, which ultimately invokes
- * toString
on value
.
+ * {@code convertValueToText}, which ultimately invokes
+ * {@code toString} on {@code value}.
* The foreground color is set based on the selection and the icon
- * is set based on the leaf
and expanded
+ * is set based on the {@code leaf} and {@code expanded}
* parameters.
*/
public Component getTreeCellRendererComponent(JTree tree, Object value,
@@ -601,7 +601,7 @@
}
/**
- * Overrides JComponent.getPreferredSize
to
+ * Overrides {@code JComponent.getPreferredSize} to
* return slightly wider preferred size value.
*/
public Dimension getPreferredSize() {
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/tree/DefaultTreeModel.java 2015-10-04 23:00:03.013254420 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/tree/DefaultTreeModel.java 2015-10-04 23:00:02.825254428 +0400
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
* appropriate for short term storage or RMI between applications running
* the same version of Swing. As of 1.4, support for long term storage
* of all JavaBeans™
- * has been added to the java.beans
package.
+ * has been added to the {@code java.beans} package.
* Please see {@link java.beans.XMLEncoder}.
*
* @author Rob Davis
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@
/** Listeners. */
protected EventListenerList listenerList = new EventListenerList();
/**
- * Determines how the isLeaf
method figures
+ * Determines how the {@code isLeaf} method figures
* out if a node is a leaf node. If true, a node is a leaf
* node if it does not allow children. (If it allows
* children, it is not a leaf node, even if no children
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@
}
/**
- * Sets the root to root
. A null root
implies
+ * Sets the root to {@code root}. A null {@code root} implies
* the tree is to display nothing, and is legal.
*
* @param root new value of tree root
@@ -154,11 +154,11 @@
/**
* Returns the index of child in parent.
- * If either the parent or child is null
, returns -1.
+ * If either the parent or child is {@code null}, returns -1.
* @param parent a note in the tree, obtained from this data source
* @param child the node we are interested in
* @return the index of the child in the parent, or -1
- * if either the parent or the child is null
+ * if either the parent or the child is {@code null}
*/
public int getIndexOfChild(Object parent, Object child) {
if(parent == null || child == null)
@@ -195,7 +195,7 @@
/**
* Returns whether the specified node is a leaf node.
* The way the test is performed depends on the
- * askAllowsChildren
setting.
+ * {@code askAllowsChildren} setting.
*
* @param node the node to check
* @return true if the node is a leaf node
@@ -470,7 +470,7 @@
* Returns an array of all the tree model listeners
* registered on this model.
*
- * @return all of this model's TreeModelListener
s
+ * @return all of this model's {@code TreeModelListener}s
* or an empty
* array if no tree model listeners are currently registered
*
@@ -645,12 +645,12 @@
*
* listenerType
argument
+ * You can specify the {@code listenerType} argument
* with a class literal,
* such as
* FooListener.class
.
* For example, you can query a
- * DefaultTreeModel
m
+ * {@code DefaultTreeModel m}
* for its tree model listeners with the following code:
*
* TreeModelListener[] tmls = (TreeModelListener[])(m.getListeners(TreeModelListener.class));
@@ -663,9 +663,9 @@
* FooListener
s on this component,
* or an empty array if no such
* listeners have been added
- * @exception ClassCastException if listenerType
+ * @exception ClassCastException if {@code listenerType}
* doesn't specify a class or interface that implements
- * java.util.EventListener
+ * {@code java.util.EventListener}
*
* @see #getTreeModelListeners
*
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/tree/DefaultTreeSelectionModel.java 2015-10-04 23:00:03.545254396 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/tree/DefaultTreeSelectionModel.java 2015-10-04 23:00:03.357254404 +0400
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
* resetRowSelection
if you do not message super.
+ * {@code resetRowSelection} if you do not message super.
*
* Warning:
* Serialized objects of this class will not be compatible with
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@
* appropriate for short term storage or RMI between applications running
* the same version of Swing. As of 1.4, support for long term storage
* of all JavaBeans™
- * has been added to the java.beans
package.
+ * has been added to the {@code java.beans} package.
* Please see {@link java.beans.XMLEncoder}.
*
* @see javax.swing.JTree
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@
protected int leadRow;
/** Used to make sure the paths are unique, will contain all the paths
- * in selection
.
+ * in {@code selection}.
*/
private HashtableDISCONTIGUOUS_TREE_SELECTION
is assumed.
+ * {@code DISCONTIGUOUS_TREE_SELECTION} is assumed.
* SINGLE_TREE_SELECTION
,
+ * selected when the mode is changed to {@code SINGLE_TREE_SELECTION},
* only one TreePath will remain selected. It is up to the particular
* implementation to decide what TreePath remains selected.
* DISCONTIGUOUS_TREE_SELECTION
.
+ * result in the mode becoming {@code DISCONTIGUOUS_TREE_SELECTION}.
*/
public void setSelectionMode(int mode) {
int oldMode = selectionMode;
@@ -166,9 +166,9 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the selection mode, one of SINGLE_TREE_SELECTION
,
- * DISCONTIGUOUS_TREE_SELECTION
or
- * CONTIGUOUS_TREE_SELECTION
.
+ * Returns the selection mode, one of {@code SINGLE_TREE_SELECTION},
+ * {@code DISCONTIGUOUS_TREE_SELECTION} or
+ * {@code CONTIGUOUS_TREE_SELECTION}.
*/
public int getSelectionMode() {
return selectionMode;
@@ -176,8 +176,8 @@
/**
* Sets the selection to path. If this represents a change, then
- * the TreeSelectionListeners are notified. If path
is
- * null, this has the same effect as invoking clearSelection
.
+ * the TreeSelectionListeners are notified. If {@code path} is
+ * null, this has the same effect as invoking {@code clearSelection}.
*
* @param path new path to select
*/
@@ -301,7 +301,7 @@
/**
* Adds path to the current selection. If path is not currently
* in the selection the TreeSelectionListeners are notified. This has
- * no effect if path
is null.
+ * no effect if {@code path} is null.
*
* @param path the new path to add to the current selection
*/
@@ -318,14 +318,14 @@
* Adds paths to the current selection. If any of the paths in
* paths are not currently in the selection the TreeSelectionListeners
* are notified. This has
- * no effect if paths
is null.
- * paths
.
- * CONTIGUOUS_TREE_SELECTION
,
+ * no effect if {@code paths} is null.
+ * paths
+ * Then two things can result: if the TreePaths in {@code paths}
* are contiguous, then the selection becomes these TreePaths,
* otherwise the TreePaths aren't contiguous and the selection becomes
- * the first TreePath in paths
.
+ * the first TreePath in {@code paths}.
*
* @param paths the new path to add to the current selection
*/
@@ -424,7 +424,7 @@
/**
* Removes path from the selection. If path is in the selection
* The TreeSelectionListeners are notified. This has no effect if
- * path
is null.
+ * {@code path} is null.
*
* @param path the path to remove from the selection
*/
@@ -440,7 +440,7 @@
/**
* Removes paths from the selection. If any of the paths in paths
* are in the selection the TreeSelectionListeners are notified.
- * This has no effect if paths
is null.
+ * This has no effect if {@code paths} is null.
*
* @param paths the paths to remove from the selection
*/
@@ -543,7 +543,7 @@
}
/**
- * Returns true if the path, path
,
+ * Returns true if the path, {@code path},
* is in the current selection.
*/
public boolean isPathSelected(TreePath path) {
@@ -605,7 +605,7 @@
* Returns an array of all the tree selection listeners
* registered on this model.
*
- * @return all of this model's TreeSelectionListener
s
+ * @return all of this model's {@code TreeSelectionListener}s
* or an empty
* array if no tree selection listeners are currently registered
*
@@ -652,12 +652,12 @@
*
* listenerType
argument
+ * You can specify the {@code listenerType} argument
* with a class literal,
* such as
* FooListener.class
.
* For example, you can query a
- * DefaultTreeSelectionModel
m
+ * {@code DefaultTreeSelectionModel m}
* for its tree selection listeners with the following code:
*
* TreeSelectionListener[] tsls = (TreeSelectionListener[])(m.getListeners(TreeSelectionListener.class));
@@ -670,9 +670,9 @@
* FooListener
s on this component,
* or an empty array if no such
* listeners have been added
- * @exception ClassCastException if listenerType
+ * @exception ClassCastException if {@code listenerType}
* doesn't specify a class or interface that implements
- * java.util.EventListener
+ * {@code java.util.EventListener}
*
* @see #getTreeSelectionListeners
* @see #getPropertyChangeListeners
@@ -752,7 +752,7 @@
}
/**
- * Returns true if the row identified by row
is selected.
+ * Returns true if the row identified by {@code row} is selected.
*/
public boolean isRowSelected(int row) {
return listSelectionModel.isSelectedIndex(row);
@@ -765,7 +765,7 @@
* insureRowContinuity
to make sure
+ * DefaultTreeSelectionModel
.
+ * registered on this {@code DefaultTreeSelectionModel}.
*
- * @return all of this model's PropertyChangeListener
s
+ * @return all of this model's {@code PropertyChangeListener}s
* or an empty
* array if no property change listeners are currently registered
*
@@ -872,16 +872,16 @@
}
/**
- * Makes sure the currently selected TreePath
s are valid
+ * Makes sure the currently selected {@code TreePath}s are valid
* for the current selection mode.
- * If the selection mode is CONTIGUOUS_TREE_SELECTION
- * and a RowMapper
exists, this will make sure all
+ * If the selection mode is {@code CONTIGUOUS_TREE_SELECTION}
+ * and a {@code RowMapper} exists, this will make sure all
* the rows are contiguous, that is, when sorted all the rows are
* in order with no gaps.
* If the selection isn't contiguous, the selection is
* reset to contain the first set, when sorted, of contiguous rows.
* SINGLE_TREE_SELECTION
and
+ * If the selection mode is {@code SINGLE_TREE_SELECTION} and
* more than one TreePath is selected, the selection is reset to
* contain the first path currently selected.
*/
@@ -970,12 +970,12 @@
}
/**
- * Used to test if a particular set of TreePath
s can
- * be added. This will return true if paths
is null (or
+ * Used to test if a particular set of {@code TreePath}s can
+ * be added. This will return true if {@code paths} is null (or
* empty), or this object has no RowMapper, or nothing is currently selected,
- * or the selection mode is DISCONTIGUOUS_TREE_SELECTION
, or
+ * or the selection mode is {@code DISCONTIGUOUS_TREE_SELECTION}, or
* adding the paths to the current selection still results in a
- * contiguous set of TreePath
s.
+ * contiguous set of {@code TreePath}s.
*
* @param paths array of {@code TreePaths} to check
* @return whether the particular set of {@code TreePaths} can be added
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/tree/FixedHeightLayoutCache.java 2015-10-04 23:00:04.085254371 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/tree/FixedHeightLayoutCache.java 2015-10-04 23:00:03.897254380 +0400
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
* appropriate for short term storage or RMI between applications running
* the same version of Swing. As of 1.4, support for long term storage
* of all JavaBeans™
- * has been added to the java.beans
package.
+ * has been added to the {@code java.beans} package.
* Please see {@link java.beans.XMLEncoder}.
*
* @author Scott Violet
@@ -294,8 +294,8 @@
}
/**
- * Marks the path path
expanded state to
- * isExpanded
.
+ * Marks the path {@code path} expanded state to
+ * {@code isExpanded}.
*/
public void setExpandedState(TreePath path, boolean isExpanded) {
if(isExpanded)
@@ -527,9 +527,9 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the bounds for the given node. If childIndex
- * is -1, the bounds of parent
are returned, otherwise
- * the bounds of the node at childIndex
are returned.
+ * Returns the bounds for the given node. If {@code childIndex}
+ * is -1, the bounds of {@code parent} are returned, otherwise
+ * the bounds of the node at {@code childIndex} are returned.
*/
private Rectangle getBounds(FHTreeStateNode parent, int childIndex,
Rectangle placeIn) {
@@ -591,7 +591,7 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the node previously added for path
. This may
+ * Returns the node previously added for {@code path}. This may
* return null, if you to create a node use getNodeForPath.
*/
private FHTreeStateNode getMapping(TreePath path) {
@@ -787,7 +787,7 @@
/**
* Messaged when this node is removed from its parent, this messages
- * removedFromMapping
to remove all the children.
+ * {@code removedFromMapping} to remove all the children.
*/
public void remove(int childIndex) {
FHTreeStateNode node = (FHTreeStateNode)getChildAt(childIndex);
@@ -822,7 +822,7 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the TreePath
of the receiver.
+ * Returns the {@code TreePath} of the receiver.
*/
public TreePath getTreePath() {
return path;
@@ -830,7 +830,7 @@
/**
* Returns the child for the passed in model index, this will
- * return null
if the child for index
+ * return {@code null} if the child for {@code index}
* has not yet been created (expanded).
*/
public FHTreeStateNode getChildAtModelIndex(int index) {
@@ -862,7 +862,7 @@
/**
* Returns the row of the child with a model index of
- * index
.
+ * {@code index}.
*/
public int getRowToModelIndex(int index) {
FHTreeStateNode child;
@@ -965,9 +965,9 @@
}
/**
- * Creates a new node to represent userObject
.
+ * Creates a new node to represent {@code userObject}.
* This does NOT check to ensure there isn't already a child node
- * to manage userObject
.
+ * to manage {@code userObject}.
*/
protected FHTreeStateNode createChildFor(Object userObject) {
int newChildIndex = treeModel.getIndexOfChild
@@ -1002,7 +1002,7 @@
/**
* Adjusts the receiver, and all its children rows by
- * amount
.
+ * {@code amount}.
*/
protected void adjustRowBy(int amount) {
row += amount;
@@ -1015,7 +1015,7 @@
/**
* Adjusts this node, its child, and its parent starting at
- * an index of index
index is the index of the child
+ * an index of {@code index} index is the index of the child
* to start adjusting from, which is not necessarily the model
* index.
*/
@@ -1051,7 +1051,7 @@
}
/**
- * Sets the receivers row to nextRow
and recursively
+ * Sets the receivers row to {@code nextRow} and recursively
* updates all the children of the receivers rows. The index the
* next row is to be placed as is returned.
*/
@@ -1082,10 +1082,10 @@
/**
* Resets the receivers children's rows. Starting with the child
- * at childIndex
(and modelIndex
) to
- * newRow
. This uses setRowAndChildren
+ * at {@code childIndex} (and {@code modelIndex}) to
+ * {@code newRow}. This uses {@code setRowAndChildren}
* to recursively descend children, and uses
- * resetRowSelection
to ascend parents.
+ * {@code resetRowSelection} to ascend parents.
*/
// This can be rather expensive, but is needed for the collapse
// case this is resulting from a remove (although I could fix
@@ -1123,7 +1123,7 @@
/**
* Makes the receiver visible, but invoking
- * expandParentAndReceiver
on the superclass.
+ * {@code expandParentAndReceiver} on the superclass.
*/
protected void makeVisible() {
FHTreeStateNode parent = (FHTreeStateNode)getParent();
@@ -1133,7 +1133,7 @@
}
/**
- * Invokes expandParentAndReceiver
on the parent,
+ * Invokes {@code expandParentAndReceiver} on the parent,
* and expands the receiver.
*/
protected void expandParentAndReceiver() {
@@ -1166,7 +1166,7 @@
}
/**
- * Collapses the receiver. If adjustRows
is true,
+ * Collapses the receiver. If {@code adjustRows} is true,
* the rows of nodes after the receiver are adjusted.
*/
protected void collapse(boolean adjustRows) {
@@ -1220,8 +1220,8 @@
}
/**
- * Removes the child at modelIndex
.
- * isChildVisible
should be true if the receiver
+ * Removes the child at {@code modelIndex}.
+ * {@code isChildVisible} should be true if the receiver
* is visible and expanded.
*/
protected void removeChildAtModelIndex(int modelIndex,
@@ -1274,7 +1274,7 @@
/**
* Adjusts the child indexs of the receivers children by
- * amount
, starting at index
.
+ * {@code amount}, starting at {@code index}.
*/
protected void adjustChildIndexs(int index, int amount) {
for(int counter = index, maxCounter = getChildCount();
@@ -1318,11 +1318,11 @@
}
/**
- * Returns true if there is a row for row
.
- * nextRow
gives the bounds of the receiver.
- * Information about the found row is returned in info
.
- * This should be invoked on root with nextRow
set
- * to getRowCount
().
+ * Returns true if there is a row for {@code row}.
+ * {@code nextRow} gives the bounds of the receiver.
+ * Information about the found row is returned in {@code info}.
+ * This should be invoked on root with {@code nextRow} set
+ * to {@code getRowCount}().
*/
protected boolean getPathForRow(int row, int nextRow,
SearchInfo info) {
@@ -1423,8 +1423,8 @@
/**
* Returns the number of children that are expanded to
- * stopIndex
. This does not include the number
- * of children that the child at stopIndex
might
+ * {@code stopIndex}. This does not include the number
+ * of children that the child at {@code stopIndex} might
* have.
*/
protected int getNumExpandedChildrenTo(int stopIndex) {
@@ -1534,8 +1534,8 @@
}
/**
- * Determines the next object by invoking updateNextIndex
- * and if not succesful findNextValidParent
.
+ * Determines the next object by invoking {@code updateNextIndex}
+ * and if not succesful {@code findNextValidParent}.
*/
protected void updateNextObject() {
if(!updateNextIndex()) {
@@ -1572,7 +1572,7 @@
}
/**
- * Updates nextIndex
returning false if it is beyond
+ * Updates {@code nextIndex} returning false if it is beyond
* the number of children of parent.
*/
protected boolean updateNextIndex() {
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/tree/MutableTreeNode.java 2015-10-04 23:00:04.633254347 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/tree/MutableTreeNode.java 2015-10-04 23:00:04.441254355 +0400
@@ -40,8 +40,8 @@
public interface MutableTreeNode extends TreeNode
{
/**
- * Adds child
to the receiver at index
.
- * child
will be messaged with setParent
.
+ * Adds {@code child} to the receiver at {@code index}.
+ * {@code child} will be messaged with {@code setParent}.
*
* @param child node to be added
* @param index index of the receiver
@@ -49,22 +49,22 @@
void insert(MutableTreeNode child, int index);
/**
- * Removes the child at index
from the receiver.
+ * Removes the child at {@code index} from the receiver.
*
* @param index index of child to be removed
*/
void remove(int index);
/**
- * Removes node
from the receiver. setParent
- * will be messaged on node
.
+ * Removes {@code node} from the receiver. {@code setParent}
+ * will be messaged on {@code node}.
*
* @param node node to be removed from the receiver
*/
void remove(MutableTreeNode node);
/**
- * Resets the user object of the receiver to object
.
+ * Resets the user object of the receiver to {@code object}.
*
* @param object object to be set as a receiver
*/
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@
void removeFromParent();
/**
- * Sets the parent of the receiver to newParent
.
+ * Sets the parent of the receiver to {@code newParent}.
*
* @param newParent node to be set as parent of the receiver
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/tree/RowMapper.java 2015-10-04 23:00:05.153254323 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/tree/RowMapper.java 2015-10-04 23:00:04.965254332 +0400
@@ -36,10 +36,10 @@
public interface RowMapper
{
/**
- * Returns the rows that the TreePath instances in path
+ * Returns the rows that the TreePath instances in {@code path}
* are being displayed at. The receiver should return an array of
* the same length as that passed in, and if one of the TreePaths
- * in path
is not valid its entry in the array should
+ * in {@code path} is not valid its entry in the array should
* be set to -1.
*
* @param path array of TreePath to parse
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/tree/TreeCellRenderer.java 2015-10-04 23:00:05.677254300 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/tree/TreeCellRenderer.java 2015-10-04 23:00:05.489254308 +0400
@@ -42,16 +42,16 @@
public interface TreeCellRenderer {
/**
- * Sets the value of the current tree cell to value
.
- * If selected
is true, the cell will be drawn as if
- * selected. If expanded
is true the node is currently
- * expanded and if leaf
is true the node represents a
- * leaf and if hasFocus
is true the node currently has
- * focus. tree
is the JTree
the receiver is being
- * configured for. Returns the Component
that the renderer
+ * Sets the value of the current tree cell to {@code value}.
+ * If {@code selected} is true, the cell will be drawn as if
+ * selected. If {@code expanded} is true the node is currently
+ * expanded and if {@code leaf} is true the node represents a
+ * leaf and if {@code hasFocus} is true the node currently has
+ * focus. {@code tree} is the {@code JTree} the receiver is being
+ * configured for. Returns the {@code Component} that the renderer
* uses to draw the value.
* TreeCellRenderer
is also responsible for rendering the
+ * The {@code TreeCellRenderer} is also responsible for rendering the
* the cell representing the tree's current DnD drop location if
* it has one. If this renderer cares about rendering
* the DnD drop location, it should query the tree directly to
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/tree/TreeModel.java 2015-10-04 23:00:06.205254276 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/tree/TreeModel.java 2015-10-04 23:00:06.013254285 +0400
@@ -27,25 +27,25 @@
import javax.swing.event.*;
/**
- * The model used by JTree
.
+ * The model used by {@code JTree}.
* JTree
and its related classes make extensive use of
- * TreePath
s for identifying nodes in the TreeModel
.
- * If a TreeModel
returns the same object, as compared by
- * equals
, at two different indices under the same parent
- * than the resulting TreePath
objects will be considered equal
+ * {@code JTree} and its related classes make extensive use of
+ * {@code TreePath}s for identifying nodes in the {@code TreeModel}.
+ * If a {@code TreeModel} returns the same object, as compared by
+ * {@code equals}, at two different indices under the same parent
+ * than the resulting {@code TreePath} objects will be considered equal
* as well. Some implementations may assume that if two
- * TreePath
s are equal, they identify the same node. If this
+ * {@code TreePath}s are equal, they identify the same node. If this
* condition is not met, painting problems and other oddities may result.
- * In other words, if getChild
for a given parent returns
- * the same Object (as determined by equals
) problems may
+ * In other words, if {@code getChild} for a given parent returns
+ * the same Object (as determined by {@code equals}) problems may
* result, and it is recommended you avoid doing this.
* JTree
and its related classes place
- * TreePath
s in Map
s. As such if
+ * Similarly {@code JTree} and its related classes place
+ * {@code TreePath}s in {@code Map}s. As such if
* a node is requested twice, the return values must be equal
- * (using the equals
method) and have the same
- * hashCode
.
+ * (using the {@code equals} method) and have the same
+ * {@code hashCode}.
* null
+ * Returns the root of the tree. Returns {@code null}
* only if the tree has no nodes.
*
* @return the root of the tree
@@ -71,13 +71,13 @@
/**
- * Returns the child of parent
at index index
+ * Returns the child of {@code parent} at index {@code index}
* in the parent's
- * child array. parent
must be a node previously obtained
- * from this data source. This should not return null
- * if index
- * is a valid index for parent
(that is index >= 0 &&
- * index < getChildCount(parent
)).
+ * child array. {@code parent} must be a node previously obtained
+ * from this data source. This should not return {@code null}
+ * if {@code index}
+ * is a valid index for {@code parent} (that is
+ * {@code index >= 0 && index < getChildCount(parent)}).
*
* @param parent a node in the tree, obtained from this data source
* @param index index of child to be returned
@@ -87,35 +87,35 @@
/**
- * Returns the number of children of parent
.
+ * Returns the number of children of {@code parent}.
* Returns 0 if the node
- * is a leaf or if it has no children. parent
must be a node
+ * is a leaf or if it has no children. {@code parent} must be a node
* previously obtained from this data source.
*
* @param parent a node in the tree, obtained from this data source
- * @return the number of children of the node parent
+ * @return the number of children of the node {@code parent}
*/
public int getChildCount(Object parent);
/**
- * Returns true
if node
is a leaf.
- * It is possible for this method to return false
- * even if node
has no children.
+ * Returns {@code true} if {@code node} is a leaf.
+ * It is possible for this method to return {@code false}
+ * even if {@code node} has no children.
* A directory in a filesystem, for example,
* may contain no files; the node representing
* the directory is not a leaf, but it also has no children.
*
* @param node a node in the tree, obtained from this data source
- * @return true if node
is a leaf
+ * @return true if {@code node} is a leaf
*/
public boolean isLeaf(Object node);
/**
* Messaged when the user has altered the value for the item identified
- * by path
to newValue
.
- * If newValue
signifies a truly new value
- * the model should post a treeNodesChanged
event.
+ * by {@code path} to {@code newValue}.
+ * If {@code newValue} signifies a truly new value
+ * the model should post a {@code treeNodesChanged} event.
*
* @param path path to the node that the user has altered
* @param newValue the new value from the TreeCellEditor
@@ -123,15 +123,15 @@
public void valueForPathChanged(TreePath path, Object newValue);
/**
- * Returns the index of child in parent. If either parent
- * or child
is null
, returns -1.
- * If either parent
or child
don't
+ * Returns the index of child in parent. If either {@code parent}
+ * or {@code child} is {@code null}, returns -1.
+ * If either {@code parent} or {@code child} don't
* belong to this tree model, returns -1.
*
* @param parent a node in the tree, obtained from this data source
* @param child the node we are interested in
* @return the index of the child in the parent, or -1 if either
- * child
or parent
are null
+ * {@code child} or {@code parent} are {@code null}
* or don't belong to this tree model
*/
public int getIndexOfChild(Object parent, Object child);
@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@
//
/**
- * Adds a listener for the TreeModelEvent
+ * Adds a listener for the {@code TreeModelEvent}
* posted after the tree changes.
*
* @param l the listener to add
@@ -151,7 +151,7 @@
/**
* Removes a listener previously added with
- * addTreeModelListener
.
+ * {@code addTreeModelListener}.
*
* @see #addTreeModelListener
* @param l the listener to remove
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/tree/TreeNode.java 2015-10-04 23:00:06.729254253 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/tree/TreeNode.java 2015-10-04 23:00:06.541254261 +0400
@@ -31,8 +31,8 @@
* Defines the requirements for an object that can be used as a
* tree node in a JTree.
* TreeNode
that override equals
- * will typically need to override hashCode
as well. Refer
+ * Implementations of {@code TreeNode} that override {@code equals}
+ * will typically need to override {@code hashCode} as well. Refer
* to {@link javax.swing.tree.TreeModel} for more information.
*
* For further information and examples of using tree nodes,
@@ -47,8 +47,8 @@
public interface TreeNode
{
/**
- * Returns the child TreeNode
at index
- * childIndex
.
+ * Returns the child {@code TreeNode} at index
+ * {@code childIndex}.
*
* @param childIndex index of child
* @return the child node at given index
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@
TreeNode getChildAt(int childIndex);
/**
- * Returns the number of children TreeNode
s the receiver
+ * Returns the number of children {@code TreeNode}s the receiver
* contains.
*
* @return the number of children the receiver contains
@@ -64,15 +64,15 @@
int getChildCount();
/**
- * Returns the parent TreeNode
of the receiver.
+ * Returns the parent {@code TreeNode} of the receiver.
*
* @return the parent of the receiver
*/
TreeNode getParent();
/**
- * Returns the index of node
in the receivers children.
- * If the receiver does not contain node
, -1 will be
+ * Returns the index of {@code node} in the receivers children.
+ * If the receiver does not contain {@code node}, -1 will be
* returned.
*
* @param node node to be loked for
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@
boolean isLeaf();
/**
- * Returns the children of the receiver as an Enumeration
.
+ * Returns the children of the receiver as an {@code Enumeration}.
*
* @return the children of the receiver as an {@code Enumeration}
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/tree/TreePath.java 2015-10-04 23:00:07.269254228 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/tree/TreePath.java 2015-10-04 23:00:07.081254237 +0400
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@
* appropriate for short term storage or RMI between applications running
* the same version of Swing. As of 1.4, support for long term storage
* of all JavaBeans™
- * has been added to the java.beans
package.
+ * has been added to the {@code java.beans} package.
* Please see {@link java.beans.XMLEncoder}.
*
* @author Scott Violet
@@ -279,23 +279,23 @@
}
/**
- * Returns true if aTreePath
is a
+ * Returns true if {@code aTreePath} is a
* descendant of this
- * {@code TreePath}. A {@code TreePath} {@code P1} is a descendant of a
- * {@code TreePath} {@code P2}
+ * {@code TreePath}. A {@code TreePath P1} is a descendant of a
+ * {@code TreePath P2}
* if {@code P1} contains all of the elements that make up
* {@code P2's} path.
* For example, if this object has the path {@code [a, b]},
- * and aTreePath
has the path {@code [a, b, c]},
- * then aTreePath
is a descendant of this object.
- * However, if aTreePath
has the path {@code [a]},
+ * and {@code aTreePath} has the path {@code [a, b, c]},
+ * then {@code aTreePath} is a descendant of this object.
+ * However, if {@code aTreePath} has the path {@code [a]},
* then it is not a descendant of this object. By this definition
* a {@code TreePath} is always considered a descendant of itself.
- * That is, aTreePath.isDescendant(aTreePath)
returns
+ * That is, {@code aTreePath.isDescendant(aTreePath)} returns
* {@code true}.
*
* @param aTreePath the {@code TreePath} to check
- * @return true if aTreePath
is a descendant of this path
+ * @return true if {@code aTreePath} is a descendant of this path
*/
public boolean isDescendant(TreePath aTreePath) {
if(aTreePath == this)
@@ -317,7 +317,7 @@
/**
* Returns a new path containing all the elements of this path
- * plus child
. child
is the last element
+ * plus {@code child}. {@code child} is the last element
* of the newly created {@code TreePath}.
*
* @param child the path element to add
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/tree/TreeSelectionModel.java 2015-10-04 23:00:07.797254205 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/tree/TreeSelectionModel.java 2015-10-04 23:00:07.605254213 +0400
@@ -40,28 +40,28 @@
* a set of TreePaths, and optionally a set of integers. The mapping
* from TreePath to integer is done by way of an instance of RowMapper.
* It is not necessary for a TreeSelectionModel to have a RowMapper to
- * correctly operate, but without a RowMapper getSelectionRows
+ * correctly operate, but without a RowMapper {@code getSelectionRows}
* will return null.
*
* SINGLE_TREE_SELECTION
) a number of
- * contiguous paths (CONTIGUOUS_TREE_SELECTION
) or a number of
- * discontiguous paths (DISCONTIGUOUS_TREE_SELECTION
).
- * A RowMapper
is used to determine if TreePaths are
+ * path ({@code SINGLE_TREE_SELECTION}) a number of
+ * contiguous paths ({@code CONTIGUOUS_TREE_SELECTION}) or a number of
+ * discontiguous paths ({@code DISCONTIGUOUS_TREE_SELECTION}).
+ * A {@code RowMapper} is used to determine if TreePaths are
* contiguous.
- * In the absence of a RowMapper CONTIGUOUS_TREE_SELECTION
and
- * DISCONTIGUOUS_TREE_SELECTION
behave the same, that is they
+ * In the absence of a RowMapper {@code CONTIGUOUS_TREE_SELECTION} and
+ * {@code DISCONTIGUOUS_TREE_SELECTION} behave the same, that is they
* allow any number of paths to be contained in the TreeSelectionModel.
*
* CONTIGUOUS_TREE_SELECTION
any
- * time the paths are changed (setSelectionPath
,
- * addSelectionPath
...) the TreePaths are again checked to
+ * For a selection model of {@code CONTIGUOUS_TREE_SELECTION} any
+ * time the paths are changed ({@code setSelectionPath},
+ * {@code addSelectionPath} ...) the TreePaths are again checked to
* make they are contiguous. A check of the TreePaths can also be forced
- * by invoking resetRowSelection
. How a set of discontiguous
+ * by invoking {@code resetRowSelection}. How a set of discontiguous
* TreePaths is mapped to a contiguous set is left to implementors of
* this interface to enforce a particular policy.
*
@@ -74,8 +74,8 @@
* treeSelectionModel.setSelectionPaths(paths);
*
* should result in only one path being selected:
- * treePath
, and
- * not two copies of treePath
.
+ * {@code treePath}, and
+ * not two copies of {@code treePath}.
*
* SINGLE_TREE_SELECTION
,
+ * selected when the mode is changed to {@code SINGLE_TREE_SELECTION},
* only one TreePath will remain selected. It is up to the particular
* implementation to decide what TreePath remains selected.
*
@@ -116,9 +116,9 @@
/**
* Returns the current selection mode, one of
- * SINGLE_TREE_SELECTION
,
- * CONTIGUOUS_TREE_SELECTION
or
- * DISCONTIGUOUS_TREE_SELECTION
.
+ * {@code SINGLE_TREE_SELECTION},
+ * {@code CONTIGUOUS_TREE_SELECTION} or
+ * {@code DISCONTIGUOUS_TREE_SELECTION}.
*
* @return the current selection mode
*/
@@ -126,8 +126,8 @@
/**
* Sets the selection to path. If this represents a change, then
- * the TreeSelectionListeners are notified. If path
is
- * null, this has the same effect as invoking clearSelection
.
+ * the TreeSelectionListeners are notified. If {@code path} is
+ * null, this has the same effect as invoking {@code clearSelection}.
*
* @param path new path to select
*/
@@ -135,8 +135,8 @@
/**
* Sets the selection to path. If this represents a change, then
- * the TreeSelectionListeners are notified. If paths
is
- * null, this has the same effect as invoking clearSelection
.
+ * the TreeSelectionListeners are notified. If {@code paths} is
+ * null, this has the same effect as invoking {@code clearSelection}.
*
* @param paths new selection
*/
@@ -145,7 +145,7 @@
/**
* Adds path to the current selection. If path is not currently
* in the selection the TreeSelectionListeners are notified. This has
- * no effect if path
is null.
+ * no effect if {@code path} is null.
*
* @param path the new path to add to the current selection
*/
@@ -155,7 +155,7 @@
* Adds paths to the current selection. If any of the paths in
* paths are not currently in the selection the TreeSelectionListeners
* are notified. This has
- * no effect if paths
is null.
+ * no effect if {@code paths} is null.
*
* @param paths the new paths to add to the current selection
*/
@@ -164,7 +164,7 @@
/**
* Removes path from the selection. If path is in the selection
* The TreeSelectionListeners are notified. This has no effect if
- * path
is null.
+ * {@code path} is null.
*
* @param path the path to remove from the selection
*/
@@ -172,9 +172,9 @@
/**
* Removes paths from the selection. If any of the paths in
- * paths
+ * {@code paths}
* are in the selection, the TreeSelectionListeners are notified.
- * This method has no effect if paths
is null.
+ * This method has no effect if {@code paths} is null.
*
* @param paths the path to remove from the selection
*/
@@ -184,7 +184,7 @@
* Returns the first path in the selection. How first is defined is
* up to implementors, and may not necessarily be the TreePath with
* the smallest integer value as determined from the
- * RowMapper
.
+ * {@code RowMapper}.
*
* @return the first path in the selection
*/
@@ -206,7 +206,7 @@
int getSelectionCount();
/**
- * Returns true if the path, path
, is in the current
+ * Returns true if the path, {@code path}, is in the current
* selection.
*
* @param path the path to be loked for
@@ -274,7 +274,7 @@
int getMaxSelectionRow();
/**
- * Returns true if the row identified by row
is selected.
+ * Returns true if the row identified by {@code row} is selected.
*
* @param row row to check
* @return whether the row is selected
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/tree/VariableHeightLayoutCache.java 2015-10-04 23:00:08.325254181 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/tree/VariableHeightLayoutCache.java 2015-10-04 23:00:08.133254190 +0400
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
* appropriate for short term storage or RMI between applications running
* the same version of Swing. As of 1.4, support for long term storage
* of all JavaBeans™
- * has been added to the java.beans
package.
+ * has been added to the {@code java.beans} package.
* Please see {@link java.beans.XMLEncoder}.
*
* @author Rob Davis
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@
private Rectangle boundsBuffer;
/**
- * Maps from TreePath
to a TreeStateNode
.
+ * Maps from {@code TreePath} to a {@code TreeStateNode}.
*/
private HashtableTreeModel
that will provide the data.
+ * Sets the {@code TreeModel} that will provide the data.
*
- * @param newModel the TreeModel
that is to provide the data
+ * @param newModel the {@code TreeModel} that is to provide the data
* @beaninfo
* bound: true
* description: The TreeModel that will provide the data.
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@
/**
* Determines whether or not the root node from
- * the TreeModel
is visible.
+ * the {@code TreeModel} is visible.
*
* @param rootVisible true if the root node of the tree is to be displayed
* @see #rootVisible
@@ -174,9 +174,9 @@
}
/**
- * Marks the path path
expanded state to
- * isExpanded
.
- * @param path the TreePath
of interest
+ * Marks the path {@code path} expanded state to
+ * {@code isExpanded}.
+ * @param path the {@code TreePath} of interest
* @param isExpanded true if the path should be expanded, otherwise false
*/
public void setExpandedState(TreePath path, boolean isExpanded) {
@@ -206,12 +206,12 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the Rectangle
enclosing the label portion
- * into which the item identified by path
will be drawn.
+ * Returns the {@code Rectangle} enclosing the label portion
+ * into which the item identified by {@code path} will be drawn.
*
* @param path the path to be drawn
* @param placeIn the bounds of the enclosing rectangle
- * @return the bounds of the enclosing rectangle or null
+ * @return the bounds of the enclosing rectangle or {@code null}
* if the node could not be ascertained
*/
public Rectangle getBounds(TreePath path, Rectangle placeIn) {
@@ -226,12 +226,12 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the path for row
. If row
- * is not visible, null
is returned.
+ * Returns the path for {@code row}. If {@code row}
+ * is not visible, {@code null} is returned.
*
* @param row the location of interest
- * @return the path for row
, or null
- * if row
is not visible
+ * @return the path for {@code row}, or {@code null}
+ * if {@code row} is not visible
*/
public TreePath getPathForRow(int row) {
if(row >= 0 && row < getRowCount()) {
@@ -245,7 +245,7 @@
* Will return -1 if any of the elements in path are not
* currently visible.
*
- * @param path the TreePath
of interest
+ * @param path the {@code TreePath} of interest
* @return the row where the last item in path is visible
*/
public int getRowForPath(TreePath path) {
@@ -268,10 +268,10 @@
}
/**
- * Instructs the LayoutCache
that the bounds for
- * path
are invalid, and need to be updated.
+ * Instructs the {@code LayoutCache} that the bounds for
+ * {@code path} are invalid, and need to be updated.
*
- * @param path the TreePath
which is now invalid
+ * @param path the {@code TreePath} which is now invalid
*/
public void invalidatePathBounds(TreePath path) {
TreeStateNode node = getNodeForPath(path, true, false);
@@ -301,7 +301,7 @@
/**
* Returns the preferred width and height for the region in
- * visibleRegion
.
+ * {@code visibleRegion}.
*
* @param bounds the region being queried
*/
@@ -314,7 +314,7 @@
/**
* Returns the path to the node that is closest to x,y. If
- * there is nothing currently visible this will return null
,
+ * there is nothing currently visible this will return {@code null},
* otherwise it will always return a valid path.
* If you need to test if the
* returned object is exactly at x, y you should get the bounds for
@@ -337,12 +337,12 @@
}
/**
- * Returns an Enumerator
that increments over the visible paths
+ * Returns an {@code Enumerator} that increments over the visible paths
* starting at the passed in location. The ordering of the enumeration
* is based on how the paths are displayed.
*
- * @param path the location in the TreePath
to start
- * @return an Enumerator
that increments over the visible
+ * @param path the location in the {@code TreePath} to start
+ * @return an {@code Enumerator} that increments over the visible
* paths
*/
public Enumerationpath
.
- * @return the number of visible children for path
+ * Returns the number of visible children for {@code path}.
+ * @return the number of visible children for {@code path}
*/
public int getVisibleChildCount(TreePath path) {
TreeStateNode node = getNodeForPath(path, true, false);
@@ -365,7 +365,7 @@
}
/**
- * Informs the TreeState
that it needs to recalculate
+ * Informs the {@code TreeState} that it needs to recalculate
* all the sizes it is referencing.
*/
public void invalidateSizes() {
@@ -377,9 +377,9 @@
}
/**
- * Returns true if the value identified by path
is
+ * Returns true if the value identified by {@code path} is
* currently expanded.
- * @return true if the value identified by path
is
+ * @return true if the value identified by {@code path} is
* currently expanded
*/
public boolean isExpanded(TreePath path) {
@@ -403,13 +403,13 @@
* file has changed, but it is in the same location in the file
* system.
*
- * e.path
returns the path the parent of the
+ * e.childIndices
returns the index(es) of the
+ * TreeModelEvent
of interest
+ * @param e the {@code TreeModelEvent} of interest
*/
public void treeNodesChanged(TreeModelEvent e) {
if(e != null) {
@@ -458,11 +458,11 @@
/**
* Invoked after nodes have been inserted into the tree.
*
- * e.path
returns the parent of the new nodes.
- * e.childIndices
returns the indices of the new nodes in
+ * TreeModelEvent
of interest
+ * @param e the {@code TreeModelEvent} of interest
*/
public void treeNodesInserted(TreeModelEvent e) {
if(e != null) {
@@ -531,12 +531,12 @@
* invoked once for the root of the removed subtree, not once for
* each individual set of siblings removed.
*
- * e.path
returns the former parent of the deleted nodes.
+ * e.childIndices
returns the indices the nodes had
+ * TreeModelEvent
of interest
+ * @param e the {@code TreeModelEvent} of interest
*/
public void treeNodesRemoved(TreeModelEvent e) {
if(e != null) {
@@ -619,15 +619,15 @@
/**
* Invoked after the tree has drastically changed structure from a
- * given node down. If the path returned by e.getPath
+ * given node down. If the path returned by {@code e.getPath}
* is of length one and the first element does not identify the
* current root node the first element should become the new root
* of the tree.
*
- * e.path
holds the path to the node.
- * e.childIndices
returns null
.
+ * TreeModelEvent
of interest
+ * @param e the {@code TreeModelEvent} of interest
*/
public void treeStructureChanged(TreeModelEvent e) {
if(e != null)
@@ -704,7 +704,7 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the node previously added for path
. This may
+ * Returns the node previously added for {@code path}. This may
* return null, if you to create a node use getNodeForPath.
*/
private TreeStateNode getMapping(TreePath path) {
@@ -712,8 +712,8 @@
}
/**
- * Retursn the bounds for row, row
by reference in
- * placeIn
. If placeIn
is null a new
+ * Retursn the bounds for row, {@code row} by reference in
+ * {@code placeIn}. If {@code placeIn} is null a new
* Rectangle will be created and returned.
*/
private Rectangle getBounds(int row, Rectangle placeIn) {
@@ -1073,7 +1073,7 @@
/**
* Messaged when this node is removed from its parent, this messages
- * removedFromMapping
to remove all the children.
+ * {@code removedFromMapping} to remove all the children.
*/
public void remove(int childIndex) {
TreeStateNode node = (TreeStateNode)getChildAt(childIndex);
@@ -1276,7 +1276,7 @@
/**
* Makes the receiver visible, but invoking
- * expandParentAndReceiver
on the superclass.
+ * {@code expandParentAndReceiver} on the superclass.
*/
public void makeVisible() {
TreeStateNode parent = (TreeStateNode)getParent();
@@ -1341,7 +1341,7 @@
}
/**
- * Shifts the y origin by offset
.
+ * Shifts the y origin by {@code offset}.
*/
protected void shiftYOriginBy(int offset) {
yOrigin += offset;
@@ -1349,7 +1349,7 @@
/**
* Updates the receivers preferredSize by invoking
- * updatePreferredSize
with an argument of -1.
+ * {@code updatePreferredSize} with an argument of -1.
*/
protected void updatePreferredSize() {
updatePreferredSize(getRow());
@@ -1406,7 +1406,7 @@
/**
* Returns the children of the receiver. If the children haven't
* been loaded from the model and
- * createIfNeeded
is true, the children are first
+ * {@code createIfNeeded} is true, the children are first
* loaded.
*/
protected EnumerationexpandParentAndReceiver
on the parent,
+ * Invokes {@code expandParentAndReceiver} on the parent,
* and expands the receiver.
*/
protected void expandParentAndReceiver() {
@@ -1705,8 +1705,8 @@
}
/**
- * Determines the next object by invoking updateNextIndex
- * and if not succesful findNextValidParent
.
+ * Determines the next object by invoking {@code updateNextIndex}
+ * and if not succesful {@code findNextValidParent}.
*/
protected void updateNextObject() {
if(!updateNextIndex()) {
@@ -1742,7 +1742,7 @@
}
/**
- * Updates nextIndex
returning false if it is beyond
+ * Updates {@code nextIndex} returning false if it is beyond
* the number of children of parent.
*/
protected boolean updateNextIndex() {
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/undo/AbstractUndoableEdit.java 2015-10-04 23:00:08.873254156 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/undo/AbstractUndoableEdit.java 2015-10-04 23:00:08.685254165 +0400
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
import javax.swing.UIManager;
/**
- * An abstract implementation of UndoableEdit
,
+ * An abstract implementation of {@code UndoableEdit},
* implementing simple responses to all boolean methods in
* that interface.
*
@@ -39,20 +39,20 @@
public class AbstractUndoableEdit implements UndoableEdit, Serializable {
/**
- * String returned by getUndoPresentationName
;
+ * String returned by {@code getUndoPresentationName};
* as of Java 2 platform v1.3.1 this field is no longer used. This value
* is now localized and comes from the defaults table with key
- * AbstractUndoableEdit.undoText
.
+ * {@code AbstractUndoableEdit.undoText}.
*
* @see javax.swing.UIDefaults
*/
protected static final String UndoName = "Undo";
/**
- * String returned by getRedoPresentationName
;
+ * String returned by {@code getRedoPresentationName};
* as of Java 2 platform v1.3.1 this field is no longer used. This value
* is now localized and comes from the defaults table with key
- * AbstractUndoableEdit.redoText
.
+ * {@code AbstractUndoableEdit.redoText}.
*
* @see javax.swing.UIDefaults
*/
@@ -65,14 +65,14 @@
boolean hasBeenDone;
/**
- * True if this edit has not received die
; defaults
- * to true
.
+ * True if this edit has not received {@code die}; defaults
+ * to {@code true}.
*/
boolean alive;
/**
- * Creates an AbstractUndoableEdit
which defaults
- * hasBeenDone
and alive
to true
.
+ * Creates an {@code AbstractUndoableEdit} which defaults
+ * {@code hasBeenDone} and {@code alive} to {@code true}.
*/
public AbstractUndoableEdit() {
super();
@@ -82,28 +82,28 @@
}
/**
- * Sets alive
to false. Note that this
+ * Sets {@code alive} to false. Note that this
* is a one way operation; dead edits cannot be resurrected.
- * Sending undo
or redo
to
+ * Sending {@code undo} or {@code redo} to
* a dead edit results in an exception being thrown.
*
* addEdit
or replaceEdit
- * method, or when it is dequeued from an UndoManager
.
+ * another edit's {@code addEdit} or {@code replaceEdit}
+ * method, or when it is dequeued from an {@code UndoManager}.
*/
public void die() {
alive = false;
}
/**
- * Throws CannotUndoException
if canUndo
- * returns false
. Sets hasBeenDone
- * to false
. Subclasses should override to undo the
+ * Throws {@code CannotUndoException} if {@code canUndo}
+ * returns {@code false}. Sets {@code hasBeenDone}
+ * to {@code false}. Subclasses should override to undo the
* operation represented by this edit. Override should begin with
* a call to super.
*
- * @exception CannotUndoException if canUndo
- * returns false
+ * @exception CannotUndoException if {@code canUndo}
+ * returns {@code false}
* @see #canUndo
*/
public void undo() throws CannotUndoException {
@@ -114,11 +114,11 @@
}
/**
- * Returns true if this edit is alive
- * and hasBeenDone
is true
.
+ * Returns true if this edit is {@code alive}
+ * and {@code hasBeenDone} is {@code true}.
*
- * @return true if this edit is alive
- * and hasBeenDone
is true
+ * @return true if this edit is {@code alive}
+ * and {@code hasBeenDone} is {@code true}
*
* @see #die
* @see #undo
@@ -129,13 +129,13 @@
}
/**
- * Throws CannotRedoException
if canRedo
- * returns false. Sets hasBeenDone
to true
.
+ * Throws {@code CannotRedoException} if {@code canRedo}
+ * returns false. Sets {@code hasBeenDone} to {@code true}.
* Subclasses should override to redo the operation represented by
* this edit. Override should begin with a call to super.
*
- * @exception CannotRedoException if canRedo
- * returns false
+ * @exception CannotRedoException if {@code canRedo}
+ * returns {@code false}
* @see #canRedo
*/
public void redo() throws CannotRedoException {
@@ -146,11 +146,11 @@
}
/**
- * Returns true
if this edit is alive
- * and hasBeenDone
is false
.
+ * Returns {@code true} if this edit is {@code alive}
+ * and {@code hasBeenDone} is {@code false}.
*
- * @return true
if this edit is alive
- * and hasBeenDone
is false
+ * @return {@code true} if this edit is {@code alive}
+ * and {@code hasBeenDone} is {@code false}
* @see #die
* @see #undo
* @see #redo
@@ -195,8 +195,8 @@
/**
* This default implementation returns "". Used by
- * getUndoPresentationName
and
- * getRedoPresentationName
to
+ * {@code getUndoPresentationName} and
+ * {@code getRedoPresentationName} to
* construct the strings they return. Subclasses should override to
* return an appropriate description of the operation this edit
* represents.
@@ -212,16 +212,16 @@
/**
* Retreives the value from the defaults table with key
- * AbstractUndoableEdit.undoText
and returns
+ * {@code AbstractUndoableEdit.undoText} and returns
* that value followed by a space, followed by
- * getPresentationName
.
- * If getPresentationName
returns "",
+ * {@code getPresentationName}.
+ * If {@code getPresentationName} returns "",
* then the defaults value is returned alone.
*
* @return the value from the defaults table with key
- * AbstractUndoableEdit.undoText
, followed
- * by a space, followed by getPresentationName
- * unless getPresentationName
is "" in which
+ * {@code AbstractUndoableEdit.undoText}, followed
+ * by a space, followed by {@code getPresentationName}
+ * unless {@code getPresentationName} is "" in which
* case, the defaults value is returned alone.
* @see #getPresentationName
*/
@@ -239,16 +239,16 @@
/**
* Retreives the value from the defaults table with key
- * AbstractUndoableEdit.redoText
and returns
+ * {@code AbstractUndoableEdit.redoText} and returns
* that value followed by a space, followed by
- * getPresentationName
.
- * If getPresentationName
returns "",
+ * {@code getPresentationName}.
+ * If {@code getPresentationName} returns "",
* then the defaults value is returned alone.
*
* @return the value from the defaults table with key
- * AbstractUndoableEdit.redoText
, followed
- * by a space, followed by getPresentationName
- * unless getPresentationName
is "" in which
+ * {@code AbstractUndoableEdit.redoText}, followed
+ * by a space, followed by {@code getPresentationName}
+ * unless {@code getPresentationName} is "" in which
* case, the defaults value is returned alone.
* @see #getPresentationName
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/undo/CannotRedoException.java 2015-10-04 23:00:09.397254133 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/undo/CannotRedoException.java 2015-10-04 23:00:09.209254141 +0400
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
package javax.swing.undo;
/**
- * Thrown when an UndoableEdit is told to redo()
and can't.
+ * Thrown when an UndoableEdit is told to {@code redo()} and can't.
* java.beans
package.
+ * has been added to the {@code java.beans} package.
* Please see {@link java.beans.XMLEncoder}.
*
* @author Ray Ryan
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/undo/CannotUndoException.java 2015-10-04 23:00:09.921254109 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/undo/CannotUndoException.java 2015-10-04 23:00:09.729254118 +0400
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
package javax.swing.undo;
/**
- * Thrown when an UndoableEdit is told to undo()
and can't.
+ * Thrown when an UndoableEdit is told to {@code undo()} and can't.
* java.beans
package.
+ * has been added to the {@code java.beans} package.
* Please see {@link java.beans.XMLEncoder}.
*
* @author Ray Ryan
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/undo/CompoundEdit.java 2015-10-04 23:00:10.445254086 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/undo/CompoundEdit.java 2015-10-04 23:00:10.253254094 +0400
@@ -35,13 +35,13 @@
@SuppressWarnings("serial") // Same-version serialization only
public class CompoundEdit extends AbstractUndoableEdit {
/**
- * True if this edit has never received end
.
+ * True if this edit has never received {@code end}.
*/
boolean inProgress;
/**
- * The collection of UndoableEdit
s
- * undone/redone en masse by this CompoundEdit
.
+ * The collection of {@code UndoableEdit}s
+ * undone/redone en masse by this {@code CompoundEdit}.
*/
protected Vectorundo
to all contained
- * UndoableEdits
in the reverse of
+ * Sends {@code undo} to all contained
+ * {@code UndoableEdits} in the reverse of
* the order in which they were added.
*/
public void undo() throws CannotUndoException {
@@ -69,8 +69,8 @@
}
/**
- * Sends redo
to all contained
- * UndoableEdit
s in the order in
+ * Sends {@code redo} to all contained
+ * {@code UndoableEdit}s in the order in
* which they were added.
*/
public void redo() throws CannotRedoException {
@@ -82,9 +82,9 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the last UndoableEdit
in
- * edits
, or null
- * if edits
is empty.
+ * Returns the last {@code UndoableEdit} in
+ * {@code edits}, or {@code null}
+ * if {@code edits} is empty.
*
* @return the last {@code UndoableEdit} in {@code edits},
* or {@code null} if {@code edits} is empty.
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@
}
/**
- * Sends die
to each subedit,
+ * Sends {@code die} to each subedit,
* in the reverse of the order that they were added.
*/
public void die() {
@@ -114,18 +114,18 @@
}
/**
- * If this edit is inProgress
,
- * accepts anEdit
and returns true.
+ * If this edit is {@code inProgress},
+ * accepts {@code anEdit} and returns true.
*
- * CompoundEdit
- * is given a chance to addEdit(anEdit)
.
- * If it refuses (returns false), anEdit
is
- * given a chance to replaceEdit
the last edit.
- * If anEdit
returns false here,
- * it is added to edits
.
+ * inProgress
;
+ * @return true if the edit is {@code inProgress};
* otherwise returns false
*/
public boolean addEdit(UndoableEdit anEdit) {
@@ -154,7 +154,7 @@
}
/**
- * Sets inProgress
to false.
+ * Sets {@code inProgress} to false.
*
* @see #canUndo
* @see #canRedo
@@ -164,7 +164,7 @@
}
/**
- * Returns false if isInProgress
or if super
+ * Returns false if {@code isInProgress} or if super
* returns false.
*
* @see #isInProgress
@@ -174,7 +174,7 @@
}
/**
- * Returns false if isInProgress
or if super
+ * Returns false if {@code isInProgress} or if super
* returns false.
*
* @see #isInProgress
@@ -196,8 +196,8 @@
}
/**
- * Returns true if any of the UndoableEdit
s
- * in edits
do.
+ * Returns true if any of the {@code UndoableEdit}s
+ * in {@code edits} do.
* Returns false if they all return false.
*/
public boolean isSignificant() {
@@ -211,9 +211,9 @@
}
/**
- * Returns getPresentationName
from the
- * last UndoableEdit
added to
- * edits
. If edits
is empty,
+ * Returns {@code getPresentationName} from the
+ * last {@code UndoableEdit} added to
+ * {@code edits}. If {@code edits} is empty,
* calls super.
*/
public String getPresentationName() {
@@ -226,10 +226,10 @@
}
/**
- * Returns getUndoPresentationName
- * from the last UndoableEdit
- * added to edits
.
- * If edits
is empty, calls super.
+ * Returns {@code getUndoPresentationName}
+ * from the last {@code UndoableEdit}
+ * added to {@code edits}.
+ * If {@code edits} is empty, calls super.
*/
public String getUndoPresentationName() {
UndoableEdit last = lastEdit();
@@ -241,10 +241,10 @@
}
/**
- * Returns getRedoPresentationName
- * from the last UndoableEdit
- * added to edits
.
- * If edits
is empty, calls super.
+ * Returns {@code getRedoPresentationName}
+ * from the last {@code UndoableEdit}
+ * added to {@code edits}.
+ * If {@code edits} is empty, calls super.
*/
public String getRedoPresentationName() {
UndoableEdit last = lastEdit();
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/undo/UndoManager.java 2015-10-04 23:00:10.969254062 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/undo/UndoManager.java 2015-10-04 23:00:10.781254071 +0400
@@ -32,26 +32,26 @@
/**
* {@code UndoManager} manages a list of {@code UndoableEdits},
* providing a way to undo or redo the appropriate edits. There are
- * two ways to add edits to an UndoManager
. Add the edit
- * directly using the addEdit
method, or add the
- * UndoManager
to a bean that supports
- * UndoableEditListener
. The following examples creates
- * an UndoManager
and adds it as an
- * UndoableEditListener
to a JTextField
:
+ * two ways to add edits to an {@code UndoManager}. Add the edit
+ * directly using the {@code addEdit} method, or add the
+ * {@code UndoManager} to a bean that supports
+ * {@code UndoableEditListener}. The following examples creates
+ * an {@code UndoManager} and adds it as an
+ * {@code UndoableEditListener} to a {@code JTextField}:
*
* UndoManager undoManager = new UndoManager();
* JTextField tf = ...;
* tf.getDocument().addUndoableEditListener(undoManager);
*
* UndoManager
maintains an ordered list of edits and the
+ * {@code UndoManager} maintains an ordered list of edits and the
* index of the next edit in that list. The index of the next edit is
* either the size of the current list of edits, or if
- * undo
has been invoked it corresponds to the index
+ * {@code undo} has been invoked it corresponds to the index
* of the last significant edit that was undone. When
- * undo
is invoked all edits from the index of the next
+ * {@code undo} is invoked all edits from the index of the next
* edit to the last significant edit are undone, in reverse order.
- * For example, consider an UndoManager
consisting of the
+ * For example, consider an {@code UndoManager} consisting of the
* following edits: A b c D. Edits with a
* upper-case letter in bold are significant, those in lower-case
* and italicized are insignificant.
@@ -64,8 +64,8 @@
* undo
- * results in invoking undo
on D and setting the
+ * index of the next edit will be 4. Invoking {@code undo}
+ * results in invoking {@code undo} on D and setting the
* index of the next edit to 3 (edit c), as shown in the following
* figure.
* undo
again invokes undo
on c,
+ * {@code undo} again invokes {@code undo} on c,
* b, and A, in that order, setting the index of the
* next edit to 0, as shown in the following figure.
* Figure 3
*
* redo
results in invoking redo
on
+ * Invoking {@code redo} results in invoking {@code redo} on
* all edits between the index of the next edit and the next
* significant edit (or the end of the list). Continuing with the previous
- * example if redo
were invoked, redo
would in
+ * example if {@code redo} were invoked, {@code redo} would in
* turn be invoked on A, b and c. In addition
* the index of the next edit is set to 3 (as shown in figure 2).
* UndoManager
results in
+ * Adding an edit to an {@code UndoManager} results in
* removing all edits from the index of the next edit to the end of
* the list. Continuing with the previous example, if a new edit,
* e, is added the edit D is removed from the list
- * (after having die
invoked on it). If c is not
+ * (after having {@code die} invoked on it). If c is not
* incorporated by the next edit
* (c.addEdit(e)
returns true), or replaced
* by it (e.replaceEdit(c)
returns true),
@@ -114,9 +114,9 @@
* Figure 4
*
* end
has been invoked on an UndoManager
- * the superclass behavior is used for all UndoableEdit
- * methods. Refer to CompoundEdit
for more details on its
+ * Once {@code end} has been invoked on an {@code UndoManager}
+ * the superclass behavior is used for all {@code UndoableEdit}
+ * methods. Refer to {@code CompoundEdit} for more details on its
* behavior.
* java.beans
package.
+ * has been added to the {@code java.beans} package.
* Please see {@link java.beans.XMLEncoder}.
*
* @author Ray Ryan
@@ -138,7 +138,7 @@
int limit;
/**
- * Creates a new UndoManager
.
+ * Creates a new {@code UndoManager}.
*/
public UndoManager() {
super();
@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@
}
/**
- * Empties the undo manager sending each edit a die
message
+ * Empties the undo manager sending each edit a {@code die} message
* in the process.
*
* @see AbstractUndoableEdit#die
@@ -227,9 +227,9 @@
/**
* Removes edits in the specified range.
* All edits in the given range (inclusive, and in reverse order)
- * will have die
invoked on them and are removed from
+ * will have {@code die} invoked on them and are removed from
* the list of edits. This has no effect if
- * from
> to
.
+ * {@code from > to}.
*
* @param from the minimum index to remove
* @param to the maximum index to remove
@@ -261,10 +261,10 @@
}
/**
- * Sets the maximum number of edits this UndoManager
+ * Sets the maximum number of edits this {@code UndoManager}
* holds. A value less than 0 indicates the number of edits is not
* limited. If edits need to be discarded to shrink the limit,
- * die
will be invoked on them in the reverse
+ * {@code die} will be invoked on them in the reverse
* order they were added. The default is 100.
*
* @param l the new limit
@@ -283,8 +283,8 @@
/**
- * Returns the next significant edit to be undone if undo
- * is invoked. This returns null
if there are no edits
+ * Returns the next significant edit to be undone if {@code undo}
+ * is invoked. This returns {@code null} if there are no edits
* to be undone.
*
* @return the next significant edit to be undone
@@ -302,8 +302,8 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the next significant edit to be redone if redo
- * is invoked. This returns null
if there are no edits
+ * Returns the next significant edit to be redone if {@code redo}
+ * is invoked. This returns {@code null} if there are no edits
* to be redone.
*
* @return the next significant edit to be redone
@@ -324,11 +324,11 @@
/**
* Undoes all changes from the index of the next edit to
- * edit
, updating the index of the next edit appropriately.
+ * {@code edit}, updating the index of the next edit appropriately.
*
* @param edit the edit to be undo to
* @throws CannotUndoException if one of the edits throws
- * CannotUndoException
+ * {@code CannotUndoException}
*/
protected void undoTo(UndoableEdit edit) throws CannotUndoException {
boolean done = false;
@@ -341,11 +341,11 @@
/**
* Redoes all changes from the index of the next edit to
- * edit
, updating the index of the next edit appropriately.
+ * {@code edit}, updating the index of the next edit appropriately.
*
* @param edit the edit to be redo to
* @throws CannotRedoException if one of the edits throws
- * CannotRedoException
+ * {@code CannotRedoException}
*/
protected void redoTo(UndoableEdit edit) throws CannotRedoException {
boolean done = false;
@@ -357,17 +357,17 @@
}
/**
- * Convenience method that invokes one of undo
or
- * redo
. If any edits have been undone (the index of
+ * Convenience method that invokes one of {@code undo} or
+ * {@code redo}. If any edits have been undone (the index of
* the next edit is less than the length of the edits list) this
- * invokes redo
, otherwise it invokes undo
.
+ * invokes {@code redo}, otherwise it invokes {@code undo}.
*
* @see #canUndoOrRedo
* @see #getUndoOrRedoPresentationName
* @throws CannotUndoException if one of the edits throws
- * CannotUndoException
+ * {@code CannotUndoException}
* @throws CannotRedoException if one of the edits throws
- * CannotRedoException
+ * {@code CannotRedoException}
*/
public synchronized void undoOrRedo() throws CannotRedoException,
CannotUndoException {
@@ -379,10 +379,10 @@
}
/**
- * Returns true if it is possible to invoke undo
or
- * redo
.
+ * Returns true if it is possible to invoke {@code undo} or
+ * {@code redo}.
*
- * @return true if invoking canUndoOrRedo
is valid
+ * @return true if invoking {@code canUndoOrRedo} is valid
* @see #undoOrRedo
*/
public synchronized boolean canUndoOrRedo() {
@@ -394,14 +394,14 @@
}
/**
- * Undoes the appropriate edits. If end
has been
+ * Undoes the appropriate edits. If {@code end} has been
* invoked this calls through to the superclass, otherwise
- * this invokes undo
on all edits between the
+ * this invokes {@code undo} on all edits between the
* index of the next edit and the last significant edit, updating
* the index of the next edit appropriately.
*
* @throws CannotUndoException if one of the edits throws
- * CannotUndoException
or there are no edits
+ * {@code CannotUndoException} or there are no edits
* to be undone
* @see CompoundEdit#end
* @see #canUndo
@@ -420,10 +420,10 @@
}
/**
- * Returns true if edits may be undone. If end
has
+ * Returns true if edits may be undone. If {@code end} has
* been invoked, this returns the value from super. Otherwise
* this returns true if there are any edits to be undone
- * (editToBeUndone
returns non-null
).
+ * ({@code editToBeUndone} returns non-{@code null}).
*
* @return true if there are edits to be undone
* @see CompoundEdit#canUndo
@@ -439,14 +439,14 @@
}
/**
- * Redoes the appropriate edits. If end
has been
+ * Redoes the appropriate edits. If {@code end} has been
* invoked this calls through to the superclass. Otherwise
- * this invokes redo
on all edits between the
+ * this invokes {@code redo} on all edits between the
* index of the next edit and the next significant edit, updating
* the index of the next edit appropriately.
*
* @throws CannotRedoException if one of the edits throws
- * CannotRedoException
or there are no edits
+ * {@code CannotRedoException} or there are no edits
* to be redone
* @see CompoundEdit#end
* @see #canRedo
@@ -465,10 +465,10 @@
}
/**
- * Returns true if edits may be redone. If end
has
+ * Returns true if edits may be redone. If {@code end} has
* been invoked, this returns the value from super. Otherwise,
* this returns true if there are any edits to be redone
- * (editToBeRedone
returns non-null
).
+ * ({@code editToBeRedone} returns non-{@code null}).
*
* @return true if there are edits to be redone
* @see CompoundEdit#canRedo
@@ -484,15 +484,15 @@
}
/**
- * Adds an UndoableEdit
to this
- * UndoManager
, if it's possible. This removes all
+ * Adds an {@code UndoableEdit} to this
+ * {@code UndoManager}, if it's possible. This removes all
* edits from the index of the next edit to the end of the edits
- * list. If end
has been invoked the edit is not added
- * and false
is returned. If end
hasn't
- * been invoked this returns true
.
+ * list. If {@code end} has been invoked the edit is not added
+ * and {@code false} is returned. If {@code end} hasn't
+ * been invoked this returns {@code true}.
*
* @param anEdit the edit to be added
- * @return true if anEdit
can be incorporated into this
+ * @return true if {@code anEdit} can be incorporated into this
* edit
* @see CompoundEdit#end
* @see CompoundEdit#addEdit
@@ -523,8 +523,8 @@
/**
- * Turns this UndoManager
into a normal
- * CompoundEdit
. This removes all edits that have
+ * Turns this {@code UndoManager} into a normal
+ * {@code CompoundEdit}. This removes all edits that have
* been undone.
*
* @see CompoundEdit#end
@@ -536,11 +536,11 @@
/**
* Convenience method that returns either
- * getUndoPresentationName
or
- * getRedoPresentationName
. If the index of the next
+ * {@code getUndoPresentationName} or
+ * {@code getRedoPresentationName}. If the index of the next
* edit equals the size of the edits list,
- * getUndoPresentationName
is returned, otherwise
- * getRedoPresentationName
is returned.
+ * {@code getUndoPresentationName} is returned, otherwise
+ * {@code getRedoPresentationName} is returned.
*
* @return undo or redo name
*/
@@ -554,11 +554,11 @@
/**
* Returns a description of the undoable form of this edit.
- * If end
has been invoked this calls into super.
+ * If {@code end} has been invoked this calls into super.
* Otherwise if there are edits to be undone, this returns
* the value from the next significant edit that will be undone.
- * If there are no edits to be undone and end
has not
- * been invoked this returns the value from the UIManager
+ * If there are no edits to be undone and {@code end} has not
+ * been invoked this returns the value from the {@code UIManager}
* property "AbstractUndoableEdit.undoText".
*
* @return a description of the undoable form of this edit
@@ -579,11 +579,11 @@
/**
* Returns a description of the redoable form of this edit.
- * If end
has been invoked this calls into super.
+ * If {@code end} has been invoked this calls into super.
* Otherwise if there are edits to be redone, this returns
* the value from the next significant edit that will be redone.
- * If there are no edits to be redone and end
has not
- * been invoked this returns the value from the UIManager
+ * If there are no edits to be redone and {@code end} has not
+ * been invoked this returns the value from the {@code UIManager}
* property "AbstractUndoableEdit.redoText".
*
* @return a description of the redoable form of this edit
@@ -603,11 +603,11 @@
}
/**
- * An UndoableEditListener
method. This invokes
- * addEdit
with e.getEdit()
.
+ * An {@code UndoableEditListener} method. This invokes
+ * {@code addEdit} with {@code e.getEdit()}.
*
- * @param e the UndoableEditEvent
the
- * UndoableEditEvent
will be added from
+ * @param e the {@code UndoableEditEvent} the
+ * {@code UndoableEditEvent} will be added from
* @see #addEdit
*/
public void undoableEditHappened(UndoableEditEvent e) {
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/undo/UndoableEdit.java 2015-10-04 23:00:11.505254038 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/undo/UndoableEdit.java 2015-10-04 23:00:11.317254047 +0400
@@ -28,40 +28,40 @@
import javax.swing.event.*;
/**
- * An UndoableEdit
represents an edit. The edit may
+ * An {@code UndoableEdit} represents an edit. The edit may
* be undone, or if already undone the edit may be redone.
* UndoableEdit
is designed to be used with the
- * UndoManager
. As UndoableEdit
s are generated
- * by an UndoableEditListener
they are typically added to
- * the UndoManager
. When an UndoableEdit
- * is added to an UndoManager
the following occurs (assuming
- * end
has not been called on the UndoManager
):
+ * {@code UndoableEdit} is designed to be used with the
+ * {@code UndoManager}. As {@code UndoableEdit}s are generated
+ * by an {@code UndoableEditListener} they are typically added to
+ * the {@code UndoManager}. When an {@code UndoableEdit}
+ * is added to an {@code UndoManager} the following occurs (assuming
+ * {@code end} has not been called on the {@code UndoManager}):
*
- *
- * The UndoManager
contains edits it will call
- * addEdit
on the current edit passing in the new edit
- * as the argument. If addEdit
returns true the
+ * addEdit
as a way for smaller edits to
+ * Edits can use {@code addEdit} as a way for smaller edits to
* be incorporated into a larger edit and treated as a single edit.
- * addEdit
returns false replaceEdit
+ * addEdit
—
- * if the new edit returns true from replaceEdit
, the new
+ * argument. This is the inverse of {@code addEdit} —
+ * if the new edit returns true from {@code replaceEdit}, the new
* edit replaces the current edit.
* UndoManager
makes use of
- * isSignificant
to determine how many edits should be
- * undone or redone. The UndoManager
will undo or redo
- * all insignificant edits (isSignificant
returns false)
+ * The {@code UndoManager} makes use of
+ * {@code isSignificant} to determine how many edits should be
+ * undone or redone. The {@code UndoManager} will undo or redo
+ * all insignificant edits ({@code isSignificant} returns false)
* between the current edit and the last or
- * next significant edit. addEdit
and
- * replaceEdit
can be used to treat multiple edits as
- * a single edit, returning false from isSignificant
+ * next significant edit. {@code addEdit} and
+ * {@code replaceEdit} can be used to treat multiple edits as
+ * a single edit, returning false from {@code isSignificant}
* allows for treating can be used to
* have many smaller edits undone or redone at once. Similar functionality
- * can also be done using the addEdit
method.
+ * can also be done using the {@code addEdit} method.
*
* @author Ray Ryan
*/
@@ -96,13 +96,13 @@
/**
* Informs the edit that it should no longer be used. Once an
- * UndoableEdit
has been marked as dead it can no longer
+ * {@code UndoableEdit} has been marked as dead it can no longer
* be undone or redone.
* UndoManager
calls this before it dequeues edits.
+ * undeleted. {@code UndoManager} calls this before it dequeues edits.
* UndoableEdit
to this UndoableEdit
.
+ * Adds an {@code UndoableEdit} to this {@code UndoableEdit}.
* This method can be used to coalesce smaller edits into a larger
* compound edit. For example, text editors typically allow
* undo operations to apply to words or sentences. The text
* editor may choose to generate edits on each key event, but allow
* those edits to be coalesced into a more user-friendly unit, such as
- * a word. In this case, the UndoableEdit
would
- * override addEdit
to return true when the edits may
+ * a word. In this case, the {@code UndoableEdit} would
+ * override {@code addEdit} to return true when the edits may
* be coalesced.
* anEdit
was incorporated
- * into this edit. A return value of false indicates anEdit
+ * A return value of true indicates {@code anEdit} was incorporated
+ * into this edit. A return value of false indicates {@code anEdit}
* may not be incorporated into this edit.
* UndoManager
(or other UndoableEditListener
),
- * and is being given a chance to incorporate anEdit
+ * {@code UndoManager} (or other {@code UndoableEditListener}),
+ * and is being given a chance to incorporate {@code anEdit}
* rather than letting it be added to the queue in turn.anEdit
must return
- * false from canUndo
and canRedo
,
- * and must throw the appropriate exception on undo
or
- * redo
.anEdit
may be incorporated into this
+ * @return true if {@code anEdit} may be incorporated into this
* edit
*/
public boolean addEdit(UndoableEdit anEdit);
/**
- * Returns true if this UndoableEdit
should replace
- * anEdit
. This method is used by CompoundEdit
- * and the UndoManager
; it is called if
- * anEdit
could not be added to the current edit
- * (addEdit
returns false).
+ * Returns true if this {@code UndoableEdit} should replace
+ * {@code anEdit}. This method is used by {@code CompoundEdit}
+ * and the {@code UndoManager}; it is called if
+ * {@code anEdit} could not be added to the current edit
+ * ({@code addEdit} returns false).
* UndoManager
(or other
+ * already been queued in an {@code UndoManager} (or other
* UndoableEditListener), and the receiver is being given a chance
* to take its place.anEdit
+ * @return true if this edit should replace {@code anEdit}
*/
public boolean replaceEdit(UndoableEdit anEdit);
/**
* Returns true if this edit is considered significant. A significant
* edit is typically an edit that should be presented to the user, perhaps
- * on a menu item or tooltip. The UndoManager
will undo,
+ * on a menu item or tooltip. The {@code UndoManager} will undo,
* or redo, all insignificant edits to the next significant edit.
*
* @return true if this edit is significant
@@ -184,7 +184,7 @@
/**
* Returns a localized, human-readable description of the undoable form of
* this edit, suitable for use as an Undo menu item, for example.
- * This is typically derived from getPresentationName
.
+ * This is typically derived from {@code getPresentationName}.
*
* @return a description of the undoable form of this edit
*/
@@ -193,7 +193,7 @@
/**
* Returns a localized, human-readable description of the redoable form of
* this edit, suitable for use as a Redo menu item, for example. This is
- * typically derived from getPresentationName
.
+ * typically derived from {@code getPresentationName}.
*
* @return a description of the redoable form of this edit
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/undo/UndoableEditSupport.java 2015-10-04 23:00:12.029254015 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/javax/swing/undo/UndoableEditSupport.java 2015-10-04 23:00:11.837254023 +0400
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
import java.util.*;
/**
- * A support class used for managing UndoableEdit
listeners.
+ * A support class used for managing {@code UndoableEdit} listeners.
*
* @author Ray Ryan
*/
@@ -52,16 +52,16 @@
protected Object realSource;
/**
- * Constructs an UndoableEditSupport
object.
+ * Constructs an {@code UndoableEditSupport} object.
*/
public UndoableEditSupport() {
this(null);
}
/**
- * Constructs an UndoableEditSupport
object.
+ * Constructs an {@code UndoableEditSupport} object.
*
- * @param r an Object
+ * @param r an {@code Object}
*/
public UndoableEditSupport(Object r) {
realSource = r == null ? this : r;
@@ -71,10 +71,10 @@
}
/**
- * Registers an UndoableEditListener
.
+ * Registers an {@code UndoableEditListener}.
* The listener is notified whenever an edit occurs which can be undone.
*
- * @param l an UndoableEditListener
object
+ * @param l an {@code UndoableEditListener} object
* @see #removeUndoableEditListener
*/
public synchronized void addUndoableEditListener(UndoableEditListener l) {
@@ -82,9 +82,9 @@
}
/**
- * Removes an UndoableEditListener
.
+ * Removes an {@code UndoableEditListener}.
*
- * @param l the UndoableEditListener
object to be removed
+ * @param l the {@code UndoableEditListener} object to be removed
* @see #addUndoableEditListener
*/
public synchronized void removeUndoableEditListener(UndoableEditListener l)
@@ -93,10 +93,10 @@
}
/**
- * Returns an array of all the UndoableEditListener
s added
+ * Returns an array of all the {@code UndoableEditListener}s added
* to this UndoableEditSupport with addUndoableEditListener().
*
- * @return all of the UndoableEditListener
s added or an empty
+ * @return all of the {@code UndoableEditListener}s added or an empty
* array if no listeners have been added
* @since 1.4
*/
@@ -105,8 +105,8 @@
}
/**
- * Called only from postEdit
and endUpdate
. Calls
- * undoableEditHappened
in all listeners. No synchronization
+ * Called only from {@code postEdit} and {@code endUpdate}. Calls
+ * {@code undoableEditHappened} in all listeners. No synchronization
* is performed here, since the two calling methods are synchronized.
*
* @param e edit to be verified
@@ -123,7 +123,7 @@
/**
* DEADLOCK WARNING: Calling this method may call
- * undoableEditHappened
in all listeners.
+ * {@code undoableEditHappened} in all listeners.
* It is unwise to call this method from one of its listeners.
*
* @param e edit to be posted
@@ -157,7 +157,7 @@
}
/**
- * Called only from beginUpdate
.
+ * Called only from {@code beginUpdate}.
* Exposed here for subclasses' use.
*
* @return new created {@code CompoundEdit} object
@@ -168,7 +168,7 @@
/**
* DEADLOCK WARNING: Calling this method may call
- * undoableEditHappened
in all listeners.
+ * {@code undoableEditHappened} in all listeners.
* It is unwise to call this method from one of its listeners.
*/
public synchronized void endUpdate() {
@@ -184,7 +184,7 @@
* Returns a string that displays and identifies this
* object's properties.
*
- * @return a String
representation of this object
+ * @return a {@code String} representation of this object
*/
public String toString() {
return super.toString() +
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/applet/AppletClassLoader.java 2015-10-04 23:00:12.569253990 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/applet/AppletClassLoader.java 2015-10-04 23:00:12.365254000 +0400
@@ -356,7 +356,7 @@
* #getResource(String)}.null
+ * @return an input stream for reading the resource, or {@code null}
* if the resource could not be found
* @since 1.1
*/
@@ -416,7 +416,7 @@
* #getResource(String)}.null
+ * @return an input stream for reading the resource, or {@code null}
* if the resource could not be found
* @since 1.1
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/applet/AppletSecurity.java 2015-10-04 23:00:13.117253966 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/applet/AppletSecurity.java 2015-10-04 23:00:12.905253975 +0400
@@ -260,17 +260,17 @@
/**
- * Throws a SecurityException
if the
+ * Throws a {@code SecurityException} if the
* calling thread is not allowed to access the package specified by
* the argument.
* loadClass
method of class
+ * This method is used by the {@code loadClass} method of class
* loaders.
* checkPackageAccess
method for class
- * SecurityManager
calls
- * checkPermission
with the
- * RuntimePermission("accessClassInPackage."+ pkgname)
+ * The {@code checkPackageAccess} method for class
+ * {@code SecurityManager} calls
+ * {@code checkPermission} with the
+ * {@code RuntimePermission("accessClassInPackage."+ pkgname)}
* permission.
*
* @param pkgname the package name.
@@ -302,8 +302,8 @@
/**
* Tests if a client can get access to the AWT event queue.
* checkPermission
with the
- * AWTPermission("accessEventQueue")
permission.
+ * This method calls {@code checkPermission} with the
+ * {@code AWTPermission("accessEventQueue")} permission.
*
* @since 1.1
* @exception SecurityException if the caller does not have
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/applet/AppletThreadGroup.java 2015-10-04 23:00:13.633253943 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/applet/AppletThreadGroup.java 2015-10-04 23:00:13.445253951 +0400
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
* @param parent the parent thread group.
* @param name the name of the new thread group.
* @exception NullPointerException if the thread group argument is
- * null
.
+ * {@code null}.
* @exception SecurityException if the current thread cannot create a
* thread in the specified thread group.
* @see java.lang.SecurityException
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/applet/Main.java 2015-10-04 23:00:14.157253919 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/applet/Main.java 2015-10-04 23:00:13.965253928 +0400
@@ -229,7 +229,7 @@
*
* @param url a string which represents either a relative or absolute URL.
* @return a URL when the passed in string can be interpreted according
- * to the RFC, null
otherwise.
+ * to the RFC, {@code null} otherwise.
* @exception ParseException
* Thrown when we are unable to construct a proper URL from the
* passed in string.
@@ -270,8 +270,8 @@
* Invoke the debugger with the arguments passed in to appletviewer.
*
* @param args The arguments passed into the debugger.
- * @return 0
if the debugger is invoked successfully,
- * 1
otherwise.
+ * @return {@code 0} if the debugger is invoked successfully,
+ * {@code 1} otherwise.
*/
private int invokeDebugger(String [] args) {
// CONSTRUCT THE COMMAND LINE
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/awt/AWTAccessor.java 2015-10-04 23:00:14.681253896 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/awt/AWTAccessor.java 2015-10-04 23:00:14.493253904 +0400
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@
/*
*
* Gets the bounds of this component in the form of a
- * Rectangle
object. The bounds specify this
+ * {@code Rectangle} object. The bounds specify this
* component's width, height, and location relative to
* its parent.
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/awt/AWTAutoShutdown.java 2015-10-04 23:00:15.217253872 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/awt/AWTAutoShutdown.java 2015-10-04 23:00:15.025253880 +0400
@@ -41,20 +41,20 @@
* This class is to let AWT shutdown automatically when a user is done
* with AWT. It tracks AWT state using the following parameters:
*
- *
peerMap
- the map between the existing peer objects
+ * toolkitThreadBusy
- whether the toolkit thread
+ * busyThreadSet
- a set of all the event dispatch
+ * peerMap
is empty and toolkitThreadBusy
- * is false and busyThreadSet
is empty.
+ * {@code peerMap} is empty and {@code toolkitThreadBusy}
+ * is false and {@code busyThreadSet} is empty.
* The internal AWTAutoShutdown logic secures that the single non-daemon
- * thread (blockerThread
) is running when AWT is not in
+ * thread ({@code blockerThread}) is running when AWT is not in
* ready-to-shutdown state. This blocker thread is to prevent AWT from
* exiting since the toolkit thread is now daemon and all the event
* dispatch threads are started only when needed. Once it is detected
@@ -229,8 +229,8 @@
/**
* Determine whether AWT is currently in ready-to-shutdown state.
* AWT is considered to be in ready-to-shutdown state if
- * peerMap
is empty and toolkitThreadBusy
- * is false and busyThreadSet
is empty.
+ * {@code peerMap} is empty and {@code toolkitThreadBusy}
+ * is false and {@code busyThreadSet} is empty.
*
* @return true if AWT is in ready-to-shutdown state.
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/awt/AppContext.java 2015-10-04 23:00:15.741253848 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/awt/AppContext.java 2015-10-04 23:00:15.549253857 +0400
@@ -71,7 +71,7 @@
*
* For example, here we have a Foo service, with its pre-AppContext
* code:
+ *
{@code
* public class Foo {
* private static Foo defaultFoo = new Foo();
*
@@ -80,7 +80,8 @@
* }
*
* ... Foo service methods
- * }
+ *
{@code
* public class Foo {
* public static Foo getDefaultFoo() {
* Foo foo = (Foo)AppContext.getAppContext().get(Foo.class);
@@ -102,7 +103,8 @@
* }
*
* ... Foo service methods
- * }
AppContext
s.
+ * Returns a set containing all {@code AppContext}s.
*/
public static SetPropertyChangeListeners
have been registered,
- * the changeSupport
field describes them.
+ * If any {@code PropertyChangeListeners} have been registered,
+ * the {@code changeSupport} field describes them.
*
* @see #addPropertyChangeListener
* @see #removePropertyChangeListener
@@ -630,7 +632,7 @@
*
* @param key a key in the AppContext.
* @return the value to which the key is mapped in this AppContext;
- * null
if the key is not mapped to any value.
+ * {@code null} if the key is not mapped to any value.
* @see #put(Object, Object)
* @since 1.2
*/
@@ -667,19 +669,19 @@
}
/**
- * Maps the specified key
to the specified
- * value
in this AppContext. Neither the key nor the
- * value can be null
.
+ * Maps the specified {@code key} to the specified
+ * {@code value} in this AppContext. Neither the key nor the
+ * value can be {@code null}.
* get
method
+ * The value can be retrieved by calling the {@code get} method
* with a key that is equal to the original key.
*
* @param key the AppContext key.
* @param value the value.
* @return the previous value of the specified key in this
- * AppContext, or null
if it did not have one.
+ * AppContext, or {@code null} if it did not have one.
* @exception NullPointerException if the key or value is
- * null
.
+ * {@code null}.
* @see #get(Object)
* @since 1.2
*/
@@ -699,7 +701,7 @@
*
* @param key the key that needs to be removed.
* @return the value to which the key had been mapped in this AppContext,
- * or null
if the key did not have a mapping.
+ * or {@code null} if the key did not have a mapping.
* @since 1.2
*/
public Object remove(Object key) {
@@ -743,7 +745,7 @@
* Returns an array of all the property change listeners
* registered on this component.
*
- * @return all of this component's PropertyChangeListener
s
+ * @return all of this component's {@code PropertyChangeListener}s
* or an empty array if no property change
* listeners are currently registered
*
@@ -822,7 +824,7 @@
* Returns an array of all the listeners which have been associated
* with the named property.
*
- * @return all of the PropertyChangeListeners
associated with
+ * @return all of the {@code PropertyChangeListeners} associated with
* the named property or an empty array if no listeners have
* been added
*
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/awt/DisplayChangedListener.java 2015-10-04 23:00:16.277253824 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/awt/DisplayChangedListener.java 2015-10-04 23:00:16.085253833 +0400
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
* screens.
*
* For win32, the listener object created from that class is then registered
- * with the WToolkit object using its addDisplayChangeListener
+ * with the WToolkit object using its {@code addDisplayChangeListener}
* method. When the display resolution is changed (which occurs,
* in Windows, either by the user changing the properties of the
* display through the control panel or other utility or by
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/awt/EmbeddedFrame.java 2015-10-04 23:00:16.797253801 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/awt/EmbeddedFrame.java 2015-10-04 23:00:16.605253809 +0400
@@ -348,17 +348,17 @@
/**
* Synthesize native message to activate or deactivate EmbeddedFrame window
- * depending on the value of parameter b
.
+ * depending on the value of parameter {@code b}.
* Peers should override this method if they are to implement
* this functionality.
- * @param doActivate if true
, activates the window;
+ * @param doActivate if {@code true}, activates the window;
* otherwise, deactivates the window
*/
public void synthesizeWindowActivation(boolean doActivate) {}
/**
* Moves this embedded frame to a new location. The top-left corner of
- * the new location is specified by the x
and y
+ * the new location is specified by the {@code x} and {@code y}
* parameters relative to the native parent component.
* x
and y
parameters
+ * corner is specified by {@code x} and {@code y} parameters
* relative to the native parent component. The new size is specified by
- * width
and height
.
+ * {@code width} and {@code height}.
* width
of this embedded frame
- * @param height the new height
of this embedded frame
+ * @param width the new {@code width} of this embedded frame
+ * @param height the new {@code height} of this embedded frame
* @see java.awt.Component#setBounds
* @see #setLocationPrivate
* @see #getLocationPrivate
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/awt/GlobalCursorManager.java 2015-10-04 23:00:17.325253777 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/awt/GlobalCursorManager.java 2015-10-04 23:00:17.133253785 +0400
@@ -153,7 +153,7 @@
* updates:updateCursorImmediately(InputEvent)
.true
, activates the frame;
+ * @param activate if {@code true}, activates the frame;
* otherwise, deactivates the frame
*/
public void emulateActivation(boolean activate) {
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/awt/PaintEventDispatcher.java 2015-10-04 23:00:18.369253730 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/awt/PaintEventDispatcher.java 2015-10-04 23:00:18.181253738 +0400
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@
private static PaintEventDispatcher dispatcher;
/**
- * Sets the current PaintEventDispatcher
.
+ * Sets the current {@code PaintEventDispatcher}.
*
* @param dispatcher PaintEventDispatcher
*/
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the currently active PaintEventDispatcher
. This
+ * Returns the currently active {@code PaintEventDispatcher}. This
* will never return null.
*
* @return PaintEventDispatcher
@@ -67,9 +67,9 @@
}
/**
- * Creates and returns the PaintEvent
that should be
+ * Creates and returns the {@code PaintEvent} that should be
* dispatched for the specified component. If this returns null
- * no PaintEvent
is dispatched.
+ * no {@code PaintEvent} is dispatched.
* RepaintArea
is a geometric construct created for the
+ * The {@code RepaintArea} is a geometric construct created for the
* purpose of holding the geometry of several coalesced paint events.
* This geometry is accessed synchronously, although it is written such
* that painting may still be executed asynchronously.
@@ -59,17 +59,17 @@
/**
- * Constructs a new RepaintArea
+ * Constructs a new {@code RepaintArea}
* @since 1.3
*/
public RepaintArea() {
}
/**
- * Constructs a new RepaintArea
initialized to match
+ * Constructs a new {@code RepaintArea} initialized to match
* the values of the specified RepaintArea.
*
- * @param ra the RepaintArea
from which to copy initial
+ * @param ra the {@code RepaintArea} from which to copy initial
* values to a newly constructed RepaintArea
* @since 1.3
*/
@@ -82,12 +82,12 @@
}
/**
- * Adds a Rectangle
to this RepaintArea
.
+ * Adds a {@code Rectangle} to this {@code RepaintArea}.
* PAINT Rectangles are divided into mostly vertical and mostly horizontal.
* Each group is unioned together.
* UPDATE Rectangles are unioned.
*
- * @param r the specified Rectangle
+ * @param r the specified {@code Rectangle}
* @param id possible values PaintEvent.UPDATE or PaintEvent.PAINT
* @since 1.3
*/
@@ -109,11 +109,11 @@
/**
- * Creates a new RepaintArea
with the same geometry as this
+ * Creates a new {@code RepaintArea} with the same geometry as this
* RepaintArea, then removes all of the geometry from this
* RepaintArea and restores it to an empty RepaintArea.
*
- * @return ra a new RepaintArea
having the same geometry as
+ * @return ra a new {@code RepaintArea} having the same geometry as
* this RepaintArea.
* @since 1.3
*/
@@ -186,7 +186,7 @@
* MAX_BENEFIT_RATIO times the benefit, then the vertical and horizontal unions are
* painted separately. Otherwise the entire bounding rectangle is painted.
*
- * @param target Component to paint
or update
+ * @param target Component to {@code paint} or {@code update}
* @since 1.4
*/
public void paint(Object target, boolean shouldClearRectBeforePaint) {
@@ -248,7 +248,7 @@
}
/**
- * Calls Component.update(Graphics)
with given Graphics.
+ * Calls {@code Component.update(Graphics)} with given Graphics.
*/
protected void updateComponent(Component comp, Graphics g) {
if (comp != null) {
@@ -257,7 +257,7 @@
}
/**
- * Calls Component.paint(Graphics)
with given Graphics.
+ * Calls {@code Component.paint(Graphics)} with given Graphics.
*/
protected void paintComponent(Component comp, Graphics g) {
if (comp != null) {
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/awt/SunToolkit.java 2015-10-04 23:00:19.421253683 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/awt/SunToolkit.java 2015-10-04 23:00:19.229253691 +0400
@@ -339,9 +339,9 @@
/**
* Sets the synchronous status of focus requests on lightweight
* components in the specified window to the specified value.
- * If the boolean parameter is true
then the focus
+ * If the boolean parameter is {@code true} then the focus
* requests on lightweight components will be performed
- * synchronously, if it is false
, then asynchronously.
+ * synchronously, if it is {@code false}, then asynchronously.
* By default, all windows have their lightweight request status
* set to asynchronous.
* SunToolkit.getDefaultToolkit()
as a target of the
+ * {@code SunToolkit.getDefaultToolkit()} as a target of the
* event. See 6451487 for detailes.
* Does not wait for the execution to occur before returning to
* the caller.
@@ -1163,7 +1163,7 @@
/**
* Returns whether default toolkit needs the support of the xembed
* from embedding host(if any).
- * @return true
, if XEmbed is needed, false
otherwise
+ * @return {@code true}, if XEmbed is needed, {@code false} otherwise
*/
public static boolean needsXEmbed() {
String noxembed = AccessController.
@@ -1186,7 +1186,7 @@
/**
* Returns whether this toolkit needs the support of the xembed
* from embedding host(if any).
- * @return true
, if XEmbed is needed, false
otherwise
+ * @return {@code true}, if XEmbed is needed, {@code false} otherwise
*/
protected boolean needsXEmbedImpl() {
return false;
@@ -1205,8 +1205,8 @@
/**
* Returns whether the modal exclusion API is supported by the current toolkit.
- * When it isn't supported, calling setModalExcluded
has no
- * effect, and isModalExcluded
returns false for all windows.
+ * When it isn't supported, calling {@code setModalExcluded} has no
+ * effect, and {@code isModalExcluded} returns false for all windows.
*
* @return true if modal exclusion is supported by the toolkit, false otherwise
*
@@ -1239,7 +1239,7 @@
* events, focus transfer and z-order will continue to work for the
* window, it's owned windows and child components, even in the
* presence of a modal dialog.
- * For details on which Window
s are normally blocked
+ * For details on which {@code Window}s are normally blocked
* by modal dialog, see {@link java.awt.Dialog}.
* Invoking this method when the modal exclusion API is not supported by
* the current toolkit has no effect.
@@ -1428,23 +1428,23 @@
*
*
+ *
+ * }
*
- * {@code
* Frame f = ...;
* f.setVisible(true);
* ((SunToolkit)Toolkit.getDefaultToolkit()).realSync();
- *
f
will be completely visible
+ *
+ *
+ * }
*
- * {@code
* b.requestFocus();
* ((SunToolkit)Toolkit.getDefaultToolkit()).realSync();
- *
b
will be focus owner.
+ * true
if some events were processed,
- * false
otherwise.
+ * {@code true} if some events were processed,
+ * {@code false} otherwise.
*/
protected abstract boolean syncNativeQueue(final long timeout);
@@ -1537,8 +1537,8 @@
* Waits for the Java event queue to empty. Ensures that all
* events are processed (including paint events), and that if
* recursive events were generated, they are also processed.
- * Should return true
if more processing is
- * necessary, false
otherwise.
+ * Should return {@code true} if more processing is
+ * necessary, {@code false} otherwise.
*/
@SuppressWarnings("serial")
protected final boolean waitForIdle(final long timeout) {
@@ -1803,7 +1803,7 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the Window
ancestor of the component comp
.
+ * Returns the {@code Window} ancestor of the component {@code comp}.
* @return Window ancestor of the component or component by itself if it is Window;
* null, if component is not a part of window hierarchy
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/awt/datatransfer/DataTransferer.java 2015-10-04 23:00:19.977253658 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/awt/datatransfer/DataTransferer.java 2015-10-04 23:00:19.777253667 +0400
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@
*/
public abstract class DataTransferer {
/**
- * The DataFlavor
representing a Java text encoding String
+ * The {@code DataFlavor} representing a Java text encoding String
* encoded in UTF-8, where
*
* representationClass = [B
@@ -323,7 +323,7 @@
* @param flavors the data flavors
* @param map the FlavorTable which contains mappings between
* DataFlavors and data formats
- * @throws NullPointerException if flavors or map is
* @param op The filter to be applied to the image before drawing.
* @param img The BufferedImage to be drawn.
- * This method does nothing if null
+ * @throws NullPointerException if flavors or map is {@code null}
*/
public SortedMapnull
+ * @throws NullPointerException if formats or map is {@code null}
*/
public SetDataFlavorComparator
created with the specified
+ * {@code DataFlavorComparator} created with the specified
* map as an argument.
*
* @param formats the data formats
* @param map the FlavorTable which contains mappings between
* DataFlavors and data formats
- * @throws NullPointerException if formats or map is null
+ * @throws NullPointerException if formats or map is {@code null}
*/
public DataFlavor[] getFlavorsForFormatsAsArray(long[] formats,
FlavorTable map) {
@@ -1805,21 +1805,21 @@
/**
* Concatenates the data represented by two objects. Objects can be either
- * byte arrays or instances of InputStream
. If both arguments
+ * byte arrays or instances of {@code InputStream}. If both arguments
* are byte arrays byte array will be returned. Otherwise an
- * InputStream
will be returned.
+ * {@code InputStream} will be returned.
* InputStream
which represents
+ * @return a byte array or an {@code InputStream} which represents
* a logical concatenation of the two arguments.
* @throws NullPointerException is either of the arguments is
- * null
+ * {@code null}
* @throws ClassCastException is either of the arguments is
- * neither byte array nor an instance of InputStream
.
+ * neither byte array nor an instance of {@code InputStream}.
*/
private Object concatData(Object obj1, Object obj2) {
InputStream str1 = null;
@@ -1962,7 +1962,7 @@
/**
* Helper function to convert a Set of DataFlavors to a sorted array.
- * The array will be sorted according to DataFlavorComparator
.
+ * The array will be sorted according to {@code DataFlavorComparator}.
*/
public static DataFlavor[] setToSortedDataFlavorArray(SetList
.
+ * returns an empty {@code List}.
*/
public LinkedHashSetList
.
+ * returns an empty {@code List}.
*/
public LinkedHashSetFlavorListener
s currently registered
- * on this clipboard across all AppContext
s.
+ * A number of {@code FlavorListener}s currently registered
+ * on this clipboard across all {@code AppContext}s.
*/
private volatile int numberOfFlavorListeners = 0;
@@ -262,11 +262,11 @@
/**
* Clears the clipboard state (contents, owner and contents context) and
* notifies the current owner that ownership is lost. Does nothing if the
- * argument is not null
and is not equal to the current
+ * argument is not {@code null} and is not equal to the current
* contents context.
*
* @param disposedContext the AppContext that is disposed or
- * null
if the ownership is lost because another
+ * {@code null} if the ownership is lost because another
* application acquired ownership.
*/
protected void lostOwnershipLater(final AppContext disposedContext) {
@@ -405,10 +405,10 @@
protected abstract void unregisterClipboardViewerChecked();
/**
- * Checks change of the DataFlavor
s and, if necessary,
- * posts notifications on FlavorEvent
s to the
+ * Checks change of the {@code DataFlavor}s and, if necessary,
+ * posts notifications on {@code FlavorEvent}s to the
* AppContexts' EDTs.
- * The parameter formats
is null iff we have just
+ * The parameter {@code formats} is null iff we have just
* failed to get formats available on the clipboard.
*
* @param formats data formats that have just been retrieved from
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/awt/event/IgnorePaintEvent.java 2015-10-04 23:00:21.053253609 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/awt/event/IgnorePaintEvent.java 2015-10-04 23:00:20.861253618 +0400
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
* PaintEvents that are effectively ignored. This class is used only for
* tagging. If a heavy weight peer is asked to handle an event of this
* class it'll ignore it. This class is used by Swing.
- * Look at javax.swing.SwingPaintEventDispatcher
for more.
+ * Look at {@code javax.swing.SwingPaintEventDispatcher} for more.
*
*/
@SuppressWarnings("serial") // JDK-implementation class
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/awt/geom/Order2.java 2015-10-04 23:00:21.589253585 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/awt/geom/Order2.java 2015-10-04 23:00:21.385253595 +0400
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@
/*
* Return the count of the number of horizontal sections of the
* specified quadratic Bezier curve. Put the parameters for the
- * horizontal sections into the specified ret
array.
+ * horizontal sections into the specified {@code ret} array.
* ret
array.
+ * horizontal sections into the specified {@code ret} array.
* ExecutableInputMethodManager
is the implementation of the
- * InputMethodManager
class. It is runnable as a separate
+ * {@code ExecutableInputMethodManager} is the implementation of the
+ * {@code InputMethodManager} class. It is runnable as a separate
* thread in the AWT environment.
- * InputMethodManager.getInstance()
creates an instance of
- * ExecutableInputMethodManager
and executes it as a deamon
+ * {@code InputMethodManager.getInstance()} creates an instance of
+ * {@code ExecutableInputMethodManager} and executes it as a deamon
* thread.
*
* @see InputMethodManager
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/awt/im/InputMethodManager.java 2015-10-04 23:00:23.165253515 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/awt/im/InputMethodManager.java 2015-10-04 23:00:22.973253523 +0400
@@ -59,10 +59,10 @@
import sun.misc.ManagedLocalsThread;
/**
- * InputMethodManager
is an abstract class that manages the input
- * method environment of JVM. There is only one InputMethodManager
+ * {@code InputMethodManager} is an abstract class that manages the input
+ * method environment of JVM. There is only one {@code InputMethodManager}
* instance in JVM that is executed under a separate daemon thread.
- * InputMethodManager
performs the following:
+ * {@code InputMethodManager} performs the following:
*
*
*
* getTriggerMenuString()
. If null is returned by this method, it
+ * {@code getTriggerMenuString()}. If null is returned by this method, it
* means that there is only input method or none in the environment. Frame and Dialog
* invoke this method.
*
@@ -97,15 +97,15 @@
*
* notifyChangeRequest()
to notify
- * InputMethodManager
that the user wants to switch input methods.InputMethodManager
displays a pop-up menu to choose an input method.InputMethodManager
notifies the current InputContext
of
- * the selected InputMethod
.
@@ -116,8 +116,8 @@
*
*
notifyChangeRequestByHotKey()
to notify
- * InputMethodManager
that the user wants to switch input methods.InputMethodPopupMenu
provides the popup selection menu
+ * {@code InputMethodPopupMenu} provides the popup selection menu
*/
abstract class InputMethodPopupMenu implements ActionListener {
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/awt/image/BufferedImageDevice.java 2015-10-04 23:00:24.209253468 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/awt/image/BufferedImageDevice.java 2015-10-04 23:00:24.021253476 +0400
@@ -37,8 +37,8 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the type of this GraphicsDevice
.
- * @return the type of this GraphicsDevice
, which can
+ * Returns the type of this {@code GraphicsDevice}.
+ * @return the type of this {@code GraphicsDevice}, which can
* either be TYPE_RASTER_SCREEN, TYPE_PRINTER or TYPE_IMAGE_BUFFER.
* @see #TYPE_RASTER_SCREEN
* @see #TYPE_PRINTER
@@ -50,30 +50,30 @@
/**
* Returns the identification string associated with this
- * GraphicsDevice
.
- * @return a String
that is the identification
- * of this GraphicsDevice
.
+ * {@code GraphicsDevice}.
+ * @return a {@code String} that is the identification
+ * of this {@code GraphicsDevice}.
*/
public String getIDstring() {
return ("BufferedImage");
}
/**
- * Returns all of the GraphicsConfiguration
- * objects associated with this GraphicsDevice
.
- * @return an array of GraphicsConfiguration
+ * Returns all of the {@code GraphicsConfiguration}
+ * objects associated with this {@code GraphicsDevice}.
+ * @return an array of {@code GraphicsConfiguration}
* objects that are associated with this
- * GraphicsDevice
.
+ * {@code GraphicsDevice}.
*/
public GraphicsConfiguration[] getConfigurations() {
return new GraphicsConfiguration[] { gc };
}
/**
- * Returns the default GraphicsConfiguration
- * associated with this GraphicsDevice
.
- * @return the default GraphicsConfiguration
- * of this GraphicsDevice
.
+ * Returns the default {@code GraphicsConfiguration}
+ * associated with this {@code GraphicsDevice}.
+ * @return the default {@code GraphicsConfiguration}
+ * of this {@code GraphicsDevice}.
*/
public GraphicsConfiguration getDefaultConfiguration() {
return gc;
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/awt/image/DataBufferNative.java 2015-10-04 23:00:24.733253444 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/awt/image/DataBufferNative.java 2015-10-04 23:00:24.541253453 +0400
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
import java.awt.Rectangle;
/**
- * This class extends DataBuffer
and allows access to
+ * This class extends {@code DataBuffer} and allows access to
* native data via the DataBuffer methods. Note that, unlike other
* DataBuffer classes, the data is not stored in this class but
* has been created and stored elsewhere and this class is used
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/awt/shell/DefaultShellFolder.java 2015-10-04 23:00:25.253253421 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/awt/shell/DefaultShellFolder.java 2015-10-04 23:00:25.065253429 +0400
@@ -46,9 +46,9 @@
/**
* This method is implemented to make sure that no instances
- * of ShellFolder
are ever serialized. An instance of
+ * of {@code ShellFolder} are ever serialized. An instance of
* this default implementation can always be represented with a
- * java.io.File
object instead.
+ * {@code java.io.File} object instead.
*
* @return a java.io.File replacement object.
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/awt/shell/ShellFolder.java 2015-10-04 23:00:25.777253397 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/awt/shell/ShellFolder.java 2015-10-04 23:00:25.589253406 +0400
@@ -62,9 +62,9 @@
/**
* This method must be implemented to make sure that no instances
- * of ShellFolder
are ever serialized. If isFileSystem()
returns
- * true
, then the object should be representable with an instance of
- * java.io.File
instead. If not, then the object is most likely
+ * of {@code ShellFolder} are ever serialized. If {@code isFileSystem()} returns
+ * {@code true}, then the object should be representable with an instance of
+ * {@code java.io.File} instead. If not, then the object is most likely
* depending on some internal (native) state and cannot be serialized.
*
* @return a java.io.File replacement object, or null
@@ -74,11 +74,11 @@
/**
* Returns the path for this object's parent,
- * or null
if this object does not name a parent
+ * or {@code null} if this object does not name a parent
* folder.
*
* @return the path as a String for this object's parent,
- * or null
if this object does not name a parent
+ * or {@code null} if this object does not name a parent
* folder
*
* @see java.io.File#getParent()
@@ -97,11 +97,11 @@
/**
* Returns a File object representing this object's parent,
- * or null
if this object does not name a parent
+ * or {@code null} if this object does not name a parent
* folder.
*
* @return a File object representing this object's parent,
- * or null
if this object does not name a parent
+ * or {@code null} if this object does not name a parent
* folder
*
* @see java.io.File#getParentFile()
@@ -250,8 +250,8 @@
}
/**
- * @param key a String
- * @return An Object matching the string key
.
+ * @param key a {@code String}
+ * @return An Object matching the string {@code key}.
* @see ShellFolderManager#get(String)
*/
public static Object get(String key) {
@@ -259,7 +259,7 @@
}
/**
- * Does dir
represent a "computer" such as a node on the network, or
+ * Does {@code dir} represent a "computer" such as a node on the network, or
* "My Computer" on the desktop.
*/
public static boolean isComputerNode(File dir) {
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/awt/shell/ShellFolderColumnInfo.java 2015-10-04 23:00:26.305253374 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/awt/shell/ShellFolderColumnInfo.java 2015-10-04 23:00:26.117253382 +0400
@@ -40,8 +40,8 @@
private SortOrder sortOrder;
private Comparator> comparator;
/**
- * false
(default) if the {@link #comparator} expects folders as arguments,
- * and true
if folder's column values. The first option is used default for comparison
+ * {@code false} (default) if the {@link #comparator} expects folders as arguments,
+ * and {@code true} if folder's column values. The first option is used default for comparison
* on Windows and also for separating files from directories when sorting using
* ShellFolderManager's inner comparator.
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/awt/shell/ShellFolderManager.java 2015-10-04 23:00:26.829253350 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/awt/shell/ShellFolderManager.java 2015-10-04 23:00:26.637253359 +0400
@@ -44,21 +44,21 @@
}
/**
- * @param key a String
+ * @param key a {@code String}
* "fileChooserDefaultFolder":
- * Returns a File
- the default shellfolder for a new filechooser
+ * Returns a {@code File} - the default shellfolder for a new filechooser
* "roots":
- * Returns a File[]
- containing the root(s) of the displayable hierarchy
+ * Returns a {@code File[]} - containing the root(s) of the displayable hierarchy
* "fileChooserComboBoxFolders":
- * Returns a File[]
- an array of shellfolders representing the list to
+ * Returns a {@code File[]} - an array of shellfolders representing the list to
* show by default in the file chooser's combobox
* "fileChooserShortcutPanelFolders":
- * Returns a File[]
- an array of shellfolders representing well-known
+ * Returns a {@code File[]} - an array of shellfolders representing well-known
* folders, such as Desktop, Documents, History, Network, Home, etc.
* This is used in the shortcut panel of the filechooser on Windows 2000
* and Windows Me.
* "fileChooserIcon Image
- icon can be ListView, DetailsView, UpFolder, NewFolder or
+ * Returns an {@code Image} - icon can be ListView, DetailsView, UpFolder, NewFolder or
* ViewMenu (Windows only).
*
* @return An Object matching the key string.
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@
}
/**
- * Does dir
represent a "computer" such as a node on the network, or
+ * Does {@code dir} represent a "computer" such as a node on the network, or
* "My Computer" on the desktop.
*/
public boolean isComputerNode(File dir) {
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/font/BidiUtils.java 2015-10-04 23:00:27.353253327 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/font/BidiUtils.java 2015-10-04 23:00:27.161253335 +0400
@@ -48,8 +48,8 @@
*
* @param levels the array to receive the character levels
* @param start the starting offset into the array
- * @throws IndexOutOfBoundsException if start
is less than 0 or
- * start + getLength()
is greater than levels.length
.
+ * @throws IndexOutOfBoundsException if {@code start} is less than 0 or
+ * {@code start + getLength()} is greater than {@code levels.length}.
*/
public static void getLevels(Bidi bidi, byte[] levels, int start) {
int limit = start + bidi.getLength();
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@
* Given level data, compute a a visual to logical mapping.
* The leftmost (or topmost) character is at visual index zero. The
* logical index of the character is derived from the visual index
- * by the expression li = map[vi];
.
+ * by the expression {@code li = map[vi];}.
* @param levels the levels array
* @return the mapping array from visual to logical
*/
@@ -148,7 +148,7 @@
/**
* Return the inverse position map. The source array must map one-to-one (each value
* is distinct and the values run from zero to the length of the array minus one).
- * For example, if values[i] = j
, then inverse[j] = i
.
+ * For example, if {@code values[i] = j}, then {@code inverse[j] = i}.
* @param values the source ordering array
* @return the inverse array
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/font/FileFont.java 2015-10-04 23:00:27.877253303 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/font/FileFont.java 2015-10-04 23:00:27.689253311 +0400
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@
protected NativeFont[] nativeFonts;
protected char[] glyphToCharMap;
/*
- * @throws FontFormatException - if the font can't be opened
+ * @throws FontFormatException if the font can't be opened
*/
FileFont(String platname, Object nativeNames)
throws FontFormatException {
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/font/FontDesignMetrics.java 2015-10-04 23:00:28.417253279 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/font/FontDesignMetrics.java 2015-10-04 23:00:28.213253288 +0400
@@ -520,14 +520,14 @@
/**
* Gets the advance widths of the first 256 characters in the
- * Font
. The advance is the
+ * {@code Font}. The advance is the
* distance from the leftmost point to the rightmost point on the
* character's baseline. Note that the advance of a
- * String
is not necessarily the sum of the advances
+ * {@code String} is not necessarily the sum of the advances
* of its characters.
* @return an array storing the advance widths of the
- * characters in the Font
- * described by this FontMetrics
object.
+ * characters in the {@code Font}
+ * described by this {@code FontMetrics} object.
*/
// More efficient than base class implementation - reuses existing cache
public int[] getWidths() {
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/font/PhysicalFont.java 2015-10-04 23:00:28.941253255 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/font/PhysicalFont.java 2015-10-04 23:00:28.753253264 +0400
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@
/**
* Opens the file (temporarily) and does basic verification.
* Initializes the CMAP
- * @throws FontFormatException - if the font can't be opened
+ * @throws FontFormatException if the font can't be opened
* or fails verification, or there's no usable cmap
*/
PhysicalFont(String platname, Object nativeNames)
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/font/ScriptRun.java 2015-10-04 23:00:29.465253232 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/font/ScriptRun.java 2015-10-04 23:00:29.273253240 +0400
@@ -35,10 +35,10 @@
package sun.font;
/**
- * ScriptRun
is used to find runs of characters in
- * the same script, as defined in the Script
class.
+ * {@code ScriptRun} is used to find runs of characters in
+ * the same script, as defined in the {@code Script} class.
* It implements a simple iterator over an array of characters.
- * The iterator will assign COMMON
and INHERITED
+ * The iterator will assign {@code COMMON} and {@code INHERITED}
* characters to the same script as the preceding characters. If the
* COMMON and INHERITED characters are first, they will be assigned to
* the same script as the following characters.
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@
}
/**
- * Construct a ScriptRun
object which iterates over a subrange
+ * Construct a {@code ScriptRun} object which iterates over a subrange
* of the given characetrs.
*
* @param chars the array of characters over which to iterate.
@@ -145,10 +145,10 @@
}
/**
- * Find the next script run. Returns false
if there
- * isn't another run, returns true
if there is.
+ * Find the next script run. Returns {@code false} if there
+ * isn't another run, returns {@code true} if there is.
*
- * @return false
if there isn't another run, true
if there is.
+ * @return {@code false} if there isn't another run, {@code true} if there is.
*/
public boolean next() {
int startSP = parenSP; // used to find the first new open character
@@ -273,7 +273,7 @@
*
* @param scriptOne one of the script codes.
* @param scriptTwo the other script code.
- * @return true
if the two scripts are the same.
+ * @return {@code true} if the two scripts are the same.
* @see Script
*/
private static boolean sameScript(int scriptOne, int scriptTwo) {
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/font/StandardGlyphVector.java 2015-10-04 23:00:29.993253208 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/font/StandardGlyphVector.java 2015-10-04 23:00:29.801253217 +0400
@@ -1252,20 +1252,20 @@
// internal use only for possible future extension
/**
- * A flag used with getLayoutFlags that indicates whether this GlyphVector
uses
+ * A flag used with getLayoutFlags that indicates whether this {@code GlyphVector} uses
* a vertical baseline.
*/
public static final int FLAG_USES_VERTICAL_BASELINE = 128;
/**
- * A flag used with getLayoutFlags that indicates whether this GlyphVector
uses
- * vertical glyph metrics. A GlyphVector
can use vertical metrics on a
+ * A flag used with getLayoutFlags that indicates whether this {@code GlyphVector} uses
+ * vertical glyph metrics. A {@code GlyphVector} can use vertical metrics on a
* horizontal line, or vice versa.
*/
public static final int FLAG_USES_VERTICAL_METRICS = 256;
/**
- * A flag used with getLayoutFlags that indicates whether this GlyphVector
uses
+ * A flag used with getLayoutFlags that indicates whether this {@code GlyphVector} uses
* the 'alternate orientation.' Glyphs have a default orientation given a
* particular baseline and metrics orientation, this is the orientation appropriate
* for left-to-right text. For example, the letter 'A' can have four orientations,
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/font/TrueTypeFont.java 2015-10-04 23:00:30.533253184 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/font/TrueTypeFont.java 2015-10-04 23:00:30.345253192 +0400
@@ -181,7 +181,7 @@
* - reads the names (full, family).
* - determines the style of the font.
* - initializes the CMAP
- * @throws FontFormatException - if the font can't be opened
+ * @throws FontFormatException if the font can't be opened
* or fails verification, or there's no usable cmap
*/
public TrueTypeFont(String platname, Object nativeNames, int fIndex,
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/font/Type1Font.java 2015-10-04 23:00:31.073253159 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/font/Type1Font.java 2015-10-04 23:00:30.881253168 +0400
@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@
* - does basic verification of the file
* - reads the names (full, family).
* - determines the style of the font.
- * @throws FontFormatException - if the font can't be opened
+ * @throws FontFormatException if the font can't be opened
* or fails verification, or there's no usable cmap
*/
public Type1Font(String platname, Object nativeNames, boolean createdCopy)
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/java2d/Spans.java 2015-10-04 23:00:31.605253136 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/java2d/Spans.java 2015-10-04 23:00:31.413253144 +0400
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@
/**
* This class will sort and collapse its span
* entries after this many span additions via
- * the add
method.
+ * the {@code add} method.
*/
private static final int kMaxAddsSinceSort = 256;
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@
private List mSpans = new Vector<>(kMaxAddsSinceSort);
/**
- * The number of Span
+ * The number of {@code Span}
* instances that have been added
* to this object without a sort
* and collapse taking place.
@@ -65,8 +65,8 @@
/**
* Add a span covering the half open interval
- * including start
up to
- * but not including end
.
+ * including {@code start} up to
+ * but not including {@code end}.
*/
public void add(float start, float end) {
@@ -82,10 +82,10 @@
/**
* Add a span which covers the entire range.
* This call is logically equivalent to
- * add(Float.NEGATIVE_INFINITY, Float.POSITIVE_INFINITY)
+ * {@code add(Float.NEGATIVE_INFINITY, Float.POSITIVE_INFINITY)}
* The result of making this call is that
- * all future add
calls are ignored
- * and the intersects
method always
+ * all future {@code add} calls are ignored
+ * and the {@code intersects} method always
* returns true.
*/
public void addInfinite() {
@@ -94,8 +94,8 @@
/**
* Returns true if the span defined by the half-open
- * interval from start
up to,
- * but not including, end
intersects
+ * interval from {@code start} up to,
+ * but not including, {@code end} intersects
* any of the spans defined by this instance.
*/
public boolean intersects(float start, float end) {
@@ -231,8 +231,8 @@
/**
* Create a half-open interval including
- * start
but not including
- * end
.
+ * {@code start} but not including
+ * {@code end}.
*/
Span(float start, float end) {
mStart = start;
@@ -240,7 +240,7 @@
}
/**
- * Return the start of the Span
.
+ * Return the start of the {@code Span}.
* The start is considered part of the
* half-open interval.
*/
@@ -249,7 +249,7 @@
}
/**
- * Return the end of the Span
.
+ * Return the end of the {@code Span}.
* The end is not considered part of the
* half-open interval.
*/
@@ -259,7 +259,7 @@
/**
* Change the initial position of the
- * Span
.
+ * {@code Span}.
*/
final void setStart(float start) {
mStart = start;
@@ -267,18 +267,18 @@
/**
* Change the terminal position of the
- * Span
.
+ * {@code Span}.
*/
final void setEnd(float end) {
mEnd = end;
}
/**
- * Attempt to alter this Span
- * to include otherSpan
without
+ * Attempt to alter this {@code Span}
+ * to include {@code otherSpan} without
* altering this span's starting position.
- * If otherSpan
can be so consumed
- * by this Span
then true
+ * If {@code otherSpan} can be so consumed
+ * by this {@code Span} then {@code true}
* is returned.
*/
boolean subsume(Span otherSpan) {
@@ -304,7 +304,7 @@
/**
* Return true if the passed in position
* lies in the half-open interval defined
- * by this Span
.
+ * by this {@code Span}.
*/
boolean contains(float pos) {
return mStart <= pos && pos < mEnd;
@@ -337,11 +337,11 @@
}
/**
- * This class ranks a pair of Span
+ * This class ranks a pair of {@code Span}
* instances. If the instances intersect they
* are deemed equal otherwise they are ranked
* by their relative position. Use
- * SpanIntersection.instance
to
+ * {@code SpanIntersection.instance} to
* get the single instance of this class.
*/
static class SpanIntersection implements Comparator {
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/java2d/StateTrackable.java 2015-10-04 23:00:32.129253112 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/java2d/StateTrackable.java 2015-10-04 23:00:31.941253120 +0400
@@ -129,9 +129,9 @@
* time period of the modifications would be small in most cases
* and the 2 changes of state would each require synchronization.
* curTracker
+ * In comparison the act of setting the {@code curTracker}
* reference to null in the usage pattern above effectively invalidates
- * all outstanding Tracker
objects as soon as possible
+ * all outstanding {@code Tracker} objects as soon as possible
* after the change to the data and requires very little code and no
* synchronization to implement.
* destRect
with clip
and
- * overwrites destRect
with the result.
+ * Intersects {@code destRect} with {@code clip} and
+ * overwrites {@code destRect} with the result.
* Returns false if the intersection was empty, true otherwise.
*/
private boolean clipTo(Rectangle destRect, Rectangle clip) {
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/java2d/SunGraphicsEnvironment.java 2015-10-04 23:00:33.221253063 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/java2d/SunGraphicsEnvironment.java 2015-10-04 23:00:33.029253072 +0400
@@ -155,7 +155,7 @@
/**
* Create and return the screen device with the specified number. The
- * device with number 0
will be the default device (returned
+ * device with number {@code 0} will be the default device (returned
* by {@link #getDefaultScreenDevice()}.
*
* @param screennum the number of the screen to create
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/java2d/SurfaceData.java 2015-10-04 23:00:33.745253039 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/java2d/SurfaceData.java 2015-10-04 23:00:33.553253048 +0400
@@ -922,8 +922,8 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the type of this Transparency
.
- * @return the field type of this Transparency
, which is
+ * Returns the type of this {@code Transparency}.
+ * @return the field type of this {@code Transparency}, which is
* either OPAQUE, BITMASK or TRANSLUCENT.
*/
public int getTransparency() {
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/java2d/opengl/OGLUtilities.java 2015-10-04 23:00:34.297253015 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/java2d/opengl/OGLUtilities.java 2015-10-04 23:00:34.085253024 +0400
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@
*
* In order to avoid deadlock, it is important that the given Runnable
* does not attempt to acquire the AWT lock, as that will be handled
- * automatically as part of the rq.flushAndInvokeNow()
step.
+ * automatically as part of the {@code rq.flushAndInvokeNow()} step.
*
* @param g the Graphics object for the corresponding destination surface;
* if null, the step making a context current to the destination surface
@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@
*
* In order to avoid deadlock, it is important that the given Runnable
* does not attempt to acquire the AWT lock, as that will be handled
- * automatically as part of the rq.flushAndInvokeNow()
step.
+ * automatically as part of the {@code rq.flushAndInvokeNow()} step.
*
* @param config the GraphicsConfiguration object whose "shared"
* context will be made current during this operation; if this value is
@@ -297,7 +297,7 @@
* @return a constant that describes the surface associated with the
* given Graphics object; if the given Graphics object is invalid (i.e.
* is not associated with an OpenGL surface) this method will return
- * OGLUtilities.UNDEFINED
+ * {@code OGLUtilities.UNDEFINED}
*/
public static int getOGLSurfaceType(Graphics g) {
if (!(g instanceof SunGraphics2D)) {
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/java2d/pipe/Region.java 2015-10-04 23:00:34.821252991 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/java2d/pipe/Region.java 2015-10-04 23:00:34.629253000 +0400
@@ -104,11 +104,11 @@
}
/**
- * Adds the dimension dim
to the coordinate
- * start
with appropriate clipping. If
- * dim
is non-positive then the method returns
+ * Adds the dimension {@code dim} to the coordinate
+ * {@code start} with appropriate clipping. If
+ * {@code dim} is non-positive then the method returns
* the start coordinate. If the sum overflows an integer
- * data type then the method returns Integer.MAX_VALUE
.
+ * data type then the method returns {@code Integer.MAX_VALUE}.
*/
public static int dimAdd(int start, int dim) {
if (dim <= 0) return start;
@@ -179,9 +179,9 @@
*
* @param s a non-null Shape object specifying the geometry enclosing
* the pixels of interest
- * @param at an optional AffineTransform
to be applied to the
+ * @param at an optional {@code AffineTransform} to be applied to the
* coordinates as they are returned in the iteration, or
- * null
if untransformed coordinates are desired
+ * {@code null} if untransformed coordinates are desired
*/
public static Region getInstance(Shape s, AffineTransform at) {
return getInstance(WHOLE_REGION, false, s, at);
@@ -205,9 +205,9 @@
* clip the geometry to
* @param s a non-null Shape object specifying the geometry enclosing
* the pixels of interest
- * @param at an optional AffineTransform
to be applied to the
+ * @param at an optional {@code AffineTransform} to be applied to the
* coordinates as they are returned in the iteration, or
- * null
if untransformed coordinates are desired
+ * {@code null} if untransformed coordinates are desired
*/
public static Region getInstance(Region devBounds,
Shape s, AffineTransform at)
@@ -238,9 +238,9 @@
* normalization
* @param s a non-null Shape object specifying the geometry enclosing
* the pixels of interest
- * @param at an optional AffineTransform
to be applied to the
+ * @param at an optional {@code AffineTransform} to be applied to the
* coordinates as they are returned in the iteration, or
- * null
if untransformed coordinates are desired
+ * {@code null} if untransformed coordinates are desired
*/
public static Region getInstance(Region devBounds, boolean normalize,
Shape s, AffineTransform at)
@@ -363,7 +363,7 @@
* Sets the rectangle of interest for storing and returning
* region bands. The rectangle is specified in x, y, width, height
* format and appropriate clipping is performed as per the method
- * dimAdd
.
+ * {@code dimAdd}.
* C = A.getIntersection(B);
then a point will
+ * {@code C = A.getIntersection(B);} then a point will
* be contained in {@code C} iff it is contained in both
* {@code A} and {@code B}.
* C = A.getUnion(B);
then a point will
+ * {@code C = A.getUnion(B);} then a point will
* be contained in {@code C} iff it is contained in either
* {@code A} or {@code B}.
* C = A.getDifference(B);
then a point will
+ * {@code C = A.getDifference(B);} then a point will
* be contained in {@code C} iff it is contained in
* {@code A} but not contained in {@code B}.
* C = A.getExclusiveOr(B);
then a point will
+ * {@code C = A.getExclusiveOr(B);} then a point will
* be contained in {@code C} iff it is contained in either
* {@code A} or {@code B}, but not if it is contained in both.
* unlock
; otherwise this method returns false.
+ * {@code unlock}; otherwise this method returns false.
*/
public final boolean tryLock() {
return SunToolkit.awtTryLock();
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/java2d/pisces/Dasher.java 2015-10-04 23:00:35.881252944 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/java2d/pisces/Dasher.java 2015-10-04 23:00:35.693252952 +0400
@@ -28,9 +28,9 @@
import sun.awt.geom.PathConsumer2D;
/**
- * The Dasher
class takes a series of linear commands
- * (moveTo
, lineTo
, close
and
- * end
) and breaks them into smaller segments according to a
+ * The {@code Dasher} class takes a series of linear commands
+ * ({@code moveTo}, {@code lineTo}, {@code close} and
+ * {@code end}) and breaks them into smaller segments according to a
* dash pattern array and a starting dash phase.
*
* Dasher
.
+ * Constructs a {@code Dasher}.
*
- * @param out an output PathConsumer2D
.
- * @param dash an array of float
s containing the dash pattern
- * @param phase a float
containing the dash phase
+ * @param out an output {@code PathConsumer2D}.
+ * @param dash an array of {@code float}s containing the dash pattern
+ * @param phase a {@code float} containing the dash phase
*/
public Dasher(PathConsumer2D out, float[] dash, float phase) {
if (phase < 0) {
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/java2d/pisces/Helpers.java 2015-10-04 23:00:36.413252920 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/java2d/pisces/Helpers.java 2015-10-04 23:00:36.221252928 +0400
@@ -239,18 +239,18 @@
// QuadCurve2D don't provide them.
/**
* Subdivides the cubic curve specified by the coordinates
- * stored in the src
array at indices srcoff
- * through (srcoff
+ 7) and stores the
+ * stored in the {@code src} array at indices {@code srcoff}
+ * through ({@code srcoff} + 7) and stores the
* resulting two subdivided curves into the two result arrays at the
* corresponding indices.
- * Either or both of the left
and right
- * arrays may be null
or a reference to the same array
- * as the src
array.
+ * Either or both of the {@code left} and {@code right}
+ * arrays may be {@code null} or a reference to the same array
+ * as the {@code src} array.
* Note that the last point in the first subdivided curve is the
* same as the first point in the second subdivided curve. Thus,
- * it is possible to pass the same array for left
- * and right
and to use offsets, such as rightoff
- * equals (leftoff
+ 6), in order
+ * it is possible to pass the same array for {@code left}
+ * and {@code right} and to use offsets, such as {@code rightoff}
+ * equals ({@code leftoff} + 6), in order
* to avoid allocating extra storage for this common point.
* @param src the array holding the coordinates for the source curve
* @param srcoff the offset into the array of the beginning of the
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/java2d/pisces/Stroker.java 2015-10-04 23:00:36.937252896 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/java2d/pisces/Stroker.java 2015-10-04 23:00:36.749252905 +0400
@@ -99,16 +99,16 @@
private final PolyStack reverse = new PolyStack();
/**
- * Constructs a Stroker
.
+ * Constructs a {@code Stroker}.
*
- * @param pc2d an output PathConsumer2D
.
+ * @param pc2d an output {@code PathConsumer2D}.
* @param lineWidth the desired line width in pixels
* @param capStyle the desired end cap style, one of
- * CAP_BUTT
, CAP_ROUND
or
- * CAP_SQUARE
.
+ * {@code CAP_BUTT}, {@code CAP_ROUND} or
+ * {@code CAP_SQUARE}.
* @param joinStyle the desired line join style, one of
- * JOIN_MITER
, JOIN_ROUND
or
- * JOIN_BEVEL
.
+ * {@code JOIN_MITER}, {@code JOIN_ROUND} or
+ * {@code JOIN_BEVEL}.
* @param miterLimit the desired miter limit
*/
public Stroker(PathConsumer2D pc2d,
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/print/DialogOwner.java 2015-10-04 23:00:37.493252871 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/print/DialogOwner.java 2015-10-04 23:00:37.281252881 +0400
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@
* instance.
* "dialog-owner"
.
+ * {@code "dialog-owner"}.
*
* @return Attribute category name.
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/print/PSPathGraphics.java 2015-10-04 23:00:38.013252848 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/print/PSPathGraphics.java 2015-10-04 23:00:37.825252856 +0400
@@ -72,8 +72,8 @@
}
/**
- * Creates a new Graphics
object that is
- * a copy of this Graphics
object.
+ * Creates a new {@code Graphics} object that is
+ * a copy of this {@code Graphics} object.
* @return a new graphics context that is a copy of
* this graphics context.
* @since 1.0
@@ -115,19 +115,19 @@
}
/**
- * Renders the text specified by the specified String
,
- * using the current Font
and Paint
attributes
- * in the Graphics2D
context.
+ * Renders the text specified by the specified {@code String},
+ * using the current {@code Font} and {@code Paint} attributes
+ * in the {@code Graphics2D} context.
* The baseline of the first character is at position
* (x, y) in the User Space.
- * The rendering attributes applied include the Clip
,
- * Transform
, Paint
, Font
and
- * Composite
attributes. For characters in script systems
+ * The rendering attributes applied include the {@code Clip},
+ * {@code Transform}, {@code Paint}, {@code Font} and
+ * {@code Composite} attributes. For characters in script systems
* such as Hebrew and Arabic, the glyphs can be rendered from right to
* left, in which case the coordinate supplied is the location of the
* leftmost character on the baseline.
- * @param str the String
to be rendered
- * @param x, y the coordinates where the String
+ * @param str the {@code String} to be rendered
+ * @param x, y the coordinates where the {@code String}
* should be rendered
* @see #setPaint
* @see java.awt.Graphics#setColor
@@ -248,16 +248,16 @@
}
/**
- * The various drawImage()
methods for
- * WPathGraphics
are all decomposed
- * into an invocation of drawImageToPlatform
.
+ * The various {@code drawImage()} methods for
+ * {@code WPathGraphics} are all decomposed
+ * into an invocation of {@code drawImageToPlatform}.
* The portion of the passed in image defined by
- * srcX, srcY, srcWidth, and srcHeight
+ * {@code srcX, srcY, srcWidth, and srcHeight}
* is transformed by the supplied AffineTransform and
* drawn using PS to the printer context.
*
* @param image The image to be drawn.
- * This method does nothing if img
is null.
+ * This method does nothing if {@code img} is null.
* @param xform Used to transform the image before drawing.
* This can be null.
* @param bgcolor This color is drawn where the image has transparent
@@ -730,7 +730,7 @@
/*
- * Fill the path defined by pathIter
+ * Fill the path defined by {@code pathIter}
* with the specified color.
* The path is provided in current user space.
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/print/PSPrinterJob.java 2015-10-04 23:00:38.545252824 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/print/PSPrinterJob.java 2015-10-04 23:00:38.353252833 +0400
@@ -116,14 +116,14 @@
/* Class Constants */
/**
- * Passed to the setFillMode
+ * Passed to the {@code setFillMode}
* method this value forces fills to be
* done using the even-odd fill rule.
*/
protected static final int FILL_EVEN_ODD = 1;
/**
- * Passed to the setFillMode
+ * Passed to the {@code setFillMode}
* method this value forces fills to be
* done using the non-zero winding rule.
*/
@@ -294,14 +294,14 @@
/**
* This string holds the PostScript operator to
* be used to fill a path. It can be changed
- * by the setFillMode
method.
+ * by the {@code setFillMode} method.
*/
private String mFillOpStr = WINDING_FILL_STR;
/**
* This string holds the PostScript operator to
* be used to clip to a path. It can be changed
- * by the setFillMode
method.
+ * by the {@code setFillMode} method.
*/
private String mClipOpStr = WINDING_CLIP_STR;
@@ -876,14 +876,14 @@
/**
* Convert the 24 bit BGR image buffer represented by
- * image
to PostScript. The image is drawn at
- * (destX, destY)
in device coordinates.
+ * {@code image} to PostScript. The image is drawn at
+ * {@code (destX, destY)} in device coordinates.
* The image is scaled into a square of size
- * specified by destWidth
and
- * destHeight
. The portion of the
+ * specified by {@code destWidth} and
+ * {@code destHeight}. The portion of the
* source image copied into that square is specified
- * by srcX
, srcY
,
- * srcWidth
, and srcHeight.
+ * by {@code srcX}, {@code srcY},
+ * {@code srcWidth}, and srcHeight.
*/
protected void drawImageBGR(byte[] bgrData,
float destX, float destY,
@@ -1026,14 +1026,14 @@
/**
* Examine the metrics captured by the
- * PeekGraphics
instance and
+ * {@code PeekGraphics} instance and
* if capable of directly converting this
* print job to the printer's control language
* or the native OS's graphics primitives, then
- * return a PSPathGraphics
to perform
+ * return a {@code PSPathGraphics} to perform
* that conversion. If there is not an object
* capable of the conversion then return
- * null
. Returning null
+ * {@code null}. Returning {@code null}
* causes the print job to be rasterized.
*/
@@ -1349,8 +1349,8 @@
}
/**
* Set the current path rule to be either
- * FILL_EVEN_ODD
(using the
- * even-odd file rule) or FILL_WINDING
+ * {@code FILL_EVEN_ODD} (using the
+ * even-odd file rule) or {@code FILL_WINDING}
* (using the non-zero winding rule.)
*/
protected void setFillMode(int fillRule) {
@@ -1375,7 +1375,7 @@
/**
* Set the printer's current color to be that
- * defined by color
+ * defined by {@code color}
*/
protected void setColor(Color color) {
mLastColor = color;
@@ -1418,7 +1418,7 @@
/**
* Generate PostScript to move the current pen
- * position to (x, y)
.
+ * position to {@code (x, y)}.
*/
protected void moveTo(float x, float y) {
@@ -1437,7 +1437,7 @@
}
/**
* Generate PostScript to draw a line from the
- * current pen position to (x, y)
.
+ * current pen position to {@code (x, y)}.
*/
protected void lineTo(float x, float y) {
@@ -1861,7 +1861,7 @@
}
/**
- * Given a Java2D PathIterator
instance,
+ * Given a Java2D {@code PathIterator} instance,
* this method translates that into a PostScript path..
*/
void convertToPSPath(PathIterator pathIter) {
@@ -1926,7 +1926,7 @@
}
/*
- * Fill the path defined by pathIter
+ * Fill the path defined by {@code pathIter}
* with the specified color.
* The path is provided in current user space.
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/print/PathGraphics.java 2015-10-04 23:00:39.097252799 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/print/PathGraphics.java 2015-10-04 23:00:38.905252808 +0400
@@ -177,9 +177,9 @@
/**
* Draws the outline of the specified rectangle.
* The left and right edges of the rectangle are at
- * x
and x + width
.
+ * {@code x} and x + width
.
* The top and bottom edges are at
- * y
and y + height
.
+ * {@code y} and y + height
.
* The rectangle is drawn using the graphics context's current color.
* @param x the x coordinate
* of the rectangle to be drawn.
@@ -211,12 +211,12 @@
/**
* Fills the specified rectangle.
* The left and right edges of the rectangle are at
- * x
and x + width - 1
.
+ * {@code x} and x + width - 1
.
* The top and bottom edges are at
- * y
and y + height - 1
.
+ * {@code y} and y + height - 1
.
* The resulting rectangle covers an area
- * width
pixels wide by
- * height
pixels tall.
+ * {@code width} pixels wide by
+ * {@code height} pixels tall.
* The rectangle is filled using the graphics context's current color.
* @param x the x coordinate
* of the rectangle to be filled.
@@ -251,7 +251,7 @@
* setColor
followed by fillRect
to
+ * use {@code setColor} followed by {@code fillRect} to
* ensure that an offscreen image is cleared to a specific color.
* @param x the x coordinate of the rectangle to clear.
* @param y the y coordinate of the rectangle to clear.
@@ -271,9 +271,9 @@
/**
* Draws an outlined round-cornered rectangle using this graphics
* context's current color. The left and right edges of the rectangle
- * are at x
and x + width
,
+ * are at {@code x} and x + width
,
* respectively. The top and bottom edges of the rectangle are at
- * y
and y + height
.
+ * {@code y} and y + height
.
* @param x the x coordinate of the rectangle to be drawn.
* @param y the y coordinate of the rectangle to be drawn.
* @param width the width of the rectangle to be drawn.
@@ -296,9 +296,9 @@
/**
* Fills the specified rounded corner rectangle with the current color.
* The left and right edges of the rectangle
- * are at x
and x + width - 1
,
+ * are at {@code x} and x + width - 1
,
* respectively. The top and bottom edges of the rectangle are at
- * y
and y + height - 1
.
+ * {@code y} and y + height - 1
.
* @param x the x coordinate of the rectangle to be filled.
* @param y the y coordinate of the rectangle to be filled.
* @param width the width of the rectangle to be filled.
@@ -320,8 +320,8 @@
/**
* Draws the outline of an oval.
* The result is a circle or ellipse that fits within the
- * rectangle specified by the x
, y
,
- * width
, and height
arguments.
+ * rectangle specified by the {@code x}, {@code y},
+ * {@code width}, and {@code height} arguments.
* width + 1
pixels wide
@@ -359,8 +359,8 @@
* Draws the outline of a circular or elliptical arc
* covering the specified rectangle.
* startAngle
and extends
- * for arcAngle
degrees, using the current color.
+ * The resulting arc begins at {@code startAngle} and extends
+ * for {@code arcAngle} degrees, using the current color.
* Angles are interpreted such that 0 degrees
* is at the 3 o'clock position.
* A positive value indicates a counter-clockwise rotation
@@ -368,7 +368,7 @@
* width
and height
arguments.
+ * {@code width} and {@code height} arguments.
* width + 1
pixels wide
@@ -403,8 +403,8 @@
/**
* Fills a circular or elliptical arc covering the specified rectangle.
* startAngle
and extends
- * for arcAngle
degrees.
+ * The resulting arc begins at {@code startAngle} and extends
+ * for {@code arcAngle} degrees.
* Angles are interpreted such that 0 degrees
* is at the 3 o'clock position.
* A positive value indicates a counter-clockwise rotation
@@ -412,7 +412,7 @@
* width
and height
arguments.
+ * {@code width} and {@code height} arguments.
* width + 1
pixels wide
@@ -478,16 +478,16 @@
* arrays of x and y coordinates.
* Each pair of (x, y) coordinates defines a point.
* nPoint
line
+ * This method draws the polygon defined by {@code nPoint} line
* segments, where the first nPoint - 1
* line segments are line segments from
* (xPoints[i - 1], yPoints[i - 1])
* to (xPoints[i], yPoints[i])
, for
- * 1 ≤ i ≤ nPoints
.
+ * 1 ≤ i ≤ {@code nPoints}.
* The figure is automatically closed by drawing a line connecting
* the final point to the first point, if those points are different.
- * @param xPoints a an array of x
coordinates.
- * @param yPoints a an array of y
coordinates.
+ * @param xPoints a an array of {@code x} coordinates.
+ * @param yPoints a an array of {@code y} coordinates.
* @param nPoints a the total number of points.
* @see java.awt.Graphics#fillPolygon
* @see java.awt.Graphics#drawPolyline
@@ -500,7 +500,7 @@
/**
* Draws the outline of a polygon defined by the specified
- * Polygon
object.
+ * {@code Polygon} object.
* @param p the polygon to draw.
* @see java.awt.Graphics#fillPolygon
* @see java.awt.Graphics#drawPolyline
@@ -513,19 +513,19 @@
* Fills a closed polygon defined by
* arrays of x and y coordinates.
* nPoint
line
+ * This method draws the polygon defined by {@code nPoint} line
* segments, where the first nPoint - 1
* line segments are line segments from
* (xPoints[i - 1], yPoints[i - 1])
* to (xPoints[i], yPoints[i])
, for
- * 1 ≤ i ≤ nPoints
.
+ * 1 ≤ i ≤ {@code nPoints}.
* The figure is automatically closed by drawing a line connecting
* the final point to the first point, if those points are different.
* x
coordinates.
- * @param yPoints a an array of y
coordinates.
+ * @param xPoints a an array of {@code x} coordinates.
+ * @param yPoints a an array of {@code y} coordinates.
* @param nPoints a the total number of points.
* @see java.awt.Graphics#drawPolygon(int[], int[], int)
*/
@@ -1089,7 +1089,7 @@
}
/**
- * Fill the path defined by pathIter
+ * Fill the path defined by {@code pathIter}
* with the specified color.
* The path is provided in device coordinates.
*/
@@ -1097,7 +1097,7 @@
/*
* Set the clipping path to that defined by
- * the passed in PathIterator
.
+ * the passed in {@code PathIterator}.
*/
protected abstract void deviceClip(PathIterator pathIter);
@@ -1326,16 +1326,16 @@
/**
- * The various drawImage()
methods for
- * PathGraphics
are all decomposed
- * into an invocation of drawImageToPlatform
.
+ * The various {@code drawImage()} methods for
+ * {@code PathGraphics} are all decomposed
+ * into an invocation of {@code drawImageToPlatform}.
* The portion of the passed in image defined by
- * srcX, srcY, srcWidth, and srcHeight
+ * {@code srcX, srcY, srcWidth, and srcHeight}
* is transformed by the supplied AffineTransform and
* drawn using PS to the printer context.
*
* @param img The image to be drawn.
- * This method does nothing if img
is null.
+ * This method does nothing if {@code img} is null.
* @param xform Used to transform the image before drawing.
* This can be null.
* @param bgcolor This color is drawn where the image has transparent
@@ -1373,7 +1373,7 @@
* and converted for the current output device.
* drawImage
returns false
. As more of
+ * {@code drawImage} returns {@code false}. As more of
* the image becomes available, the process that draws the image notifies
* the specified image observer.
* @param img the specified image to be drawn.
@@ -1405,9 +1405,9 @@
* entire image has not yet been scaled, dithered, and converted
* for the current output device.
* If the current output representation is not yet complete, then
- * drawImage
returns false
. As more of
+ * {@code drawImage} returns {@code false}. As more of
* the image becomes available, the process that draws the image notifies
- * the image observer by calling its imageUpdate
method.
+ * the image observer by calling its {@code imageUpdate} method.
* drawImage
returns false
. As more of
+ * {@code drawImage} returns {@code false}. As more of
* the image becomes available, the process that draws the image notifies
* the specified image observer.
* @param img the specified image to be drawn.
- * This method does nothing if img
is null.
+ * This method does nothing if {@code img} is null.
* @param x the x coordinate.
* @param y the y coordinate.
* @param bgcolor the background color to paint under the
@@ -1507,7 +1507,7 @@
* entire image has not yet been scaled, dithered, and converted
* for the current output device.
* If the current output representation is not yet complete then
- * drawImage
returns false
. As more of
+ * {@code drawImage} returns {@code false}. As more of
* the image becomes available, the process that draws the image notifies
* the specified image observer.
* img
is null.
+ * This method does nothing if {@code img} is null.
* @param x the x coordinate.
* @param y the y coordinate.
* @param width the width of the rectangle.
@@ -1566,7 +1566,7 @@
* image area to be drawn has not yet been scaled, dithered, and converted
* for the current output device.
* If the current output representation is not yet complete then
- * drawImage
returns false
. As more of
+ * {@code drawImage} returns {@code false}. As more of
* the image becomes available, the process that draws the image notifies
* the specified image observer.
* drawImage
returns false
. As more of
+ * {@code drawImage} returns {@code false}. As more of
* the image becomes available, the process that draws the image notifies
* the specified image observer.
* img
is null.
+ * This method does nothing if {@code img} is null.
* @param dx1 the x coordinate of the first corner of the
* destination rectangle.
* @param dy1 the y coordinate of the first corner of the
@@ -1767,7 +1767,7 @@
* and composite attributes. Note that the result is
* undefined, if the given transform is noninvertible.
* @param img The image to be drawn.
- * This method does nothing if img
is null.
+ * This method does nothing if {@code img} is null.
* @param xform The transformation from image space into user space.
* @param obs The image observer to be notified as more of the image
* is converted.
@@ -1809,7 +1809,7 @@
* img
is null.
+ * This method does nothing if {@code img} is null.
* @param x,y The location in user space where the image should be drawn.
* @see #transform
* @see #setTransform
@@ -1853,7 +1853,7 @@
* and composite attributes. Note that the result is
* undefined, if the given transform is noninvertible.
* @param img The image to be drawn.
- * This method does nothing if img
is null.
+ * This method does nothing if {@code img} is null.
* @param xform The transformation from image space into user space.
* @see #transform
* @see #setTransform
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/print/PeekGraphics.java 2015-10-04 23:00:39.645252774 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/print/PeekGraphics.java 2015-10-04 23:00:39.457252783 +0400
@@ -162,8 +162,8 @@
/* The Delegated Graphics Methods */
/**
- * Creates a new Graphics
object that is
- * a copy of this Graphics
object.
+ * Creates a new {@code Graphics} object that is
+ * a copy of this {@code Graphics} object.
* @return a new graphics context that is a copy of
* this graphics context.
* @since 1.0
@@ -444,7 +444,7 @@
/**
* Gets the current clipping area.
- * @return a Shape
object representing the
+ * @return a {@code Shape} object representing the
* current clipping area.
* @see java.awt.Graphics#getClipBounds
* @see java.awt.Graphics#clipRect
@@ -459,12 +459,12 @@
/**
* Sets the current clipping area to an arbitrary clip shape.
- * Not all objects which implement the Shape
+ * Not all objects which implement the {@code Shape}
* interface can be used to set the clip. The only
- * Shape
objects which are guaranteed to be
- * supported are Shape
objects which are
- * obtained via the getClip
method and via
- * Rectangle
objects.
+ * {@code Shape} objects which are guaranteed to be
+ * supported are {@code Shape} objects which are
+ * obtained via the {@code getClip} method and via
+ * {@code Rectangle} objects.
* @see java.awt.Graphics#getClip()
* @see java.awt.Graphics#clipRect
* @see java.awt.Graphics#setClip(int, int, int, int)
@@ -477,16 +477,16 @@
/**
* Copies an area of the component by a distance specified by
- * dx
and dy
. From the point specified
- * by x
and y
, this method
+ * {@code dx} and {@code dy}. From the point specified
+ * by {@code x} and {@code y}, this method
* copies downwards and to the right. To copy an area of the
* component to the left or upwards, specify a negative value for
- * dx
or dy
.
+ * {@code dx} or {@code dy}.
* If a portion of the source rectangle lies outside the bounds
* of the component, or is obscured by another window or component,
- * copyArea
will be unable to copy the associated
+ * {@code copyArea} will be unable to copy the associated
* pixels. The area that is omitted can be refreshed by calling
- * the component's paint
method.
+ * the component's {@code paint} method.
* @param x the x coordinate of the source rectangle.
* @param y the y coordinate of the source rectangle.
* @param width the width of the source rectangle.
@@ -520,12 +520,12 @@
/**
* Fills the specified rectangle.
* The left and right edges of the rectangle are at
- * x
and x + width - 1
.
+ * {@code x} and x + width - 1
.
* The top and bottom edges are at
- * y
and y + height - 1
.
+ * {@code y} and y + height - 1
.
* The resulting rectangle covers an area
- * width
pixels wide by
- * height
pixels tall.
+ * {@code width} pixels wide by
+ * {@code height} pixels tall.
* The rectangle is filled using the graphics context's current color.
* @param x the x coordinate
* of the rectangle to be filled.
@@ -551,7 +551,7 @@
* setColor
followed by fillRect
to
+ * use {@code setColor} followed by {@code fillRect} to
* ensure that an offscreen image is cleared to a specific color.
* @param x the x coordinate of the rectangle to clear.
* @param y the y coordinate of the rectangle to clear.
@@ -573,9 +573,9 @@
/**
* Draws an outlined round-cornered rectangle using this graphics
* context's current color. The left and right edges of the rectangle
- * are at x
and x + width
,
+ * are at {@code x} and x + width
,
* respectively. The top and bottom edges of the rectangle are at
- * y
and y + height
.
+ * {@code y} and y + height
.
* @param x the x coordinate of the rectangle to be drawn.
* @param y the y coordinate of the rectangle to be drawn.
* @param width the width of the rectangle to be drawn.
@@ -597,9 +597,9 @@
/**
* Fills the specified rounded corner rectangle with the current color.
* The left and right edges of the rectangle
- * are at x
and x + width - 1
,
+ * are at {@code x} and x + width - 1
,
* respectively. The top and bottom edges of the rectangle are at
- * y
and y + height - 1
.
+ * {@code y} and y + height - 1
.
* @param x the x coordinate of the rectangle to be filled.
* @param y the y coordinate of the rectangle to be filled.
* @param width the width of the rectangle to be filled.
@@ -621,8 +621,8 @@
/**
* Draws the outline of an oval.
* The result is a circle or ellipse that fits within the
- * rectangle specified by the x
, y
,
- * width
, and height
arguments.
+ * rectangle specified by the {@code x}, {@code y},
+ * {@code width}, and {@code height} arguments.
* width + 1
pixels wide
@@ -665,8 +665,8 @@
* Draws the outline of a circular or elliptical arc
* covering the specified rectangle.
* startAngle
and extends
- * for arcAngle
degrees, using the current color.
+ * The resulting arc begins at {@code startAngle} and extends
+ * for {@code arcAngle} degrees, using the current color.
* Angles are interpreted such that 0 degrees
* is at the 3 o'clock position.
* A positive value indicates a counter-clockwise rotation
@@ -674,7 +674,7 @@
* width
and height
arguments.
+ * {@code width} and {@code height} arguments.
* width + 1
pixels wide
@@ -701,8 +701,8 @@
/**
* Fills a circular or elliptical arc covering the specified rectangle.
* startAngle
and extends
- * for arcAngle
degrees.
+ * The resulting arc begins at {@code startAngle} and extends
+ * for {@code arcAngle} degrees.
* Angles are interpreted such that 0 degrees
* is at the 3 o'clock position.
* A positive value indicates a counter-clockwise rotation
@@ -710,7 +710,7 @@
* width
and height
arguments.
+ * {@code width} and {@code height} arguments.
* width + 1
pixels wide
@@ -767,16 +767,16 @@
* arrays of x and y coordinates.
* Each pair of (x, y) coordinates defines a point.
* nPoint
line
+ * This method draws the polygon defined by {@code nPoint} line
* segments, where the first nPoint - 1
* line segments are line segments from
* (xPoints[i - 1], yPoints[i - 1])
* to (xPoints[i], yPoints[i])
, for
- * 1 ≤ i ≤ nPoints
.
+ * 1 ≤ i ≤ {@code nPoints}.
* The figure is automatically closed by drawing a line connecting
* the final point to the first point, if those points are different.
- * @param xPoints a an array of x
coordinates.
- * @param yPoints a an array of y
coordinates.
+ * @param xPoints a an array of {@code x} coordinates.
+ * @param yPoints a an array of {@code y} coordinates.
* @param nPoints a the total number of points.
* @see java.awt.Graphics#fillPolygon
* @see java.awt.Graphics#drawPolyline
@@ -796,19 +796,19 @@
* Fills a closed polygon defined by
* arrays of x and y coordinates.
* nPoint
line
+ * This method draws the polygon defined by {@code nPoint} line
* segments, where the first nPoint - 1
* line segments are line segments from
* (xPoints[i - 1], yPoints[i - 1])
* to (xPoints[i], yPoints[i])
, for
- * 1 ≤ i ≤ nPoints
.
+ * 1 ≤ i ≤ {@code nPoints}.
* The figure is automatically closed by drawing a line connecting
* the final point to the first point, if those points are different.
* x
coordinates.
- * @param yPoints a an array of y
coordinates.
+ * @param xPoints a an array of {@code x} coordinates.
+ * @param yPoints a an array of {@code y} coordinates.
* @param nPoints a the total number of points.
* @see java.awt.Graphics#drawPolygon(int[], int[], int)
* @since 1.0
@@ -931,7 +931,7 @@
* and converted for the current output device.
* drawImage
returns false
. As more of
+ * {@code drawImage} returns {@code false}. As more of
* the image becomes available, the process that draws the image notifies
* the specified image observer.
* @param img the specified image to be drawn.
@@ -976,9 +976,9 @@
* entire image has not yet been scaled, dithered, and converted
* for the current output device.
* If the current output representation is not yet complete, then
- * drawImage
returns false
. As more of
+ * {@code drawImage} returns {@code false}. As more of
* the image becomes available, the process that draws the image notifies
- * the image observer by calling its imageUpdate
method.
+ * the image observer by calling its {@code imageUpdate} method.
* drawImage
returns false
. As more of
+ * {@code drawImage} returns {@code false}. As more of
* the image becomes available, the process that draws the image notifies
* the specified image observer.
* @param img the specified image to be drawn.
@@ -1078,7 +1078,7 @@
* entire image has not yet been scaled, dithered, and converted
* for the current output device.
* If the current output representation is not yet complete then
- * drawImage
returns false
. As more of
+ * {@code drawImage} returns {@code false}. As more of
* the image becomes available, the process that draws the image notifies
* the specified image observer.
* drawImage
returns false
. As more of
+ * {@code drawImage} returns {@code false}. As more of
* the image becomes available, the process that draws the image notifies
* the specified image observer.
* drawImage
returns false
. As more of
+ * {@code drawImage} returns {@code false}. As more of
* the image becomes available, the process that draws the image notifies
* the specified image observer.
* Graphics
object cannot be used after
- * dispose
has been called.
+ * A {@code Graphics} object cannot be used after
+ * {@code dispose} has been called.
* Graphics
+ * When a Java program runs, a large number of {@code Graphics}
* objects can be created within a short time frame.
* Although the finalization process of the garbage collector
* also disposes of the same system resources, it is preferable
@@ -1316,12 +1316,12 @@
* may not run to completion for a long period of time.
* paint
and update
methods
+ * {@code paint} and {@code update} methods
* of components are automatically released by the system when
* those methods return. For efficiency, programmers should
- * call dispose
when finished using
- * a Graphics
object only if it was created
- * directly from a component or another Graphics
object.
+ * call {@code dispose} when finished using
+ * a {@code Graphics} object only if it was created
+ * directly from a component or another {@code Graphics} object.
* @see java.awt.Graphics#finalize
* @see java.awt.Component#paint
* @see java.awt.Component#update
@@ -1735,7 +1735,7 @@
}
/**
- * Return true if the Rectangle rect
+ * Return true if the Rectangle {@code rect}
* intersects the area into which the application
* has drawn.
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/print/PeekMetrics.java 2015-10-04 23:00:40.197252750 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/print/PeekMetrics.java 2015-10-04 23:00:40.005252758 +0400
@@ -52,9 +52,9 @@
private boolean mHasImages;
/**
- * Return true
if the application
+ * Return {@code true} if the application
* has done any drawing with a Paint that
- * is not an instance of Color
+ * is not an instance of {@code Color}
*/
public boolean hasNonSolidColors() {
return mHasNonSolidColors;
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@
/**
* The application is drawing text
- * defined by TextLayout
+ * defined by {@code TextLayout}
* so record the needed information.
*/
public void drawText(Graphics2D g, TextLayout textLayout) {
@@ -164,7 +164,7 @@
/**
* Record information about drawing done
- * with the supplied Paint
.
+ * with the supplied {@code Paint}.
*/
private void checkPaint(Paint paint) {
@@ -179,7 +179,7 @@
/**
* Record information about drawing done
- * with the supplied Composite
.
+ * with the supplied {@code Composite}.
*/
private void checkAlpha(Composite composite) {
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/print/PrintJob2D.java 2015-10-04 23:00:40.741252725 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/print/PrintJob2D.java 2015-10-04 23:00:40.529252735 +0400
@@ -928,23 +928,23 @@
/**
* Prints the page at the specified index into the specified
* {@link Graphics} context in the specified
- * format. A PrinterJob
calls the
- * Printable
interface to request that a page be
+ * format. A {@code PrinterJob} calls the
+ * {@code Printable} interface to request that a page be
* rendered into the context specified by
- * graphics
. The format of the page to be drawn is
- * specified by pageFormat
. The zero based index
- * of the requested page is specified by pageIndex
.
+ * {@code graphics}. The format of the page to be drawn is
+ * specified by {@code pageFormat}. The zero based index
+ * of the requested page is specified by {@code pageIndex}.
* If the requested page does not exist then this method returns
* NO_SUCH_PAGE; otherwise PAGE_EXISTS is returned.
- * The Graphics
class or subclass implements the
+ * The {@code Graphics} class or subclass implements the
* {@link java.awt.PrintGraphics} interface to provide additional
- * information. If the Printable
object
+ * information. If the {@code Printable} object
* aborts the print job then it throws a {@link PrinterException}.
* @param graphics the context into which the page is drawn
* @param pageFormat the size and orientation of the page being drawn
* @param pageIndex the zero based index of the page to be drawn
* @return PAGE_EXISTS if the page is rendered successfully
- * or NO_SUCH_PAGE if pageIndex
specifies a
+ * or NO_SUCH_PAGE if {@code pageIndex} specifies a
* non-existent page.
* @exception java.awt.print.PrinterException
* thrown when the print job is terminated.
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/print/ProxyGraphics.java 2015-10-04 23:00:41.273252701 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/print/ProxyGraphics.java 2015-10-04 23:00:41.081252710 +0400
@@ -63,8 +63,8 @@
}
/**
- * Creates a new Graphics
object that is
- * a copy of this Graphics
object.
+ * Creates a new {@code Graphics} object that is
+ * a copy of this {@code Graphics} object.
* @return a new graphics context that is a copy of
* this graphics context.
*/
@@ -73,28 +73,28 @@
}
/**
- * Creates a new Graphics
object based on this
- * Graphics
object, but with a new translation and clip area.
- * The new Graphics
object has its origin
+ * Creates a new {@code Graphics} object based on this
+ * {@code Graphics} object, but with a new translation and clip area.
+ * The new {@code Graphics} object has its origin
* translated to the specified point (x, y).
* Its clip area is determined by the intersection of the original
* clip area with the specified rectangle. The arguments are all
* interpreted in the coordinate system of the original
- * Graphics
object. The new graphics context is
+ * {@code Graphics} object. The new graphics context is
* identical to the original, except in two respects:
*
*
* 0
, 0
) in the
+ * That is to say, the point ({@code 0}, {@code 0}) in the
* new graphics context is the same as (x, y) in
* the original graphics context.
* 0
, 0
), and its size
- * is specified by the width
and height
+ * rectangle is at ({@code 0}, {@code 0}), and its size
+ * is specified by the {@code width} and {@code height}
* arguments.
* setClip(null)
, this method returns
- * null
.
+ * cleared using {@code setClip(null)}, this method returns
+ * {@code null}.
* The coordinates in the rectangle are relative to the coordinate
* system origin of this graphics context.
* @return the bounding rectangle of the current clipping area,
- * or null
if no clip is set.
+ * or {@code null} if no clip is set.
* @see java.awt.Graphics#getClip
* @see java.awt.Graphics#clipRect
* @see java.awt.Graphics#setClip(int, int, int, int)
@@ -252,7 +252,7 @@
* The resulting clipping area is the intersection of the current
* clipping area and the specified rectangle. If there is no
* current clipping area, either because the clip has never been
- * set, or the clip has been cleared using setClip(null)
,
+ * set, or the clip has been cleared using {@code setClip(null)},
* the specified rectangle becomes the new clip.
* This method sets the user clip, which is independent of the
* clipping associated with device bounds and window visibility.
@@ -293,10 +293,10 @@
* This method returns the user clip, which is independent of the
* clipping associated with device bounds and window visibility.
* If no clip has previously been set, or if the clip has been
- * cleared using setClip(null)
, this method returns
- * null
.
- * @return a Shape
object representing the
- * current clipping area, or null
if
+ * cleared using {@code setClip(null)}, this method returns
+ * {@code null}.
+ * @return a {@code Shape} object representing the
+ * current clipping area, or {@code null} if
* no clip is set.
* @see java.awt.Graphics#getClipBounds
* @see java.awt.Graphics#clipRect
@@ -310,15 +310,15 @@
/**
* Sets the current clipping area to an arbitrary clip shape.
- * Not all objects that implement the Shape
+ * Not all objects that implement the {@code Shape}
* interface can be used to set the clip. The only
- * Shape
objects that are guaranteed to be
- * supported are Shape
objects that are
- * obtained via the getClip
method and via
- * Rectangle
objects. This method sets the
+ * {@code Shape} objects that are guaranteed to be
+ * supported are {@code Shape} objects that are
+ * obtained via the {@code getClip} method and via
+ * {@code Rectangle} objects. This method sets the
* user clip, which is independent of the clipping associated
* with device bounds and window visibility.
- * @param clip the Shape
to use to set the clip
+ * @param clip the {@code Shape} to use to set the clip
* @see java.awt.Graphics#getClip()
* @see java.awt.Graphics#clipRect
* @see java.awt.Graphics#setClip(int, int, int, int)
@@ -330,16 +330,16 @@
/**
* Copies an area of the component by a distance specified by
- * dx
and dy
. From the point specified
- * by x
and y
, this method
+ * {@code dx} and {@code dy}. From the point specified
+ * by {@code x} and {@code y}, this method
* copies downwards and to the right. To copy an area of the
* component to the left or upwards, specify a negative value for
- * dx
or dy
.
+ * {@code dx} or {@code dy}.
* If a portion of the source rectangle lies outside the bounds
* of the component, or is obscured by another window or component,
- * copyArea
will be unable to copy the associated
+ * {@code copyArea} will be unable to copy the associated
* pixels. The area that is omitted can be refreshed by calling
- * the component's paint
method.
+ * the component's {@code paint} method.
* @param x the x coordinate of the source rectangle.
* @param y the y coordinate of the source rectangle.
* @param width the width of the source rectangle.
@@ -368,12 +368,12 @@
/**
* Fills the specified rectangle.
* The left and right edges of the rectangle are at
- * x
and x + width - 1
.
+ * {@code x} and x + width - 1
.
* The top and bottom edges are at
- * y
and y + height - 1
.
+ * {@code y} and y + height - 1
.
* The resulting rectangle covers an area
- * width
pixels wide by
- * height
pixels tall.
+ * {@code width} pixels wide by
+ * {@code height} pixels tall.
* The rectangle is filled using the graphics context's current color.
* @param x the x coordinate
* of the rectangle to be filled.
@@ -391,9 +391,9 @@
/**
* Draws the outline of the specified rectangle.
* The left and right edges of the rectangle are at
- * x
and x + width
.
+ * {@code x} and x + width
.
* The top and bottom edges are at
- * y
and y + height
.
+ * {@code y} and y + height
.
* The rectangle is drawn using the graphics context's current color.
* @param x the x coordinate
* of the rectangle to be drawn.
@@ -415,7 +415,7 @@
* setColor
followed by fillRect
to
+ * use {@code setColor} followed by {@code fillRect} to
* ensure that an offscreen image is cleared to a specific color.
* @param x the x coordinate of the rectangle to clear.
* @param y the y coordinate of the rectangle to clear.
@@ -434,9 +434,9 @@
/**
* Draws an outlined round-cornered rectangle using this graphics
* context's current color. The left and right edges of the rectangle
- * are at x
and x + width
,
+ * are at {@code x} and x + width
,
* respectively. The top and bottom edges of the rectangle are at
- * y
and y + height
.
+ * {@code y} and y + height
.
* @param x the x coordinate of the rectangle to be drawn.
* @param y the y coordinate of the rectangle to be drawn.
* @param width the width of the rectangle to be drawn.
@@ -455,9 +455,9 @@
/**
* Fills the specified rounded corner rectangle with the current color.
* The left and right edges of the rectangle
- * are at x
and x + width - 1
,
+ * are at {@code x} and x + width - 1
,
* respectively. The top and bottom edges of the rectangle are at
- * y
and y + height - 1
.
+ * {@code y} and y + height - 1
.
* @param x the x coordinate of the rectangle to be filled.
* @param y the y coordinate of the rectangle to be filled.
* @param width the width of the rectangle to be filled.
@@ -520,8 +520,8 @@
/**
* Draws the outline of an oval.
* The result is a circle or ellipse that fits within the
- * rectangle specified by the x
, y
,
- * width
, and height
arguments.
+ * rectangle specified by the {@code x}, {@code y},
+ * {@code width}, and {@code height} arguments.
* width + 1
pixels wide
@@ -557,8 +557,8 @@
* Draws the outline of a circular or elliptical arc
* covering the specified rectangle.
* startAngle
and extends
- * for arcAngle
degrees, using the current color.
+ * The resulting arc begins at {@code startAngle} and extends
+ * for {@code arcAngle} degrees, using the current color.
* Angles are interpreted such that 0 degrees
* is at the 3 o'clock position.
* A positive value indicates a counter-clockwise rotation
@@ -566,7 +566,7 @@
* width
and height
arguments.
+ * {@code width} and {@code height} arguments.
* width + 1
pixels wide
@@ -598,8 +598,8 @@
/**
* Fills a circular or elliptical arc covering the specified rectangle.
* startAngle
and extends
- * for arcAngle
degrees.
+ * The resulting arc begins at {@code startAngle} and extends
+ * for {@code arcAngle} degrees.
* Angles are interpreted such that 0 degrees
* is at the 3 o'clock position.
* A positive value indicates a counter-clockwise rotation
@@ -607,7 +607,7 @@
* width
and height
arguments.
+ * {@code width} and {@code height} arguments.
* width + 1
pixels wide
@@ -659,16 +659,16 @@
* arrays of x and y coordinates.
* Each pair of (x, y) coordinates defines a point.
* nPoint
line
+ * This method draws the polygon defined by {@code nPoint} line
* segments, where the first nPoint - 1
* line segments are line segments from
* (xPoints[i - 1], yPoints[i - 1])
* to (xPoints[i], yPoints[i])
, for
- * 1 ≤ i ≤ nPoints
.
+ * 1 ≤ i ≤ {@code nPoints}.
* The figure is automatically closed by drawing a line connecting
* the final point to the first point, if those points are different.
- * @param xPoints a an array of x
coordinates.
- * @param yPoints a an array of y
coordinates.
+ * @param xPoints a an array of {@code x} coordinates.
+ * @param yPoints a an array of {@code y} coordinates.
* @param nPoints a the total number of points.
* @see java.awt.Graphics#fillPolygon
* @see java.awt.Graphics#drawPolyline
@@ -680,7 +680,7 @@
/**
* Draws the outline of a polygon defined by the specified
- * Polygon
object.
+ * {@code Polygon} object.
* @param p the polygon to draw.
* @see java.awt.Graphics#fillPolygon
* @see java.awt.Graphics#drawPolyline
@@ -693,19 +693,19 @@
* Fills a closed polygon defined by
* arrays of x and y coordinates.
* nPoint
line
+ * This method draws the polygon defined by {@code nPoint} line
* segments, where the first nPoint - 1
* line segments are line segments from
* (xPoints[i - 1], yPoints[i - 1])
* to (xPoints[i], yPoints[i])
, for
- * 1 ≤ i ≤ nPoints
.
+ * 1 ≤ i ≤ {@code nPoints}.
* The figure is automatically closed by drawing a line connecting
* the final point to the first point, if those points are different.
* x
coordinates.
- * @param yPoints a an array of y
coordinates.
+ * @param xPoints a an array of {@code x} coordinates.
+ * @param yPoints a an array of {@code y} coordinates.
* @param nPoints a the total number of points.
* @see java.awt.Graphics#drawPolygon(int[], int[], int)
*/
@@ -805,7 +805,7 @@
* and converted for the current output device.
* drawImage
returns false
. As more of
+ * {@code drawImage} returns {@code false}. As more of
* the image becomes available, the process that draws the image notifies
* the specified image observer.
* @param img the specified image to be drawn.
@@ -835,9 +835,9 @@
* entire image has not yet been scaled, dithered, and converted
* for the current output device.
* If the current output representation is not yet complete, then
- * drawImage
returns false
. As more of
+ * {@code drawImage} returns {@code false}. As more of
* the image becomes available, the process that draws the image notifies
- * the image observer by calling its imageUpdate
method.
+ * the image observer by calling its {@code imageUpdate} method.
* drawImage
returns false
. As more of
+ * {@code drawImage} returns {@code false}. As more of
* the image becomes available, the process that draws the image notifies
* the specified image observer.
* @param img the specified image to be drawn.
@@ -913,7 +913,7 @@
* entire image has not yet been scaled, dithered, and converted
* for the current output device.
* If the current output representation is not yet complete then
- * drawImage
returns false
. As more of
+ * {@code drawImage} returns {@code false}. As more of
* the image becomes available, the process that draws the image notifies
* the specified image observer.
* drawImage
returns false
. As more of
+ * {@code drawImage} returns {@code false}. As more of
* the image becomes available, the process that draws the image notifies
* the specified image observer.
* drawImage
returns false
. As more of
+ * {@code drawImage} returns {@code false}. As more of
* the image becomes available, the process that draws the image notifies
* the specified image observer.
* Graphics
object cannot be used after
- * dispose
has been called.
+ * A {@code Graphics} object cannot be used after
+ * {@code dispose} has been called.
* Graphics
+ * When a Java program runs, a large number of {@code Graphics}
* objects can be created within a short time frame.
* Although the finalization process of the garbage collector
* also disposes of the same system resources, it is preferable
@@ -1080,12 +1080,12 @@
* may not run to completion for a long period of time.
* paint
and update
methods
+ * {@code paint} and {@code update} methods
* of components are automatically released by the system when
* those methods return. For efficiency, programmers should
- * call dispose
when finished using
- * a Graphics
object only if it was created
- * directly from a component or another Graphics
object.
+ * call {@code dispose} when finished using
+ * a {@code Graphics} object only if it was created
+ * directly from a component or another {@code Graphics} object.
* @see java.awt.Graphics#finalize
* @see java.awt.Component#paint
* @see java.awt.Component#update
@@ -1103,8 +1103,8 @@
}
/**
- * Returns a String
object representing this
- * Graphics
object's value.
+ * Returns a {@code String} object representing this
+ * {@code Graphics} object's value.
* @return a string representation of this graphics context.
*/
public String toString() {
@@ -1113,7 +1113,7 @@
/**
* @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
- * replaced by getClipBounds()
.
+ * replaced by {@code getClipBounds()}.
*/
@Deprecated
public Rectangle getClipRect() {
@@ -1144,8 +1144,8 @@
* This method refers to the user clip, which is independent of the
* clipping associated with device bounds and window visibility.
* If no clip has previously been set, or if the clip has been
- * cleared using setClip(null)
, this method returns the
- * specified Rectangle
.
+ * cleared using {@code setClip(null)}, this method returns the
+ * specified {@code Rectangle}.
* @param r the rectangle where the current clipping area is
* copied to. Any current values in this rectangle are
* overwritten.
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/print/ProxyGraphics2D.java 2015-10-04 23:00:41.817252677 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/print/ProxyGraphics2D.java 2015-10-04 23:00:41.629252685 +0400
@@ -111,8 +111,8 @@
/* The Delegated Graphics Methods */
/**
- * Creates a new Graphics
object that is
- * a copy of this Graphics
object.
+ * Creates a new {@code Graphics} object that is
+ * a copy of this {@code Graphics} object.
* @return a new graphics context that is a copy of
* this graphics context.
* @since 1.0
@@ -380,7 +380,7 @@
/**
* Gets the current clipping area.
- * @return a Shape
object representing the
+ * @return a {@code Shape} object representing the
* current clipping area.
* @see java.awt.Graphics#getClipBounds
* @see java.awt.Graphics#clipRect
@@ -395,12 +395,12 @@
/**
* Sets the current clipping area to an arbitrary clip shape.
- * Not all objects which implement the Shape
+ * Not all objects which implement the {@code Shape}
* interface can be used to set the clip. The only
- * Shape
objects which are guaranteed to be
- * supported are Shape
objects which are
- * obtained via the getClip
method and via
- * Rectangle
objects.
+ * {@code Shape} objects which are guaranteed to be
+ * supported are {@code Shape} objects which are
+ * obtained via the {@code getClip} method and via
+ * {@code Rectangle} objects.
* @see java.awt.Graphics#getClip()
* @see java.awt.Graphics#clipRect
* @see java.awt.Graphics#setClip(int, int, int, int)
@@ -413,16 +413,16 @@
/**
* Copies an area of the component by a distance specified by
- * dx
and dy
. From the point specified
- * by x
and y
, this method
+ * {@code dx} and {@code dy}. From the point specified
+ * by {@code x} and {@code y}, this method
* copies downwards and to the right. To copy an area of the
* component to the left or upwards, specify a negative value for
- * dx
or dy
.
+ * {@code dx} or {@code dy}.
* If a portion of the source rectangle lies outside the bounds
* of the component, or is obscured by another window or component,
- * copyArea
will be unable to copy the associated
+ * {@code copyArea} will be unable to copy the associated
* pixels. The area that is omitted can be refreshed by calling
- * the component's paint
method.
+ * the component's {@code paint} method.
* @param x the x coordinate of the source rectangle.
* @param y the y coordinate of the source rectangle.
* @param width the width of the source rectangle.
@@ -454,12 +454,12 @@
/**
* Fills the specified rectangle.
* The left and right edges of the rectangle are at
- * x
and x + width - 1
.
+ * {@code x} and x + width - 1
.
* The top and bottom edges are at
- * y
and y + height - 1
.
+ * {@code y} and y + height - 1
.
* The resulting rectangle covers an area
- * width
pixels wide by
- * height
pixels tall.
+ * {@code width} pixels wide by
+ * {@code height} pixels tall.
* The rectangle is filled using the graphics context's current color.
* @param x the x coordinate
* of the rectangle to be filled.
@@ -482,7 +482,7 @@
* setColor
followed by fillRect
to
+ * use {@code setColor} followed by {@code fillRect} to
* ensure that an offscreen image is cleared to a specific color.
* @param x the x coordinate of the rectangle to clear.
* @param y the y coordinate of the rectangle to clear.
@@ -502,9 +502,9 @@
/**
* Draws an outlined round-cornered rectangle using this graphics
* context's current color. The left and right edges of the rectangle
- * are at x
and x + width
,
+ * are at {@code x} and x + width
,
* respectively. The top and bottom edges of the rectangle are at
- * y
and y + height
.
+ * {@code y} and y + height
.
* @param x the x coordinate of the rectangle to be drawn.
* @param y the y coordinate of the rectangle to be drawn.
* @param width the width of the rectangle to be drawn.
@@ -524,9 +524,9 @@
/**
* Fills the specified rounded corner rectangle with the current color.
* The left and right edges of the rectangle
- * are at x
and x + width - 1
,
+ * are at {@code x} and x + width - 1
,
* respectively. The top and bottom edges of the rectangle are at
- * y
and y + height - 1
.
+ * {@code y} and y + height - 1
.
* @param x the x coordinate of the rectangle to be filled.
* @param y the y coordinate of the rectangle to be filled.
* @param width the width of the rectangle to be filled.
@@ -546,8 +546,8 @@
/**
* Draws the outline of an oval.
* The result is a circle or ellipse that fits within the
- * rectangle specified by the x
, y
,
- * width
, and height
arguments.
+ * rectangle specified by the {@code x}, {@code y},
+ * {@code width}, and {@code height} arguments.
* width + 1
pixels wide
@@ -585,8 +585,8 @@
* Draws the outline of a circular or elliptical arc
* covering the specified rectangle.
* startAngle
and extends
- * for arcAngle
degrees, using the current color.
+ * The resulting arc begins at {@code startAngle} and extends
+ * for {@code arcAngle} degrees, using the current color.
* Angles are interpreted such that 0 degrees
* is at the 3 o'clock position.
* A positive value indicates a counter-clockwise rotation
@@ -594,7 +594,7 @@
* width
and height
arguments.
+ * {@code width} and {@code height} arguments.
* width + 1
pixels wide
@@ -619,8 +619,8 @@
/**
* Fills a circular or elliptical arc covering the specified rectangle.
* startAngle
and extends
- * for arcAngle
degrees.
+ * The resulting arc begins at {@code startAngle} and extends
+ * for {@code arcAngle} degrees.
* Angles are interpreted such that 0 degrees
* is at the 3 o'clock position.
* A positive value indicates a counter-clockwise rotation
@@ -628,7 +628,7 @@
* width
and height
arguments.
+ * {@code width} and {@code height} arguments.
* width + 1
pixels wide
@@ -672,16 +672,16 @@
* arrays of x and y coordinates.
* Each pair of (x, y) coordinates defines a point.
* nPoint
line
+ * This method draws the polygon defined by {@code nPoint} line
* segments, where the first nPoint - 1
* line segments are line segments from
* (xPoints[i - 1], yPoints[i - 1])
* to (xPoints[i], yPoints[i])
, for
- * 1 ≤ i ≤ nPoints
.
+ * 1 ≤ i ≤ {@code nPoints}.
* The figure is automatically closed by drawing a line connecting
* the final point to the first point, if those points are different.
- * @param xPoints a an array of x
coordinates.
- * @param yPoints a an array of y
coordinates.
+ * @param xPoints a an array of {@code x} coordinates.
+ * @param yPoints a an array of {@code y} coordinates.
* @param nPoints a the total number of points.
* @see java.awt.Graphics#fillPolygon
* @see java.awt.Graphics#drawPolyline
@@ -696,19 +696,19 @@
* Fills a closed polygon defined by
* arrays of x and y coordinates.
* nPoint
line
+ * This method draws the polygon defined by {@code nPoint} line
* segments, where the first nPoint - 1
* line segments are line segments from
* (xPoints[i - 1], yPoints[i - 1])
* to (xPoints[i], yPoints[i])
, for
- * 1 ≤ i ≤ nPoints
.
+ * 1 ≤ i ≤ {@code nPoints}.
* The figure is automatically closed by drawing a line connecting
* the final point to the first point, if those points are different.
* x
coordinates.
- * @param yPoints a an array of y
coordinates.
+ * @param xPoints a an array of {@code x} coordinates.
+ * @param yPoints a an array of {@code y} coordinates.
* @param nPoints a the total number of points.
* @see java.awt.Graphics#drawPolygon(int[], int[], int)
* @since 1.0
@@ -796,7 +796,7 @@
* and converted for the current output device.
* drawImage
returns false
. As more of
+ * {@code drawImage} returns {@code false}. As more of
* the image becomes available, the process that draws the image notifies
* the specified image observer.
* @param img the specified image to be drawn.
@@ -828,9 +828,9 @@
* entire image has not yet been scaled, dithered, and converted
* for the current output device.
* If the current output representation is not yet complete, then
- * drawImage
returns false
. As more of
+ * {@code drawImage} returns {@code false}. As more of
* the image becomes available, the process that draws the image notifies
- * the image observer by calling its imageUpdate
method.
+ * the image observer by calling its {@code imageUpdate} method.
* drawImage
returns false
. As more of
+ * {@code drawImage} returns {@code false}. As more of
* the image becomes available, the process that draws the image notifies
* the specified image observer.
* @param img the specified image to be drawn.
@@ -923,7 +923,7 @@
* entire image has not yet been scaled, dithered, and converted
* for the current output device.
* If the current output representation is not yet complete then
- * drawImage
returns false
. As more of
+ * {@code drawImage} returns {@code false}. As more of
* the image becomes available, the process that draws the image notifies
* the specified image observer.
* drawImage
returns false
. As more of
+ * {@code drawImage} returns {@code false}. As more of
* the image becomes available, the process that draws the image notifies
* the specified image observer.
* drawImage
returns false
. As more of
+ * {@code drawImage} returns {@code false}. As more of
* the image becomes available, the process that draws the image notifies
* the specified image observer.
* img
will
+ * Return true if drawing {@code img} will
* invoke a Java2D bug (#4258675). The bug in question
* occurs when a draw image call with a background color
* parameter tries to render a sheared
@@ -1126,14 +1126,14 @@
}
/**
- * Return a new BufferedImage
+ * Return a new {@code BufferedImage}
* that contains a copy of the provided
- * Image
where its
+ * {@code Image} where its
* transparent pixels have been replaced by
- * bgcolor
. If the new
- * BufferedImage
can not be created,
+ * {@code bgcolor}. If the new
+ * {@code BufferedImage} can not be created,
* probably because the original image has not
- * finished loading, then null
is
+ * finished loading, then {@code null} is
* returned.
*/
private BufferedImage getBufferedImageCopy(Image img, Color bgcolor) {
@@ -1232,10 +1232,10 @@
/**
* Disposes of this graphics context and releases
* any system resources that it is using.
- * A Graphics
object cannot be used after
- * dispose
has been called.
+ * A {@code Graphics} object cannot be used after
+ * {@code dispose} has been called.
* Graphics
+ * When a Java program runs, a large number of {@code Graphics}
* objects can be created within a short time frame.
* Although the finalization process of the garbage collector
* also disposes of the same system resources, it is preferable
@@ -1244,12 +1244,12 @@
* may not run to completion for a long period of time.
* paint
and update
methods
+ * {@code paint} and {@code update} methods
* of components are automatically released by the system when
* those methods return. For efficiency, programmers should
- * call dispose
when finished using
- * a Graphics
object only if it was created
- * directly from a component or another Graphics
object.
+ * call {@code dispose} when finished using
+ * a {@code Graphics} object only if it was created
+ * directly from a component or another {@code Graphics} object.
* @see java.awt.Graphics#finalize
* @see java.awt.Component#paint
* @see java.awt.Component#update
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/print/ProxyPrintGraphics.java 2015-10-04 23:00:42.365252652 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/print/ProxyPrintGraphics.java 2015-10-04 23:00:42.177252661 +0400
@@ -54,8 +54,8 @@
}
/**
- * Creates a new Graphics
object that is
- * a copy of this Graphics
object.
+ * Creates a new {@code Graphics} object that is
+ * a copy of this {@code Graphics} object.
* @return a new graphics context that is a copy of
* this graphics context.
*/
@@ -65,8 +65,8 @@
/**
- * Creates a new Graphics
object based on this
- * Graphics
object, but with a new translation and
+ * Creates a new {@code Graphics} object based on this
+ * {@code Graphics} object, but with a new translation and
* clip area.
* Refer to
* {@link sun.print.ProxyGraphics#create(int, int, int, int)}
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/print/RasterPrinterJob.java 2015-10-04 23:00:42.889252629 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/print/RasterPrinterJob.java 2015-10-04 23:00:42.697252637 +0400
@@ -431,7 +431,7 @@
/*
* A convenience method which returns the default service
- * for 2D PrinterJob
s.
+ * for 2D {@code PrinterJob}s.
* May return null if there is no suitable default (although there
* may still be 2D services available).
* @return default 2D print service, or null.
@@ -495,9 +495,9 @@
/**
* Associate this PrinterJob with a new PrintService.
*
- * Throws PrinterException
if the specified service
- * cannot support the Pageable
and
- * Printable
interfaces necessary to support 2D printing.
+ * Throws {@code PrinterException} if the specified service
+ * cannot support the {@code Pageable} and
+ * {@code Printable} interfaces necessary to support 2D printing.
* @param service print service which supports 2D printing.
*
* @throws PrinterException if the specified service does not support
@@ -694,17 +694,17 @@
/**
* Display a dialog to the user allowing the modification of a
* PageFormat instance.
- * The page
argument is used to initialize controls
+ * The {@code page} argument is used to initialize controls
* in the page setup dialog.
* If the user cancels the dialog, then the method returns the
- * original page
object unmodified.
+ * original {@code page} object unmodified.
* If the user okays the dialog then the method returns a new
* PageFormat object with the indicated changes.
- * In either case the original page
object will
+ * In either case the original {@code page} object will
* not be modified.
* @param page the default PageFormat presented to the user
* for modification
- * @return the original page
object if the dialog
+ * @return the original {@code page} object if the dialog
* is cancelled, or a new PageFormat object containing
* the format indicated by the user if the dialog is
* acknowledged
@@ -2331,14 +2331,14 @@
/**
* Examine the metrics captured by the
- * PeekGraphics
instance and
+ * {@code PeekGraphics} instance and
* if capable of directly converting this
* print job to the printer's control language
* or the native OS's graphics primitives, then
- * return a PathGraphics
to perform
+ * return a {@code PathGraphics} to perform
* that conversion. If there is not an object
* capable of the conversion then return
- * null
. Returning null
+ * {@code null}. Returning {@code null}
* causes the print job to be rasterized.
*/
protected Graphics2D createPathGraphics(PeekGraphics graphics,
@@ -2353,11 +2353,11 @@
/**
* Create and return an object that will
* gather and hold metrics about the print
- * job. This method is passed a Graphics2D
+ * job. This method is passed a {@code Graphics2D}
* object that can be used as a proxy for the
* object gathering the print job matrics. The
* method is also supplied with the instance
- * controlling the print job, printerJob
.
+ * controlling the print job, {@code printerJob}.
*/
protected PeekGraphics createPeekGraphics(Graphics2D graphics,
PrinterJob printerJob) {
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/swing/CachedPainter.java 2015-10-04 23:00:43.437252604 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/swing/CachedPainter.java 2015-10-04 23:00:43.245252613 +0400
@@ -32,21 +32,21 @@
* A base class used for icons or images that are expensive to paint.
* A subclass will do the following:
*
- *
* The two ways to use this class are:
* paint
when you want to paint the image,
- * if you are implementing Icon
you'll invoke this from
- * paintIcon
.
+ * paintToImage
to render the image. The code that
+ * paintIcon
, for an Icon
.
+ * {@code paintIcon}, for an {@code Icon}.
*
- *
*
*
@@ -69,8 +69,8 @@
}
/**
- * Creates an instance of paint
to draw the cached reprensentation at
+ * getImage
to get the cached reprensentation and
+ * VolatileImage
.
+ * using {@code VolatileImage}.
* CachedPainter
that will cache up
- * to cacheCount
images of this class.
+ * Creates an instance of {@code CachedPainter} that will cache up
+ * to {@code cacheCount} images of this class.
*
* @param cacheCount Max number of images to cache
*/
@@ -79,9 +79,9 @@
}
/**
- * Renders the cached image to the passed in Graphic
.
- * If there is no cached image paintToImage
will be invoked.
- * paintImage
is invoked to paint the cached image.
+ * Renders the cached image to the passed in {@code Graphic}.
+ * If there is no cached image {@code paintToImage} will be invoked.
+ * {@code paintImage} is invoked to paint the cached image.
*
* @param c Component rendering to, this may be null.
* @param g Graphics to paint to
@@ -165,7 +165,7 @@
* @param g Graphics to paint to, obtained from the passed in Image.
* @param w Width to paint to
* @param h Height to paint to
- * @param args Arguments supplied to paint
+ * @param args Arguments supplied to {@code paint}
*/
protected abstract void paintToImage(Component c, Image image, Graphics g,
int w, int h, Object[] args);
@@ -181,7 +181,7 @@
* @param w Width to paint to
* @param h Height to paint to
* @param image Image to paint
- * @param args Arguments supplied to paint
+ * @param args Arguments supplied to {@code paint}
*/
protected void paintImage(Component c, Graphics g,
int x, int y, int w, int h, Image image,
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/swing/DefaultLayoutStyle.java 2015-10-04 23:00:43.961252581 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/swing/DefaultLayoutStyle.java 2015-10-04 23:00:43.769252589 +0400
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
import javax.swing.plaf.UIResource;
/**
- * An implementation of LayoutStyle
that returns 6 for related
+ * An implementation of {@code LayoutStyle} that returns 6 for related
* components, otherwise 12. This class also provides helper methods for
* subclasses.
*
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@
}
/**
- * If c
is a check box or radio button, and the border is
+ * If {@code c} is a check box or radio button, and the border is
* not painted this returns the inset along the specified axis.
*/
public int getButtonGap(JComponent c, int position) {
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/swing/DefaultLookup.java 2015-10-04 23:00:44.485252557 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/swing/DefaultLookup.java 2015-10-04 23:00:44.293252566 +0400
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@
/**
* Sets the DefaultLookup instance to use for the current
- * AppContext
. Null implies the UIManager should be
+ * {@code AppContext}. Null implies the UIManager should be
* used.
*/
public static void setDefaultLookup(DefaultLookup lookup) {
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/swing/FilePane.java 2015-10-04 23:00:45.021252533 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/swing/FilePane.java 2015-10-04 23:00:44.817252542 +0400
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@
/**
* Moves the keyboard focus to the first element whose prefix matches
* the sequence of alphanumeric keys pressed by the user with delay
- * less than value of timeFactor
. Subsequent same key
+ * less than value of {@code timeFactor}. Subsequent same key
* presses move the keyboard focus to the next object that starts with
* the same letter until another key is pressed, then it is treated
* as the prefix with appropriate number of the same letters followed
@@ -1319,7 +1319,7 @@
/**
* Creates a selection listener for the list of files and directories.
*
- * @return a ListSelectionListener
+ * @return a {@code ListSelectionListener}
*/
public ListSelectionListener createListSelectionListener() {
return fileChooserUIAccessor.createListSelectionListener();
@@ -1954,7 +1954,7 @@
/**
* Property to remember whether a directory is currently selected in the UI.
*
- * @return true
iff a directory is currently selected.
+ * @return {@code true} iff a directory is currently selected.
*/
protected boolean isDirectorySelected() {
return fileChooserUIAccessor.isDirectorySelected();
@@ -1964,7 +1964,7 @@
/**
* Property to remember the directory that is currently selected in the UI.
*
- * @return the value of the directory
property
+ * @return the value of the {@code directory} property
* @see javax.swing.plaf.basic.BasicFileChooserUI#setDirectory
*/
protected File getDirectory() {
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/swing/ImageIconUIResource.java 2015-10-04 23:00:45.561252509 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/swing/ImageIconUIResource.java 2015-10-04 23:00:45.369252517 +0400
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
import java.awt.Image;
/**
- * A subclass of ImageIcon
that implements UIResource.
+ * A subclass of {@code ImageIcon} that implements UIResource.
*
* @author Shannon Hickey
*
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/swing/PrintColorUIResource.java 2015-10-04 23:00:46.085252485 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/swing/PrintColorUIResource.java 2015-10-04 23:00:45.893252494 +0400
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@
/**
* Return the color to use during printing. If no alternate
* color was specified on construction, this method will
- * return this
.
+ * return {@code this}.
*
* @return the color to use during printing
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/swing/PrintingStatus.java 2015-10-04 23:00:46.601252462 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/swing/PrintingStatus.java 2015-10-04 23:00:46.413252471 +0400
@@ -90,11 +90,11 @@
/**
* Creates PrintingStatus instance
*
- * @param parent a Component
object to be used
+ * @param parent a {@code Component} object to be used
* as parent component for PrintingStatus dialog
- * @param job a PrinterJob
object to be cancelled
- * using this PrintingStatus
dialog
- * @return a PrintingStatus
object
+ * @param job a {@code PrinterJob} object to be cancelled
+ * using this {@code PrintingStatus} dialog
+ * @return a {@code PrintingStatus} object
*/
public static PrintingStatus
createPrintingStatus(Component parent, PrinterJob job) {
@@ -161,10 +161,10 @@
/**
* Shows PrintingStatus dialog.
* if dialog is modal this method returns only
- * after dispose()
was called otherwise returns immediately
+ * after {@code dispose()} was called otherwise returns immediately
*
- * @param isModal true
this dialog should be modal;
- * false
otherwise.
+ * @param isModal {@code true} this dialog should be modal;
+ * {@code false} otherwise.
* @see #dispose
*/
public void showModal(final boolean isModal) {
@@ -251,7 +251,7 @@
* @param printable to be used to create notification printable
* @return printable which is used to track the current page being
* printed in this PrintingStatus
- * @throws NullPointerException if printable
is null
+ * @throws NullPointerException if {@code printable} is {@code null}
*/
public Printable createNotificationPrintable(Printable printable) {
return new NotificationPrintable(printable);
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/swing/SwingUtilities2.java 2015-10-04 23:00:47.149252437 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/swing/SwingUtilities2.java 2015-10-04 23:00:46.937252447 +0400
@@ -1436,7 +1436,7 @@
/**
* Utility method that creates a {@code UIDefaults.LazyValue} that
- * creates an {@code ImageIcon} {@code UIResource} for the
+ * creates an {@code ImageIcon UIResource} for the
* specified image file name. The image is loaded using
* {@code getResourceAsStream}, starting with a call to that method
* on the base class parameter. If it cannot be found, searching will
@@ -1459,7 +1459,7 @@
/**
* Utility method that creates a {@code UIDefaults.LazyValue} that
- * creates an {@code ImageIcon} {@code UIResource} for the
+ * creates an {@code ImageIcon UIResource} for the
* specified image file name. The image is loaded using
* {@code getResourceAsStream}, starting with a call to that method
* on the base class parameter. If it cannot be found, searching will
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/swing/UIAction.java 2015-10-04 23:00:47.685252413 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/swing/UIAction.java 2015-10-04 23:00:47.493252422 +0400
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
/**
* UIAction is the basis of all of basic's action classes that are used in
- * an ActionMap. Subclasses need to override actionPerformed
.
+ * an ActionMap. Subclasses need to override {@code actionPerformed}.
*
@@ -51,8 +51,8 @@
*
* isEnabled(Component)
, and be aware that the passed in
- * Component
may be null.
+ * {@code isEnabled(Component)}, and be aware that the passed in
+ * {@code Component} may be null.
*
* @see javax.swing.Action
* @author Scott Violet
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@
}
/**
- * Cover method for isEnabled(null)
.
+ * Cover method for {@code isEnabled(null)}.
*/
public final boolean isEnabled() {
return isEnabled(null);
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@
/**
* Subclasses that need to conditionalize the enabled state should
- * override this. Be aware that sender
may be null.
+ * override this. Be aware that {@code sender} may be null.
*
* @param sender Widget enabled state is being asked for, may be null.
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/swing/icon/SortArrowIcon.java 2015-10-04 23:00:48.209252390 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/swing/icon/SortArrowIcon.java 2015-10-04 23:00:48.017252399 +0400
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@
private String colorKey;
/**
- * Creates a SortArrowIcon
.
+ * Creates a {@code SortArrowIcon}.
*
* @param ascending if true, icon respresenting ascending sort, otherwise
* descending
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@
}
/**
- * Creates a SortArrowIcon
.
+ * Creates a {@code SortArrowIcon}.
*
* @param ascending if true, icon respresenting ascending sort, otherwise
* descending
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/swing/plaf/synth/DefaultSynthStyle.java 2015-10-04 23:00:48.733252366 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/swing/plaf/synth/DefaultSynthStyle.java 2015-10-04 23:00:48.541252375 +0400
@@ -36,8 +36,8 @@
* using SynthStyle directly, or a specific state using one of the StateInfo
* methods.
* addTo
- * and clone
methods, these are used when the Styles are being
+ * Beyond the constructor a subclass should override the {@code addTo}
+ * and {@code clone} methods, these are used when the Styles are being
* merged into a resulting style.
*
* @author Scott Violet
@@ -296,7 +296,7 @@
}
/**
- * Returns the Insets. If to
is non-null the resulting
+ * Returns the Insets. If {@code to} is non-null the resulting
* insets will be placed in it, otherwise a new Insets object will be
* created and returned.
*
@@ -433,7 +433,7 @@
/**
* Returns the default value for a particular property. This is only
- * invoked if this style doesn't define a property for key
.
+ * invoked if this style doesn't define a property for {@code key}.
*
* @param context SynthContext identifying requestor
* @param key Property being requested.
@@ -471,10 +471,10 @@
/**
* Merges the contents of this Style with that of the passed in Style,
* returning the resulting merged syle. Properties of this
- * DefaultSynthStyle
will take precedence over those of the
- * passed in DefaultSynthStyle
. For example, if this
+ * {@code DefaultSynthStyle} will take precedence over those of the
+ * passed in {@code DefaultSynthStyle}. For example, if this
* style specifics a non-null font, the returned style will have its
- * font so to that regardless of the style
's font.
+ * font so to that regardless of the {@code style}'s font.
*
* @param style Style to add our styles to
* @return Merged style.
@@ -782,7 +782,7 @@
/**
* Sets the array of colors to use for rendering this state. This
- * is indexed by ColorType.getID()
.
+ * is indexed by {@code ColorType.getID()}.
*
* @param colors Array of colors
*/
@@ -792,7 +792,7 @@
/**
* Returns the array of colors to use for rendering this state. This
- * is indexed by ColorType.getID()
.
+ * is indexed by {@code ColorType.getID()}.
*
* @return Array of colors
*/
@@ -819,10 +819,10 @@
/**
* Merges the contents of this StateInfo with that of the passed in
* StateInfo, returning the resulting merged StateInfo. Properties of
- * this StateInfo
will take precedence over those of the
- * passed in StateInfo
. For example, if this
+ * this {@code StateInfo} will take precedence over those of the
+ * passed in {@code StateInfo}. For example, if this
* StateInfo specifics a non-null font, the returned StateInfo will
- * have its font so to that regardless of the StateInfo
's
+ * have its font so to that regardless of the {@code StateInfo}'s
* font.
*
* @param info StateInfo to add our styles to
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/swing/plaf/synth/Paint9Painter.java 2015-10-04 23:00:49.265252342 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/swing/plaf/synth/Paint9Painter.java 2015-10-04 23:00:49.073252351 +0400
@@ -40,13 +40,13 @@
public enum PaintType {
/**
* Painting type indicating the image should be centered in
- * the space provided. When used the mask
is ignored.
+ * the space provided. When used the {@code mask} is ignored.
*/
CENTER,
/**
* Painting type indicating the image should be tiled across the
- * specified width and height. When used the mask
is
+ * specified width and height. When used the {@code mask} is
* ignored.
*/
TILE,
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@
* Convenience method for testing the validity of an image.
*
* @param image Image to check.
- * @return true if image
is non-null and has a positive
+ * @return true if {@code image} is non-null and has a positive
* size.
*/
public static boolean validImage(Image image) {
@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@
}
/**
- * Paints using the algorightm specified by paintType
.
+ * Paints using the algorightm specified by {@code paintType}.
* NOTE that this just invokes super.paint(...) with the same
* argument ordering as this method.
*
@@ -110,17 +110,17 @@
* @param y Y-coordinate
* @param w Width to render to
* @param h Height to render to
- * @param source Image to render from, if null
this method
+ * @param source Image to render from, if {@code null} this method
* will do nothing
* @param sInsets Insets specifying the portion of the image that
- * will be stretched or tiled, if null
empty
- * Insets
will be used.
+ * will be stretched or tiled, if {@code null} empty
+ * {@code Insets} will be used.
* @param dInsets Destination insets specifying the portion of the image
- * will be stretched or tiled, if null
empty
- * Insets
will be used.
+ * will be stretched or tiled, if {@code null} empty
+ * {@code Insets} will be used.
* @param type Specifies what type of algorithm to use in painting
* @param mask Specifies portion of image to render, if
- * PAINT_ALL
is specified, any other regions
+ * {@code PAINT_ALL} is specified, any other regions
* specified will not be painted, for example
* PAINT_ALL | PAINT_CENTER paints everything but the center.
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/swing/plaf/synth/StyleAssociation.java 2015-10-04 23:00:49.789252319 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/swing/plaf/synth/StyleAssociation.java 2015-10-04 23:00:49.601252327 +0400
@@ -89,18 +89,18 @@
/**
* Returns the developer specified identifier for this association, will
- * be 0
if an identifier was not specified when this
- * StyleAssociation
was created.
+ * be {@code 0} if an identifier was not specified when this
+ * {@code StyleAssociation} was created.
*/
public int getID() {
return _id;
}
/**
- * Returns true if this StyleAssociation
matches the
+ * Returns true if this {@code StyleAssociation} matches the
* passed in CharSequence.
*
- * @return true if this StyleAssociation
matches the
+ * @return true if this {@code StyleAssociation} matches the
* passed in CharSequence.if this StyleAssociation.
*/
public synchronized boolean matches(CharSequence path) {
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/swing/plaf/synth/SynthFileChooserUIImpl.java 2015-10-04 23:00:50.325252295 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/swing/plaf/synth/SynthFileChooserUIImpl.java 2015-10-04 23:00:50.133252303 +0400
@@ -990,8 +990,8 @@
/**
- * ButtonAreaLayout
behaves in a similar manner to
- * FlowLayout
. It lays out all components from left to
+ * {@code ButtonAreaLayout} behaves in a similar manner to
+ * {@code FlowLayout}. It lays out all components from left to
* right, flushed right. The widths of all components will be set
* to the largest preferred size width.
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/swing/plaf/synth/SynthIcon.java 2015-10-04 23:00:50.857252271 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/share/classes/sun/swing/plaf/synth/SynthIcon.java 2015-10-04 23:00:50.665252280 +0400
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@
/**
* Paints the icon. This is a cover method for
- * paintIcon(null, g, x, y, 0, 0)
+ * {@code paintIcon(null, g, x, y, 0, 0)}
*/
public void paintIcon(Component c, Graphics g, int x, int y) {
paintIcon(null, g, x, y, 0, 0);
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@
/**
* Returns the icon's width. This is a cover methods for
- * getIconWidth(null)
.
+ * {@code getIconWidth(null)}.
*
* @return an int specifying the fixed width of the icon.
*/
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@
/**
* Returns the icon's height. This is a cover method for
- * getIconHeight(null)
.
+ * {@code getIconHeight(null)}.
*
* @return an int specifying the fixed height of the icon.
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/unix/classes/sun/awt/UNIXToolkit.java 2015-10-04 23:00:51.401252247 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/unix/classes/sun/awt/UNIXToolkit.java 2015-10-04 23:00:51.189252256 +0400
@@ -118,8 +118,8 @@
* Load a native Gtk stock icon.
*
* @param longname a desktop property name. This contains icon name, size
- * and orientation, e.g. "gtk.icon.gtk-add.4.rtl"
- * @return an Image
for the icon, or null
if the
+ * and orientation, e.g. {@code "gtk.icon.gtk-add.4.rtl"}
+ * @return an {@code Image} for the icon, or {@code null} if the
* icon could not be loaded
*/
protected Object lazilyLoadGTKIcon(String longname) {
--- old/src/java.desktop/unix/classes/sun/awt/X11/MotifDnDDragSourceProtocol.java 2015-10-04 23:00:51.925252223 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/unix/classes/sun/awt/X11/MotifDnDDragSourceProtocol.java 2015-10-04 23:00:51.733252232 +0400
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@
/**
* Creates an instance associated with the specified listener.
*
- * @throws NullPointerException if listener is null
.
+ * @throws NullPointerException if listener is {@code null}.
*/
static XDragSourceProtocol createInstance(XDragSourceProtocolListener listener) {
return new MotifDnDDragSourceProtocol(listener);
--- old/src/java.desktop/unix/classes/sun/awt/X11/MotifDnDDropTargetProtocol.java 2015-10-04 23:00:52.453252199 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/unix/classes/sun/awt/X11/MotifDnDDropTargetProtocol.java 2015-10-04 23:00:52.261252208 +0400
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@
/**
* Creates an instance associated with the specified listener.
*
- * @throws NullPointerException if listener is null
.
+ * @throws NullPointerException if listener is {@code null}.
*/
static XDropTargetProtocol createInstance(XDropTargetProtocolListener listener) {
return new MotifDnDDropTargetProtocol(listener);
--- old/src/java.desktop/unix/classes/sun/awt/X11/Native.java 2015-10-04 23:00:52.981252176 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/unix/classes/sun/awt/X11/Native.java 2015-10-04 23:00:52.793252184 +0400
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@
/**
* Set of helper function to read data of different PLATFORM types
- * from memory pointer by ptr
+ * from memory pointer by {@code ptr}
* Note, names of types in function are NATIVE PLATFORM types
* and they have the same size as they would have in C compiler
* on the same platform.
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@
putByte(ptr+index, data);
}
/**
- * Converts length bytes of data pointed by data
into byte array
+ * Converts length bytes of data pointed by {@code data} into byte array
* Returns null if data is zero
* @param data native pointer to native memory
* @param length size in bytes of native memory
@@ -143,7 +143,7 @@
}
/**
- * Converts length usnigned bytes of data pointed by data
into
+ * Converts length usnigned bytes of data pointed by {@code data} into
* short array
* Returns null if data is zero
* @param data native pointer to native memory
@@ -297,8 +297,8 @@
}
/**
* Stores to C long data(four bytes)
- * Note: data
has long
type
- * to be able to keep 64-bit C long
data
+ * Note: {@code data} has {@code long} type
+ * to be able to keep 64-bit C {@code long} data
*/
static void putLong(long ptr, long data) {
if (XlibWrapper.dataModel == 32) {
@@ -320,7 +320,7 @@
}
/**
* Stores Java long[] array into memory. Memory location is treated as array
- * of native long
s
+ * of native {@code long}s
*/
static void put(long ptr, long[] arr) {
for (int i = 0; i < arr.length; i ++, ptr += getLongSize()) {
@@ -330,7 +330,7 @@
/**
* Stores Java Vector of Longs into memory. Memory location is treated as array
- * of native long
s
+ * of native {@code long}s
*/
static void putLong(long ptr, Vectorlong
s. Array is stored in reverse order
+ * of native {@code long}s. Array is stored in reverse order
*/
static void putLongReverse(long ptr, Vectordata
into byte array
+ * Converts length bytes of data pointed by {@code data} into byte array
* Returns null if data is zero
* @param data native pointer to native memory
* @param length size in longs(platform dependent) of native memory
@@ -393,7 +393,7 @@
}
/**
- * Allocates memory for array of native long
s of the size length
+ * Allocates memory for array of native {@code long}s of the size {@code length}
*/
static long allocateLongArray(int length) {
return unsafe.allocateMemory(getLongSize() * length);
--- old/src/java.desktop/unix/classes/sun/awt/X11/XAtom.java 2015-10-04 23:00:53.509252152 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/unix/classes/sun/awt/X11/XAtom.java 2015-10-04 23:00:53.317252160 +0400
@@ -29,28 +29,31 @@
* XAtom is a class that allows you to create and modify X Window properties.
* An X Atom is an identifier for a property that you can set on any X Window.
* Standard X Atom are defined by X11 and these atoms are defined in this class
- * for convenience. Common X Atoms like XA_WM_NAME
are used to communicate with the
+ * for convenience. Common X Atoms like {@code XA_WM_NAME} are used to communicate with the
* Window manager to let it know the Window name. The use and protocol for these
* atoms are defined in the Inter client communications converntions manual.
* User specified XAtoms are defined by specifying a name that gets Interned
- * by the XServer and an XAtom
object is returned. An XAtom
can also be created
- * by using a pre-exisiting atom like XA_WM_CLASS
. A display
has to be specified
- * in order to create an XAtom
. XAtom
instance is created, you can call get and set property methods to
+ * Once an {@code XAtom} instance is created, you can call get and set property methods to
* set the values for a particular window.
- * XAtom xa = new XAtom(display,XAtom.XA_WM_NAME);
- *
- * XAtom xa = new XAtom(display,XAtom.XA_CUT_BUFFER0);
+ * {@code
+ * XAtom xa = new XAtom(display,XAtom.XA_WM_NAME);
+ * xa.setProperty(window,"Hello World");
+ * }
+ * {@code
+ * XAtom xa = new XAtom(display,XAtom.XA_CUT_BUFFER0);
+ * String selection = xa.getProperty(root_window);
+ * }
+ *
* @author Bino George
* @since 1.5
*/
@@ -237,7 +240,7 @@
}
/** This constructor will create an instance of XAtom that is specified
- * by the predefined XAtom specified by u latom
+ * by the predefined XAtom specified by u {@code latom}
*
* @param display X display to use.
* @param atom a predefined XAtom.
@@ -250,7 +253,7 @@
}
/** This constructor will create the instance,
- * and if autoIntern
is true intern a new XAtom that is specified
+ * and if {@code autoIntern} is true intern a new XAtom that is specified
* by the supplied name.
*
* @param display X display to use
@@ -450,7 +453,7 @@
/**
* Gets uninterpreted set of data from property and stores them in data_ptr.
- * Property type is type
, property is current atom.
+ * Property type is {@code type}, property is current atom.
* Property format is 32. Property 'delete' is false.
* Returns boolean if requested type, format, length match returned values
* and returned data pointer is not null.
@@ -505,7 +508,7 @@
/**
* Sets uninterpreted set of data into property from data_ptr.
- * Property type is type
, property is current atom.
+ * Property type is {@code type}, property is current atom.
* Property format is 32. Mode is PropModeReplace. length is a number
* of items pointer by data_ptr.
*/
@@ -526,7 +529,7 @@
/**
* Sets uninterpreted set of data into property from data_ptr.
- * Property type is type
, property is current atom.
+ * Property type is {@code type}, property is current atom.
* Property format is 8. Mode is PropModeReplace. length is a number
* of bytes pointer by data_ptr.
*/
@@ -784,7 +787,7 @@
}
/**
- * Sets property on the window
to the value window_value
+ * Sets property on the {@code window} to the value {@code window_value}
* Property is assumed to be of type WINDOW/32
*/
public void setWindowProperty(long window, long window_value) {
@@ -807,7 +810,7 @@
}
/**
- * Gets property on the
Printable interfaces necessary to support 2D printing.
* @param service print service which supports 2D printing.
*
@@ -763,14 +763,14 @@
/**
* Examine the metrics captured by the
- * window
. Property is assumed to be
+ * Gets property on the {@code window}. Property is assumed to be
* of type WINDOW/32.
*/
public long getWindowProperty(long window) {
--- old/src/java.desktop/unix/classes/sun/awt/X11/XAtomList.java 2015-10-04 23:00:54.045252128 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/unix/classes/sun/awt/X11/XAtomList.java 2015-10-04 23:00:53.849252137 +0400
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@
/**
* Creates instance of XAtomList and initializes it with
- * the contents pointer by data
.
+ * the contents pointer by {@code data}.
* Uses default display to initialize atoms.
*/
public XAtomList(long data, int count) {
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@
}
/**
- * Returns true if this list contains the atom atom
+ * Returns true if this list contains the atom {@code atom}
*/
public boolean contains(XAtom atom) {
return atoms.contains(atom);
@@ -119,8 +119,8 @@
}
/**
- * Returns a subset of a list which is intersection of this set and set build by mapping mask
in
- * mapping
.
+ * Returns a subset of a list which is intersection of this set and set build by mapping {@code mask} in
+ * {@code mapping}.
*/
public XAtomList subset(int mask, Mapparams
+ * Creates window using parameters {@code params}
* If params contain flag DELAYED doesn't do anything.
* Note: Descendants can call this method to create the window
* at the time different to instance construction.
@@ -300,7 +300,7 @@
}
/**
- * Creates window with parameters specified by params
+ * Creates window with parameters specified by {@code params}
* @see #init
*/
private final void create(XCreateWindowParams params) {
--- old/src/java.desktop/unix/classes/sun/awt/X11/XComponentPeer.java 2015-10-04 23:00:55.121252079 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/unix/classes/sun/awt/X11/XComponentPeer.java 2015-10-04 23:00:54.913252089 +0400
@@ -678,7 +678,7 @@
* Gets the font metrics for the specified font.
* @param font the font for which font metrics is to be
* obtained
- * @return the font metrics for font
+ * @return the font metrics for {@code font}
* @see #getFont
* @see java.awt.peer.ComponentPeer#getFontMetrics(Font)
* @see Toolkit#getFontMetrics(Font)
--- old/src/java.desktop/unix/classes/sun/awt/X11/XDesktopPeer.java 2015-10-04 23:00:55.657252055 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/unix/classes/sun/awt/X11/XDesktopPeer.java 2015-10-04 23:00:55.465252064 +0400
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@
/**
- * Concrete implementation of the interface DesktopPeer
for
+ * Concrete implementation of the interface {@code DesktopPeer} for
* the Gnome desktop on Linux and Unix platforms.
*
* @see DesktopPeer
--- old/src/java.desktop/unix/classes/sun/awt/X11/XDnDDragSourceProtocol.java 2015-10-04 23:00:56.181252032 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/unix/classes/sun/awt/X11/XDnDDragSourceProtocol.java 2015-10-04 23:00:55.993252040 +0400
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@
/**
* Creates an instance associated with the specified listener.
*
- * @throws NullPointerException if listener is null
.
+ * @throws NullPointerException if listener is {@code null}.
*/
static XDragSourceProtocol createInstance(XDragSourceProtocolListener listener) {
return new XDnDDragSourceProtocol(listener);
--- old/src/java.desktop/unix/classes/sun/awt/X11/XDnDDropTargetProtocol.java 2015-10-04 23:00:56.757252006 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/unix/classes/sun/awt/X11/XDnDDropTargetProtocol.java 2015-10-04 23:00:56.565252015 +0400
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@
/**
* Creates an instance associated with the specified listener.
*
- * @throws NullPointerException if listener is null
.
+ * @throws NullPointerException if listener is {@code null}.
*/
static XDropTargetProtocol createInstance(XDropTargetProtocolListener listener) {
return new XDnDDropTargetProtocol(listener);
--- old/src/java.desktop/unix/classes/sun/awt/X11/XDragSourceProtocol.java 2015-10-04 23:00:57.289251982 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/unix/classes/sun/awt/X11/XDragSourceProtocol.java 2015-10-04 23:00:57.097251991 +0400
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@
* Initializes a drag operation with the specified supported drop actions,
* contents and data formats.
*
- * @param actions a bitwise mask of DnDConstants
that represent
+ * @param actions a bitwise mask of {@code DnDConstants} that represent
* the supported drop actions.
* @param contents the contents for the drag operation.
* @param formats an array of Atoms that represent the supported data formats.
--- old/src/java.desktop/unix/classes/sun/awt/X11/XEmbedServerTester.java 2015-10-04 23:00:57.813251959 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/unix/classes/sun/awt/X11/XEmbedServerTester.java 2015-10-04 23:00:57.621251967 +0400
@@ -570,7 +570,7 @@
}
}
/**
- * Checks if the event
is already in a list at position >= position
+ * Checks if the {@code event} is already in a list at position >= {@code position}
*/
private int checkEventList(int position, int event) {
if (position == -1) {
--- old/src/java.desktop/unix/classes/sun/awt/X11/XRepaintArea.java 2015-10-04 23:00:58.345251935 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/unix/classes/sun/awt/X11/XRepaintArea.java 2015-10-04 23:00:58.153251943 +0400
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
import sun.awt.RepaintArea;
/**
- * The RepaintArea
is a geometric construct created for the
+ * The {@code RepaintArea} is a geometric construct created for the
* purpose of holding the geometry of several coalesced paint events.
* This geometry is accessed synchronously, although it is written such
* that painting may still be executed asynchronously.
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
final class XRepaintArea extends RepaintArea {
/**
- * Calls Component.update(Graphics)
with given Graphics.
+ * Calls {@code Component.update(Graphics)} with given Graphics.
*/
protected void updateComponent(Component comp, Graphics g) {
if (comp != null) {
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@
}
/**
- * Calls Component.paint(Graphics)
with given Graphics.
+ * Calls {@code Component.paint(Graphics)} with given Graphics.
*/
protected void paintComponent(Component comp, Graphics g) {
if (comp != null) {
--- old/src/java.desktop/unix/classes/sun/awt/X11/XSelection.java 2015-10-04 23:00:58.865251911 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/unix/classes/sun/awt/X11/XSelection.java 2015-10-04 23:00:58.677251920 +0400
@@ -110,7 +110,7 @@
/*
* Returns the XSelection object for the specified selection atom or
- * null
if none exists.
+ * {@code null} if none exists.
*/
static XSelection getSelection(XAtom atom) {
return table.get(atom);
--- old/src/java.desktop/unix/classes/sun/awt/X11/XStateProtocol.java 2015-10-04 23:00:59.397251887 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/unix/classes/sun/awt/X11/XStateProtocol.java 2015-10-04 23:00:59.205251896 +0400
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
/**
* Returns whether or not the protocol supports the transition to the state
- * represented by state
. State
contains encoded state
+ * represented by {@code state}. {@code State} contains encoded state
* as a bit mask of state defined in java.awt.Frame
*/
boolean supportsState(int state);
--- old/src/java.desktop/unix/classes/sun/awt/X11/XToolkit.java 2015-10-04 23:00:59.933251863 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/unix/classes/sun/awt/X11/XToolkit.java 2015-10-04 23:00:59.729251873 +0400
@@ -405,7 +405,7 @@
/**
* Returns whether there is last remembered cursor position. The
* position is remembered from X mouse events on our peers. The
- * position is stored in p
.
+ * position is stored in {@code p}.
* @return true, if there is remembered last cursor position,
* false otherwise
*/
@@ -1665,11 +1665,11 @@
/**
* Callback from the native side indicating some, or all, of the
* desktop properties have changed and need to be reloaded.
- * data
is the byte array directly from the x server and
+ * {@code data} is the byte array directly from the x server and
* may be in little endian format.
* loadXSettings
. It is called from the System EDT
+ * {@code loadXSettings}. It is called from the System EDT
* if triggered by an XSETTINGS change.
*/
void parseXSettings(int screen_XXX_ignored,Maprun()
method will be called
+ * Registers a Runnable which {@code run()} method will be called
* once on the toolkit thread when a specified interval of time elapses.
*
- * @param task a Runnable which run
method will be called
- * on the toolkit thread when interval
milliseconds
+ * @param task a Runnable which {@code run} method will be called
+ * on the toolkit thread when {@code interval} milliseconds
* elapse
* @param interval an interal in milliseconds
*
- * @throws NullPointerException if task
is null
- * @throws IllegalArgumentException if interval
is not positive
+ * @throws NullPointerException if {@code task} is {@code null}
+ * @throws IllegalArgumentException if {@code interval} is not positive
*/
static void schedule(Runnable task, long interval) {
if (task == null) {
--- old/src/java.desktop/unix/classes/sun/awt/X11/XWindowPeer.java 2015-10-04 23:01:00.489251838 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/unix/classes/sun/awt/X11/XWindowPeer.java 2015-10-04 23:01:00.293251847 +0400
@@ -1620,7 +1620,7 @@
* @param transientForWindow the top-level window
* @param updateChain specifies if next/prevTransientFor fields are
* to be updated
- * @param allStates if set to true
then TRANSIENT_FOR hint
+ * @param allStates if set to {@code true} then TRANSIENT_FOR hint
* is set regardless of the state of window and transientForWindow,
* otherwise it is set only if both are in the same state
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/unix/classes/sun/awt/XSettings.java 2015-10-04 23:01:01.041251814 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/unix/classes/sun/awt/XSettings.java 2015-10-04 23:01:00.837251823 +0400
@@ -44,13 +44,13 @@
/**
- * Update these settings with data
obtained from
+ * Update these settings with {@code data} obtained from
* XSETTINGS manager.
*
* @param data settings data obtained from
- * _XSETTINGS_SETTINGS
window property of the
+ * {@code _XSETTINGS_SETTINGS} window property of the
* settings manager.
- * @return a Map
of changed settings.
+ * @return a {@code Map} of changed settings.
*/
public Map_XSETTINGS_SETTINGS
property of the XSETTINGS
+ * {@code _XSETTINGS_SETTINGS} property of the XSETTINGS
* selection owner.
*
- * @param data _XSETTINGS_SETTINGS
contents.
+ * @param data {@code _XSETTINGS_SETTINGS} contents.
*/
Update(byte[] data) {
this.data = data;
--- old/src/java.desktop/unix/classes/sun/font/NativeFont.java 2015-10-04 23:01:01.569251790 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/unix/classes/sun/font/NativeFont.java 2015-10-04 23:01:01.377251799 +0400
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@
/**
* Verifies native font is accessible.
- * @throws FontFormatException - if the font can't be located.
+ * @throws FontFormatException if the font can't be located.
*/
public NativeFont(String platName, boolean bitmapDelegate)
throws FontFormatException {
--- old/src/java.desktop/windows/classes/sun/awt/Win32GraphicsConfig.java 2015-10-04 23:01:02.109251766 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/windows/classes/sun/awt/Win32GraphicsConfig.java 2015-10-04 23:01:01.901251775 +0400
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@
/**
* @deprecated as of JDK version 1.3
- * replaced by getConfig()
+ * replaced by {@code getConfig()}
*/
@Deprecated
public Win32GraphicsConfig(GraphicsDevice device, int visualnum) {
--- old/src/java.desktop/windows/classes/sun/awt/shell/Win32ShellFolder2.java 2015-10-04 23:01:02.653251741 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/windows/classes/sun/awt/shell/Win32ShellFolder2.java 2015-10-04 23:01:02.437251751 +0400
@@ -347,12 +347,12 @@
/**
* This method is implemented to make sure that no instances
- * of ShellFolder
are ever serialized. If isFileSystem()
returns
- * true
, then the object is representable with an instance of
- * java.io.File
instead. If not, then the object depends
+ * of {@code ShellFolder} are ever serialized. If {@code isFileSystem()} returns
+ * {@code true}, then the object is representable with an instance of
+ * {@code java.io.File} instead. If not, then the object depends
* on native PIDL state and should not be serialized.
*
- * @return a java.io.File
replacement object. If the folder
+ * @return a {@code java.io.File} replacement object. If the folder
* is a not a normal directory, then returns the first non-removable
* drive (normally "C:\").
*/
@@ -715,7 +715,7 @@
/**
* @return An array of shell folders that are children of this shell folder
* object. The array will be empty if the folder is empty. Returns
- * null
if this shellfolder does not denote a directory.
+ * {@code null} if this shellfolder does not denote a directory.
*/
public File[] listFiles(final boolean includeHiddenFiles) {
SecurityManager security = System.getSecurityManager();
@@ -1088,7 +1088,7 @@
}
/**
- * Gets an icon from the Windows system icon list as an Image
+ * Gets an icon from the Windows system icon list as an {@code Image}
*/
static Image getSystemIcon(SystemIcon iconType) {
long hIcon = getSystemIcon(iconType.getIconID());
@@ -1098,7 +1098,7 @@
}
/**
- * Gets an icon from the Windows system icon list as an Image
+ * Gets an icon from the Windows system icon list as an {@code Image}
*/
static Image getShell32Icon(int iconID, boolean getLargeIcon) {
boolean useVGAColors = true; // Will be ignored on XP and later
--- old/src/java.desktop/windows/classes/sun/awt/shell/Win32ShellFolderManager2.java 2015-10-04 23:01:03.189251717 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/windows/classes/sun/awt/shell/Win32ShellFolderManager2.java 2015-10-04 23:01:02.997251726 +0400
@@ -225,24 +225,24 @@
private static File[] roots;
/**
- * @param key a String
+ * @param key a {@code String}
* "fileChooserDefaultFolder":
- * Returns a File
- the default shellfolder for a new filechooser
+ * Returns a {@code File} - the default shellfolder for a new filechooser
* "roots":
- * Returns a File[]
- containing the root(s) of the displayable hierarchy
+ * Returns a {@code File[]} - containing the root(s) of the displayable hierarchy
* "fileChooserComboBoxFolders":
- * Returns a File[]
- an array of shellfolders representing the list to
+ * Returns a {@code File[]} - an array of shellfolders representing the list to
* show by default in the file chooser's combobox
* "fileChooserShortcutPanelFolders":
- * Returns a File[]
- an array of shellfolders representing well-known
+ * Returns a {@code File[]} - an array of shellfolders representing well-known
* folders, such as Desktop, Documents, History, Network, Home, etc.
* This is used in the shortcut panel of the filechooser on Windows 2000
* and Windows Me.
* "fileChooserIcon Image
- icon can be ListView, DetailsView, UpFolder, NewFolder or
+ * Returns an {@code Image} - icon can be ListView, DetailsView, UpFolder, NewFolder or
* ViewMenu (Windows only).
* "optionPaneIcon iconName":
- * Returns an Image
- icon from the system icon list
+ * Returns an {@code Image} - icon from the system icon list
*
* @return An Object matching the key string.
*/
@@ -415,7 +415,7 @@
}
/**
- * Does dir
represent a "computer" such as a node on the network, or
+ * Does {@code dir} represent a "computer" such as a node on the network, or
* "My Computer" on the desktop.
*/
public boolean isComputerNode(final File dir) {
--- old/src/java.desktop/windows/classes/sun/awt/windows/WDesktopPeer.java 2015-10-04 23:01:03.717251693 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/windows/classes/sun/awt/windows/WDesktopPeer.java 2015-10-04 23:01:03.525251702 +0400
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
/**
- * Concrete implementation of the interface DesktopPeer
for
+ * Concrete implementation of the interface {@code DesktopPeer} for
* the Windows platform.
*
* @see DesktopPeer
--- old/src/java.desktop/windows/classes/sun/awt/windows/WPathGraphics.java 2015-10-04 23:01:04.237251670 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/windows/classes/sun/awt/windows/WPathGraphics.java 2015-10-04 23:01:04.045251679 +0400
@@ -116,8 +116,8 @@
}
/**
- * Creates a new Graphics
object that is
- * a copy of this Graphics
object.
+ * Creates a new {@code Graphics} object that is
+ * a copy of this {@code Graphics} object.
* @return a new graphics context that is a copy of
* this graphics context.
* @since 1.0
@@ -375,19 +375,19 @@
}
/**
- * Renders the text specified by the specified String
,
- * using the current Font
and Paint
attributes
- * in the Graphics2D
context.
+ * Renders the text specified by the specified {@code String},
+ * using the current {@code Font} and {@code Paint} attributes
+ * in the {@code Graphics2D} context.
* The baseline of the first character is at position
* (x, y) in the User Space.
- * The rendering attributes applied include the Clip
,
- * Transform
, Paint
, Font
and
- * Composite
attributes. For characters in script systems
+ * The rendering attributes applied include the {@code Clip},
+ * {@code Transform}, {@code Paint}, {@code Font} and
+ * {@code Composite} attributes. For characters in script systems
* such as Hebrew and Arabic, the glyphs can be rendered from right to
* left, in which case the coordinate supplied is the location of the
* leftmost character on the baseline.
- * @param str the String
to be rendered
- * @param x, y the coordinates where the String
+ * @param str the {@code String} to be rendered
+ * @param x, y the coordinates where the {@code String}
* should be rendered
* @see #setPaint
* @see java.awt.Graphics#setColor
@@ -869,11 +869,11 @@
}
/**
- * The various drawImage()
methods for
- * WPathGraphics
are all decomposed
- * into an invocation of drawImageToPlatform
.
+ * The various {@code drawImage()} methods for
+ * {@code WPathGraphics} are all decomposed
+ * into an invocation of {@code drawImageToPlatform}.
* The portion of the passed in image defined by
- * srcX, srcY, srcWidth, and srcHeight
+ * {@code srcX, srcY, srcWidth, and srcHeight}
* is transformed by the supplied AffineTransform and
* drawn using GDI to the printer context.
*
@@ -1334,7 +1334,7 @@
/**
* Have the printing application redraw everything that falls
- * within the page bounds defined by region
.
+ * within the page bounds defined by {@code region}.
*/
@Override
public void redrawRegion(Rectangle2D region, double scaleX, double scaleY,
@@ -1434,7 +1434,7 @@
}
/*
- * Fill the path defined by pathIter
+ * Fill the path defined by {@code pathIter}
* with the specified color.
* The path is provided in device coordinates.
*/
@@ -1450,7 +1450,7 @@
/*
* Set the printer device's clip to be the
- * path defined by pathIter
+ * path defined by {@code pathIter}
* The path is provided in device coordinates.
*/
@Override
@@ -1674,7 +1674,7 @@
/**
- * Given a Java2D PathIterator
instance,
+ * Given a Java2D {@code PathIterator} instance,
* this method translates that into a Window's path
* in the printer device context.
*/
--- old/src/java.desktop/windows/classes/sun/awt/windows/WPrinterJob.java 2015-10-04 23:01:04.785251645 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/windows/classes/sun/awt/windows/WPrinterJob.java 2015-10-04 23:01:04.589251654 +0400
@@ -336,13 +336,13 @@
/**
* The last color set into the print device context or
- * null
if no color has been set.
+ * {@code null} if no color has been set.
*/
private Color mLastColor;
/**
* The last text color set into the print device context or
- * null
if no color has been set.
+ * {@code null} if no color has been set.
*/
private Color mLastTextColor;
@@ -402,17 +402,17 @@
/**
* Display a dialog to the user allowing the modification of a
* PageFormat instance.
- * The page
argument is used to initialize controls
+ * The {@code page} argument is used to initialize controls
* in the page setup dialog.
* If the user cancels the dialog, then the method returns the
- * original page
object unmodified.
+ * original {@code page} object unmodified.
* If the user okays the dialog then the method returns a new
* PageFormat object with the indicated changes.
- * In either case the original page
object will
+ * In either case the original {@code page} object will
* not be modified.
* @param page the default PageFormat presented to the user
* for modification
- * @return the original page
object if the dialog
+ * @return the original {@code page} object if the dialog
* is cancelled, or a new PageFormat object containing
* the format indicated by the user if the dialog is
* acknowledged
@@ -588,8 +588,8 @@
/**
* Associate this PrinterJob with a new PrintService.
*
- * Throws PrinterException
if the specified service
- * cannot support the Pageable
and
+ * Throws {@code PrinterException} if the specified service
+ * cannot support the {@code Pageable} and
* PeekGraphics
instance and
+ * {@code PeekGraphics} instance and
* if capable of directly converting this
* print job to the printer's control language
* or the native OS's graphics primitives, then
- * return a PathGraphics
to perform
+ * return a {@code PathGraphics} to perform
* that conversion. If there is not an object
* capable of the conversion then return
- * null
. Returning null
+ * {@code null}. Returning {@code null}
* causes the print job to be rasterized.
*/
@@ -976,9 +976,9 @@
/**
* Set the current polgon fill rule into the printer device context.
- * The fillRule
should
+ * The {@code fillRule} should
* be one of the following Windows constants:
- * ALTERNATE
or WINDING
.
+ * {@code ALTERNATE} or {@code WINDING}.
*/
protected void setPolyFillMode(int fillRule) {
setPolyFillMode(getPrintDC(), fillRule);
@@ -986,7 +986,7 @@
/*
* Create a Window's solid brush for the color specified
- * by (red, green, blue)
. Once the brush
+ * by {@code (red, green, blue)}. Once the brush
* is created, select it in the current printing device
* context and free the old brush.
*/
@@ -1146,7 +1146,7 @@
}
/**
- * Draw the string text
to the printer's
+ * Draw the string {@code text} to the printer's
* device context at the specified position.
*/
protected void textOut(String str, float x, float y,
@@ -1166,7 +1166,7 @@
}
/**
- * Draw the glyphs glyphs
to the printer's
+ * Draw the glyphs {@code glyphs} to the printer's
* device context at the specified position.
*/
protected void glyphsOut(int []glyphs, float x, float y,
@@ -1208,15 +1208,15 @@
/**
* Draw the 24 bit BGR image buffer represented by
- * image
to the GDI device context
- * printDC
. The image is drawn at
- * (destX, destY)
in device coordinates.
+ * {@code image} to the GDI device context
+ * {@code printDC}. The image is drawn at
+ * {@code (destX, destY)} in device coordinates.
* The image is scaled into a square of size
- * specified by destWidth
and
- * destHeight
. The portion of the
+ * specified by {@code destWidth} and
+ * {@code destHeight}. The portion of the
* source image copied into that square is specified
- * by srcX
, srcY
,
- * srcWidth
, and srcHeight.
+ * by {@code srcX}, {@code srcY},
+ * {@code srcWidth}, and srcHeight.
*/
protected void drawImage3ByteBGR(byte[] image,
float destX, float destY,
@@ -1412,37 +1412,37 @@
/**
* Begin a Window's rendering path in the device
- * context printDC
.
+ * context {@code printDC}.
*/
protected native void beginPath(long printDC);
/**
* End a Window's rendering path in the device
- * context printDC
.
+ * context {@code printDC}.
*/
protected native void endPath(long printDC);
/**
* Close a subpath in a Window's rendering path in the device
- * context printDC
.
+ * context {@code printDC}.
*/
protected native void closeFigure(long printDC);
/**
* Fill a defined Window's rendering path in the device
- * context printDC
.
+ * context {@code printDC}.
*/
protected native void fillPath(long printDC);
/**
- * Move the Window's pen position to (x,y)
- * in the device context printDC
.
+ * Move the Window's pen position to {@code (x,y)}
+ * in the device context {@code printDC}.
*/
protected native void moveTo(long printDC, float x, float y);
/**
* Draw a line from the current pen position to
- * (x,y)
in the device context printDC
.
+ * {@code (x,y)} in the device context {@code printDC}.
*/
protected native void lineTo(long printDC, float x, float y);
@@ -1453,17 +1453,17 @@
/**
* Set the current polgon fill rule into the device context
- * printDC
. The fillRule
should
+ * {@code printDC}. The {@code fillRule} should
* be one of the following Windows constants:
- * ALTERNATE
or WINDING
.
+ * {@code ALTERNATE} or {@code WINDING}.
*/
protected native void setPolyFillMode(long printDC, int fillRule);
/**
* Create a Window's solid brush for the color specified
- * by (red, green, blue)
. Once the brush
+ * by {@code (red, green, blue)}. Once the brush
* is created, select it in the device
- * context printDC
and free the old brush.
+ * context {@code printDC} and free the old brush.
*/
protected native void selectSolidBrush(long printDC,
int red, int green, int blue);
@@ -1471,14 +1471,14 @@
/**
* Return the x coordinate of the current pen
* position in the device context
- * printDC
.
+ * {@code printDC}.
*/
protected native int getPenX(long printDC);
/**
* Return the y coordinate of the current pen
* position in the device context
- * printDC
.
+ * {@code printDC}.
*/
protected native int getPenY(long printDC);
@@ -1537,8 +1537,8 @@
/**
- * Draw the string text
into the device
- * context printDC
at the specified
+ * Draw the string {@code text} into the device
+ * context {@code printDC} at the specified
* position.
*/
protected native void textOut(long printDC, String text,
@@ -1550,15 +1550,15 @@
/**
* Draw the DIB compatible image buffer represented by
- * image
to the GDI device context
- * printDC
. The image is drawn at
- * (destX, destY)
in device coordinates.
+ * {@code image} to the GDI device context
+ * {@code printDC}. The image is drawn at
+ * {@code (destX, destY)} in device coordinates.
* The image is scaled into a square of size
- * specified by destWidth
and
- * destHeight
. The portion of the
+ * specified by {@code destWidth} and
+ * {@code destHeight}. The portion of the
* source image copied into that square is specified
- * by srcX
, srcY
,
- * srcWidth
, and srcHeight.
+ * by {@code srcX}, {@code srcY},
+ * {@code srcWidth}, and srcHeight.
* Note that the image isn't completely compatible with DIB format.
* At the very least it needs to be padded so each scanline is
* DWORD aligned. Also we "flip" the image to make it a bottom-up DIB.
--- old/src/java.desktop/windows/classes/sun/awt/windows/WToolkit.java 2015-10-04 23:01:05.333251621 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/windows/classes/sun/awt/windows/WToolkit.java 2015-10-04 23:01:05.141251629 +0400
@@ -587,7 +587,7 @@
}
/**
- * Returns true
if this frame state is supported.
+ * Returns {@code true} if this frame state is supported.
*/
@Override
public boolean isFrameStateSupported(int state) {
--- old/src/java.desktop/windows/classes/sun/awt/windows/WTrayIconPeer.java 2015-10-04 23:01:05.869251597 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/windows/classes/sun/awt/windows/WTrayIconPeer.java 2015-10-04 23:01:05.677251605 +0400
@@ -180,7 +180,7 @@
/*
* Updates/adds the icon in/to the system tray.
- * @param doUpdate if true
, updates the icon,
+ * @param doUpdate if {@code true}, updates the icon,
* otherwise, adds the icon
*/
native void updateNativeIcon(boolean doUpdate);
--- old/src/java.desktop/windows/classes/sun/font/NativeFont.java 2015-10-04 23:01:06.397251573 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/windows/classes/sun/font/NativeFont.java 2015-10-04 23:01:06.205251582 +0400
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@
/**
* Verifies native font is accessible.
- * @throws FontFormatException - if the font can't be located.
+ * @throws FontFormatException if the font can't be located.
*/
public NativeFont(String platName, boolean isBitmapDelegate)
throws FontFormatException {
--- old/src/java.desktop/windows/classes/sun/java2d/d3d/D3DScreenUpdateManager.java 2015-10-04 23:01:06.921251550 +0400
+++ new/src/java.desktop/windows/classes/sun/java2d/d3d/D3DScreenUpdateManager.java 2015-10-04 23:01:06.729251558 +0400
@@ -140,8 +140,8 @@
* method returns GDI surface (we don't want to have two swap chains)
* @param isResize whether this surface is being created in response to
* a component resize event. This determines whether a repaint event will
- * be issued after a surface is created: it will be if isResize
- * is true
.
+ * be issued after a surface is created: it will be if {@code isResize}
+ * is {@code true}.
* @return surface data to be use for onscreen rendering
*/
@Override